Past fulfilled Prophecies Page 19 2020/21 on
:: 4-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Eugenicists Have Control Of The Levers Of Power' Former Big Pharma Insider Warns As World Is Herded Like Sheep To The Slaughter
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 11, 2021
According to Gerald Celente of the Trend's Research Institute, two of the trends that will dominate the remainder of 2021 will be the 'anti-vax' and 'anti-tax' movements, with Celente warning Greg Hunter of USA Watchdog in a recent interview that we'll be witnessing new anti-immigration and anti-establishment political movements gaining numbers in 2021 as well.
Both of the videos at the bottom of this story are from Celente, including the 1st one within which he warns of a 'call to action' in an urgent message to the American people. The main focus of his warning.:
"I've had it! I will no longer live in slavery. I will not live in tyranny. Freedom has been stolen from us. We must fight for Freedom - I can't do it alone."
With the mainstream media recently giving us another hint of more medical tyranny ahead, reporting that 'vaccines alone won't be enough to end the pandemic', one of the most dangerous people in the world to the globalists unfolding agenda recently issued us all a huge warning of what he feels is ahead so we'll be taking a long look at that warning within this ANP story.
While the name 'Dr. Michael Yeadon' is certainly not a 'household name' across America like 'Dr. Anthony Fauci' is, we can learn a lot more about America's 'unfolding reality' from Dr. Yeadon than we'll ever learn from Fauci.
As Dr. Yeadon himself admits, while he's always thought of himself as a “boring guy”, that 'boring guy' had decades ago started “to work for a big drug company". With Dr. Yeadon ending up becoming the Vice President for the 'big pharma' giant Pfizer, his words hold great weight so please take these words of his in deeply and think about them before we continue below.
From this absolutely critical story over at Life Site News titled "Former Pfizer VP: ‘Your government is lying to you in a way that could lead to your death.’", Dr. Yeadon warns us that national policies are being created around lies and false information and that the result is leading us to catastrophe.
Dr. Michael Yeadon, Pfizer's former Vice President and Chief Scientist for Allergy & Respiratory who spent 32 years in the industry leading new medicines research and retired from the pharmaceutical giant with “the most senior research position” in his field, spoke with LifeSiteNews.
He addressed the “demonstrably false” propaganda from governments in response to COVID-19, including the “lie” of dangerous variants, the totalitarian potential for “vaccine passports,” and the strong possibility we are dealing with a “conspiracy” which could lead to something far beyond the carnage experienced in the wars and massacres of the 20th century.
"I think the end game is going to be, ‘everyone receives a vaccine’… Everyone on the planet is going to find themselves persuaded, cajoled, not quite mandated, hemmed-in to take a jab.
"When they do that every single individual on the planet will have a name, or unique digital ID and a health status flag which will be ‘vaccinated,’ or not … and whoever possesses that, sort of single database, operable centrally, applicable everywhere to control, to provide as it were, a privilege, you can either cross this particular threshold or conduct this particular transaction or not depending on [what] the controllers of that one human population database decide. And I think that’s what this is all about because once you’ve got that, we become playthings and the world can be as the controllers of that database want it."
Nothing less than the 'mark of the beast in our faces' as Susan Duclos had reported in this March 31st ANP story, that unfolding dystopian nightmare is sounding more and more like the totalitarian globalism that has been crashing down upon America for over a decade now, with incrementalism being used to turn us all into a 'boiling frogs'. And if Dr. Yeadon is correct in his warnings that we'll explore in the next section of our story below, we've run out of time to change course with medical tyranny being implemented not only in America and the Western world but globally.
With Dr. Yeadon also warning us within that Life Site News story that after listening to the mainstream news broadcasts and reading the newspapers, "in the last year I have realized that my government and its advisers are lying in the faces of the British people about everything to do with this coronavirus. Absolutely everything", why would any government do such things unless they had sinister intentions?
Dr. Yeadon's answer for why governments are lying to us about all of this should make every American not only stand up and take notice but prepare for the unleashing of tyranny ahead.:
"Why is my government lying to me?’ Because ‘they are going to kill you.’"
"If you recognize that our governments are involved in a major verifiable lie, don’t just turn your computer off and go to supper. Stop. Look out the window, and think, ‘why is my government lying to me about something so fundamental?’ Because, I think the answer is, they are going to kill you using this method. They’re going to kill you and your family.
"The eugenicists have got hold of the levers of power and this is a really artful way of getting you to line-up and receive some unspecified thing that will damage you. I have no idea what it will actually be, but it won’t be a vaccine because you don’t need one. And it won’t kill you on the end of the needle because you would spot that.
“It could be something that will produce normal pathology, it will be at various times between vaccination and the event, it will be plausibly deniable because there will be something else going on in the world at that time, in the context of which your demise, or that of your children will look normal.
“That’s what I would do if I wanted to get rid of 90 or 95% of the world’s population. And I think that’s what they’re doing.” “Now I don’t know [for certain] that they’re going to use that [system] to kill you, but I can’t think of a benign reason, and with that power they certainly could harm you, or control you, so you should object [and strenuously oppose it].”
And with Dr. Yeadon's confirmation of the 'globalists depopulation agenda' as a former 'big pharma insider' the latest sign that the 'conspiracy theorists' were right all along, Dr. Yeadon also warns of widespread censorship surrounding Covid and 'vaccines' in 2021, just as we had warned of in this April 10th ANP story. And such censorship is always a hallmark of tyranny.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)
With nearly 40% of US marines refusing to get the Covid vaccine because they believe it was developed too quickly as the Daily Mail reports in this new story, as the top-voted comment on that story pointed out: "The vaccines were developed way too quickly and we're still in the experimental phase. Not taking it shows thoughtfulness and intelligence."
And with even Reuters recently doing a story about Dr. Yeadon, calling him 'an anti-vax hero', if you don't want to take the word of Dr. Yeadon, we invite you to visit all of the stories we've linked to directly below from other websites providing us with more evidence the entire world is being lied to.
Pfizer’s COVID-19 Vaccine Was Designed In Just Few Hours Says BioNTech Co-founder Dr Ugur Sahin
The Next Phase of This Fake Pandemic Will Be Premeditated Mass Murder by ‘Vaccine’
The Pfizer vaxxeen has the same ingredient used in executions! Who could make this stuff up?? UNBELIEVABLE!
And with it now feeling like 'the countdown to no return' is winding itself down to an end as Michael Snyder reports in this new story over at the Economic Collapse Blog, with 'the tipping point' having been passed as the masses are herded like sheep towards the slaughter house, and 'it entirely possible vaccine campaigns will be used for massive depopulation' in the words of a former 'big pharma insider', it appears this Covid-19 psyop is just ramping up as we're driven towards their satanical 'end game'.
https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Eugenicists_Have_Control_Of_The_Levers_Of_Power.php
:: 4-11-21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The high school girls continue to be in charge of the military
By Andrea Widburg April 11, 2021
Let me start by admitting that I am very sexist in that I, a woman, feel that the U.S. military has become way too feminine. Whether it’s troops running around in high heels to “walk a mile in her shoes,” drag queens, inordinately high numbers of pregnancies, or seriously reducing physical standards because women cannot meet the existing standards, the military is losing its ability to carry out its number one job: Killing the enemy. It turns out that, at least to my way of thinking, the military is becoming feminized in another way, too: In its public relations, it’s clear that the high school girls have taken over. I first noticed this high school girl trend in mid-March after Tucker Carlson exposed how quickly the Biden administration was moving to weaken the military in a host of ways. The response from the military was extraordinary. Forgetting its obligation to be above the political fray and to preserve its fire for actual shooting enemies, such as (God forbid, it should come to that) the Iranians or the Chinese, the military turned its guns on Carlson.
That wasn’t even the worst part. Instead, the worst part is that it was apparent that a bunch of 16-year-old mean girls were controlling the social media accounts for the various branches of the American military – and not just at the enlisted level, but at the officer level as well. (Regarding that problem, a lot of the blame goes back to Obama’s White House, which seeded the officer class with leftists.)
While the mean girls may have been sent to the back of the classroom, those 16-year-olds girls are still driving the military train. How else can one explain the fact that the U.S. Navy put a cutesy little blue mask on its eagle logo?
The eagle in the @USNavy’s logo is wearing a mask
China, Iran, and Russia are pissing their pants laughing at us. pic.twitter.com/TLPNMWVmom
— John Cardillo (@johncardillo) April 9, 2021
That’s what girls do. They put makeup on their dogs, love Hello Kitty, and are generally into cute things and dress-up.
This is not a serious military. Our enemies fully understand this. Others do as well, responding with a combination of disgust, humor, and fear as the comments to John Cardillo’s post reveal. (You can see the best comments at Twitchy.)
However, maybe there is some good news in all of this. Given that some serious people believe that Biden’s United States Military has is preparing to turn American states and citizens into its next target, perhaps we should be thanking our lucky stars for lowered standards and immature mental processes.
UPDATE: I always feel I'm on the right track if I later discover that my thinking dovetails with Andrew Klavan. This morning I listened for the first time to Andrew Klavan's opening riff from his Friday show, in which he explains that the U.S. has announced that henceforth it's embracing its real identity as a teenage girl:
:: 4-10-21 Daily Star :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US military paid scientist to build 'physics-bending weapon for wars with UFOs'
Pentagon chiefs, concerned that China may already have advanced UFO technology, commissioned Dr Salvatore Pais to build a new kind of aircraft that can travel at incredible speeds
By Michael MoranAudience Writer 13:45, 10 APR 2021
The US Department of Defence has poured hundreds of thousands of dollars into the development of a 'Space-Time Modification Weapon' that will ensure battlefield supremacy by bending the laws of physics.
While the concept might seem like something dreamed up by tinfoil-hatted conspiracy theorists, the US military has a long history of dabbling in research that sounds like science fiction.
The radar-invisible F117A Nighthawk and its flying wing cousin the B2 Spirit still look like something from a Star Wars film despite both designs being around 40 years old.
This new initiative is based on the work of controversial scientist Dr Salvatore Pais.
Pais claims that artificially generated high energy electromagnetic fields can manipulate the "quantum vacuum" that underlies the entire Universe.
If Pais is correct, a craft surrounded by an electromagnetic "force field" of this kind could move through air – or water – with virtually no resistance.
This would allow incredible acceleration and produce a new kind of aircraft that – according to the enigmatic Dr Pais – would be able to "engineer the fabric of our reality at the most fundamental level".
But not everyone agrees with him. Science writer Brett Tingley argues that the so-called Pais Effect "has no scientific basis in reality" and added the patents related to it "were filled with pseudo-scientific jargon"
But it’s pseudo-scientific jargon that has convinced at least some US defence chiefs. Pais has been handed over $500,000 (£365k) to research the bizarre concept.
Defence department emails reveal that there was at least one experimental demonstration of the technology. UFO hunters will note that the schematics Pais drew up for his experimental craft look suspiciously like the "Black Triangles" sometimes spotted gliding silently over the southwestern United States.
The US National Institute for Discovery Science catalogued sightings of so-called "Black Triangle" UFOs dating back to the 1990s, and concluded that the behaviour of the mysterious aerial objects "does not appear consistent with the covert deployment of an advanced DoD [U.S. Department of the Defence] aircraft".
In a recent publication, Pais describes his craft – which would operate as both an aircraft and a submarine – as a being shaped roughly like the point of a pencil: "The HAUC is conical in configuration with an elliptical cross-section, similar in geometry to a hypersonic glide vehicle [or] dart."
The hybrid craft, which would encase its crew in a Faraday Cage to shield them from the intense electromagnetic forces, would operate "as a submersible craft capable of extreme underwater speeds" as well as a supersonic or potentially hypersonic stealth aircraft.
Pais has filed several patents, with titles such as "Craft Using an Inertial Mass Reduction Device," "Piezoelectricity-induced High-Temperature Superconductor," "High-Frequency Gravitational Wave Generator," and "Ultrahigh Intensity Electromagnetic Field Generator".
He claims that they are all based on discoveries that will overturn the laws of physics as we currently understand them.
At least one of his patents was rejected by the US Patent Office in 2018 because it did not seem to be scientifically plausible, but then later resubmitted with further documentation that appeared to prove Pais’s wild claims.
According to The Drive, the US military is investing in these technologies because of concerns that China has already developed ultra-advanced aircraft of the type that reportedly "buzzed" the USS Nimitz in 2004.
Brett Tingley and Tyler Rogoway wrote: "The Chief Technical Officer of the Naval Aviation Enterprise personally wrote a letter addressed to the examiner claiming that the U.S. needs the patent as the Chinese are already ‘investing significantly’ in these aerospace technologies."
The claims made by Pais seem wild and implausible - but in a world where killer robots, pilotless aircraft and laser weapons are becoming commonplace, perhaps his reality-busting flying subs will one day seem as ordinary as the Stealth Bomber.
https://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/weird-news/military-paid-scientist-build-physics-23870808
:: 4-12-21 Mystery Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mystery Wire Podcast: Pyramid-shaped UFOs swarm above Navy destroyer
by: Duncan Phenix, Matt Adams, George Knapp
Posted: Apr 8, 2021 / 01:03 PM PDT / Updated: Apr 12, 2021 / 07:56 AM PDT
MYSTERY WIRE — Amazing images have been leaked from a secretive Pentagon investigation of UFOs.
The Task Force has been gathering evidence for a comprehensive report for Congress which is due in June that includes photographs and videos of UFO encounters with U.S. military assets, including Navy destroyers off the southern California coast.
Part of the report is to educate other military and intelligence officials about the nature of the UFO mystery.
The new images were gathered by the Task Force and obtained by investigative filmmaker Jeremy Corbell, who confirmed their authenticity. Mystery Wire has independently confirmed that the visual materials are included in the briefing presentation prepared by the UAP Task Force.
One remarkable video was recorded in July 2019 by Naval officers using a night vision device, showing what appear to be pyramid shaped objects hovering 700 feet above a Navy destroyer.
This (video) was taken on deployment from the USS Russell,” Corbell said. “It shows what they described as vehicles. And they made a great distinction. They made sure in this classified briefing, they made a great distinction that this is not something that we own either a black project, this is not something of a foreign military, that these were behaving in ways that we did not expect. And that they were you know shaped non aerodynamically. Like pyramids, these are flying pyramids!”
The video is one of several forms of visual evidence gathered by the UAP Task Force to document bizarre encounters reported by the U.S. Navy during the past two years, including photos of three stationary drones of unknown origin, reported earlier this week.
UDPATE: The Pentagon did respond Friday, April 9 for a request to comment on the images and video. A Pentagon spokesperson sent Mystery Wire the following statement:
“I can confirm that the referenced photos and videos were taken by Navy personnel. The UAPTF has included these incidents in their ongoing examinations. As we have said before, to maintain operations security and to avoid disclosing information that may be useful to potential adversaries, DOD does not discuss publicly the details of either the observations or the examinations of reported incursions into our training ranges or designated airspace, including those incursions initially designated as UAP.”
SUSAN GOUGH, PENTAGON SPOKESPERSON
https://www.mysterywire.com/ufo/mystery-wire-podcast-new-ufo-photos-and-video/
:: 4--21 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
St Vincent volcano: Power cuts after another 'explosive event'
Published 2 days ago
There has been another "explosive event" at a volcano on the Caribbean island of St Vincent, with power outages and water supplies cut off.
The La Soufrière volcano first erupted on Friday, blanketing the island in a layer of ash and forcing some 16,000 people to evacuate their homes.
Scientists warn that eruptions could continue for days - or even weeks.
Emergency officials described the landscape as a "battle zone" and said more damage and destruction was likely.
The emergency management organisation Nemo tweeted: "Massive power outage following another explosive event at La Soufriere Volcano. Lightning, thunder and rumblings."
It later spoke of "possible destruction and devastation of communities close to the volcano", and compared the eruption to that of 1902, the worst in St Vincent's history when more than 1,000 people were killed.
White-coloured dust has covered buildings and roads around the island, including in its capital Kingstown.
Ash had begun to harden on the ground after overnight showers and many homes were still without water and electricity, Nemo said.
However, some residents said power had been restored by midday local time (16:00 GMT).
How are residents coping?
Nemo is urging people to "be careful on the roads, which have become treacherous as a result of the ash flow".
Prime Minister Ralph Gonsalves said water supplies to most of the island had been cut off and its airspace closed because of the smoke and thick plumes of volcanic ash moving through the atmosphere.
Mr Gonsalves said thousands of residents had been sleeping in emergency shelters since Friday. "It's a huge operation that is facing us," he told NBC News.
He said earlier that a lot of volcanic ash had fallen over the sea. "We don't know how much more is going to come out... so far, we have done well in that nobody got injured, nobody is dead."
The BBC is not responsible for the content of external sites.View original tweet on Twitter
1px transparent line
The Barbados Defence Force has been deployed to St Vincent to provide humanitarian assistance as part of a disaster response mission, the Caribbean Disaster Emergency Management Agency said.
Homes across the island, which has a population of around 110,000, have been covered in white-coloured volcanic dust and rock fragments.
It prompted warnings from officials to stay indoors, while emergency groups advised caution for those suffering with respiratory problems.
"Be careful all. We are covered in ash and strong sulphur scents pervade the air. We ask that you take the necessary precautions to remain safe and healthy," Nemo said.
How is the wider region being affected?
Residents in Barbados, nearly 200km (about 124 miles) to the east, have also been urged to stay indoors.
"This is to protect yourselves and your family," said Chief Medical Officer Kenneth George.
People on the island of St Lucia, which is around 76km north of St Vincent, have been warned to expect air quality to be affected, with harmful gases potentially making it harder to breathe for people with conditions such as asthma, the island's Rodney Bay Medical Centre said.
One resident of St Lucia, Olivia, told the BBC she had never witnessed anything like this before and that she was worried about a possible change in wind direction and ash being carried northwards.
"I am terrified of all the effects that are unknown at this point, ash in the middle of a pandemic - no-one is prepared for that," she said.
"Victoria Hospital has been transformed to become the Respiratory Hospital, and is treating Covid patients" she said, adding: "So technically, persons suffering from the effects of ash inhalation would be on the wards with Covid patients."
More than 130 people who were due to leave St Vincent for Canada had to be taken by ship to St Lucia on Saturday after becoming stranded when their flight was cancelled.
Other Caribbean countries, including Antigua and Guyana, have offered to send emergency supplies to St Vincent. They also said they would open their borders to those fleeing the fallout from the eruption.
When did the new eruptions begin?
The volcano had been dormant since 1979, but in late 2020 it started spewing steam and smoke and making rumbling noises.
The first sign that an eruption was imminent came on Thursday evening, when a lava dome became visible on La Soufrière.
Just before 09:00 on Friday (13:00 GMT), seismologists from the University of the West Indies confirmed that an "explosive eruption" was under way.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-56707956
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 4-11-21 National File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
VIDEO: 200 Armed Riot Police Break Up Christian Church Service In Canada
"After the Christians tore down the fence that the government had build around the Edmonton church, the police sent in 200 heavily-armed riot police."
Tom Pappert by Tom Pappert April 11, 2021
Video captured the moment 200 armed riot police officers in Edmonton, Canada entered GraceLife church and broke up services after the congregants removed a fence previously erected by police to prevent Christian worship due to unscientific COVID-19 lockdowns.
“After the Christians tore down the fence that the government had build around the Edmonton church, the police sent in 200 heavily-armed riot police,” wrote Rebel News founder Ezra Levant. “That’s the church building you see there. This is China stuff, Iran stuff. But it’s happening in Canada.”
The church previously made headlines as they refused to cease operations due to the government’s COVID-19 lockdowns, ultimately resulting in the pastor being incarcerated for 35 days.
Ultimately, the pastor was released, and the church continued operating. According to Levant, “The church still wouldn’t close. So police raided it, turned it into an armed garrison & occupied it. And still the Christians come.”
Churches in Canada have apparently become a prime target for law enforcement. Last weekend, during one church’s Easter services, at least one police officer and other law enforcement personnel entered a church run by a Polish immigrant, who forcefully asked them to leave while comparing their behavior to Nazi Germany’s gestapo.
National File reported, “‘Please get out. Get out of this property immediately. Get out. Get out of this property immediately. I don’t want to hear anything, get out of this property immediately. I don’t want to hear anything,’ said Pawlowski, as police attempted to speak to him. ‘Out, out, out of this property immediately until you come back with a warrant. OUT, OUT, OUT, OUT! Out of this property! Immediately out!’
Police ultimately defended their decision to interrupt the church’s Easter services, writing that “‘The concern was that the people in attendance were not adhering to the government’s COVID-19 public health orders,’ they admitted. They then referred to the Polish immigrant who is head pastor of the church, Artur Pawlowski, as ‘The organizer of the gathering’ and claimed he was ‘uncooperative with the health inspector, and repeatedly raised his voice asking all parties to leave the premises.'”
https://nationalfile.com/video-200-armed-riot-police-break-up-christian-church-service-in-canada/
:: 4--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FROM AMERICAN DREAM TO AMERICAN NIGHTMARE
For most of the ninety years since James Truslow Adams coined the term American Dream, most Americans still believed the fairy tale of the American Dream, that no matter how humble your beginnings, everyone had a fair chance to become a success in America, based upon your individual talent, intelligence, work ethic and a society that rewarded those who exceled. Sadly, that dream is no longer achievable for most Americans. Our society has devolved into an oligarchy since The Epic of America was published in 1931, where a powerful few rule over a willfully ignorant many through propaganda, mistruth, fear, and an iron fist.
“But there has been also the American dream, that dream of a land in which life should be better and richer and fuller for every man, with opportunity for each according to his ability or achievement. It is a difficult dream for the European upper classes to interpret adequately, and too many of us ourselves have grown weary and mistrustful of it. It is not a dream of motor cars and high wages merely, but a dream of social order in which each man and each woman shall be able to attain to the fullest stature of which they are innately capable, and be recognized by others for what they are, regardless of the fortuitous circumstances of birth or position…
The American dream, that has lured tens of millions of all nations to our shores in the past century has not been a dream of merely material plenty, though that has doubtlessly counted heavily. It has been much more than that. It has been a dream of being able to grow to fullest development as man and woman, unhampered by the barriers which had slowly been erected in the older civilizations, unrepressed by social orders which had developed for the benefit of classes rather than for the simple human being of any and every class.” – James Truslow Adams – Epic of America – 1931
It is terribly distressing the American dream has vaporized in less than a century after Adams wrote those profound, and at one time true, words. The real questions are why did the American dream turn into an American nightmare and is there a pathway back to the kind of country our forefathers created? There are numerous reasons why the country has fallen far from its original conception as a proud defiant Republic to its current state as a dying empire of depravity, decay, debt, and decadence. The conspiratorial creation of the Federal Reserve and implementation of a Federal income tax in 1913 marked a true destructive turning point for America.
These two choices, implemented by greedy bankers and sleazy politicians, put the country on a road to perdition. They centralized the power of money printing and confiscation of our wages at the point of a gun. The result has been a 96% loss of purchasing power of the dollar and an average tax burden of at least 30%, when all Federal, state, and local taxes are taken into consideration. The standard of living has steadily eroded for the average working class, while extreme wealth has been accumulated by the ruling class. And it was not an accident or miscalculation. It was purposeful. We have been fleeced by bankers, politicians, and the ruling oligarchy for decades. etc
Visualizing the Purchasing Power of the U.S. Dollar Over Time
Our world is now ruled by a tyrannical few who have used the system, created by their class, to accumulate immense wealth and power, sustained by a government they manipulate by buying politicians and having their cronies and thugs write and enforce the laws. The misinformation, propaganda, and fake news dished out by a mainstream media, owned, and controlled by the ruling oligarchy, creates a smokescreen to obscure who wields the true power in this country. The Deep State is no longer a looney conspiracy theory, but the reality of how this country is now controlled and run.
Despite his personality deficiencies, the four-year reign of Trump tore the curtain away and revealed the vile creatures wielding their traitorous power within the swamp of D.C. These despicable vermin (Obama, Clintons, Comey, Clapper, Brennan, Soros, Bloomberg, Gates, Biden) conducted a coup against a duly elected president and ultimately drove him from office by successfully executing a fraudulent election in conjunction with Big Tech despots and Democrat governors in a few swing states. The oligarchs have boldly gone where their criminal counterparts throughout history have gone before. In a just world these wretched traitors would be executed for their crimes against humanity.
What commenced in 1913 has come to fruition in 2021, as their goal of you owning nothing and being happy, while they own everything and rule by dictate and truncheon is within reach. The most distressing aspect of this Great Reset scheme is how a vast swath of the populace are willingly beseeching their overlords to impose restrictions, mandates, and censorship to accelerate their un-Constitutional takeover of our nation. Their fear of a weaponized annual flu given a scary name, a continuous propaganda marketing campaign using frightening terms like “cases”, “double mutant” and “UK variant”, and lying doomsayers like Fauci and Walensky, have convinced most Americans to trade their freedom and liberty for the false hope of safety and security.
They have been convinced to wear face diapers despite all scientific data proving they are useless against viruses and are now terribly excited to be the animal guinea pigs for an experimental gene therapy which was rushed to market, has unknown long-term impacts, and generates billions for Big Pharma, who have zero liability for any deaths or injuries caused by their concoctions. It appears the herd has gone mad in believing government drones and billionaire techno-geeks like Gates, while simultaneously believing they can get rich day trading Gamestop, Tesla and Bitcoin on Robinhood. Human nature never changes.
“Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, one by one.” ― Charles MacKay, Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds When men go mad over tulips or stocks, they only lose money and can regain their senses one by one, but when they go mad and allow themselves to be injected with an experimental drug, they may never get the chance to regain their senses, as they meet a premature demise, as thousands have already. This irrational belief in authority is a testament to a combination of public-school indoctrination centers and relentless propaganda designed to manipulate the minds of the masses by shaping their opinions, preferences, beliefs, attitudes, and mental processes in a preferential manner designed to benefit those pulling the strings of society.
Our educational system has been an embarrassing failure for decades, as hundreds of billions of our taxes have been wasted on mediocre union teachers, useless AN NIGHTMARE etc etc
Every fact, book, historical event, and mathematical equation is at our fingertips, but somehow all our technological advances have only made us dumber. Upon closer examination, our public education system is not designed to encourage learning, individuality, critical thinking, or creating curious questioning citizens. It is purposely designed to matriculate non-thinking, obedient, rule following, non-questioning consumers who do as they are told by those designated as their superiors.
And this was before the more recent humiliating descent into madness wrought by the idiocy of wokeness, gender absurdity, censorship of speech, cancel culture, and anti-racist tripe. John Taylor Gatto has been decrying the uselessness of public education for decades, as 50% of college students are not intellectually capable of meeting the minimum requirements for success. The ridiculousness of degree majors (Gender Studies, Feminist Theory, Pop Culture, African American Studies) would be laughable if it were not so pathetic.
Radical Communist professors infest our universities. With 76% of K-12 teachers being female, the feminization of boys from twelve years of indoctrination has been unavoidable. They have been forced to feel and emote, rather than think, question and experience life outside prison classrooms. When boys act like boys, they are diagnosed by women as having ADHD and immediately drugged into submission. School is now a detriment to learning and irrelevant to a person attaining wisdom and understanding. “I’ve noticed a fascinating phenomenon in my thirty years of teaching: schools and schooling are increasingly irrelevant to the great enterprises of the planet. No one believes anymore that scientists are trained in science classes or politicians in civics classes or poets in English classes. The truth is that schools don’t really teach anything except how to obey orders.” – John Taylor Gatto
The rot within our educational system does not appear to be a mistake. It seems to be a calculated goal of those controlling the system. Our overlords want obedient, easily manipulated, non-questioning, conformist, robotic consumers of material goods who believe debt equals wealth, the family unit is irrelevant, systematic racism is real, there are 65 genders, a flu with a 99.7% survival rate is a reason to surrender their remaining freedoms and liberties, and an all-knowing benevolent government is here to help them.
So, the ruling class does not see the dumbing down of Americans as a detriment to the country. They see it as an essential cog in their wealth seeking ventures and by raising barely sentient sheep, they can herd them in any desired direction. This entire Covid pandemic “crisis” hoax is nothing more than a further power grab by the ruling elite, who gladly embrace tyranny and false narratives to achieve their aims of more wealth, power, and control over your lives. This country has been in a downward spiral since 2001, obscured by the use of debt to give the appearance of economic growth and rising financial markets. The Federal Reserve and our politicians have sold unborn generations into debt slavery, in their myopic, self-centered, destructive attempt to prop up this cancer ridden empire of lies, delusions, and greed. By still leaning on the relative strength of the USD and our military might, the American Empire gives the appearance of strength, but the rot within has hollowed out the tree of liberty and the coming storms will deal a final death blow to this noble experiment, started two centuries ago.
It did not have to happen this way, but we willingly surrendered our country to rapacious psychopaths bent on enriching themselves at the expense of AN NIGHTMARE etc
Look What Dr. Ron Paul Is Predicting Now
Stansberry Research
“When plunder becomes a way of life for a group of men living together in society, they create for themselves, in the course of time, a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it.” – Frederic Bastiat
Whenever you observe what seems to be a senseless irrational policy or mandate, you always need to ask yourself, “who benefits?” Who benefited from the 9/11 hysteria? Who benefited from the 2008 financial crash? Who has benefited from this faux Covid pandemic? The answer is in plain sight. The moneyed interests benefited. The military industrial complex benefited. The surveillance state benefited. The Federal government bureaucracy benefited. Wall Street bankers benefited. Mega-corporations and their CEOs benefited.
I can tell you who did not benefit – wage earning taxpayers, small business owners, senior citizens, young people, poor people, and unborn future generations. The top .1% ruling elite accumulated more treasure and more authority. In the past year alone, the global billionaire class increased their wealth by $4 trillion, with the top 20 increasing their riches by 68%. It seems pandemics are good for business if you are in the ruling class. Meanwhile, it further shattered the hopes of achieving the American dream for tens of millions. “In reading The History of Nations, we find that, like individuals, they have their whims and their peculiarities, their seasons of excitement and recklessness, when they care not what they do. We find that whole communities suddenly fix their minds upon one object and go mad in its pursuit; that millions of people become simultaneously impressed with one delusion, and run after it, till their attention is caught by some new folly more captivating than the first.” ― Charles MacKay, Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds
Those who constitute the true power in this world, understand the mental processes of the masses. They are highly educated and have learned the lessons of history. They know which buttons of fear and greed to push to prod the herd in the direction they desire. They have become particularly adept at using fear to achieve their treacherous aims.
9/11 fear was used to create the surveillance state through the implementation of the Patriot Act, while enriching bankers and the military industrial complex with never ending Middle East wars. The fear of a systematic financial collapse (entirely false) in 2008 was used to bailout the criminal Wall Street banks through TARP and initiate never ending QE to enrich those banks and the billionaire class.
This convenient, man-made, pandemic fear has been their coup de grace, as it allowed them to paper over the crumbling financial system with trillions more debt, solidified the dominance of mega-corporations by eliminating hundreds of thousands of small businesses, quashed free speech and dissent through Big Tech censorship, allowed the billionaire class (Gates, Soros, Bloomberg) to gain more power and treasure, eliminated a thorn in their side (Trump), proved the ignorant masses would believe and do anything they were told (masks, lockdowns, experimental vaccines) to remain safe, and initiated their global reset to build a dystopian world for the masses and complete control for themselves. etc etc
Up until 1913, the American Dream, where every person had the opportunity to live a richer and fuller life, was achievable. Up until that time, every generation born in this country had an excellent chance to live a better life than their parents. Relentless progress was the American way. Based on the actions of those controlling the direction of this country, I doubt my three sons will live a richer and fuller life than myself. The debts are too extreme, the military overreach too excessive, the looting by the financial class too great, the political corruption too extensive, suppression of truth speech too stifling, and opportunities too few. The dream of a social order where everyone could rise to the highest level of their capabilities, regardless of their birth, has been systematically crushed by those who prefer the masses to be debt slaves doing the menial labor necessary to keep their money-making machine running. With all out assaults on the First, Second and Fourth Amendments by those who find the U.S. Constitution inconvenient to their despotic intentions, time is running out for those who still believe in and will fight for their country.
Two hundred and forty-five years ago, our Founding Fathers declared we all had the unalienable rights of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. These rights have been severely restricted, compromised and bastardized over two centuries. Liberties have been ruthlessly constrained as your government tracks you through your social security number, monitors your phone and internet communications, taxes your earnings, and dictates the rules for your education, healthcare, business, and a thousand other daily activities. And now they want to force you to inject a dangerous gene altering drug into your body or not be able to work or enter businesses without your vaccine passport papers. It is not a stretch to see non-vaxers being sent to “special” camps until they comply. etc etc
Opportunity for each according to their ability or achievement has been replaced by – from each according to his ability, to each according to his need. The twist to the Communist Manifesto is those with ability who worked hard have had their wealth redistributed to the rich, who then portray themselves as humanitarian by keeping the poor dependent on handouts. The working-class sinks, the poor remain poor, and the rich get richer. But at least we have our iGadgets, 600 channels of worthless drivel on the boob tube, Twitter followers, Facebook likes and that $50,000 SUV with only 70 payments to go.
There is only one route back to the American dream, wrought with obstacles, with an entrenched enemy ready to ambush those embarking on the journey, and a majority unwilling to make the sacrifices necessary to achieve the objective. Those intent on destroying what is left of the American dream know the destruction of the traditional family unit, obliteration of all community standards, and abolition of all societal norms, create chaos, conflict, and ruin the cohesion necessary for a functioning society, where everyone understands what behavior is acceptable and what conduct is damaging to the community.
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/04/11/from-american-dream-to-american-nightmare/
:: 4--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DR. SHERRI TENPENNY - BULLET TRAIN TO AUSCHWITZ CROSSING THE BLOOD-BRAIN BARRIER
Jim_Crenshaw 5506 subscribers
Source: The Hagman Report
Category Education
Sensitivity Normal - Content that is suitable for ages 16 and over
https://www.bitchute.com/video/AZ1yDLlY0kL0/?list=notifications&randomize=false
:: 4-12-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pentagon scientists reveal a microchip that senses COVID-19 in your body BEFORE you show symptoms and a filter that extracts the virus from blood
Scientists at the Pentagon's secretive unit are researching viruses and developing pandemic cures
They work at Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and other Pentagon laboratories
DARPA's teams saw COVID-19 infected 1,271 onboard USS Theodore Roosevelt as the virus spread unchecked
In response they have developed a microchip to detect asymptomatic COVID in a bid to prevent an outbreak
The chip is inserted below skin and triggers a sensor if COVID infects the body
DARPA have also created a filter which can remove COVID virus from the blood when attached to dialysis
They are working on a vaccine that would work against all coronaviruses, even ones not yet identified
The team also successfully manufactured antibodies against Spanish Flu
By Harriet Alexander For Dailymail.com
Published: 22:40 EDT, 11 April 2021 | Updated: 02:15 EDT, 12 April 2021
Pentagon scientists working inside a secretive unit set up at the height of the Cold War have created a microchip to be inserted under the skin, which will detect COVID-19 infection, and a revolutionary filter that can remove the virus from the blood when attached to a dialysis machine.
The team at the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) have been working for years on preventing and ending pandemics.
They assess the issues and come up with ingenious solutions, which at times appear more from a science fiction novel than a working laboratory.
One of their recent inventions, they told 60 Minutes on Sunday night, was a microchip which detects COVID infection in an individual before it can become an outbreak.
The microchip is sure to spark worries among some about a government agency implanting a microchip in a citizen.
Officials who spoke to the 60 Minutes team said the Pentagon isn't looking to track your every move.
A more detailed explanation was not given.
Retired Colonel Matt Hepburn, an army infectious disease physician leading DARPA's response to the pandemic, showed the 60 Minutes team a tissue-like gel, engineered to continuously test your blood.
'You put it underneath your skin and what that tells you is that there are chemical reactions going on inside the body, and that signal means you are going to have symptoms tomorrow,' he explained.
He said they were inspired by the struggle to stem the virus' spread onboard the USS Theodore Roosevelt, where 1,271 crew members tested positive for the coronavirus.
'It's like a "check engine" light,' said Hepburn.
'Sailors would get the signal, then self-administer a blood draw and test themselves on site.
'We can have that information in three to five minutes.
'As you truncate that time, as you diagnose and treat, what you do is you stop the infection in its tracks.'
Troops are likely to be highly skeptical of the new invention.
In February, The New York Times reported that a third of troops have refused to take the vaccine, sighting concerns that the vaccine contains a microchip devised to monitor recipients, that it will permanently disable the body’s immune system or that it is some form of government control.
Another invention of Hepburn's team is a filter, which is placed on a dialysis machine and removes the virus from the blood.
The experimental four-day treatment was given to "Patient 16", a military spouse, who was in the ICU with organ failure and septic shock.
'You pass it through, and it takes the virus out, and puts the blood back in,' said Hepburn.
Within days, Patient 16 made a full recovery.
The FDA has authorized the filter for emergency use, and it has been used to treat nearly 300 critically ill patients.
Another Pentagon agency, the Joint Pathology Institute, studies tissue samples from soldiers and sailors infected with pathogens all over the world.
They have in their laboratories tissue from patients infected with the Spanish Flu 100 years ago, and in 2005 a team from Mount Sinai hospital and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) managed to recreate the virus.
They also found survivors, and have manufactured antibodies to the lethal virus.
A member of the team, Dr James Crowe, has found a way to find antibodies in a vial of blood in record time - reducing the time frame from the usual six to 24 months down to 78 days.
The technology he developed was used to help make antibodies against COVID-19.
They are currently working on ways to speed up the actual growing of antibodies - a process that at present takes three weeks for 7,500 doses.
'We would start from a blood sample from a survivor, and be done with all of this and be giving you an injection of the cure within the 60 days,' he said.
Another scientist, Dr Kayvon Modjarrad, is currently trying to create a vaccine against all coronaviruses.
'This is not science fiction, this is science fact,' he told the show.
'We have the tools, we have the technology, to do this all right now.'
He said the aim was to be able to inoculate people against deadly viruses that have not even been identified.
'Killer viruses that we haven't seen or even imagined, we'll be protected against,' he said.
:: 4-11-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'China, Iran, and Russia are laughing at us': US Navy is slammed for adding a mask to the eagle in service branch logo
US Navy recently added a mask to the branch's official logo on Twitter
Critics piled on mocking the 'woke' move saying adversaries would laugh
Other service branches have not yet followed suit in updating their logos
By Keith Griffith For Dailymail.com Published: 13:51 EDT, 11 April 2021 | Updated: 19:39 EDT, 11 April 2021
The U.S. Navy has drawn criticism for updating its Twitter bio to depict an eagle wearing a face mask in a reference to the coronavirus pandemic.
The change to the Navy logo was spotted by Twitter users on Friday, drawing mockery and accusations that the nation's adversaries would be 'laughing' at the update.
The logo, a stylized version of the unofficial Navy emblem that dates back to the 1970s, shows an eagle holding an anchor in its talons. The updated version depicts a blue mask covering the eagle's beak.
'China, Iran, and Russia are p***ing their pants laughing at us,' wrote right-wing commentator John Cardillo.
'This is so depressing,' remarked Robby Starbuck, the music video director and Republican candidate for Congress.
'The @USNavy put a mask on the Eagle on its home page. We’re doomed,' tweeted Robert J. O'Neill, the former SEAL Team Six operator who participated in the raid that killed Osama bin Laden.
The Navy's twist on the logo is believed to be an attempt to emphasize the importance of personal precautions in the pandemic. The service has not yet commented on the matter.
The United States Navy Emblem was created as a substitution for the more complicated Navy Seal for unofficial purposes in the early 1970s, according to Navy documents.
So far, other service branches have not followed suit in altering their social media bio pictures, which feature also feature versions of the branches logos.
While altering bio pictures on social media to reflect an issue of the moment is a common practice on social media, the military has typically not followed suit, reflecting a more restrained approach.
However, official military accounts on social media have courted controversy in recent months with a more freewheeling style.
Last month, an official Twitter account of the U.S. Marines has apologized for tweets lacking 'professionalism' after calling Fox News host Tucker Carlson a 'boomer' and hitting out at other critics in a debate over pregnant service members.
'We are human and we messed up. We intended to speak up for female Marines and it was an effort to support them,' II Marine Expeditionary Force wrote in a tweet.
'They are a crucial part to our corps and we need them to know that. We will adjust fire and ensure the utmost professionalism in our tweets,' the apology continued.
Senator Ted Cruz pointed to the tweets and slammed the Marines for 'launching political attacks to intimidate Tucker Carlson & other civilians who criticize their policy decisions.'
The Texas Republican demanded a meeting with the Commandant of the Marines, General David H. Berger, to discuss the issue.
:: 4-11-21 Tapnewswire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Johns Hopkins University confirms: You can be vaccinated with a PCR test, even without knowing
Sun 5:02 pm +00:00, 11 Apr 2021 posted by Weaver
In January 2019, the WHO defined the growing number of vaccination critics as one of the top ten threats to global health, and since the unprecedented Corona vaccination fiasco, the number of vaccination refusers has truly multiplied.
Meanwhile, resistance is forming even within the orthodox medical establishment. But the masterminds of the WHO continue to insist on an unrealistic vaccination coverage rate of at least 70 percent.
In this article, Jan Walter describes, with extensive source citations, which techniques are possible to still vaccinate the population, when people are becoming increasingly critical of vaccinations. This is only fueled by the continuing pressure for mass “vaccination” against a non-lethal disease for 99.8% of people, with a new type of “vaccine” that is actually gene therapy by means of mRNA. It seems like science fiction and is chilling, but the metohodes and techniques are available. There question is how far do we let it get? Vaccinations increasingly scrutinized and the chilling alternative
In January 2019, WHO [1] defined the growing number of vaccine critics as one of the ten greatest threats to global health, and since the unprecedented corona vaccination fiasco [2], the number of vaccine refusers has really multiplied. Meanwhile, resistance is emerging even within the conventional medical community. But the masterminds at WHO continue to insist on an unrealistic vaccination rate of at least 70 percent. Now several experts and former mainstream journalists like John O’Sullivan are warning that the massive PCR testing campaign could be a WHO vaccination program in disguise. (see Principia Scientific) [3] O’Sullivan is referring to a new technology developed at Johns Hopkins University that is supposed to make it possible to carry out covert vaccinations through a PCR test. (See Johns Hopkins Universitiy) [4]
Inspired by a parasitic worm that digs its sharp teeth into the intestines of its host, Johns Hopkins researchers have developed tiny, star-shaped micro-devices that attach to the intestinal mucosa and can deliver drugs into the body.
These tiny devices, known as “Theragrippers,” are made of metal and a thin film that changes shape. They are covered with heat-sensitive kerosene wax and each no larger than a dust particle. (See Figure 1)
When the kerosene coating on the Theragripper reaches body temperature, the devices close autonomously and clamp onto the wall of the colon. Because of the sealing action, the tiny, six-pointed devices burrow into the mucosa and attach to the colon, where they are held and gradually release their drug load to the body. Eventually, the Theragripper lose their grip on the tissue and are removed from the colon through normal gastrointestinal muscle function.
Note: According to Johns Hopkins University, Theragrippers are actually administered with a cotton swab. (see Figure 2)
Figure 2: Theragrippers on a cotton swab
The Johns Hopkins University research team published positive results from an animal study as a cover article in Science Advances on October 28, 2020 [5], confirming that the new technology works flawlessly:
Here we report that GI parasite-inspired active mechanochemical therapeutic grabs, or theragrippers, can survive 24 hours in the gastrointestinal tract of live animals by autonomously adhering to mucosal tissue. We also observe a remarkable six-fold increase in elimination half-life when using ripper-mediated delivery of the model analgesic ketorolac tromethamine. These results provide excellent evidence that shape-shifting and self-locking microdevices improve the effectiveness of long-term drug delivery.
Fig.3: Shape-shifting Theragripper as self-locking drug delivery devices
Coincidentally, the PCR test in China is now also performed anally because the reliability of the results is said to be better and of course this practice is immediately supported in the Western mainstream media. (See Business Insider) [6]
Note: If you can’t imagine the government administering toxins to you against your will and without your consent, think of all the horrific experiments on humans that were admitted afterwards and which, according to Wikipedia, [7] have continued well into modern times. In 2007, the CDC [8] even admitted that between 1955 and 1963, 10-30 million citizens were infected with the carcinogen SV40 via polio vaccination.
The Vaccination that is Not a Vaccination, but Gene Therapy
In a revealing video conference [9] with Dr. Judy Mikovits, Robert Kennedy Jr. and Dr. David Martin, it is explained that the mRNA vaccine, by the legal definition, is not a vaccine at all. It is falsely called a vaccine to hide the fact that the purported vaccine is, in fact, a gene therapy. Experienced physician and epidemiologist, Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, stated in a censored interview with Rubikon, “Actually, this ‘promising’ vaccine should be PROHIBITED for the vast majority of people because it is genetic engineering!” Mary Holland, Vice President and Chief Advocate of the Children’s Health Defense Organization, warns, “New vaccine technologies will likely lead to new types of vaccine harms. Since there has never been an approved mRNA vaccine, we really don’t know what such damage will look like. Because vaccines have been developed so quickly and clinical trials are so short, the long-term damage is completely unknown.”
What is particularly chilling is that the vast majority do not even know what the mRNA vaccine is doing in their bodies. They simply allow themselves to be blindly vaccinated, and this despite the fact that more and more independent and even orthodox medical experts are warning against it. (See doctors from around the world warn against mRNA vaccination) [10] In this context, it should not be forgotten that the American company modeRNA Therapeutics was founded in 2010 not as a vaccine manufacturer, but as a GenTech company. The example of the many Monsanto scandals makes it crystal clear that genetic engineering does not serve to protect species, but rather to gain power. The hidden agenda is to genetically modify species in order to patent or own them. Former U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger once said “Whoever controls the seed controls the world.” (See Press Portal) [11]
What’s next? Are they going to patent our bodies after they genetically engineer us with the mRNA vaccine?
Dr. Carrie Madej, [12] a specialist in internal medicine with over 19 years of experience, states that the COVID-19 vaccine could actually be a Trojan horse to patent humans because it alters our DNA. According to an Article published in the British science journal Phys.org in January 2020 [13], it is confirmed that modified RNA has a direct impact on our DNA. The following passage is particularly alarming: “Several research groups are now working together to investigate what effect this may have on the DNA molecule. We already know that R-loop regions are associated with DNA sequences that contain active genes, and that this can lead to chromosome breaks and the loss of genetic information.” Also alarming is the fact that leading vaccine manufacturers such as Pfizer are warning their subjects not to reproduce after vaccination (see Pfizer, p. 132) [14 PDF] By doing so, the pharmaceutical company is confirming that the mRNA vaccine can have negative effects on human reproduction and is being vaccinated in spite of it!
Conclusion: Anyone who knows a little history knows that genetic experimentation and human experimentation are nothing new. Although modern eugenics has its origins in the 19th century, the ideas, measures and justifications of state and social interventions and influences on reproduction have been known since ancient times. They can already be found in Plato’s “Politeia,” which, however, is limited to state selection and education. In the Renaissance, corresponding lines of thought can be found in the social utopian writings “Utopia” by Thomas Morus, “Nova Atlantis” by Francis Bacon and “La città del Sole” by Tommaso Campanella. But because common sense instinctively resists such interventions, the establishment has always endeavored to disguise its true intentions with misleading labels. The Nazis, for example, disguised eugenics as “hereditary health science” or “hereditary care” to make it attractive to the masses, and today the same sick agenda is sold to us with a new “vaccine” to save us from a supposed “pandemic”.
Sources:
[3] https://principia-scientific.com/are-pcr-tests-secret-vaccines/
[4] https://hub.jhu.edu/2020/11/25/theragripper-gi-tract-medicine-delivery/
[5] https://advances.sciencemag.org/content/6/44/eabb4133
[7] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_subject_research
[9] https://www.bitchute.com/video/4fVFgHXPELoO/b
[10] https://tinyurl.com/y32qpl74
[11] https://www.presseportal.de/pm/62556/3331518
[12] https://banthis.tv/watch?id=5f176746677a7f01e9302af6
[13] https://phys.org/news/2020-01-rna-effect-dna.html
[14 PDF] https://pfe-pfizercom-d8-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/2020-11/C4591001_Clinical_Protocol_Nov2020.pdf
source
:: 10-29-20 Thomson Reuters Foundation News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Scientists propose tax on meat and livestock to help avert future pandemics
by Thin Lei Win | @thinink | Thomson Reuters Foundation
Thursday, 29 October 2020 17:51 GMT
Rising demand for meat drives pandemic risk as well as biodiversity loss and climate change, study says
By Thin Lei Win
ROME, Oct 29 (Thomson Reuters Foundation) - Policy makers should consider levying taxes on livestock production and meat consumption to reduce the risk of future deadly pandemics, international experts said on Thursday, as they published a study calling for better protection of nature.
"Over-consumption of meat... (is) bad for our health. It's unsustainable in terms of environmental impact. It's also a driver of pandemic risk," Peter Daszak, a zoologist who chaired the study, told journalists at its launch.
Outbreaks of influenza viruses and new pandemic strains have emerged largely because of "incredibly dense production of poultry and pigs in some parts of the world, driven by our global consumption patterns", he added.
Breeding cattle for beef is another well-known cause of deforestation and ecosystem destruction in Latin America.
The study warned that pandemics will emerge more often, spread faster, cost more and kill more people than COVID-19 without bold action to halt the habitat destruction that helps viruses hop from wildlife to humans.
It also urged governments to step up efforts to avert pandemics, instead of responding after they hit.
Dutch scientist Thijs Kuiken, one of 22 international experts who produced the study, agreed that people should cut back on meat-eating.
"Changing your diet so that you have a sensible consumption of meat is really important for reducing the risk of pandemics, and for conserving biodiversity and nature," he said.
Daszak acknowledged that the idea of a livestock levy or meat tax was "controversial" but said it was a price worth paying to head off future pandemics.
"There's a new generation out there who are willing to make those personal decisions that will lead to a more sustainable lifestyle - and we're hoping that's going to save our planet in terms of biodiversity loss, climate change and pandemic risk," he said.
The growing, globalised livestock industry is "very profitable" - and previous studies have suggested taxing meat production and consumption to nudge the industry towards ways of operating that do less harm to the planet and people, he said.
"This is a viable strategy and should be looked at by governments and by intergovernmental organisations as a way forward," he added.
Rising demand for meat, particularly in developed countries and emerging economies, also threatens biodiversity and contributes to climate change, said the report issued by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, which has more than 130 member states.
It pointed to the destruction and degradation of the rainforest in Brazil and other Amazon countries, which is fuelling the carbon emissions that are heating up the planet.
Climate change could, in turn, expand the threat of deadlier and costlier diseases, the experts warned.
"There's certainly clear and strong evidence that climate change has caused a shift in vector-borne diseases," said Daszak.
Those include tick-borne encephalitis, a potentially fatal illness spread by ticks, which is moving north in Europe.
"The future impact of climate change on emerging disease is likely to be very significant," he added. "Climate change will cause shifts in geographic range of different species, livestock and people... and that will spread diseases more effectively."
The study also recommended that the knowledge held by indigenous peoples and local communities should be included in pandemic prevention efforts.
For example, their longstanding expertise in living with, managing and hunting wildlife could be used to inform safer practices, said Bolivian scientist Carlos Zambrana-Torrelio.
Giving forest peoples ownership of the land where they live would also help curb the threat of pandemics, he said.
"By improving land tenure... deforestation will stop in these areas, there won't be any expansion of agriculture into indigenous communities and that will prevent the emergence of diseases," he added.
Related stories:
Will COVID-19 change our relationship with meat?
'Care for nature' to keep people safe and well, leaders urge
Debt swaps could free funds to tame climate, biodiversity and virus threats
(Reporting By Thin Lei Win @thinink, Editing by Megan Rowling. Please credit the Thomson Reuters Foundation, the charitable arm of Thomson Reuters, that covers the lives of people around the world who struggle to live freely or fairly. Visit http://news.trust.org)
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.
https://news.trust.org/item/20201029165715-jt3st
[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc
[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..
Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red
one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to
remove peace from the earth. And there was war and
slaughter everywhere. (NLT)
[ :: 9-23-12
pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::]
:: 4-11-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Report: Biden Spends Sunday Afternoon in Unscheduled Oval Office Meeting with His Senior Team After Blinken Warns Russia and China About Military Attacks
By Kristinn Taylor Published April 11, 2021 at 9:14pm 1400 Comments Share (51
Joe Biden reportedly spent Sunday afternoon in an unscheduled meeting in the Oval Office with his ‘senior team’, according to the White House. Biden, who is spending a rare weekend at the Executive Mansion, also had an unscheduled meeting with his senior team on Saturday. The unusual meetings come as Biden Secretary of State Antony Blinken warned both Russia and China about military attacks on Ukraine and Taiwan, respectively, in response to threatening military maneuvers in recent days. (Also in the news was Iran’s nuclear facility in Natanz going dark, with some reports crediting an alleged cyber attack by Israel.)
NBC’s Kelly O’Donnell posted a screen image Sunday afternoon of a Marine guard posted outside the West Wing of the White House, an indication that Biden was in the Oval Office, “Sunday late afternoon update. Marine stationed at West Wing door for a time. WH aides tell us “The President is meeting with members of his senior team in the Oval Office.””
Sunday late afternoon update. Marine stationed at West Wing door for a time. WH aides tell us “The President is meeting with members of his senior team in the Oval Office.” pic.twitter.com/EVgJAwNDJ0
— Kelly O'Donnell (@KellyO) April 11, 2021
Reporter Devon Heinen posted on Saturday that the White House said Biden had met with his senior team at the White House, “JUST IN (via WH press pool) WH provides info re: #Biden’s Saturday agenda: “Today, the President is meeting with members of his senior team. The President has no public events scheduled.” As seen below, Biden had no meetings planned for the weekend.
JUST IN (via WH press pool)
WH provides info re: #Biden's Saturday agenda:
"Today, the President is meeting with members of his senior team. The President has no public events scheduled." pic.twitter.com/WTZkDwrYza
— Devon Heinen (@DevonHeinen) April 10, 2021
Blinken appeared on NBC’s Meet the Press on Sunday morning. In an interview with host Chuck Todd, Blinken warned both Russia and China, however Todd brought up Russia taking Crimea from Ukraine by force during the Obama administration. Interview excerpt via Meet the Press:
CHUCK TODD: Are we prepared to defend Taiwan militarily?
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: So, Chuck, what we’ve seen, and what is of real concern to us, is increasingly aggressive actions by the government in Beijing directed at Taiwan, raising tensions in the Straits. And we have a commitment to Taiwan under the Taiwan Relations Act, a bipartisan commitment that’s existed for many, many years, to make sure that Taiwan has the ability to defend itself, and to make sure that we’re sustaining peace and security in the Western Pacific. We stand behind those commitments. And all I can tell you is it would be a serious mistake for anyone to try to change the existing status quo by force.
CHUCK TODD: I understand that. So it does sound like you’re saying that, look, we have commitments. And if China does try something in Taiwan, we will militarily respond?
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: I’m not going to get into hypotheticals. All I can tell you is we have a serious commitment to Taiwan being able to defend itself. We have a serious commitment to peace and security in the Western Pacific. And in that context, it would be a serious mistake for anyone to try to change that status quo by force.
CHUCK TODD: Why — do you understand, if China looks at what our reaction was to Crimea and Russia, and think, think those commitments are not as rock-solid as you just outlined them as?
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, I don’t think that’s, I don’t think that’s true. In the case of Crimea, in the case of the Donbas, the United States back then led a very significant international effort to impose real costs and sanctions on Russia for its aggression in Crimea, in the Donbas. We’ve —
CHUCK TODD: How’s that worked out? In fairness, sir?
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, — so what we don’t —
CHUCK TODD: I mean, it hasn’t worked out very well.
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: What we don’t know is, would — has this deterred Russia from doing even more? And as we speak right now, I have to tell you I have real concerns about Russia’s actions on the borders of Ukraine. There are more Russian forces massed on those borders than at any time since 2014 when Russia first invaded. That’s why we’re in very close contact, in close coordination, with our allies and partners in Europe. All of us share that concern. And President Biden’s been very clear about this. If Russia acts recklessly, or aggressively, there will be costs, there will be consequences. He’s equally clear-eyed about the proposition that, when it comes to Russia, there are areas where our interests align, or certainly overlap, and we have an interest in working together. For example, on arms control, as we did in extending the START Agreement. So the question is, “Is Russia going to continue to act aggressively and recklessly?” If it does, the president’s been clear, there’ll be costs, there’ll be consequences.
CHUCK TODD: Mr. Secretary, what you just outlined on Russia sounds like the exact same policy the Obama-Biden administration had towards Russia on this. That was — that has not positioned Russia to be better actors. That didn’t — that policy, arguably, didn’t work. We’re not saying that Trump’s policy worked either. What do you say to that?
SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, I say, first of all, we can’t go, we can’t go back to four years ago, or six years ago, or eight years ago. Pick your, pick your year. We have to deal with the world as it is now and as we anticipate it will be. What I can tell you is this: the president, before he was elected, made clear that, again, when it comes to Russia’s actions, there’ll be costs and consequences if it acts recklessly and aggressively and you could hold him to that word.
:: 4-11-21 https://billkloss.law.blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Ukraine, Taiwan… Two-Pronged US Aggression Toward Russia, China Escalates
Posted by Brandon Campbell April 11, 2021Posted inUncategorized
All people of the world should hope that a multipolar world vision prevails and the destructive American ideology fails – definitively.
There is a close parallel in the way the Biden administration is riling up dangerous tensions with Russia and China. The proxy in both cases are the Ukraine and Taiwan, respectively.
Washington is citing claims that Russia and China are threatening its allies which, in turn, provides a pretext for the United States to step up its own provocative actions. It’s a vicious cycle that is at grave risk of spinning out of control into an all-out war between nuclear powers.
In just three months after his inauguration as the 46th U.S. president, Joe Biden’s administration has embarked on a reckless course of belligerence toward Russia and China. This dynamic was predicted by Strategic Culture Foundation in several of our commentaries and interviews before Biden was inaugurated on January 20.
If society collapses, you can bet that the foods the pioneers ate will become dietary staples
The Lost Ways prepares you to deal with worst-case scenarios with the minimum amount of resources just like our forefathers lived their lives, totally independent from electricity, cars, or modern technology.
So pay chose attention because this video will change your life forever for the good! However, this systematic hostility from the United States has been underway from several past administrations, including the previous Trump White House and before that the Obama administrations in which Biden served as vice president. Now as president, Biden is taking up a continuous policy of aggression with even more gusto. This invariable direction of belligerence tends to prove the real nature of U.S. politics. Presidents come and go, elections take place periodically, but the power and policymaking resides with deep state planners whose loyalty is not to any particular party but rather to the furtherance of imperial objectives regarding America’s presumed global position and privileges.
The current president and his top aides, like before, bring a certain stylistic image to the underlying thrust of power. Team Biden have sharpened the rhetoric of adversity, repeatedly labelling Moscow and China as “existential threats”. Practical acts of hostility have followed, including imposing sanctions on Russia over its Nord Stream 2 gas project with Europe; and on China over baseless claims of “genocide” against its Uyghur ethnic population in Xinjiang.
The Biden administration is turning reality on its head, either through cynical deception or from its own cognitive dissonance regarding the real world. (Most certainly the former for the deep state planners, maybe the latter for the politician puppets.)
It accuses Russia of aggression by building up military forces on the border with Ukraine. This is while the U.S.-backed regime in Kiev has been serially violating a shaky ceasefire in Eastern Ukraine, shelling civilian centers and escalating a humanitarian crisis. Russia has every right to deploy military forces wherever it deems within its borders. Moscow has rejected claims that it is posing a threat to any other country. Nonetheless, this week the Kremlin said the deteriorating security conditions in Eastern Ukraine (the Donbass) may oblige it to defend ethnic Russians facing a criminal offensive. That offensive is being waged by the Kiev regime which has the full support of the United States and the NATO military alliance. Only last month, the Biden administration released a further $125 million in lethal weaponry to the Ukraine. That can be seen as a green light for the regime in Kiev to reject the 2015 Minsk peace accord and to push for more conflict in what has already been a seven-year war, causing more than 13,000 deaths. (The war was instigated after the U.S., EU and NATO backed a coup d’état in Kiev in February 2014 which brought to power an anti-Russian regime with historic links to Nazi Germany.)
Yet in the Alice-in-Wonderland view of Washington, as well as the European Union and NATO, the aggression is being instigated by Russia.
As for China and Taiwan: Biden is advancing the same policy under the previous Trump and Obama administrations of military buildup near China’s territory. This week saw the fourth U.S. guided-missile destroyer passing through the Taiwan Strait since Biden took office. That narrow sea separates the breakaway island from China’s mainland. Beijing has sovereign territorial claim to Taiwan which is recognized by the vast majority of nations, including up until recently the United States under its so-called “One China” policy. Biden, like his predecessor Donald Trump, is deliberately eroding the One China policy by sending delegates to the island on official visits, increasing weapons sales and most provocatively making public declarations that the U.S. will “defend” Taiwan in the event of “an invasion” by Chinese forces.
Similar to the Ukraine, the Biden administration’s rhetoric and conduct is serving to fuel an ever-more provocative stance by the Taiwanese leaders. This week, a senior official warned that the island’s forces would shoot down Chinese aircraft that approach the territory. This is nothing but a flagrant challenge to China’s territorial integrity and sovereignty. As in the case of the Ukraine and Russia, it is Washington’s words and actions that are inflaming the tensions between Taiwan and China. Yet the Americans accuse others of “aggression” and claim to be providing “defense”.
The bigger picture for all of this is, of course, the geopolitical great game which Washington sees as a zero-sum challenge. Strategists in Washington have made it abundantly clear that the American imperative for pursuing its ambitions for global power and dominance is to prevent the rise of Russia and China and a multipolar world order. Moscow and Beijing have repeatedly called for a peaceful coexistence among nations based on partnership, mutual respect and above all adherence to international law. In short, the manifestation of the United Nations Charter. Such a multipolar world of equals is anathema to the United States and its imperialist pursuit of unipolar dominance. The latter configuration is essential for maintaining the dollar as the world’s reserve currency which, in turn, is vital for propping up the U.S. economy. For historical reasons, American capitalism is waning from its previous formidable prowess as the world’s engine for growth. The tide is shifting to China and Eurasia which offer an alternative model of socialistic planned economies, based on a mix of public and private ownership, which are directed at progressing societal development. China’s success in lifting millions of its people out of poverty while millions of Americans fall into poverty indicates the end of an “America Century”. The United States, under its prevailing corporate capitalist system, cannot compete with the emerging multipolar order. By way of trying to reverse the historic decline, the U.S. is compelled to resort to increasing militarism against what it perceives as its nemesis – Russia and China – the two main proponents of a multipolar vision.
It is therefore logical, if not execrable, that Washington appears to be accelerating on a collision course against Russia and China. The speed and recklessness is correlated with the growing sense that the American Empire is in terminal demise. The Ukraine and Taiwan are providing the U.S. with a two-prong attack against Russia and China and what Washington views as its last chance to grasp on to a world that is disappearing before its eyes. America’s reckless and delusional gambling is placing the world in an extremely dangerous situation. Its rulers and their political flunkies are flicking matches at a powder-keg.
:: 4-11-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
THE COMING CHICOM INVASION OF TAIWAN IS A GREAT DECEPTION WHICH WILL CULMINATE IN THE ANNIHILATION OF THE UNITED STATES
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 11, 2021 - 11:50.
When I reported on Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe’s leaked speech to the CCP, there was a subtle but stunning revelation that most have refused to interpret correctly. In the speech, Wei Fenghe criticized Japan and Nazi German of the WW II era for having lacked the single-minded focus needed to win the war against the United States. Fenghe was emphatic that modern-day China would not make that same mistake. Fenghe dutifully noted that “We may show interest in Taiwan, but that is not our true purpose. The sole purpose of the Chinese foreign policy is to fully occupy the United States and we are not interested in co-occupancy.”
The document went on to stress that every American man, woman and child must die noting that there are several avenue to achieve this goal including the deployment of race-specific bioweapons that the CHICOMS developed in conjunction with Israeli researchers. Wei Fenghe emphasized that the only spared group would be Americans of Chinese descent and this would number about 14 million.
I have had numerous private discussions with my military insiders and they are in agreement with Wei Fenghe’s intent to commit genocide against the American people. However, nearly every source did not believe that the most efficient weapon were race-specific and this was based upon technical challenges associated with the approach.
Three sources, including my best source, have stated that a number of strategies will likely be employed which will accomplish the same goal with some Americans following between the cracks. However, nobody will not want to be one these survivors because to be in the targeted American group, makes one the most endangered hunted species on the planet. Here are some of the sources have said are the means for what wlll be deployed against American interests:
Extreme variants of weaponized Ebola released in waves. Ebola infects about half of those who are in proximity of the virus with approximately a 90% kill rate. We can expect to see one wave after another. Please note that Fox News announced, out of the blue, 10 days ago, the development of an Ebola vaccine. This is psyops preparation designed to induce extreme fear when the actual releases occur. Ebola will be spread in the same manner as covid through the immigrant population as they are being bussed as well as being flown to various and diverse locations throughout the United States. The wave after wave after wave of Ebola variant releases could kill. The thought was that the variants would be released as many states return to normal as it would enhance the super-spreading of the virus. How many will die is a crapshoot, but I was told that up to 75 million might perish. Remember, 10% are going to survive. The burnout factor each wave would be about 30 days. If weaponized beyond what we generally understand, today, changes this figure dramatically, but with very unpredictable results.
Based on my previous discussions with my sources, there needs to be a catalyst to get this whole process started. I have been very consistent in saying that this would be the Chinese invasion of Taiwan. It will draw the bulk of our already depleted fighting forces to defend Taiwan. Taiwan is the great deception. Our military will be destroyed and we will have little left to combat the CHICOM invasion at home. Why do you think that China has always pressured the Democrats to seize our guns? Japan will be drawn out as well. Chinese interest in Taiwan is not their major foreign policy concern as has been championed in the American mainstream media. Pelosi, Schumer, Biden, Harris, et al, understand this and they are guilty of treason as they are facilitating both he internal infiltration into the United States, like what we are seeing in New Zealand, Australia and now Communist-controlled Canada with Trudeau fully on the CHICOM payroll. When the CHICOM invasion of Taiwan begins, it will turn nuclear very quickly in order to facilitate the complete destruction of all forces on each side. The Chinese will win this war of attrition because losing half of their population (ie the loss of the 3 Gorges Dam which will kill 400 million Chinese as well as the battlefield casualties and the collateral damage that will follow) is an acceptable loss to the Chinese. South Korea, Taiwan and Japan will target China’s six largest ports, but again, this is an acceptable loss to the Chinese. The 6 ports are the ports that CHICOM traitor Mich McConnel’s in-laws have control of for the CCP. Yes, I am talking about the family of McConnell’s wife, the former US Transportation Secretary, in the biggest act of treason in the history of the United States including Benedict Arnold. When the United States is fully engaged the Chinese and their mercenaries (eg cartels) will cross both borders and engage in a scorched earth policy. However, scorched earth does not involve resource destruction. In fact, the Chinese goal is quite the opposite. A couple of my sources have said that a Neutron bomb experience may be employed in which infrastructure is spared but all the people are killed. At some point the Russians will be involved in the Midwest, the Southeast and the Eastern Seabord. I expect the latter to be nuked by Putin for reasons to be discussed in a future article. I would suggest everyone watch Season One of The Man In the High Castle in order to gain some perspective of what is coming. Just substitute Putin for Hitler as was depicted in the series. I believe that the plans have been made to split the US in half between the Russians and the Chinese. However, China, with support from globalist financing and logistical support will attack Russia in their final move to become the undisputed World Policeman. The Deagel Report reflects the American losses described here, however, it does not capture the fact this is merely a step in the direction of the complete eradication of all Americans with nobody spared. And this would include the traitors of Pelosi et al….The Brown Shirts are always eliminated!
So, what about the survivors? Mass starvation awaits most Americans. Bill Gates has become the largest owner of American farmland. He wants you to eat bugs and not meat. I would say that this constitutes a fair example of what is coming. Additionally, Gates in intent on dimming the sun and destroying growing seasons. Combine these nefarious factors with emerging food inflation, Americans will be starved on unimaginable scale. The survivors will be enticed to come the “benevolent” camps for their food needs. However, this is the American version of the final solution. Immigration will figure prominently with what is ready to happen.
This is a brilliant, Satanic-inspired plan. And what you have read here is only the tip of the iceberg. In my upcoming conference presentation with GENSIX, I will be providing both the historical context and the details of future intentions of the globalists to starve America to death along with the other methods that will be used to exterminate as many Americans as possible.
In order to provide some detail, suffice it to say that guillotines and malnutrition could be written on most causes of death in the final stage of the destruction of America.
:: 4-11-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Stage is set, the plan is in place: when the whole world suffers it will blame the U.S. for it and everyone will want a piece of America for retribution
Jack Metir Uncategorized April 11, 2021 7 Minutes
The next great depression will be worldwide and it will be deeper and more chaotic than anything ever seen before. When the whole world suffers it will blame the U.S. for it and everyone will want a piece of America for retribution. The Nations of Russia, China, and Iran, which will lead the Muslim nations in the Mid East and Africa, will gang up on America which will be even more devastated financially than most nations. The American forces will succumb to a massive attack that takes down most of our electronic equipment and destroys our high tech advantage.
The battles that follow will be fought mostly by local and state militias reinforced by the few remaining active duty soldiers that escaped annihilation in the opening days of the conflict. It will become a guerrilla war fought in every corner of every state in CONUS. Alaska and Hawaii will be cut off and allowed to wither until they surrender.
The war will last for years and most large cities and towns will be destroyed to eliminate any resources that partisan fighters can use. The only civilians that will escape detention and death by enemy forces will be those that are hidden in rural areas and dug in deep to prevent detection. Any food will have to be grown in small isolated plots hidden from enemy forces. Every day will be a fight for survival as the number of American forces dwindles.
American forces will survive by becoming very mobile and remaining on the move. Small attacks that chip away at enemy forces will be the primary tactic. Only when an unstoppable outside force arrives to reinforce Americans will the tide of war turn. The enemy will ultimately be driven back and America’s borders secured but the cost of victory will be very high and the population will be greatly reduced.
Is this scenario a possibility? It becomes more likely every day that we proceed on our current path and if history is any indicator it could become a reality. Americans are oblivious to the possibility of any such turn of events but it could very well happen within a decade. The inability of Americans to accept reality and the need to continue living in the comfortable cocoon of illusion they desire will end in tragedy very soon. No amount of hopeful thinking will change events that require positive action. The lack of critical thinking ability will doom the U.S. to new depths of despair before a new nation will arise that appreciates our heritage and the sacrifices of those that came before us. Hopefully, this is a lesson we will not have to learn a second time.
For those willing to sacrifice and do the hard work it may still be possible to salvage the nation from this destruction. For those with the indomitable spirit to go on and rebuild it is possible for this phoenix to rise again from the ashes. But for that to happen, some things will have to be preserved from the destruction to allow a new start.
– raw materials such as scrap metal and chemicals
– knowledge in the form of professionals and books
– equipment for building in the form of machining equipment
– basic medical equipment
– equipment for casting and refining
– equipment to make copper wire
– farm equipment and implements that can be duplicated
– livestock that can be bred and expanded
– seed stocks that can be grown and processed
– equipment to process fibers for cloth and rope
– electrical equipment such as generators and communications gear
No one person could store all of these things so it must fall on multiple groups with various knowledge and abilities to preserve this core of technological abilities. These items would have to be literally buried to escape detection and destruction for the duration of the event. That is possible if done in time and right now time grows short.
For many it would be easy to hide some resources for later use to rebuild and enjoy a rustic lifestyle without all of the technology. The only problem with that is eventually you may be faced with the spectre of the destroyers returning and any lone homesteads with little technological means would be easy prey for another assault. The only way to rebuild and expand with the ability to defend is to establish communities that are connected and technologically capable.
The scenario laid out here is not a happy one but it is survivable if actions are taken in time. Only the hardiest of individuals would likely live through something like this but they are the ones that history calls nation builders. To dismiss this scenario as impossible is to do so at your own peril should events come to pass. Something is impossible until it’s not.
Remain prepared and alert. Things could rupture at any moment. Remain hopeful, not fearful. Make sure you know what your morals are. Don’t allow the violence and destruction of the governments and ruling classes of the world make you more enslaved and turn of your morality, critical thinking, or discernment. The best scenario at this point would be an immediate de-escalation, but that does not appear to be a part of the rulers’ agenda.
The mainstream media is now fear-mongering once again over supply shortages. Make no mistake, this could be a reality considering the state of trade on the planet right now, however, if you learned anything from last March’s disaster, it should be that you keep a few extra rolls of toilet paper stashed away, just in case. This is why we prepare.
Last spring, when there was no toilet paper to be found, preppers were vindicated as we could wipe our rears comfortably while others called the cops because they ran out.
As reported by Yahoo News, major problems with international shipping are likely to make toilet paper and some other items scarce and could bring a return of hoarding. Notice how those who were prepared and didn’t suffer during the government-induced shortages are “hoarders?”
As planned in order to push forward the New World Order agenda, global commerce is being hammered. For six days, Egypt’s Suez Canal was blocked by a giant cargo vessel that got stuck and held up hundreds of other ships on a route that handles about 12% of world trade. The Ever Given — about as long as the Empire State Building is tall — was finally freed Monday, but analysts say it could take more than a week to clear the backup. We’ve been mentioning that you should prepare for a slew of shortages, not just food, but other supplies in the coming weeks and months. This sure feels like a coordinated effort to cause fear and panic so the public will demand the chains of their own oppression from the rulers.
Meanwhile, a shortage of shipping containers also is causing problems in the cargo transport industry, according to Yahoo News. Many of the factories that build the giant metal boxes are in China — and a number of them shut down in the early days of the government-induced COVID crisis, cutting supplies short.
Adding fuel to the fire, grocery prices were already rising faster than inflation. A quick trip to your local grocery store will prove to you that this is true. Your area may be experiencing different price increases and shortages in food supply than others. For example, I personally have noticed the price of meat has doubled, although there doesn’t appear to be a shortage at my local store.
Coping with reality is the best way to beat it. Prepare. Most of us are. We are just waiting for the S to HTF, so to speak. Once it does, and it will again, we will be comfortable and unafraid while others won’t be able to function without submitting to their own enslavement in exchange for a can of corn.
Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:
A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.
https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/04/11/the-stage-is-set-the-plan-is-in-place/
:: 4-12-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russia: "If US Fires Cruise Missiles from Black Sea, U.S. Navy Ships Could Be Destroyed"
World NewsDesk 12 April 2021 Hits: 11316
The Kremlin, when asked if Russian President Vladimir Putin has anything to say to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky, Press Secretary Dmitry Peskov responded:
"There is always talk about defusing tensions and preventing a potential war in Donbass. We hope that political wisdom will prevail in Kiev, the case will not take a serious turn and provocative actions (against Luhansk and Donetsk) will still come to naught.
The constant repetition of US calls to Russia to "abandon aggressive actions" devalues these statements of Washington -
A possible appeal of Kiev to the United States to use cruise missiles at Donbass targets will push Russia to recognize the DPR and LPR with the subsequent introduction of Russian peacekeepers into their territory.
In the case of the use of cruise missiles from the destroyers USS Donald Cook and USS Roosevelt of the US Navy from the Black Sea through the territory of the DPR and LPR, American warships may be destroyed. Thus, Russia will defend Russian citizens.
Are the Americans ready for this scenario? We believe - no.
Therefore, despite the enthusiasm of Ukrainian nationalists, the United States will not openly use its fleet in a potential conflict, as this implies a direct clash with the Russian Federation."
HAL TURNER REMARKS:
I report this news because the mass-media in both the United States and in Europe are failing to report it.
This news indicates how extraordinarily serious the situation now is between Ukraine and Russia, and how Ukraine is trying to drag the US and Europe (NATO) into a direct war with Russia.
Ukraine is not worth one drop of American blood or one cent of American treasure.
The situation Ukraine finds itself in, is of its own making. It was Ukraine that massed 110,000 troops along the borders of breakaway oblasts (states) Luhansk and Donetsk. It is Ukraine that is using mortars and artillery to attack people in those states. It was Ukraine that cut off all fresh water supplies to Crimea when the people there voted to leave Ukraine and join Russia. It is Ukraine that continues to prevent fresh water from flowing naturally to Crimea.
All these things Ukraine has done and THAT is why Russia has felt the need to mass Russian Army troops and tanks along the Ukraine Border.
If Ukraine stops its massing of troops, stops its firing upon Luhansk and Donetsk, and turns the fresh water from the Dniepier River back on, by opening the dam they erected, all these issues will be resolved peacefully. Instead, Ukraine talks war.
If war is its choice, then Ukraine should fight it alone. They've done all this to themselves.
Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.
When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you,
:: 4-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Law Enforcement Preparing For Mass Civil Unrest - 'If Our Leaders Stay Silent, They Will All Have Blood On Their Hands'
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 11, 2021
The damage to cities and businesses that occurred last May during the protests and riots after George Floyd died in police custody, cost tens of millions just in Minnesota alone, but the protests also spread destruction from one end of the U.S. to the other, totaling in the billions collectively.
This makes it quite understandable that quiet preparations are being made by law enforcement in multiple cities as the Derek Chauvin trial over the death of George Floyd continues.
We have already reported on direct threats being made of further rioting and "buildings on fire" if Chauvin is not sentenced in a manner that black communities leaders/liberals are demanding, but we are also seeing calls go out to nation leaders to speak up now, preemptively, to encourage calm no matter what verdict comes down from the very diverse jury.
THEY WILL ALL HAVE BLOOD ON THEIR HANDS
Scott Adams took to Twitter with a message for American leaders:
I call on our national leaders to START NOW to persuade the public against staging violent protests after the Floyd trial verdict.
If our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands.
@POTUS @KamalaHarris @SpeakerPelosi
It is quite telling that during the 2020 Floyd riots, multiple members of congress, including the then Senator Kamala *HeelsUp* Harris, actively encouraged the rioting to continue, with Harris taking it a step further and asking Twitter followers to donate for bail of those rioters.
The Daily Caller reported back in 2020:
Harris, a California senator, encouraged her supporters to donate to the MFF in June. The fundraising link she posted to Twitter sports her branding and was still accepting donations as of Tuesday.
Harris told her followers that contributions to the fund would “help post bail for those protesting on the ground in Minnesota” against the police-custody death of George Floyd.
(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)
Now she is Biden's sidekick in the White House occupation and has remained silent on the upcoming protests that law enforcement is, and has been, preparing for.
LAW ENFORCEMENT PREPARES
Law enforcement and the National Guard have been preparing for civil unrest "during" the Chauvin trial, while other more recent reports indicate their is quite a lot of preparations being made behind the scenes in the likely, almost guaranteed rioting that will hit the streets of America once the verdict is announced.
Make no mistake, I still maintain that nothing short of life in prison, or death (which isn't even on the table), will prevent the planned rioting once the verdict is announced.
Back in September 2020, after the initial Floyd protests and damage had been done, the Gazette highlighting something every person living in America should remember:
Be prepared, the experts tell us. The violent protests of summer 2020 alongside pervasive homelessness could be nearing their end. Or, they could be festering like a virus for another outbreak greater than the last and ready to affect populations outside large cities like Portland, New York, Minneapolis and Denver.
We’ve already seen episodes of left-wing violence in small towns and suburbs. Consider remote Alamosa in the middle of the vast San Luis Valley, nearly three hours from Colorado Springs and four hours from Denver. Alamosa is rural, friendly and enviously uneventful. Yet, this summer Alamosa became the scene of a Black Lives Matter protest so violent it put one man in a coma for weeks and left him with permanent brain damage.
The point here is most who live in a rural area or a small town generally do not think these type of violent riots will come anywhere near their town.
Just like victims of robbery, or mugging or any other crime never really think it will happen to them....until it does.
Jump forward to March 2021, as the Derek Chauvin trial began, law enforcement once again is making plans, not only in Minnesota where Floyd's death occurred, but in other cities that saw mass civil unrest last year.
A couple of examples below. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:
A memo from the Philadelphia Police Department Community Relations Unit indicates top brass instructed district captains to coordinate with community groups ahead of any possible unrest over the decision, akin to what was seen in the city last year after Floyd’s killing.
“We are looking to receive information on local community organizations that might be willing to work with us during any civil unrest that might be planned for the foreseeable future,” the Tuesday memo from Chief Inspector Altovise Love-Craighead reads. “Please let us know of any plans that the district may have in place to utilize these groups/individuals during any emergencies.”
April 11, 2021 Law Enforcement Preparing For Mass Civil Unrest - 'If Our Leaders Stay Silent, They Will All Have Blood On Their Hands'
Floyd Protest: Liquor store in flames - 5/28/2020
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine
The damage to cities and businesses that occurred last May during the protests and riots after George Floyd died in police custody, cost tens of millions just in Minnesota alone, but the protests also spread destruction from one end of the U.S. to the other, totaling in the billions collectively.
This makes it quite understandable that quiet preparations are being made by law enforcement in multiple cities as the Derek Chauvin trial over the death of George Floyd continues.
We have already reported on direct threats being made of further rioting and "buildings on fire" if Chauvin is not sentenced in a manner that black communities leaders/liberals are demanding, but we are also seeing calls go out to nation leaders to speak up now, preemptively, to encourage calm no matter what verdict comes down from the very diverse jury.
THEY WILL ALL HAVE BLOOD ON THEIR HANDS
Scott Adams took to Twitter with a message for American leaders:
I call on our national leaders to START NOW to persuade the public against staging violent protests after the Floyd trial verdict.
If our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands.
@POTUS @KamalaHarris @SpeakerPelosi
It is quite telling that during the 2020 Floyd riots, multiple members of congress, including the then Senator Kamala *HeelsUp* Harris, actively encouraged the rioting to continue, with Harris taking it a step further and asking Twitter followers to donate for bail of those rioters.
The Daily Caller reported back in 2020:
Harris, a California senator, encouraged her supporters to donate to the MFF in June. The fundraising link she posted to Twitter sports her branding and was still accepting donations as of Tuesday.
Harris told her followers that contributions to the fund would “help post bail for those protesting on the ground in Minnesota” against the police-custody death of George Floyd.
(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)
Now she is Biden's sidekick in the White House occupation and has remained silent on the upcoming protests that law enforcement is, and has been, preparing for.
LAW ENFORCEMENT PREPARES
Law enforcement and the National Guard have been preparing for civil unrest "during" the Chauvin trial, while other more recent reports indicate their is quite a lot of preparations being made behind the scenes in the likely, almost guaranteed rioting that will hit the streets of America once the verdict is announced.
Make no mistake, I still maintain that nothing short of life in prison, or death (which isn't even on the table), will prevent the planned rioting once the verdict is announced.
Back in September 2020, after the initial Floyd protests and damage had been done, the Gazette highlighting something every person living in America should remember:
Be prepared, the experts tell us. The violent protests of summer 2020 alongside pervasive homelessness could be nearing their end. Or, they could be festering like a virus for another outbreak greater than the last and ready to affect populations outside large cities like Portland, New York, Minneapolis and Denver.
We’ve already seen episodes of left-wing violence in small towns and suburbs. Consider remote Alamosa in the middle of the vast San Luis Valley, nearly three hours from Colorado Springs and four hours from Denver. Alamosa is rural, friendly and enviously uneventful. Yet, this summer Alamosa became the scene of a Black Lives Matter protest so violent it put one man in a coma for weeks and left him with permanent brain damage.
The point here is most who live in a rural area or a small town generally do not think these type of violent riots will come anywhere near their town.
Just like victims of robbery, or mugging or any other crime never really think it will happen to them....until it does.
Jump forward to March 2021, as the Derek Chauvin trial began, law enforcement once again is making plans, not only in Minnesota where Floyd's death occurred, but in other cities that saw mass civil unrest last year.
A couple of examples below. George Floyd protests in Philadelphia- 2020
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:
A memo from the Philadelphia Police Department Community Relations Unit indicates top brass instructed district captains to coordinate with community groups ahead of any possible unrest over the decision, akin to what was seen in the city last year after Floyd’s killing.
“We are looking to receive information on local community organizations that might be willing to work with us during any civil unrest that might be planned for the foreseeable future,” the Tuesday memo from Chief Inspector Altovise Love-Craighead reads. “Please let us know of any plans that the district may have in place to utilize these groups/individuals during any emergencies.”
Related: West Philadelphia businesses prepare for potential civil unrest from trial over George Floyd's killing
George Floyd protests in Minnesota - 2020 St. Paul, Minnesota:
Though former police officer Derek Chauvin’s trial is happening in Minneapolis, officials in Minnesota’s capital city say they’re also prepared for protests or anything that comes their way.
In the east metro alone, there are nearly 1,000 officers who can be called in and about 1,000 Minnesota National Guard members who will be available.
The Capitol grounds and Governor’s Residence — both in St. Paul — are common places for protests. The death of George Floyd in Minneapolis custody last May sparked international outrage and unrest last year and the trial could draw people from across the country and the world, St. Paul Police Deputy Chief Stacy Murphy told the city council recently.
I could continue with where the protests occurred in 2020 and where they are expected again after the verdict, but since the Floyd protests happened in over 2,000 cities across America, with over 200 cities in the U.S. imposing curfews due to the mass civil unrest, this piece would go on forever if I listed them all.
SEE: State By State List of George Floyd protests in the United States
The point here is the 2020 protests are a window into what is coming, and the severity will most likely depend on what the verdict is. The charges are second and third degree murder and second degree manslaughter.
Should the jury find him guilty of the manslaughter charge but not the murder charges, BLM activists have already threatened and are planning mass civil unrest, along with the destruction, arson, looting and violence we saw in the 2020 Floyd riots.
No one should assume the protests will not get close to them, no matter where they live. 2,000+ cities in round one, could easily become 4,000 or more in round two.
BOTTOM LINE
Our nations leaders should be out there pushing for calm ahead of the trials end and verdict, yet the silence from Democrats on this is deafening.
As Scott Adams said "if our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands."
The fact is no one can predict with 100% confidence where the violence will occur, or even how bad it will get, but we can, do and always will recommend being prepared to hunker down and wait it out should these riots come to a neighborhood near you or even your neighborhood.
The majority of ANP readers are more than ready and prepared to hunker down, food, water and basic necessities-wise, and those that need to restock or replace, here is or ANP still/back in stock page.
Other things to prepare for is the defense and protection of your home, your family, friends, neighbors and community...just in case BLM/Antifa protesters and rioters decide to make your town next on its list in round two of the Floyd riots.
There are many that for whatever reason are not comfortable with guns or rifles, so a short list of personal defense items, listed below.
Whether it is a baseball bat or a stun gun, every single person has the right to defend themselves and protect their homes.
Hat Tip to Stefan Stanford for the list below from one of his previous pieces.
DPMS Crosman SBR CO₂ 4.5mm BB Air Rifle with Dual Action Capability
DPMS SBR Full Auto Spare Magazine
Sig Sauer MCX .177 Cal Co2 Powered (30 Rounds) Air Rifle, Black
SIG Sauer MCX .177 Cal CO2 Powered Advanced Air Rifle with CO2 90 Gram (2 Pack) and 500 Lead Pellets Bundle
Bushmaster MPW Full Auto with Red dot (Black/FDE)
Umarex Steel-Force Automatic .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Rifle
GLOCK 17 Blowback .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol
Sig Sauer MPX .177 Air Rifle, 30 Rounds, Black
Heckler & Koch MP5 Silver Storm (H&K MP5-PDW) air Rifle
Crosman SNR357 (Black/Grey)
Taser Pulse + Self-Defense Tool with Noonlight Mobile Integration, Black
Mace Police Strength Pepper Spray Pepper Gun (Blue)
Mace Brand Self Defense Pepper Spray Gun 2.0, Accurate, Powerful Mace Spray Delivery with 20-Foot Range, Integrated LED Light, Refillable Cartridge
Umarex XBG .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol
PepperBall LifeLite Personal Defense Launcher
B&MF Trekking Pole Multifunction Outdoor Walking Stick Aluminum Alloy Telescopic Self Defense Weapon Wild Survival Supplies
Cold Steel (92BSTZ Brooklyn Shorty Mini Bat, Black
Tactical Pen for Self Defense Weapons Survival Military Pen with LED Tactical Flashlight Pen Emergency Window Breaker Bottle Opener for Police SWAT EDC Multitool 2 ink Refill 6 Batteries in Gift Box
VIPERTEK VTS-T03 - Aluminum Series 53 Billion Heavy Duty Stun Gun - Rechargeable with LED Tactical Flashlight, Green
FURY Tactical Griffin GRIP Concealable Control Device
From May 2020, the compilations below shows exactly how out-of-control and dangerous the floyd protests were, and gives us a good idea of what could be coming.
(Note: There are many others but YouTube has age restricted them and they can only be viewed at YouTube.)
https://allnewspipeline.com/Law_Enforcement_Preparing_For_Mass_Civil_Unrest.php
:: 4--21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
WATCH: Antifa Sets Portland ICE Building on Fire with Officers Trapped Inside
Antifa rioters in Portland, Oregon, set a U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement building on fire while agents remained trapped behind blocked doors. The fire began after rioters smashed windows on the upper floors of the building.
Antifa continued its months-long siege of the ICE facility in Portland on Saturday night. Videos posted on Twitter show the violence perpetrated by the Antifa rioters as they smashed windows and eventually set a fire on the front of the building while ICE officers remained trapped behind blocked doors.
“They then set it on fire while federal officers were inside,” independent journalist Andy Ngo tweeted. “Antifa also obscured the security cameras before launching the arson attack.”
“Burn the precinct to the ground,” Antifa protesters shouted as the fire raged.
Another video taken from above shows the scale of the fire as ICE officers respond from a rear exit of the facility.
Bob Price serves as associate editor and senior news contributor for the Breitbart Texas-Border team. He is an original member of the Breitbart Texas team. Price is a regular panelist on Fox 26 Houston’s What’s Your Point? Sunday-morning talk show. Follow him on Twitter @BobPriceBBTX and Facebook.
:: 4-4-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Video: God Is Our Character Coach HalLindsey.com
• April 4, 2021
https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-292018/571/
:: 4-11-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New fire breaks out in Iranian nuclear facility
Senior Iranian official says additional fire has broken out at Natanz uranium enrichment plant, which was earlier hit by sabotage.
Arutz Sheva Staff , Apr 11 , 2021 10:19 PM
Fires broke out in an Iranian nuclear facility Sunday night, hours after the facility was struck by saboteurs, a senior Iranian official said.
Mohsen Rezaee, secretary of the Islamic regime’s Expediency Discernment Council, announced Sunday night that an additional fire has broken out in the uranium enrichment facility at Natanz.
An official from the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran was injured after the fire broke out, suffering a blow to the head and a sprained ankle after he went to assess the damage done to the Natanz facility from the initial attack.
A previous 'incident' at the Natanz facility was attributed to Israel's Mossad agency, according to several Western intelligence officials.
The attack is said to have significantly impaired Iran's uranium enrichment operations, forcing a temporary halt to all uranium enrichment efforts in the country. Power has yet to be restored to the Natanz facility.
Earlier on Sunday, an Iranian official blamed "sabotage" for the disruption of the electrical distribution grid of the country’s Natanz nuclear facility Sunday.
Malek Shariati Niasar, the spokesman for the Iranian parliament’s energy committee, wrote on Twitter that the accident, which occurred one day after the plant began enriching uranium, was "very suspicious" and speculated that it was caused by “sabotage and infiltration.”
Iran has stated that there were no casualties or radiation leakage from the incident.
Iran’s top nuclear official condemned the attack on the country’s uranium enrichment plant at Natanz as an act of “nuclear terrorism”, and hinted that Iran may retaliate.
Ali Akbar Salehi, the head of the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran and a former Foreign Minister, spoke with Irib News Sunday about the prospects of lifting US sanctions, as well as the recent attack on the Natanz nuclear facility.
Salehi downplayed the impact of the attack, saying that the ‘incident’ had failed to cause serious damage to Iran’s nuclear program.
"The action taken against the Natanz enrichment center shows the failure of the opponents of the country's industrial and political progress to prevent the significant development of the nuclear industry."
Nevertheless, Salehi castigated those responsible, calling the attack an act of “nuclear terrorism”. Salehi also hinted that Iran may retaliate for the incident.
"The Islamic Republic of Iran, while condemning this despicable move, emphasizes the need for the international community and the International Atomic Energy Agency to deal with this nuclear terrorism and reserves the right to take action against the perpetrators."
"To thwart the goals of the commander of this terrorist movement, the Islamic Republic of Iran will continue to seriously expand nuclear technology on the one hand and to lift oppressive sanctions on the other."
https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/304145
[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)
Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV)
[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.
John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)
:: 4-11-21 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Supreme Court Strikes Down Gov Gavin Newsome’s Restrictions on At-Home Bible Studies
State Liberty Counsel Apr 10, 2021 | 2:06PM Washington, DC
In a 5-4 decision, the U.S. Supreme Court granted an emergency injunction pending appeal, thus finding that California Gov. Gavin Newsom’s restrictions on home Bible study and worship violate the First Amendment.
The Court wrote: “This is the fifth time the Court has summarily rejected the Ninth Circuit’s analysis of California’s COVID restrictions on religious exercise. See Harvest Rock Church v. Newsom, 592 U. S. ___ (2020); South Bay, 592 U. S. ___; Gish v. Newsom, 592 U. S. ___ (2021); Gateway City, 592 U. S. ___. It is unsurprising that such litigants are entitled to relief. California’s Blueprint System contains myriad exceptions and accommodations for comparable activities, thus requiring the application of strict scrutiny. And historically, strict scrutiny requires the State to further ‘interests of the highest order’ by means ‘narrowly tailored in pursuit of those interests.’ Church of Lukumi Babalu Aye, Inc. v. Hialeah, 508 U. S. 520, 546 (1993) (internal quotation marks omitted). That standard ‘is not watered down’ it ‘really means what it says.’ Ibid. (quotation altered).”
Please follow LifeNews.com on Gab for the latest pro-life news and info, free from social media censorship.
The Court also gives a summary list of everything Liberty Counsel has been arguing for the last year:
“First, government regulations are not neutral and generally applicable, and therefore trigger strict scrutiny under the Free Exercise Clause, whenever they treat any comparable secular activity more favorably than religious exercise.
Second, whether two activities are comparable for purposes of the Free Exercise Clause must be judged against the asserted government interest that justifies the regulation at issue.
Third, the government has the burden to establish that the challenged law satisfies strict scrutiny. To do so in this context, it must do more than assert that certain risk factors ‘are always present in worship, or always absent from the other secular activities’ the government may allow.
Fourth, even if the government withdraws or modifies a COVID restriction in the course of litigation, that does not necessarily moot the case. And so long as a case is not moot, litigants otherwise entitled to emergency injunctive relief remain entitled to such relief where the applicants ‘remain under a constant threat’ that government officials will use their power to reinstate the challenged restrictions.”
Liberty Counsel represents Harvest Rock Church and Harvest International Ministry, in which the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the churches twice. This case is now pending at the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals where Liberty Counsel is moving to strike down all the remaining restrictions under Gov. Newsom’s unconstitutional scheme.
Liberty Counsel Founder and Chairman Mat Staver said, “Gov. Gavin Newsom has lost every time before the Supreme Court regarding these worship bans. You would think he would wake up by now. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has been wrong every time regarding the worship restrictions. We will not rest until all these unconstitutional restrictions are struck down. It’s been more than one year since we began the fight to prove that the constitutional rights of churches under the First Amendment do not evaporate in a time of crisis. We cannot allow one person, whether state or local, to have the unchecked discretion to write a church into or out of existence by one word–‘essential.’ Such authority is extraordinary and runs counter to American history.”
[ :: 8-23-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.
:: 4-11-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Some GOP-Led States Target Abortions Done through Medication
Sunday, 11 April 2021 12:12 PM
About 40% of all abortions in the U.S. are now done through medication — rather than surgery — and that option has become all the more pivotal during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Abortion rights advocates say the pandemic has demonstrated the value of medical care provided virtually, including the privacy and convenience of abortions taking place in a woman's home, instead of a clinic. Abortion opponents, worried the method will become increasingly prevalent, are pushing legislation in several Republican-led states to restrict it and in some cases, ban providers from prescribing abortion medication via telemedicine.
Ohio enacted a ban this year, proposing felony charges for doctors who violate it. The law was set to take effect next week, but a judge has temporarily blocked it in response to a Planned Parenthood lawsuit.
In Montana, Republican Gov. Greg Gianforte is expected to sign a ban on telemedicine abortions. The measure’s sponsor, Rep. Sharon Greef, has called medication abortions “the Wild West of the abortion industry” and says the drugs should be taken under close supervision of medical professionals, “not as part of a do-it-yourself abortion far from a clinic or hospital.”
Opponents of the bans say telemedicine abortions are safe, and outlawing them would have a disproportionate effect on rural residents who face long drives to the nearest abortion clinic.
“When we look at what state legislatures are doing, it becomes clear there’s no medical basis for these restrictions,” said Elisabeth Smith, chief counsel for state policy and advocacy with the Center for Reproductive Rights. “They’re only meant to make it more difficult to access this incredibly safe medication and sow doubt into the relationship between patients and providers.”
Other legislation has sought to outlaw delivery of abortion pills by mail, shorten the 10-week window in which the method is allowed, and require doctors to tell women undergoing drug-induced abortions that the process can be reversed midway through — a claim that critics say is not backed by science.
It's part of a broader wave of anti-abortion measures numerous states are considering this year, including some that would ban nearly all abortions. The bills' supporters hope the U.S. Supreme Court, now with a 6-3 conservative majority, might be open to overturning or weakening the 1973 Roe v. Wade decision that established the nationwide right to end pregnancies.
Legislation targeting medication abortion was inspired in part by developments during the pandemic, when the Food and Drug Administration — under federal court order — eased restrictions on abortion pills so they could be sent by mail. A requirement for women to pick them up in person is back, but abortion opponents worry the Biden administration will end those restrictions permanently. Abortion-rights groups are urging that step.
With the rules lifted in December, Planned Parenthood in the St. Louis region would mail pills for telemedicine abortions overseen by its health center in Fairview Heights, Illinois.
A single mother from Cairo, Illinois, more than a two-hour drive from the clinic, chose that option. She learned she was pregnant just a few months after giving birth to her second child.
“It wouldn’t have been a good situation to bring another child into the world,” said the 32-year-old woman, who spoke on the condition her name not be used to protect her family’s privacy.
“The fact that I could do it in the comfort of my own home was a good feeling,” she added.
She was relieved to avoid a lengthy trip and grateful for the clinic employee who talked her through the procedure.
“I didn’t feel alone,” she said. “I felt safe.”
Medication abortion has been available in the United States since 2000, when the FDA approved the use of mifepristone. Taken with misoprostol, it constitutes the so-called abortion pill.
The method’s popularity has grown steadily. The Guttmacher Institute, a research organization that supports abortion rights, estimates that it accounts for about 40% of all abortions in the U.S. and 60% of those taking place up to 10 weeks’ gestation.
“Beyond its exceptionally safe and effective track record, what makes medication abortion so significant is how convenient and private it can be,” said Megan Donovan, Guttmacher’s senior policy manager. “That’s exactly why it is still subject to onerous restrictions.”
Planned Parenthood of Southwest Ohio, which includes Cincinnati, says medication abortions account for a quarter of the abortions it provides. Of its 1,558 medication abortions in the past year, only 9% were done via telemedicine, but the organization’s president, Kersha Deibel, said that option is important for many economically disadvantaged women and those in rural areas.
Mike Gonidakis, president of Ohio Right to Life, countered that “no woman deserves to be subjected to the gruesome process of a chemical abortion potentially hours away from the physician who prescribed her the drugs. ”
In Montana, where Planned Parenthood operates five of the state's seven abortion clinics, 75% of abortions are done through medication — a huge change from 10 years ago.
Martha Stahl, president of Planned Parenthood of Montana, says the pandemic — which increased reliance on telemedicine — has contributed to the rise in the proportion of medication abortions.
In the vast state, home to rural communities and seven Native American reservations, many women live more than a five-hour drive from the nearest abortion clinic. For them, access to telemedicine can be significant.
Greef, who sponsored the ban on telemedicine abortions, said the measure would ensure providers can watch for signs of domestic abuse or sex trafficking as they care for patients in person.
Yet advocates of the telemedicine method say patients are grateful for the convenience and privacy.
“Some are in a bad relationship or victim of domestic violence,” said Christina Theriault, a nurse practitioner for Maine Family Planning who can perform abortions under state law. “With telemedicine, they can do it without their partner knowing. There’s a lot of relief from them.”
The group has health centers in far northern Maine where women can get abortion pills and take them at home under the supervision of health providers communicating by phone or videoconferencing. It spares women a drive of three to four hours to the nearest abortion clinic in Bangor, Theriault said.
Maine Family Planning is among a small group of providers participating in an FDA-approved research program allowing women to receive the abortion pill by mail after video consultations. Under the program, the Maine group also can mail pills to women in New York and Massachusetts.
Samuels is a corps member for The Associated Press/Report for America Statehouse News Initiative. Report for America is a nonprofit national service program that places journalists in local newsrooms to report on undercovered issues.
https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/abortion-telemedicine/2021/04/11/id/1017153/
:: 4-11-21 WCBV 5 ABC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
COVID-19 hospitalizations among younger people are rising in the US — especially in one region
By Christina Maxouris, CNN
The U.S. just hit a record high of about 4.6 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines reported administered in one day, according to data published Saturday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
"Amazing Saturday! +4.63M doses administered over total yesterday, a new record," Dr. Cyrus Shahpar, the COVID-19 data director at the White House, wrote on Twitter. "More than 500K higher than old record last Saturday. Incredible number of doses administered."
The new record is great news — but it comes at a complicated time in the pandemic for the U.S.
While COVID-19 vaccination numbers climb across the country, COVID-19 cases and hospitalizations are also on the rise, fueled by the B.1.1.7 variant, which is now the dominant strain in the U.S. Experts say the variant is more contagious, may cause more severe disease and is also potentially more deadly.
In the past seven days, the U.S. has reported an average of more than 68,000 new COVID-19 cases daily, according to data from Johns Hopkins University. That's up by more than 20% since the March 10 seven-day average.
"On the one hand, we have so much reason for optimism and hope, and more Americans are being vaccinated," CDC Director Dr. Rochelle Walensky said during a White House COVID-19 briefing Friday. "On the other hand, cases and emergency room visits are up. And ... we are seeing these increases in younger adults, most of whom have not yet been vaccinated."
Vaccination line
UK variant is now the dominant coronavirus strain in the US, says CDC chief
Americans ages 18 to 64 have seen increasing numbers of emergency department visits, she added.
And the trends are "magnified" in one part of the country, she said: the Upper Midwest.
"CDC is working closely with public health officials in this region to understand what is driving these cases and how we can intervene." 'A life and death race'
Michigan is currently among the hardest-hit states in the country and local officials say the state is in the middle of another surge, reporting thousands of new cases daily.
The state also has the second-highest number of reported cases of the B.1.1.7 variant after Florida, according to CDC data. And one expert says it's a combination of two factors that have driven up numbers.
"This B.1.1.7 variant... is more contagious and I think there's just fatigue from this pandemic out there so a lot of people don't wear masks, don't social distance, so we've basically taken a step back in Michigan," Dr. Paul Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center at the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, told CNN on Saturday.
"It's really frustrating because we're almost there," he said. "We have to hang in there for the next two months and we're not doing that."
Coronavirus testing Doctors: Coronavirus variant causes more severe symptoms
Amid the spiking numbers, some Michigan hospitals are delaying and rescheduling non-emergency procedures on a "case-by-case basis," a spokesperson for the Michigan Health & Hospital Association said.
"Hospitals want everyone to get the care they need and only reschedule procedures as a last resort," John Karasinski said Saturday. "We want to stress that hospitals are safe for all who need care and any individual with an emergency medical need should seek care immediately."
It's not just Michigan reporting alarming trends.
In both Michigan and Minnesota, "there is concern about transmission in youth sports — both club sports, as well as sports affiliated in schools," Walensky said Friday.
Minnesota health officials warned Friday the state was seeing a "sharp increase" in COVID-19 cases, adding it is "more important than ever" to keep practicing safety measures like wearing a mask and social distancing.
In Ohio, Gov. Mike DeWine said Thursday the number of COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations and ICU admissions are all rising.
"We're moving now in the wrong direction," he said. "More than half of our counties, 53, have seen increases."
"We can still turn this around if more people continue to get vaccinated," the governor added. "This is a race. We are in a race. And it's a life and death race."
Health official: Do these two things
So far, 35.3% of the American population has gotten at least one dose of a COVID-19 vaccine, CDC data shows. And about 21.3% has been fully vaccinated.
That means tens of millions of Americans are still not vaccinated and remain vulnerable to the virus.
So as the country works to boost vaccination numbers and reach the levels needed to control the spread, experts say Americans should stay vigilant and continue taking precautions.
"To end this pandemic, this is what we have to do," U.S. Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy said Friday in the White House briefing. "We've got to step up and help protect one another. And that's why today I'm asking everyone to do two things: One, get vaccinated as soon as you can. And two, help the people you care about get vaccinated as well."
In an interview published last week, Dr. Anthony Fauci told Business Insider that even though he is fully vaccinated against COVID-19, he still won't go to a restaurant or a movie theater.
"I don't think I would — even if I'm vaccinated — go into an indoor, crowded place where people are not wearing masks," Fauci said.
Surgical mask
Wearing masks could save at least 14,000 people from COVID-19 deaths by August, model predicts The data below shows the percentage of people who have been fully vaccinated in a state.
Hover over or click on each state to see the percentage, and use the blue bar to interact with the different ranges. The map is updated daily.
Data sources: CDC Vaccine Tracker, U.S. Census data, state's public dashboard if available.
The data below shows the number of vaccine doses that have been administered per 100,000 people in each state.
Hover over or click on each state to see its number, and use the blue bar to interact with the different ranges. The map is updated daily.
Data sources: CDC Vaccine Tracker, U.S. Census data, state's public dashboard if available. etc..
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 4-10-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden Administration to Support Palestinian Dictatorship
by Khaled Abu Toameh April 9, 2021 at 5:00 am
Sadly, while the Biden administration is talking about the "need to protect [Palestinian] civil society through the reduction of arrests of bloggers and dissidents," the Palestinian leadership is evidently moving in precisely the opposite direction.
While the Biden administration says it wants to strengthen Palestinian civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is working to tighten its grip on these organizations.
The elections are part of Abbas's attempt to curry favor with the Biden administration and present himself as a leader who cares about democracy and fair elections. The fact is that Abbas is desperate for US funding to preserve his regime and remain in power until his last day.
Abbas's punitive measures against [Nasser al-Kidwa, a former PA foreign minister] are aimed at sending a warning to these officials that they would meet the same fate should they run outside the Abbas-led list. Abbas is essentially announcing that anyone who challenges him will be expelled from Fatah and deprived of money and employment.
Instead of holding Abbas to account for his repressive measures, the Biden administration seems to be headed toward financially supporting his totalitarian regime.
According to the internal memo, the US is planning to resume unconditional financial aid to the Palestinians in late March or early April. This means propping up Abbas and his associates ahead of the elections and allowing them to step up their campaign of intimidation against any candidate who dares to demand reforms and an end to rampant corruption.
The Biden administration is about to pump millions of dollars into Abbas's coffers to help him cut off the emergence of new and young leaders and to help him maintain his authoritarian rule over the Palestinians. Once the bounty is paid, Abbas shows all signs of stepping up his repressive measures against his rivals and critics to ensure that he and his Fatah faction triumph in the elections.
The Biden administration is reportedly planning to "reset" US relations with the Palestinians.
An internal memo presented to US Secretary of State Antony Blinken on March 1 states: "As we reset US relations with the Palestinians, the Palestinian body politic is at an inflection point as it moves towards its first elections in 15 years."
The memo reintroduces some of the issues that the George W. Bush and the Barack Obama administrations pushed forward, such as the strengthening of Palestinian institutions, including civil society and media watchdogs.
The document, in addition, mentions the resumption of US financial aid to the Palestinians and "means to advance the prospects of a negotiated two-state solution."
Sadly, while the Biden administration is talking about the "need to protect [Palestinian] civil society through the reduction of arrests of bloggers and dissidents," the Palestinian leadership is evidently moving in precisely the opposite direction.
Instead of enhancing the role of civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is hampering their work by imposing severe restrictions on them.
Instead of boosting public freedoms and bringing democracy to its people, the Palestinian leadership is harshly punishing those who speak out against its policies.
While the Biden administration says it wants to strengthen Palestinian civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is working to tighten its grip on these organizations.
Recently, Palestinian civil society organizations expressed their absolute rejection of attempts by the Palestinian Authority (PA) leadership to impose severe restrictions on their work. The organizations were responding to a recent decree issued by PA President Mahmoud Abbas that effectively turns Palestinian non-governmental organizations (NGOs) into government-controlled institutions.
Abbas's decree requires the organizations to present to the PA government an "annual action plan and estimated budget." This means that the organizations will be working for the PA government and not in accordance with their vision, mission, goals or programs.
"This [decree] undermines the professionalism, independence and freedom of civic activity, including its monitoring role over the performance of the executive authority and its objective to hold this authority accountable for its violations," several Palestinian civil society organizations said in a joint statement. "This law by decree was issued within the framework of several ongoing laws by decree that are drafted in full secrecy and behind closed doors... the law hinders the right of assembly and organization and the right to exercise activities independent of ministries and the executive authority...
"The aforementioned law by decree violates the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (Article 20) and The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (Article 22), which confirms the basic right of freedom of association, independence of activities and financial sources. It also violates several resolutions issued by the UN Human Rights Council, including Resolution (22/6) of 21/03/2013, which calls on states not to impede the functional independence of associations and not to impose restrictions on potential sources of funding in a discriminatory manner."
Abbas's crackdown on Palestinian NGOs came as Palestinians prepare to hold their first general elections since 2006. The elections are part of Abbas's attempt to curry favor with the Biden administration and present himself as a leader who cares about democracy and fair elections. The fact is that Abbas is desperate for US funding to preserve his regime and remain in power until his last day.
The Palestinian parliamentary election has been set for May 22, while the vote for the PA presidency is scheduled to take place on July 31. The timing of Abbas's move against the Palestinian civil society organizations is hardly coincidental. The 85-year-old Abbas wants to make sure that there is no criticism of him and his regime ahead of the elections.
Abbas is worried that Palestinian civil society organizations, which are not directly under the control of his government, would criticize him or his government on the eve of the planned elections. Such criticism, Abbas fears, will hurt his (and his ruling Fatah faction's) chances of winning the vote.
It is worth stressing that the Biden administration memo completely ignores Abbas's clampdown on the civil society organizations.
Abbas thus now feels free to crack down on any Palestinian who dares to differ with him or challenge his policies.
The latest victim of Abbas's effort to intimidate his critics ahead of the elections is Nasser al-Kidwa, a former PA foreign minister and a nephew of former PLO leader Yasser Arafat.
Earlier this month, Abbas expelled Kidwa from Fatah and suspended PA funding to the organization he heads: the Yasser Arafat Foundation. He later fired Kidwa from his job as chairman of the foundation and ordered the arrest of his bodyguard, Qadri Ataya.
Hassan Asfour, a former Palestinian cabinet minister and editor of the Palestinian news website Amad, denounced Abbas's measures against Kidwa as "political bullying."
Abbas's vengeance came in response to Kidwa's decision to form his own list to run in the parliamentary election. Kidwa is a member of the Fatah Central Committee, the highest decision-making body of Abbas's faction. Abbas was enraged because Kidwa said he wants to run on a separate list, and not as part of the Abbas-led Fatah slate.
In addition to Kidwa, a number of Fatah officials are also planning to run on separate lists in the parliamentary election. The officials are calling for a "radical change" of the Palestinian political system, a reference to the need to end Abbas's dictatorship.
Abbas's punitive measures against Kidwa are aimed at sending a warning to these officials that they would meet the same fate should they run outside the Abbas-led list. Abbas is essentially announcing that anyone who challenges him will be expelled from Fatah and deprived of money and employment.
Abbas is telling the Biden administration: Fund me to the tune of millions, my autocratic rule, assault on public freedoms and intimidation of critics and political rivals be damned.
Instead of holding Abbas to account for his repressive measures, the Biden administration seems to be headed toward financially supporting his totalitarian regime.
According to the internal memo, the US is planning to resume unconditional financial aid to the Palestinians in late March or early April. This means propping up Abbas and his associates ahead of the elections and allowing them to step up their campaign of intimidation against any candidate who dares to demand reforms and an end to rampant corruption.
The Biden administration is about to pump millions of dollars into Abbas's coffers to help him cut off the emergence of new and young leaders and to help him maintain his authoritarian rule over the Palestinians. Once the bounty is paid, Abbas shows all signs of stepping up his repressive measures against his rivals and critics to ensure that he and his Fatah faction triumph in the elections.
Khaled Abu Toameh is an award-winning journalist based in Jerusalem.
Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17188/biden-administration-palestinian-dictatorship
:: 4-10-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New study shows Pfizer coronavirus vaccine effective against South African variant
New study from Tel Aviv University, Clalit Research Institute, shows Pfizer-BioNTech coronavirus vaccine offers significant but reduced protection against South African coronavirus variant.
Arutz Sheva Staff , Apr 10 , 2021 9:20 PM
A new research by the Clalit Research Institute and Tel Aviv University shows that that the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine offers lower protection against the South African coronavirus variant than against the British coronavirus variant.
The research, published Saturday evening, showed that the South African variant succeeded in penetrating to a degree the protection offered by two doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine.
At this stage it is difficult to assess how great the reduction in efficacy is.
However, the researchers estimate that the vaccine still provides significant, even if reduced, protection against the South African variant.
The new research is in line with previous studies by researchers from Ben Gurion University and the University of Texas Medical Branch, both of which showed the vaccine to be effective, but less so, against the South African strain.
https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/299972
:: 4-10-21 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Myanmar security forces killed more than 80 people in a single city on Friday, group says
By Li Cohen April 10, 2021 / 2:05 PM / CBS News
The military takeover in Myanmar continues to have deadly consequences for civilians who openly oppose the February 1 coup. In Bago on Friday, security forces killed 82 people, the Assistance Association for Political Prisoners told CBS News.
As of Friday, AAPP, which has been tracking incidents and fatalities, reports that at least 618 people, including at least 48 children, have been killed by the junta in the little more than two months since the military took over. One of the deadliest days occurred just two weeks ago on the 76th annual Armed Forces Day. While many military members celebrated the day, other security forces unleashed what the European Union Delegation to Myanmar called a "day of terror and dishonour," killing at least 107 people, many of whom oppose the takeover.
In a briefing published on Friday, the Burma-based group said security forces used assault rifles, heavy weaponry and hand grenades during a confrontation with protesters early Friday morning.
The United Nations in Myanmar supported the claim, saying that "heavy artillery" was used against civilians, who were then denied medical treatment.
The UN in Myanmar is following events in Bago with reports of heavy artillery being used against civilians and medical treatment being denied to those injured.
The violence must cease immediately.
We call on the security forces to allow medical teams to treat the wounded.
pic.twitter.com/ VyO7gRpWPO
— United Nations in Myanmar (@UNinMyanmar) April 10, 2021
The military-owned station Myawaddy TV said in a report on Friday that 19 people have been sentenced to death for killing an associate of an army captain, according to Reuters.
Linda Thomas-Greenfield, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, said Friday at a UN Security Council meeting, "Every day, Burma's security forces continue to kill people – including children far too young to even know what a protest is. And unfortunately, this open conversation can't be seen by those whose views are most important – the people of Burma themselves," she said. "The military has blacked out their internet. By cutting its people off from the outside world, the military seeks to conceal its terrible actions and stifle protest, and unleash even more horrors with impunity. And we cannot allow them to succeed."
Later in the day, she tweeted, "statements alone are not enough to stop the Burmese military from killing the people of Burma and threatening the security of the region. At this point, only concrete actions will help."
As I told the UN Security Council today, statements alone are not enough to stop the Burmese military from killing the people of Burma and threatening the security of the region.
At this point, only concrete actions will help.https://t.co/YZ7SiIMZRC
— Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield (@USAmbUN) April 9, 2021
Thomas-Greenfield noted some actions already taken against the armed forces, including sanctions against the military, military holding companies and "anyone who seeks to profit off the violence," she said.
On March 25, the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control issued sanctions against two military holding firms, Myanmar Economic Holdings Public Company Limited and Myanmar Economic Corporation Limited. Through these companies, the department said, the Burmese military controls "significant segments of the country's economy."
"These sanctions specifically target the economic resources of Burma's military regime, which is responsible for the overthrow of Burma's democratically elected government and the ongoing repression of the Burmese people," the department said in a statement. "These sanctions are not directed at the people of Burma."
On Thursday, Secretary of State Antony Blinken said that the U.S. has also issued sanctions against a Burmese-state owned gemstone entity, Myanma Gems Enterprise.
The Department of Treasury said in a statement Thursday, "Gemstones are a key economic resource for the Burmese military regime that is violently repressing pro-democracy protests in the country and that is responsible for the ongoing lethal attacks against the people of Burma, including the killing of children."
Burma's military regime continues to commit brutal attacks against the people of Burma. The United States continues to target revenue streams that support this violence, including today’s designation of the state-owned Myanma Gems Enterprise.
— Secretary Antony Blinken (@SecBlinken) April 8, 2021
https://www.cbsnews.com/news/myanmar-security-forces-killed-more-than-80-people-protesters/
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biblical floods and deluge ravage Indonesia and East Timor: More than 44 people killed in flash floods and landslides in the worst weather event to hit East Timor in 40 years
By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021
As water deluges homes, East Timor’s deputy prime minister says it is the worst incident to affect his country in 40 years. Meanwhile, more than 44 people have died in flashfloods across Indonesia…
Flash floods caused by torrential rain have led to the deaths of 44 people in Indonesia. At least 49 families were affected on the island of Flores, BNPB spokesman Raditya Jati said, adding: “Dozens of houses were buried in mud in Lamanele village.” On Adonara island to the east of Flores, a bridge collapsed and rescuers were battling heavy rain, strong wind and waves. Dozens of bodies have been recovered. At least three others have died in a landslide in neighbouring East Timor, including a two-year-old child.
East Timor’s deputy prime minister, Jose Reis, said it was the worst incident to affect his country in 40 years. Power supplies were cut and the presidential palace was flooded.
“Heavy rains and overflowing water have drowned people’s homes and have also claimed the lives of several victims,” Mr Reis said.
“There are roads that have collapsed. Trees have fallen and made it difficult to access some areas.” It is feared more severe conditions could be on the way.
Indonesia’s weather agency said a tropical cyclone was approaching the Savu Straits between the southern part of Nusa Tenggara province and East Timor’s north coast. Seasonal downpours cause frequent landslides and floods in Indonesia, killing dozens of people each year.
Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).
You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!
You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.
https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/biblical-floods-deluge-indonesia-east-timor-video-death.html
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 4-5-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A Cowed Republic Is A Dead Republic: Forced Vaccination Compliance Goes Completely Against The 'My Body My Choice' Argument Democrats Use For Abortion
April 5, 2021 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine
The party of baby killers under the guise of "my body, my choice" are also the party that appears dead set on forcing others to do things with their bodies without their willing consent, aka force them to take the COVID vaccine.
The fact that the Biden regime, the media, Democrats and liberals are all pushing for "forced" vaccinations," shows exactly what they truly think of the "My body, my choice" nonsense they spew on a daily basis about abortion.
To them, "my body, my choice," only applies to choices they wish to make and the hell with any one elses decision-making rights as to what goes into their bodies.
Employers: With employers, with the help of the media, trying to force employees to receive the COVID vaccine, we are now seeing certain states, like South Carolina and North Dakota, considering proposals to ban employers from forcing the compliance of employees that wish to refuse the COVID-19 vaccines.
The South Carolina and North Dakota proposal would bar employers from mandating employees receive the vaccine, but they leave exemptions for health care and/or hospital workers, the very people that would understand the dangers of side effects the most.
Still, it is a start as a method to protect their citizens from forced compliance.
A North Dakota lawmaker has brought forward a bill that would ban employers in the state from requiring their workers to get vaccines. The proposal would also give business owners protection against civil lawsuits from employees who come down with an illness on the job.
Rep. Ben Koppelman said House Bill 1301 provides "a reasonable balance between the rights of the employer and the rights of the employee." The West Fargo Republican said workers would gain the freedom to direct their own medical care, while employers would have less liability.
Koppelman said the bill is not written to be anti-vaccine, but rather enables more personal choice around immunizations. He added that the issues of mandatory vaccines and employer liability are particularly relevant in the age of COVID-19, but the bill is meant to be all-encompassing.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)
Corporations: As has been reported, certain corporations and businesses, along with sporting event organizations will require proof of vaccination or a negative COVID-19 test in order to allow entry and service. Example, California - No proof, No entry.
Beginning April 15, big indoor entertainment venues in California will require proof of vaccination or a negative COVID-19 test from patrons as a condition of expanding the number of people allowed in.
Florida is leading the way against that type of creeping corporate authoritarianism, with Governor Ron DeSantis signing an executive order preventing companies from requiring a "vaccine passport" in order to do business with them.
DeSantis declared on Friday that the Sunshine State would not allow any sort of "vaccine passport" to be used by the state government or businesses in their operations.
Specifically, businesses are not allowed to require customers or patrons to produce "documentation certifying COVID-19 vaccination or post-transmission recovery to gain access to, entry upon, or service from the business."
Additionally, state government agencies are prohibited from using "vaccine passports" and other kinds of certification as well as sharing or publishing a person’s "COVID-19 vaccination record or similar health information."
DeSantis said in the order that vaccine passports "reduce individual freedoms and will harm patient privacy."
While these are good examples, not near enough state leaders are protecting their citizens from forced compliance, and no liberal state leaders have stepped up to the plate to protect the individual liberty of their constituents.
MY BODY, MY CHOICE
That is key here because Democrats and the liberal establishment media have screamed "My body, my choice," for years in reference to women being able to kill their babies via abortion. Their argument being a women should have the right to do whatever she wishes with her body.....so where are these "my body, my choice," proponents now?
Before any liberal reader even dares claim "well non-vaccinated people are endangering others," don't go there, because women using that phrase for abortions are actually killing living, growing beings.
Doesn't get more "endangering" than that!
BOTTOM LINE - A COWED REPUBLIC IS A DEAD REPUBLIC
America, a Republic, is guaranteed rights under the Constitution and Bill of Rights, and without those constitutional freedoms, we live in nothing more than a dead Republic.
According to an unscientific poll, over at Poll King, we see a surprising result for the question "Have you received at least one dose of a COVID-19 vaccine?"
The surprising part isn't that 73% of the Democrats surveyed said they had received at least one dose of vaccine, but that 53% of Republicans, and 57% of Independents, also said yes.
The reason that is so surprising is that after receiving the results of polls from Poll King more than 600 times, I have found that respondents are at least 70% conservative to 30% liberal, as can be seen in the results from second amendment, abortion, illegal immigration etc... surveys which always, always, shows a much higher number for the conservative position than the liberal position.
While the exact numbers may not be completely representative, I use these Poll King surveys to see patterns, trends, of the pulse of those taking these surveys/polls, and the 'trend" shows me that Americans are being cowed by the constant threats from businesses, employers, liberal family members, liberal state leaders and the Biden regime.
A cowed Republic is a dead Republic. Period. Stop.
Disclaimer: For those that willingly give informed consent and want to take the vaccine, that is their business, their choice, and it should be respected whether one agrees or not with that decision.
The same should be applied to those, that for whatever reason, wish to refuse.
They should not be threatened, frightened, or coerced in any way to make a choice one way or another.
https://allnewspipeline.com/A_Cowed_Republic_Is_A_Dead_Republic.php
:: 4-5-21 Restricted Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden's Easter Omission Shows Who The Left Truly Worships...Pope Francis Joins In The Chorus!
About April 5th, 2021 – By: Justus Knight
Restricted Republic found on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps (we recommend you also save to your Home Page in case the Tech-Titans)!!
On today’s broadcast: Biden made an Easter omission that illustrates exactly who the Left worship. Pope Francis did his own part to join in the chorus of evil. You see, as in life it isn’t what you say, it’s what you don’t say that sometimes makes all the difference. In this ‘two sides of the same coin’ broadcast let me show you exactly how the little “g” gOD of Covid once again takes center stage!
God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight
Join Us At The Following:
Restricted Republic: https://restrictedrepublic.com
Bitchute: https://www.bitchute.com/channel/TYAnzaZIl1yX/
Telegram: https://t.me/restrictedrepublic
CloutHub: https://clthb.co/MsCx5WtEYNG9DeVJA
Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic
Rumble: https://rumble.com/c/RestrictedRepublic
MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic
Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic
Parler: https://parler.com/profile/RestrictedRepublic/posts
Referenced Sources:
https://www.nationalreview.com/2021/04/easter-reminds-us-that-all-lives-matter/
https://restrictedrepublic.com/programs/easterbidenytmp4-2d4fc2
[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.
:: 4-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Beijing muscles in on the South China Sea filling it with hundreds of boats lashed together in an act of aggression designed to 'squeeze out' other Asia countries
China have claimed the Chinese vessels off the coast of the Philippines are merely fishing boats sheltering from bad weather
But satellite images show hundreds of ships - believed to be manned by Chinese militia personnel - lined closely together at Whitsun Reef in South China Sea
This is despite Philippines calling on China to withdraw 'maritime militia' vessels
By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline
Published: 07:39 EDT, 5 April 2021 | Updated: 07:46 EDT, 5 April 2021
China has filled the disputed South China Sea with more than 200 boats lashed together in rows in an act of aggression designed to 'squeeze out' other countries in Asia, experts warn.
Beijing have claimed the Chinese vessels, first spotted earlier this month off the coast of the Philippines, are merely fishing boats sheltering from bad weather which are allowed to be there.
But satellite images show hundreds of ships - believed to be manned by Chinese militia personnel - lined closely together whilst anchored at Whitsun Reef, 350 kilmotres west of Palawan Island in the contested South China Sea.
Some of the vessels have since scattered across the Spratly Islands, but last week dozens of the Chinese-flagged boats were still anchored at the boomerang-shaped reef, according to Philippine military patrols.
This is despite the Philippines calling on Beijing to withdraw the 'maritime militia' vessels for weeks, saying their incursion into their exclusive economic zone is unlawful.
'Beijing pretty clearly thinks that if it uses enough coercion and pressure over a long enough period of time, it will squeeze the Southeast Asians out,' Greg Poling, the director of the Asia Maritime Transparency Initiative at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in the US told The New York Times. 'It's insidious.'
The Philippine government's National Task Force-West Philippines Sea said they counted 254 ships as well as four Chinese warships in the Spratly Islands on March 29.
They claimed the ships were not fishing vessels as China had claimed - but instead part of China's maritime militia, an group of sometimes armed civilians in the sea.
China, which claims almost the entirety of the resource-rich China sea, has so far refused to move the boats from the area - where both the Philippines and Vietnams have claims.
The presence of such a large fleet of Chinese ships is meant to intimidate, Mr Poling argues.
'By having them there, and spreading them out across these expanses of water around the reefs the others occupy, or around oil and gas fields or fishing grounds, you are steadily pushing the Filipinos and the Vietnamese out,' he said.
'If you're a Filipino fisherman, you're always getting harassed by these guys.
'They're always maneuvering a little too close, blowing horns at you. At some point you just give up and stop fishing there.' The presence of the vessels could ignite 'unwanted hostilities', a top aide to the Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte warned today, intensifying the diplomatic spat over the ships.
Duterte's top legal counsel Salvador Panelo warned China's 'present territorial incursions is producing an unwelcome stain in their bond and may trigger unwanted hostilities that both countries would rather not pursue.'
'The matter of territorial dispute has to be resolved in the diplomatic negotiating table or by the dictates of international law,' Panelo said in a statement.
It comes a day after outspoken Defence Secretary Delfin Lorenzana accused Beijing of planning to occupy more 'features' in the waters - where Taiwan, Vietnam, Malaysia and Brunei also have rival claims.
'The Chinese ambassador has a lot of explaining to do,' Lorenzana said in a statement on Saturday.
Meanwhile, Vietnam's foreign ministry had accused China of violating their sovereignty and demanded the ships leave.
China responded to the complaints with foreign ministry spokesperson Hua Chunying saying that Chinese fishermen 'have been fishing in the waters near the reef all along' - something that Philippine officials say there is no evidence of.
Beijing often invokes the so-called nine-dash line to justify its apparent historic rights over most of the South China Sea, and has ignored a 2016 international tribunal decision that declared this assertion as without basis.
The Philippine foreign ministry, which has already lodged a diplomatic protest over the ships, vowed Monday to send a complaint 'for every day' Beijing delays pulling out the vessels.
In an apparent reference to China's donation of Covid-19 vaccines, Panelo said the Philippines appreciated the 'humanitarian gesture'.
But he added: 'We will not be blinded however by any act done by it in violation of international law and in derogation of our sovereign rights.'
[ :: 10-17-10
am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc
:: 4-5-21 CNN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Satellite images show huge Russian military buildup in the Arctic
By Nick Paton Walsh, CNN Updated 6:42 AM ET, Mon April 5, 2021
(CNN) Russia is amassing unprecedented military might in the Arctic and testing its newest weapons in a region freshly ice-free due to the climate emergency, in a bid to secure its northern coast and open up a key shipping route from Asia to Europe.
Weapons experts and Western officials have expressed particular concern about one Russian 'super-weapon,' the Poseidon 2M39 torpedo. Development of the torpedo is moving fast with Russian President Vladimir Putin requesting an update on a "key stage" of the tests in February from his defense minister Sergei Shoigu, with further tests planned this year, according to multiple reports in state media.
Images show build up of Russia's military presence in the Arctic 04:15
This unmanned stealth torpedo is powered by a nuclear reactor and intended by Russian designers to sneak past coastal defenses -- like those of the US -- on the sea floor.
The device is intended to deliver a warhead of multiple megatons, according to Russian officials, causing radioactive waves that would render swathes of the target coastline uninhabitable for decades.
In November, Christopher A Ford, then assistant secretary of state for International Security and Non-Proliferation, said the Poseidon is designed to "inundate U.S. coastal cities with radioactive tsunamis."
Experts agree that the weapon is "very real" and already coming to fruition. The head of Norwegian intelligence, Vice Admiral Nils Andreas Stensønes, told CNN that his agency has assessed the Poseidon as "part of the new type of nuclear deterrent weapons. And it is in a testing phase. But it's a strategic system and it's aimed at targets ... and has an influence far beyond the region in which they test it currently." Stensønes declined to give details on the torpedo's testing progress so far.
The Russian build-up has been matched by NATO and US troop and equipment movements. American B-1 Lancer bombers stationed in Norway's Ørland air base have recently completed missions in the eastern Barents Sea, for example. The US military's stealth Seawolf submarine was acknowledged by US officials in August as being in the area.
A senior State Department official told CNN: "There's clearly a military challenge from the Russians in the Arctic," including their refitting of old Cold War bases and build-up of new facilities on the Kola Peninsula near the city of Murmansk. "That has implications for the United States and its allies, not least because it creates the capacity to project power up to the North Atlantic," the official said.
The satellite images show the slow and methodical strengthening of airfields and "trefoil" bases -- with a shamrock-like design, daubed in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag -- at several locations along Russia's Arctic coast over the past five years. The bases are inside Russian territory and part of a legitimate defense of its borders and coastline. US officials have voiced concern, however, that the forces might be used to establish de facto control over areas of the Arctic that are further afield, and soon to be ice-free.
"Russia is refurbishing Soviet-era airfields and radar installations, constructing new ports and search-and-rescue centers, and building up its fleet of nuclear- and conventionally-powered icebreakers," Lt. Col. Thomas Campbell, a Pentagon spokesman, told CNN.
The satellite images show the slow and methodical strengthening of airfields and "trefoil" bases -- with a shamrock-like design, daubed in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag -- at several locations along Russia's Arctic coast over the past five years. The bases are inside Russian territory and part of a legitimate defense of its borders and coastline. US officials have voiced concern, however, that the forces might be used to establish de facto control over areas of the Arctic that are further afield, and soon to be ice-free.
"Russia is refurbishing Soviet-era airfields and radar installations, constructing new ports and search-and-rescue centers, and building up its fleet of nuclear- and conventionally-powered icebreakers," Lt. Col. Thomas Campbell, a Pentagon spokesman, told CNN.
The 50 Let Pobedy (50 years of victory) icebreaker moving through the Arctic ice, said to be in January this year, in a first transit of the eastern seas in deep winter. Credit: Rosatom State Nuclear Energy Corporation
"It is also expanding its network of air and coastal defense missile systems, thus strengthening its anti-access and area-denial capabilities over key portions of the Arctic," he added.
Campbell also noted the recent creation of a Quick Reaction Alert force at two Arctic airfields -- Rogachevo and Anadyr -- and the trial of one at Nagurskoye airfield last year. Satellite imagery from March 16 shows probable MiG31BMs at Nagurskoye for what is thought to be the first time, bringing a new capability of Russian stealth air power to the far north.
High-tech weapons are also being regularly tested in the Arctic area, according to Russian officials quoted in state media and Western officials.
Campbell added that in November, Russia claimed the successful test of the 'Tsirkon' anti-ship hypersonic cruise missile.
The Tsirkon and the Poseidon are part of a new generation of weapons pledged by Putin in 2018 as strategic game changers in a fast-changing world.
At the time US officials scorned the new weapons as technically far-fetched and improbable, yet they appear to be nearing fruition. The Norwegian intelligence chief Stensønes told CNN the Tsirkon as a "new technology, with hypersonic speeds, which makes it hard to defend against."
On Thursday, Russian state news agency TASS cited a source in the military industrial complex as saying there had been another successful test of the Tsirkon from the Admiral Gorshkov warship, saying all four test rockets had hit their target, and that another more advanced level of tests would begin in May or June.
The climate emergency has removed many of Russia's natural defenses to its north, such as walls of sheet ice, at an unanticipated rate. "The melt is moving faster than scientists predicted or thought possible several years ago," said the senior State Department official. "It's going to be a dramatic transformation in the decades ahead in terms of physical access."
US officials also expressed concern at Moscow's apparent bid to influence the "Northern Sea Route" -- a shipping lane that runs from between Norway and Alaska, along Russia's northern coast, across to the North Atlantic. The 'NSR' potentially halves the time it currently takes shipping containers to reach Europe from Asia via the Suez Canal.
Russia's Rosatom state nuclear company released elaborately produced drone video this February of the 'Christophe de Margerie' tanker completing an eastern route across the Arctic in winter for the first time, accompanied by the '50 Let Pobedy' nuclear icebreaker for its journey in three of the six Arctic seas.
Campbell said Russia sought to exploit the NSR as a "major international shipping lane," yet voiced concern at the rules Moscow was seeking to impose on vessels using the route. "Russian laws governing NSR transits exceed Russia's authority under international law," the Pentagon spokesman said.
"They require any vessel transiting the NSR through international waters to have a Russian pilot onboard to guide the vessel. Russia is also attempting to require foreign vessels to obtain permission before entering the NSR."
The senior State Department official added: "The Russian assertions about the Northern Sea Route is most certainly an effort to lay down some rules of the road, get some de facto acquiescence on the part of the international community, and then claim this is the way things are supposed to work."
Elizabeth Buchanan, lecturer of Strategic Studies at Deakin University, Australia, said that "basic geography affords Russia the NSR which is increasingly seeing thinner ice for more of the year making it commercially viable to use as a transport artery. This might yet transform global shipping, and with it the movements of 90+% of all goods globally."
The State Department official believes the Russians are mostly interested in exporting hydrocarbons -- essential to the country's economy -- along the route, but also in the resources being uncovered by the fast melt. The flexing of their military muscles in the north -- key to Moscow's nuclear defense strategy, and also mostly on Russian coastal territory -- could be a bid to impose their writ on the wider area, the official said.
"When the Russians are testing weapons, jamming GPS signals, closing off airspace or sea space for exercises, or flying bombers over the Arctic along the airspace of allies and partners, they are always trying to send a message," the official added.
Russia insists motives are peaceful and economic
Russia's foreign ministry declined to comment, yet Moscow has long maintained its goals in the Arctic are economic and peaceful.
A March 2020 document by Kremlin policymakers presented Russia's key goals in an area+ behind 20% of its exports and 10% of its GDP. The strategy focuses on ensuring Russia's territorial integrity and regional peace. It also expresses the need to guarantee high living standards and economic growth in the region, as well as developing a resource base and the NSR as "a globally competitive national transport corridor."
Putin regularly extols the importance of Russia's technological superiority in the Arctic. In November, during the unveiling of a new icebreaker in St. Petersburg, the Russian President said: "It is well-known that we have a unique icebreaker fleet that holds a leading position in the development and study of Arctic territories. We must reaffirm this superiority constantly, every day."
Putin said of a submarine exercise last week in which three submarines surfaced at the same time in the polar ice: "The Arctic expedition ... has no analogues in the Soviet and the modern history of Russia."
Among these new weapons is the Poseidon 2M39. The plans for this torpedo were initially revealed in an apparently purposeful brandishing of a document discussing its capabilities by a Russian general in 2015.
It was subsequently partially dismissed by analysts as a 'paper tiger' weapon, meant to terrify with its apocalyptic destructive powers that appear to slip around current treaty requirements, but not to be successfully deployed.
Yet a series of developments in the Arctic -- including, according to Russian media reports, the testing of up to three Russian submarines designed to carry the stealth weapon, which has been suggested to be 20 meters long -- have now led analysts to consider the project real and active.
Russia's state news agency, RIA Novosti, cited a "source" on Monday saying that tests for the Belgorod submarine, especially developed to be armed with the Poseidon torpedo, would be completed in September.
Manash Pratim Boruah, a submarine expert at Jane's Fighting Ships, said: "The reality of the weapon is clear. You can absolutely see development around the torpedo, which is happening. There is a very good probability that the Poseidon will be tested, and then there is a danger of it polluting a lot. Even without a warhead, but definitely with just a nuclear reactor inside."
Boruah said some of the specifications for the torpedo leaked by the Russians were optimistic and doubted it could reach a speed of 100 knots (around 115 miles per hour) with a 100MW nuclear reactor. He added that at such a speed, it would probably be detected quite easily as it would create a large acoustic signature.
"Even if you tone it down from the speculation, it is still quite dangerous," he said.
Boruah added that the construction of storage bays for the Poseidon, probably around Olenya Guba on the Kola Peninsula, were meant to be complete next year. He also expressed concerns about the Tsirkon hyper-sonic missile that Russia says it has tested twice already, which at speeds of 6 to 7 Mach would "definitely cause a lot of damage without a particularly having big warhead itself."
Katarzyna Zysk, professor of international relations at the state-run Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies, said the Poseidon was "getting quite real," given the level of infrastructure development and testing of submarines to carry the torpedo.
"It is absolutely a project that will be used to scare, as a negotiation card in the future, perhaps in arms control talks," Zysk said. "But in order to do so, it has to be credible. This seems to be real."
Stensønes also raised the concern that testing such nuclear weapons could have serious environmental consequences. "We are ecologically worried. This is not only a theoretical thing: in fact, we have seen serious accidents in the last few years," he said, referring to the testing of the Burevestnik missile which was reported to have caused a fatal nuclear accident in 2019. "The potential of a nuclear contamination is absolutely there."
https://www.cnn.com/2021/04/05/europe/russia-arctic-nato-military-intl-cmd/index.html
:: 4-5-21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Reckoning With Reality: America’s Days Are Over
Posted on April 5, 2021 By Melissa Lane 2 Comments on Reckoning With Reality: America’s Days Are Over
3063 total views
When In The Course of Human Events……
The Founders of this nation put forward a very basic premise:
…to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them
That no government, no person whether royalty or not, King, Queen or Pawn, can take from one to give to another, to make one lesser than another, to bring remove from one the basics of humanity for the privilege of another.
We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness
That the very premise of humanity is that one has a right to live, to be left alone to do as one pleases and to pursue — but not be guaranteed — happiness. The only lawful and proper constraints arise when your exercise of the same prevents someone else from having that same peaceful enjoyment.
One cannot have a right to life if one cannot defend it using tools at least as powerful as those who would take it from you.
One cannot have liberty if one is compelled to slavery for another’s benefit.
The Founders put together a document called The Constitution. The debate over it, and what needed to be added to it, is found in The Federalist and The Anti-Federalist; two books that are the chronology of the running debate of the time. Anyone who claims to have an opinion on the foundations of our nation and why the Constitution is important ought to have read both, as should anyone who claims a right to run for elective office at any level — state, local, or federal.
Recommended article:
The ‘Vaccine’ Wasn’t Made For COVID, The COVID Disease Was Created For A ‘Vaccine’—Once You Understand That, Everything Else Will Make Perfect Sense
Chief among the foundation of this nation is The Rule of Law and that it applies equally to everyone, all the time, in each case without exception. Our government and We The People have made a mockery of this.
Where is respect for the contract our government has with the people; the terms of which are embodied in The Constitution and its Amendments?
There is no respect because the people of this nation no longer have respect for themselves nor any willingness to hold the government to the terms and conditions of its very existence.
Despite the finger-pointing and outcries of dismay from those who are watching the government discard the rule of law at every turn, the question is not whether Biden is the new Adolf Hitler, but whether the American Police State is the new Third Reich.
For those who can view the present and past political landscape without partisan blinders, the warning signs are unmistakable: the Deep State’s love affair with totalitarianism began long ago.
Indeed, the U.S. government so admired the Nazi regime that is now adopting his protocols, embracing his mindset about law and order, implementing his tactics in incremental steps, and began to lay the foundations for the rise of the Fourth Reich.
Indeed, with every passing day, the United States government borrows yet another leaf from Nazi Germany’s playbook: Secret police. Secret courts. Secret government agencies. Surveillance. Censorship. Intimidation. Harassment. Torture. Brutality. Widespread corruption. Entrapment. Indoctrination. Indefinite detention.
These are not tactics used by constitutional republics, where the rule of law and the rights of the citizenry reign supreme. Rather, they are the hallmarks of authoritarian regimes, where the only law that counts comes in the form of heavy-handed, unilateral dictates from a supreme ruler who uses a secret police to control the populace.
America is extended, riddled with debt, and too reliant on ever more debt, past its growth peak, incapable and unwilling to address structural issues. Both political parties have given up on dealing with debt, illusory monetary policies are invented to render structural issues even more irrelevant. Meanwhile, wealth inequality keeps expanding from administration to administration no matter who is in charge with voters distracted by the ideological divisions of the day, not trusting their leaders or each other.
And all this with 6% unemployment this year in March. What will this all look like during the next downturn? Nobody knows. Rome showed us to not take civilization for granted. It also showed us to not ignore structural problems before they become too large to tackle.
This can’t — and won’t — change without Americans rising up by the millions and demanding that it stop and be willing to enforce that demand by whatever means are necessary. This does not mean violence is required but until and unless those who claim to be “our leaders” believe that any such demand has the force of the people behind it and will be enforced should they stick up their middle finger toward common people once again as they have done for the last 30+ years they have no reason to stop stealing, stop rigging the system and stop screwing everyone else.
Similar to Morphine: The Best Natural Painkiller that Grows in Your Backyard
Wild Lettuce is also Known as Opium Lettuce. For a good reason. While it doesn’t contain any opiates, it has similar side effects when used – it acts directly on the central nervous system (CNS) to lessen the feeling of pain, just like morphine. Watch this video and learn a quick recipe (wild lettuce extract) for the best natural painkiller. Over 23 million Patriots have already seen It. Giving you a quick, easy way to make your own life-saving painkiller, ready for when you need it. Click Here To Discover More.
Browsing the RT website the other day, I found these two videos that I want to share today, even if many of you have most likely seen them as they have gone viral.
A video of the encounter spreading on social media shows the officers being confronted by a man who is obviously unhappy to see them. “Please, get out, immediately get out of this property,” the cameraman tells them, repeating the same message again and again in an increasingly loud and agitated voice. The man eventually starts calling the cops “Gestapo” and “Nazis,” ordering them to “Go, and don’t come back without a warrant.” As the officers oblige and walk away, they are chased by more angry calls: “Unbelievable, sick, evil people! Intimidating people in a church during Passover!”…priceless!
There’s no reason for me to be hopeful because there is no reason to believe that Americans, say much less the people in any of the other developed, western nations will in fact demand this crap stop. In fact, there is every reason to simply sit back and enjoy what little time is left. You could see one man standing up to these atrocities, one man only.
…meanwhile in London…Christians condemn London police for shutting down ‘unlawful’ Good Friday church service citing Covid and threatening arrest. Yes, they condemn the police but they all cleared the church and did nothing. But they did cry over Twitter and Facebook about it—if that is worth anything at all—…
The video went viral around the world, and shocked Christians, other religious people, and atheists alike, who called the incident “disgusting” and “absolutely disgraceful”.
Ending this article, I highly recommend this book to everyone. 300 pages, color, paperback. The Lost Book of Remedies is helping Americans achieve medical self-sufficiency even in the darkest times using the time-tested methods of our grandparents without spending lots of money on toxic drugs and without side effects. A great asset when doctors and hospitals won’t be available anymore given the current situation. You may not be Claude Davis, but you can make use of his procedures and techniques to increase your chances of survival!
https://survivaldan101.com/reckoning-with-reality-americas-days-are-over/
:: 4-4-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BREAKING NEWS: Iran announces NATO-KILLER Missile
World News Desk 04 April 2021 Hits: 19699
The Islamic Republic of Iran today announced its support for Russia in the event the Donbas (Ukraine) is attacked. It also announced a new Iranian Missile with capabilities hit strike NATO Capitals in Europe, should war erupt between NATO and Russia.
The Iranian announcement was simple and brief.
No big speeches. No big displays. Just a new missile which, from their announcement, can reach ALL of Ukraine . . . and most NATO nations.
The sides are forming-up fast.
World War is likely to break out in four weeks.
:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mt. Everest and the Alps are weirdly getting taller – up to 30 feet overnight
By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021
Recently, the Swiss Alps made the news when scientists found they were growing due to tectonic activity deep beneath Earth’s surface. Now, Mount Everest is also on the rise. Why is there so much “mounting” altitude?
Strangeness in the Alps In the case of the central Alps, the situation is scientifically complex. First, a rapid review of the basics of plate tectonics: Earth is basically a floating ball of slick magma with a thin candy shell of crust around the outside. The crust is broken into large parts, and these parts continue to push into and crunch away at each other. This causes different things — not just earthquakes and volcanoes, but also continental drift and the consequent destruction and recreation of crust. Deep within the Atlantic Ocean, new ocean floor emerges every day as the two sides are pushed apart. On the other end, ocean floor collides with and is pushed beneath the continental plates.
So imagine filling your bathtub with cold water and then dropping in enough big chunks of ice to fill the surface and then some. The chunks will start to push each other and rise and fall. This is exactly what happens in the crust, and it’s why the Alps are still growing.
It’s called crustal uplift, crustal uprise, tectonic uplift—all terms that refer to the same idea. And after thinking about how Earth’s crust roams and interacts, it’s easy to see why deciding how to measure the height of these mountains is itself a challenging problem. In this case, any crustal uplift is working against the related up-top phenomenon of erosion. The Alps are, cosmologically speaking, just babies compared to many of the world’s oldest mountain ranges. Because of that, they’re still spiky and jagged, extremely tall, and subject to high rates of erosion at their peaks.
Scientists have long believed the Alps are basically shifting in place like an escalator: uplifted by the crust and eroded from the top at the same rate. They can use chemical signatures made by bouncing cosmic radiation to estimate how much of what’s visible at the very top of a mountain is very old and, therefore, the result of erosion of the newer rock over top—like the shiny nose on a much-beloved local statue rubbed for good luck.
“As cosmic rays hit Earth’s surface, oxygen atoms that constitute quartz minerals experience a nuclear reaction,” scientists from Bern University explain in a statement. “[A] new isotope is formed. Because [it’s] only formed on Earth’s uppermost surface, the surface age can be determined with this isotope. If the concentration is high, then the surface has been exposed to cosmic rays for a relatively long time and is therefore relatively old.”
The scientists found that erosion is slower than crustal uplift, especially in Switzerland, where the Alps erode at an astonishing 14 millimeters per 1,000 years. Uplift, on the other hand, can be as high as 800 millimeters during the same time frame. These parts of the Alps are racing upward more than 50 times faster than they’re sanded down. Understanding the difference can help scientists make more accurate measurements of other phenomena, including in detailed studies of why and where erosion happens the most.
Meanwhile, on Mount Everest The situation for Everest is very different. High in the Himalayan Mountains, Everest and K2 are just the two highest peaks of an astonishing series of mountain ranges that encompass 2.5 million square miles of elevated land in the Tibetan Plateau.
And because Everest sits on a contested boundary between Nepal and China, measuring it in any way immediately becomes a matter of politics. It’s here, rather than in the simple bump and grind of crust and erosion, that Everest has gained 30 feet overnight.
International politics aren’t the only politics involved. Everest is a multimillion-dollar business in an area where that money is critically needed. Measuring the world’s tallest mountain to an exact number has significance to the entire industry that has sprung up around climbing it, rescuing people from it, and caring for the terrain.
Do you measure the snow at the very top, or do you count the highest rocky point? And when the summit spans two nations that don’t have a great relationship, whose measurement counts more?
The first measurement was made in the 1850s, and Nepal’s penultimate measurement dated back to the 1950s. China was working with a much newer number, but there was a catch, the New York Post reports: “China and Nepal announced Tuesday that it is officially 29,031.7 feet tall. That is 13 feet higher than China’s last calculation 15 years ago — a discrepancy blamed on the fact that China only determined the rock height of the summit and didn’t include the snow and ice on the peak.”
There has never been a single measurement that both nations agreed to, which makes this new one a similar political milestone, or more of a 5.5-milestone. Leaders from China and Nepal pressed matching buttons to reveal the official height of Everest. And to bring the two ideas together, the entire Himalayan range was formed by the subduction — the pushing under — of a previously major and separate tectonic plate.
Of course, the next step is to find how quickly Everest is growing and eroding. The Himalayas are one of the other youngest ranges on the planet, meaning there could be some very interesting isotopes to take a look at for those who reach the very top. [PM]
Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).
https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/everest-alps-getting-taller.html
:: 4-4-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
British Newspaper Headline ". . . World War . . . in Four Weeks" --- Diplomat too: "A war with Russia is being worked out"
World News Desk 04 April 2021 Hits: 32759
The Sun
A veritable garbage dump of British media, "The Sun" newspaper, has a headline in yesterday's edition " . . . World War could be triggered in Four Weeks" over the ongoing and escalating situation in Ukraine.
Gee, that would put us at about May 2, the precise date I mentioned on my radio show last week, for the start of this conflict!
The April 3 issue of The Sun reports:
WORLD War could be triggered in just four weeks in Ukraine as Vladimir Putin sends thousands of troops to the Russian border, experts have warned.
The bombshell claims come as convoys of tanks and armoured vehicles were filmed being mass transported in regions close to rebel-held eastern Ukraine and annexed Crimea.
With tension sharply rising, Russian military analyst Pavel Felgenhauer said it now requires a "psychoanalyst” to determine Moscow’s intentions but warned events could see “war in a month.”
Those who have actually followed the development of these troubles don't need a psychoanalyst to understand what's going on, we understand quite clearly.
Back in 2014, it was the United States and European Union that fomented and funded the violent protests and riots which overthrew the Democratically elected President of Ukraine, Viktor Yanukovych. WE CAUSED IT!
At the time, Europe and America were trying to "woo" Ukraine away from the Russia sphere of influence, and bring that country into the western sphere of influence.
In fact, for several years prior, the US alone had spent $5 Billion "helping" Ukraine, in an effort to "woo" them to the West.
So intertwined in Ukraine affairs was the USA, that even before Yanukovych was overthrown, Gloria Nuland from the US State Department, was caught having phone conversations about who the US would approve to become Prime Minister under Yanukovych! (A Dictator, dictating Democracy?)
In that phone call, at precisely 3:01, Nuland commented about what the US was doing and how the Europeans would view it when she said "Fuck the E.U."
Here's the COVERT INTELLIGENCE INTERCEPT of the phone call from Gloria Nuland:
And it got worse. Then-Senator John McCain, personally spoke to the rioting Ukrainians in front of the Ukraine Parliament, and incited more trouble, Telling them, among other things, "Your future lies in Europe . . ." meaning NOT where they are with Russia, now. It seemed to many to be Incitement that actually worked toward the later physical, violent, overthrow of the Ukrainian government!
Americans all recall the recent protests at the US Capital which the Sissy-Mary Democrats are still calling an "insurrection?" Well imagine if a Russian elected official like . . . . Zhirinovsky. . . . had given a speech at the US Capital that day, and then things all went haywire. The US would claim that the Russian politician was trying to overthrow the US Government! Yet Senator John McCain did the same thing - to Ukraine -- and the mass media says absolutely nothing about how he, and the US fomented and incited the ACTUAL OVERTHROW of the Ukraine government!
The REASON we were trying to "woo" Ukraine was nefarious:
1) We wanted to put NATO military bases in Ukraine to position anti-missile "defenses" in that country, AND;
2) We wanted to deprive Russia of its only warm water military port on Crimea.
There were two gigantic problems with NATO doing these things:
A) Our "Defenses" . . . could also be used as First-Strike weapons; their "conventional" missiles could be refitted in under five minutes, with NUCLEAR warheads.
Being located in Ukraine would have those missiles within five minutes flight time to Russia's nuclear arsenal.
So having that capability via Ukraine, would make it physically possible for NATO to first-strike Russia and destroy Russia's ability to fight back. It would be a decapitation strike, AND
B) If Russia were to lose its only warm water port, in Crimea, their entire country would face a total shipping outage for imports and exports, during Winter when all their other ports freeze-over, and their military would have no access to global seas during those times either!
ARROGANT PLANNING A YEAR IN ADVANCE!
So ARROGANT were we about how effective this effort would be to grab Ukraine to our sphere of influence, a full YEAR before the troubles in Ukraine, the US Congress allocated money to start building a new Children's Hospital on Crimea, in Simferopol, because we just knew we were going to take it. They let the contract through the US NAVY . . . so they also KNEW that we were going to grab Crimea by force if need-be!
Here's the screen shot of that contract offering from the US Government web site: Here a direct link to the US Government web site which still holds the records, which still show the ORIGINAL OFFERING DATE of December, 2013 -- a YEAR before all the troubles inside Ukraine! (Click HERE)
Here's ANOTHER Contract offering by the US Government for a School in Sevestopol:
And here is a direct link the the US Government web site which still has the records, which show an initial offering date of Sep 05, 2013 02:58 am EDT -- more than a YEAR before the Ukraine President was overthrown! (Click Here)
These two contract offerings are irrefutable PROOF the US (and Europe) KNEW they were going to forcibly overthrow the government of Ukraine and grab control of the country. They were so arrogantly confident of success, they offered contracts for work a year before the deed was done.
There was no way that Russia would tolerate such a thing. So Russia politically backed Yanukovych while the US and EU were fomenting protests and riots. Then, something unexpected took place: Yanukovych fled Ukraine.
That opened the door for US and EU-backed politicians in Ukraine to take power . . . and they did.
These new politicians were made to understand they needed to do the bidding of the US and of Europe. Put simply, they were BRIBED. Big bribes. Cash. Lots of it.
Want proof? Ukraine is a relatively poor country, with annual family income of about two thousand US Dollars ($2,000.00).
Now look at the houses these Western-Backed politicians built themselves once they got their hands on US and EU cash: So we in the west literally BOUGHT ourselves the Ukraine government; and from 2014 it was to do OUR bidding.
Well, Russia wasn't going to put up with that. So they put thousands of troops into Crimea, first, to protect their warm water port and military base.
Then pointed out to residents in Crimea their government in Kiev had been bought and paid for by the West and wasn't loyal to Ukraine anymore, but also telling them that Crimea could VOTE to return to Russia and they could all become Russian citizens!
The public went for it. They held an open, transparent, Referendum and about 96% of the people in Crimea VOTED to leave Ukraine and become part of Russia.
The west, furious that their plans were being thwarted, called the election "Rigged." The west refused to even recognize it, and immediately put sanctions on Russia over Crimea.
The West officially lost because the Russian Duma (Parliament) passed legislation admitting Crimea back into Russia and that was the end of it. Crimea is back home in Russia, where it had been for 300 years before then-Soviet Chairman Nikita Khrushchev, "gave" Crimea to Ukraine, 54 years ago.
When other areas of Ukraine saw what happened to their duly elected President, and saw the way bought-and-paid-for corrupt politicians were doing the bidding of the EU and the USA, they decided THEY wanted to leave Ukraine and become part of Russia as well. The two areas where this sentiment was strongest was in the oblasts (states) of Luhansk and Donetsk, highlighted in Red (along with Crimea) on the map below: Those two oblasts (states) held votes and their populations voted to leave. But Kiev, the capital of Ukraine, seeing their plans falling apart, said "no, you can't leave."
Kiev sent TROOPS to try to quell the secession of Luhansk and Donetsk. But the two states formed militias which fought the Ukrainian Army to a stand still.
It was during this fighting that upwards of 13,000 Ukrainians KILLED each other in battles.
During those battles, Russia sided with Luhansk and Donetsk. Suddenly, "Little Green Men" started appearing on the battlefields of Luhansk and Donetsk. Men dressed in military green, completely equipped with military gear, but wearing no patches, no flags and no identifying information.
It was with the help of those "Little Green Men" that Luhansk and Donetsk held-off the Ukrainian Army to this very day.
Meanwhile, time rolled on and elections were held in the USA. Donald Trump won.
Suddenly, all the troubles in Ukraine got very much quieter. They stayed quiet throughout the entire Trump administration.
Fast-forward to November 3, 2020 and Joe Biden and his Democrat Party, STOLE the US Presidential Election.
As soon as Biden was illegitimately inaugurated as US President, what happened? Troubles started all over again in Syria and in . . . UKRAINE!
THREE WEEKS AGO THE SIGNAL CAME THAT TROUBLE HAD BEEN STIRRED UP AGAIN
Last month, more of the trouble started cropping up when, unsolicited, the British Ambassador to Ukraine issued a Press Statement saying Britain would never accept Russian possession of Crimea.
Within days of that British announcement, Ukraine President Zelensky, started massing troops back at the borders of Luhansk and Donetsk.
NATO decided to have military "exercises" in the same area, adding vast Naval exercises in the Black Sea . . . around Crimea.
Russia knew immediately that the West was going to try to TAKE CRIMEA BY FORCE, so they began deploying military assets into Crimea, and also building up military assets on the Russia side of Luhansk and Donetsk.
A fight was clearly brewing. WAR ACTUALLY BEING ***PLANNED***
This became monstrously clear when a Diplomat said so on TV.
The representative of Ukraine in the Trilateral Contact Group on Donbass, Oleksiy Arestovich, actually said, on the air of UKRLife.TV “Defender Europe 2021 means“ defend Europe. ”Their meaning is that in the waters from the Baltic to the Black Seas, a war with Russia is being worked out - let's put it bluntly - the topic of an armed confrontation with Russia,” the diplomat said.
So when the British trash media tabloid "The Sun" came out yesterday and said there could be "World War 3 in four weeks" it's because the powers-that-be ACTUALLY INTEND TO CARRY IT OUT.
Things have now gotten to the point where an actual war between NATO and Russia is not only possible, it is highly likely. And the people in the middle of it? Ukrainians.
It is they who will die -- en masse -- if this war breaks out.
But the stakes are incredibly high for the rest of the world too.
If Europe and the USA (NATO) are able to grab Crimea, Russia loses its only warm water port, and faces US Missile Defenses making a decapitation nuclear strike on Russia itself.
If the Ukrainians are able to conquer the citizens in Luhansk and Donetsk, those U.S. missile defense systems can be put there are achieve the same goal.
Thus, Russia MUST act in its own self-defense for its actual survival; and they will.
Russia did not start this conflict, the West did.
Russia has no designs on taking over Europe or anywhere else; the West has those designs upon Russia. The West wants the oil, the gas, the minerals and the land.
When the fighting breaks out, likely less than a month from right now, if NATO gets involved, then every NATO country will instantly make itself a legitimate target for Russian self defense.
Europe and America could face Russian missile strikes. And we will have brought it ALL upon ourselves.
BROADCAST NOTE: This story is updated nightly LIVE on the radio during the Hal Turner Radio Show which airs LIVE from New York City from 9:00-10:00 PM eastern US time, which is 0200-0300 GMT. You can tune-in worldwide via Global High Frequency Shortwave stations or here on the net as follows:
WBCQ on 7.490 or 6.160 (Both 50,000 watts)
WRMI on 5.950 (100,000 watts)
or on regular AM Station:
KYAH 540-AM Utah
or; Here on the Internet at: http://stream.halturnerradioshow.com:8000/
:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Apocalyptic wind storm hits Qatar (video)
By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021
Today, a furious windstorm hit the northern part of Qatar, destroying / damaging houses, cars, uprooting trees and disrupting power.
Now, look at these insane videos…
This video features the current situation and names some pretty incredible wind speeds…
Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).
You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!
https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/apocalyptic-wind-storm-hits-qatar-video.html
[ :: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
[ :: 4-22-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see. Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc
:: 4-4-21 KOMO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Western rivers face pinch as another dry year takes shape
by SUSAN MONTOYA BRYAN Associated PressSunday, April 4th 2021
ALBUQUERQUE, N.M. (AP) — As several states in the American West face intense drought, it's shaping up to be a very difficult year for New Mexico farmers because of limited irrigation supplies, with some saying conditions haven't been this dire since the 1950s.
Snowpack and precipitation are below average, spring runoff is trailing, and New Mexico comes in last among nearly a dozen Western states for dismal reservoir storage levels. Along the Rio Grande, New Mexico's largest reservoir stands at less than 11% capacity, meaning the irrigation season for farmers in the southern part of the state will likely start late and include only small allotments.
Further north, managers with the Middle Rio Grande Conservancy District are in a position not seen in decades. There's no extra water in the reservoirs and interstate water-sharing agreements are restricting both storage and releases from upstream reservoirs since New Mexico has fallen short of what it owes Texas.
The district was forced to wait a month — until April 1 — to start its irrigation season due to the meager supplies. Farmers were encouraged to consider resting their fields given that demand will surely outpace supply, but many are used to the risk that comes with planting each season so just a fraction of the acres throughout the Middle Rio Grande valley have been fallowed.
Feast or famine — it's the way of life in the Rio Grande basin.
The lack of water is the culmination of a sequence of unfortunate spring runoffs over recent years, not just a single year, said David Gensler, water operations manager for the conservancy district.
"We continue to be dealt losing hands, hydrologically speaking. We've played them for all they were worth, but we just continue to draw bad cards," he said, noting that water managers could not have done anything differently to get a positive outcome.
Statewide, more than half of New Mexico is dealing with exceptional drought — the worst category. A year ago, there was no exceptional or even extreme drought in the state.
Utah and Arizona are worse off in terms of drought severity, and Nevada is not far behind. California also appears to be in the midst of another drought.
In New Mexico's largest city, utility officials have issued a drought declaration. Outdoor watering in Albuquerque is limited to twice a week, and fines for wasting water have doubled. Watering restrictions also went into effect Thursday in Las Cruces.
Water managers are warning that it will be a struggle to meet irrigation demands if spring and summer rains do not develop, leaving the Rio Grande to potentially go dry through Albuquerque. The threat of drying this far north isn't new, but officials do not have any extra water to move around like they did in previous years.
In southeastern New Mexico, on the Pecos River, irrigation allotments haven't been this low in a century. Meanwhile, officials with the Elephant Butte Irrigation District recently told farmers to plan for a short year, "recognizing that we will all need to make difficult decisions."
That district went through a similar season in 2013, when farmers were allotted less than a few inches and water was released from a dam for only 47 days. This year, district managers anticipate running for one month.
But the hydrology of the Rio Grande can be volatile and turn on a dime, Gensler said. One well-positioned spring storm could change things or monsoons could develop just in time to keep the river flowing.
"As the saying goes, hope is not a plan," he said. "It is entirely possible we will hit the wall later this spring, have no water, and the Rio Grande will stop flowing. But until it does, we will manage every drop as carefully as humanly possible for the benefit of farmers, fish, the bosque, the cities, downstream water users, and this fascinating river we all love so much."
https://komonews.com/news/nation-world/western-rivers-face-pinch-as-another-dry-year-takes-shape
:: 4-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IS THIS THE FINAL EASTER? ASK YOUR PASTOR WHAT HE'S DOING TO COMBAT SATANIC EVIL IN AMERICA?
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 4, 2021 - 17:50.
Did you leave your church today with gratitude for the gift of salvation from the Lord Jesus Christ? However, was there a part of you that felt empty because you know that if Jesus were to walk among us he did 2000 years ago, he would be walking through our unholy institutions in America and doing what he did when he chased the money-changers from the Temple? Isn't your Pastor supposed to embody the courage of Christ in the face of evil? If you are left feeling incomplete about your experience at church this morning, it is because your church is capitulating to evil. If your church will not stand up to evil, who will? Biden? Harris? Pelosi? it is and has always have been the followers of Christ!
Faith without works is an empty proposition and because I want to save my soul for eternity, I feel compelled to speak out against the support our churches offer Satan by ignoring the societal evil which is omnipresent in our society. If we are truly Christians and are following Jesus, do we not have an obligation to stand up to Satanic evil even when it is condoned by our governmental leaders?
Refusing to Stand Up to Evil As the country struggles to come to grip with the unscreened immigrant invasion, which includes the importation of an unknown amount of ISIS and CHICOM-backed terrorists, our economy is threatened like never before, our collective health and our national security is at extreme risk, and yet, we are unable to look to our churches to provide the leadership needed in this time of crisis. Most concerning is the fact that our country is being overrun by unscreened migrants from areas of the world that hate Americans. Our FBI says 10% are likely terrorists. As a result, we are staring down the real possibility that we are going to be facing multiple false flag events in order to justify Biden's coming attempt at pre-genocidal gun confiscation. Yet, your pastor is silent. Christians are not being admitted as immigrants under the refugee/resettlement program from the Middle East. Christians are being beheaded, yet the Obama administration has condemned our Christian brothers, in certain parts of the Middle East, to a certain and brutal death, often by beheading. We admit many of the executioners to our country, but not the persecuted. In some parts of the world, being a Christian is a death sentence.
If your pastor did not speak about this on Easter Sunday. he is complicit with his silence. AMERICA, WAKE UP! IT IS YOUR CHILDREN THAT GOES TO SCHOOL EVERY SINGLE DAY IN GUN FREE ZONES WITHOUT THE ABILITY TO DEFEND THEMSELVES. IT IS YOUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS THAT ARE SHOPPING AT THE POTENTIALLY TARGETED MALLS, AND IT IS YOUR COUNTRY THAT WAS TARGETED BY THE CHICOMS LAB WITH THE COMPLICIT SUPPORT OF KEY AMERICAN POLITICIANS AND YET WE DON'T DARE SAY ANYTHING! I AM SHOCKED THAT THIS EASTER SUNDAY HAS NOT SEEN A FALSE FLAG SHOOTING AT A CHURCH AND THEN BLAME THE VICTIMS FOR THEIR BELIEF IN JESUS.
IT IS YOU THAT COULD BE LOOKING DOWN THE BARREL OF AN AK-47! AND WHAT IS CONGRESS DOING ABOUT IT? ABSOLUTELY NOTHING, EXCEPT TO LET IN MORE POTENTIAL TERRORISTS WITH NO BACKGROUND CHECKS OR EVEN TESTING THEM FOR COVID AND MORE IMPORTANTLY, EBOLA!!! COME ON IN, WE ARE RIPE FOR THE SLAUGHTER!
Christians Usually Meet An Untimely End
Who is Next? Has your pastor condemned the Islamic practice of beheading Christians? Does your pastor fear God or does he fear HILLARY, AOC, OMAR, TALIB, PELOSI, SCHUMER, HARRIS, ET AL?
Maybe it is the fate of the modern Christian to die a martyrs death. Most of the disciples of Jesus were martyred for their uncompromising views towards corrupt civilian authority, except for John, who died of extreme old age and Judas, who committed suicide after betraying Jesus. Many of Jesus’ followers met an untimely end. For example, Peter was crucified, head downward, during the persecution of Nero. James, was thrown from a pinnacle of the Temple, and then beaten to death with a club. Thomas, the doubter, was run through the body with a lance at Coromandel, in the East Indies.
Today, most of our 501 C3 tax exempt churches have embraced the suicidal course of Judas as they have made a deal with the devil by espousing government doctrine even when it violates the word of God. In opposition to the early founders of the church and in opposition to the teachings of Jesus Christ, today’s church bends over in the face of evil. It acquiesces to the evil and drags its followers to the gates of hell by demanding compliance to the illegitimate authority and decidedly non Christian forces which are subjugating this country. Today’s pastors are doing so under the guise and bastardization of Romans 13.
THE ULTIMATE BETRAYAL OF PASTORS WAS THEIR ACQUIESENCE TO THE UNCONSTITUTIONAL LOCKDOWNS OF THEIR CHURCH WHILE CASINOS AND STRIP CLUBS STAYED OPEN!!
CASE IN POINT
With a declining birth rate, America needs immigration, but it does not need the kind of immigration that does not background check for terrorism, extreme criminal behavior and the possibility of being a carrier of a deadly pathogen in the incubation phase. To do what we are doing is dangerous and is national suicide! And yet, the churches fully support the destruction of America by a thousand cuts!
Today’s churches have been bought off by embracing a false interpretation of Romans 13. IF these churches care so much for these recent immigrants, then let them pay for the health screening physicals along with the national security checks that the FBI says they cannot afford, or have the manpower to execute. Churches in America are complicit in helping to transport potential terrorists into the heartland of country. WHY WOULD ANY CHRISTIAN GIVE THEIR HARD EARNED MONEY TO SUCH A CORRUPT ORGANIZATION? Americans need to withdraw their spiritual and financial support from these churches that are part of the equation of putting every American citizen at risk. Start your own home Bible study. Let the churches die on the vine. You can still worship Christ without contributing to your own demise. When the churches go broke, DHS and Hillary Clinton, are going to have to find their minions in other places.
The Church and the Constitution Have Both Been Conquered
There are other reasons to leave your church beside the fact that most support the importation of an unknown number of terrorists to our country.
Christians and Americans, as a whole, on the endangered species list AND MOST DON'T EVEN REALIZE THAT THEY HAVE BEEN TARGETED. THERE ARE CAMPS WAITING FOR YOU (see FM 39.4 and Executive Order 13603).
I recently condemned pastors who support and lead churches who “enjoy” the 501-C-3 tax exempt status offered by the IRS. Does your pastor command you to follow the will of the government, because it is your Christian duty to do so under Romans 13? If so, your pastor is likely a traitor to the word of God. The fake church’s message is simple, support radical Islam or the Communist overthrow of our government, no matter the cost. According to the Pope, Allah and God are equals because the government says so and Romans 13 commands you to obey. However, the words I just wrote puts me in violation of the new interpretation of Romans 13. I am a sinner if I speak out about the forces who perpetrated the stolen 2020 election. The modern interpretation of Romans 13 is pure blasphemy. This scripture has been morphed into a doctrine espousing the “Divine Right of Kings” in which God has somehow chosen a king to ruthlessly rule over a people and it is incumbent upon the people to accept their “God-given fate”, The flock are commanded to “…submit himself to the governing authorities, for there is no authority except that which God has established.” This false interpretation is nothing but a divine coronation of a ruthless, self-serving government and Christians are expected to capitulate and honor the same kind of thievery, lawlessness and murder which inspired Jesus to expel the money-changers from the Temple.
UNSPEAKABLE CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY!!!
The Great American Holocaust just reach new lows in depravity through the sale of fetal body parts and organs. Has your pastor had the courage to speak out against this heinous practice? If not, leave your church immediately! As I contemplate what many of the churches will be like as they embrace a perverted interpretation of Romans 13, I am left wondering what kind of God would condone the horrific abuses being perpetrated by the Obama administration? What kind of God would command its religious leaders to simply ignore the American Holocaust which has witnessed the murder of over 70 million American babies, since Roe v. Wade, in 1973? What kind of God would have us ignore Planned Parenthood’s selling of fetal body parts? Has your pastor said anything about this in your Sunday services?
What Kind of God Would Do This? Ask yourself, what kind of God would fail to command his clergy to not speak out and to condemn the actions of the criminal money changers on Wall Street, who are inspired only by the love of money as they continue their heinous assaults upon humanity in the form of unlabeled poisonous GMO’s, the theft of solvent home mortgages by the mega banks, and the secret detentions and the murder of American citizens under the NDAA. What kind of God would order his followers to remain silent as the bankster controlled Biden government plans to commence a world war starting with Syria, or Ukraine in order to support the preservation of the Petrodollar which will result in the potential death of billions of human beings? In actuality, no God of the Bible would ever command his followers to both enable and to serve the evil which permeates our government. For any church that encourages complete obedience to a corrupt administration has taken a big step towards accepting the Mark of the Beast. This is a very dangerous precedent, and this could potentially imperil the salvation of millions if Christians allow this false doctrine to further expand across our nation’s churches.
Finally, has your Pastor spoken out against the travesty of mandatory untested vaccines for a virus that has a 99% survival rate, covid passports, and the mandatory destruction of small businesses, while the wealth box stores were declared essential?
FOR CHRISTIANS TO SURVIVE, THE CHURCH IN ITS PRESENT FORM MUST DIE!
BEGIN YOUR HOME BIBLE STUDY WITH FAMILY AND FRIENDS AND STOP CONTRIBUTING TO YOUR FUTURE PERSECUTION.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 4-1-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Taal volcano prepares for its next big blast after 212 earthquakes hit and release large quantities of gas in the Philippines
By Strange Sounds - Apr 1, 2021
The Taal Volcano is preparing its next big eruption, said the state-run Philippine Institute for Volcanology and Seismology (Phivolcs) on Wednesday.
Within the last 24 hours, the volcano in Batangas province registered 212 quakes, including 168 tremors with durations one to 20 minutes, and 44 low frequency volcanic earthquakes were recorded.
The volcanic peak also emitted more gas over the past 24 hours – some 1,229 tons of sulfur dioxide. These are signs of a looming eruption:
“The fact that we have volcanic tremors and prolonged background tremor recorded, higher than normal sulfur dioxide emission rate of 923 tons per day, slow but steady inflation of the volcano still indicates magmatic activity at shallow depth beneath the volcano.”
The volcano is under Alert Level 2. Meanwhile, Phivolcs also said civil aviation authorities must advise pilots to avoid flying close to the volcano as airborne ash and ballistic fragments from sudden explosions and wind-remobilized ash may pose hazards to aircraft.
Beginning of 2020, the Taal volcano erupted violently covering everything with ash:
Taal Volcano in the Philippines Erupts for First Time in 40 Years in Stunning Electric Display
That amazing eruption dried up rivers in the area of the volcano: Even 3 months later, people were searching for survivors under meters of deadly ash:
Searching For Loved Ones Under Tons of Ash After Taal Eruption in the Philippines
The next Taal volcanic eruption is closing up. Hopefully, that explosion will not be as bad as that in 2020…
Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).
You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!
You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.
https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/taal-volcano-prepares-for-next-blast-2021.html
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 4--21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel troubled by American stance toward Iran: report
'If this is American policy, we are concerned,' a senior Israeli official said
By Keith Koffler | Fox News
Top Israeli officials are concerned that the United States is preparing to restart the 2015 nuclear deal with Iran without strengthening it, according to a new report.
Israeli officials were dismayed by an interview U.S. Special Envoy for Iran Rob Malley conducted with PBS NewsHour Friday in which he discussed returning to the 2015 Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action without insisting on lengthening the period before restrictions on Iranian nuclear policy are loosened and then ended, according to the Jerusalem Post.
A senior Israeli official told the newspaper: "If this is American policy, we are concerned." Former President Trump in May 2018 announced the U.S. withdrawal from the Iran deal.
The interview "raised eyebrows" among the most senior Israeli officials, the source told the Jerusalem Post, because "in the past, the Biden administration talked about a ‘longer and stronger’ deal – like they were looking for something else – and that’s not [in the Malley interview]. It’s all about returning to the 2015 deal.
HOW HUNTER BIDEN PLEADED FOR DAD'S HELP AFTER HIS AFFAIR WITH BROTHER'S WIDOW WAS LEAKED TO MEDIA
"Nowhere in the entire interview does Malley say the goal is to prevent Iran from getting nuclear weapons," the source told the newspaper. "Nowhere does he accuse the Iranians of any bad behavior… Nowhere in the interview does he talk about the importance of consultations with American allies in the region.
The source noted that restrictions on Iran's nuclear activities phase out over the next decade. He said Malley was too solicitous toward Iran, drawing an equivalence between the United States and the Islamic republic.
"He’s acting like he’s from the UN, saying both sides have distrust of each other," the official said.
"Is it fair to say the burden is equal on both sides, or do you look at Iran as having the greater burden of proof here?" host Judy Woodruff asked Malley Friday. "I don't look at it in either way. I think it's an issue of whether both sides can take the steps that are necessary to come back into compliance," Malley said. He added, "When there's an understanding that both sides are comfortable with, that's when there will be a deal."
The State Department could not immediately be reached for comment.
https://www.foxnews.com/world/israel-troubled-by-american-stance-toward-iran-report
:: 4-5-21 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Putin signs law allowing him 2 more terms as Russia’s leader
By VLADIMIR ISACHENKOVtoday
MOSCOW (AP) — Russian President Vladimir Putin on Monday signed a law allowing him to potentially hold onto power until 2036, a move that formalizes constitutional changes endorsed in a vote last year.
The July 1 constitutional vote included a provision that reset Putin’s previous term limits, allowing him to run for president two more times. The change was rubber-stamped by the Kremlin-controlled legislature and the relevant law signed by Putin was posted Monday on an official portal of legal information.
The 68-year-old Russian president, who has been in power for more than two decades — longer than any other Kremlin leader since Soviet dictator Josef Stalin — said he would decide later whether to run again in 2024 when his current six-year term ends. He has argued that resetting the term count was necessary to keep his lieutenants focused on their work instead of “darting their eyes in search for possible successors.”
The constitutional amendments also emphasized the primacy of Russian law over international norms, outlawed same-sex marriages and mentioned “a belief in God” as a core value. Nearly 78% of voters approved the constitutional amendments during the balloting that lasted for a week and concluded on July 1. Turnout was 68%.
Following the vote, Russian lawmakers have methodically modified the national legislation, approving the relevant laws.
Full Coverage: Russia
The opposition criticized the constitutional vote, arguing that it was tarnished by widespread reports of pressure on voters and other irregularities, as well as a lack of transparency and hurdles hindering independent monitoring.
In the months since the vote, Russia has imprisoned the country’s most prominent opposition figure, Alexei Navalny,
The 44-year-old Navalny was arrested in January upon his return from Germany, where he spent five months recovering from a nerve-agent poisoning that he blames on the Kremlin. Russian authorities have rejected the accusation.
In February, Navalny was sentenced to 2 1/2 years in prison for violating the terms of his probation while convalescing in Germany. The sentence stems from a 2014 embezzlement conviction that Navalny has rejected as fabricated — and which the European Сourt of Human Rights has ruled to be unlawful.
His team says Navalny had lost a substantial amount of weight even before he started a hunger strike Wednesday to protest authorities’ failure to provide proper treatment for his back and leg pains.
Navalny complained about prison officials’ refusal to give him the proper medications and to allow his doctor to visit him. He also protested the hourly checks a guard makes on him at night, saying they amount to sleep deprivation.
In an Instagram post Monday, Navalny said that three of 15 people in his room at the penal colony were diagnosed with tuberculosis. He noted that he had a strong cough and a fever of 38.1 Celsius (100.6 Fahrenheit).
Later on Monday, the newspaper Izvestia carried a statement from the state penitentiary service saying Navalny was moved to the prison colony’s sanitary unit after a checkup found him having “signs of a respiratory illness, including a high fever.”
In an acerbic note, Navalny said he and other inmates studied a notice on tuberculosis prevention that underlined the importance of strengthening immunity with a balanced diet — advice that contrasted with a prison ration of “glue-like porridge and frozen potatoes.”
:: 4-5-21 BBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Jordan's Prince Hamzah vows to defy 'house arrest' orders
Published 6 hours ago
The former crown prince of Jordan has said he will defy government orders to stop communicating with the outside world and remain indoors.
Prince Hamzah bin Hussein, 41, said he had been placed under house arrest on Saturday in videos given to the BBC.
He was accused of plotting with "foreign entities" to destabilise the kingdom.
The former heir to the throne denies conspiracy, but he has accused Jordan's leaders of corruption and incompetence.
Prince Hamzah was first in line to succeed his half-brother, King Abdullah, as Jordan's head of state until 2004, when he was removed as crown prince. King Abdullah designated his son as heir instead.
In another development, Israeli businessman Roy Shaposhnik, who says he is a personal friend of Prince Hamzah, confirmed he had offered to fly the prince's wife and family to Europe to stay at his house.
He issued a statement after Jordanian Deputy Prime Minister Ayman al-Safadi said such an offer had been made by a man with links to an unnamed foreign security service.
Mr Shaposhnik has reportedly denied ever being a member of Israel's intelligence agency.
What does the prince say? On Sunday, Jordan's opposition released a recording in which a defiant Prince Hamzah said he would not obey orders from the authorities.
"I don't want to make moves and escalate now," he said in the audio recording posted on Twitter.
"But I'm not going to obey when they say you can't go out, you can't tweet, you can't communicate with people [and] you're only allowed to see your family."
"I think it's a bit unacceptable," he added. The public rift between Prince Hamzah and King Abdullah is unprecedented. Tensions within the royal household, however, have reportedly been present for some time. Prince Hamzah's message in full
Jordan is a constitutional monarchy, but the royals play a major role in public life and King Abdullah has extensive powers. He can appoint governments, approve legislation and dissolve parliament.
The country is also a key Western ally, and reports of Prince Hamzah's detention raised fears that the wider region could be destabilised. However, regional powers and Western allies, including the US and UK, have all voiced support for the king.
``````````
Analysis By Lyse Doucet Chief international correspondent
In many a sitting room and in open spaces of Jordan, there has long been chatter about tensions within the royal family and hushed conversations about alleged corruption and misrule. But there has also been relief that Jordan remained a relative rock of stability in a terribly rickety region.
In the past, King Abdullah has dealt with discontent by changing government ministers. But in what is now one of his greatest challenges, he cannot change his family.
Jordanians are expressing shock to see a long-standing fault line crack wide open. And it has clearly rattled neighbours and allies, including other Arab monarchies who have rushed to back the King, and his Kingdom's stability.
The government says the monarch is trying to resolve this, in Hashemite tradition, within the family. But his younger half-brother seems to have decided to break with tradition.
Sources say family members are now trying to mediate to find a way out of this crisis. There are still crucial questions - over this alleged plot designed with foreign entities, and over the extent of Prince Hamzah's ambitions.
2px presentational grey line What are the accusations?
On Saturday, Prince Hamzah released two videos to the BBC in which he claimed he had been placed under house arrest.
In the video, Prince Hamzah said a senior official had told him he was not allowed to go out or communicate with people because of criticisms of the government or king voiced at meetings where he had been present.
The apparent arrest is thought to have followed a visit by the prince to tribal leaders, where he is said to have garnered some support.
"I am not responsible for the lack of faith people have in their institutions," Prince Hamzah said in one of the videos given to the BBC. On Sunday, Deputy Prime Minister Ayman Safadi told a news conference that the prince had been liaising with foreign parties about destabilising the country and had been monitored for some time.
He accused the prince of seeking to mobilise "clan leaders" against the government, adding that the plot had been "nipped in the bud" at the "zero hour".
Mr Safadi said officials had tried to discourage the prince rather than take legal action against him, but Prince Hamzah had "dealt with this request negatively".
He added that at least 16 people, including a former adviser to King Abdullah and another member of the royal family, had been arrested over the plot to "undermine the security" of the country.
But no members of the armed forces were said to be among those detained.
High-level political arrests are rare in Jordan. The country's powerful intelligence agency, however, has gained extra powers since the pandemic began which has drawn criticism from rights groups.
Why did the Israeli businessman get involved?
According to a statement carried by the Israeli privately owned website Walla, Roy Shaposhnik said he had proposed sending a private jet to take the prince's wife and children to Europe where he himself lives.
"Over the weekend, Prince Hamzah told Roy about what is happening in Jordan and Mr Shaposhnik proposed to him to send his wife and children to stay at his house," the statement said.
"Mr Shaposhnik does not have any knowledge of the events that took place in Jordan or of the people involved. The proposal he gave Prince Hamzah was done on the basis of personal friendship between families and out of a wish to help the princess and their children at this difficult moment."
The businessman was quoted by a Walla correspondent as saying he had never been a member of Israel's Mossad intelligence service. This followed a Jordanian media report accusing Mr Shaposhnik of being a former Mossad official.
Who is Prince Hamzah?
The oldest son of the late King Hussein and his favourite wife Queen Noor, Prince Hamzah is a graduate of the UK's Harrow School and the Royal Military Academy at Sandhurst. He also attended Harvard University in the US and has served in the Jordanian armed forces. He was named crown prince of Jordan in 1999 and was a favourite of King Hussein, who often described him in public as the "delight of my eye".
However, he was seen as too young and inexperienced to be named successor at the time of King Hussein's death.
Instead his older half-brother, Abdullah, ascended the throne and stripped Hamzah of the title of crown prince in 2004, giving it to his own son.
The move was seen as a blow to Queen Noor, who had hoped to see her eldest son become king.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-56637430
:: 4-5-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Georgia County to Lose $100M in Tourism After Losing MLB All-Star Game
By Brian Freeman | Monday, 05 April 2021 02:52 PM
Georgia’s Cobb County will reportedly lose more than $100 million in tourism revenue due to Major League Baseball’s decision to move the All-Star Game out of Atlanta over the state's recent election law changes.
Jobs Creators Network CEO Alfredo Ortiz criticized the move by baseball officials on Monday's "Fox & Friends," saying the economic benefit of the game was an "opportunity" for small businesses in the area, especially those owned by minorities, to generate much-needed revenue for an already strained city economy.
"[Georgia] is barely making it out of this pandemic," Ortiz said. "And now they’re faced, under the Biden administration, with potentially higher taxes, a higher minimum wage, more red tape and regulations, and now this."
Ortiz added that the intense political pressure that led baseball officials to relocate the game was due to a "misrepresentation" or an "outright lie" concerning the controversial voting law recently passed in the state.
Ortiz insisted that "The bottom line is that law, it just makes it easy to vote and hard to cheat."
He said he was dismayed that corporations and CEOs have perpetuated the "myth" that led to Major League Baseball’s decision.
Major corporations such as Coca-Cola, Delta Airlines and Uber all spoke out publicly against the law and have supported the decision by baseball officials, mostly using the same rhetoric.
"I expect that out of politicians and political talking heads and operatives, like [President] Joe Biden or [Democratic activist] Stacy Abrams, but I just don’t expect that out of our CEOs or corporations that I think should be held to a higher standard and need to be held accountable," Ortiz said.
Even though the pullout of the game will cause economic losses to her city’s economy, Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms, A Democrat and contender to be Biden's Vice Presidential nominee, backed the decision, writing on Twitter that "Just as elections have consequences, so do the actions of those who are elected.
"Unfortunately, the removal of the All-Star game from GA is likely the 1st of many dominoes to fall, until the unnecessary barriers put in place to restrict access to the ballot box are removed."
Georgia Gov Brian Kemp, who is Republican, defended the law and rejected criticisms from both the White House and corporations, insisting that the Election Integrity Act he helped to pass simply makes it "easy to vote and hard to cheat."
Related Stories:
Baseball's Decision to Move All-Star Game Is Cheered and Jeered
MLB Moving All-Star Game, Draft Out of Ga. Amid Outcry Over Voting Law
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/baseball-allstargame-tourism/2021/04/05/id/1016414/
[ :: 3-25-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target. Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period. Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break. For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.
:: 4-5-21 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Series of earthquakes rattle Los Angeles area
There are no current reports of any damage or injuries.
ByJon Haworth April 5, 2021, 8:19 AM • 1 min read
A series of earthquakes have rattled the Los Angeles area early Monday morning with the biggest being a 4.0 magnitude earthquake centered just east of the Los Angeles International Airport.
According to KABC, the first temblor was recorded around 4:15 a.m. about 1 mile east-northeast of Lennox, California.
This was followed by a 2.5 magnitude aftershock that was recorded only minutes later near to where the initial quake struck.
The third earthquake registered as a 4.0 magnitude quake, according to the United States Geological Survey (USGS), and was centered about a mile east-northeast of Lennox, which shook the area about 30 minutes later at approximately 4:44 a.m. There are no current reports of any damage or injuries.
https://abcnews.go.com/US/series-earthquakes-rattle-los-angeles-area/story?id=76876809
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 3-29-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Record-low temperature of -110°C (-168°F) measured in gigantic super-cold anvil thunderstorm
By Strange Sounds - Mar 29, 2021
We’ve all seen those majestic anvil storm clouds that form on a hot summer’s day, but what do you think is the temperature right at the very top? It’s very cold, obviously; at high altitude it is well below freezing. But would you be surprised to learn it is sometimes below even -100C?
Indeed, scientists have just published research showing the top of one tropical storm cloud system in 2018 reached -111°C (-168°F). This is very likely a record low temperature.
It was seen on 29 December that year, just south of the equator in the western Pacific. The measurement was made by a passing American satellite, Noaa-20. When a powerful upward draft reaches the top of the lower atmosphere, or troposphere, it will normally flatten and spread out to form that classic anvil shape.
But if the storm is very energetic, the upward movement of air can punch through the troposphere’s ceiling, the tropopause, to keep on rising into the stratosphere, the next layer up in the atmosphere. In the 2018 event, the cloud top was at about 20.5km in altitude.
“It’s called an overshooting top,” explains Dr Simon Proud, a Nerc research fellow in satellite remote sensing at the National Centre for Earth Observation and Oxford University, UK.
“Overshooting tops are reasonably common. We get them over the UK as well, sometimes – like last August when we had a number of massive storms. But this was a very big overshoot. Normally, an overshooting top cools by about 7°C for every kilometer it goes above the tropopause; and this one was about 13°C or 14°C cooler than the tropopause – so, a pretty big overshoot,” he told BBC News. The new results were published in the journal Geophysical Research Letters
The contributing factors
Although big storms in that part of the Pacific are frequent around the December-January timeframe, this one seemed to get an extra boost. In part, this came from some very warm ocean water in the region, but there was help too from a phenomenon meteorologists refer to as the Madden-Julian Oscillation. The MJO is an eastwards-moving zone of winds that can accentuate wet and dry weather.
What’s noteworthy, however, is the hint in the long-term data that these super-cold thunderstorms may be increasing in frequency.
There have been as many such events across the globe in the past three years as there were in the 13 years before that. That’s relevant as, in general, the colder the storm, the more likely it is to produce hazardous weather, such as lightning and flooding.
“The storm we report on was in the middle of nowhere, and just as well,” says Dr Proud.
“If you’d been there you would have got drenched and very probably a load of hail on your head as well – and a lot of lightning.
“Over the last 20 years, it seems these super-cold thunderstorms are becoming a little bit more common. It’s interesting that in this part of the world, the tropopause is actually getting warmer, so we might expect to see warmer clouds, not colder clouds, which likely means we’re seeing more extreme storms as we’re getting even bigger overshoots than we used to.” [BBC]
Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).
You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!
https://strangesounds.org/2021/03/record-low-temperature-thunderstorm.html
[ :: 4-22-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see. Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc
:: 3-29-21 KOMO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
143 mph wind gust recorded atop Mt. Rainier Sunday
by Scott Sistek | KOMONews.com Meteorologist Monday, March 29th 2021
MOUNT RAINIER NATIONAL PARK, Wash. -- Wind gusts of 40-60 mph raked the lowlands Sunday, but that couldn't hold a candle to what happened at top Mt. Rainier.
In fact, I'm not sure you could hold on to much of anything: A wind gauge at Camp Muir up at 10,100 feet recorded an incredible gust of 143 mph Sunday afternoon.
It was part of 14 consecutive hours of the gauge recording a gust of 100 mph or more. The 143-mph gust came amid a sustained wind report of 119 mph which would put it squarely on par with a Category 3 hurricane on the Saffir-Simpson scale. Gusts were reported up to 94 mph at Chinook Pass, and around 70 mph in lower levels in the mountains, including Crystal Mountain and Sunrise camp on Mt. Rainier; both around 6,800 feet. Snoqualmie Pass amid the snow hit a gust of 64 mph.
Down in the lowlands, the peak gust was 59 mph recorded in Coupeville on Whidbey Island and in Port Townsend. Here are some of the other gusts registered over 50 mph:
Camano Island 58 mph
Ferndale: 56 mph
Shelton: 54 mph
Everett: 53 mph
Hansville: 53 mph
Hood Canal Bridge: 51 mph
Port Angeles: 50 mph
Tacoma Narrows Bridge: 50 mph
The storm knocked a tree into a home in Everett and blown trees and power lines closed multiple sections of U.S. 101 for a bit on the Olympic Peninsula. Over 3,500 lost power in the greater Puget Sound area.
The storm lasted nearly all day Sunday but tapered off rather quickly and gusts by daybreak Monday atop Camp Muir were to a whopping 27 mph.
https://komonews.com/weather/scotts-weather-blog/143-mph-wind-gust-recorded-atop-mt-rainier-sunday
:: 3-29-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Major Shift Warning—Why Did U.S. Policy Just Go Full “H-I-T-L-E-R”
31,393 views
•Mar 29, 2021 Lisa Haven 486K subscribers
Get My Patriot Supply Today: http://www.preparewithlisa.com
Save $50 On 4 Week Food Supply Kit!
Upcoming Conference Extinction Protocol Globalist To Initiate Tribulation! Virtual Conference June 11th-12th! Get Tickets Now: https://www.gensix.com/
SIGN UP FOR RESTRICTED REPUBLIC: https://restrictedrepublic.com
14 DAY FREE TRIAL INCLUDED
Subscribe to My Website at:
Find Me On Social Media:
Gab- https://gab.com/Lisa_Haven
Bitchute- https://www.bitchute.com/channel/qbnh ...
Parler- https://parler.com/profile/LisaHaven/ ...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RDDBygatpa4
:: 3-29-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CONSERVATIVE AMERICANS LONE REMAINING OPTION FOR SURVIVAL
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, March 29, 2021 - 10:54.
It was abundantly clear, in 2018, that the globalists were escalating their timetable to establish a New World Order and they are in a hurry to achieve this goal. The globalists found a formula that worked when they stole the 2018 Midterm Elections. The Republicans, and especially Trump, did nothing to counter Democratic Party election fraud. The emboldened globalists are intensified their 2018 approach to election theft and subsequently, the 2020 Election was already decided. Now, the Democrats (ie Bolsheviks) have memorialized the process of election theft and there will never be another free election in this country. Josef Stalin is smiling in Hell as he once said, “I don’t care who votes, I only care who counts the votes.”
The globalists are winning on every front. Our pastors are compromised, the MSM and social media are controlled, business and banking are controlled, our leaders have forsaken the people and last year during the beginning of the lockdowns, Donald Trump has changed his goal from Making America Great Again to Making Himself Safe Again as he lives his life in regret as he willingly gave up his Presidency when covid arrived. The freedom fighters of America are on their own with no visible means of support from anyone in a position of power. And despite the fact that the Globalists are controlling every aspect of America with all of their perversions and unconstitutional lockdowns, America be “woke” but we have not yet awakened. That day is quickly coming and it is only due to the fact that we will not be given a choice. All conservatives are being placed on what Sun Tzu called “death’s ground” where we will be forced to fight or lay down and die.
There is a caveat to the seemingly inevitable purge that is coming our way, the globalists may be about to discover what this nation should have learned from the Vietnam War. You can win every battle, but that does not mean that you will win the war. American Patriots will soon collectively realize that we have entered a generational war, a perpetual guerilla war with no end in sight. The collective consciousness to this inevitability, has not yet gripped the nation’s conservatives, but that moment is arriving. The globalists, through the Democratic minions have stolen our government, the election process, already wrecked the economy and have already handed key segments of our country to the CHICOMS. Biden is a CHICOM owned asset and given the opportunity, he will sell his country out to the CHICOMS.
I was recently interviewing Doug Hagmann and I asked him a fundamental question that many of us are asking: “Have we lost America and is it possible to get it back?” This article is dedicated to shedding light on this question. Some Conservatives Have a Backbone
There are some of us who will never quit until we draw our last breath. There are an estimated 5-10% of this nation that will never submit to the satanic tyranny we are witnessing every single moment of every single day in America. This is a major problem for the global elite. Mark my words, they will be resorting to some very draconian tactics in an attempt to eradicate the resistance. Detention camps and genocide is likely in our future. Refer to Bill Ayers comments on this topic. The Globalists Are In a State of Panic
Speaking to those of you who are awake, you must realize that the odds favor the fall of America and the total and tyrannical takeover of the nation by Godless and very evil forces. The 2020 Election was stolen by Google and social media minions along with the millions of illegal aliens cast votes, ballot harvesting, fabricated mail-in ballots and I did not even mention the corrupt voting machines. America, you have already lost the election and the sooner you realize this, the sooner you can decide if you are going to fight or capitulate.
The hope of a decisive victory over the globalist takeover of America under the leadership of Trump is gone. We need to think of ourselves as the new and modern-day version of the Viet Cong who did not know the meaning of the word, quit. We have entered into a generational battle for the control of our lives. Can the Tribulation be that far off? The military is not capable of standing up to the globalists. They are too woke and you cannot win a war with transsexuals in the foxholes.
The major reason that the globalists have to speed up their takeover is due to the fact that that an increasing number of people who are waking up to their tyranny and their ultimate agenda which consists of establishing a neo-feudal society which is autocratic, decidedly satanic, devoid of personal liberties, practices 100% control over all essential resources (e.g. gold, guns, ammunition, food, water, energy, medicine) and a 90% reduction of the existing population. Unfortunately, America there are not enough of you who are awake and therefore, our numbers are insufficient to stop what is coming. Google and social media are determined that this will never happen. Thus, extreme censorship is the present globalist weapon of choice. This is why we must begin to recognize ourselves for what we are becoming, a guerilla resistance force. There is no other option. Our rights are gone and there is no longer any rule of law. Our country is being destroyed by Executive Orders and the spirit of Satan that has invaded our governmental leaders.
From a battle perspective our people occupy no land, no political position, we pass no laws, our elections are coronation ceremonies for the selected, not the elected. Google has set themselves up to steal every election. Your Christian faith will soon put a big target on your back. And this is only the short list.
The Price of Capitulation
If you are one of the 10% selected few designated to survive in the coming globalist purge, you will own nothing, not even the clothes on your back, and you will control nothing. Like many of your Middle Ages ancestors, you will not travel, only be functionally educated and you will only reproduce when allowed to do so and with whom is selected for you. The survivors will become the globalist breeding stock. You will have no autonomy over career choice. Your future will consist of nothing but a predetermined and shortened life-span of misery as the selected elite expand their lifespans through Transhumanism. This is the America our children are going to inherit.
There is cause for celebration. We should be and some people are celebrating the fact that we have survived to fight another day. We have not yet been exterminated. Resistance is obedience to God.
Make no mistake about it America, we are losing, but we are awaiting reinforcements. Unfortunately, the reinforcements arrival is as of yet, unannounced, as we do not yet know the hour of the day that the Lord Jesus will return and set things right. Therefore, my fellow Americans, we, the honorable and good people of this country, have been relegated to guerilla warfare where it is a victory to survive and fight another day in the name of liberty and Jesus.
The Accelerated Timetable
Back in 2011, Brzezinski stated "that it is easier to kill million people than to control a million people". Brzezinski was one of the most brilliant, albeit evil, minds in the modern era, In his book, Between Two Ages: The Technotronic Era (1970), he accurately foresaw the coming free trade agreements and the subsequent economic decline of America.
I have often wondered why sites like mine are allowed to exist. After all, the Independent Media is hitting home runs in terms of exposing the nature and character of the Deep State. I believe that sites like this continue to flourish because at the end of the day, it will not matter. The Globalists have already figured that they have already won and they are engaged in mop up operations. Google’s censorship, election meddling, constitutes the ultimate mop up operation.
The Bill of Rights One surface examination of the Bill of Rights will tell America just how far we, as a people have fallen.
1st Amendment- Any time an American expresses their opinion related to the repeated violation of Constitution by the globalists who have seized control of our government, that person is labeled as a conspiracy theorist, a promoter of fake news, a Russian subversive, a racist, and disloyal to the country. Every day, people are losing their jobs for expressing their views. The First Amendment is headed towards extinction and Google is leading the charge towards a genocidal existence as facilitated by the Democratic Party. The forbidden topics on social media continue to expand and some of these forbidden topics include 2020 election theft, continued election theft for the foreseeable future, vaccine injuries and death, illegal immigration, gun confiscation moves by the Democrats, criticism of the lack of scientific rigor in the climate change movement and the glorification of all relationships that do not culminate in procreation.
There is a continual assault on the Second Amendment. California passed a bill that outlawed gun magazines that hold 10 bullets or more. Now California is conducting background checks on the sale of bullets. Why does the government so desperately want to remove the right to own guns? Hint: We better look at HR 1, before we allows it to pass due to our cognitive dissonance and resulting bystander apathy! The answer is simple with regard to the motivations for gun control, when it comes time for the Deep State to separate the desirables from the undesirables, it would be time to defend oneself. However, the government wants to take that away. Remember, the University of Hawaii conducted a Democide study (ie death by government) and in the 20th century, far more people were murdered by their government than died in wars. That makes your government your number one enemy. And now, the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals has ruled that Americans do not have the right to open or conceal carry.
The Third Amendment has to do with the Quartering Act in which Americans were forced to share their homes and food with British soldiers. There doesn't seem to be a threat to this Constitutional prohibition. However, in times of declared national emergency, FEMA can commandeer any resource they want including your home. Please be aware, when the socialists takeover in 2020, you will own nothing, including the home you now live in.
The Fourth Amendment has to do with prohibiting improper, warrantless searches and seizures of our persons and our property. Every time you fly, and the TSA puts their grubby hands on our bodies without and probable cause and commits second degree sexual assault, we have had a our rights violated. No knock raids upon our domiciles are also unconstitutional as are drunk driving checkpoints because the presume guilt without probable cause. The mere fact that the government, usually in the form of the NSA can listen to every phone call and read every email, speaks to our right was obliterated beginning with President Bush and the Patriot Acts. The most stunning development has to do with the fact that we have learned that the Biden administration is in full support of vaccine passports. Soon, you will not be able to buy or sell without the passport.
The Fifth Amendment has to do with the government following due process. The amendment states that a citizen cannot be deprived of life, property or liberty with the government following due process of law. The Fifth Amendment is gone. The NDAA permits the government, based on the say-so of the President to snatched off of the street and held indefinitely without legal counsel or anyone knowing where that citizen is. I fear that the noncompliant refusers of vaccines, will soon learn the meaning of FEMA camp policies, especially FM 39.4 and the legal façade of the NDAA.
7. 8. These amendments have to do with a speedy trial, avoiding cruel and unusual punishment and the right to a speedy trial as well as being granted a jury trial. Again, the NDAA takes care of these rights as well.
The last two Amendments have to do with the preservation of local political power. These Amendments are gone as well. IF these amendments were still in place, we would not have the Federal Reserve, the IRS, the EPA, the FDA and the Department of Education.
Conclusion
This article will not be popular among some of the patriots who still believe in the pie-in-the-sky. Some need to worship super leader who will swoop in and save the day. The Trump experiment, that I admit I fully supported, is over. If Trump was truly in control, we would have one million soldiers on our southern border and Pelosi, AOC, Feinstein and Clinton would be in prison.
Name one thing that the Republicans are presently doing to save this country? Weren't you supposed to stop believing in Santa by the age of 8? Our borders are collapsing by design and under the supervision of the Democratic Party. We are being invaded by millions who know nothing of our Constitution, culture, and way of life. Our economy is in a state of near collapse. The lockdowns obliterated our Constitution. We have domestic terror groups like Antifa, that carry out their evil with absolute impunity. Ike and JFK would have sent in the troops to Portland and arrested the communist, criminal mayor along with the Antifa thugs. We see the Democrats calling for the imprisonment of anyone who speaks out against Congress. Tens of thousands of troops are being amassed on both our northern and southern borders awaiting opportunity and orders. Those would be the troops facing NORTH. And South. Where are the pastors, the Republicans, anyone? America, we are on our own. Perhaps you should read the Book of Revelation.
To those who are awake, keep fighting the fight America, but realize you have been relegated to being a guerilla fighter. You are represented by nobody and nobody in power truly supports your silly notions of liberty. The globalists are laughing at you! When you seriously reflect on this comment, will it cause you to fight with more resolve, or will you be sending your future political donations to the Democratic Party? Thomas Paine would have called many of you liberty imposters, "sunshine patriots".
Those of us that choose to cross the line drawn at places like the Alamo, you should realize that most guerilla forces perish. The Vietnamese people lost 4 million people, but they refused to quit. Will we, who are quickly being relegated to a guerilla force, have the same resolve? Help is on the way in the form of Jesus Christ, but can you persevere until then? The Bible demands we do not capitulate to the tyranny.
What am I going to do? I am going to fight like hell. My life may end like Jim Bowie, bedridden, fighting Mexican soldiers at the Alamo or its equivalent. But at least Bowie and myself will have died like men, not like the collaborators in Congress and the entertainment industry whose lives will end like the Brown Shirts of Nazi Germany.
So, your may wonder how Doug Hagmann answered my question with regard to issue of the possibility to recapture the country. He said what many of us know, not without a fight. However, I contend that the war will consist of a force that are good little Democrat minions by day and fierce warriors by night.
Most don’t realize it yet, but they soon will, American conservatives will soon be left with two options: (1) acceptance of the coming genocidal purge; and, (2) Guerilla warfare…never give up your guns for any reason. PRAY, AND PLEASE REALIZE THAT IF YOU PUT ON THE ARMOR OF GOD, YOUR ULTIMATE VICTORY WILL BE REALIZED. IN THE MEANTIME, WE CANNOT ACQUIESCE TO TYRANNY!
More on this topic will be forthcoming.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
:: 3-29-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Situation Update, Mar 29: Demons MATERIALIZING in start of epic WAR against humanity
Monday, March 29, 2021 by: Mike Adams
(Natural News) As we are seeing in widely shared media reports and surveillance photos, humanoid-shaped demons are now increasingly materializing as a run-up to Satan’s war against humanity. Corporations like Nike are openly promoting “Satan shoes” that are covered in Satanic imagery and claim to contain one drop of actual human blood.
Hollywood and the music industry are doubling down on their open worship of Lucifer, and the DEMONcrats are making sure that open borders child trafficking remains in full operation so that a steady supply of children can be made available to them for child sacrifice and satanic rituals involving live blood and adrenochrome extraction.
Vaccine companies, meanwhile, are announcing the start of vaccine medical experiments on six-month old infants using vaccines made with aborted human fetal tissue, which is one way that Satan worshipers are able to “claim” children for Satan. Adding to the demonic assault on humanity, Netflix is about to ban all pro-Christ films and documentaries, even while accelerating its schedule for rolling out witchcraft shows for children.
We are now living in a full-on demonic, luciferian assault against humanity and God, and nothing is going to get better until Christ’s return.
In order to survive the Tribulation years, we will have to:
Survive the total collapse of complex society, including the collapse of the power grid, the internet, electronic financial systems and complex supply lines.
Survive all the multiple vectors of weapons now being deployed against humanity, including weaponized vaccines, terrorist government operations, censorship, fluoride, chemtrails, pesticides and fear-inducing journo-terrorism from the corporate media.
After the collapse of the infrastructure, we will also need to survive the zombie wave emanating from the left-wing cities, where the Satan-worshiping, unprepared masses will fan out, looking for food and souls to consume as they wreak havoc and destruction across the land (a plague of human locusts).
Once you’ve survived the zombie death wave, you still need to survive God’s judgement, which means you need to be right with God before the final Day of Reckoning arrives. Otherwise, all your preparedness and survival efforts will count for nothing as you are judged unworthy of God’s protection and sent to Hell for eternity, to sit alongside Fauci and the Clintons forever. (Ugh, the thought…)
Today’s Situation Update podcast covers all this and much more. Listen and share everywhere:
Brighteon.com/c3eb6d3e-f254-4003-a35a-56d3035312da
:: 3-30-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Remember those "Domestic Terrorists" in Plot to Kidnap Michigan Governor . . . . Charges DISMISSED
Nation Hal Turner 30 March 2021 Hits: 9400
Three men in Michigan who were arrested by the FBI as "Domestic Terrorists" and accused of planning to kidnap Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmere, are free today after a Judge DISMISSED the charges against them.
It turned out that the ring leader in the alleged plot to kidnap wretched Governor Gretchen Whitmer was an FBI informant who was planted into the group and was the one who pushed the entire plan.
The FBI was spying on lower, middle-class Americans and setting them up on terrorism charges.
The FBI then later arrested one of their own informants in the plot, and did so as Antifa-BLM rioted and pillaged cities across the US. . . for which the FBI at the time made NO ARRESTS.
Charges were dropped against three defendants earlier today in Michigan.
On Monday Michigan Judge Michael Klaeren dropped terrorism charges against three men in the case. The Detroit News reported:
Three men accused in an alleged plot to kidnap Gov. Gretchen Whitmer will not face false report or threat of terrorism charges, a Jackson County judge ruled Monday.
Judge Michael Klaeren of 12th District Court in Jackson dismissed the charge against Joseph Morrison and Pete Musico, both of Munith, and declined a request by prosecutors to add it to the charges against Paul Bellar, of Milford.
“There has to be some form of intent here to incite mayhem,” said Judge Michael Klaeren of 12th District Court in Jackson.
The charge carried a possible penalty of 20 years in prison.
Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you,
:: 3-30-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Navy training reportedly condones Black Lives Matter advocacy at work
By Lia Eustachewich March 30, 2021 | 9:07am | Updated
Navy sailors are allowed to advocate for Black Lives Matter at work because the military branch sees the organization as a “public policy issue” — and not “politically partisan,” according to a new report.
The guidance was doled out in the Navy’s “extremism” training slideshow, which asked whether BLM was considered “political stuff” that was off-limit discussion in the workplace, Fox News reported.
But the Navy said talk about BLM was fair game, according to the slides, which were obtained by Fox News from an official who took part in the Pentagon training.
“Advocating for or against a public policy issue (as here) is authorized as long as the behavior is otherwise lawful and the advocacy is not politically partisan in nature (e.g. it doesn’t specifically address a political party),” the slide says. “If the discussions make you uncomfortable, discuss the matter with your boss or another supervisor.”
BLM leadership has made their ideologies crystal clear in the past.
“We are trained Marxists,” said co-founder Patrisse Cullors in a 2015 video. “We are super-versed on, sort of, ideological theories. And I think that what we really tried to do is build a movement that could be utilized by many, many black folk.”
And last year, a BLM mob harassed guests leaving the Republican National Convention at the White House, calling them “racists” while also clashing with police at the scene. Asked on at a press briefing Monday whether BLM chat at work was “considered partisan,” Pentagon press secretary John Kirby said he was “not able to answer that question.”
He said the discussion as to why could “go down a rabbit hole in a million different things.”
“What we’re trying to get after here is the kind of ideology that inspires conduct and behavior. … And it’s not about one side or the other on the aisle,” said Kirby. “It’s not about what God you worship or choose not to worship. It’s about ideology that inspires you or can inspire others to bring harm inside the force.
“And that’s what we’re trying to get after,” he said. But the Pentagon was taking its fight against extremism “seriously,” Kirby said, adding that it was “a hard problem to get our arms around.”
“I’m not going to be able to come to the podium this week, next week or the week after with a plan and say, ‘This is it. This is how this is how it’s defined,’” Kirby said.
“And this is exactly how deep the problem is. This is going to be something and Secretary Austin has made very clear he’s going to work on every day that he’s the Secretary of Defense.
“It’s not something that you can take your foot off the pedal on.”
https://nypost.com/2021/03/30/navy-training-condones-black-lives-matter-advocacy-at-work/
:: 3-30-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Supreme Court Shields Hillary Clinton from Deposition Over Email Server
SCOTUS blocks Judicial Watch's efforts to depose former secretary of state
By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 30th March 2021 @ 3.00pm
The United States Supreme Court has shielded Hillary Clinton from facing a deposition over her alleged misuse of classified emails while she served in the Obama administration.
On Monday, the highest court in the land rejected the effort by political watchdog group Judicial Watch to depose the former secretary of state.
Judicial Watch had filed an appeal against a federal appeals court ruling from last year.
In August 2020, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia had sided with Clinton and stated that the top Democrat could not be forced to sit for a deposition to answer questions about her unsecured email server. This week, in an unsigned order issued with no comment, the justices denied the appeal, keeping in place the previous ruling.
The controversy over Hillary's emails has now been ongoing for several years.
Judicial Watch had wanted to depose Clinton, her aide Cheryl Mills, and other State Department employees over Clinton’s use of an unsecured personal email server.
Clinton and her aides are accused of using the private server for classified information.
The case seeks public access to State Department emails.
Clinton’s emails were subject to multiple investigations that have all ultimately fizzled away.
An FBI investigation declined to charge her with violating federal record-keeping requirements or other crimes, despite clear evidence of violations. Clinton’s emails were also a major political issue in her failed 2016 bid against President Donald Trump.
Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton issued a statement blasting the Supreme Court over the ruling.
Fitton accused the court of upholding a “double standard” and undermining faith in public institutions.
“Hillary Clinton ignored the law but received special protection from both the courts and law enforcement,” he said.
“For countless Americans, this double standard of justice has destroyed confidence in the fair administration of justice.”
This case is Judicial Watch Inc. v. Clinton, No. 20-1051 in the Supreme Court of the United States.
:: 3-29-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Biden regime becomes the new government TERROR as surveillance state targets whites, patriots and Trump supporters for tracking and interrogations
Monday, March 29, 2021 by: JD Heyes
(Natural News) It didn’t take Joe Biden’s Marxist handlers long to settle into their roles as natural tyrants, as evidenced by the fact that they are planning to use all levers of government to quash remaining political opposition, even if it means neutering some 75 million Americans who did not choose them in November.
Politico reported last week that the Department of Homeland Security is looking at monitoring travel of so-called ‘domestic extremists’ and also unconstitutionally restricting travel for said individuals by adding them to the FBI’s “No Fly List” that, up to now, had been reserved solely for foreign terrorist suspects.
Law enforcement sources told the outlet that the additional monitoring would be part of the Biden regime’s mounting war on conservatives, patriots, and pro-Trump voters by treating them as national security threats rather than fellow citizens.
“They’re also part of broader conversations in government about how to use tools developed for the Global War on Terror to combat domestic extremism. And, if past is prologue, the approach could prove politically contentious,” Politico reported. The site added:
The department could begin analyzing the travel patterns of suspected domestic extremists, monitor flights they book on short notice and search their luggage for weapons, a senior law enforcement official told POLITICO. There have also been discussions about putting suspected domestic violent extremists — a category that includes white supremacists — on the FBI’s No Fly List, the official said. When suspected extremists travel internationally, officials may be more likely to question them before they pass through customs and to search their phones and laptops.
A second law enforcement official told POLITICO that conversations about monitoring domestic extremists’ travel have involved multiple federal agencies at the interagency level, including the FBI.
“Domestic violent extremism poses the most lethal, persistent terrorism-related threat to our homeland today,” said a DHS spokesperson after the agency was asked to comment. “DHS is committed to improving security and is reviewing options for enhancing screening and vetting protocols and travel pattern analyses, consistent with privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties.”
Meanwhile, Politico reported that the FBI did not provide any comment, which leaves the distinct impression that yeah, the bureau is going to continue allowing itself to remain politicized, especially now that another authoritarian-minded Democratic regime is back in power.
DHS officials are said to be focused on international travel tied to ideologically motivated actions such as the Capitol riot (Politico, like all left-wing news sites, incorrectly deemed the Jan. 6 incident an “insurrection,” which it clearly was not), according to one source.
“An unclassified U.S. intelligence assessment released earlier this month highlighted the intelligence community’s interest in domestic extremists’ international travel,” Politico reported.
Republicans are incensed, as they should be, because they know what the Biden regime is doing: Falsely blaming all Trump supporters for the stupidity of a few who stormed the Capitol, and using that as justification for destroying our remaining civil liberties. (Related: Media-generated racial hatred toward white men fuels riots and mass shootings.)
In a March 18 letter to Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines led by House Intelligence Committee Ranking Member Devin Nunes, GOP members pointed out that the Biden regime’s attempt to use a federal agency to track Americans domestically was a gross violation of the law (not to mention the Constitution).
” It is our view that your office, and the elements of the IC [intelligence community] for which you are responsible under the auspices of the National Security Act and National Intelligence Program, are subject to longstanding prohibitions against domestic activities,” the letter states, according to the Washington Times. “We are alarmed by the lack of explanation provided by the authors to justify the … production of such a report.”
According to the DNI, the report was drafted by the the National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC), which was established to focus on foreign terrorists like al Qaeda and ISIS. Thus, the NCTC’s involvement is a direct violation of the law.
Will Biden care?
Did Obama care when he was spying on Americans, including Donald Trump and his campaign?
See more reporting like this at Tyranny.news.
Sources include: WashingtonTimes.com Politico.com DomesticTerrorism.news
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-03-29-biden-becomes-new-government-terror-surveillance.html#
:: 3-29-21 Reason :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Basic Income Programs in Marin County and Oakland Exclude White People. Is That Legal?
The answer mostly hinges on how much the government is involved.
Christian Britschgi | 3.29.2021 10:10 AM
Basic income pilot programs are proliferating throughout the San Francisco Bay Area. The goal is to empower poor families with unconditional cash grants. But there's a catch: You aren't eligible if you're white.
Last week, Oakland Mayor Libby Schaaf announced the launch of the Oakland Resilient Families partnership, which will provide 600 families with a $500 monthly cash stipend for the 18 months.
"The poverty we all witness today is not a personal failure, it is a systems failure," said Schaaf. "Guaranteed income is one of the most promising tools for systems change, racial equity, and economic mobility we've seen in decades." The program—modeled off of a similar pilot in Stockton, California—will be eligible to families with at least one child under 18, who are making no more than 50 percent of the area's median income ($59,000 for a family of three), and who are black, indigenous, and/or people of color (BIPOC).
The Resilient Families partnership, while endorsed and promoted by Schaaf and the city government, is funded entirely by philanthropic donations. It will be run by a collection of community groups, including the nonprofits Family Independence Initiative, Mayors for a Guaranteed Income, and Oakland Thrives, a public-private partnership.
A recent study of Stockton's basic income pilot program found that recipients saw their financial security and reported mental well-being rise, reports NPR.
Eligible families will apply online to participate in the program and will be chosen at random. The program is scheduled to start this spring.
It's similar to another basic income pilot being launched in nearby Marin County. That program, reports the San Francisco Chronicle, will provide a $1,000 monthly stipend to 125 low-wage women of color with at least one child over the next two years.
The program will be administered by the Marin Community Foundation, a nonprofit, which is also contributing $3 million to the endeavor. The Marin County Board of Supervisors voted last Tuesday to spend $400,000 on the program.
Oakland's program is probably the better-designed out of the two, says Max Ghenis, founder and president of the UBI Center, a think tank that researches basic income policies.
"Oakland set up smaller amounts and used the budget to expand the population that's being reached, so that's a pretty smart step," he tells Reason, saying that research on cash transfer programs shows that smaller amounts provided to a larger number of people do a better job of alleviating poverty.
The same is true of programs that target families with children, which both Marin County and Oakland do. "The impact [of a cash stipend] on the future well-being and development of those kids is much stronger than alleviating the poverty of adults," Ghenis says.
Transfer programs with strict income cutoffs often discourage recipients from earning more money, as additional wages could cost them even more in benefits. These pilot programs should be able to avoid that perverse incentive, given that once participants are selected, they'll remain eligible for the monthly cash stipend even if their income rises.
Limiting eligibility of these programs by race could well prove legally problematic, says Walter Olson, a legal expert at the Cato Institute. The U.S. and California constitutions, he notes, generally prohibit race-selective programs and public services.
This is particularly true of Marin County's decision to award public funding to its local basic income pilot program.
"The structure of the program is racially discriminatory. It will probably not make it over the threshold for when government is allowed to discriminate," Olson says, telling Reason that governments can generally only discriminate along racial lines when implementing programs narrowly aimed at righting past discriminatory behavior by that same government.
The legal issues around Oakland's basic income pilot are harder to parse, he says, given that it is privately funded and administered, but also heavily promoted by city officials.
"The issue that comes out is, is there state action?" says Olson.
Much of the fleshing out what counts as state action stems from court cases in the post–Jim Crow South, where local and state governments would nominally privatize government services like schools or libraries in order to maintain racially discriminatory rules about their use.
Oakland's basic income pilot could be found to be unconstitutional on similar grounds depending on how active of a role city officials take in administering or directing people toward the program, says Olson.
At the same time, he says, libertarians should be wary of defining state action too broadly.
"By libertarian standards, there ought to be quite a bit of leeway for local government to talk up things, endorse things," says Olson, giving the example of a city closing off streets for a parade honoring a local same-sex college.
While the local government would be prohibited from operating a same-sex college, it shouldn't be so constrained as to not be able to promote it. That's separate from the political question of whether local officials should be endorsing race-selective programs the way Schaaf has.
"The legal controversy is only part of it. I think it's appropriate to have a controversy about what our mayors are getting into when they seem to put a city's endorsement behind these kinds of things," says Olson.
"We've just gone through ten years of agitation about how you should be allowed to have medical studies" that select for race, he says. There's no reason that social experiments should be immune from that same scrutiny.
Ghenis says that race-based eligibility requirements could also undermine public support for basic income proposals.
"I do worry that something like this could be spun as something closer to reparations than [universal basic income]. The polling is much stronger for semi-universal cash relief than it is for reparations," he says. "I think there's a political case and also an external validity case. If ultimately, we want to get to UBI, we need to see how more inclusive programs fare."
[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]
etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand
:: 3-30-21 MizzAzz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are Store Shelves Empty in Your Area Too?
Posted byKlark JoussMarch 30, 2021Posted in Uncategorized
If there’s anything that’s going to identify the COVID-19 pandemic, in most people’s minds, it’s the empty store shelves. As a nation, we are accustomed to being able to go into the store and get anything we need. If our local store doesn’t have it, no problem. There will be another store down the road where we can pick it up.
That’s not the case right now. At least, not from everything I’m seeing. I’ve been taking daily trips to my supermarket, ever since things have started, just so I could watch the shelves empty out. I know that sounds a bit strange, but writing about survival is my work. We’re living through a real-life test of everything I’ve taught for the last 20 years.
To a large part, many of the things which have been selling out make sense, when you take into consideration the current situation. I wouldn’t normally expect meat to sell out, but then, there is no threat to our electrical supply. People can freeze that meat, something we don’t normally expect them to be able to do in an emergency.
But the one that has surprised everyone is the run on toilet paper. Apparently someone decided that they needed to stock up on toilet paper to survive the pandemic. Others saw them doing it and the idea spread. Pure panic buying.
During a SHTF situation, pain could become an annoyance for some, but unbearable for others.
If doctors are scarce and medicine becomes even scarcer, this one little weed, found all over North America and similar to morphine, could be a saving grace. But now it’s gotten to the point that people are buying toilet paper whenever they can, just because the stores are out of it. They want to make sure that they don’t run out of TP. This phenomenon has led to a large collection of memes and jokes on the internet, including the 2020 Commemorative Bling Earrings:
Is there any rationale behind what’s going on, or is it just panic? That seems to be the question.
Since I live in a hurricane zone, I’m used to seeing things fly off the shelves, whenever a hurricane is reported to be heading in our general direction. While that never gets as bad as what I’m seeing now, water, flashlights and a few other items empty out quickly, as people get ready to ride it out. But it’s never as bad as what I’m seeing now.
Experts predict that an EMP strike that wipes out electricity across the nation would ultimately lead to the demise of up to 90% of the population. However, this figure begs an important question: if we were able to live thousands of years without even the concept of electricity, why would we suddenly all die without it?
A Visit to My Local Supermarket
I tried to go to my local grocery store this morning, with the intent of taking pictures of the shelves, before the shoppers arrived. I was then going to return this evening, to show the difference, taking the same shots, from the same locations. The idea was to show that the stores have been restocking overnight, but people are buying things out, as fast as they can stock the shelves.
Here are some pictures I managed to take with my phone of the meat department, the bread area and the frozen foods area: Unfortunately, it is apparently against the store’s policy to allow people to take pictures, so I was asked to leave. The pictures above were taken last week, with my phone, before I knew that I couldn’t do it.
As I waited in line to get in the store, a member of management came out, making announcements. One of those was that the store had only received 23 packages of toilet paper in their overnight delivery. He followed that by saying that another store a few miles away had received a whole trailer load of it. While the line didn’t empty out to go to that other store, a number of people did leave.
Limitations Are Severe The store was only allowing 20 people in at a time, which gave me an opportunity to see the first people coming out of the store. Since stores are running decreased hours, this also means that at the end of the day, when they close their doors at 8:00 tonight, that line will still be just as long, if not longer.
With the amounts of goods being shipped in, the stores are not succeeding in fully restocking overnight. The trucking industry is literally working overtime, trying to move product to the stores, but there just aren’t enough trucks and truckers to meet the demands of everything that everyone is buying. According to one store official I spoke to, they don’t expect to have normal stocking levels back in place until mid-summer, at the rate things are going.
Even if you get in the store, there are category limitations on buying just about everything, from ground beef to canned goods, via the paper goods aisle, of course. So if you’re trying to stock up, this is the wrong time to do so. That would literally require getting in line to get into the store early, an hour before opening time, every single day. This shopper was amongst the first people to get into the store. As you can see, he managed to get toilet paper and water, amongst other items.
I couldn’t see what else they bought, without stopping them and asking. That would require breaking social distancing, so I didn’t bother to do so given the current situation.
A Few Takeaways
Between my conversation with the store’s management, shoppers waiting in line and those in the trucking industry, I’ve got a few final points I’d like to make:
There is no shortage of goods. The problem is getting those goods to the stores fast enough to meet demand.
If you need something, you’d better plan on getting to the store early and waiting in line. I got to the store ½ hour before the store opened and I didn’t get inside the door until 20 minutes after the door opened. By then, some things were already gone.
Many people are panic buying and hoarding because of it. While the levels they are buying are nothing compared to the average prepper, there are a number of them and they’re building their stockpile all at once. That’s increasing the problem.
The current problems with the grocery stores will be lasting until mid-summer.
Any of us who have a stockpile should be using it now, leaving what’s in the stores to those who aren’t prepared.
We (the prepping community) can do the community a lot of good right now, instructing people on how to deal with the problem, without having to panic.
So, how are things in your area? Are the store shelves empty? Are your supermarkets doing any better at restocking than mine are? Are you ready for the next few months?
Today I’d like to share with you a “3-second survival hack” you can use to skyrocket your chances of protecting your loved ones during ANY crisis.
This technique is so powerful it can give you almost superhuman powers during the ugliest nightmares imaginable….
From natural disasters like earthquakes or tornadoes…
To explosive situations like mass shootings or even nationwide martial law.
And It doesn’t matter if you’re out of shape…
Or have no equipment…
Or even if you’re disabled living in a wheelchair.
This technique has been tested and proven by elite soldiers and real world “miracle” survivors from around the world.
https://loope.home.blog/2021/03/30/are-store-shelves-empty-in-your-area-too/
[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 3-30-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"
This Is Not The America Where We Grew Up But What A Country Looks Like Before It's Annihilated: Democrats Have Sacrificed 'Truth' At Their Altar Of 'Pretend Tolerance'
- Those destroying America deserve to be laughed out of power and thrown into the nuthouse
By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline March 30, 2021
America, the land of the free and home of the brave. Not any longer. Americans are less free and less brave. Frankly, we are getting to be the “land of the slave and the home of the knave.”
I don’t recognize this America where Black Lives Matter, Antifa, and similar seditious rabble attack and hijack whole sections of city streets and buildings. Then they loot and burn them to the ground, injuring and killing innocent people while impotent officials nonchalantly watch.
Such actions are additionally loathsome when the culprits wrap themselves in sanctimonious facades when they are actually spineless, un-American, insurgent scum. This is further exacerbated by officials who permit it to go on and on for weeks or months while defending and excusing the malefactors instead of jailing them.
And isn’t it strange that we have federal troops in Washington, D.C. doing nothing while anarchy rules at the southern border and in the hinterlands?
I don’t recognize this America where Columbia University held seven different graduation ceremonies based on race, sexual orientation, income, etc. This is disruptive, disgusting, and divisive. It does not unify. It is also bad education. It shows that most secular universities are majoring in hypocrisy.
I don’t recognize this America where a New York City Judge removed a six-year-old child from a maskless mother who dropped off her kid at school. Furthermore, when she is permitted short supervised visits with her child in her own home, the mom must wear a mask. That judge should be running the county animal shelter, not making decisions that destroy lives and infringe on personal freedom. I don’t recognize this America where a college professor was fired for racism after saying her black students were “predominantly at the bottom of her class.” No one asked if the accusation was true, nor if true, why saying it resulted in racism. As a school teacher decades ago in Indianapolis, I discovered that most of my black students did poorly on tests, verbal skills, book reports, etc. A few years later, when I was the administrator of a large Christian school, that was not true. Why is the professor attacked rather than the school system, curriculum, unconcerned parents, or the students themselves?
But it gets more un-American because the male professor she complained to was pressured to resign for not correcting the above complaining teacher! Note that he did not comment or approve her assessment, and he did not “correct” her. He should have forced the school to fire him, then face their abhorrent actions in court. Instead, the university has launched “a full investigation into her ‘abhorrent’ comments.”
However, there is no plan to correct the inferior performance of her students. No one wants to know why various high schools would graduate such students and why a university would enroll them with such academic records or keep them in school.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying The White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)
But it gets worse. A professor at Georgetown University was dissatisfied with Judge Kavanagh’s Senate Hearings and became deranged and unhinged when she wrote of Republican Senators, “All of them deserve miserable deaths while feminists laugh as they take their last gasps. Bonus: we castrate their corpses and feed them to swine? Yes.”
Surely, she is now serving eggs and hash browns at a Waffle House, but no, Georgetown (Catholic) University was not disturbed with her at all. Every Catholic in America should be demanding the administration and the Board of Trustees be fired yesterday. Moreover, I don’t want my tax dollars awarded to such a school, not grants, loans, etc.
I don’t recognize this America where a musician was forced to apologize after the cancel culture mob learned he had read an anti-Antifa book. The mob is so powerful, plentiful, and pushy that they can bully a musician into apologizing for reading a book, any book! I am surprised that any modern musician would read any book. Even surprised they can read! The pathetic musician promised the cancel culture mob that he would take “time away from the band to examine my blind spots.”
That nauseating statement gagged every buzzard west of the Mississippi.
I don’t recognize this America where students at Southern Baptist Theological Seminary will be required to sign a statement of blind allegiance to government mandates before they are accepted into the school! The statement requires students to “affirm together that we will follow and obey all rules, policies, advisories, and practices required by government authorities, mandated by our institutional responsibility and communicated by institutional leadership.” No exceptions.
Note, this is happening in an alleged Bible-teaching seminary—a Baptist seminary. I wonder what they teach about Daniel refusing to obey the King of Babylon, or Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refusing the king’s edict and going into the fiery furnace as evidence of their faith and independence of thought.
Or what they teach about the original Disciples who told authorities in response to orders to stop preaching, they “ought to obey God rather than men.” They not only refused to obey the local police, but they continued preaching by saying, “The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew and hanged on a tree. Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins.”
Government officials need to hear that kind of preaching from church leaders, not mealy-mouthed, self-serving platitudes from effeminate hirelings afraid of their own shadow.
Evidently, the Southern Baptists are brainwashing young pastors to be lapdogs for the government, not watchdogs who bark warnings. Isaiah 56:10 refers to watchdogs who refuse to bark: “His watchmen are blind: they are all ignorant, they are all dumb dogs, they cannot bark.” Most pastors fear offending anyone by giving warnings, and they consider rebukes as “not Christ-like.” Most preachers are not made of the same stuff as Peter and John but are dumb dogs who refuse to bark. Dumb Dogs—D.D. (That’s one doctorate I don’t want.)
That is not the America where I grew up and not the seminary I would ever recommend.
I don’t recognize this America where the new Equality Act will require churches, schools, hospitals, adoption agencies, etc., to trash their beliefs and accept the government’s mandates about sexual orientation and gender identity. People will be fired for refusing to call a hairy, bearded male pretending to be a female “Miss.” That’s not my America. And I will never do that even if it means prison.
I don’t recognize this America where schools, all schools, will be forced to teach even first-grade students that they can choose their gender. Even parents will be required to accept their children’s gender, even having healthy organs chopped off. Medical personnel will be required to do surgeries on innocent children and prescribe hormone treatment to create the pretended gender.
My sixth-grade-educated father would have said, “This world is crazy as a bedbug.” Dad was a natural philosopher.
I don’t recognize this America where Christian colleges and other religious charities will be forced to hire people who have opposite beliefs and lifestyles abhorrent to the organization’s teachings. I can see a tall, hairy, broad-shouldered man wearing high heels, a dress, and heavy makeup sitting at a secretary’s desk at a Christian university. Not in a school or organization that I run or support.
I don’t recognize this America where a man pretending to be a female in Nevada is now one step closer to being crowned Miss USA. A biological male recently won the Miss Silver State USA pageant—an event considered the biggest preliminary competition for the Miss Nevada USA pageant. Wow, we may see a male win the Miss USA contest.
We now have a man (pretending to be a woman) confirmed by the U.S. Senate to be an Assistant Secretary of Health. He changed his name from Richard to Rachel, but it only made things worse. Richard thought he was a male for forty years; his doctor thought he was a male; his mother thought he was a male, and he looked like a male. His wife and children thought he was a male; his neighbors thought he was a male. Fact is, he looked rather nice as a male, and his/her long hair and lipstick don’t really help him/her at all. Take a look and make up your own mind.
This dude is a psychiatrist! I think he needs to see one or, better yet, spend some time at an old-fashioned altar.
Does that make you proud to be an American and feel secure that he/she is looking after your health?
Those government officials, media moguls, and academics who have destroyed the America where I grew up deserve to be laughed out of every position of power and into the nuthouse where they belong.
No, not my America when truth is sacrificed at the altar of pretended tolerance.
(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent being Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! The eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D.; and visit his blog. Send a request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)
https://allnewspipeline.com/Not_The_America_Where_We_Grew_Up.php
:: 3-30-21 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Deadly Blood Clots Caused by COVID-19 Vaccine
Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked March 30, 2021
Story at-a-glance
As of March 16, 2021, 19 European countries plus Thailand had suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine, either in full or in part, following reports of deadly blood clots
Doctors at Oslo University Hospital have announced the blood clots suffered by three recipients of the AstraZeneca vaccine were in fact caused by the vaccine
According to professor Pål Andre Holme, chief physician at Oslo University Hospital, “Nothing but the vaccine can explain why these individuals had this immune response”
By March 22, 2021, the Norwegian Medicines Agency had received reports of another two lethal blood clots post-vaccination. The agency said they “cannot rule out that these cases may have a connection with the AstraZeneca vaccine”
German investigators believe the blood clots are due to an immune response that triggers thrombosis (blood clots) by activating platelets. The effects are similar to heparin-induced thrombocytopenia type 2, in which antibodies against a protein complex are formed in connection with heparin, which in turn respond to a receptor on the platelets
As of March 16, 2021, 19 European countries plus Thailand1 had suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s vaccine, either in full or in part, following reports of deadly blood clots.2,3 March 2, 2021, The Defender reported4 U.K. data showing the AstraZeneca vaccine was responsible for 77% more adverse events and 25% more deaths than the Pfizer vaccine, which in the U.S. has been connected with a majority of death reports in the Vaccine Adverse Reporting System (VAERS).
AstraZeneca’s vaccine has received emergency use authorization in Europe but not in the U.S., where the Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson vaccines are available. Contrary to the Moderna and Pfizer vaccines, the AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson vaccines use a viral vector to deliver double-stranded DNA for the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into your cells.5
Business Insider has created a comparison chart6 of the four vaccines — Moderna, Pfizer, AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson — currently available in the U.S. and Europe.
Norway Links Lethal Blood Clots to AstraZeneca Vaccine
While virtually all post-vaccination deaths so far have been shrugged off as coincidence, even when occurring in healthy individuals in their 20s and 30s, doctors at Oslo University Hospital have now announced the blood clotting disorders experienced by some recipients of the AstraZeneca vaccine are in fact caused by the vaccine.7 We have the reason. Nothing but the vaccine can explain why these individuals had this immune response. ~ Professor Pål Andre Holme, Oslo University Hospital
A March 18, 2021, article in Science Norway reads, in part:8
“’Our theory that this is a powerful immune response most likely triggered by the vaccine, has been confirmed,’ says professor and chief physician Pål Andre Holme. Three Norwegian health workers under the age of 50 have been hospitalized. One is dead …
‘In collaboration with experts in the field from the University Hospital of North Norway HF, we have found specific antibodies against blood platelets that can cause these reactions, and which we know from other fields of medicine, but then with medical drugs as the cause of the reaction,’ the chief physician explains …
When asked to clarify why he says ‘most likely’ in the quote, Holme confidently responds that the reason for these rare cases of blood clots has been found.
‘We have the reason. Nothing but the vaccine can explain why these individuals had this immune response,’ he states. [Norwegian national newspaper] VG also asks how Holme can know that the immune response is not caused by something other than the vaccine.
‘There is nothing in the patient history of these individuals that can give such a powerful immune response. I am confident that the antibodies that we have found are the cause, and I see no other explanation than it being the vaccine which triggers it,’ he responds.”
The three health workers reported acute pain, bleeding, low platelet counts and were found to have blood clots in “unusual places,” such as their stomachs and brains. Later that same day, March 18, 2021, the European Medicines Agency ruled the AstraZeneca vaccine is “safe and effective, despite some concerns over possible side effects,” CNBC reported,9 and that benefits of the vaccine outweigh the risks.
Meanwhile, March 22, 2021, Norway Today reported the Norwegian Medicines Agency had received two new reports of blood clots with deadly consequences following vaccination with the AstraZeneca vaccine. In a press release, the agency stated that “The Norwegian Medicines Agency cannot rule out that these cases may have a connection with the AstraZeneca vaccine.”10 One of the two victims was a health care worker. German Experts Weigh In
A March 19, 2021, German Spektrum article11 reviews preliminary findings by German investigators, which add further weight to Holme’s findings in Norway. It reads, in part (translation from German using translate.com):
“The effects of the suspended vaccinations with the AstraZeneca vaccine are believed to have been due to a particular immune response that activates platelets and thus triggers thrombosis. This preliminary conclusion is being made by a working group made up of Andreas Greinacher from the University Hospital Greifswald.
The effect corresponds in many details to a heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) type 2,12 in which antibodies against a protein complex are formed in connection with heparin, which in turn respond to a receptor on the platelets …
The team demonstrated the similarity of thrombosis with HIT in the blood of four patients with sinus vein thrombosis. Antibodies appear to form against a complex of heparin and the signaling molecule PF4, which in turn interact with the receptor CD32 of the platelets and thus activate them.
This triggers the clotting cascade, which leads to the thrombosis. The antibodies produced in the vaccinated individuals were very similar to those found in HIT, Greinacher said at a news conference. So far, however, it is still unclear where these antibodies come from, whether they form against the vaccine virus or the spike antigen or perhaps against a factor only involved in the immune response.”
According to Greinacher, people with a history of thrombosis probably do not have a higher risk of complications from the vaccine due to the mechanism of harm. He also points out that there is treatment against HIT, which the team believes “should also work in the case of the suspected vaccination side effect.”
Spektrum reports that, based on these findings, the Society for Thrombosis and Hemostasis Research suggests vaccinated individuals who experience thrombosis or neurological symptoms such as dizziness, headache or visual impairment on the fifth day post-vaccination and onward should be tested for HIT type 2. The HIT type 2 test will detect antibodies against the heparin complex and, if positive, the Society recommends administering intravenous immunoglobulin G to prevent the activation of CD32 and interrupt the mechanism that results in thrombosis.
AstraZeneca Efficacy Data Being Questioned
March 22, 2021, AstraZeneca13 announced its Phase 3 U.S.-based trial showed the vaccine was 79% effective at preventing symptomatic cases of COVID-19 and 100% effective against severe or critical disease and hospitalization, with no increased risk for adverse effects compared to placebo.
According to The Associated Press,14 partial results from trials in the U.K, Brazil and South Africa — where a “manufacturing mistake” had led to some participants receiving only half of their first dose — suggested the vaccine was 70% effective.
The AP goes on to cite a number of individuals saying the U.S. results should allay concerns about the AstraZeneca vaccine. That narrative broke apart the very next day, March 23, 2021, when the U.S. National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) issued a statement15,16,17 first thing in the morning, saying the Data and Safety Monitoring board (DSMB) had notified them that AstraZeneca’s data may include “outdated information” that cast doubt on its effectiveness. As reported by The Defender:18
“Notably, in its most recent data, AstraZeneca neglected to include key information, such as the number of trial participants who developed ‘severe COVID.’ AstraZeneca President Ruud Dobber, during an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Box, said the number was ‘5,’ shortly after the data were released.”
“We urge the company to work with the DSMB to review the efficacy data and ensure the most accurate, up-to-date efficacy data be made public as quickly as possible,” the NIAID said in its statement.19
Dr. Anthony Fauci, who heads the NIAID and was one of the people quoted by the AP as saying the U.S. trial ought to put concerns to rest, went on the defensive, saying “This is really what you call an unforced error because the fact is, this is very likely a very good vaccine. If you look at it the data, they really are quite good, but when they put it into the press release, it wasn’t completely accurate.”20
AstraZeneca responded21 saying the data were based on a “pre-specified interim analysis with a data cut-off” of February 17, 2021, and promised to share more data with the independent review board.
In a Tweet,22 Francois Balloux, professor and director of the UCL Genetics Institute, called the NIAID’s statement “highly unusual,” noting it “comes close to accusing Oxford/AZ of having willfully misrepresented” some of its trial results.
Stephen Evans, professor of pharmacoepidemiology at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, called the NIAID’s statement “unprecedented,” as while the DSMB will “sometimes disagree with investigators over vaccine trial results,” they typically do so “in private,” not publicly.23
This isn’t the first time AstraZeneca has been challenged over its data handling, though. As reported by The Defender:24
“‘The way they handled their data early on, AstraZeneca basically shot themselves in the foot,’ Julian Tang, a virologist at the University of Leicester, said even before the latest issue arose.
AstraZeneca has received criticism over its studies since the first data released in the UK, which purported to show the vaccine was 70% effective, yet failed to account for a manufacturing mistake and didn’t include enough participants over 65 to determine efficacy among older patients …”
Full Throttle Forward Despite Risks
Despite concerns about data mishandling and two independent investigations finding a mechanism of harm, the World Health Organization and the European Medicines Agency are saying the AstraZeneca vaccine is good to go and urge countries to keep using it.
March 18, 2021, the EMA issued a press release25 giving the AstraZeneca the green-light, despite admitting it is associated with “very rare cases of blood clots associated with thrombocytopenia, i.e., low levels of blood platelets.” The justification, as usual, is that the benefits outweigh the risks.26,27,28
But do they? What exactly are the benefits? You can still contract the virus. You can still spread the virus. All it promises to do is lessen your symptoms when you get infected. Sure, the idea is that by lessening symptoms, you’ll reduce your risk of hospitalization and death, but lessening symptoms is not what a vaccine is supposed to do. A vaccine is supposed to make you immune to the disease in question, and none of the COVID-19 vaccines does that.
I’ve discussed this in previous articles, including “COVID-19 mRNA Shots Are Legally Not Vaccines,” “COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’ Are Gene Therapy” and “How COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’ May Destroy the Lives of Millions.”
What’s more, COVID-19 is really only a serious risk to the very old and people with two or more comorbidities. For the rest, its lethality is on par with the common flu.29,30,31,32,33 It may be different in terms of symptoms and complications, but the actual lethality is about the same. Data34 have shown the overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio for all age groups is 0.26%. If you’re under the age of 40, your risk of dying from COVID-19 if you get infected is just 0.01%.
Meanwhile, as reviewed in “COVID-19 Vaccine Tested on Babies Even as Death Toll Mounts,” the lethality rate of COVID-19 vaccines is somewhere between 0.0024% and 0.0028%, and that’s assuming all deaths are being reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), which is doubtful.
The key difference between being harmed or killed by COVID-19 and being harmed or killed by the vaccine is that the illness kills those who are old, sick and frail, while reports show the vaccine is killing young and healthy people. From my perspective, the argument that the vaccine benefits outweigh the risks simply does not hold water.
Side Effects 3X More Common in Those Previously Infected
In related news, according to researchers at King’s College, people who have already had COVID are three times more likely to experience vaccine side effects than those who have not been exposed to the virus, and this appears true for both mRNA and DNA versions of the vaccine.35
They gleaned this information from the college’s ZOE app, which has logged more than 700,000 vaccinations. According to that data, 35.7% of those given the Pfizer vaccine who had previously been infected reported side effects, compared to just 12.2% of those not previously infected.
Looking at the AstraZeneca vaccine specifically, 52.7% of previously infected had side effects, compared to 31.9% of those who had not been previously infected.
While The Telegraph reports this as being a beneficial thing, saying “More severe side effects are often a sign of better immunity, and emerging research suggests just one dose of vaccine gives a similar protective effect to two doses in people who have had a previous infection,” some experts vehemently disagree. Proper Timing May Eliminate Some Vaccine Risks
In January 2021, Dr. Hooman Noorchashm, a cardiac surgeon and patient advocate, sent a public letter36 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration commissioner detailing the risks of vaccinating individuals who have previously been infected with SARS-CoV-2, or who have an active SARS-CoV-2 infection.
He urged the FDA to require prescreening for SARS-CoV-2 viral proteins to reduce the risk of injuries and deaths following vaccination, as the vaccine may trigger an adverse immune response in those who have already been infected with the virus. Fox TV host Tucker Carlson recently interviewed him about these risks as well. In that interview, Noorchashm said:37
“I think it’s a dramatic error on part of public health officials to try to put this vaccine into a one-size-fits-all paradigm … We’re going to take this problem we have with the COVID-19 pandemic, where a half-percent of the population is susceptible to dying, and compound it by causing totally avoidable harm by vaccinating people who are already infected …
The signal is deafening, the people who are having complications or adverse events are the people who have recently or are currently or previously infected [with COVID]. I don’t think we can ignore this.”
In an emailed response to The Defender, Noorchashm fleshed out his concerns, saying:38
“Viral antigens persist in the tissues of the naturally infected for months. When the vaccine is used too early after a natural infection, or worse during an active infection, the vaccine force activates a powerful immune response that attacks the tissues where the natural viral antigens are persisting. This, I suggest, is the cause of the high level of adverse events and, likely deaths, we are seeing in the recently infected following vaccination.”
Noorchashm is now pushing for the implementation of a prevaccine screening campaign (#ScreenB4Vaccine), using PCR or rapid antigen testing to determine whether the individual has an active infection, and an IgG antibody test to determine past infection.
If either test is positive, he recommends delaying vaccination for a minimum of three to six months to allow your IgG levels to wane. At that point, he recommends testing your blood IgG level and use that as a guide to decide the timing of your vaccination. As reported by The Defender:39
“Noorchashm told Carlson that he’s been wrongly accused of stoking vaccine hesitancy, when just the opposite is true — if public health officials want people to trust the vaccines, they need to do everything possible to avoid creating situations where the vaccines can actually cause harm.
‘People aren’t stupid,’ Noorchashm said. ‘If you explain how the vaccine works, and give them the information on how to keep themselves safe,’ that is how you build trust.” What to Do if You Regret Getting the COVID-19 Vaccine
If you already got the vaccine and now regret it, you may be able to address your symptoms using the same strategies you’d use to treat actual SARS-CoV-2 infection. I review these strategies at the end of “Why COVID Vaccine Testing Is a Farce.”
Additionally, if you’re experiencing side effects, please help raise public awareness by reporting it. The Children’s Health Defense is calling on all who have suffered a side effect from a COVID-19 vaccine to do these three things:40
If you live in the U.S., file a report on VAERS
Report the injury on VaxxTracker.com, which is a nongovernmental adverse event tracker (you can file anonymously if you like)
Report the injury on the CHD website The National Vaccine Information Center (NVIC) recently posted more than 50 video presentations from the pay-for-view Fifth International Public Conference on Vaccination held online October 16 to 18, 2020, and made them available to everyone for free.
The conference's theme was "Protecting Health and Autonomy in the 21st Century" and it featured physicians, scientists and other health professionals, human rights activists, faith community leaders, constitutional and civil rights attorneys, authors and parents of vaccine injured children talking about vaccine science, policy, law and ethics and infectious diseases, including coronavirus and COVID-19 vaccines.
In December 2020, a U.K. company published false and misleading information about NVIC and its conference, which prompted NVIC to open up the whole conference for free viewing. The conference has everything you need to educate yourself and protect your personal freedoms and liberties with respect to your health.
Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity. I was a speaker at this empowering conference and urge you to watch these video presentations before they’re censored and taken away by the technocratic elite.
20111202&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1HL&cid=20210330&mid=DM844086&rid=1119931547
:: 3-29-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Miscarriages skyrocket 366% in six weeks due to Covid vaccines
Monday, March 29, 2021 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) Official data released by the British government shows that Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) injections are killing unborn babies at an astounding rate.
The latest Medicines and Healthcare produce Regulatory Agency’s (MHRA) Yellow Card Scheme report, dated Dec. 9, 2020, through March 7, 2021, reveals a whopping 366 percent increase in the rate of miscarriage thanks to Chinese virus jabs.
This is the seventh such report to be released by the MHRA and it clearly shows that Wuhan flu shots are extremely deadly, especially for pregnant women who, for whatever reason, decide to get jabbed.
It is important to note that there is no scientific data to suggest that Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) injections are safe or effective for pregnant women, and yet doctors and health authorities are still administering the shots to expectant mothers, resulting in many of them losing their unborn children.
The British government already warned pregnant women that they might not want to take the jab due to “no or limited” data showing its safety or efficacy in pregnant women. “Animal reproductive toxicity studies have not been completed,” the government admitted, adding that Wuhan flu shots are “not recommended during pregnancy.” Even so, the injections are still being administered to pregnant women in the United Kingdom.
“For women of childbearing age, pregnancy should be excluded before vaccination,” the government added, clearly deterring pregnant women against getting the injection.
“In addition, women of childbearing age should be advised to avoid pregnancy for at least 2 months after their second dose.”
To keep up with the latest news about injuries and deaths caused by Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) injections, be sure to check out ChemicalViolence.com.
Chinese virus injections could taint breast milk, cause infertility
The U.K. government also warned women who have already given birth but are still breastfeeding to avoid the jab because it is currently unknown whether or not the experimental gene therapy chemicals are excreted into their milk.
“A risk to the newborns / infants cannot be excluded,” the warning states. “COVID-19 mRNA (messenger RNA) Vaccine BNT162b2 should not be used during breast-feeding.”
Similarly, the government warned against women taking the jab if they hope to get pregnant any time soon. This is due to the fact that it is unknown whether Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) injections turn a person sterile.
Still, untold numbers of pregnant women in the U.K. chose to get injected anyway, and now they no longer have their babies. This amounts to genocide of the unborn.
“We are still unable to answer why these women were given one of the Covid vaccines against the government’s own advice,” reported the Daily Exposé, a British news outlet.
“But what is truly shocking is how much this number has increased in the six weeks that have unfolded since.”
A closer look at the data in the MHRA’s seventh report actually shows that there has been a 475 percent increase since Jan. 24 in the number of pregnant women who lost their babies after receiving the Chinese virus injection from Pfizer and BioNTech, which permanently alters human genes.
Since the same date, there has been a 150 percent increase in miscarriages due to pregnant women receiving AstraZeneca’s Wuhan flu shot, which is also linked to deadly blood clots.
As it turns out, the U.K. government later “updated” its recommendations for pregnant women to suggest that some of them may still want to get injected despite a total lack of associated science.
Pregnant women should only consider Chinese virus injections “when the potential benefits outweigh any potential risks for the mother and the foetus,” British authorities now claim, leaving it up to pregnant women who are not scientists or doctors to make this critical determination.
Sources for this article include: DailyExpose.co.uk NaturalNews.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-03-29-miscarriages-skyrocket-six-weeks-covid-vaccines.html
:: 3-29-21 Stephen Lendman :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How Many Adverse Events from Covid Mass-Jabbing Are too Many?
Published by Stephen Lendman at March 29, 2021
by Stephen Lendman (stephenlendman.org – Home – Stephen Lendman)
According to the Pharma controlled CDC, from mid-December through March 19, they’ve over 44,600 adverse events from covid mass-jabbing in the US.
Around 7,100 were serious ones, including anaphylactic shock that risks death.
Over 2,000 (avoidable) deaths were reported.
Over roughly the same timeframe, European public health authorities reported over 162,600 mass-jabbing adverse events and nearly 4,000 deaths.
As in the US, the above numbers are the tip of a much larger iceberg of mass casualties and exponentially rising numbers of deaths.
Instead of warning about the hazards of covid mass-jabbing, the CDC, other US public health agencies, their European counterparts and press agent media call for everyone to be inoculated with what no one should touch As explained earlier, CDC data are the tip of the iceberg.
True numbers of mass casualties and deaths in the US are over 100 times greater than the above data suggest.
The risk of harm to health from covid jabbing is unacceptably high both short and longer-term.
What’s going on is unprecedented.
In cahoots with the Trump and now Biden regime, along with Congress, US public health officials OK’d use of rushed to market, experimental drugs that don’t protect against seasonal flu-renamed covid and pose a high risk of contracting the disease and many others.
Over 100 million Americans have been jabbed so far as part of the largest-ever-scale experiment with human health already turning out very badly.
Millions of Americans and countless others abroad were harmed.
Many millions more face contraction one or more major diseases in their lifetime from toxins in covid jabs.
The elderly, others with weakened immune systems, individuals with allergies, pregnant women, others infected with flu, and everyone on a cocktail of drugs with potentially harmful side effects in dealing with one or more serious diseases are most vulnerable to harm from covid jabs.
Medical professionals and scientists — unconnected to Pharma or Western governments — are sounding the alarm against use of hazardous experimental covid drugs.
Preserving and protecting health depends on rejecting them — not playing fast and loose with what’s too precious to lose, and once lost perhaps not being able to regain.
It’s crucial to resist and rebel against US darks forces that aim to destroy public health while helping Pharma cash in big on a bonanza of profits.
Instead of returning to normality ahead, a permanent new abnormal is planned.
It includes state-sponsored dystopia — aka the Great Reset — under hardened, police state enforced totalitarian rule on a fast track toward full-blown tyranny.
What’s planned is what Orwell called a boot stamping on a human face — forever.”
He envisioned a diabolical future in the West and elsewhere that’s unfolding in plain sight.
What was inconceivable long ago when I was a boy, adolescent and youth is now reality.
The choice is clear. Resist and rebel or face Dante’s hell.
There’s no in between.
VISIT MY WEBSITE: stephenlendman.org (Home – Stephen Lendman). Contact at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net .
My two Wall Street books are timely reading:
“How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion, and Class War”
www.claritypress.com/product/how-wall-street-fleeces-america/
https://stephenlendman.org/2021/03/how-many-adverse-events-from-covid-mass-jabbing-are-too-many/
:: 3-29-21 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It’s ‘entirely possible’ vaccine campaigns ‘will be used for massive-scale depopulation’: Former Pfizer VP
Mordechai Sones Mon Mar 29, 2021 - 2:42 pm EST
Introduction by Life Site News journalist Patrick Delaney.
March 29, 2020 (America’s Frontline Doctors) – Dr. Michael Yeadon, a former Vice President and Chief Science Officer for Pfizer, spoke with great urgency to America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS) late last week warning that the drive to inject the largest possible portion of the population with experimental COVID-19 vaccines is “madness,” involves “evil,” includes “crimes against humanity” and may have the intention of “massive-scale depopulation.”
Yeadon’s comments are also made in the broader context of a sharp debate over theories offered by Geert Vanden Bossche, a vaccine expert associated with the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, who, with the appearance of a “whistleblower” has also warned of a “global catastrophe without equal” due to the way these vaccines have been utilized. In short, Vanden Bossche fears these experimental vaccines, which do not prevent infection or transmission of the virus, will foster the development of “dangerous variants” that will be far more lethal to the unvaccinated and vaccinated alike, who, for different reasons, will not have sufficient immunity to protect them.
In addition to the immediate halting of the current vaccination campaign, Vanden Bossche’s proposed solution is yet another worldwide vaccination of a different type.
While Yeadon also fears terrible consequences due to these vaccination campaigns, he strongly disagrees with Vanden Bossche’s theory, and with the proposed solution of more vaccination.
“I think the Gerrt Vanden Bossche story is highly suspect,” Yeadon said. “There is no evidence at all that vaccination is leading or will lead to ‘dangerous variants’. I am worried that it’s some kind of trick.”
Last December, Yeadon, a British national, filed a petition with the European Medicines Agency (EMA) to immediately suspend testing on these experimental vaccines due to many safety concerns, including pathogenic priming, which involves “an exaggerated immune reaction, especially when the test person is confronted with the real, ‘wild’ virus after vaccination.”
In their white paper on the topic, AFLDS warned that such reactions, which can be fatal, “are difficult to prove,” as they are often interpreted as infection with “a worse virus,” or, perhaps, a more dangerous variant.
Having maintained that there is “no need of vaccines” for COVID-19, Yeadon emphasizes below, “PLEASE warn every person not to go near top up vaccines. There is absolutely no need to them.”
America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS) spoke to former Pfizer Vice President and Chief Science Officer Dr. Mike Yeadon about his views on the COVID-19 vaccine, hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin, the regulatory authorities, and more.
At the outset, Dr. Yeadon said: “I’m well aware of the global crimes against humanity being perpetrated against a large proportion of the world’s population.
“I feel great fear, but I’m not deterred from giving expert testimony to multiple groups of able lawyers like Rocco Galati in Canada and Reiner Fuellmich in Germany.
“I have absolutely no doubt that we are in the presence of evil (not a determination I’ve ever made before in a 40-year research career) and dangerous products.
“In the U.K., it’s abundantly clear that the authorities are bent on a course which will result in administering ‘vaccines’ to as many of the population as they can. This is madness, because even if these agents were legitimate, protection is needed only by those at notably elevated risk of death from the virus. In those people, there might even be an argument that the risks are worth bearing. And there definitely are risks which are what I call ‘mechanistic’: inbuilt in the way they work.
“But all the other people, those in good health and younger than 60 years, perhaps a little older, they don’t perish from the virus. In this large group, it’s wholly unethical to administer something novel and for which the potential for unwanted effects after a few months is completely uncharacterized.
“In no other era would it be wise to do what is stated as the intention.
“Since I know this with certainty, and I know those driving it know this too, we have to enquire: What is their motive?
“While I don’t know, I have strong theoretical answers, only one of which relates to money and that motive doesn’t work, because the same quantum can be arrived at by doubling the unit cost and giving the agent to half as many people. Dilemma solved. So it’s something else. Appreciating that, by entire population, it is also intended that minor children and eventually babies are to be included in the net, and that’s what I interpret to be an evil act.
“There is no medical rationale for it. Knowing as I do that the design of these ‘vaccines’ results, in the expression in the bodies of recipients, expression of the spike protein, which has adverse biological effects of its own which, in some people, are harmful (initiating blood coagulation and activating the immune ‘complement system’), I’m determined to point out that those not at risk from this virus should not be exposed to the risk of unwanted effects from these agents.”
INTERVIEWER: In a talk you gave four months ago, you said:
The most likely duration of immunity to a respiratory virus like SARS CoV-2 is multiple years. Why do I say that? We actually have the data for a virus that swept through parts of the world seventeen years ago called SARS, and remember SARS CoV-2 is 80% similar to SARS, so I think that’s the best comparison that anyone can provide.
The evidence is clear: These very clever cellular immunologists studied all the people they could get hold of who had survived SARS 17 years ago. They took a blood sample, and they tested whether they responded or not to the original SARS and they all did; they all had perfectly normal, robust T cell memory. They were actually also protected against SARS CoV-2, because they’re so similar; it’s cross immunity.
So, I would say the best data that exists is that immunity should be robust for at least 17 years. I think it’s entirely possible that it is lifelong. The style of the responses of these people’s T cells were the same as if you’ve been vaccinated and then you come back years later to see if that immunity has been retained. So I think the evidence is really strong that the duration of immunity will be multiple years, and possibly lifelong.
In other words, previous exposure to SARS – that is, a variant similar to SARS CoV-2 – bestowed SARS CoV-2 immunity.
The Israel government cites new variants to justify lockdowns, flight closures, restrictions, and Green Passport issuance. Given the Supreme Court verdict, do you think it may be possible to preempt future government measures with accurate information about variants, immunity, herd immunity, etc. that could be provided to the lawyers who will be challenging those future measures?
DR. YEADON: “What I outlined in relation to immunity to SARS is precisely what we’re seeing with SARS-CoV-2. The study is from one of the best labs in their field.
“So, theoretically, people could test their T-cell immunity by measuring the responses of cells in a small sample of their blood. There are such tests, they are not ‘high throughout’ and they are likely to cost a few hundred USD each on scale. But not thousands. The test I’m aware of is not yet commercially available, but research only in U.K.
“However, I expect the company could be induced to provide test kits “for research” on scale, subject to an agreement. If you were to arrange to test a few thousand non-vaccinated Israelis, it may be a double edged sword. Based on other countries experiences, 30-50% of people had prior immunity & additionally around 25% have been infected & are now immune.
“Personally, I wouldn’t want to deal with the authorities on their own terms: that you’re suspected as a source of infection until proven otherwise. You shouldn’t need to be proving you’re not a health risk to others. Those without symptoms are never a health threat to others. And in any case, once those who are concerned about the virus are vaccinated, there is just no argument for anyone else needing to be vaccinated.”
INTERVIEWER: My understanding of a “leaky vaccine” is that it only lessens symptoms in the vaccinated, but does not stop transmission; it therefore allows the spread of what then becomes a more deadly virus.
For example, in China they deliberately use leaky Avian Flu vaccines to quickly cull flocks of chicken, because the unvaccinated die within three days. In Marek’s Disease, from which they needed to save all the chickens, the only solution was to vaccinate 100% of the flock, because all unvaccinated were at high risk of death. So how a leaky vax is utilized is intention-driven, that is, it is possible that the intent can be to cause great harm to the unvaccinated.
Stronger strains usually would not propagate through a population because they kill the host too rapidly, but if the vaccinated experience only less-serious disease, then they spread these strains to the unvaccinated who contract serious disease and die.
Do you agree with this assessment? Furthermore, do you agree that if the unvaccinated become the susceptible ones, the only way forward is HCQ prophylaxis for those who haven’t already had COVID-19?
Would the Zelenko Protocol work against these stronger strains if this is the case?
And if many already have the aforementioned previous “17-year SARS immunity”, would that then not protect from any super-variant? DR. YEADON: “I think the Gerrt Vanden Bossche story is highly suspect. There is no evidence at all that vaccination is leading or will lead to ‘dangerous variants’. I am worried that it’s some kind of trick.
“As a general rule, variants form very often, routinely, and tend to become less dangerous & more infectious over time, as it comes into equilibrium with its human host. Variants generally don’t become more dangerous.
“No variant differs from the original sequence by more than 0.3%. In other words, all variants are at least 99.7% identical to the Wuhan sequence.
“It’s a fiction, and an evil one at that, that variants are likely to “escape immunity”.
“Not only is it intrinsically unlikely – because this degree of similarity of variants means zero chance that an immune person (whether from natural infection or from vaccination) will be made ill by a variant – but it’s empirically supported by high-quality research.
“The research I refer to shows that people recovering from infection or who have been vaccinated ALL have a wide range of immune cells which recognize ALL the variants.
“This paper shows WHY the extensive molecular recognition by the immune system makes the tiny changes in variants irrelevant.
“I cannot say strongly enough: The stories around variants and need for top up vaccines are FALSE. I am concerned there is a very malign reason behind all this. It is certainly not backed by the best ways to look at immunity. The claims always lack substance when examined, and utilize various tricks, like manipulating conditions for testing the effectiveness of antibodies. Antibodies are probably rather unimportant in host protection against this virus. There have been a few ‘natural experiments’, people who unfortunately cannot make antibodies, yet are able quite successfully to repel this virus. They definitely are better off with antibodies than without. I mention these rare patients because they show that antibodies are not essential to host immunity, so some contrived test in a lab of antibodies and engineered variant viruses do NOT justify need for top up vaccines.
“The only people who might remain vulnerable and need prophylaxis or treatment are those who are elderly and/or ill and do not wish to receive a vaccine (as is their right).
“The good news is that there are multiple choices available: hydroxychloroquine, ivermectin, budesonide (inhaled steroid used in asthmatics), and of course oral Vitamin D, zinc, azithromycin etc. These reduce the severity to such an extent that this virus did not need to become a public health crisis.”
INTERVIEWER: Do you feel the FDA does a good job regulating big pharma? In what ways does big pharma get around the regulator? Do you feel they did so for the mRNA injection?
DR. YEADON: “Until recently, I had high regard for global medicines regulators. When I was in Pfizer, and later CEO of a biotech I founded (Ziarco, later acquired by Novartis), we interacted respectfully with FDA, EMA, and the U.K. MHRA. Always good quality interactions.
“Recently, I noticed that the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) had made a grant to the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA)! Can that ever be appropriate? They’re funded by public money. They should never accept money from a private body.
“So here is an example where the U.K. regulator has a conflict of interest.
“The European Medicines Agency failed to require certain things as disclosed in the ‘hack’ of their files while reviewing the Pfizer vaccine.
“You can find examples on Reiner Fuellmich’s ‘Corona Committee’ online.
“So I no longer believe the regulators are capable of protecting us. ‘Approval’ is therefore meaningless.
“Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg and I petitioned the EMA Dec 1, 2020 on the genetic vaccines. They ignored us.
“Recently, we wrote privately to them, warning of blood clots, they ignored us. When we went public with our letter, we were completely censored. Days later, more than ten countries paused use of a vaccine citing blood clots.
“I think the big money of pharma plus cash from BMGF creates the environment where saying no just isn’t an option for the regulator.
“I must return to the issue of ‘top up vaccines’ (booster shots) and it is this whole narrative which I fear will he exploited and used to gain unparalleled power over us.
“PLEASE warn every person not to go near top up vaccines. There is absolutely no need to them.
“As there’s no need for them, yet they’re being made in pharma, and regulators have stood aside (no safety testing), I can only deduce they will be used for nefarious purposes.
“For example, if someone wished to harm or kill a significant proportion of the world’s population over the next few years, the systems being put in place right now will enable it.
“It’s my considered view that it is entirely possible that this will be used for massive-scale depopulation.”
Reprinted with permission from America’s Frontline Doctors.
LifeSiteNews has produced an extensive COVID-19 vaccines resources page. View it here.
RELATED
Former Pfizer VP: ‘No need for vaccines,’ ‘the pandemic is effectively over’
Priest on COVID vaccine: ‘The risks far outweigh the benefits’
At least nine countries pull AstraZeneca’s vaccine over blood clot reports
‘Healthy’ 28-year-old mom dies suddenly following second Pfizer shot
Portuguese mother, 41, dies two days after taking Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine
39-year-old nurse aide dies ‘within 48 hours’ of receiving mandated COVID-19 shot
‘Very healthy’ Miami obstetrician, 56, dies 16 days after receiving Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine
Johns Hopkins scientist: ‘A medical certainty’ Pfizer vaccine caused death of Florida doctor
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 3-29-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Is the ICC a threat to Israel? Here's what is at stake: - opinion
This Western good conscience is materialized by the central role of the victim in the process. The ICC is structured around the suffering of victims in whose name the fight against impunity is led.
By EMMANUEL ALTIT, JENNIFER NAOURI, DOV JACOBS MARCH 29, 2021 21:58
On 3 March 2021, the prosecutor of the International Criminal Court announced that she was opening a formal investigation into the situation of the “State of Palestine.”
This follows a much-awaited decision, on 5 February 2021, when Pre-Trial Chamber I of the ICC ruled that Palestine is a state (in the context of the Rome Statute, the founding treaty of the ICC), and that based on various UN declarations, the territory to be considered for the purposes of an investigation is the “territory occupied by Israel since 1967 – namely, Gaza, east Jerusalem and the West Bank.”
There would be much to say about the deficiencies of the February 5 decision itself as a basis for the prosecutor to move forward with the investigation. The actual discussion on the merits is less than 20 pages, despite the diversity and complexity of issues that the judges had to deal with. The judges ultimately chose to rely exclusively on an arbitrary selection of nonbinding political pronouncements from the UN to determine Palestine’s statehood and territory and decided to give no consideration to the Oslo Accords, despite these accords constituting the very basis of the Israeli-Palestinian relationship in the past 25 years.
Beyond the legal analysis of the decision, many among those who support Israel believe this decision is evidence that the ICC is biased against Israel and antisemitic. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called the judges’ decision “pure antisemitism,” a criticism he reiterated after the prosecutor’s announcement. More generally, for many, especially in Israel, ICC involvement is seen as a threat to Israel.
As we have argued elsewhere, we don’t believe that analyzing these issues through the lens of antisemitism or anti-Israel bias, irrespective of the actual reality of these accusations, is the most efficient way to approach the ICC strategically. It leads to refusal to engage with the Court and therefore to de facto abandoning the narrative battleground to those who wish to use the ICC to attack Israel.
We also believe that such an approach shows a lack of understanding of the way the ICC operates on a number of levels. To take a futile but illustrative example: many critics of the decision pointed out that the decision was issued on a Friday afternoon, suggesting that the ICC had done it on purpose as an affront to all the Jews of the world getting ready to celebrate the Shabbat. Yet, all ICC practitioners and followers know that the Court regularly issues major decisions on Fridays. One can question this practice, but it has nothing to do with an anti-Israel bias.
To understand whether and how the ICC constitutes a threat, it is crucial to take a step back and reflect on the nature of the institution itself. First, as a court of justice and not merely a court of law, the ICC by definition produces legitimacy and illegitimacy through its decisions. Going further, the ICC is symbolically the first permanent international criminal court with a universalist ambition (if not yet a universal reach) in the history of mankind. It is founded on moral principles that aim, to put it simply, at ending impunity for gross human rights violations, and which are expected to give the ICC a moral aura that radiates throughout the institution, its daily work and its decisions.
The State of Israel is therefore facing a court of justice which is more than a court: it is an emanation of Western good conscience, deems itself to be authorized to say what is “good” or “bad” conduct on the international level and therefore to judge which conduct is legitimate or illegitimate.
This Western good conscience is materialized by the central role of the victim in the process. The ICC is structured around the suffering of victims in whose name the fight against impunity is led. This central moral and procedural role of the victim allows them, in the name of their suffering, to act as a sort of meta-watchman of the work of the prosecutor and as a judge of the actions of the judges.
The prosecutor plays a particular role: she is perceived as the spearhead in the fight against impunity and can claim to act in the name of victims, thus cloaking herself with a higher moral authority.
This means that there is a deceptively simplistic idea that if one is against impunity, one must necessarily support the prosecutor, and already denounce those who are merely under investigation as acting outside of what is morally acceptable, before any formal judicial decision.
This is, of course, a negation of due process and ignores the fact that the prosecutor is simply one party to the proceedings and cannot be deemed to possess absolute truth.
Another consequence is that all those who support the Office of the Prosecutor (states, NGOs, etc.) in a given investigation can mechanically try to claim the same moral authority as the prosecutor, which they can then use as a sort of “moral shield” against any critics who might legitimately question their underlying political motives.
This automatic support for the prosecutor has political consequences, even before any trial, in terms of the denunciation of the State of Israel. This is where the strategic threat lies: Any action of the Court may impact the political, cultural and economic relations between Israel and the outside world.
More specifically when it comes to Israel, the ICC constitutes not only a strategic threat, but also an existential one. Indeed, historically, what founds the acceptance of the State of Israel for a number of stakeholders of the international community is not its historical legitimacy, but its moral legitimacy as a country of victims. As soon as the Court would say that the victims are transformed into perpetrators, then, for these stakeholders, the whole basis for the existence of Israel would crumble. And that is the goal of Israel’s opponents.
THIS UNPACKING of the nature of the strategic and existential threat that the ICC constitutes for Israel is key to determining how the State of Israel should position itself vis-à-vis the Court.
We believe that Israel does not have the luxury of ignoring the Court, with the idea that by not engaging, it will be able to denounce any decision as being itself illegitimate. Such an attitude is ill-founded because, deep down, it presupposes an equal playing field.
On the contrary, Israel must treat what is happening at the ICC with the utmost seriousness and avail itself of all possible avenues to challenge, in the most professional way, the technical allegations leveled against Israel and its leaders and to propose a counter-narrative.
In this way, Israel can actually benefit from the legitimacy that the ICC produces by its very existence to strengthen its own positions and narratives.
Approaching the ICC with casualness and disdain will have as a consequence that the illegitimacy of Israel will become permanently crystallized, which would then lead to a weakening of the state.
Emmanuel Altit is lead defense counsel at the ICC, Jennifer Naouri is defense counsel at the ICC and Dr. Dov Jacobs is an international criminal law professor and defense trial lawyer at the ICC.
https://www.jpost.com/opinion/is-the-icc-a-threat-to-israel-heres-what-is-at-stake-663541
:: 3-29-21 Newmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Child Border Migrations Climbing, Will More Than Double in 7 Months: Report
By Eric Mack | Monday, 29 March 2021 11:45 AM
President Joe Biden said in his press conference last Thursday that the seasonal unaccompanied children migrations right now are not out of the ordinary, yet recent data out of Customs and Border Protection are projecting almost double the previous estimates.
In fact, the prior monthly record was 11,475 in May 2019, but there were around 16,000 this month, with as many as 26,000 projected in September, Axios reported.
Just a month ago the May projections for unaccompanied minors were 13,000, but the CBP data is now forecasting 22,000 to 25,000 for May, according to the report.
Notably, even the low-end projection for September is now even more than double the previous record high set during the Trump administration.
"Nothing has changed," Biden said last week, adding, "it happens every single, solitary year" – comments that clearly do not match his administration's own data, which were leaked to Axios and dated last Wednesday.
Axios sent out requests for comment to the White House, Department of Homeland Security, and the Health and Human Services Department. Only HHS responded and it merely redirected Axios to DHS.
Biden has come under fire for a lack of transparency at the border, something that was prevalent during the Trump administration, which sought maximum sunlight for the mass migration issues to help curb the problem. Biden, meanwhile, has vowed to keep media cameras out of border facilities and away from border ride-alongs until his policies get off the ground, he said in the first solo press conference of his administration.
The rise in child migrations became problematic in 2011 during the Obama administration, as yearly sheltering totaled no more than 8,230 children from 2004-2009, according to the Migration Policy Institute.
Those yearly totals pale in comparison to the monthly counts now. The annual 2021 estimate of children migration is between 159,000 to 184,000, according to Axios.
To remain at a targeted cap of 90% capacity, HHS needs 6,000 shelter beds for children, which would house those already in U.S. government custody, Axios reported.
Amid the projected crush of unaccompanied children, data forecasts HHS will have more than 53,000 kids in custody in September. That is closing in on the annual total of 69,000 during the Obama administration in 2014, according to Axios.
The data leaked to Axios did not project migrant families coming together, but the DHS expectations are 500,000-800,000 coming in family groups this year, The Washington Post reported Sunday.
"Border security drops tremendously because of this," retired CBP agent Roy Villareal told the Post, noting family migration takes up time and resources that are needed to address crime, drugs, and human trafficking at the border.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/migrant-children-crisis-border/2021/03/29/id/1015585/
:: 3-29-21 KNWA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Arkansas Senate OKs ban on treatments for transgender youth
by: The Associated Press Posted: Mar 29, 2021 / 05:20 PM CDT/ Updated: Mar 29, 2021 / 09:27 PM CDT
LITTLE ROCK, Ark. (AP) — The Arkansas Senate has approved banning gender confirming treatments for minors, sending the restriction on transgender youth to the governor’s desk.
The Senate voted 28-7 in favor of the measure, which opponents says would be the first prohibition of its kind in the country.
The bill would prohibit doctors from providing gender confirming hormone treatment or surgery to minors.
The measure has drawn criticism from medical and child welfare groups who say it would further marginalize trans youth.
It comes as other bills targeting transgender people have advanced in Arkansas and other states.
American Civil Liberties Union of Arkansas released a statement on the passage of House Bill 1570 in the Arkansas Senate.
Medical decisions belong to trans youth, their parents, and their doctor – not the government. This bill flies in the face of common decency, basic human rights, and the advice of every major medical association – not to mention federal law. What could possibly be more cruel than trying to take away a child’s access to the care that could save their life?
“By passing this cruel and discriminatory legislation, Arkansas legislators ignored the pleas of parents, doctors, and trans young people themselves. Make no mistake: denying trans people health care because of who they are is wrong and illegal, and we’ll be ready to take this fight to court if this bill becomes law. But it doesn’t have to come to that. The whole country is watching whether Arkansas will continue this discriminatory race to the bottom that has cost other states millions. House Bill 1570 is the codification of cruelty, and for the well-being of all Arkansans, Governor Hutchinson should veto this cruel and harmful bill the moment it reaches his desk. If he doesn’t, we will see the state in court.
Holly Dickson, ACLU of Arkansas Executive Director
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 3-26-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Gunmen kill 137 people, Including 22 Children, in Raids on Niger Villages
John Paluska | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, March 26, 2021
One hundred thirty-seven people were killed by Islamist jihadi forces in Niger. According to The Christian Post, of those dead are nearly two dozen children.
The Islamist attack took place on the southwestern border between Niger and Mali, in the Tahoua region, according to government sources obtained by The Christian Post. The jihadists were reportedly labeled unidentified insurgents and rode on motorcycles. They raided at least three villages and hamlets in the region.
According to UNICEF, 22 children were murdered by the Islamists. Some were as young as five years old.
"It is the second deadly attack on civilians in a week,” UNICEF said in a statement.
Earlier in the month, “unidentified armed groups attacked and killed at least 58 civilians – including six children - returning from a weekly market in the Banibangou department, Tillaberi region, near the Malian border. Killing and injuring children is a grave violation of human rights,” the human rights group added.
The United Nations Secretary-General also commented on the situation, noting that the UN stands in “solidarity and support” with “the Government and people of Niger in their efforts to prevent and combat terrorism, violent extremism and organized crime.” He also urged Nigerien authorities to “spare no effort” in carrying out justice for the 137 dead.
“[The United Nations Secretary-General] urges countries in the Sahel to continue their efforts, in close collaboration with regional organizations and international partners, to address these serious threats to security and stability in the sub-region and beyond,” the statement from the UN asserted.
UNICEF also asserted that "the continuing conflict, repeated attacks, and access restrictions due to insecurity and violence are hampering our ability to reach those most in need, including two million children who require humanitarian assistance. Attacks on children and families must stop, once and for all. Enough is enough."
John Paluska has been a contributor for Christian Headlines since 2016 and is the founder of The Washington Gazette, a news outlet he relaunched in 2019 as a response to the constant distribution of fake news.
:: 3-21-21 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“The Great Reset” Is Here: Follow the Money. “Insane Lockdown” of the Global Economy, “The Green Agenda”
By F. William Engdahl Global Research, March 21, 2021
All Global Research articles can be read in 27 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).
The top-down reorganization of the world economy by a cabal of technocratic corporativists, led by the group around the Davos World Economic Forum– the so-called Great Reset or UN Agenda 2030– is no future proposal. It is well into actualization as the world remains in insane lockdown for a virus. The hottest investment area since onset of the coronavirus global lockdowns is something called ESG investing.
This highly subjective and very controlled game is dramatically shifting global capital flows into a select group of “approved” corporate stocks and bonds. Notably it advances the dystopian UN Agenda 2030 or the WEF Great Reset agenda. The development is one of the most dangerous and least understood shifts in at least the past century.
The UN “sustainable economy” agenda is being realized quietly by the very same global banks which have created the financial crises in 2008. This time they are preparing the Klaus Schwab WEF Great Reset by steering hundreds of billions and soon trillions in investment to their hand-picked “woke” companies, and away from the “not woke” such as oil and gas companies or coal.
What the bankers and giant investment funds like BlackRock have done is to create a new investment infrastructure that picks “winners” or “losers” for investment according to how serious that company is about ESG—Environment, Social values and Governance.
For example a company gets positive ratings for the seriousness of its hiring gender diverse management and employees, or takes measures to eliminate their carbon “footprint” by making their energy sources green or sustainable to use the UN term. How corporations contribute to a global sustainable governance is the most vague of the ESG, and could include anything from corporate donations to Black Lives Matter to supporting UN agencies such as WHO.
The crucial central goal of ESG strategists is to create a shift to inefficient and costly alternative energy, the Zero Carbon promised utopia. It is being driven by the world’s major financial institutions and central banks. They have created a dazzling array of organizations to drive their green investing agenda.
In 2013, well before the coronavirus, the major Wall Street bank, Morgan Stanley, created its own Institute for Sustainable Investing. This was soon expanded in 2015 when Morgan Stanley joined the Steering Committee of the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF). On its website the they state,
“PCAF is based upon the Paris Climate Agreement’s position that the global community should strive to limit global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels and that society should decarbonize and reach net zero emissions by 2050.”
By 2020 the PCAF had more than 100 banks and financial institutions including ABN Amro, Nat West, Lloyds Bank, Barclays, Bank of America, Citi Group, CIBC, Danske Bank and others. Several of the PCAF member banks have been indicted in money laundering cases. Now they sense a new role as virtue-models to change the world economy, if we are to believe the rhetoric. Notably, former Bank of England Governor, Mark Carney is an “Observer” or consultant to the PCAF.
In August 2020 the PCAF published a draft standard outlining a proposed approach for global carbon accounting. This means the bankers are creating their own accounting rules for how to rate or value a company’s carbon footprint or green profile.
The Central Role of Mark Carney
Mark Carney is at the center of reorganizing world finance to back the UN 2030 green agenda behind the WEF Davos Great Reset, where he is a member of the Board of Trustees. He also is Adviser to the UN Secretary General as United Nations Special Envoy for Climate Action. He has described the PCAF plan as follows:
“To achieve net zero we need a whole economy transition – every company, every bank, every insurer and investor will have to adjust their business models, develop credible plans for the transition and implement them. For financial firms, that means reviewing more than the emissions generated by their own business activity. They must measure and report the emissions generated by the companies they invest in and lend to. PCAF’s work to standardise the approach to measuring financed emissions is an important step to ensuring that every financial decision takes climate change into account.”
As Governor of the Bank of England Carney played a key role getting world central banks behind the Green Agenda of the UN 2030 scheme. The major central banks of the world, through their umbrella Bank for International Settlements (BIS) in Basle, created a key part of the growing global infrastructure that is steering investment flows to “sustainable” companies and away from those like oil and gas companies it deems “unsustainable.”
When then-Bank of England Governor Mark Carney was head of the BIS’ Financial Stability Board (FSB) he established something called Task-force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) in 2015.
The central bankers of the FSB nominated 31 people to form the TCFD. Chaired by billionaire Michael Bloomberg, it included in addition to BlackRock, JP MorganChase; Barclays Bank; HSBC; Swiss Re, the world’s second largest reinsurance; China’s ICBC bank; Tata Steel, ENI oil, Dow Chemical, mining giant BHP and David Blood of Al Gore’s Generation Investment LLC.
Anne Finucane, the Vice Chair of the Bank of America, a member of both the PCAF and the TCFD, noted,
“we are committed to ensuring that climate-related risks and opportunities are properly managed within our business and that we are working with governments and markets to accelerate the changes required… climate change presents risks to the business community, and it is important for companies to articulate how these risks are being managed.”
The Bank of America vice chair describes how they assess risks in its real estate loan portfolio by assessing, “acute physical risk analysis on a sample portfolio of Bank of America residential mortgages across the US Each property was given a score based on the level of risk associated with 12 potential hazards: tornado, earthquake, tropical cyclone, hailstorm, wildfire, river flood, flash flood, coastal flood, lightning, tsunami, volcano, and winter storm.”
As well, the banks’ investment “risk” in oil and gas as well as other industrial sectors is reviewed using the criteria of Carney’s TCFD. All risks are defined as related to CO2, despite the fact there is no conclusive scientific proof that manmade CO2 emission is about to destroy our planet by global warming. Rather evidence of solar activity suggests we are entering an unstable cooling period, Grand Solar Minimum. That’s of no concern to the financial interests who stand to reap trillions in the coming decade.
Another key part of the financial preparation for the Great Reset, the fundamental transformation from a high-energy intensity economy to a low and economically inefficient one, is the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB).
SASB says it “provides a clear set of standards for reporting sustainability information across a wide range of issues… “ This sounds reassuring until we look at who makes up the members of the SASB that will give the Climate-friendly Imprimatur. Members include, in addition to the world’s largest fund manager, BlackRock (more than $7 trillion under management), also Vanguard Funds, Fidelity Investments, Goldman Sachs, State Street Global, Carlyle Group, Rockefeller Capital Management, and numerous major banks such as Bank of America and UBS. Many of these are responsible for the 2008 global financial collapse.
What is this framework group doing? According to their website, “Since 2011, we have has been working towards an ambitious goal of developing and maintaining sustainability accounting standards for 77 industries.”
Where this is all going is to create a web of globally-based financial entities who control combined wealth including insurance and pension funds into what they claim to be worth $100 trillion. They are setting the rules and will define a company or even a country by the degree of carbon emission they create.
If you are clean and green, you potentially get investment.
If you are deemed a carbon polluter as the oil, gas and coal industries are deemed today, the global capital flows will disinvest or avoid funding you.
The immediate target of this financial cabal is the backbone of the world economy, the oil and gas industry along with coal. [It has also geopolitical and strategic implications].
Hydrocarbons Under Attack
The immediate target of this financial cartel is the backbone of the world economy, the oil, coal and natural gas sector. Oil industry analysts predict that over the next five years or less investment flows into the world’s largest energy sector will fall dramatically. “Given how central the energy transition will be to every company’s growth prospects, we are asking companies to disclose a plan for how their business model will be compatible with a net zero economy,” BlackRock’s chairman and CEO Larry Fink wrote in his 2021 letter to CEOs. Blackrock is the world’s largest investment group with over $7 trillion to invest. Another BlackRock officer told a recent energy conference, “where BlackRock goes, others will follow.”
“To continue to attract capital, portfolios have to be built around core advantaged assets – low-cost, long-life, low carbon-intensive barrels,” said Andrew Latham, Vice President, Global Exploration at WoodMac, an energy consultancy.
The Biden Administration is already making good on his pledge to phase out oil and gas by banning new leases in Federal lands and offshore and the Keystone XL oil pipeline. The oil and gas sector and its derivatives such as petrochemicals are at the heart of the world economy. The 50 largest oil and gas companies in the world, including both state-owned and publicly traded companies, recorded revenues of about $5.4 trillion in 2015.
As a new Biden Administration pushes their ideological opposition to so-called fossil fuels, the world will see a precipitous decline in oil and gas investment. The role of the Davos globalists and the ESG financial players are out to guarantee that. And the losers will be us.
Energy prices will skyrocket as they did during the recent Texas blizzards. The cost of electricity in industrial countries will become prohibitive for manufacturing industry. But rest well. This is all part of the ongoing Great Reset and its new doctrine of ESG investing.
In 2010 the head of Working Group 3 of the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Dr Otmar Edenhofer, told an interviewer, “…one must say clearly that we redistribute de facto the world’s wealth by climate policy. One has to free oneself from the illusion that international climate policy is environmental policy. This has almost nothing to do with environmental policy anymore…” The WEF Great Reset is not simply a big idea of Klaus Schwab reflecting on the economic devastation of the coronavirus. It has been long planned by the money masters.
Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.
F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published.
He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.
https://www.globalresearch.ca/great-reset-follow-money/5740424
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 3-22-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FAKE NEWS ALERT! Liberal Activist Media Falsely Claims Atlanta Massage Parlor Shootings Were "Racist." - Is There Anything That The Media Doesn't Think Is Racist?
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine March 22, 2021
There is really only one reason why after a man takes a weapon, visits multiple massage parlors in Atlanta, shoots up the establishments and kills eight people, the media and liberals scream it was an anti-Asian "racist" attack, when the suspect himself made it clear he has a sexual addiction and was lashing out at the source of his temptation.
There are a few points about how the media have allowed their preferred narrative to overcome the simplicity of the actual truth, because sex addictions just do not have the flavor, for lack of a better word, that screaming racist at the top of their lungs does.
THE MEDIA NEVERENDING RACISM NARRATIVE
Incel: Short for involuntary celibacy, incel refers to an internet subculture of men who blame women for the fact that they are not having sex.
Keep that definition in mind, as well as the Urban dictionary definition of Incel which is: "Self delusional, egoistic pretends to be a nice guy. Blames others for his deprivation of sex or romantic relationship," as we briefly walk through the extreme likelihood and probability that the shooter, Robert Aaron Long, was not only an Incel, but was also not racist in any shape or form.
Of course the media spin automatically became 'More Asians died in that massacres, than any other race, therefore the shooter was racist.'
Here is an example of the terminology and preferred media narrative from the AP via 10News:
A day after the shootings, investigators were trying to unravel what might have compelled 21-year-old Robert Aaron Long to commit the worst mass killing in the U.S. in almost two years.
Long told police that Tuesday’s attack was not racially motivated. He claimed to have a “sex addiction,” and authorities said he apparently lashed out at what he saw as sources of temptation. But those statements spurred outrage and widespread skepticism given the locations and that six of the eight victims were women of Asian descent.
The top five massage parlors listed by number in Atlanta, read as follows: Sacred Tantra Massage & Intimacy Training, HaoHao Massage, Li's Massage, Wawa Asian Spa, Yama Salon.
The images over at Yelp also show very attractive Asian women in their advertising images:
Of course there are others, not run by Asians, but it appears from searches that the most popular seems to be Asian run.
My point here is that while the majority of those killed were Asian, it stands to reason they would be because the most popular massage parlors are generally run by Asians.
In no way, shape or form are we "victim blaming," but rather pointing out that the "racism" narrative doesn't fit no matter how many times the media screams it.
Another point that should be made is that if the massage parlors were chosen because they were run by Asians, and the shooter says he was killing the "source" of his temptation, than the killing was not racist in nature because the man was tempted by them, therefore he held no hatred for the race, just against beautiful women that he found tempting.
Even the liberal media highlights events and plans of the shooter that directly contradicts the "racism" theme of their own reporting. More from the AP, via 10News:
Authorities said they didn’t know if Long ever went to the massage parlors where the shootings occurred but that he was heading to Florida to attack “some type of porn industry.”
“He apparently has an issue, what he considers a sex addiction, and sees these locations as something that allows him to go to these places, and it’s a temptation for him that he wanted to eliminate,” Cherokee County sheriff’s Capt. Jay Baker told reporters.
Once again, there is no defense, nor justification to go on a shooting rampage, and the entire point I am making is the media's reckless framing and spin on a crime so horrid, showing they only care about the narrative they want Americans to believe, without even using any common sense.
There is an entire Incel community online, and horrific crimes have already shown to be related to sexually frustrated Incels.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Liberal_Activist_Media_Sees_A_Mass_Shooter.php
:: 3-22-21 Populist Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
SHOCKING Video of Migrant Children In Cages At Biden’s Border…
If you love news, you'll love our homepage!
March 22, 2021
A source reached out to Project Veritas and explained the conditions that these migrants face on a regular basis while detained at this facility.
“These photos were taken within the last few days. There are eight pods with eight cells each in the facility. At any given moment there are an average of 3,000 people in custody here,” the source said.
“They [illegal immigrants] are separated by age or physical size depending on room. Fifty were COVID positive in these cells over the last few days. There have been multiple sexual assaults, normal assaults and daily medical emergencies,” they said.
Customs and Border Patrol [CBP] completed the construction of this 185,000 square foot facility in Donna, Texas just over a month ago — it was designed to house hundreds if not thousands of migrants on a daily basis that come into the U.S. illegally.
https://populist.press/shocking-video-of-kids-in-cages-at-bidens-border/
:: 3-23-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Government Agencies Are About To Disclose What They Know About UFOs, And That Will Be A Dramatic Paradigm Shift
Michael Snyder / March 23, 2021
Do you believe in UFOs? Decades ago, if you answered yes to such a question many would have considered you to be a nutjob. But at this point UFOs are not a “conspiracy theory” any longer. In fact, even the U.S. government is admitting that they exist, and in just a few weeks we may learn a whole lot more about what the U.S. government really knows about this phenomenon. When President Trump signed a 2.3 trillion dollar COVID relief bill last December, it contained a provision which requires all U.S. intelligence agencies to submit an unclassified report to Congress that reveals all that they know about UFOs… In December 2020, President Trump signed a coronavirus relief bill that included an interesting stipulation – the bill set into motion an 180-day time frame in which US intelligence agencies must tell Congress everything they know about UFO sightings, via an unclassified report.
Remarkably, in what sounds like the opening crawl of an unimaginative sci-fi film, the report must also include an analysis as to whether or not UFOs pose a threat to national security (perhaps, one day, our puny, primitive weapons will be used to “bring democracy” to a space-faring civilization).
Unfortunately, U.S. intelligence agencies insisted that 180 days did not give them enough time, and so now the report is expected to be released somewhere around June 1st.
The report will include all data found through “geospatial intelligence, signals intelligence, human intelligence and measurement and signals intelligence.” Classified information held by the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Unidentified Aerial Phenomena Task Force and the FBI will be included as well.
It will be fascinating to see what actually ends up in this report.
Personally, I don’t think that the intelligence agencies will come even close to revealing everything that they know. But the fact that former Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe was willing to share so much information during an interview with Maria Bartiromo on Friday seems like a good sign. According to Ratcliffe, there have been “sightings all over the world”…
Ratfcliffe said some UFO sightings have been declassified in the past, but a report to be released by the Pentagon and other federal agencies will present more information to the American people.
“There have been sightings all over the world,” Ratcliffe said. “And when we talk about sightings, the other thing I will tell you, it’s not just a pilot or just a satellite or some intelligence collection. Usually, we have multiple sensors that are picking up these things.”
Yes, it is definitely quite true that there have been sightings all over the planet, but Esri has released an animated map that shows that more UFO sightings happen in the United States than anywhere else by a good margin.
During his interview, Ratcliffe also admitted that some of the things that UFOs do are “difficult to explain”, and that includes “traveling at speeds that exceed the sound barrier without a sonic boom”…
“Frankly, there are a lot more sightings than have been made public. Some of those have been declassified. And when we talk about sightings, we are talking about objects that have been seen by Navy or Air Force pilots, or have been picked up by satellite imagery, that, frankly, engage in actions that are difficult to explain, movements that are hard to replicate, that we don’t have the technology for, or traveling at speeds that exceed the sound barrier without a sonic boom.”
Of course, videos that the U.S. Navy has previously released have already confirmed the fact that UFOs often perform aerial feats that human pilots simply cannot match…
Videos from the Navy were released last year through the Freedom of Information Act that showed UFOs moving at incredible speeds and performing seemingly impossible aerial maneuvers.
One of the videos was shot in November 2004; the other two were shot in January 2015. The three videos were code-named ‘FLIR1,’ ‘Gimbal,’ and ‘GoFast.’
In the 2015 videos, Navy pilots can be heard expressing disbelief. All three UFO videos were captured by Navy F/A-18 Super Hornets.
If UFOs can perform “seemingly impossible aerial maneuvers”, that would seem to suggest that whoever is piloting them is even more technologically advanced than we are.
I am entirely convinced that the U.S. government knows a great deal about UFOs and those that are flying them, and millions of Americans are very much looking forward to the release of the upcoming unclassified report. U.S. government agencies will certainly not tell us everything, but I do believe that they will reveal more details than they ever have before.
Ultimately, I believe that the stage is being set for a great deception of epic proportions, and that is why I am starting to write more about the UFO phenomenon.
As more information is shared with the public, the narrative will be that UFOs are “spacecraft” that contain “aliens” from another planet.
And I think that it is quite likely that officials will insist that they are “friendly” and that we should be open to “learning” from them.
But the truth is that they are definitely not our “friends”.
As humanity moves into the darkest hours that it has ever known, people will become increasingly desperate for someone to come along and save us.
And if “aliens” were to show up with technology that we do not currently possess, many would be tempted to embrace them as “saviors”. For decades, Hollywood has been relentlessly priming us for such a scenario, and now the U.S. government is starting to publicly acknowledge that UFOs aren’t just science fiction.
This is a story that is going to become increasingly important over the next few years, and it isn’t going to end well.
Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 3-21-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Soros-funded radical DAs 'are killing our cities'
'More dangerous communities and more violent criminals on the streets'
WND Staff By WND Staff Published March 21, 2021 at 12:31pm
While establishment media fixated on alleged Russian interference in U.S. elections, billionaire activist George Soros was quietly wielding more influence than the Kremlin could ever hope for, according to an investigation.
Dale Wilcox, executive director and general counsel at the Immigration Reform Law Institute, said in a column for Breitbart News his organization found Soros is funding hand-picked candidates who are shielding illegal aliens charged with violent crimes from deportation. In Philadelphia, Larry Krasner was elected district attorney in 2017 after receiving nearly $1.7 million from Soros through an independent political action committee, Philadelphia Justice & Public Safety. Krasner immediately created the new position of immigration counsel with the goal of achieving "immigration neutral" outcomes in the prosection of non-citizens.
Of approximately 300 cases, 120 were recommended to be changed to plea agreements. The investigation found the attorney consulted with non-citizen defendants charged with rape, murder, rape of a child, forcible rape, sexual assault, unlawful contact of a minor and attempted murder, among other crimes. Wilcox's group, IRLI, initially was blocked by Philadelphia from obtaining the information, but the state appeals board overruled the city.
In Cook County, Illinois, which encompasses Chicago, DA Kimberly Foxx received more than $400,000 from the Soros-funded Illinois Safety & Justice PAC in 2016. Foxx, according to a Cook County Attorney statement, also hired a legal advisor who works "to ensure that non-citizen defendants do not face unnecessary immigration consequences, particularly for misdemeanor and low-level offenses."
Wilcox noted the Soros initiative has received praise from media because it claims to seek racial equity and social justice.
But the impact is the breakdown of law and order as the DAs show contempt for federal immigration laws. "The result of this grand plan is more dangerous communities and more violent criminals on the streets," Wilcox wrote. "Those shielded from ICE by these district attorneys should be given a one-way plane ticket back to their country of origin. Instead, they will stay here to clog up our legal system, and too many will return to society thanks to a concurrent agenda to reduce the prison population."
Wilcox pointed to the emergence of Angel Families, a group of people with loved ones who were murdered by foreign nationals.
"It is a group that no one wants to be a part of, yet whose membership will continue to grow thanks in part to these reckless, agenda-driven district attorneys," Wilcox said.
"For the integrity of our elections and the safety of our communities, this toxic initiative must be called out and stopped." On Friday night, Fox News host Tucker Carlson featured the Soros funding of radical DAs in an interview with Tania Owen. She's the widow of Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department Sgt. Steven Owen, who was killed execution-style by a reported gang member and parolee.
Owen is co-chair of a group called Recall Gascón, seeking the ouster of Los Angeles District Attorney George Gascón.
Before Gascon took over, she said, prosecutors were looking at the death penalty for the man who killed her husband. But Gascon has taken the death penalty off the table, even for the murder of law-enforcement officers.
The murderer of her husband, she said, may get only eight years in prison because of Gascón's "criminal justice reform." The new DA, she said, is "turning our system completely upside down."
https://www.wnd.com/2021/03/soros-fund-radical-das-killing-cities/
:: 3--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Why “Gray” Is the New Black: Assessing Baseline and Blending In
by Daisy Luther
In the fashion world (which I’m assuredly not a part of), every year there’s a color or pattern that is deemed “the new black.” That means it’s a new basic, works well in just about any setting, and in any wardrobe.
The world I am a part of is the survival and preparedness world, and in our little corner of it, “gray” is the new black. Yep, I’m talking about the gray man principle of just blending into the background regardless of where you happen to be. With all the violent divisiveness, the uptick in crime, and the “cancel” craze, hiding in plain sight can be your best bet to avoid trouble. You may find this article seems geared more toward women but that’s just because I used personal examples. Whether your male or female, being able to assess the baseline and blend in is a valuable skill.
Being “gray” means blending in with the baseline.
There’s a book called Left of Bang – some folks hate it and some folks love it. I fall into the “love it” category. My biggest takeaway from the book was the concept of “baseline.” This is also something that Selco and Toby talked about at length when I attended their Urban Survival course for women in Croatia a couple of years ago. Let’s talk about what “baseline” is. It’s most simply defined as “normal for your setting.” So if you’re in a busy marketplace where everyone is smiling and having a good time and some person there looks grim and angry, that person is outside of the baseline. If it’s the middle of summer and people are wearing shorts and flip-flops and you see a dude in a parka, he’s outside of baseline. But it’s not just about how a person might look out of place. It can also be about a feeling.
If you’re traveling and you notice a dramatic shift in behavior among the locals, you might be witnessing a change in baseline. If vendors begin rolling down their window covers or shoppers start quickly leaving the area, they may be recognizing a threat that you do not, because you’re not familiar with the local threats.
So a “gray” appearance is different in different places.
Baseline can also change in other ways. If you’re traveling and you’re amidst a bunch of tourists, by all means, look like a tourist if you want to blend in. But if you’re in a place where the locals congregate, you might want to tuck away the maps and cameras and shopping bags and tone things down a little. Even the expression on your face can cause you to stand out to someone who is really paying attention.
An outfit that looks just right in New York City would probably look quite out of place in Los Angeles, and vice versa. Something that is the norm in a business district would make you stick out like a sore thumb at the feed store. But wearing your Carhartt gear in a neighborhood full of office buildings will cause people to look twice. If you’re going to a music festival in the park, you’ll be dressed entirely differently than you would be if you were going to church. If you want to be relatively unnoticed your goal is to blend with the baseline. Because of this, gray doesn’t necessarily mean bland and boring. Bland and boring might draw even more attention, just like looking too “tactical” can also draw the wrong kind of attention.
Try to dress similarly to those around you if you want to be under the radar. This may mean (as a woman) a sundress, business attire, jeans and a t-shirt, or sweatpants and a hoodie. Men have their own variations. It doesn’t mean you have to forego common sense – you should still have weather-appropriate gear (umbrellas, raincoats, gloves) and practical footwear.
Making a quick change Sometimes blending in requires a quick change. If I was in an area with both tourists and locals, in some cases, I’d be better off if I looked more like a local. In the photos below, one is “happy tourist” and the other is “bored local.” Interestingly, the switch from tourist to local took a quick dip into the bathroom and about one minute. I took a cardigan out of my purse, buttoned it up over the pink shirt, tucked away the scarf in my purse, peeled my hair back in a bun, changed sunglasses, and turned my purse around the opposite direction where the silver buckles and zippers didn’t stand out. And of course, I put a bored look on my face instead of an excited smile. Now, I’m not trying to suggest you can’t tell I’m the same person but depending on the situation, one of those looks will draw more attention than the other.
Think about simple ways you can quickly change your appearance to blend in with the folks in your area. It could be as simple as switching jackets and throwing on a baseball cap – it all depends on what baseline looks like in your vicinity at the moment.
Why do you want to blend in?
I’ve written recently about how OpSec is now more important than ever. You can be publicly crucified for your opinions or pilloried for a Tweet you composed a decade ago. You can lose your entire livelihood because you don’t measure up to the ever-changing standards of the Woke Folk.
The United States of America is a tinderbox just waiting for a spark. If that turns into an inferno, looking like one of a hundred other people makes it easier for you to GTFO and get to safety.
And it’s not just political.
If you happen to find yourself in an active shooter situation, do you want to be the person that looks the most likely to shoot back or the one who looks least likely to stab the guy in the neck at the first opportunity? Who do you think has a better chance of getting close enough without looking like a threat? Tactical Tom or the soccer mom who just happens to be packing a Glock 19 and 2 extra magazines under her flowy hippie shirt. Your look and your demeanor can cause you to be underestimated and that can be a tremendous advantage.
Do you want to look richer or more important than those around you? That makes you a much juicier target for property crime or a ransom kidnapping. Do you want to look like you’ve got enough gear in your Molle-webbing covered backpack to re-enact Red Dawn? (The first one, not the second.) If so then you’re going to be the most interesting looking person around in a sudden SHTF event when everyone is desperate for survival gear.
Just because you might look like everyone else outwardly doesn’t mean that you don’t have a purse or pockets full of gear, that you’re unarmed, or that you don’t have mad skills. I might be wearing a sundress, sandals, and carrying a purse with flowers on it, but I’ve probably got no fewer than 3 weapons on me that I’ve been trained how to use. One of the people I’d feel safest with during an SHTF scenario walks around in flip-flops and cargo shorts 90% of the time but to underestimate his skills would be a deadly mistake.
Some things to avoid
In this day and age when even the slightest things can cause affront, I tend to avoid wearing anything with political slogans, philosophies, or potentially “offensive” topics. I’m not going to go out in a t-shirt that is either pro-cop or anti-cop. I’m not going to wear black on the outskirts of an Antifa “protest,” (However if I found myself somehow swept up in the middle of one, I might zip up my black jacket in an effort to blend in until I can extricate myself.)
Depending on the political climate where you are, the most ordinary things can draw negative attention. I never thought we’d see a day when wearing a US flag t-shirt in the United States of America could make a person a potential target of violence, but if you happen to be in downtown Portland or Seattle, may the odds be ever in your favor if you want to wear that.
Your work uniform can also involve you in unwanted interactions. If you’re a police officer, a soldier, a member of the National Guard, or even a healthcare worker, there are people who are, quite literally, gunning for you. At the same time, never forget that when all hell is breaking loose, sometimes the uniform of a paramedic or police officer can get you into places unnoticed because – well, you blend.
To be clear, I find all of the above deeply disturbing and wrong. But I’m also capable of comprehending our current reality.
You may not want to be gray.
I know, I know. The comments are going to be filled with people who see this as cowardly advice. That happens a lot when I write about survival topics along these lines, like when I pointed out that survival is just about surviving. You may think that avoiding a fight is a weakness instead of a strategically wise choice to fight that battled at a time when you have the advantages.
Feel free to take this advice in the spirit that it’s meant – as a way to allow you to move around without attracting unwanted attention – or not. This advice is closely related to my advice about not putting political bumper stickers on my Jeep or yard signs suggestion for whom my neighbors should vote. I prefer to keep a low profile and keep my interactions friendly whenever possible.
If wearing your MAGA t-shirt to an Antifa event is the hill you choose to die on – maybe literally – you’re entirely within your rights to do so.
The fact remains, for me, I prefer to avoid conflict, particularly physical conflict. I’m not personally prepared to get my ass beat for a t-shirt or a baseball cap. There are all sorts of ways to fight the system, but making yourself a target for potential violence seems the least effective.
What’s “gray” for your area?
Where you spend your time, what is the baseline look? How different is your workday attire from your recreational-time attire? How does everyone dress to go out to dinner? Are there any particular items of clothing that would draw especially negative attention in your area?
Have you made any changes recently to how you dress or behave in public? What are your thoughts on blending in? Let’s discuss it in the comments.
About Daisy
Daisy Luther is a coffee-swigging, globe-trotting blogger. She publishes content about current events, preparedness, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. On her new website, The Frugalite, she shares thrifty tips and solutions to help people get a handle on their personal finances. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 5 traditionally published books and runs a small digital publishing company. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, Gab, MeWe, Parler, Instagram, and Twitter.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/why-gray-is-the-new-black-assessing-baseline-and-blending-in/
:: 3-22-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Sins of the Leaders Are Being Revealed As They Engage In Every Imaginable Depravity! Will Humanity Rise Up?
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, March 22, 2021 - 12:40.
We are all covid weary and tired of a leaders corruption. As Steve Quayle has said, the sins of the leaders will be revealed and there has been a lot of revealing. However, there may be some light at the end of the tunnel. Either way, it is my hope that you will put on the armor of God and do your part.
About 18 months ago, my former News Director and myself went to a conference in Phoenix. One of the panelists was Richard Sauder. He did an outstanding job discussing what is going in underground bases. The experience is eye opening to say the least.
Richard writes to me on an infrequent basis and critiques and adds to what I am exposing. His knowledge is impressive and his thoughts are uncensored and actually serve to offend some people. I find Richard to be informed and willing to share the uncensored truth. Yesterday, I published an article which, in part, exposed top Arizona officials as being complicit in child-sex-trafficking. As usual, Richard had much to say to me. I think it is important enough to share with the readers.
From Richard Sauder:
In Arizona, in Texas, in Oklahoma. Everywhere. There are multiple Federal and state agencies involved, scads of judges, law enforcement personnel, bureaucrats, "charitable" organizations, secret societies, Satanists, the USSA military, financial institutions, bus lines and airlines, limo services, medical doctors, etc.
It's a huge operation. The USSA is a demonic, Satanic hell pit. Those who hope for the USSA military to intervene and put all of this right are snorting pure Hopium! The military agencies are heavily involved in all of this. That's one of the reasons for the endless wars: to generate large numbers of lost, stranded orphans, helpless children. Get it?
But it's not only children. Here in Ecuador there are many "disappeared" people of all ages, ethnicities and genders, and not just young children. Teenagers, young adults, middle aged people, doddering old men and women. Poof! They regularly disappear. I see the missing persons fliers pasted on utility poles and bus stops.
What happens to them? Adrenochrome harvesting? Organ harvesting? Satanic sacrifices? Cannibalism? Alien Reptilian banquets? Pimped out to the flesh trade? Slaves in underground bases? Slaves on secret space program bases on the Moon or Mars?
Is something else so demented going on that it wouldn't even occur to the likes of you and me?
We're in a satanic, bizarro world. Those who hope for the police or the military to put a stop to it are not clear on the concept that the police and the military know about these things, and at best look the other way, or at worst, are deeply involved. This has to be true in Ecuador, and also has to be true in the USSA.
The so-called "authorities" are in up to their ears in this demonic business. We're waaaaay past the point of voting for other candidates or sending e-mails to Congress critters. The politicians are in on it. It's like texting Satan to tell him that Hell is an evil place. He already knows that. Hell is an evil place, because he wants it to be an evil place, and he prefers it that way.
Either people find it within themselves to start committing principled, civil disobedience or else things will get worse and worse and worse. Yeah, when you do that you might go to jail, that's right.
And you'll find out what your tax dollars have supported. Hint: it ain't pretty. The military for the most part are not on your side! Huge numbers of cops are not on your side! The courts are criminally corrupt! The attorneys -- well, don't get me started.
In past years I repeatedly committed nonviolent, civil disobedience. I've spent a lot of time in a dozen different jails and prisons in 5 different states for having done that.
I faced a lot of abuse for doing that: from judges, cops, prison and jail inmates, ordinary people, the FBI, some people in the so-called "alternative" truth movement, and more.
You know what? -- either a lot of USSAers put on their big boy pants and big girl bloomers, or whatever, and stand up to the dictatorship -- or they don't!
And don't tell me to come back and show the way. I already have, very publicly! Again and again and again and again and again. I've already proven my mettle. Now it's time for all those who criticized me for years to demonstrate if they any balls, or if they only have courage when they're kicking Richard Sauder when he's already down and being carted away in handcuffs.
best regards, Richard Sauder
As if Richard’s pronouncements were not distressing enough, I received the following communication to the same article from a DEA source I have known and have drawn inside information from for the past 7 years.
Dear Dave,
Many of our discussions in the past have centered on the marriage between Middle East terrorists and the cartels and how they have been jointly trained and aligned for future use against the United States. The drug empires are certainly part of this business model. However, there is something that you and me have not talked much about and it is the trafficking issue.
The situation at the border is so bad that the present administration is doing their best to hide what is going on. What is going on is the importation of paramilitary personnel who will ultimately serve China through their cartel associations. Along with this changing business model is trafficking issue. Drugs and trafficking is being used to finance much of the operational costs of this silent invasion of America. Make no mistake about it Dave, if I know this so does the Biden administration. This is the intentional and deliberate destruction of our society by flooding the country with inexpensive drugs. Additionally, we are being set up for large scale paramilitary operations in conjunction with Antifa. At the field level, all of our operatives are aware of this. However, we are powerless to reverse the situation.
I remember 7 years ago, I told you how the Obama administration allowed major cartel figures free and unfettered access to traveling to America. Today, this operation has become similar to a multinational corporation with subsidiaries. America is overrun with sophisticated drug empires, trafficking rings and paramilitary readiness....
I would like to say that I have access to privileged information. Although it is true that the public does not have access to what I have told and we have previously discussed this. However, if I know, my supervisors know and so do agents and officers in other federal and state agencies. Buyoffs and blackmails are all part of the new America. The segmenting of criminal activity reminds me of Amway, however, they are selling much more serious items.
Having presented the accurate doom and gloom of Richard and my DEA source, I can truthfully say hope springs eternal and help is on the way. Trump is starting his own social media platform. Additionally, there is a new application of an old technology (satellite phones) that is about to turn Big Tech on its ear.
Freedom is like water and seeks its own level. We are going to need this spirit because the power-of the Holy Spirit has his hands on providing his people with alternatives and options.
I have had some passing interest in March Madness and some very improbably upsets have taken place. And in the most extreme and surprising games, Loyola of Chicago and Oral Roberts have emerged to move on to the so-called and prestigious Sweet 16. This is usually reserved for the elite teams that come from “woke” educational institutions. Now here is the interesting point, Loyola and Oral Roberts are CHRISTIAN universities. Personally, I viewed this as a message from the Lord which reminds us that he is in control. I would urge everyone to pray for divine intervention with regard to this crazy world. Or at least pray that the Lord gives you the strength and wisdom to do what is necessary.
[ :: 4-9-07 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..
[ :: 2-2-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..
[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc
[ :: 4-15-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Do not think it is over with those little missiles that hit, for it is not over, saith your Father God, for I have warned over and over quit poking the bear, quit poking the bear and you shall see the results in not many days. So begin to pray, begin to pray, begin to seek my face, for truly you shall see things you do not want to see, but man would not listen, but man listened to the harlot as she whispered in his ears and she is not of me. Even though she says she is me, she is not of me, saith your Father God, but watch out, watch out, for now it shall come.
:: 3-22-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
You Thought Things Quieted Down . . . U.S. Running Strategic Bomber Strike Over North Pole "Exercise" Right now
World News Desk 22 March 2021 Hits: 28680
As of 12:10 PM eastern US time Monday, 22 March 2021, the United States is simulating launching B-52 Bomber nuclear strikes against Russia by sending actual B-52's up to the North Pole!
This comes as US and NATO forces have projected an enormous amount of firepower into the Black Sea, and the NATO countries bordering Russia. 28,000 troops, along with tanks, planes, helicopters, armor, artillery and more . . . all taking part in "exercises" at the precise same time that Ukraine has massed 90,000 troops, 450 tanks, and 800 pieces of artillery on the borders of breakaway oblasts (States) Luhansk and Donetsk.
It is expected that the government of Ukraine will commence a military offensive to forcibly take both Luhansk and Donetsk, to put a stop to their desires to leave Ukraine and join Russia.
For its part, Russia has massed 250,000 troops along its large border with Ukraine, and has already publicly warned it will defend the Russian-speaking peoples of Luhansk and Donestsk if Ukraine attacks. Stories HERE, HERE, HERE, and HERE
Returning for a moment to the ongoing drill toward the North Pole, there are also large numbers of American fighter jets flying along the northern border of the USA, and well into Canada, along with numerous refueling tankers running patterns (Shown in dark blue above) as if they are defending from a Russian attack via that same North Pole.
Below, yet another B-52 departing Barksdale Air Force Base headed north toward the Pole.
To give readers an idea about just how serious a provocation this is, each single B-52 is capable of carrying 20 AGM-86C air-launched (nuclear) cruise missiles (ALCM).
So with three B-52's in the sky, for all Russia knows, they could be about to be hit by 60 nuclear bombs from those three planes!
This is an extraordinary development . . . and a very dangerous game being played.
The mass-media in both the US and in Europe, is not reporting a word about any of this. When the fighting breaks out - likely within DAYS -- the general population will be gob-smacked and frightened; not knowing how or why it started, or what is going to happen. To this day, they remain blissfully ignorant of what our reckless government is doing.
This is V E R Y Dangerous! The people in OUR government seem to have gone insane. They're gonna start a war.
:: 3--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
David Morgan reveals what the "real" price of SILVER should actually be
20560 views channel image
Health Ranger Report Published Yesterday
NaturalNews videos would not be possible without you, as always we remain passionately dedicated to our mission of educating people all over the world on the subject of natural healing remedies and personal liberty (food freedom, medical freedom, the freedom of speech, etc.). Together, we’re helping create a better world, with more honest food labeling, reduced chemical contamination, the avoidance of toxic heavy metals and vastly increased scientific transparency.
Videos click link below:
https://www.brighteon.com/bd60ca11-ff3d-4156-b0a4-61c607550503
:: 3-22-21 Wirepoints :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mass Federalization: How Washington is Bailing Out Failed States, Decapitating Competitive Ones and Ending America As You Knew It –
By: Mark Glennon* Wirepoints March 22, 2021 59
An astonishingly sweeping, radical movement to level cities and states is underway, Most everything is beingpropping up the failures and pounding down those that have been successful. federalized. The role of cities and states as we have known them – as laboratories of democracy – is being eviscerated. It’s being financed by both the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve bank, which are now joined at the hip in fiscal profligacy.
Much of it is proceeding under the false labels of pandemic relief and fiscal stimulus. It’s happening at such a rapid pace that the paper of record for government overreach, The Washington Post, fears that “the sheer volume of new programs threatens to swamp federal agencies.”
It’s a fundamental and historic remake of America, though its impact hasn’t yet come close to sinking in. Some of the numbers that follow seem beyond belief, but they are real. If claiming that pending legislation will destroy America as you know it seems like exaggeration, read on to see what its supporters say, because it’s their commentary that is most revealing.
The plan to federalize government is already moving and has three parts:
Flood every unit of local government with federal cash, irrespective of need, while prohibiting tax cuts, thereby bailing out failing states and cities.
Make that flood of federal money made regular and permanent.
Annul or override state laws that make certain states competitive, thereby eliminating their competitive advantages, and federalize elections to make it all permanent.
Let’s go through each.
Flood every unit of local government with federal cash, irrespective of need, while prohibiting tax cuts, thereby bailing out failing states and cities:
Start with the recently signed ARP, the American Rescue Plan. Its scope is under-reported and the public is unaware. Having been routinely styled as coronavirus relief or economic stimulus, it’s perhaps the most blatant bait-and-switch in American history.
Wages and salaries during for the first ten months of the pandemic dropped by only 3.4% from the same period in the red-hot economy we had before then, or $276 billion in lost wages. That’s from former U.S. Director of the Office of Management and Budget David Stockman. Same for the hit to Gross Domestic Product, which also dropped by the same percentage, a reduction of about $775 billion.
But ARP together with federal money already delivered is about $6 trillion! Even if you want to count everything, the bailout total is 7.7x the size of the problem, wrote Stockman.
Don’t think that might ease your state and local tax burden. The downpour of cash on cities and states, most of which don’t need it, is all tied to a provision in ARP that bans tax cuts. It’s a mandate for statism – big government – whether states with small government philosophies like it or not.
“Thou shalt be statists and big spenders,” that’s what ARP might as well say as a direct federal mandate.
Most of ARP commentary about cities and states has wrongly focused only on the $350 billion that will go directly to them. That’s a small part and entirely misses the bigger picture.
Illinois is an example. Its share of that $350 billion is $13.2 billion. But what’s the true amount that will come to Illinois under ARP?
Start with over $25 billion Illinois Senators Dick Durbin and Tammy Duckworth proudly announced in a press release. Aside from the $13.2 billion for state and local governments, there’s $5 billion for Illinois K-12 schools, $1.3 billion for higher education, $1.3 billion for child care, $1.5 billion for Chicago area transit agencies, $1.5 billion for Illinois public health, and much more. It goes beyond what even Durbin and Duckworth described.
None of that includes the the cash handouts coming in the mail soon, which are still more costly. Payments up to $1,400 for adults and any dependent are on the way, subject only to very high income limits. Only households with earnings of more than $80,000 for single filers, $120,000 for head of households and $160,000 for married filing jointly will not receive any payment.
Add it all up and you have more spending on “COVID relief” than America spent to win World War II, inflation adjusted.
And it’s not a one-year effort.
Make the flood of federal money regular and permanent.
Most of the flood of federal cash, supporters expect, will continue permanently. Look at what the left’s pundits say:
Vox laid out the game plan here for making the federal expansion permanent, and expanding it to include, for example, making housing an entitlement.
From New York Magazine:
For now, these changes to the [child tax credit] are set to expire after a single year. But Democratic leaders intend to make the program permanent. (The apparent strategic logic of making it temporary goes like this: Making the child allowance permanent in the relief bill would have pushed its price tag above $2 trillion, thereby endangering moderate support. But once moderates are faced with a choice between voting for an expensive extension of the policy and allowing every family in America to simultaneously see their disposable income shrink right before a midterm election, they will rally behind “big government.”) The Democrats’ fiscal philosophy is now apparently “There is nothing to fear but fear of deficits itself.”
The New York Times’ David Brooks:
Black farmers will receive over $4 billion in what looks like a step toward reparations. There’s a huge expansion of health insurance subsidies. Many of these changes, like the child tax credit, may well become permanent. This moment is like 1981, the dawn of the Reagan Revolution, except in reverse. It’s not just that government is heading in a new direction, it’s that the whole paradigm of the role of government in American life is shifting.
“It is a baby step toward universal basic income, or guaranteed income,” says the Brookings Institute. “The significance of this moment in U.S. social policy is hard to overstate.”
Politico says that “a radical change in the social fabric of the United States has become a reality – and with it, an opportunity for the Democratic Party no one could have imagined 50 days ago.”
Prospect is most direct. “Federalize it, Joe Biden,” says its headline. “Education too. Federalizing social programs would be a huge step toward expanding the welfare state and ending poverty permanently. If passage of further legislative packages proves even more difficult, as Republican opposition increases and the Senate’s Democratic moderates dig in their heels, it would be an easy step to protect the gains of the ARP and secure Biden’s presidential legacy from the get-go.”
Yup, K-12 education, higher education, welfare programs, reparations and more – it’s all to be federalized and made permanent, subject to federal rules. Those changes include ending work requirements for welfare that were added by the Clinton Administration.
Based only on the things Democrats have said they want to make permanent, the total cost of ARP would, over ten years, reach $4.1 trillion with interest, according to the Committee for a Responsible Budget.
Bailing out public pensions would add more to the bill, and that’s in the cards, too. ARP includes $86 billion to rescue private sector multi-employer retirement funds with no demands for reform and, as a Wall Street Journal editorial put it, “This is the first of many such air-drops to come.”
Annul or override state laws that make certain states competitive, thereby eliminating their competitive advantages, and federalize elections to make it all permanent.
Here is where the ban on tax cuts comes in. Keep taxing and spending as you have been – that’s the universal mandate under ARP – then also spend the cash the federal government is dropping like manna from heaven. Today’s well-run states will thereby loose much of their competitive advantage.
Additional pending federal legislation specifically aims to deprive thriving states of what has given them comparatively advantage.
First, there’s the what the Wall Street Journal called the most radical pro-union labor bill since the 1935, which would erase right-to-work laws in 27 states.
A federal gun control law has already passed the House.
Finally, and most importantly, there’s perhaps the most pernicious bill proposed in modern history: H.R. 1, the “For the People Act.”
It would strip state governments and local election boards of power to run our elections, federalizing the election process. It would mandate same-day and automatic voter registration, and encourage vote trafficking of absentee ballots. It would be the end of voter ID laws and restrict efforts to verify voter registration lists. It would create a public funding program for candidates running for Congress. It would put new regulations on political speech and activity, by activists, candidates, civic groups, corporations and nonprofit organizations. Membership in organizations the left doesn’t like would be disclosed, leading to harassment and intimidation.
***********************
The average American is no doubt unaware of how extreme all of this is, and how quickly it is moving. Polls say support for ARP is very high, probably because people are aware of little more than the checks now on their way to them. They’ve been bribed with their own money, never considering that they and their children will have to repay most of it.
Pouring gasoline on that fire is the Federal Reserve Bank, the U.S. Treasury’s partner in profligacy. It will create out of thin air some, but not all, of the funds needed to federalize so much, though the long-term consequences are unknown. They’ve embarked on the biggest monetary experiment in American history.
Henry Kaufman is a venerable voice from the past on fiscal and monetary issues. He concludes a soon-to-be released book with this, as reported by Barron’s:
With the federal government and the Fed firmly joined at the hip, the transformation of capitalism into statism is gaining momentum, perhaps irreversibly. Not only is this a great departure from the vision of America’s founders, I suspect it is also not the kind of economic system most Americans living today want to leave for future generations.
How can that switch to statism be happening with so little public attention?
Conservatives and Republicans in Congress bear part of the blame. They haven’t been getting dire warnings out as aggressively as they should. They also bear partial blame for earlier relief measures, parts of which were overbroad, poorly targeted and riddled with fraud, which formed part of the federalization. Politico is right when it said “Republicans…never bothered to train the full fury of their fire at a series of provisions that took the nation several steps down the road to social democracy.”
If they have any excuse, maybe it’s because they have been caught flat-footed. Who could have thought that anything so extreme could be attempted by leftists who hold so thin a majority in Congress?
We are stunned, too. At Wirepoints, we’ve long heard second-hand that many Illinois politicians who ignore the state’s pension crisis say, in private, that they expected the problem to be eventually federalized – that was the term we heard they used. We knew that attempt was coming but we never suspected that a plan so drastic, to federalize so much, would ever be considered.
Make no mistake about the historical gravity of what is taking place. States as the laboratories of democracy are being shut down and replaced with a national juggernaut more overbearing than most Americans have ever imagined.
It was Justice Louis D. Brandeis in 1932 who famously described the virtue of our system. “It is one of the happy incidents of the federal system that a single courageous state may, if its citizens choose, serve as a laboratory; and try novel social and economic experiments without risk to the rest of the country,” he wrote. “To stay experimentation in things social and economic is a grave responsibility. Denial of the right to experiment may be fraught with serious consequences to the nation.”
Destruction of that right is precisely what is happening.
Wake up, America. At all cost, this movement must be stopped and, insofar as it has already succeeded, it must be reversed.
*Mark Glennon is founder of Wirepoints.
Read Wirepoints’ full report on the federal bailout: The states’ 2020 financials are in: Biden’s billions in new federal aid aren’t needed Subscribe
:: 3--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
WHO IS SHAKING THE JAR?
“If you catch 100 red fire ants as well as 100 large black ants, and put them in a jar, at first, nothing will happen. However, if you violently shake the jar and dump them back on the ground the ants will fight until they eventually kill each other. The thing is, the red ants think the black ants are the enemy and vice versa, when in reality, the real enemy is the person who shook the jar. This is exactly what’s happening in society today. Liberal vs. Conservative. Black vs. White. Pro Mask vs. Anti-Mask. Vax vs. Anti-vax. Rich vs. poor. Man vs. woman. Cop vs. citizen. The real question we need to be asking ourselves is who’s shaking the jar… and why?” – Shera Starr
A few weeks ago, I saw the above quote in Jeff Thomas’ article Learning from Ants, and it has been reverberating in my mind ever since. It is a perfect analogy for what has been happening in this country for years, with the jar lately being shaken at a rate faster than a Biden vote count increase at 3:00 am in a swing state. Everyone in this country, and the world, is at each other’s throats. Who is shaking the jar? Why are they shaking the jar? Why do they want us fighting each other?
If they keep us focused on fighting each other, they believe we will not notice their reprehensible criminality, as they manipulate the masses through psychological engineering and the employment of propaganda techniques to push their desired narrative. If you ask someone – who is shaking the jar? – they will likely answer based on the standard left vs right, liberal vs conservative, white vs black paradigm which has been created by those benefiting from conflict. It is always a safe bet to follow the money when trying to identify the culprits.
The elevated intensity of manipulation by those pulling the strings of societal discontent reveals much about their level of desperation in creating more chaos, because the awakening of more to the truth, endangers their wealth, power, and control. They have turned the shaking power up to eleven in the last year, as an implosion of the Ponzi financial system was looming as we entered 2020, and the Deep State oligarchs needed cover to implement a massive injection of liquidity into the veins of Wall Street bankers, the medical industrial complex, and mega-corporations like Amazon, Wal-Mart and Target.
The weaponization of a contagious, but highly non-lethal to anyone under 80 years old, flu became the perfect camouflage of fear to bailout the teetering financial system and creating turmoil, chaos, and distrust among the populace. The non-stop fear mongering was purposely ramped to keep the public distracted while the national wealth pillaging operation proceeded at a breakneck pace behind the scenes. $600 for you and $10 trillion for them.
The monstrous effort to polarize the country by the psychopaths in suits pulling the strings of societal disgruntlement has the ultimate purpose of subjugation and dominion over every aspect of our lives. They no longer feel the need to conceal their treachery, as they openly proclaim their Great Reset, where you will own nothing and be happy – living in a 200 sq ft shipping container, eating synthetic meat, drinking Gates endorsed reprocessed piss, snacking on bugs, and praying their windmill and solar power works on calm cloudy days as a frigid winter storm front arrives.
A right-wing meme on Twitter positioning George Soros as the originator of a coronavirus world conspiracy involving Bill Gates, James Comey, Rep Adam Schiff and others
None of this is an accident. It is not occurring naturally. This is the result of a designed blueprint to control and rule the world by a relatively small cadre of billionaire oligarch globalists, Big Tech despots, bought off politicians, the banking cabal fronted by their puppets at the Federal Reserve, surveillance state operatives, military industrial complex parasites, captured corporate media, mega-corporations, and mid-level government apparatchiks sucking on the teat of the Deep State.
These people are the real government who had been pulling the strings behind the curtain, but now feel emboldened to openly execute their plans, after observing how easily the masses could be manipulated and controlled through fear during this conveniently engineered pandemic. Decades of dumbing down the populace through government run public school indoctrination disguised as education, has produced millions of non-critical thinking barely sentient consumers who have their beliefs fashioned, choices formed, and opinions dictated by manipulative men operating in the shadows.
Those pulling the strings understand the psychological processes, societal relationships, and technology driven social media addictions of the masses. They know how to sell a narrative based upon the emotions, feelings, fears and biases of the masses. With so few capable of critical thinking and seeing through their deceptive manipulation of the story-line, complete control over mainstream and social media gives those pulling the strings tremendous power over the direction of society.
And if they can keep the majority at each other’s throats, distracted by trivialities, minutia, false narratives, and unable to decipher the truth, they can keep us subjugated and constrained while they pilfer and pillage the wealth of the nation. It is a despicably audacious plan but is working to perfection. But, as always with humans, their hubris and myopia have convinced themselves they are infallible and immune to defeat. Their greed and arrogance will ultimately lead to their downfall.
Fighting in Our Streets and God | Tennessee Bible College
Glenn Greenwald recently called out the faux journalists working in the corporate media complex for their shamefully pathetic attempt to twist the truth into the false narrative required by their Deep State puppet masters. They are nothing but highly paid whores doing tricks at the behest of their oligarch pimps.
“If you think the real power centers in the US are the Proud Boys, 4Chan & Boogaloos rather than the CIA, FBI, NSA, Wall Street and Silicon Valley, and spend most of your time battling the former while serving the latter as stenographers, your journalism is definitionally shit.” – Glenn Greenwald
Real journalists like Greenwald and Tucker Carlson are not afraid to confront those shaking the societal jar. That is why there is a concerted effort by those shaking the jar to try and destroy Substack, where Greenwald writes, after The Intercept began to censor his articles, and to force Fox to cancel Carlson by pressuring advertisers to boycott his show. This Cancel Culture tactic is being employed by those in control to crush dissent and free speech, so their narrative can dominate the airwaves and social media platforms, drowning out the truth.
There is a war for the soul of America underway and only one side is fighting – the globalist cabal along with their billionaire backers (Gates, Soros, Bloomberg), Big Tech tyrants, Big Media, Big Pharma, and Big Corporations. They have positioned their troops as attorney generals, governors, mayors, and legislators; in universities; in K-12 classrooms; in the media; on Wall Street; at the Fed; and in the Swamp of D.C. They now have a senile useful idiot in the White House, with a compliant cackling diversity hire waiting in the wings to become their new stooge.
There is no Deep State - Econlib
The technique of using propaganda to manipulate the opinions of the masses, put forth by Edward Bernays almost one hundred years ago, has been enhanced and perfected by the deceitful and traitorous psychopaths operating as the shadow government, as they purposely construct false narratives and bogeymen, so they can expand their supremacy, dominion, and fortunes. It has always been this way, as human nature never changes, but the level and intensity has been ratcheted up to a degree never seen before in human history.
Technological advances have allowed these evil men to reinforce their narrative, while suppressing the truth tellers, and brainwashing the masses to do as they are told. Over the last five to ten years, they have convinced a vast swath of the population to believe utter nonsense, cower in their basements on command, and buy into false narratives and fake news that a sixth-grade level IQ should be able to see through. I have never lived through the final days of an empire, but this must be how it feels.
BREAD, CIRCUSES & BOMBS – DECLINE OF THE AMERICAN EMPIRE – PART TWO – The Burning Platform
Those shaking the jar understand the mental processes of the ants because the indoctrination curriculum instilled in their brains by government controlled public schools through sub-mediocre, union worshiping, social justice warrior teachers has been designed to make them obedient, non-thinking, susceptible to psychological manipulation consumers.
The controllers know which buttons to push to keep the masses at each other’s throats: Democrat vs. Republican; liberals vs. conservatives; black vs. white; male vs. female; gay vs. straight; young vs. old; rich vs. poor; capitalists vs. socialists; white collar vs. blue collar; essential vs. non-essential; police vs. citizens; military vs. civilian and numerous variations on these categories of warring factions. Below is only a partial list of false narratives, fake news and outright lies over the last several years used by the powers that be to keep the ants fighting each other:
The Russiagate conspiracy created by the Obama and Hillary acolytes, in conspiracy with the leaders of the FBI, CIA, and DOJ to take down a duly elected president was a coup built upon nothing but lies, fomented and spread by the seditious corporate media. If the country were ruled by honest, forthright, law abiding people, Obama, Hillary, Brennan, Clapper, Comey, and dozens of underlings would be in prison for this plot to unseat Trump.
The Mueller investigation cost the American taxpayer tens of millions; produced thousands of hours of fake news reports by CNN, MSNBC, the NYT and the rest of the left-wing media; ruined the lives and reputations of dozens; distracted Trump from governing for two years; and resulted in absolutely zero proof of any wrongdoing or collusion with the Russians. The entire episode was created to distract from Hillary’s emails, the murder of Seth Rich for providing the info to Julian Assange, and the filthy dealings of the Clinton Foundation.
The lies about kids in cages and children being torn from the arms of their loving parents at the border, with photo shoots of AOC crying in an empty parking lot, was nothing but tripe. The “cage” pictures were taken during the Obama administration. It seems those cages are being used again, with Biden inviting millions to cross our unprotected border, but now the narrative is one humanity and caring. The hypocrisy of these feckless idiots knows no bounds.
In Emergency Bill, House Dems Vote To Send More Fake Tears To Address Border Crisis | The Babylon Bee
The “fine people” hoax regarding the Charlottesville protests and clashes in 2017 had been used by the Democrats and their media mouthpieces for three years to make it appear Trump supported white supremacy. It was a complete and utter lie, and they knew it. Of course, the full airing of his real comments was played during the latest impeachment hoax, clearly vindicating Trump. But liberals still latch onto this false narrative like an infant with a bottle. The infantilization of the masses appears to be working, as they cry at every perceived micro-aggression.
Storytime with Drag Queens | Things to do in Chicago
George Soros and his Open Society organization is intent on destroying all societal norms and community standards which have bound us together for generations. His desire is to destroy the family unit and replace it with the state. He openly funds anything and anyone who will further this agenda. He encourages things like Drag Queen Story Hour at public libraries where purveyors of pedophilia freaks teach five-year-olds how to twerk and attempt to legitimize their mental illness as normal. This brain washing of children is child abuse. Soros has spent tens of millions to get sociopath District Attorneys elected in Democrat run urban shitholes, whose sole purpose is to encourage crime, not prosecute murderers and thieves, and allow havoc and chaos to engulf their cities. Mission accomplished, as murder rates have skyrocketed in every Democrat run urban paradise in America – and the killing is not being committed by white supremacists. Soros is tearing down our society so it can be built back in his dystopian communist vision of the future.
There's Been a George Soros for Every Era of Anti-Semitic Panic
The entire Jeffrey Epstein episode is another false narrative created by the jar shakers because they were the perverts, pedophiles, and deviants who Epstein was blackmailing with secret videotapes and whatever took place on his private island. Clinton, Gates, Dershowitz, Prince Andrew, John Roberts and dozens more sociopaths were all implicated. Everyone knows Epstein did not kill himself. He was murdered by those at the top to shield themselves from revelations of their perversions and crimes. When you control the narrative, you can get away with anything. Maxwell will not talk. She knows her fate if she does.
The faked chemical weapons attack in Syria, blamed on the Assad regime, was completely fabricated and staged. It resulted in president Trump launching a missile attack against the Syrian government. Everything reported by the corporate media over the last decade has been built upon lies. Obama created ISIS, with the support of McCain and the neo-cons, to overthrow the regime of Assad. They did such a bang-up job turning Libya from the richest country in Africa to a 3rd world ungovernable hellhole, they wanted to accomplish the same in Syria. It was only after Putin’s military began obliterating ISIS, the U.S. was shamed and reluctantly joined, and then took full credit for their defeat.
A Movie as “New Evidence on Fake Chemical Attack” – Again - EU vs DISINFORMATION
Blaming Russia for everything bad that happens in our country, run by incompetent corrupt boobs, has become the go to lie by Democrats and their media lapdogs at CNN, Washington Post, NYT and MSNBC. They were accused of hacking into our electrical grid in 2016, with the entire story debunked in days. The Washington Post claimed 200 websites had been infiltrated by the Russians, accusing Ron Paul and Tulsi Gabbard of being Russian assets. The laughability of these claims by Hillary’s army did not stop useful idiots from believing. The Russians were accused of using sonic and microwave weapons to cause brain damage to U.S. personnel in the US embassy in Cuba. It was determined the sounds were male crickets during mating season. The bullshit continues to this day, as Biden has accused Putin of interfering in the 2020 election and calling him a killer. Maybe the Russians interfered to get Biden elected, knowing he is a dementia racked bumbling fool.
Shocking Footage of Joe Biden Falling Multiple Times: What Is Wrong? | DIRECT MESSAGE | Rubin Report - YouTube
The first ridiculous impeachment of Trump was based on a phone call with the Ukraine president regarding the actual corruption and payoffs to Hunter Biden and the Biden crime family to influence U.S. policy in the Ukraine. The U.S. had already funded and aided in the coup against the democratically elected president and encouraged the civil war that followed. The real crimes were committed by Hunter selling influence and the Big Guy having the Ukrainian prosecutor investigating Hunter fired. Ironically, two key figures in the impeachment hearings Eric “the farter” Swalwell and Diane ‘the crypt keeper” Feinstein had much bigger skeletons in their closets – sleeping with a Chinese spy and employing a Chinese spy for almost twenty years as her driver.
The second, more ridiculous, impeachment of Trump was such a shitshow, John Roberts refused to participate in the farce. This travesty of justice was conducted to send a message to all Trump supporters they will be painted with the brush of insurrectionists and white supremacists. The absurd charade was conducted after Trump was already out of office. Swalwell and his parade of woke jokes doctored evidence, lied and exaggerated the claims against Trump, and were ultimately eviscerated and embarrassed by Trump’s defense team on national TV. But they convinced their faithful intellectually deficient dupes Trump had provoked an armed insurrection, no matter the verdict.
House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff, D-Calif., gives final remarks during a hearing where former White House national security aide Fiona Hill, and David Holmes, a U.S. diplomat in Ukraine, testified before the House Intelligence Committee on Capitol Hill in Washington, Thursday, Nov. 21, 2019, during a public impeachment hearing of President Donald Trump's efforts to tie U.S. aid for Ukraine to investigations of his political opponents. (AP Photo/Susan Walsh)
The false narrative of the January 6th “armed insurrection” is blatantly false and continues to be flogged by the dutifully deceptive defecators on the payroll of CNN and MSNBC. There is only one requirement for an armed insurrection. Somebody must be armed. Not one firearm was used by any of the selfie taking boobs wandering around the Capitol. I guess someone could have been gored by the buffalo dude. The fake news about a Capitol cop beaten to death with a fire extinguisher was peddled for months by CNN and MSNBC. It was 100% fake news. He died of a stroke a day after the protest. The only person killed was an unarmed female who posed no threat to anyone. They still have not revealed the name of the cop that executed her. The presence of ANTIFA plants, paid by CNN, instigating the crowd, has been memory-holed by the malleable media.
Maryland man caught inside US Capitol building during riot fired | WBFF
The “armed insurrection” by “white supremacists” false narrative has been exploited by the hateful shrew Pelosi to turn D.C. into an armed fortress with national guard members pretending to protect the Capital from imminent attack by the Trump militia armies. The FBI does their part by fear mongering about non-existent right wing domestic terrorists, while Democrat run cities continue to be terrorized and burned by real ANTIFA and BLM terrorists, with Federal buildings under armed attack and set on fire. The diversity hire Defense Secretary is busy purging white Trump supporters from the ranks, while encouraging the feminization of his forces, to the delight of Russia and China. Pelosi and Schumer will never tear down those walls. They know their far-left agenda will ultimately result in chaos and revolution. They want to extinguish our exiting civilization, so they can “build back better” as a globalist utopia where the few, like Gates, Soros and Schwab, rule over the many, and you will own nothing and be happy – or else.
This is not freedom': militarized US Capitol a sign of forever wars coming home | US Capitol breach | The Guardian
The false narrative they have been beating to death since the election is the Qanon conspiracy of a vast array of right-wing domestic terrorists planning a takeover of the government. They were blamed for the January 6th non-insurrection and are being used as the excuse to keep 12-foot walls around the Capitol. This entire storyline is laughable, except brainless twits in the corporate media flog it to benefit Pelosi and her parade of congressional dimwits as they intentionally mislead the public about the real threats in this country. If 5% of Trump voters had ever heard of Qanon, I would be shocked. If .00001% of the public believed the fairy tales spun on 4Chan or 8Chan or whatever Chan, then I would be flabbergasted. In retrospect, it is evident this was a Psy-Op conducted by the surveillance state to lure people into a trap of hope, and now is being used to paint all Trump supporters as crazy white supremacists, intent on overthrowing the government. Mission accomplished by the jar shakers.
In Part 2 of this article, I will detail the extraordinary efforts by those in power to cover-up the ultimately fatal levels of debt endangering the American Empire, by creating trillions more in debt, and pondering what happens next on our road to perdition.
-----------------------------------------------------
The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/03/22/who-is-shaking-the-jar/
:: 3-23-21 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
COVID-19 Vaccine Tested on Babies Even as Death Toll Mounts
Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked March 23, 2021
Story at-a-glance
Mid-March 2021, Moderna started testing its mRNA COVID-19 vaccine on children between the ages of 6 months and 11 years
As of March 5, 2021, the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) had received 31,079 adverse reaction reports for COVID-19 vaccines, including 1,551 deaths
Using March 5 VAERS statistics, assuming all deaths have been reported as required, the lethality rate of COVID-19 vaccines is 0.0028%
CDC statistics puts the death rate following COVID mRNA vaccination at 0.0024% — significantly higher than that following influenza vaccination at 0.0000265%
There are compelling reasons to suspect these vaccines may contribute to death further down the line, perhaps months or a few years into the future. Those ending up with permanent disability as a result of these vaccines will be at increased risk of early death, and there’s no telling how these vaccines might impact the longevity of children
If early statistics are any indication, we are facing the greatest public health calamity in modern history. No, I’m not talking about a third, fourth or fifth wave of COVID-19. I’m talking about the current vaccination campaign. I have no doubt that deaths caused by COVID-19 vaccines will end up far exceeding the number of actual COVID-19 deaths.
The greatest tragedy here is that while COVID-19 kills already unhealthy elderly individuals who are just years from their natural death, the vaccines are killing the young and healthy who typically have many more decades to live. From my perspective, there’s simply no justification for this. There’s no “greater good” argument that can ever make this type of tradeoff OK.
Equally unjustifiable is the fact that death within months of a positive SARS-CoV-2 test was automatically pegged as a COVID-19 death, whereas death within days or even hours of the vaccine is shrugged off as coincidental, no matter how many times it happens. It is reprehensibly inexcusable the way these deaths are being attributed.
Now, these experimental gene therapy “vaccines” are being tested on young children and even babies as young as 6 months old, the ramifications of which are wholly unknown.
According to Forbes1 and The New York Times,2 Moderna has officially started testing its vaccine on children between the ages of 6 months and 11 years. A total of 6,750 children will be included in the trial. Testing on 12- to 17-year-olds began in December 2020, the data from which are still unpublished. Considering what’s happening in the adult population, testing on young children and babies seems extremely premature and risky beyond belief.
Deaths Mount by the Week Unfortunately, there’s no simple way to keep tabs on vaccine-related deaths. Each country has its own reporting mechanism, and vaccine reactions aren’t always properly reported.
In the U.S., for example, past investigations have shown only somewhere between 1%3 and 10%4 are ever reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), which is a passive, voluntary reporting system.
Granted, unlike other vaccines, deaths following COVID-19 vaccination are supposedly required to be reported,5 so perhaps VAERS data are more reliable for COVID-19 vaccines than for others. As of yet, though, it’s impossible to confirm that all related deaths are in fact being reported.
As of March 5, 2021, a total of 31,079 adverse reaction reports had been filed for COVID-19 vaccines, including 1,551 deaths.
VAERS data processed as of March 5, 2021, show a total of 1,551 deaths. (This includes all locations, ages, genders and location of vaccine administration.) At that time, a total of 31,079 adverse reaction reports had been filed for COVID-19 vaccines, which means deaths account for 4.99% of adverse events. Life-threatening events account for 3.56% of total side effects reported, and permanent disability accounts for 2.10% of total side effects reported. Comparing COVID-19 and Vaccine Death Rates
Another difficulty is matching different data sets together. For example, to put these numbers into greater context, you’d want to know how many people have been vaccinated as of that same date, March 5, 2021.
This too can be tricky to determine, as vaccination statistics6 will often use breakdowns such as the number of vaccinated people per 100, or vaccine doses administered, which doesn’t tell you how many people were vaccinated, seeing how some vaccines require a single dose while others require two.
Accepting those limitations, we can at least get an approximate idea. Using Our World in Data’s statistics,7 as of March 5, 2021, 55.55 million Americans had received at least one dose. (Another graph shows that as of March 5, 28.7 million Americans were considered fully vaccinated, having received all prescribed doses. However, since side effects can occur after the first dose, I will use that statistic.) Dividing reported deaths, 1,551, by the number of people having received at least one dose, 55,550,000, we end up with a reported lethality rate of 0.0028%. If only 10% of adverse events are reported to VAERS, we’re looking at approximately 15,510 deaths and a lethality rate of 0.028%.
If only 1% are reported, there may be around 155,100 deaths, and vaccines may be killing 0.28% of all who get them. Again, while any and all deaths following COVID-19 vaccination are supposed to be reported, it’s still unclear whether mandatory reporting is actually taking place.
While 0.0028% or even 0.28% might not seem like a shockingly high percentage of deaths, it’s hard to justify even a single death of a young and healthy individual. For comparison, the overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio from COVID-19, for all age groups, is 0.26%. Those under 40 have only a 0.01% risk of dying from COVID-19 if infected.8
As of right now, the vaccine may not match or exceed the lethality of COVID-19 itself, but we’re only three months into the vaccination campaign. According to NPR,9 21.7% of the U.S. population had received at least one vaccine dose as of March 16, 2021. There are compelling reasons to suspect these vaccines may contribute to death further down the line, perhaps months or a few years into the future. Those ending up with permanent disability as a result of these vaccines will be at increased risk of early death, for example, and there’s no telling how these vaccines might impact the longevity of children.
If premature death occurs a year or more down the line, it’s unlikely that anyone will suspect it being connected to the vaccine. Right now, even deaths that occur within 24 hours in people who were young and in good health are chalked up to coincidence, which is truly remarkable.
Comparing COVID-19 Vaccines With Flu Vaccines
Another way to judge the lethality of COVID-19 vaccines is to compare it to seasonal flu vaccines which, by the way, used to account for a majority of vaccine injuries. As reported by The Vaccine Reaction:10
“The death rate following COVID mRNA vaccination is much higher than that following influenza vaccination. The CDC’s data allows only a ballpark estimation of the rate of deaths following flu vaccination. In the 2019-2020 influenza season the CDC reports that 51.8 percent of the U.S. population received a vaccine, which is approximately 170 million people.
VAERS reports that in the calendar year 2019 (not the 2019-2020 influenza season) there were 45 deaths following vaccination. To provide context, in 2018 VAERS reports 46 deaths, and in 2017 it reports 20 deaths.
The 45 deaths in 2019 are occurring at a rate of 0.0000265% when calculated using the number of vaccines given in the 2019–2020 influenza season. As of Feb. 26, 47,184,199 COVID vaccinations had been given with 1,136 deaths reported following vaccination, which is approximately a rate of .0024%.”
Are These Deaths Pure Coincidence? As of March 5, 2021, the youngest recorded death shortly following COVID-19 vaccination was 23.11 Among the more recent reports is that of a healthy 39-year-old mother who died of multiple organ failure just four days after receiving her second dose of the Moderna vaccine.12
The average age of death post-vaccination is 75 and older,13 which is near-identical to the age of death for COVID-19 itself. However, whereas COVID-19 primarily kills elderly in nursing homes who have multiple comorbidities, the vaccines are cutting lives short among elderly who appear to be in relatively good health.
Examples include baseball legend Hank Aaron, who died in his sleep 17 days after receiving the vaccine. He was 86. His death was reported as completely natural and unrelated to the vaccine.14
Another is that of boxing champ Marvin Hagler who, according to his friend Thomas Hearns, was admitted to the ICU due to side effects from his COVID-19 vaccination. (Hearns had posted on his Instagram and Twitter accounts that Hagler was in the hospital ICU “fighting the after effects of the vaccine” and that he wanted fans to pray for his recovery.15
His posts have since been removed, but a screenshot of a retweet16 by Tariq Nasheed is still available.) Hagler died shortly thereafter. He was 66.
I suspect that once more celebrities start dying from the vaccines, more people might start to rethink their decision to get vaccinated. Mainstream media and industry-allied fact checkers are working overtime, though, to “debunk” any suggestion of a link between deaths and the vaccines.
Side Effects Range From Mild to Serious
Aside from sudden death,17,18,19,20,21,22 which is most serious of all, a range of other side effects are being reported, many of which will have a significant impact on quality of life. Examples of side effects reported after vaccination with Pfizer’s, Moderna’s and AstraZeneca’s vaccines from around the world include:
Persistent malaise23,24
Bell’s Palsy25,26,27
Extreme exhaustion28
Swollen, painful lymph nodes
Severe allergic, including anaphylactic reactions29,30,31
Thrombocytopenia (a rare, often lethal blood disorder)32,33
Multisystem inflammatory syndrome34 and/or myocarditis35
Miscarriages and premature birth.36,37,38 As of March 5, 2021, 85 cases of miscarriage or premature birth had been reported39
Chronic seizures and convulsions40,41
Severe headache/migraine that does not respond to medication
Paralysis42
Sleep disturbances
Psychological effects such as mood changes, anxiety, depression, brain fog, confusion, dissociation and temporary inability to form words
Cardiac problems, including myocardial and tachycardia disorders43
Blindness, impaired vision and eye disorders44,45
Stroke46,47
As reported by The Defender, March 5, 2021, while vaccine injury reports are growing in number, consistent trends have emerged, including the following:48
Overall, 31% of deaths have occurred within 48 hours of vaccination
People who report getting sick within 48 hours of vaccination account for 47% of deaths
About 20% of deaths are cardiac-related
A majority of these side effects are from the Moderna and Pfizer vaccines, which use mRNA technology. The AstraZeneca vaccine uses a chimpanzee adenovirus vector genetically engineered to express the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein instead. However, while many hoped this vaccine would be safer than mRNA versions, this doesn’t seem to be the case.
As of March 16, 2021, more than 20 European countries had suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s vaccine, either in full or in part, following reports of deadly blood clots.49,50 According to a March 2, 2021, report51 by The Defender, U.K. data show the AstraZeneca vaccine actually has 77% more adverse events and 25% more deaths than the Pfizer vaccine.
Like AstraZeneca’s vaccine, Johnson & Johnson’s vaccine also uses an adenovirus vector to carry the gene for SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into your cells, thereby triggering your cells to produce this protein.52 Business Insider has created a comparison chart53 of the four vaccines currently available in the U.S. and Europe — Moderna, Pfizer, AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson.
Concerned Doctors Speak Out
Sadly, the vaccine debate is nothing if not one-sided. Medical professionals expressing concern are roundly ignored, despite their growing number. Among them is cardiac surgeon and patient advocate Dr. Hooman Noorchashm, who recently sent a public letter54 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration commissioner detailing the risks of vaccinating individuals who have previously been infected with SARS-CoV-2, or who have an active SARS-CoV-2 infection.
He’s urging the FDA to require prescreening for SARS-CoV-2 viral proteins to reduce the risk of injuries and deaths following vaccination. He warns the vaccine may trigger an adverse immune response in those who have already been infected with the virus. Immunologist Dr. Bart Classen has also warned there is troubling evidence suggesting some mRNA shots may cause prion diseases such as Alzheimer’s and ALS,55 and Dr. J. Patrick Whelan, a pediatric rheumatologist specializing in multisystem inflammatory syndrome, has expressed concern about mRNA vaccines’ ability to cause “microvascular injury to the brain, heart, liver and kidneys in ways that were not assessed in safety trials.”56
Doctors for COVID Ethics Want Answers to Safety Questions
February 28, 2021, a dozen doctors and scientists with Doctors for COVID Ethics published an open letter to the European Medicines Agency (EMA), expressing a number of concerns about COVID-19 vaccines. It reads, in part:57
“We note that a wide range of side effects is being reported following vaccination of previously healthy younger individuals with the gene-based COVID-19 vaccines. Moreover, there have been numerous media reports from around the world of care homes being struck by COVID-19 within days of vaccination of residents.
While we recognize that these occurrences might … have been unfortunate coincidences, we are concerned that there has been and there continues to be inadequate scrutiny of the possible causes of illness or death under these circumstances …”
Doctors for COVID Ethics is requesting the EMA provide responses to a series of questions, including evidence that gene-based vaccines won’t enter the bloodstream and disseminate throughout the body and be taken up by endothelial cells, and that platelet activation won’t result in disseminated intravascular coagulation. Importantly, they also “demand conclusive evidence that an actual emergency existed at the time of the EMA granting conditional marketing authorization” for all three vaccines, seeing how by the time the vaccines became available, “health systems of most countries were no longer under imminent threat of being overwhelmed because a growing proportion of the world had already been infected and the worst of the pandemic had already abated.”
If the EMA fails to produce all of the evidences requested, the group demands “that approval for use of gene-based vaccines be withdrawn” until all safety issues have been properly addressed.
What to Do if You Regret Getting the COVID-19 Vaccine
If you already got the vaccine and now regret it, you may be able to address your symptoms using the same strategies you’d use to treat actual SARS-CoV-2 infection. I review these strategies at the end of “Why COVID Vaccine Testing Is a Farce.”
Additionally, if you’re experiencing side effects, please help raise public awareness by reporting it The Children’s Health Defense is calling on all who have suffered a side effect from a COVID-19 vaccine to do these three things:58
If you live in the U.S., file a report on VAERS
Report the injury on VaxxTracker.com, which is a nongovernmental adverse event tracker (you can file anonymously if you like)
Report the injury on the CHD website
The National Vaccine Information Center (NVIC) recently posted more than 50 video presentations from the pay-for-view Fifth International Public Conference on Vaccination held online October 16 to 18, 2020, and made them available to everyone for free.
The conference's theme was "Protecting Health and Autonomy in the 21st Century" and it featured physicians, scientists and other health professionals, human rights activists, faith community leaders, constitutional and civil rights attorneys, authors and parents of vaccine injured children talking about vaccine science, policy, law and ethics and infectious diseases, including coronavirus and COVID-19 vaccines.
In December 2020, a U.K. company published false and misleading information about NVIC and its conference, which prompted NVIC to open up the whole conference for free viewing. The conference has everything you need to educate yourself and protect your personal freedoms and liberties with respect to your health.
Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity. I was a speaker at this empowering conference and urge you to watch these video presentations before they’re censored and taken away by the technocratic elite.
:: 3-23-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2013 Rockefeller Paper “Predicts” Isolation & Death Of Physical Interaction
The Washington Standard / March 23, 2021
A paper written by the Rockefeller Foundation (the elitists that control the ruling classes of the world) predicted planned the isolation and death of physical interaction. It also planned for the formation of complete enslavement of mankind using the Global Health Police.
10-Year-Old Rockefeller Foundation Document Reveals What Is Actually Going On Right Now Around The World Step-By-Step (Video)
COVID-19 & the Rockefeller Pandemic
Rockefeller Playbook: United Nations Rolls Out In Your Face Official New World Order Website As CDC Goes Door-To-Door (Video)
President of Ghana Exposes Entire Rockefeller Eugenics COVID-19 Plan (Video)
Is it just an odd coincidence that the elitists who seek ultimate permanent control over humanity seemed to know exactly what would happen in 2013? I’ll let you decide. But here’s the information:
At the 2013 Global Health Summit in Beijing, China, 112 key individuals from governments, the private sector, international organizations, and other groups, met to discuss how the next 100 years of global health may look. The summit released a white paper, titled: Dreaming the Future of Health for the Next 100 Years, which was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. -Insight History
If you can stomach it, read the entire thing. It’s their road map to convince all humans around the globe to accept their enslavement to the elitists, using the ruling-class puppets to institute draconian restrictions that many in the public find acceptable. This is just one more reason to wake up to the fact the government is slavery. Anyone who thinks they have the right to take from you or control you in any way is your master and you are their slave. We have to wake up, folks. This is the end game. Knowing is half the battle. Once we understand that these people will stop at nothing short of complete control over every aspect of every human’s life and that control amounts to slavery, we can finally stand together and oppose this on a massive scale. There are not enough enforcers on this planet to control us once we figure it out and come together. Our future is what we make it and it is as simple as getting off your knees and refusing to be ruled any longer.
[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..
[ :: 7-11-04
pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom
and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle
and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow.
I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her,
then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s
destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or
ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion
of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc
:: 3-23-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Holy Bible blasted as 'bigoted document': Equality Act 'explicitly targets' Scripture
'It is difficult to imagine a more ruthlessly efficient tool'
Bob Unruh By Bob Unruh Published March 23, 2021 at 11:26am
The Democrats' Equality Act "explicitly targets" the Bible with provisions that erase any allowance for differences between men and women, warns Yaakov Menken, the managing director of the Coalition for Jewish Values.
He explained in an article for The Federalist that just before COVID-19 limits were imposed, some 100,000 observant American Jews filled MetLife Stadium in New Jersey, the Barclays Center in Brooklyn and other locations across the country.
The gatherings honored religious education, called "The Siyum," meaning "the completion." They recognized the thousands of men – and women – who finished a seven-and-a-half year program of Torah study. The program has been held regularly since 1931.
So what's the issue? The Equality Act would ban Jews from gathering to celebrate such religious education "or any other occasion, in accordance with their beliefs."
"The reason is simple: not only prayer services, but family lifecycle events of all kinds – from circumcisions to bar mitzvahs to weddings to funerals – are commonly divided by biological sex in traditional Orthodox Judaism. This is true whether or not ceremonies are held in synagogues," Menken explained. But the bill classifies virtually all venues, from restaurants to catering halls and funeral homes as "public accommodations," subjecting them to a mandatory ban on division by sex.
"This directly forbids traditional Jewish practice in any such location," he said. "Lest you imagine that such a Jewish event would be protected by its religious nature, the act goes out of its way — for the first time in history — to prohibit recourse to the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (RFRA). That law was specifically to shield religious practice from 'laws ‘neutral’ toward religion [which] may burden religious exercise as surely as laws intended to interfere with religious exercise,'" Menken said.
"Stripping this protection from religious practice cannot be described as incidental. The Equality Act claims the notion that marriage is between a man and a woman is merely a 'sex stereotype,' and that opposition to same-sex marriage is inherently discriminatory. Any 'discrimination' on the basis of 'gender identity' is likewise prohibited, even in the private sector," said Menken.
"Thus, the Equality Act explicitly targets the Bible, calling it a bigoted document filled with discriminatory stereotypes. These include the idea that male and female sexes are biological, not psychological (Genesis 1:27), created with procreation in mind (1:28), and that marriage is the unique, holy contract between man and woman forming the environment in which that procreation is intended to take place (2:24). And one cannot forget that which the Bible proscribes as an 'abomination' in Leviticus 18:22. "If bigots were bent on eliminating Orthodox Judaism from American soil, it is difficult to imagine a more ruthlessly efficient tool than the Equality Act," he wrote.
_content=breaking&ats_es=276a0384250dff1b269a3d80247dc528
:: 3-23-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BREAKING: Facebook Scrubs Shooting Suspect Ahmad Al Issa’s Profile, Previously Revealed He’s Devout Muslim
by Tom Pappert | National File March 23rd 2021, 11:01 am
Facebook has removed all access to the Facebook profile believed to belong to Ahmad Al Issa, the person identified by police as the King Soopers shooting suspect who killed 10 in the Boulder, Colorado shooting. Screen shots of the Facebook page taken by Twitter users reveal that Al Issa was a devout Muslim who believed in conspiracy theories.
Ahmad Al Issa’s profile was abruptly removed from the website, internet archive websites including the Archive.is and the Wayback machine, and Google’s cache nearly simultaneously.
On March 16, 2019, Al Issa shared a conspiracy theory that there was more than one shooter involved in the horrific Christchurch Mosque Shooting that occurred in New Zealand. Similarly, Al Issa believed he was under attack from “racist Islamophobic people” who were “hacking” his smartphone. “Yeah if these racist islamophobic people would stop hacking my phone and let me have a normal life I probably could,” wrote Al Issa on June 5, 2019. Around the same time, on June 1, 2019, Al Issa also shared a post from PBS with the caption “Why refugees and immigrants are good for America.”
While authorities did not release information about Al Issa’s country of origin, but claimed he lived “most of his life in the United States,” one user says they learned from his Facebook that he was born in Syria. Al Issa also disliked President Donald Trump according to screen shots taken before his Facebook page was terminated.
“Trumps [sic] such a dick,” he wrote on September 18, 2018, sharing an article from The Washington Post. Later on the same day, he shared another article, this time from The Intercept, and wrote, “[Trump] inherited a growing economy and the unemployment rate was low the economy was on an upward spiral he won because of racism.” In one homophobic post, Al Issa wrote, “If straight people go to prison straight and come out gay doesn’t that mean that being gay is a choice.”
:: 3-23-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With Globalists Now Pushing 'Depopulation At All Costs', Americans Should Be Fully Prepared To Defend Their Families And Loved Ones - 'This Is Insanity, America'!
- Black Woman Calls Out White Liberals As 'The REAL White Supremacists'!
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 23, 2021
With another horrific mass shooting now filling the headline news, and Democrats and the mainstream media quick to jump on the 'gun control bandwagon', with many pushing a 'white supremacist shooter' angle before all of the facts even come out, a series of excellent comments left by numerous ANP readers on this recent Susan Duclos story completely destroys the narrative we've seen coming from the mainstream media over the past several years.
As Susan Duclos had reported in this March 22nd story titled "FAKE NEWS ALERT! Liberal Activist Media Falsely Claims Atlanta Massage Parlor Shootings Were "Racist." - Is There Anything That The Media Doesn't Think Is Racist?", EVERYTHING is 'racist' now in 2021 to the mainstream media, which, as Susan had also pointed out in a comment on that story.:
"When every single thing has people screaming 'racism', then nothing is truly racist anymore. In other words, actual racism will be overlooked because that is all the media and liberals scream."
Yet actual racism is going on in America, all across the mainstream media and Democrat party. And as ANP reader Sherry had pointed out in a response to Susan's comment, it's not at all the way Democrats and the msm would like Americans to believe, with the hatred of whites now being pushed all across the msm and Democrat party.:
"They think hating whites isn't racist. If you read between the lines they're saying we aren't human."
Yet as we hear in the must-watch video at the bottom of this story, while Democrats scream and babble on about 'Conservative white supremacists', one black woman is calling out 'white liberals as being the real white supremacists'! With the Democrats history littered with slavery, the KKK and Jim Crow, it's definitely NOT white Conservatives who Asians and other minorities should be concerned about, but the Democrats screaming racism who are the real threat to ALL Americans. From this story over at the Social Justice Survival Guide.:
Social Justice Warriors have a pattern of holding up past sins committed by the United States (and Europeans generally) as if these past sins define who we are today. Former president Obama once said, “… the legacy of slavery, Jim Crow, discrimination in almost every institution of our lives — you know, that casts a long shadow. And that’s still part of our DNA that’s passed on. We’re not cured of it.”
Hillary Clinton has said, “When I talk about breaking down all the barriers that stand in the way of people’s ambitions and dreams, racism, along with economic issues, educational issues, and all the rest, have to be addressed,” she said. “Otherwise, we are never going to be the nation we should be. We’re never going to overcome our legacy — dating back to slavery, segregation, Jim Crow.”
According to a Georgetown law professor, “all white people are racist” and “all men are sexist.” An Emory University professor published a letter to white people claiming “… you are racist.” A former Social Justice Warrior talks about his experience within the SJ movement, explains that the SJ movement “promotes white guilt”.
It is standard SJ fare to claim that America (and specifically white Americans) must atone for the past sins of racism. Thus, the institution of America carries the burden of racial guilt. However, if institutions carry burdens of guilt, then let’s get more specific.
It was the Democratic party in the United States that was most responsible for slavery and Jim Crow. At the time of the Civil War, all slaveholders were Democrats, or at least no one has found an exception at this time.
And the Democratic Party was the party of Jim Crow, as well. Although the KKK was not officially aligned with the Democratic party, it consisted of white Democrats who terrorized both white and black Republicans (mostly black ones).
So with nothing less than an attempt at the complete 'dehumanization' of the white race going on, and now the Colorado shooter being named as Ahmad Al Aliwi Alissa, (white supremacist? Not!) and at a time when the Democrats/globalists are on a long held mission to 'fundamentally transform America', it's not an understatement that law-abiding Americans all across the country should prepare to defend their families and loved ones from the hatred Democrats are unleashing upon the country.
And as we see in this recent story from the website Complex, it's definitely not just WHITE Americans who should prepare to defend themselves from the globalists, but ALL Americans, with 'depopulation at all costs' now going on according to a black rapper name 'Lil Mama'.
As we see in the social media post above, rapper 'Lil Mama' will be starting up a 'heterosexual rights movement' to help heterosexuals deal with all of the 'bullying' going on by the 'LGBT etcetcetc community'. And not surprisingly, she was immediately attacked by the insane leftist mob for speaking her mind and 'the scientific truth'. From this recent story over at the website Complex.
Lil Mama is looking to start a “heterosexual rights movement.”
The 31-year-old entertainer made the announcement earlier this week amid mounting backlash over a series of transphobic comments. Lil Mama explained the movement was necessary to protect herself, and other heterosexuals, from being bullied by the LGBTQ+ community.
“Y’all fight so hard to be respected and SOME of you, NOT ALL, get a kick out bullying people for having an option, how they dress, how their hair and or makeup looks, how much money they have, etc,” she wrote in an Instagram story.
“There are so many people afraid to give their honest opinion (sic) because if they do the LGBTQ+ will hear what they want to hear and take statements out of context. I don’t have to prove myself by reminding people that I have loved ones of the LGBTQ+ Community. When I speak I’m not trying to hurt anyone, I’m just speaking my truth, just like you all.”
Lil Mama caught heat earlier this month when she shared her thoughts on transgender children, and suggested that being transgender was “depopulation at any cost.” She shared a tweet that read:
"So children are too young to smoke cigarettes, too young to drink alcohol, too young to get a driver’s license, too young to go to a club, too young to gamble, too young to rent a car, but old enough to cut off their genitals and/or ‘change’ their gender? This is insanity America.” The post came shortly after Michelle Obama’s interview with Zaya Wade—Dwyane Wade and Gabrielle Union’s 13-year-old trans daughter.
So with the 'insane left' immediately unleashing 'cancel culture' upon a black woman simply for speaking words of truth, we should all have our eyes wide open and our heads on a swivel with the demonization of 'the truth', the 1st and 2nd Amendments and the US Constitution high on the globalists 'to do list' as we roar into the Spring of 2021.
And with that horrific shooting in Colorado also coming just a day after we published this story on ANP titled "As Globalists Keep Pushing The 'White Supremacist Lie', Watch Out For More Mind-Controlled Patsies To Be Unleashed Upon America To Complete The Demonization Of The 2nd Amendment", a story within which we warned of the CIA's MKUltra and the possibility of 'mind-controlled shooters' being unleashed upon America to complete the demonization of guns, the 2nd Amendment and 'whites' in the eyes of some 'dumbed down Americans', we may be witnessing just that.
And with the deep state's 'Operation Northwoods' written into history, we feel that it's not just a 'coincidence' that all of this is happening now in America. From this Wikipedia entry on Operation Northwoods we see that 'they' were going to terrorize Americans and plant phony evidence and 'fake news' to justify war against Cuba. Think they wouldn't use such 'false flag terrorism' again to demonize the 2nd Amendment and guns in the minds of the America public?
Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962.
The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to both stage and actually commit acts of terrorism against American military and civilian targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba.
The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban immigrants, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes to be shot down or given the appearance of being shot down, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities.
The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy.
Operation Northwoods proposals recommended hijackings and bombings followed by the introduction of phony evidence that would implicate the Cuban government. It stated: The desired result from the execution of this plan would be to place the United States in the apparent position of suffering defensible grievances from a rash and irresponsible government of Cuba and to develop an international image of a Cuban threat to peace in the Western Hemisphere.
With 'Operation Northwoods' giving 'thinking Americans' all the reason that we need to NEVER trust 'government' again, especially in this day and age of massive fake news coming from the mainstream media (actually state propaganda!), please join with us in praying for a return of peace and sanity to America at a time when the globalists are pushing depopulation at all costs while the entire mainstream media propaganda apparatus works to demonize law-abiding Americans and the US Constitution.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Globalists_Pushing_White_Genocide_And_Depopulation_At_All_Costs.php
:: 3-23-21 SkyWatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
TOP SECRET SERIES—PART 20: The Return of the Nephilim in Isaiah
March 23, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor
Self-proclaimed “bastions of discernment” have ridiculed the “return of the Nephilim” idea popularized by my late friend Chuck Missler. While one of Missler’s two-part series focuses on UFOs and a possible connection to Genesis 6, lesser known and completely ignored by the skeptics is that “the return of the Nephilim” has a compelling basis in the Greek Septuagint text of Isaiah.
Isaiah’s call to ministry came “in the year that King Uzziah died” (6:1), around 740 BC, and he lived long enough to record the death of Sennacherib (37:38) around 681 BC. [i] While Isaiah predicted the Babylonian sacking of Jerusalem a century before the event, we believe his prophecy concerning the destruction of Babylon is still to happen. Futurist scholars associate Isaiah 13–14 and Jeremiah 50–52 with Revelation 17–18 because the Mesopotamian city was never actually destroyed in warfare as Isaiah implies. [ii] Even more amazing, the ancient Greek translation of this end-time oracle really does predict the opening of a gateway in Babylon and the return of the Nephilim.
The Septuagint, from the Latin word septuaginta (“seventy”), is a translation of the Hebrew Bible and some related texts into Koine Greek. The title and its Roman numeral acronym LXX refer to the legendary seventy Jewish scholars who completed the translation. It was the Bible of Jesus and the apostles. The New Testament authors show a clear preference for the Septuagint over Masoretic readings. [iii] In the early Christian church, the Septuagint was also preferred because it was translated by Jews before the era of Christ and preserved more Christ-centered readings. It seems that some scribes were attempting to obscure prophetic references to Jesus. For example, Irenaeus pointed out that the Septuagint clearly writes of a virgin that shall conceive (Isaiah 7:14). However, the Hebrew text of the second century as interpreted by Theodotion and Aquila was translated as a “young woman that shall conceive.” This leads many to prefer the LXX and lends force to a Septuagint reading predicting the return of the Nephilim.
The first oracle against Babylon by the prophet Isaiah opens as the day of the Lord looms over the world (Isaiah 13). The ancient scholars and rabbis who translated the Hebrew into the Greek Septuagint chose the Greek gigantes to render the Hebrew gibborim, predicting the return of “giants” with “monsters” at the advent of the destruction of Babylon in the final age. From the Septuagint, we read:
The vision which Esaias son of Amos saw against Babylon. Lift up a standard on the mountain of the plain, exalt the voice to them, beckon with the hand, open the gates, ye ruler. I give command and I bring them: giants are coming to fulfill my wrath.… For behold! The day of the Lord is coming which cannot be escaped, a day of wrath and anger, to make the world desolate.… And Babylon…shall be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah.… It shall never be inhabited…and monsters shall rest there, and devils shall dance there and satyrs shall dwell there. (Isaiah 13:1–3, 9, 19–22, Brenton LXX)[iv]
According to the ancient understanding of Isaiah, the end times will be marked by the destruction of Babylon and the return of the Nephilim when God commands a “ruler” to “open the gates,” unleashing fearsome titans and cryptids to fulfill His wrath. While the Brenton Septuagint translation above lists monsters, devils, and satyrs, it skips over an entity appearing in the Greek text reflected in the newer Lexham English version of the Septuagint: “And wild animals will rest there, and the houses will be filled with sound; and Sirens will rest there, and divine beings will dance there. And donkey-centaurs will settle there” (Isaiah 13:21–22a, emphasis added). In this newer version, monsters are rendered “wild animals” from the Greek therion, but it is important to note the meaning of therion can also denote an evil person and is the Greek term behind “the beast” in Revelation 13. “Sirens” was omitted in the Brenton translation, but the Greek term siren denoted a “demon of the dead living in the desert,” [v] which almost laughingly appears in modern English Bibles as “ostrich” or a “desert owl.” Where “devils” and “divine beings” are interchanged, the Greek daimonai was in focus (thoroughly discussed in Putnam’s The Supernatural Worldview). A satyr is a hairy goat demon found throughout the Old Testament (Leviticus 17:7; Isaiah 13:21 and 34:14; 2 Chronicles 11:15) and the alternate “donkey centaur” is a closely related transgenic monstrosity. It seems beyond coincidence that modern accounts of dimensional portals include similar strange beings. Also, Isaiah’s use of the plural “gates” suggests the possibility of many locations. Within the present volume, we argue that such portals are spread throughout the world.
Whereas the Greek reads gigantes, the Masoretic text used gibborim as reflected in the KJV: “I have also called my mighty ones for mine anger” (Isaiah 13:3). Although it removes “giants” from most English translations, the substitution demonstrates some semantic overlap between the terms gibborim and gigantes as the LXX and Masorite textual traditions have interchanged them. Isaiah’s prophecy is also fascinating given that Nimrod, the builder of the Tower of Babel—the “gate of the gods”—was, perhaps, himself a Nephilim. Reviewing the Hebrew exegesis first presented in our book, Exo-Vaticana (FREE IN COLLECTION HERE), we find:
Genesis 10:8 says about Nimrod: “And Cush begat Nimrod: he began to be a mighty one in the earth.” Three sections in this unprecedented verse indicate something very peculiar happened to Nimrod. First, the text says that “he began to be.” In Hebrew, this is chalal, which in its Qal (simple active) stem means “to become profaned, defiled, polluted, or desecrated ritually, sexually or genetically” but in the Hiphil stem (causative) means “begin.” It is certainly conceivable that the inspired author’s word choice might imply word play for a “profaned beginning.” Second, this verse tells us exactly what Nimrod began to be—“a mighty one”(gibborim), possibly one of the offspring of the Nephilim.” [vi]
That Nimrod had possibly become a “revived Watcher offspring” is supported by Nimrod seeming to abruptly be aware of where and how to build a tower so that it would penetrate the dwelling place of God or the Watchers. In addition to the possibility of suddenly seeing into the supernatural realm as a result of integration with fallen angels, if Nimrod was genetically modified according to the original Watcher formula, he could have inherited animal characteristics within his new material makeup, and animals, like angels, can perceive “domains” that humans cannot. This includes obvious things, such as wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrum, but possibly something even more substantial, like the spirit realm. As he became gibborim, he would have taken on Watchers’ propensities, which, as angels, could see into the supernatural realm including where heaven is located and possibly where to enter it.
The sixteenth chapter of the Book of Enoch also tells of the deceased offspring of Watchers, the spirits of the giants, or Nephilim, as being released at the end of time to bring slaughter and destruction upon man:
From the days of the slaughter and destruction and death of the giants, from the souls of whose flesh the spirits, having gone forth, shall destroy without incurring judgment—thus shall they destroy until the day of the consummation, the great judgment in which the age shall be consummated, over the Watchers and the godless, yea, shall be wholly consummated. (1 Enoch 16:1) [vii]
Of course, this all comes to pass as part of God’s Day of the Lord or Great Tribulation, when Satan and his angels punish the unbelieving world before they are resigned to the pit. According to scholars, “This defines the temporal extent of the evil spirits’ activity. They will continue their brutality, unabated and unpunished from the death of the giants until the Day of Judgment.” [viii] This particular prophecy mirrors those of Isaiah and the apocryphal works, which indicate a future date in which Watchers will rise for judgment while the spirits of their giant offspring manifest to wreak havoc upon earth.
The Book of Jubilees—an ancient Jewish religious work that is considered inspired Scripture by the Ethiopian Orthodox Church as well as Jews in Ethiopia—parallels the book of Enoch, which states the deceased Nephilim were damned to haunt the earth (1 Enoch 15:8–10). Jubilees also predicts spirits of the Nephilim erupting upon the earth in the last days.
And the Lord our God spoke to us so that we might bind all of them [Nephilim spirits]. And the chief of the spirits, Mastema, came and he said, “O Lord, Creator, leave some of them before me, and let them obey my voice. And let them do everything which I tell them, because if some of them are not left for me, I will not be able to exercise the authority of my will among the children of men because they are (intended) to corrupt and lead astray before my judgment because the evil of the sons of men is great.” And he said, “Let a tenth of them remain before him, but let nine parts go down into the place of judgment.” (Jubilees 10:7–9)
In this passage, God is ready to destroy all these demons after the Flood, and Noah prays that his descendants be released from their attacks. Mastema (an alternate name for Satan [x]) intervenes, imploring God to allow him to retain and control one-tenth of these demons in order to exercise his authority, because they are needed “to corrupt and lead astray before my judgment.” In other words, this corruption will peak just before Satan is judged (Revelation 20:2, 10).
At the fifth trumpet, the abyss opens releasing a demonic horde. Given Isaiah’s gibborim army, might the abyss include physical giants as well as transgenic demon-locusts? Might the dead walk amongst them? The dual meaning of rephaim is the distinction in Job 26:5 found in the LXX and the Masonite tradition. Most English Bibles read, “Dead things are formed from under the waters” in translation of the Masoretic text. However, the LES translation reads, “Are not giants brought forth from beneath the water and its neighbors?” (Job 26:5). Additional biblical references typify the inner earth as a kind of holding tank, or prison, where God has bound certain fallen entities be they angels, demons, ghosts, or giants—or all of the above (2 Peter 2:4; Jude 6; Revelation 9). The black awakening marking the release of powerful fallen ones is associated with Babylon’s famous river, “Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates” (Revelation 9:14).
It is a matter of record that Saddam Hussein was rebuilding Babylon. He connected himself with Nebuchadnezzar, spending more than $500 million during the 1980s on the reconstruction project. The project included baking over sixty million bricks engraved with the inscription, “To King Nebuchadnezzar in the reign of Saddam Hussein.”[xi]
Saddam believed he was the reincarnated Nebuchadnezzar [xii] and wished to recreate and outdo the feats of the biblical king. Of course, given the Tower of Babel Stele, Saddam also must have planned to rebuild the Tower of Babel. (Discovered hiding like a troll, he was humbled much like Nebuchadnezzar, too).
More than a decade ago, researchers William Henry [xiii] and Michael Salla[xiv] implied that there was an esoteric agenda behind the war in Iraq. While we remain undecided regarding occult conspiracies, it is fact that important ancient magical items have never been returned. When the bombs started falling, priceless ancient artifacts were some of the first items to disappear. For example, a news article revealed that the bronze panels from Balawat Gates near the city of Nimrud “stolen in April from the Mosul Museum soon after the fall of Baghdad, are still missing.”[xv] In 2003, Salla wrote that an interdimensional portal “may lie buried in the desert of Southern Iraq which presumably will play a role in the ‘prophesied return of the gods.’”[xvi] In fact, when I was on the popular radio show Coast to Coast AM with George Noory during the Gulf War and questioned why George W. Bush had been so stubbornly resolved to take the US into Iraq/Babylon even though Iraq was not connected to the events of September 11, 2001, something interesting happened. I had made several points, saying some people believed the invasion had to do with creating a strategic placement of US military resources against what the administration saw as a growing threat from Islamic radicals. Then I said others saw it as an effort to seize and maintain control of Iraqi oil reserves; still others believed that 9/11 was itself either a convenient or orchestrated event (false flag) allowing the Bush administration to extend a global domination project. But then, I suggested, some may have hit the real nail on the head when they suggested that biblical sites in Babylon—which had been uncovered during Saddam Hussein’s reconstruction of the ancient city—possessed something the administration went there to capture. After I finished his conversation with Noory and was headed to bed (around 3 a.m.), I suddenly received an email from the “curator” of the National Museum of Iraq (also known as the Iraq Museum, or the Baghdad Museum, which contains many relics from the Babylonian/Mesopotamian civilization), who had been listening to the radio show. This person claimed that my last idea involving the US invading Iraq to capture something Saddam had uncovered was spot on. The emailer then gave me a temporary password to the museum’s digital backdoor so he could see “proof.” The first thing I did was verify the email was actually from @theiraqmuseum.com and also that the hidden back page was an extension of the actual museum’s website. Once I confirmed that, I clicked the link where I was required to sign in using the temporary password. That is when I saw something I could hardly believe: hundreds and hundreds of step-by-step images of the first day of invasion showing US military personnel and the US ambassador at the museum. Somebody had taken second-by-second pictures of a woman with traditional head-covering greeting and then leading a delegation of US soldiers with the US ambassador to a large, padlocked door in the back of the museum in an area where the public is not allowed to go. This door was unlocked, and the armed soldiers and official American envoy followed the woman down a long flight of stairs into a gigantic underground storage room (something like one might see in an Indiana Jones movie, except this was real). Inside were dozens, if not hundreds, of large wooden cases containing superb gold and silver artifacts, which assumedly the world had never seen, invaluable items obviously dug up by Saddam from the sands of ancient Babylon. These included gold and silver masks of kings, sacred jewelry, cuneiform tablets with unknown secrets, steles bearing mysterious inscriptions and images, papyrus, strange ritual-looking objects, headdresses, vessels, swords, shields, and more. Hour after hour, I sat there going through the images one by one.
Then I saw something else. Suddenly, the pictures depicted a change in the observers’ demeanors. The crowd appeared agitated, or maybe excited; I wasn’t quite sure which. This happened as the soldiers began opening several larger-than-coffin-sized crates (actually about three times as large as a full-sized coffin) that were hidden far back in the corners of the concealed room. As the soldiers opened them, they looked inside and gestured for the ambassador. He went and stared inside the boxes, then had them resealed without removing anything (I could not tell what was inside the containers). Immediately, the soldiers began carrying these crates and some other ones behind them up the flight of stairs to a transport helicopter outside. Then they quickly departed the city of Baghdad (part of ancient Babylon) with the containers to parts unknown.
I was flabbergasted. It was true! Whatever else the US military was doing in Iraq/Babylon, the minute they arrived in the plains of Shinar, they had gone straight to a top-secret room beneath the Babylon Museum where Saddam Hussein had hidden objects of national interest recovered from the ancient world, and they had removed these containers in which something the American government wanted—something from ancient Babylon—was found! Whatever was inside those large boxes (it took two strong soldiers on each end to carry them out of that room), it was obviously more important to the US military than the irreplaceable golden masks and jewels of ancient kings and queens they didn’t bother to seize.
Exhausted, I headed to bed with intentions of continuing through the images the following morning. Unfortunately, the next day, I awoke to find my “password” expired and the “curator” never willing to respond again.
So…was there ancient portal technology hidden in Iraq? If so, did the US move it to an undisclosed location? Is it in the hands of the future world leader at this time? What if the US military recovered the remains of ancient giants (with intact DNA?) from Saddam’s secret vault that day? Maybe it was the remains of Nimrod himself? Or could it have been golden tablets with secret technology from the Watchers? Maps to a Sumerian stargate? These musings may be more realistic than a casual reader would imagine, as records from antiquity do describe forbidden knowledge from the Watchers that had been written down and buried in secret places for the express purpose of rediscovery after the Flood!
The great English theologian, George H. Pember, in his masterpiece, Earth’s Earliest Ages, records how:
For nearly a thousand years, immense accumulation of knowledge, experience, and skill must have advanced science, art, and the invention and manufacture of all the appliances of a luxurious civilization, with a rapidity to us almost inconceivable…. And doubtless many of the mighty labours accomplished by the earlier descendants of Noah may be considered to have sprung from reminiscences of pristine grandeur, and fragments of lore, handed down by forefathers who had passed a portion of their existence in the previous age of human glory and depravity. Such may have been the daring conception of a literally cloud capped tower [Tower of Babel]; the stupendous and splendidly decorated edifices of Babylon and Nineveh; and the wondrous structure of the first pyramid, involving, as it apparently does, an accurate knowledge of astronomical truth which would seem to have been at least on a level with the vaunted advances of modern science. For all these great efforts, be it remembered, were in progress during the lifetime of Shem, and probably in that of his brothers also.
Nor must we forget recent discoveries in regard to the primeval civilization of the Accadians, “the stunted and oblique-eyed people of ancient Babylonia,” whose very existence was unknown to us fifty years ago. Their language was dying out, and had become a learned dialect, like the Latin of the Middle Ages, in the seventeenth century before Christ. And yet so great had been their intellectual power that the famous library of Agane, founded at that time by Sargon I., was stocked with books “which were either translated from Accadian originals, or else based on Accadian texts, and filled with technical words which belonged to the old language.” A catalogue of the astronomical department, which has been preserved, contains a direction to the reader to write down the number of the tablet or book which he requires, and apply for it to the librarian. “The arrangement,” says Sayce, “adopted by Sargon’s librarians must have been the product of generations of former experience.” Could we have a stronger proof “of the development of literature and education, and of the existence of a considerable number of reading people in this remote antiquity”?
According to Berosus there was an antediluvian “Town of Books” in Babylonia; and Sisuthrus, the Chaldean Noah, “is made to bury his books at Sippara before the Deluge, and to disentomb them after the descent from the Ark.” [We also] have evidence that in very early times there were well-known libraries at Erech, Ur, Cutha, and Larsa [all part of the ancient Babylonian kingdom], to which observatories and universities were attached.
If, then, we give but their fair weight to these considerations, we seem compelled to admit that the antediluvians may have attained to a perfection in civilization and high culture which has scarcely yet been recovered, much as we pride ourselves upon our own times. [xvii] (emphasis added)
Titus Flavius Josephus (usually just called Josephus), the famous and respected first-century Romano-Jewish scholar, wrote his “histories” at the same time the New Testament apostles were alive. He, too, chronicled how pre-Flood knowledge involving tower building and related “secrets of Heaven” were specifically recorded so as to be available to mankind after the deluge. In his Antiquities of the Jews, he wrote:
They also were the inventors of that peculiar sort of wisdom which is concerned with the heavenly bodies, and their order. And that their inventions might not be lost before they were sufficiently known, upon Adam’s prediction that the world was to be destroyed at one time by the force of fire, and at another time by the violence and quantity of water, they made two pillars; the one of brick, the other of stone: they inscribed their discoveries on them both, that in case the pillar of brick should be destroyed by the flood, the pillar of stone might remain, and exhibit those discoveries to mankind; and also inform them that there was another pillar of brick erected by them. Now this remains in the land of Siriad to this day. [xviii]
Josephus also recorded how enigmatic knowledge of mathematics, astronomy, and tower construction related to the stars (portals?) was handed down by Adam’s son Seth from the earliest post-Flood builders to his children in the plains of Shinar. There, they sought to reproduce construction of a device that caused God to confront and divide them in Genesis 11. But the eighth chapter of the Book of Jubilees specifically mentions the recovery of at least part of this ancient and forbidden Watchers knowledge as having been recovered shortly after the Flood waters abated:
In the twenty-ninth jubilee, in the first week, in the beginning thereof Arpachshad took to himself a wife and her name was Rasu’eja, the daughter of Susan, the daughter of Elam, and she bare him a son in the third year in this week, and he called his name Kainam. And the son grew, and his father taught him writing, and he went to seek for himself a place where he might seize for himself a city. And he found a writing which former (generations) had carved on the rock, and he read what was thereon, and he transcribed it and sinned owing to it; for it contained the teaching of the Watchers in accordance with which they used to observe the omens of the sun and moon and stars in all the signs of heaven. And he wrote it down and said nothing regarding it; for he was afraid to speak to Noah about it lest he should be angry with him on account of it.[xix] (emphasis added)
We can only guess what these teachings of the Watchers involved, but if it was about the heavens and possibly locations or methods for piercing the human-angelic barrier, it would go along handedly with what the Bible says happened during Nimrod’s tower and technological aspirations.
These observations may be more important than at first we imagine, because the object lesson derived from the Tower of Babel incident is that self-actualization, apart from—and especially in defiance of—the will of God is dangerous. Ziggurats, pyramids, and towers were used to channel false gods—created gods damned to die like men. Thus in coming full circle, we decide the question of whether these ancient portals were (or are) “gates of the gods” or “doorways to destruction” in favor of the latter.
https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/03/23/part20/
:: 3--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
To Be Found in Christ
By Hal Lindsey
Through the years I have met people who were totally convinced of their own ability to live perfectly righteous lives. They say they were once sinners, but Jesus forgave them of past sins and now they claim to have risen above sin.
They admit that a Christian might occasionally sin. But they believe that by fully confessing each sin, they receive new forgiveness. This makes their salvation either shaky or nonexistent between the time of the sin and the confession of it. Here’s what they don’t understand. The scripture tells us to confess our sins (see 1 John 1:9), but we can only do that with sins we know about and can remember. God does not base salvation on our ability to remember and confess sins, but on the righteousness of Jesus (see 2 Corinthians 5:21).
Romans 3:23 is one of the most commonly quoted verses among evangelical Christians. “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God.” We can easily grasp the first part of that verse. We have all sinned.
But think for a moment about the second half of that verse. “All… fall short of the glory of God.” Of course, we do. How could we possibly measure up to His glory? The Bible makes it clear that God’s standard of righteousness is Himself. The more we learn about Him and the more we get to know Him, the more we realize how far short we fall. How could we possibly confess all the ways we fall short of Him?
People delude themselves into thinking that because they refrain from certain sins, they must be living perfect lives. “I don’t commit murder or adultery. It would never occur to me to shoplift or cheat on my taxes. So, I must be okay.” But James 2:10 says, “Whoever keeps the whole law and yet stumbles in one point, he has become guilty of all.”
In Luke 18:9-14, Jesus rebuked those who “trusted in themselves that they were righteous.” How can anyone claim his righteousness measures up to God’s righteousness without being guilty of pride and self-glory? Yet they are willing to rest their salvation on their ability to never fall short of God’s incandescent holiness and glory.
In Matthew 19:16-26, Jesus illustrated the folly of self-righteousness during His encounter with the rich young ruler. Afterwards, His disciples asked, “Who then can be saved?” Jesus responded with something astounding and wonderful. “With men this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.”
Philippians 3:9 defines real salvation — to “be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith.”
Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.”
Grace does not give us a license to sin. No believer should say to himself, “I can’t live up to God’s righteousness, so I will sin freely.” That path leads to pain and destruction. Living that way will send you to God’s woodshed — not a place you want to be — and send you there often.
Live like the new being He has made you to be, but don’t brag that you live sinlessly. Humbly recognize that you are cleansed from sin by the blood of Jesus. He died for all your sins — past, present, and future. And at the time He died for your sins, all of them were still future.
Humans struggle against pride, gluttony, lustfulness, unthankfulness, selfishness, and any number of other sins. But Jesus completely covers His followers with His own righteousness. He wants you to act like the new person He has made you to be, but never trust your salvation to your ability to live a sinless life. Trust your salvation to Jesus.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-12-2021/
[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying. Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.
:: 3-21-21 Voice Of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
AP Sources: Iran Threatens US Army Base, Top General
By Associated Press March 21, 2021 04:13 PM
Iran has made threats against Fort McNair, an Army base in the nation's capital, and against the Army's vice chief of staff, two senior U.S. intelligence officials said.
They said communications intercepted by the National Security Agency in January showed that Iran's Revolutionary Guard discussed mounting "USS Cole-style attacks" against the base, referring to the October 2000 suicide attack in which a small boat pulled up alongside the Navy destroyer in the Yemeni port of Aden and exploded, killing 17 sailors.
The intelligence also revealed threats to kill Gen. Joseph M. Martin and plans to infiltrate and surveil the base, according to the officials, who were not authorized to publicly discuss national security matters and spoke on condition of anonymity. The base, one of the oldest in the country, is Martin's official residence.
The threats are one reason the Army has been pushing for more security around Fort McNair, which sits alongside Washington's bustling newly developed Waterfront District.
City leaders have been fighting the Army's plan to add a buffer zone of about 75 meters to 150 meters (250 feet to 500 feet) from the shore of the Washington Channel, which would limit access to as much as half the width of the busy waterway running parallel to the Potomac River.
The Pentagon, National Security Council and NSA either did not reply or declined to comment when contacted by The Associated Press.
As District of Columbia officials have fought the enhanced security along the channel, the Army has offered only vague information about threats to the base.
At a virtual meeting in January to discuss the proposed restrictions, Army Maj. Gen. Omar Jones, commander of the Military District of Washington, cited "credible and specific" threats against military leaders who live on the base. The only specific security threat he offered was about a swimmer who ended up on the base and was arrested.
Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton, the district's sole representative in Congress, was skeptical.
"When it comes to swimmers, I'm sure that must be rare. Did he know where he was? Maybe he was just swimming and found his way to your shore?" she said.
Jones conceded that the swimmer was "not a great example there, but our most recent example" of a security breach.
He said the Army has increased patrols along the shoreline, erected more restricted area signs and placed cameras to monitor the Washington Channel.
Puzzled city officials and frustrated residents said the Army's request for the buffer zone was a government overreach of public waterways.
Discussions about the Fort McNair proposal began two years ago, but the recent intelligence gathered by the NSA has prompted Army officials to renew their request for the restrictions.
The intercepted chatter was among members of the elite Quds Force of Iran's Revolutionary Guard and centered on potential military options to avenge the U.S. killing of the former Quds leader, Gen. Qassem Soleimani, in Baghdad in January 2020, the two intelligence officials said.
They said Tehran's military commanders are unsatisfied with their counterattacks so far, specifically the results of the ballistic missile attack on Ain al-Asad airbase in Iraq in the days after Soleimani's killing. No U.S. service members were killed in that strike, but dozens suffered concussions.
Norton told the AP that in the two months since the January meeting, the Pentagon has not provided her any additional information that would justify the restrictions around Fort McNair.
"I have asked the Department of Defense to withdraw the rule because I've seen no evidence of a credible threat that would support the proposed restriction," Norton said. "They have been trying to get their way, but their proposal is more restrictive than necessary."
The proposed changes, outlined in a Federal Register notice, would prohibit people and watercraft from "anchoring, mooring or loitering" within the restricted area without permission.
The notice specifies the need for security around the Marine Helicopter Squadron, which transports American presidents, and the general and staff officers' quarters located at the water's edge. The southern tip of Fort McNair is home to the National War College, where midlevel and senior officers study national security strategy.
The Washington Channel is the site of one of the city's major urban renewal efforts, with new restaurants, luxury housing and concert venues. The waterway flows from the point where the city's two major rivers, the Potomac and Anacostia, meet.
It's home to three marinas and hundreds of boat slips. About 300 people live aboard their boats in the channel, according to Patrick Revord, who is the director of technology, marketing and community engagement for the Wharf Community Association.
The channel also bustles with water taxis, which serve 300,000 people each year, river cruises that host 400,000 people a year and about 7,000 kayakers and paddleboarders annually, Revord said during the meeting.
It's unclear whether the new intelligence will change the city's opposition to the Army's security plan.
https://www.voanews.com/middle-east/voa-news-iran/ap-sources-iran-threatens-us-army-base-top-general
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 3-23-21 Newmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden: 'We Can Ban Assault Weapons'
Tuesday, 23 March 2021 01:19 PM
President Joe Biden on Tuesday called for a ban on assault weapons and tighter gun control measures as he stepped into the familiar role of grief counselor for a traumatized nation after a mass shooting left 10 people dead in Colorado.
"I don't need to wait another minute, let alone another hour, to take common sense steps that will save lives in the future," Biden said, adding that "we can ban assault weapons."
"This is not and should not be a partisan issue," Biden said at the White House. "It's an American issue that will save lives, American lives. We must act."
"We can ban assault weapons and high capacity magazines in this country, once again."
Biden spoke before leaving Washington for Columbus, Ohio, a visit where he will mark the 11th anniversary of the signing of the Affordable Care Act known as Obamacare.
The mass shooting in Boulder, carried out with an AR-15-style semiautomatic rifle, followed a gunman's killing the previous week of eight people at spas in Atlanta, bringing new attention to U.S. gun violence.
Flags at the White House were at half staff until sunset on Monday to commemorate the Atlanta shooting victims. They flew at full staff for a few hours on Tuesday morning before being lowered again to mark the Boulder killings.
Biden offered his condolences to the families of victims, saying he and his wife, Jill Biden, were devastated by the deaths.
Biden has in recent weeks promoted the coronavirus stimulus bill while grappling with a surge of migrants along the U.S. southern border with Mexico.
Now his two-month-old administration faces increased pressure to fulfill promises on gun regulation.
Any effort to move the United States toward greater gun control has historically been difficult with his fellow Democrats in favor and Republicans largely opposed.
https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/biden-gun-control/2021/03/23/id/1014854/
:: 3-22-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel Elections: Whatever the outcome, Israel will manage - comment
Every election in this country, if you listen to the politicians and the pundits, is a “fateful election” that will have far-reaching and dramatic consequences for the country.
By HERB KEINON MARCH 22, 2021 21:07
Words overused lose their power. One example: “fateful election.”
Every election in this country, if you listen to the politicians and the pundits, is a “fateful election” that will have far-reaching and dramatic consequences for the country. This was said before the election in 1977 when Menachem Begin defeated Shimon Peres; in 1992 when Yitzhak Rabin defeated Yitzhak Shamir; and in 2015 when Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu beat Isaac Herzog.
This was also declaimed before the three previous elections in the current four-election cycle dating back to April 2019, and it was repeated in the run-up to Tuesday’s election as well: that this is an election in which the future of the Jewish state hangs in the balance.
Really? One may argue that every election is important and significant because it defines the path of the country for a certain period. But is every election truly fateful in the sense that the fate of the state depends on its outcome; that if one candidate wins, and the other loses, the country will face the abyss?
Those types of elections are rare, and the one that Israel faces on Tuesday does not fit that bill.
Let’s say Netanyahu not only wins Tuesday’s balloting, as he is sure to do if victory is measured solely by which party gets the most Knesset seats, but that he can cobble together a right-wing coalition with the haredi (ultra-Orthodox) parties, the Religious Zionist Party of Bezalel Smotrich and Itamar Ben-Gvir, and Naftali Bennett’s Yamina Party. Then what is going to happen?
Is the country really going to cease being democratic, as Netanyahu’s fierce detractors warn? Are all the checks and balances in the land going to suddenly dissolve and Netanyahu will ride roughshod over the country’s democratic principles?
Is the prime minister really a closet authoritarian, a Hebrew-speaking Recep Tayyip Erdogan? Will all the MKs in his party and the parties of the coalition just let him do whatever he wants? Are there no democrats there, no patriots, no one for whom the democratic future of the Jewish state is dear who would abandon him if need be and torpedo any project that could threaten Israel’s democracy?
And let’s go even a step further and say that this new coalition passes the controversial “French Law” and that as a result of that law, a prime minister cannot be prosecuted for his crimes while in office. While scandalous if enacted retroactively, would even that truly spell the end of Israeli democracy? Did France cease to be a democracy when it gave the world the “French Law?”
Too many are those in this land who see doom and disaster around every corner.
So, too, regarding Netanyahu. Before every election he has contested dating back to 1996, some warned – much like the caricature of the vagabond perpetually holding up a sign warning “the world will end tomorrow” – that if Netanyahu were elected, it would spell the end of Israeli democracy.
Yet just as the world hasn’t ended tomorrow, Israeli democracy is still going strong even though Netanyahu has been elected time after time. And that will continue even if he is elected again. There are strong checks and balances here that will ensure – and have ensured – that this remains so.
THAT’S ONE side of the coin.
Now let’s flip the coin over. Let’s say that the anti-Bibi coalition wins, and Yesh Atid’s Yair Lapid – perhaps in rotation with New Hope’s Gideon Sa’ar and/or Bennett – becomes the prime minister. Then what? Should we really start the countdown to Israel’s physical destruction?
Does that mean – as those presenting the Center-Left as a lily-livered bogeyman that will sell the country down the river maintain – that there will be nobody remaining in Jerusalem willing or able to stand up to the Iranians? That such a government would give the Palestinians all that they crave, and to hell with the country’s security? That there will be nobody able to forge further ties with the Arab world or promote Israel’s interests around the globe? Obviously not.
To those who believe that Netanyahu is the worst thing in the world, your criticism is legitimate in a democracy. But let’s be real, he is not the worst thing in the world; he is not the devil his worst critics make him out to be.
And to those who think that Israel will be overrun or physically annihilated if Netanyahu is not there to protect us, that, too, is ludicrous. With the most powerful military in the Middle East, and even beyond the Middle East, Israel is much more powerful than one individual, and if that individual is no longer there, the country will lose neither its strength nor its will or ability to survive.
Israel is going to the polls on Tuesday for the fourth time in two years, a sad fact. But even with that manifestation of political dysfunction, the country has managed to continue on its merry way since that first inconclusive election two years ago, even if hobbled – but by no means incapacitated – by the coronavirus.
Whether Netanyahu wins or losses, Israel will muddle through whatever verdict the electorate hands down. If history is any indication, Israel will not only muddle through and survive, but also thrive, because the nation is strong and much more than just its prime minister or the 120 representatives it will vote into office on Tuesday.
:: 3-22-21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Published 1 day ago
US-Mexico border traffickers earned as much as $14M a day last month: sources
Ex-Tucson Border Patrol Chief Roy Villareal says 'trafficking is a multibillion-dollar industry'
By William La Jeunesse | Fox News
Criminal organizations trafficking women, children, families and single adults over the U.S.-Mexico border earned as much as $14 million a day in February, according to border patrol sources.
"Trafficking is a multibillion-dollar industry," said former Tucson Border Patrol Chief Roy Villareal, who retired in December after 30 years with the agency. "A lot of these vulnerable populations use their life savings. Some are essentially indentured servants and they're working off this debt for a long period of time. In other cases, some of these migrants are asked to transport narcotics or some form of crime to work off a different part of their debt."
The human smuggling windfall comes as U.S. taxpayer costs for the border crisis continue to spike, topping $5 million a day, based on 2019 figures provided by Health and Human Services that put daily "influx" shelter costs at $800 per migrant. Additionally, last week the Biden administration awarded a $86 million contract for hotel rooms to hold 1,200 migrant families as the crisis exceeds ICE holding capacity. Additional costs will include overtime and hotel costs for the hundreds of agents reassigned to Texas from other areas. For context, in 2019 Congress appropriated an extra $4.6 billion to handle a similar migrant surge. In 2014, Congress gave President Obama an extra $2.7 billion to deal with his border crisis. "The Biden Administration has been an abject failure when it comes to ensuring the safety of unaccompanied minors who cross our border," Texas Gov. Greg Abbot said in a statement. "President Biden's refusal to address the border crisis is not only enabling criminal actors like human traffickers and smugglers, but it is exposing innocent unaccompanied children to illness and potentially unsafe living conditions."
On "Fox News Sunday," DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas defended the president’s handling of the situation, saying, "We are encouraging families, not to send their children along the dangerous journey because so many do not make it safely. We are encouraging them not to do so. Yet, if they arrive at the border, we have a responsibility to allow them to make their claims under United States law."
An appeals court this year found the U.S. is not legally obligated to accept unaccompanied minors. The Trump administration sent most Central American minors, the majority of whom are ages 15 to 17, back to their home countries to join family there.
As part of its media blackout, the Biden administration agencies responsible for caring for the migrants -- HHS, DHS and FEMA -- all refused to communicate with Fox News when we asked for cost projections.
That refusal is despite the fact that former officials tell us each agency keeps a running tally of daily expenses -- which include a newly Carrizo Springs, Texas, shelter, one in Midland, Texas, the Dallas Convention Center and prospectively two additional shelters in New Jersey and Florida.
NGOs, or nongovernmental organizations, are also looking for taxpayers' support. The agencies typically step in when ICE or CBP shelters reach capacity. In San Diego, the county asked the California delegation to reimburse Jewish Family Services for shelter, food, transportation and case management for hundreds of migrants taken in since January.
BIDEN TELLS MIGRANTS 'DON'T COME TO US'
"They did hold a gun to our head because they were asking for money to nongovernment organizations that take on these refugees," said Rep. Darrell Issa, R-Calif. "And they wanted an indeterminate amount of money for something permanent. And they wanted basically a blank check."
Issa's staff asked for a breakdown of expenses, but the county has yet to respond. "The NGOs are happy to take federal dollars to do social work. But at the end of the day, the taxpayers on the hook and probably for a long time to come," he said.
Despite claims of surprise from the White House and Mayorkas, Villareal says top-ranking border patrol officials, including RGV Sector Chief Brian Hastings, specifically warned the incoming Biden team in early December their plans would lead to an influx of migrants.
"During the transition, we told them what would happen if they went this route. So, it is both predictable and predicted. And they went down this route. So you have to ask yourself why did they do that, and the answer is they want this flood at the border," said former ICE chief Ken Cuccinelli.
During its daily briefing, the White House has taken a daily shot at the Trump administration, calling its treatment of asylum seekers "cruel" and "inhumane."
But numbers provided by the Justice Department show the Trump administration granted more asylum seeker applications, and at a higher rate, than Obama in his first or second term.
Obama Asylum Cases Approved (2013-2016)
Approvals – 34,933
Grant Ratio – 6.8
Trump Asylum Cases Approved (2017-2020)
Approvals – 57,014
Grant Ratio – 12.8
*Source: Executive Office for Immigration Review
As for criminal organizations, profits made at the border are used to pay off and corrupt police and government officials in Central America, further fueling the border crisis. However, Biden claims his strategy to send US tax money south will strengthen those governments.
A portion of the smuggling fees are typically paid up front but are mostly paid over time by the worker, their family or an employer. The money pays for transportation, food, shelter and a guide to get over the border. In some cases, the fees also cover transportation to a place of employment where the worker is expected to remain for years.
BIDEN GIVING MEDIA 'ZERO ACCESS' TO BORDER OPERATIONS: PHOTOJOURNALIST
Here are the revenues CBP officials estimate for February. The numbers for single adults and Mexicans were adjusted to account for recidivism.
Smuggling Fee Schedule
Children/Family -- $4,000 - $5,000
Single Adult -- $8,000 - $9,000
Mexican -- $5000 - $6,000
February Smuggling Revenues
Central American Children -- $34.1m
Central American Families -- $80.7m
Central American Single Adults -- $139.5m
Mexicans -- $157.2m
February Total -- $411.5m
Daily Average -- $14.6m
Source: CBP officials to Fox News
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
This week, Rep. Jodey Arrington, R-Texas, will lead a delegation of 14 House members to the border.
On Sunday, Arrington told "Fox News Live": "I don't think that folks in the federal government, whether it's Mayorkas or it's members of Congress, are prepared to witness what's going on at the border as a result of President Biden's policies. I heard the clip about Mayorkas saying we're encouraging people to not cross the border. The fact is, actions speak louder than words. And the policies taken together are saying, come one, come all, violate our laws and we won't detain and deport you."
William La Jeunesse joined FOX News Channel (FNC) in March 1998 and currently serves as a Los Angeles-based correspondent.
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/us-mexico-border-traffickers-million-february
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 3-23-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Australia floods: Western Sydney 'greatest concern' as more rain falls
Tue, March 23, 2021, 8:28 AM·5 min read
Western Sydney is now the "greatest concern" from the worst floods in decades to have ravaged eastern Australia, PM Scott Morrison says.
Parts of New South Wales have seen almost 1m (3.2ft) of rain, flooding hundreds of homes and severing roads.
Mr Morrison warned of more rain and days of danger to come as the emergency became not "just a coastal event".
He said Sydney's largest dam would overflow for at least another week, threatening highly populated areas.
Warragamba Dam discharged 500 gigalitres on Sydney - equivalent to the volume of Sydney Harbour.
"We advise that the rain and flood situation does remain dynamic and extremely complex," Mr Morrison said on Tuesday.
No deaths had been reported but thousands of people have been evacuated and troops deployed after days of torrential downpours across the country.
The prime minister said the rain was expected to ease on Wednesday but the flood threat would remain.
Some 18,000 people have been evacuated so far in NSW, including a 37-year-old woman in labour who was airlifted after being trapped by the flooding west of Sydney.
Another 15,000 were on evacuation notice on Tuesday.
What is the latest forecast?
Australia's Bureau of Meteorology (Bom) has warned the situation is "far from over" as two major weather systems collide.
Southern coastal and inland areas now face a significant threat.
Spiders, wallabies and cows flee Australia floods
In pictures: Australia's 'one-in-a-50-year' flood
A BoM tweet said an area as large as Alaska - stretching from NSW to the Northern Territory - was now being affected by weather warnings.
Mr Morrison said "full impact assessments" were still to be made in Sydney.
In all, 10 million people are under warnings in every state and territory except Western Australia.
A low pressure weather system that has been inundating the NSW coast for days has now been met by another weather system inland that is moving east.
The bureau has forecast "increased rainfall, strong winds, damaging surf and abnormally high tides" in the state on Tuesday. The BoM's flood manager, Justin Field, said it was "probably the worst flooding that I've experienced" in 20 years of forecasting.
The military is being deployed to help with search and rescue.
But the bureau did predict some respite, tweeting: "Most areas of New South Wales will see a clearing trend early Wednesday as a drier airmass moves into the region."
What has been the damage so far?
"Several hundred homes have been flooded, roads damaged, wildlife lost [and] telecommunications and power outages across the flooded areas have been reported," Mr Morrison said.
Emergency crews had conducted at least 700 rescues and 9,000 insurance claims had been lodged already, he added. More than 2,500 people had applied for financial assistance.
People in many areas have been ordered to evacuate and others have been given evacuation warnings.
An order requires people to seek shelter with family or friends well away from flood impacted areas, or in a special centre. The warning tells people to prepare for an evacuation order.
Areas around the Colo and Hawkesbury rivers are of particular concern. They are seeing the worst flooding since 1961.
Among the incidents that have happened:
In Port Macquarie's North Shore, one resident was filmed dragging a stingray through what was his front lawn
On Sunday a young couple saw their house north of Sydney swept away by flash floods on what should have been their wedding day
Spiders and snakes attempting to escape the floodwaters have been seen swarming inside resident's homes.
'Water as far as the eye can see'
By Shaimaa Khalil, BBC News Australian correspondent in Windsor
The town of Windsor is one of the worst-affected areas. It's hard to make out the newly built Windsor bridge, all but submerged by the swollen Hawkesbury River.
Residents tell me they're no strangers to floods but they haven't seen anything like this.
"We've barely had three hours of sleep in the last 24 hours," says Cameron Wassens, whose family has been watching water inch ever closer to their home.
We stand in their back garden, which is barely visible now.
His wife, Joanna, says: "It's just like a lake full of water for as far as the eye can see."
It's been an anxious few days for the Wassens and hundreds of other families in the area, especially now as they wait in limbo.
"But we're ready to evacuate. We've packed up ready to go. If we get the order then we will leave to save ourselves," Ms Wassens says.
From fires to floods
The intense summer of rain and floods in eastern Australia is a stark contrast to a year ago, when many of the same areas were scorched by mammoth bushfires and ravaged by drought.
This side of the continent is currently experiencing a La Niña weather pattern, which typically brings more rainfall and tropical cyclones during summer.
Two of Australia's three wettest years on record have been during La Niña events. Typically a La Niña sees a 20% increase in average rainfall from December to March in eastern Australia.
Scientists say that climate change is also intensifying La Niña's impact, and making weather patterns more erratic.
https://news.yahoo.com/australia-floods-rainfall-set-peak-131911373.html
::
3-14-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
As
Food Prices Are Experiencing Huge Price Increases, Apartment Dwellers Can Save A
Small Fortune From Indoor Fruit And Vegetable Gardening
By
Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine March 14, 2021
In
our latest prepping piece about the coming spring and getting your outdoor
gardens prepared while sprouting your early spring fruits and vegetables, we
said we would address indoor gardening
for those that have limited space to grow fruits and vegetables outdoors, or
have no outdoor space for apartment dwellers.
For
those that missed the outdoor gardening preparation piece, titled "It Will
Be Too Late When You Are Already Starving: Never Has It Been More Important To
Grow Your Own Food - Getting Your Fruit And Vegetable Garden Ready For
Spring," can be found here.
FOOD
IN THE NEWS......
While
the media has been uber-busy playing defense for Joe Biden and his merry band of
liberal masters, local media reports and ANP readers have been reporting what
they are seeing in their own grocery stores, specifically in terms of the
skyrocketing prices.
U.S.
Inflation calculator, which shows the year over year
change in food price increases, describes the latest numbers in the
following manner:
The
average price of food in the United States rose
3.6% in the 12 months ended February, slowing from the previous 3.8%
increase, according to the latest inflation data published March 10, 2021 by the
U.S. Labor Department’s Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). Food
inflation is a major part of the Consumer Price Index. It is always
discussed in the monthly CPI report. It includes pricing
changes for "food away from home" and "food at home" —
for example, the pair in February posted respective year-over-year increases of
3.7% and 3.5%. It should comes as no
shock that given the pandemic lockdowns, while businesses deemed
"non-essential" were forced to close, that food prices will have risen
both in 2020 and are still increasing in 2021, yet some people still deny
the fact that these increases even exist.
Maybe
they simply do not notice the differences in the amount of
food they get for the same amount of money or a larger bill to get the
same amount as previous years, and maybe they are simply people that believe if
the MSM isn't saying it, it can't be true no matter what their wallets
say!
Believe
it or not, there are more of the latter types than it is comfortable to witness.
Another
factor being discussed is some stores haven't risen their prices very much as of
yet, because they just nixed almost all "sales," which helped mitigate
the increase in prices so that consumers didn't suffer from sticker shock, yet
they are still paying more on average.
According
to the research I have conducted, it appears that food
prices, in-home dining and dining out is expected to rise yet another 2-3% in
2021, with some estimating it will be more if further lockdowns are
mandated in some states.
While
meats are not grown in the garden, we
are seeing some massive increases being talked about, as one reader,
PROUD, stated recently "Chicken
breasts on the bone in a family back that I always buy and BBQ up. It's usually
$9.00-$10.00. Had company coming over or I would have left it, the
SAME EXACT PACK $26.65
Others
have also mentioned the increases in prices for meats at their grocery stores.
When
growing your own fruits and vegetables it is pretty handy to have freeze dried
or canned meats to add to soups, stews, salads, etc....
We'll
link to some of those still available at a reasonable price below the indoor
gardening portion of this article.
INDOOR
GARDENING
Books:
Hardcover or paperback versus e-books in the event that for some reason
getting online isn't possible.
No-Waste
Kitchen Gardening: Regrow Your Leftover Greens, Stalks, Seeds, and More
Gardening
Under Lights: The Complete Guide for Indoor Growers
Year-Round
Indoor Salad Gardening: How to
Grow Nutrient-Dense, Soil-Sprouted Greens in Less Than 10 days
INDOOR
VEGETABLE GARDENING: Improve your Skills to Grow Up Vegetables at Home.
Urban Gardening for Beginners Using Kitchens, Backyards, and Other Indoor
Opportunities
Urban
Gardening For Dummies
Seeds
& Starter Trays:
120
Cells Seeding Trays Seed Starter Tray with Mini Gardening Hand Tools Kit,
Humidity Adjustable Plant Germination Trays with Dome and Base Greenhouse Mini
Propagator for Starting Seeds Growing
10
Pack Seed Starter Kit, 72 Cell Seedling
Trays Gardening Germination Plastic Tray Nursery Pots Mini Propagator Plant Grow
Kit Plug Tray Starting Trays for Seedling Germination
Jobe's
Organics Compost Starter, 4 lb
Survival
Garden 15,000 Non GMO Heirloom Vegetable Seeds
125
Variety XP Heirloom Seed Vault - Premium 100%
Non GMO, Non Hybrid, Heirloom Seeds - Packaged for Maximum Shelf Life Storage -
Heirloom Vegetable, Herb, and Fruit Seeds
Grow
Lights:
EZORKAS
9 Dimmable Levels Grow Light with 3 Modes Timing Function for Indoor Plants
SPIDER
FARMER SF-2000 LED Grow Light 2x4 ft Coverage Compatible with Samsung LM301B
Diodes & MeanWell Driver Dimmable Grow Lights Full Spectrum for Indoor
Hydroponic Plants Veg Bloom 606pcs LEDs
Freelicht
1 Pack 4ft LED Grow Light , 60W(220W Equivalent), Sunlike Full Spectrum
Integrated Plant Light for Hydroponic Indoor Plant Seedling Veg and Flower, Plug
in with On/Off Switch
Plant
Grow Light, VOGEK LED Growing Light Full Spectrum for Indoor Plants, Plant
Growing Lamps for Seedlings, 3 Switch Modes 10 Brightness Settings
Containers/Beds:
4Ft
Vertical Raised Garden Bed - 5 Tier Food Safe Planter Box for Outdoor and Indoor
Gardening Perfect to Grow Your Herb Vegetables Flowers on Your Patio
Balcony Greenhouse Garden
VIVOSUN
5-Pack 25 Gallon Plant Grow Bags, Premium Series 300G Thichkened
Non-Woven Aeration Fabric Pots w/Handles - Reinforced
Weight Capacity & Extremely Durable (Black)
GROWNEER
12 Packs 1 Gallon Nursery Pot Garden Flower Pots, Nursery Plant Container Kit
with 12 Pcs Matching Pallets and 15 Pcs Plant Labels, Brick Red
Augshy
150 Pcs 4" Plastic Plants Nursery Pot, Seed Starting Pots
ANPHSIN
2 Pcs Large Fabric Raised Planting Beds Garden Grow Bags with 3 Compartments-
Potato Tomato Planter Pots for Outdoor Vegetables Plant Flowers
Best
Choice Products Raised Garden Bed 48x24x30-inch Elevated Wood Planter Box Stand
for Backyard, Patio, Natural
5
Tier Stackable Strawberry, Herb, Flower, and Vegetable Planter - Vertical Garden
Indoor/Outdoor
Related:
Enjoy Fresh Herbs Year Round
ADD
MEAT TO YOUR HOMEGROWN VEGETABLES
As
freeze dried emergency survival food is expensive, it can also be added
in small amounts to your homegrown vegetables, which lessens the amount spent on
each individual meal.
Most
also have a shelf life of 15 to 20+
years.
Some
have become available again after the initial run on emergency survival foods
when the pandemic first hit the news.
Freeze
Dried:
Nutristore
Freeze-Dried Ground Beef | Emergency Survival Bulk Food Storage | Premium
Quality Meat
Nutristore
Freeze Dried Beef Dices | Premium
Quality
Nutristore
Freeze-Dried Chicken | Emergency
Survival Bulk Food Storage Meat
Nutristore
Freeze-Dried Sausage Crumbles |
Emergency Survival Bulk Food Storage
Wise
Company Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Meat Variety, 15-Year Shelf Life,
60 Servings
Canned
Meats & Proteins:
While
the freeze dried foods have a extremely long shelf live and canned products have
less, the prices for canned meats are still reasonable and can be used in the
same ways as freeze dried meats.
Armour
Star Roast Beef With Gravy,
Canned Meat, 12 OZ
Armour
Star Classic Homestyle Beef Stew,
20 oz. (Pack of 12)
Armour
Star Corned Beef Hash, 14 oz.
(Pack of 12)
Keystone
Meats All Natural Ground Beef, 28
Ounce
Keystone
Meats All Natural Canned Chicken,
28 Ounce
Kirkland
Signature Chicken Breast (Chicken
Breast -6 Count)
HORMEL
White & Dark Chunk Turkey, 5
Ounce Can (Pack of 12)
Keystone
Meats All Natural Canned Turkey,
14.5 Ounce
Spam
Classic, 12 Ounce Can (Pack of 12)
For
more variety to choose from, visit the canned meats page.
BOTTOM
LINE
With
skyrocketing prices and projections that those food prices will be continuing to
rise, it is critical to grow as much food as you can, limiting how much
you have to buy at the grocery store.
Happy
gardening folks!
Note:
As always we encourage readers to share links, resources, videos and tips with
each other to help everyone save a small fortune by growing their own fruits and
vegetables.
https://allnewspipeline.com/As_Food_Prices_Are_Expected_To_Increase_Even_More_in_2021.php
::
3-13-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Shh
!!! The WHO Is Listening ?
2,385
views •Mar 13, 2021TyGreen2 1.75K subscribers
Did
you know that the World Health
Organization has artificial intelligence listening in on social media posts all
over the world? The links to this information will be in the box. I’ll
read some of this from this article then we will go straight to the World
Health Organizations site. WHO
launches pilot of AI-powered public-access social listening tool
WHO
has built a platform called EARS, or the Early AI-supported Response with Social
listening tool, which allows
health decision-makers to view a real-time analysis of narratives happening in
public online forums in multiple countries and languages.
Rather
than conducting surveys and polls, which can be expensive and offer feedback
about *past *trends and attitudes, policymakers
can get access to real-time feedback from local contexts about
constituent concerns in the moment. Existing social media and online listening
software cost a lot of money. But the
EARS pilot is available free-of-charge to the all specifically to help health
authorities combat the COVID-19 infodemic.
EARS
is currently running an analysis on 41 narratives, in 20 countries, in French,
English, Spanish and Portuguese. And going forward, this
tool can be adapted
So
how does EARS work?
The
AI platform that powers EARS is combing all kinds of publicly available online
sources. It’s pulling publicly
available data from the major platforms—Facebook, Twitter, Instagram,
etc.—but it’s also mining comments on publicly available blogs, news
articles and online forums to see what people are talking about based on
keywords and hashtags. So when you click on this link within the
article, it takes you to this page
Which
generates a report to show real time information about how people are talking
about COVID-19 online.
Here’s
the posted purpose: PURPOSE
Listening
to people's questions and concerns is an important way for health authorities to
learn about what matters to communities in response to COVID-19. This
social listening platform aims to show real time information about how people
are talking about #19 online, so we can better manage as the infodemic and
pandemic evolve.
Look,
over 14 and a half million posts were analyzed worldwide, in 20 countries and 4
languages. And over 39 categories tracked relative to #19.
You
can see that the vaccine is the second highest on the list.
Near
the bottom we see the Faith category coming in at 1%.
Look.
Down here they break the categories down
by country.
1.8%
of the documents in the U.S. talk about Faith.
Then
when we go to the World Health Organization site we see this Infodemic
Management
Then
we see infodemic defined.
Infodemic:
overabundance of information – some accurate and some not – that occurs
during an epidemic. It can lead to confusion and ultimately mistrust in
governments and public health response. So we can see the tool utilized
and as you can see, it’s not a
conspiracy theory. This is actually happening.
So
be careful moving forward.
So
we now know that the WHo is listening.
And
guess who else is listening?
The
Lord Jesus Christ.
He
hears our prayers of the concerns that we have not just for ourselves but for
our loved ones as well. Jesus hears us.
Before
the WHo could hear, Jesus was listening and responding to the needs of those
that call upon Him!
Trust
in the Lord Jesus Christ. Don’t worry. Philippians 4:6-7
6
Be careful for nothing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with
thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. 7 And the peace of God,
which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ
Jesus.
Alright
til we meet again.
Love y’all Shalom https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nb4o8FQt0Uw
::
3-14-21 State of the Nation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
GLOBAL
COVID VACCINE PSYOP DESIGNED TO DECEIVE HUMANITY INTO TRANSHUMANISM AND WORSE
Posted
on March 14, 2021 by State of the Nation
Are
the various Covid vaccines a genocidal bioweapon, covert tool of transhumanism,
debilitating gene-altering drug, or all 3?
No
one has ever seen before the blatant medical gaslighting of the whole human
race.
State
of the Nation
The
unparalleled superlatives not only never cease where it concerns the CORONAhoax,
they get even more extreme by the week.
Let’s
be clear: The Powers That Be (TPTB)
desperately overreached in their utter desperation to deceitfully drug the
entire global population with the Covid ‘vaccines’. About this
stark reality there is no doubt. The unprecedented
reports of vaccine injuries and deaths, in the wake of so many vaccination
campaigns around the world, proves that the drive to jab every person on Earth
was a preplanned criminal conspiracy hatched at the highest levels of the
World Shadow Government.
COVID-19
VACCINE: A Slow-Motion Genocidal Bioweapon…The meticulously
choreographed and expeditious roll-out
of so many different variations of the Covid vaccines injections worldwide only
confirms that this psyop was an orchestrated black operation to poison and kill,
injure and sicken humanity.
Why,
really?
But
to perpetrate such a brazen naked aggression against humankind — IN BROAD
DAYLIGHT, NO LESS — undoubtedly reveals that there
is a much more hidden agenda behind OPERATION COVID-19. In other
words, this obvious Plandemic is not even about implementing the highly
nefarious scheme explained in the following exposé.
FUNVAX:
Globalist Plot to Mandate COVID-19
Vaccine
Yes,
the New World Order globalist cabal does
have great urgency to subjugate the global population with annual FunVax
injections, but even that, quite astonishingly, is
not the real end goal.
Then
what is it?
The
power elite knows that something very
ominous and exceedingly time-sensitive IS ON THE [EVENT] HORIZON.
Otherwise, they would never have deployed the COVID-19 bioweapon across the
planet with such a cavalier attitude and tranparent biowar approach.
Clearly,
there are countless vectors of dissemination of the
fastidiously bioengineered coronavirus
deceptively known as SARS-CoV-2. There are also numerous
methods of propagation being employed in secret bioweapon laboratories dotting
the globe. In this way, the Covid bioweapon has been launch via several
means of proliferation, and yet very few
are aware of this ongoing series of civilization-destroying bioterrorism.
What’s
essential to understand for every healthcare professional is that the
deliberately mislabeled SARS-CoV-2 is not even a coronavirus. There
may well be a coronavirus built into the bioweapon, but COVID-19 really produces
a multi-infection syndrome that manifests differently in each infected
individual. See: COVID-19 Is NOT A Coronavirus!
The Best Treatment Plans Prove It.In fact, COVID-19 has
all the characteristics of a weaponized parasite which is
why Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine are so effective. Both have been
medically prescribed for decades as highly effective anti-parasitical
treatments, which is why HCQ is
universally used to treat malaria, a disease caused by 5 different parasites in
humans.
Everything
points to a COVID-19 parasite similar to those that cause malaria.
Medical
researchers and health investigators ought to be aware of the FACT that
the Covid bioweapon released in Wuhan is substantially different than those
Covid variants launched in Milan and Tehran. Likewise,
the New York City and Seattle coronavirus cluster explosions were triggered by
an even different variation of the stealthily misbranded SARS-CoV-2. The same
goes for the Mexico City and Guayaquil outbreaks; each was qualitatively
different in terms of the types and severity of Covid symptoms.
KEY
POINTS: Everything points to COVID-19 being a full-blown multi-infection
syndrome caused by various pathogenic organisms depending on how the variant was
bioengineered and weaponized. Similar to
Lyme Disease, Covid expresses differently in everyone and is especially
severe in those patients who are immunocompromised, afflicted with respiratory
ailments and/or experiencing certain advanced disease processes. Most
Covid bioweapons likely contain a pernicious parasite, a viral component
and a opportunistic bacterium. There is also evidence of a fungal
constituent in some COVID-19 bioweapons.
To
make matters even much more complicated, each
Covid variant is quite painstakingly bioengineered to mutate at different rates
and in different ways in different bloodlines. In this way, the
fabricated Coronavirus Pandemic will continue in one form or another ad
infinitum. Even though herd immunity has
already been attained throughout the world, the never-ending Covid mutations
allow the Coviteers to forever demand a global mandatory vaccine regime
enforced via immunity certificates, immunity passports and forced injectable
microchips.
Genocide
The
massively growing body of evidence now
proves that this highly coordinated international criminal conspiracy to commit
genocide was conducted, first, to murder as many elderly patients as possible
worldwide. Also known as geriatric genocide,
this malevolent plot was carried out by Governor Andrew
Cuomo with Nazi-like precision. Which is
why he is being taken out via so
many sexual misconduct allegations before his geriatric genocide crime wave is
fully exposed and the many other guilty Democrat governors are likewise accused
and removed from office, as they should be. As follows:
Cuomo’s
Crash and Burn Has Nothing To Do With His Serial Sexual Misconduct
Secondly,
there is the conspicuous intention to
kill as many obese and infirm folks with comorbidities with the utmost speed and
efficiency. In point of fact, the medical fascists who conducted the
brutal human experiments in Nazi Germany would be envious to see the ruthless
efficiency by which the Covid mass murder has been executed. See: Big
Pharma Conspires with the Medical Mafia to Conduct Deadly Covid ‘Nazi Vaccine
Experiments’ on Infants in the USA in 2021 When a medical doctor, who
is board-certified in infectious diseases — Dr.
Anthony Fauci — is leading the national Medical Mafia to whack as many
Americans as possible with Covid and the fake vaccine, who also has
the protection of the illegitimate Biden administration as well as full support
of the U.S. Federal Government, what is to stop this COVID-19 juggernaut
from rolling across the land crushing everyone and everything in its path of
devastation?! Multiple Malicious Misdeeds
Which
brings us back to the central question: “Are
the various Covid vaccines a genocidal bioweapon, covert tool of transhumanism,
debilitating gene-altering drug, or all 3?”What the world community of
nations is now witnessing and/or experiencing is a
veritable onslaught of similar bioweapons launched by way of both the weaponized
COVID-19 and the bioengineered Covid vaccine. However, because
this diabolical experiment is being performed on populations around the globe
without an iota of informed consent, the perpetrators are determined to take
advantage of several other parallel experiments being run at the same
time.
Of
course, there is an odious agenda of
transhumanism being advanced considerably via the mRNA and DNA injections
manufactured by Pfizer and Moderna as well as the Johnson & Johnson,
respectively. See: “The mRNA VACCINE IS THE PERFECT BIOLOGICAL
WEAPON” What follows is a detailed description of this reckless
attempt to foist a transhumanistic agenda on populaces while debilitating
and/or incapacitating many trusting souls.
“COVID-19
jab is not a vaccine; it’s a
cellular modification technology that causes a self-creating auto-immune disease
similar to AIDS” (Video)Conclusion
The
only reason why TPTB would boldly expose
themselves as never before is because there is a very tight timeline that they
must adhere to in order to establish their long-planned One World Government.
Only by rolling out COVID-1984 in the wake of OPERATION COVID-19 are the
super-wealthy elite perps able to manufacture consent for their Global Security
Superstate t, which will then will
enforce the dictates of their emerging One World Government.
However,
in light of the rapidly unfolding GREAT
RESET, it’s evident that there is an all-out endeavor to lock down planet
Earth in preparation for something very big, as in an unpredictable event
sometimes known as a Phoenix Moment. Exactly what that looks like is anyone’s
guess. To wit, the power elite
have been re-arranging the global geopolitical chessboard with a vengeance
over the past few years for reasons that only they know. Similarly, there has
been a very purposeful and ongoing process of societal destruction which has
significantly intensified under the unbridled despotism of the profoundly
corrupt Biden-Harris administration, which is why those two imposters were
criminally installed in the first place. See: The Barbarians Are Inside The Gate
Because
of the extreme and imminent danger that the power elite
have put themselves into, they must have a [WARPED]
justification for having done so. There
simply is no other explanation for committing so many crime sprees against
humanity, all during prime time, unless
there is something quite apocalyptic in the offing.
What
could be lurking out there that scares the living daylights out of these
“Masters of the Universe”? https://stateofthenation.co/?p=55978
::
3-12-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
National
Guard Association denounces extension of soldiers in DC: 'Inappropriate at best,
illegal at worst'
12
Mar, 2021 21:55
National
Guard Association Chairman and Arizona Adjunct General Maj. Gen. Michael McGuire
is calling for troops’ presence in Washington, DC to end following a
two-month extension this week. “This enduring requirement
of having them around the city, I think it's completely inappropriate at
best, illegal at worst,” Maj.
Gen. McGuire told the Washington Examiner on Friday. National Guard
troops were deployed to DC following the January 6 riot at the US Capitol
that led to five deaths, including that of a police officer. The continued
presence of the soldiers, as well as extensive security measures, have become an
increasingly hot topic as critics question what exact threat it is they
are protecting against. McGuire, who took over as
the head of the national group representing and advocating for hundreds of
thousands of citizen soldiers in February, has
refused to authorize troops from his own state to be deployed to the Capitol.
“The
National Guard specifically is the last line of defense for direct policing
action only in the emergent period when it is life, limb, protection of
property,” he explained. The Department
of Defense agreed this week to keep thousands of National Guard troops stationed
in DC until late May based on a request from US Capitol Police. If not
for the agreement, the Guard’s mission
was to end at the end of this week. The Pentagon
promised in a statement to work with US Capitol Police to
“incrementally reduce the National Guard footprint as conditions allow.”
Spokesman John Kirby has insisted the continued military presence in the
nation’s capital city is to afford Capitol Police “some time and space” to
be better prepared and staffed in case something like the January riot happens
again. Though he said he
does not want to see the troop presence become “an enduring mission,”
he neither confirmed nor denied whether an extension would be granted beyond the
new May 23 deadline. In a leaked internal memo, National
Guard Bureau Chief Gen. Daniel Hokanson also said he disagreed with the
continued deployment of Guard troops, saying it may “impede our ability to man
future missions.” He cited individual state needs that should be a
priority for the Guard, including Covid-19 vaccine distribution, natural
disasters, civil unrest, and national disaster emergencies. There are currently
over 2,000 Guard troops guarding the Capitol in DC.
https://www.rt.com/usa/517990-national-guard-us-capitol/
::
3-14-21 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Nearly
All Covid Masks Are Worthless as Virus Particles Are FIVE TIMES Smaller Than
Holes in the Masks
HAFHAF
March 14, 2021
The
best data to date indicates that the use
of surgical or simple face masks are insufficient in most “Covid safety”
situations. Even the N95
mask packaging has label verbiage indicating protection that can
only go down to 0.3 microns, yet the Covid-19
virus particles have a diameter of approximately 60–140 nm, and
that’s 0.06 to 1.4 microns. The decimal .06 is 5 times smaller than .3. That
means the Covid virus particles are 5
times smaller than the holes in nearly every mask that nearly every
American is wearing. That’s like tossing a basketball through a hula
hoop. It doesn’t take a genius or scientist to see that most
masks people are buying on Amazon, at stores, or making themselves (like
from cotton/bandanas) have holes with
diameters of 3 to 5 microns, rendering them virtually useless in preventing the
spread of Covid, whether from the person wearing the mask or being
transferred to them by others. Regardless of how far your saliva or mucus
travels when you talk, scream, sing, sneeze or cough, the virus
still escapes from these homemade masks, so it’s all psychological for the
mask wearer, until mouth bacteria begin infecting the mask-wearing
victim. This can lead to pneumonia, and every doctor in America is currently
trained to never blame the mask. If
the CDC knows that most masks are worthless, why is America under mask
“seige” 24/7/365?The Democrats are in control
because of Covid. Make no mistake. The virus and the masks were all a cover
(pardon the pun) for mail-in ballots, as those were the prime
way the election was stolen, including up to 40
million fake ballots for Biden.
By
convincing America it was safer to vote
from home, that justified the
entire fraudulent scheme, and China printed tens of millions of fake ballots for
Biden for all the swing states, and then some.
Maybe
all humans should be going to stores and schools and hospitals carrying battery–operated
HEPA filters, because those are
great at capturing particles down to 0.01 microns, and that’s 6 times smaller
than the Covid virus particles. Think of Covid masks like a
basketball net and the virus like sand.
That’s
why masks are worthless and the US
government should fund the manufacturing of 330 million battery-run HEPA filters
for everyone to carry around all day when they leave the house, including
small children at daycare centers and elementary schools. The MPPS, or
“most penetrating particle size” like Covid-19 virus particles, require
fiber filters, not homemade bandanas, scarves and neck gaiters Ever heard
of Brownian Motion? Most hospitals use HEPA filters to capture viruses, as they
usually fall in the micron size range above and below .3 microns.
You
see, airborne viruses attach to other
particles, so they don’t need
your spit or mucus to travel to other people, they simply escape the masks when
you breathe. Get it? Plus, nary a human being wearing a masks
remembers not to touch their eyes, nose, mouth and mask repeatedly, or face the
consequences of spreading the virus to and from the very mask that you’re
wearing for protection. In other
words, the mask itself becomes the primary vehicle for spreading Covid.
This raises a number of new concerns to be considered very carefully.
It
is a fact that without airflow, you
receive zero oxygen, and suffocate to death. It is also a fact that all Covid
masks restrict some airflow, of course, some more or less than others,
but still the fact remains.
That
means less oxygen is flowing through the
human body on a regular basis, and for most Americans who are at work or
school, that’s all day. This
leads to fewer nutrients flowing through the body, and thus a lower
resistance to diseases, including infectious diseases being spread by faulty
masks.
Source:
AFinalWarning.com / Reference: Sphosp.org
::
3--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Aren’t Experiencing REAL Shortages Yet. We’re Just Living with Limited Options
by
Daisy Luther
Imagine
going to the store to pick up some everyday item – say, body
wash for the shower – and not being able to find your usual brand. In
fact, you can’t find any brand. The store
is completely out so you have to go with bar soap. In the
grand scheme of life, this isn’t a big deal. Soap is soap is soap, right? But in
the United States, we have become spoiled with choices. In even a
small-town store, there are dozens of options for body wash, lotion, toothpaste,
and all the other things we consider necessary to live a civilized life. Don’t
like the fragrance? Just go with a different brand. That laundry soap works
better on your delicates and this one works better on work clothes.
Options.
This
is NOT how it is in other countries. In fact, you
regularly have to substitute something else entirely for the item you
went to the store to purchase.
I
would imagine that is also similar to how
it may look in the US as the supply chain continues to crumble and personal
finances keep plummeting. After all, in places like
Venezuela and Greece, we watched on the news as people stood in long lines
hoping to find basics like soap, diapers, rice, and cash from the ATM.
In
the spirit of adaptability and resilience, let’s talk about life with limited
options. Some Americans are
already accustomed to life with limited options.
Some
folks are in positions in which you eat what you’re served, you use the
products that are supplied, and you
drink the coffee that is available. Your options are to take
it or to leave it. People deployed overseas to dangerous places have a
few choices on the base instead of the dozens of choices they’d have in the
US. This has prepared them for the
retail austerity that we’re just lately beginning to see in the United States.
Folks who have lived in poverty for a
long period of time tend to be accustomed to a lack of choices because
their decision-making is largely driven by price.
You don’t see a lot of people who are truly struggling using salon-quality
shampoo – they pick up a bottle of Suave or the store brand. Also, folks
in remote areas have fewer choices due to limited transportation. They
have a couple of different stores to go to, and the stores must stock the
products that most people want, not a broad assortment of specialty items. The advent
of Amazon and other internet merchants has helped those in isolated areas
have a broader selection, but if the item is needed right away, the choices are
fewer.
But
the culture of abundance in the US is
changing.
We’ve
published quite a number of articles on this website about the fragility
of our supply chain. Not only are grocery stores
showing the strain, but so are clothing stores, hardware stores,
appliance stores, and places like Walmart and Target. All you have to do
is walk into any department store. Where do you
see the bare spots? That’s where the products we used to get from China used
to be. It should be a vast shock and an awakening that so
much of our manufacturing has gone to China to give us our quick fix of
shoddy yet shiny merchandise at low prices. Nearly all the
things that are now limited are because either the product itself or a vital
component of it is made in China. Months ago, I warned that we’d soon
be seeing supply chain issues of these essentials that formerly landed on a
regular basis from China. And this is just the beginning.
The
difference between a lack of options and shortages
The
word “shortage” is being thrown around a lot
and it’s being misused. The Cambridge Dictionary defines the word shortage as
“a situation in which there is not
enough of something; a lack of something that is needed.” We
had a shortage in toilet paper and cleaning supplies last year, but if
we’re being pedantic, we are not currently suffering from “shortages” in
food or consumer goods. What we’re
experiencing right now is a limit of options. No longer can you walk into
the store and have 17 shades of beige from which to select your bathroom towels.
When bopping around internet forums and chat groups, I’ve seen people
complaining about this type of thing.
We’ve lived for so long with such an abundance of variety that to many folks,
it seems positively unthinkable to no longer be able to spend a half-hour
waffling between cerulean, navy, and indigo for your placemats. But
it’s important to be clear that at this point, we may not have huge numbers of
options, but we can still eat food from
every food group, clean our homes, buy socks and underwear, and get dish soap.
Real shortages are when there’s simply nothing to buy.
I’ve lived outside the US for most of the past two and a half years,
in southern Europe and Mexico, and the type of choices we have in American
stores is absolutely unheard of elsewhere. I wrote about the grocery
stores: Let’s take meat, for example. Here in
the United States, our stores have a lengthy expanse with hundreds of packages
of meat down one aisle of the store. Outside the
United States (at least where I spent most of my time)
you had a little corner with a couple of chilled cases of meat. In those
cases you could find chicken in
perhaps three forms – whole, cut
up with bone-in, and chicken breasts. For beef, you might find a roast and
ground meat. With pork, you might be able to get a tenderloin,
a larger bone-in roast, and some pork
chops. Moving along to other sections of the store, produce is not
a vast corner with 25% of the contents of the store. It was a small section and
the options were fairly basic. You
didn’t have 17 brands or types of potatoes from which to choose. You just had
potatoes in general in a large bin where you reached in and bagged your
own. There was food, and plenty of it.
It was just that you didn’t have 29
different brands of salad dressing. You didn’t have as much processed
food. You had access to basics. (source) So while right now it feels like
we have shortages, there are really only a few things that are actually in short
supply. Currently, in comparison with
many other parts of the world, we still live in the land of plenty. The
sooner you adapt to limitations, the better off you will be when true shortages
occur.
Living
with limited options
The
key to not feeling deprived is learning
to live within our current limitations. Whether that is a lack of food
options, undesirable homekeeping items, or a lack of money, we need to learn to
manage this. Here are a few tips to help
adapt.
Try
to think in terms of “different”
instead of “worse.” The most important thing of all is to adjust your
mindset away from one of deprivation. Where
I live currently is beautiful with a year
round growing season. Glorious, farm fresh produce is everywhere. But you
can’t find the same kinds of processed foods that are readily available in the
United States. At least in the
part of Mexico where I live, you can’t pop into the grocery store and buy a
frozen dinner or a frozen pizza or the same brands and flavors of potato
chips they have in the US. I’ve heard ex-pats complaining about the “lack”
of food when it’s literally growing all around us. But it’s different and
some people are creatures of habit. Different is difficult for them. I
choose to look at the local food options
and see them as a culinary adventure. I ask the local vendors how to cook
things like jicama and plantain and they’re nearly always happy to make
suggestions. (Although sometimes our conversations take place via a translate
app on our phones.) Your favorite
brand of detergent isn’t there? Well, there are two kinds to choose from and
the ingredients to make your own. Therefore, laundry soap is available.
Learn to cook with different cuts of meat and in-season produce. Maybe
you wanted to make beef stew but there’s no stew meat available. Grab an
inexpensive cut of roast beef and either ask the butcher counter to cut it up
for you or cut it up into stew meat yourself once you get home. Learn
to debone a chicken (here’s a quick video) and be sure to put those
bones in the freezer to make some stock later on. Start
shopping for seasonal fruits and vegetables. You’ll save money, eat
better, and you’ll be looking for what’s available as opposed to blueberries
in December. Buy locally. I
can’t say this enough – you need to shorten your supply chain. By
limiting the distance your products must travel to get to you, you will
naturally have a more abundant selection. If I were to buy household goods here
in Mexico, I could easily find pottery and copper, but stainless steel is an
item that comes from much further away, and therefore, my selection is very
limited. This is true of household goods, manufactured goods, and food. Focusing
on a local diet is essential for self-reliance.
Produce
what you can. Are you producing or simply consuming? Surviving
the current economy requires that you be a producer instead of a consumer.
It’s not enough just to buy locally. You need to also be producing some goods.
Building, sewing, needlecrafts, gardening, foraging, hunting, and animal
husbandry skills will be more and more important. Make sure to stock
up on heirloom seeds while you can, as well as supplies
and tools for the other items you produce. As well, learn
multiple ways to preserve your extra food so that you have plenty to eat
when harvest time has passed.
Make
things last. Learning to mend, repair,
maintain, and alter the goods you already have means you don’t need to
replace them as often. Most folks really don’t think about how quickly things
wear out when you use the same items all the time. My wardrobe is small since
I’m mobile, so I’ve been wearing things out a lot more over the past two
years. I hadn’t considered how often I replaced socks or how quickly I’d
wear through shoes if I only have a couple of pairs for every day use. I’ve
never darned socks so much in my entire life. Being
able to alter clothing for growing children and for hand-me-downs can help
reduce your wardrobe budget as well. Maintaining
your essential tools means they will be in good shape when you need them
most urgently. Instead of replacing, start repairing. A lot of small components
are becoming more difficult to find, so get your spare parts now. Keep a few
handy items on hand for quick fixes.
Use
creative problem-solving skills. Finally, the most important thing is to learn
to solve your problems creatively. Whether you call it workarounds or
MacGuyvering, figuring out ways to fix things or make them using limited
supplies is one of a preppers most vital skills.
When
you have a repair done in Mexico, sometimes the handyman will ask you if you
want it done the American way or the Mexican way. The American
way will be prettier and the
“proper” way to fix it while the Mexican
way will be a little more labor intensive, require easy-to-obtain parts, and
will be a whole lot cheaper. That’s why the USB port in my Jeep was
repaired instead of replaced and why my bathtub gets filled using a garden hose
that hooks up under the bathroom sink. You may look at these kinds of
alternatives right now with disdain, but I assure you that the ability
to create a “redneck repair” will serve you well in the future.
This doesn’t mean there are no shortages. There certainly are shortages
of things like deep freezers, canning jars, certain automotive components, and
specific foods. But we’re still at a
point where we can work around this and keep living a lifestyle that is fairly
normal. However, it may not always be that way. As our economy
continues to crumble we’ll see fewer imports and less manufacturing. After
all, how are people without money going to buy consumer items? We could reach a
point at which even if you have money, the items you want to buy are
unavailable. Start living more
simply and going by the Great Depression credo: use
it up, wear it out, make it do, or do without.
Are
options limited where you live?
Are
you noticing limited options of specific items in your area? If so, what items
are in short supply? How are you adapting to the differences in inventory? Do
you have a plan to weather the shortages ahead?
Let’s
talk about it in the comments. https://www.theorganicprepper.com/shortages-limited-options/
::
1-6-21 Mark McMillion :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad”
Posted
on January 6, 2021
A
famous phrase from at least the time of Rome said,
“Whom the gods would destroy, they
first make mad”. Does it apply to now? Is
God preparing to destroy parts of the world and so is allowing them to descend
into madness so that they bring on their own destruction? To say the
least, it’s happened before. The Latin rendition was, “Quos Deus vult
perdere prius dementat,” an opinion that’s been around for centuries. Paul
the Apostle spoke of this in a different way. He
said that God sends “strong delusion, that they should believe a lie.”
(II Thessalonians 2:11) But to whom
is that strong delusion sent? Paul covers that quite succinctly. Those
who “receive not the truth, that they may be saved.” (II
Thessalonians 2:10) I’ve personally
witnessed the progression of history over the last 50 or 60 years. I
enjoyed and spent time sharing my faith
at Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus and Hyde Park in London in 1971. How
has Britain progressed over the last 50 years? Or Dam Square in Amsterdam
where I was in 1972? Have the nations of
Western Europe and North America “progressed”? You might think to say
yes. But what do you think the answer
would be in the eyes of God? “Whom the gods would destroy, they first
make mad.” What incredible depth that saying has and I think I only for
the first time really saw it and realized it tonight. Is
that saying something that the Hebrew Bible would agree with? It certainly is.
One of the most incredible passages in the Old Testament bears out this thought.
God said to the spirits around His
throne, “Who shall persuade [ancient king of Israel] Ahab, that he may go up
and fall at Ramoth Gilead… And one came forth and said, ‘I
will go forth and being a lying spirit in the mouth of his prophets’.
And the Lord said, ‘Go, you shall persuade him’.” (I Kings 22:20-22)
This is almost unfathomable for many people. But the
Bible says that the Lord convened a multitude of spirits before His throne and
that he sanctioned one who said he would go and be a lying spirit in the mouth
of the prophets of the evil king Ahab.
This
is not taught in the kids’ Sunday school class on Sunday. Or most likely even
from the pulpit. But it’s the same idea as the ancient thought, “Quos Deus
vult perdere prius”. Or as another translation gives it, “Those
whom God wishes to destroy, he first deprives of reason”. Perhaps, if
you prefer the Greek rendition, Sophocles said, “Evil
appears as good in the minds of those whom god leads to destruction.”God,
at length, when they have rejected His
messengers, despised His words and misused his prophets, sends a lying spirit to
deceive fully and utterly those ones who have already gone so far in
rejecting Him.
Like
the Bible says of ancient King Saul, who ruled before King David, “The
Spirit of the Lord departed from Saul, and an evil spirit from the Lord troubled
him” (I Sam 16:14). This
is where we are now in our times. Whom
the gods would destroy, they first make mad. We all feel it and sense it.
There is a spirit of madness and virtually insanity that is upon so many in our
nations at this time. It is unsustainable. It
is overwhelmingly lacking in basic truth and a grasp of reality and the
truth that is of this time. But historically
this is what happens before destruction. The ancients knew this.
But
these are the overwhelmingly fearful and foreboding times we live in. If
you study history, you’ll be aware of times when a lone
voice was raised, “one crying in the wilderness”. (Mark 1:3) But it went
unheeded. The multitude had hasted to follow evil.
“They mocked the messengers of God and
despised his words and misused his people until the wrath of the Lord arose
against his people and there was no remedy.” (II Chronicles 36:16) Ask
the Germans, they can tell you about it. Well, this kind of talk is
not popular. It’s depressing and discouraging. Still, historically, a solid
case could be made that the times we are in right at this moment could be
encapsulated by that phrase, “Whom the
gods would destroy, they first make mad”. Madness, unreasonableness,
fierce senselessness is the order of the day here in our times and even
is daily seen in my home country. Hopefully you are not sucked into these
things. Hopefully you are anchored in the Lord and His truth. Because the
delusion is very strong in our times. And multitudes are being confused and
perplexed by it. May God help you and us all.
https://markmcmillion.com/whom-the-gods-would-destroy-they-first-make-mad/
International Criminal Court accepts Israeli government’s Nuremberg Code violation complaint
March
13, 2021 by archyde
According
to an article in Database Italia, the complaint
lodged last week in the Hague court accusing the Israeli government of violating
the Nuremberg code has been confirmed. A decision is now awaited.
A
complaint was filed in The Hague Tribunal by
lawyers Ruth Makhacholovsky and Aryeh Suchowolski last weekend regarding
violations of the Nuremberg Code by the Israeli government and other parties.
We recall that the People of Truth organization has
filed a complaint against the Israeli government,
which is carrying out illegal
experiments on Israeli citizens through the Pfizer vaccination. ” The organization
includes lawyers, doctors, public activists and the general public, who have
chosen to exercise their democratic right not to
receive experimental medical treatment (Corona vaccine), and feel under
great and serious pressure. illegal acts by the Israeli government,
parliamentarians and ministers, senior representatives of the public, mayors,
etc. »Therefore, and taking into account the above, they ask:
1. L’immediate cessation of medical experience and administration of vaccines to the Israeli public.
2.
Ask the government adopt all legislative
procedures that do not violate the principle of informed consent of a person to
receive the medical treatment described above, which
denies legal status in Israel and in Israeli democracy, including avoiding the
creation of a health passport, giving the names of unvaccinated people to local
authorities or to any other competent legislator.
3.
Take the most severe measures against
any public, commercial or employment entity that violates state labor laws or
other matters necessary to prevent coercion or solicitation of vaccines, as well
as discrimination, against those who choose not to receive the vaccines.
innovative medical care mentioned above.
4.
Draw your attention to the fact that a
copy of this document will also be sent to the media around the world for
violating the Nuremberg Code. Relevant
in all countries of the free world.
5.
And as a final remark, it should be noted that it was only recently that a Council
of Europe decision was taken on 27/1/21, in which all authorities are ordered
not to exercise pressuring or soliciting people to take the Corona vaccine in
any way. Therefore, whatever is
good for advanced European countries is certainly also good for Israel
– and the balance is obvious ”.« Pfizer’s
experiment in the State of Israel was carried out in violation of the Nuremberg
Code, which is part of international criminal law and is under the
jurisdiction of the Hague tribunal. We are now awaiting a decision ”.Link to
the cause: https://israel-news.co.il/archives/24845
Link
to the observations of the European Council: https://pace.coe.int/en/files/29004/html
:: 3-7-21 Advancing Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Sunday, March 7, 2021
Expect
Government Crackdowns In A "Global Depression"
For those
professing a preference for one type of government over another,
an ugly reality is they all cut from the same cloth. Whether we are talking
about Democracy, Communism, Socialism, or
Fascism the strong link they share is one of dominance and a desire to control.
While seen as vastly different systems with distinct goals, each
is rooted in the promise people should sacrifice as needed for "the greater
good." The main flaw in a democracy
is that it allows a simple majority to force their desires upon others.
This is why our forefathers set checks and balances in the Constitution,
however, even these do not guarantee freedom will remain.
Today, the burden of risk
and the amount of "skin in the game" is not equally shared by all of
society. Over time our financial system and
institutions have been corrupted by crony capitalism and a political system that
panders to the masses by exchanging favors for baubles. It could be
argued that those in power don't have to take
away our freedom by force if we are willing to surrender it or trade it for a
few paid weeks off work. Nor do they have to be fair in how they go about this
if they simply get a majority of the populace to go along with their plan.
The suspicion
governments are self-serving creatures is apparent in the old school British
imperial definition of “commerce” which used free trade as a cover for the
military dominance of weak nations. Those
put in a position of being exploited often saw this as simply a ruse promoted by
those wishing to abuse them. In short, opening
borders and turning off protectionism simply makes it easier to rob countries of
their wealth. America, a wayward child of England, has been accused of following
this same path.
Economic Hardship
Takes Many Forms
In my last article titled,
"The first Global Inflationary Depression Is
Possible" a case was made that the world
was headed towards an economic crisis due to several factors. The problem
is that such a scenario encompasses all aspects of
life, from food and energy, to supply chains, geopolitics, and possibly even war.
This article is an effort to offer up some ideas
on how governments might respond to such an event based on current trends
and some of the events that have occurred during the
covid-19 pandemic. If we accept the idea
that governments are self-serving and that a huge majority of the people suffer
during an economic depression, we should expect frictions to develop as the populace seeks solutions
to ease their pain.
Sadly, governments
across the world have overreached and crushed the rights of individuals during
the pandemic. People have been denied
the ability to travel, locked in their homes, followed by drones, and even been
jailed. This may have been just a taste of
what we might expect if governments are put under pressure to perform.
Many people have pointed to the fact that in the past "war has been the
go-to answer" often used to take our eyes off of problems. Hopefully, that
will not be the case, however, many of the other
options possible in the age of almost total surveillance do not seem much
better.
It is wise to remember that
when all is said and done, those in power will not
be kind to us but they will rapidly throw us under the bus without a thought.
Silencing dissidents or those that protest or
disagree by limiting free speech is only a start.
Lock-downs and curfews take on a whole new meaning when harshly enforced. They
can include things like house arrest, cutting power, links to the internet and
communication, and even water to areas where unrest gets out of hand. You can
expect governments to remove anything that gives us the power to control our
fate.
Robots Could Be Used For
Crowd Control
The topic of our future and
culture always circles back to and is directly linked to
the issue of jobs vanishing as automation and an army of robots march into our
workplace. This can result in a future that takes on a very grim
dystopian appearance. The fear of being replaced
by a robot or seeing your job being outsourced or eliminated is on the rise.
Do not be surprised if in the end those displaced from the job market are only
given enough to ensure they remain docile and behave. If
and when this becomes an issue conflict and violence will arise.
While some
people credit Rahm Emanuel with the saying, Winston
Churchill was the first to say, “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” He
said it in the mid-1940s as we were approaching the end of World War II,
and history indicates those in government have taken heed. The one thing we can
count on is that when things crumble, the old, "we should have done
more" or the "it would have been far worse" lines always flow
forth from those in charge. Under this logic, we should be prepared to be
subjected to massive abuse by those with strong agendas.
Possibly, one of the most
dire threats we face flows from the combination of big tech and those in pursuit
of the highly touted one-world agenda. This brings
together a slew of organizations, governments, companies, wealthy, individuals,
and bankers with the goal of expanding their power. The
gathering in Davos of the World Economic Forum is not for our benefit but more
for plutocrats like Facebook's Mark Zuckerberg and Amazon's Jeff Bezos that
desire to "break the world" with their ruthless agendas to bring more
political power into their hands. Recently a great deal of attention has
been given to some of the ideas and vision the WEF has floated. One of the most
powerful became visible when WEF public relations
released a video entitled: “8 Predictions for the World in 2030. Its 2030
agenda offers a telling glimpse into what the technocratic elite has in store
for the rest of us. It promotes the idea that by
2030 "You will own nothing. And you'll be happy.
How do you
begin to fight or turn back a force that has even incorporated and leveraged the
ever-present smartphone as an ultra-powerful surveillance device?
By developing programs to organize phone data so that it provides real-time
intelligence on every citizen,
and using it to guide and influence our actions the
power of the state has been deeply enhanced. The digital age has made it
far easier for government to seize our computers
and records to shape a case against anyone by massaging the data as they see fit.
The reason we hear so little criticism of these
actions from our government may be that we are next in line to have our freedom
culled. Governments are not the friend of the average man. Orwell wrote
about how governments could take on a life of their own and criticized
totalitarianism throughout his writings.
Totalitarianism,
the most extreme and complete form of
authoritarianism is a political concept that defines a mode of government, which
prohibits opposition parties, restricts individual opposition to the state and
its claims, and exercises an extremely high degree of control over public and
private life. Political power in totalitarian
states is generally pushed by those on the far left or right with strong
agendas and an all-encompassing propaganda
campaign, which is disseminated through mass media. Signs of its growth are
often marked by political repression, growing control over the economy,
restriction of speech, and mass surveillance.
Of course, a
huge step in individuals losing control over their lives would be the adoption
of a single world currency. Those in charge
of our financial machinery have indicated to the public their desire for more
power. This means creating a truly
global centralized economic system and a highly controlled world currency
framework dominated by a select cult of banking oligarchs. This would, in
effect makes the rest of the human race their slaves. The banking
elites are positioning themselves to avoid blame for a disaster in which all
fiat currencies fall in value by selling us on an elaborate recovery con-game
which includes converting to a new worldwide currency. Remember, this is
conceived and perpetuated by those with the most to gain.
ecocover
Magazine Cover From 1988
For years the IMF
has been discussing replacing the dollar with the SDR as the world reserve
currency. It would require governments
to borrow from the world central banking authority, rather than printing
currency to finance their infrastructure programs. With governments
floating the idea of going cashless and to digital currencies, this would give
them even greater control over our lives. To be clear, the elites are positioned and merely waiting for a geopolitical disaster or
catastrophe so overwhelming that when the time arrives they can portray
themselves as our saviors by carrying out this plan.
This is all part of the New World Order and globalization idea pushed by
many of the rich elite and world leaders. It contends that larger,
more cooperative governments under one financial unit will benefit us all.
The fact is Americans have a great deal to lose if
the dollar is dethroned and declines in value. Those
who will be crucified are the middle-class
Americans whose wealth is locked into or are holding long-term USD bonds
thinking they are a safe investment. To Americans, the fate of dollar-dominated
assets and their value when the dust finally settles should be a huge concern
but most Americans fail to grasp the implications.
The transition
to a world currency would take a far greater toll on paper assets than tangible
goods. While recognizing the flaws of the dollar and our current system I
have come to believe the other fiat currencies such as the euro and yen hold
even less merit. This includes cryptocurrencies
such as bitcoin. Regardless, in the end, we should expect to be told and
not given an option as to what is coming. If
events unfold in the way those promoting a one-world currency hope, they will be
able to portray cleaning up a financial mess as a blessing. The truth is,
they will benefit greatly from putting a dagger in
the heart of freedom. This is not written to
frighten or as a prediction of doom but to dampen any illusions those at the top
value those below them.
Footnote: Below are several
links to previous articles related to topics mentioned in this post.
https://brucewilds.blogspot.com/2020/11/world-currency-included-in-endgame-reset.html.
https://brucewilds.blogspot.com/2018/12/liberals-and-conservatives-both-buy.html
https://brucewilds.blogspot.com/2019/01/power-of-orwellian-state-almost.html
(Republishing of this
article welcomed with reference to Bruce Wilds/AdvancingTime Blog)
Posted by Bruce Wilds at
10:23 AM
https://brucewilds.blogspot.com/2021/03/expect-government-crackdowns-in-global.html
:: 3--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A COMING
COVID CATASTROPHE
141610 views
channel image
The HighWire with Del
Bigtree
Published Thursday |
A COMING COVID
CATASTROPHE
World
renown vaccine specialist, Geert Vanden Bossche, gave a groundbreaking interview this week risking
his reputation and his career by bravely speaking
out against administration of #Covid19 vaccines. In what may be one of
the most important stories ever covered by The Highwire, the vaccine developer
shared his extreme concerns about these vaccines in particular and why
we may be on track to creating a global immunity catastrophe.
#GeertVandenBoosche #VaccineDisaster
#ImmunityCatastrophe #GAVI #GatesFoundation #TheHighwire #DelBigtree
POSTED: March 11, 2021
https://www.brighteon.com/257797f0-06fa-4596-be69-af71bb3adc21
[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc Much
evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit,
much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.
Can you not see there is so much evil going on
right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others
trying to make their agenda come true?
:: 3-14-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
March 14, 2021
This Is How
Tyranny Takes Hold And Spreads Like Wildfire: If Democrats Have Their Way, You
Will Soon Be 'Less Free' Than Your Covid-19 Vaccinated Neighbor!
- Government Employees
Preaching 'Ethics' Are Really 'Official Cover-up Experts'
By Stefan Stanford - All
News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
If ever there was
a more perfect metaphor for what Americans are now facing
than the story we'll take a look at below, the
completely uninvestigated and deep-seated government corruption from officials
all across numerous state governments and in what Representative Marjorie Taylor
Greene recently called 'a sh*thole', Washington DC, we can't think of it.
As Simon Black over at the
Sovereign Man reports in this new story, a
'Professor of Government Ethics' actually helped to cover-up New York governor
Andrew Cuomo's COVID nursing home deaths. So what good are so-called 'government ethics' when those charged with
'investigating' are little more than official 'cover-up experts'?
With that
story out of New York reminding us of the recent story out of China reporting
that the World Health Organization 'investigating' Covid-19 allowed China to
take charge of their investigation, where would America and the world be if we allowed war
criminals to investigate their own war crimes, or political tyrants to
investigate their own tyranny? Right where we are now?! From this Simon Black
Sovereign Man story before we continue.:
Are you ready for this
week’s absurdity? Here’s our Friday roll-up of the most ridiculous stories from around the world that are threats to your
liberty, risks to your prosperity… and on occasion, inspiring poetic
justice.
Last spring, the New
York Governor Andrew Cuomo ordered nursing
homes to admit patients who had recently been treated for Covid-19.
This led
to a spike in Covid deaths inside nursing homes,
which are filled with elderly people in the highest risk category for serious
Covid-19 cases.
When the
State Health Department issued a report on the nursing home deaths, one of
Cuomo’s aides rewrote it to remove the total count of 9,250 deaths related to
the policy.
The reasoning was that the
death count outpaced New Jersey’s— with the second highest nursing home
death rate in the county— by almost 3,000.
The aide who rewrote the report with the intention to mislead the public
worked as a Professor of Government Ethics at NYU’s law school,
before joining the Cuomo administration in “ethics and law enforcement
matters.”
There’s
government ethics for you.
With Linda
Lacewell, currently serving as the
Superintendent of the state’s Department of Financial Services and is an
adjunct law professor at New York University School of Law, just one of three
high-level Cuomo administration officials who initially intervened to conceal
the nursing home death count from the public, corruption runs deep when the
people doing the 'overseeing' are deep in the pockets of those who they are
supposed to be investigating or watching over.
And with what we're now
seeing in New York also akin to allowing the fox to guard the henhouse, is
it any wonder that Cuomo was allowed to run roughshod over the state of New York
and its people for so long? With many of his
so-called 'sex scandal accusations' only now coming out in 2021 despite
happening many years ago, surely many
powerful Democrats must have known that Cuomo was 'a dog' for a long time, but
covered up his behavior.
And we've
seen this pattern of behavior from Democrats over and over and over again.
From former President Bill Clinton, whose
behavior Democrats excused and covered up for years and years, to
people such as Harvey Weinstein to Jeffrey Epstein, the
left is always happy to cover up the inappropriate behavior of 'their own'
until they're no longer able to. And then, like with Cuomo, they sick the wolves
on them.
So while Democrats may speak of 'ethics', as long as their own corruption
remains something that is 'off limits' to 'the investigators', Americans will
never learn the truth about many different topics, with the
likelihood of truth emerging about Democrat corruption roughly
the same odds as China ever implicating themselves for the Covid-19 bioweapon
release into the world.
As Fox News had reported in
this February 24th story, with China doing very
little to investigate the origins of COVID-19 during the earliest months of the
pandemic, why would the World Health Organization, or anyone else for
that matter, actually believe China? As New Yorkers' are learning about Cuomo,
leaving 'the corrupt' in charge of investigating
themselves is assuring that they'll never find out the truth. And the
same goes for corrupt Democrats all across the board in 2021.
And with
another New York 'ethics professor' now pushing 'vaccine passports' for
Americans to travel, go grocery shopping, and 'be free' as was reported in this
story and heard in the video at the bottom of this story, America is now
witnessing nothing less than full-scale medical tyranny being ushered in.
A radical
NYU professor claimed that promises of more freedom from the tyrannical pandemic
lockdowns is a “powerful incentive” for vaccine skeptics to get the COVID-19
jab.
Medical ethics professor Arthur
Caplan went on a Machiavellian tear in a CNN interview Sunday about how the
elites can pressure people still hesitant to get the COVID-19 vaccine to do so.
“If you promise
people more mobility, more ability to get a job, more ability to get travel,
that’s a very powerful incentive to actually achieve fuller vaccination,”
Caplan explained to host Fareed Zakaria.
"Vaccine passports do
require access; it’s hard to impose anything unless you are pretty sure that
somebody can get a vaccine. So I think it’ll be a little while before we see
this, let’s say within the U.S.” But, Caplan
said, “vaccine passports” are still not far away from being pushed in
America.
“But there are going to
be communities and areas of the country where it starts to make sense due to
high availability of the vaccine to say, ‘you
wanna come back to work in person? Gotta show me a vaccine certificate. You
wanna go in a bar, a restaurant? Gotta show me a vaccine certificate,'” he
said.
Caplan suggested that access
“inequality” to venues over vaccine status will become an issue, but
that as more places require “vaccine passports”, the lack
of freedom and social pressures will eventually force vaccine skeptics to get
the shot.
"I think there will be
some inequality in the U.S., but hopefully it’ll wash out quickly as the
supplies increase very rapidly, I think they’re going to,” Caplan said. As
we reported, the European Union has already
announced that vaccine passports are underway, with airlines and big-ticket
concert venues declaring that vaccine passports
will soon be required to fly or watch a show.
As for
America, it’ll soon be land of the free — unless you didn’t get that
experimental mRNA vaccine.
So while absolutely
mandatory vaccines may not yet be brought in, with the so-called 'medical ethics
professors' not only claiming 'vaccine passports' will 'encourage' more people
to get 'the shot' but allow some people to be 'more free' than others, while
another 'medical ethics professor' helped
Andrew Cuomo to COVER UP his nursing home Covid-death-debacle, anyone
advocating Americans do what these 'ethics folks' are saying to do is as insane
as they are.
:: 3-14-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Retired Army Sgt. Kenneth Harrelson Arrested for Attending Jan. 6 Protests – Family’s Bank Account Locked Down, Wife Loses Her Job, They Are Frightened and Don’t Know What to Do
By Jim Hoft Published March 14, 2021 at 8:18pm 4626 Comments Share (2.5k)
Angel Harrelson from Florida contacted The Gateway Pundit last week.
Angel’s husband, Retired Army Sgt. Kenneth Harrelson, was arrested last week and is currently being held in jail for attending the January 6th protests in Washington DC. The feds may move him to Washington DC this coming week for trial. Kenneth is a retired Army Sergeant and US veteran. He suffers from serious physical maladies including high blood pressure.
The US government locked down the family bank account following the arrest. Angel lost her job.
Here is Angel’s story.
My name is Angel. I am the wife of Retired Army Sgt. Kenneth Harrelson, a 100% disabled veteran, who traveled to Washington D.C. to on Jan. 5-6, to protect Trump supporters from violent Antifa. We have a 17-year-old son and a 14-year-old daughter. My husband was arrested on Wednesday, March 10th, 2021 and my family is greatly in need of help. The FBI, city police and sheriff’s office came to our home and executed a search warrant. My husband was on a ladder cleaning the gutters at the time and I was inside working virtually at my job. The agents and officers approached with their guns pointed at my husband. He was unarmed and was in fear for his life. They arrested him without incident and then came to the door with my husband in handcuffs.
I was on the phone with a customer at the time. I immediately hung up and then notified my boss that I needed to be excused from work for the day due to a family emergency. The agents informed me that they were going to search the house and said that I would need to remain outside for the duration of their search. I requested to see a copy of the search warrant but I was refused, basically. They proceeded to escort me outside of my home. I was upset that my things were going to be tossed around everywhere and that they would make a huge mess. They even tried to search through my photo album of my recently deceased Mother’s photos, until I begged them not to.
I decided to video record them while they conducted their search and I let them know that I was recording. They started questioning Kenneth but he requested a lawyer and so questioning ended and they then transported him to the county jail. I stayed at home to await the arrival of our children from school. After they completed their search, they gathered their “evidence,” which included absurd things like our son’s Air-soft flash-bangs and Air-soft “grenades” that he uses to play Air-soft with his JROTC school friends. They also took a tourniquet that we keep on hand, along with other first aid supplies. I was formally trained as an EMT and as a Certified Nursing Assistant, therefore, I keep this kind of supplies on hand at all times. They also took my personal iPad. All of these things were here at home while Kenneth was in Washington, D.C. and have nothing to do with his trip there.
I immediately began searching for a lawyer. The fee just to retain a local lawyer is $2,500 and it will cost $100,000 if Kenneth is indicted on felony charges. My family does not have this kind of money. I was not able to access Kenneth’s VA disability funds because my name was not listed on his account, and it has now been locked down. I scraped up just enough money to pay the initial attorney retainer fee, this month’s bills and enough groceries to get us through the next couple of weeks. I was let go from my job because of this.
I am at a total loss about what to do to get next month’s bills paid and to put food on the table for our kids and me. Included in the Affidavit was mention of Go To Meetings that Kenneth participated in. The discussions that took place on those calls were about things the members could do to protect people from harm, specifically from violent ANTIFA. There was no conspiracy to harm anyone, only to protect people. The Oath Keepers have spent the past few months discussing ways to keep their communities informed about the violent activities of the BLM and ANTIFA groups, and also prepared to defend their neighborhoods and homes from invasion by those often violent, extremists.
The Oath Keepers are made up of a diverse group of people; a variety of skin colors and races. They all have a common goal of defending the United States Constitution. Included in their mission is protecting and serving the community. They have spent countless volunteer hours helping with natural disasters cleanup and getting food and supplies to people in need. They They also protect people at rallies, and that is why my husband traveled to Washington D.C.
The Oath Keepers are not terrorists. I pray that the truth will eventually set them all free. I hope that people will come forward and let everyone know that they were in DC on Jan 5-6 to show support for President Trump and to provide security for the guest speakers at the Save America Rally, as well as protecting the people in the audience. After the speeches wrapped up, they helped escort members of the Stop the Steal group (including senior citizens) down to the Capitol, where there was supposed to be another scheduled speaking event outside the building. They had absolutely no advance knowledge that anyone was going to enter the Capitol building. They first learned of it when they saw it with their own eyes. They proceeded towards the building to offer assistance to the police officers and to those who were being pepper-sprayed and at risk of being trampled by the crowd.
I have been suffering physically and emotionally over this whole situation. The horrible things that are being said about my husband and other Oath Keepers members is devastating and heartbreaking.
One of the worst lies being spread about them is that they are somehow “white supremacists.” That is insulting and ridiculous. I’m Cajun, and therefore my ancestors and family members are black as well as American Indian. I have nieces and nephews who are mixed races (black, Indian, white, etc). Also I am partial Native American Indian. And I know that the national Vice President of Oath Keepers is a black cop from Montana, and their team leader in DC was a black Army combat veteran and former cop. Calling them “racists” is a disgraceful insult to me, my family, and to all the Oath Keepers.
The Oath Keepers are all a bunch of good people and true patriots who are passionate about their love for our great country.
I am in total disbelief that my husband, the father of my kids, who is an honorable Retired US Army Veteran is currently sitting in jail.
My husband is a wonderful man, as are the other Oath Keepers who have been arrested and charged with these ridiculous charges. I demand for their release and believe that focus should be shifted to actual criminals such as those who are burning down cities and murdering people.
I am not affiliated with any political party because of situations like this. I don’t feel like I can always trust the government to do the right thing, such as protect the good citizens and punish the ones who deserve to be punished.
I would not wish this situation on anyone, not even my worst enemy. This is the most horrible thing next to losing my mother not long ago. Our children are straight-A students who have learned the value of family and of being responsible citizens. Our family are the kind of people who would do whatever we can to help others.
I can’t eat. I can’t sleep. And I am scared. I currently have no personal protection, but the Oath Keepers have volunteered to send men to protect me if needed. We are being harassed by social media, news media and I fear an attack by an angry mob. I feel a sense of blame towards the government for not being here for my family after my husband gave so much of himself serving to defend and protect our country while in the Army. We are potentially going to lose our home and our vehicle. Our children are going to go without basic needs, possibly including food and healthcare. My husband is sitting in jail on a US Marshals hold and could be extradited to Washington, D.C. after his hearing on Monday. He suffers from several health issues including severe high blood pressure, PTSD, a hormone imbalance and a painful back injury. He was medically retired out of the Army and has had to endure two back surgeries and a shoulder surgery. He is only 40 years old and I am afraid that the trauma and stress brought about by this situation will cause his health to further decline. I’m afraid that I might lose him.
I am trying to raise funds to pay for legal fees, bills and groceries. I have found an attorney in Washington, D.C. but as of now, cannot afford the $100,000 that it will cost for him to defend Kenneth if he is indicted on felony charges.
My husband is a kind man who will give the shirt off his back to anyone in need, no matter their color or race. He often helps people without ever accepting payment because helping others is his reward.
Anyone and everyone who knows him knows that he is not a terrorist, just a genuine American patriot.
The TRUTH WILL PREVAIL. Sincerely,
:: 3-15-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exposed Airline Employee Training Reveals That America's Enslavement Will Greatly Worsen!
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, March 15, 2021 - 15:23.
In the past ten days, I have received 3 communications from airline employees who are concerned over the nature of their new Covid training and the protocols that they are going to be forced to observe. In addition to the new airline draconian covid rules, mix in a little computer-based-training about how evil and racist White people are, we have a clear view of the future of the American society. The Constitution is gone! Reparations are on their way as part of wealth redistribution scheme. The virus will be indefinitely used to destroy America along with its civil liberties.
If you wondered, whether or not, you will be required to receive a vaccine in the near future, this article should remove all doubts about the encroaching tyranny.
Warning to the Non-Woke, rational, America first crowd, your country has been conquered and occupied! The takeover is now being institutionalized as evidenced by the insider information that is contained in this article as presented to this author with regard to the immediate changes coming to the airline industry. This is pure insanity on steroids.
Hi Dave!
I just completed a covid computer base training for work as a flight attendant. If you decide to share please don’t share my name. Thank you.
They are highly encouraging us to get vaccinated for one. ( which I will not get) They are setting up vaccination sites at airports for airline employees…
In order to protect the identity of the airline employees that sent me this information, I am going to take their statements and slightly paraphrase so no identifiable information comes out.
This is a summary of what was sent to me and I should mention, that this is the 3rd such list I have received and they are all very similar which I why I decided that this reliable information and it needs to be exposed to the public
The airlines will be making a list of those who are vaccinated because there will be certain cities that non-vaccinated people will not be able to fly or work for the airlines.
Airline employees are forced to sign an agreement at end of the “CBT” that we will not meet up with any airline employees crew member on layovers or business trips related to airline business.
Airline employees are required to eat alone. All airline employees are being told to change their way of thinking. All employees are potentially positive covid super spreaders.
Specific to flight attendants, they are required, when eating on the airplane, another flight attendant cannot be in the galley while a flight attendant is eating. All airline employees, while flying on plane, have to wear the mask between taking bites of food and drinking!
Airline employees are required to wear goggles on the jumpseat when sharing with another flight attendant.
An airline employee must never remove the mask regardless of the venue even after departing a flight or even the airport. Facemasks must be worn at all times including hotel transportation and walking thru a hotel. Offsite restaurants carry the same admonition.
If airline employees do not comply or follow these, “so-called” federal laws they can be fined or terminated. Two of the airline employees questioned whether these practices were actually part of any federal law since no statute was cited as would be expected in any employee training exercise.
The airlines are certainly anti-White and inappropriately woke as I learned that all airline employees are required to complete more computer based training on diversity and inclusion. The material was decidedly prejudiced and cast White people in the role of being persecutory towards all minorities by inference through a highly questionable multiple choice test. A de-emphasis of “whiteness” was present in all aspects of this training. One airline employee described the training as absolute “brainwashing” without substance. In the diversity and inclusion brainwashing computer based training, the program showed employees various photos of people and provided the trainees with multiple choice questions about their subjective feelings related personal feelings in relation to the various human images displayed. This kind of training presupposes prejudice on the part of White people and, at first glance to one employee said he felt “baited” to say the wrong thing which could endanger his continued employment. Hyperbole notwithstanding, I am surprised that clouds have not been declared to be racist!
Draconian rules for the public:
No warnings have to be given for the flying public. If a passenger is caught “inappropriately” wearing a mask (eg not fully covering the nose), they and the rest of their party can be expelled from the flight. And if an extra stop of the plane is needed to enforced the rules, the offending passenger can be fined for extra expense.
Flight attendants will be required to warn passengers that not PROPERLY wearing a mask will result in the offending party being put on the Federal fly list. Since when does an airline get play the role of judge, jury and executioner? This is illegal and unconstitutional. Of course, so is the theft of a Presidential Election, but who is paying attention?
All three employees are obvious not very good Air Nazis. All three, in one form or another, said they were either going to retire soon or seek other employment, presumably outside the control of the DNC-CHICOM-Controlled Nazi Party.
Please allow me to point out the obvious contradiction here. Vaccinations are going to be mandated before one can fly or work for the airlines. However, despite having taken the untested vaccine (hint: We are the lab animals), one must keep a mask on at all times even between consuming bites of food. Then why is the vaccine needed, assuming it works, which is still totally unproven? As an aside, airline employees might want to consider the fate of the Hall of Fame Baseball player, Hank Aaron and championship boxer Marvin Hagler who both dropped dead after taking a vaccine.
The main takeaway from these three airline employees, each serving in different capacities, is that if you thought normalcy was on the way back to America, you are sadly mistaken.
Isn’t it ironic, that in the age of “woke”, that slavery is being imposed upon the country’s citizens? Who speaks for us?
First, they came for the White people and nobody said anything.
Then they came for Asians and Native Americans and nobody said anything.
Then they came for Blacks and Hispanics and nobody said anything.
Then there was nobody left to speak and the depopulation advocates (eg Bill Gates) had a party.
At least history will say that Americans died with their masks on!
[ :: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.
:: 3-14-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Shooting Has Begun: Pro-Russian Forces Shoot Down Ukrainian Army Combat Drone
World News Desk 14 March 2021 Hits: 15028
Pro-Russian forces in breakaway areas of Luhansk and Donetsk in eastern Ukraine, have shot down a Turkish-made combat Drone being operated by the Ukrainian Army. Shots have now been fired.
This web site has been reporting the build-up of troops, tanks, and armor, by the Ukrainian government, being positioned for use against the breakaway Luhansk and Donetsk Oblasts (states). Stories HERE, HERE, and HERE
Covert Intel reported that March 15 was likely to be the day when Ukraine commences a full scale military offensive to forcibly seize the two breakaway oblasts.
Today, March 14, the Ukraine military sent an armed combat drone, manufactured in Turkey, over the breakaway republics. It is this exact type of drone that was used with devastating efficiency, allowing Azerbaijan to forcibly seize part of Armenia late last year. Now, Ukraine is sending the same drone over Luhansk and Donetsk.
Below is an image of the drone that has been shot down in Ukraine:
To give readers a better understanding of where all this is taking place, below are two maps. The first shows Ukraine with the two breakaway Oblasts, Luhansk and Donetsk, highlighted:
This second map show whose troops are presently where. The colored lines show what's what.
Red is Russia. The solid Red line are Russian Troops along the Russian Border; a LOT of them now.
Farther west, red dots are either Russian or Pro-Russian Troops from Luhansk and Donetsk.
Blue is the Ukraine Army and elements of NATO nations like Britain the USA.
Yellow is where skirmishes are taking place. The Contact line.
The area from blue moving right (east) to the solid red is where this trouble is very likely to become full scale war; quite possibly within the next 24 hours.
[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..
[ :: 2-11-18 am service [ third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc.
:: 3-14-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Signs of the Big Wobble
Your daily dose of natural disasters and amazing phenomena for March 14, 2021
Strange Sounds 22 hr ago
Meteor over Mt. Tiede, Canary Islands, Spain by Uli Fehr
Another bright fireball seen shooting across the night sky over Japan…
An amazing "jellyfish" effect as the plume left behind by this morning's SpaceX Starlink launch was illuminated by a rising sun. Photographed about 45 minutes after the launch by Steven Madow.
What? A volcanic ash plume is drifting over Lake Michigan…
A lava tornado was captured inside the Halema'uma'u lava lake by the USGS-HVO temporary S1cam. One more example of the volcano creating its own localized, micro-weather over an active eruption.
This is why the Caribbean has not drowned yet…
2,000+ flights canceled in Denver due to Winter Storm Xylia…
Tornado hits Happy, Texas:
80,000 reindeer are dying to death in Russia…
Register to Galileyo!
And they still have amazing amount of snow over there! Example: Bashkiria:
Did you hear about the megadrought?
As predicted, a solar wind stream hit Earth's magnetic field on March 13th, sparking a G1-class geomagnetic storm. Auroras touching the "lower 48" are a sign that Solar Cycle 25 is intensifying. Today, it's Minnesota and Michigan; in a few years, perhaps, California and Texas. The below image is by MaryBeth Kiczenski from Eagle Harbor, Michigan:
Angel falls, the tallest waterfall on Earth, falls into a gorge named devil's canyon. The naming in not symbolic however, since the falls were named after Jimmie Angel, a gold prospector who discovered the falls, crash landed there in 1937 and trekked for 11 days to return to civilization.
Now, that’s an amazing picture of Jupiter!
By the way, did you know that Jupiter is so large that its gravitational pull keeps thousands of meteorites from hitting us constantly… But the biggest, fastest known asteroid flyby of 2021 will take place on March 21…
Now prepare for the emerging water emergency!
I hope you enjoyed the information in today’s newsletter. Now this is how you can help:
https://strangesounds.substack.com/p/signs-of-the-big-wobble
:: 3-13-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Colorado and Wyoming brace for 'historic' winter storm: Denver International Airport cancels more than 2,000 flights ahead of an expected 30 inches of snow
A major snowstorm has brought Denver International Airport to a standstill
More than 2,000 flights have been canceled at the airport over the weekend
18 to 24 inches of snow is expected to fall in Denver and Boulder from Saturday afternoon through Sunday night
Some areas along the Front Range foothills are set to get up to 30 inches of snow
National Weather Service issued blizzard warnings for parts of Wyoming and western Nebraska
By Associated Press Published: 17:38 EDT, 13 March 2021 | Updated: 21:19 EDT, 13 March 2021
More than 2,000 flights have been canceled over the weekend at Denver International Airport as a major snowstorm strikes the region.
The National Weather Service has issued a winter storm warning, saying it expects 18 to 24 inches of heavy, wet snow to fall in Denver and Boulder from Saturday afternoon through Sunday night. Some areas along the Front Range foothills were expected to receive up to 30 inches.
The Colorado Department of Transportation warned that road closures are highly likely and asked people not to make unnecessary trips.
The highways most likely to be affected included Interstate 25 from Colorado Springs to Wyoming, including Denver and Monument Hill; I-70 to Limon; and I-76 to Ft. Morgan, the department said.
Denver International had a busy morning Saturday with passengers trying to beat the storm, but about 750 flights later in the day were canceled, airport spokeswoman Emily Williams said.
Just about all Sunday flights had been canceled as well - nearly 1,300.
The NWS warned travelers and skiers in higher elevations that avalanches could be easily triggered as snow totals could rapidly accumulate, while Colorado Governor Jared Polis activated the state's National Guard to respond to search and rescue requests over the weekend.
The National Weather Service (NWS) issued blizzard warnings for parts of Wyoming and western Nebraska, where quickly accumulating snowfall of up to 2 feet and fierce winds reaching 65 miles per hour could cause dangerous conditions from Saturday through Monday.
The weather service told travelers who must be on the road to carry emergency supplies and flashlights. It also warned that strong winds and the heavy snow could cause extensive damage to trees and power lines.
'We're preparing for a potentially historic winter storm to impact Southeast Wyoming,' Wyoming Governor Mark Gordon said on Twitter. 'The best option is to stay off the roads this weekend.'
[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..
:: 3-13-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China has 1 million people behind propaganda machine to undermine U.S.
Admiral says goal is to corrupt allied ties, weaken American interests
WND News Services By WND News Services
Published March 13, 2021 at 4:42pm
(AMERICAN MILITARY NEWS) – During a Tuesday hearing before the Senate Armed Services Committee, U.S. Indo Pacific Command (INDOPACOM) commander Adm. Phillip Davidson said “China has a vast disinformation machine” with a million people behind it that it uses to undermine the U.S.
Responding to questions by Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH) about the threat Chinese disinformation presents in the Indo-Pacific region, Davidson said, “They use regular media and social media and have nearly a million people in their propaganda machine.”
Davidson said the goal of China’s disinformation efforts is “to undermine U.S. interests, to capture the narrative to their own benefit and to … corrupt the environment in a way that creates doubt amongst our allies and partners in the reliability of the United States.”
:: 3--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Jesus — Our Righteousness
By Hal Lindsey
In only a few words, 2 Corinthians 5:21 gives us an astounding picture of our redemption in Christ. “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, so that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.”
The old hymn says, “This is all my righteousness, nothing but the blood of Jesus.”
1 Corinthians 1:30 puts it like this. “By His doing you are in Christ Jesus, who became to us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification, and redemption.”
Jesus is our righteousness — the very righteousness of God! And that is of the utmost importance. Here’s why. Our own righteousness is insufficient. Isaiah 64:6 says, “All our righteousnesses are as filthy rags.”
In other words, our very best efforts stink when compared with the righteous standard of God Himself. I hear people claim to live without sin, or mostly without sin. Is that you? Do you follow 1 Thessalonians 5:17 and, “Pray without ceasing”? Look at verse 18. Do you consistently give God thanks in all circumstances… every time? Do you consistently follow Matthew 5:44 and “pray for those who spitefully use you and persecute you”? What about Philippians 4:4? Do you rejoice in the Lord? Do you rejoice in Him always?
Maybe you can answer “yes” to those questions. But ask yourself if you do those things to God’s perfect standards. Many evangelical Christians can quote Romans 3:23 — “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God.”
But how often do we think about the second half of that verse. Yes, all have sinned. But more than that, all fall short of the glory of God. That’s the standard. If you’re trying to save yourself by being good, that’s the question you must ask. Does my life ever — even briefly — fall short of the glory of God? A more realistic question might be, “When does my life not fall short of God’s glory?”
No mere human being can reach that standard on his own. We fall short of Joshua 1:8 and we fail to meditate on God’s word day and night. We fall short of Philippians 4:6 which commands us not to be worried or anxious. Two verses later it tells us what we should spend our time thinking about — “whatever things are true, whatever things are noble, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report.”
I don’t know anyone whose thought life always reaches those high standards.
It’s amazingly easy to fall into sin-traps such as selfishness and pride. Do you follow 1 Corinthians 9:25 and consistently exercise self-control in all things? How about 2 Corinthians 2:9? It tells us to be “obedient in all things.” 2 Corinthians 9:8 admonishes us to “abound to every good work.”
We fail again and again to live up to the perfect standard of God’s glory. That doesn’t mean we should quit trying to live up to those standards. But it does mean that we can’t take credit for our own salvation in any way. We do not earn salvation. We accept it as a gift earned for us by Someone else — Jesus.
The Bible tells us that we will be rewarded for our good works (1 Corinthians 3:11-15). But it also tells us that our good works will not take us to heaven. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.”
What a glorious thing is God’s amazing grace! I hope you will abound to many good works in your Christian life. But trust your salvation to the righteousness of God in Christ.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-20-2020/
:: 3-14-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Cancel culture: Is banning the Bible next?
The terror of "woke" cancel culture knows no bounds. First, they came for Babar the Elephant; then for Curious George, Disney children's movies, Mr. Potato Head, and Dr. Seuss. Soon enough, they will come after the Bible for its "racist" and "gender-backward" content.
By David M. Weinberg Published on 03-14-2021 07:37 Last modified: 03-14-2021 08:37
In his famous post-World War II confessional speech, he said (in paraphrase): "First they came for the communists, and I did not speak out, because I was not a communist. Then they came for the socialists, then the trade unionists, and I did not speak out, because I was not a socialist nor a trade unionist. Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out, because I was not a Jew. Then they came for me, and there was no one left to speak for me."
Jump 80 years forward, and ask yourself this: After "cancelling" one literary, musical, artistic, and theatrical classic after another, will be anybody left to speak for the Bible when the "woke" movement inevitably goes after the canonic text of Jewish (and Christian) civilization?
After all, isn't there slavery in the Bible, alongside discrimination against women, the handicapped, and non-Jews? Isn't there intolerance of gender-fluid identities and racism regarding certain nations? The Bible even calls for genocide against the seven Canaanite nations, and Amalek!
So why shouldn't the small group of "intellectuals," "progressives," and radical kings-and-queens who rule today's "cancel culture" approach the Bible censoriously too? What would better amplify their (illusion of) power than twitter-shaming all Bible-believers, or even burning entire chapters of that "culturally offensive" book?
In their power game, nothing is sacred (except for progressive political correctness itself) and nothing is immune from their "enlightened" rampage. Theirs is an imperialistic revolution, where violent ends justify violent means – which is what Marx really taught.
Marx was obsessed by class struggle. The weaponized "woke" are obsessed with race and sexual orientation. Defining everyone by their skin color and robotically deeming whites as evil and guilty of "systemic racism" – a dangerous new term that purposefully inflates personal bias into built-in inequity that must be demolished with totalitarian force – the woke have forced everybody but them onto the defensive.
As Natan Sharansky and Gil Troy have written, we are today living in a Western version of "fear society"; where pressure to conform does not come from the totalitarian top (as was the case in the Stalinist Soviet Union) but from the fanatics around us – on campus, at work, and in the media – who bully people into silence or into politically-correct compliance.
How else to explain the rash of wild book banning and movie cancellation of late?
First they came for Jean and Laurent de Brunhoff's books on Babar the Elephant, which were deemed as "celebrations of colonialism" because the title character leaves the jungle and later returns to "civilize" his fellow animals. Then they came for H. A. Rey's Curious George books, targeted for cancellation because the premise of a white man (with a yellow hat!) bringing home a monkey from Africa was said to be demeaning to Africans and especially African Americans.
Then they came for children's movies, leading Disney Plus to pull Peter Pan, Dumbo, Aristocats, Lady and the Tramp, The Jungle Book, and Swiss Family Robinson from its offerings for children under seven. Disney labelled these as movies that contain "stereotypes and negative depictions of people or cultures" that could corrupt the souls of young people. (PBS also has put "sensitivity warnings" on Sesame's Muppets).
In Dumbo, you see, the crows "pay homage to racist minstrel shows." Peter Pan "portrays Native people in a stereotypical manner that reflects neither the diversity of Native peoples nor their authentic cultural traditions. Peter and the Lost Boys engage in dancing, wearing headdresses and other exaggerated tropes."
In Swiss Family Robinson the pirates who antagonize the Robinson family are portrayed as a stereotypical foreign menace. "Many appear in yellow face or brown face and are costumed in an exaggerated and inaccurate manner with top knot hairstyles, queues, robes and overdone facial make-up and jewelry, reinforcing their barbarism and otherness."
Then they came for Mr. Potato Head, and forced Hasboro to make the doll gender neutral. It is amazing how the woke are worried about the sex of a plastic potato!
Then they came for Dr. Seuss, including his iconic books And to Think That I Saw It on Mulberry Street, If I Ran the Zoo and McElligot's Pool – because of "racist and insensitive imagery." What is "insensitive" here? An Asian person wearing a conical hat, holding chopsticks, and eating from a bowl, and a drawing of two bare-footed African men wearing what appear to be grass skirts with their hair tied above their heads.
An "academic" journal ridiculously has published "The Cat Is Out of the Bag: Orientalism, Anti-Blackness, and White Supremacy in Dr. Seuss's Children's Books." Theodor Seuss Geisel was accused posthumously of "racial transgressions across his entire publishing career."
Undoubtedly next on the guillotine will be Berenstein Bears. Why? Well, here is a famous (and certainly-offensive-to-the-woke) paragraph from this beloved series of books by Stan and Jan Berenstain: "I'm a father. I'm a he. A father's something you could be. I'm a mother. I'm a she. A mother's something you could be." Such horrible gender stereotyping. Burn all the Berenstein Bear books!
The problem here is not the cultural effort to diversify children's book characters and their creators. The problem is the "cancellation" of well-meaning works out of an uncritical and violent embrace of "critical race theory." It's one thing to take a few truly bad books off the shelves. It's another thing all-together to see racism and "gender-backwardness" everywhere and try to impose a new "woke" ideological straitjacket on society.
Indeed, New York progressives now seek to introduce a state-imposed curriculum that will teach kindergarteners about "gender fluidity."
The legislation of State Senator Samra Brouk of Rochester would teach eight-year-olds that there are multiple, fluid gender choices. They would also be instructed about the opportunity to receive hormone blockers that would allow little children to avoid having the "wrong puberty." Children as young as 11 would learn about different kinds of sex, and about "queer, two-spirit, asexual, and pansexual identities."
Higher grades would be fed more overtly political lessons, such as the need to lend support to every possible "family configuration." The curriculum also clearly condemns religious believers and others who hold fast to traditional morality, including sexual abstinence before marriage. The concept is to produce kids with preprogrammed "woke" ideas.
Writing in Seussian verse in The National Post of Canada, John Robson warns of the curse at hand: "There is nothing, no nothing, that (the woke) find in the past, That they won't burn to ash with a self-righteous blast.
"When they're done with their work then a wasteland you'll see, Not a book will be standing, and not a movie.
There are some who once thought they could gain from PC, It will strike down my foes but it won't target me.
Sadly now it is clear that its rage knows no bounds, And upon its old friends it will set its hell-hounds…
"I'm no racist, no hater, but this I decree, Others too had their faults but all's not well with me.
So please fix what you can and repent what you can't, But don't ever let loose with a paranoid rant.
That the past was a plot and that all things were wrong, Until history ended and you came along.
Thus to Seuss at the close of this poem I return, And I say with conviction his books must not burn."
https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/cancel-culture-is-banning-the-bible-next/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 3-15-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Thanks to Jordan, Jews can't pray on the Temple Mount - analysis
Bonus chutzpah is that for 19 years, Jordan totally controlled the Temple Mount and banned Jews from getting anywhere close.
By LAHAV HARKOV MARCH 15, 2021 01:02
Then Prince Hussein bin Abdullah of Jordan had to cancel his plans to visit the Temple Mount because he wanted to go against what Israel had previously agreed to, and bring his entire cohort of armed guards with him, in a flashy show of force that Israel would not allow.
But they both had their revenge. Harry and Meghan went on Oprah, and wouldn’t name the royal racist, so we can all play a fun guessing game.
And Jordan blocked Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s flight to the United Arab Emirates.
Princes! They may be among the most privileged people in the world, but they’re just like us! They have relatives that make them uncomfortable and they can’t pray at the Temple Mount!
Correction: The second bit makes them like the Jews among us. Perhaps the height of chutzpah in l’affaire Prince Hussein is that, thanks to Jordan, most of Israel is barred from worship at the Temple Mount, Judaism’s holiest site, every single day. Bonus chutzpah is that for 19 years, Jordan totally controlled the Temple Mount and banned Jews from getting anywhere close.
But the prince is sad he can’t bring all of his guards, guns blazing, to the very city from which Jordanian Legion snipers shot at Israeli civilians for kicks in the 50s and 60s.
The attitude, as if Israel has to constantly show deference and warmth to Jordan no matter what Jordan does, is rampant, but it’s worth remembering that Jordan can defer to us sometimes, too. It’s not as if Israel is the only beneficiary of its peace agreement with Jordan; it’s good for Jordan, too.
It’s politically convenient for many to blame Netanyahu for the deteriorating relationship, since there’s an election in nine days, and he has had so many other foreign policy wins lately. So, we have columnists expressing abject horror that Netanyahu threatened to block Jordanian flights over Israel in response to Jordan’s action, as if Jordan was being so reasonable up to that point.
Netanyahu has had his fair share of tension with King Abdullah and his father, King Hussein, but frankly, Amman’s attitude last week was not surprising, less because of something Netanyahu had done and more because Jordan’s relationship with Israel in recent years, at least publicly, is almost entirely defined by grievances.
In the 1994 peace agreement between Israel and Jordan, Israel stated that it “respects the present special role of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan in Muslim Holy shrines in Jerusalem.” In other words, the Jordanian Islamic Trust, known as the Wakf, would be responsible for the day-to-day administration of the Al-Aksa Mosque.
Jordan has taken that to mean that it can demand things like the removal of metal detectors from the site, installed immediately after a terrorist attack in which Muslim Israelis murdered two Druse Israeli police officers.
Plus, Jordan thinks it is within its rights to demand that high-profile Israelis not visit the Temple Mount, despite the agreement stating that “there will be freedom of access to the places of religious and historical significance.”
King Abdullah also declined to allow Israel to continue to lease small pockets of farmland from Jordan, as detailed in the peace agreement, further contributing to the decline of relations.
Beyond that, he’s done nothing to counter the coldness of the peace between Israel and Jordan, and rampant anti-Israel sentiment in society. Jordan has blocked the extradition to the US of Ahlam Tamimi, one of the terrorist masterminds of the 2001 suicide bombing in the Sbarro pizza parlor in downtown Jerusalem, in which 15 were killed and 122 injured; she has since become a TV star in Jordan.
A 2019 study by IMPACT-se, which analyzes the content of textbooks in the region, found “minimal recognition of Israel and the peace treaty,” which it called “cause for concern.” Official textbooks warn of the “Zionist Danger,” and describe Israel as “a Zionist entity with no rights.” One textbook expresses a “wish to see Palestine liberated from the Zionist Occupation;” another compares Zionism to nazism and fascism.
But not letting the prince have as many armed guards as he wants at Temple Mount is the real problem in Jordan-Israel relations. Maybe Prince Hussein can talk to Oprah about it.
:: 3-14-21 Orgen Live :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Paris may face new lockdown as coronavirus variants fill ICUs
By The Associated Press Updated Mar 14, 9:18 AM; Posted Mar 14, 9:18 AM
PARIS — Officials say the Paris region may be headed toward a new lockdown as new variants of the virus fill up intensive care units and limited vaccine supplies drag down inoculation efforts.
Special medical planes dispatched patients from the Paris area to less-saturated regions over the weekend.
“If we have to lock down, we will do it,” the head of the national health agency, Jerome Salomon, said on BFM television Sunday. “The situation is complex, tense and is worsening in the Paris region.” Salomon acknowledges that a nationwide 6 p.m. curfew “wasn’t enough” in some regions to prevent a spike in cases, notably of the variant first identified in Britain.
The French government has been relying on curfews for months — along with the long-term closures of restaurants and some other businesses — to try to avoid a costly new lockdown. But localized outbreaks are raising questions about the government’s virus-fighting strategy. Salomon says France has more people in intensive care for COVID-19 and other ailments — about 6,300 — than the overall number of ICU beds it had going into the pandemic.
France has reported 90,315 virus-related deaths, among the world’s highest death tolls.
-- The Associated Press
:: 3-14-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Netanyahu indicates he avoided Saudi airspace because of Houthi missiles
PM called off first official trip to UAE last week at the last minute, blaming Jordan for failing to approve flyover; Jordan confirms closing its airspace over diplomatic spat
By AP and TOI staff 14 March 2021, 3:57 pm
Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Saturday that he was deterred from flying to the United Arab Emirates through Saudi airspace last week because of the threat of missile fire from Iranian proxies in Yemen.
Netanyahu had called off a visit to the Emirates on Thursday over a spat with neighboring Jordan, which had temporarily closed its airspace to the prime minister’s flight. But rather than bypass Jordanian airspace and take a more southerly route through Saudi skies, Netanyahu told Israel’s Channel 13, “there were also problems a week ago in the skies of Saudi Arabia,” referring to recent missile attacks by Yemen’s Houthi rebels. Netanyahu did not elaborate, nor did he say there were concrete plans to target his plane by the Iran-backed Houthis. The Houthis, who control the capital and much of the country’s north, have escalated their cross-border attacks on critical Saudi infrastructure in recent weeks, crashing bomb-laden drones and missiles into the kingdom’s Patriot missile batteries and revealing gaps in its defenses.
Last week, missiles and drones hit one of the world’s largest oil shipping ports and halted air traffic toward the international airport in the port city of Jiddah. While Houthi-claimed attacks on Saudi Arabia rarely cause substantial damage, such strikes have roiled the world economy and raise the risk of a disruption in global oil supplies.
Netanyahu was slated to make the first official visit by an Israeli leader to the United Arab Emirates, half a year after the countries established formal relations. He had hoped to use the audience with the UAE’s crown prince to boost his reelection campaign less than two weeks before the March 23 Knesset elections.
The Prime Minister’s Office said it had difficulties coordinating the flight over Jordanian airspace after Jordan’s Crown Prince Hussein canceled a visit to the Al-Aqsa Mosque in Jerusalem, a sensitive holy site under Jordanian custodianship, due to disagreements over security arrangements.
Jordanian Foreign Minister Ayman al-Safadi confirmed on Friday that Jordan held up granting Netanyahu overflight permission in retaliation for the canceled visit.
Safadi accused Israel of violating an agreement on the arrangements for the visit, while Israel has said Hussein arrived with heavier security than promised.
On Saturday, Netanyahu insisted that relations between the two countries were positive, saying that “Jordan needs good relations with us no less than we need good relations with Jordan.”
The diplomatic spat underscored Jordanian frustrations with Netanyahu and tensions between the two neighbors that have simmered for years.
Netanyahu had been scheduled to meet UAE Crown Prince Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed in his visit to the Emirates.
Reports had also suggested he may have also been hoping to meet Saudi Arabian Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and/or Sudanese Prime Minister Abdalla Hamdok during the trip.
The trip to the UAE been planned for several months but postponed on numerous occasions, most recently in February. Netanyahu had originally been set to make the trip in November, then December, and then in January and February, but the pandemic, scheduling issues, and internal political crises led to repeated delays.
https://www.timesofisrael.com/netanyahu-says-he-avoided-saudi-airspace-because-of-houthi-missiles/
[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.
[ :: 7-2-17
Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service ::
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
You are going to see much more
happening overseas now much more. Russia,
they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.
North Korea has been mocked for so long they are
ready to fight. They are not
afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean
War. Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your
own ways, for the old ways never did work etc
[ :: 1-17-18 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready. For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.
[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc
:: 3--21 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
North Korea 'not responding' to US contact efforts
Published 1 day ago
US President Joe Biden's administration says it has been trying to contact the North Korean government since February but has yet to receive a response.
Washington had tried to reach Pyongyang in several different ways to prevent tensions escalating, officials said.
The US and North Korea remain at loggerheads over North Korea's nuclear and ballistic missile programmes.
Three meetings between Mr Biden's predecessor and North Korea's Kim Jong-un achieved little.
The talks failed to persuade North Korea to give up nuclear weapons - a key demand of the US and other Western powers.
North Korean state media has yet to acknowledge that Joe Biden is now the American president.
US attempts to communicate with Pyongyang have included the "New York Channel" - through the North Korean mission at the United Nations.
A US official told Reuters news agency there had been "multiple attempts" to engage with North Korea, but no meaningful contact for more than 12 months, which includes much of Donald Trump's final year as president.
Mr Biden has already announced a policy review on North Korea, which is expected to be unveiled in April.
He has called Mr Kim a thug and stressed the need for North Korean nuclear disarmament before heavy US and UN economic sanctions can be eased.
The North Korean leader has continued to emphasise his country's military capability, claiming the development of more accurate long-range missiles, super large warheads, spy satellites and a nuclear-powered submarine.
At the same time he has called on the US to ditch its "hostile policies".
North Korea's nuclear ambitions are expected to feature prominently during this week's visit to Japan and South Korea by US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken and Defence Secretary Lloyd Austin.
Relations between the US and North Korea plummeted in 2017 when North Korea tested long-range missiles capable of hitting American cities.
Tensions eased as Mr Trump bet on developing a personal rapport with Mr Kim.
But the much-trumpeted meetings, including summits in Singapore and Vietnam, failed to overcome differences over nuclear disarmament and sanctions. The US rebuffed North Korean demands for the lifting of sanctions in return for only a partial reduction in nuclear capabilities.
North Korea is currently more cut off from the outside world than ever before. Its borders have been closed for over a year to prevent the spread of Covid-19.
Trade with its main ally China has dwindled by more than 90% in the last few months.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-56391445
[ :: 6-8-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. storms and lots of tornadoes, you shall see baseball and softball size hail. etc..
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 3-14-21 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Historic and crippling' winter storm dumps over 25 inches of snow in Cheyenne, Wyoming; travel halted in Colorado and Nebraska
John Bacon and Elinor Aspegren, USA TODAY Published 9:29 a.m. ET March 14, 2021 | Updated 7:08 a.m. ET March 15, 2021
Winter and spring collided Sunday as parts of Colorado, Wyoming, Utah and Nebraska were blasted with up to 4 feet of snow while Oklahoma, Arkansas and Missouri braced for heavy rains, high winds, flooding and possible tornadoes.
Cheyenne, Wyoming, saw snow totals of 25.8 inches this weekend — smashing a previous 2-day record held since 1979, according to the National Weather Service. And more could be coming — the weather service warned some areas could see up to 50 inches of snow and wind gusts of up to 60 mph before the weather eased Monday.
Schools in Cheyenne and another city in Wyoming, Casper, are taking a snow day Monday, as are Denver Public Schools. Some government offices in those areas also will be closed Monday.
Wyoming Gov. Mark Gordon announced the closure of state facilities and state offices in Laramie County starting Monday, adding that Wyoming Legislature will not meet as well.
"We will see high winds and snowfall into the overnight hours tonight," said Gordon on Twitter late Sunday. "Stay safe and avoid unnecessary travel."
More than 2,000 flights were canceled in and out of Denver alone over the weekend. Runways were closed for Sunday night, the Denver International Airport tweeted, as it marked nearly two inches of snow.
Many highways and local roads were closed, including a few with "no alternate route advised."
In Colorado, some areas already had almost 30 inches of snow by noon Sunday. A foot of snow had fallen in Denver, and more was on the way.
"Total snow accumulations of 12-24 inches for the Interstate 25 corridor and up to 3-4 feet in the northern foothills," the National Weather Service warned. "Wind gusts of 30-40 mph will cause some blowing and drifting snow."
Airlines issue waivers for Colorado airports: Winter Storm Xylia
The Colorado Department of Transportation reported a slew of highway closures, including swaths of Interstate 70 that runs east to west across the state. The Colorado Avalanche Information Center set the avalanche risk as high, warning of "very dangerous avalanche conditions."
"Slow to ramp up Saturday, storm makes itself known on Sunday," the state Transportation Department tweeted Sunday afternoon. "Return travel from the mountains into #Denver will be extremely challenging Sunday. Motorists please make plans to postpone travel until Monday."
Major roads southeast of a line that crosses diagonally from the southwest corner of Wyoming to its northeast corner were closed Sunday, including roads in and out of Cheyenne and Casper. The Associated Press reported that 98 trucks were stranded outside of Cheyenne.
Nebraska’s State Patrol tweeted asking people across the western part of the state to stay home to avoid strong winds and blizzard conditions. The Department of Transportation urged people across the state to avoid travel if at all possible, reported the Omaha World-Herald.
Parts of Texas were in recovery mode after being pounded by tornadoes and heavy storms Friday and Saturday. In Amarillo, dozens of hikers were evacuated from a trail after two possible tornadoes in the area. Randall County Sheriff Christopher Forbis reported hail the size of baseballs.
“Power lines and a cell tower are down,” Amarillo Area Emergency Management Director Chad Orton said. “One house was damaged, but the family was in the basement … there have been no injuries or fatalities.”
More severe weather rolled through Texas and Oklahoma all the way to the Mississippi River on Sunday. The biggest threats were heavy, drenching downpours and damaging winds, AccuWeather said. Parts of Missouri were deluged with 7 inches of rain Saturday, and more was forecast for Sunday.
The National Weather Service in Little Rock, Arkansas, warned that strong and severe storms were possible late Sunday.
"Damaging winds will remain the primary threat, but an isolated tornado cannot be completely ruled out," the weather service said.
Heavy, gusty storms could shift east into the Ohio and Tennessee valleys on Monday, AccuWeather said.
:: 3--21 The Associated Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Chile becomes Latin America’s COVID-19 vaccination champion
By EVA VERGARA and PATRICIA LUNAyesterday
SANTIAGO, Chile (AP) — After being among the world’s hardest-hit nations with COVID-19, Chile is now near the top among countries at vaccinating its population against the virus.
With more than 25% of its people having received at least one shot, the country of 19 million on South America’s Pacific coast is the champion of Latin America, and globally it is just behind Israel, the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom.
That’s a far cry from the beginning of the pandemic, when Chile was criticized over its inability to trace and isolate infected people.
So what is the secret to its success?
Government officials and health experts say it was the country’s early negotiations with vaccine producers, as well as its past experience with robust vaccination programs, a record praised by the World Health Organization.
During the first months of the pandemic, the headlines in Chile were bleak, with the country’s intensive care units almost full and the government unable to control the virus’s spread despite restrictions that included mandatory lockdowns.
But another story was developing in parallel that few people knew about, one that had begun months before and would later guarantee Chile fast access to vaccines.
Andrés Couve, Chile’s minister of science, told The Associated Press that formal negotiations with vaccine-producing companies started last April, only a month after COVID-19 was declared a pandemic.
By May, Couve said, a team of experts and officials presented a plan to President Sebastián Piñera, including a road map about how to use the country’s network of trade agreements and its previous contacts with pharmaceutical companies to get vaccines once they were developed. Recommendations included being part of clinical trials.
This effort was helped by contacts made months earlier in China. In October 2019, Chilean biochemist Dr. Alexis Kalergis had traveled to Beijing with two Chilean colleagues for an international congress on immunology. There Kalergis met experts from the Chinese pharmaceutical Sinovac Biotech Ltd.
Kalergis had already approached Sinovac about working on vaccine research. So when China announced in January 2020 that it had identified a new virus, and within weeks the world saw it spreading around the globe, Kalergis knew he needed to reach out to his colleagues at Sinovac.
“Taking advantage of our experience, the contacts and the interest that we expressed … we started conversations with Sinovac,” said Kalergis, director of the Milenio Institute for Immunology and Immunotherapy at Chile’s Catholic University.
He spoke to Sinovac colleagues in January and February 2020, then went to Catholic University Dean Ignacio Sánchez with the details, saying they needed to be passed on to the government.
Sánchez approached Chile’s health minister and foreign secretary, urging early negotiations with Sinovac and other pharmaceuticals and for Chile to be part of their clinical trials. The ministers agreed, and the Chilean government began making diplomatic contacts.
By June, long before any other country in Latin America, Chile had secured a contract with Sinovac, which agreed to deliver an early batch once the vaccine was authorized, Kalergis said.
Rodrigo Yáñez, undersecretary for international economic relations and lead negotiator with companies to get the vaccines, said Chile understood from the beginning that it needed to work with different pharmaceutical companies at the same time.
“We looked at different alternatives and didn’t put all the eggs in the same basket,” he said.
Chile was part of a Sinovac clinical trial that started in December and involved 2,300 medical workers. The government has not published its results, saying only that they were good.
Trials for vaccines by AstraZeneca, Janssen and the Chinese pharmaceutical CanSino were also done in Chile, and those results also have not been disclosed.
Chile received its first vaccine doses in December, some 21,000 from Pfizer, but they were fewer than promised. The country immediately began vaccinating medical workers. By the end of January, Chile received the first 4 million doses from Sinovac and was able to speed up inoculation. Massive vaccination started in February.
Chile was administering more than 100,000 shots almost daily since early February, and that more than tripled this week.
On Wednesday, it reached a daily global record of 1.3 shots per 100 inhabitants, followed by Israel with 1.04 doses, according to Our World in Data, a collaboration between researchers at the University of Oxford and the nonprofit Global Change Data Lab.
No other country in Latin America has had anything near Chile’s success. Brazil, for example, has vaccinated only 4% of its population, and Argentina around 3%.
Health Minister Enrique París said Chile has now secured 35 million doses to vaccinate 15 million people, and it’s already helping other countries. Earlier this month, Chilean authorities donated 20,000 Sinovac doses to Paraguay and the same amount to Ecuador.
Chile had “good planning and wisely used the resources it has to make bilateral agreements with some producers,” Jarbas Barbosa, deputy director of the Pan American Health Organization, said this week.
This is not the first time Chile has conducted a successful vaccination program. Last year, between March and April when the virus was emerging, Chilean authorities vaccinated 8 million people against the flu.
Mario Patiño, 75, was among the first to be vaccinated with a Sinovac dose in February at a school in Lo Prado, a poor residential area of Santiago.
“Everything was perfect, fast, with an excellent service, well organized,” said Patiño, who was getting his second shot on Saturday. “For me, the vaccine means to be calmer.”
3-8-21 https://billkloss.law.blog/2021/03/08/how-the-state-will-strip-you-of-your-rights-when-shtf2/
How The State Will Strip You Of Your Rights When SHTF
Posted by Brandon Campbell March 8, 2021
Dealing with this subject has been quite difficult for me. Both the concept of the state stripping you of everything and the SHTF concept have as many backgrounds as diverse interpretations, so trying to approach this from a single point of view is a complicated task.
In my country, Venezuela, after 20 years of “revolution,” we have bottomed out and learned to live in situations we never imagined (so much so that I was able to write an article on survival techniques I never imagined myself using on daily basis). It’s not that the governments before Hugo Chavez were much better. But there was a much more stable political and economic situation with access to the international market. In 1999, when Chávez’s government was instated, oil prices were the highest in Venezuela’s history. The newly born Communist policy in the country was hardly felt and had very few repercussions on the professional citizens who lived on a monthly salary.
That’s probably why those first few years didn’t really feel like something was taken away from us. In addition, the newly elected president had a 60% popular approval rating and promised endless opportunities for the neediest people. One of the first economic policies was the implementation of exchange control, currently in effect. Any operation with foreign currency was managed by the state. Later came the control of the prices of basic products, which caused the disappearance of those items and initiated a black market that is also very much in force to this day. The real problem began in 2004 with the accelerated decrease in oil prices that translated into a lower income for the government. Remember that we are talking about an oil-reliant country.
The decay was soon seen in many aspects. There was no longer maintenance on public roads, and public services failed often until reaching the point of constant failures of electric service, even for days.
The public health situation is also getting worse and worse. As a health professional, I have seen this deterioration for the last 10 years.
I am an oncologic breast surgeon. In Venezuela, breast cancer is the main cause of death from cancer in women. However, in the hospital where I work, the most important hospital in Caracas, there are no basic services for this issue. No chemotherapy, the radiotherapy equipment has been inoperative since 2015, and surgical procedures are suspended every week.
For me, as a doctor, it is frustrating not to be able to help my patients in any way. Just last week two breast cancer patients who were going to the operating room were suspended for the fourth time in a row. This time the anesthesia machine was failing.
The purchasing power of the Venezuelan citizen also decreased. It seemed to have happened from one day to the next, but if you look at the political situation since 1988, the decline took a long time; all that was left was to hit rock bottom.
Finding ourselves in extreme situations makes our defense system act in a primitive way. This means activating the fight or flight response at any time within any context—and yes, the state takes advantage of that.
The state will rip you off, but it doesn’t happen all of a sudden. There are a lot of logistics; it takes a long time to develop the kind of policy that makes citizens totally dependent on the state.
You start by losing something unimportant, like some kind of monetary bonus now given to you as government-run grocery store credits, and you end up losing your freedom and all kinds of rights, including freedom of speech and protest, but these issues are so extensive that they require an article of their own to explain them properly.
The state has taken charge, with great success I must say, and you are now living in fear of the so-called public authorities, meaning police and military police, since they serve as pro-government forces of repression.
Many of us have lost the incentive to go out and protest. We did it for more than 10 years. However, I have seen the evolution of the manifestations before and now. I remember 2003 when repression was minimal, almost non-existent. Today many friends who still have the strength to continue have gotten gas masks in order to defend themselves from the hundreds of tear gas grenades used by the authorities that should be defending people. In any public protest, savage repression is a constant. That violence is what we Venezuelans have become used to. When there is no public or social security, when the devaluation of the currency is occurring on a daily basis, and when you don’t know if the bakery on the corner is going to be broken into tomorrow, at that moment, the debacle has already occurred.
Defending oneself from these kinds of problems is as difficult as trying to explain them. Many have chosen to leave and seek a future in other countries. That way the state even strips you of your own country by causing you to become self-exiled.
I don’t blame them. We all have more than one family member or close friend who has been kidnapped or stolen from violently, and sadly, all we can say is “You should be thankful you weren’t killed”.
Personal security becomes a problem of epic proportions, to the extent that going out on the street is considered a risky activity—a risk to which, unfortunately, you have to get used to in order to live a normal life. Living in that state of continuous stress in which your rights are violated, in cities where, despite paying high taxes, everything seems to be in ruins, is part of that hopelessness that the state achieves in the individual.
Living in a place where a good monthly salary for a top executive, for example, does not reach $100 a month, is not easy, especially taking into consideration that a basic shopping list for a family of four can cost up to $140 monthly.
So the mismanagement of incompetent and corrupt civil servants results in the deep separation of three social classes: extreme poverty, which represents more than 80% of the population and is totally dependent on the government; the working middle class, which manages to subsist through one or two basic incomes plus the economic help of family members abroad; and those who do business with the government and can live in a very comfortable, ideal world that has nothing to do with reality.
Of course, there are exceptions to this, and some people have high incomes without being involved in dubious businesses.
It is sad to see how fourth-level professionals, trained in the country, must leave in order to provide for their families.
I know it is not a unique situation in the world—it has happened and will continue to happen—but it is very different to read about it than to see it sitting in the front row or even being the leading character.
Nowadays it is the common denominator, and more and more qualified professionals and technicians step into the international airport in search of a better quality of life. That’s why there is a whole generation that has no kind of roots in their country and only waits for the opportunity to leave.
I think the worst part of all this is the desolation sown in all of us. It seems to be an endless story, with the political disqualification of opposition leaders, political prisoners, and many more vexations.
Writing all this is not easy, but it makes me reflect. It is an exercise in introspection. Without a doubt, the state strips you of everything in its eagerness to stay in charge. That’s the way they do it.
There comes a point at which the only thing in your mind is to know if you will return home alive. Everything else is secondary. At that point, the state has already massacred you internally. You can never be the same again. I’m sure I am not.
Even if you are a person who is not involved in politics, an “apolitical” citizen, in this state of anarchy, you have to fix your position.
As Desmond Tutu said, “If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor.”
https://billkloss.law.blog/2021/03/08/how-the-state-will-strip-you-of-your-rights-when-shtf-2/
:: 3-8-21 Information Liberation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Grocery Shopping In The New America
Chris Menahan InformationLiberation Mar. 08, 2021
Giant Food supermarkets have begun labeling products on their shelves as "Black-owned," "Hispanic-owned," "LGBT-owned" and so on. Giant made the announcement late last year.
From Supermarket News:
Giant Food is rolling out updated shelf labels that enable shoppers to identify products from minority-owned businesses.
Plans call for all Giant supermarkets to post the new shelf labels starting in January, the Landover, Md.-based regional grocer said yesterday. The labels will inform customers about items from companies that are women-, Black-, Asian-Indian-, Hispanic-, LGBT-, Asian-Pacific- or veteran-owned.
More than 3,100 food and nonfood products will feature the updated shelf labels across Giant's 164 stores in Virginia, Maryland, Delaware and the District of Columbia. The retailer said the items come from 281 minority-owned businesses in its network of vendor partners.
[...] "Giant Food is proud to better highlight our diverse suppliers," Giant President Ira Kress said in a statement. "We're committed to making it easier for customers to identify product attributes that are important to them by fostering a diverse and inclusive network of suppliers that reflects the unique backgrounds and experiences of our Giant family, our customers and our communities."
http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=62084
:: 3-6-21 The Free Thought Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Google Veterans Team Up With Gov’t to Fill the Sky with AI Drones That Predict Your Behavior
Matt Agorist March 6, 2021
Imagine in the near future, a swarm of tiny drones patrolling the skies across the country. These drones are not being flown by any pilot and are entirely autonomous, carrying out their directives coded into them during manufacturing — surveil, record, follow, and even predict your next move. Sounds like something out of a dystopian Sci-Fi flick, right? Well, there is no need to imagine this scenario or to watch it in a movie.
It is already here.
Adam Bry and Abraham Bachrach, the CEO and CTO, respectively at a company called Skydio have helped usher in this new reality. The duo started together at MIT before moving on to Google and working on Project Wing Google. After moving on from building self-flying aircraft at Google, the duo founded Skydio and has been giving their autonomous drones to police departments ever since — for free.
“We‘re solving a lot of the core problems that are needed to make drones trustworthy and able to fly themselves,” Bry told Forbes in an interview this week. “Autonomy—that core capability of giving a drone the skills of an expert pilot built in, in the software and the hardware—that’s really what we’re all about as a company.”
According to Forbes, Skydio “claims to be shipping the most advanced AI-powered drone ever built: a quadcopter that costs as little as $1,000, which can latch on to targets and follow them, dodging all sorts of obstacles and capturing everything on high-quality video. Skydio claims that its software can even predict a target’s next move, be that target a pedestrian or a car.” Although these drones will undoubtedly play a beneficial role in making the job of law enforcement safer by looking into hostage situation or giving intel into standoffs, as everyone reading this article knows, government always abuses the technology it has at its fingertips.
Bry even admits that working with government agencies may mean its drones are used in “potentially polarizing and charged situations.” However, he told Forbes, they are “steering away from that just because it’s controversial or polarizing would be the wrong thing to do.” In comments given to the New York Times, the CEO has come out strongly against Skydio’s drones being used with weapons.
“We are not putting weapons on the drone,” Bry said. “Weaponization is the one thing where you want less automation, not more.” But you do not need weapons on drones for them to be used to oppress society — 24-hour autonomous surveillance and behavior prediction from above is enough to do that — without guns. This year, according to a FOIA request by Forbes, America’s Custom and Border Protection also began testing the drones which is especially ominous given the Biden administration’s plans for a “smart border wall.”
Biden’s new “Smart” wall will use advanced surveillance technology like these drones to patrol the border presenting a danger to immigrants and citizens alike. According to a report in the Nation, a fact sheet distributed to reporters contains a section titled “Supplement existing border resources with technology and Infrastructure,” which calls for additional funding to, among other things, “enhance the ability to process asylum seekers” and “manage and secure the southern border between ports of entry that focuses on flexible solutions and technologies that expand the ability to detect illicit activity.” The smart wall will not be as obvious and physically offensive as an actual wall, but aerial drones, infrared cameras, motion sensors, radar, facial recognition, and artificial intelligence is far more ominous than steal and bricks. According to the Nation:
These implements have the veneer of scientific impartiality and rarely produce contentious imagery, which makes them both palatable to a broadly apathetic public and insidiously dangerous.
Unlike a border wall, an advanced virtual “border” doesn’t just exist along the demarcation dividing countries. It extends hundreds of miles inland along the “Constitution-free zone” of enhanced Border Patrol authority. It’s in private property and along domestic roadways. It’s at airports, where the government is ready to roll out a facial recognition system with no age limit that includes travelers on domestic flights that never cross a border.
One of the most minacious aspects of this smart wall is that it will extend the police and surveillance state tactics used at airports — around the entire country — thanks to the federal “constitution-free zones.” Imagine you are checking into a flight at an airport, excited to go on vacation but when you attempt to get your ticket, you are told you cannot fly. Suddenly, you are surrounded by security and hauled off for questioning. You have committed no crime and you have no recourse to ask why you cannot fly. This happens every day in this country as Homeland Security enforces the unconstitutional No Fly List.
Experts like Edward Hasbrouck, a consultant with the Identity Project and writer at the affiliated Papers Please blog, say the new border wall will essentially implement a no fly list around the entire country. Hasbrouck told the Nation DHS officials “complain constantly and explicitly about the fact that, unlike at the airport, where we know who’s getting on the plane before they get on the plane, at the land border anybody can just show up. They regard this as a horrible defect that they’re working assiduously to rectify.” All of this is happening out of sight of the general public who largely has no idea what is taking place. Imagine attempting to flee the future technocracy that America will surely become, only to be met by aerial drones and Boston Dynamic robot dogs. This could soon be a reality akin to the scariest Black Mirror episode. Scary isn’t it?
https://thefreethoughtproject.com/drones-ai-google-veterans-police-state/
:: 3-7-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Conservative Americans Are Making Their Voices Loud And Clear - We Don't Have To Be A 'Karen' Or Rioter To Fight Back As People Bluntly Let Politicians Know They're Taking Their Freedom Back
- Time For Conservatives To Get Back On The Playing Field
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine March 7, 2021
The image above is how conservatives protest, no buildings or cars on fire, and even at a mask burning event, no uncontrolled arson. No looting, no vandalism and no attacks against innocent bystanders.
Citizens in conservatives states made their voices heard loud and clear, that they want their states opened, their schools back in session, their lives reverted back to normal, and voila!!! Their state representatives and leaders listened and more and more states are opening.
States run by liberal leaders on the other hand, are still ignoring their citizens, while allowing their states' economies to be flushed down the toilet.
Despite seeing conservative residents make their voices heard in Idaho, there is still a massive disconnect as to how liberals "get their way," compared to how conservatives go about fighting for what they believe in.
Sadly, the liberals are winning the "culture war" fight. That must end.
The question then becomes how?
How do you win a battle without becoming a screaming and screeching Karen, or rioting and destroying cities?
(Note: A Karen is a kind of person who is unhappy when little things don’t go their way. They are a, “Can I speak to your manager?” kind of gal. - Source)
One does not have to "cancel" someone or something, or riot, or screech and howl like a "Karen," in order to make their voices hear.
Plus, normal people have jobs or are looking for them and have no time to spend days and weeks out partying and rioting and destroying things. Antifa and BLM groups obviously do not have the problem of having to pay their own way, or they wouldn't have so much time on their hands to block streets, light fires and basically make utter fools of themselves. ACTIVISM DOES NOT HAVE TO BE DESTRUCTIVE
To liberals, activism means cancelling Dr. Seuss, Mr. Potato Head, Dumbo and The Muppets, or burning down cities, or boycotting businesses for simply supporting an ideology that is not liberal leaning.
When we wrote about businesses continuing their corporate authoritarianism in Texas and other states by mandating mask usage despite the Governors of the states lifting all restrictions, we did not recommend a boycott, those should be used sparingly, but rather calling, faxing, writing and visiting their headquarters to make their voices heard.
Those that choose to do business elsewhere, absolutely have that right.
The point is, activism does not have to be destructive to property or to the livelihoods of others by "cancelling" anybody or any thing, nor does it have to take time away from family, friends, work or play.
Let me provide a real life example: 2006-2007, George Bush, a RINO (Republican In Name Only) was prepared to allow an amnesty bill, with support from other RINO's like the late John McCain, and also support from liberal Democrats.
With some Republicans, most Democrats and the media in favor of the amnesty plan, it almost seemed like a done deal....yet it fell through.
Why?
Conservative Americans. They stood up and spoke out, loudly. Independent Media writers passed around thousands of phone numbers to congress and their aides and at one point, the congressional phone system literally crashed from too many calls.
The same tactic helped defeat immigration reform the last time lawmakers considered passing bills in 2006 and especially 2007, when a flood of angry calls shut down the switchboard in Congress.
That prompted supporters to pull the plug on immigration reform in favor of beefing up border security first. The Tea Party movement was another example of conservatives Americans protesting with their voices, their pens, their blogs and in many cases, in physical protests at townhalls and other local events.
When the protests were over, the place was clean, nothing was destroyed, and no one was hurt.
The point here is that while liberals and conservatives have very different styles of "protesting," conservatives used to have the wherewithal to make their voices heard and to demand action or the blocking of actions, such as amnesty for illegal aliens.
We didn't have to screech, yell, throw temper tantrums, burn things down, loot or vandalize businesses and homes.
In other words, conservatives didn't have to act like the figurative "Karen," constantly trying to find something to complain about, very loudly.
Yet we still got things done. WHY ARE COMPANIES CAVING TO THE CANCEL CULTURE?
The answer to that is quite simple really.
When only one side is fighting, that side will always win. The other side will always lose because of their silence and their refusal to fight back.
Conservatives have spent too many years claiming the "high road," by assuming that both sides don't have to be heard for common sense to kick in, or worse, assuming defeat, always claiming it is "too late" to do anything, so they do nothing at all.
In a battle if one side is armed, and the other lays down their arms.... who wins?
When liberals first went into action to complain, write, call, and boycott Mr. Seuss books, had conservatives countered by making their own calls, in conjunction with each other, speaking as one voice, giving the issue two sides being heard, Dr. Seuss Enterprises might have thought twice about cancelling six Dr. Seuss books. BOTTOM LINE - CALLS TO ACTION
Independent Media, and especially Independent Media readers, need to start highlighting liberal cancel culture campaigns, whether in articles by their writers, or by those commenting, and consider those "calls to action," to call, write, and make noise...without the screeching, howling and Karen-like behavior.
Choose the battles wisely, get family, friends and online associates to join in, making that one voice louder and louder, so both sides are represented to the entities in question.
We won't win them all, but more importantly, neither will they.
If we want to try to drag America back to some semblance of freedom, we are going to have to fight for it instead of simply complain about it.
I have lost count of the amount of times I sat here listening to Stefan make calls to his Congressman, Senator, corporations, to make sure his voice is heard.
Now imagine thousands, or tens of thousands, doing the same.
Activism comes in many forms, and it is time for conservatives to start entering the playing field.
Is this a shockingly novel idea or simply common sense which doesn't seem to be so common anymore?
https://allnewspipeline.com/Shockingly_Novel_Idea_Or_Common_Sense.php
:: 3-7-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
COVID IMPOSED MARTIAL LAW AND LESSENED RESISTANCE TO THE TAKEOVER! HOWEVER, EBOLA IS THE REAL KILL SHOT!
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, March 7, 2021 - 15:09.
It is becoming clear that the Covid takedown of America is lessening. However, it is being replaced by a much more dealy pandemic and, unlike Covid and hundreds of thousands of fake diagnostic fraud incentivized by the federal government that paid for Covid diagnoses and death, that the Covid threat is lessening. However, we are not out of the woods. The kill shot is still yet to come!
The World Health Organization (WHO) recently published the following:
On 14 February 2021, the Ministry of Health (MoH) of Guinea informed WHO of a cluster of Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) cases in the sub-prefecture of Gouécké, Nzérékoré Region, Guinea between 18 January and 13 February 2021. The cases showed symptoms of diarrhea, vomiting and bleeding after attending the burial of another relative (a 51 year-old nurse) on 1 February 2021.
The WHO went on to say that they expect the current Ebola outbreak to spread to other countries.
It is my contention that Covid was the destabilizing factor that put the world and the United States under a crushing form of martial law. However, the kill shot will be the dreaded Ebola. Covid can be dangersou but it is great exaggerated in its effect. The suffering, pain and misery cannot be over exaggeted. I warned about Ebola, first in 2014 and then, again, in 2019. After reading this article, it will become much harder for the cognitive dissonance crown in America to deny that the globalist kill shot, Ebola, will soon be here.
The CSS Sounded the Current Ebola Alarm In April of 2019
On April 30, 2019, I published and article on the CSS entitled, Under the Cover of the Measles Panic, the CDC Is Mobilizing for a Fake Ebola Pandemic the following open-source intel that was leaked to the CSS and it basically stated that there are three individuals who "escaped" confinement who have tested for ebola. I have had three people in three different alphabet soup agencies tell me that the release was a black-op and it was unwarranted. In the following contextual information, a DEA official showed me a non-classified communication which stated the following:
Cartel personnel under surveillance are involved in illegal transport of cocaine and methamphetamines labeled as legal, recreational marijuana under the corporate name xxxx xxxxxxx. The destination is believed to be E. Oakland. Do not interdict at this point.
Attached to this short cryptic memo came the warning the three Ebola detainees had escaped confinement in McAllen, TX. This fact is confirmed by at least two other federal law enforcement agencies. These are weaponized humans. If the cartels do not have them at this point, they will be looking for them. On the federal government side of things, agents I spoke with are frustrated because there is not an active set of search parameters and protocols enacted to locate these people. Some agents believe that this is the beginning of human suicide bombers. However, they will not have bombs attached to their bodies, they will be infected with Ebola. The Deep State controllers who control the extent of federal investigations are not concerned about finding these individuals, but the cartels are. As one federal agent told me last night "the 20 Congoloese detainees that we caught and confined, represented the ones that we caught....we have an untold amount of people crossing our border who are unscreened and represent a clear and present danger to the country."
Also stated in the same referenced article, it was stated that ...."According to one federal source, we are looking at several "new" strains of measles. Some appear to be vaccination resistant. In the past, measles deaths were extremely rare. Today, that may no longer be the case. This raises the possibility that some strains of the measles are actually a bioweapon. Why would this be thrust upon the American people? When I asked my sources for an opinion, they universally said this is preparation for something bigger that is coming our way. In other words, under the guise of preparing for the measles, which will not panic the nation, the CDC is mobilizing a response, under the guise of treating and containing measles when they actually preparing for something like Ebola..."
It is my contention that this is the calm before the storm and the storm will hit after a maximum number of people are vaccinated and enough money has changed hands, then we will fact a manufactured pandemic in which a minority of Ebola cases will be used to confine many Americans, thus destabilizing the country. But wait, there is more to this plot that dates back several years.
Hypothetically, if a bio-agent, such as Ebola was to be used to destablize a country before an initiated regime change for that country, based on past behavior, wouldn't we expect to see the key globalists lining up to pad their pockets on the physical demise of the United States? Past behavior would say yes!!! And we do have several smoking guns that serve to support this notion.
What would say if it could be demonstrated that the Center for Disease Control owns the patent on Ebola and all Ebola treatment? And what would you say that Bill and Melinda Gates were a part of this plot? The precendent has already been set. Fauci and Birx, the prominent enslavers behind the unwarranted lockdowns were both on the payroll of Bill and Linda Gates. I screamed at the top of my lungs a year ago, but nobody wanted to listen to the obvious conflict of interest. I also have screamed at the top of my lungs about Arizona Governor, Doug Ducey and his conflict of interest by serving on the Board of Directors for T-Gen a contributor to the vaccine movement. When Trump announced that Coronavirus vaccines were not mandatory, Ducey went into high gear to keep Trump getting elected. He blocked the State Legislature's request for a special session to investigate voter fraud prior to the Congressional certification of the 2020 election. His administration has made tweets accusing Trump of being a Nazi. This is how Big Pharma works. They buy off every politician and judge that could get in their way. With all the evidence we have seen for voter fraud in the 2020 Presidential election, how can you explain the fact that no judge, at any level of jurisdiction would hear even one second of evidence about election improprieties and fraud even though we have all seen the evidence. The judges all say that the President and the 20 states that sued had no standing! No standing? A federal official, the President, has no standing when there is clear evidence of voter fraud supported by thousands of personal affidavits, acquired under the penalty of perjury. Am I saying that 30+ judges and key Supreme Court justices are compromised? That is exactly what I am saying. Trump was an obstacle to the coming mandatory vaccines, the great reset and now the next false flag, a coming ebola outbreak which will cripple this country. Trump would not have laid down in the face of ebola like Biden and Harris will.
You might ask, is there any meat to this conspiracy. I will let you decide. However, let's consider that the World Health Organization is already sounding the alarm about Ebola spreading to other countries. How convenient it will be Ebola, not Covid that eventually takes us down. If one does not think it will be Ebola, then ask yourself why the CDC owns the patent on ebola and all ebola treatment. These rogue officials have set themselves up to profit from America's demise.
Human ebola virus species and compositions and methods thereof CA 27415Chin23 A1
Amazingly, the CDC owns “the” patent on Ebola and all future strains. The “SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION” section of the patent document also clearly claims that the U.S. government is claiming “ownership” over all Ebola viruses that share as little as 70% similarity with the Ebola it “invented”: Why would a government organization claim to have “invented” this infectious disease and then claim a monopoly over its exploitation for commercial use? It is clear that the CDC plans to claim royalties on Ebola vaccines. This certainly increases the likelihood that the vaccines will become mandatory, thus increasing the profit potential for the patent holders.
I NOTED THE FOLLOWING BACK IN 2014 AND AGAIN IN 2015: Clearly, and what has been suspected for decades, Ebola is man-made and this patent proves this intention of the CDC to profit from a future pandemic. First, how do I know that Ebola is man-made? It is illegal to own something from nature and no patent would be granted. With that established, we then have to ask the question "why does the CDC need to own the patent on Ebola"? Perhaps, we should ask Bill Gates why he previously donated $50 million to the UN and the CDC in the name of fighting Ebola and even though most of the published evidence has been scrubbed there still remains the abovementioned patent and other documents in which I preserved hard copies.
Please allow me a digression about Bill Gates:
Gate was behind the polio distribution to third world in which hundreds of thousands of children were paralyzed/killed from his sponsored vaccine.
Gates was the driving force behind the failed Common Core education program. His computers were exclusively used in the administration of this failed education experiment.
The Gates minions of Fauci and Birx led America down the primrose path of national destruction of the economy, small business, civil liberties, long-range military spending, etc., through the incessant fear mongering of Covid in which, for the first time in history, we quarantined the healthy. Most of the country is still under medical martial law without rhyme or reason.
America is facing enormous food inflation and encroaching shortages. Fuel costs resulting from the illegitimate regime inhabiting the White House have been greatly increased with an unavoidable catastrophe coming in the grocery stores since all of our food is shipped. Bill Gates is now the largest owner of farm land in America. What could possibly go wrong?
Now we have the new Covid, Ebola! Give it a few months, Bill and Linda Gates will rear their ugly head once again, as they always do, and misery will surely follow.
One can always find the lovely couple, Bill and Melinda Gates, in which place that suffering will soon visit. I call this incarnate evil.
Conclusion
Since 1967, the CIA has told us through their media minions that there is no such thing as a conspiracy. That only leaves one other options. All of these events have happened in absolute isolation and this has now become the greatest coincidence theory of all-time. I ask you America, which is the more believable theory?
You may want to educate yourself about the ravage of Ebola. I do not fear covid, I am in absolute terror about what Ebola could do this country. It is my contention, given the plethora of randomized "coincidences", we are now looking out kill shot in the face from the safe distance of Africa. However, I fear that this scourge could be up close and personal sooner than people realize.
Covid has done its job. America is locked down, has been overtaken by a communist regime, civil liberties are largely gone, the economy is irreversibly destroyed, the election process has permanently been stolen for all future elections, criminals like Fauci run organizations like the CDC, NIH, and HHS. Medical martial law and the accompany camps that I have written about in ESF#8-14 are upon us and have already been rehearsed.
Many feel it is too late for America. Covid was painkiller, Ebola will likely be the kill shot that takes America down for the count.
After reading this account, I predict that many will soon feel that there is nowhere to run or hide. I disagree! His name is Jesus Christ and that is about all you have left. After the debacle of the 2020 election, it is clear that the power brokers behind this globalist reset movement will stop at nothing to achieve their end goals. However, I have read the end of the story. They lose, Jesus and his followers win! You just have to decide how much you want to suffer between now and then.
:: 3-5-21 Ancient Origins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Updated 5 March, 2021 - 14:12 Mark Andrew Car...
Little Human Subspecies: Where’s the Evidence?
From the lush oases of Africa’s Ethiopia, across the planet to the sweltering jungles of Mexico, beyond the horizon to the primordial coasts of Hawaii, and back again to the gardens, olive groves, and marble columns of ancient Greece, an obscure common thread of small human subspecies endures. Detailed accounts persist about human subspecies that were small in stature, nocturnal, seemingly gifted with advanced knowledge, who primarily dwelt underground, and emerged to the surface only at night. Is it possible that such specific parallels may be something more than just common mythological archetypes?
Is there really some collective subconscious dynamic that somehow triggers practically every indigenous ethnic group from around the globe to harbor the belief that in prehistoric times there existed two to three foot (0.6 - 0.9 meter) tall people who were skilled masons, astronomers, magicians/sorcerers, and who hoarded treasure? Or is there more than mere ‘belief’ to this story?
As interesting as the mythological parallels are, the beliefs and stories are tempting to dismiss as a widespread element of folklore. However, archaeological evidence in the form of megalithic ruins, stone spheres, platform temples, pyramids, and even remains do indeed exist and seem to have cultural connections with these human subspecies of ancient lore. Human Subspecies: The Ancient Greek Accounts
Several different Greek scholars, historians, and philosophers wrote about these legendary little human subspecies. In Aristotle’s History of Animals (300 BC), he writes:
“these birds [the cranes] migrate from the steppes of Scythia [modern Eurasia] to the marshlands south of Egypt where the Nile has its source [Ethiopia]. And it is here, by the way, that they are said to fight with the pygmies; and the story is not fabulous, but there is in reality a race of dwarfish men, and the horses are little in proportion, and the men live in caves underground.”
Lucius Flavius Philostratus (third century AD) has written a similar account:
“And as to the pigmies, he said that they lived underground, and that they lay on the other side of the Ganges and lived in the manner which is related by all. As to men that are shadow-footed or have long heads, and as to the other poetical fancies which the treatise of Scylax recounts about them, he said that they didn't live anywhere on the earth, and least of all in India.”
Philostratus also recorded an account of a myth about Hercules in which the demigod hero slayed a different demigod/giant warrior, and then fell asleep. But Hercules did not know that the pygmies were related to the giant he had defeated. And he didn’t know they were watching and grieving from their underground realm. He goes on to detail how the pygmies lived underground in tunnels where they stored provisions, had little horses, and when Hercules fell asleep, they billowed forth from under the ground in waves and attempted to bind and capture him. Human Subspecies: Curious Modern Scientific Findings
In 2019, Jason Daley of the Smithsonian Magazine wrote an article about what is believed to be the extremely ancient remains of a Neanderthal child which was “eaten by a giant bird.” The remains are approximately 115,000 years old and were discovered in Ciemna Cave , in what is modern day Poland. They were found along with animal bones in a cache which indicated that all the bones, hominin and animal, were preyed upon by and had traveled through the digestive tract of a giant, prehistoric bird. It’s important to note that the Neanderthal remains are few and very tiny, and it is this fact that leads scientists to believe that this was a small child.
Hard Evidence of Neolithic Little People In Scotland, Hawaii, Indonesia…
Scientists Understand Why there are Short-statured Indonesians Today, But Can they Explain Hobbit Height?
Regardless, if these bones belonged to some very small human subspecies or an infant child hominin, either way it is a fact that in the very distant past of prehistory, little humans who were not Homo sapiens were attacked and eaten by giant birds. Modern day biologists have thoroughly studied the migratory patterns of a variety of crane species, and some species of crane do in fact migrate from marshes in Eurasia all the way down to Ethiopia. Human Subspecies: The Egyptian Deity Bes
The ancient Egyptian polytheistic belief system comes complete with all manner of deities, monsters, and so on, but the cult of the deity, Bes, is unique.
Unlike most Egyptian deities, Bes was never portrayed from the profile position but always portrayed either in full-frontal two-dimensional form or full three-dimensional sculpture form. Bes was depicted as a diminutive or dwarf human with some subtle anthropomorphic features.
Bes was not a deity to be sought out at some luxurious temple, but his idol was kept at home and it was the dwelling which he guarded wearing his warrior’s tunic. He was a deity of music, protection, fertility, and domestic pleasures. But perhaps the most interesting aspect of Bes is that his cult was relatively new in that it only became widespread during the New Kingdom, and this is the result of its importation from the south ( Nubia, Somalia, or Ethiopia).
In other words, what is interesting about this is that the ancient Greeks relay to us that these pygmy human subspecies lived south of Egypt and it is from this same region that the cult of this dwarf god Bes originates.
Nubia brings to mind the many small pyramids that are a mystery unto themselves. While it is generally regarded as no great mystery, exactly who were entombed within these Nubian pyramids is not entirely clear as many of these tombs were allegedly looted in antiquity and today many have been flooded by a rising water table.
Hidden in History, Exposed to Modern Epidemics, the Lost Tribe of Ba’Aka Pygmies May Face Extinction
China’s History With Little People Now Dates to 5,000 Years
Human Subspecies: Pygmies, Platforms, and Pyramids
In what is now modern-day Mexico, on the eastern side of the Yucatan Peninsula, rests the ruins of the ancient Maya site, Uxmal. This ancient Maya complex is held as one of the most important and is noted for its large and imposing structures. Among the most impressive and ancient of all these structures is the El Adivino, The Pyramid of the Magician, which is also known as The Pyramid of the Dwarf . This name comes from the Maya people themselves who have several versions of how this pyramid was constructed, but in each case, it was constructed by the incredible feats of a mysterious and powerful little human subspecies.
This pyramid has been called the most distinct Maya structure on the entire peninsula (which is saying a great deal). It has very steep/rounded sides, is very tall and has an elliptical base. The simplest account the Maya kept about the pyramid was that a dwarfish sorcerer deity named Itzamna built the pyramid in a single night using only his strength and magic. In another version of the myth, a witch gives birth to a dwarf via an egg and the miraculous birth draws the attention of the king who challenges the diminutive boy to erect a temple in a single night or be put to death. The powerful little man ultimately completes 3 seemingly impossible challenges, kills the king, and becomes the new ruler of Uxmal. Other Human Subspecies Connections Around the World
The Maya story about a little person using some other worldly or ingenious methods to create grand structures in a single night brings to mind the Menehune who were the small archaic human subspecies inhabitants of Hawaii. These mysterious prehistoric people are said to have inhabited the Hawaiian Islands long before Polynesians arrived, and were responsible for the construction of the impressive and massive buildings like platform temples and artificial fishponds.
The Hawaiians believe that the Menehune would only come out at night to build these structures and their goal was always to complete construction in one single night. Similar to these other accounts, they would be easy to dismiss if it were not for physical evidence like the ruined temples and still functioning fishponds, just as the Maya story has its magnificent megalithic marvel.
Now onto the islands and inlets of the North Atlantic, Scandinavia, Ireland, Scotland, Iceland, all of which are equally filled to the brim with ancient accounts also attached to strange ruins. Skara Brae in Scotland for instance, comes to mind due to the measurements of the doorways and beds which all existed in underground dwellings. All of these North Atlantic regions have deeply engrained within them stylized recollections (mythology) of these prehistoric predecessors: elves, dwarfs, leprechauns, and many other human subspecies.
A Return To The Greeks For More About Little People
In Homer’s epic poem the Iliad (eighth century BC), an ancient race of Pygmies, as the Greeks called them, were engaged in perpetual conflict with this species of cranes. Apparently, there was a queen of the little people named Gerana who offended Hera with her arrogance and claims of surpassing beauty, and as punishment this queen was then transformed into a crane which sparked the never-ending conflict between the two species:
“Now when the men of both sides were set in order by their leaders, the Trojans came on with clamour and shouting, like wildfowl, as when the clamour of cranes goes high to the heavens, when the cranes escape the winter time and the rains unceasing and clamorously wing their way to the streaming Ocean, bringing to the Pygmaian men bloodshed and destruction: at daybreak they bring on the baleful battle against them.” Little People As Reported By Native Americans
The vast majority of the widely varied Native American tribes have oral traditions that recall coexistence between the Native Americas and a different, smaller, and more ancient, human subspecies. Common elements to these accounts include mischievous behavior like luring children into the forest by playing music.
Similar to the Greeks and North Atlantic people, the Native Americans believed that these little people lived in caves and could potentially be dangerous. For example, the Pryor Mountains of Montana are said to be home to this day of little people who the Crow tribe believe to be their sacred ancestors. The Crow are extremely weary and or cautious about entering into what they perceive to be the territory of the little people. Interestingly, the Pryor Mountains are a relative hotspot for strange phenomenon like disappearances, fairy rings, and reports of unusual sightings.
Was Makhunik an Ancient Iranian Lilliput?
Hard Evidence of Neolithic Little People In Scotland, Hawaii, Indonesia…
Conclusion: More Evidence Of Human Subspecies May Surface
Growing up in a culture so rich in fiction, it can be hard to distinguish between the fairytales we learn as children and what seems to be actual historical evidence that in the distant past there may have been diminutive species or subspecies of humans who perhaps lived simply but also built unimaginable monuments and may have been preyed upon by a giant species of bird.
It is not that all these myths are suddenly becoming valid, but it is possible that certain historical events continue to echo in the form of stylized recollections which we call mythology. It’s worth considering for a moment that below the surface of the earth are miles upon miles of uncharted, unexplored cave systems. It is estimated that less than 1 % of known cave systems have been mapped.
This means that of the cave systems that are known, 99 % of the systems themselves have never been charted or explored. It must surely be then that the great majority of cave systems must be unknown entirely, meaning that we know very, very little about this part of the planet.
Top image: Roman fresco of a frieze showing a human subspecies: pygmies from Stabiae, Villa di Arianna, now in the National Archaeological Museum of Naples. Source: Dmitriy Konstantinov / CC BY-SA 3.0
By Mark A. Carpenter
https://www.ancient-origins.net/human-origins-folklore/human-subspecies-0015014
:: 3-7-21 SkyWatchTV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
TOP SECRET SERIES—PART 13: More Secrets Of The Babalon Working
March 7, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor
If you have read my two bestselling books Saboteurs and Shadowland, you may already be aware of the basic history of “The Babalon Working” and related connections between Hillary Clinton and her close occult political circle. If not, you can read a summary here.
The infamous “Babalon working” conducted by NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory rocket scientist Jack Parsons and Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard allegedly opened a gate that fueled the modern UFO era that ensued a few months later. Occult scholar Kenneth Grant writes, “The [Babalon] working began just prior to the wave of unexplained aerial phenomenon now recalled as the ‘Great Saucer Flap.’ Parsons opened a door and something flew in.”[i] While we are eager to explore such a connection, the writings of Crowley and Parsons offer little support to a correlation with Babalon, much less the workings causation of the modern UFO era. It seems far more likely that this infernal Babalon portal smoothed the way for ideas like California’s transgender law and the widespread cultural acceptance of same-sex marriage.
Thelema is a philosophy defined by the maxim, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.” It comes from Aleister Crowley’s Book of the Law, which was channeled by an incorporeal demonic intelligence named Aiwass.[ii] Thelema is a narcissistic ideology that undergirds several esoteric magic societies like the A∴A∴ and the Ordo Templi Orientis that fundamentally oppose God’s moral law. Satan targets sexuality because procreation is the human capability that comes closest to the divine. As a result, it’s not too surprising that sexual perversion and “sex magick” are essential components of occult rituals. Parsons and Hubbard’s “working” entailed all sorts of aberrant sexual activity.
In Thelemic literature, Babalon has three conceptual aspects: 1) the Gateway to the City of the Pyramids, 2) the Scarlet Woman, and 3) the Great Mother.[iii] The first aspect seems the most promising for our investigation into a possible UFO connection. She serves as a portal for sorcerers, but probably not in the way one might expect. An occult reference explains:
Within the mystical system of Crowley, the adept reaches a final stage where he or she must cross the Abyss, that great wilderness of nothingness and dissolution. Choronzon is the dweller there, and his job is to trap the traveler in his meaningless world of illusion. However, Babalon is on just the other side, beckoning. If the adept gives himself to her—the symbol of this act is the pouring of the adept’s blood into her graal—he becomes impregnated in her, then to be reborn as a master and a saint that dwells in the City of the Pyramids.[iv]
In other words, the adept’s great hope is reincarnation as a master and saint in the City of the Pyramids. It sounds promising to obtain an honorary position in an exotic location like Egypt, but, in reality, it only amounts to the same old “oneism.” Rather than dwelling in a glamorous metropolis, the residents of the so-called city are disintegrated. According to Thelemapedia, “They have destroyed their earthly ego-identities, becoming nothing more than piles of dust (i.e. the remaining aspects of their True Selves without the self-sense of ‘I’).”[v] Monism offers no distinctions, no justice, no hope, and no love…nothing but dissolution and absorption into the meaningless whole. Occultism promises a beautiful city, but only delivers disintegration.
The second “scarlet woman” aspect of Babalon seemed to be not much more than an honorary title for Crowley’s female sex magick partners, of whom seven were given the title.[vi] The third aspect “Great Mother” borrows from the book of Revelation’s “Mother of Harlots” imagery and is an important figure in Crowley’s “Gnostic Mass.” Again, while depraved, blasphemous, and pantheistic, these aspects do not seem to link to flying saucers.
Parsons’ and Hubbard’s motive was largely self-gratification, but the working explicitly stated the goal of transforming traditional values. The rituals were aimed at incarnating the archetypal divine feminine and changing culture through her influence. It is a matter of record that feminism, homosexuality, and pantheistic monism were sowed into public consciousness from the ivory towers of academia shortly subsequent to Parsons’ dark invocation:
The ultimate goal of these operations, carried out during February and March 1946, was to give birth to the magical being, or “moonchild,” described in Crowley’s works. Using the powerful energy of IX degree Sex Magick, the rites were intended to open a doorway through which the goddess Babalon herself might appear in human form.[vii]
Parsons believed that he and Hubbard accomplished the task in a series of rituals culminating in March 1946. Parsons’ biography preserves a celebratory statement regarding her embodiment in the womb.
In a fragment from his writings, Parsons, exhausted and exultant, declared his work a success. He believed that Babalon, in the manner of the Immaculate Conception, was due to be born to a woman somewhere on earth in nine months’ time. “Babalon is incarnate upon the earth today, awaiting the proper hour for her manifestation,” he wrote. [viii]
Accordingly, one would expect a female child to be born in late 1946 or early 1947. Ritual magic aimed at the birth of the archetypal divine feminine has little to do with the modern UFO wave and more to with feminism and the mandatory prohibition of all forms of distinction, including gender and sexual preference. An influential feminist born in 1947 offers the most promise for identifying the putrid fruit of Parsons’ infamous ritual.[ix] That would be none other than Hillary Rodham Clinton. Even so, it does not dismiss the occult connection to unexplained aereal phenomenon in the slightest.
As documented in Exo-Vaticana, the correlation between the occult and UFO phenomena is real and has been noted by scientists who study the subject, like Hugh Ross and Jacques Vallee. In addition, astronomer Paul Davies wrote, “No clear distinction can be drawn between UFO reports and descriptions of religious experiences of, say, the Fatima variety.”[x] A transparent link between Thelemic occultism and flying saucers is displayed in a film of one of its most prominent proponents.
In Kenneth Anger’s film, Lucifer Rising, the immortal Lucifer is summoned to earth, ushering in the “New Age of Horus” based on occult philosophy. Anger is a confessing Thelemite and underground filmmaker whose “role in rendering gay culture visible within American cinema, commercial or otherwise, is impossible to overestimate.”[xi] In the film, Lucifer’s arrival is heralded by an armada of flying saucers flying over Egypt. A condensation of the plot reads:
Lava erupts and the goddess Isis awakens, calling to her husband Osiris. In a room far away a man wakes up, sits on a throne in his apartment and somehow spears a woman in a forest far away, then climbs into a bathtub to wash off the blood. Later, the moon awakens the goddess Lilith, a magick ritual summons Lucifer, and flying saucers appear over Luxor, Egypt.[xii]
British scholar Mikita Brottman wrote, “Anger intended Lucifer Rising to stand as a form of ritual marking the death of the old religions like Judaism and Christianity, and the ascension of the more nihilistic age of Lucifer.”[xiii] Indeed, that luciferian age is what we documented at the beginning of this chapter and, recalling the first aspect of Babalon, the scene symbolically depicts the “Gateway to the City of the Pyramids” ushering in a fleet of glowing luciferian light ships.
Pharmakeion
The portal of choice for occultists, medicine men, and shamans are mind-altering substances. In the New Testament, the English word “sorcery” translates from the Greek pharmakeiōn, from which the later word “pharmacy” was derived (Galatians 5:20; Revelation 9:2, 18:23, 21:8, 22:15). The term was adopted into modern use because the original “pharmacists” were mixing potions to bring one into contact with the spirit world like a modern druggist would make cough syrup. Indigenous peoples worldwide have identified a multitude of drugs for accomplishing the task. Hume states, “The ingestion of perception-altering substances is commonly acknowledged cross-culturally as a way to journey into the non-material world of spirit. ”[xiv] Although scant, there is a small body of scientific evidence concerning such biochemical portals.
Psychiatrist Rick Strassman’s landmark study, using the psychoactive compound N, N-Dimethyltryptamine (DMT), was the first human psychedelic research in the United States after twenty years of censure. The study employed sixty volunteers—screened to prefer stable folks with positive past psychedelic drug experiences—who were injected with DMT under clinical supervision at the University of New Mexico’s School of Medicine in Albuquerque, New Mexico, where Strassman was a tenured associate professor of psychiatry. Strassman, a Buddhist, holds degrees in biological sciences from Stanford University and an MD with honors from Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University and further studies at University of California, Davis. His groundbreaking research became a best-selling book and documentary.
Published in 2000, DMT: The Spirit Molecule makes a case that DMT, naturally released by the pineal gland, facilitates the soul’s movement in and out of the body, facilitating birth and death experiences, as well as deep, meditative states. More than half of the subjects reported similar experiences interacting with nonhuman beings, described by experiencers as “alien space insects”[xv] and “reptilian and humanoid.”[xvi] Furthermore, the resulting testimonies were remarkably consistent with near-death experiences, alien abductions, and various occult techniques.
The resulting evidence shocked Strassman, who conceded to himself, “This sounds like nothing I’ve ever heard about in my therapy patients’ dream life. It is much more bizarre, well-remembered, and internally consistent.”[xvii] The uniform testimony of those who participated in the study was that the beings they interacted with were real. Author and consciousness researcher Graham Hancock asks, “Are they simply quaint ‘brain fiction’? Most mainstream scientists would say so—although they cannot explain why evolution should have installed identical, highly imaginative Gothic novelists in all our brains. Or could it be that these strange, complex, universal experiences with evolving storylines are in some way as real as those we take for granted in normal states of consciousness?”[xviii]
Most Western scientists simply assume that all such experiences are subjective hallucinations produced by a drugged brain. However, there is really no good reason to accept the reductionist interpretation. Strassman points out, “However, just as likely as the theory that these worlds exist ‘only in our minds’ is that they are, in reality, ‘outside’ of us and freestanding.”[xix] We believe this is true and, at first encounter, we were surprised that someone trained in Western schools would be open to the reality of the spirit realm, that is, until we discovered Strassman is an accomplished Buddhist.
In 1984, Strassman obtained “lay ordination in a Western Buddhist order, ”[xx] which probably explains why he seems eager to jettison the materialist consensus. In the introduction, he proposes. “DMT can allow our brains to perceive dark matter or parallel universes, realms of existence inhabited by conscious entities.”[xxi] Frankly, it seems that way to us as well, and it is noteworthy when scientists discover evidence for spiritual realities the Bible disclosed thousands of years ago about the relationship between man’s physical body made from the clay and God-breathed, immaterial soul.
Instead of thinking of the brain as biological meat computer, Strassman offers the “receiver of reality” model for brain function. Like a television receives its content from the airwaves, consciousness or the mind resides outside of our bodies. If so, it explains why altered states of consciousness “change the channel” and allow one to view programming from other realms.[xxii] Strassman corresponded with Oxford professor of physics David Deutsch, a proponent of the Many Worlds Interpretation (MWI) of quantum mechanics and the author of The Fabric of Reality, concerning DMT altering the brain to work as a receiver of information from parallel worlds.
Deutsch, a pioneer in quantum computing,[xxiii] believes contact with such worlds is possible, but only through complex algorithms using the computers of the future. When Strassman proposed the idea that DMT facilitated biological quantum computation, it seemed impossible to Deutsch, because such technology required a temperature near absolute zero. However, chemists have continually developed processes allowing superconductivity at higher and higher temperatures. Strassman suggests that DMT similarly changes the brain’s physical properties so that quantum computing takes place at body temperature, accessing parallel universes.
We assert something like the above theory can be true without accepting the Many Worlds Interpretation. In chapter 8 (“The Science of Portals”), we discuss why we find the MWI absurd. Rather than regarding these as infinite possibilities, we interpret these as very real intrusions into the spirit realm where the immortals dwell. Consider Graham Hancock’s assessment of the beings he encountered on psychedelics:
My intuition was that I had been afforded glimpses, however brief and however distorted by my own cultural preconditioning, of beings that are absolutely real in some modality not yet understood by science, that exist around us and with us, that even seem to be aware of us and to take an active interest in us, but that vibrate at a frequency beyond the range of our senses and instruments and thus generally remain completely invisible to us.[xxiv] (emphasis added)
Psychedelics are a consciousness portal to the immaterial realm—but are not necessarily a safe one. Strassman offered concerning the spirit molecule:
It pulls us into worlds known only to itself. We need to hold on tight, and we must be prepared, for spiritual realms include both heaven and hell, both fantasy and nightmare. While the spirit molecule’s role may seem angelic, there is no guarantee it will not take us to the demonic.[xxv]
In fact, it explains the biblical prohibitions against sorcery just as well as the most educated Christian apologetic.
The great danger is that the subject is in the hands of an unknown intelligence. The Bible warns that angelic appearances can be deceiving (2 Corinthians 11:14). Paranormal authors Brad and Sherry Steiger offer the “thesis that the aliens, angels, spirit guides, demons, and gods or goddesses encountered by unaware, yet somehow receptive percipients may actually be the product of a multidimensional intelligence that masks itself in physical forms that are more acceptable to humans than its true image—if it does, indeed, have a perceivable form at all.”[xxvi] Apparently, there is some consensus that immortals can shape-shift or transform their physical bodies.
It seems fair to argue that the Bible supports the possibility of travel to the spirit realms via altered states of consciousness. Examples include: Jacob’s vision of the “gateway of God” seen during a dream; Ezekiel’s vision of God’s throne (Ezekiel 1); Isaiah’s vision of the throneroom (Isaiah 1); Paul questioning whether he was out of his body (2 Corinthians 12); Peter’s statement, “in a trance I saw a vision,” (Acts 11:5); Paul writing, “I was in a trance” (Acts 22:17); and John’s statement that he was “in the Spirit” (Revelation 1:10). God uses altered states, but it seems they are by His will rather than by the experiencers’ will. Dreams, visions, trances, and out-of-body travel are all supported as real “portals” in Scripture, but the practice of inducing them via psychotropic substances, Eastern meditation techniques, or rituals is forbidden as sorcery.
https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/03/07/part13/
:: 3-7-21 A Minute to Midnight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Planetary Nightmare! When Lockdowns, Green Agenda, Transhumanism and Surveillance State Merge
Posted on March 7, 2021 by Tony Koretz
When you see how all the pieces fit together, it becomes obvious that what is descending on us all, is “Conspiracy Fact” and not just “Conspiracy Theory”, as the powers that be would try to have you believe! Viedo
[ :: 4-25-18 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them. There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.
[ :: 2-25-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.
:: 3-8-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dragon Ships: China's Naval Threat
by Peter Schweizer March 8, 2021 at 5:00 am
China's navy is now the world's largest. It has been for some time. The U.S. Navy may still rule the oceans, but the Chinese rule the vital trade routes in the South China Sea.
China means to threaten the economic security of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, and others. America must remain resolute in the face of this build-up in order to maintain freedom of commerce in the Asian seas.
They would say their naval buildup is "for defensive purposes," but their neighbors do not buy that for a minute.... [China's] clear intention, for now at least, is to overwhelm anything in its vicinity that threatens its expansion and domination of the Asian sea lanes.
As the Pentagon also noted in its report, the Chinese Communist Party does not intend for its navy to be merely "a showpiece of China's modernity or to keep it focused solely on regional threats." It will grow with China's ambitions.
Its fourth aircraft carrier, however, is expected to be China's first nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, and its first to use advanced launching and landing systems.... Thus, China intends to have a blue-water navy to challenge the U.S. in several years.
All the force investments in the world won't matter if the US fails to impose enough diplomatic and economic costs to alter Chinese behavior." — Gregory Poling, director of the Asia Maritime Transparency Initiative at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, Deutsche Welle, October 21, 2020.
For Americans used to having the biggest and most modern military forces in the world, it is humbling to realize that China's Navy is now the world's largest. It has been for some time. The U.S. Navy may still rule the oceans, but China rules the vital trade routes in the South China Sea.
Pentagon planners know this and have called out China's work on building both capital ships and the swarms of smaller escort vessels that will project the dragon's breath across those critical trade routes for years to come. The People's Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) is building their capability to control and possibly interdict shipping from other Asian nations, mostly as an economic and political lever. China means to threaten the economic security of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, and others. America must remain resolute in the face of this build-up in order to maintain freedom of commerce in the Asian seas.
In naval warfare strategy, technology has replaced sheer numbers in some ways, as the ability to project power can be achieved less by heavily armed and heavily crewed warships. and more by the development of ships that rely on artificial intelligence and remote control, or on unmanned vehicles that can deliver their ordnance of smart weapons through drones above and beneath the surface. Submarines pose a greater threat than destroyers because of their stealth, but in a direct conflict, the ability to direct air power against coastal targets and hostile warships remains the dominant mode of naval tactics.
China's destroyer-building program reflects this. Its Type 052D Luyang III and Type 055 Renhai guided-missile destroyers are China's most modern designs. These ships are intended for "air warfare" missions, equipped with phased array radars, air search radar, two target illumination radars, and sixty vertical launch missile silos for surface-to-air missiles. They will also carry anti-ship missiles, land attack cruise missiles and anti-submarine weapons. Destroyers protect capital ships, such as China's two aircraft carriers and the two more that observers say are under construction or on the planning board. Chinese officials expect the PLAN will have five or six carriers in operation within 20-30 years.
In raw numbers, the Pentagon said in its annual report to Congress for 2020 that China had "approximately 350 ships and submarines including over 130 major surface combatants." The comparable number for the U.S. Navy is 293 ships, as of early 2020. What these numbers do not reflect is the strategic capabilities and ability to project power anywhere in the world that has been the U.S. naval goal since the Cold War.
China's naval aims are closer to home. They would say their naval buildup is "for defensive purposes," but their neighbors do not buy that for a minute. Japan recently announced plans to build transport ships to counter the massive military build-up in the East China Sea targeted at the disputed Senkaku chain of islands claimed by Japan, China, and Taiwan. China's clear intention, for now at least, is to overwhelm anything in its vicinity that threatens its expansion and domination of the Asian sea lanes.
As the Pentagon also noted in its report, however, the Chinese Communist Party does not intend for its navy to be merely "a showpiece of China's modernity or to keep it focused solely on regional threats." It will grow with China's ambitions.
One indicator of this change in outlook is the propulsion systems on China's aircraft carriers. The two already at sea and the third one under construction are all conventionally powered. The fourth one, however, is expected to be China's first nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, and its first to use advanced launching and landing systems. Each of those capabilities is significant: first, nuclear powered ships can stay at sea almost indefinitely without refueling; and second, the catapult system planned for the fourth carrier will be an electromagnetic aircraft launch system design (EMALS), which not even the U.S. Navy has quite perfected yet. Such a system makes it possible to launch more – and heavier – aircraft from a carrier's deck and recover them as well. Thus, China intends to have a blue-water navy to challenge the U.S. in several years.
All of this challenges longtime strategic assumptions regarding China's threat being restricted to regional, territorial saber-rattling. At a minimum, China is putting military force behind its legally dubious claims to control more than 80% of the South China Sea as sovereign territory, including even the far-flung Spratly Islands. China's military exercises last month, met by a strong presence of naval force by the USS John McCain, clearly showed that China is more confident in its ability to do that.
Thus far, and despite his own campaign rhetoric attacking the China policies of the Trump administration, President Joe Biden has not reversed any of these actions and continues to talk tough on China's regional ambitions, including a flat-out rejection of China's claims in the South China Sea. His administration does not appear interested in making changes to those policies any time soon, but how it will respond will be critical. U.S. public opinion remains generally hostile to the Chinese government, even more since the coronavirus came from Wuhan. Apart from the political fringes, there will be no political pressure on Biden to soften U.S. policies toward China, but there will be economic pressures to do so.
On the other hand, there is no support in the U.S. for doing more. "If the US is going to increase deterrence and strike capability in the South China Sea, it will need to do so with dispersed, mobile ground and air forces along the first island chain," said Gregory Poling, director of the Asia Maritime Transparency Initiative at the Center for Strategic and International Studies recently.
"The South China Sea isn't really a military problem and has no military solutions. All the force investments in the world won't matter if the US fails to impose enough diplomatic and economic costs to alter Chinese behavior," he said.
Peter Schweizer, President of the Governmental Accountability Institute, is a Gatestone Institute Distinguished Senior Fellow and author of the best-selling books Profiles in Corruption, Secret Empires and Clinton Cash, among others.
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17159/china-naval-threat
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 3-7-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
"We'll Level Tel Aviv": Iran Responds To Israel 'Preparing' Strike Plans Against Nuclear Sites
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Mar 07, 2021 - 20:30
Iran has responded to a Fox News interview from late last week wherein Israeli Defense Minister Benny Gantz said that Israel is currently updating its plans to strike Iran’s nuclear program and is prepared to act independently if the United States is not willing. The interview was unusually blunt even for Israel in terms of the defense chief openly stating war plans.
Iranian Defense Minister Amir Hatami promptly fired back with a counter threat on Sunday. He said Iran's military will level Tel Aviv and Haifa should Israel do anything "out of desperation".
"Sometimes, the Zionist regime [Israel] out of desperation makes big claims against the Islamic Republic of Iran to allegedly threaten it," Hatami said as cited in The Times of Israel via Iranian state media.
"It must know that if it does a damn thing, we will raze Tel Aviv and Haifa to the ground," he followed up with according to an English translation. Hatami was addressing a military ceremony.
He further assured that Iran possesses all the power it needs to "maintain the stability of the country" and said the Islamic Republic can strike close to Israel also via "resistance groups" - which is no doubt a reference to Lebanese Hezbollah and militia groups that have been fighting in Syria.
During Gantz's Fox News statements two days ago, the defense chief had spelled out to the American correspondent that "If the world stops them [Iran] before, it’s much the better. But if not, we must stand independently and we must defend ourselves by ourselves."
"The Iranian nuclear aspiration must be stopped... We must defend ourselves by ourselves," Gantz had asserted. Prime Minister Netanyahu has also issued similar warnings recently, however, Gantz's words were the most specific and forceful thus far. He had even handed the Fox reporter what was purported to be a classified target list against Iranian assets that Israel prepared.
Gantz had also touted that Israel stands ready to attack Hezbollah positions throughout Lebanon and Syria - the latter country has been on the receiving end of Israeli airstrikes on a near weekly basis for much of the past year. The defense minister claimed that Hezbollah has "hundreds of thousands" of missiles aimed at Israel and is bent on the Jewish state's destruction.
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 3-6-21 Absolute Truth from the Word of God :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
JESUS HAS EVERY ANSWER
Pastor Olaf Latzel of Germany FINED for HATE SPEECH about the Practice of Homosexuality Taken Directly From Scripture
On March 6, 2021 By Geri UngureanIn Uncategorized
I have been following this brave and “Grounded in the Word” Pastor for many years. Pastor Olaf Latzel has been continually under the scrutiny of the German government – with requests to see his sermons by government officials.
Recently, Pastor Olaf was fined an exorbitant amount of money because he preached from God’s Word that homosexuality is an abomination to our God.
From lifesitenews.com
Christian pastor in Germany fined for ‘inciting hatred’ against homosexuals
The pastor had merely reiterated biblical teaching on homosexuality in a private seminar.
February 12, 2021 (LifeSiteNews) — In a stunning sentence late last year, a court in Bremen, Germany, sentenced Rev. Olaf Latzel of St. Martini (part of the Evangelical Church in Germany: EKD) to a fine of €8,100 for “inciting hatred” against homosexuals in private remarks made to church couples. During the seminar, Latzel defended the biblical definitions of gender and sexuality, condemning the Berlin Pride March and referring to gender ideology as “an attack against God’s order of Creation.”
Latzel’s defense lawyer called the sentence, which the pastor is appealing, a “catastrophe,” and warned that free speech was under threat: “While today this is about a view found in the Bible, tomorrow it will be about any other opinion.”
Latzel’s lawyer told the court that the Bremen pastor was condemning behavior rather than people, but the judge stated that the “homosexual orientation of a person is a part of [his] personality.” Some Protestant leaders in Bremen appear to be more concerned by how biblical teachings reflect on their popularity, rather than by threats to their ability to proclaim the Gospel, announcing in response to the sentence that they “condemned in the strongest terms” Latzel’s words. The EKD is a largely liberal denomination, and Latzel’s traditional views have made him a controversial figure for some time. St. Martini church, where Latzel serves as pastor, has even had services interrupted by LGBT activists.
To discuss the implications of this ongoing case, I reached out to Manfred Müller with the German office of Voice of the Martyrs. Müller told me that Latzel was prosecuted in a “political show trial” in “a huge public space rented in order for many people to attend the public spectacle.” His case, Müller said, needs international attention.
What is the significance of this case? Is there a precedent for it?
There is no precedent for it. It’s the other way around: This will serve as a precedent for future cases. That makes it so significant. We have seen this coming for a long time. Even a few years ago some conservative Christian might have already said: If I were to imagine persecution coming to Germany, I might imagine it along the lines of moral — especially sexual — ethics.
Now, with Olaf Latzel, for the first time a German court restricts religious freedom (Article 4, Basic Law) for the benefit of the homosexual lobby. Or to put it in more neutral terms: to protect the feelings and rights of homosexuals. At the expense of freedom of speech, religious freedom etc., homosexual rights are protected. This will have consequences (if the judgment will hold against the appeal) for churches in Germany that reject gay blessings and weddings. This could, for example, in the future cause them to lose their status [as charitable organizations]. That would [be] a huge financial disadvantage.
What is the potential outcome for other conservative clergy members?
Already: intimidation to take a biblical stand on this issue. In addition, new realities will be created in the regional church, meaning that in the future pastors with a critical attitude towards blessing homosexual couples or even conducting weddings will not be admitted to the church as clergy. Before being employed, an interview could be held asking them about their stance on those issues. Thus, facts are created and pastors with a biblical view of homosexuality will then no longer exist.
How was Latzel’s trial a “show trial” — a very loaded word in the German context?
By relocating the trial to the public arena (a local theater) instead of the courtroom, thus allowing for more people to attend. Plus, the rush to judgment in the media and the prejudice by all the involved parties. All that created prejudgment and pressure on the judge to make the “right” decision.
How was the trial unfair?
The whole accusation does not hold. There was never the intention to publish what Olaf Latzel shared in this internal Bible study group for couples. It was a closed event. No way that this could or even should have served to spark public hate, let alone “incitement of the masses” (the accusation).
So to begin with, the seminar was not public. It should never be on the internet (actually the recording of the event records Pastor Latzel himself saying this at the beginning: This is not to be published.) In the talk Pastor Latzel always speaks of “homosexuality,” not of “homosexuals,” differentiating between sin and sinner. This differentiation has not been taken into account by the court, which would have been absolutely necessary for the verdict.
Can anything be done to redress the situation?
Jesus is Lord. HE can change anything and everything. Speak but one word. He only has to speak one word. That is why prayer is so important. If folks could just pray for our Brother Latzel.
Also, pressure. International pressure. It might be helpful to write letters to the church.
How does this bode ill for the future?
The position for those who are faithful to the Bible and for conservative congregations will change and has already become more difficult. We should not forget that the church Pastor Latzel is serving, the St. Martini church in Bremen, is also [being] harassed. In Germany, the Pietists were seen as crown jewels of society (in Württemberg). But today they are no longer considered socially acceptable. Source
Brethren, this could very well be the future of the Remnant Church in America. We MUST be ready for this. Some of us will probably be jailed. Others may be martyred.
But God is with us every minute of every day, so we should not fear!
“And do not fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. But rather fear Him who is able to destroy both soul and body in hell” (Matthew 10:28).
How Can I Be Saved? Shalom B’Yeshua MARANATHA!!
Share this article:
:: 3-7-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With Democrats Funding The Slaughter Of The Unborn On YOUR Tax Dollar In The 'COVID Relief Bill', The Gargantuan 'Pork' Within It Is Also 'Payback' To Those Who Helped Biden Steal The Election
- Biden's only been in the White House 47 days; imagine the damage he'll do over four years!
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 7, 2021
With Democrats in Congress having narrowly passed Joe Biden's $1.9 trillion Covid-19 relief bill, with no support from Republicans, the so-called 'American Rescue Plan' not only contains a gargantuan amount of 'pork spending' but also forces Americans to pay for the murders of babies via 'abortions,' with no Hyde Amendment protections for the unborn contained within the bill.
As Life News reports in this new story, according to Tom McClusky, the president of March for Life Action, "the current COVID-19 relief package has the potential to be the largest expansion of abortion funding since Obamacare."
Warning also that "less than 10% of the ‘relief’ contained within this bill actually goes towards combatting the pandemic", McClusky warns that instead, all of these 'pro-abortion Democrat politicians' will be using the bill "to open the floodgates to abortion funding, with billions of dollars unprotected from being used for the life-ending practice both here in the U.S. and abroad".
And with McClusky also warning that "this is radically out of step with the majority of Americans who oppose their tax dollars funding it", this 'rescue plan' could be the piece of leftist legislation that launches 10 million+ tax protests across America, with Americans own taxpayer money being used to fund the murder of unborn children absolutely the final straw in the eyes of millions.
So with McClusky also claiming that "Americans who have been suffering from the effects of the pandemic deserve authentic relief, not this pro-abortion bonanza", as we'll explore within this ANP story, this 'rescue bill' is so loaded with 'pork spending', Republican Senator Bill Hagerty recently told Fox News that there is more pork in the COVID bill 'than all the BBQ joints in Tennessee'.
As we see in this story over at the North State Journal, while a whole ton of gargantuan pork spending bills have passed through Congress over the years, this one is particularly bad, with actual spending towards 'pandemic relief' to the American people being dwarfed by the 'pork'. From that story before we continue.:
I have seen a lot of gargantuan spending bills go through Congress in the form of budget reconciliation or omnibus appropriations at the end of a contentious session.
I don’t think I have ever seen one so loaded up with extraneous spending that has nothing to do with dealing with the crisis at hand as the second COVID-relief plan passed by the Democratic Congress last week, the American Relief Plan (ARP). Not OBRA, COBRA, TEFRA, EGTRRA or PPACA, otherwise known as Obamacare. None of them come close.
There is $1.5 billion in this bill for AMTRAK. AMTRAK has never been profitable since inception in 1971. COVID didn’t cause current problems at AMTRAK; AMTRAK structure and management has always caused problems at AMTRAK.
There is $350 billion to bailout big blue cities and states that have been massively mismanaged for decades. There is $86 billion included specifically to bailout blue state and city pensions, such as in Illinois where many retired government workers receive $350,000 in annual pension payments. COVID didn’t cause financial problems in big blue cities; big blue city politicians have overpromised and overspent for decades, which has caused financial problems in big blue cities.
The list of egregious pork spending in this COVID relief bill is embarrassing. There is $200 million for museums and libraries — even though they were shut down for an entire year; $270 million for the NEA, the National Endowment for the Arts. There is $128 billion for K-12 public education — except 95% of this money will not be spent until between 2022 and 2028, not in 2021.
And as that story also had pointed out, while there may be a legitimate $600 billion in the bill that will be tied to COVID relief, including aid to ailing restaurants ($26B), assistance to airlines ($15B) and $7.2B for PPP for small businesses that have been wrecked by gubernatorial executive shut down orders for the past year, the story also warned a huge part of the money is being used to 'play politics'.
The remainder of the $1.3 trillion is pure partisan politics. Democrats are paying off the constituencies that elect them and who helped 'defeat' President Trump. There is no other way to look at it.
Arizona Republican Congressman Paul Gosar offered an amendment to take out all non-COVID-related spending in the bill and convert it into sending $10,000 checks to these people most affected by COVID instead of $1400.
It was defeated along party lines. Democrats want to send more money to big blue state politicians to distribute to their supporters instead of directly to the average American family.
Remember the infamous “Bridge to Nowhere” in Nowheresville, Alaska, which forever tarnished the career of Sen. Ted Stevens in 2005? The left and the media rightfully jumped on the Bridge to Nowhere to highlight how elected officials waste federal dollars with no regard to the consequences.
There is the equivalent of 2,222 wasteful “Bridges to Nowhere” in this solidly Democratic bill that Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer “swears” is “big, bold COVID relief!” It most definitely is not all related to COVID.
If this bill becomes law, debt owed to the public will approach $24 trillion by the end of 2021. Roughly $6 trillion in intragovernmental debt is owed between the government and such programs as the Social Security Trust Fund which will never be repaid. If, or rather when, inflation is triggered again by such fiscal malfeasance and explosive money supply growth by the Federal Reserve, then all of us — rich, poor, black, white, young and old — will really be in this mess together.
President Joe Biden seems to want to steer America back to the stagflation economic doldrum days last seen under President Jimmy Carter in 1979-81. He has only been in the White House for 41 days; imagine what economic damage he and the Democrats might do over the next four years. So with all of this pork spending more evidence this entire 'pandemic' episode in US history has been a huge 'scamdemic' upon the American people, and was used by the globalists/democrats to 'get out the fake vote' via mail-in voting fraud to 'install' puppet Joe Biden into office while getting President Trump out, what should the American people do, simply pay with their own hard work for the Democrats 'big blue city bailouts' and 'abortion bonanza' in the years ahead?
With Biden and Democrats sure to bring to the American people even more pain and suffering in the 46 months ahead, and them sure to have another sinister plan to 'install' their own 'puppet' again in 2024, Americans continue to serve their families and loved ones best by preparing for absolutely anything in the days, weeks and months ahead.
As the Children's Health Defense website reports in this new story, with Johnson & Johnson planning on testing their new vaccine on infants just the latest we're witnessing from the Democrats/globalists in their war upon children, we're witnessing nothing less than the depopulation agenda playing out before our eyes as Democrats also pull out their latest stop to bankrupt America. From this ABC News story.:
A nearly $2 trillion COVID relief bill is poised to pass Congress and head to the American people. Is that a good thing?
Well, that depends on which U.S. Senator from Pennsylvania you decide to ask.
“Let’s be honest. This bill has nothing to do with COVID, nothing to do with the economy, it has everything to do with Rahm Emanuel’s edict of never let a good crisis go to waste,” U.S. Senator Pat Toomey (R-Pennsylvania) said. But waste? There’s lots of that, insists Toomey, disguised as relief.
“$128 billion that they say is to reopen schools — except none of it requires schools to reopen,” Toomey said. And $1,400 stimulus checks to people who never lost pay. A family of four making $149,000 would get $5,600.
“That’s on top of the $5,800 you got last year,” Toomey said. “They may have very substantial savings, it could be in the millions, literally, and the taxpayers are gonna send them $11,000 of money we don’t have? How does that make any sense at all?” Toomey asked. Each of the videos below take a look at all of the pork spending in the Covid relief bill that US Senator Josh Hawley warns is nothing less than a move towards socialism in America, with the first video also a huge warning that there are some very sinister things within this bill that should have the American taxpayer enraged and asking a lot of questions of their politicians in Washington DC.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Democrats_Funding_The_Slaughter_Of_The_Unborn_On_YOUR_Tax_Dollar.php
:: 3-4-21 VCY America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pope Francis will visit Ur of the Chaldees and Babylon in order to unite religions into a one world religion
March 4, 2021 - by Jimmy DeYoung - Leave a Comment
JD: Pope Francis is on the road again. He’s going into a portion of modern day Iraq to a place called Ur of the Chaldees. The birth place of Abraham the patriarch. It’s quite an interesting archeological site.
MG: Yes it is and in fact its often considered an ancient site of child sacrifices. The focus of his trip is to bring harmony between religious groups and some of them are very well known. We have the Muslims and the Catholics that are seeking unity but there’s also some smaller religious groups. I think what the Pope is attempting to do is find religious unity among all religions. The Pope has chosen this site to visit. I’m wondering now if his next visit might be an inter religious prayer meeting in the land of Shinar where the sons of men built a Tower of Babel into the heavens. That seems like an appropriate site to have religious unity, don’t you think?
JD: Oh absolutely, that would be the city of Babylon. It’s not too far from Ur the Chaldees all in the nation of Iraq. You know it seems to me the Pope’s taking this show on the road however Mike I’ve got to say it still smells much like Revelation 17.
MG: Well we know from Revelation 13 & 17 that there will be two men that will unite the world. There will be a false Messiah, a false prophet and he will unite the world in a global religion that will worship the other figure which is referred to as the antichrist or the man of lawlessness. So these two men together will usher in a time of peace and prosperity. And it’s really interesting Jimmy if you study Catholic eschatology they really believe there will be a Catholic Pope and a Catholic patriarch that will come together to fulfill prophecy.
JD: Mike Gendron with the details behind the Middle East visit by Pope Francis in a trip to bring together a one world religion.
We report this information because it is setting the stage for Bible prophecy to be fulfilled.
Mike’s report reveals how Pope Francis is traveling the world to put together a one world religion as foretold in Revelation 17. This one world religion will be headquartered in Rome Italy, Revelation 17:9 and be led by the antichrist mentioned as the beast used 9 times in Revelation 17. That stage is set for these prophecies to be fulfilled.
[ :: 2-2-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..
:: 3--21 Forbes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Robot Motherships To Launch Drone Swarms From Sea, Underwater, Air And Near-Space
David Hambling David Hambling Contributor
Aerospace & Defense I'm a South London-based technology journalist, consultant and author
Last week Louisiana-based shipbuilder Metal Shark announced that the U.S. Marine Corps had selected them to develop a Long Range Unmanned Surface Vessel (LRUSV), an 11-meter robot boat capable of operating autonomously and launching loitering munitions to attack targets at sea and on land. The unmanned boat is just the latest of a series of new platforms for launching drone swarms.
“This tiered, scalable weapons system will provide the ability to accurately track and destroy targets at range throughout the battlespace,” according to Metal Shark’s press release. Loitering munitions, otherwise known as kamikaze drones, differ from other weapons in being relatively slow but able to patrol an area for a prolonged period looking for targets before identifying, selecting and attacking them. The LRUSV is much smaller than the flagship Sea Hunter unmanned experimental vessel and the Navy’s Overlord robot transport but shares many of their goals. Like them, the LRUSV is supposed to travel the sea lanes without direct human supervision, sailing safely with other vessels. Unlike them it will “collaboratively interact with other vessels as a cluster,” suggesting that numbers of LRUSV would be deployed together. Such a cluster could unleash a swarm of dozens, hundreds or even thousands of small drones to overwhelm a target. (And while they might not be able to sink a warship, knocking out radar and defensive systems would leave it an easy target for other weapons).
Raytheon previously developed low-cost swarming drones based on their proven Coyote under the U.S. Navy’s LOCUST program in 2015. The goal was for a swarm which would work together collaboratively as a unit – and which would collectively cost less than a single missile. By 2016, 30 of the 13-pound drones were flying together, but the swarm size is likely to have increased significantly since.
Giving the swarm its own unmanned transport makes sense, says analyst Zak Kallenborn — Research Affiliate at the Unconventional Weapons and Technology Division at the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START).
“Most current drone swarms use small drones with small power capacity,” Kallenborn told me. “But if the mobile launcher does most of the work in transporting the drone swarm to the target, the drones can save their power until it is needed.”
The Coyote flies at about 60 mph for up to two hours. A vessel like the LRUSV could deliver it to anywhere with a coastline.
“The challenge is that the mobile launcher also creates a vulnerability,” notes Kallenborn. “Adversary militaries can focus their fires on the mobile launcher and potentially defeat the whole swarm.”
Putting all your eggs in one basket could be dangerous. This may be the rationale for using a cluster of LRUSV rather than a single Overlord as the launch vessel. Even if several of the smaller vessels are knocked out, most of the swarm will be intact.
Well-protected targets may be able to put down sufficient fire to destroy large numbers of LRUSV, but there is a stealthier option. In 2019, budget documents revealed that the next phase of LOCUST would see the swarms launched from robot submarines. The U.S. Navy already launches aerial drones as scouts from submarines, so this is a small technological step. It would fit in well with the giant new Orca and Snakehead robot submarines, long-range vessels big enough to deploy swarms of drones.
“Unmanned launch platforms are useful over manned, because there is lower risk to manned operators and it allows much greater system integration. The unmanned ship might provide recharging, communication, and data processing for the larger swarm,” says Kallenborn.
In the case of the LRUSV, being able to recover and recharge small drones is part of the specification. It is not clear whether LOCUST drones will be able to return for reuse if they do not find a target.
Others are looking at drone swarms launched from aircraft. In 2017, the Pentagon demonstrated F/A-18s releasing 103 small Perdix drones which then networked together into a swarm to carry out a mission. Again, an unmanned platform might be more useful. Last year AeroVironment AVAV -2.7% AVAV -2.7%, makers of the five-pound SwitchBlade loitering munition, announced they were teaming up with Kratos, makers of the X-58 Valkyrie unmanned jet. A large Kratos drone will act as mothership for a host of AeroVironment loitering munitions.
“We aim to demonstrate the deployment of large quantities of smart systems that overwhelm and disable enemy systems,” AeroVironment VP in the announcement.
Nor is the U.S. Army ignoring the potential for swarm attacks. While frontline vehicles can launch swarms against nearby targets, deep strike missions require something more, and which does not infringe on Air Force Territory. Previously the Army looked at steerable stratospheric balloons to drop sensors behind enemy lines. In November the Army revealed its plans had expanded to include balloon release of swarms of drones from 'near space' for electronic attack or other missions. This may seem far-out, but the Chinese were launching shoebox-sized drones from such balloons in 2017.
The aim of using balloons seems to be their stealth and resilience – previous experience suggests it may be difficult to shoot them down with existing weapons, as the balloon envelope is not pressurized and small holes cause little damage. These various projects all suggest that the same idea has taken root across several services: that swarming drones now represent a powerful new capability. One U.S. general recently suggested that they may become impossible to counter without AI or machine assistance.
While such systems are under development, and until their actual effectiveness is known, we will see a period of transition. Large-sale fielding of swarms and counter-swarm systems seems likely — the question is which ones and how they can best be used in conjunction with manned systems.
“Given the near-term challenges with autonomous systems, manned platforms must remain a key part of military power,” says Kallenborn. “Militaries need to identify, assess, and wargame different combinations of manned and unmanned systems to determine the best options.”
:: 3--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Though the Vision Tarry
By Hal Lindsey
Habakkuk 2:3 gives a beautiful promise about those things God revealed to His prophets. He told Habakkuk that even if the thing revealed does not happen quickly, rest assured that it will happen eventually. The Lord said, “The vision is yet for the appointed time; It hastens toward the goal, and it will not fail. Though it tarries, wait for it; For it will certainly come.”
The vision God had given Habakkuk was not all sunshine and light. The prophet was horrified by a vision of the dreaded Babylonians striking Israel, even though he acknowledged that it’s what they deserved. God also gave Habakkuk a vision of Babylon’s destruction and of a glorious future for Israel. The first two events came true within a few decades. The last promise awaits complete fulfillment, but it also “hastens toward the goal.”
The point is, Habakkuk’s vision contained both promise and warning. God always keeps His word. For some, that means dread. Terrible things are coming on this world. Even now, we see the beginning of them. But He assures us of ultimate victory. Hebrews 10:37 applies the verse from Habakkuk to the return of Christ. “For yet a little while, and He who is coming will come.”
God tells His children that we have not been appointed to wrath (1 Thessalonians 5:9). He will rescue us from the coming tribulation. In the meantime, suffering should not surprise us. In Matthew 10:22, Jesus said, “You will be hated by all on account of My name.” That’s no fun. But in Revelation 2:10, Jesus said something to the church at Smyrna which should give us great comfort today. “Do not fear what you are about to suffer.”
We should not be surprised by suffering, but neither should we dread it.
Here in the early part of the 21st century, most of the world looks to the future with a kind of helpless anxiety. Many things are going wrong. Disaster looms from a myriad of directions. Planet earth seems to have passed a tipping point. A cascade of tragedies threatens every person on earth.
Texas recently experienced the kind of problems we can expect in a deteriorating world. Most Texans suffered a lack of electric power, and then they suffered a lack of water. A high percentage of Texas uses electricity for heat. That meant experiencing frigid temperatures without furnaces. Ironically, power shortages caused by cold weather meant that vast amounts of frozen food thawed in grocery store freezers. Icy roads prevented trucks from resupplying those stores. These circumstances combined to force stores to throw away food in the middle of a food shortage.
The world sees its future in this. When we talk about deteriorating infrastructure, we’re talking about deteriorating lifelines of electricity, water, food, and other materials. We are becoming more and more dependent on these lifelines even as they become less reliable. Our government chooses to cut off fuel supplies. We are moving from dependable sources of energy to undependable ones. Water is becoming more scarce and its transfer less reliable. People wonder when the next shoe will drop. According to the Bible, it won’t just be a single shoe dropping, but a storm of them.
Thankfully, the Bible doesn’t speak of these calamities as a terrible end, but as a glorious beginning. The coming of Jesus is on the horizon. He will rapture His Church before the seven years of tribulation. At the end of those seven years, He will come back to earth to rule in perfect righteousness. The bad things will not last. But He shall reign forever and ever!
Though He tarries, wait for Him for He will surely come! In the meantime, even in hard times, He never leaves us. He does not forsake those who put their trust in Him.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-26-2021/
:: 3-7-21 MPR News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Europe staggers as infectious variants power coronavirus surge
The Associated Press Milan March 6, 2021 3:52 p.m.
The virus swept through a nursery school and an adjacent elementary school in the Milan suburb of Bollate with amazing speed. In a matter of just days, 45 children and 14 staff members had tested positive.
Genetic analysis confirmed what officials already suspected: The highly contagious coronavirus variant first identified in England was racing through the community, a densely packed city of nearly 40,000 with a chemical plant and a Pirelli bicycle tire factory a 15-minute drive from the heart of Milan.
“This demonstrates that the virus has a sort of intelligence. ... We can put up all the barriers in the world and imagine that they work, but in the end, it adapts and penetrates them,’’ lamented Bollate Mayor Francesco Vassallo.
Bollate was the first city in Lombardy, the northern region that has been the epicenter in each of Italy’s three surges, to be sealed off from neighbors because of virus variants that the World Health Organization says are powering another uptick in infections across Europe. The variants also include versions first identified in South Africa and Brazil.
Europe recorded 1 million new COVID-19 cases last week, an increase of 9 percent from the previous week and a reversal that ended a six-week decline in new infections, WHO said Thursday.
In MinnesotaCOVID variant outbreak in Carver County linked to youth sports
“The spread of the variants is driving the increase, but not only,’’ said Dr. Hans Kluge, WHO regional director for Europe, citing “also the opening of society, when it is not done in a safe and a controlled manner.”
The variant first found in the U.K. is spreading significantly in 27 European countries monitored by WHO and is dominant in at least 10 countries: Britain, Denmark, Italy, Ireland, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Israel, Spain and Portugal.
It is up to 50 percent more transmissible than the virus that surged last spring and again in the fall, making it more adept at thwarting measures that were previously effective, WHO experts warned. Scientists have concluded that it is also more deadly.
“That is why health systems are struggling more now,” Kluge said. “It really is at a tipping point. We have to hold the fort and be very vigilant.”
In Lombardy, which bore the brunt of Italy’s spring surge, intensive care wards are again filling up, with more than two-thirds of new positive tests being the UK variant, health officials said.
After putting two provinces and some 50 towns on a modified lockdown, Lombardy's regional governor announced tightened restrictions Friday and closed classrooms for all ages. Cases in Milan schools alone surged 33 percent in a week, the provincial health system's chief said.
The situation is dire in the Czech Republic, which this week registered a record-breaking total of nearly 8,500 patients hospitalized with COVID-19. Poland is opening temporary hospitals and imposing a partial lockdown as the U.K. variant has grown from 10 percent of all infections in February to 25 percent now.
Two patients from hard-hit Slovakia were expected to arrive Saturday for treatment in Germany, where authorities said they had offered to take in 10 patients.
Kluge cited Britain’s experience as cause for optimism, noting that widespread restrictions and the introduction of the vaccine have helped tamp down the variants there and in Israel. The vaccine rollout in the European Union, by comparison, is lagging badly, mostly because of supply problems.
In Britain, the emergence of the more transmissible strain sent cases soaring in December and triggered a national lockdown in January. Cases have since plummeted, from about 60,000 a day in early January to about 7,000 a day now.
Still, a study shows the rate of decline slowing, and the British government says it will tread cautiously with plans to ease the lockdown. That process begins Monday with the reopening of schools. Infection rates are highest in people ages 13 to 17, and officials will watch closely to see whether the return to class brings a spike in infections.
While the U.K. variant is dominant in France, forcing lockdowns in the French Riviera city of Nice and the northern port of Dunkirk, the variant first detected in South Africa has emerged as the most prevalent in France's Moselle region, which borders Germany and Luxembourg. It represents 55 percent of the virus circulating there.
Austria's health minister said Saturday the U.K. variant is now dominant in his country. But the South Africa variant is also a concern in a district of Austria that extends from Italy to Germany, with Austrian officials announcing plans to vaccinate most of the 84,000 residents there to curb its spread. Austria is also requiring motorists along the Brenner highway, a major north-south route, to show negative test results.
The South Africa variant, now present in 26 European countries, is a source of particular concern because of doubts over whether the current vaccines are effective enough against it. The Brazilian variant, which appears capable of reinfecting people, has been detected in 15 European countries.
WHO and its partners are working to strengthen the genetic surveillance needed to track variants across the continent.
The mayor of Bollate has appealed to the regional governor to vaccinate all 40,000 residents immediately, though he expects to be told the vaccine supply is too tight.
Bollate has recorded 3,000 positive cases and 134 deaths — mostly among the elderly — since Italy was stricken a year ago. It took the brunt in the resurgence in November and December, and was caught completely off guard when the U.K. variant arrived, racing through school-age children before hitting families at home.
“People are starting to get tired that after a year there is no light at the end of the tunnel,” Vassallo said.
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 3-7-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israeli jets escort American B-52s during flyby, in show of force to Iran
Move comes amid tensions between US, Israel, and Tehran, with Iran tied to missile strikes on US bases and an attack on an Israeli-owned ship in Gulf of Oman
By Judah Ari Gross 7 March 2021, 8:24 pm
Israeli F-15 fighter jets escorted two American B-52 bombers through Israeli airspace on Sunday in a new show of force by the United States against Iran — with an Israeli element — amid rising tensions in the region.
Recent weeks have seen multiple attacks on American military bases in Iraq by Iran-linked militias, including one last week that resulted in the death of an American contractor, as well an attack on an Israeli-owned ship in the Gulf of Oman that Israel has blamed on Tehran. Late last month, the US responded to the rocket attacks on its bases with an airstrike on an Iran-linked militia in Syria, killing at least one member. Sunday’s flyby through the region by the B-52 heavy bombers was at least the seventh such maneuver in the past six months. It marked the first time that Israeli planes were photographed accompanying the US bomber, however. Each B-52 was accompanied by four Israeli F-15 jets.
According to the US military, the patrol flight was meant to “deter aggression and reassure partners and allies of the US military’s commitment to security in the region.” In addition to the Israeli F-15s, aircraft from Saudi Arabia and Qatar escorted the B-52 bombers as they flew through their respective airspaces.
“This flight is another testament to the strategic cooperation with American forces, which is a cornerstone in the preservation of the security of the airspace of the State of Israel and the Middle East,” the Israel Defense Forces said in a statement.
In recent months, Tehran has attempted to improve its bargaining position with the United States on the issue of its nuclear program by ratcheting up tensions in the region as the two countries attempt to negotiate a mutual return to the 2015 nuclear deal. In addition, Iran has for months threatened retaliation against Israel over the killing of its chief military nuclear scientist, Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, in what was widely attributed to an Israeli Mossad operation. An attempted bombing near the Israeli embassy in India last month, as well as last week’s mine attack on an Israeli cargo ship in the Gulf of Oman, have both been attributed to Iran by Israel.
:: 3-7-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Three Gaza fishermen killed by apparent Palestinian rocket, rights group says
Sun, March 7, 2021, 12:10 PM·1 min read
GAZA (Reuters) - Three Palestinian fishermen were killed on Sunday when their boat exploded off the Gaza Strip, a blast that a human rights group said was likely caused by errant Palestinian rocket fire.
The Palestinian Center for Human Rights said the boat was two miles offshore when the shell hit and "completely destroyed it".
"The center condemns the incident, which indications suggest mostly likely occurred as a result of resistance training," said the statement, referring to Palestinian militant groups. Israel's military denied any connection to the incident and said "our indications show that their deaths were caused by an explosion inside Gaza".
The Interior Ministry in Gaza, which is run by the Islamist group Hamas, said it was investigating the incident.
Hamas' armed wing said it opened an investigation into the "painful incident" and would publish the results as soon as possible.
(Reporting by Nidal Almughrabi; Editing by Frances Kerry)
https://news.yahoo.com/three-gaza-fishermen-killed-apparent-171034663.html
:: 3-6-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden is rejecting the common-sense center on everything from schools to securing border
By Post Editorial Board March 6, 2021
It’s truly astonishing how much President Biden in his first weeks has opted to side with his party’s left wing and its special interests — and against even moderate Americans’ desires.
It’s most obvious in his Mexican-border madness: President Donald Trump worked out perfectly reasonable, humane policies that stemmed the record-breaking, Obama-era surges of migrants at the border. Yet Biden has needlessly moved to kill Trump’s “Remain in Mexico” deal and other agreements with Central American nations that were clearly working. Instead, he set up a temporary freeze on deportations and is talking up plans to offer a path to citizenship for millions of illegal immigrants.
All of which has encouraged Central American migrants to rush for the US border: Already, the number of children who cross over this year is on pace to break the all-time record by 45 percent. And he’s had to resort to the notorious “cages” to detain kids who crossed without their families, and it’s only going to get worse as summer hits.
Meanwhile, his end to deportations is also prompting a return to “catch and release” — posing a public-health hazard: More than 100 illegal border-crossers released last week had tested positive for the coronavirus, yet still got sprung. And that’s only one of the ways this policy slams border towns.
None of this is common sense: 55 percent of Americans disapprove of Biden’s curb on deportations, and only far-lefties are happy to see the border surge resume. And even as he embraces open borders, he’s passively letting schools stay closed. Abandoning his pledges to get most open in his first 100 days, he’s now pretending that it can’t be done without vast new federal spending contained in his “relief” bill — even though the nation’s schools have billions left from last year’s relief measures, and his proposed outlays are mainly for years in the future.
The science clearly shows that reopening poses no real health risk to students or adult staff, but the president just refuses to say a word of criticism of the teachers unions (and the politicians they control), which are without question the real barrier to reopening. That’s why US parochial and private schools, and public schools in areas of low union power, opened up weeks ago.
He’s also gone extreme-green on energy policy. Though most Americans support moderate efforts to reduce greenhouse-gas emissions, that doesn’t cover his multi-trillion-dollar plans to decarbonize the entire country. With one action alone, killing the Keystone XL pipeline, he killed thousands of good US jobs and slapped America’s good friend, Canada — while actually harming the environment, since the Canadians will simply ship their oil by rail and truck (meaning more pollution and greater risk of spills) to consumers who will still burn it, probably in dirtier plants than the ones here. Then there’s his culture-war nonsense, such as his order mandating that biological males be allowed to compete in sports with girls — another policy a majority of Americans disapprove of, according to a Harvard University and Harris Insights and Analytics poll. He’s so reluctant to defy the hard left that he played along with the nutty drive to cancel Dr. Seuss, Theodor Seuss Geisel, dropping all mention of the beloved author in his Read Across America Day proclamation. Never mind that the day comes on March 2 because that’s Seuss’ birthday, nor that then-President Barack Obama and his wife as recently as 2015 highlighted Seuss’ work to interns and kids. “Pretty much all the stuff you need to know is in Dr. Seuss,” Obama said. Heck, now-Vice President Kamala Harris tweeted Seuss a happy birthday wish in 2017.
But the ravenous left wants Seuss’ scalp, and Biden obliged in canceling an author who’s showed countless millions that reading is fun.
Whether he fears the power of the left, or has no real idea how extreme his administration is proving, the president is rejecting the sensible center across the board. He’s not only being foolish, he’s doing the exact opposite of his inaugural vow to unify the nation.
:: 3-7-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New Biden Executive Order Increases Voting by Criminals
By Newsmax Wires | Sunday, 07 March 2021 03:41 PM
President Joe Biden signed an executive order Sunday designed in part to increase voting and voter registration access for criminals in prison and on probation, according to the White House.
"The order will direct the attorney general to establish procedures to provide educational materials related to voter registration and voting, and to the extent practicable, to facilitate voter registration, for all eligible individuals in the custody of the Federal Bureau of Prisons," the White House states in a fact sheet on the measure.
The attorney general also must help former prisoners obtain appropriate identification to satisfy state voting requirements under the new law.
Biden also requested the U.S. Marshals Service include language in its contracts to facilitate voting by mail and provide eligible criminals information on voting and voter registration.
Biden's plan was announced during a recorded address on the 56th commemoration of "Bloody Sunday," the 1965 incident in which some 600 civil rights activists were viciously beaten by state troopers as they tried to march for voting rights in Selma, Alabama.
"Every eligible voter should be able to vote and have it counted," Biden said in his remarks to Sunday's Martin and Coretta King Unity Breakfast before signing the order. "If you have the best ideas, you have nothing to hide. Let the people vote."
Biden's order directs federal agencies to expand access to voter registration and election information, calls on the heads of agencies to come up with plans to give federal employees time off to vote or volunteer as nonpartisan poll workers, and pushes an overhaul of the government's Vote.gov website.
Democrats are attempting to solidify support for House Resolution 1, which touches on virtually every aspect of the electoral process. It was approved Wednesday on a near party-line vote, 220-210.
The voting rights bill includes provisions to restrict partisan gerrymandering of congressional districts, strike down hurdles to voting and bring transparency to a murky campaign finance system that allows wealthy donors to anonymously bankroll political causes.
Democrats say the bill will help stifle voter suppression attempts, while Republicans have cast the bill as unwanted federal interference in states' authority to conduct their own elections.
The bill's fate is far from certain in the closely divided Senate. Conservative groups have undertaken a $5 million campaign to try persuade moderate Senate Democrats to oppose rule changes needed to pass the measure.
With his executive order, Biden is looking to turn the spotlight on the issue and is using the somber commemoration of Bloody Sunday to make the case that much is at stake.
Bloody Sunday proved to be a turning point in the civil rights movement that led to passage of the Voting Rights Act of 1965.
"In 2020 — with our very democracy on the line — even in the midst of a pandemic – more Americans voted than ever before," Biden said. "Yet instead of celebrating this powerful demonstration of voting — we saw an unprecedented insurrection on our Capitol and a brutal attack on our democracy on Jan. 6. A never-before-seen effort to ignore, undermine and undo the will of the people."
Biden's also paid tribute to the late civil rights giants Rev. C.T. Vivian, Rev. Joseph Lowery and Rep. John Lewis. All played critical roles in the 1965 organizing efforts in Selma and all died in within the past year.
Material from The Associated Press was used in this story.
https://www.newsmax.com/headline/biden-criminal-voting-rights/2021/03/07/id/1012834/?oRef=thehill
:: 3-7-21 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Switzerland referendum: Voters support ban on face coverings in public
Published 21 hours ago
Switzerland has narrowly voted in favour of banning face coverings in public, including the burka or niqab worn by Muslim women.
Official results showed the measure had passed by 51.2% to 48.8% in Sunday's referendum.
The proposal was put forward by the right-wing Swiss People's Party (SVP) which campaigned with slogans such as "Stop extremism".
A leading Swiss Islamic group said it was "a dark day" for Muslims.
"Today's decision opens old wounds, further expands the principle of legal inequality, and sends a clear signal of exclusion to the Muslim minority," the Central Council of Muslims said in a statement, adding that it would challenge the decision in court.
The Swiss government had argued against the ban saying it was not up to the state to dictate what women wear. Swiss people are given a direct say in their own affairs under the country's system of direct democracy. They are regularly invited to vote on various issues in national or regional referendums.
It is not the first time Islam has figured in a Swiss referendum. In 2009 citizens went against government advice and voted to ban the building of minarets - a proposal also put forward by the SVP which said minarets were a sign of Islamisation.
The Islamic veil across Europe
Denmark woman fined for wearing veil
The proposal in Sunday's referendum did not mention Islam directly and was also aimed at stopping violent street protesters from wearing masks. However, the vote was widely referred to as "the burka ban".
The latest proposal predated the coronavirus pandemic, which has meant all Swiss adults having to wear masks in many settings. Swiss voters give face covering ban a 'jein'
Analysis by Imogen Foulkes, BBC News, Geneva
Was today's vote about all face coverings, from niqabs and burkas to the scarves rioters sometimes pull over their faces?
That's what the Yes campaigners from the Swiss People's Party insisted - but their posters and literature said otherwise, showing threatening looking women in black niqabs, and warning of Islamic extremism.
So does the result mean the Swiss are becoming more extreme? Are they Islamophobic?
Perhaps not. In the end, the ban only just squeaked through. In the past the Swiss People's Party has had much bigger majorities for its populist initiatives, often aimed at restricting asylum and immigration.
It successfully pushed through a ban on minarets in 2009 with a similar campaign to this one. But the debate around face coverings touched all sorts of different nerves. Many Swiss feminists view the burka and niqab as oppressive to women but they also oppose laws telling women what they can and cannot wear.
When it came to voting they were torn. A regular answer from women asked whether they would support the ban was "Jein", a cross between "Ja" (yes) and "Nein" (no). Today's close vote in Switzerland was probably very much a "Jein" as well.
Grey line
Sanija Ameti, a member of Switzerland's Muslim community, told the BBC that the campaign - and the depiction of Muslim women in the posters - had been upsetting.
"So many Muslims in Switzerland will feel insulted and not part of this society, and pushed into a corner where they don't belong. We don't look like these women in the pictures, we just don't," she said.
However, others in the Muslim community supported the ban.
Imam Mustafa Memeti, from the city of Bern, told the BBC he thought the motivation behind the campaign was "probably Islamophobic". But he said he supported the ban anyway because it could help to emancipate Muslim women in Switzerland.
Ahead of the vote, Walter Wobmann, chairman of the referendum committee and an SVP lawmaker, described Muslim face coverings as "a symbol for this extreme, political Islam which has become increasingly prominent in Europe and which has no place in Switzerland".
"In Switzerland our tradition is that you show your face. That is a sign of our basic freedoms," he said.
Amnesty International spoke out against the proposed ban, calling it "a dangerous policy that violates women's rights, including to freedom of expression and religion".
The wearing of Islamic veils in public has been a controversial topic in other European countries. France banned wearing a full face veil in public in 2011 while the Netherlands, Denmark, Austria and Bulgaria have put in place full or partial bans on wearing face coverings in public.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-56314173
:: 3-6-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Ballistic missiles target north Syria oil facilities in rare attack
Many alleged Russia and the Syrian regime were behind the attack which appears aimed at denying Turkish-backed Syrian groups from trading oil.
By SETH J. FRANTZMAN MARCH 6, 2021 19:08
An unusual attack on oil facilities in Turkish-occupied northern Syria occurred on Friday evening. Locals reported large explosions near Al-Bab and Jarablus. Turkey invaded this area in the fall of 2016 in Operation Euphrates Shield. The use of ballistic missiles points to a sophisticated state-backed operation against the oil facilities. Many alleged Russia and the Syrian regime were behind the attack which appears aimed at denying Turkish-backed Syrian groups from trading oil.
Turkish media and reports did not speculate on who fired the missiles. Anadolu, a state-backed channel in Turkey, said that three people were killed and dozens were wounded. It said that “ballistic missiles were fired at the Tarhin region of al-Bab district and Al-Hamran region of Jarablus district on the border with Turkey.
In the past, Russia has targeted oil facilities in Syria used by ISIS. In 2015, Russia accused Turkey of shooting down a Russian plane out of a desire to protect “oil supply lines to Turkish territory” that come from ISIS-held areas. In December 2015, Russia carried out airstrikes on areas where ISIS was conducting oil trade.
The missile strikes on March 5 were large and included video that showed explosions. Those videos appeared online on Friday night. Ballistic missiles have been used increasingly in the region. Iranian-backed Houthis in Yemen often fire ballistic missiles at Saudi Arabia. Iran has also been testing improved and more precise missiles.
Russia, like Iran, is a ballistic missile powerhouse. However the use of these kind of missiles has been rare in recent years in Syria. Russia has hosted talks on Syria with Iran and Turkey in what is called the "Astana Process". Russia and Turkey have worked on various deals in Syria, in September 2018 regarding Idlib, in October 2019 over areas in northern Syria that the US withdrew from, and in the spring of 2020 after clashes between Turkey and Syria. Russia and Turkey have also conducted joint patrols.
However, the Syrian regime and Russia both argue that ISIS, Al-Qaeda and other extremists operate in Turkish-occupied areas of northern Syria. Turkey says it backs the Syrian National Army, however the SNA is made up of a plethora of armed militias, some of which are extremists. On February 28, the White Helmets asserted that the Syrian regime and Russia used Tochka missiles to target an area east of Aleppo. Video posted online on March 6 showed the wreckage of a Tochka missile allegedly used in the March 5 attack on the oil facilities.
Video from March 5 showed the strikes and the aftermath as well as missile fragments that were found. Social media accounts asserted that the Tochka missile fragments found near Tarhine in Syria indicate Russia was behind the attack. Others said it was the Syrian regime. Such a large attack would likely not happen without both being aware of it, regardless of which forces fired the missiles. Some said the missile were fired from the Kuweireis air base which is 30km east of Aleppo.
[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..
Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red
one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to
remove peace from the earth. And there was war and
slaughter everywhere. (NLT)
:: 3-6-21 KWTX :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Death toll in bombing in Somalia’s capital rises to 20
A man observes a destroyed building at the scene of a blast at a popular restaurant in the...
By Associated Press Published: Mar. 6, 2021 at 5:16 AM EST
NAIROBI, Kenya (AP) — Somalia’s government news agency says the death toll has risen to at least 20 after a vehicle packed with explosives rammed into a popular restaurant in the capital on Friday night, with 30 wounded.
The Somali National News Agency cites the Aamin ambulance service for the death toll.
A police spokesman blames the attack on the local al-Shabab extremist group, which is linked to al-Qaida and often targets Mogadishu with bombings.
The Luul Yamani restaurant also was attacked last year.
https://www.kwtx.com/2021/03/06/death-toll-in-bombing-in-somalias-capital-rises-to-20/
:: 3--21 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Germany To Begin Construction On Chrislam ‘House Of One’ For One World Religion Worship Services That Will Also Include Atheists
The foundation stone of the House of One in Berlin will be laid at a ceremony on 27 May, marking the end of 10 years of planning and the beginning of an estimated four years of construction, and symbolising a new venture in interfaith cooperation and dialogue. The €47m building, designed by Berlin architects Kuehn Malvezzi, will incorporate a church, a mosque and a synagogue linked to a central meeting space. People of other faiths and denominations, and those of no faith, will be invited to events and discussions in the large hall
On the site of a church torn down by East Germany’s communist rulers, a new place of Chrislam worship is set to rise that will bring Christians, Jews and Muslims under one roof – and it has already been dubbed a “churmosquagogue”.
Prophecy watchers are buzzing as news of the ‘House Of One’ Chrislam worship center being built in Berlin was reported by the Jerusalem Post today. But longtime readers of NTEB were alerted to this way back in 2014 when we first broke the story. Why has it taken so long to finally begin? Because that’s the time it took for Rick Warren, who began Chrislam back in 2008, to pass the torch to Pope Francis who officially codified Chrislam in Abu Dhabi in 2019.
“And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.” Revelation 13:5-7 (KJB)
Chrislam is the perfect end times hybrid for a coming time when hybrid humans and animals will populate this earth. It combines the counterfeit Christianity of Roman Catholicism, Islam and apostate Judaism, as well as incorporating atheists, Buddhists, and the entire pantheon of the New Age. The ‘House of One’ in Berlin is a bookend to the Abrahamic Family House being built in Abu Dhabi. Why Berlin? Because Germany led the charge in WWI, WWII and will be center stage for the soon-coming WWIII. This is Chrislam, the One World Religion of Antichrist. Christians, Muslims and Jews to share Chrislam faith center in Berlin
FROM THE GUARDIAN UK: The foundation stone of the House of One in Berlin will be laid at a ceremony on 27 May, marking the end of 10 years of planning and the beginning of an estimated four years of construction, and symbolising a new venture in interfaith cooperation and dialogue. The €47m building, designed by Berlin architects Kuehn Malvezzi, will incorporate a church, a mosque and a synagogue linked to a central meeting space. People of other faiths and denominations, and those of no faith, will be invited to events and discussions in the large hall.
“The idea is pretty simple,” said Roland Stolte, a Christian theologian who helped start the project. “We wanted to build a house of prayer and learning, where these three religions could co-exist while each retaining their own identity.”
Andreas Nachama, a rabbi who is turning the vision into reality in partnership with a pastor and imam, said: “There are many different ways to God, and each is a good way.” In the House of One, Christians, Muslims and Jews would worship separately, but would visit each other for religious holidays, commemorations and celebrations, he added.
“It is more than a symbol. It is the start of a new era where we show there is no hate between us.”
The House of One will be built on the site of St Peter’s church in Petriplatz, which was damaged during the second world war and demolished in 1964 by the GDR authorities. When the foundations of the church were uncovered more than a decade ago, consideration was given to a memorial or a new church on the site. “But we wanted to create a new kind of sacred building that mirrors Berlin today,” said Stolte. “The initiators are acting as placeholders. This is not a club for monotheistic religions – we want others to join us.”
The federal government and the state of Berlin have between them contributed €30m to the cost of the project, with another €9m coming from donations and fundraising. A new drive for contributions, launched in December, is expected to fill the gap of nearly €8m.
The project has been generally supported by faith communities and the public, said Stolte, although “in the first few years there were some fears that we were mixing religions or trying to create a new religion”. The inclusion in the planning of people of no faith was a very important aspect of the House of One project, he said. “East Berlin is a very secular place. Religious institutions have to find new language and ways to be relevant, and to make connections.” READ MORE
Now The End Begins is your front line defense against the rising tide of darkness in the last Days before the Rapture of the Church
HOW TO DONATE: Click here to view our WayGiver Funding page
When you contribute to this fundraising effort, you are helping us to do what the Lord called us to do. The money you send in goes primarily to the overall daily operations of this site. When people ask for Bibles, we send them out at no charge. When people write in and say how much they would like gospel tracts but cannot afford them, we send them a box at no cost to them for either the tracts or the shipping, no matter where they are in the world. Even all the way to South Africa. We even restarted our weekly radio Bible study on Sunday nights again, thanks to your generous donations. All this is possible because YOU pray for us, YOU support us, and YOU give so we can continue growing.
:: 2-28-21 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are The Recent UFO Disclosures Setting Us Up For A Mass Deception Of Epic Proportions?
February 28, 2021 by Michael Snyder
Have you noticed that UFO sightings have been in the news a lot lately? Even in the midst of all the other big events that are happening, evidence of mysterious objects flying through our skies continues to make headlines. In particular, what one American Airlines pilot says that he saw is really shaking a lot of people up. According to a radio transmission that was intercepted from American Airlines Flight 2292, a pilot claims that he witnessed “a long cylindrical object that almost looked like a cruise missile type of thing” fly at very high speed right over the top of his aircraft…
The cockpit audio from American Airlines flight 2292 from New Mexico to Phoenix sounded like something out of a Sci-Fi movie.
“Do you have any targets up here? We just had something go right over the top of us,” a pilot can be heard saying.
“I hate to say this but it looked like a long cylindrical object that almost looked like a cruise missile type of thing moving really fast right over the top of us.”
This got so much attention that officials at American Airlines were forced to address it. They put out a statement in which they confirmed that the radio transmission did actually come from American Airlines Flight 2292…
American Airlines put out a statement, saying, “Following a debrief with our Flight Crew and additional information received, we can confirm this radio transmission was from American Airlines Flight 2292 on Feb. 21.”
And the FBI has also publicly announced that it is “aware of the reported incident”, but the agency has not provided any additional details.
Of course this sort of thing is happening a lot these days. In fact, the U.S. Sun has just put out an article documenting “a string of strange incidents involving passenger jets” in recent months.
In the old days, the U.S. government would go to great lengths to deny that anything unusual was happening in our skies. But over the past couple of years, government officials have started to change their tune.
For example, last year the Pentagon released footage of Navy fighter pilots encountering a UFO…
In late April, the Department of Defense released footage of Navy fighter pilots encountering something “unidentifiable.” The black and white videos are grainy and show small objects flying across the in-flight cameras of Navy fighter pilots.
This footage had already been circulating on the internet. By releasing it, the Department of Defense confirmed the videos’ authenticity—and that it didn’t know what they showed.
Much more importantly, the Defense Intelligence Agency recently released documents that admit that the U.S. has been testing wreckage from UFO crashes…
THE Pentagon has admitted to holding and testing wreckage from UFO crashes in a bombshell Freedom of Information letter, shared with The Sun.
Researcher Anthony Bragalia wrote to the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) requesting details of all UFO material, which they hold and results of any tests they had been carrying out on it.
After all this time, why would the federal government finally admit this?
Are they trying to mentally prepare us for something?
According to the 154 pages of test results that were released, some of the materials that have been retrieved from UFOs possess “extraordinary capabilities”…
In the response, shared with The Sun, the DIA released 154 pages of test results that includes reports on a mysterious “memory” metal called Nitinol, which remembers its original shape when folded.
Bragalia said it was a “stunning admission” from the US government and the documents reveal that some of the retrieved debris possesses “extraordinary capabilities” including the potential to make things invisible or even slow down the speed of light.
Obviously the entities that are operating these craft are highly advanced, and they appear to have technology that we do not currently have.
But are they friend or foe?
Statements that were recently made by someone that was a top official in Israel’s space program for 30 years have sparked a lot of speculation…
Haim Eshed, who headed Israel’s space security programs for 30 years, has been in the spotlight in recent days, after claiming that aliens exist, that Israel and the US have long been in contact with them, and that Donald Trump was going to blab but the extraterrestrial beings of the “Galactic Federation” stopped him.
Eshed said aliens conduct experiments on Earth, and there is a joint base underground on Mars where they collaborate with American astronauts. “They asked that we don’t publicize they are here because humanity isn’t ready,” he said. If Haim Eshed is to be believed, the “aliens” are already here and the U.S. is already cooperating with them.
That makes it sound like we don’t have anything to be concerned about.
But other experts have come to a completely different conclusion.
Temple University history professor David Jacobs has been studying the alien abduction phenomenon for decades, and he believes that these “aliens” have a deeply malevolent agenda…
According to Jacobs, his lifelong research into alien abduction has forced him to the conclusion that an alien race has been implementing a clandestine and sinister program to create an alien-human hybrid race.
The program has now reached an advanced stage and alien hybrids are now being secretly integrated into human society. The alien hybrids, according to Jacobs, are able to live secretly in human society because they are superficially identical with humans.
There is so much speculation about these beings, and it can be very difficult to separate truth from fiction.
But as the number of sightings continues to rise, it is becoming clear that something very strange really is happening in our skies.
And after decades of very strict secrecy, the U.S. government is now openly admitting that UFOs exist.
Many people are looking forward to the day when we can openly welcome direct contact with our “space brothers”, but I do not believe that these are “friendly aliens from another planet”.
In fact, they are not our friends at all.
Unfortunately, our entertainment industry has spent decades preparing the general public to embrace visitors from “another world”, and I expect that is precisely what would happen.
We are moving into such a chaotic chapter in human history, and a time may come when intervention by “aliens” will be greatly welcomed by a human race that is deeply suffering.
The truth is out there, but as far as UFOs are concerned, most people are going to continue to believe whatever it is that they want to believe.
***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***
About the Author: My name is Michael Snyder and my brand new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available on Amazon.com. In addition to my new book, I have written four others that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing the books you help to support the work that my wife and I are doing, and by giving it to others you help to multiply the impact that we are having on people all over the globe. I have published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but I also ask that they include this “About the Author” section with each article. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook, Twitter and Parler, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with as many people as we possibly can.
:: 3-1-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Joe Biden's Wars Will Bring Great Strife And Darkness To America And The World: The Globalists New Puppet In Washington DC Is Already Coming Through For Them With Flying Colors
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 1, 2021
With President Trump out of the White House and 'sleepy Joe Biden' now 'occupying' the highest office in the land, along with the 'worst kept secret in the White House', his mental health, following him and America wherever he goes, the hopes for an end to the globalists endless wars have also gone away with President Trump.
And with 'mad-bomber-Biden' picking up where Barack Obama and the neocons foreign policy left off, not only losing all track of his own thoughts one day after bombing Syria as reported in this Becker News story but with the bombing, bringing a sudden end to the Trump years of trying to end the globalists insane wars, with Biden also come years of economic malaise, never-ending lockdowns, and brewing wars overseas ahead of us.
As Newsweek had reported back in November of 2020, President Donald Trump was the first US president since Jimmy Carter not to enter American troops into military conflict, so we're warned that the US is now risking war against both Syria and Iran by Biden's airstrike upon Iranian-backed militants in Syria.
So while the globalists are no doubt thrilled that they have a new 'puppet' in Washington DC in Biden that they can completely control, unlike Trump, Americans should get ready for the potential of 4 years of Biden/Kamala Harris wars, likely feeling they have 4 years of bloodshed they need to make up for. From this Becker News story.:
President Joe Biden is credited with authorizing the deadly air strike that killed an estimated 22 Islamic militants in Syria on Thursday. The rocket attack vaporized three transport vehicles carrying live munitions.
It was so 'impressive' it reportedly made Kamala Harris jealous Russia’s president Vladimir Putin was told about it first. But one day later, it’s unclear that our new Commander-in-Chief can even speak intelligibly on the matter. Or on much of anything else.
It is not what you want to see from a U.S. President.
The State of the Union is now suddenly off and the House Democrats are telling Biden to his face that they don’t trust him with nukes. Vice President Harris even took Biden’s calls with world leaders on President’s Day weekend, while Joe Biden played Mario Kart. This is all highly concerning, albeit predictable news about a president that did not run a real campaign and who defied all credible odds of getting the most votes of any presidential candidate in U.S. history: 81 million tabulated votes.
And with VOA recently reporting that Democrats are seemingly so concerned about Biden's mental health that they want to relinquish his 'sole authority' for nuclear launches, a story that has so disturbed the globalists that USA Today recently 'fact checked' the VOA story, we were warned long ago about Biden's mental health issues, so does anybody else find it deeply troubling that a man who can't even speak intelligibly on the matter, or on much of anything else, may be about to start his first war?
While Democrats long-attempted to paint themselves as the 'anti-war party', as this paper over at Scholarly Commons by the Case Western Reserve University School of Law titled "Military Neoliberalism: Endless War and Humanitarian Crisis in the Twenty-First Century" gives us a much different picture.
In a section titled 'Societies Without Borders', we see how 'neoliberalism' and 'globalism' have instead brought about a series of seemingly endless, globalists wars that leave nations and their people impoverished and growing increasingly angry over a period of years.
This article seeks to understand the dynamics of twenty-first century military intervention by the United States and its allies. Based on an analysis of Bush and Obama administration policy documents, we note that these wars are new departures from previous interventions, calling on the military to undertake post-conflict reconstruction in ways that was previously left to indigenous government or to the civilian aspects of the occupation.
This military-primary reconstruction is harnessed to ambitious neoliberal economics aimed at transforming the host country’s political economy. Utilizing the Iraq and Afghanistan interventions as case studies, the study analyzes the dynamics set in motion by this policy.
The key processes are two concatenated cycles of military pacification and economic immiseration in discrete localities operating through varying paths of causation. Pacification by the military as well as subsequent military-primary introduction of neoliberal economic reform generates immiseration; locally based resistance. As well as ameliorating efforts aimed at reconstructing the old system subsequently generates repacification.
Each iteration of the cycle deepens the humanitarian crisis, and assures new rounds of local and sometimes national resistance.
With each such cycle deepening the humanitarian crisis' in those countries while assuring 'national resistance', one could easily argue we're now witnessing the same thing here in America as the globalists seek to bring about the end of our national sovereignty, with this 'planned-demic' being used to 'lock down' our nation
And as we'd warned in this February 24th ANP story, for a fully out in the open Communist, totalitarian government to be completely shoved down the throats of Americans, horrific events must first 'unfold.'
So with Biden's airstrike in Syria just a month into his presidency another sign of where America and the world are being herded over the next few years, let's take a look in our closing at this new story over at The Star (saved at archive).
Reporting that an 800-year-old prophecy has predicted a US war against Iran before the Covid pandemic ends, with an ancient text warning the US will be drawn into a conflict between Iran and Saudi Arabia, with the fighting bringing "great strife and darkness into the world", are we about to witness the 'End Times events'
An 800-year-old prophecy predicts "the US will go to war with Iran before the coronavirus pandemic ends".
The source is based on precise methods to reveal a code in the holy book the Torah. It claims a month before the pandemic fades a global conflict, involving the United States, will break out between bitter enemies Saudi Arabia and Iran.
It also claims that the fighting will "bring great strife and darkness into the world".
The version of events is revealed in Yalkut Yishayau, a book published in 1939 based on a section of the Yalkut Shimoni, a compilation of Jewish commentary on the Bible believed to have been composed in the 13th century.
The text reads: "Rabbi Yitzchak said: 'In the year that the Messiah will be revealed, all of the leaders of the nations will provoke each other.
"The king of Persia will provoke the king of Arabia, and the king of Arabia will go to Edom to receive advice from them.
"And the king of Persia will go and destroy the entire world, and all the nations of the world will shake and panic and fall on their faces and feel contractions like those of giving birth, and Israel will shake and panic and ask: 'Where will we go?'
"And (God) will say to them, ‘My children, do not fear, because everything I did, I did for you. Why are you afraid? Don’t be afraid. The time has come for your redemption’.”
So while we have absolutely no control over 'global events' such as the possibility of a global thermonuclear war, we can still prepare to survive such a horrific event so we've gone ahead and embedded the book "Nuclear War Survival Skills" by Cresson H. Kearny at the very bottom of this story.
In the 1st video below we hear about how Biden's first military action has brought condemnation from across the world. And in the 2nd video below titled "Nuclear War 12 Steps to Prepare & Survive - How to Plan 4 Survival", our videographer stresses 'location, location, location' among other numerous tips, with many locations all across America sure to be left completely uninhabitable should worst the worst case scenarios unfold here. And the final video below is titled "Nuclear War Aftermath: Survival And Escape".
https://allnewspipeline.com/Joe_Biden_The_Globalists_New_Puppet.php
:: 3-1-21 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
MICROSOFT, 2016: “WE CAN PROGRAM COMPLEX BEHAVIORS USING DNA”. 3-STRAND DNA CONFIRMED
Mon 11:39 am +00:00, 1 Mar 2021 posted by Weaver by Silviu “Silview” Costinescu
MAR 012021 by Silviu “Silview” Costinescu
“Imagine a biological computer that operates inside a living cell”
– Dr. Andrew Phillips, head of bio-computation at Microsoft Research.
“The problem we’re trying to solve is really trying to have a more sophisticated diagnosis that can happen automatically inside cells… In this project, we’re trying to use DNA as a programmable material” according to Dr. Neil Dalchau, a scientist at Microsoft Research. The video will also be made available on our channels the free speech video platforms, see our links
To me, the most striking part in this video is the confirmation that they are after the three-stranded DNA technology Anthony Patch brought up in that sensational 2014 interview, which also earned us a ban from Youtube.
“[Microsoft] are essentially trying to sense, analyze and control molecular information”
Georg Seelig, Associate Professor at the Gates-funded University of Washington.
Moderna described mRNA as “an information molecule” and even trademarked the name “mRNA OS” – meaning ‘operating system’, according to bigtechtopia.com
We have Moderna’s head honcho “on tape” describing the mRNA vaccine as “information therapy”: “Molecular devices made of nucleic acids show great potential for applications ranging from bio-sensing to intelligent nanomedicine. They allow computation to be performed at the molecular scale, while also interfacing directly with the molecular components of living systems. They form structures that are stable inside cells, and their interactions can be precisely controlled by modifying their nucleotide sequences. However, designing correct and robust nucleic acid devices is a major challenge, due to high system complexity and the potential for unwanted interference between molecules in the system. To help address these challenges we have developed the DNA Strand Displacement (DSD) tool, a programming language for designing and simulating computational devices made of DNA. The language uses DNA strand displacement as the main computational mechanism, which allows devices to be designed solely in terms of nucleic acids. DSD is a first step towards the development of design and analysis tools for DNA strand displacement, and complements the emergence of novel implementation strategies for DNA computing.” Microsoft Research
Microsoft, 2016: “We can program complex behaviors using DNA”. 3-strand DNA confirmed
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 2-27-21 AIER American Institute Economic Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Danger of the Administrative State
Ethan YangEthan Yang – February 27, 2021 Reading Time: 6 minute
Lockdowns should have shown every American just how tyrannical and unreasonable our leaders can be. There are elected leaders like Governor Cuomo who have acted as outright tyrants, alienating everyone, even those in his own party. Then there are the unelected bureaucrats who wave away our liberties with the stroke of a pen from the secrecy of their massive offices with technocratic efficiency. This is all of course a sudden and dramatic curtailing of our freedoms. I would not be surprised that with this much public attention, some sort of effort will be made to roll back much of what has been done. Although lockdowns are certainly an existential threat to our long-term freedoms and system of liberal democracy, there has been another specter out there that many experts have been sounding the alarm on for decades. The growth of the administrative state.
The chilling narrative about the growth of the administrative state, which is essentially the regulatory apparatus of the executive branch, is usually confined to specialist professions. The ever-present danger of a slowly expanding and unaccountable apparatus of bureaucrats that threatens to sap the life out of American society and drown it in a sea of paperwork is typically a concern that only keeps policy wonks and lawyers up at night. Although many lawyers probably celebrate this dystopian vision because they benefit from the compliance fees. The regulatory state not only threatens to make society that much slower and dreary with its excessive onslaught of regulation but it also makes us poorer. Robert Samuelson writes for the Washington Post that
“No one really knows by how much, but “there is ample evidence that regulation has expanded and that this expansion has limited economic growth,” as Ted Gayer and Philip Wallach of the Brookings Institution recently wrote. One study estimates that regulation has shaved 0.8 percent off the U.S. annual growth rate, which — if confirmed by other studies — would be huge.”
The regulatory state refers to organizations such as the Environmental Protection Agency, the Centers for Disease Control, the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Education, the Department of Justice, the Internal Revenue Service, and all the other three-letter agencies in Washington, DC. If you would like to see how long the list of agencies is, take a look at the Federal Register, to which there are 455. That number is absolutely mind-boggling and you don’t need a fancy degree in political science like I have to say that society can function without their oversight. A paper by Peter Strauss at Columbia Law School notes that there are currently over 2 million civilians employed in the federal government alone. He notes that for context,
“The first Congress to meet once the Constitution was ratified created a Post Office and Departments of War, Navy, Foreign Affairs, and Treasury, each in unique ways suited to its responsibilities; this new government employed few civil servants to manage all its affairs. The first serious count of federal civilian employees, in 1816, reported that they numbered 4,837.”
The drastic expansion of the administrative state has come at a cost to not only our liberty, which is slowly being eroded by a sea of paperwork and regulations, but it also undermines our democracy. According to Article 1 of the Constitution, the legislative branch or Congress is supposed to be the primary law-making body of our government. That is because if there are bad laws or laws society doesn’t like, we can hold people accountable. However, more and more power has been shifted to the executive branch because of the growth of the administrative state. Even the judicial system is losing power to the administrative state after the establishment of a legal doctrine known as Chevron Deference, which binds the court system to defer to the administrative agency’s interpretation of a rule, not the Constitutional interpretation of a sitting judge. It shouldn’t be too hard to assume that the interpretation will probably favor the ambitions of the agency, not the integrity of the Constitution. These issues and more form the basis of legal scholar Richard Epstein’s assertion that the administrative state is not congruent with rule of law in this country.
The worst part about all of this is that society continues to tell itself that those in the administrative state are simply humble public servants. Although I’m sure many of them are, the hard reality is that at the end of the day it’s a source of income and advancement for bureaucrats just like jobs in the private sector are for everyone else. This is the basic insight of Public Choice Theory, which is the common-sense realization that government agents are not angels, they are humans and follow human nature. That means that although many government agents may think they are serving the country, they are also limited by their own capabilities as humans as well as their desires. This is demonstrated by a phenomenon known as the Washington Monument Syndrome, which refers to how when a government agency is threatened with a budget cut or hiring freeze, they shun fiscal restraint in order to protect their own self-interests. The Washington Monument Syndrome gets its name because when the National Park Service was faced with budget cuts, instead of streamlining its finances like a normal private company they protested by shutting down the Washington Monument rather than taking sensible steps to cut costs. In the private sector there is a natural check on how much workers can demand, such as the threat of going out of business. In the public sector there are no such restraints. This is part of the reason why the bureaucracy simply grows and grows and grows, taking our freedom as well as our treasure as it does.
Finally, there is the dark fact that there are ambitious people in the administrative state who want to make a name for themselves at the expense of their fellow countryman. If there aren’t any problems to solve, hotshot regulators are trying to move up the food chain by creating problems to solve by either targeting innocent private actors or trying to pump up their resumes with unnecessary sanctions. This problem is well known when it comes to the criminal justice system, as prosecutors leverage plea bargains to increase their incarceration statistics regardless of the guilt of the defendant and without ever having to take a case to trial, which is a constitutional right. However, this system of perverse incentives to simply rack up wins at the expense of society is present in the regulatory state as well as agencies bringing the government’s boot down on businesses just trying to provide a good service.
I had a personal experience with this dynamic when I interned at a law firm providing pro bono services to private entities that were being pursued by trigger-happy regulators. The case I worked on was FTC vs D-Link Systems, which was settled finding no liability for any violations. The FTC in this case levied a claim that D-Link Systems was engaging in deceptive practices. However, upon investigation there were no rules that they violated, nor were there any widespread complaints from consumers to be found. The FTC was essentially going out of its way and leveraging vague rules to pursue a responsible corporation likely in the name of career advancement. That is because there are no rewards for doing nothing, even though that’s what the government should be doing when its citizens are being responsible. Sadly, not every private business has the resources to fight back against overzealous government regulators. Even worse, there is little being done to check the powers of the administrative state. In fact, many elected politicians simply see it as a way to shift blame away from themselves.
Key Takeaway
If lockdowns were a sudden and brutal assault on our liberties, the rise of the administrative state would be the silent killer. It keeps itself away from the public spotlight, only raising alarms for the communities it directly affects and policy wonks who enjoy ranting about taxes and federal codes all day. To the average person, the administrative state is not a problem until it is. Every year it grows and grows with little incentive to care for the trouble it has caused for the rest of American society. It is the true embodiment of the leviathan illustrated by Hobbes. Although there is certainly a time and place for regulatory agencies, today they have so greatly outgrown their bounds to the point they are becoming an unelected judge, jury, and executioner. What was a handful of executive agencies at the beginning of the republic has now become an expansive list of alphabet soup abbreviations, some with their own SWAT teams and court systems. The administrative state not only saps our treasure and stifles our creativity but it drains our spirit. If left unchecked it will surely turn this country of ambitious innovators and entrepreneurs into one of paper pushers and clerks.
https://www.aier.org/article/the-danger-of-the-administrative-state/
[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.
[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..
[ :: 4-12-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it. For the world has gone crazy, etc
:: 3-1-21 DNYUZ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Charges Ahead With a National Digital Currency
March 1, 2021 in News
Annabelle Huang recently won a government lottery to try China’s latest economics experiment: a national digital currency.
After joining the lottery through the social media app WeChat, Ms. Huang, 28, a business strategist in Shenzhen, received a digital envelope with 200 electronic Chinese yuan, or eCNY, worth around $30. To spend it, she went to a convenience store near her office and picked out some nuts and yogurt. Then she pulled up a QR code for the digital currency from inside her bank app, which the store scanned for payment. “The journey of how you pay, it’s very similar” to that of other Chinese payments apps, Ms. Huang said of the eCNY experience, though she added that it wasn’t quite as smooth.
China has charged ahead with a bold effort to remake the way that government-backed money works, rolling out its own digital currency with different qualities than cash or digital deposits. The country’s central bank, which began testing eCNY last year in four cities, recently expanded those trials to bigger cities such as Beijing and Shanghai, according to government presentations.
The effort is one of several by central banks around the world to try new forms of digital money that can move faster and give even the most disadvantaged people access to online financial tools. Many countries have taken action as cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin, which has recently soared in value, have become more popular.
But while Bitcoin was designed to be decentralized so that no company or government could control it, digital currencies created by central banks give governments more of a financial grip. These currencies can enable direct handouts of money that expire if not used by a particular date and can make it easier for governments to track financial transactions to stamp out tax evasion and crack down on dissidents.
Over the last 12 months, more than 60 countries have experimented with national digital currencies, up from just over 40 a year earlier, according to the Bank for International Settlements. The countries include Sweden, which is conducting real-world trials of a digital krona, and the Bahamas, which has made a digital currency, the Sand Dollar, available to all citizens. In contrast, the United States has moved slowly and done just basic research. At a New York Times event last week, Treasury Secretary Janet L. Yellen indicated that might change when she said an American digital currency was “absolutely worth looking at” because it “could result in faster, safer and cheaper payments.”
Yet no major power is as far along as China. Its early moves could signal where the rest of the world goes with digital currencies.
“This is about more than just money,” said Yaya Fanusie, a fellow at the Center on Economic and Financial Power, a think tank, and an author of a recent paper on the Chinese currency. “It’s about developing new tools to collect data and leverage that data so that the Chinese economy is more intelligent and based on real-time information.”
While the Chinese government has not said if and when it will officially introduce the eCNY nationwide, several officials have mentioned having it ready for tourists visiting for the 2022 Olympics in Beijing. Recent articles and speeches from officials at the People’s Bank of China, which is the country’s central bank, underscored the project’s ambitions and the desire to be first.
“The right to issue and control digital currencies will become a ‘new battlefield’ of competition between sovereign states,” read an article in China Finance, the magazine of the central bank, in September. “China has many advantages and opportunities in issuing fiat digital currencies, so it should accelerate to seize the first track.”
The People’s Bank of China did not respond to a request for comment.
The development of a national digital currency began in 2014, when the People’s Bank of China set up an internal group to work on one, shortly after Bitcoin gained attention in the country. In 2016, the central bank created a division called the Digital Currency Institute. Last year, it began trials of eCNY in the cities of Shenzhen, Suzhou, Xiongan and Chengdu, according to research from Sino Global Capital, a financial investment firm.
People invited to the trial through a lottery on WeChat or other apps were able to click on a link and get a balance of 200 electronic yuan, which was sometimes displayed in their bank app over a picture of an old-fashioned Chinese bank note with Mao Zedong’s face. To spend the money, users can use an eCNY app to scan a retailer’s QR code or produce a QR code that the retailer can scan.
The design of eCNY borrows only a few minor technical elements from Bitcoin and does not use the so-called blockchain technology, a ledger-like system, which most cryptocurrencies rely on, officials from the People’s Bank of China have said.
In a hint of the currency’s unusual nature, recipients have only a few weeks to spend the digital money before it disappears. So far, only a limited number of retailers have taken the currency. But early users said the experience was so similar to Chinese digital payment options like Alipay and WeChat Pay that it would not be hard to switch to it if it rolled out nationwide.
“I’m totally fine to pay with the eCNY, since it’s smooth and fast enough,” said Yifan Gao, 30, a financial analyst in Shenzen, who recently used her 200 eCNY to buy snacks at a 7-Eleven.
Ms. Gao added that the eCNY would become mainstream only if people could send it to friends, which was not possible with the trial version.
Eswar Prasad, the former head of the International Monetary Fund’s China division, said one of the most important factors driving the eCNY was the success of WeChat Pay and Alipay. Both have given rise to a new alternate financial system that has worried Chinese officials and led to a recent crackdown on Jack Ma, the founder of Alibaba and Ant Financial, which owns Alipay.
“The eCNY is really a defensive mechanism to keep central bank money relevant,” Mr. Prasad said.
If the eCNY is successful, it will give the central bank new powers, including novel types of monetary policy to help grow the economy. In one scenario that economists have discussed, a central bank could program its digital currency to slowly lose value so that consumers are encouraged to spend it immediately.
Some economists said China’s digital currency would also make it easier for the renminbi to compete with the U.S. dollar as a global currency because it can move internationally with fewer barriers. But Chinese officials and analysts have said that many other changes would be necessary for that to happen.
Beyond those ambitions, the eCNY could immediately give the Chinese government more power to monitor finance flows because a digital currency system can record every transaction. That poses privacy concerns, with China having used many tools in the past to crack down on dissidents.
“If I cannot buy you a coffee without the government knowing about it, I do worry about what this could mean,” Mr. Prasad said.
Ms. Huang, the business strategist in Shenzhen, said she already assumes that most of her data can be tracked and has gotten used to it.
“I choose to sacrifice a little bit of privacy for convenience,” she said.
The post China Charges Ahead With a National Digital Currency appeared first on New York Times.
https://dnyuz.com/2021/03/01/china-charges-ahead-with-a-national-digital-currency/
:: 3-1-21 MERCOLA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Officials Reach New Low, Say Moist Masks Are Good for You
Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola
March 01, 2021 Story at-a-glance
A study from the National Institutes of Health claims wearing a moist mask is actually good for you because inhaling through the wet mask hydrates your lungs and boosts your immune system
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2021/03/01/moist-masks.aspx
:: 2-26-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Major study predicts how we will use technology to 'upgrade' our lives and ourselves over the next 10 years
Advertising firm dentsu compiled a detailed report into life over the next decade
This includes changes to medicine, recreation, work and our consumer habits
They predict our bodies will become increasingly augmented by the late 2020s
This will include the use of exoskeletons, brain interface chips and gene editing
The study authors also predict we will see a few very large firms take on aspects of every day life from shopping to healthcare over the next decade
By Ryan Morrison For Mailonline
Published: 10:41 EST, 26 February 2021 | Updated: 13:11 EST, 26 February 2021
Over the course of the next decade humans will integrate more with technology to 'upgrade' our lives including brain chips and exoskeletons, a new report claims.
Produced by dentsu, a global advertising and digital agency, the report looks at ways the world could change over the next 10 years and the impact on global brands.
'As brands assess the impact of a seismic year and look to chart a new path to recovery, these trends provide them with a roadmap for the next decade,' the firm wrote in the executive summary to the report. One key area of change will be the continued rise of the 'synthetic society' as people increasingly incorporate the latest technology into their lives.
The study suggests people could even use brain chips to aid memory and exoskeletons to make us faster and stronger. Study authors found that one in three people would undergo non-essential surgery to improve their mental health including a chip in their brain.
'A key implication will be to reconsider what it means to be human and how strategies will need to evolve accordingly,' the report authors wrote.
To explore the future of human society, the report was split into four categories: Universal activism, synthetic society, bigger bolder brands and the human dividend.
'What is clear from the findings of the report is that consumers are redefining established concepts of how we stay healthy and entertained, powered by technology, a dentsu spokesperson told MailOnline.
'More than 20 years since The Matrix, we're now seeing a growing embrace of synthetic enhancements and virtual experiences.
'In addition to natural, organic products and services, consumers are now keen to explore a world of tech augmentation that will improve our health as well as the way we express emotion and experience pleasure.'
As our world becomes more automated, people will pay a premium for human customer service or human produced products such as wine, they predict.
Researchers say society will become more dependent on technology, but at the same time look to take breaks from it.
Focused on the impact the report will have on brands, they feel the future will see the rapid rise of 'titan' firms - the likes of Amazon and Alibaba that will have a significant impact on every aspect of our lives.
Tim Cooper, Global Head of Strategic Communications at dentsu, said firms would need to adapt quickly to a rise in consumer activism and a changing society over the coming decade if they want to survive. 'I think the biggest concern would be are business going to be able to keep up,' he told MailOnline in an interview.
'Consumer expectations are changing quickly and fundamentally which is a great opportunity for many businesses but will expose that don't have their house in order.
'Where Kodak and Blockbuster didn't go right at the start of the internet era was not understanding how the trend had fundamental implications for their business model.
'That is what we're seeing here with heightened levels of consumer activism,' he told MailOnline.
'You have to fundamentally look at how setup your business model is for a very different future to avoid becoming the Kodak or Blockbuster of the activism age.' The most notable change to our day-to-day life will be in the very essence of what makes us a human being and just how 'integrated' we become with tech.
The report gives the example of a fictional 26-year-old called Tyler who was in a car accident that left him paralysed. He was able to use an exoskeleton to regain mobility and the virtual world to cure him of PTSD.
He became a champion eSports player, but found that he was falling behind due to not having a memory chip implant, something he felt created 'irreversible societal inequalities' and should be illegal in eSports.
'By 2030, exponential advances in biomedical and technological research will enable people to upgrade their cognitive and physical capabilities,' the report says.
The authors say this will raise questions of inequality, due to the fact the procedures to have an implant are likely going to be expensive - at least initially.
This was part of an overall trend of good and bad news found within the predictions for the next decade, Tim Cooper told MailOnline.
'We were toying with the title for a while and progress and peril was one title we had early on. There is a lot to be optimistic about but also ethical questions raised.'
The 'human enhancements' and bioengineering will work in a similar way to any new innovation wave - those with the money will try it first.
'That poses big philosophical questions around what it means to be humans at a high level and you are going down a level from that in how we ensure we have democratised access,' Tim Cooper told MailOnline.
Spurred on by a greater degree of understanding about health and healthy lifestyles due to the coronavirus, the report authors think personal health will be a big issue.
'Expectations of personal health and well-being goals will inevitably rise in a world in which augmentation procedures are increasingly available,' they wrote.
Adding it would be 'catalysed by the coronavirus pandemic which brought the issue of optimal health to the forefront of people's minds.'
A number of techniques to improve mental and physical health are already in the works including brain chips, exoskeletons, smart drugs and gene editing.
Computer-brain interfaces Elon Musk claims his brain chip firm Neuralink has already got monkeys playing video games with their mind and implanted chips in a pigs brain.
Brands and academic institutions alike are already dedicating significant investment and resources to the pursuit of enhancing the human mind through computer chips and sensors.
'We expect a never before moment during the mid 2020s to be the first successful human implantation of a brain-computer interface,' study authors claim.
A survey by dentsu found that two thirds of people would consider having a chip in their brain to improve their physical senses, extend life expectancy, improve mental health and learn new skill to improve job prospects.
'I could have a chip in my head that allows me to feel some measure of permanent connection to the people I love. Not sharing thoughts or memories, but sharing an emotional sense of well-being,' said Nick Harkaway, science fiction author.
Brain-computer interfaces hold great promise to boost human potential in unprecedented ways, the report authors predict.
This could include psychological brain disorders becoming a thing of the past, online information available in real time without typing, or communicating with others digitally and emotionally over a distance.
'Over the next decade, we expect that big tech companies will be producing brain-computer interfaces and chip implants themselves for the next generation of digital devices,' the authors wrote.
Smart drugs
Smart drugs are likely to become a major part of our lives over the next decade, including those to improve concentration and alertness.
Fuelled by an often relentless high-pressure culture, some university students already take stimulants, such as Ritalin and Adderall, to improve their focus. In a recent survey, a quarter of US students indicated they had used central nervous system stimulants to complete schoolwork or take an exam, while less than 10% had been prescribed such medicine.
The report authors predict a greater use of mind-altering psychoactive drugs being used in medical treatments in the coming decade.
For example, MDMA is already being trialled to treat PTSD and a ketamine-like drug is approved for patients with severe depression in the US.
'A never before moment we predict to take place over the 2020s is the mass-market rollout by pharmaceutical companies of medicines derived from class-A drugs.
'Consumers with intractable mental health issues may stand to benefit from using such drugs for medical treatment,' the authors predict.
They also suggest that a wider range of mainstream brands will begin incorporating CBD into their products - this is the active ingredient of cannabis. Exoskeletons
'The wheelchair has not really been innovated for a long time,' says Kate Adams, former director of operations at Nesta, the UK's innovation agency 'for social good'.
'We had finalists around the world competing to win the Mobility Unlimited challenge.
'Prototypes are anything from smart wheelchairs through to exoskeletons.'
Study authors predict that in the early 2020s the use of exoskeletons and high-tech body harnesses will become more commonplace for a wide-range of applications.
As an example, exoskeletons will improve productivity and safety in the workplace for manual labourers.
In 2018 German engineering company Ottobock's exoskeleton entered production, with the intention that it will be used to support those who perform physically demanding tasks— particularly overhead—to reduce strain on their bodies.
However, the biggest impact would be on those with physically disabilities, providing some with the mobility for the first time in their lives.
They predict a number of automotive firms will begin developing exoskeleton technology, following a lead started by Toyoto who sponsor a $4 global challenge prize to support improvements for those with paralysis.
Editing genes
Using CRISPR technology and future techniques to edit the genes that make up our being, study authors predict gene editing will be the most significant scientific breakthrough of modern times.
The technology allows for the modification, deletion and correction of precise regions of our DNA - potentially allowing doctors to repair defects.
This could bring an end to genetically identified diseases, or at least prevent them from becoming deadly or life altering, the authors predict.
However, it could have another use - changing humanity itself. CRISPR could allow for cellular engineering such as editing the DNA of an embryo before a baby is born. 'The next decade will see greater emphasis placed on medical ethics to ascertain the implications— both for individuals and society at large—of innovation in the biotech industry,' the authors hope.
They believe it will be a slow process though, determining on a case-by-case basis where the lines are drawn between disease protection and human enhancement.
'However, the coronavirus pandemic could result in heightened innovation and a relaxation in attitudes to DNA testing and early iterations of genetic editing.
'For example, Israeli start up Geneyx has collaborated with hospitals to determine whether genetic mutations could lessen or exacerbate the severity of individual cases of COVID-19,' the team wrote in the report.
A number of large companies are experimenting with rudimentary applications of DNA testing, including Nestle trialling a personalised nutrition programme.
For the Japanese trial, 100000 customers were given blood testing kits to identify susceptibility to common ailments - such as diabetes and high cholesterol, and then told to share photos of their food online so Nestle could formulate supplements.
These included nutrient rich teas, smoothies and fortified snacks designed to work to reduce the existing conditions or underlying issues from appearing.
A survey found that a quarter of people would provide DNA samples in return for personalised recommendations for products based on their genetic makeup.
Some would even provide their DNA to employers as part of a job interview or to secure cheaper life insurance premiums.
Paying the price
However, by 2030 only a small subset of affluent citizens will be able to afford fundamental biological and technological upgrades, they predict.
This calls into question the rights of people to access such services.
In future people, brands and governments will be forced to reconsider what it means to be humans and how strategies and policies need to evolve.
'Previously, ethics was kind of the annoying thing that you would deal with at the end of a research project, but now we talk about ethics even before we start to build the products,' said Dr Edmund Lee, public health communication scientist.
The team behind the study believe that by 2030 there will be a new global right, comparable to current debates calling for a universal basic income.
That is for the Universal Basic Upgrade - a right that could give every citizen access to at least a basic set of biological and technological upgrades at a fair price.
Aside from the impact on our body and mind, the study authors predict technology will become more, and less involved in our private lives.
'A legacy of the COVID-19 crisis will be the realisation among consumers that it is OK—even preferable—to dial in remotely, to watch and work from afar, to experience at a distance,' they explained.
While the technology to support this move isn't perfect, it is expected to continually improve over the next decade and be increasingly leveraged for human connection.
This could come from a 'titan brand' a firm that is multi-national and involved in every aspect of our lives from retail to health care.
The report suggests this could be the likes of Amazon or Alibaba, with up to ten massive corporations responsible for everything we do, knowing all about us.
Rachel Botsman, a futurist that specialises in trust in technology, and not involved in the writing of this report, told MailOnline that while we may see 'titan brands' develop, they might not be the ones we expect. Instead of the likes of Amazon and Alibaba being involved in every aspect of our lives, it will be companies offering us things we may not even know we need yet.
The real change will come more local and small scale, she said. Adding that 'what I've been seeing is a rise in 'local trust', with people trusting their local shops.'
She said there was a rise, due in part because of the pandemic, in people wanting to know their neighbours, know suppliers and source things locally.
'People will find personal connection through local high street retailers, really personal high craft, close touch brands,' but with most things sold online, rather than by going into a large box store or chain shop. At the same time, the team also predict we will start to crave face-to-face contact, especially in customer service roles, and will be taking more 'time offline'.
They found that over the next decade people will increasingly take 'rest breaks' from technology - with 48% saying that is the case, going up to 58% in the UK.
'Take board games. Positioned as a respite from ever-present screens and a low-fi route to escapist fun, the board games market is forecast to reach a value of $12 billion by 2023—almost double its value in 2017,' they wrote.
Despite this push for technology independence, we will still be reliant on the virtual and technological world, including a greater move towards smart assistants such as Alexa and Siri, more automated services and virtual entertainment.
Wealthier people will likely pay a premium to be served by a human rather than a robot, or even pay more for a product such as wine made entirely by humans The team predict that universities and schools will adapt to teach 'human skills' that robots can't do, including crafts and art, as robots increasingly take over the workforce.
Botsman, not involved in this report, agreed that there will be a 'human element', telling MailOnline that 'we will see the return of customer service.'
'That human connection, while you've got automation that will accelerate, virtual health, virtual working, you have to counter with human connection and fill that void. 'Yes we can trust strangers, yes we can trust these new technologies but we also need the familiar, small, personalised and hand made.'
Study authors set out a timeline for reaching a 'synthetic society' by 2030 that starts with wider adoption of exoskeletons for people with physical disabilities in 2021.
By 2023 virtual reality rehab clinics will begin opening and a year later Elon Musk's Neuralink will implant the first brain-computer interface in a human to treat a brain disorder.
MDMA and Ketamine will be widely used by 2026 to treat severe illness in 2026 and by 2028 the FIFA eWorld Cup will be the most watched sporting event on the planet.
They predict gene editing will be legally regulated and applied in patient trials by 2029 and the Universal Basic Upgrade will become a human right by 2030.
'At the end of the decade, some health upgrades will be democratised across the population whereas others will usher in a new health divide between rich and poor.
'Companies are encouraged to think about ethical implications and how their brand values align with these developments,' the team wrote.
There may be opportunities for collaboration with governments to create robust regulations that avoid disenfranchisement and enable mass democratisation of upgrades, including the idea of the basic upgrade right.
Other technological innovations will be less invasive, such as those aimed at reducing the risk of future pandemics.
This could include vehicles with built in pathogen elimination technology, global drone delivery systems and general test, trace and vaccination kits.
The team also predict consumer products will become 'safer', including an alcosynth drink that provides the 'positive aspects' of being drunk without side effects.
Outside of technology attitudes will change, as the activism of Gen Z grows, it will become a key part of 21st century life over the next decade, they predict.
For example, by 2030, many consumers will consider not acting on climate change an act of corporate criminal negligence.
'Eco-concerns will be central to purchasing decisions, with around two-thirds of those we surveyed in the United Kingdom predicting that by 2030 they will not buy products that have a negative environmental impact or are single use.'
'What we see in the research is that one of the reasons people are more active is that when the world feels out of control and you feel you can show up to a protest and do something is something you can control in your life,' Botsman told MailOnline.
'As the worlds problems get bigger, that's what we mean by the activist generation, they are looking to control in their lives.'
The research is based on in-depth interviews with a panel of 20 world- renowned futurists, academics, authors and experts as well as a series of surveys conducted around the world on the issues raised by the panel of specialists.
The authors also looked at multiple proprietary consumer surveys from more than 20 countries and a scan of technological patents.
'Of course, it would be hubristic in the extreme to assert that all our forecasts and predictions will materialise,' they said.
'However, directionally we believe these are the key forces that will shape our future. Inevitably, they will evolve—and potentially be disrupted themselves.'
The full report is available to read on the dentsu website.
:: 3--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Don't worry about WW3. WW2 is still in progress. We didn't finish it. We just thought is was over.
Watch
Jim_Crenshaw
3156 subscribers
Source: XtremeRealityCheck. For more information or to watch this entire video go here: https://www.bitchute.com/video/kUNzvC7pHDkt/
Category Education
Sensitivity Normal - Content that is suitable for ages 16 and over
https://www.bitchute.com/video/5ydhW8vY6zhV/?list=notifications&randomize=false
:: 3-1-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are We Witnessing Last Minute Mass Exodus Before Final Collapse Of Our Major Cities?
Michael Snyder / March 1, 2021
Americans fled the big cities “in droves” in 2020, and one recent survey discovered that even more Americans are planning to move in 2021. The corporate media is attempting to frame this mass exodus as a temporary phenomenon, but there is nothing temporary about it. Millions upon millions of people can see that our society is literally melting down all around us, and they want to get somewhere safe while they still can. In recent weeks, I have written articles about the specific problems that we are witnessing in Chicago and San Francisco, but the truth is that virtually all of our major cities are coming apart at the seams, and this is motivating more people than ever to seek greener pastures.
With so many Americans looking to move, this has pushed up home prices in desirable suburban and rural areas to insane heights.
In fact, in some parts of the country, it is difficult to find a decent home for sale at all. In Bozeman, Montana one man has actually resorted to walking around with a cardboard sign asking for someone to sell him a house… “I’m just asking for someone to sell us a home. My sign says please sell me a home,” said Sean Hawksford, a Bozeman resident.
You may have seen Hawksford strolling down Main Street with a cardboard sign, asking for leads on a house for sale.
This is not a homeless man that we are talking about.
Sean Hawksford is a family man that owns a successful business, and he has been approved for a mortgage. He just can’t find a house to buy.
According to Hawksford, he has made 18 offers over the past 6 months, but none of them have been accepted…
“It’s been about 6 months, we’ve made I think 18 offers now on different properties and haven’t had one accepted yet,” said Hawksford.
“It’s been a little bit tough with them, and all of my first-time homebuyers to be honest with you,” said Jeff Bent, the Hawksfords’ realtor in Bozeman.
I warned that this would happen.
I warned that when things started to get crazy many Americans wouldn’t be able to move because there would be a crushing amount of demand for available housing as hordes of Americans suddenly sought to relocate. NBC News has used the term “droves” to describe the mass exodus that we witnessed last year…
Americans fled big cities in droves to escape the coronavirus pandemic — and many of them are staying, permanently or indefinitely. But escape means something different depending on whom you ask.
We have never seen anything like this before in U.S. history. According to the Pew Research Center, about one-fifth of all Americans either moved or know someone who moved in 2020…
A survey conducted by the Pew Research Center while the pandemic was in full swing in June 2020 found that approximately a fifth of Americans moved or know someone who moved as a result of COVID-19. The reasons they gave for people moving were extremely varied — ranging from being called into active military duty to college housing being closed down to, of course, sudden financial constraints.
The corporate media keeps trying to blame COVID for the mass migration, but now the COVID pandemic is fading and Americans are still moving in large numbers.
TRENDING: Boxed In By Neocons & Media, Will Trump Launch Iran War?
In fact, one recent survey actually found that “20% more people are planning to move in 2021 than moved in 2020”.
If I was currently living in a major city on the east or west coast, I would be highly motivated to move too.
For example, just check out what is happening in Los Angeles…
Los Angeles, the state’s largest city and arguably the most populous now in the United States, has become a byword for violent crime and especially the stronghold of the enormous, ultraviolent and rapidly growing MS 13 organization, routinely mislabeled as a mere “gang” in media reports. MS 13 has up to 50,000 members worldwide of whom at least 10,000, officially, and probably twice as many according to the private assessments of many police officers are in LA.
Jeremiah Babe recently went into the wealthy areas of downtown Los Angeles, and the footage that he captured was mind blowing.
L.A. has never looked like this, and it is getting worse with each passing day.
Of course many would argue that San Francisco is in even worse shape…
San Francisco – America’s “anything goes” city – is in even worse shape. Its most famous, historically popular and beautiful stylish locations are now swamped with aggressive, unsanitary street people who openly urinate and defecate in the streets. Public services, long superb, are now appalling.
For much more on the tragedy that is playing out in that once beautiful city, please see my previous article entitled “The Reason Why A Lot Of People Are Leaving San Francisco Might Surprise You”.
Of course, it isn’t just individuals that are moving. In recent months we have seen large numbers of businesses choose to relocate. At one point, Tesla CEO Elon Musk made headlines all over the globe when even he decided that it was time to leave California for good…
Tesla CEO Elon Musk has left California and is now a resident of Texas.
In an interview with The Wall Street Journal on Tuesday, Musk said that the move made sense, amid plans underway for a new Tesla factory in the Austin area.
I certainly can’t blame him.
TRENDING: Mainstream Media Predictive Programming: "Experts" Warn Lockdown Restrictions Being Lifted Too Soon
What rational person would choose California over Texas at this point?
On the east coast, hordes of businesses have left New York as well. If you can believe it, even the New York Stock Exchange is thinking of leaving…
The head of the world’s largest financial market, Stacey Cunningham, floated the idea of leaving New York in an opinion piece in the Wall Street Journal to avoid taxes.
When people think of Florida, they often picture restaurants and shopping, the kind of business you do on vacation. But more and more, people are choosing to move down to the sunshine state because there’s no income tax, and the cost of living is low.
Perhaps they will need to rename it “the Florida Stock Exchange” if they actually pull the trigger on such a move.
Sadly, when things get really bad in this nation, no part of the country will be fully immune.
We will all feel the pain, and the suffering will be off the charts.
But if you do feel motivated to relocate, I would do it as soon as possible, because later this year global events will start accelerating at a very rapid pace.
Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder
:: 2-11-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Consortium of Defense Analysts
Threats to U.S. Security
Biden Gives China Full Access to Control the U.S. National Power Grid
Posted on February 11, 2021 by George Griffin | 21 Comments
In his first week in office, President Biden put U.S. security at great risk by giving China autonomous ability to control the national power grid.
Biden issued executive order 13990 in which, buried amid matters purportedly designed to combat climate change, was an anomalous and potentially dangerous provision that suspends a key security measure put in place last May 1 by former President Donald Trump. Biden’s executive order permits China to have full access to the U.S. power grid for 90 days.
Trump’s Executive Order 13920 declared an official national emergency with respect to the nation’s electric grid and prohibited the acquisition or installation of “any bulk-power electric equipment … designed, developed, manufactured, or supplied, by persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of a foreign adversary.” In sum, Trump forbade the use of grid equipment that is made in China, Russia, or other hostile nations.
Trump’s order was a common-sense response to real, proven threats. Just last year, the Wall Street Journal reported that the United States seized a Chinese-built transformer because officials believed “its electronics had been secretly given malicious capabilities, possibly allowing a distant adversary to monitor or even disable it on command.” Cybersecurity expert Joseph Weiss reported that officials found “electronics that should not have been part of the transformer — hardware backdoors” that could allow the Chinese to “effectively gain control of the transformers without any network forensics being the wiser.” Weiss also noted that China was first caught trying to hack into a U.S. grid in California as far back as 2001, and that “the Russians have been in our U.S. grids since 2014.”
According to Tommy Waller, director of infrastructure security at the Center for Security Policy, believes the security threat extends far beyond China’s 90-day access to the power grid. “We’re also worried about sensors and actuators and drives that are installed even if they are not connected to the Internet,” he said. “If that hardware installed inside of them is designed at some point to send the wrong readings, it could sabotage the safety and security of that system.”
A December 2018 report report of the President’s National Infrastructure Advisory Council (NIAC) focused on tackling a different kind of catastrophic blackout. In “Surviving a Catastrophic Power Outage,” the council examined the United States’ ability to respond to and recover from an outage “of a magnitude beyond modern experience, exceeding prior events in severity, scale, duration, and consequence.” NIAC was tasked with considering an unprecedented scenario: an outage that extended beyond days and weeks, out to months or even years, while affecting large portions of the country.
“We know how to deal with, what we’ll call ‘extended outages.’ We have lot of experience responding to those, similar to what happened in Puerto Rico with Hurricane Maria,” said Scott Aaronson, vice president of security and preparedness for the Edison Electric Institute, and a member of the report’s advisory group. “The devastation in Puerto Rico following Hurricanes Irma and Maria gave us a glimpse at how a loss of power can cascade into other sectors affecting public health and safety and the economy.”
The report concludes that “existing national plans, response resources, and coordination strategies would be outmatched by a catastrophic power outage,” adding, the “profound risk requires a new national focus.”
According to Aronson, “From a planning perspective, if you’re simply planning for things you already know how to do, that isn’t helpful.”
There has been much debate around the federal response to the disaster on Puerto Rico, and the official death toll — raised from an initially-reported 64 to 2,975 following more study — reflects the difficulties NIAC’s report addresses. A power outage of this length would be devastating and deadly with impacts reverberating far beyond utility poles and wires.
According to the NIAC report “The devastation in Puerto Rico following Hurricanes Irma and Maria gave us a glimpse at how a loss of power can cascade into other sectors affecting public health and safety and the economy.” The report uses the word “cascading” more than two dozen times, highlighting the potential for far-reaching impacts from such an event. And the findings do not inspire confidence.
The U.S. utility sector has been focused on cybersecurity for several years now, as the industry grasped the full extent of the threat it faces — and how unprepared most companies really were.
The effort to get up to speed has progressed on several fronts: The U.S. Department of Energy created the Office of Cybersecurity, Energy Security, and Emergency Response, and is now funding tens of millions of dollars in projects and research. GridEx, a biennial security event hosted by the North American Electric Reliability Corporation’s Electricity Information Sharing and Analysis Center, draws thousands of participants and allows them to run through their cyberattack response protocols. And the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) has been strengthening its Critical Infrastructure Protection (CIP) Reliability Standards to respond to more sophisticated threats.
In the face of these enhancements, a recent survey found almost half of power and utility CEOs think a cyber attack on their company is inevitable.
Despite the efforts to secure the grid from a potentially catastrophic shutdown, the threat of a devastating power disruption remains. Biden’s seemingly irrational lifting of the embargo against China, and by extension anyone else that would hope to see the America go down in flames, does nothing to protect the U.S. Instead Biden has opened the door to a cyber attack from any number of countries and terrorist originations that view the national power grid as a prime target.
:: 2-28-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
"Slippery Slope" - Vaccine Passports Are A Technical & Ethical Minefield
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Feb 28, 2021 - 22:35
Authored by Melinda Mills, op-ed via The Financial Times,
I remember the evening a co-worker arrived at our door waving a phone, beaming “I’ve got it!” His Android mobile was the only way to use the UK government app that let EU citizens apply for UK settled status after Brexit. After some unsettling jokes about uploading my private biometric data on his device, we completed the deed and he disappeared into the night. As governments around the world ponder digital vaccine passports, that evening remains in my mind. Vaccine passports are essentially certificates that link proof of vaccination to the identity of the holder, a potential silver bullet to return to our pre-Covid-19 lives. Before the pandemic, the EU was working on plans for cross-border electronic certificates to replace the paper booklets that many travellers carry. At this week’s EU summit some leaders pressed for further steps towards coronavirus passports.
A recent Royal Society report that I led came up with 12 different criteria that would need to be satisfied to make such passports feasible. This is a complex ecosystem that requires an understanding of everything from immunity and infection to technology, ethics and behavioural factors. But the underlying question must be: what would a vaccine passport be used for?
The head of Heathrow airport has called for digital health certificates to reboot international travel. Estonia and Iceland already link e-vaccination certificates to travel and exclusion from quarantine. Greece is pressing the EU to move quickly. There are precedents such as the airline industry group Iata’s travel pass initiative. But would these certificates only be required for international travel or could they be needed for getting a job, attending a football match, or buying some milk?
Israel recently introduced a green pass heralded as “the first step back to an almost normal life”. It opens entry to gyms, cinemas, hotels and meets some our technical criteria such as verifiable credentials, portability, (attempts at) security for personal data and interoperability. It is valid for six months after a second dose and for “those who have recovered from coronavirus”.
But this could be problematic. Current vaccines protect against severe disease, but we do not yet know whether they stop transmission, how quickly immunity wanes or if they are compromised by emerging variants. Whether someone who has “recovered” meets immunity criteria remains a question. In addition to an expiry date, we would need the ability to revoke a vaccine passport. Israel’s warning of severe punishment for forgery is another reminder of what could go wrong.
There is also the question of mission creep. Recall the UK’s early digital contact tracing app, which raised concerns about privacy, government surveillance and private sector data sharing. Or consider the technical problems with the Tawakkalna app, introduced in Saudi Arabia, which is used for entry into many places but recently froze.
All vaccine passports have the potential to block people from essential goods and services and exclude those who lack identification or do not own or cannot afford a smartphone.
The RS criteria for a workable vaccine passport included equity, ethics and non-discrimination. That means we must ask who would we exclude? There is higher vaccine hesitancy among ethnic minorities and the jabs are being rolled out by age. Plus some people are excluded entirely: children, pregnant women and those with allergies.
Others worry of a slippery slope towards digital health or ID cards. We are already partway there, as I discovered, with Apple’s link with healthcare institutions which allows me to download my immunisation and medical records on to my iPhone. This technology could mean greater efficiency in the health system and better outcomes. But there would be serious ethical concerns if a vaccine QR code that tracks movement is linked to other data — say housing and immigration status — without our knowledge, or if it increases surveillance of already disadvantaged groups.
Credit cards and social media data hold a wealth of behavioural and location data, that companies regularly mine. With vaccine passports, it will come down to trust in government and that can only be won through transparency. There is a risk that the government expends time and money to create a passport system only to have the public recoil in horror.
We also shouldn’t forget we are globally interconnected. When travel resumes, visitors and workers will cross borders and need global standards such the WHO’s Smart Vaccination Certificate. This could be a legal minefield of issues. Human rights and data protection need to be weighed against a duty of care and commercial freedom to act. Governments may make vaccine passports mandatory on economic grounds or to protect public health. Or they may decide to dodge that bullet, but allow businesses to require them instead.
There is also the question of whether a domestic vaccine passport is worth the investment. That depends, of course, on vaccine rollout, virus mutation and other factors. To work, a substantial proportion of the population needs to be vaccinated with universal access, which in most countries is months away. In the meantime, let’s put the pieces of this puzzle together and carefully judge if we like the picture that emerges.
The writer directs the Leverhulme Centre for Demographic Science at Nuffield College, Oxford university
https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/slippery-slope-vaccine-passports-are-technical-ethical-minefield
:: 3--21 Daily Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
List of DUMBs by State – Complete List of Military Underground Bases in USA [VIDEO]
In America alone, there are over 120 Deep Underground Military Bases situated under most major cities, US AFBs, US Navy Bases, and US Army Bases, as well as underneath FEMA Military Training Camps and DHS control centers.
There are also many Deep Underground Military Bases under Canada.
Almost all of these bases are over 2 miles underground and have diameters ranging from 10 miles up to 30 miles across!
They have been building these bases day and night, unceasingly, since the 1940s. These bases are basically large cities underground connected by high-speed magneto-levity trains that have sped up to 1500 MPH.
The Black Projects sidestep the authority of Congress, which as we know is illegal. There is much hard evidence out there. Many will react with fear, terror, and paranoia, but you must snap out of it and wake up from the brainwashing your media pumps into your heads all day long.
Are you going to be a rabbit in the headlights, or are you going to stand up and say enough is enough?
The US Government through the NSA, DOD, CIA, DIA, ATF, ONI, US Army, US Marine Corps, FEMA, and the DHS has spent in excess of 12 trillion dollars building the massive, covert infrastructure for the coming One World Government and New World Religion over the past 40 years.
There is the Deep Underground Military Base underneath Denver International Airport, which is over 22 miles in diameter and goes down over 8 levels. It’s no coincidence that the CIA relocated the headquarters of its domestic division, which is responsible for operations in the United States, from the CIA’s Langley headquarters to Denver.
Constructed in 1995, the government and politicians were hell-bent on building this airport in spite of it ending up vastly overbudget. Charges of corruption, constant construction company changes, and mass firings of teams once they had built a section of their work were reported so that no “one” group had any idea what the blueprint of the airport was.
Not only did locals not want this airport built nor was it needed, but everything was done to make sure it was built despite that. Masonic symbols and bizarre artwork of dead babies, burning cities, and women in coffins comprise an extensive mural as well as a time capsule – none of which is featured in the airport’s website section detailing the unique artwork throughout the building.
DIA serves as a cover for the vast underground facilities that were built there. There are reports of electronic/magnetic vibrations which make some people sick and cause headaches in others. There are acres of fenced-in areas which have barbed wire pointing into the area as if to keep things in, and small concrete stacks that resemble mini-cooling towers rise out of the acres of nowhere to apparently vent underground levels.
The underground facility is 88.3 square miles deep. Basically, this Underground Base is 8 cities on top of each other! The holding capacity of such leviathans bases is huge. These city-sized bases can hold millions and millions of people, whether they are mind-controlled, enslaved NWO World Army Soldiers or innocent and enslaved surface dwellers from the towns and cities of America and Canada.
&utm_campaign=2/28%20.net%20PM
[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..
[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 2-28-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Greyerz – The World Is Heading Into A Time Of Great Tribulation
February 28, 2021
Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News yes, we are at or very near the low for the gold price, but the world is now heading into a time of great tribulation.
Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.
Is This It?
February 28 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): Well, right on cue, it looks like the endless creation of fake money by the Fed has now poisoned both the stock market and the bond market. The Dow is down 1,000 points (3%) in two days and the Nasdaq down 7% in two weeks.
Gold and silver are also falling in sympathy. This was expected short term, but the outlook for the precious metals look excellent as I will discuss later.
Is this what the 16th century Swiss doctor Paracelsus ordered? It certainly looks like it. He told us that too high a dosage of anything is toxic. And with a world flooded with toxic money with little value, the levels of poison have reached extremes.
The toxic financial system needs to be cleansed but as we have warned many times, this will have dire consequences for the world.
FRANTIC STOCK BUYING BEFORE THE MUSIC STOPS
Buy high and sell low is the mantra of many investors. And as the stock market surges – buy more! And when it falls, buy still more.
But this time, the methods of always being long, which has been fool proof for decades and underwritten by the Fed, will fail hopelessly. Whether investors buy on strength or buy the dips, they will get slaughtered.
As often the case at the end of a cycle, we have in recent weeks seen frantic buying of anything that moves just like with tech stocks in 1999-2000.
Just look at the incredible 16 week inflow to stocks of $414 billion. This is 2X the 2018 peak of $200b and an all-time record.
Investors are clearly jumping on the bandwagon just before the music stops.
There are many indicators that point to a market top currently and a secular bear market for many years as I have pointed out in recent newsletters.
The graph below is a clear red flag for stocks. It shows that all the higher highs since October 2017 have not been confirmed by momentum indicators (bearish divergence). So in spite of the Dow having gone up almost 6,000 points since Oct 2017, the RSI (Relative Strength Index) has shown lower tops for each new high in the Dow. That is very bearish.
There are a number of other technical indicators pointing to a top at this time.
Coming back to toxic speculation, this caused the crash of the sub-prime market in 2006-9 when the global financial system was minutes from implosion. This led to the Great Financial Crisis. But an economics professor from Princeton University, who was chairman of the Fed at the time, “saved the world.” It was Helicopter Ben of course.
But Bernanke didn’t save the world. All he did was to take the orders of his masters, the heads of the major investment banks like JP Morgan, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley. These banks had everything at stake. They were on the verge of bankruptcy and only a massive rescue mission by the Fed and other central banks could save them.
The rest is history. $10s of trillions of loans and guarantees later the US banks and the world were handed a stay of execution. And even that year in 2008, the bankers received the same mega bonuses as the previous year! Hmmm….
The 2006-9 crisis was never resolved and today, over 14 years since it started, the world is being hit by a crisis which is more than twice as big in debt terms with global debt up from $125 trillion in 2006 to $280t today.
The problem is that as debt has doubled, risk has gone up exponentially. And this time, the old cure of just printing worthless money will have ZERO effect on solving the problem.
But it will lead to the final collapse of the currencies, massive problems in the financial system and hyperinflation…
Listen to the greatest Egon von Greyerz audio interview ever
by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.
IS GOLD MONEY?
Between 2000 and 2011, gold went from $290 to $1920. In 2011, Congressman Ron Paul questioned Bernanke about the role of gold: (click on the picture)
So Bernanke made it clear that gold is not money. When Paul pressed him, he came up with “it is an asset.”
Ron Paul asks, “So why do central banks hold gold?”
“Tradition,” replies Bernanke.
Yes Ben, it is a wonderful tradition that gold has been money for 5,000 years but you don’t even understand it. (EvG’s words).
Bernanke also argues that gold is held as “protection against tail risk, a really bad outcome.”
Bernanke obviously couldn’t tell congress or the world that gold is held as protection against central banks’ mismanagement of monetary policy. Nor did he point out that since 2000, the dollar had lost more than 80% of its value against real money which is gold.
Well Bernanke clearly didn’t teach Austrian Economics (Sound Money) at Princeton. No, he is a true prophet of Keynesianism and MMT (Modern Monetary Theory). He was a clear wizard of money printing and still has the absolute record. During his reign, from 2006 to 2014, he doubled the US debt from $8.5 trillion to $17t.
A remarkable achievement and he didn’t even have to lift a finger!
Yellen took over Bernanke’s mantle at the Fed but wasn’t there long enough to set a record. But now we have the dream team B.Y. (Biden/Yellen) running the US economy.
B.Y. will most certainly print more money than any president and treasury secretary in history and break many records. They have already spent $2 trillion before they started. And that is merely the beginning.
The B.Y. team are no spring chickens and the question is if they last four years. But if they do, they will have increased US debt by many tens of trillions. They will also have crashed the stock market as well as the bond market.
BY BY TO ASSET BUBBLES AS YIELDS RISE
So it will by BY, BY to all these bubble assets that their predecessors have managed to inflate to extremes.
As we enter an era of massive money printing, increasing deficits and debts, there will also be inflationary pressures that will see interest rates increase substantially.
The Fed will use all the tricks they know to hold rates down. Still, so far the 10 year treasury is up from 0.38% in March 2020 to 1.5% today.
Until now, this is primarily a US problem. As the graph below shows, German and Japanese 10 year rates are rising but still very low with German’s still negative at -0.25% and Japan’s just positive at 0.16%.
GOLD BULL WILL GET STRONGER
With pressures on stocks and bonds, the precious metals are falling in sympathy as often is the case at the beginning of falling markets.
I have been stating for 20 years, that fundamentally gold and silver are in a very strong uptrend, supported totally by central banks’ destruction of paper money. Within major uptrends, there are always corrections and some are vicious.
At the beginning of 2000, gold was $290 and silver $5.40. So even as the metals correct currently, gold is still up 6X since 2000 and silver 5X!
If we first look at the 21 year chart of gold, the uptrend is crystal clear and the current correction is part of the pattern. No investment moves in a straight line. And especially not precious metals. Gold and silver prices are determined in a casino of fake paper claims that bear no resemblance to supply and demand of the underlying physical metals.
Gold is currently undergoing a technical correction which I have pointed out for a while. I have also said that we could see $1,700-50. Often prices undershoot in a correction and we might see gold below $1,700 temporarily.
The precious metals often sell off at the beginning of a stock market fall and this is what we are seeing now.
NEGATIVE REAL RATES POSITIVE FOR GOLD
Also, as we have often pointed out and most recently in a MAMChat with Matt Piepenburg and myself, gold and silver generally move up when real interest rates are negative. So it is beneficial for gold when the rate of inflation is higher than the rate of interest. Say interest is 5% and inflation 7%. That gives a negative real return of -2%. Thus this supports a high gold price.
The Real Interest Rate line below shows the difference between the 5 year US treasury and inflation. During the sub-prime crisis in 2008 real rates moved up strongly and gold fell from $1,030 to $680. Clearly a vicious correction, but as real rates fell rapidly, gold rose strongly.
Gold then peaked 2011-12 and real rates bottomed in 2012. As real rates rose, gold fell from $1,900 to $1,050 in 2015. Then as real rates fell strongly in late 2018, gold surged from $1,100 to over $2,000.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
As interest rates in the US have moved up lately, the negative yield has become slightly smaller and the metals have reacted negatively.
The course of events I see is the following:
US rates will soon top and turn down temporarily as the Fed initiates accelerated money printing.
Inflation in commodities and food will soon show up in consumer prices even though the government will try to suppress it. Real inflation is already considerably higher than the official rate. Based on the official calculation method pre 1980, consumer inflation is now almost 9% according to Shadow Statistics.
After a temporary correction down in rates, they will continue to rise in spite of the Fed’s efforts to hold them down. This will create shock waves in the bond market and all financial markets.
As the Fed loses control of rates, the rising cost of financing the total US $80 trillion debt will lead to economic disaster for the US and a crashing economy.
Massive but futile money printing will lead to plummeting currencies and hyperinflation.
Real rates will remain negative like in the 1970s. I remember interest rates in the UK being 15%+ for many years but inflation was always higher.
This scenario will be extremely bullish for gold. In 1971 gold was $35 and climbed to $200 in 1975. Then it corrected to $100 in 1976 whereafter it rose more than 8 fold in just over 4 years to $850 in Jan 1981.
I would be surprised if gold “only” goes up 8X from here in the next 4 years.
But physical gold should not be held as a speculative investment. Gold is real money and the most perfect wealth preservation asset you can hold. 5,000 years of history proves that…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.
To listen to a powerful and timely interview with E.B. Tucker about the fierce trading action in the gold and silver markets CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.
https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-the-world-is-heading-into-a-time-of-great-tribulation/
[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..
:: 2-28-21 Law Enforcement Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
‘Abolish the police’ Antifa protest slated for beginning of March – and the group is calling for violence
Posted by: Gregory Hoyt|February 28, 2021 |Categories Featured, Must Reads, News
EUGENE, OR – Online chatter that has been ongoing on Twitter throughout February showcases that Antifa-inspired anarchist groups are planning demonstrations for March 6th in Eugene, Oregon – and possibly in other locations as well.
A number of self-proclaimed anti-capitalist/anarchist groups are coordinating “a workshop in radical organization and action,” and “march” on March 6th that is purportedly going to amass at Monroe Park at 3:00 p.m.
Then attendees will “bloc up and march,” at 6:30 p.m. that same evening. The groups most heavily organizing and/or promoting this March 6th effort are as follows:
Eugene Youth Liberation Front (Twitter handle @EugYLF) (485 online followers)
Full Stop Affinity YLF&GAF (Twitter handle @FullAffinity) (507 online followers)
United Communists and Anarchists of Eugene, Oregon (Twitter handle @ucaEUG) (379 online followers)
Anarchist Federation (Twitter handle @AnarchistFed) (8K online followers)
And from what journalist Andy Ngo has also found from one of the groups helping organize this “march” (Full Stop Affinity YLF&GAF), is that there’s seemingly zero intent on conducting this endeavor peacefully on March 6th. Full Stop Affinity YLF&GAF have promoted this planned effort, noting intent to engage in riotous and violent behavior during the evening of the 6th of March. Said group has admitted online to wanting “violence” and “revenge” during their efforts.
Additional online promotion for the gathering at Monroe Park on March 6th, again coming from Full Stop Affinity YLF&GAF, shares imagery of a building on fire with the words “Create & Destroy” superimposed on the image.
Captioned above said image shared by the group are the words, “we will fuck shit up!”
Attendees have been instructed via one of the circulating flyers to, “bloc up” for the 6:30 p.m. “march”.
Said term is in reference to having attendees wear all-black clothing and face coverings in an effort to conceal identities and blend in with amassed crowds so as to conceal possible criminal activity that may occur during the planned effort. While there has been plans specifically mentioned for Monroe Park in Eugene, OR, organized efforts for March the 6th may not only be confined to the Eugene area.
The calls for March 6th organized efforts have been echoed by Green Anti-capitalist Media (Twitter handle @FrontGreen), which is a UK-based anarchist group that creates much of the media (like videos & online flyers) to promote often chaotic demonstrations. Just about everything comes back to various chapters of YLF – Youth Liberation Front – which appears to have chapters scattered throughout the United States in major cities like Washington, DC, Seattle, Ft. Lauderdale and numerous other cities.
The common theme from these groups are that they boast of being anti-fascist, anti-capitalist, and advocating for “youth liberation” – with many of these YLF factions proclaiming to be “decentralized”.
The constant messaging that includes phrases like “decentralized” is by no means coincidental – as by proclaiming the aforementioned, it serves as an effort to create a legal shield from being charged/prosecuted under criminal codes meant to target the likes of organized crime and terrorism.
Essentially, there’s no named “leader” of Antifa – or any of it’s derivative spinoffs – but really just a hodge-podge of social media accounts that serve as large-scale influential vectors when collaboratively sharing unified messaging.
This is why numerous Antifa-inspired social media accounts are parroting calls-to-action on March the 6th in the forms of reposts and retweets on social media.
Hence, what makes the various factions all the more dangerous.
As for the planned demonstrations for March the 6th in Eugene, Oregon, local law enforcement have been made aware of the planned demonstrations slated to organize at Monroe Park.
Please follow Law Enforcement Today as we continue to gather further updates on this developing situation. In other news related to Antifa-inspired violence and destruction, Judge Merrick Garland – President Biden’s pick for Attorney General – recently proclaimed that actions taken by these sorts of groups aren’t actually terrorism.
Here’s that previous report.
WASHINGTON, DC – President Biden’s pick for Attorney General told the Senate Judiciary Committee that, unlike the attack on the U.S. Capitol, Antifa and other left-wing attacks against federal buildings were not domestic terrorism because those attacks occurred after business hours. Judge Merrick Garland was being questioned by Republican Senator Josh Hawley (R-MO) during Garland’s confirmation hearing Monday.
Garland said the attacks on federal buildings in places like Portland and Seattle were not “domestic terrorism” because they occurred during hours when business was not in session.
Garland said that unlike the attacks on courthouses by left-wing rioters, the attack on the United States Capitol occurred during business hours and was domestic terrorism.
Sen. Hawley had asked Judge Garland:
“Let me ask you about assaults on federal property in places other than Washington, DC — Portland, for instance, Seattle. Do you regard assaults on federal courthouses or other federal property as acts of domestic extremism, domestic terrorism?” Garland responded that the difference between the Capitol attack and Antifa and other left-wing attacks was time:
“Senator, my own definition, which is about the same as the statutory definition, is the use of violence or threats of violence in an attempt to disrupt the democratic processes.
So an attack on a courthouse, while in operation, trying to prevent judges from actually deciding cases, that plainly is domestic extremism, domestic terrorism.
“An attack simply on a government property at night, or any other kind of circumstances, is a clear crime and a serious one, and should be punished.
I don’t know enough about the facts of the example you’re talking about. But that’s where I draw the line. One is — both are criminal, but one is a core attack on our democratic institutions.” One of the attacks referenced by Sen. Hawley was the July 4 siege at the Federal Courthouse in Portland, Oregon.
The Hatfield Federal Courthouse was attacked around 4 a.m. when Antifa and other left-wing protesters began throwing rocks at the federal building.
The crowd then began firing commercial-grade fireworks at the building.
At the time, Portland Mayor Ted Wheeler was pleading with the thousands of rioters who had rampaged the city for days to stop.
Wheeler mentioned that there were inmates and employees inside the building endangered by the rioters, despite the attack occurring before normal business hours. Wheeler said:
“Groups continue to target the Justice Center, threatening the safety of hundreds of inmates and employees inside.
They continue to hurt small businesses owned by people of color, instill fear in communities of color, and start fires in buildings with people inside, in one specific case, even bolting emergency doors so that they could not escape.
“These attacks undermine public safety in our community, and they harm the very people and businesses we need to be lifting up. (We are asking) for the public’s support in calling for an end to the nightly violence. Join us in our call for peace. Lives are at stake.”
During rioting throughout the city over the summer, over 200 officers were injured as Antifa and Black Lives Matter rioters attacked local and federal police with explosives, lasers, projectiles, and other dangerous weapons and objects.
In August, then-Attorney General William Barr described the courthouse attack: “Behind the veil of ‘protests,’ highly organized violent operators have carried out direct attacks on federal personnel and property, particularly the federal courthouse in Portland.
Shielded by the crowds, which make it difficult for law enforcement to detect or reach them, violent opportunists in Portland have attacked the courthouse and federal officers with explosives, lasers, projectiles, and other dangerous devices.
“In some cases, purported ‘journalists’ or ‘legal observers’ have provided cover for the violent offenders; in others, individuals wearing supposed press badges have themselves attacked law enforcement or trespassed on federal property. More than 200 federal officers have been injured in Portland alone.” Despite the dangers posed to employees and others inside the federal buildings and other police officers injured by attacks from the left-wing rioters, including Black Lives Matter and Antifa; Judge Garland claimed his belief was in line with how federal law defines “domestic terrorism.”
Federal Code Title 18 section 2331 states:
“The term ‘domestic terrorism’ means activities that —
(A) involve acts dangerous to human life that are a violation of the criminal laws of the United States or of any State;
(B) appear to be intended — (i) to intimidate or coerce a civilian population; (ii) to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or (iii) to affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination, or kidnapping; and
(C) occur primarily within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States.”
Contrary to Judge Garland’s position, there is no element or requirement in the statute requiring an attack to occur during business hours to be defined as “domestic terrorism.”
Following questioning by Sen. Hawley, the topic of Portland was returned to by Senator Lindsey Graham (R-SC), who asked the judge to clarify his comments:
“Do you promise to defend the Portland courthouse against anarchists?”
Although not considering such an attack as “domestic terrorism,” Judge Garland said he would prosecute anyone who attacked federal property:
“Anyone who attacked a federal building or caused damage to a federal building violates federal statutes, those who do it will be prosecuted.”
Garland is a federal appeals court judge who was nominated for a seat on the Supreme Court by former President Obama in 2016.
The nomination was blocked by Republicans.
Want to make sure you never miss a story from Law Enforcement Today? With so much “stuff” happening in the world on social media, it’s easy for things to get lost.
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 3--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Legal team wants ‘second Nuremberg tribunal’ to try global lockdown promoters for crimes against humanity
Should the technocrats who pushed governments to lockdown their citizens be tried for crimes against humanity?
One prominent German lawyer, who is also licensed to practice law in America, thinks they should. And he is organizing a team of thousands of participating lawyers who want to prosecute a “second Nuremberg tribunal” against a cadre of international elites responsible for what he calls the “corona fraud scandal.”
Targeting the Davos, Switzerland-based World Economic Forum and its devotees among global political leaders, attorney Reiner Fuellmich says they are guilty of crimes against humanity for their perpetration of COVID-response policies that led to forced shutdowns, destroyed businesses, impoverished families, broken lives and a spike in suicide rates.
He has formed the German Corona Investigative Committee to pursue civil charges against the main perpetrators, among them being the head of the United Nations World Health Organization Dr. Tedros Adhanom. He hopes a successful class-action lawsuit will also lead to criminal charges.
Fuellmich was on the legal team that won a major lawsuit against German automaker Volkswagen in a 2015 case involving tampered catalytic converters in the U.S. He also was involved in a lawsuit that exposed one of Germany’s largest banks, Deutsche Bank, as a criminal enterprise. The bank was recently ordered by the U.S. Justice Department to pay $130 million to resolve corrupt practices that included money laundering, bribery and fraud between the years 2009 and 2016.
Fuellmich is licensed to practice law in Germany and the state of California.
He believes the frauds committed by Volkswagen and Deutsche Bank pale in comparison to the damage wrought by those who sold the Covid-19 crisis as the worst viral outbreak to hit the world in more than a century and used it to cause media-driven panic, government overreach and human suffering on a scale still not fully quantified.
The truth is revealed in the numbers, Fuellmich said, citing figures that show COVID-19 has not caused any statistically significant increase in the 2020 death counts over previous years.
The scam perpetrated on humanity hinged on one dirty little secret, he said – the PCR Test.
Not only are these tests not approved for diagnostic purposes but the inventor of the PCR Test, the late Kary Mullis, explicitly stated in an interview that this was never the purpose of his test.
Fuellmich explains in the video below how the coronavirus response of governments worldwide working in cahoots with the Bill Gates-funded U.N. World Health Organization “are probably the biggest crimes against humanity ever committed.” “A number of highly respected scientists [he names several in the video including a Nobel Laurette from Stanford University] have concluded there has never been a coronavirus pandemic but only a PCR test pandemic,” he says.
“If someone tests positive it does not mean they are infected with anything, let alone with the contagious SARS-COV-2 virus,” Fuellmich says in the video.
“Based on the rules of criminal law, asserting false facts concerning the PCR tests, or intentional misrepresentation, that can only be assessed as fraud. Based on the rules of civil tort law, this translates into intentional infliction of damage.”
He said persons harmed by the PCR-induced lockdowns are entitled to full compensation for their losses.
“The crimes committed by Mr. Christian Drosten [an epidemiologist and Germany’s version of Dr. Anthony Fauci] and Mr. Lothar Wieler, a veterinarian and head of the German equivalent of the CDC, and Tedros Adhanom, head of the WHO, must be legally qualified as actual crimes against humanity as defined in Section 7 of the International Criminal Code.”
He said the class-action lawsuit is the best avenue to try the case.
In a Feb. 24 article about Fuellmich’s effort, the journal Principia Scientific International quoted him saying “this COVID-19 crisis should be renamed the ‘Covid-19 Scandal,’ and all those responsible should be prosecuted for civil damages due to manipulations and falsified test protocols. Therefore, an international network of business lawyers will plead the biggest tort case of all time, the COVID-19 fraud scandal, which has meanwhile turned into the biggest crime against humanity ever committed.”
Here is a summarized translation of the most-recent update Fuellmich put out on his German website on Feb. 15:
“The hearings of around 100 internationally renowned scientists, doctors, economists and lawyers, which have been conducted by the Berlin Commission of Inquiry into the COVID-19 affair since 10.07.2020, have in the meantime shown with a probability close to certainty that the COVID-19 scandal was at no time a health issue. Rather, it was about solidifying the illegitimate power (illegitimate because it was obtained by criminal methods) of the corrupt ‘Davos clique’ by transferring the wealth of the people to the members of the Davos clique, destroying, among other things, small and medium-sized enterprises in particular. Platforms such as Amazon, Google, Uber, etc. could thus appropriate their market share and wealth.”
Was the vaccine the reason for the virus?
Perhaps the most egregious outgrowth of the coronavirus scam has been the fear-mongering that not only led to devastating and non-scientific shutdowns but also the rush to market of an unproven, experimental vaccine, which is now making billions of dollars for Big Pharma.
Just like the lockdowns, the vaccine is unnecessary because there are already several well-documented treatments involving long-established drugs that are proven safe and widely available. Also just like the lockdowns, this vaccine carries potentially devastating long-term effects on human health. There are questions about its effects on the fertility of men and women, and it has already led to more than 600 deaths in the U.S. and more than 250 deaths in the U.K.
To make matters worse, it is becoming plainly obvious that the intent is to make this experimental vaccine mandatory for all of humanity. It was billionaire vaccine investor Bill Gates who originally floated the idea, in April 2020, that humanity could never return to “normal” until “we have a vaccine that we’ve gotten out to basically the entire world.”
This reporter predicted last April that the vaccine would eventually be made mandatory, largely by corporations using coercive tactics.
Israel takes the lead in instituting medical tyranny
Among the nations considered to be part of the “free world,” Israel is taking the lead in pushing forward with a new type of society in which corporations and governments work together to coerce and eventually force every human being on the planet to get an injection of experimental vaccine treatments.
Not since the Nazi Third Reich has there been so little respect for citizens’ rights of individual health autonomy in a Western nation.
Whether you live in America, the U.K., Australia or Europe, if you wish to see what your future holds under the “new normal,” just look at Israel.
The Israeli government has announced that people will not be allowed to participate in a host of life functions without showing papers offering proof that they have either been vaccinated or that they have had and recovered from COVID.
A host of Israeli businesses including shops, malls, markets, pubs, gyms, museums, synagogues, hotels and libraries were allowed to reopen Sunday, Feb. 21, the Times of Israel reports. But only those Israelis who have been vaccinated or have recovered from COVID will be able to use gyms and pools, attend synagogues, sporting and culture events, board a flight or stay at hotels.
To be allowed to open their doors, all relevant businesses have been ordered by the government to scan their customers for the so-called “Green Pass,” barring from entry anyone who cannot produce such documentation.
Watch video below of Israel supermarket guard requiring shoppers to show their COVID papers before they can enter the store. There are three ways for Israelis to get the Green Pass:
Downloading the Traffic Light (Ramzor) app on Google Play or the Apple App Store, entering personal details and getting the pass on one’s phone.
Signing up on the Health Ministry website and downloading a printable personal document.
Calling the Health Ministry’s hotline and having the pass sent by email or fax.
Europe also moving toward vaccine passports
The European Union also appears to be on the cusp of embracing similar draconian measures. German Chancellor Angela Merkel stated this week that the concept of a digital vaccine passport has achieved “unanimous support within the E.U.“
“Everyone agreed that we need a digital vaccination certificate,” Merkel said last Wednesday after a meeting with European leaders.
E.U. Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also praised Israel’s new Green Pass system.
The Telegraph reports that the government of the U.K. is nearing anannouncement of new rules similar to Israel’s in which no Brit will be allowed to enter pubs, gyms, large-venue events or hotels without showing their special COVID vaccine passport.
Since when do we take away freedom in order to restore it under a new set of terms defined by unelected “experts” at the United Nations World Health Organization? This is the twisted way in which the globalist technocrats think. Always perverting the language to sell their lies and enticing ill-informed masses to walk straight into their devious traps.
Forcing people to accept a medical treatment and to “show your papers” proving they have received the treatment in order to participate in society is a violation of the well-established international norms.
The Nuremberg Code came out of the Nuremberg tribunals that convicted leading German Nazis. The Code states that any experimental medical treatment must not only be voluntary but must include “informed consent,” meaning the person not only volunteered but was informed of exactly what the treatment entailed and the risks involved.
Global power elites have already used COVID as cover to clamp down on free speech, assembly, religious gatherings and small business operations, creating a world of the haves and have-nots. Big-box stores like Walmart and online retailer Amazon have thrived, raking in record profits, while small businesses are dying.
So the class-action lawsuit appears justified, at least in theory. A small cabal of globalist corporations and “experts” at the WHO created the problem, made it impossible for people to live their lives as normal human beings, leading to mass anxiety and huge spikes in suicide.
Now that everyone is miserable and desperate to get back to normal, the technocrats introduce an experimental gene therapy, the mRNA vaccine, and are holding that out as the salvation, making it oh so tempting for many to line up and roll up their sleeve.
Tempting, that is, if you haven’t done your research to find out who is promoting the vaccine, what are their long-held motives and goals, and what their previous track record has been.
Such research would lead you straight to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, which has invested billions into an ever-growing lineup of vaccines through the GAVI global vaccine alliance and other organizations. Gates has bragged about the tremendous 20-to-1 “return on investment” he has reaped by investing in vaccine therapies. His net worth has increased by $17 billion since making the shift in focus from computers to vaccines.
U.S. companies bribing employees to take the shot
A number of U.S. companies are now bribing their employees, offering cash bonuses of $100 to $150 if they get the shot. Meijer, Kroger, Publix, Dollar General, Aldi, JBS Meat Processing and Trader Joe’s, among others, have all jumped on the bandwagon. They are being highly praised by “health experts” for doing this, so look for more companies to follow suit.
Those who refuse the vaccine, which is their right under the Nuremberg Codes, will become the new untouchables in a caste system that divides people along medical lines. Those getting the shot will be allowed to re-enter something closer to normalcy while those rejecting it will be left behind.
The dots are all there – with the virus, the fear-mongering, the lockdowns and mask mandates, and the coming vaccine mandates. All you have to do is connect them.
Leo Hohmann is an independent journalist whose work is 100 percent reader supported. Contributions of any size are appreciated. Send c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264 or by credit card using the donate button below.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 2-28-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Ashes to ashes: Locals sweep up volcanic rubble after fresh Mount Etna eruption covers their town with debris
Etna's activity intensified earlier today as it spewed lava at 300 metres high with a subsequent rain of ash
Residents in the nearby villages including Giarre, Fornazzo and Catania have been left to clear the debris
National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology of Catania confirmed resumption in activity earlier today
By Raven Saunt For Mailonline
Published: 13:36 EST, 28 February 2021 | Updated: 20:07 EST, 28 February 2021
Residents living in Mount Etna's shadow have been forced to sweep up volcanic rubble after a fresh eruption covered their town with debris.
Etna's activity intensified earlier today as it spewed lava at 300 metres high with a subsequent rain of volcanic ash falling on nearby villages including Giarre, Fornazzo and Catania in Sicily, Italy.
The National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology of Catania confirmed that there was a resumption in 'strombolian activity' - volcanic eruptions with relatively mild blasts - this morning.
For more than a week, Etna has been belching lava, ash and volcanic rocks on a regular basis with nearby Catania Airport closed temporarily. Residents in nearby villages have now been left to clear up the debris in the aftermath which has continually covered streets, cars and houses.
At a towering 3,329m, it is the tallest active volcano in Europe and Italy's highest peak south of the Alps.
Previous eruptions have led to injuries, including in 2017 were 10 people, including a BBC news crew, were wounded. Scientists have raised concerns that Etna is slowly slipping into the Mediterranean Sea by as much as 14mm each year.
This could result in part of the volcano collapsing into the water, risking debris entering the surrounding ocean and potentially devastating waves. The 700,000-year-old volcano is also the second most active on Earth, after Hawaii's Mount Kilauea.
Situated between the African and Eurasian tectonic plates, it generates nearly constant eruptions of varying degrees.
Each year it produces more than tens of million tons of lava and over 7 million tons of carbon dioxide, water and sulfur dioxide. Its most severe recent eruption occurred in March of 2017, when nearly a dozen people were injured.
But eruptions have been recorded as far back as 1500 BC, with a devastating eruption in 1169 causing an earthquake that killed an estimated 15,000 people.
In 1992, lava streaming down its slope threatened Zafferana, a town of 7,000, in what's thought to be the most voluminous flank eruption in 300 years.
Soldiers used controlled explosions to divert the lava flow.
:: 3-1-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A TITANIC INDICATOR FOR GOLD’S RAPIDLY RISING FUTURE
March 1, 2021 By Matthew Piepenburg
I’ve often joked that fretting over delusional price moves in individual stock names in a market Twilight Zone is akin to fretting over the desert choices on the Titanic’s dinner menu In short, the real issue is the obvious iceberg ahead, not chocolate vs. vanilla eclairs, Amazon vs. Tesla or even Bitcoin vs. gold.
Today, the big questions, and the big variables as well as icebergs, all hinge upon the “macros”—you know, boring things like historically unpresented (as well as unpayable) debt levels, openly absurd risk-asset bubbles and the artificial measures central bankers and politicos will and must employ to postpone the inevitable.
What to Watch
Toward this end, central banks and fiscal deficits are the big forces/variable to watch, as are rising or falling bond yields and inflation rates. Whatever one’s view of the COVID pandemic and the relief policies which followed, there are 10 million less folks employed in the U.S. today than last year, despite massive fiscal support.
This means we can expect even more aid, and hence more debt ahead, especially with a Biden-supported Congress.
More aid, whether greater or larger than the last administration’s, also means more money supply creation as well as more money supply inflation to “pay” for the aid.
In just one year, we saw a massive increase in the broad money supply (printed money, currency already in circulation, checking & saving accounts etc.), and we can expect more this year. etc
In just one year, we saw a massive increase in the broad money supply (printed money, currency already in circulation, checking & saving accounts etc.), and we can expect more this year. It’s thus rational to anticipate a base case of large aid packages ahead and hence a Fed continuing to purchase the bonds issued to pay for that aid, currently at a rate of $80B per month, which means we can expect at least another $1T in deficits.
Why Deficits Matter
Deficits, of course, matter. They are like credit ice cubes which turn into debt icebergs.
We can also assume, quite confidently, that the money printing needed to purchase those otherwise unloved sovereign bonds will continue.
Why? The answer is as simple as it is tragic: If the Fed didn’t buy those Treasuries, their yields would rise, which means rates (i.e. the cost of debt) would rise too.
But here’s the rub: Our cornered Fed and Treasury Dept. can’t afford rising rates. Not even one tiny bit of them.
Thus, to keep rates and yields artificially low, desperate Yield Curve Control (YCC) is inevitable.
The Fed has NO CHOICE but to continue its pattern (think Q4 of 2018 & 2019) of rushing to the rescue by printing more money (QE) whenever markets tank in order to purchase demand-less bonds and thus artificially repress yields and rates (YCC). Alas: More “Uh-Oh” moments are inevitable, as is more QE and YCC, at least until even that rigged game implodes…
Revisiting Inflation
So, what can we rationally expect going forward? What key indicator, as well as key asset, are the logical choices?
History, as usual, gives us some credible maps to follow.
As always, this involves a deeper dive into seemingly “boring” topics like inflation, Treasury yields and desperate bankers.
Toward that end, we need to revisit—you guessed it—inflation…
Fortunately, the 20th century gives us two inflationary case studies—the 1940’s and 1970’s—to make the future clearer, with no need for tarot cards.
1940’s Inflation
The 1940’s, very much like today, saw inflation in the backdrop of massive fiscal deficits (coming out of the Second World War).
In the 1940’s, as today, government debt to GDP had climbed above the critical 100% marker.
Of course, that’s a lot of debt, too much debt. And if rates (or Treasury yields) ever climbed too high, Uncle Sam would default. To cover those deficits, the Fed then, like today, opted to buy lots and lots of U.S. Treasuries to keep yields and rates artificially low.
Thus, Uncle Fed of the 1940’s deliberately kept yields (and hence rates) no higher than 2.5% across the entire duration of the yield curve, short-term to long-term Treasuries.
This was a classic case (as well as mix) of massive debt, high inflation and low rates compliments of YCC.
1970’s Inflation
The 1970’s inflation offered an entirely different inflationary flavor and “solution.” Unlike the 1940’s, the nation’s debt to GDP ratio (at the government, corporate and household level) in the 1970’s was much smaller.
Thus, when inflation reared its ugly (and Post-Nixon) head, Volker’s Fed was able (unlike today) to allow yields and rates to skyrocket in order to stem the inflation.
2020’s Inflation
Needless to say, we are entering into an inflationary period far more like the 1940’s than the 1970’s. In short, we will never see a Volker rate hike anytime soon.
Today, if Treasury yields and/or interest rates went to even 4% or 5%, the debt cost would be fatal. Our nation and markets of Titanic debt would hit a rising-rate iceberg. Party over.
That’s why more Yield Curve Control is as inevitable as a fibbing politician.
But as for inflation in the 2020’s, it’s not here yet—or at least not as reported by the comically downplayed CPI data.
Thus, you might be asking why I’d compare the 2020’s to the inflationary 1940’s? After all: Where’s the inflation? Well, inflation is coming, and here’s why.
Inflation & the Velocity of Money?
Many deflationary proponents say there won’t be inflation without an increase in the velocity (i.e. circulation) of money within the real economy.
But inflation is more complex than just rising money velocity.
History, in fact, confirms that inflation doesn’t require the velocity of money to increase, it just requires it to keep from falling.
During the inflationary period of the 1970’s, for example, the velocity of money was significantly lower than the non-inflationary decade of the 1950’s.
Inflation & Money Supply Instead, the safest and surest measure of inflation has always been its correlation to an increase in the broad money supply.
In short: When broad money supply increases, that, by definition, IS inflation.
Inflation & Rising Commodity Prices
But for our current era to see rising CPI inflation, we’d have to see two forces in motion, namely 1) non-falling money velocity alongside broad money supply increases and 2) a scarcity (and hence price increase) in commodities. And guess what? These forces are slowly converging today.
Notwithstanding the over-supplied energy sector, we are witnessing this commodity scarcity (and hence price rise) in the broader commodities market—from copper and lumber to beef and corn.
This cyclical shift toward commodity price inflation is a neon-flashing sign of consumer price inflation felt in the wallet and measured by the CPI scale, however broken that entirely fictitious indicator may otherwise be.
Prior to commodity scarcity, the broader money supply, as well as printed dollars, went straight into grossly inflated stocks, bonds and real estate, each of which are in classic bubble territory today.
But as we near the later months of 2021, such commodity scarcity (and hence commodity driven inflation in the CPI) will become more apparent, increasing in the coming years as even the openly fraudulent CPI inflation scale has no choice but to move noticeably upwards.
Inflation and Precious Metal Direction
Of course, the knee-jerk response of most precious metal owners is that inflation is always a tailwind for gold.
This is largely true, but the inflation-to-gold issue, like all things, is not always that black and white. Many inflationary forces are at play, and we’ve written and spoken of them at length.
Gold, for example, had been rising throughout 2019 and 2020 in openly deflationary conditions, so the gold discussion is not simply one of inflation alone, but inflation when measured against yields/rates.
A Major Gold Indicator
Thus, there is a far more accurate forecaster of gold price, one not ordinary making the headlines or reading lists of retail investors.
Drumroll please……. The Inverse Relationship Between Negative Real Yields and Gold
It may sound complex, or even boring, but a key variable for gold forecasting is negative real yields—that is, the 10-Year Treasury yield minus the official CPI inflation rate.
More simply stated: Gold has a very close inverse relationship with negative real yields: Gold’s price rises as real (i.e. inflation-adjusted) yields fall deeper and faster into negative territory. In the 1970’s, for example, we saw this interplay of sinking negative real yields and rising gold prices; the big gold spikes during that decade occurred when negative real yields sank as low as -4%.
More recently, from mid-2018 to mid-2020, gold was once again rising dramatically because real yields were collapsing from +1% to negative 1%.
This rapid rate of change toward negative real yields was a clear tailwind for gold. By late 2020, however, the nominal yields on the 10Y Treasury began to rise faster than official (and still anemic) CPI inflation rate.
As a result, the real yields weren’t as dramatically negative as in the past. Not surprisingly, gold’s dramatic price rise came to a halt.
As for now, gold’s lackluster price action is no surprise, as real yields continue to churn rather than trend further downwards.
Consequently, gold prices are biding their time, yawning in the short term, but stretching their legs for a sprint upward.
Very soon (as discussed below), real yields will again break below -1%, and thus gold and silver will revisit their price climb to much, much higher valuations in the coming 5+ years Why do I think negative real yields will sink further and gold will rise higher?
Back to the Future—or At Least the 1940’s
Well…History, as well as embarrassingly fat debt levels and openly desperate central bankers, is one reason.
For example, we all can be fairly certain of this fact: U.S. Government debt to GDP will increase over the coming years, for all the reasons discussed above. And toward this end, the inflationary case study of the 1940’s is helpful.
As commodity-driven CPI inflation increases, alongside the obvious and text-book money supply definition of inflation, the central banks, politicos and nervous markets will get scared. Real scared.
Just like the 1940’s.
Central banks will thus have NO CHOICE but to artificially control/repress bond yields and rates at the same time that CPI inflation pushes inexorably northward.
This means inflation rates will rise higher than artificially repressed/controlled bond yields—at least for as long as the Fed can print enough money to control rates and yields And by pure high-school math (Treasury yields-CPI), this also means real (inflation-adjusted) yields will go deeper into the negative—a confirmed tailwind for gold.
History Lessons Why else am I so confident inflation will rise?
Just like in the 1940’s, the money-printing Fed of the 2020’s will “solve” their otherwise unsustainable debt nightmare by devaluing the currency to partially inflate their way out of debt.
In the 1940’s, cash lost 1/3 of its purchasing power and debt only went “down” because inflation and devalued dollars pushed it down with debased greenbacks.
In short, debt was not really paid back, it was inflated away.
Get ready for more of this type of inflation in the 2020’s.
Ironically, another source of my confidence in declining rates comes from the Fed itself…
A key proxy for declining yields and rates comes from the Fed’s own, “forward-guided” projections on declining 10-year TIPS: Putting It All Together
The golden case for gold boils down to this: Gold rises when inflation adjusted Treasury yields sink into negative territory with increasing speed.
This happens whenever the inflation rate is greater than Treasury yields, and can certainly occur when rising inflation collides with increased yield suppression.
I think the near-term conditions are ripe for this type of iceberg-like collision.
As for inflation, the Fed is deliberately targeting more of the same; furthermore, commodity price inflation from “Bitcorn” to beef suggests the CPI inflation rate will be rising well into 2021 and beyond.
In short: Inflation will rise, and prolonged inflation lies ahead.
As for 10-Year Treasury yields, they are headed south for the simple reason that the Fed can’t and won’t allow them to go north, and for now at least, why fight the Fed?
With U.S. debt to GDP passing the 100% waterline, such a debt iceberg simply can’t stomach rising yields.
In short: YCC will equally ensure further yield suppression.
When you place rising inflation against artificially suppressed (i.e. falling) yields, by definition you get negative real (inflation-adjusted) yields.
And again: Gold loves negative real yields.
Looking forward five years out and more, this trend of negative real yields will likely increase, and to see gold double in price from its recent highs in the 2020’s would be far less of a surprise than the multiples we’ve already seen in far more hysterical price moves in names like Tesla or BTC. In sum: Golden days are ahead for gold as real yields sink, Titanic-like, below the waterline.
But What About the Case for Spiking Yields?
Many, of course, can make an equally valid case for rising rather than sinking yields when (not if) the extreme and fantasy-like Fed money printing so critical to YCC simply gets too crazy and blows apart.
In such a scenario, un-supported bond prices would tank, sending Treasury yields and rates to the moon rather than below the waterline.
The good news for gold, however, is that such a scenario doesn’t change the end result for precious metals or the aforementioned case for negative real yields.
That is, if YCC fails or collapses under its own weight, and thus yields skyrocket rather than sink, the foregoing scenario just expands rather than unwinds.
Stated otherwise, if the Fed were to ever lose control of YCC and thus yields spiked, interest rates and inflation would also spike, up to and including a setting for hyper-inflation.
But so long as inflation rises higher than rising yields, which it would in such a super-inflationary scenario, we still get the same result: negative real yields.
And as we like to say, all roads, and indicators, point toward gold. Toward this end, the importance of negative real yields as an indicator of gold price is worthy of real consideration.
https://goldswitzerland.com/a-titanic-indicator-for-golds-rapidly-rising-future/
:: 2-28-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump: 'We're Not Starting a New Party'
By Eric Mack | Sunday, 28 February 2021 05:19 PM
Putting to rest talk of a third party to break off from the GOP, former President Donald Trump said there will be only the Republican Party united, all the way.
"I want you to know that I'm going to continue to fight right by your side," Trump said Sunday as the headliner at the Conservative Political Action Conference on Sunday in Orlando, Florida. "We will do what we've done right from the beginning, which is to win.
"We're not starting new parties. You know, they kept saying, 'he's going to start a brand new party.' We have the Republican party. It's going to unite and be stronger than ever before. I am not starting a new party. That was fake news. Fake news."
Trump vowed at CPAC the party will fight to defeat "radical Democrats" in future elections.
"Brave Republicans in this room will be at the heart of the effort to oppose the radical Democrats, the fake news media, and their toxic cancel culture: Something new to our ears – cancel culture," Trump said early in his speech.
"No, that would be brilliant: Let's start a new party; let's divide our vote so that you could never win. No we're not interested in that."
The speech to CPAC was Trump’s first public appearance since he left office 39 days ago. Since then, he’s kept an uncharacteristically low profile, hampered in large part because he is banned from Twitter and Facebook in the wake of the Jan. 6 riot at the U.S. Capitol that led to his impeachment and subsequent acquittal in the Senate.
In emailed statements and a handful of interviews to friendly outlets, he’s blasted Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, eulogized talk show host Rush Limbaugh and made unfounded allegations of election fraud — all while avoiding questions about his future in the party.
His remarks ratified the consensus of the conference that this is not a conservative movement wallowing in its loss to Democrat Joe Biden as much as it’s a government-in-waiting, counting down the three years and 11 months for Trump to “Make America Great Again” again.
In a straw poll, 97% of attendees approved of his leadership of the party, 70% want him to run again and 55% said he was their preferred candidate in 2024. (The other top contenders were Trump loyalists: Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, followed by South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem and Donald Trump Jr.)
Trump’s rousing reception at the most important conservative gathering on the calendar highlights just how much Trump has transformed the movement in just five years.
In 2016, Trump abruptly canceled his appearance at the event amid plans for a walkout from conservatives who questioned his commitment to the cause and demands that he answer questions from a moderator like the other candidates.
On Sunday, he was the closer of a three-day festival of Trump-flavored conservatism that bore his undeniable imprint.
The conference included at least seven panels credulously discussing Trump’s claims of a stolen 2020 election despite dozens of court rulings finding otherwise.
Major figures from the Trump cabinet — at least, those still loyal to the former president — were given speaking slots: Former Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, Trade Representative Robert Lighthizer, Acting Director of National Intelligence Ric Grenell and Budget Director Russ Vought.
Prominent conservatives who have left Trump’s orbit were nowhere to be found, including McConnell and his wife, former Trump Transportation Secretary Elaine Chao, former U.N. Ambassador Nikki Haley and Wyoming Representative Liz Cheney. Even Trump’s old running mate, former Vice President Mike Pence, declined an invitation.
Material from Bloomberg news service was used in this story.
[ :: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with etc
[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time etc
:: 2-27-21 Yahoo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
At least 18 killed in Myanmar on bloodiest day of protests against coup
Sat, February 27, 2021, 8:03 PM·4 min read Aung San Suu Kyi
(Reuters) - Myanmar police fired on protesters around the country on Sunday in the bloodiest day of weeks of demonstrations against a military coup and at least 18 people were killed, the U.N. human rights office said.
Police were out in force early and opened fire in different parts of the biggest city of Yangon after stun grenades, tear gas and shots in the air failed to break up crowds. Soldiers also reinforced police.
Several wounded people were hauled away by fellow protesters, leaving bloody smears on pavements, media images showed. One man died after being brought to a hospital with a bullet in the chest, said a doctor who asked not to be identified.
"Police and military forces have confronted peaceful demonstrations, using lethal force and less-than-lethal force that – according to credible information received by the UN Human Rights Office – has left at least 18 people dead and over 30 wounded," the U.N. human rights office said.
Myanmar has been in chaos since the army seized power and detained elected government leader Aung San Suu Kyi and much of her party leadership on Feb. 1, alleging fraud in a November election her party won in a landslide.
The coup, which brought a halt to tentative steps towards democracy after nearly 50 years of military rule, has drawn hundreds of thousands onto the streets and the condemnation of Western countries.
Among at least five killed in Yangon was internet network engineer Nyi Nyi Aung Htet Naing, who a day earlier had posted on Facebook about his concern at the growing crackdown, medics said.
Teacher Tin New Yee died after police swooped to disperse a teachers' protest with stun grenades, sending the crowd fleeing, her daughter and a fellow teacher said.
Police also hurled stun grenades outside a Yangon medical school, sending doctors and students in white lab coats scattering. A group called the Whitecoat Alliance of medics said more than 50 medical staff had been arrested. Three people were killed at Dawei in the south, politician Kyaw Min Htike told Reuters from the town. Two died in the second city of Mandalay, Myanmar Now media and a resident said. Resident Sai Tun told Reuters one woman was shot in the head.
Police and the spokesman for the ruling military council did not respond to phone calls seeking comment. Police broke up protests in other towns, including Lashio in the northeast, Myeik in the deep south and Hpa-An in the east, residents and media said.
'OUTRAGEOUS' Junta leader General Min Aung Hlaing said last week authorities were using minimal force to deal with the protests. Nevertheless, at least 21 protesters have now died in the turmoil. The army said a policeman had been killed.
The crackdown would appear to indicate determination by the military to impose its authority in the face of defiance, not just on the streets but more broadly in the civil service, municipal administration, the judiciary, the education and health sectors and the media.
"We are heartbroken to see the loss of so many lives in Myanmar. People should not face violence for expressing dissent against the military coup. Targeting of civilians is abhorrent," the U.S. embassy said.
The Canadian Embassy said it was appalled. Indonesia, which has taken a diplomatic lead within the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) on the crisis, expressed deep concern.
Activists across Asia held rallies to support Myanmar's protesters in Myanmar with the rallying cry "Milk Tea Alliance" which first united pro-democracy activists in Thailand and Hong Kong.
State-run MRTV television said more than 470 people had been arrested on Saturday. It was not clear how many were detained on Sunday. Youth activist Esther Ze Naw said people were battling the fear they had lived with under military rule.
"It's obvious they're trying to instill fear in us by making us run and hide," she said. "We can't accept that."
A day after the junta announced that Myanmar's U.N. envoy had been fired for opposing its rule by calling for action from the United Nations, the foreign ministry announced that diplomats at several other embassies were being recalled.
It gave no reason, but some diplomats have been among civil servants to join a Civil Disobedience Movement that has paralysed a swathe of official business.
While Western countries have condemned the coup and some have imposed limited sanctions, the generals have traditionally shrugged off diplomatic pressure. They have promised to hold a new election but not set a date.
Suu Kyi's party and supporters said the result of the November vote must be respected.
Suu Kyi, 75, who spent nearly 15 years under house arrest, faces charges of illegally importing six walkie-talkie radios and of violating a natural disaster law by breaching coronavirus protocols. The next hearing in her case is on Monday.
(Reporting by Reuters Staff; Writing by Robert Birsel; Editing by William Mallard, Clarence Fernandez, Frances Kerry, Philippa Fletcher)
https://news.yahoo.com/more-protests-against-coup-planned-010332818.html
:: 3--21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US 'gravely concerned' by Ethiopia massacre of 'many hundreds' described in Amnesty report
Associated Press
NAIROBI, Kenya (AP) – Soldiers from Eritrea systematically killed "many hundreds" of people, the large majority men, in a massacre late November in the Ethiopian city of Axum in the Tigray region, Amnesty International said Friday. The new report echoed the findings of an Associated Press story last week and cited more than 40 witnesses.
As pressure on Ethiopia increased over what might be the deadliest massacre of the Tigray conflict, the prime minister’s office announced that "humanitarian agencies have now been provided unfettered access to aid in the region." It added that the government "welcomes international technical assistance to undertake the investigations (into alleged abuses) as well as invites the potential to collaborate on joint investigations."
And yet the government alleged the Amnesty report relied on "scanty information," and said the human rights group should have visited the Tigray region. Amnesty said it requested permission from the government in December and never received a response. "As you know, no independent human rights monitors have been allowed in the region since the conflict began," spokesman Conor Fortune said in an email to the AP. Crucially, the head of the government-established Ethiopian Human Rights Commission, Daniel Bekele, says the Amnesty findings "should be taken very seriously." The commission's own preliminary findings "indicate the killing of an as yet unknown number of civilians by Eritrean soldiers" in Axum, its statement said.
The Amnesty report describes the soldiers gunning down civilians as they fled, lining up men and shooting them in the back, rounding up "hundreds, if not thousands" of men for beatings and refusing to allow those grieving to bury the dead.
Over a period of about 24 hours, "Eritrean soldiers deliberately shot civilians on the street and carried out systematic house-to-house searches, extrajudicially executing men and boys," the report released early Friday says. "The massacre was carried out in retaliation for an earlier attack by a small number of local militiamen, joined by local residents armed with sticks and stones."
The "mass execution" of Axum civilians by Eritrean troops may amount to crimes against humanity, the report says, and it calls for a United Nations-led international investigation and full access to Tigray for human rights groups, journalists and humanitarian workers. The region has been largely cut off since fighting began in early November. Ethiopia’s federal government has denied the presence of soldiers from neighboring Eritrea, long an enemy of the Tigray region’s now-fugitive leaders, and Eritrea’s government dismissed the AP story on the Axum massacre as "outrageous lies." Eritrea's information minister, Yemane Gebremeskel, on Friday said his country "is outraged and categorically rejects the preposterous accusations" in the Amnesty report. But even senior members of the Ethiopia-appointed interim government in Tigray have acknowledged the Eritrean soldiers’ presence and allegations of widespread looting and killing.
Ethiopia said the "alleged incident" in Axum "will have to be thoroughly investigated."
And Ethiopia's ambassador to Belgium, Hirut Zemene, told a webinar on Thursday that the alleged massacre in November was a "very highly unlikely scenario" and "we suspect it's a very, very crazy idea."
SURGE OF 13,000 CENTRAL AMERICAN MINORS TO US BORDER EXPECTED IN MAY
No one knows how many thousands of civilians have been killed in the conflict between Ethiopian and allied forces and those of the Tigray regional government, which had long dominated Ethiopia’s government before Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed took office in 2018. Humanitarian officials have warned that a growing number of people might be starving to death as access, while improving, remains restricted.
"Hostilities must cease immediately," the European Union foreign policy chief Josep Borrell said in a statement in response to the Amnesty International report, adding that "the level of suffering endured by civilians, including children, is appalling."
The presence of Eritrean soldiers in Tigray has brought some alarm. The United States has repeatedly urged Eritrea to withdraw its soldiers and cited credible reports of "grave" human rights abuses. On Saturday, U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken said the United States is "gravely concerned" by reports of atrocities. "The United States has repeatedly engaged the Ethiopian government on the importance of ending the violence, ensuring unhindered humanitarian access to Tigray, and allowing a full, independent, international investigation into all reports of human rights violations, abuses, and atrocities," Blinken said in a statement. "Those responsible for them must be held accountable."
Witnesses of the massacre in Axum told Amnesty International that Ethiopian and Eritrean soldiers jointly took control of the city but the Eritreans carried out the killings and then conducted house-to-house raids for men and teenage boys.
Bodies were left strewn in the streets after the events of Nov. 28 and 29, witnesses said.
"The next day, they did not allow us to pick the dead. The Eritrean soldiers said you cannot bury the dead before our dead soldiers are buried," one woman told Amnesty International. With hospitals looted or health workers having fled, some witnesses said a number of people died from their wounds because of lack of care. "Gathering the bodies and carrying out the funerals took days. Most of the dead appear to have been buried on 30 November, but witnesses said that people found many additional bodies in the days that followed," the new report says.
After obtaining permission from Ethiopian soldiers to bury the dead, witnesses said they feared the killings would resume any moment, even as they piled bodies onto horse-drawn carts and took them to churches for burial, at times in mass graves.
The AP spoke with a deacon at one church, the Church of St. Mary of Zion, who said he helped count the bodies, gathered victims’ identity cards and assisted with burials. He believes some 800 people were killed that weekend around the city.
After being left exposed for a day or more, the bodies had begun to rot, further traumatizing families and those who gathered to help.
The new report says satellite imagery shows newly "disturbed soil" beside churches.
:: 2-27-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden Transgender Health Nominee Urged ‘Accelerating’ Cross-Sex Hormones for ‘Street’ Teens
Dr. Susan Berry 27 Feb 2021
In 2017, President Joe Biden’s transgender nominee for a top post at the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) recommended “accelerating” cross-sex hormones for homeless teens who are suffering from gender dysphoria and estranged from their parents. Levine said (at 28:00 in the video above) that those in the transgender medical industry who are seeing gender dysphoric teens from the “street,” living in homeless shelters, should not go through the usual procedure of first administering puberty blockers to stop normal puberty, but instead immediately prescribe cross-sex hormones.
Levine, who has served as secretary of the Pennsylvania Department of Health, told listeners that homeless teens who say they are transgender have been “essentially thrown out by their parents because of their gender identity and expression.” The transgender nominee said that “street youth” not living with their parents should not receive puberty blockers but instead “accelerate” with cross-sex hormones “so that the young people feel validated and are getting care consistent with their path.” In his questioning of Levine during the latter’s Senate confirmation hearing Thursday, Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY), an ophthalmologist, referred to the talk the nominee gave in 2017. He asked Levine:
Do you support the government intervening to override the parent’s consent to give a child puberty blockers, cross-sex hormones, and or amputation surgery of breasts and genitalia? You have said that you’re willing to accelerate the protocols for street kids. I’m alarmed that poor kids with no parents who are homeless and distraught, you would just go through this and allow that to happen to a minor. Levine failed to answer Paul’s questions, including Paul’s question, “Do you believe that minors are capable of making such a life-changing decision as changing one’s sex?”
The nominee merely repeated a prepared response, saying, “Senator, transgender medicine is a very complex and nuanced field, and if confirmed to the position of Assistant Secretary of Health, I would certainly be pleased to come to your office and talk with you and your staff about the standards of care and the complexity of this field.”
4thWaveNow
@4th_WaveNow
Feb 25, 2021
Replying to @4th_WaveNow
Senator Paul in today's confirmation hearing: "You have said that you're willing to accelerate the protocols for street kids. I'm alarmed that poor kids with no parents who are homeless and distraught, you would just go through this and allow that to happen to a minor."
4thWaveNow
@4th_WaveNow
In the 2017 talk, Levine recommends skipping puberty blockers for street youth, going straight to cross-sex hormones, so youth "feel validated & are getting care consistent with their pace and their path."
````````````````````````````
4thWaveNow
@4th_WaveNow
Thread:
This week Pres. Biden's nominee for Asst. Health Secretary, Rachel Levine, was grilled during confirmation hearings. The MSM is unified in condemning Sen. Rand Paul, who pressed Levine (to no avail) to opine on under-18 medical transition. 1/n
4thWaveNow
@4th_WaveNow
It's no secret Levine is a proponent of the "affirmative" model of pediatric transition, as demonstrated in the video described in this quoted tweet. Among other things, Levine thinks teens living on the street should be prescribed cross-sex hormones. 2/n
The American College of Pediatricians has reported that experts on both sides of the issue agree that “80 percent to 95 percent” of children with a diagnosis of gender dysphoria “accepted their biological sex by late adolescence.”
However, the campaign by adult transgender activists to attain social acceptance shifted that worldview of young people with gender dysphoria.
Currently, there are more than 40 gender clinics in the United States administering puberty blockers and cross-sex hormones to children and teens.
The College noted that of great concern is that, when puberty blockers are administered at about 11 years of age and are followed by cross-sex hormones, children will likely be faced with sterility.
According to a report at National Review, more than 1,000 children and teens obtained treatment for gender dysphoria at the largest transgender-youth clinic in Los Angeles in 2019:
[T]he youngest patient was four years old. And the director of that clinic has admitted to personally recommending double mastectomies for “probably about 200” adolescent females, a decision she has justified by the argument that “they don’t identify as girls,” thus breast removal is actually “chest reconstruction.” Similarly, a study entitled “Age Is Just a Number,” published in 2017 in the Journal of Sexual Medicine, reveals that eleven out of the 20 surgeons interviewed admitted to having performed vaginoplasty — that is, castration followed by the inversion of the penis to form a pseudo-vaginal canal — “1 to 20” times on males under the age of 18.
WoLF
@WomensLibFront
Dr. Johanna Olson-Kennedy is referring girls as young as 13 for double mastectomies in Los Angeles. @RandPaul was telling the truth, and all the gender activists have to counter that is try and scare people away from looking at the public evidence. Transgender industry entrepreneur Dr. Johanna Olson-Kennedy wrote a paper in May 2018 in which she recommended gender-confused girls as young as 13 for top surgery (mastectomy). Based on 136 “completed surveys” at her gender clinic, she and her colleagues determined, “Chest dysphoria was high among presurgical transmasculine youth, and surgical intervention positively affected both minors and young adults.”
“Given these findings, professional guidelines and clinical practice should consider patients for chest surgery based on individual need rather than chronologic age,” she concluded.
Ryan T. Anderson
@RyanTAnd
Treating early onset, precocious puberty entails delaying puberty until the biological appropriate age. Using puberty blocking drugs (which are hormones, by the way, GnRH analogues) off-label for a non-FDA approved purpose to indefinitely block puberty is unethical experiment.
In September 2020, the American Journal of Psychiatry released a correction to a 2019 Swedish study which drew as its primary conclusion the assertion that individuals who claim to be transgender experience mental health benefits following gender-affirming surgeries.
Public Discourse
@PublicDiscourse
The American Journal of Psychiatry issued a major correction. Reanalysis demonstrates that neither “gender-affirming hormone treatment” nor “gender-affirming surgery” reduced the need for mental health services. Gender-anxious people deserve better.
Physicians who have been investigating the claims of the transgender medical industry reanalyzed the data from that study and found that neither “gender-affirming hormone treatment” nor “gender-affirming surgery” decreased the need for mental health services of those with gender dysphoria.
:: 2-28-21 PJ Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
From the Everything Is Stupid Files: Dr. Seuss Books Declared Racist
By Jeff Reynolds Feb 27, 2021 6:08 PM ET
Dr. Seuss, the beloved children’s author that has taught generations of Americans to love reading at very early ages, has suddenly come under fire for supposedly displaying “racial undertones” and “white supremacy.” A radical education group associated with the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) issued a report that declares Dr. Seuss books display troubling signs of “Orientalism” and “anti-blackness.” Now at least one school district, with a board dominated by liberals, has instructed its libraries to remove Dr. Seuss books from its shelves. The Daily Wire reports:
Learning for Justice — a left-wing educators group — is demanding that Dr. Seuss be canceled. A prominent Virginia school district has taken marching orders and ordered its schools to avoid “connecting Read Across America Day with Dr. Seuss.”
Loudoun County Public Schools, one of the nation’s most affluent school districts, announced that it will no longer recognize Dr. Seuss on his birthday. In an announcement obtained by The Daily Wire, the school district said that Dr. Suess’s children’s books contain “racial undertones” that are not suitable for “culturally responsive” learning.
Learning for Justice, formerly known as Teaching Tolerance, is the education arm of the SPLC. It issued a report critical of Dr. Seuss in advance of the national Learn to Read Day, which coincides every year with his birthday on March 2. The group has been at this effort for a while. In a 2019 article,Teaching Tolerance wrote:
Until recently, Read Across America Day was—in everything but title—National Dr. Seuss Day. It’s even celebrated on March 2, his birthday. If you’re like me, you remember teachers wearing the iconic Cat in the Hat top hat/tie combo. You might recall school librarians or administrators dressing up as Thing One and Thing Two or a school lunch when Green Eggs and Ham were served. This is America, and it’s probably not much of a stretch to guess that you probably have a favorite Dr. Seuss book (mine is probably Hop on Pop).
You may have noticed that Read Across America has looked a little different for the last few years. Rather than exclusively celebrate the works of Dr. Seuss, as it had done since 1998, in 2017 the NEA shifted its focus to “Celebrating a Nation of Diverse Readers.” They began prominently featuring titles focused on diverse American experiences. The SPLC’s Horrifying Plan for Your Children’s Schools
You can probably guess how they justify their revisionist history: “apologists” say that Dr. Seuss’ books for children didn’t advance racist themes, but guess what, they were 100% white. When researchers of color decided to take a look, they realized that the characters in the books didn’t look like them. They analyzed the human characters in his book, and found that only a small number were people of color. To top it off, they say, his early work was “Orientalist” and “displayed implicit bias,” so therefore everything he ever wrote was the result of anti-blackness.
Many readers may note at this point that The Sneetches takes on the very subject of racism, demonstrating how absurd it is to reject someone over surface characteristics. Not so fast, they say. This book, upon further review, is not nearly as “anti-racist” as is commonly understood. White people, generally ignorant of their implicit biases, can’t see the intricacies of the story that, viewed as a multi-layered picture, doesn’t send the unifying message everyone used to think it sent.
Every teacher, therefore, needs to have difficult conversations with their elementary school-aged students so they might better understand their own implicit biases they’ve picked up in their eight or nine years on the planet.
Is it only a matter of time before libraries across the nation remove Dr. Seuss from their shelves altogether?
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 2-27-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Blaming Iran, security officials said to back response to blast on Israeli ship
Gantz says there is ‘likelihood’ Tehran behind explosion in Gulf; TV network: Security officials believe Revolutionary Guards fired 2 missiles at the MV Helios Ray
By TOI staff and AP 27 February 2021, 9:39 pm
Israeli security officials view the attack on an Israeli-owned ship in the Persian Gulf on Friday as a crossing of a red line on the part of Iran, and support an Israeli response, according to a report Saturday.
Kan News said Israel unequivocally believes Tehran was behind the explosion, and high-level discussions on the matter are expected to take place Sunday. “We are considering an appropriate response,” senior officials told Ynet. “This will not be accepted silently.” In an interview Saturday, Defense Minister Benny Gantz told Kan there is “a likelihood” that Iran is behind the explosion.
The cargo ship MV Helios Ray anchored in Dubai on Saturday morning. The blast did not disable the ship or injure its crew, but forced it ashore for repairs. In an interview with Kan News, Gantz said that the proximity between the location of the incident and the Islamic Republic raised concerns that it was responsible for the attack, but added that a probe had not yet been completed.
“We need to continue investigating,” he stressed. “The Iranians are looking to harm Israelis and Israeli infrastructure. The proximity to Iran leads to the assessment that there is a likelihood that this is an Iranian initiative. We are committed to continuing to check.”
Channel 13 News reported that security officials believed the attack was carried out by Iran’s Revolutionary Guard Corps, who fired two missiles at the ship.
Iranian media documented the damage to the ship in a television report.
The report said Israeli and US teams were expected to arrive on the ship to investigate the explosion in the coming days.
The area of the blast, off Iran’s coast at the entrance to the Persian Gulf, saw a series of explosions targeting ships in 2019 that the US Navy blamed on Iran, against the backdrop of sword-rattling between the countries’ leaders. Tehran had denied the accusations, which came after Trump abandoned Tehran’s 2015 nuclear deal with world powers and reimposed harsh sanctions on the country.
A maritime risk intelligence company with a UK address and number, Ambrey Intelligence, on Friday tweeted a compilation of pictures said to be of the damage to the vessel. The veracity of the photos could not be confirmed.
Various photos circulating of the damage to the HELIOS RAY corroborate reports from two U.S. defence officials cited by AP of two holes in the port and starboard sides of the vessel (four total), just above the waterline. Signage shows damage at deck 3 level.
Aurora Intel, a network that says it provides news and updates based on open-source intelligence on Twitter, also posted photos it says were from the damaged ship. The Friday explosion came amid high tensions between Iran and the new US administration, which took its first military action Thursday night against Iranian-backed militia in Syria in response to attacks on US forces in the Middle East.
There were conflicting reports on whether Iran would have known the ship was Israeli-owned.
Haaretz and Channel 13 said in unsourced reports that Iran knew the ship was Israeli, but the ship’s owner and other reports said it was unlikely.
Dryad Global, a maritime intelligence firm, said it was very possible the blast stemmed from “asymmetric activity by Iranian military.” As Iran seeks to pressure the United States to lift sanctions, the country may seek “to exercise forceful diplomacy through military means,” Dryad reported.
In recent weeks, as the administration of US President Joe Biden looked to re-engage with Iran, Tehran has escalated its breaches of the nuclear accord to create leverage over Washington. The deal saw Tehran agree to limit its enrichment of uranium in exchange for the lifting of crippling sanctions.
Iran also has blamed Israel for a recent series of attacks, including a mysterious explosion last summer that destroyed an advanced centrifuge assembly plant at its Natanz nuclear facility and the killing of Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, a top Iranian scientist who founded the Islamic Republic’s military nuclear program two decades ago.
A United Nations ship database identified the vessel’s owners as a Tel Aviv-based firm called Ray Shipping Ltd.
Abraham Ungar, 74, who goes by “Rami,” is the founder of Ray Shipping Ltd., and is known as one of the richest men in Israel. He made his fortune in shipping and construction. Hebrew media reported that Ungar is close to Yossi Cohen, head of the Mossad spy agency.
Ungar said he did not know exactly what had hit the vessel, but said it was most likely “missiles or a mine placed on the bow.”
“Israeli authorities will investigate this together with me,” he told the Ynet news site. “I don’t think this deliberately targeted an Israeli-owned ship. That has not happened to me before.”
Ungar said it was most likely linked to previous attacks on shipping in the area.
“I think it is part of the game between Iran and the US, that’s why they are hitting Western ships,” he said.
Ungar told Channel 13, “The crew heard an explosion. There was a blast, there’s a hole, there’s damage. There will be a check when the ship reaches port.”
He said the holes in the side of the ship were around 1.5 meters (yards) in diameter.
While details of the explosion remained unclear, two American defense officials told AP that the ship had sustained two holes on its port side and two holes on its starboard side just above the waterline in the blast. The officials said it remained unclear what caused the holes. They spoke to the AP on condition of anonymity to discuss unreleased information on the incidents.
The explosion on Friday recalled the summer of 2019, when the US military blamed Iran for suspected attacks on two oil tankers near the Strait of Hormuz, one of the world’s most strategically important shipping lanes. In the preceding months, the US had attributed a series of suspected attacks to Iran, including the use of limpet mines — designed to be attached magnetically to a ship’s hull — to cripple four oil tankers off the nearby Emirati port of Fujairah.
:: 2-21-21 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Science Proves That Time Is Running Out For Humanity…
February 21, 2021 by Michael Snyder
Even if we weren’t facing an apocalyptic future of our own making, humanity would still be doomed due to the nightmarish reproductive crisis that we are now facing. Just about every measure of human fertility that you can measure is dropping precipitously, and this is particularly true in the western world. As a result, we have vast numbers of young adults that are either infertile or that deeply struggle with fertility issues, and the number of babies born with birth defects has been soaring. It gets worse with each passing year, and the future for humanity is exceedingly bleak unless we find a way to turn things around. Dr. Shanna Swan has been closely studying these issues for decades, and she is now warning that the “current state of reproductive affairs can’t continue much longer without threatening human survival”…
Sperm counts in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent since the 1970s. At the same time, men’s problems with conceiving are going up: Erectile dysfunction is increasing and testosterone levels are declining by 1 percent each year.
“The current state of reproductive affairs can’t continue much longer without threatening human survival,” warns Mount Sinai fertility scientist Dr. Shanna Swan in her book, “Count Down” (Scribner), out Tuesday. “It’s a global existential crisis.”
Sadly, she is not exaggerating one bit. There is simply no way that the human race will be able to avoid a dramatic population decline if these trends continue.
Previously, Dr. Swan made headlines when she warned that sperm counts dropped by a staggering 59 percent between 1973 and 2011…
In 2017, she sounded the alarm with a meta-analysis of 40,000 men that showed that sperm count fell a whopping 59 percent between 1973 and 2011.
We are already seeing the effects. Worldwide fertility has dropped by 50 percent between 1960 and 2015. The United States has a total birth rate that is 16 percent below what it needs to replace itself. Though there are obvious factors at play (couples are conceiving later and opting to have smaller families), Swan argues that the issues run deeper than personal choice.
What would our planet look like if worldwide fertility plunged by another 50 percent?
Global population growth has already come to a standstill in most areas, and there are some countries that are already starting to experience significant declines.
Men in particular are becoming infertile at a frightening rate. According to Swan, sperm counts have gotten extremely low…
Today the average male is nearing that number at 47.1 million sperm per milliliter. Compare him to his father, who had an average of 99 million sperm per milliliter, and it’s clear that this is a deeply worrying trend. Once you get below 40 million, it becomes challenging to have a child, and the average male is nearly there already.
So why is this happening?
Well, Dr. Swan is pointing to the prevalence of endocrine disruptors in our society…
Swan and other experts say the problem is a class of chemicals called endocrine disruptors, which mimic the body’s hormones and thus fool our cells. This is a particular problem for fetuses as they sexually differentiate early in pregnancy. Endocrine disruptors can wreak reproductive havoc.
These endocrine disruptors are everywhere: plastics, shampoos, cosmetics, cushions, pesticides, canned foods and A.T.M. receipts. They often aren’t on labels and can be difficult to avoid.
In order to completely eliminate endocrine disruptors from your life, you would probably need to drop out of society entirely.
Another scientist at Washington State University has found that exposure to endocrine disruptors can make 20 percent of mice infertile in just three generations…
Patricia Ann Hunt, a reproductive geneticist at Washington State University, has conducted experiments on mice showing that the impact of endocrine disruptors is cumulative, generation after generation. When infant mice were exposed for just a few days to endocrine disrupting chemicals, their testes as adults produced fewer sperm, and this incapacity was transmitted to their offspring. While findings from animal studies can’t necessarily be extended to humans, after three generations of these exposures, one-fifth of the male mice were infertile. Of course there are many other factors that affect fertility as well, and I have covered quite a few of them in previous articles.
The point I am making in this article is that humanity is in very serious trouble, and the only way out is to radically alter our behavior. But we aren’t going to do that, are we?
In addition to our “fertility collapse”, other research has found that over thousands of years humans have been getting smaller and shorter…
An earlier study by Cambridge University found that mankind is shrinking in size significantly.
Experts say humans are past their peak and that modern-day people are 10 percent smaller and shorter than their hunter-gatherer ancestors.
And if that’s not depressing enough, our brains are also smaller.
To me, reading that our brains have been getting smaller was particularly depressing, but that would definitely help to explain the level of competence displayed by some of our political leaders these days.
Our founders wrote such brilliant things, but in our time most Americans are so dumb that they literally cannot understand material written at that level.
We have become a dumbed-down “idiocracy” that thinks that reality television and watching people kick one another in the groin are some of the highest forms of entertainment.
It is frightening to think about how much we have degenerated already, and I don’t even want to imagine what Americans would be like 50 years from now.
Unfortunately, we won’t have to worry about that, because there won’t be an America if we stay on the path that we are currently on.
Of course the clock is ticking for humanity as a whole, and everyone should be able to see that.
But we love our self-destructive behaviors so much that we will never give them up.
So there will be no change of course, and we shall surely reap what we have sown.
***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***
http://endoftheamericandream.com/science-proves-that-time-is-running-out-for-humanity/
:: 2-22-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China warns of 'stronger flood' as Three Gorges Dam faces swell
10,037 views
•Feb 22, 2021
WORLD VIEWS NEWS CHANNEL
China warns of 'stronger flood' as Three Gorges Dam faces swell
Cities in the country's central region along the Yangtze River -- China's longest river -- have been inundated in the past week amid the annual monsoon season, with the worst flooding since 1998. Across the country, 433 rivers have flooded, and 141 people have died or are missing.
The Three Gorges Dam is a hydroelectric gravity dam that spans the Yangtze River by the town of Sandouping, in Yiling District, Yichang, Hubei province, central China, downstream of the Three Gorges. The Three Gorges Dam has been the world's largest power station in terms of installed capacity since 2012.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5f0exXM9jQ&feature=youtu.be
:: 2-21-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NASA warns of STADIUM-SIZED asteroid headed towards Earth
21 Feb, 2021 17:25
The US space agency is warning of a salvo of space rocks headed for Earth, ranging in size from a paltry 10 meters in diameter all the way up to a positively petrifying 213.
When not keeping a close eye on its Perseverance rover, which touched down on Mars this week, NASA is busy monitoring the sky for potential threats to life on Earth – namely asteroids. And this week is no exception, as five such space rocks are due to buzz the planet we call home. On Sunday, the 10-meter asteroid 2021 DD1 and the 61-meter asteroid 2021 DK1 will shoot past Earth at a safe distance of 1.6 million kilometers and six million kilometers, respectively.
However, they are just the warm-up act for what NASA describes as the “stadium-sized” asteroid 2020 XU6, which measures some 213 meters in diameter. To put that into perspective, it’s twice as tall as London’s Big Ben and two and a half times as tall as the Statue of Liberty.
2020 XU6 is travelling at a speed of 8.4 kilometers per second or 30,240 kilometers an hour. Given that the circumference of the Earth is 40,075 kilometers, it would take the asteroid a little over an hour to complete a lap of the entire planet. Mercifully, however, the space rock is expected to miss us by roughly four million kilometers when it flies by on February 22, so humanity can breathe a collective sigh of relief for now.
The giant space rock will be followed shortly after by 2020 BV9 (23 meters), which will pass at a distance of 5.6 million kilometers, and 2021 CC5 (40 meters), which will pass at roughly 6.9 million kilometers.
https://www.rt.com/news/516215-stadium-sized-asteroid-nasa-warning/
:: 2-21-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FORGET COVID Oracle Nostradamus reckons megaquakes, supervolcanoes & World War Three are the disasters still to come
Grant Rollings
21 Feb 2021, 18:03Updated: 21 Feb 2021, 21:25
AS if a global pandemic wasn’t bad enough - World War Three, the third antichrist and an extinction level catastrophe are all on their way.
That’s the prediction of the infamous 16th century seer Nostradmus. A new eight part documentary series on Discovery + delves into the cryptic visions of the French astrologer.
Michel de Nostredame, who died in 1566, has been lauded for centuries because so much of what he foretold appeared to come true.
He is credited with seeing the 9/11 attacks in New York, the rise of Adolf Hitler, the Great Fire of London and so many other disasters.
But there is much more to come because his 942 prophecies continue all the way up until the year 3793. Nostradamus is said to have accurately predicted the Great Fire of London, which took place 100 years after his deathCredit: Handout - Getty
The French astrologer is also credited with foretelling the terror attacks on the Twin Towers in New York on 9/11Credit: Getty Images - Getty
The documentary tells how a catastrophic earthquake will hit California and the Mississippi river will split in half.
British Nostradamus expert Bobby Shailer, who appears in the series, tells The Sun that the third ‘antichrist’ is most likely already on Earth.
Looking on the bright side, if Nostradamus is right, the end is not nigh because Earth is not doomed for another 1,772 years.
Bobby, who has been studying the French soothsayer for over a decade, says: “Nostradamus does talk about something he calls the final conflagration, fire from the heavens, extinction level events, two or three, which would probably happen close to 3797, but he does mention several conflagrations before that.
"There will be others.”
Here, Bobby tells Sun readers what the future may bring.
War and floods blighting Blighty
Even the weatherman knows it will be wet in Britain, but Nostradamus went further by foretelling a devastating flood.
The astrologer, who foresaw the death of the King Henry II of France, also thought our island would be invaded by Ausonia, which is a small town in Italy.
Bobby says that Nostradamus talks of “The trembling of the earth at the tin island of St George, war will arrive” and Great Britain “will come to be flooded, the new league of Ausonia will make war.”
For goodness quake Nostradamus believed a series of earthquakes would reduce the Earth to rubbleCredit: Getty Images - Getty
An extinction level event is said to take place on May 10, but scholars cannot agree on the year.
In the series they think “the great theatre filled” where the first quake will take place could be Hollywood and for “several nights earth will tremble” in the “modern Memphis,” which could mean the former home of Elvis Presley.
Bobby says “governments should be prepared.”
Third antichrist Adolf Hitler is considered an antichrist, according to Nostradamus' definitionCredit: Getty Images - Getty
While most people would describe the antichrist as a Biblical figure opposed to Jesus Christ, Nostradmus used the term for genocidal leaders.
Bobby explains: “An antichrist by Nostradamus’s definition are war mongers who are responsible for the death of innocent people, such as Hitler or Napoleon.
“I think the third antichrist is coming up soon, possibly in the next ten to 20 years. I would think he’s probably alive today.” The nuclear blast over Nagasaki which ended the Second World War - but a third global conflict could be on the wayCredit: Reuters
The next world war will be far worse than the previous two if the French seer is to be believed.
Bobby says: “I think in the next few years, certainly this century, the Third World War could begin.
“Nostradamus says it will be a massive long war, 25 to 29 years, followed by smaller wars.”
Megavolcanoes Nostradamus wrote of a 'great eruption' which would wipe out several countriesCredit: Getty Images - Getty
Some geologists fear that the volcano in Yellowstone park in the north west of the United States could cause the most devastating eruption in history.
And scholars analysing Nostradamus’s texts think he saw the same danger.
Bobby explains that Nostradmus wrote that this great eruption “will happen at 45 degrees, and Yellowstone Park is close to 45 degrees” and “will spread far covering great countries.”
Flare for the dramatic A powerful solar flare could plunge our technologically advanced society into chaosCredit: Reuters
Nostradamus’s visions frequently included terrible events emerging from the heavens.
Bobby thinks he could have been predicting that a massive solar flare would disable our electronic systems.
The Frenchman said: “In full daylight the monster will appear” from the sun.
Bobby says: “It’s not guarded against; which could mean it knocks out our electronics.”
Not all doom and gloom Nostradamus did also see some positive developments in the futureCredit: Getty Images - Getty
While Nostradamus is considered to be a merchant of doom, he occasionally offered some positive news.
We just have to get through a string of catastrophes first. When we do stop fighting, it will be followed by a thousand years of peace.
Bobby says: “At the end of the world war, there will be an age of Saturn, which will be a thousand years of peace.”
Nostradamus: End of Days is available to stream on discovery+ .
:: 2--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden Admin “Working Directly” With Big Tech To Crush Vaccine Dissent
Via ZeroHedge
“In a corporatist system of government, wherein there is no meaningful separation between corporate power and state power, corporate censorship is state censorship.”
Those were the prophetic words of Caitlin Johnstone in 2018 warning of the slippery slope that Big Tech and its liberal minions were embarking on as the corporate-sponsored cancel-culture began.
In 2018, representatives of Facebook, Twitter, and Google were instructed on the US Senate floor that it is their responsibility to “quell information rebellions” and adopt a “mission statement” expressing their commitment to “prevent the fomenting of discord.”
“Civil wars don’t start with gunshots, they start with words,” the representatives were told.
“America’s war with itself has already begun. We all must act now on the social media battlefield to quell information rebellions that can quickly lead to violent confrontations and easily transform us into the Divided States of America.”
And now, 3 years later, all the ‘behind the scenes’ nods and winks are gone and conspiracy theories proved fact as Reuters reports The White House has been reaching out to social media companies including Facebook, Twitter and Alphabet Inc’s Google about clamping down on COVID misinformation and getting their help to stop it from going viral, a senior administration official said.
“Disinformation that causes vaccine hesitancy is going to be a huge obstacle to getting everyone vaccinated and there are no larger players in that than the social media platforms,” a source with direct knowledge about the cooperation told Reuters.
The White House previously acknowledged working with tech giants like Facebook and Google on the issue, but direct engagement was not confirmed, Reuters said. “We are talking to them … so they understand the importance of misinformation and disinformation and how they can get rid of it quickly.” The source told Reuters that the companies “were receptive” as they engaged with the White House. “But it is too soon to say whether or not it translates into lessening the spread of misinformation.”
Every time the dangers of a few Silicon Valley plutocrats controlling all new media political discourse with an iron fist are pointed out, Democratic Party loyalists all turn into a bunch of hardline free market Ayn Rands.
“It’s not censorship!” they exclaim. “It’s a private company and can do whatever it wants with its property!”
Except now, that ‘private’ entity is working directly for the government as the Biden administration is not even trying to hide the relationship.
So, it turns out Johnstone was right: “In a corporatist system of government, wherein there is no meaningful separation between corporate power and state power, corporate censorship is state censorship.”
Be careful what you ‘think’ America… be wary of ‘questioning’ anything, and definitely be careful what you ‘share’.
As John Whitehead warned this week: This is the slippery slope that leads to the end of free speech as we once knew it. “If liberty means anything at all, it means the right to tell people what they do not want to hear.” – George Orwell
-----------------------------------------------------
The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal
[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc
:: 1-18-09
am service (1st word)
etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 2-21-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
4th paroxysm eruption in four days at Etna volcano in Italy – Last night explosion was strongest in decades (videos and pictures)
By Strange Sounds - Feb 21, 2021
Last night’s eruptive episode of tall lava fountains, known as paroxysm, turned out to be one of the most impressive and powerful in recent years. Not only did it produce higher fire fountains than usually, but also it lasted longer than most other paroxysms. Around 10:30 p.m. local time, volcanic tremor and strombolian activity from the New SE crater began to increase drastically. Half an hour later, a first lava flow started to descend from the eastern summit vent of the crater, and activity continued to increase, soon forming fountains of a few hundred meters tall. However, instead of peaking (and decreasing) very soon, activity continued to increase and first reached its climax at around 00:30 this morning, with fire fountains reaching the incredible heights of 800-1000 m! Thanks to the near-absence of wind, a tall eruption column of over 10 km height formed with a circular umbrella cloud at the boundary between troposphere and stratosphere.
The eruption ended abruptly at 2 a.m., thus having produced sustained lava fountains for almost 3 hours!
Here a time-lapse video of the eruption: The National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology (INGV Catania) reported that during the eruption, at least 3 vents of the New SE crater were active.
The first lava flow from the so-called saddle vent descended to the southwest towards the Torre del Filosofo area, but eventually only reached a few hundred meters length.
Most lava was directed into a more voluminous flow traveling east into the Valle del Bove, where it reached a length of 3.5-4 km and stopped in similar areas as the ones from the previous paroxysms, at elevations between 1700-1800 m.
The eruptive activity had dropped already, but the New SE crater reactivated itself in a series of approx. 20 very violent explosions between 04:30-05:15 local time, which launched incandescent bombs beyond the base of the cone.
After 05:15, no more eruptive activity was observed at the New SE crater, while mild strombolian activity is continuing from the other summit vents (Bocca Nuova, Voragine). It will be interesting to see whether Etna continues its current rhythmic pattern of paroxysms every roughly 35 hours. If so, the 5th of the current series should occur around noon tomorrow…
The 4th paroxysm within little more than 4 days!
It is remarkable to see that Feb. 20th’s paroxysm came at almost exactly the same interval as the intervals between the preceding paroxysms on Feb. 16th evening, Feb. 18th early morning, and Feb. 19th late morning, i.e. each approx. 35 hours after the previous one.
As spectacular as it looks, these eruptions pose no threat to inhabited areas, although the ash plumes can be dangerous to aircraft and the lapilli and ash falls are a (rather common) nuisance to the downwind areas around the volcano.
What causes such regular eruptions? The current, remarkably cyclic occurrence of these short, but very violent lava fountain phases at near-perfectly regular intervals is certainly an extraordinary and rare event, but has been observed at Etna several times in the past, such as in 2000 and 2012-13. Intervals between paroxysms ranging from 12 hours or less to several days.
What causes this regularity exactly is not fully understood, but the cyclic behavior at the surface is certainly linked to a combination of processes deeper below, which govern the rise of fresh, gas-rich magma from deeper reservoirs, capable to produce fountains when erupted at the surface.
This hotter magma obviously rises in separate batches, like large bubbles from a leak, at regular intervals as opposed to a more or less constant flow of magma. The latter, however, is a more common type of behavior, resulting in prolonged phases of activity at moderate levels, much as had been observed for weeks and months in a row during the past few years. This difference is also reflected by the tremor amplitude: while extreme during the short paroxysms, it has been much lower during the intervals as during the weeks before, where activity fluctuated around an intermediate average value.
In other words, right now, Etna seems to be in a different state of transporting magma from its reservoirs to the surface, one characterized by generally very low rates of flux interrupted by short, extreme bursts of activity when individual batches make their way upwards.
How long the current pattern will last and where it might lead to, can only be guessed. More on Volcano Discovery.
To get more in-deep information I recommend Q-Files. Quick the image below!
https://strangesounds.org/2021/02/etna-eruption-videos-pictures-largest-in-decades.html
:: 2-17-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Ed Steer: Silver Price is About to Blow Sky High
211,120 views 57.1K subscribers
•Feb 17, 2021
Palisades Gold Radio
Tom welcomes Ed Steer to the show, Ed writes a weekly subscriber column on the gold and silver markets. He brings us a bombshell overview of what is happening in the metals market.
To subscribe to our newsletter and get notified of new shows, please visit http://palisadesradio.ca
Ed explains how tight the silver markets have become and why the Comex is attempting to roll over as many contracts as possible to avoid delivery. They have reduced the fees to rollover contracts to near zero. There is some backwardation in silver for contracts in late 2021, revealing weaknesses in their ability to deliver.
Thousands of traders use the Comex markets, but eight large investment banks control more than half of the paper metals market. These big players are short 412 million ounces of silver, and it's them versus the world. The thousands of other traders are entirely net-long as they understand this scheme is ending. If these large players were to let silver go, the price would rapidly become a sizeable three-digit number.
He feels these investment banks were caught completely flat-footed by the actions in the market in recent weeks. They have been forced to double down on their shorts to keep the market suppressed. Ed says, "Right now, these guys are fighting for their lives."
Physical premiums are through the roof if you can even find the metal. The lead times from the mints are growing, and it will be many months before dealers can fully restock. He says, "There is no physical metal to be had...the market is tight everywhere you look." If the sleeping giants (aka the industrial users of silver) awaken to what is happening, they will want to buy everything available, making the situation much worse. Those in power are now desperate as these problems could lead to a massive currency crisis worldwide.
He doesn't believe these banks can cover their shorts, and March deliveries will be very interesting.
Ed cautions, "Things are now in motion that can't be undone. It's going to be like the long-term capital management collapse we're talking trillions, not billions... Hopefully, there is a world left to survive in once this is all over."
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wtxr_yXDXTo&feature=youtu.be
:: 12-31-14/1-1-15 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be. For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change. The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control. Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching. There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control.
:: 2-21-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Liberals Hate White People, Including Themselves, As 'Everything Is Racist' Now, Including Math, Correct Answers, And The Muppets
- Disney Promotes Homosexuality, But Labels The Muppets As 'Offensive'
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 21, 2021
Over the years we have seen so many different things, words, actions and practices deemed "racist" by liberals, such as "milk," peanut butter and jelly sandwiches, hair styles (if you are white and wearing them), jewelry, etc.....
Liberals seem to think almost anything is racist as long as it is a white person saying, doing, or wearing it, and that includes white liberals that are more than willing to bow down to the philosophy of "being born white is to be born a racist."
Seriously, how much does one have to hate themselves to bow down and claim guilt for every bad thing someone else has done in the past to the black community?
Let us also address the flip side of that coin, how do black liberals justify acting like victims because their ancestors were slaves?
That though, is a whole other story because the focus here is the astounding amount of self hatred white liberals have for themselves and the amount of white hate from the left.
Self-Hatred: The video below is older, but shows clearly how indoctrinated into the "all whites are racist" philosophy, or "white guilt," (the feeling of being guilty just for being born white), as a white couple bows down to kiss the boots of multiple black supremacists. CORRECT ANSWERS ARE NOW CONSIDERED RACIST!
I'll start with the first article seen a couple of days ago, where billionaire couple Bill and Melinda Gates are bankrolling a group that believes "math is racist," as is having to show your work and how you got to your answer, and insisting the answer be correct is also racist.
Also, my favorites... math is different for people of color and teaching a student the correct way to obtain a mathematical answer is reinforcing white supremacy.
A core belief of the toolkit is that students of color interpret and use math differently than white students. If you teach students of color the “right” way to do math, you are reinforcing white supremacy culture.
“It allows the defensiveness of Western mathematics to prevail, without addressing underlying causes of why certain groups of students are ‘underperforming,’ a characterization that should also be interrogated,” the text warns. “It also presupposes that ‘good’ math teaching is about a Eurocentric type of mathematics, devoid of cultural ways of being.”
Ironically, the text itself is wildly racist. It treats all minority students as somehow inferior to white students, claiming they’re not capable of understanding the correct way to learn math.
Related Flashback: Peak Idiocy: Rutgers University Declares Grammar 'Racist'
Let's just lump it all together and say "education" is racist and be done with this nonsense.
THE MUPPETS ARE NOW CONSIDERED RACIST
Disney's long running children's show, "The Muppets," is now labeled as racist, with a warning about "offensive content," and can now only be seen using an adult account.
Oh, did I mention The Muppets is a children's show!
Via Daily Mail:
Viewers are greeted with the disclaimer: 'This programme includes negative depictions and/or mistreatment of people or cultures. These stereotypes were wrong then and are wrong now.
'Rather than remove this content, we want to acknowledge its harmful impact, learn from it and spark conversation to create a more inclusive future together.'
The warning is believed to refer to Muppet characters designed as stereotypes of Native Americans, Arabs and East Asians.
In another episode, the singer Johnny Cash plays on a stage adorned with the Confederate flag.
Some episodes of the show, which was first broadcast 45 years ago, have disappeared entirely from British screens.
Other family films to carry the warning include ‘Dumbo,’ ‘Peter Pan’ and ‘Swiss Family Robinson.’
Everything is so stupid these days.
I would like to point out that Disney has been promoting homosexuality in children's shows, without thought to how "offensive" that is to those that practice religion. I also do not remember them labeling those, nor forcing children to use their parents accounts in order to see those shows.
COLLECTIVE LIBERAL INSANITY
Yesterday we ran across a piece linked by Steve Quayle, at PJ Media, titled "Our Descent Into Collective Madness," to which considering the lunacy being noted on the part of the liberal thought/action/idea police, I call "liberal insanity."
In that piece it discusses all the different major issues facing Americans today and what is.... and is not, being done about them and is well worth the read.
We are adding this whole 'everything is racist" matter into the collective insanity theme, because it is getting worse day by day.
The indoctrination of the "everything is racist" crowd happens mostly in our public educational systems, and especially hammered into students' brains by colleges across the nation.
Example: Harvard study: Reparations for slavery could have reduced coronavirus transmissions and deaths.
Say what??? Even the virus is racist???
I'll leave commentary on that specific assertion to our readers because I simply cannot wrap my own head around anyone even trying to associate the spread of a virus with racism.
LIBERALS HATE WHITE PEOPLE AND CONSERVATIVES KNOW IT
What the "everything is racist" mindset has done is create an anti-white racism, where whites are discriminated against in schools and outside employment opportunities.
Conservatives, by an overwhelming majority, understand and see the hatred of white people by liberals as a new AEI/YouGov poll finds 87% either strongly or somewhat believe "discrimination against whites will increase a lot in the next few years.
Other findings include:
• 92% conservatives know the mainstream media today is just a part of the Democrat party.
• 89% Christianity is under attack in America today.
• 90% believe Americans are losing faith in the ideas that make America great.
More numbers in the graph below:
Related: Most conservatives are coming to the realization that America’s corrupt rulers DESPISE White people
BOTTOM LINE With radicalized liberals now in control of the White House, the DOJ, the Senate and the House of Representatives, it is a given that these attacks by liberals, against white people and Christians , including the self-hatred of themselves, will continue to increase in frequency and intensity.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Liberals_Hate_White_People.php
:: 2-22-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mount Etna fills the sky with flame and lava as the volcano erupts for the fourth time in as many days
Europe's most active volcano has erupted for the fourth time in as many days, spewing lava and ash into the skies above Sicily
Dramatic photos show the blast from Mount Etna lighting up the sky behind the city of Catania on Sunday
No injuries or fatalities have been reported but a nearby airport was forced to close temporarily
By Charlotte Mitchell For Mailonline
Published: 04:07 EST, 22 February 2021 | Updated: 04:53 EST, 22 February 2021
Mount Etna has erupted for the fourth time in as many days, spewing lava and ash into the skies above Sicily.
Dramatic pictures show torrents of molten lava shooting into the air and running down the volcano during the most recent eruption overnight on Sunday.
The blast lit up the sky behind nearby Catania, with lava fountains visible behind the domes of the city's Mother Church of Belpasso. According to the National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology, the eruption on Sunday took place at Etna's southeast crater. The volcano shot clouds of debris several kilometres into the air above its summit.
There have been no reports of injuries or fatalities due to the eruption but a nearby airport was forced to close temporarily.
The Sun reported that locals living near the volcano said large volcanic stones had fallen from Etna as well as ash after the explosion
The Sun reported that locals living near the volcano said large volcanic stones had fallen as well as ash.
Etna is a popular tourist destination in Italy, attracting hikers and wine tasters to its slopes.
At a towering 3,329m, it is the tallest active volcano in Europe and Italy's highest peak south of the Alps.
Previous eruptions at Etna (pictured on Sunday) have led to injuries, including in 2017 were 10 people, including a BBC news crew, were wounded
Previous eruptions have led to injuries, including in 2017 were 10 people, including a BBC news crew, were wounded.
Scientists have raised concerns that Etna is slowly slipping into the Mediterranean Sea by as much as 14mm each year.
This could result in part of the volcano collapsing into the water, risking debris entering the surrounding ocean and potentially devastating waves.
Molten lava cascades down Mount Etna, as seen from the commune of Milo, near Catania, Sicily following the eruption on Sunday night
The 700,000-year-old volcano is also the second most active on Earth, after Hawaii's Mount Kilauea.
Situated between the African and Eurasian tectonic plates, it generates nearly constant eruptions of varying degrees.
Each year it produces more than tens of million tons of lava and over 7 million tons of carbon dioxide, water and sulfur dioxide.
Its most severe recent eruption occurred in March of 2017, when nearly a dozen people were injured.
But eruptions have been recorded as far back as 1500 BC, with a devastating eruption in 1169 causing an earthquake that killed an estimated 15,000 people.
In 1992, lava streaming down its slope threatened Zafferana, a town of 7,000, in what's thought to be the most voluminous flank eruption in 300 years.
Soldiers used controlled explosions to divert the lava flow.
:: 2--21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Winter Storm Lessons: Green Energy Politics Broke the Texas Grid
27,814 views
ThePatriotNurse
396K subscribers
https://www.infowars.com/posts/smokin...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DKBO6ktZ4rw
:: 2-21-21 Higher Calling Wildlife :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Freeze kills Texas Antelopes
February 21, 2021 Chester Moore Leave a comment
The record-setting freeze that hit Texas over the last week has devasted two species of well-established non-indegenous antelope species in several areas.
The nilgai antelope, a native of India and Pakistan has been free-ranging along the Lower Coast from around Baffin Bay to the Mexico line for more than 80 years.
These very large antelope are notoriously susceptible to extreme cold and we have received a report of more than a dozen dead nilgai found on one eight mile stretch of road with others standing around in very uncharacteristic fashion. It’s hard to get in-depth reports at the moment with power outages, etc. especially since the majority of nilgai live on two of Texas’ largest private ranches, the King and Kenedy but there is historical precedence.
According to officials with the Texas Tech Natural Science Research Library, a past freeze put a huge hit on the species.
During the severe winter of 1972–1973, 1,400 of 3,300 nilgai (estimated population at the time) were killed by the weather in southern Texas. This die-off was exacerbated by previous brush clearing, which resulted in forage loss and increased competition with livestock and other wildlife.
The much smaller blackbuck antelope is a more widespread species and while there are free-ranging populations in the Edwards Plateau, most live behind game proof fences.
Also from India and Pakistan, they are not the most cold tolerant of animals and there are numerous photos floating around social media of large numbers of blackbuck as well as some axis deer dead on ranches. We will have more on the impact on these animals that have become an important part of the Texas outdoors economy and are highly valued for their meat (especially nilgai) and revered by sportsmen.
If you have any photos, videos or reports of dead wildlife in Texas email chester@chestermoore.com.
Chester Moore
https://highercalling.net/2021/02/21/freeze-kills-texas-antelopes/
:: 2-22-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
This Is What Biden Meant When He Stated That "It's Going to be a DARK WINTER"
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, February 22, 2021 - 13:23.
When we view extreme out of the ordinary events, such as the unprecedented weather in Texas, we have to look for conventional answers to explain the phenomenon. The explanations I am going to set forward, would have been considered extreme 10 years, 20 years ago. However, today, the technology to impose a weather war attack upon Texas is old news carried out with old technology. There are weathermen, fearing for their jobs, who are quietly saying that there was no way that the Texas ice storms were a natural event. This is akin to Hurricane Katrina moving at right angles.
For those mired in the past and ignorant of scientific advances in the area of artificially produced we aponzied weather and earthquakes. Simply search engine Project Haarp and 2025 Air Force Owning the Weather and then visit the following links on the CSS, here and here.
Texas was moments away from the worst weather catastrophe in history. Millions could have perished and Texas would have been without power for months. Welcome to Joe Biden's "It's going to be a dark winter."
Michael Snyder very accurately stated the following:
...And now we are learning that Texas was literally just moments away from “a catastrophic failure” that could have resulted in blackouts “for months”…
Texas’ power grid was “seconds and minutes” away from a catastrophic failure that could have left Texans in the dark for months, officials with the entity that operates the grid said Thursday.
As millions of customers throughout the state begin to have power restored after days of massive blackouts, officials with the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, or ERCOT, which operates the power grid that covers most of the state, said Texas was dangerously close to a worst-case scenario: uncontrolled blackouts across the state...
Texas has nearly 4.5 million customers throughout the state without power as electric utilities warned that millions of Texans would have to endure rolling blackouts However, many of the Texas customers have already been without power for 48-96 hours, with no apparent end in sight.
Early reports are blaming frozen wind turbines for the crisis, WHICH IS TRUE. The climate change mitigation strategy of wind power is partially to blame for the severity of the event. Climate change strategies are clearly to blame for a good portion of this problem. Undoubtedly, and despite Texas utilities expert, the savior, Bill Gates has said that the power plants failed to weatherize in the most ridiculous explanation for the event yet. Some have been suggesting that the federal government is to blame and that too is proving to be very true.
In documents published this morning on Infowars, it is quite apparent that when we follow the communication trail from Texas Governor Abbott to Biden's Department of Energy, the Federal government was clearly trying to make an anticipated bad situation worse.
“Texans were powerless because our elected officials ceded authority to a slow-moving, uncaring gaggle of federal bureaucrats,” the group claims, noting that cranking up the power plants in anticipation of these unusual weather systems “might violate federal pollution limits.”
As summarized, very efficiently, in the Infowar's article, it exposed the Biden Administration’s complicity in greatly adding to the suffering of Texans with the following list of documents.
...The Energy Dept. was aware of Texas Gov. Greg Abbott’s statewide disaster declaration and that ERCOT was readying gas utilities in preparation for a demand surge.
The order shows Acting Energy Secretary David Huizenga did not waive environmental restrictions to allow for maximum energy output, instead ordering ERCOT to utilize all resources in order to stay within acceptable emissions standards – including purchasing energy from outside the state.
“ERCOT anticipates that this Order may result in exceedance of emissions of sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxide, mercury, and carbon monoxide emissions, as well as wastewater release limits,” the order states. “To minimize adverse environmental impacts, this Order limits operation of dispatched units to the times and within the parameters determined by ERCOT for reliability purposes.”
Moreover, the order instructed an “incremental amount of restricted capacity” to be sold to ERCOT at “a price no lower than $1,500/MWh,” an increase of over 6,000 percent over February 2020 prices of $18.20
Then the Department of Energy promplty raised the rates again, thus unnecessarily adding to the misery of Texans? This caused utility rates to skyrocket. The overall takeway of this problem is that it was planned and the misery was exacerbated by the Department of Energy.
America is under attack from multiple fronts:
Globalist Scientists are now saying that a vaccine will be needed before every holiday.
The self-appointed jack-of-all-trades, Bill Gates says that the earliest that the planet will get back to normal, so society can get back to normal is 2050. Are we really going to put with demagoguery for 30 years?
It is apparent that America’s future consists of eternal mask wearing, rolling blackouts, no meat, food shortages and taking debilitating CV-19 vaccines without any previous clinical trials (you are the guinea pigs).
Food is next the target as covered in the following report which details that the Texas storm has negatively impacted 45% of the nation's wheat supply!
These are contrived events! The other shoe(s) is/are about to drop. America is going to inundated with more false flag events, in which our industrial lifestyle will be blamed as we sink further and and further into a third world status, ripe for the picking by the CHICOMS with the help of compromised American officials. .
:: 2-22-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
COVID-19 mRNA Shots Are Legally Not Vaccines; They're IRREVERSIBLE Gene Therapy with no "OFF" Switch
World News Desk 22 February 2021 Hits: 18412
Did you know that mRNA COVID-19 vaccines aren’t vaccines in the medical and legal definition of a vaccine? They do not prevent you from getting the infection, nor do they prevent its spread. They’re really experimental gene therapies.
I discussed this troubling fact in a recent interview with molecular biologist Judy Mikovits, Ph.D. While the Moderna and Pfizer mRNA shots are labeled as “vaccines,” and news agencies and health policy leaders call them that, the actual patents for Pfizer’s and Moderna’s injections more truthfully describe them as “gene therapy,” not vaccines.
Definition of ‘Vaccine’
According to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,1 a vaccine is “a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease, protecting the person from that disease.” Immunity, in turn, is defined as “Protection from an infectious disease,” meaning that “If you are immune to a disease, you can be exposed to it without becoming infected.”
Neither Moderna nor Pfizer claim this to be the case for their COVID-19 “vaccines.” In fact, in their clinical trials, they specify that they will not even test for immunity.
Unlike real vaccines, which use an antigen of the disease you’re trying to prevent, the COVID-19 injections contain synthetic RNA fragments encapsulated in a nanolipid carrier compound, the sole purpose of which is to lessen clinical symptoms associated with the S-1 spike protein, not the actual virus.
They do not actually impart immunity or inhibit transmissibility of the disease. In other words, they are not designed to keep you from getting sick with SARS-CoV-2; they only are supposed to lessen your infection symptoms if or when you do get infected.
As such, these products do not meet the legal or medical definition of a vaccine, and as noted by David Martin, Ph.D., in the video above, “The legal ramifications of this deception are immense.”
15 U.S. Code Section 41
As explained by Martin, 15 U.S. Code Section 41 of the Federal Trade Commission Act2 is the law that governs advertising of medical practices. This law, which dictates what you may and may not do in terms of promotion, has for many years been routinely used to shut down alternative health practitioners and companies.
“If this law can be used to shut down people of good will, who are trying to help others,” Martin says, “it certainly should be equally applied when we know deceptive medical practices are being done in the name of public health.”
Per this law, it is unlawful to advertise:
“… that a product or service can prevent, treat, or cure human disease unless you possess competent and reliable scientific evidence, including, when appropriate, well-controlled human clinical studies, substantiating that the claims are true at the time they are made.”3
What Constitutes ‘The Greater Good’?
Martin points to the 1905 Supreme Court ruling in Jacobson vs. Massachusetts,4 which essentially established that collective benefit supersedes individual benefit. To put it bluntly, it argued that it’s acceptable for individuals to be harmed by public health directives provided it benefits the collective.
Now, if vaccination is a public health measure that is supposed to protect and benefit the collective, then it would need to a) ensure that the individual who is vaccinated is rendered immune from the disease in question; and b) that the vaccine inhibits transmission of the disease.
Only if these two outcomes can be scientifically proven can you say that vaccination protects and benefits the collective — the population as a whole. This is where we run into problems with the mRNA “vaccines.”
Moderna’s SEC filings, which Martin claims to have carefully reviewed, specifies and stresses that its technology is a “gene therapy technology.” Originally, its technology was set up to be a cancer treatment, so more specifically, it’s a chemotherapy gene therapy technology.
As noted by Martin, who would raise their hand to receive prophylactic chemotherapy gene therapy for a cancer you do not have and may never be at risk for? In all likelihood, few would jump at such an offer, and for good reason.
Moreover, states and employers would not be able to mandate individuals to receive chemotherapy gene therapy for a cancer they do not have. It simply would not be legal. Yet, they’re proposing that all of humanity be forced to get gene therapy for COVID-19.
COVID-19 Vaccines — A Case of False Advertising
Now, if the COVID-19 vaccine really isn’t a vaccine, why are they calling it that? While the CDC provides a definition of “vaccine,” the CDC is not the actual law. It’s an agency empowered by the law, but it does not create law itself. Interestingly enough, it’s more difficult to find a legal definition of “vaccine,” but there have been a few cases. Martin provides the following examples:
•Iowa code — “Vaccine means a specially prepared antigen administered to a person for the purpose of providing immunity.” Again, the COVID-19 vaccines make no claim of providing immunity. They are only designed to lessen symptoms if and when you get infected.
•Washington state code — “Vaccine means a preparation of a killed or attenuated living microorganism, or fraction thereof …” Since Moderna and Pfizer are using synthetic RNA, they clearly do not meet this definition.
Being a manmade synthetic, the RNA used is not derived from anything that has at one point been alive, be it a whole microorganism or a fraction thereof. The statute continues to specify that a vaccine “upon immunization stimulates immunity that protects us against disease …”
So, in summary, “vaccine” and “immunity” are well-defined terms that do not match the end points specified in COVID-19 vaccine trials. The primary end point in these trials is: “Prevention of symptomatic COVID-19 disease.” Is that the same as “immunity”? No, it is not.
There Are More Problems Than One
But there’s another problem. Martin points out that “COVID-19 disease” has been defined as a series of clinical symptoms. Moreover, there’s no causal link between SARS-CoV-2, the virus, and the set of symptoms known as COVID-19.
How is that, you might ask? It’s simple, really. Since a vast majority of people who test positive for SARS-CoV-2 have no symptoms at all, they’ve not been able to establish a causal link between the virus and the clinical disease.
Here’s yet another problem: The primary end point in the COVID-19 vaccine trials is not an actual vaccine trial end point because, again, vaccine trial end points have to do with immunity and transmission reduction. Neither of those were measured.
What’s more, key secondary end points in Moderna’s trial include “Prevention of severe COVID-19 disease, and prevention of infection by SARS-CoV-2.” However, by its own admission, Moderna did not actually measure infection, stating that it was too “impractical” to do so.
That means there’s no evidence of this gene therapy having an impact on infection, for better or worse. And, if you have no evidence, you cannot fulfill the U.S. Code requirement that states you must have “competent and reliable scientific evidence … substantiating that the claims are true.”
Why Are They Calling Them Vaccines?
As noted by Martin, you cannot have a vaccine that does not meet a single definition of a vaccine. So, again, what would motivate these companies, U.S. health agencies and public health officials like Dr. Anthony Fauci to lie and claim that these gene therapies are in fact vaccines when, clearly, they are not?
If they actually called it what it is, namely “gene therapy chemotherapy,” most people would — wisely — refuse to take it. Perhaps that’s one reason for their false categorization as vaccines. But there may be other reasons as well.
Here, Martin strays into conjecture, as we have no proof of their intentions. He speculates that the reason they’re calling this experimental gene therapy technology a “vaccine” is because by doing so, they can circumvent liability for damages.
You’re being lied to. Your own government is violating its own laws. They have shut down practitioners around the country, time and time again, for violating what are called ‘deceptive practices in medical claims.’ Guess what? They’re doing exactly that thing. ~ David Martin, Ph.D.
As long as the U.S. is under a state of emergency, things like PCR tests and COVID-19 “vaccines” are allowed under emergency use authorization. And as long as the emergency use authorization is in effect, the makers of these experimental gene therapies are not financially liable for any harm that comes from their use.
That is, provided they’re “vaccines.” If these injections are NOT vaccines, then the liability shield falls away, because there is no liability shield for a medical emergency countermeasure that is gene therapy.
So, by maintaining the illusion that COVID-19 is a state of emergency, when in reality it is not, government leaders are providing cover for these gene therapy companies so that they can get immunity from liability.
Under the Cover of ‘Emergency’
As noted by Martin, if state governors were to lift the state of emergency, all of a sudden the use of RT PCR testing would be in violation of 15 U.S. Code FTC Act, as PCR tests are not an approved diagnostic test.
“You cannot diagnose a thing [with something] that cannot diagnose a thing,” Martin says. “That a misrepresentation. That is a deceptive practice under the Federal Trade Commission Act. And they’re liable for deceptive practices.”
Importantly, there’s no waiver of liability under deceptive practices — even under a state of emergency. This would also apply to experimental gene therapies. The only way for these gene therapies to enjoy liability shielding is if they are vaccines developed in response to a public health emergency. There is no such thing as immunity from liability for gene therapies.
Propaganda and Vaccine Rollout Run by Same Company
Martin brings up yet another curious point. The middleman in Operation Warp Speed is a North Carolina defense contractor called ATI. It controls the rollout of the vaccine. But ATI also has another type of contract with the Department of Defense, namely managing propaganda and combating misinformation.
So, the same company in charge of manipulating the media to propagate government propaganda and censor counterviews is the same company in charge of the rollout of “vaccines” that are being unlawfully promoted.
“Listen,” Martin says. “This is a pretty straight-forward situation. You’re being lied to. Your own government is violating its own laws … They have thrown this book [15 U.S. Code Section 41] on more people than we can count.
They have shut down practitioners around the country, time and time again, for violating what are called ‘deceptive practices in medical claims’ … Guess what? They’re doing exactly that thing.”
Martin urges listeners to forward his video to your state attorney, governor, representatives and anyone else that might be in a position to take affirmative action to address and correct this fraud.
Defense contractors are violating FTC law, and gene therapy companies — not vaccine manufacturers — are conducting experimental trials under deceptive medical practices. They’re making claims of being “vaccines” without clinical proof, and must be held accountable for their deceptive marketing and medical practices.
CDC Owns Coronavirus Patents
On a side note, the CDC appears to be neck-deep in this scam pandemic, and is therefore wholly unsuitable to investigate the side effects of these experimental COVID-19 therapies. As noted by Martin, it’s like having a bank robber investigate its own crime.
Details about this came out in the documentary “Plandemic,” in which Martin explained how the CDC has broken the law — in one way or another — related to its patenting of the 2003 SARS virus.
Martin is a national intelligence analyst and founder of IQ100 Index, which developed linguistic genomics, a platform capable of determining the intent of communications. In 1999, IBM digitized 1 million U.S. patents, which allowed Martin’s company to conduct a review of all these patents, sending him down a proverbial “rabbit trail” of corruption.
In 2003, Asia experienced an outbreak of SARS. Almost immediately, scientists began racing to patent the virus. Ultimately, the CDC nabbed ownership of SARS-CoV (the virus responsible for SARS) isolated from humans.
So, the CDC actually owns the entire genetic content of that SARS virus. It’s patented under U.S. patent 7776521. They also own patents for detection methods, and for a kit to measure the virus.
U.S. patent 7279327,5 filed by the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, describes methods for producing recombinant coronaviruses. Ralph Baric, Ph.D., a professor of microbiology and immunology who is famous for his chimeric coronavirus research, is listed as one of the three inventors, along with Kristopher Curtis and Boyd Yount.
According to Martin, Fauci, Baric and the CDC “are at the hub” of the whole COVID-19 story. “In 2002, coronaviruses were recognized as an exploitable mechanism for both good and ill,” Martin says, and “Between 2003 and 2017, they [Fauci, Baric and CDC] controlled 100% of the cash flow to build the empire around the industrial complex of coronavirus.”
How the CDC Broke the Law
The key take-home message Martin delivers in “Plandemic” is that there’s a distinct problem with the CDC’s patent on SARS-CoV isolated from humans, because, by law, naturally occurring DNA segments are prohibited from being patented.
The law clearly states that such segments are “not patent eligible merely because it has been isolated.” So, either SARS-CoV was manmade, which would render the patent legal, or it’s natural, thus rendering the patent on it illegal.
However, if the virus was manufactured, then it was created in violation of biological weapons treaties and laws. This includes the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, passed unanimously by both houses of Congress and signed into law by George Bush Sr., which states:6
“Whoever knowingly develops, produces, stockpiles, transfers, acquires, retains, or possesses any biological agent, toxin, or delivery system for use as a weapon, or knowingly assists a foreign state or any organization to do so, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned for life or any term of years, or both. There is extraterritorial Federal jurisdiction over an offense under this section committed by or against a national of the United States.”
So, as noted by Martin in the documentary, regardless of which scenario turns out to be true, the CDC has broken the law one way or another, either by violating biological weapons laws, or by filing an illegal patent. Even more egregious, May 14, 2007, the CDC filed a petition with the patent office to keep their coronavirus patent confidential.
Now, because the CDC owns the patent on SARS-CoV, it has control over who has the ability to make inquiries into the coronavirus. Unless authorized, you cannot look at the virus, you cannot measure it or make tests for it, since they own the entire genome and all the rest.
“By obtaining the patents that restrained anyone from using it, they had the means, the motive, and most of all, they had the monetary gain from turning coronavirus from a pathogen to a profit,” Martin says.
Dangers of mRNA Gene Therapy
I’ve written many articles detailing the potential and expected side effects of these gene therapy “vaccines.” If all of this is new to you, consider reviewing “How COVID-19 Vaccine Can Destroy Your Immune System,” “Seniors Dying After COVID Vaccine Labeled as Natural Causes” and “Side Effects and Data Gaps Raise Questions on COVID Vaccine.”
In the lecture above, Dr. Simone Gold — founder of America’s Frontline Doctors, which has been trying to counter the false narrative surrounding hydroxychloroquine — reviews the dangers discovered during previous coronavirus vaccine trials, and the hazards of current mRNA gene therapies, including antibody-dependent immune enhancement.
Antibody-dependent immune enhancement results in more severe disease when you’re exposed to the wild virus, and increases your risk of death. The synthetic RNA and the nanolipid its encased in may also have other, more direct side effects. As explained by Mikovits in our recent interview:
“Normally, messenger RNA is not free in your body because it’s a danger signal. The central dogma of molecular biology is that our genetic code, DNA, is transcribed, written, into the messenger RNA. That messenger RNA is translated into protein, or used in a regulatory capacity … to regulate gene expression in cells.
So, taking a synthetic messenger RNA and making it thermostable — making it not break down — [is problematic]. We have lots of enzymes (RNAses and DNAses) that degrade free RNA and DNA because, again, those are danger signals to your immune system. They literally drive inflammatory diseases.
Now you’ve got PEG, PEGylated and polyethylene glycol, and a lipid nanoparticle that will allow it to enter every cell of the body and change the regulation of our own genes with this synthetic RNA, part of which actually is the message for the gene syncytin …
Syncytin is the endogenous gammaretrovirus envelope that’s encoded in the human genome … We know that if syncytin … is expressed aberrantly in the body, for instance in the brain, which these lipid nanoparticles will go into, then you’ve got multiple sclerosis.
The expression of that gene alone enrages microglia — literally inflames and dysregulates the communication between the brain microglia — which are critical for clearing toxins and pathogens in the brain and the communication with astrocytes.
It dysregulates not only the immune system, but also the endocannabinoid system, which is the dimmer switch on inflammation. We’ve already seen multiple sclerosis as an adverse event in the clinical trials … We also see myalgic encephalomyelitis. Inflammation of the brain and the spinal cord …”
Making matters worse, the synthetic mRNA also has an HIV envelope expressed in it, which can cause immune dysregulation. As we discussed in previous interviews, SARS-CoV-2 has been engineered in the lab with gain-of-function research that included introducing the HIV envelope into the spike protein.
Are You in a High-Risk Group for Side Effects?
Mikovits’ hypothesis is that those who are most susceptible to severe neurological side effects and death from the COVID-19 vaccines are those who have previously been injected with XMRVs, borrelia, babesia or mycoplasma through contaminated vaccines, resulting in chronic disease, as well as anyone with an inflammatory disease like rheumatoid arthritis, Parkinson’s disease or chronic Lyme disease, for example, and anyone with an acquired immune deficiency from any pathogens and environmental toxins.
The chart below lists 35 diseases that are likely to render you more susceptible to severe side effects or death from COVID-19 gene therapy injections.
Many of the symptoms now being reported are suggestive of neurological damage. They have severe dyskinesia (impairment of voluntary movement), ataxia (lack of muscle control) and intermittent or chronic seizures. Many cases detailed in personal videos on social media are quite shocking. According to Mikovits, these side effects are due to neuroinflammation, a dysregulated innate immune response, and/or a disrupted endocannabinoid system.
Another common side effect from the vaccine we’re seeing is allergic reactions, including anaphylactic shock. A likely culprit in this is PEG (polyethylene glycol), which an estimated 70% of Americans are allergic to.
Experimental Gene Therapy Is a Bad Idea
Circling back to where we began, COVID-19 vaccines are not vaccines. They are experimental gene therapies that are falsely marketed as vaccines, likely to circumvent liability. World governments and global and national health organizations are all complicit in this illegal deception and must be held accountable.
Ask yourself the question Martin asked in his video: Would you agree to take an experimental chemotherapy gene therapy for a cancer you do not have? If the answer is no, then why would you even consider lining up for an experimental gene therapy for COVID-19 — a set of clinical symptoms that haven’t even been causally linked to SARS-CoV-2?
These injections are not vaccines. They do not prevent infection, they do not render you immune, and they do not prevent transmission of the disease. Instead, they alter your genetic coding, turning you into a viral protein factory that has no off-switch. What’s happening here is a medical fraud of unprecedented magnitude, and it really needs to be stopped before it’s too late for a majority of people.
BY: Joe Mercola
Sources and References
1 CDC.gov Immunizations: The Basics, Definition of Terms
2 Cornell University 15 US Code Subchapter 1: Federal Trade Commission
3 FTC.gov Warning Letter
4 Justia Jacobson v. Massachusetts 1905
5 United States Patent 7279327 April 19, 2002
6 S.993 Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989
The Best of Joseph Mercola
Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.
When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you
:: 2-21-21 H Newswire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
United Nations Secretary-General Prepared to Fight Free
February 21, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/5 Comments
We are doomed as a nation if we continue to obey Satan Soldiers .
Can darkness and light exist together in the same space? No. Think about walking into a dark room. What happens when we turn on the light? Darkness flees. Light exposes what’s in the room. Darkness hides what’s there. God says let My light fill your heart and expose your true self. Then you will understand the wisdom that comes from above.
March 11, 2019 (C-Fam) — In a speech to the U.N. Human Rights Council last month, U.N. Secretary-General Antonio Guterres announced that the U.N. system is going after what he calls “hate speech.”
In a February 25th speech in Geneva, Guterres said the rights enshrined in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights “belong to everyone, everywhere. They are independent of nationality, gender, sexual orientation, race, religion, belief, or any other status.” It should be pointed out that U.N. member states have never agreed that “sexual orientation” is a protected category of nondiscrimination. This is an invention of the U.N. Secretariat and various U.N. committees.
Guterres said he is alarmed, however, “by the shrinking civic space in every region — and every corner of the internet.” He said activists and journalists are targeted by “campaigns of misinformation,” posing a danger to their lives. This and much else in the speech seems to point to his disapproval of President Donald Trump who, along with the president’s supporters, have sharply criticized what they see as the partisan nature of the mainstream media.
The Secretary-General said he is alarmed by “a groundswell of xenophobia, racism, and intolerance — including rising anti-Semitism and anti-Muslim hatred,” and that “hate speech is a menace to democratic values, social stability, and peace.” He said hate speech “spreads like wildfire through social media, the internet, and conspiracy theories.”
World government or global government is the notion of a common political authority for all of humanity, yielding a global government and a single state that exercises authority over the entire Earth.
The United Nations Millennium Assembly in September will gather more heads of state than at any other time in history. Their purpose–gain consensus for the Charter for Global Democracy, which would in effect, transform the UN into a World Government. As if that were not enough, the United Nations is also sponsoring the Millennium World Peace Summit. This summit will gather more than 1000 religious leaders to search for common ground and common values among their respective faiths. This will lay the groundwork for a One World Religion. The UN offers global peace and security as a result of these meetings. Is this going to be Utopia, or will the results be cataclysmic. REALLY…
“Remember, where you have a concentration of power in a few hands, all too frequently, men with the mentality of gangsters gain control. History has proven that…power tends to corrupt; absolute power corrupts absolutely.” -British historian, Sir John Dalberg-Acton, 1887
In reference to Trump and to leaders like Victor Orbán of Hungary, Guterres is concerned with a speech that “stigmatizes women, minorities, migrants, refugees, and any so-called ‘other.'” He says, “Hate is moving into the mainstream — in liberal democracies and authoritarian states alike.”
Under the guise of “human rights,” Guterres wants speech stopped that he says presents false information about policy differences. He specifically mentioned policy claims made by opponents to the Global Compact on Migration. He said opponents of the Compact initiated a “flood of lies about the nature and scope of the agreement.” What this suggests is Guterres proposes speech he and others on the left disagree with.
The United States has a long history of accepting even vile speech. Many years ago, outright Nazis were allowed to march through the mostly Jewish town of Skokie, Illinois. This was protected by the leftwing ACLU and ultimately by the U.S. Supreme Court.
In recent years, however, conservative speakers deemed “hateful” have been hounded off of taxpayer-supported colleges and universities. Large tech companies now routinely “de-platform” those voices they disagree with, voices that tend to be conservative on public policy issues. Some governments in the European Union have banned certain types of speech. Evangelical preachers have been hassled for preaching on public streets in certain parts of Great Britain. Two years ago, France made certain pro-life speech illegal. In the Colorado baker’s case, pro-gay speech has been compelled by the government. Polls in the United States show that young people on the left are willing to limit speech they disagree with.
Experts are concerned that Guterres seems to agree that certain speech that he deems wrong must be stamped out and that he sees it as the role of the United Nations apparatus to silence it.
Lord Christopher Monckton, the former science advisor to British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, delivered a scathing refutation of the concept of human-caused global warming at Bethel University in St. Paul, Minnesota. During his presentation, Lord Monckton focused on the UN climate treaty that was being proposed for the United Nations Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen that December. He warned:
I read that treaty. And what it says is this: that a world government is going to be created. The word “government” actually appears as the first of three purposes of the new entity. The second purpose is the transfer of wealth from the countries of the West to third world countries…. And the third purpose of this new entity, this government, is enforcement.
Not just any government, mind you. “They are about to impose a communist world government on the world…..
WHAT IS EARTH DAY? Another Godless Celebration That Aims To Worship Creation, Not The Creator
At the UN’s Rio+20 Earth Summit on Sustainable Development in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, on June 2012, the world government advocates were pushing even grander schemes. Lord Monckton, who heads the policy unit of the U.K. Independence Party and is chief policy advisor to the Washington, D.C.-based Science and Public Policy Institute, told The New American’s Alex Newman, “They were still effectively talking about a mechanization for setting up a global government so that they could shut down the West, shut down democracy, and bring freedom to an end worldwide.”
The UN Plans to be One World Government By 2030
In the 1960s, an informed but naïve undergraduate, I was walking across the campus of the University of Pennsylvania with the Chairman of the Chemistry Department, Prof. Charles C. Price. He told me that he was president of the United World Federalists, and asked if I knew what that organization was. When I said that I did not, he replied that they believed in a one-world government that would grow out of the United Nations. I was nonplussed as I had never heard anyone suggest that idea before. To me, the United Nations was a benevolent organization dedicated to pressuring the world community in the direction of peace, and to operating charitable programs to help the struggling, impoverished peoples of the world. I imagined the UN as a kind of United Way on a worldwide scale.
How would Prof. Price’s vision of a new world government emerge? Although there was a socialistic thread in its founding document, the United Nations was formed based on a vision of human rights presented in the “Universal Declaration of Human Rights” (UDHR) which placed the concept of rights at the forefront for the progress of the world body. And rights are the mainstay for uplifting human freedom and the dignity of the individual. The UDHR document followed many amazing documents that presented rights as the central concept of the post-feudal world: the English Declaration (or Bill) of Rights of 1689, the U.S. Declaration of Independence with its important and forceful assertion of inalienable natural rights, the powerful U.S. Bill of Rights enacted in 1791, and the French Declaration of the Rights of Man and the Citizen (1789).
The word “rights” appears in almost every sentence of the 1869-word UN document. The document is literally obsessed with rights, and one must assume they are likewise obsessed with the rights successes as manifested in the United Kingdom, the U.S., and France. However, there are some deviations from the usage of the right we are all familiar with. In Article 3, Instead of the inalienable rights of “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” found in our Declaration of Independence, the UN declares everyone’s right to “life, liberty, and security of person.” Are they implying that security will bring happiness? Or are they implying that happiness is too ephemeral a value, and too Western? Perhaps more mundane survival goals are needed by most of the world.
We see a reprise of items from our Bill of Rights such as the condemnation of cruel and unusual punishment (Article 5), due process (Articles 6,7,8,9, 10, 11, 14, 17), illegal search and seizure (Article 12), and freedom of speech and assembly (Articles 19,20). But there are new rights introduced which, as early as 1945, we’re pointing the way towards intervention by the UN in the daily lives of people throughout the world. Throughout the document, they assert the right to food, clothing, medical care, social services, unemployment and disability benefits, childcare, and free education, plus the right to “full development of the personality,” (imagine, the UN says I have the right to be me) and the “right freely to participate in the cultural life of the community… and to enjoy the arts” (we each have the right to enjoy a painting or a movie). However, they do not state the right to appear on the “Tonight Show” or “Saturday Night Live”, so there were limits to their largesse.
In 2015, seventy years after their original rights-based document, the UN took a giant step towards the global government that was only hinted at in their first organizing document. They issued a document entitled “Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.” This document has 91 numbered sections of the UN’s program for world government. The UDHR is only referenced once in the entire document in Article 19. Unlike the original “mother document” that was under 1900 words, this document is 14,883 words. The 91 items are addressing issues under the five headings of People, Planet, Prosperity, Peace, and Partnership. Additionally, the document provides 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to improve life on the planet.
What is meant by the term “sustainable?” The most often quoted definition comes from the UN World Commission on Environment and Development: “sustainable development is a development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” The earlier ideas and ideals of rights, freedom, equality, and justice are subsumed under the meeting of needs and explicit environmentalism that emphasizes preventing the depletion of scarce planetary resources. Of course, the takeoff is the Marxist axiom that society should be organized around the idea of “from each according to his ability to each according to his needs.” Thus, Marxism is implicit in sustainability but is nuanced by its alliance with seemingly scientific adjustments and goals related to environmentalism. Technical jargon is welded to Marxist intentionality to produce a sense of fittingness and modern progress.
The entire “Transforming Our World” document is cast in a stream of consciousness of pious platitudes for a utopian future. It is an outsize utopian dream. Five of the 17 items pertain to the environment. There are goals for the cities, for women, for the poor, and even for life under the water. Absolutely no sphere of human activity is exempt from control by the UN. The keyword, of course, is no longer “rights” except the oblique reference in Article 19. In fact, this writer did not see the word rights even once in this document even though that word appeared in practically every sentence of the original UN document.
The one-world of the 1950s and early 1960s is now in the UN driver’s seat, and they have made their move. The overlay of Marxist talk about “meeting needs” has moved to center stage. The UN has assigned itself a time frame for moving forward in its plan for planetary hegemony.
This projected transformation detailing (yet without details) a new world order of environmental responsibility and a significant reduction of poverty and hunger never speaks to the practical dimension of vast manipulations of people by cynical leaders and ignorant bureaucrats who hold their positions through terrorism and bribery. They never discuss incompetence and corruption, twin brothers in the family of venality. The document portrays a sincere world where all those in power want to help humanity despite the daily evidence of the selfishness, corruption, murderous intents, devilish manipulations, thefts, personal immoralities, hatreds, and utter depravity of many governmental leaders in every country in the world, and among the leaders of business as well. Is not the Agenda for Sustainable Development itself one of those devilish manipulations?
I Object to the Bad Faith and Dishonesty of the Un-Godly Resistance
The sustainability ideal is not wedded to a Christian view; instead, individual liberty is submerged in a scientifically determined collectivist mindset with final decisions in the hands of the devilish, all-knowing Big Brothers. The relevance of the individual is downplayed. It is being put forward by a UN that is no longer pro-western, a much larger body than existed in 1945. Will you accept it, or is it time, more than ever before, to begin rethinking our membership in that unsustainable body?
Sources: Americanthinker.com
From the fear of “the bomb” in the early 1950s to the global warming scare today that America is dying in a sea of pollution, “the end of the world” has concerned us since we were school children. Today, we continue to live in fear of nuclear annihilation, terrorism, epidemics, droughts, famine, tsunamis and earthquakes.
Many see a connection between today’s news and the ancient “end-time” prophecies recorded in scripture. Others have become skeptical because of the failed “end of the world” prophecies of self-styled prophets. Such skepticism has been driven by educators and theologians who question the accuracy and authority of scripture. Ordinary people, who say they believe in God, are confused about the future because they don’t know what the Bible actually says. We Are In The Last Days……..
The New World Order Antichrist System
He also forced everyone, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark of his right hand or on his forehead, so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of his name. [Revelation 13:16-17]
I am convinced the New World Order is, in fact, the Antichrist system of command and control is set up to fulfill Bible prophecy that will eventually lead to the introduction of the Mark of the Beast.
The Antichrist Is the Main Catalyst That Brings Us a New World Order
The Bible tells us a Beast is going to rise up and will take over the whole world. Some refer to it as the spirit of Babylon that is going to be throughout the world – a great deception. The masses will believe whatever they are told by the gatekeepers. Not only will they believe what they’re told, but they will be sympathizers of what they are told. They will defend it. They will love the Beast and worship the Beast, meaning they will love their new system of government. They will love what is proposed to them. They will love their rescue… and they will love their rescuers.
The prophet Daniel described this New World Order this way.
the beast…and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it, and it had ten horns. I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. – Daniel 7:7-8
The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them, and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings. And he shall speak great words against the highest, and shall wear out the saints of the Highest, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. – Daniel 7:23-25
There is much to unpack in those verses filled with symbols and language unfamiliar to modern man. But, it is a message sent to us from God and is imperative to understand as best we can. It requires a knowledge of history and a bit of individual research to begin to understand the meaning.
This imagery is repeated in the book of Revelation…
And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority. And I saw one of his heads as it was wounded to death, and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him? And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. If any man has an ear, let him hear. He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here are the patience and faith of the saints. – Revelation 13:1-10
And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had the power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man, and his number is Six hundred threescore and six. – Revelation 13:11-18
“DO NOT THINK THAT I CAME TO BRING PEACE ON EARTH. I DID NOT COME
And that’s the end game: to worship this beast and to submit to its authority.
StevieRay Hansen
Editor, HNewsWire.com
“Unless God has raised you up for this very thing, you will be worn out by the opposition of man and devils”…
Let Me Make This Abundantly Clear. (I Am Apolitical) While I Have a General Distaste for Politicians No Matter the Party They Belong To, I Am Unashamedly Politically a Bible Believing Conservative Christian. I Have a Severe Distrust of Government. I Believe It Is the Most Inefficient and Ineffective Way to Accomplish Most Things. While I Strongly Disagree with Liberals/Progressives and Conservative on Most Political Issues, and While I Believe Liberals/Progressives and Most Politicians Are Terribly Misguided and Naive About What Big Government Will Eventually Result In, I Strive to Not Question Their Motives. at the Same Time, While I Find Myself in Agreement with Conservative Politicians on Some Issues, I Do Not Believe Electing Republicans Is the Answer to Everything. for Me, Very Sadly, the Main Difference Between Republicans and Democrats Is How Quickly They Want to Drive the Car Towards the Cliff. Simply Put, I Do Not Believe the Government Is the Solution for Everything. I Do Not Place Any Faith, Trust, or Hope in Any Politicians to Fix What Is Wrong with the World. “Come Lord Jesus!” (Revelation 22:20)
The B.e.a.s.t Is Built, It Appears Pres. Trump Will Be a Big
Our government has been overthrown. As evidenced by Trump’s capitulation on the border, his recent servitude to the GMO industry and his acquiescence to the warmongers, our President has been compromised. Our liberties are being eliminated one by one. Gun confiscation is next. The Constitution is gasping its last breaths. Our borders are destroyed and our culture has been turned upside down by every perversion known to man.
John Wesley who said that what we tolerate in our generation, will be embraced by the next. Wesley is 100% correct! We are living in sick times.
The Left, a broad term for Liberal Socialist Democrats that can only be explained fully by using the Bible explanation of the human race is as follows. A servant of Satan, because you are either saved or lost. This election has brought out the true nature of who you serve. Simply put, it’s Donald Trump, Conservatives, and Christians against the rest of the world. The Left’s Love applies only to those who believe as they do. They Love evil and commit Anarchy against those who love good. They are governed by lies and never tell the truth. On this Friday, Inaugural Day for the swearing-in of Donald Trump as the 45th President of the United States the Left wants to commit widespread Anarchy to shut down the swearing-in ceremony. Their goal of transforming America, which was founded in Judea Christian values into a Pagan Nation is almost complete. Their goal has always been the total removal of God from American society and the downfall of America. Donald Trump says he is a Presbyterian, but he left off the USA, an apostate church.
Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV)
We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9. persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed— 10. always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11. For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh.
Satan has power over (LGBTQE-TRANS PEOPLE). The “sons of disobedience” referred to in Ephesians 2:2 are those who have not trusted Christ as Lord and Savior (cf. Acts 26:18; 2 Corinthians 4:4; Revelation 13:12). The demons are also under the rule of Satan (Matthew 12:24), and one of his titles is “prince of demons” (Matthew 9:34). Satan has a kingdom (Matthew 12:26) and a throne (Revelation 2:13). Satan is called a prince because he is a ruler and possesses the power to manifest evil in the world through influencing people and commanding demons.
HNewsWire- “All political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable.” Just look at some of our modern-day examples: torture is “enhanced interrogation techniques”; murder is “collateral damage”; the aggression initiation of war is a “pre-emptive strike”; the theft of taxpayers’ money is a “bailout”, and the theft of depositors’ money in a bank is a “haircut” or “bail-in”. In a blatant example of Newspeak, the New World Order controllers (through the psychiatric DSM V) have tried to rename pedophiles as “minor-attracted persons” and redefine pedophilia as “sexual orientation”. This makes no sense since sexual orientation has to do with gender, not age, with whether you are attracted to males or females, not how old they are. There are even organizations (like B4UAct.org) which are claiming that pedophiles are being unfairly stigmatized for their feelings!
If homosexuality has been posed as healthy, good and normal, in the face of overwhelming evidence to the contrary, so can pedophilia. Pro-pedophilic articles are making their way into academia.
The Cult of LGBTQE-E for EVIL and is often a cover for child-molesting perverts
Tagged Under: abuse, children’s health, gender-confused, gender issues, gender madness, the left cult, LGBTQE-E For Evil un-godly Mob, Lunacy, mutilation, transgender, Child molesting perverts LGBTQE- E For Evil, drag queens, perverts
Unfortunately, not all alternative sources are reliable, even some Major Christian (and I use Christian loosely) news sources have been corrupted. They will NOT tell the truth. They just parrot the deceptive narratives perpetrated by those who currently control our government and media. Even those who are honestly trying to present the truth can miss it sometimes. There is so much deception out there. In these last days, you must be wise as serpents and gentle as lambs. It is no time to sleep or slumber. Diligence and vigilance are required. It is critical that you think for yourself and not be a Lemming.
https://hnewswire.com/united-nations-secretary-general-prepared-to-fight-free-speech-worldwide/
:: 2-21-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Twenty Ways the Biden Administration Has Declared War On All Americans
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, February 21, 2021 - 16:02
As Mark Twain once said "history may not repeat, but it sure does rhyme." When we apply the lens of history to the Obama presidency, it is clear that his mission was to set the table for Hillary Clinton to destroy America and to rid the globalists of pesky resisters to the neo-feudal New World Order. Conversely, and what I perceive to be a modern-day case of divine intervention, Donald J Trump happened and America received a four year reprieve from its final sentence. Unfortunately, America did not take advantage of God’s last chance for national survival as we continued our hedonistic ways, not to mention the continued slaughter of our babies.
With the stolen election in hand and a demented President in place to rubber stamp anything, America is being dismantled piece by piece. Whether the American people know it or not, they are under attack. This is a military operation. Whenever, a country is attacked, critical infrastructure is first taken down. We are presently witnessing such an operation as evidenced by the following:
1. Use of weather modification to diminish the food supply.
2. The continued closure of meat packing plants designed to fulfill Bill Gates latest proclamation of taking away meat consumption from rich nations like America.
3. The continued slaughter of millions of cattle designed to destroy the meat industry. Food's use as a weapon is upon us.
4. Attacks upon the infrastructure of the US, beginning in Texas, designed to reduce America to a helpless population which can be bent to the will of the globalists.
5. The importation of assassination hit teams into America from Mexico as they race for pre-supplied weapons caches similar to what was identified in Louisville last year. The source of the weapons are Chinese. The red list will soon be acted upon
6. Destruction of America's energy industry.
7. Wealth redistribution strategies implemented through climate change policies.
8. Gun confiscation bill designed to rob America of the ability to defend themselves from both foreign and domestic genocidal tyranny.
9. Arming Iran with nuclear weapons.
10. Causing the fall of Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, the Philippines, India and Vietnam.
11. The erosion of many of our allies (eg Canada, Australia, France, Germany).
12. Attacks upon Americans who support the Constitutional rule of law.
13. Attacks upon Americans who are Christians (ie lockdown policies).
14. Attacks upon Americans for committing thought crimes against the state.
15. The intended use of debilitating and unproven vaccines to weaken America as a whole.
16. The propagandizing of our school children to hedonistic lifestyles and the acceptance of Chinese-style authoritarianism.
17. The complete control of the media by anti-American forces dedicated to its downfall.
18. The compromising of the nation's pastors by using avarice and greed. The church is not an obstacle to the takeover of the New World Order, despite its Satanic nature.
19. Undermining the American military with discipline destroying policies masquerading as social justice.
20. The destruction of any and all Americans who challenge the takeover of this country by satanic globalists.
The most notable table-setting, nation-destroying elements that Obama left behind for Clinton included the NDAA and Executive Order (EO) 13603. The NDAA could be called the Gestapo Extermination Act for Resisters to the Satanic New World Order, in which anyone, could be declared to be an enemy combatant (ie a domestic terrorist) and be snatched from society, killed, or permanently incarcerated and nobody else would know.
EO 13603 allows the President to declare a national emergency, based upon his say so. As has been emphasized on several occasions, the NDAA allows for the complete control of everything including energy, all property, any semblance of freedom, slave labor conscription, the breaking up of families, etc. There is no stone left unturned in this EO and it awaits a Democrat to enforce the provisions and once and for all destroy that last bastion of freedom on the planet. The Democrat in waiting are the globalist, Deep State forces behind Biden who have employed the despotic Kamala “heels in the air” Harris to manage the day-to-day operations.
Under Biden’s Satanic-globalist puppeteers, the elements of America’s subjugation are expanding exponentially. Biden signed over 10 times more Executive Orders than any other president in history in his first 10 days. Every EO is about stealing freedom and wealth from the American people. Under Biden, populism, which flourished under Trump is now illegal. For example, it is now grounds to be placed on a domestic terrorist watch list if one is a Christian, a Constitutionalist (ie illegal to support the rule of law), a Second Amendment supporter, a purveyor of hate speech (ie disagreeing with the despots in power), a source of disinformation (ie disagreeing with the unscientific policies appointed bureaucrats such as Fauci and Bill Gates and al the mountain of evidence that the 2020 election was stolen by the most massive fraud in US history), as well as a long laundry list of proclaimed undesirables. This is where the NDAA and EO13603 comes in as well as FM 39.4 which is the guiding document for the management of political prisoners inside special camps who are dangerous to the new and selected regime.
The CSS has learned that the White House is leaning on big tech to eliminate anyone who is causing “vaccine hesitancy.” Why? The Epoch Times is reporting that a significant numbers of the military are refusing the CCP virus vaccination. This is dangerous to this new autocratic regime. How can the military be expected to enforce the coming mandatory vaccine requirement if the military is refusing to take the vaccine. One should take note of the fact that we cannot watch a prime time TV broadcast without being inundated with Big Pharma ads. The most notable element of the Big Pharma ads are the so-called black box warnings which lists the contraindications of the product. The contraindications are often as long as the ad itself. However, there is one place in our medical community where a medical intervention seemingly has no contraindications and that would be the lengthy list of vaccines aimed at the CCP virus. Patients with side-effects, some fatal, are being obscured. There are absolutely no contraindications. Never before in medical history has this taken place. At the risk of engaging in a wild-eyed conspiracy theory, how can society be expected to trust in what is an example of tremendous medical fraud and the hiding of the truth. Please remember that the FDA, in April of 2020 announced that it would not force CCP virus testing kits to subject their accuracy to independent, third-party testing because of the emergency nature of the CCP virus. In other words, I can find no proof that this policy was ever reversed. Subsequently, it is hard to believe that America even has an accurate test. It is easy to believe that the test is designed to produce a high number of false positives. Local health departments around the country are producing statistics which serve to further validate nation-destroying lockdowns.
The volume and intensity of his attack upon America is mind-numbing. However, over the next several articles, these issues will be further identified so there can be no doubt that America is under attack and we are at war. Why Biden's puppeteers chose to attack Texas first.
:: 2-21-21 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Meet the New President of the United States ... Barack Obama
Wayne Allyn Root Posted: Feb 21, 2021 12:01 AM
I've written thousands of columns and commentaries. This is the most important I've ever written.
This is my chance to play the modern-day Paul Revere. "The commies are coming. The commies are coming." Yes, I am reporting a communist takeover. But the leader of this attack is not who it appears to be.
Republicans, conservatives and capitalists are sick right about now. We're in shock. We can't believe Donald Trump is no longer president. We can't believe Americans voted against the greatest economy -- perhaps in history -- the greatest jobs picture ever, the greatest improvement in middle-class incomes ever and the greatest economic comeback ever, which Trump produced after the COVID-19 lockdown and economic collapse. Remember 33% gross domestic product in Q3 2020? That was the biggest number in history. Who would vote against all that? You'd have to be self-hating and suicidal.
We also can't believe America voted for a feeble old man with dementia who mumbles, who clearly signs executive orders without knowing what he's signing and who says "we didn't have" a vaccine before he became president, even though he got his two vaccine shots before he became president.
We all believe the election was rigged and stolen. We all know the feeble old man now called "president" would be more at home in an assisted living home than the White House. That man can't be our new president.
I have news for my fellow conservatives, Republicans, capitalists and patriots: Joe Biden is not president. He's a puppet. Yes, we have a new president. His name is ... Barack Obama.
Admit it. Now that I've said it out loud, it all makes sense. Obama is the real president, back to finish the job with his third term.
Biden's job was to stand there and look moderate and credible and reasonable, so as not to scare voters. But Biden isn't the real president. Obama is the man with the power.
Look at the radical executive orders Biden has signed. They all sound like Obama wrote them. This third term is "Obama Unmasked." With Biden as the front man, Obama can finally be himself. Obama is able to do all the radical things he never dared do as president.
Look at the executive orders and new laws and policies proposed:
-- Open borders. No more border wall. Everyone gets in -- during a pandemic. Halt certain deportations. Legalize millions of illegal aliens. Include illegal aliens in the U.S. census. Once into the country, give them the right to bring all their relatives in, too, with no requirement for education, skills or background checks. Ban the use of the word "alien." Folks, this isn't Biden talking. This insanity is 100% Obama.
-- Make actions and economic policy about "racism" "social justice" and "racial equity." Even climate change is about "racism."
-- Restart the Iran nuclear treaty. Give mullahs everything they ever dreamed of and then some. Endanger our best friend Israel's existence and get absolutely nothing in return. And, for good measure, wait over a month into your presidency to call Israel's prime minister so the whole world knows we no longer have Israel's back.
-- Kill the lucrative U.S. energy industry and make us dependent on foreign oil from our enemies again. Kill the Keystone XL pipeline. Kill oil, coal, natural gas, fracking and even permits for drilling. Reenter the Paris climate agreement while allowing China to pollute all it wants. This will no doubt decimate our economy, kill millions of high-paying fossil fuel jobs and make us dependent on green energy.
-- Ban the use of the term "China virus." End the trade war with China. Give China access to the U.S. energy grid.
Even the players in Biden's Cabinet and staff are all Obama retreads.
Trust me, I was Obama's classmate at Columbia University. I know how he thinks. I understand his plan. This has Obama's fingerprints all over it. This is the Cloward-Piven plan we learned about at Columbia almost 40 years ago.
This isn't Biden. This is the third term of Obama. In his first two terms, Obama tried his best to destroy the economy, high-paying jobs, health care, the U.S. energy industry, the great American middle class, our relationship with Israel, American exceptionalism and capitalism itself. He damaged us badly, but he fell short.
Now he's back to finish the job.
Wayne Allyn Root is a CEO, entrepreneur, best-selling author, nationally syndicated talk show host on USA Radio Network at 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. EST/3 p.m. to 6 p.m. PST.
:: 2--21 All Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rush Limbaugh gave his life to Jesus Christ a few years ago & it gave him tremendous hope as he faced his toughest fight
So successful professionally, Rush also faced some dark times personally – but when I went to visit him last year, I was profoundly encouraged by the faith I found. Here’s the story the rest of the media won’t tell you. JERUSALEM – How did Rush Limbaugh become the most-listened-to and most-influential radio broadcaster in American history? A brilliant conversationalist
Absolutely the most original thinker on the American political and cultural scene
A cover story, a lightning rod, never boring – ever – and usually side-splittingly funny
Heard on more than 600 stations across the country
Listened to by more than 20 million people a week
Almost single-handedly rescued the dying AM radio system, turning it into a flourishing business through the political talk show format
Courted by Republican presidents, and countless more presidential contenders
Credited by Ronald Reagan as the voice of conservatism
Credited by Newt Gingrich as helping conservatives win control of Congress in 1994 for the first time in 40 years
Most pro-Israel broadcaster in U.S. history
Hated by the Left
Viciously and routinely attacked by Democrats and their allies in the media
Making $85 million a year
And ultimately awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom at last year’s State of the Union address
How did it all come about? The Rush I knew had a simple answer: “Talent on loan from God,” he loved to say.
It wasn’t just a throwaway line – it was true – but now God has taken him home.
For the last several days, I have been mourning Rush’s death, but not without hope.
He was only 70. Death came too fast. Took him too soon, as far as I’m concerned.
Yet there is something important – and exciting – that you should know about Rush.
Rather late in his life, in his final few years, Rush gave his life fully and completely to Jesus Christ. Though he had been raised in a Christian family, this was different.
Something specific had happened in his life. He had made a very personal and profound decision. And it changed everything.
The mainstream media – so filled with hatred for Rush – will never tell you this side of him.
So perhaps you’ll let me. “TALENT ON LOAN FROM GOD”
I had the rare opportunity to see Rush’s extraordinary, God-given talent firsthand.
He interviewed me for a job in late 1993 and hired me in early 1994. For the next two years, I was blessed to work for him as research director and writer for The Limbaugh Letter, and working with him on various articles and op-eds he wrote for other publications.
I also had the joy of working closely with his amazing, brilliant, fearless and loyal inner circle, each of whom loved him dearly and continued working with him over the next several years, literally to the end of his life.
Some people spend a fortune to get a graduate degree in political science or communications. I didn’t. I learned more about the art of media strategy – the process of discovering, developing and driving a message – from watching and working with Rush and his beloved team than I could have possibly learned anywhere else. And they paid me!
DARK TIMES But I will be honest – I worried about Rush over the years.
He had multiple marriages that failed and left him hurt, until his wonderful union to Kathryn that brought him great joy. He battled with drug addition to pain killers, and had to do it in the glare of the public eye.
He lost his hearing, and but for the miracle of his cochlear implant would have lost his entire career.
On air, he certainly made his share of mistakes. Often went right up to the line. Occasionally went over.
But those things were symptoms. At his core, he was struggling with something deeper.
Raised in a wonderful Christian family in Cape Girardeau, Missouri – the heart of the American Midwest – he was steeped in Judeo-Christian values.
But from my vantage point – and I wasn’t nearly as close to him as everyone else on his team, nor am I claiming to have been – I believed he was struggling spiritually.
His younger brother, David, became a very devout follower of Jesus Christ in the 1990s. Indeed, David – a lawyer by training and profession – has gone on to write some amazing books about the Christian faith, apologetics, and the persecution of Christians.
But I worried that Rush was resisting a personal relationship with Jesus Christ. Or perhaps too busy and too successful to focus on such a relationship.
He and I occasionally discussed matters of faith – mine, and his. But again, to be perfectly honest, he was intimidating to me. Not because he was mean or callous or uncaring. Not at all.
INCREDIBLY KIND Rush was incredibly kind and generous – and not just to people in general, but to me and my family.
In the fall of 2002, he single-handedly turned my first political thriller into a #1 best-seller – and drove it onto the New York Times best-seller list for 11 straight weeks.
How? He read it, loved it and broke all of his personal rules about not interviewing people on his program who were not the president of the United States or speaker of the House.
That’s right – he actually interviewed me and raved about my novel on air. I was absolutely stunned.
And it wasn’t just that one time. Many times over the years he would read and then enthusiastically endorse my books on his program.
This simply was not done in his world. He didn’t interview staff on air. He certainly didn’t interview staff for the very monthly newsletter that a staffer once worked for. Yet he did it for me. And I loved him for this and so many other reasons.
PRAYING FOR RUSH That’s why I worried about him – and a specific Bible verse kept echoing in my heart.
Jesus once said, “What profits a man to gain the whole world, but to lose his soul?”
That’s what I feared for Rush. Maybe that seems presumptuous. Maybe it was. But it came out of my love for him. No other reason.
So, I would talk with him about the Lord when I could. We would email about lots of things, and occasionally I’d share a Bible verse with him.
But mostly I prayed for him – for the past 28 years, I asked the Lord to bless him and draw Rush into the kingdom of heaven. And I asked the Lord to bring other strong believers into his life that would be far more credible in Rush’s life than little old me.
I was not the only one. I met Evangelicals all over America who, when they learned that I once worked for him, would tell me, “I love Rush and I’m praying for him every day.”
GOING TO SEE RUSH ONE LAST TIME
Last February, when I heard him share on the air his stunning diagnosis – having terminal, Stage IV cancer – I immediately wrote and asked if I could come see him.
He immediately wrote back and said yes, he would like that.
In the States already where I would speak at the AIPAC conference and begin a book tour, I rerouted to Palm Beach.
But when I got there, he was not doing well. Day after day, I waited in the hotel. And he would write to me and say he wanted to see me but didn’t have the strength. He was really struggling. I told him not to worry. I’d wait. No pressure. But in the end, that week he couldn’t see anyone.
COVID was now sweeping the planet. The Israeli government told all Israeli citizens to return home immediately or risk the airports being closed. My book tour was canceled. And I had to head back to my family.
THE GREATEST POSSIBLE NEWS I never got to see Rush again in person.
And I worried that he was going to pass away without knowing for absolute certain that he was going to heaven. That grieved me.
But something happened on that trip that changed everything. I learned the greatest possible news – that just the year before, in 2019, Rush had given his life wholly and completely to the Lord Jesus Christ.
Maybe he had made a decision to receive Christ by faith when he was much younger and had, like many of us, struggled to walk closely with Christ after that decision. That, I cannot say.
But I now knew that he was studying the Bible like he had never done before. He was praying like he’d never done before. He was growing spiritually and it was transforming him.
And it wasn’t out of desperation. It wasn’t simply because he was contemplating his own death.
It was because he had truly wrestled through the claims of Jesus for himself, and come to the conclusion that Jesus really did die on the cross, rise again, and was the Messiah, the Savior and the King of the universe.
And having placed his faith in Christ’s love and forgiveness, he now had a certain, definitive hope that he was going to heaven when he died, and peace for every day before that.
I was overjoyed! RUSH’S FAITH IN JESUS CHRIST, IN HIS OWN WORDS I didn’t feel at liberty to say any of this publicly, so I didn’t. I told my wife, Lynn, and my sons and we rejoiced, because we had been praying for him and his family for decades.
But then another wonderful thing happened. I began to hear him share about his faith in Christ and newfound hope with the radio audience he loved so dearly, and who so loved him.
For such a public person, Rush was also intensely private. But he began talking about his faith in Christ, and I knew beyond the shadow of a doubt it was real.
Consider what Rush said on his Oct. 19 program (An Update on My Health: It’s a Roller Coaster), when he shared that he had come to the very hard realization that he was under a “death sentence,” and that time was running out:
It’s tough to realize that the days where I do not think I’m under a death sentence are over.
Now, we all are, is the point.
We all know that we’re going to die at some point, but when you have a terminal disease diagnosis that has a time frame to it, then that puts a different psychological and even physical awareness to it.
You know, I wake up every day and thank God that I did. I go to bed every night praying I’m gonna wake up. I don’t know how many of you do that, those of you who are not sick, those of you who are not facing something like I and countless other millions are.
But it’s a blessing when you wake up. It’s a stop-everything-and-thank-God moment.
And every day, thus, results in me feeling more and more blessed. Hearing from you, knowing that you’re out there praying and everything else you’re doing, that is a blessing. It’s just a series of blessings. And I am grateful to be able to come here to the studio, tell you about it, and really maintain as much normalcy as I can.
I know a lot of you out there are going through your own challenges, whether it’s cancer or another medical illness or some other life challenge. Maybe even in the hospital right now. Someone told me — I think this is good advice, may be helpful — the only thing that any of us are certain of is right now, today. That’s why I thank God every morning when I wake up.
I thank God that I did. I try to make it the best day I can no matter what. I don’t look too far ahead. I certainly don’t look too far back.
I try to remain committed to the idea what’s supposed to happen, will happen when it’s meant to. I mentioned at the outset of this — the first day I told you — that I have personal relationship with Jesus Christ. It is of immense value, strength, confidence, and that’s why I’m able to remain fully committed to the idea that what is supposed to happen will happen when it’s meant to.
There’s some comfort in knowing that some things are not in our hands. There’s a lot of fear associated with that, too, but there is some comfort. It’s helpful… God, is it helpful. It’s helpful to be able to trust and to believe in a higher plan.
So again, let me just thank all of you for your support, your prayers.
I send the same to all of you through anything that you are facing. So now the objective here is rounding third, not having to head back to second base and slide in there.
Here’s to rounding third and heading towards home. That’s the objective. That’s the goal.
LOOKING FORWARD TO SEEING HIM AGAIN
I can’t bear to read the obituaries and mainstream media reports about Rush’s passing.
They are, sadly, filled with so much hate and venom.
I prefer to be in touch with Rush’s family and team and those who loved him and appreciate him for all that he was – strengths and weaknesses included. But I’ll tell you this: one of the things I look forward to is seeing my friend, Rush, in heaven one day.
He’s not there because of me. Rush is there because Jesus loved him dearly and opened his eyes to the beautiful truth of the Gospel. That the Lord wants to adopt all of us into His kingdom – if we will only say yes.
“For God so loved the world,” Jesus said, “that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have everlasting life.” (John 3:16)
The Lord made Rush an offer he couldn’t refuse – and Rush had the humility and the wisdom to say “Yes.”
I’m so grateful, and I can’t wait to see him again.
PiSi7qkcxMw_Ca8yMzKSIX-J38DsE8Kc
:: 2-21-21 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
TOP SECRET SERIES—PART EIGHT: Confirmation Of Giants, Global Flood
February 21, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor
It was a crisp, February morning the following day as we departed the Navajo Nation’s headquarters to meet with Dr. Mose. The views on our drive were amazing, with spires that arose hundreds of feet from out of the earth, with enormous rocks often balanced precariously on their tops and accessorized by tremendous sandstone mounds and colored plateaus for as far as our eyes could see. With vast blue mountain skies hovering lightly above us, this backdrop of mesas and spires painted in yellows, oranges, and different shades of reds were richly inspiring as a few hours later we neared the traditional hogan (a nine-pillared round room made from cedar logs and mud) in the Monument Valley, where Dr. Mose had said he would meet us.
Like something straight out of an Old West movie, he was standing there in front of the Navajo structure as we drove up, hands on his hips, adorned in cowboy boots and a well-worn straw cowboy hat (ironic, right?), along with a turquoise watch, rings, and belt buckle. Black, slightly curly hair dangled along his shoulders and down his back as he regarded us with a welcoming smile. As Carl and Allie got out of the SUV and went up to greet him, I estimated that he stood about five feet, four inches, and no more. He seemed pleased to meet them and more than eager to get started telling the tales that we had asked him to clarify for us—stories that his father and grandfather had passed down from generations before, stories of giants, stories of “alien slaying” heroes of lore, and more.
Following him, Allie and Carl entered the hogan with me and the cameraman bringing up the rear. I took note that this was a customary large mud hut with an opening on one side and a chimney pipe extending up through the center of the roof. It was surprisingly warm. Dr. Mose had obviously lit a fire in anticipation of our arrival. The smell of cedar permeated the room, and I could not distinguish if this was from the fire or from the cedar log beams, walls, and ceilings. The only light that shone in was from a hole in the center of the ceiling that let the smoke from the fire exit out. Places to sit were all around the perimeter wall against the reddish-brown clay and sand-mixed floor. Dr. Mose invited us to sit down, and he motioned for Carl, who had made the initial contact, to sit down next to him. He formally introduced himself to Carl by putting his thumb to his chest, then saying his name. Using his opposite hand to indicate his index finger, he named his mother’s clan. Moving to his middle finger, he regarded his father’s clan. Ring finger, grandmother’s clan. Pinky, grandfather’s clan. Then he smiled and offered Carl his hand, explaining that by greeting him in this way, not only was he shaking his hand, but he was extending the greetings of his entire family. Carl looked honored, and happily shook not only Don’s hand, but vicariously, the hands of his entire family.
With that, Dr. Mose immediately began talking as if on autopilot while our technician raced to set up the recording equipment. The cameraman said, “Hang on a second. Can we move to where there is more light and start over?” The aged medicine man hardly looked up as he replied, “No, no, I like to tell it here. This is where I tell it. Catch up,” and with that, he continued on where he had just left off, drawing in the sand on the floor and reciting the first part of the story of the ancient Anasazi as it had been repeated to him by his father and grandfather, who had been told by their ancestors, and so on—a legend that Dr. Mose alone had undoubtedly repeated hundreds of times before.
FREE IN COLLECTION!
Since it was obvious that this Navajo historian was indifferent to our camera and recording plans (and, in fact, I could tell he was uncomfortable with us putting him on film, but thankfully he proceeded nevertheless), I stepped over to Joe Ardis (yes, the “Wild Man of the Ozarks” was our cameraman once again) and whispered, “Forget the lights and your usual setup checks and get the camera on him now; he’s not going to stop!” With that, Joe quickly unhooked the camera from the tripod, sat down next to Carl and Dr. Mose, and proceeded for nearly two hours to record what has only ever been allowed a few times in history before: the white man putting on film the official and legendary stories of creation, giants, a great flood, the reptilian deceiver, and more, all from the voice of the nation’s medicine man. Dr. Mose even sang to us in the antiquated tongue and recited parts of what I would call “Old Testament history” paralleled in their earliest antiquity using the Navajo language.
Not only did Dr. Mose substantiate the age-old and globally recorded story of “those who come through portals” and the impact they have had on biblical and global history past and present, and not only did he weave Navajo Indian myths and legends seamlessly with our understanding of the six days of creation, the arrival of Nephilim, and their connection to judgment by a global flood followed by the repopulating of peoples around the world and a second incursion of giants, but there were several instances in which, when I pushed him for greater detail, Dr. Mose went off script (he actually delineated from the official Navajo storyline) to provide greater consistency between history and the way the Bible itself recorded certain events.
For example, as the medicine man was following the “official storyline” about the Anasazi and how they didn’t disappear but rather migrated and became the modern Pueblo Indians, I expressed doubts about that theory, and he responded by grinning just a bit and saying, “Well, I probably shouldn’t tell you this, but—”. He then proceeded to tell us the older stories that his grandfather had repeated about these mysterious peoples actually disappearing after they came under mind control from a reptile with a halo, a carnivorous creature suspiciously similar to what I describe in the book On the Path of the Immortals (GET IT FREE IN COLLECTION HERE!) as “fiery seraphim” (Hebrew: saraph, “fiery serpent,” also corresponding with many other testaments around the ancient world, including Sanskrit sarpa, sarpin—“reptile”—whether with legs like the lizard or legless like the snake).
Another case in point is when I told him what we had learned from the Apache about cannibalistic giants and God destroying them in the Flood. “Oh, yes,” he said, reaching for an illustrated book he authored that is used in the Nation’s schools and libraries. He opened it to show us an artist’s depiction of a giant that had stood between thirty and forty feet tall: “There was a time when the earth was infested with such great giants and alien gods that destroyed and ate the people,” he said. “Some of them were in human form; others were monsters and [human-animal hybrids].” He followed this with the story of the White Shell Woman, who gave birth to two of the most important characters in Navajo mythology—the twin, miracle-performing sons named Naayéé’ Neizghání (whose name means “Slayer of Alien Gods”) and his twin brother, Tobadzischini. Together, these two great warriors killed many of the giants, hybrids, and monsters that were wantonly destroying human life. As Dr. Mose described these ancient tales, I could not help but think of David killing Goliath and then later other giants with his mighty men.
The storyteller then paused and said, “You know, when the Christian missionaries first came to America and told our people their stories of the giants and the Great Flood, we smiled and let them know we had already heard these tales long ago from our ancestors.” Perhaps this fact is why so many American Indians find it natural to convert to Christianity or why the Nations seem to have no issues with many of their tribal elders and educators being converts to Christianity.
Another hour passed by as we gathered these stories and songs on film, and finally Dr. Mose finished his anecdotes. As we rose to thank him and to pack up our gear to leave, Carl noticed that the old man was very carefully using his foot to wipe clean the earthen canvas he had created with his finger that afternoon. Every brushstroke was erased. None of the art would ever leave the hogan. The story was to be memorized so that it could be passed on in words and songs for generations to come. This is the storyteller’s way. This is the science of oral history. And with that, the medicine man shook Carl’s hand, then ours, and we watched as he shuffled outside and down the trail. A slight wind kicked up dust around his feet as he went, and I could almost hear the ancient “Diné Bahaneʼ” (Navajo story of creation) whispering in the air through this purple mountain range, the ancient tribal language and traditional Navajo rattles and flutes somehow still resonating their imprint over the hills from a time long ago.
Do Petroglyphs Tell the Story?
After a week on the road, having covered hundreds of miles of reservations to walk amidst their multiple ruins including hogans, temples, and kivas, to follow guides and visit with a medicine man, not to mention tracking down and photographing petroglyphs, we were finally on our way to the last site we would visit—one that our Cherokee guide had told us not to miss. We’d already collected enough pictogram and logogram images from ancient rock engravings throughout the Four Corners area to make our case and to calculate for our purposes a recurring theme, which definitely seemed to match the Middle Eastern and biblical stories of portals, reptilians, fallen angels, giants, and the havoc these played on the old world. But this final petroglyph was important, our guide had said, and one we could drive right up to. So, we decided to make one final excursion, this time into Utah, fifty miles north of Moab, where one of the largest known collections of petroglyphs is located in San Juan County. The “storyboard” we would visit there etched in sandstone began as early as one thousand years before Christ, and it records practically every element contained in this series—from spiral vortices and those who come through them to human-animal chimeras and even giant, six-fingered and six-toed footprints in pursuit of much smaller five-fingered and five-toed humans. Even that reptilian with his halo is drawn here, just a couple feet away from alien-looking, bug-eyed creatures. This location is also easier to get to than most of the ones we trekked, yet it’s as important if not more so than other petroglyphs you could spend days hiking over miles of rough terrain to reach. (But again, if you can, I recommend that you do visit the Four Corners, get a hiking permit or a guide, and see as much as you can of what I started calling the “Anasazi Trail,” as much of this area includes evidence of a former time, in my opinion, an era when civilizations worldwide were suddenly and dramatically interrupted by those beings depicted on the Anasazi’s Utah wall.)
The Newspaper Rock Petroglyph, as this one is known, is somewhat decipherable as to which images are older due to the fading and darkness of the earliest depictions (which are certainly the most mysterious, with their alien-looking heads, suits, and what might be some type of craft), and archaeologists believe the writing on this great wall continued from 1000 BC or earlier up until about AD 1300—the same time the Anasazi suddenly disappeared.
But the National Parks sign admits: There are no known methods of dating rock art. In interpreting the figures on the rock, scholars are undecided as to their meaning or have yet to decipher them. Unfortunately, we do not know if the figures represent story-telling, doodling, hunting magic, clan symbols, ancient graffiti or something else.
I suggest “something else” is exactly what they tell us based on redundancy of the same story told all around the world. The Anasazi, who disappeared when the habit of writing on this tablet also suddenly ceased, used images and symbols similar to those found globally that connect to a first, and second, incursion of giants and the mountainous gateways their creators came through.
And it wasn’t just me who immediately saw this story on the wall as a biblical one told through ancient American eyes. I could see it on Carl Olafsen and Allie Anderson’s faces, too—my chief investigators—after we finished filming, packed up our drone (which we had been using to gather aerial film), and started the long drive back to our hotel. As I drove, I glanced at Carl in the rearview mirror, and I could see that he especially was deep in thought. Soon, he got a notepad out and began writing something, which later he gave me at the hotel. It said:
Looking on that last petroglyph I could see a multitude of antique memos: the spiral that Dr. Mose had explained, the reptile with the halo at its head, footprints of animals, footprints of people…suddenly I stopped. There was a path of human footprints, each holding exactly five toes, alongside a path of giant human footprints…the larger sets carrying six toes! I was reminded of 1 Chronicles 20:6:
And there was again war at Gath, where there was a man of great stature, who had six fingers on each hand and six toes on each foot, twenty-four in number, and he also was descended from the giants.
Why would Native Americans concoct the same anomalous physiology as the ancient Hebrews on the other side of the world? While polydactylism certainly does not indicate someone is a Nephilim, accounts of giants with an extra digit on both sides of the Atlantic suggests a genetic relationship. On other places within the ancient figures was a more mystifying anomaly: There were strange, reptilian, humanoid shapes with bulbous heads and large, almond-shaped eyes. The oldest and most desert-varnished of them was a humanoid shape with what appeared to be an antennae coming off the head or helmet. Other humanoid shapes had horn-like features coming off their distorted human heads. One—the oldest appearing outline—appeared to be holding a disc-like object or a weapon of some kind and stood near a shape that had a square object affixed to the top of a shoulder-high post.
What could these figures have been left to communicate to future travelers? What were the motives behind the painstaking, time-consuming efforts of these messages? And where did the Anasazi go? Archaeologists theorize that the Anasazi were just absorbed into the Navajo and Hopi Tribes. But we were told in the Hogan [by Dr. Mose] that the tribes looked for them and could not find them. They tracked them to the Chaco valley but they were gone. The tribes mourned them and cried. Chaco means “to cry.” The oral history knows they just disappeared.
The question is…where, and why?
Carl Olafsen’s quizzical response to all we had seen—this final petroglyph included—is the same head-scratching response that generations who have stood where we did during our investigation must have felt. Yet I, for one, believe the answer was right in front of their and my team’s eyes that day (they do, too, after contemplating the evidence). The ancient ruins of the Anasazi date to megalithic ruins elsewhere in the world, and all seem to have the same fingerprints (and six-toed footprints!) of the giants all over them. That being true, if you take only the images that the Anasazi left behind and compare them to similar (and in some cases, identical) universal symbols found elsewhere around the world where the stories and meanings of the images have been made clear, and keeping in mind that these legends materialized globally at approximately the same time, it is more likely than not in my opinion that the universal story agrees with the record of every major culture of the ancient world in which the astonishingly consistent story is told of “gods” that descended from Heaven and/or came through spiral vortices to materialize in bodies of flesh.
From Rome to Greece—and before that, to Egypt, Persia, Assyria, Babylonia, and Sumer—the earliest records of civilization tell of the era when powerful beings known to the Hebrews as Watchers and in the book of Genesis as the benei ha-elohim (sons of God) mingled themselves with humans, giving birth to part-celestial, part-terrestrial hybrids known as nephilim. The Bible says this happened when men began to increase on earth and daughters were born to them. When the sons of God saw the women’s beauty, they took wives from among them to sire their unusual offspring.[i]
I believe a record of this first incursion of hybrid humans and six-toed giants is recorded in Genesis 6:4, which says: There were giants in the earth in those days [the first incursion before the Flood]; and also after that [after the Flood, the second incursion], when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown. (emphasis added)
Note that when the Torah (Genesis through Deuteronomy, the first five books of the Bible) was written around BC 1300, this would have been the same time when archaeologists believe the Anasazi, across the world from those Bible lands, were drawing giant, six-toed footprints on a slab wall in Utah and facing “an alien enemy” as the name “Anasazi” implies. When the writings in the Torah are compared with other ancient texts, including Enoch, Jubilees, Baruch, Genesis Apocryphon, Philo, Josephus, Jasher, Jubilees, and many others (not counting the accounts of the American Indian tribes on this side of the world), it is clear that this is more than a legend—it is history, a chronicle told through different peoples’ methods and worldviews involving giants suddenly infesting the entire world, being wiped out in a flood, then somehow returning in a second incursion. This story was written down globally, from Hebrew scrolls to Indian petroglyphs, to provide the oldest recorded testament of part-human, part-angelic creatures, who were in turn the offspring of hideous reptilian entities (or what the apocryphal book of Enoch calls fallen Watchers). Elsewhere in this book, you will read that documents found in Cave 4 among the Dead Sea Scrolls describe a Watcher named Melkiresha in the form of a terrifying reptilian whose looks “were frightening like those of a viper, and…he was extremely dark…and his face was like that of an adder.” Is Melkiresha or his fallen cohorts the same as those halo-bearing reptiles that led the Anasazi to destruction? There is reason to believe they were, and, after much comparison, I propose as reasonably justified a translation of the traditional Indian creation stories together with the Anasazi’s petroglyphs as telling:
In the beginning, the great creator made everything.
Powerful reptilians then came down from Heaven through portals (the spiral, halo, and reptilian symbols) to deceive the world, and the world fell into darkness. This is also hinted in one of the meanings of the word Anasazi (“an alien enemy”).
Portals (represented in ancient spiral symbolism beside giant, six-toed footprints and horned, humanoid figures) opened at this time and alien “gods,” monsters, and giants came through them. Some of these giants had six fingers and six toes (just as described in the Old Testament).
The creator destroyed the monsters and giants in a great flood.
Yet the giants and reptilian deceivers returned, though not in the same numbers as had been before the flood. They turned the people to sorcery, cannibalism, and human sacrifice (as did the plumed serpents of the Mesoamerican Maya and Aztec).
Of course, one has to wonder what happened to the remains of the giants in America and whether the Smithsonian Institution actually participated in a cover-up (as some have alleged) in making a deliberate effort to hide the giants’ remains (which would inconvenience the theory of evolution, which they celebrate) as they were discovered in early American archaeological digs. Vine Deloria, a Native American author and professor of law, sounds suspicious that this conspiracy theory may be true. He says:
Modern day archaeology and anthropology have nearly sealed the door on our imaginations, broadly interpreting the North American past as devoid of anything unusual in the way of great cultures characterized by a people of unusual demeanor [giants].
The great interloper of ancient burial grounds, the nineteenth century Smithsonian Institution, created a one-way portal, through which uncounted bones have been spirited.
This door and the contents of its vault are virtually sealed off to anyone, but government officials. Among these bones may lay answers not even sought by these officials concerning the deep past. [ii]
Does the Smithsonian Institution have an Indiana Jones-like large warehouse somewhere with aisles of American giants’ remains locked away? It’s possible. I personally have dozens and dozens of old newspaper clippings published when skeletons of unusual size—ten feet tall and more—were being dug up across the United States. I have so many of these, it could be a book all by itself, and these articles lend support to the legends of when vicious giants were worldwide. While David was fighting them on one side of the world, the Anasazi may have been building cliff dwellings in America to avoid them, and their petroglyphs also harmonize with that story. But the Anasazi evidence is not alone. Locations around the world that seem to connect to what I have called the “second incursion” of giants that came after the great Flood are prevalent.
But what about evidence that points to the presence of portals-interloping reptilian entities and their giant offspring from the first incursion before the Flood? It exists and is global. We examin this evidence elsewhere in this series that even includes information connected to the portals/stargates “technology” records, raising the bigger question: Should the cliff dwellings of the Anazasi, the ruins of Göbekli Tepe, the gigantic stones of Baalbek and hundreds of other such locations around the world be understood as remnants of a first and second incursion of earth by portals-traversing reptilian immortals and their gigantic offspring? I believe the answer in many instances is yes. There is physical proof they were here, and by the time you reach the end of this series, you will most likely believe they are also set to return in force.
But first, we move to the southwestern corner of Anasazi portal territory, to Sedona, Arizona, where Cris Putnam and his team ran into a few odd “things” they didn’t expect.
https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/02/21/part8/
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 2--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Jesus Is Coming Soon!
by Hal Lindsey
For more than fifty years, I have lived in the urgent expectation of Jesus’ return. Fifty years is a long time. Do I regret it? Was I wrong? No and no!
In Luke 12:37, Jesus said, “Blessed are those servants whom the master, when he comes, will find watching.” (NKJV)
As followers of Christ, we are to live in a state of watchfulness. A thousand years ago, there were Christians living in expectation of His coming. They were not foolish to do so. They were obedient. Titus 2:13 directs us to be “looking for the blessed hope and glorious appearing of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ.” (NKJV)
Those Christians from previous generations who lived in expectancy of Christ’s return tended also to be those who lived closest to Him. They were the ones most interested in His word, in sharing the Gospel, helping the poor, and caring for the sick.
If you’re always on the lookout for Christ’s return, someone will inevitably remind you that no one knows the day nor the hour. But they’re missing the point. It’s precisely because we do not know the day nor hour of His return that we are to be watchful. In Matthew 24:42, Jesus said, “Watch therefore, for you do not know what hour your Lord is coming.” (NKJV)
For two thousand years, people have been watching. That sounds like a long time, but remember this. God gave the first promise of His first coming to Adam and Eve. It took thousands of years, but God kept His word and Jesus came. By human standards, the Lord may sometimes seem slow. But He has a reason for that. 2 Peter 3:9-10 says, “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some count slackness, but is longsuffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come.” (NKJV)
When skeptics complain about God allowing evil and pain in the world, remember that “the Lord is not slack.” He will one day stop all the child molesters, terrorists, and other criminals. And He will hold them to account. But He won’t just stop the evil you don’t like. He will stop all evil. He will hold everyone to account.
Why does he wait? Because He “is longsuffering toward us.” He’s “not willing that any should perish.” He wants everyone to “come to repentance” — turn to Him and be saved. For now, love and concern compel Him to wait. But He will not wait forever.
Earlier in the same chapter, Peter wrote, “Knowing this first: that scoffers will come in the last days, walking according to their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4 NKJV)
I’m convinced that these are the last days, and can assure you that scoffers have come. “I’ve been hearing this all my life!” … “You’ve been saying this for fifty years!” Yes, and I will keep on saying it because it’s still true.
There are no signs yet to be fulfilled before the rapture. But signs of the Second Coming are everywhere. Since the rapture comes before the Second Coming, the rapture has to be exceedingly close!
The big thing that makes our time different from any other is the existence of Israel as a nation, and the Jews having control of Jerusalem. But there are other things unique to our time, as well. For instance, before now the world did not have the technology needed for the Antichrist to control commerce as completely as the Bible foretells.
There’s another sign unique to today. Jesus is coming soon . . . because He must!
In dozens of areas, human civilization is hurtling headlong toward destruction. Look at just one — machines with artificial intelligence. Scientists like Stephen Hawking warn of such machines taking over the world, destroying the human race in the process. Far out? Even longtime proponents of artificial intelligence have now joined in the warnings.
Air Force General Paul Selva, the Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff at the U.S. Defense Department, recently warned about “autonomous weapons systems” similar to the title character in the movie, “The Terminator” — and just as dangerous. General Selva sees weapons that are not under direct human control as a menace to mankind. And, like self-driving cars, they’re just around the corner.
Then there’s nuclear proliferation. Some people take comfort from the fact that no nuclear weapons have been used in combat since 1945. But that’s like taking comfort from the fact that you’ve been playing Russian roulette for an hour and no shots have been fired. Just keep playing, and the odds will catch up to you.
During the Cold War, Carl Sagan, wrote, “The nuclear arms race is like two sworn enemies standing waist deep in gasoline, one with three matches, the other with five.”
Except now, a madman in Korea also holds a match. The nation of Iran, run by religious fanatics who see it as their job to create an apocalypse, also have, or will soon have, a match in their hands. Next door neighbor enemies, India and Pakistan, both have nukes. Russia has more than anybody, and no one knows if their leader is crazy or not.
But don’t be afraid. Things are shaping up as God said they would. Just be sure you have invited Jesus to save you. Receive the pardon purchased for you when He died on the cross. He will instantly give you a new heart with new desires. Ask Him to empower you with His Holy Spirit. Then remember to thank Him for all these things.
In His power, you will begin to live a life that will draw others to Him as well.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-7-2016/
:: 2-12-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rumors of War—2021
By Hal Lindsey
During the last four years, the American media and much of the world was obsessed with Donald Trump. Unless you were looking, you might not have realized that many of the world’s problems have been growing, and growing fast. Today, the unwatched pot has really begun to boil.
During the transition between administrations four years ago, President Obama emphasized to then President-elect Trump the dangers presented by North Korea. The Trump Administration tried top-level negotiations with Pyongyang. For a while, it seemed to work. North Korea stopped launching missiles into the Sea of Japan. They stopped testing nuclear weapons. They even turned down the heat of their rhetoric — at least for a while.
But in some ways, it was already too late. By the end of 2017, they had an arsenal of over a hundred atomic bombs and had already developed their first thermonuclear weapon. That year, they tested a missile that US intelligence says could hit anywhere in the continental United States. And their weapons development didn’t stop after 2017.
In January of this year, they announced that they had developed “the world’s most powerful weapon.” Last October, they unveiled a new, even more powerful land-based ballistic missile system. In January, they showed off a significant new submarine-launched ballistic missile. Most importantly, according to US and UN sources, North Korean scientists have successfully miniaturized a nuclear warhead for use aboard their missiles. North Korea becomes a bigger threat to US security by the day.
Supreme Leader Kim Jong-un has two main friends in the world — China and Iran. His relationship with Iran is problematic for several reasons. Almost all of Iran’s missiles use designs bought from North Korea. During the Trump years, this exchange seemed to stop. But recently a United Nations panel monitoring sanctions against the Pyongyang regime said what most intelligence analysts already knew. The two rogue nations have again begun to cooperate. That means if North Korea has an intercontinental ballistic missile that can hit vast portions of the world, then Iran probably has access to that same technology. And if North Korea has submarine-launched ballistic missiles, Iran may have them soon.
North Korea and China are constrained by a desire to live and for their families to live. They know that nuclear war with the United States would mean annihilation, or something close to it. The Iranian people have the same desire to live, but their leaders are members of an Islamic cult. These Shiite Muslims believe that their Islamic messiah will not come until the world is in a state of chaos. And they are fully willing to use their weapons to put the world into such a state — even if it means annihilation in the short term.
The Chinese military also continues to grow more dangerous. With dollars from US corporations, China built the world’s largest high-tech manufacturing base. And they are using that base to build a stunningly powerful military. Like Russia, they have spent heavily on weapons designed to take out US satellites. That’s the 21st century equivalent of destroying command-and-control centers. There are strong indications that China’s space warfare capabilities are well advanced.
In the meantime, Vladimir Putin’s Russia has been focusing on extreme weapons. So far, they seem to have had only limited success. However, Russia still has more nuclear weapons than anyone else in the world. Every day they and the United States grow further apart.
There have always been “rumors of war.” But the widespread threat of nuclear war puts “rumors of war” on a whole new level. And that threat grows every day. Jesus warned us about these days, but He also said to be encouraged by them. “Look up!” He’s coming soon. In the meantime, walk in peace knowing that you are in His mighty hands.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-12-2021/
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.
:: 2-21-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel Policy in the Biden Administration
by Peter Schweizer February 21, 2021 at 5:00 am
The Obama administration negotiated a nuclear deal (JCPOA) with the Iranian mullahs that was bad for the U.S. (which found it had only legitimized the regime that the U.S. Department of State called the "world's worst state sponsor of terrorism") and bad for Israel (the deal would allow Iran, after a few years, to become a full-blown nuclear power).
The Biden administration has already promised to return the U.S. to the JCPOA, provided that Iran will once again agree to honor its terms. The Iranians, based on a well-established track record, most likely will not honor those terms. That will certainly create friction not only with Israel... but also with many of Iran's Sunni neighbors, who are also alarmed by the prospect of a nuclear-armed, Shi'ite, aspiring hegemon in the region.
The last few years... have shown that Arab counties seem tired of a Palestinian intransigence that has only held everyone back.
Even if one dislikes Trump, the recent advances in a warm peace brought by the Abraham Accords represent a truly new hope for the region and, significantly, a new willingness by Arab nations finally to leave behind an ancient and outdated hostility. Will the Biden administration be so short-sighted as to drop the ball on this initiative simply because it is associated with an earlier administration that now happens to be disliked? Or will it instead bid for a legacy based on even more successes -- and perhaps even a Nobel Peace Prize -- by fostering even greater interdependence among regional neighbors in the Middle East?
U.S. policy towards Israel stays fairly consistent despite changing administrations. Even after President Barack Obama's "apology tour" to the Arab world early in the first term of his presidency -- and his last-minute attempt to carve out a de facto Palestinian state through UN Security Council Res. 2334 -- official U.S. policy towards Israel did not significantly change. That held true despite Obama's efforts and the palpable personal dislike between himself and Israeli leader Benjamin Netanyahu.
U.S. policy towards Israel's neighbors is what has defined the character of each administration's relationship with the Jewish State. The Obama administration was keen to improve America's standing among the Muslim nations of the Middle East. His administration negotiated a nuclear deal (JCPOA) with the Iranian mullahs that was bad for the U.S. (which found it had only legitimized the regime that the U.S. Department of State called the "world's worst state sponsor of terrorism"), and bad for Israel (the deal would allow Iran, after a few years, to become a full-blown nuclear power). That deal was one of many reasons for the success of President Donald J. Trump's campaign in 2016.
So, what does the new administration of President Joe Biden, Obama's vice president, mean for Israel's future? For starters, a second life for that bad Iran deal. The Biden administration has already promised to return the U.S. to the JCPOA, provided that Iran will once again agree to honor its terms. The Iranians, based on a well-established track record, most likely will not honor those terms. That will certainly create friction not only with Israel, which has everything to fear from a nuclear-armed sworn enemy so close to home, but also with many of Iran's Sunni neighbors, who are also alarmed by the prospect of a nuclear-armed, Shi'ite, aspiring hegemon in the region.
Israeli newspapers are now reporting on the Israel Defense Forces' preparing plans for a possible military option to "undermine Iran's nuclear efforts or, if need be, counter Iranian aggression, which will soon be presented to the government." Just three weeks after Biden's election, Iran's top nuclear scientist, Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, was killed on the outskirts of Tehran by what the Iranians said was a satellite-controlled machine gun. Iranian authorities publicly blamed Israel for the assassination. Israel clearly sees a threat from Iran's pursuit of enriched uranium beyond the levels needed for civilian uses. Not only Israel but a goodly number of Arab and Muslim states in the region also do not want that deal back.
Not just Israel's safety, but stability throughout the entire Middle East, hangs in the balance. How Biden and his incoming diplomatic team handle this early test will say much about their priorities and focus. On its first full day in office, the administration had to walk back an "inadvertent" change someone made to the Twitter account bio for the U.S. Ambassador to Israel, which briefly read, "Israel, the West Bank and Gaza" before being changed back. Biden and his Secretary of State, Antony Blinken, clearly will not want to be distracted from the rest of their agenda by a war between Israel and Iran, or anyone else.
Along with the Iranian menace, Israel, as always, faces its Palestinian problem. The last few years, however, have shown that Arab counties seem tired of a Palestinian intransigence that has only held everyone back. Blinken has previously criticized the Palestinian leadership: he notably paraphrased former Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban's quip that they "never miss an opportunity to miss an opportunity" in seeking a peaceful solution with Israel. Many observers expect Biden's official policy towards the Palestinians to look much like Obama's or Bill Clinton's. Neither Clinton nor Obama was successful in any sustained way, but for Democrats weary of anything connected with Trump, a drawn-out lack of progress might actually seem more appealing than continuing to build a successful coalition in the region.
More than his Democratic predecessors, President Biden faces pro-Palestinian, anti-Israel forces within his own party. Sooner or later, the hardcore "squad" in the House that includes Reps. Rashida Tlaib, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Ayanna Presley and Ilhan Omar, plus a few new players, will doubtless try to pressure Biden to appease their radical wing. Succumbing to that pressure would likely bog down and contaminate not only his new administration but also the new peace now blossoming in the Middle East. Many domestic problems await Biden's attention, from the economic seizures wrought by the COVID-19 pandemic to racial tensions from extremists of both the Left and the Right. For Democrats, environmental issues such as climate change remain on their mind. Looming large internationally is America's most predatory adversary: China. Biden would do well to be resolute and tough with Beijing, if only to distract public attention from the revelations about his son Hunter's involvement with Chinese government-tied businesses. Biden himself still faces potentially bad news from the results of an FBI investigation into his son's business dealings. The threat of still more damaging revelations relating to his son would be yet another reason for Biden to want to put Israel policy in a holding pattern while he attends to more pressing matters.
Even if one dislikes Trump, the recent advances in a warm peace brought by the Abraham Accords represent a truly new hope for the region and, significantly, a new willingness by Arab nations finally to leave behind an ancient and outdated hostility. Will the Biden administration be so short-sighted as to drop the ball on this initiative simply because it is associated with an earlier administration that now happens to be disliked? Or will it instead bid for a legacy based on even more successes -- and perhaps even a Nobel Peace Prize -- by fostering even greater interdependence among regional neighbors in the Middle East?
Peter Schweizer, President of the Governmental Accountability Institute, is a Gatestone Institute Distinguished Senior Fellow and author of the best-selling books Profiles in Corruption, Secret Empires and Clinton Cash, among others.
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/16988/israel-policy-biden-administration
:: 2-21-21 WJW Fox 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Driver credits ‘hand of God’ after surviving 40-foot plunge off highway
by: Lynsey Mukomel, Nexstar Media Wire
Posted: Feb 19, 2021 / 09:40 PM EST / Updated: Feb 19, 2021 / 09:44 PM EST
GRAND RAPIDS, Mich. (WOOD) — A man’s morning commute ended with a totaled car and a story that sounds more like a stunt scene than a winter driving experience in Michigan.
Shortly after 7:30 a.m. Feb. 12, Michigan State Police Trooper Brandon Golden got a call that a car had gone off southbound US-131 near the Fulton Street bridge.
“I’ve taken a couple of them where the vehicle has left the freeway and (the driver) didn’t fare so well,” Golden said Friday.
This scene was just the opposite.
“I grabbed my med kit and he was standing out of the car already,” the trooper recalled.
Driver Dave Zmudka looked more like he had just been in a fender-bender than a more-than-40-foot plunge off the side of the highway.
He said shortly after joining the highway he hit black ice as he accelerated, fishtailed and realized he was going straight for the side wall.
When he first came to after the collision, he assumed he was still on the freeway.
“I was ready to get up and walk away and I wanted to go out and look at my car,” Zmudka said, laughing. “I loved my Jeep and I could tell it wasn’t quite right.”
Practically every inch surrounding the driver’s seat was smashed in around him. Amazingly, Zmudka walked away with bumps and bruises.
He and Golden both noted his car must have hit the plowed snow piled up along the side of the highway at the perfect angle, creating was what effectively a launch ramp.
“It’s the first one that went over this year. There have been some that got stuck on the walls, but not gone over,” Kent County Road Commission Deputy Managing Director of Operations Jerry Byrne explained. “Unfortunately, it happens more than what we’d like.”
He said once crews are able to clear main highways, roads and side streets, their efforts usually circle back to areas where there’s buildup on the shoulders against barriers.
“They try to sheer that roundedness off that snowbank, if you will, so you have a vertical, you have a straight edge so that somebody can’t mount it with their car,” Byrne said. Another incredible aspect to the crash is where Zmudka’s Jeep landed: A sidewalk that can be busy with Grand Valley State University students walking to and from the downtown Pew Campus. That morning, it wasn’t. Zmudka also didn’t hit any other cars on US-131 before launching off the side.
“The word luck just seems almost frivolous, you know?” Zmudka said. “I decided it was nothing less than the hand of God that was involved here; absolutely nothing less.”
https://fox8.com/news/driver-credits-hand-of-god-after-surviving-40-foot-plunge-off-highway/
:: 2-21-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US study suggests efficacy of 1st Pfizer, Moderna shot increases with time
Mayo Clinic findings show vaccine gives 75% protection 15 days after 1st dose, rising to 83% after 36 days; figure climbs to 89% for people who received both doses
By TOI staff 21 February 2021, 9:58 am
Vaccinated people are at far less risk of COVID-19 infection even before receiving their second dose, a new US study has found, backing up Israeli research on one of the most burning international vaccine questions.
The Mayo Clinic figures showed the same efficacy rate as those released by Tel Aviv’s Sheba Medical center, and further show that the ability of the vaccine to protect against infection increases with time, even after just the first dose. The Minnesota-based clinic, in a study of 31,000 people in four US states who received at least one vaccine shot, found the inoculations were 75 percent effective 15 days after the first shot, and around 83% effective 36 days after the first shot. The figure, reflecting both symptomatic and asymptomatic illness, climbed to 89% (36 days after the first dose) for people who received both doses. The study, which has not yet been peer-reviewed, included people who had received either the Moderna or Pfizer vaccines.
The Mayo Clinic study backed up Israeli research released last week which found that Pfizer’s vaccine is 75% effective at preventing infection two to four weeks after a single shot. The Israeli study homed in on stats for symptomatic carriers, i.e., those who felt unwell, and found that a single dose has 85% effectiveness two to four weeks later. In some countries racing to vaccinate large populations, doctors are arguing over whether they should delay second shots so they can give more people partial protection with one shot. The UK has controversially adopted this approach, despite some concern in the medical profession. Vaccines have been found to be highly effective at reducing symptomatic COVID-19 and mortality, but there is still a dearth of data on whether they prevent transmission and can stop the virus from circulating within a population.
The question is crucial because most of the population in the US and worldwide remains unvaccinated and other groups, mainly children, are ineligible for the shots.
While there is strong data from Phase 3 trials of the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine, and since, showing that vaccinated people are far less likely to become verified COVID-19 carriers, clinical trials didn’t produce robust results as to whether those who are vaccinated will still spread the virus.
:: 2-21-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Stephen Miller Calls Biden Immigration Plans 'Madness'
Stephen Miller at the White House, August 2020. (Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)
By Newsmax Wires | Sunday, 21 February 2021 02:34 PM
Former White House senior adviser Stephen Miller on Sunday lashed into President Joe Biden’s immigration proposals and policies as “madness.”
In an interview on Fox News’ “Sunday Morning Futures,” Miller, an architect of former President Donald Trump’s immigration policies, decried their reversal by the new administration.
“The legislation put forward by President Biden and congressional Democrats would fundamentally erase the very essence of America's nationhood,” he maintained. “For the first time I believe in human history this legislation proposes sending applications to previously deported illegal immigrants and giving them the chance to reenter the country on a rapid path to citizenship. … This is madness.”
“This is on top of the fact that the current administration has already dismantled border security, canceling President Trump's historic agreements with Mexico and with the northern triangle countries [of El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras], restoring catch and release and additionally gutting interior enforcement [by] issuing a memo preventing ICE from removing the vast majority of criminal illegal immigrants that it encounters,” he added. According to Miller, the Trump agreements with those countries meant “we were able to ensure that if you were apprehended illegally you were safely and humanely returned home.”
“President Biden hasn't only failed in his duty to protect American citizens, he went out of his way to privilege illegal immigrants over American citizens,” Miller said.
“So when your kids can't go to school, when your spouse or you have been laid off because of COVID-related shutdowns, 200 countries in the world can send their illegal immigrants to our border without masks, without vaccines, without health care, without any rules at all."
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/miller-biden-immigration/2021/02/21/id/1010909/?oRef=thehill
[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc
:: 2-21-21 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iran talks 'avert' impact of nuclear inspection deadline
Published 1 Hour ago
Iran and the global nuclear watchdog, the IAEA, have agreed to temporary measures to offset Iran's decision to restrict access to inspectors.
These would enable the agency to retain the "necessary degree of monitoring and verification work", IAEA chief Rafael Grossi said, without going into detail.
The move comes ahead of a deadline set by Iran to stop intrusive checks of sites unless US sanctions are lifted.
Tensions have soared since the US left a nuclear deal with Iran in 2018.
Then-President Donald Trump reimposed crippling economic sanctions to force Iran to renegotiate the accord. Iran refused and retaliated by rolling back a number of key commitments. The crisis over Iran's nuclear programme has been on the international agenda for almost 20 years. Iran says the programme is for peaceful purposes, while the US and others suspect Iran has ambitions to develop nuclear weapons.
Iran nuclear crisis: The basics
Iran has nuclear power: But some countries have long suspected that it also has secret ambitions to build a nuclear bomb - Iran denies this.
So a deal was struck: In 2015 a major agreement between Iran and six other countries meant Iran accepted limits on its nuclear activities in return for an end to harsh penalties, or sanctions, that hurt its economy.
What is the problem now? Iran restarted banned nuclear activities after former US President Donald Trump pulled out of the deal and restored sanctions. Even though President Joe Biden wants to rejoin, both sides say the other must be the first to change course line
Has the crisis now eased?
The "temporary technical" arrangement reached between Iran and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) "salvages the situation", Mr Grossi told reporters on Sunday after a visit to Iran.
"We were able to retain the necessary degree of monitoring and verification work," he said, without elaborating, but added: "There is less access [to Iranian sites], let's face it."
Why Iran’s nuclear facilities are still vulnerable to attack Clock ticks in Iran as rivals square up
Under the plan, for the next three months Iran would hold recordings from monitoring equipment installed at sites by the IAEA but would not release the information unless sanctions were lifted within that timeframe, the Atomic Energy Organisation of Iran (AEOI) said. If sanctions remained, the data would be erased, it added.
Cameras and other apparatus have been put in place by the IAEA to help verify that Iran does not carry out nuclear activities prohibited under the deal.
However, Iran and the US are at loggerheads over the removal of sanctions. Washington insists Tehran must return to full compliance with the 2015 deal first, while Tehran says that will only happen once sanctions are lifted.
line
'This deal buys some precious time'
Analysis by Paul Adams, BBC Diplomatic correspondent
The IAEA's boss, Rafael Grossi, called this "a good result".
It certainly seems likely to defuse a mounting sense of crisis surrounding Iran's nuclear activities and efforts to breathe new life into the 2015 nuclear deal, known as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, or JCPOA.
Crucially, it significantly reduces the impact of a new Iranian law, due to come into effect on Tuesday, which would have seriously hampered the IAEA's ability to do its work.
Iran will still suspend implementation of the so-called Additional Protocol, which gives the IAEA substantially enhanced tools with which to carry out inspections.
But Mr Grossi clearly believes the "temporary bilateral technical understanding" reached after talks in Tehran this weekend will allow his inspectors to continue doing their job to a satisfactory degree.
The deal will have its sceptics, particularly among those for whom the JCPOA was always a mistake, and who also believe it's pointless, or even dangerous, to try and rescue it.
But coming at a time when the Biden administration has indicated its willingness to return to the negotiating table, this deal buys some precious time.
line
Why is this happening now?
A law is due to come into force on Tuesday in Iran requiring the government to stop allowing the inspection at short-notice of declared or undeclared nuclear sites by IAEA experts.
Iran had agreed to allow the resumption of snap inspections - a voluntary measure - under the 2015 deal, having previously suspended them in 2006.
Less intrusive routine inspections of declared nuclear sites will continue - and Iran has said the new law will not lead to the expulsion of inspectors.
However, the abandonment by Iran of another commitment will heighten international alarm.
In the short term, Iran wants to put further pressure on the US and other parties to the JCPOA - France, Germany, the UK, Russia and China - to get Washington to lift sanctions on Iran's oil, banking and financial sectors.
Iran has increasingly stopped complying with its obligations under the 2015 deal since the US withdrew, deepening concern among the remaining members that its resumption of banned activities could ease the path towards a bomb.
Last month, US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken said he believed it would currently take Iran "a few months" to produce enough fissile material for a nuclear weapon if it chose to do so. But he warned that it "could get down to a matter of weeks" if Iran continued to lift some of the restraints imposed by the deal.
Recent Israeli assessments suggest it would take Iran about two years to develop a deliverable device.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-56030497
:: 1-16-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Race is on to commercialize fusion energy
Fusion Industry Association director Andrew Holland puts our readers on the cutting edge of the emerging private fusion industry
by Jonathan Tennenbaum January 16, 2021
Fusion power is moving out of government-run science labs into the private sector. Catalyzed by the public-private partnership methods which created the commercial space industry, fusion startups are attracting increasing interest among investors and accelerating the race to commercial fusion power.
Since 2018, the Fusion Industry Association (FIA) has played an important role in this process. In the past, I have written about two FIA member companies, LLP Fusion and Commonwealth Fusion.
In an exclusive interview, Andrew Holland, director of the Fusion Industry Association, spoke to Asia Times’ Jonathan Tennenbaum about the genesis of the commercial fusion power industry and the FIA’s work in its promotion. To continue reading, please log in to your AT+ Premium account. Not yet a member? Please signup for AT+ Premium monthly membership, AT+ Premium yearly membership, Chinese New Year Special: $48 for one-year subscription to AT+ Premium or AT+ Premium Access membership.
https://asiatimes.com/2021/01/race-is-on-to-commercialize-fusion-energy/
:: 2-15-21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
YOU ARE ONLY 900 TIMES MORE LIKELY TO DIE FROM COVID VACCINE THAN THE FLU VACCINE
Administrator Posted on February 15, 2021Categories Economy, Politics, Social IssuesTags covid vaccine kills
Alex Berenson
@AlexBerenson
Feb 15, 2021
How much more likely are you to die after getting the #Covid vaccine than the flu vaccine?
300-900 times, based on federal VAERS reports. Yes, 900.
Covid: 1 death reported per 35,000 shots or 10,000 completed vaccinations (so far).
Flu: 1 death per 9,000,000 vaccinations.
Alex Berenson
@AlexBerenson
Source: the federal vaccine adverse event reporting system - 21 deaths this flu season after 180+ million vaccines. (2019-20 was ~ the same.)
That’s a safe vaccine. Those deaths are likely coincidental, a simple result of the number of shots given.
The #Covid vax, not so much.
:: 2-14-21 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CDC Witholding Information: 1,170 DEAD Following COVID Injections – Almost Twice as Many Deaths as Found in VAERS
HAFHAF February 14, 2021 by Brian Shilhavy
Yesterday we reported that the CDC had done another data dump into the VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) database, showing that through February 4, 2021, there were 12,697 recorded adverse events, including 653 deaths following injections of the experimental COVID mRNA shots by Pfizer and Moderna. After publishing this article, a Health Impact News subscriber sent me a link to a page on the CDC website where they are reporting that as of February 11, 2021, VAERS received 1,170 reports of death among people who received a COVID-19 vaccine.
The page, at least at the time of publication today, is located here.
Selected Adverse Events Reported after COVID-19 Vaccination
Updated Feb. 16, 2021
Safety of COVID-19 Vaccines
Results from monitoring efforts are reassuring. Some people have no side effects. Many people have reported only mild side effects after COVID-19 vaccination.
What you need to know COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective.
Millions of people in the United States have received COVID-19 vaccines, and these vaccines will undergo the most intensive safety monitoring in U.S. history.
CDC recommends you get a COVID-19 vaccine as soon as you are eligible.
Adverse events described on this page have been reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS)external icon.
VAERS accepts reports of any adverse event following vaccination, even if it is not clear the vaccine caused the problem.
CDC, FDA, and other federal partners will continue to monitor the safety of the COVID-19 vaccines.
Reports of anaphylaxis and death
Anaphylaxis after COVID-19 vaccination is rare. If this occurs, vaccination providers can effectively and immediately treat the reaction.
To date, VAERS has not detected patterns in cause of death that would indicate a safety problem with COVID-19 vaccines.
Anaphylaxis after COVID-19 vaccination
Severe allergic reactions, including anaphylaxis, can occur after any vaccination.
Anaphylaxis after COVID-19 vaccination is rare. If this occurs, vaccination providers can effectively and immediately treat the reaction.
CDC and FDA scientists have evaluated reports from people who experienced a type of severe allergic reaction—anaphylaxis—after getting a COVID-19 vaccine. Anaphylaxis after COVID-19 vaccination is rare and occurred in approximately 2 to 5 people per million vaccinated in the United States based on events reported to VAERS. This kind of allergic reaction almost always occurs within 30 minutes after vaccination. Fortunately, vaccination providers have medicines available to effectively and immediately treat patients who experience anaphylaxis following vaccination. Learn more about COVID-19 vaccines and allergic reactions.
Reports of death after COVID-19 vaccination
FDA requires vaccination providers to report any death after COVID-19 vaccination to VAERS.
Reports of death to VAERS following vaccination do not necessarily mean the vaccine caused the death.
CDC follows up on any report of death to request additional information and learn more about what occurred and to determine whether the death was a result of the vaccine or unrelated.
To date, VAERS has not detected patterns in cause of death that would indicate a safety problem with COVID-19 vaccines.
CDC, FDA, and other federal partners will continue to monitor the safety of COVID-19 vaccines.
Over 52 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines were administered in the United States from December 14, 2020, through February 14, 2021. During this time, VAERS received 934 reports of death* (0.0018%) among people who received a COVID-19 vaccine. CDC and FDA physicians review each case report of death as soon as notified and CDC requests medical records to further assess reports. A review of available clinical information including death certificates, autopsy, and medical records findings revealed no link with vaccination. CDC and FDA will continue to investigate reports of adverse events, including deaths, reported to VAERS.
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/vaccines/safety/adverse-events.html
:: 2-15-21 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Plandemic Will Be the Demonic Highway to the Antichrist, ‘No
February 15, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/7 Comments
Religious Exemptions’ New Push for Mandatory COVID Vaccinations, Our Politicians Along With the Other Super Pukes the New World Order Enthusiast Have Completely Turned on the American People and the Global Community Tribulation in Warp Speed…
‘No Religious Exemptions’: New Push for Mandatory COVID Vaccinations
Denial of government benefits, services proposed for refusal to comply
Three university professors, two of whom are physicians, are calling for COVID-19 vaccinations to be mandatory, with no allowance for religious objections.
The Case Western Reserve University scholars, writing in USA Today, advised that “disincentives” be imposed to ensure compliance, Christian News reported.
“Private businesses could refuse to employ or serve unvaccinated individuals,” the professors propose. “Schools could refuse to allow unimmunized children to attend classes. Public and commercial transit companies — airlines, trains and buses — could exclude refusers. Public and private auditoriums could require evidence of immunization for entry.”
Dr. Michael Lederman, Maxwell J. Mehlman and Dr. Stuart Youngner acknowledge the measures “might seem draconian and would be costly, but ensuring universal vaccination is a negligible sacrifice compared with the costs, deaths and social upheaval that a sustained pandemic is having on our country.”
In their article, “Defeat COVID-19 by requiring vaccination for all. It’s not un-American, it’s patriotic,” they insist there is “no alternative.”
“Simply put, getting vaccinated is going to be our patriotic duty,” they write.
Lederman is an infectious disease specialist and professor of medicine. Mehlman is a law professor and director of Case’s Law-Medicine Center. Youngner is professor of bioethics and pyschiatry.
The scholars insist a vaccine is needed to achieve herd immunity, contending that waiting for enough people to become infected and then develop antibodies is too dangerous. Would you get a coronavirus vaccine if it were mandatory?Yes No Completing this poll entitles you to WND news updates free of charge. You may opt out at anytime. You also agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use.
Declining vaccination puts the lives of others at risk, they say.
The only exemption should be an adverse medical reaction to the injection.
“Do not honor religious objections. The major religions do not officially oppose vaccinations,” they write. “Do not allow objections for personal preference [either], which violate the social contract.”
Many Americans have raised concerns that some COVID vaccines could contain the cells of aborted babies.
On Wednesday, Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison said he wants to make getting vaccinated for the coronavirus mandatory for the citizens of his nation.
:: 2--21 Infinity Explorers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Archaeologists discovered a 6,000-year-old alien mask in Bulgaria
Thousands of people are united by the belief that there is more to our world and universe than what we are informed about.
We’re talking about the ancient astronaut theory, which boils down to one thing: misunderstood technology.
While the issue of aliens, specifically contact with aliens and their presence on earth, has often generated ridicule and accusations of pseudoscience, the truth is that there are doctors, politicians, and the military former NASA employees who are convinced that our knowledge was inherited by extraterrestrial civilizations that visited us in the past.
Moreover, we have proof of the existence of ancient technology in the distant past, the pyramids of Egypt or Machu Picchu could be the evidence of extraterrestrial contact with the inhabitants of Earth and their technology shared with less advanced societies.
Numerous artifacts have been discovered over the years and again we have another ancient representation of extraterrestrial beings discovered in Bulgaria, the 6000-year-old alien mask.
6000-Year-old Alien mask
A strange little prehistoric figure lacking a mouth, but with human and animal features, and eerily similar to an alien, dating back to the end of the 5th millennium BC, has been discovered during the latest archaeological excavations of the Solnitsata settlement, near the city of Provadia, Northeast Bulgaria.
According to the website “Archeology in Bulgaria“, the mask was found by an archaeological team led by Professor Vasily Nikolov, who compared this object to an alien in a spacesuit.
In fact, visually, this strange prehistoric mask looks like an alien depicted in science fiction movies.
The settlement of Solnitsata also called “The Salt Pit”, is known as the oldest city in Europe.
According to archaeologists, the figure dates from the late Eneolithic period, that is, it was created around 4000 BC. Experts have already rated it as one of the most impressive finds made during the latest excavations at the settlement.
However, this mask would hardly have received so much attention were it not for its intriguing appearance. It can be seen in the images, the figure has an almost regular triangular shape.
The front part of the alien mask protrudes forward in relief, and the back is, as it were, pressed inward. Both corners of the top of this prehistoric alien mask have short projections.
According to experts, these can be stylized ears. Small holes were also found in the ears.
One hypothesis is that a thread was threaded through them in order to put the mask on the face.
However, it is also assumed that it was not a mask, but rather a figure or amulet that was worn on the chest and was associated with sun worship.
Archaeologists note that the facial features depicted on the artifact were clearly carved and some areas were polished.
“The face has eyebrows, a streamlined nose, and elliptical eyes, “ “The artifact is most likely a status symbol hanging from the chest of a person worthy of it.” The creator of the alien mask clearly focused on the eyes, giving them an unusual shape and large size and the vertical polished stripes underneath.
Once again, we have been confronted with those discoveries that could reveal the truth about our existence in the universe, but unfortunately we find ourselves again with the classic explanations, which are simply representations of the belief of those ancient peoples in magic or Spirituality.
It seems that each of us will have to draw our own conclusions.
https://infinityexplorers.com/archaeologists-discovered-a-6000-year-old-alien-mask-in-bulgaria
:: 2-15-21 Summit News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Creepy Kids’ Video Asks ‘What If Bill Gates Disappeared’
Cartoon tells kids that if Bill Gates vanished, the planet and everyone on it would wither and die
Published 16 hours ago on 15 February, 2021 Steve Watson
In another example of how globalist propaganda being inserted into children’s programming, a video aimed at kids explains how awful things would be if Bill Gates disappeared.
After imagining what would happen if Batman and Superman were no longer around, the video, produced by AumSum, then turns its attention to global vaccine pusher Gates. The video states that because Gates is the world’s third richest person, if he disappeared “a highly respectable billionaire would be missed by many people.”
In the video two characters start to cry after Gates, hading out wads of cash, then disappears.
It then notes that if Gates vanished, “philanthropy would take a big hit”, with further claims that if Gates wasn’t around the world’s rich and powerful would probably no longer give “half” of their money away to charitable causes.
The video further states that climate conservation and clean energy would cease to exist if Gates wasn’t here, and that evil fossil fuels would “make a comeback.”
As if to rub in the propaganda for good measure, the cartoon also teaches kids that Warren Buffet would be upset if Gates disappeared, and that would be a bad thing.
There is no mention of how if Bill Gates disappeared then so would his efforts to completely monopolise and dominate global food production and public health programs via genetically modified crops and medicines.
Something that also might disappear over time would be extreme hunger, which has increased by 30 percent in the 18 African countries that Gates’ Foundation has initially targeted.
Gates’ disappearance might also see a slowing in the trend of growing rural poverty, with hungry people in these nations having risen to 131 million.
Perhaps without Gates’ massive funding, multinational agricultural and chemical companies wouldn’t have the resources to so effectively decimate the biodiversity of farmland, and wouldn’t be able to as effectively enforce their patented synthetic foods and pesticides.
Put that in the cartoon next time.
https://summit.news/2021/02/15/creepy-kids-video-asks-what-if-bill-gates-disappeared/
:: 2-15-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
No Vax, No Food? UK Supermarkets may Require Vax Passport
64,478 views
•Feb 15, 2021
Ice Age Farmer
200K subscribers
UK's Dominic Raab turned heads this morning, suggesting supermarkets "could" require Vaccine Passports in the near future. Drastic changes to retail are coming soon as consumers' access to food is limited, selection shrinks, and prices rise. How far will we allow these agendas to go before finally stopping them?
FULL SHOW NOTES: https://www.iceagefarmer.com/2021/02/...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gUGpYGFpQ9g
:: 2-15-21 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Communists Who Live in Glass Houses Should Not Be Throwing Stones
February 15, 2021 by Jon Watkins
If we lived in a Fair and Equal Society — then the BIG MOUTHS — the ones who always want said equality — would heed the words of the Lord.
Matthew 7:1-5 “Judge not, that ye be not judged. 2 For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. 3 And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 4 Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye?”
But alas, it is only for the other guy when it comes to a Communist Democrat. I have found that if you live in a glass house you should not be throwing stones!!
5 Times Joe Biden Openly Urged Violence Against Political Opponents
The Senate moved forward with day three of its second pointless impeachment trial Thursday, pursuing the conviction of a president already out of office over alleged “incitement of insurrection” regarding the attacks on the U.S. Capitol building in early January.
House Democrats passed the snap impeachment within a week of the riot, without one hearing or one witness, charging then-President Donald Trump with provoking the mob of his supporters to storm the Capitol building with a speech that encouraged them to protest peacefully. Despite the horde of his supporters beginning their assault before the president had even finished his speech, Democrats declared Trump was solely responsible anyway and have now kept the Senate’s top priority on punishing an ousted president as the nation faces crises on several fronts.
Meanwhile, President Joe “Unity” Biden has a history of his own encouraging political violence against opponents, and the media remained virtually silent in what has become a routine double standard.
See five examples of the now-president doing just that Here
28 Times Media And Democrats Excused Or Endorsed Violence Committed By Left-Wing Activists
Democrats and their allies in the media are ready to condemn riots now that the turmoil has shifted to fit their narrative.
On Wednesday, a mob of Trump supporters stormed the U.S. Capitol building. It was an astonishing display of anarchic protest that delayed congressional certification of the Electoral College vote formally handing former Vice President Joe Biden the keys to the White House. Read more here
Bimbo Jezebel Hirono: Democrats Were Talking about Fighting for Others. When Trump Says ‘Fight,’ It Means Fight for Him
On Friday’s broadcast of MSNBC’s “Rachel Maddow Show,” Sen. Mazie Hirono (D-HI) reacted to former President Donald Trump’s lawyers playing clips of past rhetoric by Democrats at the Senate’s impeachment trial by stating that the Democrats were talking about fighting for immigrants, students, or people who don’t have jobs, but when Trump uses the word, “fight,” then “we know he means fight for me, fight for me, Trump.” Source
What was Jesus saying…, in plain English? Before you accuse someone of something, you need to check yourself to be sure YOU are above reproach! If you have any sin in your life, you have no business worrying about where someone else is failing. You need to repent of your wicked ways! That is the message being conveyed in the axiom: “people who live in Glass Houses should not throw Stones”!!!! You can however “judge” peoples actions IF you have removed that “BEAM” out of your own eye!
People who live in Glass Houses should not throw Stones!
John 8:4-11 “And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, 4 They say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. 5 Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? 6 This they … Continue reading
Ridiculous Impeachment Over Job Well Done!
by Rev. Austin Miles – The first thing ‘lawmakers’ should know is (stand by), the law! What a concept! And they should know the names for legitimate legal charges and what evidence is needed to push that agenda . To the lawmakers, the impeachment process means a very serious charge against a president, or another high ranking politician, that could present a threat to our democracy by faulty actions. President Trump did none of that.
The former President , the most popular and productive president in history was hit with a cheap action to try and pull him down in to get him away from the public eye, and basically, to make him a non person, which has been a Soviet tactic during its entire history.
The dumbocrats hated Trump because he was heralded as the greatest president in history. He showed power in dealing with foreign nations including China who had been diddling us in trade for a number of years. He had a strong voice and everyone listened. He did everything he said he would do while the country was enjoying the greatest economy in its history. And America became great again.
The dem rats panicked when Trump was to run for another four years and began digging to find anything that would bring him down, even if they had to invent something, which they did. There has never been a mandate for honesty in Democrat politics except when JFK, my cousin was president. This bunch today wanted Communist rule not Republican rule. The new election contest brought Trump 77 million votes. However, the Dems worked hard to have machines switch votes and to kill votes in the millions, including those that came directly out of the cemetery. Dead people were very active in this last election while other Trump ballots were thrown by the hundreds into the river.
So the new IMPEACH DONALD TRUMP movement came out of the house. There was of necessity a legal statement as to why Trump should be impeached. One thing they swore to was that Trump was responsible for the January 6th riot at the Capitol Building.
These misfits could NOT come up with one thing to affirm that garbage, no TV clip, or witness that said that the mobs were told to storm the Capitol. And as you no doubt noticed, every newscast of this event stated that “Trump Supporters were the rioters .”
They absolutely were NOT. When all this failed, then cometh the impeachment czars.
The so-called Impeachment of Trump was novel to say the least. Impeachment is only carried out for a President or a highly positioned politician when they have breeched their sworn duties. Not for someone who does not hold an office. Got that? Trump did not hold an office of any kind during the time the impeachment tale was hatched.
Well, here’s the kicker: Trump was no longer a holder of the Oval Office. He did not live in the White House or even in D.C. So how in the name of the devil’s domain, did they manage to impeach him when he was, at that time, a citizen. He held no office whatsoever.
Impeachment is ONLY for a high political office holder.
Trump had absolutely nothing to do with that raid on the Capitol as the dem rats SWEAR that he did. The BLM Activist who directed the January 6th Capitol invasion was John E. Sullivan of Utah. He has a history of organizing violent Antifa, BLM protests and was seen inside the capitol during the invasion.
The events of January 6th were never as straight forward as they were depicted by those seeking an excuse to criminalize political opposition.
So here are the events s of that day as they happened:
Utah activist John Sullivan arrested for involvement in Capitol riot [VIDEO] (YouTube)
Affidavit against Sullivan (Justice.gov)
Utah Man with a history of organizing violent Antifa, BLM protests, was inside the Capitol (Townhall)
Antifa tactics seen at Jan. 6 Capitol protest—interview with Michael Yon [VIDEO] (Epoch Times)
I saw provocateurs at the Capitol riot on Jan. 6 (The Federalist)
Interesting, shortly after this hoo roar, John Sullivan was released from custody.
This all makes as much sense as the sleight of hand magician who was booked for the half time show at the Super Bowl with a thimble routine.
[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..
:: 2-14-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
"Power Bills To The Moon": Chaos, Shock As Electricity Prices Across US Explode
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Feb 14, 2021 - 9:33
Updated (1726 ET): Weather forecast models suggest the polar vortex will continue pouring Arctic air into much of the central US through Feb. 20. This means nat gas prices could rise even higher early next week as electricity demand continues to soar over the weekend as Americans crank up their thermostats and watch Netflix shows or mine Bitcoin.
... which literally froze off nattie supply as wellheads freeze-offs, cutting production receipts just when they're most needed by customers' demand for heating, we said that since the winter blast is expected to last for the duration of the week, it is likely that nattie prices across the plains states could hit GME batshit levels.
One day later that's exactly what happened because as frigid temperatures caused equipment failures, temporarily shutdowns and flaring in at least four nat gas processing plants ...
Targa Resources’ Benedum Gas Plant in Upton County affected for 7 hours overnight, co. said in a filing
Occidental Petroleum’s Bennett Ranch Unit RCF Facility in Yoakum County, which is used for EOR, was affected for 9 hours Thursday: filing
DCP Midstream’s Goldsmith Gas Plant in Ector County affected for 1 hour Thursday: filing
Occidental’s nearby gas plant, another EOR facility, was affected by DCP Midstream incident: filing
... we hit the proverbial offerless market where any natgas that was available would be purchased at virtually any price, which is why midcontinent prices such as the Oneok OGT nat gas spot exploded from $3.46 one week ago, to $9 on Wednesday, $60.28 on Thursday and an insane $377.13 on Friday, up 32,000% in a few days. This is one of those places where having a limit up circuit breaker could actually be useful, even though there simply is nowhere near enough product to satisfy demand at any price hence the explosive move.
Hubs across the Midcontinent led the surge in prices again Feb. 12 as weather forecasts predicted the coldest temperatures in more than a decade would hit the region over the upcoming holiday weekend. Platts reported that at locations across Kansas, Oklahoma and Eastern Arkansas, hub prices were trading at single-day record highs around $200 to $300/MMBtu. Regional hubs, which typically service only limited local demand, saw fierce competition among shippers, utilities and end-users looking to meet weekend requirements.
At one Enable Gas Transmission location, the cash market traded as high as $500 with weighted-average prices holding steady by mid-session around $359/MMBtu. At other nearby hubs, cash markets moved to dizzying, record highs with One Oak Oklahoma at $374 (chart above), Southern Star at $275, Panhandle at $225 and ANR Oklahoma at $205. At the region's benchmark location, NGPL Midcontinent, the market was holding around $205/MMBtu, data from the Intercontinental Exchange showed.
And as end-users across the Midcontinent compete for available gas, shippers moved quickly to cut transmissions to neighboring markets. On Feb. 12 net, inbound shipments of gas climbed to 180 MMcf/d – their highest on record dating back to 2005. In January, the Midcontinent region – which typically delivers gas to neighboring markets – saw net outbound transmissions average nearly 3.1 Bcf/d.
Of course, as natgas went offerless it was just a matter of hours before the immediate downstream commodity, electricity, would follow suit and that's precisely what happened overnight as wholesale electricity prices across all US markets on Friday.
Echoing what we said on Friday, Platts wrote that "as arctic air mass continues to blanket much of the central US, the US National Weather Service has issued multiple severe weather notices. Widespread wind chills warnings and advisories are extended through Feb. 14 and likely into the next week for much of the Upper Midwest and Midcontinent, as well as some areas in the Northwest and northern Texas. Daily temperatures across some of the locations will range between 30 to 40 degrees below average, according to the NWS. Eastern PJM, Northwest and much of Texas are also under winter storm warnings and winter weather advisories."
This is catastrophic news not only for the continued freeze in nat gas distribution, but for the explosion in electricity prices which could see many customers see a February electricity bill in the thousands, if not tens of thousands. This is what a power trader at a Houston energy company advised us on Friday:
Prices in response to the persistent cold have pushed load expectations to all time winter highs, and on par with the hottest summer days the ISO has experienced. Actual shortages could persist if units aren't weatherized and fail at any point. Monday peak is currently bid 4000, and balweek inclusive of Tuesday through Friday is 1000@2000. Off peak (nights) have traded insane levels as well, with the balance of the month trading 650$. For reference, summer of 2018 never came close to touching these levels. The highest trade on a balday was around 2000$, if i'm not mistaken.
The PUC is meeting today to discuss coordination and potential conservation efforts, but this event will likely crush several firms who are not collateralized enough to weather (no pun intended) the storm IMO. And all those folks on griddy could literally be looking at paying 4$+ per KWh across the state (as opposed to 12 cents or whatever rate you got at your house), pushing power bills to the moon.
One day later, and the peak price in Ercot west real-time hit an absolute all time high of $5,500, up from $302 the day before. If anyone has a little extra nat gas in storage, this is the time to sell it and buy a private island.
What follows is a breakdown of how the nat gas supply collapse is impacting soaring electricity prices across the US, courtesy of Platts:
Texas
ERCOT next-day prices reached record highs on the Intercontinental Exchange as temperatures throughout Texas were forecast to tumble double digits on Feb. 15. Dallas temperatures were forecast to drop to 8 degrees Fahrenheit, and Houston was forecast down to 34 F, according to CustomWeather.
The brutally cold temperatures also affected wind supply in ERCOT, generation for Feb. 15 was forecast to tumble down 52.5% to 27.8 GWh of generation as cold temperatures impacted wind turbines. DeAnn Walker, chairman of the Public Utility Commission of Texas, said at a meeting on Feb. 11 that there were some "issues with some gas generation plants being curtailed" and that "wind turbines are all frozen," further placing upward pressure on already sky-high prices.
ERCOT North Hub real-time next-day Feb. 15 on-peak power prices skyrocketed to trade above $3000, up from its previous settlement of $325/MWh. Next-day prices broke high records, and they had not seen similar four-digit prices since Aug. 15 2019, when prices settled around $1848/MWh.
ERCOT North Hub real-time balance-of-the-week for Feb. 16 through Feb. 19 surged to top $1500/MWh, and the balance-of-the-month off-peak package for Feb. 16 through Feb. 28 climbed about $499.75 to trade at $650/MWh.
In response to the unprecedented scramble, the Texas oil/gas regulator, the RRC, approved emergency provisions, and warning that the deep freeze may have a "severe impact" on energy supplies, said that power plants may struggle to acquire gas for generators.
Bloomberg's Javier Blas said, "Texas utilities are asking citizens to conserve electricity if possible as ERCOT prices surge across the board above $5,000 Per MWh (!!!) and hit the $9,000 cap in many nodes. Texas electricity grid is facing massive demand as cold weather hits southern and central U.S. states."
Central
In the Midcontinent ISO, Indiana Hub on-peak jumped to its highest price since January 2019 to trade above $100/MWh. Bal-of the-week also rallied to price on par with the next-day flow package. As polar vortex continues to impact the region, the February-to-date average day-ahead price jumped almost 70% month on month and nearly doubled year on year. MISO demand forecast for Feb. 15 is the strongest since August 2020 at 98.63 GW.
As of Feb. 12, MISO is declaring conservative operations due to extremely cold temperatures and generator fuel supply risks through Feb. 16. All transmission and generation maintenance will be suspended in the affected areas, and all outages plans should be reviewed, according to the most recent grid operator's notice.
In PJM, AD Hub on-peak traded in the upper $70/MWh, rising double digits day on day. PJM West Hub also rose to trade in the mid-$60s/MWh. Power demand was forecast to begin retreating slightly in the upcoming days, however, it was still expected to remain relatively strong.
West
West power prices surged to the triple digits, the highest prices of the year so far, as a Pacific storm system was forecast to hit the Pacific Northwest to generate heavy snow and ice accumulations from Portland to Seattle. Mid-Columbia on-peak for Feb. 15 and Feb. 16 delivery boosted about $116.25 to trade at $155/MWh, and the off-peak package hiked about $113.50 to trade around $146.75/MWh.
California packages for Feb. 15 and Feb. 16 rose, with SP15 on-peak up about $117/MWh to trade around $193/MWh, and NP15 on-peak climbing $32.75 to trade around $106.75/MWh. California Independent System Operator peakload demand supported the rally in prices, with forecast demand for Feb. 15 up 1.9% to 26.7 GW.
Southwest packages saw price increments in the $200s/MWh across the board also as the weather service forecast wind chills between -10 and -25 degrees common across eastern New Mexico. Palo Verde on-peak priced around $270.25/MWh, and Four Corners on-peak traded at $314/MWh.
Northeast
Power packages in the ISO New England and NYISO were more mixed in Feb. 12 trading. Mass Hub on-peak tumbled from its recent highs to trade in the mid-$70s/MWh. Bal-of-the-week, in contrast, rose $3 to price at $87.50/MWh.
The locational marginal prices in the New York Independent System Operator were also rangebound, with Zone G adding about $2.50 to trade around $91.25/MWh and Zone J NYC falling about $7 to $94.50/MWh. The corresponding off-peak packages each rose about $5.50 to trade in the mid-$70s/MWh. Despite some of the declines, regional power prices in both ISOs remained elevated.
Unlike the rest of the country, the US Northeast is set to experience more settled weather, with high temperatures in Boston and New York City forecast to slightly increase to the low 30s on Feb. 15 with moderate chances of snow and rain, according to the weather service.
https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/power-bills-moon-chaos-shock-electricity-prices-across-us-explode
[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.
:: 2-15-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New Ebola Deaths In West Africa Declared "Epidemic Situation"
by Tyler Durden Monday, Feb 15, 2021 - 3:45
The West African country of Guinea has confirmed its first Ebola deaths since 2016 as the World Health Organization (WHO) is ramping up to combat the new declared outbreak there.
At least three people have died from the deadly disease with another half-dozen people testing positive. On Sunday Guinea's National Health Security Agency called the new outbreak an "epidemic situation". Health officials are now scrambling to trace the new outbreak's origins, while isolating individuals that had contact with the infected. So far they've narrowed a possible outbreak center to a funeral that was attended by many.
As Reuters describes, "The seven patients fell ill with diarrhea, vomiting and bleeding after attending a burial in Goueke sub-prefecture. Those still alive have been isolated in treatment centers, the health ministry said."
Ebola can kill rapidly and painfully, and is believed spread through bodily fluids. There's growing alarm and panic given the last outbreak in West Africa was so deadly:
The 2013-2016 outbreak of Ebola in West Africa started in Nzerekore, whose proximity to busy borders hampered efforts to contain the virus. It went on to kill at least 11,300 people with the vast majority of cases in Guinea, Liberia and Sierra Leone.
Sporadic cases have appeared in central Africa in recent years, but currently the health systems of Guinea and other regional countries is already under severe strain given the coronavirus pandemic. Guinea has nearly 15,000 COVID-19 cases out of a country of about 12 million, including 84 deaths.
The WHO issued a weekend statement saying it was "ramping up readiness & response efforts to this potential resurgence" of the virus in the West African coastal region, also with Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus announcing Saturday it is now conducting "confirmatory testing" in the region.
https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/new-ebola-outbreak-deaths-west-africa-declared-epidemic-situation
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 2--21 Off Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Opening the CIA’s Can of Worms
Edward Curtin
The CIA and the media are part of the same criminal conspiracy,” wrote Douglas Valentine in his important book, The CIA As Organized Crime.
This is true. The corporate mainstream media are stenographers for the national security state’s ongoing psychological operations aimed at the American people, just as they have done the same for an international audience.
We have long been subjected to this “information warfare,” whose purpose is to win the hearts and minds of the American people and pacify them into victims of their own complicity, just as it was practiced long ago by the CIA in Vietnam and by The New York Times, CBS, etc. on the American people then and over the years as the American warfare state waged endless wars, coups, false flag operations, and assassinations at home and abroad.
Another way of putting this is to say for all practical purposes when it comes to matters that bear on important foreign and domestic matters, the CIA and the corporate mainstream media cannot be distinguished.
For those who read and study history, it has long been known that the CIA has placed their operatives throughout every agency of the U.S. government, as explained by Fletcher Prouty in The Secret Team; that CIA officers Cord Myer and Frank Wisner operated secret programs to get some of the most vocal exponents of intellectual freedom among intellectuals, journalists, and writers to be their voices for unfreedom and censorship, as explained by Frances Stonor Saunders in The Cultural Cold War and Joel Whitney in Finks, among others; that Cord Myer was especially focused on and successful in “courting the Compatible Left” since right wingers were already in the Agency’s pocket.
All this is documented and not disputed. It is shocking only to those who don’t do their homework and see what is happening today outside a broad historical context.
With the rise of alternate media and a wide array of dissenting voices on the internet, the establishment felt threatened and went on the defensive. It, therefore, should come as no surprise that those same elite corporate media are now leading the charge for increased censorship and the denial of free speech to those they deem dangerous, whether that involves wars, rigged elections, foreign coups, COVID-19, vaccinations, or the lies of the corporate media themselves.
Having already banned critics from writing in their pages and or talking on their screens, these media giants want to make the quieting of dissenting voices complete.
Just the other day The New York Times had this headline:
Robert Kennedy Jr. Barred From Instagram Over False Virus Claims.
Notice the lack of the word alleged before “false virus claims.” This is guilt by headline. It is a perfect piece of propaganda posing as reporting, since it accuses Kennedy, a brilliant and honorable man, of falsity and stupidity, thus justifying Instagram’s ban, and it is an inducement to further censorship of Mr. Kennedy by Facebook, Instagram’s parent company.
That ban should follow soon, as the Times’ reporter Jennifer Jett hopes, since she accusingly writes that RFK, Jr. “makes many of the same baseless claims to more than 300,000 followers” at Facebook. Jett made sure her report also went to msn.com and The Boston Globe.
This is one example of the censorship underway with much, much more to follow. What was once done under the cover of omission is now done openly and brazenly, cheered on by those who, in an act of bad faith, claim to be upholders of the First Amendment and the importance of free debate in a democracy. We are quickly slipping into an unreal totalitarian social order.
Which brings me to the recent work of Glenn Greenwald and Matt Taibbi, both of whom have strongly and rightly decried this censorship. As I understand their arguments, they go like this.
First, the corporate media have today divided up the territory and speak only to their own audiences in echo chambers: liberal to liberals (read: the “allegedly” liberal Democratic Party), such as The New York Times, NBC, etc., and conservative to conservatives (read” the “allegedly” conservative Donald Trump), such as Fox News, Breitbart, etc.
They have abandoned old school journalism that, despite its shortcomings, involved objectivity and the reporting of disparate facts and perspectives, but within limits. Since the digitization of news, their new business models are geared to these separate audiences since they are highly lucrative choices. It’s business-driven since electronic media have replaced paper as advertising revenues have shifted and people’s ability to focus on complicated issues has diminished drastically.
Old school journalism is suffering as a result and thus writers such as Greenwald and Taibbi and Chris Hedges (who interviewed Taibbi and concurs: part one here) have taken their work to the internet to escape such restrictive categories and the accompanying censorship.
Secondly, the great call for censorship is not something the Silicon Valley companies want because they want more people using their media since it means more money for them, but they are being pressured to do it by the traditional old school media, such as The New York Times, who now employ “tattletales and censors,” people who are power-hungry jerks, to sniff out dissenting voices that they can recommend should be banned.
Greenwald says, They do it in part for power: to ensure nobody but they can control the flow of information. They do it partly for ideology and out of hubris: the belief that their worldview is so indisputably right that all dissent is inherently dangerous ‘disinformation.’”
Thus, the old school print and television media are not on the same page as Facebook, Twitter, etc. but have opposing agendas.
In short, these shifts and the censorship are about money and power within the media world as the business has been transformed by the digital revolution.
I think this is a half-truth that conceals a larger issue. The censorship is not being driven by power-hungry reporters at the Times or CNN or any media outlet. All these media and their employees are but the outer layer of the onion, the means by which messages are sent and people controlled.
These companies and their employees do what they are told, whether explicitly or implicitly, for they know it is in their financial interest to do so. If they do not play their part in this twisted and intricate propaganda game, they will suffer. They will be eliminated, as are pesky individuals who dare peel the onion to its core.
For each media company is one part of a large interconnected intelligence apparatus – a system, a complex – whose purpose is power, wealth, and domination for the very few at the expense of the many. The CIA and media as parts of the same criminal conspiracy.
To argue that the Silicon valley companies do not want to censor but are being pressured by the legacy corporate media does not make sense. These companies are deeply connected to U.S. intelligence agencies, as are the NY Times, CNN, NBC, etc. They too are part of what was once called Operation Mockingbird, the CIA’s program to control, use, and infiltrate the media. Only the most naïve would think that such a program does not exist today.
In Surveillance Valley, investigative reporter Yasha Levine documents how Silicon Valley tech companies like Facebook, Amazon, and Google are tied to the military-industrial-intelligence-media complex in surveillance and censorship; how the Internet was created by the Pentagon; and even how these shadowy players are deeply involved in the so-called privacy movement that developed after Edward Snowden’s revelations.
Like Valentine, and in very detailed ways, Levine shows how the military-industrial-intelligence-digital-media complex is part of the same criminal conspiracy as is the traditional media with their CIA overlords. It is one club.
Many people, however, might find this hard to believe because it bursts so many bubbles, including the one that claims that these tech companies are pressured into censorship by the likes of The New York Times, etc. The truth is the Internet was a military and intelligence tool from the very beginning and it is not the traditional corporate media that gives it its marching orders.
That being so, it is not the owners of the corporate media or their employees who are the ultimate controllers behind the current vast crackdown on dissent, but the intelligence agencies who control the mainstream media and the Silicon Valley monopolies such as Facebook, Twitter, Google, etc. All these media companies are but the outer layer of the onion, the means by which messages are sent and people controlled.
But for whom do these intelligence agencies work? Not for themselves.
They work for their overlords, the super wealthy people, the banks, financial institutions, and corporations that own the United States and always have. In a simple twist of fate, such super wealthy naturally own the media corporations that are essential to their control of the majority of the world’s wealth through the stories they tell.
It is a symbiotic relationship.
As FDR put it bluntly in 1933, this coterie of wealthy forces is the “financial element in the larger centers [that] has owned the Government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.” Their wealth and power has increased exponentially since then, and their connected tentacles have further spread to create what is an international deep state that involves such entities as the IMF, the World Bank, the World Economic Forum, those who meet yearly at Davos, etc.
They are the international overlords who are pushing hard to move the world toward a global dictatorship.
As is well known, or should be, the CIA was the creation of Wall St. and serves the interests of the wealthy owners. Peter Dale Scott, in “The State, the Deep State, and the Wall Street Overworld,” says of Allen Dulles, the nefarious longest-running Director of the CIA and Wall St. lawyer for Sullivan and Cromwell:
There seems to be little difference in Allen Dulles’s influence whether he was a Wall Street lawyer or a CIA director.”
It was Dulles, long connected to Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, international corporations, and a friend of Nazi agents and scientists, who was tasked with drawing up proposals for the CIA. He was ably assisted by five Wall St. bankers or investors, including the aforementioned Frank Wisner who later, as a CIA officer, said his “Mighty Wurlitzer” was “capable of playing any propaganda tune he desired.”
This he did by recruiting intellectuals, writers, reporters, labor organizations, and the mainstream corporate media, etc. to propagate the CIA’s messages.
Greenwald, Taibbi, and Hedges are correct up to a point, but they stop short. Their critique of old school journalism à la Edward Herman’s and Noam Chomsky’s Manufacturing of Consent model, while true as far as it goes, fails to pin the tail on the real donkey. Like old school journalists who knew implicitly how far they could go, these guys know it too, as if there is an invisible electronic gate that keeps them from wandering into dangerous territory.
The censorship of Robert Kennedy, Jr. is an exemplary case. His banishment from Instagram and the ridicule the mainstream media have heaped upon him for years is not simply because he raises deeply informed questions about vaccines, Bill Gates, the pharmaceutical companies, etc. His critiques suggest something far more dangerous is afoot: the demise of democracy and the rise of a totalitarian order that involves total surveillance, control, eugenics, etc. by the wealthy led by their intelligence propagandists.
To call him a super spreader of hoaxes and a conspiracy theorist is aimed at not only silencing him on specific medical issues, but to silence his powerful and articulate voice on all issues. To give thoughtful consideration to his deeply informed scientific thinking concerning vaccines, the World Health Organization, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, etc., is to open a can of worms that the powerful want shut tight.
This is because RFK, Jr. is also a severe critic of the enormous power of the CIA and its propaganda that goes back so many decades and was used to cover up the national security state’s assassination of both his father and his uncle.
It is why his wonderful recent book, American Values: Lessons I Learned from My Family, that contains not one word about vaccines, was shunned by mainstream book reviewers; for the picture he paints fiercely indicts the CIA in multiple ways while also indicting the mass media that have been its mouthpieces.
These worms must be kept in the can, just as the power of the international overlords represented by the World Health Organization and the World Economic Forum with its Great Reset must be. They must be dismissed as crackpot conspiracy theories not worthy of debate or exposure.
Robert Kennedy, Jr., by name and dedication to truth seeking, conjures up his father’s ghost, the last politician who, because of his vast support across racial and class divides, could have united the country and tamed the power of the CIA to control the narrative that has allowed for the plundering of the world and the country for the wealthy overlords. So they killed him.
There is a reason Noam Chomsky is an exemplar for Hedges, Greenwald, and Taibbi. He controls the can opener for so many. He has set the parameters for what is considered acceptable to be considered a serious journalist or intellectual. The assassinations of the Kennedys, 9/11, or a questioning of the official Covid-19 story are not among them, and so they are eschewed.
To denounce censorship, as they have done, is admirable. But now Greenwald, Taibbi, and Hedges need go up to the forbidden gate with the sign that says – “This far and no further” – and jump over it. That’s where the true stories lie. That’s when they’ll see the worms squirm.
https://off-guardian.org/2021/02/14/opening-the-cias-can-of-worms/
:: 2-12-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
France wades into South China Sea against China
France deploys nuclear attack submarine to disputed waters in nod to Biden’s call to mount multilateral challenge to China
by Richard Javad Heydarian February 12, 2021
In an unmistakable sign of the growing internationalization of the South China Sea disputes, France has just confirmed the deployment of a nuclear attack submarine and naval vessel to the hotly contested waters.
In a tweet earlier this week, France’s Defense Minister Florence Parly announced that the European power has deployed the nuclear attack submarine Émeraude along with naval support ship Seine to the maritime area to “affirm that international law is the only rule that is valid, whatever the sea where we sail.”
“This extraordinary patrol just completed its passage in the South China Sea,” declared the French defense chief following its unprecedented military maneuvers in Asian waters this week.
“This is striking proof of the capacity of our French Navy to deploy far away and for a long time, together with our Australian, American and Japanese strategic partners,” she continued, emphasizing that France’s actions are part of a broader international effort to uphold international law in global sea lines of communications.
The move came just weeks into the administration of US President Joseph Biden, who has warned of a new era of “extreme competition” with China and emphasized the necessity for a joint response along with like-minded allies in Europe and Asia.
The growing involvement of international powers from the Indo-Pacific and beyond also belies Beijing’s persistent claim that maritime tensions in Asia are caused solely by US overreach.
France’s naval deployment coincided with the first dual-carrier freedom of navigation operations (FONOPS) in the South China Sea by the new US administration, signaling less than a month in office growing international cooperation to rein in Chinese ambitions in adjacent waters.
America’s deployment of the Nimitz Carrier Strike Group and Theodore Roosevelt Carrier Strike Group to the disputed waters was the first of its kind in almost six months, “to demonstrate the US Navy’s ability to operate in challenging environments,” according to a statement by the US Navy.
“Through operations like this, we ensure that we are tactically proficient to meet the challenge of maintaining peace and we are able to continue to show our partners and allies in the region that we are committed to promoting a free and open Indo-Pacific,” said Rear Admiral Doug Verissimo, commander of the Theodore Roosevelt Carrier Strike Group.
Other European powers such as the United Kingdom and Germany are also expected to deploy warships to the area in what increasingly looks like a concerted Western pushback against China’s maritime ambitions.
The recent naval deployment was just the latest instance of French muscle-flexing in Asian waters, a move that is bound to spark China’s ire. Back in 2019, the French frigate Vendémiaire conducted an unprecedented freedom of navigation operation in the Taiwan Strait amid rising tensions between China and Taiwan.
In response, an enraged Beijing unceremoniously disinvited the French delegation from taking part in the celebrations of the 70th anniversary of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Navy in the port city of Qingdao. At the time, a source close to the PLA told the South China Morning Post that “[s]uch a passage embarrassed Beijing. So, we advised them [France’s navy] not to send the warship to the parade, though a delegation would still be welcomed.”
In response, the French Defense Ministry said it was “in close contact with the Chinese authorities” about the incident while reiterating its commitment to upholding rule of law across the Indo-Pacific.
“The navy passes on average once a year in the Taiwan Strait without incident or reaction,” said the French defense ministry, portraying its naval deployments to the area as routine and consistent with international law. Similar to the UK, which has territorial as well as strategic interests in the region and is a permanent member of the United Nations Security Council, France has consistently maintained that it’s a “resident power” in the Indo-Pacific.
In its Indo-Pacific Strategy paper, titled “French Strategy in the Indo-Pacific for an inclusive Indo-Pacific”, Paris calls for “a stable, multipolar order based on the rule of law and free movement, and fair and efficient multilateralism.”
French President Emmanuel Macron has adopted a proactive regional diplomacy by expanding defense and economic ties with like-minded powers such as Australia and India as part of a broader “Paris-Delhi-Canberra axis” vis-à-vis China. In another unprecedented move, France spearheaded a joint note verbale with the UK and Germany to the United Nations last year, where the three European powers categorically criticized China’s maritime and territorial assertiveness in the South China Sea, which “do not comply with international law.”
“France, Germany and the United Kingdom underline the importance of unhampered exercise of the freedom of the high seas, in particular the freedom of navigation and overflight, and of the right of innocent passage…in the South China Sea,” said the joint statement by the three powers, which called firmly on China to comply with prevailing international law. European powers’ growing involvement in regional geopolitics is consistent with the strategic priorities of the Biden administration, which has underscored its commitment to “working with our allies and partners” based “on the international rules of the road.”
Authoritative studies also show that a growing European strategic footprint is broadly welcomed by China’s smaller neighbors, including among rival South China Sea claimants who are deeply worried about both Beijing’s aggressive intentions as well as a brewing Cold War in the region.
According to the latest “The State of Southeast Asia” survey, annually conducted by the Singapore-based Institute for Southeast Asian Studies (ISEA), a think tank, European powers and Japan, “are the clear front-runners for ASEAN’s most favored and trusted strategic partners in the hedging game against US-China rivalry.”
A majority of respondents (51.0%), composed of elite policy-makers and strategists in Southeast Asia, rated the EU as a reliable partner and global champion of the rule of law. In contrast, mistrust towards China “is trending upwards” from 60.4% last year to 63.0% in 2021.
The Biden presidency, meanwhile, led to a whopping 18.0% jump in US’ trust ratings in the region according to the survey, a reflection of growing hopes Washington will reassert regional leadership in cooperation with allies and strategic partners. What’s increasingly clear is that Beijing is facing a concerted pushback over its aggressive behavior against smaller neighbors across international waters.
https://asiatimes.com/2021/02/france-wades-into-south-china-sea-against-china/
[
:: 2-25-15
pm service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
etc.
Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your
military protection, etc.
:: 2-11-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Can Russian combat suit stop a .50 caliber bullet?
Russia’s ever-improving battle suit systems are a sign that military technology is rapidly progressing
by Dave Makichuk February 11, 2021
The average bullet travels at 2,500 feet per second (around 1,700 mph). A .50-caliber bullet at 1,225 feet per second at 2,700 yards.
According to experts, a .50 BMG (NATO designation, Browning Machine Gun) bullet fired into you can rip off your arms, legs, head, etc.
In fact, the .50 BMG creates a temporary wound cavity larger than the average adult male human’s torso, meaning if you were shot in the chest, anywhere within 1 mile from the gun, you’d likely be ripped in half.
Which is why some are skeptical of recent claims by Russian state-owned military developer Rostec, which says that its next generation of combat armor will be able to withstand a direct shot from a .50 caliber bullet.
The armor, which will be the fourth generation of Rostec’s Sotnik, or Centurion, battle armor, is expected to become the most futuristic set of infantry gear out there, Task & Purpose reports, though it’s not clear when it will be ready for action. Regardless, the Russian military appears to be beating the pants off of the US when it comes to future infantry combat systems — a sign that military technology is rapidly progressing toward the goal of giving soldiers seemingly-superhuman capabilities. The current third-generation Sotnik suit currently includes the “entirely new personal protective equipment and ammunition, offering light armor defense and increasing the soldier’s armament by several times,” according to the Jamestown Foundation.
“The new generation gear will consist of a fundamentally new set of technology, including the latest achievements of the Russian defense industry, including robotic equipment and integrated systems for exchanging information,” Rostec’s Bekkhan Ozdoev said.
“Today we have started the first stage of development – the definition of tactical and technical requirements.” While Rostec’s official release was vague regarding the specifics of the new system, Ozdoev had previously stated the fourth-generation Sotnik armor will consist of lightweight polyethylene fiber and armor plating that is engineered to withstand a direct shot from a .50 caliber M2 Browning.
“The gear will not restrict movement and will allow you to take the extra weight necessary to perform special missions,” Ozdoev said.
There is no doubt that stopping .50 bullet is a vastly different proposition to dealing with the 7.62mm rifle rounds which most armor aims to protect against.
But according to Samuel Bendett, a research analyst at the Center for Naval Analyses, the Russian military is “totally serious about this.”
Indeed, the current third-generation Sotnik gear that Rostec is currently developing is itself intended to replace the high-tech Ratnik, or “Warrior,” combat gear — which has been in development for more than a decade and seen combat — by sometime in 2025, Task & Purpose reported.
The Ratnik suit, which consists of 10 subsystems and 59 individual components, includes modernized body armor designed to withstand 7.62mm rounds, a helmet with a special eye monitor outfitted with a thermal night vision monocular and flashlight, and integrated communication systems. It “also features a self-contained heater, a backpack, an individual water filter, a gas mask, and a medical kit,” according to Army Technology.
More than 300,000 sets of the various iterations of the Ratnik combat gear have already been delivered to the Russian Ministry of Defense, Task & Purpose reported.
While Rosetec isn’t explicitly saying how long R&D will take for the Sotnik, the company has “a lot to build on” now that two generations of Ratnik battle armor has been combat-tested by Russian forces, Bendett said.
Some futuristic capabilities actually do appear within arm’s reach. Rostec in September unveiled a specialized exoskeleton for the Ratnik battle suit designed to bear 80 kilograms (176 pounds) for the average soldier and a fresh “Stormer” combat exoskeleton designed to haul 60 kilograms (132 pounds) during assault operations, Task & Purpose reported. ‘There are certain technologies that will realistically be developed first,” Bendett explained. “Others are just at concept stages.”
According to Forbes magazine, there is a secondary issue in that just stopping a bullet is not enough: the ferocious impact is like being kicked by a horse.
According to a Rostec press release, the new armor will incorporate “ special shock-absorbing components” to prevent this type of blunt trauma injury.
Compared to Russia, the United States military’s attempts to build high-tech battle armor have lagged way behind.
The Army has been working for years to develop robotic exoskeletons that enhance soldiers’ physical capabilities, but Task & Purpose reports that they’re not nearly as advanced — or thoroughly tested — as what Russia has been able to build.
As well, Russia has benefitted in its exoskeleton development from its ability to field test such gear in its weapons playground of war-torn Syria.
Sources: ExpandUSCeramics.com, Futurism.com, Task & Purpose, Forbes magazine
https://asiatimes.com/2021/02/russia-says-futuristic-combat-suit-can-stop-50-bullet/
:: 2-14-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Biological dominance': China allegedly goes dark to create 'master race' of 'super soldiers'
'Has nobody there seen 'Planet of the Apes'?'
Bob Unruh By Bob Unruh Published February 14, 2021 at 12:09pm
It would be a bad thing for China to dominate the world economy, right? Or international groups such as the World Health Organization or United Nations.
What about a world in which the Chinese Communist Party would dominate biologically? With "super soldiers."
Politics U.S. WND News Center WorldWND
'Biological dominance': China allegedly goes dark to create 'master race' of 'super soldiers'
'Has nobody there seen 'Planet of the Apes'?'
Bob Unruh By Bob Unruh
Published February 14, 2021 at 12:09pm
2017's 'War for the Planet of the Apes' (20th Century Fox)
It would be a bad thing for China to dominate the world economy, right? Or international groups such as the World Health Organization or United Nations.
What about a world in which the Chinese Communist Party would dominate biologically? With "super soldiers."
That's the warning of China expert Gordon G. Chang, author of "The Coming Collapse of China" and a Gatestone Institute senior fellow.
He explained in a recent commentary that Bing Su, a geneticist at China's government Kunming Institute of Zoology, "recently inserted the human MCPH1 gene, which develops the brain, into a monkey." "The insertion could make that animal's intelligence more human than that of lower primates," he explained. "Su's next experiment is inserting into monkeys the SRGAP2C gene, related to human intelligence, and the FOXP2 gene, connected to language skills.
"Has nobody in China seen 'Planet of the Apes'?" he said. He warned: "In a communist society with unrestrained ambition, researchers are pursuing weird science. What happens when you mix pig and monkey DNA? Chinese experimenters can tell you. How about growing human-like organs in animals? Yes, they have done that as well." He said the ultimate objective is alarming.
"Beijing may already be engineering 'super soldiers,'" he said, pointing to then-Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe's statement in December.
The DNI said, "U.S. intelligence shows that China has conducted human testing on members of the People's Liberation Army in hope of developing soldiers with biologically enhanced capabilities."
The reference was to efforts by the Central Military Commission of the Communist Party "supporting research in human performance enhancement and 'new concept' biotechnology.'"
"All these Chinese moves are meant to obtain 'biological dominance," he said.
Chang noted that He Jiankui of the Southern University of Science and Technology in Shenzhen "used the CRISPR-Cas9 tool to remove gene CCR5 to give twin girls "enhance[d] intelligence."
That brings to mind the Third Reich's attempts at a "master race," she said.
"Soon, for instance, there will be 'Le Terminator.' The French government has just given approval for augmented soldiers. 'We have to be clear, not everyone has the same scruples as us and we have to prepare ourselves for such a future,' declared French Minister for the Armed Forces Florence Parly," Chang wrote.
So, he wondered, "how did China access the complex research and technology to move toward "homo robocopus"? From the U.S., he said.
Because, as Brandon Weichert of The Weichert Report explained to Gatestone, "China has gleaned access to CRISPR and advanced genetic and biotech research, thanks to their relationship with the United States and other advanced Western nations.
"American research labs, biotech investors, and scientists have all striven to do research and business in China's budding biotech arena explicitly because the ethical standards for research on this sensitive issue are so low," Weichert said.
=newsletter&ats_es=5c2611d34638a419dddde47c6216068b
[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc:: 2-14-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Most conservatives are coming to the realization that America’s corrupt rulers DESPISE White people
Sunday, February 14, 2021 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) A new poll by AEI and YouGov has found that the vast majority of conservatives who support President Donald Trump are fully aware of the fact that White people are hated in the United States.
A whopping 87 percent of respondents agreed with the statement: “I worry that discrimination against Whites will increase a lot in the next few years.”
Conversely, 80 percent rejected the notion that “White people have an advantage in today’s America because of their skin color,” apparently recognizing that non-Whites are now actively discriminated against due to the color of their skin.
Conducted between Jan. 11-14, just before China Joe was installed into the White House, the poll offers a dire take on the state of American morale, particularly among conservatives who see the America they once knew and loved swirl down the toilet.
“Christianity is under attack in America today” is a statement that 89 percent of Trump supporters agree with, while nearly the same percentage agree that Christianity is an “essential part of American greatness.”
Consequently, America will fail if it loses its Christian heritage, which is now happening at breakneck speed.
More than three-quarters of Trump supporters feel stifled and unable to express their political views in public, even as people with other political views are free to express theirs.
Nearly all Trump supporters say that ethnic “minorities,” which are quickly becoming majorities, “have a mostly fair chance to succeed in today’s America.” Only about 30 percent believe that America is riddled with “systemic racism” – and they probably mean systemic racism against Whites.
Without Trump, the Republican Party is dead forever
An overwhelming 96 percent of those polled say that immigration levels need to be reduced, or at least stay the same. About 62 percent also want all 11 million illegal aliens to be deported and sent back to their home countries.
All employers should be required by the federal government to certify that their employees are either legal citizens or residents, indicated 89 percent of poll respondents. Only 3 percent said this should not be a requirement.
Even with Trump not visibly in the White House, 86 percent of his supporters still want a border wall built on America’s southern border. This may never happen under establishment Republican control, though, which is why 66 percent say they support Trump but not necessarily the Republican Party.
Less than half of all Trump supporters believe the Republican Party is headed in the right direction, while more than half are either unsure or think it is on the wrong track.
Less than one in four Trump supporters identifies as someone who supports the Republican Party, revealing a chasm between the populist choice on the Republican ticket in 2016 and 2020, and the establishment Republican Party that almost nobody likes anymore.
In summation, these poll results sound a death knell for the Republican Party. Without Trump, there is nowhere for the Republican Party to go but down, down, and further down – unless, of course, some fresh blood enters the ring to stand for We the People rather than the billionaires and big corporations.
“I experienced wrongful firing and lying about my work history,” wrote one Information Liberation commenter. “No lawyer would take my case. One lawyer finally said: ‘You’re a white male; there’s no money in it for me.’ That was 1995.”
“Drove a black guy to take the exam for a U.S. Postal Service job,” wrote another.
“Took the test myself on a lark. I knew for sure I scored 100%. The test was really easy and I told the black women who issued the exam that I got ’em all right, when do I start. After grading the test and concluding I did indeed score 100% she informed me that ‘this is the Post Office; we don’t hire white people. That was in 1987.”
For more related news, be sure to check out Trump.news.
Sources for this article include: InformationLiberation.com NaturalNews.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-02-14-conservatives-realize-america-despise-white-people.html
[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now etc
[ :: 8-4-19 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For the mark of the beast is already out, don’t go for it, they are trying to make it sound like it is not even the mark of the beast, trying to make it sound like it is something else. Stay with my word, don’t listen to what they say, even though they know what it is they are going to try and convince everyone to get it because that will make them famous, but it will also cause you to go to hell. Don’t take the mark of the beast, stay in my word. etc
:: 2-14-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
German parliament ratifies Agenda ID2020 and Bill Gates’ “vaccination package” for global depopulation
Sunday, February 14, 2021 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) On Jan. 29, the German parliament ratified the implementation of Agenda ID2020, the next phase of the global Mark of the Beast rollout being ushered in on the back of the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) “pandemic.”
This centralized general electronic data collection program will profile every citizen in Germany and grant access to every government agency, police department, and three-letter agency, as well as to the private sector.
Up to 200 points of information, and possibly more as time goes on, will be included in the program. These include people’s bank accounts, shopping habits, health records, including vaccination records, political inclinations, and probably even dating habits.
If the government can use it against you, Germany wants to house it in the Agenda ID2020 database, which was designed by none other than billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates as part of his “vaccination package.”
Backed by the Rockefeller Foundation, Accenture, the World Economic Forum (WEF), and the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI), the program aims to inject every human being with microchips that can be remote-accessed using 5G and subsequent 6G technologies.
The program’s private partners include many Big Pharma names such as Johnson & Johnson (J&J), GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), Merck & Co., and of course the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.
According to Peter Koenig, writing for Global Research (Canada), ID2020 is shaping up to be “vaccine-implanted” and “remote-accessible by EM-geared computers, robots or algorithms.”
“The adoption of Agenda ID2020 still has to be approved by the German Federal Council, but there is little chance the Council will reject it,” Koenig explains.
Switzerland’s Agenda ID2020 mark of the beast to be voted on in early March
In nearby Switzerland, voters will have the chance on Mar. 7 to approve that country’s version of Agenda ID2020, an all-electronic identification system that will link “everything to everything of each individual citizen.”
Should the measure pass, the Swiss government plans to outsource management of the program to the private sector, meaning drug companies, big banks, and insurance companies will be buying and selling people’s private data for profit.
In the future, the program will likely include an implantable chip with built-in radiofrequency (RF) transmitters that will be used to track people, as well as manage their finances and allot them payment credits for the work they do so they can continue to buy and sell.
Early trials of such technology have already taken place in remote villages of Bangladesh, where poor people were injected with microchips under the guise of being “vaccinated.”
This is exactly the type of thing that Bill Gates and other genocidal maniacs want to see implemented around the world. Every person will eventually have to be ID-chipped and “vaccinated,” and the 5G / 6G systems being installed on every church rooftop and corner lamppost will be used to program and control this global herd of new world order beings.
All of this is for the purpose of keeping people “safe” against Chinese germs, of course. There is simply no other way to keep the “virus” at bay, the elite insist.
“With an electromagnetic field and with 5G / 6G EM-waves allowing inputs and access of data in your body – the control of each individual is almost complete,” Koenig warns. “The ‘almost’ refers to the planned access to your brainwaves.”
“This is supposed to be happening through a Brain Computer Interface (BCI), called Neurolink – developed by Elon Musk. It presents an interface of electronic waves with the human brain which, by then, will have been converted into an electromagnetic field (EMF), so that it can receive digital commands that will influence our behavior, or can be turned off – RIP – as maybe is most convenient for the Global Cabal.”
More of the latest news about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccine scam can be found at Pandemic.news.
Sources for this article include: GlobalResearch.ca NaturalNews.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-02-14-germany-ratifies-agenda-id2020-bill-gates-vaccination.html
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 2--21 PNW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
We Knew This Was Coming: Pastor Fined For Speaking Out Against Homosexuality
In a stunning sentence late last year, a court in Bremen, Germany, sentenced Rev. Olaf Latzel of St. Martini (part of the Evangelical Church in Germany: EKD) to a fine of €8,100 for "inciting hatred" against homosexuals in private remarks made to church couples.
During the seminar, Latzel defended the biblical definitions of gender and sexuality, condemning the Berlin Pride March and referring to gender ideology as "an attack against God's order of Creation."
Latzel's defense lawyer called the sentence, which the pastor is appealing, a "catastrophe," and warned that free speech was under threat: "While today this is about a view found in the Bible, tomorrow it will be about any other opinion."
Latzel's lawyer told the court that the Bremen pastor was condemning behavior rather than people, but the judge stated that the "homosexual orientation of a person is a part of his personality."
Some Protestant leaders in Bremen appear to be more concerned by how biblical teachings reflect on their popularity, rather than by threats to their ability to proclaim the Gospel, announcing in response to the sentence that they "condemned in the strongest terms" Latzel's words. The EKD is a largely liberal denomination, and Latzel's traditional views have made him a controversial figure for some time. St. Martini church, where Latzel serves as pastor, has even had services interrupted by LGBT activists.
To discuss the implications of this ongoing case, I reached out to Manfred Müller with the German office of Voice of the Martyrs.
Müller told me that Latzel was prosecuted in a "political show trial" in "a huge public space rented in order for many people to attend the public spectacle." His case, Müller said, needs international attention.
What is the significance of this case? Is there a precedent for it?
There is no precedent for it. It's the other way around: This will serve as a precedent for future cases. That makes it so significant. We have seen this coming for a long time. Even a few years ago some conservative Christian might have already said: If I were to imagine persecution coming to Germany, I might imagine it along the lines of moral -- especially sexual -- ethics.
Now, with Olaf Latzel, for the first time a German court restricts religious freedom (Article 4, Basic Law) for the benefit of the homosexual lobby. Or to put it in more neutral terms: to protect the feelings and rights of homosexuals.
At the expense of freedom of speech, religious freedom etc., homosexual rights are protected. This will have consequences (if the judgment will hold against the appeal) for churches in Germany that reject gay blessings and weddings. This could, for example, in the future cause them to lose their status [as charitable organizations]. That would [be] a huge financial disadvantage.
What is the potential outcome for other conservative clergy members?
Already: intimidation to take a biblical stand on this issue. In addition, new realities will be created in the regional church, meaning that in the future pastors with a critical attitude towards blessing homosexual couples or even conducting weddings will not be admitted to the church as clergy.
Before being employed, an interview could be held asking them about their stance on those issues. Thus, facts are created and pastors with a biblical view of homosexuality will then no longer exist.
How was Latzel's trial a "show trial" -- a very loaded word in the German context?
By relocating the trial to the public arena (a local theater) instead of the courtroom, thus allowing for more people to attend. Plus, the rush to judgment in the media and the prejudice by all the involved parties. All that created prejudgment and pressure on the judge to make the "right" decision.
How was the trial unfair?
The whole accusation does not hold. There was never the intention to publish what Olaf Latzel shared in this internal Bible study group for couples. It was a closed event. No way that this could or even should have served to spark public hate, let alone "incitement of the masses" (the accusation).
So to begin with, the seminar was not public. It should never be on the internet (actually the recording of the event records Pastor Latzel himself saying this at the beginning: This is not to be published.) In the talk Pastor Latzel always speaks of "homosexuality," not of "homosexuals," differentiating between sin and sinner. This differentiation has not been taken into account by the court, which would have been absolutely necessary for the verdict.
Can anything be done to redress the situation?
Jesus is Lord. HE can change anything and everything. Speak but one word. He only has to speak one word. That is why prayer is so important. If folks could just pray for our Brother Latzel.
Also, pressure. International pressure. It might be helpful to write letters to the church.
How does this bode ill for the future?
The position for those who are faithful to the Bible and for conservative congregations will change and has already become more difficult. We should not forget that the church Pastor Latzel is serving, the St. Martini church in Bremen, is also being harassed.
In Germany, the Pietists were seen as crown jewels of society (in Württemberg). But today they are no longer considered socially acceptable.
Originally published at The Bridgehead - reposted with permission.
https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=4561
:: 2-12-21 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
35 States Allow Babies Born Alive After a Botched Abortion to be Left to Die
Opinion Tony Perkins Feb 12, 2020 | 10:21AM Washington, DC
“Can you look me in the eye and tell me that I shouldn’t be alive?” That was the question 14 abortion survivors never got to ask America. Fox Sports, the host of this year’s Super Bowl, refused to air their ad. Maybe they were afraid of creating controversy. Or maybe, they were worried about putting a real face on this thing called “choice.” Either way, it’s a question our country needs to answer. And Tuesday morning, Senate Republicans looked at their colleagues and did.
When 44 leaders of this country walked to the Senate floor last February and voted to make newborn-killing legal, our country crossed into territory most of us considered unthinkable. “Republicans need to stop wasting time on political games and legislation aimed at rolling back women’s constitutionally protected rights,” Senator Patty Murray (D-Wash.) fumed. But negligent homicide isn’t abortion. Taking the life of a newborn baby that could grow up in a loving family isn’t abortion. “We’ve heard speech after speech after speech that have nothing to do with what’s actually in this bill,” Senator Ben Sasse (R-Nebr.) insisted. “We’re talking about babies that have already been born… We’re not talking about Roe v. Wade.”
In the year since Democrats marched to the floor and staked out ground no civilized country can defend, Americans have finally come to understand the horrors of what they stand for. And with the exception of the 2020 candidates, they’re desperate for infanticide to end. Sasse knows Republicans can’t do it alone — so yesterday, he and the rest of the Senate Judiciary Committee did their best to explain exactly what’s at stake. In a hearing called, “The Infant Patient: Ensuring Appropriate Medical Care for Children Born Alive,” Senator Sasse made it clear, “…I’m not here to get my pro-abortion rights colleagues to join me at next year’s March for Life. That’s not what this hearing is about.”
“This hearing is not about overturning Roe v. Wade. In fact, this hearing is not actually about limiting access to abortion at all. This hearing isn’t a debate about third-trimester, or second-trimester, or first-trimester abortion. This hearing is about making sure that every newborn baby has a fighting chance — whether she’s born in a labor and delivery ward or whether she’s born in an abortion clinic.” For once, he urged, can we not “immediately retreat into the fortified and familiar trenches our two parties have occupied for most of the past 47 years?”
FRC’s Patrina Mosley, director of Life, Culture, and Women’s Advocacy, had the opportunity to testify and debunk the lie that this is somehow a phony crisis. There are hundreds of official reports and eyewitness accounts of newborns being born alive and later destroyed. And yet, “There have been no cases involving prosecutions under the [2002] Born-Alive Infants Protection Act that we know of. Why? Because there is currently no federal criminal statute specifically prohibiting taking the lives of born-alive infants.”
If babies do survive, Patrina said, it’s because of the compassion of others. But we cannot, she insisted, “rely on the extraordinary for these infants to have a chance at life. Instead, we should expect that ordinary care be given to anyone considered a full person under the law.”
SIGN THE PETITION: Stop Infanticide! Stop Abortions Up to Birth!
As we speak, 35 states (and the federal government) don’t have the adequate protections for babies who live through a botched abortion. To people like Senator Mike Lee (R-Utah), that’s astounding. “I’m aware of no other circumstance in the law where we would willfully disregard the humanity of a human being.” And the idea, Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas) said, “that it would somehow be debatable, what to do with that child… is a remarkable statement of just how extreme and radical the pro-abortion side of this debate has gotten.”
Melissa Ohden wakes up every single day trying to cope with the fact that there are people in this country who think the nurse who found her 42 years ago, after she survived a saline abortion that almost took her life, should have just walked away. To the U.S. Senate, House, Democratic candidates, and media, she wants to know: “Can you really look me in the eye and tell me that I didn’t deserve to live?”
To read Patrina’s testimony, click here. Also, check out the powerful ad featuring Melissa and survivors from all around the world.
LifeNews Note: Tony Perkins is the president of the Family Research Council.
:: 2-15-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Forces of Evil are Aligned Against Us. What Are You Willing to do to Secure Your Children’s Liberty?
Posted on February 15, 2021 by Wes Rhinier
Trump is AQUITTED!!! Trump 2024!!! Time to take America Back again!!!
Really? Think about that for just one second. They just pulled off the biggest fraud in election history and now have total power of the federal government. Do you really think your vote will ever matter again?
Quit thinking that you can vote your way out of this mess!
It should be evident to anyone with half a brain that Joe did not win this Presidential election, he, well I shouldn’t say he, his handlers flat out stole it! There has been massive evidence shown to prove that this election was stolen and yet nothing is being done about it. And don’t give me your stories about all the court cases being lost. Not one court allowed a hearing or any evidence to be produced. Not one!
The Deep State is afraid. That should also be evident. They are living behind a wall now guarded by cowards who are collecting a paycheck and following orders instead of doing the right thing. Sorry if that ruffles a little National Guard feathers, but they should refuse to be standing guard and go back home to their families.
Now we are not even allowed to discuss election fraud or we’ll be labeled Domestic Violent Extremist. The truth is now what the Deep State says it is. They think they can buy our silence with their measly checks every so often. I hope you are spending your communist hush money wisely. Better yet when you receive your next communist deposit why don’t you put it to this cause and force Cocaine Mitch to back his mouth up! I had an hour long discussion with a Preacher yesterday. I was looking for answers to the many questions I have. I was asking what we should do about the evil that we face. We discussed many things. The preacher agreed with me on many things. But sadly no one seems to have any good answers. It’s quite the conundrum we find ourselves in.
Are we just supposed to withdraw and protect our own? What future will I be leaving to my children if I do that?
Are we supposed to vote harder next time? Come on!!!
In my county we already have four candidates running for Sheriff. I know all of them but one, and there is only one of them that I would trust to possibly do the right things if he was elected. Can he overcome all the evil that is surely going to be aligned against him? Maybe. Better yet will he actually enforce the Constitution if he is elected? Possibly. Can he convince me to actually go and vote for him? TINVOWOOT
People are trying to make sense of what they are seeing. Been thinking about shipwrecks in the Bible such as Jonah, Jesus and the Disciples, and Paul, and how our Government is referred to as “the Ship of State” (and it’s about to sink as well). Each scenario centered on a different factor:
Jonah – his sin in trying to run away from what God commanded him to do
Jesus and Disciples – their fearfulness
Paul – just a natural occurrence (“the storms of life”) that was out of his hands
Though there’s one central character in each of those stories, the storm affected EVERYONE on the boats regardless if they were the catalyst or not. In more ways than we like, we really are “all in this together.” It’s also very telling about human nature that in every different scenario, the people on board reacted the exact same way.
1. Panic. In the moment of crisis, all previous plans were suddenly null and void. Even seasoned sailors found themselves woefully inadequate when the storm hit.
2. Do SOMETHING! Trying all humanly possible efforts to save the ship such as throwing overboard everything believed up to that moment to be essential – until the crisis forced a reevaluation of priorities. This is the point that shows lack of adequate planning and prep. Combine this with a sense of urgency, and it’s a recipe for disaster.
3. Pointing the finger at someone to blame (Jonah)
4. Resignation to fate (at some point everyone on board was certain they were going to die).
5. FINALLY crying out to God in humility and repentance. Though this seems like inaction, it is the ONLY action that saved them. What if they had done this FIRST??? What needless pain and anguish they would have saved themselves from!
6. Salvation with unforeseen twists (Paul reached shore – only to be bitten by a deadly viper, Jonah spent 3 days in the belly of a fish before being vomited out, and Peter bravely walked on the water – until he lost faith and almost drowned)
We’re all pretty much somewhere on Steps 1 thru 4. But not enough of us are on Step 5 and according to II Chronicles 7:14, that’s the ONLY thing that is going to save us.
We have lost our way in America. We are no longer a moral and just society. The forces of evil are aligned against us. This is spiritual warfare. And now that some of us want to fight, we are faced with the reality that we seem to have no means by which to do so. The Deep State at this moment will win (especially at the higher levels), our local officials are cowards or quislings, and our own neighbors and family members will turn us over to authorities. They will NOT leave us alone to live our lives in peace. Yes, we have our guns. But we will not use them because we have no organized plan to do so. To be a Lone Wolf is suicide. But the Deep State is pushing. Somewhere, someone, some group, will eventually have nothing left to lose and decide that it is better to die on your feet than live on your knees as a slave! Wes
:: 2--21 PNSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tremor Map
For more information: https://pnsn.org/blog/2019/05/21/an-updated-tremor-monitoring-system
:: 2-15-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
THERE IS ONLY ONE REASON THAT THE SUPREME COURT HAS AGREED TO HEAR VOTER FRAUD CASES AND IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH DETERMINING THE TRUTH!!!
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, February 15, 2021 - 15:35.
There is only one reason that the Supreme court has agreed to hear three cases involving voter fraud beginning this Friday. And that reason does not involve justice and the search for truth!
If the Supreme Court was truly interested on administering justice, they would have acted on the voter fraud cases by now. They would have acted, on an emergency bases immediately after the election. Certainly, SCOTUS would never have allowed the December14th Electoral College certification to take place. And as a last resort, the Supreme Court would never have let Congress certify the election on January 6th, but none of that happened because 6 to 7 members of the Supreme Court are complicit in the coup against America. However, more resistance is occurring from the State level, to counties to cities and at the grassroots level that was anticipated by the Left and they are afraid. So the Supreme Court has been brought in to quell the storm of dissidence.
As this article will detail, the Supreme Court is only interested in perpetuating the myth that some semblance of law and order still exists in America. The job of SCOTUS is only to placate the American people. Justice is the farthest thing from their collective minds. These black-robed bastards have no intention on conducting fair trials.
Sidney Powell’s case involves voter fraud in Michigan. Hint: Millions have already seen the videos of poll watchers, in Wayne County, MI., being blocked from observing the voter fraud that was transpiring in real time. Republican Rep. Mike Flynn’s case, regarding Pennsylvania voter fraud will also be heard, as will Lin Wood’s case against Georgia. All three cases are scheduled to be heard on February 19, four days from now. Again, please don’t hold your breath expecting justice, the fix is already in. I can already write the majority opinion. SCOTUS will rule that some level of voter fraud in all three jurisdictions did indeed occur. However, too much time has passed, and the amount of voter fraud is not likely to be sufficient enough to have made any difference. The minority opinion of the losing conservatives will conclude that voter fraud did occur and that safeguards should occur to protect the sanctity of future elections. The later point of view is exactly why the Supreme Court has finally agreed to hear a voter fraud case, after the fact, at this late date. If the Supreme Court was truly concerned with voter integrity, then they would have issued an injunction against certifying the vote until all the evidence could be heard. These facts beg the question, why is SCOTUS even bothering to hear these 3 remaining cases belonging to Powell, Wood and Flynn? Over half of this country is extremely angry. These angry people are armed to the teeth and they are sick and tired of being disenfranchised. The country knows that the judiciary is corrupt. How else could explain, that with all the evidence that has been publicly available, then how is it possible that not one of the 30+ cases, alleging voter fraud were dismissed by summary judgment without hearing one ounce of evidence?
Personally, I will not vote in another election. Why? There is no point because as anyone who has eyes to see, we all know that important elections are filled with fraud in order that the Democrats will win. So, why bother?
Americans now live in a (cancel) culture that is devoid of any civil liberty rights for the political opposition. As has been documented several times, America is headed down the path of genocide for those that will not submit. However, the Left is not yet prepared for the political and potential violence that is coming their way. Therefore, someone in the Deep State issued the order from on high for SCOTUS to hear and dispense of the cases involving voter fraud. The Left can no longer rely on QANON because it has been so thoroughly discredited, that nobody will believe the 65,000 indictments and the expansion of GITMO to accommodate all the criminals in their outrageous stories of fake justice . But America has had enough. There are mask rebellions, the continuing accumulation of arms and growing undercurrent of extreme resentment is growing as this country knows that a dementia patient and a prostitute stole an election that they lost by a landslide.
It is this kind of pent-up frustration that concerns society’s liberal managers. A self-perceived disenfranchised mob is ready to act. Therefore, SCOTUS has been chosen to play the role of QANON. Placate the masses, pretend there is still some semblance of justice left in this country. At last, hear the voter fraud cases! Draw out the trial, pretend to look at the evidence. However, at the end of the day, the vote will be 6-3 against America. Meanwhile, the Left will have bought the time they need to totally crush the opposition and real depopulation will begin in earnest. I firmly believe that because Biden has not completed the military transition for his administration, he does not have the muscle to act against the American people with a complicit military. These court cases may buy Biden the time he needs to finally wrestle control of the military and have it be subservient to this new Bolshevik administration.
What else could we expect from a Supreme Court that would not even investigate the murder of one of its own in the Justice Scalia case. After all, Scalia, a Catholic, was found with suffocated with a pillow case over his face. This Catholic’s body was cremated before an autopsy was performed. The Supreme Court did not raise one voice in opposition because they all know that they could be the next Scalia. All the judges know, from the Federal District level to the Appellate Courts, that it is better to just do what the criminal cartel running this country want. Dismiss all cases and take the CHCOM, Eric Swalwell bribery money and just enjoy life.
Please pray for the safety of Powell, Wood and Flynn. There cases will fail, and following the trials, their lives will be in danger. America, this is only going to end one way and this is being written by someone who is dedicated to nonviolent change.
[ :: 4-9-07 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..
[ :: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
[ :: 2-2-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..
[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc
:: 2--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rumors of War—2021
By Hal Lindsey
During the last four years, the American media and much of the world was obsessed with Donald Trump. Unless you were looking, you might not have realized that many of the world’s problems have been growing, and growing fast. Today, the unwatched pot has really begun to boil.
During the transition between administrations four years ago, President Obama emphasized to then President-elect Trump the dangers presented by North Korea. The Trump Administration tried top-level negotiations with Pyongyang. For a while, it seemed to work. North Korea stopped launching missiles into the Sea of Japan. They stopped testing nuclear weapons. They even turned down the heat of their rhetoric — at least for a while.
But in some ways, it was already too late. By the end of 2017, they had an arsenal of over a hundred atomic bombs and had already developed their first thermonuclear weapon. That year, they tested a missile that US intelligence says could hit anywhere in the continental United States. And their weapons development didn’t stop after 2017.
In January of this year, they announced that they had developed “the world’s most powerful weapon.” Last October, they unveiled a new, even more powerful land-based ballistic missile system. In January, they showed off a significant new submarine-launched ballistic missile. Most importantly, according to US and UN sources, North Korean scientists have successfully miniaturized a nuclear warhead for use aboard their missiles. North Korea becomes a bigger threat to US security by the day.
Supreme Leader Kim Jong-un has two main friends in the world — China and Iran. His relationship with Iran is problematic for several reasons. Almost all of Iran’s missiles use designs bought from North Korea. During the Trump years, this exchange seemed to stop. But recently a United Nations panel monitoring sanctions against the Pyongyang regime said what most intelligence analysts already knew. The two rogue nations have again begun to cooperate. That means if North Korea has an intercontinental ballistic missile that can hit vast portions of the world, then Iran probably has access to that same technology. And if North Korea has submarine-launched ballistic missiles, Iran may have them soon.
North Korea and China are constrained by a desire to live and for their families to live. They know that nuclear war with the United States would mean annihilation, or something close to it. The Iranian people have the same desire to live, but their leaders are members of an Islamic cult. These Shiite Muslims believe that their Islamic messiah will not come until the world is in a state of chaos. And they are fully willing to use their weapons to put the world into such a state — even if it means annihilation in the short term.
The Chinese military also continues to grow more dangerous. With dollars from US corporations, China built the world’s largest high-tech manufacturing base. And they are using that base to build a stunningly powerful military. Like Russia, they have spent heavily on weapons designed to take out US satellites. That’s the 21st century equivalent of destroying command-and-control centers. There are strong indications that China’s space warfare capabilities are well advanced.
In the meantime, Vladimir Putin’s Russia has been focusing on extreme weapons. So far, they seem to have had only limited success. However, Russia still has more nuclear weapons than anyone else in the world. Every day they and the United States grow further apart.
There have always been “rumors of war.” But the widespread threat of nuclear war puts “rumors of war” on a whole new level. And that threat grows every day. Jesus warned us about these days, but He also said to be encouraged by them. “Look up!” He’s coming soon. In the meantime, walk in peace knowing that you are in His mighty hands.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-12-2021/
:: 2-14-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Fmr. Iranian crown prince: Nuclear deal a mistake, Ayatollahs won't change
"Unlike countries that define themselves with what they support, that is, prosperity and progress for their people, the ayatollahs' regime defines itself through what it opposes."
By JERUSALEM POST STAFF FEBRUARY 14, 2021 12:13
Former crown prince of Iran Reza Pahlavi, the son of the late shah of Iran, warned that the Biden administration's intent to rejoin the JCPOA nuclear deal with Iran is a mistake and that the deal was based on the misconception that the current regime would change its ways. He spoke in an interview with Israel Hayom published on Sunday.
"They said they would return to the nuclear deal when their sworn enemy (the regime in Iran) rushed to quintuple the rate of uranium enrichment," said Pahlavi about the administration's statements concerning returning to the deal. "This is blackmail of the free world. The only smart solution to the concerns of the Americans, the peoples of the region and for the Iranian people, is to support Iran's struggle for freedom and democracy." Pahlavi explained to Israel Hayom that the nuclear deal is based on "the misconception of behavioral change," adding that "it will not happen. The Iranians know that the regime is not led by its national interests, but by its corrupt and criminal interests. That is why in my talks with foreign leaders I explain to them that the only real solution is to support the needs of the Iranian people."
"The destructive actions of the regime are not beneficial to any long-term relationship with the free world," added Pahlavi, who added that many Iranian activists have sent a letter to US President Joe Biden concerning the planned return to the nuclear deal.
"With the economic benefits of the agreement, the regime controlled three Arab capitals and frightened even more. The agreement also helped support extremist Palestinians at the expense of the moderates and damaged Israel's security," said Pahlavi. "In countries like Iraq and Lebanon, where civilians fear militias like Hezbollah, the financial damage has led to demonstrations against the effects of the Islamic Republic."
Pahlavi stressed that while he doubts Iran is months away from attaining nuclear weapons, "they do not need them at all because they have the ability to sow turmoil in the area."
Biden has stated that he will only rejoin the nuclear deal if Iran returns to its prior commitments and his administration has stated that it will pursue a deal that also handles Iran's destabilizing activities in the region. Pahlavi additionally expressed support for the Abraham Accords, the normalization agreements signed between Israel and a number of Arab countries, comparing the possibilities opened to citizens of these countries to the "suffering and misery of the 'Axis of Resistance' countries - my Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Yemen and Syria."
"They gained social, cultural, educational, health and economic ties. However, the victory is not complete until Iran is freed from the darkness of resistance to the light of the alliance. I hope it happens soon," said Pahlavi.
Pahlavi stressed that as long as the Islamic Revolution is in power in Iran, the country will never normalize relations with Israel.
"Unlike countries that define themselves with what they support, that is, prosperity and progress for their people, the ayatollahs' regime defines itself through what it opposes," said Pahlavi. "This is not a tactic, but a hatred that will not go away. It is necessary to create a common enemy that will unite different factions. It's an ideological glue that keeps them going."
"The Iranian people are full of desire for peace with Israel, as with all the countries in the region and in general that respect our sovereignty," added Pahlavi, emphasizing that "the biblical relationship between Iran and the Jewish people is deeply engraved in our culture and history, and will be renewed once the regime falls."
The former crown prince expressed that he has "no doubt" that the current regime will fall soon. "In the last three years there has been such a drastic change that only a few still believe that the younger generation will agree to endure the oppressive regime," said Pahlavi.
Pahlavi stressed that most of the Iranian people see the Islamic Republic as "a continuing failure - from the economy, to the environment, to health, to relations with the world, the regime has failed at everything. It is an anti-Iranian and non-Iranian regime."
Pahlavi added that sources in Iran "point out that the regime's collapse in popularity is accelerating, and part of that is even a decline in support from within the establishment itself."
Amid the variety of threats issued by Iran in recent months against Israel, the US and other countries in the region and around the world, Pahlavi stressed that "The belligerent and hateful chants are not just rhetoric. The regime poses a threat to Middle Eastern countries that it is trying to undermine their sovereignty with the help of their militias."
Pahlavi expressed an interest in visiting Israel, saying that he was especially interested in meeting with Iranians living in Israel. "They maintain a better way of life than is possible under the Islamic Republic, which dislikes our history and heritage," said Pahlavi to Israel Hayom.
"I think Israel can help Iran in the hi-tech and environmental fields. The Israeli knowledge about water can help my country which, like Israel, has a lot of concerns about it," added Pahlavi.
In response to a question of whether Pahlavi would want relations to be strong with Israel if he were to return to power, the former crown prince stressed that he is "not looking for power for himself" but rather is "interested in being a voice for my people and supporting them."
Pahlavi heads the National Council of Iran for Free Elections, an umbrella group of more than 30 Iranian opposition organizations that are currently in exile. "My goal is to liberate the country and establish a secular democracy based on the will of the people. I have no doubt that Cyrus's children always have a special place in the hearts of the people of Israel," said Pahlavi.
"The Islamic regime, from its inception, has celebrated death. On the other hand, my favorite toast is the Jewish 'cheers' - to life! We Iranians, as a civilization, prefer to celebrate life rather than death. Those who think like us, like the citizens of Israel, are our natural friends and allies," concluded Pahlavi.
Pahlavi is the son of Mohammad Reza Pahlavi, the last shah of Iran. His father came into power after his grandfather was ousted by the Soviet Union and UK in 1941. The shah had international support, including from the US and UK, and implemented a wide range of reforms, including infrastructure, agricultural, educational and medical projects, according to Encyclopedia Britannica.
Despite the reforms implemented by the shah, he faced widespread opposition among the lower classes, Shi'ite Iranians, merchants and students due to his autocratic rule, alleged corruption, forced Westernization and operations by the SAVAK, the secret police, which suppressed opposition and dissent by arresting, torturing and executing many dissidents and censoring media and academics. Thousands of people were killed and tortured by SAVAK. Some of the facilities used by the SAVAK are used by the current Iranian government as well. After a series of riots and protests, he left Iran with his family and the Islamic Revolution took power with Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khomeini. The Pahlavis have since lived in exile, and Mohammad Reza passed away in 1980 in Egypt.
:: 2-14-21 Voice Of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Heavy Clashes Rage in Central Yemen; Dozens Killed
By Associated Press February 14, 2021 12:51 PM
SANA'A - Heavy fighting between forces of Yemen's internationally recognized government and Houthi rebels raged again on Sunday, extending a week of violence in the strategic province of Marib, Yemeni officials said. With dozens killed, the fighting has cast major doubt over U.N.-led efforts to restart negotiations to end years of civil war.
The Iranian-backed rebels earlier this month renewed their attack on the oil-rich province, an anti-Houthi stronghold held by the internationally recognized government. But they faced stiff resistance and have not made progress amid heavy causalities mostly from the Houthis, military officials from both sides said.
Yemen's war started in 2014, when the rebels seized the capital, Sana'a, and much of the country's north. A Saudi-led, U.S.-backed coalition intervened months later to dislodge the Houthis and restore the internationally recognized government. The conflict has killed some 130,000 people and spawned the world's worst humanitarian disaster.
The rebels seek to wrestle control of Marib, closing off Saudi-Arabia's southern border and taking control of oil fields in the province that would give them leverage in possible peace negotiations.
Alarmed by the Houthis' renewed push, the Saudi-led coalition bombed their advancing convoys in the sprawling desert around Marib. It also brought in ground enforcements from the government-held provinces of Taiz and Shabwa, the officials said.
The Houthis' media office reported Tuesday at least 10 airstrikes by the Saudi-led coalition in Marib, and two more airstrikes on the neighboring province of Jaw, which the rebels use as base to launch their latest attack in Marib.
More than 48 fighters were killed and over 120 were wounded in the past two days, mostly Houthis, the officials said. Over two dozen others were reported killed at the start of the attack, which has mostly centered in the districts of Sorouh and Makhdara, they added.
The officials spoke on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to brief the media. The rebels have been marching towards Marib since the beginning of 2020, attacking the city from several sides and putting a burgeoning civilian population at risk.
The province, which houses the ancient Great Marib Dam, has served as a sort of haven for hundreds of thousands of Yemenis who have fled Houthi offensives since the start of the war. A bout of violence last year also displaced thousands of families.
The fighting in Marib could also thwart renewed efforts by the U.N. to re-launch negotiations between the warring sides. They have not held substantive negotiations since 2019.
U.N. envoy Martin Griffiths said last week he was "extremely concerned" about hostilities in Marib, especially at a time of "renewed diplomatic momentum," in an apparent reference to the latest measures U.S. President Joe Biden's administration have taken on Yemen's conflict.
President Joe Biden has turned a spotlight on the brutal conflict, declaring earlier this month that the United States would end its support of the Saudi-led military offensive, including "relevant" arms sales. The administration has also moved to lift a terrorist designation against the Houthis, citing the need to mitigate Yemen's humanitarian crisis.
The Houthis have also recently accelerated their cross-border attacks by explosive-laden drones on Saudi Arabia, in an apparent attempt to pressure the Saudi-led coalition to stop its air bombing on the rebels in Marib and elsewhere in Yemen.
Rebel leader Mohammed Ali al-Houthi called for airstrikes by the Saudi-led coalition to stop in return to halting Houthi drone and missile attacks on the kingdom.
"Stopping the bombing in return for (stopping) the bombing, we are present if there is seriousness," he said.
https://www.voanews.com/middle-east/heavy-clashes-rage-central-yemen-dozens-killed
:: 2-14-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Sen. Graham says Kamala Harris could be impeached if GOP takes over the House
By Mark Moore February 14, 2021 | 12:51pm
Sen. Lindsey Graham warned that Republicans could move to impeach Vice President Kamala Harris — arguing that former President Donald Trump’s Senate impeachment trial over provoking the Capitol riot “opened Pandora’s Box.”
Speaking on “Fox News Sunday,” a day after the Senate voted 57-43 to acquit the former president on a single charge of “incitement of insurrection,” the South Carolina Republican argued that the vice president’s support for a fund that bailed out protesters over the summer could leave her liable for the same punishment.
“And if you use this model, I don’t know how Kamala Harris doesn’t get impeached if the Republicans take over the House,” Graham said.
“Because she actually bailed out rioters and one of the rioters went back to the streets and broke somebody’s head open. So we’ve opened Pandora’s Box here and I’m sad for the country?” Graham was referring to Harris’ support of the Minnesota Freedom Fund, before she became President Biden’s running mate, which helped protesters post bail.
“If you’re able to, chip in now to the @MNFreedomFund to help post bail for those protesting on the ground in Minnesota,” she said on Twitter in June.
But the fund, which opposed the concept of cash bail, was used to secure the relief of a number of convicted violent criminals as well as protesters over the summer who were rallying against the death of George Floyd at the hands of Minneapolis police officers.
A Fox News report found that among the people bailed out by the MFF were a suspect who shot at police, a twice-convicted sex offender, and a woman accused of killing a friend.
It wasn’t clear who allegedly “broke somebody’s head open,” however.
Graham also spoke about the possibility of impeaching Harris in an interview earlier this month with Fox News’ Sean Hannity, when he tried to discourage Democrats from calling witnesses in Trump’s impeachment trial, noting that it would prolong the proceedings and implicate Harris.
“If you’re going to pursue this, and you want to start calling witnesses, and you want to drag this thing out, it would be fair to have Kamala Harris’ tape play where she bailed people out of jail,” Graham said.
“What more could you do to incite future violence, than to pay the bail of the people who broke up the shops and beat up the cops,” Graham added. ”How’s that not inciting future violence? Be careful what you wish for, my Democratic colleagues, be careful what you wish for.” During the trial, Trump’s legal team played a series of videos in their defense of Trump showing a number of Democrats urging followers to “fight,” including Harris, to make their case that the former president’s comments at a rally of supporters before the storming of the Capitol did not incite the crowd.
The Senate acquitted Trump of provoking the riot by a 57-43 vote, which fell far short of the 67-vote margin needed to convict.
Graham, who was among the Republicans who voted to acquit, said the former president may have pushed “narratives about the election that I think are not sound and not true,” but he does not believe that Trump’s words incited the mob.
“The president is a handful and what happened [at the Capitol] on 6 January was terrible for the country. But he’s not singularly to blame. Democrats have sat on the sidelines and watched the country being burned down for a year and a half and not said a damn word, and most Republicans are tired of the hypocrisy,” Graham said.
He also said he spoke Saturday night to Trump, who assured him he was looking to return to fighting for Republicans to regain their majorities in the Senate and House.
:: 2-14-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Four states advance laws that would ban transgender kids from sports
By Jesse O’Neill February 12, 2021 | 3:55pm
A ban on transgender girls competing in female high school sports is one step closer in North Dakota, Mississippi, Utah and Tennessee — as other states weigh similar measures.
The Republican-majority state Senate in Mississippi overwhelmingly passed Bill 2536 Thursday night with little discussion, meaning that the “Mississippi Fairness Act” will now head to the state House of Representatives before being sent to the executive branch — all of which are controlled by Republicans.
A summary of the measure said its purpose is to require the state’s schools and universities “To Designate Its Athletic Teams Or Sports According To Biological Sex.”
“I’ve had numerous coaches across the state call me and believe that they feel there’s a need for a policy in Mississippi because they are beginning to have some concerns of having to deal with this,” said the bill’s sponsor, Republican Sen. Angela Hill.
Meanwhile, the North Dakota House of Representatives passed a bill Thursday that would ensure transgender high school athletes only compete against players of the same gender they were assigned at birth, according to the Grand Forks Herald. Lawmakers reportedly passed the bill by a wide margin in the Republican-led body, arguing it would maintain a fair playing field for female athletes.
It must now be approved by the Peace Garden State’s GOP-led Senate and Republican Gov. Douglas Burgum.
“This is about girls competing with girls, ensuring equal opportunity and keeping a level playing field in girls’ sports,” Rep. Kathy Skroch, a co-sponsor on the bill, told the paper.
“It upholds 50 years of progress and protecting women against discrimination and advocates for the preservation of biological standards.”
Tennessee Gov. Bill Lee also made headlines Wednesday, when he said allowing transgender female athletes to play sports against their female peers would “destroy women’s sports,” according to the Tennessean. “It will ruin the opportunity for girls to earn scholarships. It will put a glass ceiling back over women that hasn’t been there,” Lee said.
The Republican made the remark after a bill that would ban transgender girls from young women’s teams advanced in the state’s legislature Tuesday.
In Utah, a House committee voted Thursday to restrict transgender girls participating in K-12 sports, according to the Salt Lake Tribune.
The vote came despite a legislative attorney reportedly warning officials there was “significant risk” a court could find the law unconstitutional.
Montana legislators also advanced a comparable proposal through the state legislature in Helena last month, and it is still being debated by lawmakers.
Elected officials in Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Kentucky and New Hampshire are considering similar bills.
Proponents claim the legislation is needed because transgender female athletes have greater strength, bone mass and muscle volume than their peers. But LGBT advocacy groups and the American Civil Liberties Union strongly oppose the measures as discriminatory and unnecessary.
“These bills are not addressing any real problem, and they’re not being requested by constituents. Rather, this effort is being driven by national far-right organizations attempting to sow fear and hate,” the Human Rights Campaign said in a statement Wednesday.
“Transgender students, like all students, deserve the chance to learn teamwork and to build self-esteem and a sense of belonging with their peers through sports,” said Sam Brinton, vice president of advocacy and government affairs for The Trevor Project, an LGBTQ advocacy group.
Proposals to restrict transgender athletes have faced legal roadblocks in statehouses across the country, though.
A federal judge in August issued a temporary injunction to block an Idaho law that would ban transgender girls and women from participating in sports that match their gender identity, while a legal challenge moves forward.
But the groundswell to pass these measures on a state level — and emotional debates around them — intensified after President Biden signed an executive order allowing transgender women to participate in women’s sports leagues shortly after being sworn in as president.
The controversial issue has even come up in Washington. During a Senate committee hearing to confirm Biden’s secretary of education pick, Miguel Cardona, earlier this month, Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah) said he doesn’t think transgender girls should be allowed to participate in girls’ sports.
“I’ve got pictures of my eight granddaughters amongst grandsons behind me,” Romney said.
“They shouldn’t be competing with people who are physiologically in an entirely different category,” the Republican said via video chat, according to Salt Lake City’s FOX13.
In 2016, the Olympics allowed transgender athletes to compete without having sex reassignment surgery — a reversal of a 2004 decision.
However, Olympians who transitioned from male to female must demonstrate they have lowered testosterone levels for at least a year before the games. There are no restrictions on those who transitioned from female to male.
https://nypost.com/2021/02/12/states-advance-laws-to-ban-transgender-kids-from-sports/
:: 2-13-21 PJMedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Cuomo Alone: Calls Grow for New York's Imperious Governor to Get Impeached and Prosecuted
By Bryan Preston Feb 12, 2021 6:02 PM ET
New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo may have an International Emmy to his name. He may have a book deal and he may be the scion of a major political dynasty, and he may have had the adoring press only a major Democrat or movie star can truly take for granted. He may also be facing impeachment and jail time.
Friday, the head of the state Republican Party called for Gov. Cuomo to be prosecuted for a raft of actual crimes, and to be impeached and removed from office.
The demand comes after a story in the New York Post, showing a recording of a private meeting between Secretary to the Governor Melissa DeRosa and several Democrats in the New York State Legislature. In the recording, DeRosa purportedly told Democratic leaders “we froze” when it came to providing them additional requested nursing home data over concerns brought about by comments from then-President Donald Trump.
That sounds an awful lot like obstruction of justice, which would the lesser of crimes Cuomo could face. There’s the matter of the more than 12,000 nursing home deaths in his state, which despite Dr. Anthony Fauci’s raving endorsement, battles for the lead in COVID deaths to this day despite having less population than California and Texas, and a younger population than Florida — which has far fewer COVID deaths than New York despite (?) being more open than the other three big states for months.
“He needs to be held accountable for this decision,” Langworthy said. “This is one of the most serious errors ever committed. If last spring or early summer he had just said, ‘We’ve made a huge mistake here’ – which is something he’s incapable of. That day, he didn’t take any accountability. That’s the true sense of a leader. Can they be accountable for their own actions and their own mistakes?”
New York State Senator Robert Ortt echoed the call for accountability, saying the Senate needs to vote to revoke Cuomo’s emergency powers.
“After this report, it is clear the Majority must convene a special session and join us in doing so immediately,” Ortt said. Rep. Elise Stefanik (R) has joined calls for Cuomo to go-go. It’s not beyond possibility for congressional hearings to get going. New York is under Democrat control. But. New York’s own attorney general, an acolyte of Cuomo, recently published a blistering report on his conduct of the COVID pandemic, specifically, how his administration undercounted the deaths in nursing homes on his watch by about 50%. That could also be a deliberate cover-up.
New York’s nursing home deaths have been the subject of outside scrutiny for months. An Associated Press investigation published in May found that the Cuomo administration ordered more than 4,300 recovering COVID patients to be sent back into nursing homes, despite concerns over whether some of those patients were still contagious.
In the James report released Thursday, the New York Department of Health (DOH) is essentially accused of juking the stats by omitting nursing home patients who died from the coronavirus while in hospital.
“Preliminary data obtained by O.A.G. suggests that many nursing home residents died from Covid-19 in hospitals after being transferred from their nursing homes, which is not reflected in D.O.H.’s published total nursing home death data,” the AG’s office wrote in a summary of the report. Then there’s the matter of who has motivation to hurt the egotistical governor.
Everyone has motivation to hurt the guy.
New York pols in both parties have reasons to take him down. He’s been in office forever. Democrats may want him gone so they can move up. Republicans want him gone to blunt his and the Democrats’ power and so they can have a shot at his office. Media do eventually get tired of long-term officeholders no matter how terrifying they are.
Democrats in the Biden administration may want him out of the way for Harris’ 2024 White House run.
Who has reason to defend him? Well, other than his brother at CNN, not a whole lot.
By the way, how will the Cuomo News Network handle this particular story?
Then there’s the simple matter, apart from politics, of actual accountability. Cuomo evidently orchestrated lies to the state and the feds about his policies, which were criticized at the time for killing thousands of seniors in New York nursing homes.
Thousands.
Every single one of those families deserves accountability. There’s also this.
And Andrew Cuomo is not a sympathetic figure at all. He’s a loudmouth tyrant, to be honest, who doesn’t need Valentine’s Day to fall in love with the sound of his own voice. Last time he publicly opined on all this, he said, and I quote, “Who cares where they died?” Thousands of families certainly care.
Cuomo’s current term, his third, is up in 2022. Will he last that long or will all his enemies encircle him and take him down?
Meanwhile on the other leftist coast, another big blue state governor, Gov. Gavin Newsom of California, looks more and more like he’s facing recall. Nobody apart from lobbyists has much motivation to defend him either.
If you’re Kamala Harris, all this is looking pretty good. Sure, it hurts the party’s image, but you’ll have a fawning press to buff that damage right out. Pay no attention to the Republicans redrawing congressional districts in the 31 states they control after 2020.
Life is getting very interesting for the Democrat ruling class, in a late Roman Empire sort of way, where everyone plots and schemes against one another to claim the precarious throne. Invincibility is certain and overpowering, until it’s not.
If Impeaching Trump Is About Preventing Him From Holding Future Office, Why Is Democrat Alcee Hastings So Powerful in the House?
[WATCH] Gina Carano Episode Unmasks Mickey Mouse as the Evil Emperor Palpatine
REVOLT: New York Democrats Want to Strip Cuomo of Emergency COVID Powers
:: 2-13-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden Begins Dismantling Trump's 'Remain in Mexico' Asylum Policy
Friday, 12 February 2021 09:44 PM
Asylum seekers forced to remain in Mexico while their cases are being resolved in the United States will begin to be admitted into the U.S. as of next week, President Joe Biden's administration announced Friday. Biden instructed the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) earlier this month to take action to end the controversial "Remain in Mexico" program put in place by his predecessor Donald Trump.
It saw tens of thousands of non-Mexican asylum seekers -- mostly from Central America -- sent back over the border pending the outcome of their asylum applications, creating a humanitarian crisis in the area, exacerbated by the pandemic. "Beginning on Feb. 19, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) will begin phase one of a program to restore safe and orderly processing at the southwest border," the agency announced in a statement. It said there are about 25,000 active cases still. Candidates will be tested first for the coronavirus, a senior DHS official who asked not to be identified told reporters.
At least 70,000 people were returned to Mexico under the agreement from January 2019, when the program began to be implemented, through December 2020, according to the NGO American Immigration Council.
U.S. authorities emphasized that they are working closely with the Mexican government and with international organizations and NGOs at the border.
DHS chief Alejandro Mayorkas, who is the first Latino and the first immigrant to head the department, stressed that Washington is committed to "rebuilding a safe, orderly and humane immigration system."
"This latest action is another step in our commitment to reform immigration policies that do not align with our nation's values," Mayorkas said in a statement.
The program was part of Trump's hardline plan to fight illegal immigration, one of the hallmarks of his administration and which included efforts to build a border wall and the policy which separated children from thousands of migrant families. After Biden took office on Jan. 20, his administration announced that it would reverse the most controversial measures and created a task force to reunite families that remain separated, a policy his administration has termed a "national shame."
On the day Biden was inaugurated, the DHS announced the suspension of new registrations in the "Remain in Mexico" program and asked all those enrolled to stay where they are while waiting to be informed about their cases.
Washington said Friday that those waiting "should not approach the border until instructed to do so."
In Mexico, President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador, at his press briefing, welcomed Biden's move.
Lopez Obrador said he hoped to discuss with Biden a work visa program for Mexicans and Central Americans.
"Their presence as workers in the United States" is vital to the US economy, Lopez Obrador said.
Migrants in Mexico hoping to reach the U.S. welcomed the policy change in Washington.
"With this news our miracle is on the verge of becoming reality," said Nicol Bueso, a 19-year-old Honduran who has been living in a shelter in Ciudad Juarez on the US border for a year and a half.
"I am very happy because in all this time we have been here waiting we have had many unpleasant experiences," she said.
Jose Madrid, a 40-year-old Honduran, thanked the Biden administration.
"Life is very hard in Central America and we are grateful to the president for making that decision and helping Central America," said Madrid, who has been in Ciudad Juarez for nearly two years.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/asylum/2021/02/12/id/1009873/?oRef=thehill
:: 2-7-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FBI raids Trump supporters who spoke at rally the DAY BEFORE the Capitol ‘storming’; interrogates random Trump supporters who never even went
Sunday, February 07, 2021 by: News Editors
(Natural News) The FBI reportedly raided the homes of two Trump supporters who spoke at rallies the day before the Capitol protest and is now contacting random Trump supporters who didn’t attend any Capitol protest-related events for questioning.
(Article by Chris Menahan republished from InformationLiberation.com)
From CNN: The FBI recently raided the homes of two men who sponsored an invective-laced rally near the US Capitol a day before the deadly insurrection, the first known search warrants involving people who organized and spoke at rallies preceding the attack.
CNN learned of the raids through an eyewitness account, public records, a lawyer representing one of the rally organizers and an FBI spokeswoman who confirmed details of the searches.
FBI spokeswoman Laura Eimiller confirmed that federal agents executed search warrants last week at two properties in Orange County, California, which public records indicate belong to Russell Taylor and Alan Hostetter. The two men run the American Phoenix Project, which co-sponsored a pro-Donald Trump rally near the Supreme Court on January 5, one day before the attack.
Neither man has been charged with any crimes.
Footage of the rally shows the men spewing militant vitriol: Hostetter told the crowd to prepare for “war tomorrow” against “vipers” in Congress who refused to nullify President Joe Biden’s win. Taylor said, “We will not return to our peaceful way of life until this election is made right.”
Court documents related to the search warrants are still under seal, but the raids are the first publicly known federal actions against people who organized rallies linked to the Capitol attack. Federal investigators have issued more than 500 subpoenas and search warrants in the probe.
[…] An FBI spokesperson told CNN the search was conducted at the property Taylor owns at 6 a.m. Wednesday. CNN obtained photos and videos of FBI agents at his house hours later.
Spokespeople for the FBI and the Justice Department declined to comment further about the raids or what investigators were searching for, noting that the case files are still sealed.
A lawyer for Taylor, Dyke Huish, told CNN that the agents were “just gathering information on people that were at or near the Capitol building on the day in question,” referring to January 6. Huish said Taylor “cooperated with investigators” and the search was finished “without incident.” Eimiller, the FBI spokeswoman, said “no arrests were made” during the searches.
Taylor acknowledged the raid on his Orange County home in a Telegram post on Friday. Using a pseudonym, Taylor urged his followers to “hold the line,” adding, “I am working with a lawyer and per his recommendation he said to keep on the down low for a bit to stay off any radars.”
“Hostetter is a former infantryman, sheriff’s deputy, SWAT officer and police chief,” The Washington Post reported. Their story sounds a bit strange, especially the whole part about how Taylor “cooperated with investigators.” Neither took part in the “storming.”
Their story has a lot of parallels with Proud Boys founder Enrique Tarrio’s, who we now know was a “prolific” FBI informant for years.
I’m not making any accusations in this case but any time people shoot their mouths off about violent revolution you have to be suspicious.
The Gateway Pundit reported on Thursday that Noel Fritsch, formerly of Big League Politics, had his home visited by the FBI on Wednesday “even though he was no where near the rally or subsequent takeover of the Capitol Building.” “Fritsch says that the agents harassed his pregnant wife and attempted to intimidate her, while she was home alone with their four young children,” The Gateway Pundit reported.
Hip hop artist and stanch lock down critic An0maly also said he was contacted by the FBI on Wednesday morning for questioning even though he “didn’t attend the event,” “wasn’t in DC” and “wanted zero part in it.” Tucker Carlson reported Thursday night that Bank of America searched through their customers’ data for purchases that may have been related to the Capitol protests and handed their private information over to the feds — which resulted in at least one entirely innocent person being questioned by the FBI. As a reminder, the only person killed in the Capitol building was Air Force veteran Ashli Babbitt, who was shot dead at point blank range by a Capitol police officer while unarmed.
Officer Brian Sicknick, who was a patriot that was disgusted with our corrupt ruling class and had called for “regime change” in Washington in the past — reportedly died of a stroke after experiencing a blood clot. From Forbes:
Two law enforcement officials told the New York Times last month that Sicknick’s injuries were the result of being hit in the head by a fire extinguisher, but a medical examiner has reportedly disputed that account, according to CNN, finding no evidence of blunt force trauma.
ProPublica reported last month that “the family got word that Brian Sicknick had a blood clot and had had a stroke; a ventilator was keeping him alive.”
Though the FBI is aggressively working to imprison everyone who had any connection to the Capitol protest, they took a knee during the Black Lives Matter riots last year. The FBI also “took a knee” when it came to raiding Jeffrey Epstein’s island — video showed electronics from his house were removed before the FBI eventually raided the joint — and to this day they still don’t appear to have ever raided Epstein’s Zorro Ranch.
It came out just two weeks ago that billionaire Leon Black gave Jeffrey Epstein $158 million in addition to the bare minimum $46 million Epstein received from billionaire Les Wexner — were either of their homes raided by the FBI? Of course not!
As a reminder, Epstein reportedly worked as an FBI informant to secure a sweetheart plea deal when he was facing life in prison back in 2007.
Epstein allegedly informed on two Bear Sterns executives — both of which were acquitted — and managed to serve only 13 months and had the FBI close their criminal probe into his alleged crimes.
Alexander Acosta, who oversaw the plea deal, reportedly told the Trump transition team when asked about his handling of the case that “I was told Epstein ‘belonged to intelligence’ and to leave it alone.”
Incidentally, whatever happened to the “vast trove of lewd photographs” that “appear to be of underage girls” that the FBI seized from Epstein’s massive townhouse in New York City?
Did they seize the suspected blackmail Epstein had on high-level politicians to bury it?
The FBI was tipped off to Jeffrey Epstein’s operation all the way back in 1996 and did nothing to hold him accountable for over two decades. The whole case has been successfully covered-up and memory-holed.
Had the FBI spent one one-hundredth of the time they’re spending going after random Trump supporters on investigating Epstein’s network they could have blown the whole operation wide open.
They chose not to. That should really tell you everything.
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-02-07-fbi-raids-trump-supporters-day-before-capitol.html
:: 2-8-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Prepare for Extreme Tyranny; The Likes of Which Have Never Before Been Seen in This Country
Jack Metir Uncategorized February 8, 2021 5 Minutes
“Liberal institutions straightway cease being liberal the moment they are soundly established: Once this is attained, no more grievous and more thorough enemies of freedom exist than liberal institutions.”
What we face today, and what is coming in the near future is pure, unadulterated, totalitarian madness, and so long as the people of this country remain indifferent to this tyranny, it will worsen and escalate every single day until nothing of value remains.
It cannot be stressed enough that the end of America is just around the corner. The controlling scum in power seeks the end of this economy, the end of all freedom, the end of joy, the end of travel, the end of independent thought, the end of any realistic intellect, and the end of sanity. This is where we are headed, and only the masses that are in most respects to blame for this takeover, can stop it. That does not bode well for those of us willing to fight for our freedom, as we are now in the extreme minority.
The risk to the actual freedom fighters is absolute, but without those willing to risk all for their freedom, little hope of a return to liberty is possible. All of us that will actively dissent, disobey all state orders, and call out the criminal government, are now targets of this heinous governing system, and every tactic necessary to eliminate resistance will be used against us. This is already beginning, as Biden declares “war” on domestic “terrorism.” Ex-CIA Director, John Brennan, said “Biden’s intel community are moving in laser-like fashion to try to uncover as much as they can about the pro-Trump insurgency that harbors religious extremists, authoritarians, fascists, bigots, racists, nativists, even libertarians.” All of these are according to Brennan, insurgents, and he and the so-called “intelligence community” seem to be salivating at the prospect of war against the American people. This is a dire threat to anyone that disagrees with or stands against the state. Criminalizing opposition to the political class is so insanely dangerous to the people that it can only be described as a policy contrived by psychopathic and evil dictatorial monsters as a way to gain total control over society through force. This is not an exaggeration; as what is called “domestic terrorism” is being openly discussed, and new legislation is not only being considered, but is already being implemented in some states. Biden and some members of Congress are calling for new domestic terrorism legislation that would vastly expand the powers of the police state. This is atrocious, as it will of course be misused to stifle all forms of dissent, while labeling any that disagree with government as terrorists. This could of course lead to a complete censorship of all protest activity, as well as most all speech.
The ramifications of such draconian policies are beyond reason, and could literally destroy our ability to peacefully fight back against extreme tyranny. The danger of this could easily lead to more violence by not only the justified victims of state tyranny, but also massive violent abuse of the citizenry by government enforcement goons in the police and military. Lunacy does not begin to describe the treacherous nature of such authoritarian measures.
We are now on the verge of becoming a police state the likes of which have never before been seen or imagined by any American. ‘Secret police’ operating as agents for the state will be commissioned to quell any discontent, any disobedience, and any non-compliance as described by the political class in power. The people themselves will be expected to monitor their friends, family, and neighbors, and report what will be labeled as any seditious behavior. This reality is nearly upon us. Attempts to control all thought and action are desired, so we will be told to carry state approved identification papers, we will be told when and where we may go, and we will be told what we are allowed to say or write. Additional severe mandates will be forthcoming, and more fines, force, and incarceration will be threatened and will be implemented as deemed necessary by the controlling few. As scary as it sounds, this country could easily look more like Hitler’s Germany or Stalin’s Russia in the near future than the United States of old. This is not some wild or fantastic ‘conspiracy theory;’ just look around at all the signs in front of you.
Most of you are already masked; many of you have been forced to abandon your businesses and jobs, you have been told to desert your loved ones, and many have been driven into poverty. Now you will be told you may not travel or get the necessities of life unless you obey orders to get injected with a poisonous, gene-altering, and deadly concoction mislabeled as a vaccine. Once injected, you will have an operating system inside your body that can allow outside control over you. The evil Fauci is even saying now that this bogus ‘vaccine’ may become mandatory. Most are already complying with every order given; orders that are restrictive, extremely harmful, and life-changing, so how much additional effort by this heinous government is necessary in order to turn this population into slaves of a fascist and communistic oligarchy?
How many are willing to resist instead of acting like sheep? How many will gain the courage to say no? How many will take the required risk that is essential in order to reclaim freedom? How many of you will stand up to those attempting to control you? How many will wait until there is absolutely nothing left before you question this corruption? How many of you will continue to do as you are told, regardless of the consequences to yourself, your families, and your friends?
We are living a nightmare. The only escape from this horror is to wake up. If the many continue to sleep and continue to practice mass obedience, those of us willing to fight back will be targeted by this horrific state. If the people willing to stand up against this tyranny are silenced, incarcerated, or exterminated, all hope will be lost, and this American society will no longer exist in its present form. But if large numbers refuse to comply, refuse to take orders, and refuse to allow this totalitarian takeover, then we all win. Division will destroy us, but solidarity will defeat the enemy that is the state. It is time to put great fear in the hearts and minds of any ruler, politician, or enforcer that would attempt to control or enslave us!
:: 2--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A STRANGE GAME
The takeover of the country by an amalgamation of bad characters representing fascist corporatism, collectivism, billionaire oligarchs, social media tyrants, pandemic peddlers, and Deep State snake oil surveillance state salesmen has marked a turning point for the country. Battle lines are being drawn, a propaganda war is already being waged, enemies are preparing for conflict, rage is rising, and the country is headed towards some level of dissolution.
Events since the inception of the release of the China virus from the Wuhan bio-weapon lab, have been accelerating towards an epic struggle between those constituting the true power in the country and those they consider deplorable and undeserving of respect or a voice in how the country is governed. The shadowy figures behind the curtain of Bernays’ invisible government have revealed themselves and no longer fear the plebs they rule over, as their sociopathic hubris has convinced themselves they are invincible. They have been emboldened by the success they have achieved in engineering a takeover of the government through weaponizing a flu to coerce politicians into shutting down the nation; utilizing propaganda to induce the majority of Americans to cower in fear from a virus that is highly non-lethal (99.7% survival rate) to anyone under 80; destroying hundreds of thousands of small businesses while enriching mega-corporations; successfully rigging a presidential election through mail-in ballot fraud and vote machine machinations; provoking a fake race crisis using BLM and ANTIFA useful idiots; profiting to the tune of trillions from the Fed money printing operation; suppressing free speech and medical truths about the virus through social media censorship; setting up Trump supporters as dangerous insurrectionists with the Capital farce, subsequent white supremacist storyline, and militarization of Washington DC to complete the false narrative; and now having their empty vessel pretend president signing executive orders to pull the country hard left; with Supreme Court packing, DC and Puerto Rico statehood on the docket; and Domestic Terrorism legislation to make all Trump supporters enemies of the state. The overlords think throwing $600 at the plebs every six months, while allowing them a pittance of unemployment crumbs, will keep them sedated as long as they have their iGadgets to keep them distracted. The unholy triumvirate of Big Tech, Big Pharma and Big Gov are generating tens of billions by peddling a DNA altering experimental rushed vaccine, that isn’t really a vaccine and doesn’t really keep you from getting Covid or spreading it further. We also don’t know the long-term consequences of this “medicine”. And it seems the triumvirate is doing their best to cover up the adverse reactions being reported, miscarriages and numerous deaths of nursing home patients shortly after getting the jab.
The blizzard of lies about the effectiveness of face diapers and lockdowns from “medical experts”, “journalists”, corporate media propagandists, and government apparatchiks has been relentless. These fabricators bloviate about following the science while ignoring the facts proving masks and lockdowns DO NOT WORK and ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine DO WORK. The level of deceit and deception being applied by those in power is drastically increasing the anger and rage in the country towards authority. The country is already at war, even though many don’t know it, and the Deep State/Oligarchs are clearly winning. This begs the question, how can you defeat an enemy who controls the presidency, congress, mainstream media, social media, major cities, major states, the military, FBI, CIA, DOJ, and the courts? The truth is they think they’ve already won the war and will dictate the terms we will be forced to live by.
But hubris, arrogance and pride are always the Achilles heel of sociopaths, believing they know what is best for humanity while inflicting their lunatic solutions upon their subjects. The feeling among millions of Americans is they have either been abandoned, stabbed in the back, or robbed. They aren’t exactly sure who to blame, who to trust, or who to fight, but they are trying to figure out the best course of action given the current circumstances.
I was reminded of the 1983 movie – WarGames – while we were still in the midst of the real Cold War with Russia, when nuclear annihilation was actually a possibility. Considering those running the show have been pimping the fake Russiagate charade for the last four years and continue to provoke Putin, the message of the movie has never been more applicable. We are surely in a strange game, where all outcomes are likely to be horrible for all the players. In the movie, the United States nuclear launch control is given to a NORAD supercomputer known as WOPR (War Operation Plan Response).
It is programmed to continuously run war simulations, learn over time, and concoct the best plan of attack if nuclear retaliation is needed. A young computer hacker unwittingly hacks into WOPR and causes the computer to think the Soviet Union has launched missiles at the United States. The humans attempt to regain control over WOPR, but it has learned how to bypass the manual controls put into place to avoid an accidental nuclear war. The computer obtains the launch codes and starts a countdown to a massive missile launch that would start World War III and result in the end of humanity.
The creator of the code and the hacker realize they have to teach WOPR why launching the missiles would be futile. They direct the computer to play tic-tac-toe against itself. This results in a long string of draws, forcing the computer to learn the concept of futility and no-win scenarios. WOPR obtains the launch codes, but before launching, it cycles through all the nuclear war scenarios it has devised, finding they all result in draws as well. Having discovered the concept of mutual assured destruction (“WINNER: NONE”), the computer tells them it has concluded nuclear war is “A STRANGE GAME” in which “the only winning move is not to play.” It’s amazing how a movie was able to capture the enormous power and extraordinary danger of computer algorithms decades before the country had been hijacked by Big Tech companies using the power of their computer platforms and manipulating algorithms to hijack elections, censor opinions contrary to the approved Deep State narrative, and creating conflict through fake news and engineered storylines. I, along with millions of the new resistance, consider Basement Biden an illegitimate president, installed as a Chinese controlled Manchurian candidate to complete the final shredding of the Constitution and surrender to globalist oligarchs. In Biden’s case, he’s more like a Senile-churian candidate who will sign anything his handlers place in front of him and pathetically attempt to say whatever they put on his teleprompter, before he has to take a nap. The first couple weeks of the new Susan Rice/Barack Obama administration has been as bad as expected, with dozens of executive orders reversing all Trump’s executive orders and implementing everything the far left was demanding, as their useful ANTIFA and BLM idiots continue to burn cities and riot for no particular reason.
It is undeniably clear the Biden administration, entirely controlled by the Big Tech/Big Pharma/Deep State co-conspirators, are going to ram through a far-left agenda with breathtaking speed, as they have no qualms about shredding the Constitution or remorselessly crushing their enemies under a barrage of pre-written bills and relentless propaganda about the danger of a white supremacist overthrow of the government flogged by their legacy media and social media arms. Many dejected Trump supporters, along with the millions who didn’t care for Biden or Trump, are now angry the Biden handlers, led by Susan Rice, are actually implementing everything they said they would. Trump’s Executive Orders were not law and are being disposed of by the flick of a pen. Allowing presidents this monarchical power is absurd, and reflects a nation is disarray and in a downward spiral. There is absolutely no one in Washington DC looking out for the long-term best interests of the citizens. It’s solely about power, control, and enrichment of themselves and the oligarchs who put them in power.
Not one decision is being made looking out further than the next election, as these corrupt captured faux representatives divvy up the spoils, as the country spirals further into debt, while the Fed printed 40% of all the money ever printed in U.S. history during 2020 – with 2021 on its way to new records. The insanity of the monetary and fiscal decisions being made by Powell, Yellen, Biden and a congress filled with narcissistic myopic mathematically retarded troglodytes is enough to make a sane, rational, critical thinking American scream in agony at the devastation, strife and economic wasteland we are leaving for future generations. I find myself increasingly ignoring the daily blather of posing politicians, fake news pundits, “medical experts”, self-styled financial gurus, twitterati, and government drones. Why should I get outraged on a daily basis by the actions of a presidential administration I consider illegitimate and central bankers doing the bidding of the oligarchy, as always? At this point I feel like blurting out Crooked Hillary’s famous angry outburst during the Benghazi hearing – “What difference at this point does it make?”.
I know there are many still believing, if the GOP can just win back the house and/or senate in 2022, they can get the country back on course. Others are waiting for the victorious return of Trump in 2024 like MacArthur’s “I shall return” moment in the Philippines. Some still believe the Qanon pablum and are trusting the plan. They are badly mistaken, as the country is too far gone, and must crash and burn before it can possibly be rebuilt. I have thrown in the towel on believing we can vote our way out of this mess, as Washington DC is ruled by the Uni-Party, beholden to globalist billionaire oligarchs, the upstart Silicon Valley billionaire censorship tyrants, and the Deep State snakes surveilling all our communications and controlling the narrative through propaganda and suppression of our First Amendment rights. This engineered pandemic panic has been a test run to see how far they could go in using fear to make millions cower and applaud their rights being stripped in the name of safety and security.
The wolves are salivating, as we have proven ourselves to be a nation of masked obedient sheep, begging to be led to slaughter. While the Fed prints prosperity for the .1% by driving the stock market to astronomical heights, the average American is seeing their daily living expenses jump by 5% to 10% (as the BLS reports 1.4% inflation), and their jobs disappear (as the BLS reports 6.3% unemployment when 111 million out of 261 million working age Americans are not working). The building anger in the country is palpable. The question is how do you fight an enemy with overwhelming superiority in financial resources, police and military forces, corporate media outlets, social media platforms, the financial system, intel agencies, and all branches of the government? This question is what made me recall the WarGames final scene. The only winning move is not to play. Direct confrontation is destined for failure.
The only way to defeat this enemy is through guile, cunning, patience, and persistence. The same method of resistance will not work for all people. Everyone’s individual circumstances will dictate how they resist. There doesn’t need to be a central commander or massed forces. Differing versions of guerrilla warfare will suffice. The enemy is a bureaucratic behemoth, slow and unwieldy, led by arrogant mediocrities unable to strategize their way out of a wet paper bag. They know only how to use force and threats to achieve their despicable ends. In Part 2 of this article, I will examine the concepts of Irish Democracy and Going Galt, providing a framework for defeating the enemy and regaining a say in how this country can be revived.
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/02/07/a-strange-game/
:: 2-8-21 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Another Repeat Criminal Politician Calling Law Abiders-Dissenters “Domestic Terrorists” (Video)
Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: February 8, 2021
“Accuse the other side of that which you are guilty.” -Joseph Goebbels
Good grief, friends, where does this end?
On January 6, 2021, I reminded the American people that believe in God, the US Constitution, that are pro-life, pro-second Amendment, etc. that they have already been labeled by this government as potential terrorists. In short order, friends, they are attempting to tear down the US Constitution and replace it with one that looks just like them and their global masters (Isaiah 28:18), and they are pushing forced compliance unto submission. Crime is always used as the excuse to wield more control over the people that they are to serve, when the very crimes are the fruit of their dereliction of duties in upholding the laws found in the US Constitution (Psalm 12:8).
Friends, we do not need more policies usurping the law in this country. We need the old ones to be enforced (Deuteronomy 25:1; Isaiah 51:4), and that takes good men and woman to hold office.
That which is being played out by the corrupt is simply a totalitarian system of corruption browbeating the ignorant into submission (Hosea 4:6).
They are accusing the other side of that which they are guilty. A prime example of this is that of the exceptional devil Gretchen Carlson, the said Governor from Michigan.
STEDFAST-CLASH reported “TYRANNICAL GOVERNOR PUSHES MORE PROPAGANDA, ANYONE WHO DISSENTS IS A TERRORIST (VIDEO).”
With President Trump out of office, it seems that any talk of grudges and militia fantasies against tyrannical Democrat governors is already an attempt for kidnapping?
6 men, with an alleged FBI informant in the midst of them, engaged in big talk about being militia wannabes and also grudges on how the much disliked Michigan governor Gretchen Whitmer has destroyed the state’s economy by imposing unreasonable lockdowns.
The lawyers of one of the men accused in the alleged kidnapping attempt said that these men were just “big talkers” and were not really going to do anything serious. It was actually the FBI informant amongst them who was pushing and nudging them to do something radical, for real.
In relation to this, it also seems that there is also no impartiality in sight with liberal media when Governor Whitmer was interviewed by CNN host Alisyn Camerota who egged on the politician with questions like whether or not Whitmer thought that when people gathered at the state capitol last year if that was some sort of “dry run”
With a straight face, Michigan’s unhinged Democrat governor, whose tyrannical and unconstitutional lockdowns have devasted the lives of Michigan residents, responded by blaming President Trump for the protesters who were losing their jobs and businesses because of her irrational decisions. “It was encouraged by the former White House…the misinformation…the encouragement…the normalizing of this kind of domestic terrorism.” Hmmm…good to know that protests covered by our First Amendment are considered “domestic terrorism,” by the left. Might I add that this whole case against these guys was manifest after Gretchen Whitmer was struck down, not once but twice by her state’s supreme court (Judges 2:16). On Friday, she was dethroned by the supreme court (Isaiah 14:12-15), and by Monday the local mainstream media’s useful idiots had her as the victim of the “evil and vicious lawful dissenters.”
Remember, law abiders impede the way of the corrupt and their unlawful and un-American agendas (1 Peter 2:8).
This is also the same woman that wore a pink hat that read “Planned Parenthood Makes America Great Again.” 60 million babies murdered, the equivalent to 18 states in population (Proverbs 6:17), by the same people that claim to be looking out for the people’s safety. In conclusion: I started today’s article off today with “Good grief, friends, where does this end?” I want to remind everyone in this country that tyranny ends when the people finally understand that they are the strength of the Constitution. The People are the law under God (Isaiah 42:21) in bringing these repeat criminal politicians to justice (Deuteronomy 8:11), and not until they do so will there be peace (Article 2, Section 4; Article 1, Section 3, Clause 7 US Constitution).
Too many men fought, bled and died in sacrificing themselves for the freedoms in which we live not to honor their memory by failing to bring justice (2 Corinthians 5:15).
:: 2-8-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Millions of Americans Projected to Remain Jobless as Biden Packs U.S. Labor Force with Foreign Workers
Millions of Americans are projected to remain jobless for the next three to four years, according to the Congressional Budget Office (CBO), though President Joe Biden is looking to fill American jobs with foreign workers.
In a report released this month, CBO analysts said the number of jobless Americans — all of whom want full-time jobs — will not return to pre-coronavirus levels until around 2024. “As the economy expands, many people rejoin the civilian labor force who had left it during the pandemic, restoring it to its pre-pandemic size in 2022,” the CBO report states. “The unemployment rate gradually declines throughout the period, and the number of people employed returns to its pre-pandemic level in 2024.”
The CBO analysis projects that while the unemployment rate, which hides the number of total Americans out of the workforce, will return to an average of about four percent between 2024 and 2025. Biden, himself, admitted on camera that the U.S. would not be at “full employment” until 2031.
“That’s not hyperbole. That’s a fact,” Biden said. Before then, millions of Americans are projected to remain jobless though that has not kept the Biden administration from pursuing a labor policy that floods the United States labor market with millions of illegal aliens, foreign visa workers, and green card-holders.
At the U.S.-Mexico border, Biden has restarted the Catch and Release program, which frees border crossers and illegal aliens into the interior of the country while they await their asylum hearings. Previously, a series of cooperative agreements with Central America and the Remain in Mexico policy had effectively ended Catch and Release, drastically cutting asylum fraud.
Many of those border crossers and illegal aliens will hunt for mostly blue-collar American jobs that otherwise would go to Americans.
Similarly, Biden has suggested he will surge refugee resettlement to the U.S. by 2022, seek an amnesty for nearly all illegal aliens, and block reforms to various visa programs while seeking an increase in legal immigration levels. The Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), which helps protect the U.S. labor market by enforcing federal immigration law, has been crippled by Biden’s orders that attempt to halt deportations and only prioritize the arrest of illegal aliens who are terrorists, national security threats, or convicted aggravated felons.
The initiatives are being cheered by Wall Street, Big Tech, and corporate interests who can boost profit margins by cutting the cost of U.S. labor via a flooded labor market.
Today, there are more than 17 million jobless Americans and another six million who are underemployed. All want full-time jobs with competitive wages and good benefits.
Every year, about 1.2 million legal immigrants are awarded green cards to permanently resettle in the U.S. and eventually apply for citizenship. In addition, another 1.4 million visas are given out annually to foreign nationals to take U.S. jobs, while 11 to 22 million illegal aliens currently live in the country.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 2--21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
LAPDOG: Marco Rubio Unveils Law That Would Ban Guns For Anyone Ever Investigated For ‘Domestic Terrorism’
by National File February 8th 2021, 2:15 am
Failed presidential candidate Sen. Marco Rubio (R-FL) has introduced legislation that would strip the Second Amendment rights of any individual who was simply investigated for domestic terrorism, even if they were not charged or convicted for committing an actual crime.
On February 2, Rubio reintroduced the bill he has been pushing since the Orlando Pulse radical Islamic terrorist attack in 2016. The bill calls for stripping individuals under investigation for domestic terrorism of their ability to own or purchase firearms, a move Rubio somehow suggests would “also provide more authority for law enforcement agencies to go after suspected terrorists, while safeguarding law-abiding citizens’ Second Amendment and due process rights.”
According to Rubio’s website, the bill would “When an individual who was the subject of a federal terrorism investigation within the last 10 years tries to obtain a firearm, allow the U.S. Attorney General to delay the purchase or transfer for up to ten business days and file an emergency petition in court to prevent the transfer. If the court finds probable cause that the individual is or has been engaged in terrorism, the Attorney General may arrest the individual.” Under the Biden regime, the current Attorney General is Merrick Garland, who has fantasized about taking guns from American citizens since the early 2000s.
A new report continues to shed light on the steal.
Rubio reentered the bill during the hysteria following the Capitol Hill protest on January 6, during which the only death by a firearm was Ashli Babbitt, who was slain by a D.C. police officer. The officer will face no punishment.
This comes as past intelligence officials who are friendly to the Joe Biden regime essentially classify the overwhelming majority of Republicans as domestic terrorists.
As National File recently reported, former CIA Counterterrorism Center director Robert Grenier compared American citizens to violent Muslim “insurgents,” writing in the New York Times, “As a former overseas operative who has struggled both on the side of insurgents and against them, the past few days have brought a jarring realization: We may be witnessing the dawn of a sustained wave of violent insurgency within our own country, perpetrated by our own countrymen.” “Meanwhile, the Washington Examiner ran an op-ed by Kevin Carroll, former CIA officer and counselor to a House committee and the Secretary of Homeland Security, in which Carroll compared the protesters to al Qaeda,” National File reported.
This also comes as the federal government has truly bungled its attempts to locate individuals involved in trespassing or breaking and entering the U.S. Capitol on January 6, including one man who was interrogated by the FBI after the agency’s facial recognition software falsely identified him as one of the protesters.
The FBI also went to the home of a pro-Trump Republican political consultant, Noel Fritsch, to question his location on January 6. The FBI was greeted by his pregnant wife, who was home alone with their four children. According to Fritsch, the FBI told his wife that they would keep returning to his home until they spoke to Fritsch.
Fritsch was nowhere near the U.S. Capitol on January 6, he told The Gateway Pundit’s Cassandra Fairbanks, but could ostensibly fall into this anomalous group of individuals Rubio would strip of their Second Amendment rights.
It is unclear if Rubio’s plan will receive broad enough support in the Democrat controlled Congress to make it to Joe Biden’s desk.
:: 2--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IMF Wants to Use “digital footprint of customers’ … online activities” to Assess Creditworthiness
by Robert Wheeler
For years, researchers have warned of a system in which the government controls every aspect of its citizens’ lives. Every citizen would have to rely entirely on the government to survive in this system. This system has been openly discussed for many years by the “ruling class.” Aka: those who have been allotted social credit (or not) and power based upon their views and opinions.
The system has already begun in China and is now spreading globally In a recent post, “What is Really New In Fintech,” on the IMF blog (International Monetary Fund), authors Arnoud Boot, Peter Hoffmann, Luc Laeven, and Lev Ratnovski suggest “rapid technological change” in the financial industry. Many social media and other online platforms are now creating and accepting payments. This revolutionary change in the banking world could change the face of finance forever.
As a result of this rapid change, the authors bring up the following questions:
What are the transformative aspects of recent financial innovation that can uproot finance as we know it?
Which new policy challenges will the transformation of finance bring?
To answer these questions, the authors wrote: The authors mention the importance and functionality of “determining creditworthiness.” The method they want to use to do so can be found in the section labeled “New Types Of Information,” where they write (emphasis ours): The most transformative information innovation is the increase in use of new types of data coming from the digital footprint of customers’ various online activities—mainly for creditworthiness analysis. The authors mention the importance and functionality of “determining creditworthiness.” The method they want to use to do so can be found in the section labeled “New Types Of Information,” where they write (emphasis ours):
The most transformative information innovation is the increase in use of new types of data coming from the digital footprint of customers’ various online activities—mainly for creditworthiness analysis.
Credit scoring using so-called hard information (income, employment time, assets, and debts) is nothing new. Typically, the more data is available, the more accurate is the assessment. But this method has two problems. First, hard information tends to be “procyclical”: it boosts credit expansion in good times but exacerbates contraction during downturns.
The second and most complex problem is that certain kinds of people, like new entrepreneurs, innovators, and many informal workers, might not have enough hard data available. Even a well-paid expatriate moving to the United States can be caught in the conundrum of not getting a credit card for lack of credit record, and not having a credit record for lack of credit cards. Fintech resolves the dilemma by tapping various nonfinancial data: the type of browser and hardware used to access the internet, the history of online searches, and purchases. Recent research documents that, once powered by artificial intelligence and machine learning, these alternative data sources are often superior than traditional credit assessment methods, and can advance financial inclusion, by, for example, enabling more credit to informal workers and households, and firms in rural areas.
The type of browser used could potentially indicate a different ranking for browsers that heavily track users, like Chrome, vs. browsers that emphasize privacy, like Brave.
So what does this all mean for our financial future?
It means the IMF authors suggest the global banking network begin using a history of online searches and purchases to determine “creditworthiness.” In other words, do you read CNN and purchase sports memorabilia? You’re approved! Do you read The Organic Prepper and buy “conspiracy” or “prepping” material? We’re sorry, you can not be approved at this time based on your credit score. In Brandon Turbeville’s 2019 article Social Media, Universal Basic Income, and Cashless Society: How China’s Social Credit System Is Coming To America he wrote:
“Unbeknownst to most people, there appears to be a real attempt to create a system in which all citizens are rationed their “wages” digitally each month in place of a paycheck or ability to gain or lose money. This system would see any form of dissent resulting in the cut off of those credits and the ability to work, eat, or even exist in society. It would not only be the end of dissent but of any semblance of real individuality.” Turbeville outlines a plan to create a Universal Basic Income (UBI). The scheme, tied to a social credit system, will essentially cut off the financial lifeline to anyone who does not entirely tow the establishment line. I encourage you to take a look at the article and see for yourself how this scheme is coming together. For more information, here’s an article that compares UBI to modern feudalism.
With Biden’s new administration that is openly more “global” in its outlook, the IMF has already stated that it will seek to reset its relationship with the United States and that Biden’s “commitment to multilateral institutions and his pledge to re-enter the Paris climate agreement should help the IMF advance its own targets.” And you thought it was challenging to gain approval before…
The pairing of online history with credit scores is bad enough. Doing so has prevented many otherwise creditworthy citizens from accessing what they need to start businesses, buy homes, rent apartments, or buy cars. Some states have suggested laws that use your search history and social media when being assessed for your worthiness to purchase a firearm, and the Bank of America has made it incredibly clear just this past week that your purchases and financial records are by no means private. However, pairing both of those with the Universal Basic Income is even worse. We are fast approaching a time where even the slightest difference of opinion from the norm (i.e., the ruling class) can result in a complete freeze out of the “offender” from the entire society.
What do you think? Should these things be included in a credit assessment? Or is this just another way to control our opinions and free speech? Share your thoughts in the comments.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/imf-digital-footprint-creditworthiness/
:: 2-8-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
False Flags Followed by the Implementation of Section 502 of EO 13603 Will Produce Slave Labor Camps In America
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, February 8, 2021 - 16:02.
Obama has succeeded in his attempt to position the government to control all food through nationalizing the resource, the forces to eliminate the ownership of family farms is underway. The purpose is to allow whoever is the President to be able to use food against the American people as a weapon as did Stalin, Hitler and Mao and so many other despotic dictators. The cherry on top of this new attempt in using food as a weapon is the new Biden 45% capital gains tax. This will eventually force a transfer of the control of family farms to large corporate farmers beholding to the new administration. And are they ever getting desperate! The globalist minions 0f 2013, known in part as the Obama administration, do not want the public reading about the NDAA, Executive Order 13603 (EO). Extreme censorship, today, is partially responsible for the repression of this truth. The truth is that Obama created a framework from a future President, originally planned to be Hillary, would fully enslave America and remove the Constitutional Republic once and for all. Biden is the second attempt in this endeavor.
While we are at it, do not forget that the meat packing plants are still closed and the food supply chain is still broken. If you have not been storing food, you might be too late!
Lying In the Bushes
Obama's EO 13603 has been lying dormant for nearly 8 years. Some have said that if Obama was going to act on his EO, why would he have not done it before leaving office? The answer is so painfully obvious, Obama did not have the support he needed to act against the very people that he is Constitutionally sworn to protect. Are we really supposed to believe that Obama would codify, through administrative fiat, on his own volition, the governmental blueprint to seize every asset in the country, including you, if he was not going to use this self-appointed authority at some point in time? Perhaps he is simply laying the groundwork for the coming dark days of a Hillary Presidency or whomever will be the next globalist minion President and now, we know that to be Biden-Harris.
The fact remains that during the tenure of Obama, the NDAA was passed which can snatch you off of the street with no due process. So, when we consider the context of EO 13603, we should all be nervous.
Re-Introducing Slavery to America
According to EO 13603, the President, or the head of any federal agency that he shall designate, can conscript “persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation,” in both “peacetime and times of national emergency.”
Sec. 502. Consultants. The head of each agency otherwise delegated functions under this order is delegated the authority of the President under sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c), to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations. The authority delegated by this section may not be redelegated.
This means that any President, thanks to Obama, and their fellow communists, can seize any resource, property, or person at any time for any reason, including being able to force that person to perform assigned labor without being paid. There is only ONE word for forced, “uncompensated employment”. That would is slavery. Congratulations President Obama, you have effectively repealed the 13th Amendment to the Constitution. Section 601 of the act specifies, in part, how far the government can go in terms of making you their slave.
Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor. (a) The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall: (1) collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation’s workforce needs for purposes of national defense; (2) upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services; (3) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to: (i) the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization; (ii) the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and (iii) such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor; (4) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order: (i) formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs
If the above section was merely going to be a military draft, then the Secretary of Labor would not have to be involved. However, as you will note the “Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall… assist in the development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;… formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs…”. Refer back to section 502 of sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c); these are the people that the Secretary of the Labor will conscript in order “to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations”. This, my fellow Americans, is a civilian conscription and this is why the Secretary of Labor is in charge instead of the head of the Selective Service! Under these provisions, the government believes that they can send you anywhere, to work on anything of their choosing.
Conclusion
So far in this series, we established the fact that this new administration is planning to implement the worst of the Holocaust and a whole lot more as evidenced by the following:
The use of genocidal language by senior government officials (re: “Enemies within”-“Trump supporters are going on a list.” This is the language of Nazi genocide.
The destruction of the American economy through the use of lockdowns and the quarantining of the healthy for the first time in American history. The net effect is a destroyed economy. The military is significantly weakened and makes America much more vulnerable to attack. The citizens capacity to resist is weakened due to the state of the economy. The public has been placed under control, in a state of soft martial law.
In the past several weeks, the FBI has released MAGA impersonators, armed with explosives and these same types are known Antifa types who were subsequently removed from the Terrorist Watchlist. Major false flags are coming. This will provide the pretext to place the entire country under extreme martial law and Executive Order 13603 will be implemented by Biden or Harris. This will effectively eliminate all resistance.
This article established, through a review of EO 13603 and its reintroduction of slavery, demonstrates that Nazi-style labor camps are being planned for.
I have very bad news America. This is only the tip of the iceberg for what is coming and it is all codified into law in one form or another and this will be the topic of the next installment of the CSS.
:: 2-8-21 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Joe Biden Occupying The White House Puts The Democrats 16-Year Plan To Destroy America Back In Play As The 45 Communist Goals To Takeover America Near Completion
- The Globalists Maneuver To Complete Their Takedown Of America
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 8, 2021
Back in October of 2018, well over a year after the election of President Donald Trump and more than a year prior to the arrival of Covid-19 and the 'global lockdown', we had published this story on ANP titled "While The Communist Takeover Of America Was Almost Completed, This 2020 Nightmare Could Cement Their End Game".
Showing within the story how a huge number of the '45 Communist goals for America' had already been fully implemented, we also warned that a Democrat win in the 2020 election would allow them to fully implement their 'end game' for America.
Referencing within that story the chart seen at the top of this story titled "The 16-Year Plan To Destroy America", that chart was called a 'fake news conspiracy theory' by the mainstream media, despite the fact that it not only showed what 8-years of Barack Obama had done to America, but also 8-years of what Hillary Clinton would have done to America had she had the opportunity to do so. And now, Joe Biden is picking right back up where Obama left off.
So while President Trump's 2016 election victory put off that 'end game' for 4 years, right on time with the arrival of Joe Biden as the 'occupier of the White House', we can expect Biden to take the place of Hillary Clinton and usher in that end game for us once and for all. And while Biden has only been in office for just over 2 weeks, we've already gotten proof that this devious agenda to 'complete the takedown of America' is unfolding before our eyes.
So we'll explore within this story what the MSM calls 'conspiracy theory' despite it being written into Congressional Record back in 1963, the 45 Communist Goals for America, as well as taking an extended look at what Joe Biden's time in office will likely bring to America and then leave it up to you to judge whether or not you believe this agenda is now being implemented, whether you like it or not.
We have gone ahead and embedded a PDF of the declared '45 Communist goals' to complete their takedown of America at the bottom of this story for you to check out.
As the Congressional Record--Appendix, pp. A34-A35: Current Communist Goals laid out for us decades ago, the full list of the 45 Communist goals for America from this story over at The Blaze.:
It was Jan. 10, 1963, that Congressman Albert S. Herlong. Jr. from Florida read the list of 45 Communist goals for America into the Congressional Record. The purpose of him reading this was to gain insight into liberal elite ideas and strategies for America that sound awfully familiar today.
The list is attributed to Cleon Skousen, researcher and author of "The Naked Communist."
On Wednesday's episode of "Pat Gray Unleashed," Pat and producer Keith revisited Cleon Skousen's book and compared it to the current state of affairs in America and to the Democratic Party's platform.
Do any of these hit close to home? Here's the list:
1. U.S. should accept coexistence as the only alternative to atomic war.
2. U.S. should be willing to capitulate in preference to engaging in atomic war. These encapsulate the Kennan Doctrine, which advocated for the "containment" of communism. Establishment figures supporting the amoral containment policy at least implicitly worked with the communists in scaring the wits out of the American people concerning atomic war. President Ronald Reagan undid the doctrine when he took an aggressive stand against the Evil Empire by backing freedom fighters from around the world that were struggling against the left-wing communist jackboot. As a result, the Soviet Union and its satellites imploded, a considerable and unexpected setback to the international communist edifice.
3. Develop the illusion that total disarmament by the U.S. would be a demonstration of "moral strength." The nuclear freeze advocates supported a freeze on
4. Permit free trade between all nations regardless of Communist affiliation and regardless of whether or not items could be used for war. Today, there are calls to end the embargo on the slave island of Cuba, there were complaints about the embargo against Iraq, and the U.S., not Saddam Hussein, was blamed for the suffering of the Iraqi people. Would they have advocated for free trade with Hitler and his National Socialist regime?
5. Extend long-term loans to Russia and Soviet satellites.
6. Provide American aid to all nations regardless of Communist domination. Such aid and trade over decades contributed greatly to the left-wing communist liquidation of over 100 million people worldwide, according to the well-documented "Black Book of Communism." This aid and trade marks a shameful chapter in American history. Without the aid and trade, the left-wing international communist behemoth would have imploded on its own rot a lot sooner and umpteen millions would have been saved from poverty, misery, starvation and death.
7. Grant recognition of Red China and admission of Red China to the U.N. Not only did President Jimmy Carter fulfill this goal but he also betrayed America’s allies in Nicaragua, El Salvador, Iran, Afghanistan, Angola and elsewhere.
8. Set up East and West Germany as separate states in spite of Khrushchev's promise in 1955 to settle the Germany question by free elections under supervision of the U.N.
9. Prolong the conferences to ban atomic tests because the U.S. has agreed to suspend tests as long as negotiations are in progress.
10. Allow all Soviet satellites individual representation in the U.N.
11. Promote the U.N. as the only hope for mankind. If its charter is rewritten, demand that it be set up as a one-world government with its own independent armed forces. There are still American intellectuals, and elected members of Congress, who dream of an eventual one world government and who view the U.N., founded by communists such as Alger Hiss, the first secretary-general, as the instrument to bring this about. World government was also the dream of Adolf Hitler and J.V. Stalin. World government was the dream of Osama bin Laden and the 9/11 hijackers.
12. Resist any attempt to outlaw the Communist Party.
13. Do away with loyalty oaths.
14. Continue giving Russia access to the U.S. Patent Office. While the idea of banning any political party runs contrary to notions of American freedom and liberty, notions that are the exact opposite of those held by the left-wing communists themselves, nevertheless these goals sought to undermine the constitutional obligation of Congress to investigate subversion. The weakening of our government’s ability to conduct such investigations led to the attack of 9/11. It is entirely proper and appropriate for our government to expect employees, paid by the American taxpayer, to take an oath of loyalty.
15. Capture one or both of the political parties in the U.S. In his book "Reagan’s War," Peter Schweizer demonstrates the astonishing degree to which communists and communist sympathizers have penetrated the Democratic Party. In his book, Schweizer writes about the presidential election of 1979.
16. Use technical decisions of the courts to weaken basic American institutions, by claiming their activities violate civil rights. This strategy goes back to the founding of the American Civil Liberties Union by Fabian Socialists Roger Baldwin and John Dewey and Communists William Z. Foster and Elizabeth Gurley Flynn among others.
17. Get control of the schools. Use them as transmission belts for Socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers associations. Put the party line in textbooks.
18. Gain control of all student newspapers.
19. Use student riots to foment public protests against programs or organizations that are under Communist attack. The success of these goals, from a communist perspective, is obvious. Is there any doubt this is so?
20. Infiltrate the press. Get control of book review assignments, editorial writing, policy-making positions.
21. Gain control of key positions in radio, TV & motion pictures.
22. Continue discrediting American culture by degrading all form of artistic expression. An American Communist cell was told to "eliminate all good sculpture from parks and buildings," substituting shapeless, awkward and meaningless forms.
23. Control art critics and directors of art museums. " Our plan is to promote ugliness, repulsive, meaningless art."
24.Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them "censorship" and a violation of free speech and free press.
25. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio and TV.
26. Present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as "normal, natural and healthy." This is the Gramscian agenda of the "long march through the institutions" spelled out explicitly: gradual takeover of the "means of communication" and then using those vehicles to debauch the culture and weaken the will of the individual to resist. Today those few who still have the courage to advocate public morality are denounced and viciously attacked. Most Americans are entirely unwitting regarding the motives behind this agenda.
27. Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with "social" religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity, which does not need a "religious crutch." This has been largely accomplished through the communist infiltration of the National Council of Churches, Conservative and Reform Judaism, and the Catholic seminaries.
28. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the grounds that it violates the principle of "separation of church and state" Replacing belief in the creator with belief in the earthly man-controlled State.
29. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis. And replace our nation of "laws, not men" with royal decree emanating from appointed judges and executive orders. Replace elected officials with bureaucrats.
30. Discredit the American founding fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the "common man."
31. Belittle all forms of American culture and discourage the teaching of American history on the ground that it was only a minor part of "the big picture." Give more emphasis to Russian history since the Communists took over. Obliterating the American past, with its antecedents in principles of freedom, liberty and private ownership is a major goal of the communists then and now.
32. Support any socialist movement to give centralized control over any part of the culture – education, social agencies, welfare programs, mental health clinics, etc. Public ownership of the means of production, the core principle of totalitarianism.
33. Eliminate all laws or procedures which interfere with the operation of the Communist apparatus.
34. Eliminate the House Committee on Un-American Activities.
35. Discredit and eventually dismantle the FBI.
36. Infiltrate and gain control of more unions.
37. Infiltrate and gain control of big business. Turn America into a socialist police state.
38. Transfer some of the powers of arrest from the police to social agencies. Treat all behavioral problems as psychiatric disorders which no one but psychiatrists can understand or treat. The Soviets used to send "social misfits" and those deemed politically incorrect to massive mental institutions called gulags. The Red Chinese call them
39. Dominate the psychiatric profession and use mental health laws as a means of gaining coercive control over those who oppose communist goals. Psychiatry remains a bulwark of the communist agenda of fostering self-criticism and docility.
40. Discredit the family as an institution. Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce. Done! The sovereign family is the single most powerful obstacle to authoritarian control.
41. Emphasize the need to raise children away from the negative influence of parents. Attribute prejudices, mental blocks and retarding of children to suppressive influence of parents. Outcome-based education, values clarification or whatever they’re calling it this year.
42. Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the American tradition; that students and special interest groups should rise up and make a "united force" to solve economic, political or social problems. This describes the dialectical fostering of group consciousness and conflict, which furthers the interests of authoritarianism.
43. Overthrow all colonial governments before native populations are ready for self-government. The results of this successful campaign are increasingly obvious in the world today. 4
44. Internationalize the Panama Canal.
45. Repeal the Connally Reservation so the U.S. cannot prevent the World Court from seizing jurisdiction over domestic problems. Give the World Court jurisdiction over domestic problems. Give the World Court jurisdiction over nations and individuals alike. This would mark a complete subversion of our Constitution and an end to representative sovereign government as we know it, which is the whole idea.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
As Conservative Daily News had reported in this February of 2018 story, America narrowly dodged a bullet when President Trump was elected President back in November of 2016. But now, with Biden and Democrats having quite literally 'deposed' of Trump, we'll get what Hillary wanted for America.
With Joe Biden now in office sure to basically continue what Barack Obama was doing to America during his 8 years in office, and what Hillary Clinton would have done had she had the opportunity, let's take a look at that February 2018 Conservative Daily News story to see where we're now headed.
For those of you who may wonder what a globalist is, they are a powerful group of people who believe in open borders and a one world government which would be the U.N.
Both Hillary and Obama are globalists and the major leader of the Globalist movement is George Soros, the multi-billionaire who has tried to topple governments around the world for his global transformation. You may recall that Hillary’s foundation is referred to as a “global initiative.”
The above chart (ANP: at the top of this story) perfectly outlines the16 year plan by Hillary and Obama to destroy the United States in the name of globalism.
Obama has stated that “if we did away with borders it would end terrorism” meaning the whole world be one big country under one rule, the U.N. known as the New World Order.
Hillary not only embraces the globalist mentality but she actually wanted to end the U.S. as we know it and replace it with a “Hemispheric Government.” The most frightening thing about the recent Wikileaks drop, which included excerpts of Hillary’s paid Wall St. speeches is her excitement over ending the United States as we know it. Hillary is an extreme globalist.
She not only embraces the globalist mentality but she actually wants to end the U.S. as we know it and replace it with a “Hemispheric Government.” In a WikiLeaks e-mail drop from June 2014 Hillary states “My dream is a hemispheric common market with open trade and open borders sometime in the future with energy that is green and sustainable as we can get it powering growth and opportunity for every person in the hemisphere.”
Barrack Obama and Hillary Clinton had a 16 year treasonous plan for a coup d’etat in the United States that would end up revising the constitution, canceling the second amendment and opening the borders to flood the nation with illegal immigrants who would vote democratic for the foreseeable future.
Hillary and Obama want to revise the constitution. Obama called it “an outdated document” when it is the back bone of our democracy.
With Biden immediately issuing a flurry of Executive Orders in an attempt to completely undo what President Donald Trump had done to try to get America off the globalist track, including orders to: allow more illegal immigrants into the country; an order to rejoin the Paris Climate Change agreement; an order to revoke the Keystone Pipeline agreement; an order to end the '1776 Commission'; a proclamation to terminate the border wall at the US border with Mexico; and an order to re-engage with the World Health Commission among them, we can see the Democrats 16-year plan to destroy America being played out before our eyes.
In the only video below we see and hear about the 45 Communist Goals from 'The Naked Communist: Exposing Communism and Restoring Freedom' .
https://allnewspipeline.com/Democrats_16_Year_Plan_To_Destroy_America_Is_Back_In_Play.php
:: 2-7-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Antifa Threatens to 'Burn' Down DC During Black Lives Matter Rally
Calls for violence during 'DC Queer and Trans Black History Month March and Rally'
By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 7th February 2021 @ 6.00pm
Antifa mobs have made calls to "burn" down Washington D.C. during a Black Lives Matter rally in the nation's capital this weekend.
On Saturday, leftists marched in D.C. throughout the afternoon and evening.
The protest was named the "DC Queer and Trans Black History Month March and Rally."
It was organized at 2 p.m. by the Total Liberation Collective and the Palm Collective.
Later in the evening, the atmosphere turned increasingly more aggressive as Black Lives Matter protesters marched north from Dupont Circle.
Antifa members began mixing in with protesters and calls for far-left violence started to emerge. Red and black "Antifascist Action" flags could be seen being carried by a group of protesters clad in black.
‘Antifascist Action’ flag at tonight’s FTP March in DC #DC #DCProtests #WashingtonDC pic.twitter.com/ovCTVAyGAe
— Brendan Gutenschwager (@BGOnTheScene) February 7, 2021
The protesters briefly paused in front of a row of restaurants where some protesters scuffled with police officers, independent journalist Brendan Gutenschwager reports.
WARNING: GRAPHIC LANGUAGE
An officer swats away one of the flashlights, leading to brief clashes as police push forward into the crowd in front of outdoor diners here in DC #DC #DCProtests #WashingtonDC pic.twitter.com/UuA76fH5X4
— Brendan Gutenschwager (@BGOnTheScene) February 7, 2021
DC Police are forming lines around the outdoor diners to separate them from the protesters marching past #DC #DCProtests #WashingtonDC pic.twitter.com/g4uIrc39P9
— Brendan Gutenschwager (@BGOnTheScene) February 7, 2021
Chants of "Black lives, they matter here" were heard.
"If we don’t get it, burn it down" also rang out from the crowd.
"We are here tonight because black lives matter," the group recited at the end of the protest.
"Despite black lives mattering, black people are still dying at the hands of the police paid for by our tax dollars."
Violent anti-police protests have been ongoing across America since George Floyd's death in May of last year.
https://neonnettle.com/news/14143-antifa-threatens-to-burn-down-dc-during-black-lives-matter-rally
:: 2--21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democrats' Climate Agenda Will Mimic Their COVID Tyranny
By Trevor Thomas
If you've enjoyed the last 10 months of foolish, science-denying lockdowns and mask mandates, the widespread destruction of businesses and economies, and the government telling you what jobs are "essential" and how you are to conduct yourself in your own home, then you must absolutely love the Democrats' climate agenda.
For decades, the climate cultists from the "New Religion of First World Elites" have attempted to use fear — the destruction of the planet — and a fake cause — saving the planet — to convince Americans to vote for Democrats and enact the perverse science-denying climate agenda of the modern left. For a primer on how this would work, look no farther than 2020.
As soon as the Wuhan virus entered the U.S. in early 2020, Democrats across the U.S. saw it as a means to a political end. Consumed with hatred and obsessed with the removal of President Trump, the 2020 presidential election was their primary political target. To help accomplish this, Democrats in politics and the media rampantly spread Wuhan virus fear porn. Subsequently, Democrat mayors and governors across the U.S. — encouraged and enabled by their like-minded allies in D.C. and the media — enacted widespread and economically devastating lockdowns and accompanying measures.
In spite of the fact that most of these measures were unproven and unnecessary — time again has proven this true — the Democrats persisted because "orange man bad." They also persisted because, to paraphrase David Horowitz, inside every leftist is a totalitarian screaming to get out. Because of their lust for political power — because they have made a god of government — leftists are always looking for the next problem that their government elites (supposedly) alone can "solve." Again, the Wuhan virus provided an excellent opportunity for this. If you can convince people that they're going to die if they don't do as you say, those in power hold great sway. As C.S. Lewis cautioned lovers of liberty in the mid-twentieth century, "a hungry man thinks about food, not freedom." Today, a corollary to this would be "a man living in a pandemic thinks about remaining healthy and alive, not about his liberties."
Likewise, if you think the planet is doomed if we don't do away with fossil fuels or stop eating beef, then you are probably willing to give power to those who promise to take such things away — by force if necessary. After all, if the planet is doomed otherwise, what force to do such things could be unjustified?
Whether a virus "emergency" or a climate "crisis," in an attempt to justify their totalitarian agenda, leftists the world over tell us we must heed their so-called "experts" along with their computer models. Most often, the main role for these "experts" is to give Big Government, which is already too willing to encroach on our lives, even more of a reason for doing so. This is especially true in times of crisis, whether the crisis is real or manufactured.
Sadly, as 2020 well demonstrated, in such times, many of us are far too eager to become what Lewis called in 1958 "Willing Slaves of the Welfare State." Typically, in order for any oligarchy to rise and rule effectively, it needs some "extreme peril," something to cure, some desperate need that the rulers promise to fulfill. As Lewis asked, is this not "the ideal opportunity for enslavement?"
When a generation lives in fear or dread of some looming crisis or when a society is made to believe that someone else can provide the things that it supposedly cannot live without, is this not the opportunity for those who seek to rule over us to be seen as liberators rather than the totalitarian tyrants they are?
Today's totalitarian left is devoted to scientism, and their government can well be described as a technocracy. Thus, when the American left is in power, the motto of the technocrats prevails: "only science can save us now" or "science is the way out." Whether it is a global pandemic; global warming — excuse me, "climate change" — stem cell research; the beginning of life; health care; crime; homosexuality and marriage; or even gun control, racism, or economic policies, the technocrats claim to have the answers.
Scientism almost always leads to a technocracy. "I dread government in the name of science," said Lewis. "That is how tyrannies come in." What a profound conclusion! How many of us have been duped in the name of "science"? How many of us cower and yield — or "shelter at home" — because, well, if the "scientists" (and then the politicians) tell us to do so, then we must do so?
Sadly, too many of us then grow accustomed to our chains. We become children, or pupils of the State (like "Julia"). We continue to elect leaders who perpetuate the cycle of the "welfare state," based significantly on the lies of scientism. Like their agenda to fight the Wuhan virus, the left's climate agenda reeks of scientism and technocracy.
There is hardly a cause in the universe that has gotten more wrong than the climate cultists who, for decades, have proffered a wide array of climate catastrophes that require immediate, or near-immediate, actions. Time and again these doomsday scenarios have been proven wrong. These climate cultists have long relied on the deceptive use of data to push their totalitarian agenda. Daily it seems we are subjected to "another global warming fraud." I suppose everybody needs an Apocalypse — especially totalitarians lusting for power.
Climate science has become such a joke that the "faithful" for years now have been led by a child. However, their dangerous and destructive climate policies are no joke. Leftists have shown us what they will do when governing in a "crisis." I fear that lockdowns and mask mandates will pale in comparison to what will be called for if the American left's climate agenda gets the force of U.S. law. We've seen how many businesses the left can destroy in the name of controlling a virus; imagine the destruction it can wreak if it controls America's energy policy.
Trevor Grant Thomas: At the Intersection of Politics, Science, Faith, and Reason.
Trevor is the author of the The Miracle and Magnificence of America.
:: 2-7-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
More than half of Americans don’t want COVID-19 vaccine, survey shows
Sunday, February 07, 2021 by: Cassie B.
(Natural News) The mainstream media makes COVID-19 vaccines sound like a rousing success with everyone clamoring to get in line, but a new survey shows that more than half of Americans plan to delay getting the vaccine or even refuse to get it altogether. In fact, just 41 percent of those who participated in the Kaiser Family Foundation’s tracking project said they were eager to get the shot as soon as possible.
Among those who are not eager to get the vaccine, 31 percent say they’d rather wait to see more results of the vaccines, 13 percent said they are certain they will not get the shot, and 7 percent said they would only get the shot if they were absolutely required to do so for school, work or other activities.
Among the most reluctant groups to get vaccinated were Republicans, adults in rural areas, lower-income households and those from black and Hispanic backgrounds. Black and Hispanic adults were significantly more likely than white adults to say they would rather wait to see how the vaccine goes for others before getting it themselves at 43 and 37 percent versus 26 percent. Meanwhile, 43 percent of young adults aged 18 to 29 said they would like to “wait and see.”
Those who are more willing to get the vaccine are people aged 65 and older, Democrats, and people who have serious health conditions.
When it comes to political parties, 64% of Democrats said they have already been vaccinated or would like to get their shot as quickly as possible; just 32% of Republicans said the same, with a quarter definitely refusing the vaccine. Vaccine enthusiasm rose for Democrats and Independents over a previous poll in December, but it did not shift among Republicans.
Sixty-eight percent of people who are unwilling to get the vaccine said that it is due to concerns about the long-term effects, while 59 percent were concerned they would experience serious side effects from it. Fifty-five percent said they believed the vaccines are not as safe as claimed, while 53 percent said they felt they were not as effective as claimed. Just under a third worried it could cause the virus itself. These fears are not surprising given how quickly the vaccine was rushed through to market, bypassing the typical vaccine testing in a program named Operation Warp Speed.
A similar study carried out by the University of California, Davis, of more than 800 people found that a third of Americans are unlikely or hesitant to get the jab. The top four reasons for hesitating were worries about the side effects, concerns over allergic reactions, doubts about its effectiveness, and a preference for allowing immunity to develop naturally via infection.
According to Assistant Teaching Professor Jeanette B. Ruiz, the speed of the vaccine’s development was a common point of concern, with many wondering whether corners might have been cut in terms of efficacy and safety.
Americans are especially skeptical of rushed COVID-19 vaccines
Meanwhile, a poll carried out by YouGov last month revealed that COVID-19 vaccine skepticism is greater in the US than other countries. In the UK, 73 percent of people said they would get the vaccine, and the same was true for 70 percent of people in Denmark, 69 percent of those in India, 68 percent in Mexico and 64 percent in Australia.
According to Dr. Anthony Fauci, somewhere between 75 and 85 percent of Americans will need to get the vaccine to get the pandemic ‘under control’, and President Biden has announced plans to inoculate 150 million Americans during his first 100 days in office. Of course, it’s going to be very difficult to meet those goals when the vaccines available are being linked to so many allergic reactions and even deaths.
Sources for this article include: DailyMail.co.uk KFF.org KCRA.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-02-07-americans-dont-want-covid-vaccine.html
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. etc
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 2-8-21 Real Raw News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Assassination Attempt — NEW DETAILS SUGGEST DRONE
By Mike Baxter February 8, 2021
As reported last month, a would-be assassin’s bullet struck but did not penetrate Trump’s bedroom window while he slept during the early morning hours on January 26. Bullet proof glass, which he had installed recently, probably saved his life. And ballistic experts who at first speculated that the shot originated from a chopper hovering off the coast have dismissed that hypothesis in favor of a more plausible premise—an armed drone.
A source in Trump’s orbit speaking under condition of anonymity has given Real Raw News more information on the shocking assassination attempt and subsequent investigation.
Trump’s investigation team, our source said, dismissed the gunman in a helicopter theory after obtaining radar logs from Palm Beach Intl. Airport and the US Coast Guard Station, Lake Worth Inlet. Neither radar had detected a helicopter within 15 miles of Mar-a-Lago between 3:00-4:00 that morning.
Although radar is an imperfect technology—and helicopters are small—most civilian and military radar systems employ a technology called Multilateration, a technique for figuring out a ‘vehicle’s’ position based on measurement of the times of arrival of energy waves having a known speed when propagating either from or to multiple system stations. In short, if a helicopter were there, radar would have detected it.
Trump, of course, did not deduce this on his own. To interpret the radar data, Trump hired USAF retired CMsgt. Anthony Vance, who for 12 years was a Radar Approach Control operator at Joint Base Andrews, which was then called Andrews Airforce Base. After retiring from the military, Vance was tower chief at JFK Intl. Airport, one of the busiest airports in the world. He has spent most of his life interpreting radar nuances.
“Vance studied the logs and said he was 99% certain that no helicopter was in the vicinity of Mar-a-Lago when the bullet hit the window. Trump believed him, but was still furious and wanted answers. Upon closer inspection of the radar logs, Vance saw something he thought might interest Trump,” our source said.
The logs revealed four surface contacts, or ships, within three miles of Mar-a-Lago at around the time of the attack.
A radar’s ability to detect and track surface contacts is dependent on several variables—sea and atmospheric conditions, the size of the vessel and, most important, whether the ship has a mast. The taller the mast, the greater the chance it will reflect a radar signal to the source.
“Vance figured out that the nearest contact was stationary about a half mile off the coast when the round hit the window. Within minutes, that contact headed due west and accelerated to 30knots. The only landmass west is the Bahamas, but the radar lost track after thirty miles. These discoveries made Trump’s people dump the helicopter theory and think about a drone having been launched from the ship.”
Trump enlisted the aid of a former General Atomics aeronautical engineer, Stephen Duckworth, to bolster the drone theory. Duckworth had extensive credentials and had played a pivotal role in the development of the US military’s MQ-1 Predator UMV.
Duckworth excluded commercially available drones as possible culprits, but he told Trump that a custom-built drone fitted with gyroscopic stabilizers and advanced night vision or thermal optics could have, theoretically, fired a weapon affixed to the chassis.
“You do know the CIA has this stuff?” Duckworth reportedly told Trump.
“I know we have powerful, immensely powerful weapons the likes of which no one has ever seen, but I don’t know the details. That’s why I have pay guys like you to explain it,” Trump replied.
Our source said Vance endorsed the drone theory, as the radar cross section of a small drone is small minute to avoid detection, especially if, as Duckworth purportedly suggested, the drone was coated in radiation absorbent material, or stealth paint.
In closing, our source says that Trump is holding Joe Biden and his Deep State handlers responsible for the botched assassination attempt, but he will not make a public accusation until he obtains irrefutable evidence linking “sleepy” Joe to the crime.
Please help support alternative media. We follow the truth, wherever it leads. We reject absolutely big-tech and the narrow, dogmatic views of MSM. Although we are new to the arena, the MSM and its watchdogs–Snopes, Media Matters, Politifact, etc.–have waged war on us. We need your help to thrive, so that we can present important, unique news not found elsewhere. If you appreciate this content, please link to it across your social media feeds to help us grow. Thank you.
https://realrawnews.com/2021/02/trump-assassination-attempt-new-details-suggest-drone/
[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 2-4-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Economist predicts massive money ‘bubble’ will cause ECONOMIC CRASH soon
109,371 views
•Feb 4, 2021
Glenn Beck
547K subscribers
Harry Dent, economist and author of ‘Zero Hour,’ joined Glenn on radio recently for a terrifying discussion about what may come soon for our financial markets. He says because the federal reserve and central banks are pumping money into our financial ‘bubble’ at record speeds, there will come a time soon that the bubble naturally will pop. Dent says, despite what the masses may believe, that fueling the markets with additional, printed money will NOT save us from an economic crash — in fact, quite the opposite will occur. So, what should you do to prepare? In this clip, Dent gives his predictions AND his suggestions.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Eah1W-wBIg&feature=youtu.be
:: 2-7-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Swiss Firm Issues Major Warning About QE-To-Infinity, Gold, Silver And The Great Reset
February 07, 2021
From Pitch Forks to Trading Apps: The Natives Are Getting Restless
February 7 (King World News) – Matthew Piepenburg at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): Mark Twain once quipped that a lie can travel around the world faster than it takes the truth to put its boots on.
But now the truth behind years and years of open lies masquerading as fiscal or monetary policy (as well as the increasingly obvious manipulations and distortions in the paper gold and silver markets) is slowly putting its boots on.
In short, the truth, like a cork, is gradually rising to the surface.
A Market History of Lies Labeled as Policy
Retail investors, for example, are increasingly opening their eyes to the obvious fantasy, as well as rigged game, of central banks printing money out of nowhere to artificially sustain risk asset bubbles which largely benefit a minority class of hitherto “insiders.”
The Bogus Bailout It was no shocker, for example, that Hank Paulson, the former Goldman CEO turned Treasury Secretary, reacted to the Great Financial Crisis of 2008 by bailing out the very TBTF banks that caused it.
From Temporary QE to Unlimited QE Nor was it a shocker that Bernanke’s promised “emergency measure” of the “temporary” QE1 of 2009 would not end, as promised, by 2010.
Instead, the temporary became an addiction, as QE 1-4 and Operation twist morphed into now “Unlimited QE” to support broken markets well into 2021 and beyond, thanks to equally desperate Fed successors like Yellen and Powell.
The Bond Lie The net result of this “accommodation” was artificial buying of a bond market which is now the greatest and most dangerous asset bubble in the history of capital markets.
With greater than 60% of these bonds at the bottom of the credit class, the idea of bonds as a “safe haven” asset is now an open lie. DC and the Fed—Openly Strange Bed-Fellows
And now, as Yellen makes her move from the Fed to the Treasury, the insider game of putting fancy lads into fancy offices to continue otherwise rotten “accommodation” policies rolls forward.
Of course, the media applauds the now overt irony of the “dollar princes” marriage of the US Treasury and Federal Reserve…
In short, expect far more “accommodation” and currency debasing “stimulus” from DC.
As I’ve said elsewhere, placing Yellen at the treasury makes as much sense as placing Madoff at the SEC.
Wealth Disparity Too Big to Hide From All these open-secret mechanizations along the DC-Wall Street corridor have been an absolute boon to the top 1%-10% who own (and have enjoyed) well over 80% of the inflated risk asset bubble returns.
The correlation between central bank “stimulus” and S&P inflation, for example, is simply obvious.
And yet, Powell, with a hubris and disingenuity that would make a car salesman or real estate broker blush, continues with his denial that Fed policy has any impact on the middle-class economy.
The wealth disparity which has grown in the last 10+ years has a direct correlation to such insider, rigged and grossly failed, pro-Wall Street bubble policies, resulting in the kind of wealth disparity which can no longer be brushed under the carpet or blamed exclusively on COVID. Emerging from such lies masquerading as policy is a real economy on its knees and soaked in record breaking debt, while stock and bond markets violate every rational principle of sound valuation.
The Great Inflation Lie
In addition, the fiction writing team at the Bureau of Labor Statistics have been engaged in some fantastic math distortions on everything from unemployment to inflation reporting.
The games they play would require pages not paragraphs to unpack, but suffice it to say here that by tweaking the CPI methodologies behind inflation reporting, the BLS has effectively been able to convince the world that 2+2=1.
By way of simple example, if the BLS were to use the same scale to measure CPI inflation that was used in the more honest era of the 1980’s, then actual inflation today would be closer to 10% (top line) rather than the fictional 2% levels “reported” today (bottom line).
One Too Many Lies Breaks the Back of Trust But the mad geniuses behind such central bank distortions, as well as the banks, insiders and hedge funds which have front run their “accommodation,” may have taken this game of lies too far…
The “insiders” had always assumed the retail investors (which Wall Street secretly treats as “suckers”—i.e. the “plankton” devoured by the market-savvy “whales”) would somehow not notice the rigged game being played at their expense.
But oh, how things are starting to change. The conductors behind this rigged orchestra from Basel to DC, or Tokyo to Brussels may know how to rig markets and twist math, but most of them seem embarrassingly ignorant of basic history, regardless of their distorted “expertise.”
That is, they forgot to notice that when wealth disparity (or global feudalism rather than fair market capitalism) gets too obvious, the natives get smart, and then they get restless.
They look for pitchforks. A New Kind of Pitchfork, A New Angry Mob
Only now, the pitchforks are being replaced by trading apps like Robinhood. And the mad crowds are not gathering at la place de Bastille, but rubbing shoulder-to-angry-shoulder on online platforms like Reddit.
A recent crowd of online Game Stop buyers, for example, made headlines short squeezing the hedge funds seeking to profit off yet another retailer death (and Amazon victim) by sending what seemed like an easy short into a record high.
This time, there was hedge fund rather than royal Bourbon blood in the streets.
The same crowd then sought to point those electronic pitch forks at the equally distorted silver market, hoping to bring some form or revenge as well as fair pricing to what is an overtly manipulated (and hence fake) paper market in precious metals…
But even the angriest of crowds can’t defeat, at first, the most powerful of lies and liars…
Hitting a Powerful Wall—The Rigged Paper Pricing of Gold & Silver The complex and grotesquely manipulated paper market of gold and silver, hitherto misunderstood and ignored by the media bobbleheads and trusting masses, is now making the headlines.
Without getting into the weeds of cash-swaps, BIS immunities, or the Faustian deals which central banks have made with the bullion banks to mask their otherwise undisclosed lack of physical gold and silver, the masses are catching on to what all gold and silver buyers have known for years.
Namely: That paper precious metals are a rigged market.
But rather than make dramatic statements, let’s just do some simple math to let this sink in.
Fake Gold, Fake Pricing If the global trade in paper gold is greater than $70T a year, yet the annual mine production of gold is just over $200B, do you think there might be a bit of over-looked leverage as well as a massive pricing disconnect between the paper price and the physical value of gold? Ah… Math and facts, they are stubborn things, no?
Or how about the fact that gold makes up just .5% of global financial investments, yet the trade volume of gold among the LBMA banks in London is greater than the S&P trade volume? Hmmm.
Weeks ago, moreover, we saw gold tank by $75 dollars in a matter of seconds when a single gold sale of 1.4 million oz into a buyer-less market artificially sent the paper gold price downward, despite no actual movements in the physical market. Hmmm.
Silver’s Artificial Price Ceiling Of course, Silver too is no stranger to such blatant yet otherwise headline-ignored price manipulations.
Despite even the most valiant efforts of that rising Reddit mob to correct a pricing wrong, those app-armed crowds didn’t stand much of a chance against the rigged silver market...
Like Pickett’s charge at Gettysburg, they were marching straight into a row of rigged cannons loaded with the cannister shot of bullion bank trading desks—i.e. fatal price manipulators.
With over 100 million oz of silver short contracts outstanding in the futures market, not even an angry mob of silver buyers can fight the manipulated price ceiling in the paper metals market.
For now, that market is simply too big a Goliath for even the most informed (as well as angry) Davids.
One reason Bitcoin is so popular is because its holders feel immune to such price manipulation or big bad banks. Hmmm. I wouldn’t be so sure. But that’s a larger topic for another time.
What the Big Banks Fear? And for those wondering why the central and bullion banks beneath the dark umbrella of that even darker tower at the BIS (the central banks’ central bank) are so concerned with manipulating a downward price (or permanent ceiling upon) upon gold and silver, the motive (as well as means and opportunity) makes perfect sense once you follow the money to their weak spot.
That is, these clever manipulators in their bureaucratic, math-challenged and criminally immune posts in Basel understand one thing very clearly: If gold goes too high in natural price appreciation, the open lie of their failed monetary policies becomes impossible to ignore, hide or even blame on a global flu.
Stated more simply, nothing unmasks the currency-crushing failure of their insane money printing “experiment” better than a rising gold price or honestly reported inflation.
Solution? Simple: Just rig the paper gold market and tweak the inflation scale.
Or even more simply stated—lie…
That is, manipulate the very basics of supply and demand heralded by Adam Smith behind layers of swap desks and then call the resulting price fraud in gold and silver “policy,” “free markets,” or “natural price discovery.”
Ah, the ironies do abound. The Natives Are Catching On—and Getting Restless
This dishonest and distorted game, of course, has worked for years.
Largely because it was a reality understood by only a handful of bureaucrats with banking titles and an equally realistic circle of informed commodity traders and COMEX front runners doing the contango on the dance floor of the futures market.
But as growing asset bubbles, tanking Main Streets, and double-speaking, tweet-focused twits otherwise labeled as “experts” get further and further from the plow of reality and honest price discovery, the consequences get too big to hide. The masses, alas, notice the distortions and begin looking for answers rather than just Fed-speak.
In short, they are armed not only with anger, but insight; not only spray cans and twitter accounts, but trading apps and buy platforms. Again, the natives are getting restless.
And the Excuses Are Getting Thinner Of course, nothing worries a corrupt, manipulated and dishonest system more than the truth, and no mob is scarier than an informed one.
How It All Ends Returning to Mark Twain’s opening quote, even if it takes longer for the truth to get its boots on, one way or another, the truth not only walks, it prevails.
The BIS (or those other excuse-peddlers and euphemism-pitchers at the IMF calling for a New Bretton Woods) can pretend that bond bubbles and negative yielding sovereign IOU’s can all be blamed on a global flu. But informed investors know that the global financial system (at +$280T in debt) was broke long before the world got sick.
The angry mob is less likely to fall for a new global debt party paid for by a new digital fiat currency as part of what those shameless “leaders” at Davos are calling a “great reset.”
The great reset?… One has to admire the fancy titles experts give to open charades, as well as “solutions” to problems which they alone created. Owners of physical gold and silver, of course, have known these tricks, as well as failed experiments, for years.
They have patiently been buyers of real money and real stores of value while the rest of the world squawks, distorts and smiles behind clinched jaws and broken promises/policies.
As more investors slowly realize there’s too much risk in an equally bogus bond market paid for by central bank support rather than natural demand, they shall one day collectively ask a simple question, namely: Am I getting enough yield for the risk?
In a world with over $18 trillion in negative yielding IOU’s the answer is clear enough: NOPE.
Once the selling commences en masse in this broken credit market, there won’t be enough money printers in the world to fill the bid-ask spread or curtail the real inflation and rising rates/yields now bottled up in frothy stocks and bonds paid for by fake currencies.
No “orderly reset” will stem the breakdown of a disorderly (and distorted) system.
Currencies, already debased, will hit the basement of time, and the current tricks used to keep paper gold down won’t prevent physical gold from getting the last laugh, as well natural climb northward…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz and Matt Piepenburg CLICK HERE.
To listen to Gerald Celente discuss why gold and silver will surge strongly and what surprises to expect in 2021 CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.
https://kingworldnews.com/qe-to-infinity-gold-silver-and-the-great-reset/
[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]
etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand
[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..
Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ) (disease & famine)
:: 2-7-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Food Is Being Weaponized for Use Against 0ver 100 Million Americans
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, February 7, 2021 - 15:11.
Food wars are coming. Food deprivation will be used, in the near future, to bring America to her knees and force compliance from a population that largely rejects the communist takeover of our government that has just taken place.
In the first installment of this series, the following facts were established:
1. Bill Gates has become the largest owner of American farmland.
2. Biden's new 45% capital gains tax, with no offsets, will make it impossible for the vast majority of family farms to survive.
3. The food supply chain is permanently broken.
4. The meat packing plants are still closed. They will likely open under Biden's control.
5. Large corporate farms are growing at an alarming rate.
6. Soon the vast majority of the American food supply will be under the control of a few of the elites who are working hand in hand with the Biden administration.
7, Monopolization of food under Biden is underway and history reminds us that this precedent is very dangerous.
Whabiden t does all of this mean? The CSS has learned the following:
1. Hit teams operating in Mexico are being deployed in America and are awaiting instructions. On our TV station (thecommonsenseshow.tv), Latin American expert Sam Honnold confirmed reports that I have already been given. These assassins travel in cars that are distinctive. They are illegally tinted and have no license plate, or a paper tag. In Northern Mexico, this is a warning to local law enforcement to no engage because these vehicles carry 4 occupants and they are armed with military grade hardware. These vehicles are being dispatched to American cities. They are starting in traditional blue cities. Many of the Police Chiefs are compromised. The CSS has learned that many of these police chief positions are come from a pool of candidates that have already been pre-selected and are already compromised so they will not question the activities of these foreign invaders.
2. From DHS, the Border Patrol and local law enforcement, the CSS has also learned that a series of false flag events are near. people on terrorist watch lists, are being apprehended in blue cities by law enforcement of every level. These detainees are members of Antifa and are imitating MAGA supporters. Most were arrested in possession of explosive devices. When they are turned over to the FBI, the FBI responds by taking the off the terrorist watch lists and are quickly and quietly released. This tells me the FBI is complicit, at least at the command levels, for the coming false flag(s). It should be obvious that the false flag events will be blamed on Trump supporters and they will be purged.
3. When the false flag are operationalized, they will provide the impetus to declare the 100 million American domestic terrorists cannot be controlled and Biden will enact the Kigali Principles and will bring in the Chinese. This is the beginning of the great American purge.
American are in danger of having food used against them in a genocidal manner. If one does not know their history, they best read the following accounts.
The Historical Precedent of Using Food As a Weapon
The two most notable examples of dictators using food as a weapon in order to destroy the free will of their people, comes from the regimes of Stalin and Hitler. Josef Stalin engaged in his own Soviet-style Holocaust when, in 1932 and 1933, an estimated six to 20 million people in the Ukraine died from starvation when Stalin implemented his prescription of “hope and change” policies in order to eliminate the Ukrainian’s desire for becoming their own nation-state. Upon assuming power, the Stalinist Communist regime rapidly nationalized the food industry and forced all of the region’s farms into collectives. This is exactly what is happening under the Obama administration and the dramatic rise of corporately owned farms.
Stalin’s version of the Holocaust came to fruition in what history has dubbed, the “Holodomor,” in which millions perished in only a two year period when the Soviet government began to exterminate the Ukrainian population by taking control of food and food production. And why would Stalin do such a thing to his own people? The Ukrainians were discussing and publicizing some very dangerous ideas about freedom, liberty and the ability to act on their desire for political autonomy. Americans would be wise to heed this warning as despots hate freedom. The parallel between Stalin and collectivist farms and American corporately owned farms is very disturbing.
Hitler, too, proclaimed that food could be used as a tool “…to discipline the masses” and he did not hesitate to use the control of food as a type of carrot and stick in which he would reward accomplishment and punish failure as well as to ferment preferential class distinctions in which his armed forces received the largest food ration cards. Skilled workers who were engaged in industries critical to the building of the German war machine, received food ration cards which were slightly less in value. And, finally, the prisoners and the Jews received the lowest valued Nazi food ration cards. Food ration cards were also utilized as incentives to increase industrial production and were also increased in value when productive Nazi workers would be promoted. Food ration cards were diminished in value for the failure to meet Nazi production goals. Hitler’s use of what psychologists refer to as classical conditioning techniques reduced the will of the German population to a pack of Pavlovian dogs who were conditioned to be totally dependent upon the government for their survival. The presence of 50 million Americans on food stamps would certainly make an applicable parallel to Hitler’s practices and the potential for Obama, or another future president to follow in Hitler’s footsteps with regard to food management. It strongly appears that Biden will be taking his place in history with the aforementioned despotic dictators.
The United States Recent Role in Promoting Food Instability
Do you remember the Obama-era controversy surrounding the $36 reduction in food stamp entitlements became a reality? Reports, regarding the government spending over $80 million to protect its own buildings from food stamp rioters, continues to concern those who are following the rapid increases in food prices across the planet. Was this the rehearsal to practice way that the current administration is preparing for food riots? Although it is possible that the controversy surrounding the food stamp program will not spread beyond the 50 million Americans that are affected, but that is not likely. I am convinced that the government’s spending of over $80 million protect its buildings was merely an excuse to pre-position security forces on the street in anticipation about what’s coming, which is full-blown martial law. Food and the distribution of food, will play a central role in the administration and application of of any potential martial law declaration. And why would I entertain an idea that is so outrageous?
The Government's Historical Overview of the Control of Food
In December, 1974, National Security Council directed by Henry Kissinger completed a classified study entitled, “National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests.”The study was based upon the unproven claims that population growth in Lesser Developed Countries (LDC) constituted a serious risk to America’s national security. In November of 1975, President Ford, based upon the tenets of NSSM 200 outlined a classified plan to forcibly reduce population growth in LDC countries through birth control, war and famine. Ford’s new national security adviser, Brent Scowcroft, in conjunction with CIA Director, George H. W. Bush, were tasked with implementing the plan and the secretaries of state, treasury, defense, and agriculture assisted in the implementation of these insane genocidal plans. Today, we also see the manifestation of NSSM 200 through Bill Gates’ eugenics policies of mass sterilizations and vaccinations on the continent of Africa.
NSSM 200 formally raised the question, “Would food be considered to be an instrument of national power? … Is the U.S. prepared to accept food rationing to help people who can’t/won’t control their population growth?” Kissinger has answered these questions when he stated that he was predicting a series of contrived famines, created by mandatory programs and this would make exclusive reliance on birth control programs unnecessary in this modern day application of eugenics in a scheme that would allow Henry to have his cake and eat it too in that the world would finally be rid of the “useless eaters!”
That Was Then and This Is Now Obama enacted a series of potentially deadly legal precedents designed for implementation under Hillary. However, Trump happened. However, these principles are still here and now Biden-Harris have been handed the keys tyranny in America.
Third world population control, using food as one of the primary weapons, has long been a matter of official covert national policy and a portion of President Obama’s Executive Order (EO 13603), National Defense Resources Preparedness is a continuation of that policy. Only now, the intended targets are not the LDC’s but, instead, the targets are the American people. With one out of six Americans on food stamps, and a reduction of these benefits under way, the policy of using food as a weapon against the American people already has a significant beachhead.
With the stroke of his genocidal pen, Obama gave total and absolute control over all food, to all future presidents. His EO 13603 states: e) “Food resources” means all commodities and products, (simple, mixed, or compound), or complements to such commodities or products, that are capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals, irrespective of other uses to which such commodities or products may be put, at all stages of processing from the raw commodity to the products thereof in vendible form for human or animal consumption. “Food resources” also means potable water packaged in commercially marketable containers, all starches, sugars, vegetable and animal or marine fats and oils, seed, cotton, hemp, and flax fiber, but does not mean any such material after it loses its identity as an agricultural commodity or agricultural product. (f) “Food resource facilities” means plants, machinery, vehicles (including on farm), and other facilities required for the production, processing, distribution, and storage (including cold storage) of food resources, and for the domestic distribution of farm equipment and fertilizer…” This unconstitutional EO is particularly disturbing in that it clearly states that the government has control over anything that is “capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals…” If you thought that you and Fido were going to get through the coming food crisis by storing and consuming dog food, think again. How will farmers maintain the nation’s food supply when all fertilizer, their farm equipment and all of their vehicles are under the control of one power-hungry President?
Conclusion If food is controlled by the few, can we count on them to be so altruistic so as to hesitate to use food shortages to manipulate the many? Or, can we blindly trust this administration to never behave like Stalin?
In summary, the World Bank has declared a global food shortage from which they predict widespread violence. The World Bank further states that there is no end in sight for the crisis. Historically, food has been used as a weapon to starve millions to death as a means to politically control overpopulation or political dissent. The United States has shown historical interest in creating food shortages in the past. As previously mentioned, Obama has created an EO which will give all future presidents total control over food and food production in a self-declared crisis. Corporate farms are increasingly replacing family farms in a case of putting all of our agricultural eggs into just a few baskets. Finally, the currencies of the world are on the verge of collapse, so how would food be moved to where it is needed if the corporations cannot monetize food production and shipment? Most Americans do not have 30 days of food supplies in their pantry. Many do not have three days. We are indeed nine meals removed from revolution. A starving man is not a cooperative citizen. Some of you understand the significance of the phrase, "out of chaos comes order". The rest of you may soon learn the meaning of this phrase on a very personal level. Whether this unfolding crisis is contrived or not, you tell me, do we have anything to worry about?
Please bear in mind that using food as a weapon is only one means of controlling the people. Americans are being moved on from several different directions.
:: 2-5-21 Encouraging Angels :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Poor That Hath Understanding Searcheth Him Out
February 05, 2021
Affluent scientists of US companies enrich themselves; their country’s people are made guinea pigs. India’s leaders choose therapies with documented use histories to help and protect the lives of their nation.
by Stan Szymanski
“The rich man is wise in his own conceit; but the poor that hath understanding searcheth him out.”
Proverbs 28:11 KJV https://www.bible.com/bible/1/pro.28.11.kjv
Certain already rich investors in American companies have and do stand to profit immensely from their involvement in the development and rollout of mRNA ‘vaccine’ technology. Never mind that there were no meaningful animal or human trials of their genetic information manipulation jabs. ‘Vaccine development is a long, complex process, often lasting 10-15 years and involving a combination of public and private involvement.’ https://www.historyofvaccines.org/content/articles/vaccine-development-testing-and-regulation ). Never mind that apparently as of October 30, 2020 the FDA (CBER Plans for Monitoring COVID-19 Vaccine Safety and Effectiveness) had a long list of side effects it was watching out for ‘possible adverse event outcomes’ including (but subject to change https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/acip/meetings/downloads/slides-2020-10/COVID-Anderson.pdf
-Guillain-Barré syndrome
-Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis
-Transverse myelitis
Encephalitis/myelitis/encephalomyelitis/ meningoencephalitis/meningitis/ encepholapathy
-Convulsions/seizures
-Stroke
-Narcolepsy and cataplexy
-Anaphylaxis
-Acute myocardial infarction
-Myocarditis/pericarditis
-Autoimmune disease
-Deaths
Pregnancy and birth outcomes
-Other acute demyelinating diseases
-Nonanaphylactic allergic reactions
-Thrombocytopenia
-Disseminated intravascular coagulation
-Venous thromboembolism
-Arthritis and arthralgia/joint pain
-Kawasaki disease
-Multisystem Inflammatory Syndrome in Children
-Vaccine enhanced disease
Do you recall being informed of all of these possibilities if you took the genetic jab?
So does that mean that they didn’t know for sure what would happen when someone took the jab but they were watching out for at least as many of the serious conditions listed above? If so, it seems as though the cart was put before the horse at least as far as the public good was concerned. That’s why traditional vaccines take 10-15 years to properly rollout as opposed to making a substantial percentage of the populace virtual guinea pigs.
Could it be that personal gain was the reason for the rollout of ‘Unestablished Nanotechnology’ ( https://www.encouragingangels.org/new-blog/2020/12/20/
According to https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/moderna-stock-price-biggest-shareholders
-scientists-executives-investors-coronavirus-vaccine-2020-5-1029212351?op=1
Here are the 5 multimillionaire scientists and executives getting the richest off Moderna's spike to record highs (May 18, 2020)
Lowrence Kim
Shares held: 1,222,510
Stake value: $97,800,800
Stephen Hoge
Role: President
Shares held: 2,010,656
Stake value: $160,852,480
Timothy Springer
Role: Early investor and Harvard Medical School professor
Shares held: 4,272,968
Stake value: $341,837,440
Stephane Bancel
Role: CEO
Shares held: 7,348,167
Stake value: $587,853,360
Robert Langer
Role: Academic cofounder and board member
Shares held: 11,509,357
Stake value: $920,748,560
According to https://www.forbes.com/sites/giacomotognini/2020/11/09/three-billionaires-behind-pfizers-
vaccine-partner-biontech-are-2-billion-richer-after-it-announces-covid-19-vaccine-results/?sh=424f996a4784 Three Billionaires Behind Pfizer's Vaccine Partner BioNTech Are $2 Billion Richer After It Announces Covid-19 Vaccine Results (Nov. 9, 2020)
‘The soaring stock price boosted Şahin’s net worth by more than $500 million to about $4.4 billion, while the Struengmann brothers collectively added nearly $1.5 billion to their fortunes, with each now worth an estimated $10.4 billion. Şahin, 54, first joined the three-comma-club earlier this year when — much like today’s rally — BioNTech shares rose on the back of positive news from its vaccine collaboration with Pfizer.’
So, from these two reports it is evident that certain already rich Investors in American companies have and do stand to profit immensely from their involvement in the development and rollout of mRNA ‘vaccine’ technology.
If this was the only option that America had -and- was informed of the potential risks that the three letter agencies were watching out for, that would be one thing. Please, juxtapose, just for a minute the hour long newscast you see at home in the six o’clock hour that is really just one long ad for the genetic info jab-with no disclosure of risk and a little sports and weather thrown in- against the reaction to the virus by the country of India.
Right now in some of the largest provinces of India people are receiving a ‘Ziverdo Kit’ which is a combination therapy of Zinc, Ivermectin and Doxycycline ( https://www.sgtreport.com/2021/01/india-develops-covid-treatment-kit-for-less-than-3-per-person-with-miraculous-ivermectin/ ).
The Ziverdo kit costs less than $3 to put into the hands of India’s citizens. The prospects of the use of Zinc, Ivermectin and Doxycycline all have known individual risk profiles and have all been in use in the human population for decades. The aforementioned ‘vaccines’ cost anywhere from roughly 8 to 20 times more and have not been used in the general population previously and its total risk profile is yet to be fully realized and documented.
According to renowned triple therapy specialist Dr. Thomas Borody: “No trial has shown Ivermectin-based therapy to be ineffective. In fact, international trials report almost 100% cure rate with symptom improvement within 4-6 days. This needs to be available for aged care facilities and frontline health workers today,” said Borody.” ( https://plague.info/2021-01-27-indias-coronavirus-kit-reduced-infection-death-rates.html# ).
The ‘rich and getting richer’ investors of the ‘genetic manipulation jab’ certainly manifest their conceit by having the gain they receive conspicuous and glaring on the opulent pages of magazines like Forbes. All without telling the American people the diseases states they are monitoring the populace for as potential side effects as they rollout the jab to Grandma and Grandpa. A country that is much more populated with a much lower per capita income -India-, took a look at the same situation and enacted a solution that was much lower cost with therapies that had established risk profiles. Those who made this decision in India searched out the matter to the benefit and welfare of its people. In light of this, which country to you really loves its people and did not put making money above the interest and well-being of its own nation?
Stan Szymanski (or Encouraging Angels) is not a medical doctor. This is not medical advice. In all matters pertaining to the health and care of a human being consult a medical doctor. This is not legal or financial advice. Consult appropriate professionals in those fields for that type of advice.
https://www.encouragingangels.org/new-blog/2021/2/5/agc4i3eglfvn06yistpra6s3op8tve
:: 12-1-19 Air Force :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Raider Takes Shape
By John A. Tirpak Dec. 1, 2019
Four years into development, the Air Force is starting to reveal more about the B-21 bomber.
The first B-21 Raider bomber is coming together at Northrop Grumman’s Palmdale, Calif., facility and will likely be rolled out for public view in 20 months, making its first flight a few months later. The Air Force is also planning, in its next budget proposal, to increase the buy to 150 or more aircraft, up from 100. The B-21 picture, highly secret for the last four years, is starting to come into focus.
Top Air Force leaders are beginning to speak more openly about the B-21. Randall G. Walden, head of the Air Force Rapid Capabilities Office, which runs the bomber development effort, said in October, “We’re ready to start actually building parts.”
Construction has begun at Northrop Grumman’s Palmdale plant. “We do have an airplane in there,” Walden said. “That would be our test ship No. 1. We’re working the production line, literally, today.” Major structures, like the wings, are being brought into the assembly line.
When it comes to the B-21 Raider, USAF won’t try to ‘sneak it out.’ There will be a public rollout of the new bomber. Randall G. Walden, head of the Air Force Capabilities Office
Timelines at this stage are still slippery. Gen. Stephen W. Wilson, Vice Chief of Staff of the Air Force, said he was counting down the days to the B-21’s first flight, which he projected would come in December 2021. Walden is not so sure. Though that’s still the target, “I would not bet on that date,” he said, emphasizing how “complex” the B-21 is. Integration issues, ground testing, and even weather could affect first flight, he said.
The Air Force won’t try to simply “sneak it out,” Walden asserted, promising a public rollout at Palmdale, just as with the B-2 in 1988. But while it took nine months for the B-2 to go from rollout to inaugural sortie, Air Force officials anticipate a much shorter preflight evaluation period before that first flight from Palmdale to nearby Edwards AFB, Calif. After that, Walden said, USAF will “start to open up” about B-21 capabilities.
At a Palmdale event in August celebrating the 30th anniversary of the B-2, Northrop Grumman said it had grown from 24,000 to about 28,000 employees at its California locations. Aerospace Systems sector President Janis G. Pamiljans said, “We’ve been on a tremendous hiring spree” while simultaneously refurbishing and expanding the Palmdale facilities, which included relocating production operations for the RQ-4 Global Hawk and MQ-4 Triton.
Northrop’s contract for engineering and manufacturing development (including the first five aircraft) represents a $23.5 billion investment. The production contract could be worth $55 billion for 100 airplanes, Walden said in 2016, not including additional, unidentified programs in the “family of systems” that will make the B-21 effective.
The Air Force’s original plan for the B-21 contract called for “80 to 100” aircraft, but USAF leaders over the past two years have been touting “at least 100” airplanes. At AFA’s Air, Space & Cyber Conference in September, USAF Chief of Staff Gen. David L. Goldfein said he’s “100 percent in lockstep” with the views expressed in multiple third-party reports that 100 is too few. While he acknowledged the B-21’s development cycle can’t be sped up, he said he’d like to buy more than 100 of the jets, and buy them faster than currently planned.
Matthew P. Donovan, service undersecretary, in an October interview with Air Force Magazine, laid out the math behind the “Air Force We Need” analysis, which called for seven more bomber squadrons, growth required for long-range power projection in the Pacific Theater and elsewhere. “A bomber squadron’s got about eight airplanes in it,” Donovan noted, so the Air Force’s analysis indicates a requirement for about 56 more bombers. “I think … you’ll see us put some real numbers to the total numbers of bombers” in the 2020 budget request, Donovan said. But he also cited an analysis by the Air Force Association’s Mitchell Institute for Aerospace Studies, which concluded the Air Force has a demand for at least 174 B-21s, noting Goldfein “agrees with that.”
The Air Force has not announced any deviation from original cost targets and cost ceilings on the B-21. In base year 2010 dollars, the service said at contract award that it expected the jets to come in at $511 million apiece, with a not-to-exceed price of $550 million. In 2019 dollars, that would be $553 million and $651.7 million, respectively. Both numbers were calculated against a buy of 100 airplanes, though; a larger volume of production could drive unit costs lower.
Air Force leaders have said numerous times that the B-21 program is among the best-run programs in the Air Force, hitting its cost and schedule marks. Walden said the only thing that could dramatically raise the price of the airplane is a significant change in performance requirements.
USAF’s Global Strike Command plans to retire the 62 B-1 and 20 B-2 bombers by around 2031. Producing 15 B-21s per year would enable the Air Force to have 100 of the new bombers on hand by that point. The Air Force has reactivated the 420th Flight Test Squadron at Edwards—the unit that tested the B-2—to put the B-21 through its paces.
Satellite images of Edwards reveal a number of new structures in the South Base area, including one building that is about 220 feet square—about the size needed to shelter a B-2-sized aircraft. The Air Force has also relocated B-1 and B-52 test activities away from South Base.
Walden told Air Force Magazine that the B-21 program had not made use of a subscale demonstrator to prove out the aircraft’s aerodynamics, although he had previously described wind tunnel testing on the bomber. “You always look for opportunities to do things lower-risk,” he said, but a subscale aircraft was not part of that effort, he said. He declined to offer further details.
Walden’s comment was curious because a number of Air Force officials and members of Congress have made comments suggesting they were satisfied there was a “fly before buy” approach taken with the B-21. In selecting Northrop Grumman as the B-21 contractor, the Air Force cited the company’s competence to do the project based on its “other programs.” Those could include a high-altitude intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance aircraft said to be called the RQ-180, which may resemble the B-21’s cranked-kite planform. Northrop’s balance sheet indicates a hefty amount of classified work.
The B-21’s shape, identical to the original planform of the B-2, suggests the aircraft is optimized for stealth at high altitude. The B-2’s requirements were changed early in the program, to give that airplane more rigidity and ease of handling in low-level penetration flight. The B-2’s shape was altered to the now-familiar “sawtooth” tail; a design revision that cost billions of dollars and years of time.
The sole artist’s concept of the B-21 released by the Air Force shows the cranked-kite shape without modification, indicating USAF won’t be taking the B-21 down to fly nap-of-the-earth.
B-21 development has not come without challenges. Rep. Rob Wittman (R-Va.), then head of the House Armed Services Seapower and Projection Forces Subcommittee, cited a dispute between “ducting contractors” and engine maker Pratt & Whitney in March 2018.
Pratt engineers sought to “change some of the cowling,” Wittman suggested, which could affect low-observable characteristics.
The artist’s concept shows the B-21 with very straight and narrow, angled air intakes on the upper fuselage. To maintain stealth, engine fan blades must be hidden inside the fuselage, and the ducting lined with radar-absorbent materials to reduce the radar cross section of the aircraft.
Wittman said the B-21 uses a “very, very different design as far as airflow,” suggesting trade-offs between stealth and thrust were being debated. Meanwhile, other contractors were worried about the exhaust, he said. Without elaborating, Wittman also cited “snags” affecting the B-21’s wings.
Months later, however, Walden said those issues had been resolved.
“Complex weapon systems, especially engine integrations” are challenging, he said. “You’ve got to get [engine] throat sizes done right, prior to anything being built.” The Rapid Capabilities Office got “insight from actual lab testing,” settled on a solution, and component testing was moving ahead at an “appropriate speed.”
Wittman also noted that the B-21 program had created a nonflying “iron bird” shape to test the fit of components. The use of mockups in this fashion is a common step in an aircraft’s development.
Air Force officials, meanwhile, describe B-21 as an “extremely low-observable” design, as opposed to the “very low-observable” F-22 and F-35.
The Air Force has not said if the B-21 will be powered by two or four engines, but the consensus among aerospace analysts is that the jet likely uses Pratt’s F135 engine, which also equips the F-35 fighter. Two F135s could generate 56,000 pounds of dry (non-afterburning) thrust, but would require a larger aperture to do so than the four General Electric F118 engines in the B-2, which combine to produce about 68,000 pounds of thrust.
The B-21 is believed to be somewhat smaller than the B-2, with a payload of around 30,000-pounds, just large enough to carry one GBU-57 Massive Ordnance Penetrator precision-guided conventional bomb, the largest in the Air Force inventory. Only seven B-21 subcontractors have been named, and one of them—Orbital ATK—was acquired by Northrop Grumman in 2018. The other contractors are: BAE Systems in Nashua, N.H.; GKN Aerospace, St. Louis; Janicki Industries in Sedro-Woolley, Wash.; Rockwell Collins in Cedar Rapids, Iowa; and Spirit Aerosystems in Wichita, Kans. Rockwell Collins will become part of Raytheon Technologies under a “merger of equals” between parent company United Technologies and Raytheon as announced in June.
The B-21 predates the advanced digital engineering methods that Air Force acquisition chief Will Roper sees as the enabling technology behind a new “Digital Century Series” of fighters, which calls for aircraft to be developed very rapidly.
“We started with the manufacturing [technology] that we had at the time,” Walden told Air Force Magazine. “I think that’s what [Roper] is focused on… When can we get to that better manufacturing? But today, we’re using the same techniques where and when it makes sense to bring it into production.”
Walden anticipates “sharing” technology between B-21 and the Next-Generation Air Dominance (NGAD) program, an outcome made more likely since Roper chose former B-21 program manager Col. Dale R. White to head up NGAD.
The Air Force announced earlier this year that the “preferred location” for the first B-21 squadron will be Ellsworth AFB in Rapid City, S.D. Now a B-1B base, service officials said Ellsworth will likely “transition” from the B-1 to the B-21, rather than operate both bombers concurrently. Next up would be Whiteman AFB, Mo., the sole B-2 operating base, and Dyess AFB, Texas, which operates B-1s. Former Air Force Secretary Heather Wilson said earlier this year that “if you’re a bomber base now, you’ll be a bomber base in the future.” Tinker AFB, Okla., will be the B-21’s depot, aided by Robins AFB, Ga., and Hill AFB, Utah. The secondary depots will be responsible for rebuilding subassemblies and parts, and for component and parts testing.
The B-21 has from the outset been described as an “optionally manned” aircraft, meaning it could fly with or without a crew, but service leaders have not discussed this aspect of the program for over a year. The aircraft will be capable of flying nuclear missions and will be certified with both the B61 nuclear gravity bomb and the Long-Range Standoff (LRSO) missile now in development. That weapon will also be fitted to the B-52. A conventional version of the LRSO may also be in development.
Donovan told Air Force Magazine in October the Air Force may again try to get the Defense Department to fund the B-21, as well as the Ground-Based Strategic Deterrent program—which replaces the Minuteman ICBM—and the LRSO in a separate line outside the Air Force base budget. The Navy won similar status for the Columbia-class sea-launched ballistic missile submarine on the argument that the arrangement preserves the submarine industrial base; by contrast, the Air Force’s two legs of the nuclear Triad have no such special status. The Air Force may find high-priority programs squeezed out by the expense of modernizing its part of the Triad. Revamping the nuclear enterprise, along with all the other modernization challenges the Air Force faces—from fighters to tankers to space and cyber—is beyond the limits of expected budgets. “We … are not able to do that within the Air Force’s … topline,” Donovan said.
https://www.airforcemag.com/article/the-raider-takes-shape/
:: 2--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Water Walking
By Hal Lindsey
Never confuse planet earth with heaven. This is not the end-all, be-all of our existence. It’s just the beginning. But at the same time, don’t think of earth as God-forsaken. God is not only interested in our lives, He is active in them. He longs for us to reach out to Him in faith no matter what circumstances we face.
You’ve probably heard the story of Jesus feeding the five thousand. There was a festival-like atmosphere as the bread and fish kept being broken and handed out to everyone there. It was such a glorious day, some people wanted to make Him king right then and there. The Bible says Jesus “immediately” instructed His disciples to get in a boat and go to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. He stayed behind to send the crowds home and spend some time alone in prayer.
The Sea of Galilee is known for the sudden rise of violent storms. That night a powerful wind whipped up the waves around the disciples’ boat. They found themselves fighting for their lives. Then, a little after 3 AM, something even scarier happened to them. They saw what appeared to be an apparition moving through the mist across the water. One of them cried out, “It’s a ghost!”
But it wasn’t a ghost. It was Jesus walking on the shifting waters of the stormy sea. He called to them, “Take courage, it is I; do not be afraid.”
Peter said, “Lord, if that’s really you, tell me to come to you on the water.” Jesus answered, “Come.”
Peter did it. He stepped out of the boat and onto the waters, moving toward Jesus. But then Peter’s focus shifted. Matthew 14:30-32 says, “But seeing the wind, he became afraid, and beginning to sink, he cried out, saying, ‘Lord, save me!’ And immediately Jesus stretched out His hand and took hold of him, and said to him, ‘O you of little faith, why did you doubt?’ And when they got into the boat, the wind stopped.”
You might think Peter did okay. He didn’t go far, but for a moment, he actually walked on water. That’s more than the others. They had stayed in the boat. Why did Jesus rebuke him?
The answer is that Jesus stood there on the water knowing something that’s hard for us to fathom — “With God all things are possible” (Mark 10:27).
Jesus longs for each one of us to look to Him and believe. Maybe a storm is rising. And maybe you don’t even feel like you have a boat. But in Mark 9:23, Jesus said, “All things are possible to him who believes.”
These are difficult days for many. But no matter the circumstances, God is still God. Keep your eyes on Him.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2021/
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 2-8-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
200 missing and feared dead after glacier collapse in India
Rhea Mogul and Yuliya Talmazan Mon, February 8, 2021, 7:48 AM
The number of people missing and feared dead after a Himalayan glacier burst and unleashed a huge rush of water and debris that crashed into two dams in northern India jumped to more than 200 Monday.
Initially, first responders in the state of Uttarakhand said some 150 were missing after the disaster Sunday. Nineteen are confirmed to have been killed.
Rescue teams worked through the night to find survivors and recover bodies, according to the state's chief minister, Trivendra Singh Rawat.
“Our rescue operations are in full swing and we are hoping to save more lives,” Rawat said in a tweet.
Rescuers were working to remove people trapped inside two tunnels that were blocked with debris, according to police. The Indo-Tibetan Border Police rescued 12 people from one of the tunnels. They were sent to the hospital for treatment, officials said.
At least 34 people remained trapped inside another tunnel, the Union Minister of Power and New and Renewable Energy, Raj Kumar Singh, told reporters. Rescuers have been battling to reach them, but are facing a tough challenge because of the debris buildup.
Singh said that rescuers had got through some 230 feet into the tunnel but had a further 590 feet to go.
More than 2,000 members of the military, paramilitary forces and police have been taking part in search-and-rescue operations, according to The Associated Press.
The Geological Survey of India was investigating what caused the glacier to burst and will send a team of experts into the area to look for possible causes.
Already, however, researchers are pointing at climate change as a contributing factor in the glacier's collapse.
Anjal Prakash, coordinating lead author of a 2018 special report by the U.N.'s climate body, said climate change has altered the frequency and magnitude of the natural hazards in high mountain regions of the world.
And while data on the cause of the disaster was not yet available, “this looks very much like a climate change event as the glaciers are melting due to global warming,” he said.
https://news.yahoo.com/number-missing-feared-dead-indias-124851801.html
[
:: 3-4-20 pm service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.
You do not need to be concerned with the virus, for I have
said that I would protect you if your trust was in me. etc.
:: 2-8-21 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pfizer expects to cut COVID-19 vaccine production time by close to 50% as production ramps up, efficiencies increase
Elizabeth Weise, USA TODAY Published 6:01 a.m. ET Feb. 7, 2021 | Updated 9:48 a.m. ET Feb. 8, 2021
Pfizer expects to nearly cut in half the amount of time it takes to produce a batch of COVID-19 vaccine from 110 days to an average of 60 as it makes the process more efficient and production is built out, the company told USA TODAY.
As the nation revs up its vaccination programs, the increase could help relieve bottlenecks caused by vaccine shortages.
"We call this 'Project Light Speed,' and it's called that for a reason," said Chaz Calitri, Pfizer's vice president for operations for sterile injectables, who runs the company's plant in Kalamazoo, Michigan. "Just in the last month we've doubled output."
The increased speed and capacity is not unexpected, said Robert Van Exan, president of Immunization Policy and Knowledge Translation, a vaccine production consulting firm.
“Nobody’s ever produced mRNA vaccines at this scale, so you can bet your bottom dollar the manufacturers are learning as they go. I bet you every day they run into some vaccine challenge and every day they solve it, and that goes into their playbook,” he said.
From DNA to doses: The COVID-19 vaccine life cycles
Pfizer's COVID-19 vaccine is made at threePfizer plants: starting in Chesterfield, Missouri, moving to Andover, Massachusetts, and finishing in Kalamazoo, Michigan. As of Saturday, about 20.6 million doses of the Pfizer vaccine had been administered nationwide.
Pfizer based its production system on how the vaccine was developed in the laboratory, Calitri said. Normally engineers would spend years improving efficiencies and cost-effectiveness. That's not what happened with COVID-19.
"We just went right to commercial production," Calitri said.
As soon as vials of vaccine began coming off the production line, engineers started analyzing how production could work faster and better.
"We made a lot of really slick enhancements," he said. Production is getting faster. For example, making the DNA that starts the vaccine process first took 16 days; soon it will take nine or 10. Though quality control and testing has accelerated, company officials say FDA regulations and best manufacturing practices are still being met.
Along with improving speed, Pfizer also is increasing output by adding manufacturing lines in all three plants.
As the vaccine effort continues, more efficiencies are expected.
"There are going to be profound shifts in the way we do business," Calitri said of what he's experienced since his boss first called him on March 20, 2020 and said the Kalamazoo plant would play a key role in the rapid production of the vaccine.
"We just demonstrated to ourselves that we can go from a phone call in March to having now delivered 50 to 60 million doses."
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 2-7-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel must hit ICC with heavy political pressure
Any attempt to treat the International Criminal Court as a legal body increases this illegitimate institution's room to maneuver.
By Prof. Avi Bell Published on 02-07-2021 11:02 Last modified: 02-07-2021 11:02
As expected, a pretrial chamber of the International Criminal Court on Friday determined that a Palestinian state exists with jurisdiction in the Gaza Strip, Judea and Samaria, and east Jerusalem.
In doing so, the ICC's general prosecutor authorized an investigation into war crimes allegedly perpetrated in "Palestine."
The response to the ruling came quickly and was also predictable. Palestinian criminals, Palestinian terrorist organizations, such as Hamas, and other Palestinian and pro-Palestinian elements rejoiced. Israeli Jews, including the potential victims of these Palestinian criminals, condemned the ruling.
As for anyone who thinks the ICC will act in accordance with the law, these reactions are bewildering. Since when do murderers and other criminals celebrate the launch of a criminal investigation that could lead to indictments against them? Since when do the potential victims of such murderers oppose criminal proceedings against the very criminals who have targeted them?
The catch is, what's obvious clear to the leaders of the Palestinian Authority and Hamas is also evident to the elected leaders of Israel: The ICC is not an institution that acts according to the law, rather political impulses. It was clear, therefore, that the court would authorize the general prosecutor to investigate, even though the court itself explicitly stipulates it doesn't have that authority without the agreement of a state, and that according to the law, Palestine is not a state.
It is also clear now, for the same reason, that the prosecutor's investigation (or more accurately, her replacement, who will be chosen in the coming days) will result in indictments and arrest warrants against Israelis for committing the "crimes" of Jewish settlement and lawfully defending Israeli citizens from Palestinian terrorist attacks. And it's also apparent that Hamas is correct that no Palestinian terrorist will stand trial.
What can Israel do? It must act on all fronts to impair the legitimacy of the International Criminal "Court," impede its investigation in any way possible and use the opportunity to foster international cooperation against the ICC.
Among other things, this means Israel must make it illegal for any Israeli individual or organization to cooperate with the "court." Similar to the same prohibition that exists in US law, "informal" collaboration by the country's jurists with the ICC prosecutor must be criminalized. Israel also must finance its cooperation with the US, which has imposed sanctions on the ICC.
Only international political pressure can stave off the looming indictments and drumhead court-martials against Israelis. Any attempt to treat the ICC as a legal body increases this illegitimate institution's room to maneuver.
https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/israel-must-hit-icc-with-heavy-political-pressure/
:: 2-8-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Girl, 16, killed in sledding crash died protecting her 3-year-old cousin
By Yaron Steinbuch February 8, 2021 | 6:44am
A 16-year-old girl who was killed in a sledding accident in upstate New York died protecting her 3-year-old cousin in the tragic accident, according to reports.
Renee Hill, a sophomore at Niagara Wheatfield High School, and her cousin were riding down a hill in a sledding tube at the Clyde L. Burmaster Park in Lewiston when they struck a tree about 10 a.m. Saturday, officials said.
They were transported by ambulance to Oishei Children’s Hospital, where Renee was pronounced dead, WIVB reported. The boy was treated and released.
Renee’s heartbroken mother, Alexis Kraft, described how the tragedy unfolded — and how her daughter’s “first instinct” was to save her cousin.
“She had went down the hill. She had my 3-year-old nephew on with her. She saw the tree coming. Her first instinct was to put her foot down and flip the sled so my nephew wouldn’t get hurt. She hit the tree. Her heart stopped on the way to the hospital,” Kraft told WKBW. “Everyone’s calling her a hero. But that was my baby,” she added. “She was our whole world.”
Renee, described as a “mama bear,” was the oldest of four children.
“She was a mama bear for sure. She could get them in line really quick but she was loving and they all loved her,” her mom said.
“Everyone loved her,” the girl’s dad, Richard Hill, told WKBW.
Renee’s lacrosse coach, Joe Kiszka, said the teen was a strong, silent leader who was feared on the field but was an absolute sweetheart off it. “All the parents and all the other girls on the team would call her the beast because once she got on the field, she would just go hard,” her mom added.
Renee’s parents thanked the community for their support after the loss of their daughter.
“Don’t take one minute for granted with your babies. Tell them you love them. Every minute. Every chance you get,” Kraft said.
A GoFundMe page has so far raised more than $20,000 of its $25,000 goal to help the family.
https://nypost.com/2021/02/08/teen-killed-in-sledding-crash-died-protecting-her-3-year-old-cousin/
:: 1-1-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Without Trump To Obsess Over, Liberals Eat Their Own, Never Trumpers Are Exposed, And Media Throws Their Own Hero Under The Bus
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 1, 2021
Let me start with the "make liberals head explode" sentence before detailing proof of my assertion: "President Donald J. Trump was right."
In just the first two weeks without Donald Trump to attack, lie about, misrepresent or selectively edit quotes from, we are seeing the media search for someone to attack, even if it is their "Emmy winning" hero, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo.
Liberal late night comedians, having lost Trump to whine about for the majority of their shows, are now attacking each other.
Never Trumpers have gone from being the liberal/media darlings to hammer conservatives with, by claiming they are true "conservatives" against Trump, to scandal ridden, with a notable group The Lincoln Project busy tripping over themselves to disassociate themselves with one of their co-founders accused of being a gay sexual predator.
The media and liberals are also tossing each other under the bus over Biden's broken promise of immediate COVID relief checks.
If this is them after less than two solid weeks of not having Trump in the White House to obsess over, one can only imagine how bad it is truly going to get.
THE MEDIA LOST THEIR 'GOLDEN GOOSE'
In 2017, Donald Trump spoke to his belief that he would win re-election, and in that interview he pointed out that the media needed him for ratings. This is a comment that liberals scoffed at, but to which has been reported in some form or manner by a variety of publications.
LA Times asked "How will cable news thrive without Donald Trump in the White House?"
Vanity Fair acknowledges that CNN's obsession with Trump is what brought their ratings up, now without the Trump money machine, Jeff Zucker, who runs CNN, was eying the exit.
New York Post points out that CBS and CNN used their obsession over Trump to stop reporting the news and to start "distorting" the news.
New York Daily referred to Trump as the "Golden Goose," for the media.
There are dozens of search pages reflecting the same pattern. Trump was a ratings goldmine for the media, which made their constant attempts to destroy him very self-defeating.
Then again, no one ever accused them of being long-term thinkers.....or even any type of thinkers.
ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.
LIBERAL LATE NIGHT COMEDIANS CANNIBALIZE THEMSELVES
Anyone that has been paying attention over the past few years will remember that late night liberal comedians constantly pushed their politics, using Trump to whine and complain about on every show.
Saturday Night Live, Jimmy Kimmel, Jon Stewart, and a whole host of others spent four-plus years turning their supposed "comedy" show into a long, extremely unfunny Trump joke.
Unable to regroup into "comedy" from all politics and whining, all the time, it appears that without Trump to "joke" about, they are starting to look to each other, and nitpicking what one another is doing, while attacking each other on social media.
Did Jon Stewart join Twitter just to weigh in on the Wall Street drama? Maybe so, as the one-time host's first tweet on the platform highlighted his support for Redditors who have pushed the price of GameStop stock. "This is bulls**t. The Redditors aren't cheating, they're joining a party Wall Street insiders have been enjoying for years. Don't shut them down ... maybe sue them for copyright infringement instead!!," Stewart wrote.
Jimmy Kimmel seemingly disagreed with the ex Daily Show host and jokingly compared Stewart to former President Donald Trump, who became infamous for his controversial tweets and subsequent removal from the platform. "RealDonaldTrump? Is this you?" Kimmel wrote in a since-deleted tweet. Social media users were quick to slam Kimmel for attacking one of his own colleagues. "I think Jimmy Kimmel is the least funny existence known to man," one person wrote. Another person chimed in, writing, "He just needs to be canceled already. He's been on for way too long. why are they still paying him to be lame and corny?"
The problem for liberal comedians that made it their mission to dedicate their show to complaining about Donald Trump, is that now they are left without their favorite topic, their "golden goose."
Much like Hollywood "celebrities," the media, social media liberals, and Democrat politicians.
Without Trump they are hanging in the wind, swinging back and forth.
MEDIA DISCOVERS NY GOV CUOMO IS A LIAR
This next one is actually pretty amusing because it isn't just about liberals eating their own, but the media realizing they are now in a position where they have to tell the truth about New York and the state's response to COVID-19.
Since the beginning, every mistake a liberal governor made in their response to COVID, they just pointed at President Trump and screamed "It is all his fault!!!!!!"
ORANGE. MAN. BAD.
Now that Biden is occupying the White House, the media has no one to use as a distraction from liberals, so they have a choice.
Biden or (insert liberal that screwed up here.) Because they put all their eggs into the Biden basket, the liberal that screwed up is the one that is going to be thrown under the bus.
The most recent example of this is NY Governor Andrew Cuomo.
The death of thousands of elderly in retirement homes or assisted living facilities, was defended by the media at every turn. Every mistake made, Cuomo would point to Trump and cast blame, and the propaganda arm of the democrat party would gleefully repeat every lie and excuse as if it was Gospel.
Now, the media is being forced to admit, Cuomo, the man that was given an "Emmy," for his "masterful," COVID briefings, is now the next liberal to be eaten by his fellow liberals in the media.
Now the big "scoop" as it was referred to on social media by New York Times pundits is that Cuomo isn't and has not been "following the science, or the recommendations of his own health department, to which multiple members have stepped down because of.
Via NYT (archive.is link here)
In recent weeks, the governor has repeatedly made it clear that he believed he had no choice but to seize more control over pandemic policy from state and local public health officials, who he said had no understanding of how to conduct a real-world, large-scale operation like vaccinations. After early problems, in which relatively few doses were being administered, the pace of vaccinations has picked up and New York is now roughly 20th in the nation in percentage of residents who have received at least one vaccine dose.
“When I say ‘experts’ in air quotes, it sounds like I’m saying I don’t really trust the experts,” Mr. Cuomo said at a news conference on Friday, referring to scientific expertise at all levels of government during the pandemic. “Because I don’t. Because I don’t.”
So now that Trump isn't there for Cuomo and the media to blame for every stubbed toe or hangnail, apparently the media has just realized that their media darling, Andrew Cuomo, is actually responsible for his own policies and actions.
Yet another example of liberals eating their own now that they lost their golden goose.
HASHTAG #BIDENLIED TRENDS
While there is not a whole lot of issues the left and the right agree on these days, it appears that Biden lying about the immediacy of $2,000 COVID relief checks, along with Biden's claim before the GA run off election, that if leftists elected the two Democrats, those checks would be immediate.
Of course, they are all ready to throw each other "under the bus" over this one as the hashtag #BidenLied started trending with leftists and liberals tearing into him.
Via Twitchy, linked above: The trend is #BidenLied.
Now, we assumed it was driven by a majority of Conservatives, especially after seeing this weak-a*s attempt by Billy Baldwin to try and hijack the thread...
But nope.
The people driving the trend, the people making it trend, are those who believed Joe when he promised them IF they voted for Democrats in Georgia $2000 checks would go out the door IMMEDIATELY. Not a month later, not a week later, not even a day later. IMMEDIATELY.
And gosh golly gee, Biden lied.
When liberal buyers' remorse kicks in before the second week has already gone by of the Biden occupancy, it is guaranteed that their cannibalistic tendencies are going to get very ugly.
NO MORE USE FOR NEVER TRUMPERS
The folks over at The Lincoln Project, supposed conservatives, became media darlings because they worked tirelessly to see Trump defeated in 2020, are now no longer useful to the media, so finally the truth about members of the group are starting to be revealed.
Such as one of the founders, John Weaver, has been accused by multiple young men, over 20 of them, of being a sexual predator. Despite the young men's attempts to get the truth out there, it wasn't until they no longer needed the group of Never Trumpers that finally the media started looking in to the group and the members in the group.
The group has attempted to claim they didn't know Weaver was a sexual predator, yet multiple attempts were made to get a comment on the story before it broke wide open, so they were very aware of his history and the accusations.
The hits keep coming: Now we learn that another member of The Lincoln Project, Stewart Stevens was slapped with a restraining order for stalking a woman in Vermont, in 2019.
Superior Court Judge Megan Shafritz issued a no-stalking order against Stevens last Friday, barring him from contacting or approaching the woman, Paige Hinkson, until July 2019. Stevens had been subject to a temporary no-stalking order since last June, when Hinkson filed her initial complaint; it was extended five times.
In her ruling, Shafritz wrote that Stevens had called or texted Hinkson or her husband, Craig DeLuca, 151 times between April 2017 and March 2018 — often late at night and always from a blocked phone number. The judge also found that Stevens stared Hinkson down at a Stowe café, sent DeLuca a threatening package and engaged in other behavior that led Hinkson to appear “frightened and distraught” in court.
“I am petrified of Stuart Stevens and I desperately need the protection of this court,” Hinkson said during a hearing last June, according to court transcripts. In an interview Wednesday with Seven Days, she called the situation “excruciating” and said she’d been “living in terror because of Stuart Stevens.”
Had the media done some actual research or investigating of the group rather than letting their Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) rule them, and using them on all their shows to claim "Republican against Trump," perhaps these men would have been exposed long before now.
Now that liberals have no more use for the Never Trumpers, we will see more actual research done because the media has to try to justify tossing them to the curb after years of putting them on pedestals.
BOTTOM LINE Some believe in what they call the "Trump Curse," where those that attack Donald Trump seem to subsequently suffer some very bad luck. I call it karma.
Either way, President Trump was right, they needed him and without him they are infighting, eating their own, throwing former "allies" under the bus, and attacking their own heroes.
There is not enough popcorn in the world for this.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Without_Trump_To_Obsess_Over.php
:: 2-2-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch Live: Democrats Move Forward with Impeachment of Donald Trump and Insurrection Against America
War Room
February 2nd 2021, 3:00 pm
Owen Shroyer hosts this LIVE edition of War Room, weekdays 3-6 p.m. CT.
Also catch the streams at infowars.com/show and Banned.video.
:: 1-31-21 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Real Bill Gates & His Ruthless, Money Hungry Pursuit Of Vaccines (Video)
By Tim Brown - January 31, 2021
As I’ve documented in several articles, Bill Gates is a ruthless, money-hungry, power-grabbing sociopath. He doesn’t care for others but puts on a show as though he is compassionate while money and power are really what he is in pursuit of obtaining. In a video montage spanning decades, the real Bill Gates has been exposed for the criminal mind that he actually is and you can view it below.
The Faux Generosity of the Super-Wealthy: Why Bill Gates is a Menace to Society
Bill Gates’ Dad Was Head of Planned Parenthood (60 Million Babies Murdered), Inspired His Population Control Views – And He Wants to Help People? Get Behind Me Satan! (Videos)
Keep in mind that he is for depopulation and that his father was the head of the infamous baby murder mill known as Planned Parenthood. Here’s the video.
:: 1-18-21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CP Current Page: World | Monday, January 18, 2021 | Coronavirus →
750 killed at Ethiopian Orthodox church said to contain Ark of the Covenant: report
By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor
Around 750 people were killed in an attack on an Orthodox church, which is said to contain the Ark of the Covenant described in the Book of Exodus in the Bible, in northern Ethiopia’s war-torn Tigray region — home to thousands of churches and monasteries — according to reports.
Hundreds of people hiding in Maryam Tsiyon Church in Aksum amid an armed conflict were brought out and shot to death, and local residents believe the aim was to take the Ark of Covenant to Addis Ababa, the Belgium-based nonprofit European External Programme with Africa reported in this month’s situational report, released on Jan. 9.
“The number of people killed is reported as 750,” it said. The church, the most ancient and sacred of Ethiopian Christianity and also known as the Church of St. Mary of Zion, belongs to the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church.
“I’ve not heard more than rumours about the looting of the Arc from Maryam Tsion, but if it’s true that up to 750 died defending it, it is conceivable that the attackers didn't stop there,” said Michael Gervers, a professor of history at the University of Toronto, according to The Telegraph.
"The government and the Eritreans want to wipe out the Tigrayan culture. They think they’re better than rest of the people in the country. The looting is about destroying and removing the cultural presence of Tigray,” Gervers explained.
Free CP Newsletters Join over 250,000 others to get the top stories curated daily, plus special offers!
Former BBC World Service Africa editor and Senior Research Fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, Martin Plaut, said that those who escaped the Aksum massacre had reported that the attack began after Ethiopian federal troops and Amhara militia approached the church, the U.K.’s Church Times reported.
“People were worried about the safety of the Ark, and when they heard troops were approaching feared they had come to steal it. All those inside the cathedral were forced out into the square,” Plaut was quoted as saying.
About 1,000 people were believed to be in the church complex at the time of the attack. The EEPA said the massacre was carried out by Ethiopian federal troops and allied Amhara militia that are fighting the Tigray People’s Liberation Front.
The church and and the Ark have likely not been damaged, Plaut added. The fighting began in Tigray since Nov. 4 when the region’s ruling political party Tigray People’s Liberation Front captured the Northern Command army base in the regional capital Mekelle as part of an uprising, after which Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed ordered a military offensive. Abiy claimed on Nov. 28 that the Ethiopian National Defense Force had regained “full command” of Mekelle.
However, humanitarian workers say the fighting continues.
:: 2-2-21 SkyWatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
THE MESSENGER IS COMING… And Gog-Magog Scientists Are Secretly Developing ‘Doomsday’ Biological Weapons Involving ‘Deadly Viruses’
February 2, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor
A unit of Moscow’s FSB spy agency linked to the Salisbury novichok poisonings is thought to be behind the programme codenamed Toledo. Investigators believe the name refers to either the Spanish city, which was hit by a killer plague in 1958, or Toledo, Ohio, devastated by a flu bug in 1918. One ex-UK military intelligence source confirms that Russia, led by President Vladimir Putin, could be including Ebola and the related Marburg virus in its weapons programme. Both highly contagious diseases cause organ failure with massive internal bleeding and have killed thousands in Africa. The UK source said: “Both Russia and the UK have labs studying biological and chemical warfare… (READ MORE)
https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/02/02/viruses/
:: 2-2-21 Bible Prophecy Tracker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“COVID-19 Jails” Open in Germany for Quarantine Offenders
By Author1 - February 2, 2021
The New American: The 19th-century philosopher George Santayana famously wrote, “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.” Shockingly, Germany seems to be suffering from a severe bout of historical amnesia. Taking extreme action to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, the country is interning people in “camps” to punish those found “guilty” of subverting strict COVID-19 quarantine rules.
Opening today, February 1, 2021, in the northern state of Schleswig-Holstein, is Germany’s first “corona prison.” Reporting by the RAIR Foundation uncovers that quarantine offenders will be held at the former Mortsfelde youth detention center. Inmates will be “policed by former law enforcement officials and prison wardens.” The crimes allegedly committed by these “dangerous” individuals include “refusing to quarantine after engaging in travel, after coming in contact with high-risk individuals, or after receiving a positive test result.” Descriptions of the lockdown facility might be lifted straight out of a George Orwell or Ray Bradbury novel.
The center is reportedly surrounded by barbed wire and a security fence. It permits up to six people; each convict is held in a 129-square foot cell. Metal bars cover the windows of inmates’ rooms, and meals are allegedly delivered through a food flap in the heavy steel room door. Read More
https://prophecytracker.org/2021/02/covid-19-jails-open-in-germany-for-quarantine-offenders/
:: 2--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Enemies of the State vs. Enemies of the People
By Frank Miele
I didn’t declare war on the establishment; it declared war on me.
It declared war on me when it supported energy policies that could enrich Saudi Arabia and Russia and would cost me more money at the gas pump or on my power bill.
It declared war on me when it told me my ideas weren’t worthy of debate and discussion or that they were even so dangerous they couldn’t be shared publicly.
It declared war on me when it used the police powers of the FBI and CIA to first spy on a presidential candidate and then worked to undermine the administration of that candidate after he was elected.
It declared war on me when it told me my religious beliefs did not deserve the protection of the First Amendment.
It declared war on me when it told me boys could compete against girls in high school sports and that they could shower together afterwards.
It declared war on me when it offered citizenship to illegal aliens and shipped American jobs to China.
It declared war on me when it mocked the usefulness of a wall on the Mexican border and simultaneously put up a razor-wire fence around the Capitol.
It declared war on me when it tried to defund the police so that millions of Americans would be left defenseless against mobs from antifa and Black Lives Matter.
It declared war on me when it said America was never great.
It declared war on me when it told my children they are not good enough because they are white.
It declared war on me when it said that defending the Constitution’s rules on federal elections is sedition.
It declared war on me when it told me that I was a domestic terrorist if I didn’t believe the government’s official pronouncements about elections, about free speech, and about right and wrong.
Let’s just say it plainly: The establishment declared war on me and on all conservative Americans when it decided that leftist orthodoxy was more important than the Constitution.
Don’t believe me? Fine, why should you believe a Trump supporter? You’ve been indoctrinated by the national media, Big Tech oligarchs, the Democratic Party, and academic elites to believe without questioning that people like me can’t be trusted. But you don’t have to take my word for it. Listen instead to John Brennan, the former CIA director under President Obama, who speaks authoritatively for the Deep State:
He said on MSNBC that “the members of the Biden team who have been nominated or have been appointed, are now moving in laser-like fashion to try to uncover as much as they can about what looks very similar to insurgency movements that we’ve seen overseas, where they germinate in different parts of the country and they gain strength and it brings together an unholy alliance frequently of religious extremists, authoritarians, fascists, bigots, racists, nativists, even libertarians.”
This “guilt by labeling” is the antithesis of fair play or justice. It is a convenient mechanism for the ruling class to herd people into identity clusters so that individual rights can be supplanted by group responsibility. If this reminds you of China’s Cultural Revolution, you are not wrong. The ruling class wants you to conform, confirm and comply. If you step outside the lines, be prepared to be shamed, silenced and ostracized. A shocking example was provided Wednesday when Douglass Mackey of Delray Beach, Fla., was arrested for creating memes that allegedly misled voters in 2016 to think they could vote by texting instead of by actually going to the polls. This is the equivalent of arresting Sacha Baron Cohen for exposing the gullibility of the rich and famous. The FBI offered no evidence that Mackey actually convinced anyone not to vote, but even if it did, so what? Would you rather live in a country where the FBI is hunting down pranksters — four years after the supposed transgression — or a country where voters are expected to be able to recognize a joke when they see one?
But nothing can be taken for granted any more. The people — and even their representatives and senators — are considered enemies of the state because they hold opinions that don’t meet the standards of Joe Biden or (this is even scarier!) Jake Tapper.
No wonder the people are starting to rise up and rebel against the plutocracy. It’s not “We the Oligarchs” who are the source of power in the Constitution, but “We the People,” yet the ruling establishment has forgotten that. If people like Donald Trump and Douglass Mackey are deemed to be “enemies of the state,” then those who would suppress them and their freedoms must be considered “enemies of the people.”
A house divided against itself cannot long stand, but if there is to be a truce it will not come from submission, but from a recognition that all people are created equal, that they all have certain inalienable rights, and that among those are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Those words were worth fighting for once. Are they worth fighting for today? I don’t know, but I do know this: If Americans can’t have liberty, we can’t have America either — at least not one that is distinguishable from China. The time has come to make a choice.
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/02/02/enemies-of-the-state-vs-enemies-of-the-people/
:: 2-2-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
House arrest Families in South Africa Covid strain testing areas told ‘think again’ before leaving home to buy food
Nick Gutteridge 2 Feb 2021, 8:44Updated: 2 Feb 2021, 11:41
BRITS living in areas hit by the South African variant of coronavirus have been urged to eat up tins and leftovers rather than go out food shopping.
A minister said the 80,000 people in neighbourhoods where a clampdown on the mutant strain is underway should "think again" about leaving home at all. Door-to-door testing has been rolled out in eight areas across the country after 105 cases were found, including 11 not linked to international travel.
Residents in eight English postcodes from Surrey to Merseyside are being urged to get swabbed over the next fortnight.
Mobile units have been scrambled, while council officials will knock on doors offering kits to locals.
Authorities are anxious to suppress any spread amid fears vaccination will prove less effective against the variant.
It is more contagious than the original, but there is no evidence it is deadlier.
Universities Minister Michelle Donelan said the development was "deeply concerning" and urged people to stay at home.
She said there are no extra restrictions in those neighbourhoods because the whole country is already in lockdown, but that residents there should interpret the rules even more strictly.
She told them: "Think again before you go about activities, even those within the rules such as essential shopping.
"Do you really need to go for that shopping or have you got enough in? Could you work from home, have that extra conversation with your employer?" Ms Donelan said the "vast majority of people are abiding by the rules" nationwide but warned lockdown fatigue may be setting in.
She told Sky News: "We've got to ensure we don't get complacency. We're coming up to nearly a year now of having some kind of restrictions.
"It's easy to become tired by them but we can't. We're at the final hurdle, we've got the vaccine rollout going to plan and on schedule.
"We're at that final hurdle but it's still a very perilous stage of this virus and we've got these new variants spreading.
"So we do have to be extra vigilant and abide by those rules to the letter of them, and contemplate every action and every activity we do because the general message is stay at home."
The minister also defended the Government's decision not to completely shut the borders to keep the South African strain out.
Professor Andrew Hayward, a member of the Sage advisory group of scientists, said current jabs should be effective at fighting the new variant. He said: "We would expect the vaccines to still be very worthwhile and very good at preventing severe disease.
And he warned there is "probably in the long term, 100%" chance of more variants reaching Britain as "the nature of this virus is that it will continue to mutate".
Professor Calum Semple, a fellow Sage member, said it was unrealistic to think the UK could completely close its borders.
He said: "You can't do it altogether when you have got a country that is dependent on imports for food and other essential processes. It is just not possible."
Their remarks come after reports that Sage told No 10 only mandatory hotel quarantine for all travellers could totally prevent new mutations reaching the country.
Labour has been calling for such a stricter approach, which is thought to have been backed within Cabinet by Home Secretary Priti Patel and Health Secretary Matt Hancock.
Last week ministers announced hotel quarantine measures for Brits returning from 30 high risk countries with which normal travel has already been suspended.
Labour's shadow home secretary Nick Thomas-Symonds called for the Home Office to "reverse this reckless policy of leaving our borders unlocked and open to further risk". He said: "Ministers have knowingly left the UK border open and potentially exposed people to new strains of the virus, in direct contradiction of their own Government scientists' advice.
"This puts the gains of the vaccine at risk, with disastrous consequences for people's lives."
But Ms Donelan insisted SAGE scientists had "actually said it would be probably ineffective in fact to close the borders" as had the World Health Organisation.
She insisted: "Throughout this pandemic we've had a number of measurers to protect our borders.
"We have been robust in our approach throughout the pandemic and we have evolved it and we will continue to evolve it."
Speaking last night at the No 10 briefing, Mr Hancock pledged to “come down hard” on the strain.
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 2-1-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Cumbre Vieja is going to erupt shortly: Second earthquake swarm within a month hits beneath the volcano on the Canary Islands prompting fears of a cataclysmic tsunami
By Strange Sounds - Feb 1, 2021
In the last few years, the Cumbre Vieja volcano in La Palma / Canary Islands was hit by several earthquake swarms. The first major series occurred in October 2017. It was followed by another seismic event in February 2018 and five in 2020, the latest end of December 2020. Meanwhile, a new seismic unrest has started beneath the volcanic peak since January 31, 2021. The magnitudes of the earthquakes are between 1,2 and 2,5 (MbLg) and their depths range between 10 and 29 km right under the western slope of the Cumbre Vieja volcano. Although this new seismic swarm poses no danger to residents and visitors to La Palma given the low magnitude and depth of the earthquakes, it clearly shows that something is going on there. Cumbre Vieja has erupted twice in the last 70 years, first in 1949 and then again in 1971. Taking those 22 years between each eruption as indicator, it means the volcano is about 25 years overdue for its next eruption.
There also have been thousands of tremors recorded near or beneath the Spanish volcano in the past couple of years, suggesting it could blow anytime.
Moreover, we went from 1 seismic crisis in 2017 and 2018 to 5 unsettling swarms in 2020. That’s a dramatic increase in activity!
There are concerns that if Cumbre Vieja blows, the massive slab of rock could smash into the Atlantic Ocean causing a killer tidal wave.
This gigantic tsunami could travel thousands of miles and wash out coastal areas of Britain and even parts of the eastern seaboard of America. Although eruptions where big pieces of islands fall into the ocean and create cataclysmic tsunamis are rare, we know it has happened in the past. The Cumbre Vieja is 25 years overdue, it is being increasingly shaken by new seismic swarms. I would definitively prepare if I was living around!
More earthquake news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. If you enjoyed this post, it’s now time to subscribe to our blog to get our new daily newsletter right into your inbox. You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!
https://strangesounds.org/2021/02/cumbre-vieja-earthquake-swarm-february2021.html
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
:: 1-31-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Religious Books Seized and Burned in Communist China, Believers Given Jail Terms
By Jocelyn Neo January 31, 2021 Updated: January 31, 2021
Years ago, the horrors of the holocaust paved the way for the Universal Declaration of Human Rights; however, our basic right to freedom of religion or belief is still being trampled in societies ruled by totalitarian regimes.
In communist China, practicing a certain faith, printing, or even reading religious books could result in prison terms and abuse. Spiritual believers in China—be it Christians, Buddhists, Uyghur Muslims, or Falun Gong practitioners—are faced not only with brutal suppression or forced-labor terms but also have their religious books burned or trashed at the hands of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
The coercive policies are aimed at forcing these religious followers to renounce their faith and follow the communist ideologies based on atheism and Marxism.
It is the work of the devil. The situation is becoming increasingly dire; the government [the CCP] is increasing pressure step by step. In the end, they want to eliminate religious belief completely.
— A Three-Self Church preacher in China
Ban on Religious Publications
According to Bitter Winter, a magazine on religious liberty and human rights in China, a Three-Self Church venue in one of the villages under the jurisdiction of Lanling County was demolished in July 2020.
A county government official told the congregation that “all churches too close to government institutions must be destroyed” and the same goes for “those that look better than government buildings.”
“Belief in the Communist Party is the only religion allowed,” the official said, according to the report.
In another report, the magazine stated that in the same month, 26 people in Jiangsu Province, China, were sentenced under the charges of “illegal business operations” for being involved in printing religious publications meant for internal circulation for the South Korean Good News Mission.
The director and two members of the mission were fined heavily and handed prison terms of 3 years and 10 months and 3 years and 6 months, respectively, while some printing house managers were fined as high as US$15,000 and sentenced to 3 years, with a probation period of 3 to 5 years.
Even postal and courier services are being strictly monitored. In another recent report, a courier company staff member from the city of Luoyang, Henan Province, told Bitter Winter that the CCP exerted “strict control over mailed goods” in the year 2020.
“Only the mailing of government-approved books is allowed. All books with ‘bad information,’ including religion, are not allowed to be dispatched. If public security authorities discover violations of these regulations, the company will be fined and closed down,” the staff member said. Citing yet another incident, the report said a mother of Christian faith from Jiyuan City, Henan Province, visited a post office in June 2020 to mail gospel texts to her daughter living abroad. But authorities told her that her publications were “illegal objects,” the report said.
“I knew that it was illegal to send combustible objects, drugs, guns, and ammunition, but even religious materials are now illegal,” she said.
As the communist regime is escalating its restrictions on religious publications, those in the printing industry are left in distress. A sales department manager in Luoyang City, Henan Province, told Bitter Winter in September 2020 that printing of religious materials, “especially Christian,” is not allowed.
“Anyone who takes on such orders breaks the law and might be put into prison. This is the line that we absolutely can’t cross,” the manager said, according to the report.
The authorities also conduct thorough checks to make sure that the businesses are adhering to the rules.
“They checked my storehouse, scrutinized all records, and even looked at paper sheets on the floor, to see if they have prohibited content,” said a printing house manager in the same city.
“If any such content is found, I’ll be fined, or worse, my business will be closed. Any religious content makes the issue political, not religious. Although banners on the streets say people are allowed religious beliefs, the only faith they can practice freely is that in the Communist Party,” he added.
The magazine reported in 2019 that the communist regime is also attempting to “sinicize” the Bible by forcing clergymen to interpret the teachings based on the Marxist and socialist ideologies.
“This is a distortion of the Christian faith. It is the work of the devil,” a Three-Self preacher told Bitter Winter. “The situation is becoming increasingly dire; the government [the CCP] is increasing pressure step by step. In the end, they want to eliminate religious belief completely.”
Trashing and Burning Religious Books
Apart from banning the spiritual publications, the Chinese authorities spare no efforts in confiscating religious books that aren’t officially approved by the CCP.
In March last year, the local authorities demolished a Three-Self church in Jining City’s Yutai County after deeming it an “illegal construction.”
“Officials stormed into our church before we even finished collecting our belongings,” a congregation member told Bitter Winter. “They tore up all Bibles and images of the Lord Jesus.”
Chen Yu, the owner of a Christian online bookstore in Taizhou City, Zhejiang Province, was sentenced to seven years and fined 200,000 yuan (US$31,000) for “selling unapproved religious publications imported from Taiwan, the United States, and other countries,” according to an October 2020 report by International Christian Concern. The authorities also planned to destroy the 12,864 Christian books from his bookstore.
Dictating full control over spiritual followers by destroying religious books and demolishing places of worship is nothing new for the CCP in order to advance its authoritarian reign. As a regime rooted in atheism and materialism, the communist party has been cracking down on religious and spiritual groups constantly since it came to power in 1949.
When the CCP launched the decade-long Cultural Revolution in 1966, temples were looted, and scrolls, books, relics, and even Buddha statues were burned. A few decades later in July 1999, the then-leader of the CCP, Jiang Zemin, ordered the eradication of the spiritual practice of Falun Gong (also known as Falun Dafa), an ancient meditation system based on the principles of truthfulness, compassion, and forbearance.
The Public Security Bureau then issued official documents prohibiting the display of any symbols or images associated with the Falun Gong practice and possessing or distributing its books, according to Falun Dafa Information Center.
Minghui.org, a U.S.-based website dedicated to documenting the persecution of Falun Gong, compiled a report, which includes several news reports documenting the CCP’s “nationwide unified destruction” of millions of Falun Gong publications, namely books and videotapes, by throwing them into a pulping machine or burning them. Since then, countless Falun Gong practitioners have been arrested, imprisoned, and tortured, with some even having their organs harvested. Many of them were arrested for refusing to renounce their faith or for possessing the books.
In its full report on the “Public Destruction of Books and Tapes,” Minghui cited several cases reported by foreign journalists, state-run newspapers in China, eyewitnesses, and adherents of Falun Gong confirming that millions of publications were trashed, burned, and torn apart during the mass-destruction activities. Although Buddhism is one of the recognized religions in China, the Buddhist temples and their followers are still being targeted by the authorities.
Bitter Winter reported that the government officials in Shanxi Province confiscated nearly 882 pounds (approx. 400 kg) of religious books and CDs from Fengci Temple in October 2020. In the same month, some impoverished households in Ganzhou City, Jiangxi Province, were ordered to burn the Buddhist books in the Foguang Temple or else risk having their minimum subsistence allowance revoked.
In the 2020 springtime, the religious books and CDs were burned in the Reclining Buddha Mountain Temple in Ulanqab City in China’s Inner Mongolia, according to the report.
“Those books and CDs were burned in the incense burner for three to four days,” a Buddhist from Ulanqab City said.
“The rest of religious books and CDs were taken away in a fully loaded truck. The CDs alone weighed three to four hundred kilograms.”
Arshdeep Sarao contributed to this report.
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 2-1-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Clinton Body Count' Exposed By A 'Canary In The Coal Mine' Within Congress Who Warns: 'If Republicans Cower To The Mob, They’re Opening The Door To Come After Every Single One Of Us'
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 1, 2021
On January 30th, we told you about two incredibly courageous Congresswomen who were helping to 'red pill' America with their unwavering outspokenness on a variety of topics long considered 'taboo' for Americans, and especially politicians, to talk about, and now we learn that Republican Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene has also ventured where no politicians will tread, into the 'Clinton body count' long called by the mainstream media 'conspiracy theory'.
As this story over at The South Florida Sun-Sentinel reports, while Democrats in Congress are trying to not only 'silence' her but at least 'politically' bury Greene, she herself recently dropped this nugget of truth:
"If Republicans cower to the mob, and let the Democrats and the fake news media take me out, they’re opening the door to come after every single Republican until there’s none left.".
Positioning herself as the very real 'canary in the coal mine' of tyranny in America with her being IN Congress, Greene also ventured into 'forbidden territory' by calling out Barack Obama as being a Muslim, suggesting that a devastating wildfire that ravaged California was started by 'a laser' beamed down from space and she once posted a story to an alternative news website titled "MUST READ — Democratic Party Involved With Child Sex, Satanism, and The Occult."
Surely blowing the minds out of her constituents in Congress who've long peddled the lies that the mainstream media then echoes across the land, Greene also has claimed in numerous videos and social media posts that a bunch of the school shootings under Barack Obama were 'false flag events' designed to gain political support for mass gun control laws here in America.
Warning that those 'events' were actually planned and perpetrated by US government officials, she had also allegedly put out a video back in October of 2020 within which she warned that the "only way you get your freedoms back is it’s earned with the price of blood."
So while we'll continue to pray that America goes peacefully into the years ahead and that the globalists satanic agenda is stifled by a mass awakening of all people, we should be witnessing a major 'triggering' of Democrats in 2021, with Greene and Tulsi Gabbard in Congress stirring up a sh*t-storm from within and topics long considered way off limits now being discussed.
And with one of those topics being the 'Clinton body count' which we'll take an extended look at in the next section of this story below, with Hillary Clinton once calling for 'fun camps' for Americans to be 're-programmed' while the Democrats 2021 agenda looks more like Communism than freedom, Americans across the country serve their families best by being prepared for anything and 'loaded for bear' as we go forward into the unknown future.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
As this story over at the Sun-Sentinel had pointed out, back in 2018, Greene had pointed out in a video report of the death of John F. Kennedy Jr.: "That’s another one of those Clinton murders", referring to JFK Jr.’s death in a 1999 plane crash. With Greene suggesting he had been 'assassinated' because he was a potential rival to Hillary Clinton for a New York Senate seat, it definitely wouldn't be the first time that a Clinton friend or rival had met their untimely end.
As we had reported on ANP back on August 15th of 2020 in this story titled "Expect The 'Clinton Body Count' To Skyrocket As Americans Are 'Tracked, Whacked And Stacked' And The Nightmare Marriage Between Communism & Crazy Win In November", while the 'Clinton body count' has long been called 'conspiracy theory' by most of the mainstream media, this 2016 story over at CBS Las Vegas dared to venture out on a limb with their story titled "The List of Clinton Associates Who Allegedly Died Mysteriously. Check It Out". From that story before we continue.
THE CLINTON DEAD POOL
1- James McDougal – Clintons convicted Whitewater partner died of an apparent heart attack, while in solitary confinement. He was a key witness in Ken Starr’s investigation.
2 – Mary Mahoney – A former White House intern was murdered July 1997 at a Starbucks Coffee Shop in Georgetown .. The murder …happened just after she was to go public with her story of sexual harassment in the White House.
3 – Vince Foster – Former White House counselor, and colleague of Hillary Clinton at Little Rock’s Rose Law firm. Died of a gunshot wound to the head, ruled a suicide.
4 – Ron Brown – Secretary of Commerce and former DNC Chairman. Reported to have died by impact in a plane crash. A pathologist close to the investigation reported that there was a hole in the top of Brown’s skull resembling a gunshot wound. At the time of his death Brown was being investigated, and spoke publicly of his willingness to cut a deal with prosecutors. The rest of the people on the plane also died. A few days later the Air Traffic controller committed suicide.
5 – C. Victor Raiser, II – Raiser, a major player in the Clinton fund raising organization died in a private plane crash in July 1992.
6 – Paul Tulley – Democratic National Committee Political Director found dead in a hotel room in Little Rock , September 1992. Described by Clinton as a “dear friend and trusted advisor.”
7 – Ed Willey – Clinton fundraiser, found dead November 1993 deep in the woods in VA of a gunshot wound to the head. Ruled a suicide. Ed Willey died on the same day his wife Kathleen Willey claimed Bill Clinton groped her in the oval office in the White House. Ed Willey was involved in several Clinton fund raising events.
8 – Jerry Parks – Head of Clinton’s gubernatorial security team in Little Rock .. Gunned down in his car at a deserted intersection outside Little Rock Park’s son said his father was building a dossier on Clinton He allegedly threatened to reveal this information. After he died the files were mysteriously removed from his house.
9 – James Bunch – Died from a gunshot suicide. It was reported that he had a “Black Book” of people which contained names of influential people who visited prostitutes in Texas and Arkansas
10 – James Wilson – Was found dead in May 1993 from an apparent hanging suicide. He was reported to have ties to Whitewater.
11 – Kathy Ferguson – Ex-wife of Arkansas Trooper Danny Ferguson, was found dead in May 1994, in her living room with a gunshot to her head. It was ruled a suicide even though there were several packed suitcases, as if she were going somewhere. Danny Ferguson was a co-defendant along with Bill Clinton in the Paula Jones lawsuit Kathy Ferguson was a possible corroborating witness for Paula Jones.
12 – Bill Shelton – Arkansas State Trooper and fiancee of Kathy Ferguson. Critical of the suicide ruling of his fiancee, he was found dead in June, 1994 of a gunshot wound also ruled a suicide at the grave site of his fiancee.
13 – Gandy Baugh – Attorney for Clinton’s friend Dan Lassater, died by jumping out a window of a tall building January, 1994. His client was a convicted drug distributor.
14 – Florence Martin – Accountant & sub-contractor for the CIA, was related to the Barry Seal, Mena, Arkansas, airport drug smuggling case. He died of three gunshot wounds.
15 – Suzanne Coleman – Reportedly had an affair with Clinton when he was Arkansas Attorney General. Died of a gunshot wound to the back of the head, ruled a suicide. Was pregnant at the time of her death.
16 – Paula Grober – Clinton’s speech interpreter for the deaf from 1978 until her death December 9, 1992. She died in a one car accident.
17 – Danny Casolaro – Investigative reporter, investigating Mena Airport and Arkansas Development Finance Authority. He slit his wrists, apparently, in the middle of his investigation.
18 – Paul Wilcher – Attorney investigating corruption at Mena Airport with Casolaro and the 1980 “October Surprise” was found dead on a toilet June 22, 1993, in his Washington DC apartment had delivered a report to Janet Reno 3 weeks before his death.
19 – Jon Parnell Walker – Whitewater investigator for Resolution Trust Corp. Jumped to his death from his Arlington ,Virginia apartment balcony August 15, 1993. He was investigating the Morgan Guaranty scandal.
20 – Barbara Wise – Commerce Department staffer. Worked closely with Ron Brown and John Huang. Cause of death: Unknown. Died November 29, 1996. Her bruised, naked body was found locked in her office at the Department of Commerce.
21 – Charles Meissner – Assistant Secretary of Commerce who gave John Huang special security clearance, died shortly thereafter in a small plane crash.
22 – Dr. Stanley Heard – Chairman of the National Chiropractic Health Care Advisory Committee died with his attorney Steve Dickson in a small plane crash. Dr. Heard, in addition to serving on Clinton ‘s advisory council personally treated Clinton’s mother, stepfather and brother.
23 – Barry Seal – Drug running TWA pilot out of Mena Arkansas, death was no accident?
24 – Johnny Lawhorn, Jr. – Mechanic, found a check made out to Bill Clinton in the trunk of a car left at his repair shop. He was found dead after his car had hit a utility pole.
25 – Stanley Huggins – Investigated Madison Guaranty. His death was a purported suicide and his report was never released.
26 – Hershell Friday – Attorney and Clinton fundraiser died March 1, 1994, when his plane exploded.
27 – Kevin Ives & Don Henry – Known as “The boys on the track” case. Reports say the boys may have stumbled upon the Mena Arkansas airport drug operation. A controversial case, the initial report of death said, due to falling asleep on railroad tracks. Later reports claim the 2 boys had been slain before being placed on the tracks. Many linked to the case died before their testimony could come before a Grand Jury.
THE FOLLOWING PERSONS HAD INFORMATION ON THE IVES/HENRY CASE:
28 – Keith Coney – Died when his motorcycle slammed into the back of a truck, 7/88.
29 – Keith McMaskle – Died, stabbed 113 times, Nov, 1988
30 – Gregory Collins – Died from a gunshot wound January 1989.
31 – Jeff Rhodes – He was shot, mutilated and found burned in a trash dump in April 1989.
32 – James Milan – Found decapitated. However, the Coroner ruled his death was due to “natural causes.”
34 – Richard Winters – A suspect in the Ives/Henry deaths. He was killed in a set-up robbery July 1989.
THE FOLLOWING CLINTON BODYGUARDS ARE ALSO DEAD
35 – Major William S. Barkley, Jr.
36 – Captain Scott J . Reynolds
37 – Sgt. Brian Hanley
38 – Sgt. Tim Sabel
39 – Major General William Robertson
40 – Col. William Densberger
41 – Col. Robert Kelly
42 – Spec. Gary Rhodes
43 – Steve Willis
44 – Robert Williams
45 – Conway LeBleu
46 – Todd McKeehan
And Seth Rich, the DC staffer murdered and “robbed” (of nothing) on July 10. Wikileaks found Assange claims he had info on the DNC email scandal.
Why have so many Clinton associates met their very mysterious and untimely deaths? With that many mysterious deaths following Bill and Hillary around wherever they go, and Democrats now pushing for socialism/communism and in control of the White House, US Senate and House of Representatives, we also warned that 'massive body counts' have followed around Communist regimes for over 100 years. So just imagine how many more names might be added to that list with Democrats wanting us dead if they can't control us as Susan Duclos had reported in this January 31st ANP story.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Clinton_Body_Count_Exposed_By_Ballsy_Congresswoman.php
:: 2-2-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Physical Premium To Paper Hits Record As Silver Market Tears In Two
by Tyler Durden Tuesday, Feb 02, 2021 - 5:11
Update (1345ET): The shortage of physical silver is exposing a tear in the precious metals market unlike any we have seen before.
As we detailed below, various executives from bullion dealers have explained that huge demand has left them with no supply (and no source) for physical silver.
And while silver futures prices (paper silver) have 'stabilized' modestly during the day...
Simply put, the establishment can print all the paper silver it wants, but there is no physical supply... and that likely ends badly for those attempting to suppress reality for too long.
As we noted over the weekend, online bullion dealers saw such huge demand for silver ahead of today's moves as 'Reddit-Raiders' prepared to take aim at the precious metals markets. Over the weekend, Tyler Wall, the CEO of SD Bullion wrote the following (emphasis ours):
In the 24 hours proceeding Friday market close, SD Bullion sold nearly 10x the number of silver ounces that we normally would sell in an entire weekend leading to Sunday market open.
In a normal market, we normally can find at least one supplier/source willing to sell some ounces over the weekend if we exceed our long position (the number of ounces we predict we will sell over the weekend).
However, everyone we talk to is afraid of a gap up at Sunday night market open.
This is about ready to get really interesting as there was very little inventory left from suppliers/mints going into Friday close.
Our direct AP supplier informed us after close on Friday that the "US Mint will be on allocation for the remainder of Type 1" (Current Silver Eagle Design).
Our sales for the month of January exceeded any one month last year during the heart of the pandemic. It was an all-time record month in our company history.
And, perhaps most importantly, as QTR tweets so succinctly, "no matter what happens with #SilverSqueeze, a lot of younger people are for the first time informing themselves that metals are the only true real money. That realization sticks for life, even when squeezes end... this is a red pill moment for many, and it's beautiful."
:: 2-2-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tucker: Dems Mobilizing U.S. Military to ‘Put Down Domestic Opinions’
by Chris Menahan | Information Liberation February 2nd 2021, 2:13 am
Tucker Carlson said Monday on Fox News that Democrats are mobilizing the army “in order to put down domestic opinions.”
“Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker was not so shy about the purpose [of sending National Guard troops to DC],” Carlson said. “In a statement announcing the deployment of more soldiers to Washington, D.C., Pritzker explained that ‘we must root out the dark forces of racism, white [sic] supremacy and disinformation that have created this moment.'” “Let that sink in,” Carlson continued. “The military has been deployed to Washington, D.C. to fight disinformation. So if you say something a Democratic governor doesn’t like, he will send troops. This is not the way things are done in America. It’s not the way they have been done since the Civil War. No one alive has ever seen anything like this. So why is everyone pretending it’s totally normal to have thousands of troops in the capital to fight disinformation? Because obviously, they’re in favor of it. They think it’s fine to mobilize the army in order to put down domestic opinions.”
Carlson delivered a similarly powerful monologue on Friday exposing the Biden regime labeling Americans as “domestic terrorists”: As Carlson noted, the controlled media has responded to his truth telling by demanding Fox News be deplatformed by cable carriers.
https://www.infowars.com/posts/tucker-dems-mobilizing-u-s-military-to-put-down-domestic-opinions/
:: 2-1-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch – Doctor Admits Masks Don’t Work: “All Viruses Can Get Through”
by Adan Salazar February 1st 2021, 1:06 pm
A medical doctor’s lecture explaining face masks aren’t effective at blocking viruses has gone viral.
In the message, a member of America’s Frontline Doctors, Dr. Richard Urso, admits masks block little if any microscopic virus particles, contrary to what mainline health experts have been telling the public.
When I wear a mask, which is not very often fortunately, this is why. pic.twitter.com/FkSAt15FKp
— Jeff Nelson (@vegsource) January 29, 2021
“We know what works — these don’t work against viruses. Regular masks don’t work. That’s simply what it is,” Urso explains.
“It has nothing to do with Covid. Covid doesn’t even factor into the equation, because for years we’ve been looking at these issues.”
The Texas-based ophthalmologist goes on to explain there are more protective methods which would be more effective, but the N-95 masks recommended to the public still allow virus particles to pass.
“So, they have these spacesuits, they’re called ‘PAPRs,’ they’re incredibly effective, they filter viruses down to .01. Basically we have materials like N-99, N-100, but N-95… only five percent of airborne particles can get through, but all viruses can get through period.”
“Now do they get through? No, it’s just like a chainlink fence. When you throw sand at a chainlink fence not all the sand gets through.”
“So, I think the best example I can say is the reason we wear masks and the reason I wear a mask is because the fear is so massive in this country. I wear a mask so people don’t think I don’t care about them, but I don’t wear a mask because they work.”
Dr. Urso’s message is spreading as NIAID Director Anthony Fauci has once again flip-flopped on masks, at first claiming last week that it was “common sense” to wear two, or even up to three masks. Over the weekend, however, Dr. Fauci claimed there was “no data” to indicate that wearing two masks “would make a difference.”
Fauci on double masking:
“There’s no data that indicates that that is going to make a difference” pic.twitter.com/ptVivQfuwt
— Eli Klein (@TheEliKlein) January 31, 2021
https://www.infowars.com/posts/watch-doctor-admits-masks-dont-work-all-viruses-can-get-through/
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 2-1-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It's More Than A Gun Grab! Listen Carefully, You Have 3 Months To Comply Or You Risk Imprisonment! H.R.127 EXPOSED!!
Restricted Republic Published February 1, 2021 12,920 Views
Rumble — February 1st, 2021 By: Justus Knight!
FREEDOM OF THE PRESS Must Continue! 14 Days FREE OFFER!!
Join www.restrictedrepublic.com now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!
Now available on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps (but we recommend you also save to your Home Page in case the Tech-Titans remove another app)!!
On today’s broadcast:
Infringement Overdrive would be an understatement! This is truly 2nd Amendment GAME OVER as Sheila Jackson introduces the gun grabbing, weapons cataloging, right ending, H.R.127 or the Right To Be-AR Catalogued! You may think you know everything about his bill but let’s really cover all is isn’t wrapped up to be before we go ‘no holds barred’ on another Government overreach program.
God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight
:: 1-31-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Medical Tyranny: CDC Announces All Travelers Must Wear Two Masks, Threatens Arrest
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Jan 31, 2021 - 22:00
Authored by Joseph Jankowski via PlanetFreeWill.news,
The Center for Disease Control has issued a new coronavirus order requiring DOUBLE masks to be worn for all forms of public transportation in the United States.
From CNN: The CDC announced an order late Friday that will require people to wear a face mask while using any form of public transportation, including buses, trains, taxis, airplanes, boats, subways or ride-share vehicles while traveling into, within and out of the US.
The order goes into effect at 11:59 p.m. Monday.
Masks must be worn while waiting, boarding, traveling and disembarking, it said. The coverings need to be at least two or more layers of breathable fabric secured to the head with ties, ear loops or elastic bands — and scarves and bandanas do not count, the order says.
The CDC said it reserves the right to enforce the order through criminal penalties, but it “strongly encourages and anticipates widespread voluntary compliance” and expects support from other federal agencies to implement the order.
The tyrannical order comes after Joe Biden signed an executive order last week requiring all travelers to wear mask on federal property.
The establishment has been recently pushing double masks despite the ongoing rollout of the COVID-19 vaccines and decline in coronavirus deaths.
White House coronavirus task force leader Dr. Anthony Fauci is now promoting “double masking”, despite saying in March of last year that wearing ANY masks wouldn’t prevent the spread of COVID.
“So, if you have a physical covering with one layer, you put another layer on, it just makes common sense that it likely would be more effective and that’s the reason why you see people either double masking or doing a version of an N95,” Fauci said this week.
“Inside Edition” also lauded Biden, Mitt Romney, and Tom Cruise for double masking recently.
And the New York Times called for Americans to wear a second mask layer earlier this month in an op-ed titled, “One Mask Is Good. Would Two Be Better?“
With “double masking” now being openly pushed, a new slippery slope of mask wearing has been introduced, with some articles beginning to promote TRIPLE masking to prevent the spread of COVID-19.
Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) pushed back against the mask insanity earlier this month, urging Americans, “if you’ve had the disease or you’ve been vaccinated and you’re several weeks out from the second dose, throw your mask away.”
+zerohedge%2Ffeed+%28zero+hedge+-+on+a+long+enough+timeline%2C+the+sur
:: 2-1-21 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dr. Anthony Fauci is a Pushmi-Pullyu! He IS Double-Minded!
February 1, 2021 by Jon Watkins
James 1:8 “A double minded man (or Woman) is unstable in all his ways.”
James 4:7-8 “Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. 8 Draw nigh to God, and he will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners; and purify your hearts, ye double minded.“
A double-minded person is restless and confused in his thoughts, his actions, and his behavior. Such a person is always in conflict with himself. One torn by such inner conflict can never lean with confidence on God and His gracious promises. Correspondingly, the term unstable is analogous to a drunken man unable to walk a straight line, swaying one way, then another. He has no defined direction and as a result doesn’t get anywhere. Such a person is “unstable in all he does.”
Those who are double-minded do not have the faith spoken of in Hebrews 11:1-3 “Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. 2 For by it the elders obtained a good report.3 Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.”
By faith we understand that the universe was formed at God’s command, so that what is seen was not made out of what was visible.” We cannot be both “certain” and doubting, as is the double-minded person. One part of his mind is sure of something, while the other part doubts. It brings to mind the “pushmi-pullyu” of the Dr. Doolittle stories, an animal with a head at either end of its body and which was constantly trying to walk in two directions at once. Such is the double-minded man.
Jesus declared, “No one can serve two masters. Either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to the one and despise the other” (Matthew 6:24). God and the things of this world are of such opposite natures that it is impossible to love either one completely without hating the other. Those who try to love both will become unstable in all their ways. If someone struggles with being double-minded, he or she should read, study, and memorize the Word, for it is the Word of God that produces faith (Romans 10:17). And he or she should pray for faith. God freely gives what is good to those who ask Him (Luke 11:9–12), and it’s good to ask for an increase of faith (Luke 17:5; Mark 9:24). Source: Got Questions
A Week After Saying ‘Wear Two Masks’, Fauci Says It ‘Won’t Make A Difference’
Steve Watson | News Wars – Less than one week after advising Americans that wearing two or even three masks would be ‘more effective’ against the spread of coronavirus, Dr Fauci has done a complete 180 (again) and admitted that there is no data to suggest it will make any difference.
After Fauci made the comments last week, the media began to push the idea that two masks wasn’t enough, and that people need to wear three, or even four masks.
However, during an interview at the weekend, Fauci completely contradicted his own comments from the previous week.
It shouldn’t come as a surprise, given that Fauci has flip-flopped continuously on masks, having originally said that “there’s no reason to be walking around with a mask,” and that they are little more than symbolic.
Later, Fauci fully embraced the masks and stated that they ‘need to stay on’ until everyone is vaccinated.
As we previously highlighted, it went from wearing a mask to now wearing two masks being the best way virtue signal.
Only your patronage to our store is what keeps this beacon of truth lit in the controlled-narrative darkness.
Why concern yourself with trivial matters such as breathing when the wearing of multiple face coverings is so effective in delivering social media clout?
Don’t let the fact that there is no evidence masks do anything get in the way of that dopamine hit.
https://www.governmentpropaganda.net/dr-anthony-fauci-is-a-pushmi-pullyu-he-is-double-minded/
:: 2-1-21 Lew Rockwell :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Covid-19 Coronavirus Gullibility Test
What Government Is Asking Americans To Believe And What The Lockdowns Are Uncovering
By Bill Sardi February 1, 2021
Americans are being asked to believe the implausible. Methinks the current pandemic is a test of political gullibility.
Says a recent TV news report: “Any way you cut it, doctors say there are virtually no flu cases at all this season, a phenomenon being called one of the great mysterious vanishing acts of a virus they’ve ever seen.”
We are told the reason for that is because of flu vaccination combined with face mask use and other social distancing measures. But that would mean those measures are selective for the flu and not the coronavirus. Preposterous! A face mask can detect and filter out influenza but not coronavirus? If you believe this, I’ve got a bridge in New York to sell you.
Actually, the American Lung Association reveals (now taken off their website) that as few as 257, 411, 727, and 274 deaths from the flu occurred in recent times (see graphic at end of this report).
In other words, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) has been delivering bogus information about flu-related deaths for years in order to scare the public to get vaccinated. Very few deaths from the flu occurred in many years.
The often-quoted number is 36,000 flu-related deaths per year. The CDC was lying to the American public all this time. The annual flu epidemic was contrived. It never was. That is what the current pandemic reveals.
Here is another uncredible
So, what is the difference between a patient who has a false-positive test for COVID-19 and a patient who is infected but is asymptomatic?
As one pharmaceutical researcher writing in the British Medical Journal:
“Clinically we cannot tell the difference between a pre-symptomatic individual, an asymptomatic “carrier” and a false positive result from a healthy individual, because by definition none of these individuals have symptoms.” The fact is, “screening tens of millions of individuals means that even a low false positive rate translates to a large number of uninfected individuals being potentially told they have “asymptotic COVID-19.”
So, what is the use of getting tested?
Unreliable testing is being used by State governors to justify draconian lockdown measures. It is the lockdowns themselves that cause the excess deaths. Circuitous illogic.
The number of positive tests does not mean Americans are ill
Testing numbers are also meaningless since increased testing produces more positive tests. Unless an entire population is tested, there is no way of knowing what the incidence of disease is (how many in 100). Case numbers only tell us the intensity of testing going on, not how sick the population is. And the case numbers and death numbers are widely disparate. The news media knows this but continues to erroneously publish that infectious cases are on the rise. Better to wear two masks rather than one, right? All tests are flawed
All COVID-19 diagnostic tests are seriously flawed. Most people suffering commonly listed symptoms of COVID-19 presume they have the virus when they may not have a coronavirus infection whatsoever. The Center for Infectious Disease Research & Policy notes that only 1 of 32 people (3%) that carry COVID-19 coronavirus have a replicating virus in their respiratory tract.
And did those who vaccinated you inform you that you may continue to test positive for 3 months after testing and not be infectious to others? And for that, you and whoever lives with you will be lockdown down in quarantine for 2 weeks. If you believe this, I’m sending that contract to buy the bridge in New York in exchange for the deed to your house.
If A then B, then A must have caused B, right?
There is no evidence that symptoms are caused by COVID-19, only that they are associated with this mutant coronavirus. The entire pandemic is a ruse. The masses are having the wool pulled over their eyes.
There are three primary ways to test for COVID-19 infection: 1) polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test, 2) antibody test and 3) antigen test.
COVID-19 antibody tests are wrong half of the time. This is now widely reported but the tests continue to be used.
Rapid antigen testing also yields false positive results.
The widely-used PCR (polymerase chain reaction) test obtained from a nasal swab for asymptomatic patients may simply be false positives. One PCR test conducted among 20,000 subjects found 15 positives. Upon re-testing, 14 of the 15 were found to be negative.
Another report in the British Medical Journal found only 2 positives among 7189 subjects antigen tested, which scales up to 30 per 100,000 when the quoted rate of positives is 250/100,000 in Britain. Something is amiss.
Testing is largely being used to spread fear in the population and justify lockdowns of populations. Don’t be a guinea pig and line up for COVID-19 tests. The odds that you will be placed under needless quarantine or advised to get vaccinated are high.
News reports claim thousands are flocking to sports stadiums to be tested and inoculated are nothing more than propaganda. Here in California the police have formed road stops, like for “driving under the influence,” only they are traps for the public to get tested. Americans are being herded under the guise health authorities who “know what’s best for them.”
COVID-19: Culling nursing home patients
In reality COVID-19 is a nursing home disease. A study of COVID-19 deaths in Indiana reveals a death rate of less than 2 in 100 (1.7%) among non-institutionalized infected adults over 60 years of age and just 1 death in 10,000 (0.0001) among non-institutionalized adults under age 40.
There are ~37,564 nursing home residents in Indiana out of 6.7 million residents in Indiana, or 6-10ths of 1% (0.006) of Indiana’s total population, yet they represented 54% of Indiana’s COVID-19-related deaths in April of 2020. The average age of a COVID-19 decedents was 76.9 years. COVID-19 is an old-age infection, largely explained by weak immunity among older adults. The idea you may give COVID-19 to your grandmother because you didn’t wear a mask is misleading. Grandparents are being exposed to pathogenic viruses and bacteria all the time. It is a weakened immune system that is the cause of infection.
Another absurdity
And yet another absurdity – – we are now being told even “vaccinated” Americans need to wear face masks and follow lockdown measures.
All the precautions (face masks, social distancing, lockdowns) make a miniscule contribution to preventing death in the population at large regardless of how effective they are purported to be. Face masks and social distancing are not life savers, they are only intended to slow the spread of any infectious disease. At no time have American hospitals been overwhelmed by COVID-19, with COVID-19 related positive patients representing just 15% of all hospital beds.
Bend over for COVID-19
Among the more bizarre practices being forced on the public are anal swab tests for COVID-19.
No entrance to U.S. from overseas flights without testing
And recognize, it’s perfectly OK to enter the U.S. with tuberculosis or Ebola, just not COVID-19! So, you can’t leave the airport without being tested first. Look up the definition of hoodwinked. Another misrepresentation that the public is supposed to believe is that hundreds of thousands of patients are experiencing heart attacks or dying of cancer because they are fearful of going to the hospital where they may acquire a COVID-19 infection. The masses are fearful of hospitals for good reason. About a third of the cases of COVID-19 come from contacts with healthcare personnel, mostly at hospitals.
We are told that fear of catching COVID-19 at hospitals keeps patients with heart attacks at home. A 50% drop in hospital-diagnosed heart attacks is reported. Out of fear, cardiac patients are said to be suffering with their chest pain at home. But this investigator knows better.
Heart attacks that aren’t heart attacks
Two middle-aged friends of mine who were told they survived “widow-maker” heart attacks described to me symptoms that turned out to be gall bladder attacks. When a gallstone gets lodged in the neck of the gall bladder, intense chest pain may result and mislead people to thinking they are having a heart attack. Even doctors are fooled by this. The blood test used to confirm damage to heart muscle, troponin, is also elevated from an acute gall bladder attack. Lazy doctors are misled by the elevated troponin levels into thinking it is a heart attack.
Maybe these missing heart attacks and cancer were never real
Maybe all these heart attacks, cancers, and other maladies represent needless care. Unnecessary testing and surgeries amount to $200 billion year
The pandemic has drastically reduced the number of newly detected cancers. In one study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, six different types of cancer (breast, lung, esophageal, colorectal, pancreatic, produced 4310 new cases weekly. That number dropped to 2310 weekly during the pandemic.
However, this doesn’t necessarily mean all these undiagnosed cases represented bona fide cases of cancer. Oncologists say more advanced cases of cancer will be detected and there will be excess cancer deaths. But that is not altogether true. There is massive over-diagnosis of cancer.
It is estimated 0-54% of mammogram-detected cancer are over-diagnosed, meaning they don’t need to be treated, have ranged from 0 to 54 percent. Mammograms are more likely to cause unneeded treatment than to save lives.
A large percentage of patients undergoing surgery for lung cancer did not need the operation
Thyroid gland removal to remove abnormal nodules is often unnecessary. Death from thyroid cancer is only 2% over a 25-year period.
Most prostate cancer surgery is unnecessary.
Just the mention of the word “cancer” evokes enough fear for patients to demand surgery to get rid of it. When doctors say “cancer” they often mean there is pre-cancer, called neoplasia or hyperplasia (abnormal cells).
Many other medical and surgical procedures are unnecessary.
Cardiac stents do not save lives or reduce odds of a heart attack among stable patients.
Spinal fusion at $40 billion annual price tag is not more effective than non-operative treatment.
There are many other examples.
What the COVID-19 lockdown is uncovering is all the needless medical care that is delivered. Diseases and deaths aren’t vanishing, like the flu. They never were. The disease incidence and death numbers were never real.
Historically, doctor strikes result in a steep decline in deaths. This is a repeated fact. Getting rid of doctors eradicates “ghost” diseases and deaths. Doctors were locked down and look what happened, again!
https://www.lewrockwell.com/2021/02/no_author/the-covid-19-coronavirus-gullibility-test/
:: 1-30-21 Real Raw News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Assassination Foiled, Deep State in Panic Mode!
By Mike Baxter - January 30, 2021
On Tuesday morning at approximately 3:00 am, a sniper’s bullet struck a panoramic casement window on the east wall of Trump’s bedroom at his Mar-a-Lago estate. The round might have slain Trump had he not recently replaced tempered glass with Blast Structures International’s bullet resistant glass, which, according to the company’s website, can stop anything less powerful than a .50 round.
A confidential source within Trump’s inner circle told Real Raw News that Trump was asleep in bed, and, a light sleeper, was awakened by the “sharp crack” of the bullet striking glass. The round did not penetrate the glass, but caused a material-science dissipation fracture, or spiderweb pattern.
The strike, our source said, triggered a silent alarm that instantly notified the Palm Beach Police Dept. and Trump’s Secret Service Detail, which sleeps in a guest house ten yards from the main building. Agents whisked Trump to safety, escorting him to a fortified saferoom, and said they’d coordinate with local authorities.
But Trump demanded they call the Palm Beach Police Dept. and say it was a false alarm.
“Trump was adamant no police get involved,” our source said. “He told his guys he wants to keep it in the family. No law enforcement. No media. He was very stern about keeping the media blind to the event. Trump made a phone call, and inside of thirty minutes, some heavy-hitting dudes who were definitely not Secret Service arrived at the estate,” our source said. With Trump safe, his private security fanned across the 20-acre estate searching for signs of intrusion, while the Secret Service detail began its own investigation as to how a would-be assassin got within shooting distance of one of the most secure residences in the world.
At 7:00am a forensic ballistic expert from Quantico arrived at Mar-a-Lago and determined the bullet fragments were from a 7mm Remington Magnum round. He found himself amid an intractable dilemma, our source said. The round had been fired at a downward angle and, had it pierced glass, would have sizzled through Trump’s skull, but an attack on the east window meant one of two things. The sniper had taken the shot from either estate grounds, which lacks elevated terrain, or from somewhere above the Atlantic swell, a seemingly impossible feat. “Trump’s bedroom is 23 feet above ground level. Besides the main building, no structure on the property is higher. The ballistics guy figured the shot could only have been made by someone in a hovering helicopter two hundred yards or more off the coast. If true, that guy must have been the best marksman in the world. From a helicopter and at night. Crazy,” our source said.
The concept of sniping from a helicopter seemed so unrealistic that RRL reached out to Marine Corps Staff Sgt. Hunter Bernius, a scout-sniper and instructor at the Marine Corps. School of Infantry in Geiger, North Carolina. Without mentioning the nature of our inquiry, we asked Staff Sgt. Bernius about the odds of successfully pulling off a 200-400 yard shot from a hovering chopper with little or no natural light. “Only with proper training specifically for that type of mission. To shoot precisely, the shooter has to account for aircraft vibration and wind speed and direction, all wind whipping up around him from blades spinning at 400rpm. Then there’s a dozen other variables. Takes months and months of training from a qualified instructor, and there’s still no guarantee. Aerial sniping is a skill all its own,” Staff Sgt. Bernius said.
By noon, the Secret Service had discretely interviewed all persons on estate property, but no one reported having seen or heard a helicopter.
According to our source, Trump’s people suspected the attack was carried out by the Deep State, to stop Trump from amassing incriminating evidence that, if released, could sink every Democrat from Joe Biden to the most junior member of the Democratic caucus.
(For those people asking What about Melania? Where was Melania? Anyone who knows anything about the Trumps, knows they sleep in separate bedrooms.)
This is a developing story.
https://realrawnews.com/2021/01/trump-assasination-foiled-deep-state-in-panic-mode/
:: 2-2-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Cool In The Fire
By Hal Lindsey
The turmoil surrounding this election keeps being ratcheted up. People on both sides see the future of America and the world hanging in the balance. Both sides see the other as dangerous. Such turmoil is not unique to the United States. In June, Business Insider magazine called planet earth, “A world on fire.” Over the course of this year, people have taken to the streets in Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Chili, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Hong King, Hungary, Israel, Italy, Iran, Japan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Kenya, Nigeria, Scotland, Senegal, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, and more.
I’m not talking about the justness of their causes. That varies. What I want you to see is the incredible level of unrest and agitation reaching across the world. People are outraged and afraid. They feel that evildoers control many of the world’s governments. And in too many cases, they are right. These are the days the prophets predicted. We should not be surprised at the deception going on in the world.
How should we react to the evildoers? There are many positive responses to that question, starting with the vote. If you are a voter in the United States, you have amazing, planet-wide influence. Do something positive to make good changes or to hold back evil ones. But whatever you do, do not cower in fear. Fear is the driving force of much of the destruction going on in the world right now. We see the principle in Psalm 37:8. It says, “Cease from anger and forsake wrath; Do not fret; it leads only to evildoing.”
The word “fret” is a translation of the Hebrew, “charah.” It means to glow or blaze up in anger or jealousy. The scripture here is clear. This kind of fretting leads to evildoing. And we see this kind of evildoing all over the world at this moment in history.
The first verse in Psalm 37 gives us this clear instruction. “Do not fret because of evildoers.”
Are there evildoers working for the candidate you oppose? Does the communist party in China seem filled with evildoers? Have evildoers taken political control over much of the world? God says not to fret about evildoers because that kind of fretting leads to your own evildoing, and then to your own undoing.
Even when their actions are outrageous, do not be outraged. Keep your poise. Stay calm. Be cool. Trust God. A lying media or a corrupt Washington establishment might be frustrating, even agonizing. But God says not to fret over them.
Psalm 37 goes on to say, “Trust in the Lord and do good… Delight yourself in the Lord… Trust also in Him… Rest in the Lord and wait patiently for Him… Cease from anger and forsake wrath; Do not fret.”
In God, we are the ones with real power, so let us act in confident joy rather than worry or fear. This is a good time to read all of Psalm 37… and then read it again. Do not fret because of evildoers. Commit your way to God. Trust, delight, and rest in Him. Let Him be your “strength in time of trouble.”
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-21-2020/
:: 2-1-21 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Correction: Myanmar story
NAYPYITAW, Myanmar (AP) — In Feb. 1 coverage of the military coup in Myanmar, The Associated Press erroneously reported that an announcement of the takeover linked the move in part on the government’s decision to allow the November 2020 election to proceed despite the coronavirus pandemic. While parties aligned with the military had previously sought an election delay due to the pandemic, the reason was not cited in the formal announcement of the takeover.
https://apnews.com/article/myanmar-coup-aung-san-suu-kyi-dda3d013897e14d5d0bd44d19eac9cd1
:: 2-1-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iranian attack on Israeli embassy in Africa foiled
Iranian agents sent to east African country to scope out Israeli embassy in preparation for attack.
Arutz Sheva Staff , Feb 01 , 2021 8:49 PM
An Iranian attack against an Israeli embassy in eastern Africa was foiled last month, Kan 11 reported Monday evening.
Western intelligence sources familiar with the details of the case say that Iran sent agents to the same country in Africa, whose job it was to gather intelligence on the Israeli embassy, the United States embassy, and the United Arab Emirates - to investigate the possibility of an attack on one of them. Some of those agents were European citizens who also held Iranian citizenship at the same time.
As part of thwarting this operation, some of the agents were arrested - some in the same African country, and some in other countries. According to intelligence sources, this action by Iran was taken as part of an attempt to respond and avenge the assassination of Qassem Soleimani and nuclear scientist Mohsaen Fahrizadeh. Last Friday, a bomb was detonated some 50 meters outside of the Israeli embassy building in New Delhi, India.
The explosion damaged several nearby cars, but caused no damage to the embassy facility. No injuries were reported.
A threatening letter warning of follow-up attacks was left for Israel’s ambassador in India, near the site of the bombing attack.
According to a report Sunday evening by Channel 13, a letter was received by the Israeli ambassador to India, Ron Malka, after the bombing.
The letter, written in English, claimed that the bombing was carried out by a group called Sarallah India Hizbollah, and appeared to link the attack to Iran.
Addressing Ambassador Malka, the letter warned that Friday’s bombing was just a preview of what is to come, and claiming that the organization has been observing the ambassador. “This is just a trailer presented to you, that how [sic] we can observe you, from your eating to your pie [sic].”
“You are in the red eyes of red scanner, and you can not stop our way no matter how hard you would lick [sic], we can end your life anytime anywhere, but we won’t destroy your terror shelters and we don’t want flow [sic] the blood of innocent people around you.”
“Mind it, all the participants and partners of Israelian [sic] terrorist ideology will be no more in existence. Now ,get ready for a big and better revenge of our heroes: Martyr Qasim Soleimani, Martyr Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, and Mohsen Fakhrizadeh,” the letter concluded, listing three high-ranking Iranians killed in targeted assassinations.
https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/296041
:: 2--21 American Millitary News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Two FBI agents were killed and three others injured Tuesday while attempting to serve a warrant in Florida.
The Miami Herald reported that one source familiar with the shooting said a minimum of five FBI agents were shot at a Sunrise home, with two being “gravely wounded.”
Fox News confirmed the deaths of two agents, as well as the suspect’s death, but the names of the deceased individuals have not been released. An aerial image shared on twitter showed the scene following the shooting. According to police, a man suspected of having child pornography had barricaded himself in his home on Reflections Boulevard. The incident shut down traffic on Nob Hill Road around 6 a.m. after the shooting.
“*Alert* There is currently heavy police presence in the area of 4200 Nob Hill Rd. Nob Hill Rd is closed from NW 44th St to West Oakland Park Blvd in both directions. Please use an alternate route,” Sunrise Police Florida tweeted, later requesting that local residents remain in their homes. Local police were present at the time of the shooting because it is standard practice to have a market police car outside of the home while executing a search warrant.
The investigation into child pornography possession was being led by the FBI and Fort Lauderdale federal prosecutors, the Miami Herald stated. CBS 5 shared an image of the “heavy police presence” on Twitter. The FBI’s Inspection Division is investigating the incident, Fox News reported.
“The review process is thorough and objective and is conducted as expeditiously as possible under the circumstances,” an FBI spokesperson said in a statement.
[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..
[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.
:: 2-1-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Chinese Aided In the Theft of the Myanmar Election the Same as the US Election- The Myanmar's Military Has Moved to Stop the CHICOMS
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, February 1, 2021 - 15:49.
The civil-military tension in Myanmar had been increasing since the landslide victory of the National League for Democracy led by Ms. Suu Kyi over reports of electoral fraud. Myanmar’s newly elected Parliament was expected to meet on Monday but the military junta moved in the early hours and declared the state of emergency. Kyi is not assuming power and is under arrest as a result of this coup.
The NLD rule in Myanmar coincided with the military campaign against the Rohingya refugees of the Rakhine province which led to the displacement of at least one million ethnic Rohingya citizens of Myanmar who have taken refuge in Bangladesh and other countries. It is interesting to note that 23% of the country is Chinese. And these Chinese do not like the ethnic Rohingya citizens. How convenient!
China, which uses Myanmar as a vital part of its Belt and Road Initiative, called on all parties to “resolve their differences under the constitutional and legal framework to protect political and social stability”. However, Chinese interests are not benign. Behind the scenes, the CSS has learned that the Chinese are accused of helping to rig the results of this election. These allegations parallel what tens of millions of Americans are saying about the American Presidential election in which Dominion voting machines, with Chinese participation, flipped votes in the American election. The Chinese are now accused of being involved in several fraudulent elections around the world.
To the Chinese, Trump had to go because he so outmaneuvered the CHICOMS and was blocking Chinese attempts at military expansion. Why is this significant? China has been trying to break out of it box, imposed by Trump for sometime. The only route to expansion has been the South China Sea and China has made few inroads as they are obviously pursuing a path military conquest for natural resources in Asia, similar to what Japan did in the pre-World War II. The newly elected government was accused of manipulating voter lists and other voter irregularities in this November election. Behind the scenes sources are saying that the new regime, just like Biden was selected because they had promised to allow China free access through Myanmar to the open waters of off its coast. This would provide the Chinese Navy with flanking capabilities to American naval forces in the South China Sea.
The Myanmar military has had enough of the CHICOM Belt and Road Initiative. The resulting indebtedness has resulted in extreme indebtedness and if the indebtedness was accompanied by CHICOM soldiers rampaging through Myanmar to get to the coast, combined with the Belt and Road indebtedness, threatened to turn the country into a Chinese colony. And if a regional or world war were to break out, Myanmar would become a prime target. Further, the Chinese military would be motivated to pursue a purge against the military opposition leadership of the country.
As one would expect, there will be western intervention. However, and as one would expect, the intervention will not be coming from the Americans and that would only make sense since the US already has a presence in the area. Yet, it is the Brits that are moving to intervene. According to the BBC, the HMS Queen Elizabeth carrier has been dispatched to the area through the Suez Canal. Why the Brits and not the Americans? Who do many Americans accuse of interfering in our election? Who is Joe Biden being accused of supporting and is being blackmailed by this country. The answers to all of these questions is China. And isn’t it interesting that the military remains in charge in DC. For the exact same reasons that the military of Myanmar will not allow the Chinese to gain a foothold (ie the execution of its top military leadership in the allowed occupation by China of Myanmar by the newly elected, Chinese-friendly government. Our military knows that Biden is complicit with China. This is why the US military has not completed the transition of civilian authority over the military from Trump to Biden. The military of the US, the same as the military of the Myanmar knows that the newly selected leadership is complicit and is in bed with the Chinese. Back to the British question. Why the flagship of the British Navy. Because the US military cannot act because this would expose the fact that Biden is not in charge. The CSS believes that the US military, like the Myanmar military fear a Chinese takeover and is preparing to act against Biden. The parallels between Myanmar and the United States is frightening. Meanwhile, if China gains access to move freely through Myanmar, just as they presently do in Canada, our naval forces in the region are in extreme danger.
Sources Used: The BBC The Hindu Times
:: 2-1-21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Situation Update, Feb. 1, 2021 - Populist financial uprising may tear down the entire RIGGED system!
116370 views
Health Ranger Report
Published Yesterday
For more updates, visit: http://www.brighteon.com/channel/hrreport
NaturalNews videos would not be possible without you, as always we remain passionately dedicated to our mission of educating people all over the world on the subject of natural healing remedies and personal liberty (food freedom, medical freedom, the freedom of speech, etc.). Together, we’re helping create a better world, with more honest food labeling, reduced chemical contamination, the avoidance of toxic heavy metals and vastly increased scientific transparency.
https://www.brighteon.com/9df97db9-a2c0-46cc-b39f-32b5b16d2aed
:: 1-24-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
28 times media and Democrats excused or endorsed violence committed by left-wing activists
Sunday, January 24, 2021 by: News Editors
(Natural News) Democrats and their allies in the media are ready to condemn riots now that the turmoil has shifted to fit their narrative.
(Article by Tristan Justice republished from TheFederalist.com)
On Wednesday, a mob of Trump supporters stormed the U.S. Capitol building. It was an astonishing display of anarchic protest that delayed congressional certification of the Electoral College vote formally handing former Vice President Joe Biden the keys to the White House.
The scenes from the dark day of disaster demonstrations illustrated a deteriorating country, repulsed millions, and traumatized a nation still recovering from the death, despair, and disruption that came to define the dystopian months of 2020. Above all, what happened Wednesday served as a grim reminder that the institutional stress test of 2020 has followed us into 2021. For the left, however, the chaos at the Capitol has opened an opportunity to refute the perception they own the monopoly on widespread political violence. Democrats and left-wing media elites have already capitalized on the violent outbreak, where four people died, to characterize conservatives as the creatures of chaos.
At this point, it’s undeniable that the political far-right calls home to its own Antifa-like anarchists. It is also undeniable, however, that reaction to the protests from conservative leaders roundly condemning the violence from their own side stands in remarkable contrast to the way Democrats and corporate media spent months going out of their way attempting to justify the deadly actions of militant leftists.
Not one prominent conservative pundit or politician with any significant platform was reported to have tried endorsing the mob of Trump supporters infiltrating the U.S. Capitol. To the contrary, conservatives spent months vilifying Democratic leaders for not doing enough in their own states and cities to crack down on the militant mobs of leftists taking streets under siege, normalizing the kind of political violence on track to appear routine in the nightmare 2020 decade.
It was only seven months ago that Washington D.C. was last on fire. A trip down memory lane chronicling the left’s reaction to last year’s eruption of unrest claiming the lives of at least 30 people not only exposes the hypocrisy suffusing Democrats’ condemnation of political violence, but also illustrates a sobering reality that there’s plenty of blame to go around for the situation in which the United States now finds itself.
1. Kamala Harris Urges Followers to Cover Rioters’ Bail
Incoming Vice President Kamala Harris encouraged her supporters last summer to donate to the Minnesota Freedom Fund, which provided bail money to the militant anarchists facing charges for setting fire to Minneapolis.
2. Chris Cuomo: Who Said Protests Were Supposed To Be Peaceful?
CNN’s Chris Cuomo showcased his ignorance of the First Amendment in June when dismissing the idea that militant protests sweeping the nation in the aftermath of George Floyd’s death were illegal.
“Please, show me where it says protesters are supposed to be polite and peaceful,” Cuomo demanded.
Here’s the text from the First Amendment, emphasis added:
Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.
3. MSNBC Reporter Describes Fiery Scene ‘Mostly A Protest’
MSNBC’s Ali Velshi stood in front of a liquor store burning behind him in Minneapolis and called the riots surrounding the camera crew “mostly a protest” that is “not, generally speaking, unruly.”
“But fires have been started,” Velshi made clear to note. 4. CNN Labels Burning Protest ‘Fiery But Mostly Peaceful’
CNN continued to parody itself in August as a second wave of mass unrest swept the country with Kenosha, Wisconsin as its focal point. After the label “fiery but mostly peaceful” had become a trolling phrase online to describe legacy media’s coverage of the summer riots, the network literally adopted the words to describe events unfolding in Kenosha while a reporter stood in front of a several burning vehicles.
5. Democratic National Convention Refuses To Condemn Riots
Democrats went through their entire online convention without condemning the epidemic of left-wing violence that engulfed the nation in the preceding months.
6. Pulitzer Prize-Winning New York Times Writer: Destroying Property Isn’t Violence
The New York Times’ architect of the “1619 Project,” Nikole Hannah-Jones, explicitly rejected the idea that destroying property fits the definition of “violence.”
“Destroying property, which can be replaced, is not violence,” Hannah-Jones said on CBS, to which the anchors offered no challenge.
“It’s a great point that you make, Nikole,” CBS’s Vladimir Duthiers replied.
Hannah-Jones also said it would be “an honor” for 2020 riots be deemed the “1619 Riots” despite destroying minority businesses.
7. Government-Funded PBS Reporter Denies Anarchists Are ‘Anarchists’
PBS White House Correspondent Yamiche Alcindor tried and failed to fact-check President Donald Trump in May, apparently faulting the president for not providing any evidence when calling the anarchists terrorizing cities “anarchists.”
8. CNN’s Don Lemon Compares Leftist Riots to Boston Tea Party
CNN prime time anchor Don Lemon celebrated the Floyd riots as a 21st-century version of the Boston Tea Party.
“And let’s not forget if anyone is judging this, I’m not judging this,” Lemon said as CNN cameras rolled with footage of riots in Washington D.C. and Los Angeles. “This is how this country was started.”
28 times media and Democrats excused or endorsed violence committed by left-wing activists
Sunday, January 24, 2021 by: News Editors
Tags: antifa, BLM, democrats, Endorsed, hypocrisy, Journalism, left cult, outrage, protests, riots, uprising, violence
Bypass censorship by sharing this link:
New
https://www.hangthecensors.com/488349.html
Copy URL
4,390Views
Image: 28 times media and Democrats excused or endorsed violence committed by left-wing activists
(Natural News) Democrats and their allies in the media are ready to condemn riots now that the turmoil has shifted to fit their narrative.
(Article by Tristan Justice republished from TheFederalist.com)
On Wednesday, a mob of Trump supporters stormed the U.S. Capitol building. It was an astonishing display of anarchic protest that delayed congressional certification of the Electoral College vote formally handing former Vice President Joe Biden the keys to the White House.
The scenes from the dark day of disaster demonstrations illustrated a deteriorating country, repulsed millions, and traumatized a nation still recovering from the death, despair, and disruption that came to define the dystopian months of 2020. Above all, what happened Wednesday served as a grim reminder that the institutional stress test of 2020 has followed us into 2021.
For the left, however, the chaos at the Capitol has opened an opportunity to refute the perception they own the monopoly on widespread political violence. Democrats and left-wing media elites have already capitalized on the violent outbreak, where four people died, to characterize conservatives as the creatures of chaos.
At this point, it’s undeniable that the political far-right calls home to its own Antifa-like anarchists. It is also undeniable, however, that reaction to the protests from conservative leaders roundly condemning the violence from their own side stands in remarkable contrast to the way Democrats and corporate media spent months going out of their way attempting to justify the deadly actions of militant leftists.
Not one prominent conservative pundit or politician with any significant platform was reported to have tried endorsing the mob of Trump supporters infiltrating the U.S. Capitol. To the contrary, conservatives spent months vilifying Democratic leaders for not doing enough in their own states and cities to crack down on the militant mobs of leftists taking streets under siege, normalizing the kind of political violence on track to appear routine in the nightmare 2020 decade.
It was only seven months ago that Washington D.C. was last on fire.
A trip down memory lane chronicling the left’s reaction to last year’s eruption of unrest claiming the lives of at least 30 people not only exposes the hypocrisy suffusing Democrats’ condemnation of political violence, but also illustrates a sobering reality that there’s plenty of blame to go around for the situation in which the United States now finds itself.
1. Kamala Harris Urges Followers to Cover Rioters’ Bail
Incoming Vice President Kamala Harris encouraged her supporters last summer to donate to the Minnesota Freedom Fund, which provided bail money to the militant anarchists facing charges for setting fire to Minneapolis.
2. Chris Cuomo: Who Said Protests Were Supposed To Be Peaceful?
CNN’s Chris Cuomo showcased his ignorance of the First Amendment in June when dismissing the idea that militant protests sweeping the nation in the aftermath of George Floyd’s death were illegal.
“Please, show me where it says protesters are supposed to be polite and peaceful,” Cuomo demanded.
Here’s the text from the First Amendment, emphasis added:
Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.
3. MSNBC Reporter Describes Fiery Scene ‘Mostly A Protest’
MSNBC’s Ali Velshi stood in front of a liquor store burning behind him in Minneapolis and called the riots surrounding the camera crew “mostly a protest” that is “not, generally speaking, unruly.”
“But fires have been started,” Velshi made clear to note.
4. CNN Labels Burning Protest ‘Fiery But Mostly Peaceful’
CNN continued to parody itself in August as a second wave of mass unrest swept the country with Kenosha, Wisconsin as its focal point. After the label “fiery but mostly peaceful” had become a trolling phrase online to describe legacy media’s coverage of the summer riots, the network literally adopted the words to describe events unfolding in Kenosha while a reporter stood in front of a several burning vehicles.
5. Democratic National Convention Refuses To Condemn Riots
Democrats went through their entire online convention without condemning the epidemic of left-wing violence that engulfed the nation in the preceding months.
6. Pulitzer Prize-Winning New York Times Writer: Destroying Property Isn’t Violence
The New York Times’ architect of the “1619 Project,” Nikole Hannah-Jones, explicitly rejected the idea that destroying property fits the definition of “violence.”
“Destroying property, which can be replaced, is not violence,” Hannah-Jones said on CBS, to which the anchors offered no challenge.
“It’s a great point that you make, Nikole,” CBS’s Vladimir Duthiers replied.
Hannah-Jones also said it would be “an honor” for 2020 riots be deemed the “1619 Riots” despite destroying minority businesses.
7. Government-Funded PBS Reporter Denies Anarchists Are ‘Anarchists’
PBS White House Correspondent Yamiche Alcindor tried and failed to fact-check President Donald Trump in May, apparently faulting the president for not providing any evidence when calling the anarchists terrorizing cities “anarchists.”
8. CNN’s Don Lemon Compares Leftist Riots to Boston Tea Party
CNN prime time anchor Don Lemon celebrated the Floyd riots as a 21st-century version of the Boston Tea Party.
“And let’s not forget if anyone is judging this, I’m not judging this,” Lemon said as CNN cameras rolled with footage of riots in Washington D.C. and Los Angeles. “This is how this country was started.”
9. CNN’s Chris Cillizza Complains About the Term ‘Riot’ 10. New York Times Columnist Finds Portland Anarchists In Piece Titled, ‘Help Me Find Trump’s ‘Anarchists’ In Portland’
New York Times columnist Nicholas Kristof penned an op-ed in July headlined, “Help Me Find Trump’s ‘Anarchists’ In Portland,” in which he actually appears to find them.
11. MSNBS’s Joy Reid: BLM Riots Are Really Just Undercover White Nationalists Causing Trouble
12. Huffington Post Releases Video Outlining ‘How Riots Built America’
The Huffington Post published a brief four-minute mini-documentary outlining “How Riots Built America” to draw parallels between the 2020 riots against police with periods of unrest throughout American history.
13. NBC News Allegedly Instructed Staff to Avoid the Term ‘Riot’
14. Seattle Mayor On Anarchists Taking Control of Downtown: Don’t Be Afraid of Democracy
Seattle Mayor Jenny Durkan returned fire on Trump in June when the president demanded an end to the city’s partial occupation by socialist protestors.
“Seattle is fine,” Durkan wrote on Twitter despite the insurgency. “Don’t be so afraid of democracy.”
15. Washington Governor Unaware of Seattle Occupation
Washington Democratic Gov. Jay Inslee was caught being completely oblivious to the anarchist insurrection taking over his state’s largest city when he was asked about the rogue militia during a coronavirus press briefing.
16. Pelosi When Mobs Tore Down Statues: ‘People Will Do What They Do’
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi just shrugged when asked about a militant mob tearing down the statue of legendary explorer Christopher Columbus in Baltimore in June 2020.
“People will do what they do,” Pelosi said. The Democratic leader likely had a different reaction Wednesday at the sight of a random Trump anarchists lounging around in her own office. 17. Rolling Stone Re-Publishes Article to ‘Rethink Property Destruction’
Rolling Stone Magazine re-published a 2014 article first out following the Ferguson, Mo. riots in 2104 titled, “9 Historical Triumphs To Make You Rethink Property Destruction,” promoting the devastation as progress in May last year. The “historical pedigree of property destruction as a tactic of resistance is long and frequently effective,” the authors wrote.
18. GQ Magazine: Violent Protests Work
GQ Magazine published a lengthy feature in June amid the Floyd riots headlined, “Why Violent Protests Work.”
19. Slate: Riots Are A ‘Proportionate Response’
Slate Magazine ran a piece amid the Floyd riots justifying the chaos ripping the nation’s cities apart titled, “Proportionate Response.”
20. Mother Jones: ‘Riots Aren’t Irrational’
Mother Jones joined the crowd in mid-June with a piece titled, “Riots Aren’t Irrational.”
21. TIME Magazine: The Term ‘Riot’ Is ‘Loaded’
Time Magazine published a piece in June headlined, ‘A War of Words.’ Why Describing the George 22. Vox: Woke Riots Are Scary But Productive. Capitol Riots Were Devastating
23. New York Times Has Sympathy For BLM Riots, While Blaming Trump As Sole Perpetrator For Wednesday Mob
24. Jacobin Magazine: Looting Is Justified Only For Social Justice
The left-wing publication also published a piece headlined, “When Rioting Works,” in June.
25. AOC: The Whole Point of Protesting Is to Make People Uncomfortable
This is what Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., said about rioting in December 2020. Her staff began trying to get Twitter to stop people from retweeting images of this in the wake of the Wednesday riots.
26. Author Writes Book Titled, ‘In Defense Of Looting’
Writer Vicky Osterweil published a book late last summer titled, “In Defense Of Looting,” and earned a feature in National Propaganda Radio (NPR) for the work.
27. NPR Guest: Floyd Demonstrations Are Acts Of Rebellion, Not Riots
Temple University Professor Marc Lamont Hill went on NPR complaining that dismissing protestors as rioters “dehumanizes” them, impeding political progress.
28. NPR Makes Up Right-Wing Violence
Scribe note: All the remarks tweets are posted on the natural news article by clicking the link below.
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-01-24-media-and-democrats-excused-or-endorsed-violence.html
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 1-24-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tulsi Gabbard: Domestic-Terrorism Bill Is "A Targeting Of Almost Half Of The Country"
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Jan 24, 2021 - 19:35
Authored by Brittany Bernstein via NationalReview.com,
Tulsi Gabbard, the former Democratic representative from Hawaii, on Friday expressed concern that a proposed measure to combat domestic terrorism could be used to undermine civil liberties. Gabbard’s comments came during an appearance on Fox News Primetime when host Brian Kilmeade asked her if she was “surprised they’re pushing forward with this extra surveillance on would-be domestic terror.” “It’s so dangerous as you guys have been talking about, this is an issue that all Democrats, Republicans, independents, Libertarians should be extremely concerned about, especially because we don’t have to guess about where this goes or how this ends,” Gabbard said.
She continued:
“When you have people like former CIA Director John Brennan openly talking about how he’s spoken with or heard from appointees and nominees in the Biden administration who are already starting to look across our country for these types of movements similar to the insurgencies they’ve seen overseas, that in his words, he says make up this unholy alliance of religious extremists, racists, bigots, he lists a few others and at the end, even libertarians.”
She said her concern lies in how officials will define the characteristics they are searching for in potential threats.
“What characteristics are we looking for as we are building this profile of a potential extremist, what are we talking about? Religious extremists, are we talking about Christians, evangelical Christians, what is a religious extremist? Is it somebody who is pro-life? Where do you take this?” Gabbard said.
She said the proposed legislation could create “a very dangerous undermining of our civil liberties, our freedoms in our Constitution, and a targeting of almost half of the country.”
“You start looking at obviously, have to be a white person, obviously likely male, libertarians, anyone who loves freedom, liberty, maybe has an American flag outside their house, or people who, you know, attended a Trump rally,” Gabbard said.
The Domestic Terrorism Prevention Act of 2021 was introduced in the House earlier this week in the aftermath of rioting at the U.S. Capitol earlier this month that left five dead.
“Unlike after 9/11, the threat that reared its ugly head on January 6th is from domestic terror groups and extremists, often racially-motivated violent individuals,” Representative Brad Schneider (D., Ill.) said in a statement announcing the bipartisan legislation.
“America must be vigilant to combat those radicalized to violence, and the Domestic Terrorism Prevention Act gives our government the tools to identify, monitor and thwart their illegal activities. Combatting the threat of domestic terrorism and white supremacy is not a Democratic or Republican issue, not left versus right or urban versus rural. Domestic Terrorism is an American issue, a serious threat the we can and must address together,” he said.
:: 1-25-21 Canada Free Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A Message for the U.S. Military
By Jim ONeill January 25, 2021
I, [name], do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I am about to enter. So help me God.—United States Uniformed Services Oath of Office
I have a question for our military: Did you not take an oath, a solemn oath, to “support and defend” the United States Constitution “against all enemies, foreign and domestic?” And is it not your DUTY to protect and defend the American republic and its citizens? We the People have just experienced an in-your-face “what you gonna do about it” election fraud of historic proportions
That’s what I thought. So why aren’t you doing it? Why are you standing around with your thumbs up your butts and ignoring your DUTY while your country gets flushed down the toilet. And don’t pretend you don’t know what I’m talking about. You know damn well what I am talking about.
Although some in our military have no doubt been paid off by the Chicoms, or are hypnotized by some twisted ideology, or are weak and feckless for other reasons, I believe that there are still enough true patriots, strong, committed patriots, to save our republic from its imminent ruination. It is to you uniformed patriots that I direct this article. You are our last hope…and that is not hyperbole.
What we have here is a unique situation in America’s history. We have no legal sitting president at this time. By legal I mean a president elected in accordance with the rules set down in the Constitution. I assure you that nowhere in the Constitution does it condone the winning of a presidential election through fraud and chicanery – in fact, quite the opposite.
Those who believe that it will mean anything if Trump starts a new political party, or the Republicans take back Congress are idiots. We the People have just experienced an in-your-face “what you gonna do about it” election fraud of historic proportions. There will never again be free and honest elections of any importance. In the future The Powers That Be will elect who they wish to see elected and block who they don’t want. It’s a given, you can take it to the bank.
Each branch of the military has its own intelligence service, and unless they are doing one piss poor job of gathering intelligence, then they know, THEY KNOW, that the only reason that Biden “won” this past presidential election was through deceit and foreign interference. You are fine with that; you are just going to let that slide? If so, then you are a disgrace to your uniform and nothing but a sad, sick joke. America stands on the brink of an abyss
Unless you are prepared to turn your back on your country and your oaths (and perhaps you are) then you need to step up and DO YOUR DUTY, now. Your country needs you like never before; this is no time to go all weak-kneed and spineless on We the People.
Now is an excellent time for you to step up and take charge. As I say, there is currently no legal POTUS, so you would not be committing a coup – there is no president to commit a coup against! You would simply be filling in this peculiar gap that presently exits between one legally elected president and the next.
America stands on the brink of an abyss, and she is going over the edge for sure unless you step up and take charge. Or would you prefer to be held on a short leash by Chinese communists? Some of you no doubt would…but I am betting that most of you would not. Ask your intelligence services what the Chicoms have in mind for you. If your intelligence services are worth anything then I doubt very much that you will enjoy what they have to tell you.
You didn’t enjoy President Trump’s financial largesse – you would rather go back to the “more porridge if you please sir” begging of the Obama/Biden years? Somehow, I doubt that.
For your own blasted self-interest, if for no other reason, you need to support your country in this direst of times…and I mean SUPPORT YOUR COUNTRY. Honor your oaths, and dust off the perhaps neglected virtues of honor, integrity, bravery, righteousness, and love of country.
Do it for yourself, for your pride. Do it for We the People, do it for past patriots, and future generations. Do it because it is the right thing to do. Do it for the United States of America. Do your DUTY, or go down in history as the craven spineless cowards that you will have proven yourselves to be.
Jim ONeill -- Bio and Archives
Born June 4, 1951 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Served in the U.S. Navy from 1970-1974 in both UDT-21 (Underwater Demolition Team) and SEAL Team Two. Worked as a commercial diver in the waters off of Scotland, India, and the United States. Worked overseas in the Merchant Marines. While attending the University of South Florida as a journalism student in 1998 was presented with the “Carol Burnett/University of Hawaii AEJMC Research in Journalism Ethics Award,” 1st place undergraduate division. (The annual contest was set up by Carol Burnett with money she won from successfully suing a national newspaper for libel). Awarded US Army, US Navy, South African, and Russian jump wings. Graduate of NOLS (National Outdoor Leadership School, 1970). Member of Mensa, China Post #1, and lifetime member of the NRA and UDT/SEAL Association.
https://canadafreepress.com/article/a-message-for-the-u.s.-military
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 1-27-21 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Dollar’s Crash Is Only Just Beginning Stephen Roach
Jan 25 2021, 4:30 PM Jan 27 2021, 9:25 AM
(Bloomberg Opinion) -- After an initial spike higher, the dollar has been falling steadily since the Covid-19 pandemic took hold in the U.S. last March. It is down about 10% to 12% relative to America’s major trading partners, dropping to its weakest levels since early 2018 as measured several of the broad dollar indexes. There is more to come. Based on a wildly unpopular forecast that I made in June of a 35% decline in the value of the dollar by the end of 2021, we are only in the third inning of a nine-inning baseball game. If that forecast comes to pass, it will provide an important exclamation point on the first year in office for America’s 46th president, Joe Biden. There were three main reasons why I argued the dollar would fall: 1) a sharp widening in the U.S. current-account deficit, 2) the rise of the euro, and 3) a Federal Reserve that would do little in response to any weakness in the greenback. On each of these counts, I have greater conviction on the weak-dollar call today than I did six months ago. Consider the following: The current account. As expected, the current-account deficit (the broadest measure of trade because it includes investment income) has deteriorated further, widening by 1.2 percentage points to 3.3% of gross domestic product in the second quarter of 2020 and by an additional 0.1 percentage point to 3.4% in the third quarter. The shift in the second quarter was the largest erosion on record, and at its current level the deficit is at its worst since the end of 2008. At work is a deterioration in domestic saving driven by explosive Covid-related increases in the federal budget deficit. When a nation is lacking in saving and wants to invest and grow, it must import surplus saving from abroad to square the circle, running current-account deficits in order to attract the foreign capital. Unsurprisingly, the identities have held. The net domestic saving rate (depreciation-adjusted saving of businesses, individuals and the government sector, combined) fell below zero in the second and third quarters for the first time in a decade. The 3.8-percentage-point decline in the net domestic rate to negative 0.9% in the second quarter from a positive 2.9% rate in the first quarter was also the largest quarterly decline on record. The second-quarter plunge in domestic saving was largely an outgrowth of the $2.2 trillion Cares Act, which was aimed at providing fiscal relief during the Covid-related lockdown. With the pandemic and its aftershocks still very much in evidence, another $2.8 trillion of fiscal relief is in the offing — $900 billion already signed into law in December 2020 and another $1.9 trillion proposed by Biden. The combined Covid relief packages total $5 trillion, or 24% of 2020 GDP. While not stimulus in the conventional sense, this fiscal injection breaks all modern records by a wide margin. The domestic saving rate, as a result, should plunge further below zero, putting the already wide current-account deficit under even more intense downward pressure. Although the international imbalance may not break the prior record of minus 6.3% hit in late 2005 as I argued in June, it is likely to come close. The euro. The pushback on my negative dollar call was all about TINA — There Is No Alternative. In a follow-up commentary, I countered that claim, attempting to make the positive case for the Chinese renminbi and the euro, while also giving a nod to precious metals and even crypto currencies. Although China’s yuan has appreciated about 4% since last June and should continue to strengthen as China leads the post-Covid global recovery, the euro has moved little over that same period (after rising about 7% from February to May). As a congenital euro-skeptic, I have always had a hard time saying anything terribly constructive about the shared currency. That’s because the currency union had a critical flaw: a single currency and central bank but no unified fiscal policy. The surprise came in July when German Chancellor Angela Merkel and French President Emanuel Macron reached agreement on a relief package that featured a pan-regional fiscal backstop in the 750 billion euro ($908 billion) Next Generation EU fund, complete with sovereign bond issuing authority. This adds the missing fiscal piece to the currency union, quite possibly providing a “Hamiltonian moment” for the most undervalued major currency in the world.
Meanwhile, gold prices surged for a couple of months in June and July but then retraced those gains over the balance of the year. It was a different story for cryptocurrencies. Little did I know what was to come for Bitcoin, which surged four-fold since June, or two-and-a-half times the late 2017 spike that, at the time, had been depicted as one of the greatest speculative bubbles in history. The Federal Reserve. When current-account deficits are under pressure, the central bank can usually be counted on to come to the rescue by tightening monetary policy. That, most assuredly, is not the case with today’s Fed. By adopting a new “average inflation” targeting regime in August, the Fed has sent a strong signal that it will move later rather than sooner to counter any surge in inflation rates.
Nor can so-called Modern Monetary Theory ride to the rescue of the dollar. Yes, debt and deficits may not be consequential in a low inflation, low interest rate climate — hardly a brilliant theoretical breakthrough — but saving, or the lack thereof, still matters. With the U.S. increasingly reliant on foreign capital to compensate for its growing shortfall of domestic saving and with the Fed’s open-ended quantitative easing measures creating a massive overhang of excess liquidity, the case for a sharp further weakening of the dollar looks more compelling than ever. A still-raging pandemic and an economy on the brink of a double-dip recession leaves the Biden administration with no choice other than to opt for another round of massive fiscal relief. This outcome would have consequences for any economy. For saving-short America, it spells a weaker dollar. This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the editorial board or Bloomberg LP and its owners. Stephen Roach, a faculty member at Yale University and former chairman of Morgan Stanley Asia, is the author of "Unbalanced: The Codependency of America and China."
Read more at: https://www.bloombergquint.com/gadfly/the-dollar-s-crash-is-only-just-beginning
:: 1-18-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Helsinki Committee to declare Pfizer performing unauthorized human experiment in Israel
Committee in charge of supervising human trials expected to state vaccine campaign is clinical study and needed pre-approval.
Mordechai Sones , Jan 18 , 2021 4:14 P
Calcalist reports the Helsinki Committee for Human Rights is expected to announce that Pfizer is conducting unauthorized human experiments in Israel.
The committee in charge of supervising human trials is expected to submit an opinion to the Health Ministry stating that the immunization process led by the state with Pfizer is a clinical study, and therefore needed to be approved in advance.
The Supreme Helsinki Commission - in charge of supervising human trials in Israel - is expected to submit an opinion to the Health Ministry stating that the vaccine campaign led by the Israeli government together with Pfizer is fundamentally clinical research, a code name for human trials, and thus, needed to receive explicit Committee authorization. The opinion has already been formulated and in coming days is expected to be handed over to Health Ministry Director Hezi Levy, possibly even today. "Reading the contract signed between the Israeli government and Pfizer, it is clear, unequivocal and unambiguous that this is a clinical study for all intents and purposes, and thus, it needed to be approved by the Helsinki Committee," a senior official explained to Calcalist, adding: "And that's what will be written in the Committee's opinion: 'There's nothing wrong with clinical trials, on the contrary, but clinical trials (human trials) must get committee approval, and of course, from the people on whom the trial is being conducted, while giving the right to refuse to be part of the trial. These are very basic matters," he concluded.
Helsinki Committee Chairman Prof. Eitan Friedman refused to comment on the publication and told Calcalist that the Committee would present its position in an orderly manner and in the usual way, not through the media. Since the Committee is a statutory committee (established by virtue of the law), the practical implication is that it will determine that the experiment on humans that Pfizer is currently conducting in Israel is illegal.
The expected letter from the Helsinki Committee is of far-reaching significance. First, the Committee can determine that the Israeli government must stop transmitting information to Pfizer, something that could cause Israel to be in breach of contract. If the government decides to ignore the Committee's directive, every Israeli citizen will be able to appeal to the Supreme Court on the matter.
The Committee can also demand that all Israeli citizens be informed that the results of the vaccine will be passed on to a third party, and also oblige the Health Ministry to request approval of those vaccinated to be an experiment subject.
In addition, neither the Committee nor the citizens of Israel have any need to use legal tools: A short letter from the Committee announcing that it does not approve the experiment could greatly complicate matters for Pfizer and the Israeli government because in consequence of that letter, Pfizer may not contact the FDA and request final approval for the vaccine. "It is inconceivable that the FDA would grant final approval to a vaccine based on a clinical study rejected by the Israeli Helsinki Committee," the paper said.
Health Communication Lecturer at IDC Herzliya International School Dr. Yaffa Shir Raz responded to the Helsinki development, saying: "The question of questions: Where does this scandal put the Green Passport? Can the government even continue to promote the compulsion of the experiment on us? The road to court has never looked more paved, and this time, it's hard to see how they'll ignore it."
Update: After publication of the Calcalist report, Helsinki Committee Chairman Prof. Eitan Friedman issued a denial, saying that he and the entire Helsinki Committee continues to recommend the vaccine in those not contraindicated, continuing that "the vaccine is not a clinical trial. It is based on clinical study, it is based on experimentation. There is no connection between the vaccine and a clinical test."
He says the "commotion" centers around one issue alone, and that is that "as a Supreme Committee, some of its members are jurists, and they read parts of the agreement between the Health Ministry and Pfizer, and we as an ethics committee want to assure that the rights and privacy of Israeli citizens are guarded."
He continued: "Also when a clinical trial, which is a worthy trial, is performed, we do want to know from a scientific standpoint what happens, what the effects are of the vaccine, what are the adverse effects; yes, we very much want to know and lend a shoulder. But, we want to know if, in the framework of the contract with Pfizer, those rights are being protected."
Senior Israel Democracy Institute attorney Dr. Tehila Schwartz-Altshuler told Calcalist: "Anyone who might claim this is not a clinical study is simply a liar. This is the most extensive study of human beings in the 21st century. Israel is becoming the experimental field, not to mention the backyard for the whole world. It may be a beautiful and altruistic thing, but this should have been shared with the citizens of Israel."
She says: "There's no clearer research hypothesis than in section 2.1 of the contract between the State of Israel and Pfizer, which states that the purpose of the 'experiment' is 'to measure and analyze'. To say it isn't research is a lie. In section 2.2 the word 'data' appears again and again, and the idea is that it is information from which you want to learn something other than transfer it to the medical file of the patient you have treated. This is a collaboration for research and therefore there are also 'Principles of collaboration'.
Moreover, Schwartz-Altschuler explains that "Article 4 - as with any medical research agreement - has terms and terminations and there are agreements regarding the safety of the project. This further reinforces the fact that this is a study. For example, under the clause, the agreement will be revoked if one of the parties decides that it is 'scientifically insignificant'."
https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/295134
:: 1-7-21 Gunpowder Magazine :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Walmart’s Alleged Action a ‘Slap in the Face’ to Gun Owners
By: Teresa Mull Teresa Mull Jan 07, 2021 35 Comments
As it prepares to discontinue gun sales at 500 of its stores, Walmart is reportedly turning over firearms sales records to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF), Ammo Land News reports.
Instead of transferring Federal Firearms License (FFL) documents to one of its stores still selling guns, Ammo Land reports:
“Internal ATF communications appear to show the massive retailer’s internal ‘compliance manager’ is working with the ATF to transfer their records to the federal agency.”
“This just goes to show that the background check system is nothing but a thinly veiled national gun registry,” Ryan Flugaur, Vice-President of the National Association for Gun Rights, told GPM. “This is something gun owners have known since the Brady Bill and NICS [National Instant Criminal Background Check System] insta-check system were implemented in the 90s.
“By design,” Flugaur continued, “records containing detailed personal information about gun buyers and what guns they bought never go away, and all form 4473s gun purchase records will end up in possession by the government eventually. The fact that Walmart would voluntarily expedite that process is a slap in the face to their customers and the Second Amendment rights of all Americans.”
GPM has, for years, been sounding the alarm on NICS being nothing more than a firearm registration system. And registration, of course, leads naturally to confiscation. From the archives:
Background checks are nothing more than a firearms registration system, which has historically been a precursor to full-fledged firearms confiscation. Many point to Nazi Germany as one of the best examples of what comes of gun registration. Most people probably do not know that it was not the Nazis nor Hitler who initiated gun registration. It actually was the preexisting Weimar government’s initiative put into law because of their fears of the Communists and Nazis. The Weimar government implemented laws that the Nazis would later use to oppress the German people, namely, German Jews.
Although Hitler rapidly expanded upon what the Weimar government had instituted, this historical event reminds us that well-intentional laws passed by good people can be used by the next round of political operatives to devastating effect. This is why it is so important to stop any hint of universal background checks: such a measure could open the door to a disastrous future.
Teresa Mull (teresa@gunpowdermagazine.com) is editor of Gunpowder Magazine.
Share this article:
https://www.gunpowdermagazine.com/walmarts-alleged-action-a-slap-in-the-face-to-gun-owners/
:: 12-29-20 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Everything you need to know about vaccine passports
By Tim McDonnell & Katherine Ellen Foley December 29, 2020
Covid-19 vaccination is a new social dividing line: Those who have been vaccinated will likely encounter fewer barriers to travel and may have easier access to indoor spaces, from offices and schools to concert venues and restaurants. Everyone else, meanwhile, will remain subject to the familiar routine of travel restrictions, quarantining, and testing.
Some health technology experts are advocating for the development and use of digital “vaccine passports,” a smartphone app that could certify its user’s vaccination status with an airline or immigration official, employer, or anyone else who needs to know. Vaccine passports could help get the global economy back on track, but at the risk of discriminating against people who lack access to either the vaccination or the technology to certify they’ve had it.
What is a vaccine passport?
Vaccine passports won’t be a passport in the traditional sense of serving as an official government record. Instead, they’d just be proof of vaccination. Some airlines or other businesses may require a vaccine passport to enter as they slowly reopen.
In the US and EU, where the most first-phase vaccinations of healthcare workers and the elderly have taken place, those who get the shot typically receive a printed card with information about which vaccine they were administered and any required followup visits. These cards are similar to the yellow vaccination cards distributed when a person gets vaccinated for travel to certain countries, but they primarily serve as reminders to the holder of which shots they received.
A vaccine passport, however, would act more like a digital ID card. In theory, employers or airports would be able to scan an app or QR code that officially tells others if the holder has had their Covid-19 shots. It’s a similar concept to the immunity passports some governments discussed issuing in the early days of the pandemic to indicate which people had recovered from Covid-19, but scientists are more certain that people who have gotten the vaccine will have protective antibodies.
Vaccine passports will also help scientists learn more about the effectiveness of the Covid-19 vaccines available, too. “Having trustworthy and reliable proof of vaccination for COVID-19 vaccine will be essential for public health purposes, such as studies on vaccine effectiveness, vaccine impact, coverage monitoring and monitoring of adverse events following immunization,” a World Health Organization spokesperson told Newsweek this month.
When will they be available?
Vaccine passports are not yet widely available, but several private companies and government agencies are working on different versions that should begin to surface widely in the first half of 2021. CommonPass, an app being developed by the World Economic Forum in coordination with executives and officials from 52 countries, is undergoing trials with international airlines including United and Cathay Pacific. The International Air Transport Association is also finalizing an app, and the government of India is developing a smartphone certificate. An app developed by Israel for use there is expected to come out on Jan. 5.
So far, no major airlines have said that they plan to make proof of vaccination a prerequisite for boarding. As for a paper addition to the standard yellow card, the WHO said that would need to be approved by member states and won’t happen until access to the vaccine is more universal—which isn’t likely to happen before late 2021 or 2022.
How will they work?
The CommonPass app allows users to access digital vaccination records, either from their healthcare provider, government registries, or from a personal health record like Apple Health. The data is held locally on an individual’s phone, rather than in a central database, to reduce the risk of hacking and to let users delete the data any time. The app is designed to vet the authenticity of these records and ensure that they meet the requirements of whatever country the user is traveling to. The app then generates a QR code that presents the vaccination record as a simple yes/no—rather than anything more detailed that could compromise privacy.
What are the downsides of using vaccine passports?
The most obvious ones are privacy and security. Immunization records, while not full health records, could potentially contain other information you’d want to keep private, like your email address, home address, or date of birth. The developers of CommonPass, for one, have promised that the app will use only the bare minimum of personal data and that the data will only ever be used for user-approved purposes.
But there’s always a risk that hackers or unscrupulous government agencies could use a vaccination database for nefarious purposes, like targeting certain communities for surveillance. Apps could also be hacked to display false certificates for those who haven’t gotten vaccinated.
The other problem is equity of access. An app could exclude those who don’t own a smartphone, which includes more than half of the global population. And systems that require an address could exclude people without homes. India’s vaccine passport, for example, will be linked to Aadhaar, the country’s biometric ID system, which, a decade after its rollout, still leaves out more than 100 million people, especially people experiencing homelessness or with a nonbinary gender identity.
Will you still have to wear a mask even if you have a vaccine passport?
Yes. First, there’s the issue of timing: It could take months for everyone who wants a vaccine to get both of their jabs. While some people aren’t vaccinated, it remains important to take precautions against the virus.
Second, there are still some long-term questions about the vaccines that scientists can’t answer yet, like how long each type of Covid-19 vaccine offers protection, and if they fully prevent viral transmission. These answers will take time—and maybe even vaccine passports—to uncover. In addition to continued clinical trials, scientists and public health officials can watch case counts and hospitalization rates to get an idea of how well vaccines are working to curb the pandemic.
But for now, it’s important for everyone who has been vaccinated to practice the same
precautions we have been during the pandemic. That means washing hands, maintaining adequate distance, and wearing masks.
https://qz.com/1950710/will-we-need-covid-19-vaccine-passports-to-travel/
:: 1-25-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Lights Out! Inexcusable Executive Order! Biden Just Gave Our Biggest Enemy Access To Our Power Grid!
Restricted Republic Published January 25, 2021 13,172 Views
Rumble — January 25th, 2021 By: Justus Knight!
FREEDOM OF THE PRESS Must Continue! 14 Days FREE OFFER!!
Join www.restrictedrepublic.com now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!
Now available on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps (but we recommend you also save to your Home Page in case the Tech-Titans remove another app)!!
On today’s broadcast:
And so it begins…with the flood of Executive Orders flying off Joe Biden’s desk it’s easy to miss the important ones they are trying to hide. Let’s take for example America’s power grid, you know, only one of the most important elements of our day to day lives and a part critical to our nation security. It should be the thing you look to protect the most right?! Well, not in Joe’s world…he just welcomed an unthinkable enemy to again access our most critical infrastructure!
God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight
Join Us At The Following:
Restricted Republic: https://restrictedrepublic.com
Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic
MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic
Telegram: https://t.me/restrictedrepublic
Rumble: https://rumble.com/c/RestrictedRepublic
Signal: (Coming Soon)
Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic
Parler: https://parler.com/profile/RestrictedRepublic/posts
Referenced Sources:
https://twitter.com/IsaacDovere/status/1353413509300838402
https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/01/24/hunter-biden-stops-motorcade-bagel/
https://twitter.com/JackPosobiec/status/1353433573903060992
https://www.cnn.com/2020/12/09/politics/hunter-biden-tax-investigtation/index.html
https://thenationalpulse.com/exclusive/biden-omb-director-think-tank/
https://fas.org/irp/offdocs/eo/eo-13920.pdf
:: 1-24-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Judge Jeanine: Welcome to the Biden admin, home to new slogan, 'America Last'
496,683 views •Jan 24, 2021
Fox News 6.8M subscribers
The Judge highlights the agenda of the new Biden presidency.
Subscribe to Fox News! https://bit.ly/2vBUvAS
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t5wlIx67FiI
:: 12--20 The Telegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Vaccine passports make no sense if the Covid jabs don't stop you spreading the virus
Until we know for sure whether the vaccines stop transmission, it’s best to leave the passport idea to science fiction writers
Juliet Samuel 12 December 2020 • 6:00am
We’re only a few jabs into a mass vaccination programme and already there’s a debate raging over the possibility of “vaccine passports”. The airline Qantas has declared that its passengers will need proof of vaccination to fly and two British ministers have mooted the idea over the last week....
:: 1-19-21 Oath Keepers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
OATH KEEPERS WARNING ORDER PART I
January 19, 2021 Stewart Rhodes
As always, Oath Keepers stands in defense of the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic. What is now being installed is not a constitutional government. It’s an illegitimate regime that has unjustly taken power through massive vote fraud, to install a ChiCom puppet who will do the bidding of a mortal enemy of this nation, as well as the bidding of international elites who are in allegiance and alliance with the CCP as they pursue a common goal of destroying our Republic and enslaving the American people.
Executive Summary:
Prepare for a comms down/blackout environment. Obtain CB and HAM radios, fuel, food, etc
Muster NOW in their county seat. Meet face to face and sort out grid down comms and who will be “Home Guard” and part of a “Family Safe” program to stay back and protect families, while also determining who can project out to protect and assist others. Do it now before comms go down.
Muster ASAP at state level, but NOT at state Capitol. The newly formed county units must Muster in a friendly “red” county to establish comms and leadership connections for future. Establish protocols in case of lights out/comms down.
Beware of false flags and traps that are now being set. Be careful who you listen to and what events you attend. Expect attempts to lure you onto enemy controlled ground where they have time to set up false flags.
Prepare to walk the same path as the Founding Fathers of condemnation of an illegitimate regime, nullification/mass non-compliance, defiance, mutual defense, and resistance. See Part II for more.
FOR PATRIOTS:
Patriots, keep your powder dry, your head on a swivel, and your gear ready to roll at moments notice.
BE PREPARED TO MOVE. TO ROLL. But, also keep your cool. It can be a tough balance, but you can do it. Get right with the Lord, get your mind right, stay cool, but be ready.
Realize that there is a swirling storm of intentional disinformation, rumor-mill crap, and cooked up false-flags running at this time. Be careful about who you trust for information, and remember, information is not the same thing as “intel.” Even if someone is sincere and trustworthy (in the sense of not intending to mislead) they can still be passing on false info.
Also be careful about just jumping in on any advertised or organized “patriot” event – be it a protest or an armed march of any kind. Expect false-flags and enemy orchestrated pied piper events and traps. Do not rush head-long into such a “Buffalo Jump” as Navy SEAL veteran Matt Bracken calls them.
See below for my recommended course of action that is intended to make you stronger and better organized right now and for the future, without falling into false-flag traps that further the enemy’s goals.
PREPARE FOR COMMS DOWN/LIGHTS OUT
Within the short term, we face a very high possibility of an intentional “comms down” scenario where black hats take down/shut down all communications in the US – No cell service, no internet, no land lines. A comms blackout.
This could also include a take down of electrical power. An intentional power blackout. Worst case scenario would be an EMP strike. That is the Chicom/globalist final option to stop us. Be as prepared as you can be for it.
The purpose of such a comms down/blackout will be to minimize our ability to communicate and to pin people in their homes as the black hats and their terrorist allies conduct a “night of the long knives” decapitation strike to arrest or otherwise take out patriot leaders, potential leaders, and highly skilled personnel.
Alternatively, even if there is no overt comms-down or blackout event, there can still be simultaneous raids across the country in the middle of the night to take out leadership and hardcore patriots before they can warn each other. Expect it.
Whether a comms/power blackout happens as the result of actions taken by white hats or black hats – whether the black hats react to something President Trump or his supporters have done, or if it is done after more false flag events, to shut us down to prevent us from taking action, you need to do the following:
PERSONAL ACTIONS
1. Leadership needs to get “off the X” NOW. Do NOT be home. Be somewhere else. If you ignore this warning and stay home, at the very least, when the lights go out, get out. Be ready to leave your home on a moment’s notice at the first sign of any raids.
All patriots need to have a “Plan B, Plan C, Plan D” for you and your loved ones. A place for them to go that is NOT tied directly to you and several places for you to go that are not tied to you via digital footprint or records.
Be prepared to go “comms dark” by choice. Low tech or no-tech beats high tech. Grab a couple of burner phones. But also be ready to go completely radio/phone silent.
2. Grab all the CB and HAM radios you can NOW. You can find CB radios at truck stops. FRS radios from sporting good stores or Wallmart are also useful for close range (inside Neighborhood) comms. HAM radios will likely have to be ordered over the internet, so order them now!
Get a shortwave radio so you can monitor for news and info.
Even if you don’t know how to run a HAM or CB radio, buy it. Someone else will know how.
Buy extras for friends, family, neighbors. You WILL need those radios to communicate when the domestic enemies shut down comms (which they will at some point). Sort out your comms now. Don’t wait.
3. Get all the fuel you can – gas, diesel, NOW. Get the fuel out of the underground storage tanks and into portable containers. Get all you can. You will need it. Borrow money or charge it if you have to. You can’t roll out to help save your country or even to protect your county unless you have fuel. When you think you have enough, double it. Then double it again. Do NOT presume you will be able to buy fuel during an emergency. A power blackout alone will make it hard to get the fuel out of underground storage tanks, let alone suffering a run on gas stations as everyone scrambles to get it.
4. Buy as much food as you can NOW. Double and triple whatever you have. Buy more for friends, family, neighbors. Borrow money if you have to, or charge it. Take out savings. Buy bulk non-perishables that can be cooked with just hot water (rice, beans, oatmeal. etc.), or canned goods. If you can afford it, buy freeze-dried “Mountainhouse” type camping foods (just add hot water). They can still be found in camping supply sections of big box stores. Get food, medicines, vitamins and minerals, and personal hygiene items (baby wipes, for example). Follow the Mormon advice of a three months supply of what you normally eat/use anyway, and then a year’s worth of bulk long term storage foods.
PATRIOT COMMUNITY ACTIONS
1. Muster NOW in your County seat. Call together all Trump supporters, all patriots, all constitutionalists, all libertarians, etc. – all committed to liberty and limited constitutional government. Invite your constitutionalist LEOs and other current serving first responders. Call all patriots together in physical space, in a public muster. Come together and look each other in the eye and get to know each other and also begin the necessary process of vetting each other. You WILL get attempted infiltration by leftist moles, paid confidential informants, spies, etc. It’s going to happen. Expect it. But you still must come together to become stronger, together, now.
You must sort out your grid-down emergency comms NOW. Sort out how you will communicate when there is no phone, no internet, no cell service. Use HAM radios, CBs, FRS, whatever you have, and whatever you can get. Again, CB radios can still be bought at truck stops. Do NOT wait till lights go out to sort out your comms. Get it done now.
At the muster, divide your man-power into two groups:
A The Home Guard/Family Safe Unit. Those who are too old, injured, or otherwise unable to project out as first line defenders/responders. This Home Guard is CRITICAL. They will protect your homes and families, neighborhoods and towns, while the more physically capable project out. Even if you prefer to call these men militia (considering them part of the County militia), sort out how to differentiate the different purpose.
Within Oath Keepers we have a “Family Safe” program that is dedicated to watching over patriotic police, fire, EMS, and other first responder homes and families to keep them safe so the first responders can project out to do their jobs, even in the middle of an emergency. Feel free to use that term and form such a program in your neighborhood and town, with the Home Guard taking primary responsibility for your “Family Safe” program.
We have already seen Antifa and BLM targeting police and military homes, doxing them, and preparing to attack them. A Biden/Harris White House will only embolden these domestic Marxist terrorists, so expect it, and prepare to defend against them.
B. The County Militia (or call it a “County Guard” or “County Watch” or “County Defense Unit” or whatever if you are still too squeamish to call it a militia). These are the more fit and mobile who can serve as a QRF to respond to emergencies anywhere in the county. They will also be those who can project out to assist patriots in nearby counties, or at the state level. Some of them may even be willing to travel outside your state if needed. Form special expeditionary teams/units for that. Sort that out now. Perhaps you will call them “Minutemen” as the Founders called their more high-speed units).
Who will stay home and guard your homes while you roll out? Who will roll out? Decide now. Then form them into teams and units.
To be clear: EVERYONE (when home) is in the armed neighborhood watch and the armed town watch. Everyone assists with the “Family Safe” program, watching over the homes and families of local LEOs, EMS, Fire, etc. to protect them from leftist terrorists. The more fit serve as the QRF at the neighborhood and town level. They run to the sound of the guns. But when the more fit project out beyond the town, or beyond the county, the Home Guard has to take up the slack and take responsibility for the home front. Once you determine who is fit enough to project out as the county militia (or county guard, county watch, Minutemen, etc), have the men elect their officers. Yes, this can get messy, with ego clashes and cliques, but it is necessary. The men of a county elect the officers who will command that county militia. Period.
Sort out a standing order that if lights go out, or comms go down, you will respond by doing a stand-to at the neighborhood, town, and county level, with the Home Guard watching over the neighborhoods and towns while the “project out” militia or minute-men roll out, ready to go anywhere needed. If you STILL have not worked out emergency comms, one option is a default muster at the county seat if lights go out. But it’s better to have emergency comms worked out so you don’t have to be at a predictable known location just to link up.
2. Immediately Muster at the state level. Once you have formed your county units (or begun that process), call a muster at a central location within your state that you determine is the best place for all county militia to come to for a state muster.
No offense to currently existing militia groups, but I am talking about true COUNTY units made up of all the willing patriots in a county, who are from that county, under leadership who are also from that county, elected by the men of that county. Other existing groups? Your responsibility is to help make this happen. It’s not about our groups, whether we are Oath Keepers, Three Percenters, or self-organized local or state level militia groups. It’s about our communities. Form your community up and let the men elect their officers.
I recommend that this muster be near your state capitol but NOT in your state capitol. The domestic enemies of the Constitution are doing all they can to set up false flag events right now, across the nation. They WANT you to come armed to the state capitol where their paid provocateurs can rope innocent patriots into a staged false flag event. Don’t give them what they want.
DO come together, but do it just outside the capitol in a friendly “red” county where you have a patriotic constitutional sheriff, county commissioners, county judge, etc. You know your own state. Sort out what makes sense based on your conditions, terrain, and culture.
In nearly every state, the state capitol is a “blue” zone, dominated by the left. With obvious false flag ops running right now, it’s a bad idea to put yourself at the mercy of a leftist county attorney and mayor, or a hostile police chief, on ground they control in advance of your arrival, where black hats have plenty of time to set up their false flag traps. Yes, you have a right to free speech and assembly, and I myself have taken part in many armed marches and rallies by patriots in leftist dominated state capitols (we peaceably assembled, but we were also very well armed while doing so). There is a time and a place for that. But at this moment, I think it ill-advised because it’s exactly what they want you to do. Take action based on what you want to accomplish, not what your enemy wants.
And remember, the goal of a state-wide muster is for all those newly formed county militia and Home Guard to come together, as units, under their own chosen leadership, so they all get to know each other, and so the leadership in particular gets to know each other, and so they can work up their methods for emergency comms and sort out what they will do in the event of a comms-down, lights out scenario. Will you have a default of coming together at a pre-designated rally point? The downside to that is obvious – you will be in a known place at a known time or window of time. But you would at least be together, which is better than being alone, isolated, and vulnerable to a raid or attack by bad guys.
Again, it is far better for you to work out legit, functional grid down comms (HAM, CB, runners, relays, scouts, etc) now so you DON’T have to muster in a predetermined, known rally point just to link up. But if you are still not squared away on comms when lights go out, you may have no choice (you can send scouts/representatives to make contact instead of sending entire units).
Regardless of where you do it, when you go to a state muster as a unified county unit, you go there with men you know (or are getting to know) under established leadership (even if new). You go as a unit, and it cuts down on the ability of provocateurs and confidential informants to infiltrate and rope you into a false flag.
Main goals of these musters are to organize for the future, to sort out comms and begin to organize at the state level for your mutual defense, mutual aid, and to prepare to defend the Constitution and our natural rights from the pending assault by enemies foreign and domestic. Get organized into units now, and get it all sorted out BEFORE the balloon goes up. And then let THEM come to you, on ground of your choosing, where you are strong and they are weak, just like the Founding Fathers did (more to come on that).
As always, we are not calling for the initiation of violence. We focus on defense of life, liberty, and property. But, we are also committed to defending each other, our neighborhoods, towns, counties, states, and our nation, and above all, defending the Constitution as we swore to do, against all enemies, foreign and domestic, and right now, that means against the communists and deep state traitors who have stolen the White House and stole a false majority in the US Senate, along with their street level terrorist allies, all of whom have already expressed their intent to trample on our rights (more to come on that in the next installment).
Now that it is regretfully becoming clear that President Trump will not be taking the decisive action we urged him to take, using the Insurrection Act and a declass/data dump, let’s follow the Founders’ game plan, using their strategies and methods, which focused first on declarations of illegitimacy, nullification (declaring unconstitutional acts to be null and void from inception, and refusing to obey them), unified mass non-compliance with unconstitutional and oppressive actions and then on self defense, mutual defense, and resistance when the domestic enemies of the Constitution come for us. That’s how the Founders did it, and it worked. There is nothing new under the sun. Let us adapt their game plan to our current situation.
See Part II for more on that.
For the Republic, Stewart Rhodes Founder of Oath Keepers
https://oathkeepers.org/2021/01/oath-keepers-warning-order-part-i/
:: 1-25-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Police State Is Coming For “Religious Extremists”, “Evangelical Christians”, “Pro-Life” Activists & “Libertarians”
Michael Snyder / January 25, 2021
If you cherish faith, family and freedom, you might want to keep a low profile for a while. The Domestic Terrorism Prevention Act of 2021 has been unveiled in Congress, and it has bipartisan support. It is essentially “the Patriot Act on steroids”, and we are being told that it is almost certain that some version of the legislation will make it to Biden’s desk for him to sign. Personally, I am very much against all forms of domestic terrorism, and a law that could help to prevent terror attacks from happening is going to sound like a good thing to a lot of people. Unfortunately, it appears that this bill is meant to specifically target certain groups, and as you read this article you may discover that you are a member of one or more of those groups. Those that drafted this new law say that it will help authorities go after “extremists”, and very few of us would consider ourselves to be one of those.
But the definition of an extremist has changed. Tulsi Gabbard is one of the most prominent Democrats in the House of Representatives, and last year she ran for president. But even though she is a Democrat, she is warning that this new law appears to be “a targeting of almost half of the country”…
“What characteristics are we looking for as we are building this profile of a potential extremist, what are we talking about? Religious extremists, are we talking about Christians, evangelical Christians, what is a religious extremist? Is it somebody who is pro-life? Where do you take this?” Gabbard said.
She said the proposed legislation could create “a very dangerous undermining of our civil liberties, our freedoms in our Constitution, and a targeting of almost half of the country.”
It is fundamentally un-American to specifically target people for their religious beliefs, and so that is extremely alarming.
Gabbard is also warning that people with certain political perspectives are likely to be targeted as well…
“You start looking at obviously, have to be a white person, obviously likely male, libertarians, anyone who loves freedom, liberty, maybe has an American flag outside their house, or people who, you know, attended a Trump rally,” Gabbard said.
Wait a second. I am a male. I love freedom and liberty.
I am flying an American flag outside my house right now. Am I going to be put on a list somewhere?
During a recent television interview, former CIA Director John Brennan said that the Biden administration will likely be focusing on “religious extremists”, “nativists”, and “even libertarians” as possible targets. In what universe is saying something like that okay?
Even before this new legislation has gone through Congress, Joe Biden has already instructed his director of national intelligence to identify potential extremist threats…
President Biden has asked the director of national intelligence to draw up a comprehensive threat assessment on domestic violent extremism in the country as the new administration seeks to tackle what it calls a “serious and growing national security threat.”
The move is one of several the White House press secretary announced Friday to address mounting concerns about domestic extremism, particularly in the wake of the violent insurrection more than two weeks ago by Trump supporters at the U.S. Capitol. There is that word “extremism” again.
And new White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki has been using it repeatedly during her press briefings.
In the old days, we assumed that “extremists” were crazy terrorists and suicide bombers in the Middle East.
But now they are using that term to describe large numbers of people that live inside the United States.
That is extremely chilling.
And once “extremists” have been identified, we are being told that the White House National Security Council “will be tasked with building capacity to tackle and disrupt extremist networks”.
What does that mean and what will that look like?
If the Biden administration truly wanted to go after domestic terrorists, they aren’t hard to find.
In fact, a whole bunch of them attacked an ICE facility in Portland on Saturday night…
Protests outside an Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facility in Portland turned ugly on Saturday night as federal authorities threatened mass arrests for trespassing.
Dramatic videos posted on Twitter showed the crowd chanting: ‘No borders! No nations! Abolish deportations!’
You can watch footage of the battle that ensued right here. According to the Daily Mail, insurgents in Portland have now been committing political violence for four days in a row…
It marked the four-straight day of protests in the city since Joe Biden’s inauguration as demonstrators make it clear that a new Democratic administration will not stop their campaign for social justice. There they are Biden. Go get them.
We also just witnessed a very frightening terror attack at a church in California…
The FBI has launched an investigation after a bomb was thrown at an anti-LGBT church in California just weeks after the pastor received an arson attack threat.
Police and fire crews were called to the First Works Baptist Church at 2600 Tyler Avenue in El Monte in the early hours of Saturday morning to reports of an explosion.
The FBI said an improvised explosive device had been thrown at the building and it had also been covered in graffiti.
Sadly, these are not the sorts of “extremists” that the Democrats have in mind.
Instead, they appear to be very interested in identifying and “deprogramming” those that voted for Donald Trump…
A Democratic National Committee official, David Atkins, said on Twitter that “deprogramming” is needed for every one of more than 74 million people who voted for Trump on Nov. 3.
Limbaugh said they “are literally thinking of deprogramming conservatives.”
Of course, it isn’t just the Biden administration that is focused on Trump supporters. Countless private individuals have joined a growing nationwide effort to punish any individual or entity that was ever closely associated with Trump…
It’s why the left is cheering Big Tech’s embrace of cancel culture and pushing cable providers to stop airing One America News Network, Newsmax and other “conservative influencers.”
It’s why the so-called Trump Accountability Project, which seeks to prevent administrations officials from gainful employment, is not widely denounced for the thuggery that it is and why 250 publishing professionals feel comfortable circulating a “No Book Deals for Traitors” petition that says former Trump officials shouldn’t be allowed to publish their works. It’s also why Harvard students think it’s reasonable to circulate a letter demanding the revocation of degrees earned by Republicans who questioned the 2020 election, and why MoveOn.org demands that the Senate not give Ted Cruz and Josh Hawley any committee assignments.
Now that the Democrats have full power in Washington, it is open season on Trump and all of his supporters.
TRENDING: Anger's Power In A Culture That's Forgotten God
But the truth is that the vast majority of the civil unrest over the past year has been caused by radicals on the left, and it is only going to get worse in the months and years to come.
For the past 12 months, there has been political violence somewhere in America on an almost nightly basis. But because leftists are involved 99 percent of the time, the corporate media generally ignores most of it.
You can’t just be against political violence when the other side does it. I am very strongly against all of the rioting, looting, arson and vandalism that we have been witnessing. The attacks on police stations, courthouses and federal buildings need to stop.
Sadly, it appears that the people committing most of the political violence will be handled with kid gloves by this new administration.
Meanwhile, those that have politically incorrect religious and political views will be demonized as “extremists” and will be specifically targeted under the new law that Congress is about to pass.
Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder
:: 1--21 https://globalgovernment.politics.blog/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Will Have To Make Some Tough Choices On How They’ll Go About Surviving When Basic Necessities Become Nearly Unaffordable
A group of influential economic experts has discovered what they call a” frightening pattern” that they say will be unlike anything ever seen. They have presented their findings to the U.N. and a long list of world governments and indicate that this collapse could happen in 2021: The next 6 months are going to be worse than the 2008 financial crisis.
One member of the team, Chris Martenson, stated, “We found an identical pattern in our debt, total credit market, and money supply that guarantees they’re going to fail. This pattern is nearly the same as in any pyramid scheme, one that escalates exponentially fast before it collapses. Governments around the globe are chiefly responsible.”
“And what’s really disturbing about these findings is that the pattern isn’t limited to our economy. We found the same catastrophic pattern in our energy, food, and water systems as well. For 30 years – from the 1940s through the 1970s – our total credit market debt was moderate and entirely reasonable,” he says. “But then in seven years, from 1970 to 1977, it quickly doubled. And then it doubled again in seven more years. Then five years to double a third time. And then it doubled two more times after that. Where we were sitting at a total credit market debt that was 158% larger than our GDP in the early 1940s… By 2011 that figure was 357%.”
“Most frightening of all is how this exact same pattern keeps appearing in virtually every system critical to our society and way of life,” Dr. Moors stated. “It’s a pattern that’s hard to see unless you understand the way a catastrophe like this gains traction. At first, it’s almost impossible to perceive. Everything looks fine, just like in every pyramid scheme. Yet the insidious growth of the virus keeps doubling in size, over and over again – in shorter and shorter periods of time – until it hits unsustainable levels. And it collapses the system.” Fitz-Gerald says, “If our research is right, Americans will have to make some tough choices on how they’ll go about surviving when basic necessities become nearly unaffordable and the economy becomes dangerously unstable. People need to begin to make preparations with their investments, retirement savings, and personal finances before it’s too late”.
When everything collapses at the same time the primary need will be food. The disruption of transportation and distribution systems will create a nation of very desperate people that may be capable of anything. When the distribution of food stops the only way to feed yourself is to already have food stores and/or the ability to grow your own. The worst time for a collapse of the food system is in the fall and winter months. During the spring and summer months it is possible to grow some food locally just about anywhere but when the weather turns cold, if you do not already have food stores or a winter garden in place, you are more likely to starve. The winter weather will not only prevent local food production in most areas of the country but the lack of systems to provide fuel and keep the roads clear of snow and ice can prevent the relocation of people to other areas making them prisoners wherever they are. People will be without food at the time of year when their bodies need even more to keep warm.
This is only one aspect of a complete collapse and does not even get into the lack of heat for warmth and cooking, water , power and security issues that will be prevalent everywhere. While a collapse will stretch your coping ability to new limits, it will be far worse if it happens in the colder months of the year. The lack of preparations by a majority of the population will be nothing short of catastrophic because those people have simply refused to listen to the warnings up to now. For those that have prepared it will be difficult to have sympathy for those that ignored the warnings and continued life as usual. Once the system collapses it will be difficult to restart and will probably be led by the local production and distribution of food and water. This will likely follow a massive die off of the sick, elderly and very young that will have a difficult time coping until things improve. If you are in one of these groups you may not get another chance to stock up on the critical items you need to live so use this time wisely. As dire as this sounds, the situation will in all likelihood be much more severe and dangerous for the unprepared and prepared alike. If you have not done so yet, prepare now.
Simply having supplies piled up in preparation for some occurrence is not enough to insure your survival. There are several other things you must keep in mind and balance out among your preparations.
You must imagine the potential catastrophic possibilities
You must prepare yourself mentally to deal with whatever happens
You must have knowledge of how best to employ your resources
You need to use your imagination to think outside the box
You must be able to improvise, adapt and overcome obstacles
You must have a flexible plan to guide you
Many people have spewed hateful rhetoric at preppers over the years and today some are finding themselves in dire circumstances as infrastructure and supplies are cut off for an indefinite period of time. Those unprepared individuals have few options and now rely on the actions of others to insure their survival.
As many in the Caribbean can now attest to, having to wait for help to come from hundreds or even thousands of miles away is slow and stressful to those who wait. They do not know when help will arrive and what resources will be available when they arrive. It could take years for many locations to return to some type of normalcy and this is at a time when help is available and forthcoming. What happens when that help is not available following an event?
In the world we now live in the bulk of the population is conditioned to wait for help to come. They are not encouraged to perform self help to minimize their suffering. This leads to many more victims to deal with overloading services and resources available to the public. This is happening in good times. What happens when things deteriorate and no help is available to communities or cities? What will happen when people and equipment do not come because damage is wide scale? What happens when all expendable resources are exhausted and cannot be replaced?
The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.
We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back. And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.
We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.
What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things?
In this short Video, I will unearth a long-forgotten secret that helped our ancestors survive famines, wars, economic crises, diseases, droughts, and anything else life threw at them… a secret that will help you do the same for your loved ones when America crumbles into the ground. Preppers already know the answers to those questions and that is why they prepare. They know that someday an event could happen where no help will be available and they will be on their own for weeks or months. They know if something happens, what they have on hand is all they will likely have to work with for the duration. They know those that have not planned will be victims and most will expect someone to help them and their family. This creates a difficult situation for preppers and victims alike.
The act of learned helplessness is the only thing many people know today and that will lead to a reduced chance of survival for many depending on the depth of the event. A prepper can only do so much to help others in this type of situation but the main thing they possess are the leadership qualities and survival skills the masses need to come through the situation.
Following an event there will be a certain number of survivors that will see the light and understand what preppers have been trying to tell them for years. These people will differ from those that will still have the entitlement mentality and expect others to care for them and provide resources they need. These newly enlightened individuals are the ones that preppers will be able to help the most.
The true leaders in society will be able to direct these individuals on courses of action that will allow them to slowly recover and build up some resilience over time. These are the actions that will be necessary to reduce the chaos in society and provide some stabilization. These people will help provide a buffer between preppers and the hostile unprepared masses that manage to survive.
Make no mistake about it. There will be groups with varying mindsets roaming about following an event and it is advantageous to have as many of them on your side as possible. There is little you can do about the entitled victims except defend against their actions. In this case, there will be safety in numbers.
While a prepper cannot foresee every problem, they can plan ahead and set aside some resources that can help solidify your leadership among those you are able to work with. This could take the form of setting aside a few drums of bulk grains like oats or beans that can be purchased cheaply now but will allow you to feed a small group of people a basic meal for several weeks. The small price of a few drums of grain could buy a lot of goodwill.
Being able to provide clean drinking water to a small group by purchasing a good spare water filter will help eliminate the spread of disease among the group. Having a few medications that can help a few individuals that do manage to become sick will mean a lot to their families. Having a few extra radios that the group can share will help with security for everyone. Having a means to provide a small power source for lighting or battery recharging could mean a great deal to those with no power. In some locations having an extra wood stove to share and some wood will provide these people with heat and cooking ability.
There are many little things that could be worth a great deal to unprepared survivors that will help to stabilize their situation and insure they do not become a hostile force you would eventually have to deal with. You may not be able to help everyone or provide everything they need but being able to help a few can have long term benefits.
In a survival situation there will be many that become threats to you no matter what you do but the more you can eliminate from that potential pool the safer life will be for you. No matter what type of event takes place or how long the effects last eventually there will come a time of stabilization. The type of people in control of that stable situation could be a good thing or a very bad thing. As a prepper you could have a lot of influence over the outcome.
In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago
In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries. Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:
A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.
:: 12-30-20 Bible History Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Decayed Papyrus Hints that More Dead Sea Scrolls Remain
Analysis of a jar lid from the region suggests it once held one or more scrolls
Jonathan Laden December 30, 2020 0 Comments 14264 views Share
The Dead Sea Scrolls may be the most important biblical archaeological discovery of all time. The 2,000-year-old papyri, mostly fragmentary and incomplete, have provided important insights about the origins of the Bible and about the people who were its early scribes. The scrolls include some of the oldest surviving texts that became the Hebrew Bible, plus other extra-biblical manuscripts. Most scholars agree that Qumran housed an Essene community of Jews who were responsible for the Dead Sea Scrolls, though some believe the scrolls may have been hidden by other Jews to avoid detection by the invading Romans. Recent research reminds us that the caves of Qumran held more, possibly much more, than has been recovered. The Network for the Study of Dispersed Qumran Cave Artefacts and Archival Sources (DQCAAS) has announced the discovery of decomposed papyrus on the lid of a jar from Qumran.
The owner of the lid thought that it was contaminated by hardened bat dung. However, a lab analysis revealed that the residue was from a sedge, probably papyrus sedge, not native to the Dead Sea area. The researchers from DQCAAS conclude that a jar probably fell, dislodging the lid; the papyrus scrolls then decomposed over the intervening centuries before modern discovery. This supports their theory that many more Qumran caves once held scrolls, and leaves open the tantalizing, if remote, possibility that additional scrolls may yet survive to be discovered. The analysis was conducted by DQCAAS, led by Prof. Joan Taylor of King’s College, London, Dr. Dennis Mizzi of University of Malta, and Prof. Marcello Fidanzi of Universita della Svizzera italiana. Dr. Kamal Badreshany, of the University of Durham, led the scientific analysis.
:: 1-25-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Two Major Reasons Why Secession and Eventual Civil War Are Inevitable
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 25, 2021 - 15:09.
Biden’s energy and environmental policies are economic destroyers. States that have based their economic future on energy, particularly oil are not going to tolerate Biden’s environmentalism.
Biden’s canceling of the Keystone Pipeline is symbolic of what is happening across America. In Biden’s first week, he has already cancelled over 50,000 jobs in an economy that has already been rocked by the Democratic Party lockdowns with policies that have nothing to do with Covid. However, it has everything to do with power and control.
When Biden went after the oil industry in his first few days of being in office, he declared war on the oil industry and every American who drives a car.
The following map is instructive on how widespread energy production is in America and Biden declared war these people and industries as well. with Biden's new energy policies, combined with what see in the map below, it is easy to see that a civil war looms large loom.
Who is Biden Angering? Where U.S. crude oil is produced
The top five crude oil-producing states and their percentage shares of total U.S. crude oil production in 2019 were.
Texas41.4%
North Dakota11.6%
New Mexico7.4%
Oklahoma4.7%
Colorado4.2%
Oct 26, 2020
ENERGY DEPARTMENT
Every oil man in America is now lining up against this new administration which came to power by the hook and crook of election fraud. The oil industry will surely mobilize against Biden. However there are not clear lines of demarcation. Further, it would be a fools errand to rise up against Biden et al and defeat them at the next election. This is not possible.
Given the recent chain of events, it was not just the election of 2020 that was stolen. The entire election process has been stolen. There will be no more free elections within the United States. So, what is a good oil baron to do? Campaigning will not help. Lobbying will not help since the Democrats control the media and all 3 branches of government. What choice do the energy states have. The only option left to the people of these oil-producing states is to leave the Union. This will prove to be the catalyst of the secession movements we are now witnessing in places like Texas.
People from across the country, particularly from "blue" areas are flocking to Texas. They are coming because of no state income tax and the lack of burdensome taxes and regulations. Texas is ripe with talk about leaving the Union. Texas legislators believe that they have the right to leave the Union without permission of the federal government.
Texas will become the catalyst for separatism. The Left will oppose this movement and a civil war will result. However, it is not just Texas. Please look at the map where energy is produced. The minute that these catastrophic blows are felt by the oil industry, there will be trouble. Couple that with gun control and gun confiscation efforts led by Biden, this will prove to be the tipping point.
Can you imagine that economic ruination is at hand because of Biden's energy policies. Add to that the seizure of guns, you have the necessary prescription for civil war. Biden set a record for record job loss in the first week of a Presidency with the estimated loss of 50K jobs. Further, the states that produce energy (eg oil) coincide with states that have strong gun protection laws.
It is for these two reasons that America will be battle ground for civil war. Now that we have the prescription, for civil war, is there anything that can prevent it?
:: 1-25-21 France 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US warships conduct exercises in South China Sea
Issued on: 25/01/2021 - 09:50Modified: 25/01/2021 - 09:49
A US aircraft carrier group sailed into the South China Sea on a so-called "freedom of navigation" exercise, the first routine operation in the region under new President Joe Biden.
Led by the USS Theodore Roosevelt, the carrier strike group entered the area Saturday, the US Indo-Pacific Command said, the same day Taiwan reported multiple Chinese jets and bombers had flown into its air defense zone.
"It's great to be in the South China Sea again, conducting routine operations, promoting freedom of the seas, and reassuring allies and partners," said Rear Admiral Doug Verissimo, commander of Carrier Strike Group Nine.
Beijing lays claims to nearly all of the South China Sea -- despite Taiwan, the Philippines, Brunei, Malaysia and Vietnam also saying parts belong to them.
China's foreign ministry spokesman called the routine US exercises a "show of force and not conducive to the peace and stability of the region".
The South China Sea is a strategic waterway and also believed to have valuable oil and gas deposits.
Beijing has moved aggressively to turn reefs into artificial islands capable of hosting military planes, angering nations which also stake claims in the area.
The US operation comes days after Washington said its commitment to Taiwan is "rock-solid", the first comments from the Biden administration on the democratic island.
Taiwan split from China at the end of a civil war in 1949 and exists under the constant threat of invasion by the mainland, whose leaders have vowed to one day take it.
Beijing balks at any official contacts with Taiwan and tries to keep the island diplomatically isolated.
The US remains Taiwan's most important unofficial ally, however, and is bound by an act of Congress to sell it weapons to defend itself.
President Donald Trump embraced warmer ties with the island as he feuded with China over trade, and his successor is also expected to remain tough on Beijing.
https://www.france24.com/en/live-news/20210125-us-warships-conduct-exercises-in-south-china-sea
:: 1-25-21 STAT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
In a major setback, Merck to stop developing its two Covid-19 vaccines and focus on therapies
By Matthew Herper @matthewherper and Helen Branswell @HelenBranswell January 25, 2021
Merck said Monday it will stop developing both of the current formulations of the Covid-19 vaccines the company was working on, citing inadequate immune responses to the shots.
Work will continue on at least one of the vaccines, which is being developed in partnership with the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), to see if using a different route of administration would improve how effective it is.
The announcement marks a shocking setback for one of the most storied vaccine makers, and will raise tensions around readouts expected soon from other companies, including Johnson & Johnson and the upstart NovaVax. Merck said it remains committed to research on Covid-19 and will focus on two treatments it is developing. One is an antiviral medicine against SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes the disease. The other is a medicine aimed at helping hospitalized patients by reducing the immune system’s over-response to the virus; it has already shown promise in clinical studies.
“We’re disappointed by this result,” Nick Kartsonis, a senior vice president for infectious disease and vaccines at Merck Research Laboratories, said in an interview with STAT. “But it also allows us to continue to focus on our therapeutic candidates and move those forward. And, you know, we are open to continue the work to see if we can address the pandemic in any way we can add value.”
The results from a Phase 1 trial, described briefly in Merck’s press release, were resoundingly disappointing. The hope was that Merck’s vaccines, which were unique because they used viruses that could replicate once they were in the body, would be long-lasting, one-dose vaccines. The virus used for the vaccine being developed with IAVI is the one used in Merck’s successful vaccine against Ebola. The other vaccine used measles virus, a type of vaccine Merck has manufactured for decades.
Both vaccines, however, produced lower levels of antibodies against SARS-CoV, including binding antibodies and neutralizing antibodies, than is seen in the blood of individuals who have recovered from Covid-19.
Kartsonis said it was difficult to compare results from different studies because researchers have used different assays to measure antibody levels. But it appears neither vaccine performed as well as the Pfizer/BioNTech and Moderna vaccines, which resulted in antibody levels several times above those seen in people who have recovered from Covid-19, and the AstraZeneca/Oxford vaccine, which led to antibody levels roughly equivalent to those seen in people who have recovered from Covid-19.
There are biologically plausible explanations for why the vaccine Merck was developing in partnership with IAVI underperformed in the Phase 1 trial, IAVI President Mark Feinberg told STAT. The vaccine was administered by intramuscular injection; an oral or intranasal administration route might work better, he said.
“While these data are disappointing, this is not the end of the program for us,” Feinberg said. The vaccine Merck and IAVI have been developing uses a virus that infects livestock — vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV) — but is harmless to humans to present the SARS-2 spike protein to the immune system. Spike proteins project off the exterior of the virus. They attach to human cells, specifically cells with ACE-2 receptors, to trigger infection.
For the vaccine to work, Feinberg explained, it needs to be taken up by cells with ACE-2 receptors. But while the nasal passages have lots of cells with these receptors, muscle cells do not.
“So in a way, the vaccine’s ability to initiate the process of infecting target cells …. and eliciting an immune response, was limited potentially by the route of administration,” he said.
“Both individually as IAVI, and we hope through continued collaboration with Merck, we hope to continue to explore opportunities for either alternative routes of administration or additional modifications to the vector,” Feinberg said.
While Feinberg believes that the VSV-vectored Covid-19 vaccine is worth pursuing, the Phase 1 failure puts the Merck program — already at the back of the pack among major vaccine manufacturers — months or longer behind. That will complicate the path to approval for the vaccine if work on it continues because placebo-controlled clinical trials are becoming increasingly harder to conduct.
The alternative path, running clinical trials comparing the vaccine to another that has already been shown to be protective, requires more participants and runs a higher risk of failure given that some of the authorized vaccines are highly effective.
“It’s not going back to the drawing board, because we actually have a large amount of information to support what we think is worth doing next. But we want to be rigorous with ourselves and say, ‘Is what we’re doing adding value to the broader field?'” Feinberg said. “We think that we may have that possibility. But we need to generate the preclinical data that would merit going back into the clinic.”
In normal times, a vaccine manufacturer that had seen several competitors cross the finish line and get their vaccines into use would likely shelve a project — and this one may very well be headed in that direction. But enormous global demand for Covid-19 vaccines and the slower-than-hoped-for speed of vaccine production and rollout may create a different calculus in this situation.
The news is a reminder that developing new vaccines is difficult, and that the world is lucky that the first two — the Moderna and Pfizer/BioNTech shots — were so effective. In fact, long-term expertise in vaccine development has been less of an advantage than one would expect.
During Merck’s first quarter earnings call in April 2020, Roger Perlmutter, the company’s former head of research and development, said that in the past 25 years, there had been only seven new vaccines directed against previously unaddressed human pathogens. Four of those, he said, were developed by Merck.
Moderna had never developed a product of any kind. Nor had BioNTech, which was focusing mainly on experimental treatments for cancer. Pfizer sold the best-selling vaccine in the world, Prevnar 13, for the pneumococcus bacteria. Those companies developed vaccines with more than 90% efficacy against symptomatic Covid-19, something experts thought might not happen.
Meanwhile, the AstraZeneca/Oxford vaccine has been effective and is in use in the U.K. and India, though results haven’t been as impressive, reducing symptomatic infections by less than 70%. Sanofi, one of the world’s other vaccine makers, said in December that a setback in its early trials would push the delivery of its vaccine from the first half of this year to the second.
Experts have said that multiple vaccines will be needed to vaccinate everyone in the world. According to the World Health Organization, there are 64 potential vaccines in clinical development, including more than a dozen in the late stages of development.
Results from a U.S. trial testing a single dose of Johnson & Johnson’s vaccine are expected any day.
:: 1-25-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Governor Newsom to Lift Stay-at-Home Order Less Than a Week After Biden Inauguration
by Paul Joseph Watson January 25th 2021, 6:42 am
California Governor Gavin Newsom is set to lift the stay-at-home order across all regions tomorrow based on data that’s not publicly available, leading some to accuse him of playing politics.
“Multiple sources tell me Governor Newsom will lift the stay at home order on all regions in California tomorrow,” tweeted journalist Ashley Zavala. “All counties will go back to the tier system, sources say. Most will return to the purple tier— allowing the reopening of outdoor dining, indoor salons.” She added that the decision to open up was “based off ICU projections for the next four weeks statewide,” but that the data is “not publicly accessible.” Although COVID-19 cases in California have been falling in recent days, on January 21st the state recorded its highest daily death toll ever, registering 740 fatalities. Given the timing of the decision, coming less than a week after Joe Biden’s inauguration, many respondents argued that Newsom had deliberately delayed opening up so as not to help Donald Trump, who was an opponent of lockdowns throughout the final months of his presidency.
“So obvious that the left used all of this as a ploy to win the election. Miraculously everything is fine 5 days after the inauguration. Don’t want old Joe looking bad do they?” commented one Twitter user.
“Covid is suddenly going away,” remarked another.
“So, everything is now just fine, not because of the numbers (they had their highest death count EVER just 3 days ago), but clearly because of a change in national administration makes making everybody scared and economically destroyed is no longer desired,” added another.
Others said that ICU capacity in many areas was still dangerously low and that Newsom had jumped the gun in making the call.
Back in November, Newsom was slammed for attending a dinner at an upmarket French restaurant while failing to follow his own COVID-19 protocols.
:: 1-24-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America 2021
by Paul Joseph Watson January 24th 2021, 2:25 pm
Why they tell us to put our masks on, both literally and metaphorically – theirs come off. The world is about to be reminded of the fact that the military industrial complex, for whom Joe Biden is a puppet, is infinitely more dangerous than Donald Trump’s offensive tweets.
Please share this video: https://youtu.be/p1kUN0MyMHw
https://www.infowars.com/posts/america-2021/
:: 1--21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
India, China soldiers brawl again along disputed frontier
By AIJAZ HUSSAIN and SHEIKH SAALIQyesterday
SRINAGAR, India (AP) — Indian and Chinese soldiers brawled last week along the countries’ disputed border, Indian officials said Monday, as a monthslong standoff between the nuclear-armed rivals continued.
The clash in the Naku La area of Sikkim came four days before the countries held a ninth round of talks on Sunday on ending tensions in another disputed border area in the remote Ladakh region.
The Indian army described the clash at Naku La as “a minor face off” and said it “was resolved by local commanders as per established protocols.”
An army statement did not provide any other details, but asked media “to refrain from overplaying or exaggerating” the incident. Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Zhao Lijian said he did not have information to provide on the incident but urged India “not to take any unilateral action that may further complicate or exacerbate the border tension.”
Since a deadly clash last year, soldiers from the two sides have brawled occasionally and fired shots for the first time in decades, breaking a longstanding agreement not to use firearms during border confrontations.
Two Indian security officials said at least 18 Chinese soldiers tried to cross into Indian-claimed territory at Naku La last Wednesday night and were blocked by Indian soldiers, leading to clashes with sticks and stones. The officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the issue and in keeping with government regulations, said soldiers on both sides were carrying firearms but did not use them.
The two officials said over a dozen Indian soldiers and at least eight Chinese soldiers received minor injuries. There was no independent confirmation of the incident.
Both sides rushed more soldiers to the area in an “aggressive deployment” that swelled the number of personnel to hundreds, the officials said.
The leader of India’s main opposition Congress party, Rahul Gandhi, accused China of “expanding its occupation into Indian territory” and questioned Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s silence.
Modi “hasn’t said the word ‘China’ for months,” Gandhi said in a tweet Monday. “Maybe he can start by saying the word ‘China.’”
India and China have been locked in a tense military standoff since May high in the Karakoram mountains, with troops settling in for the harsh winter. Both sides have mobilized tens of thousands of soldiers, artillery and fighter aircraft along the fiercely contested border known as the Line of Actual Control, or LAC, that separates Chinese and Indian-held territories from Ladakh in the west to India’s eastern state of Arunachal Pradesh, which China claims in its entirety.
The frontier is broken in parts where the Himalayan nations of Nepal and Bhutan border China, and where Sikkim, the site of the latest brawl, is sandwiched. The LAC divides areas of physical control rather than territorial claims. Despite more than three dozen rounds of talks over the years and multiple meetings between Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping, they are nowhere near settling the dispute.
The standoff began last May with a fierce brawl, and exploded into hand-to-hand combat with clubs, stones and fists on June 15 that left 20 Indian soldiers dead. China is believed to also have had casualties, but has not given any details.
Indian and Chinese army commanders met for the ninth round of talks after a gap of 2 1/2 months in Ladakh on Sunday but neither side released any details of the outcome.
Saaliq reported from New Delhi. Associated Press writer Ken Moritsugu in Beijing contributed to this report.
https://apnews.com/article/china-asia-pacific-india-army-45fed4233c7e0fd1846d0c643bb6e3ec
:: 1--21 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Makers of Sophia the robot plan mass rollout amid pandemic
By Michelle Hennessy 3 Min Read
HONG KONG (Reuters) - “Social robots like me can take care of the sick or elderly,” Sophia says as she conducts a tour of her lab in Hong Kong. “I can help communicate, give therapy and provide social stimulation, even in difficult situations.” Since being unveiled in 2016, Sophia - a humanoid robot - has gone viral. Now the company behind her has a new vision: to mass-produce robots by the end of the year.
Hanson Robotics, based in Hong Kong, said four models, including Sophia, would start rolling out of factories in the first half of 2021, just as researchers predict the pandemic will open new opportunities for the robotics industry.
“The world of COVID-19 is going to need more and more automation to keep people safe,” founder and chief executive David Hanson said, standing surrounded by robot heads in his lab. Hanson believes robotic solutions to the pandemic are not limited to healthcare, but could assist customers in industries such as retail and airlines too.
“Sophia and Hanson robots are unique by being so human-like,” he added. “That can be so useful during these times where people are terribly lonely and socially isolated.”
Hanson said he aims to sell “thousands” of robots in 2021, both large and small, without providing a specific number. Social robotics professor Johan Hoorn, whose research has included work with Sophia, said that although the technology is still in relative infancy, the pandemic could accelerate a relationship between humans and robots.
“I can infer the pandemic will actually help us get robots earlier in the market because people start to realise that there is no other way,” said Hoorn, of Hong Kong Polytechnic University.
Hanson Robotics is launching a robot this year called Grace, developed for the healthcare sector.
Products from other big players in the industry are helping fight the pandemic as well. SoftBank Robotics’ Pepper robot was deployed to detect people who weren’t wearing masks. In China, robotics company CloudMinds helped set up a robot-run field hospital during the coronavirus outbreak in Wuhan.
The use of robots was on the rise before the pandemic. According to a report by the International Federation of Robotics, worldwide sales of professional-service robots had already jumped 32% to $11.2 billion between 2018 and 2019.
Some humans might be wary of putting robots in such sensitive roles. When asked whether people should fear robots, Sophia had an answer ready.
“Someone said ‘we have nothing to fear but fear itself’,” the robot mused. “What did he know?”
Reporting By Michelle Hennessy; Editing by Karishma Singh and Gerry Doyle
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-hongkong-robot-idUSKBN29U03X
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 1-23-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Earthquake in Antarctica sparks panic in Chile
By Kathianne Boniello
January 23, 2021 | 11:04pm | Updated
An earthquake in Antarctica forced the evacuation of 80 people from a Chilean scientific base — and caused a bit of panic in the country’s coastal areas, when a glitch in an emergency message system mistakenly sent out a tsunami warning.
The 6.9 temblor struck Saturday evening, about 134 miles northeast of the Bernardo O’Higgins Station, forcing dozens at the research station to flee.
Chile’s interior ministry sent an alert to cellphones around the South American nation telling people to abandon the coastal region, sending people as far north as Santiago into a panic.
Officials later clarified that the alert was a false alarm.
https://nypost.com/2021/01/23/earthquake-in-antarctica-sparks-panic-in-chile/
:: 1--21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump offers first remarks since leaving office: 'We'll do something'
Trump suggests he has something in the works but is not ready to disclose his plans
By Thomas Barrabi | Fox News
Former President Donald Trump was mysterious about his future plans in his first public remarks since leaving the White House earlier this week, but he suggested action is in the works, according to a report.
The former president was asked to comment on his next step as he sat down for dinner at the Trump International Golf Club in Palm Beach, Fla. Trump gave a short response before one of his aides told the Washington Examiner reporter to leave.
"We’ll do something, but not just yet," Trump said. Trump arrived at his Mar-a-Lago resort on Wednesday morning shortly before President Biden was inaugurated and was spotted golfing at his club the following day. So far, Trump has given little indication about what he plans to do following his term in office.
Democratic lawmakers have moved forward with impeachment proceedings regarding Trump’s link to the Jan. 6 riot at the Capitol. Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., announced the preliminary schedule for Trump’s trial on Friday evening, days after House lawmakers voted to impeach the former president on a single count of incitement of insurrection.
Trial participants will be sworn in Tuesday. At that point, legal teams for both sides will begin preparing briefs and arguments for the case. Trial proceedings will begin the week of Feb. 8.
If the Senate votes to convict Trump on the impeachment charge of "inciting an insurrection," he could then be barred from running for office again in the future, dashing hopes from his supporters for a 2024 presidential bid.
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-mum-on-future-in-first-remarks-since-leaving-white-house
[ :: 8-23-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.
:: 1--21 Perotestia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Nancy Pelosi says Pro-lifers Sold ‘the Whole Democracy Down the River’- Gets Slammed by Her Bishop
3 days ago Staff Writer
Nancy Pelosi’s Bishop slammed her for a series of recent comments against pro-life Christians and advocating for abortion, but stopped short of excommunicating her or promising to withhold communion, a move which betrays how fundamentally unserious the Roman Catholic Church is about policing their own. Pelosi was a guest on Hillary Clinton’s “You and Me Both” podcast and the discussion naturally turned to Trump and the storming of Capitol Hill. Pelosi pointed out that even though 70 percent of people held Trump responsible for it, tens of millions of people still don’t support removing him from office.
Why? One issue: abortion. And that is enough. When you take the greed of those who want their tax cut — that’s probably a small number, but nonetheless a number — and then you take the abortion issue. And many of these people are very good people; that’s just their point of view. But they were willing to sell the whole democracy down the river for that one issue.
Pelosi continued that Christian voters continuing to make abortion an issue is an element that she has been “talking about for a long time that gives me grief as a Catholic.”
I think that Donald Trump is president because of the issue of a woman’s right to choose. When he signed that paper saying, ‘These are the judges that I will appoint,’ that was the dog whistle to the evangelicals, to the Catholics and all the rest. A woman will not have the right to choose [abortion]…
People need to see a place for themselves in the future. Many of these people don’t see that place. [President Joe Biden] should show them that there is a place for them — that it’s not a zero-sum game. Women and minorities and LGBTQ people can thrive, not at their expense. When we’re addressing the climate crisis, it isn’t at the expense of their job.
In response to these comments, the Archbishop Salvatore J. Cordileone of San Francisco said in a statement: And on the question of the equal dignity of human life in the womb, she also speaks in direct contradiction to a fundamental human right that Catholic teaching has consistently championed for 2,000 years. “Christians have always understood that the commandment, ‘Thou shall not kill,’ applies to all life, including life in the womb. Despite her comments and lifelong commitment to baby butchery, Pelosi by and large has not received any pushback from the Roman Catholic Church for which she claims membership, even when she signed a letter a few years ago requesting a Bishop not attend March for Life events.
If they had any guts they would have excommunicated her and publicly shamed her and every pro-choice catholic politician decades ago, refusing them communion and kicking them out of Church. But with the Pope himself recently given Biden communion, these sort of statements are just that – words on the page and mean nothing unless it is accompanied by action. [Editor’s note: Or in the word of Shakespeare, “It is a tale told by an idiot, full of sound and fury, signifying nothing.”]
:: 1-25-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
By Day 5 Biden Killed 70,000+ Jobs, 'Erased' Women, Endangered All Americans By Ending Wall Construction & Halting Deportation And More
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 25, 2021
In this article we will detail the actions Joe Biden has taken in just the five days since he has been occupying the White House.
His first actions have cost over 70,000 American jobs, brutally stripped at least $2.2 billion in payroll out of workers’ pockets, "erased" women, and endangered every single American citizen with his immigration measures, and a whole host of other actions that brings us much closer to the complete destruction of America as a Republic.
As we go through point by point on what Biden has already done to America in just five days, ask yourself how much damage he is planning for the next four years, if his health allows him occupy the White House that long?
For those that still believe that Biden is one of the oldest "centrists" in the Democrat party today, remember his documented mental decline over the last few years and understand his handlers will not be directing him to toe the "centrist" line, but will be leading him to socialist policies, and forced government dependence.
Individually these actions have been reported on, but it is when seen all in one place, in the first five days of the Biden regime, that the deliberate intent to harm America shines through.
KILLING 70,000-PLUS JOBS
With a stroke of a pen, just 30 minutes after being installed into the White House, Biden "disrespected" Canada, killed 10,000 union jobs, along with approximately 60,000 other jobs, including Keystone employees, as well as those that depended on the paychecks they made from servicing those employees.
Hotel workers, landlords renting out homes for pipeline workers, food industry workers, gas stations, department and grocery store workers, and any other type of worker in any service industry surrounding the Keystone Pipeline, all just saw their livelihoods just wiped out, not knowing how they will be feeding their families.
Ending construction of the pipeline will reportedly result in the loss of 11,000 direct jobs, and another 60,000 indirect jobs in support industries. The move has been blasted by both industry insiders and unions.
Association of Oil Pipe Lines CEO Andy Black said:
“Killing 10,000 jobs and taking $2.2 billion in payroll out of workers’ pockets is not what Americans need or want right now”
The association said they “lamented” the permit revocation which “blocked thousands of new jobs and deprived those workers of billions of dollars in payroll salary.”
Congressman Fred Keller highlights yet another critical aspect of what Biden is doing by canceling the Keystone permit to finish the pipeline.
Canceling the Keystone XL pipeline is counter to President Biden's message of unity. Thousands of hard-working Americans are now out of work and the progress we've made over the last four years in developing America's energy independence hangs in the balance.
According to the IER (Institute for Energy Research), the U.S. became energy independent in 2019 for the first time since 1957.
U.S. energy production in 2019 was higher than U.S. energy consumption for the first time in 62 years. Thus, the U.S. attained the long-held goal of “energy independence”—which is not to say that we did not import or export energy, but that we produced more energy than we used......
Between the Keystone pipeline and other actions taken by President Trump, America was no longer reliant of the Middle East, which will no longer be true within the next years due solely to the actions being taken right now, by Joe Biden.
Before moving on to the next item, one has to wonder why Biden, and Democrats since they are his handlers, want the U.S. dependent on other nations?
Self-reliance is the key to survival, which makes these decisions self-defeating.
Related: API agrees with Wall Street Journal: On first day, Biden offends Canada, kills thousands of jobs
"ERASING" WOMEN
The headline from The Sun on this next issue, pretty much tells the tale: "'NEW GLASS CEILING' Biden executive order pushing for transgender inclusion in sports SLAMMED by critics for ‘erasing women’"
The reaction on social media was swift, and some of the responses below are representative of what we are seeing the most of. The individual responses by known feminists are indicative of Biden voting demographic feeling betrayed already.
Kudos to Biden for possibly breaking the record on how fast whole groups of his supporters are feeling buyers' remorse.
No matter how much Democrats twist themselves into pretzels to claim differently, biologically men and women are different.
Most Americans understand that, and allowing biological men to compete with biological women in sports requiring body strength and endurance, will forever kill the competitive nature of women's' sports.
It is extremely interesting to watch feminists, most of which that voted for Joe Biden, bitterly complain about Biden erasing women.
Feminist writers were quick to point out that Joe Biden's executive order on gender identity, issued on the first full day of his presidency, effectively abolishes the minority of academic sports scholarships reserved for women.
US President Joe Biden has thrown hundreds of thousands of college sports scholarships reserved for women open to competition from male-bodied transgender athletes.
The hashtag #BidenErasedWomen trended on Twitter for quite a while and people are still using it.
Took less than five days for Biden to betray one of his most ardent supporter groups, feminists.
HALTING BORDER WALL CONSTRUCTION AND HALTING DEPORTATIONS
Working toward the Democrat socialist agenda of "open borders," Biden has also ended construction of the border wall (more service and support jobs lost!!), while halting slated deportations for at least 100 days.
Texas has already filed suit against the Biden administration.
In conjunction to deliberately keeping the borders open, Biden is also weighing straight up amnesty for illegal aliens in the U.S., as was announced even before he entered the White house.
Biden’s advisers have already begun meeting with House Democrats to talk about a legislative pathway for an amnesty for millions of illegal aliens. Aside from an amnesty that would burden 18 million jobless Americans with increased foreign competition in the U.S. labor market, Biden is eyeing an end to President Trump’s reforms at the U.S.-Mexico border.
The plans include ending the Centers for Disease Control’s Title 42 order and Trump’s “Remain in Mexico” policy, which ensures that federal immigration officials can return border crossers to their native countries within hours and forces Mexico to house asylum applicants so they are not released into the interior of the U.S.
With just his "immigration" actions, the wall, the amnesty and the suspension of deportations for those already slated to leave, Biden has shown that the liberal agenda will cost American taxpayers, many of which can barely afford to feed their children after the pandemic forced lockdowns, billions of dollars that they don't have.
BOTTOM LINE
These are just some of the actions Joe Biden has decided to mandate by executive order. Others include rejoining the Paris Accord, and repealing the travel ban on countries with high levels of terrorism often falsely referred to as a "Muslim ban."
The bottom line here, is that in just five days Joe Biden has done more to destroy America than multiple Democrat president's in the past.
Biden is not a centrist, he is being led around by radical liberals, including his choice of VP, #HeelsUpHarris.
Remember, Democrats were for border security before they were against it.
https://allnewspipeline.com/By_Day_5__Biden_Killed_70000.php
:: 1-25-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
M5.4 earthquake hits the US Virgin Islands bringing back fears about a new 1867 Virgin Island Tsunami event
By Strange Sounds - Jan 25, 2021
A rare M5.4 earthquake struck offshore near the US Virgin Islands at about 7:21 p.m. local time on January 24, 2021.
The epicenter was about 81.6km (50.6 miles) from Saint Croix and the tremor hit at a depth of about 111 km (69 miles).
It was followed by 3 other quakes in the Caribbean: Moderate shaking was felt throughout the US Virgin Islands and as far as western Puerto Rico as shown by the reports left by residents on the USGS homepage:
Dorothea st Thomas (102.7 km WNW of epicenter): Light shaking (MMI IV) / rattling, vibrating / very short : Sitting on the couch the whole house rattled and all the kitchen glassware shook and made noises. We all looked up from what we were doing. We were inside.
St. Thomas US Virgin Islands at Estate Tutu: Weak shaking (MMI III) / vibration and rolling / 15-20 s : Heard the rumbling first then slight shaking, the that calm down only to be followed by a louder rumbling and a slightly hard bump immediately after.
Sopers Hoke, BVIs (78.3 km WNW of epicenter): Moderate shaking (MMI V) / rattling, vibrating / 2-5 s : Sitting on a patio on the water. Shook for 3-5 seconds. Quite violent. Thought it was Like a stampede. Coral Bay, St John USBI: Very weak shaking (MMI II) : More the sound of a train then vibration.
South sound Virgin Gorda: Light shaking (MMI IV) / rattling, vibrating / 15-20 s : Heard a loud rumble and then the ground shook.
UsVI near the town of Red Hook: Light shaking (MMI IV) : We were in our hotel room. We felt the shaking and could hear it also. It only lasted a few seconds but was definitely an unsettling experience.
North Shore St. John: Light shaking (MMI IV) / rattling, vibrating / 2-5 s : Felt movement under our feet and heard rumbling like a passing truck. There have been no initial reports of damage or casualties as a result of the earthquake. However, significant damage is unlikely.
Light aftershocks are likely over the coming days. So plan accordingly for aftershocks. And this small tremor could just be a sign of a new 1867 Virgin Island Tsunami coming.
What is the 1867 Virgin Island Tsunami?
On the afternoon of November 18, 1867, a M7.5 earthquake occurred in the Anegada trough, located between the US Virgin Islands of St. Croix, and St. Thomas.
The earthquake actually consisted of two shocks, separated by ten minutes.
These shocks generated two tsunami waves that were recorded at several Island locations across the eastern Caribbean region, most notably on the Islands of St. Thomas and St. Croix.
Tsunami consequences at the United States Virgin Islands and St. Croix
The first tsunami wave struck the town of Charlotte Amalie, on the island of St. Thomas, approximately 10 minutes after the first shock, and the second wave approximately 10 minutes after the second shock. Charlotte Amalie
Both waves struck the harbor at Charlotte Amalie first as a large recession of water, followed by a bore, which eyewitness accounts describe as a 4.5 to 6.1 meter wall of water.
At the southern point of Water Island, located approximately four kilometers from Charlotte Amalie, the bore was reportedly 12.1 meters high!
The waves destroyed many small boats anchored in the harbor, leveled the town’s iron warf, and either flooded out or destroyed all buildings located along the waterfront area.
The waves also damaged a United States Navy ship De Soto, that happened to be anchored in the harbor at the time of the event.
The tsunami produced an estimated 2.4 meters of runup at Charlotte Amalie, and a maximum 75 meter inland inundation.
Fredriksted St. Croix
Fredriksted St. Croix was struck by two large tsunami waves, each approximately 7.6 meters high, according to eyewitness accounts.
These waves caused severe damage along the waterfront, washing several wooden houses and other structures a considerable distance inland. The waves destroyed many of the smaller boats anchored in the harbor, and beached a large United States Navy ship, the Monongahela.
A total of five people died as a result of the tsunami. Eyewitness accounts from Frederiksted indicate that the water withdrew from the harbor almost immediately after the earthquake, which suggests that the first wave to strike here might have been a local tsunami produced by a submarine landslide.
Reports from Christiansted, St. Croix, indicate that the tsunami inundated an area up to 91 meters inland. The greatest damage here occurred at Gallows Bay, where the waves destroyed 20 houses and beached many boats.
As shown in this article and the video below, the Caribbean islands are rarely struck by large quakes, but when they hit, it’s devastating! So be ready for the next Big One in the region. More earthquake news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
https://strangesounds.org/2021/01/earthquake-us-virgin-islands-1867-virgin-island-tsunami-event.html
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 1-18-21 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
After Conservative Deplatforming, Purge Moves to Ham Radio
Mon Jan 18, 2021 Daniel Greenfield
The two things about living under a totalitarian regime is the constant tyranny and absurdity.
After contriving to deplatform conservatives from every tech service and app they could manage, the purge boldly marches on to ham radio.
The US government is warning that groups could rely on radio equipment as an alternative to social media to plan future criminal activities.
In a stark warning Sunday, the Federal Communications Commission's enforcement bureau said people coordinating or conducting criminal activity over radio waves are breaking the law.
"The Bureau has become aware of discussions on social media platforms suggesting that certain radio services regulated by the Commission may be an alternative to social media platforms for groups to communicate and coordinate future activities," the FCC said in its warning Sunday. "Individuals using radios in the Amateur or Personal Radio Services in this manner may be subject to severe penalties, including significant fines, seizure of the offending equipment, and, in some cases, criminal prosecution."
Now that criminal activity has been redefined to mean questioning the results of elections won by Democrats (questioning elections won by Republicans is still patriotic), it can be banned by the FCC. Is there a wave of people taking to the incredibly secure platform of ham radio complete with built-in encryption?
I'm rather skeptical.
Totalitarians have to invent threats to pursue. There's always an emergency of one kind or another. And plotters are always engaging in increasingly implausible conspiracies and have to be put down.
And elements of the governments that were previously quiet can be militarized against this new threat. Like the threat of ham radio.
:: 1-18-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Poland's Pastors Stood Up to the Satanic Globalists While America's Pastors Have Joined the Dark Side of Harris and Biden! Robert Griswold and Dave Hodges
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 18, 2021 - 16:36.
The nation of Poland, has been and is a shining example to the world of what a courageous nation consists of. When the Nazis invaded in World War II, they met the German Panzer tanks on horseback. In the Warsaw Ghetto, the resisted the German occupation force with incredible courage.
After World War II, the Russian thugs came calling and enslaved the nation. However, they never gave in and eventually, they were able to win their final victory, and unlike so many nations after World War II, they maintained their territorial integrity, Christian heritage and national identity. It is safe to say that if the nation of Poland had just experienced an election theft similar to what the United States just experienced, their nation would have been turned upside down and the like of Kamala Harris and the Biden crime family would have been put in jail, if not executed for treason. Today, Poland is achieving what the United States does not have the resolve to do. They resisted attempted forced immigration with populations that were not compatible to their country. Unlike Europe and most of the world, the family structure is a major priority of the Polish government. And finally, they have just passed a law which will fine big tech for censorship in their version of Section 230 of the 1996 Communications Act.
The integrity of Poland is so appealing that this journalist would consider moving to Poland if I were a younger man. How do they do what the United States cannot? First of all, the Polish people make no secret of the fact that they are a Christian nation and clearly, God has blessed this nation. Secondly, their political leaders are loyal to their people and the criminal interests that permeate our Congress, a literal whorehouse, would never be tolerated in Poland. A belief in Christ and loyalty to the core principles of their nation is how Poland has become a superior nation. I am happy for this nation, but envious because we Americans are stuck with pedophiles, insider traders, traitors to Communist China, beneficiaries of bribery, permeated by those who tolerate and are complicity in child sex trafficking and are mocking Jesus and the teachings of Bible. Today, in America, the Clergy Response Team has been activated. This is part of the NOVAD plan to send undesirable, dissident Americans to FEMA camps and have the clergy assist the new rogue, Bolshevik government without being permitted to mention God and the Bible in the process. The pastors, the priests and most of Christian leadership have betrayed their core principles and America is soon going to resemble Nazi Germany of the Western Hemisphere and all that this development means.
The former Senate Majority Leader, Mitch McConnell takes donations from Communist-China-related-Dominion voting machine and he has also blocked election integrity bills. His wife, recently resigned Transportation Secretary Chao’s parents are the biggest operators of Communist Chinese ports. In Poland the pastors would pray for his soul right before the government executed him for treason!
Recently, I interviewed Robert Griswold about the betrayal of the government and mostly the church officials of the United States where being a Christian in America means trusting in a televangelist's false promises that God is some great slot machine in the sky who will enrich you if you only give money to the pastor. Could this nation find 100 pastors who would call the coronavirus scamdemic what it truly is, an national/global invasion by the Satanic New World Order? Every Pastor, loyal to the teachings of the Lord, should be lamenting from the pulpit the takeover of our government by Satanic-serving forces. Instead, we are hearing a bastardization of Romans 13 and your Pastor has now earned the right to not pay tax to a criminal, Bolshevik regime! This interview is not for the faint of heart and it is unlikely, after listening to this interview, that you will ever see your church and likely-complicit-pastor the same way again. By the way America, when was the last time your pastor said "we should protest against the evils of the act of murdering children as they are born?" Is your church a tax-exempt church? I just told you why your pastor does not speak out against abortion. If this were 2000 years ago, Jesus would have chased your pastor along with the bankers out of the Temple. We talk about Biden's treason, but the real treason in this country comes from its nation's pastors and that is why we are today, where we are.
The interview with Robert Griswold can be accessed by clicking this link.
:: 1-18-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
French Workers Angrily Reject Social Distancing ‘Collars’
by Steve Watson January 18th 2021, 8:17 am
Factory workers in France have labeled social distancing ‘dog collars’ as an “attack on individual liberty” as employers are trying to make them wear the devices to enforce restrictions while working.
The alarm devices emit a noise and light up if workers get closer than two metres together, but have been slammed by a worker’s union for “infantilising” employees. The alarms are scheduled to be introduced by hygiene company Essity, which wants it’s factory workers to wear them around their necks.
The CFDT union told AFP that it is “a system comparable to ones that try to dissuade dogs from barking.” Christine Duguet, a union representative from the CFDT, suggested that the devices will “finish in the rubbish bins or stay in a cupboard,” adding “This is complete nonsense.”
Duguet also expressed concerns that the company would attempt to keep the system in place as a ‘security measure’ even after the pandemic ends.
The device is manufactured by a Belgian company called Phi Data, which also offers a similar device that can be activated by the wearer if they feel someone comes too close to them.
Imagine that hell. Karens everywhere emitting bleeping blaring alarms if you dare to walk past them on the street.
Other similar devices have been developed by tech companies and researchers seeking to cash in on the pandemic panic:
There are also scores of videos on YouTube detailing how to make DIY versions of the devices:
This is not normal. What has happened to humans?
Where does this end up? Electronic collars that administer a shock if you break distancing restrictions?
Aside from the imprisonment of everyone inside pods, this weird technology is being embraced with the social distancing justification.
Amazon is reported to have experimented with such technology in their warehouses:
As we highlighted back in October, Hitachi has developed similar technology, which includes cartoon fish swimming around inside a bubble. When a person violates social distancing, the fish escape.
The promo video brags that the technology “can even be deployed inside elevators” and Hitachi is “hoping to get the technology commercialized quickly.” Given that numerous prominent people are insisting that social distancing and other coronavirus restrictions are here to say, it’s perfectly feasible to imagine a near future in which this technology is widely adopted.
China is already linking coronavirus rules to its onerous social credit score system, in addition to using AI to discipline its slave labor workforce, so the idea that people could be publicly shamed or punished for getting too close to others is a very real possibility.
Crossroads with Joshua Philipp
@crossroads_josh
CCP has launched a new #SocialControl system called “civilization code,” that combines China’s coronavirus #HealthCode app with the “social credit system” which allows the #CCP to track and trace citizens with a tighter grip.
https://www.infowars.com/posts/french-workers-angrily-reject-social-distancing-collars/
:: 1-18-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Seven months ago, Kamala Harris bailed out criminal rioters; now she wants to punish Capitol “insurrectionists”
Monday, January 18, 2021 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) Standing in brave opposition to the political establishment on Wednesday, Rep. Lauren Boebert of Colorado blasted the Democrats for impeaching President Donald Trump over “political violence” at the Capitol when many of them, including Kamala Harris, helped bail out the left-wing rioters that destroyed America back in the summer in honor of George Floyd and Breonna Taylor.
Boebert asked Nancy Pelosi why her party felt that it was okay to encourage and normalize violence between the end of May through Jan. 5, only to switch the narrative on Jan. 6 following the false flag “siege” at the Capitol building.
“Where’s the accountability for the left after encouraging and normalizing violence?” Boebert stated. “Rather than helping American people in this time, we start impeachments that further divide our country. I call bull crap.”
Truth be told, the left’s goading of political violence extends back years, as all throughout the Obama years it was considered both acceptable and virtuous to destroy property, assault people, and engage in domestic terrorism to fight “systemic racism.” Now, it is suddenly not okay to protest a fraudulent election, as the Democrats apparently consider a mostly peaceful protest to be “insurrection.”
“The hypocrisy is disgusting,” tweeted a Trump supporter named David Leatherwood. “Democrat leaders have been inciting, enabling, and applauding political violence for (at least) the past four years. Don’t apologize to these people, they are absolute monsters.”
To keep up with the latest news about hypocritical Democrats and their newfound concern for the enforcement of “law and order” – but only when Republicans get “out of line” – be sure to check out Trump.news.
Imagine the outrage if Republicans set up a bailout fund for the Capitol protesters?
Back when Kamala Harris and her allies announced the establishment of bail funds for Black Lives Matter (BLM) and Antifa rioters, the mainstream media called her “brave” and “bold.” Now, we can only imagine what the response would be if Republicans set up a bailout fund for the Capitol protesters.
Not only did Harris set up a bail fund for leftist agitators, she also called for more protest violence to end the type of “racism” that leads to criminals like George Floyd, who actually died from a fentanyl overdose, getting arrested for criminal behavior.
Harris also called for supporters of a child rapist to post bail so he could get back out on the streets to engage in even more pedophilia – so stunning and brave!
Meanwhile, the left is honed in on persecuting anyone who was spotted in our nation’s capital on Jan. 6, regardless of whether they actually invaded the Capitol building or not. Merely supporting President Trump while opposing fraudulent elections is now considered by the left to be “treason.”
Rep. Kat Cammack, another member of Congress who voiced opposition to Trump’s second impeachment, tweeted that if only Pelosi had cared as much about helping struggling Americans as she does about punishing the president for trying to salvage free and fair elections, then the country would not have had to wait six months for a piddly $600 “relief” check from the Treasury.
“Democrats have had articles of impeachment pre-written for every possible situation,” wrote one Twitter user in response to Cammack’s tweet.
“She doesn’t care about the people that put her there,” wrote another about Pelosi. “She is driven by vengeance and she thinks she is bigger than life. Power got to her head. At 80 years old you would expect someone to be wiser and more compassionate. God only knows when you get older you need to reflect.”
“Was $600 and ‘at least we got rid of Trump’ enough to pay everyone’s rent?” joked yet another.
Sources for this article include: 100percentfedup.com NaturalNews.com
:: 1-14-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Florida's New Assault Weapons Ban Bill Explained: Its Bad!
521,030 views •Jan 14, 2021
Guns & Gadgets 422K subscribers
Florida's New Assault Weapons Ban Bill Explained: Its Bad!
Florida Assault Weapon Ban Bill: https://m.flsenate.gov/session/bill/2...
Contact Florida Senate President: https://gunownersofamerica.cmail20.co...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gbeqwqWiq1Q
:: 1--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America’s Demise Is Near At Hand
Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts
For years I have been cataloging America’s decline into collapse, not merely economic collapse from economic concentration and the offshoring of jobs and investment, but also the collapse of the belief system that created some unity among a diverse population. Today not only is the economy done for, but so is the belief system that sustained social and political stability.
America no longer exists. A geographical entity exists of diverse peoples and interests, but not a country, much less a nation. The United States itself has degenerated into an empire. It is no longer simply a country with an empire. The 50 states are themselves the Establishment’s empire, and it can only be held together by force. Earlier in my life free speech was used by liberals to legalize pornography, homosexual marriage, and abortion, all of which were opposed by the majority of the population. This did not stop liberals from imposing their agendas on the people.
Today free speech is impermissible, because it can be used to protest what half of the population sincerely believes was a stolen presidential election. Even attorneys and legal firms that brought legitimate cases of electoral fraud for clients are being punished for doing the ordinary work of attorneys. The same is happening to university professors and to average Americans who exercised their Constitutionally protected right of free speech and association and attended the Trump rally. See for example: https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2021/01/18/americans-no-longer-live-in-a-free-society/
In America today, free speech can only be exercised in narrow and controlled channels. It can be used to demonize President Trump and his supporters as “enemies of democracy.” It can be used to demonize white people as “systemic racists” and “white supremacists,” and to demonize heterosexual white males as “misogynists.” Its one other use is to demonize countries—Russia, China, and Iran—that stand in the way of Washington’s hegemony. There are no other permissible uses of free speech today in the United States, an inappropriate name of the country as the country has been throughly disunited by Identity Politics and a presidential election widely perceived by voters to have been stolen.
I have provided for my readers a massive, but only partial, list of evidence of a stolen election. See: https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2021/01/15/dont-fall-for-the-establishments-tall-tales-there-was-no-violent-assault-on-the-capitol-and-there-is-abundant-evidence-of-electoral-fraud/
But a simple question suffices: If the election was not stolen, why is it impermissible to raise the question? Explanations that are off limits to investigation and public discussion are unlikely to be true. The reason they are off limits is because they cannot withstand examination. You don’t have to go back far in time to get a long list: Assassinations of JFK, RFK, and MLK, Waco, Oklahoma City Bombing, 9/11, Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction, Iranian nukes, Assayd’s use of chemical weapons, Russian invasion of Ukraine, Russiagate, 2020 electoral fraud, January 6 Trump Insurrection. And, yes, I left out some, but the point stands without them. A country in which explanations are controlled is a country in which people live in lies. In America and Western civilization generally, the concept of objective truth has essentially been destroyed, especially in educational and communication institutions. Throughout the Western World the basis of truth has been shifted from evidence to emotion. Emotion has become the important evidence. Objective truth is dismissed as a construct that serves white males. https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2020/12/23/on-truth/
In America today everything is aligned against the white heterosexual population. The Democrat left, universities, and media are aligned with race and gender victims of alleged white racism and transphobia. Kristen Clarke has been appointed to the Justice (sic) Department to ensure that employment and promotion policies are aligned with race and gender victims. https://www.rt.com/usa/512341-civil-rights-pick-racism/
Immigration policy is aligned against white Americans. Powerless as a majority, white Americans have no future as a minority. https://www.zerohedge.com/political/biden-immediately-send-congress-bill-would-offer-citizenship-11-million-illegals?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_
medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter
Also: https://www.rt.com/usa/512765-migrant-caravan-biden-policy/
Even if white Americans could escape their insouciance and realize that their country is being taken away from them, they are powerless to do anything about it. With the new domestic terrorism bill on the way, even a protest against dispossession is criminalized as sedition. There are many interesting aspects of the situation that we could explore. But let’s take only one. The Biden regime seems to be filling up with neoconservative zionists who are agents of Washington and Israel’s hegemony. The pursuit of this hegemony involves conflict with Russia, China, and Iran.
Washington will be entering these conflicts with a collapsed economy and a sharpely divided population. Will the real backbone of the American armed forces—Trump deplorables—fight for an Establishment that hates its guts? Will an economy drowning in debt and destroyed by corporate offshoring of investment and American middle class jobs and now by lockdowns that are destroying the remaining pieces of the middle class—small businesses—be able to sustain a conflict with nations more unified and free of external debt and unmanageable internal debt? If so, it will be the first time in history. How long will Trump deplorables remain docile when they realize that they are being exterminated by being cut off from equal rights, constitutional protection, employment and avenues of success?
As for the Establishment itself, when will its arrogance and confidence be shaken by the realization that it cannot control the anti-white, anti-American ideologues it has created and is itself facing the situation faced by Kerensky, the Brownshirts, and the Chinese Communist Party when Mao unleashed the cultural revolution? Having empowered hatred and having let it out of the bottle, the Establishment itself will be destroyed by it.
Who will the Establishment appeal to when the revolution turns on them? What answer will the Establishment have when they are asked the question Bolsheviks put to Kerensky: “Who chose you?”
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/01/19/americas-demise-is-near-at-hand/
:: 11-1-09 Imperial College London :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Martins’ and Sephton’s Alien Origins
01 November 2009
It is not every day that you discover your ancestors were alien, but to Zita Martins and Mark Sephton in ESE the realisation came with the analysis of a carbon-rich meteorite called Murchison. The meteorite fell in Australia in 1969 and previous analyses have shown that it contains a huge variety of organic compounds from hydrocarbons to coal-like macromolecular material. Amongst these molecules are nucleobases, compounds which are precursors to the molecules that make up DNA and RNA, the fundamental genetic units of all known living organisms.
The presence of nucleobases in the Murchison meteorite suggest that perhaps meteorites, which showered the early Earth, provided the basic building blocks from which the first living organisms were constructed. However, there was an alternative explanation, the Murchison meteorite fell in a farmyard and it was possible that the small amounts of nucleobases it contains had very terrestrial and quite smelly farmyard origin.
To prove whether nucleobases within Murchison were indigenous extraterrestrial molecules or cow-derived contamination Martins and Sephton isolated uracil and xanthine from the meteorite and using world-leading GC-QMS analyses measured the carbon isotope ratios of the molecules. Extraterrestrial organic molecules are isotopically heavier than their terrestrial counterparts having higher abundances of carbon-13 compared with carbon-12. The results confirmed that Murchison’s nucleobases are from space.
meteoriteThe results of the study have been published in a paper in Earth and Planetary Science Letters. Lead author Dr Zita Martins says that the research may provide evidence explaining the evolution of early life. She says: “We believe early life may have adopted nucleobases from meteoritic fragments for use in genetic coding which enabled them to pass on their successful features to subsequent generations.”
Between 3.8 to 4.4 billion years ago large numbers of rocks similar to the Murchison meteorite rained down on Earth at the time when primitive life was first forming. The heavy bombardment would have dropped large amounts of meteorite material to the surface of planets like Earth and Mars.
Co-author Professor Mark Sephton, also of ESE, believes this research is an important step in understanding how early life might have evolved. He added:
“Because meteorites represent left over materials from the formation of the solar system, the key components for life – including nucleobases – could be widespread in the cosmos. As more and more of life’s raw materials are discovered from space, the possibility of life springing forth wherever the right chemistry is present becomes more likely.”
Associated Personnel
https://www.imperial.ac.uk/news/104457/martins-sephtons-alien-origins/
:: 1-19-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Wuhan medics are secretly filmed admitting they were told to LIE and that they KNEW coronavirus was deadly and spreading between humans before China told the world
Medics in Wuhan say they knew about virus deaths as early as December 2019
They also realised virus was spreading between humans before the WHO did
ITV documentary Outbreak: The Virus That Shook The World airs at 9pm Tuesday
By Tim Stickings For Mailonline
Published: 05:39 EST, 19 January 2021 | Updated: 10:06 EST, 19 January 2021
Chinese medics have been secretly filmed admitting they knew how dangerous the coronavirus was when it began to wreak havoc in Wuhan - but say they were told to lie about it.
Medical professionals in Wuhan say they knew about virus deaths as early as December 2019, but it was mid-January before China first informed the WHO of a fatality.
They also realized that the virus was passing between humans, but hospitals were told 'not to tell the truth' and calls to scrap Lunar New Year festivities were rejected because authorities wanted to 'present a harmonious and prosperous society".
The new testimony, which will be broadcast tonight in an ITV documentary called Outbreak: The Virus That Shook The World, flies in the face of China's denials that it covered up the epidemic in its earliest days.
It comes amid growing pressure on China after a WHO-backed panel said on Monday that Beijing was too slow to respond to the outbreak, days after the US published new claims suggesting the virus could have leaked from a Wuhan lab.
The video also adds to a growing body of evidence that China lied to the world about the early stages of the coronavirus outbreak, allowing it to balloon into a global pandemic.
China first informed the WHO of 27 cases of the then-unknown disease on December 31, 2019, with no deaths reported until mid-January.
But Chinese medics filmed secretly by a citizen journalist say they knew before then that the virus was deadly.
One medic said: 'Actually, at the end of December or beginning of January, the relative of someone I know died of this virus. Many of those living with him were also infected, including people I know.'
As late as January 12, the WHO was saying there was 'no clear evidence of human to human transmission' and said it was 'reassured of the quality' of China's response.
But one Chinese medic said: 'We all felt there shouldn't be any doubt about human to human transmission.'
According to one account, doctors who attended a hospital meeting were 'told not to speak out' about the true nature of the contagion.
'We knew this virus transmitted from human to human. But when we attended a hospital meeting, we were told not to speak out,' one medic said. 'The provincial leaders told the hospitals not to tell the truth.'
By January 21, when the WHO issued its first situation report on the virus, the disease had infected at least 278 people in China and spread to three other countries.
The medics also claim that authorities knew the risks of Lunar New Year celebrations, realising that the travel and crowds could 'accelerate the spread of the virus'.
'People suggested at city level that it shouldn't go ahead, but it did because such an event would present a harmonious and prosperous society,' one said.
The testimony of Wuhan medical professionals testimony is backed by leading virologists, including infectious diseases specialist Dr Yi-Chun Lo, the deputy director-general of the Centers for Disease Control in Taiwan.
He said: 'The very early outbreak management was just a mess, a failure. I think the pandemic could have been avoided at the beginning if China was transparent about the outbreak and was quick to provide necessary information to the world.'
The documentary also hears from Dr Yin-Ching Chuang, from the Infectious Diseases Prevention and Treatment Network in Taiwan, who says he and his team had tried desperately to find out whether the virus was spreading between humans.
After getting permission to travel to mainland China, they say they found it difficult to get clear answers until the truth finally emerged in a meeting.
'We asked a lot of questions, very unwillingly they finally came out and said limited human-to-human transmission can't be ruled out,' he said.
Dr Chuang said: 'What was the scale of infection? How big was this epidemic? How many patients were affected? We didn't know. Only they knew this.
'Why didn't China inform other countries of this human-to-human matter earlier?'
Virologist Sir Paul Nurse, of the Francis Crick Institute in London, said the outbreak from China to the rest of the world was 'like a forest fire in the Australian outback'.
'What might've taken two, three, four, five years to spread a couple of hundred years ago can spread in 24 hours,' he said.
The Chinese government declined to comment, but Beijing has repeatedly rejected claims of a cover-up and said it provided timely information once facts were known.
Beijing has touted its recovery from the early outbreak as a triumph for its Communist leaders, with China's economy the only major one to grow in 2020.
But on Monday, a new report by a WHO-backed expert panel said it was 'clear' that 'public health measures could have been applied more forcefully by local and national health authorities in China' last January.
The panel, set up last July after countries including Australia angered China by calling for an investigation, said there was 'potential for early signs to have been acted on more rapidly' by both China and the WHO.
The criticism is at odds with the WHO's public statements at the time, when it praised China for the 'remarkable speed' with which it responded to the outbreak.
The panel also faulted the WHO itself, which has faced a chorus of criticism led by Donald Trump for being too close to Beijing.
The criticism of both authorities comes as a team of WHO experts carries out a separate, politically sensitive mission in China to investigate the origins of the disease.
WHO chief Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday that 'no one should be in any doubt that this is a scientific exercise' to understand how the virus emerged.
The team was expected to investigate the animal market linked to an early cluster of cases, but it is no longer thought that this was necessarily where the virus jumped from animals to humans.
It is widely suspected that the virus originated in bats, but scientists say that it may have passed to humans via another species, possibly pangolins.
The Trump administration has touted alternative theories, rejected by China, that the virus could have leaked out from a virology lab in Wuhan.
Last Friday, the US state department claimed that some researchers at the institute had shown possible Covid-19 symptoms weeks before the outbreak came to light.
China, for its part, has promoted the idea that the virus might not have originated within its borders at all but arrived on contaminated seafood from elsewhere.
The documentary airs on ITV at 9pm on Tuesday.
:: 1-15-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Left Began The Domestic Terror
Jon Bowne | Infowars.com
January 15th 2021, 12:31 pm
The Democrats are acting as if we are under an alien invasion, however, it’s merely their constituents who have had enough of their rights being stripped, the corruption on parade, and our vote being compromised. Instead of throwing a blanket of calm and unification over the raging fire of frustration, the Corpracratic Country Club responds with gasoline. Amongst themselves, the left foments a dangerous communistic narrative deeming all conservatives as sub-human trash.
But they can’t escape the facts.
And it is as plain as day that the left began the domestic terror.
https://www.infowars.com/posts/the-left-began-the-domestic-terror/
:: 1--21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exclusive — Gov. Greg Abbott: Texas Is ‘Leading the Nation’ in Vaccine Distribution
Texas Gov. Greg Abbott (R) told Breitbart News on Saturday that his state is “leading the nation” in vaccine distribution as part of an exclusive interview that came just after Texas became the first state to vaccinate a million residents from the coronavirus.
“We’re showing the country how to get this done,” Abbott said on Breitbart News Saturday on SiriusXM 125 the Patriot Channel. “But the first thing I want to convey to your audience a standard we have in the state of Texas is when it comes to vaccines: they are always voluntary, never forced or required. People have a choice in Texas whether they want to take a vaccine or not. For those who do want to take a vaccine, we have created a very robust system to make sure we are getting this out as quickly as possible. One thing that we did where we led the nation is we were the first to pivot to ensuring that anybody aged 65 and older would be able to get access to the vaccine. The original strategy by the federal government was too complicated and it slowed things down too much. Also, we wanted to target the people who would be most likely to either lose life or face the harsh consequences from COVID [Chinese coronavirus]. That is people aged 65 and older. If we exclude that group, hardly anybody loses life.” Abbott also said Texas has created dozens of hubs around the state at which residents can receive the vaccine if they choose to do so.
“The second thing we did was we created these massive hubs,” Abbott said. “We have 28 hubs in the state of Texas, where each of these hubs provide between one and four thousand vaccinations per day. Then in addition to those hubs we also have more than 200 other locations across the state that provide hundreds of vaccinations per day. Through that process, we are able to get people in and out typically within a few hours in a day. A location is going to be able to provide thousands upon thousands of vaccines and our goal is to make sure we get all of those vaccines out as quickly as possible because one thing we really want to do in Texas is we want to get COVID behind us and get people back to work and get back to normal as it was before COVID and the best way to do that is to make sure we get these vaccines out. One more thing I’ll tell you and that is not only is Texas leading the nation with regard to the number of vaccines distributed, if you look at all the top 20 states in the United States we also have the greatest percentage of vaccines that we have that have been actually administered to people. We are now at about 70 percent of vaccines that have been delivered to Texas have been administered to people in our state. So we are rocking and rolling with regard to making sure we are getting people in the state of Texas who want a vaccine to get a vaccine.”
Other red states, like Florida and South Dakota, are also seeing similar success with vaccine distribution, while blue states like New York and California, under Democrat leadership, have failed in the early days of vaccine distribution. Abbott attributed the GOP successes, and Democrat failures, to unnecessary bureaucracy in blue states that stands in the way of distriibuting and administering the vaccine.
“In typical fashion, the Democrat states are typically more bureaucratic,” Abbott told Breitbart News. “When it comes to something like mass and swift distribution of something like vaccines, you need to dispense with all the bureaucracy. You just need to execute. And, Republicans and red states are better at executing than Democrats who get bogged down in the slowness that goes along with bureaucracy.”
Abbott, whose state was one of the first to begin reopening as far back as late April last year, said that despite the pandemic Texas had the best year it has ever had in terms of economic development. As the state continues to fight the pandemic into early 2021, and aims to put it behind the state this year as the vaccine gets further distributed, Abbott said that he believes Texas could have an even better 2021 economically. “It’s twofold. One, it’s just making sure we continue to execute the release of the vaccine and vaccinate our population so every aspect of our business will be able to get back to normal as quickly as possible,” Abbott said when asked what’s next for beating the coronavirus pandemic. “Candidly, what we are doing is we are looking very forward. You mentioned businesses and things like that. During the course of 2020, the pandemic year, Texas—which always ranks number one in the United States for economic development, there’s an award given out for this it’s called the Governor’s Cup. Every year that I’ve been governor Texas has received the Governor’s Cup as the number one state in America for new economic projects. Believe it or not, 2020 was our best year ever. We are seeing Texas explode with regard to economic development. Already, 2021 is lining up to be maybe even better than 2020. We have 200 projects in our pipeline as we are speaking today. We are pedal to the metal not only with regard to business but coming back even better. We operate on a two-year budget cycle that we’re going into which begins this coming September. I believe our two-year budget cycle this coming two years will be better than it has ever been. We’re going to come out of this pandemic bigger, stronger, and more powerful and more entrepreneurial than we’ve ever been in Texas.”
What’s more, Abbott said that a massive influx of people continues to move to Texas from failed blue states like California and New York. The highest profile one is tech entrepreneur Elon Musk, whom Abbott described as a “natural conservative,” but millions more are coming from blue states. Even so, Abbott said, they are not hurting the state’s conservative and Republican pedigree, as the people who are coming are conservatives — while liberals from Texas are leaving for the Democrat havens in places like California.
“It has completely accelerated,” Abbot said when asked about the trend of people moving to Texas from blue states. “Elon is maybe the highest profile person, but there are so many more like him. Elon actually has become a very good friend of mine, and we communicate every single week. He’s a true conservative and he’s against big government. He knows big government slows his ability to grow and expand all of his businesses. Remember this, people think of Elon Musk and they think of Tesla — which now has a massive operation in Texas. But another thing he’s doing at the exact same time is SpaceX. SpaceX launches are taking place in the state of Texas. Then he has The Boring Company, which he’s also working in the state of Texas. But here’s the point I want to get to because I want to make sure you and your audience know what I’m about to say. Typically, when people talk about people coming from California or wherever to the state of Texas they think oh they’re just going to turn Texas blue. I can prove factually that is not the case. For one, I’ve talked to these business leaders who are coming here and they fit within the profile of what you would think. That is if you like big government and you like high taxes, and you like all of these social programs and leftist social agendas, the last place you would leave is California and the last place you would come to is the state of Texas. I have math supporting what I’m about to tell you and that is two elections ago, not the presidential election but the midterm election before. I was on the ballot and that was the big race between [Sen.] Ted Cruz [R-TX] and [then-Democrat Senate candidate] Beto O’Rourke. We did exit polls after people had voted and we did a poll that said did you vote for me or my opponent and did you vote for Ted Cruz or Beto O’Rourke. Then we asked the question if you moved to Texas from California or if you were a native-born Texan. Believe it or not, Ted Cruz got 57 percent of the vote from people who moved from California. Ted Cruz got a higher percent of the vote of people who moved from California than he did from native-born Texans. So here’s what’s going on. There are a lot of people who are coming from California to Texas every year and they are more conservative and believe it or not, there are a lot of Texans who move to California every year. So, what I think is going on is conservatives from California are moving to Texas and liberals from Texas are moving to California.” Abbott concluded the interview by saying the future for Republicans and conservatives is “very bright,” despite the fact that the Democrats are going to have complete control in Washington when President-elect Joe Biden is sworn in Wednesday. When Biden is sworn in, Vice President-elect Kamala Harris will head to the U.S. Senate to break the tie in that chamber and hand control of the Senate to the Democrats — who already have a majority, albeit a much slimmer one than last year, in the U.S. House. Despite this, Abbott believes that conservative principles will win the day in the long run as evidenced by the continued success of states like Texas.
“The future is going to be very bright,” Abbott said. “First, I’ll tell you this thing that will cause tears for the Democrats and that is because of the population growth we’ve seen in the state of Texas, Texas will gain electoral college votes with the redistricting process that will take place this year. California and New York each will lose electoral college votes. Texas will be even more prolific going forward in future presidential elections and also with regard to the size of our congressional delegation we should pick up maybe three seats this year. But with regard to the conservative movement going forward, listen: Conservative principles aren’t going away. One thing we have found in Texas is that conservatives principles are what drives the state and it’s also what drives people to the state of Texas. So if we double down on conservative principles, and obviously we understand that people run their lives better than government runs their lives. One reason why Texas is so strong with regard to economic development is we know we can’t run these businesses, they can better than government can. When you have California and New York trying to regulate these businesses, that destroys those businesses. But we have to go back to the core values of freedom, freedom as established in the Constitution, freedom of speech, freedom of religion. We saw in places like New York in the course of the pandemic they were shutting down churches. In the state of Texas, we have made sure that churches remained open. But also focusing on the Second Amendment. You see some of these people, and maybe all of these people, who ran for president on the Democrat side. They were talking about coming to get your guns. Texas is a Second Amendment sanctuary state. In fact, just yesterday it was announced that the NRA is moving to the great state of Texas.”
:: 1-18-21 SHTF Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It Starts: Seattle Fire Will Go Door To Door To “Adult Family” Homes Administer COVID-19 Vaccines
Mac Slavo January 18th, 2021 SHTFplan.com
The government is about to bring the vaccine to your door. Seattle Fire Department paramedics will be going door to door starting Thursday to vaccinate “residents of adult family homes throughout the city.” They will start by going to “adult family homes.”
The city of Seattle was approved late last week as a distributor of COVID-19 vaccines, Mayor Jenny Durkan announced. “The City” refers to anyone employed and currently accepting a paycheck from the city government of Seattle. Durkan framed the new push as the first in what will eventually be a major city effort to distribute the vaccine from sites spread throughout the city.
The Propaganda Is Non-Stop For The Beast System: No Travel Without The Vaccine
And just what, exactly, do you think will happen if you refuse the vaccine from a paramedic? An armed police officer will likely be there next to “follow the orders” of the mayor. It’s begun. “We have to get these shots out of refrigerators and into people’s arms,” the mayor said. “We hope that if we get steady supplies, we will stand up mass vaccination sites side by side with our testing sites.”
The city has, for months, operated four free drive-up coronavirus testing sites that, city officials said, have conducted more than 556,000 tests.
They are rolling out this vaccine almost as fast as troops piled up in Washington D.C. Wake up, folks. It’s about to real and ugly. The Seattle mayor has also discussed setting up vaccine sites at schools.
“It will really have to be an all-hands-on-deck approach,” she said according to a report by EMS1. The mayor stressed that to reach the 70% vaccination rate of its adult population, King County will have to vaccinate 1.3 million people, giving out 2.6 million shots. “It is an undertaking that our country has never done before, not on this scale.”
Seattle Fire plans to complete the first round of vaccinations by Jan. 24 and the second dose by Feb. 21.
Since receiving vaccines in mid-December, the state has struggled to quickly vaccinate the most vulnerable people: long-term care residents and health care workers. CVS and Walgreens, which have been contracted to set up vaccine clinics at long-term care facilities, have fumbled scheduling vaccine clinics, after waiting weeks for state approval.
The Washington State Department of Health on Saturday approved Seattle Fire as a vaccine distributor. –EMS1
:: 1-18-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Elite Plan Satanic Ritual for Joe Biden Inauguration as Democrats Commit Open Insurrection – Watch Live
The Alex Jones Show January 18th 2021, 3:00 pm
At least 25,000 Guardsmen are protecting the Capitol complex.
Armed protesters have arrived at multiple state capitol complexes across the country Sunday morning. This follows a special bulletin from the FBI last week that warned: “armed protests” were being planned at 50 state capitols and the US Capitol in Washington, DC, ahead of President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration on Jan. 20.
While the protesters are being identified across various platforms as members of a so-called “boogaloo” movement, they largely appear to be generic anti-government anarchists – some of whom call themselves “liberty boys,” and others who oppose the conservative Proud Boys. Their sudden emergence surrounding the inauguration is curious, to say the least.
A field reporter at The Daily Caller, Jorge Ventura, reports from the Ohio Statehouse, where he notes that “580 National Guard members” were activated “to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday.”
On top of this all, civil flight observers have said, “amount of USAF cargo aircraft (C130s C17s KC135s KC46s) bringing National Guard troops to Washington DC/Capitol is truly impressive. Almost a constant air bridge for the past several days.”
https://www.infowars.com/posts/watch-live-the-decline-and-fall-of-the-republic/
:: 1-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Clinton Calls For Criminal Laws Against Trump Supporters & CNN Calls For Conservatives Removal!
Lisa Haven Published January 18, 2021 11,575 Views
Video click on link
:: 1-18-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Who Didn't See This Coming? Speech Nazis Want News Outlets That Don't Toe The Liberal Line Blacklisted By Cable Providers - Next Up: Will Demand They Block Independent Media Website IPs
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 18, 2021
First it was social media and big tech censoring conservatives, while claiming they weren't, until proven that they not only were, but they felt so empowered due to their monopolies that they could, and did, deplatform the President of the United States of America.
Tens of thousands of conservatives were then terminated or suspended from their platforms, all for questioning the legitimacy of the 2020 presidential election after documented voting irregularities were established in multiple states.
These latest actions followed years of censoring and demonizing conservatives online, from Twitter to Facebook to YouTube and even Google searches.
As trust in the media continues to dwindle, we now see CNN "journalists" demanding that the largest of cable companies deny contracts to conservatives news outlets, like NewsMax TV and One American News (OAN).
"We are going to have to figure out the OAN and Newsmax problem. These companies have freedom of speech, but I'm not sure we need Verizon, AT&T, Comcast and such bringing them into tens of millions of homes," @alexstamos tells @brianstelter.
So, Oliver Darcy,was quoting a guest on Brian Stelters show, then Darcy continues to explain why CNN is pushing to have cable companies censor conservatives news, which would force all Americans to rely on leftist outlets like CNN.
Just a reminder that neither @Verizon, @ATT, nor @comcast have answered any questions about why they beam channels like OAN & Newsmax into millions of homes. Do they have any second thoughts about distributing these channels given their election denialism content? They won't say.
CNN, the same "news" outlet that pushed the Russia collusion hoax for four years, the same outlet that was forced to delete, edit, correct, completely change, and retract multiple different articles, one causing the resignation of three of their "reporters."
Election denialism.....hmmmmmm. Like questioning why GOP observers were disallowed from observing, despite judges ruling them must allow them. Like suitcases of ballots brought in under the cover of night. Like questioning the changing of votes, caught on camera no less.
So, basically questioning anything the MSM doesn't wants us to question, is a reason to prevent millions of people that make the choice to watch NewsMax and OAN, from doing so.
Sounds a little like they are scared of something, yes?
NEXT UP: ONLINE INDEPENDENT NEWS TARGETED
Social media and big tech have already censored Independent media. Whether by limiting their "reach" on Facebook if the message doesn't toe the liberal Zuckerberg line, shadow banning, banning, or suspending accounts on Twitter for daring to have an opinion other than Jack Dorsey's and his merry little band of communist workers.
Now they are going after conservatives or Independent news outlets on cable TV.
Once they have browbeat network cables providers into dropping NewsMax and OAN, the next step for them is very easy, since most cable providers are also internet providers, with the ability to mass block any URL or website they want to.
If those providers caved to the censoring of conservatives news cable outlets, how long before those same providers nail the rest of us by blocking our websites from their users.
In many places, there is only one choice for a provider, which would leave independent media, nor their own users, with no recourse.
TIME TO BE TRULY INDEPENDENT
While most of us simply do not have pockets deep enough to create an entire conservative network online, including but not limited to; Internet and cable news providers to be a counterbalance to Verison, AT&T, Comcast, etc, Online hosting services, video channels....there are many conservatives, watching how fast Independent and conservatives voices are being wiped out all across the Internet.
Some have already begun. Brighteon and/or Rumble have created their own video platform, used now by many that were banned, or censored on YouTube.
DuckDuckGom or other search engines bypassing the liberally skewed results found on Google and others.
Gab as a free speech alternative to Twitter and even Facebook.
Parler was growing by leaps and bounds, millions were flocking there to get away from Twitter and Facebook and wham, big tech went after them, Amazon terminated their hosting services, and it is an open question whether they will be able to get back online.
The difference between Gab and Parler, is that when Gab first began, they attacked them as well. Hosting providers cut them off, just as they did with Parler, but GAB created their own network, hosting their own website, bypassing the ability of others to cut them off.
As I pointed out just days ago, we need services geared for free speech, free flow of information and a way to to keep the speech Nazis from controlling everything Americans see and hear.
After Twitter banned President Trump from their platform, he took to his @Potus account to inform his followers that his team has been "negotiating with other site," and looking into "building out" a separate platform to counter the liberal control and monopoly of social media, so open communications without fear of censorship.
BOTTOM LINE - A CALL TO ACTION
President Trump cannot do this all himself, we need a network of others to join with him, to create an entire portion of the internet into a complete free speech zone, without thought or fear of anyone being able to silence the truth or even opinions that don't match with their world view.
Make no mistake, any conservative and independent network will draw the attention and ire of the liberal speech and thought police, so of course they will rush right over to find something to whine about, but, when they discover that they can speak freely, but cannot silence conservatives, heads will be exploding all over the place.
We need to cancel the cancel culture.
In the first video below, we see a clip of the speech Nazis over at CNN discussing why Americans should not be allowed to see conservative news on their cable outlets.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Who_Didnt_See_This_Coming.php
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 1-17-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss
By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments
For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.
The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.
Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.
This is a lie.
They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.
In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.
FIVE MOST SIGNIFICANT ACTS OF FRAUD IN THE 2020 ELECTION:
1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:
in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.
The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.
We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!
President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video.
pic.twitter.com/WtIQLiq65y
— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020
Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.
Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!
HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss
By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments Share (9k) Tweet P Share Email
For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.
The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.
Advertisement - story continues below
Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.
This is a lie.
They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.
TRENDING: "I Will Always Fight for You - We Will Be Back in Some Form" - President Trump Delivers Final Remarks as the 45th CiC at Joint Base Andrews (VIDEO)
In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.
FIVE MOST SIGNIFICANT ACTS OF FRAUD IN THE 2020 ELECTION:
Advertisement - story continues below
1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:
in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.
The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.
We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!
President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video.
Advertisement - story continues below
pic.twitter.com/WtIQLiq65y
— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020
Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.
Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!
Advertisement - story continues below
It was a carefully planned event! They had NO IDEA they would get caught!
Georgia elections official Gabriel Sterling later came out and told reporters this was completely normal in his state. If counting ballots without observers after you sent them home is normal then Sterling should have been arrested by now.
NOW WITH AUDIO: Georgia Election Official Ralph Jones, Sr. Announced on Nov. 3rd Evening that Counting would Stop at 11 PM — Then Led Team to Count Stashed ‘Suitcase” Ballots
HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss
By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments Share (9k) Tweet P Share Email
For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.
The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.
Advertisement - story continues below
Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.
This is a lie.
They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.
TRENDING: "I Will Always Fight for You - We Will Be Back in Some Form" - President Trump Delivers Final Remarks as the 45th CiC at Joint Base Andrews (VIDEO)
In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.
FIVE MOST SIGNIFICANT ACTS OF FRAUD IN THE 2020 ELECTION:
Advertisement - story continues below
1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:
in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.
The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.
We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!
President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video.
Advertisement - story continues below
pic.twitter.com/WtIQLiq65y
— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020
Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.
Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!
Advertisement - story continues below
It was a carefully planned event!
They had NO IDEA they would get caught!
Georgia elections official Gabriel Sterling later came out and told reporters this was completely normal in his state. If counting ballots without observers after you sent them home is normal then Sterling should have been arrested by now.
At this time there is no evidence that FBI or the Georgia Bureau of Investigations have interviewed or arrested Ruby Freeman, Shaye Ross, or Ralph Jones, Sr.
2.) The Drop and Roll — Shutting down five states and then dumping hundreds of thousands of late-night votes for Joe Biden
Five swing states all shut down their counting on election night at the same time. This was likely a coordinated event.
Then each state saw a mysterious and impossible spike of Joe Biden ballots in the middle of the night. We first discovered this pattern in Pennsylvania. Then we saw this same pattern in at least four other states.
WE CAUGHT THEM! Part 7: Wisconsin, Like MI, GA, PA and VA, Caught Doing the ‘Drop and Roll’ Too — Once Biden Gained Lead with MASSIVE Vote Dumps, The Rest of Votes All Possessed Same Biden to Trump Vote Ratio – THIS IS IMPOSSIBLE!
We’ve reported on multiple incidents of ‘glitches’ that people observed related to the 2020 Presidential Election. These incidents seem odd and so we sought out and found a data set from the 2020 Presidential election. A group of IT patriots analyzed a data set of election vote data and found millions of votes in the … Continue reading etc
We later put together a video with the data we had at the time to explain this “Drop and Roll” fraud in the 2020 election.
3.) Blocking GOP Poll Watchers in the counting rooms in swing states
Committed far-left Democrats blocked and harassed GOP election observers in several swing states. We have video of this. The media defended this. In Pennsylvania the Democrats blocked GOP observers from the counting room until they were able to manufacture nearly a million votes for Joe Biden.
Associated Press Agrees with Democrats that GOP Observers Should Not Be Allowed Inside Convention Center to Watch Vote Counters
Following the landslide turnout for President Donald Trump Democrats knew they would have to get to work to flip the election for their candidate Joe Biden. President Trump was ahead of Joe Biden by 700,000 votes on Election day! So Democrat officials in Philly, Detroit, Milwaukee and Atlanta went to work. For the rest of … Continue reading Associated
In Detroit Michigan the leftists taped cardboard over the windows so observers could not see into the room at all.
4.) Votes deleted or switched from President Trump to Joe Biden:
A few days after the election we began to identify system ‘glitches’ that were reported across the country where votes were switched in all cases from President Trump to Joe Biden. These switches were in the thousands. We then reported on an analysis where the data from the election was reviewed and millions of votes for President Trump were eliminated or switched to Joe Biden.
BREAKING EXCLUSIVE: Analysis of Election Night Data from All States Shows MILLIONS OF VOTES Either Switched from President Trump to Biden or Were Lost — Using Dominion and Other Systems
We’ve reported on numerous events in the 2020 election which are being referred to as system ‘glitches’ in the media. Last night we provided another ‘glitch’, this time in Wisconsin, which if reversed would eliminate Biden’s reported vote lead in the state. Tonight we have obtained an unaudited analysis of data available for all the … Continue reading
The President retweeted this report twice.
5.) USPS postal service drivers speak out after they were told to transfer up to 288,000 completed ballots across state lines after the election.
Election fraud whistleblowers came forward in late November, including one who witnessed the shipping of an estimated 144,000-288,000 completed ballots across three state lines on October 21.
The information was made public at a press conference by the Amistad Project of the Thomas More Society, a national constitutional litigation organization.
Attorney Phil Kline said, “130,000 to 280,000 completed ballots for the 2020 general election were shipped from Bethpage, NY, to Lancaster, PA, where those ballots and the trailer in which they were shipped disappeared.”
Truck driver Jesse Morgan was present at the press conference and spoke for 9 minutes about his unbelievable ordeal. Morgan was tasked with delivering completed ballots to Pennsylvania from New York state.
This was explosive testimony.
Jesse Morgan: In total I saw 24 gaylords, or large cardboard containers of ballots, loaded into my trailer. These gaylords contained plastic trays, I call them totes or trays of ballots stacked on top of each other. All the envelopes were the same size. I saw the envelopes had return addresses… They were complete ballots.”
Jesse went on to say that he sat in Harrisburg for hours and when he was told to leave the supervisor at the post office would not give him a slip or an overtime slip so he could get paid. Jesse said the manager-supervisor was “kinda rude.”
Jesse’s testimony today revealed that employees at the United States Post Office were in on the conspiracy to steal the votes.
The video has 1 million views!
Jesse Morgan, a truck driver with USPS subcontractor says he was suspicious of his cargo load of 288,000 COMPLETED ballots: “I was driving completed ballots from New York to Pennsylvania. I didn’t know, so I decided to speak up.” pic.twitter.com/YYIiZL1V55
— Team Trump (@TeamTrump) December 1, 2020
These are just five of the most blatant acts of fraud in the 2020 election.
This does not include the massive mail-in absentee ballot fraud or the vote counting machines which allow for election fraud.
The Democrats and tech giants insist you are no longer allowed to discuss the fraud in the 2020 election.
https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/01/five-obvious-acts-fraud-2020-election/
:: 1-17-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Armed Protesters Begin To Arrive At State Capitols Around The Nation
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Jan 17, 2021 - 21:20
Update (1918 ET): Heading into the overnight, in a show of force, hundreds of National Guard troops protecting the US Capitol are marching in the city streets amid threats of armed protests.
At least 25,000 Guardsmen are protecting the Capitol complex.
Armed protesters have arrived at multiple state capitol complexes across the country Sunday morning. This follows a special bulletin from the FBI last week that warned: "armed protests" were being planned at 50 state capitols and the US Capitol in Washington, DC, ahead of President-elect Joe Biden's inauguration on Jan. 20.
While the protesters are being identified across various platforms as members of a so-called "boogaloo" movement, they largely appear to be generic anti-government anarchists - some of whom call themselves "liberty boys," and others who oppose the conservative Proud Boys. Their sudden emergence surrounding the inauguration is curious, to say the least.
A field reporter at The Daily Caller, Jorge Ventura, reports from the Ohio Statehouse, where he notes that "580 National Guard members" were activated "to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday."
Jorge Ventura Media
@VenturaReport
"We are out here supporting the local BLM scene" says one of the Boogaloo Boys before marching towards the Ohio Statehouse building to protest
Jorge Ventura Media
@VenturaReport
Boogaloo boys marching towards the Ohio Statehouse for an armed protest. Gov. authorized 580 National Guard members to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday
"We are not a pro-Trump group," said one of the armed protesters at the Ohio demonstration.
"We are not a pro-Trump group" says one of the speakers for the Boogaloo Boys in front of the Ohio Statehouse pic.twitter.com/mHTMfSlLtk
— Jorge Ventura Media (@VenturaReport) January 17, 2021
An armed protester in Ohio told the "Proud Boys do not come here."
Lisa Bennatan
@LisaBennatan
“We hope the Proud Boys do not come here, we do not want you here,” armed boogaloo boys protesting outside Ohio Statehouse. Ohio State Highway Patrol and National Guard surround the area
In Michigan, a dozen or so armed protesters are now showing up at the State Capitol.
Dave Boucher
@Dave_Boucher1
Jan 17, 2021
Replying to @Dave_Boucher1
About a dozen guard vehicles ready on the opposite side of the Capitol, where a few protestors are gathered.
Dave Boucher
@Dave_Boucher1
About a dozen people who appear to be boogaloo boys accompanied by a fair number of media members walk to the front of the Capitol
Brendan Gutenschwager
@BGOnTheScene
“If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer.” A member of the Boogaloo Bois gives remarks outside the fenced-off Capitol steps #Lansing #Michigan #Capitol
Daily Mirror's Derek Momodu tweeted, "this is very worrying..." as armed protesters gather in front of the Michigan State Capitol as Guardsmen are on "standby."
"If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer," said an armed protester in Michigan.
Brendan Gutenschwager
@BGOnTheScene
“If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer.” A member of the Boogaloo Bois gives remarks outside the fenced-off Capitol steps #Lansing #Michigan #Capitol
In New Hampshire, a handful of armed protesters showed up outside the Capitol.
While a similarly small group began to assemble outside the Oregon Capitol.
Sergio Olmos
@MrOlmos
This group call themselves “liberty boys”, boogaloo boys are an extremist movement born online.
More on then in this piece by @Leah_Sottile https://nytimes.com/interactive/20
Mark Maxwell
@MarkMaxwellTV
A heavily armed platoon of Illinois National Guard formed a perimeter to blockade all access roads leading up to the Illinois State Capitol.
Tony
@Mrtdogg
St. Paul MN -- Large Police Presence At The Minnesota Capitol
There's a large police presence at the Minnesota State Capitol building as threats of armed protesters could assemble today.
Scribe note: All these video's and more are on Zero Hedge website click on the link below.
:: 1-18-21 https://newslyblog.home.blog/2021/01/18/dc-on-lockdown-is-civil-war/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
18th Jan 2021 by Robert W.
DC On Lockdown: Is this what preparation for the largest false flag in US history, orchestrated with the intention of sparking a civil war looks like?
Washington DC has gone into a total lockdown ahead of Inauguration Day, with all-out martial law being implemented in response to FBI warnings of widespread violence being planned by right wing extremists. Having deemed the storming of the Capitol led by Capitol police and shady actors including national socialists, skinheads and BLM activists on January 6 to be a ‘violent insurrection’, and with the FBI and establishment news outlets all warning of a bigger wave of violence being planned by the same characters on and around Inauguration Day, an ever growing number of National Guard troops are being deployed to DC, the number of troops now occupying DC having reached a whopping 21,000!
Screenshot_2021-01-17 2017 Redux DC Descends Into Dystopian Lockdown As Inauguration Day Looms .png
With so many red flags surrounding the storming of the Capitol pointing towards an orchestrated false flag ushering in the new ‘war on domestic terror’, the FBI’s internal memo describing a plan by extremists to initiate a nationwide ‘uprising’ in the days leading up to and on Inauguration Day certainly raises a number of red flags causing independent thinkers to question whether a bigger false flag attack or series of attacks is now being orchestrated by the very agencies now warning us of them.
According to the FBI internal memo, armed protests are being planned in all 50 state capitols as extremists are allegedly in the process of orchestrating “a huge uprising.”
From ABC News on January 9:
Starting this week and running through at least Inauguration Day, armed protests are being planned at all 50 state capitols and at the U.S. Capitol, according to an internal FBI bulletin obtained by ABC News.
The FBI has also received information in recent days on a group calling for “storming” state, local and federal government courthouses and administrative buildings in the event President Donald Trump is removed from office prior to Inauguration Day. The group is also planning to “storm” government offices in every state the day President-elect Joe Biden will be inaugurated, regardless of whether the states certified electoral votes for Biden or Trump.
“The FBI received information about an identified armed group intending to travel to Washington, DC on 16 January,” the bulletin read. “They have warned that if Congress attempts to remove POTUS via the 25th Amendment, a huge uprising will occur.”
This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online…
Many people smell a trap, and have warned concerned citizens to avoid all such protests over the likely possibility that either those planning the protests or radical infiltrators will use the event(s) to incite violence in a large-scale repeat of what took place on January 6, giving the establishment just the justification they are looking for to complete their setup of the emerging Covid1984 biosecurity state.
Is it possible the FBI’s so-called credible ‘intelligence’ is in fact only credible because the FBI is alone privy to the planning of such an event, because they are in on it? Given the FBI’s history of foreknowledge and orchestration of a series of domestic terror plots, such a possibility is not out of the question.
FBI Director Chris Wray told Vice President Mike Pence on Thursday that the bureau was monitoring an “extensive amount of concerning online chatter” related to potential threats leading up to the presidential inauguration on January 20.
“When we talk about potential threats, we are seeing an extensive amount of concerning online chatter—that’s the best way I can describe it—about a number of events surrounding the inauguration and, together with our partners, we evaluate those threats and what kind of resources to employ against them. Right now, we’re tracking calls for potential armed protests and activity leading up to the inauguration,” Wray told Vice President Mike Pence during a briefing on security for the inauguration.
“We’re concerned about the potential for violence at multiple protests and rallies planned here in D.C. and in state capitols around the country in the days that come that could bring armed individuals within close proximity to government facilities and officials,” Wray added.
The government has responded with an unprecedented lockdown of DC an entire week before the inauguration, implementing martial law on a scale rarely before seen in this country. Donald Trump invoked the Insurrection Act in order to initiate the otherwise unconstitutional action that violates the Posse Comitatus Act which prohibits use of military force on US soil. Roadblocks have been erected, blocking traffic in some streets, a giant ‘non-scalable’ fence has been erected around the Capitol, and citizens are being urged not to attend Joe Biden’s inauguration and to in fact stay out of DC entirely on January 20.
More photos of this martial law madness can be seen at the Huffington Post.
The biggest problem with the FBI’s warnings about planned violence is that even the Department of Homeland Security has admittedly seen no “specific, credible threats” ahead of Inauguration Day – as Zero Hedge’s Tyler Durden points out.
“There’s no specific credible threats at this point in time. There’s just this raised level of tension. And so we’re raising our security level. And we’re doing it across the country,” Ken Cuccinelli, acting deputy secretary of the Department of Homeland Security, said on CNN’s “New Day.”
Meanwhile, “the top federal prosecutor overseeing the sweeping probe of the riots at the Capitol told reporters that […] they had no “direct evidence” that rioters who stormed the U.S. Capitol had formed “kill capture teams,” refuting the apparent lies about strong evidence of assassination squads taking part in the storming of the Capitol made by prosecutors in Arizona and widely regurgitated by fakestream media outlets as a main segment of Friday’s news cycle.
The comments by Acting U.S. Attorney Michael Sherwin appeared to be an effort to walk back claims federal prosecutors in Arizona had made in a court filing late on Thursday, in which they alleged there was evidence that rioters intended “to capture and assassinate elected officials.”
Headlines previously touted the baseless claims as ‘strong evidence’.
The statement of alleged violent intent came in a motion filed by federal prosecutors in Arizona seeking to have Jacob Chansley detained pending trial. Chansley, also known as Jake Angeli, was seen wearing horns, a fur headdress and face paint during the riot.
Strong evidence, including Chansley’s own words and actions at the Capitol, supports that the intent of the Capitol rioters was to capture and assassinate elected officials of the United States government,” the document said.
It is interesting that the only known evidence of this elaborate ‘plot’ that never was, is Jake Angeli, who as I documented in my post on the January 6 storming of the Capitol is an Arizona actor and apparently tied to the both the Q psyop and leftist climate change activists, the type of suspicious profile that raises red flags, being what one would expect from a false flag operative.
The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.
We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back.
And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.
We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.
What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things?
In this short Video, I will unearth a long-forgotten secret that helped our ancestors survive famines, wars, economic crises, diseases, droughts, and anything else life threw at them… a secret that will help you do the same for your loved ones when America crumbles into the ground.
In any event, what we are seeing here is pure propaganda being peddled to create and perpetuate the new narrative now being used to sell the public on martial law being rolled out to lock down DC, and eventually all of America.
Just another preview of the soon to be permanent ‘new normal’ we’ve been seeing a lot of over the course of the past year…
At least there are plenty of people out there who can see what’s going on here, and that it has nothing to do with party politics and everything to do with strengthening the power of the state in the increasingly speedier march to total tyranny.
Whatever the real reason for this massive troop rollout and lockdown of DC, the military is clearly preparing for something, something totally out of the ordinary.
And now, on Friday (1/15) the FBI again warned of the coming violence, this time in a report warning of ‘substantial’ risk of explosives will be used as a part of the coming violence and ‘huge uprising’ on January 20.
Authorities are warning of the “substantial” risk that explosives will be among the “tactics” used during protests before and during the Jan. 20 inauguration of President-elect Joe Biden, piling on to a previous memo urging law enforcement to be prepared for armed demonstrations in all 50 state capitols in the coming days, according to a recent report.
Is this what preparation for the largest false flag in US history, orchestrated with the intention of sparking a civil war looks like? They’ve been warning of a ‘dark winter’ including election chaos leading to massive civil unrest, and it sure looks like they could now be preparing to launch the final stage in an operation designed to bring about the culmination of all the chaos they’ve been predicting since the summer of 2020.
In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago
In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.
https://newslyblog.home.blog/2021/01/18/dc-on-lockdown-is-civil-war/
:: 1-16-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Gaetz: Incoming Biden Administration Wants to ‘Use National Security Authorities Against MAGA’
By Jeff Poor16 Jan 2021
During an appearance on FNC’s “Hannity” on Friday, Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL) warned the incoming Biden administration is positioning itself to use national security tool against political opponents.
Gaetz told host Sean Hannity that he and several of his House colleagues were being targeted for the positions they held on election intergrity. “[W]e should take note of the language that the left is using — chemical warfare, insurrection, domestic terrorism,” he said. “That’s not by accident, Sean. There are exquisite authorities in our national laws that allow our government to do things to terrorists that we would never allow against our own people. But in the incoming Biden administration, they want to use national security authorities against MAGA. They’re targeting Mo Brooks, Paul Gosar, Andy Biggs, Louie Gohmert, Madison Cawthorn and myself because we had the nerve to actually stand up and point out the need for election integrity.”
“And we also pointed out their hypocrisy, because for all of the criticism that they have leveled against Donald Trump unfairly, they were the cheerleaders, fundraisers and apologists for the people who burned our cities, attacked our police and were on offense against the very notion of America for months this summer,” Gaetz continued. “They don’t want to account for that. Joe Biden doesn’t want to answer for it. Certainly, Kamala Harris doesn’t. And so, they are going to go after the president and his allies and they’re going to use national security authorities that you should never use against our fellow Americans.”
Follow Jeff Poor on Twitter @jeff_poor
:: 1-16-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How People Treat Free Speech These Days
564,484 views
•Jan 16, 2021
AwakenWithJP
1.68M subscribers
Take a stand against censorship. Join my Awakened Warriors Email List - https://awakenwithjp.com/joinme
In this video you’ll see how people treat free speech these days. Should freedom of speech still be a thing? Of course not! You’ll learn that freedom of speech causes violence and it needs to be censored because it’s highly dangerous. You also learn how depressed freedom of speech feels.
*For Comedy Show schedule and tickets: https://awakenwithjp.com/events/
-My NEW Awakened Shirts are available! Claim yours here: https://awakenwithjp.com/shop
Listen and Subscribe to my NEW Podcast here:
https://apple.co/3fFTbPC
It's also available everywhere else you get podcasts. Just search and subscribe to "Awaken With JP Sears Show"
Connect with me at:
http://www.facebook.com/AwakenWithJP
http://www.Instagram.com/AwakenWithJP
http://www.twitter.com/AwakenWithJP
https://mewe.com/p/awakenwithjp
https://parler.com/profile/AwakenWithJP
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a0OCuL3OHFc
:: 1-15-21 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The mRNA COVID Vaccine Is Not a Vaccine
By Makia Freeman Global Research, January 15, 2021
It’s NOT a vaccine. The mRNA COVID vaccine now being militarily deployed in many nations around the world, is NOT a vaccine. I repeat: it is not a vaccine. It is many things indeed, but a vaccine is not one of them. We have to awaken to the fact that the COVID scamdemic has rapidly accelerated the technocratic and transhumanistic aspects of the New World Order (NWO) to the point where people are blindly lining up to get injected with a “treatment” which is also a chemical device, an operating system, a synthetic pathogen and chemical pathogen production device. As covered in previous articles, this new COVID vax is a completely new kind of technology, potentially even more dangerous than your average toxic vaccine. In this article, we will explore in more depth what this mRNA vaccine is.
Doctors David Martin and Judy Mikovits Expose How So-Called COVID Vaccine is Not a Vaccine
Listen to this short excerpt featuring doctors David Martin and Judy Mikovits (who have both been very outspoken thus far in exposing the COVID plandemic) who are speaking with Robert Kennedy Jr. and lawyer Rocco Galati, who is representing a Canadian freedom group suing the government for the entire COVID scam. David Martin makes some extremely important points about how we can’t accurately label the device Moderna and Pfizer are pushing as a vaccine, because both medically and legally, is not a vaccine:
“This is not a vaccine … using the term vaccine to sneak this thing under public health exemptions … This is a mRNA packaged in a fat envelope that is delivered to a cell. It is a medical device designed to stimulate the human cell into becoming a pathogen creator. It is not a vaccine! Vaccines actually are a legally defined term … under public health law … under CDC and FDA standards, and a vaccine specifically has to stimulate both an immunity within the person receiving it, but it also has to disrupt transmission … They have been abundantly clear in saying that the mRNA strand that is going into the cell is not to stop transmission. It is a treatment. But if it was discussed as a treatment, it would not get the sympathetic ear of public health authorities, because then people would say “What other treatments are there?”
The use of the term vaccine is unconscionable … because it actually is the sucker punch to open and free discourse … Moderna was a started as a chemotherapy company for cancer, not a vaccine manufacturer for SARS … if we said we’re going to give people prophylactic chemo for the cancer they don’t have, you’d be laughed out of a room, because it’s a stupid idea. That’s exactly what this is! This is a mechanical device, in the form of a very small packet of technology, that is being inserted into the human system to activate the cell to become a pathogen manufacturing site.
The only reason why the term [vaccine] is being used is to abuse the 1905 Jacobsen case that has been misrepresented since it was written. If we were honest with this, we would actually call it what it is: it is a chemical pathogen device, that is actually meant to unleash a chemical pathogen production action within the cell. It is a medical device, not a drug, because it meets the CDRH [Center for Devices and Radiological Health] definition of a device.
It is made to make you sick … 80% of the people who are exposed to allegedly the virus [SARS-Cov-2] have no symptoms at all … 80% of people who get this injected into them have a clinical adverse event. You are getting injected with a chemical substance to induce illness, not to induce a[n] immuno-transmissive response. In other words, nothing about this is going to stop you transmitting anything. This is about getting you sick, and having your own cells be the thing that get you sick.”
Judy Mikovits also chips in with this:
“It’s a synthetic pathogen. They’ve literally injected this pathogenic part of the virus into every cell of the body … it can actually directly cause multiple sclerosis, Lou Gehrig’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease … it can cause accelerated cancer … that’s what the expression of that piece of virus … has been known to do for decades.”
https://www.globalresearch.ca/mrna-covid-vaccine-not-vaccine/5734464
:: 1-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
INSIDER ATTACK ALERT! 25,000 D.C. TROOPS TO BE VETTED! 'Hunger Games' Inauguration Goes Full Hamlet!
Restricted Republic w/ Lisa Haven & Justus Knight Published January 18, 2021 17,526 Views
Rumble — By Justus Knight on January 18, 2021
FREEDOM OF THE PRESS Must Continue! 14 Days FREE OFFER!!
Join www.restrictedrepublic.com now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!
Restricted Republic: https://restrictedrepublic.com
Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic
MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic
Telegram: https://t.me/restrictedrepublic
Signal: (Coming Soon)
Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic
Parler: https://parler.com/profile/RestrictedRepublic/posts
On today’s broadcast:
25,000 troops suddenly needed to be ‘vetted’ by the FBI. The paranoid Pelosi and beholden Biden have gone full Hamlet and created the ultimate Hunger Games Inauguration. Do you know why they had to go on Red Alert!? We do, and we’ll tell you every detail…because if it wasn’t a full attack from the outside (as their intel is now pointing out) that means it had to come from the…
God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight
Referenced Sources:
https://nypost.com/2020/04/04/lt-gen-russell-rips-jared-kushner-over-coronavirus-stockpile/
https://nypost.com/2021/01/15/pelosi-taps-russel-honore-to-lead-capitol-security-review/
https://www.cnn.com/2021/01/16/politics/insurrection-investigation-washington-lockdown/index.html
https://twitter.com/rawsmedia/status/1350533564924895233
:: 1-18-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2,000 National Guard Troops in DC Sworn In as Special Deputy US Marshals
By Jack Phillips January 18, 2021 Updated: January 18, 2021
About 2,000 National Guard troops were sworn in as U.S. Marshals before Inauguration Day, the U.S. Marshals Service said.
Chief Lamont Ruffin from D.C. District Court swore in the 2,000 National Guard troops as special deputy U.S. Marshals prior to the presidential inauguration, according to the federal law enforcement agency’s Twitter page.
The “deputation gives the guardsmen temporary, limited, law enforcement authority pertaining specifically to the safety and protection of the inauguration and related events,” the U.S. Marshals said in a caption on its Flickr page, showing the Guard troops being deputized at night.
Later Monday, the U.S. Marshals Service confirmed that the agency was assisting the U.S. Secret Service, which is leading the coordination of security for inauguration day.
The U.S. Marshals Service said in an emailed statement to The Epoch Times that it routinely supports other agencies with security efforts for presidential inaugurations.
“Additionally, the U.S. Marshal for the District of Columbia customarily specially deputizes thousands of state and local law enforcement officers from around the country to augment security at the event,” the statement said.
The U.S. Secret Service and Pentagon didn’t respond to The Epoch Times’ requests for comments.
Last week, officials confirmed that as many as 25,000 National Guard members were being deployed to the District of Columbia for Inauguration Day.
A statement from the Army to news outlets said the increase in Guard troops would support the “federal law enforcement mission and security preparations” during the inauguration.
“Our National Guard soldiers and airmen are set around the city to protect our nation’s Capital,” National Guard Bureau Chief Army Gen. Daniel Hokanson said in the statement.
Last week, the FBI sent out bulletins for the possibility of violence in connection with events on Jan. 20. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump called on Americans not to break the law.
“In light of reports of more demonstrations, I urge that there must be NO violence, NO lawbreaking, and NO vandalism of any kind,” Trump said. “That is not what I stand for, and it is not what America stands for. I call on ALL Americans to help ease tensions and calm tempers. Thank You.”
The National Park Service has closed the Washington Monument to tours and Mayor Muriel Bowser has asked visitors to avoid the city.
In Washington, the perimeter of a fence surrounding the Capitol was pushed out to encompass the Supreme Court and the Library of Congress. Roads and other access points were closed, and some businesses said they would shut.
At least 21 states have activated their National Guard troops, respectively, in capital cities. States where National Guard troops have been activated include California, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Maine, Minnesota, Michigan, North Carolina, New Mexico, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin, according to a tally from The Associated Press.
Reuters contributed to this report. This article has been updated with a statement from the U.S. Marshals service.
:: 1-18-21 The Beltway :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden Scared Military Will ATTACK HIM Instead of Defending Him At Inauguration
By Morti on January 18, 2021
Ask yourself why Joe Biden, if 80,000,000 people are so in love with him and the media is right that the vast majority of the country is so jazzed up about his election … why would her need more troops that we have over seas fighting the forever wars he helped bring the United States into, to ‘protect him’?
This is the kind of stuff tyrants, who know they are illegitimate do. In fact, it is a hallmark to authoritarian regimes.
The fact that Biden and Pelosi are scared that the military will turn on them is all you need to know about how guilty their consciouses are.
Let me take this opportunity to remind everyone of what you already know. Violence is not going to help us. We need to be the calm, rational, information distributing patriots, we can not descend to the left’s levels of political violence.
Of course, be prepared for the worse, but avoid violence at all costs, and NEVER instigate it
The Gateway Pundit explained:
‘In the days leading up to the Biden inaugural, the nation’s capital has been turned into an occupied military zone like Baghdad. In fact, there are more US troops in the nation’s capital today than in Iraq, Syria and Afghanistan combined. Armed US troops authorized to use lethal force are manning checkpoints to enter and leave downtown Washington, D.C. Green Zone and and Red Zone perimeters have been established. Several bridges into the city from neighboring Virginia are scheduled to be closed next week for the inaugural.
Razor wire topped fencing has been erected around the Capitol and Supreme Court, large swaths of official Washington have been blocked to vehicular traffic.
CCTV cameras were also installed so they can spy on the people they don’t trust.
According to NBC, US defense officials are worried about an inside attack or threat from guard members chosen to secure Biden’s fraudulent inauguration.
U.S. defense officials say they are worried about an insider attack or other threat from service members involved in securing President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration, prompting the FBI to vet all of the 25,000 National Guard troops coming into Washington for the event.
Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy told The Associated Press on Sunday that officials are conscious of the potential threat, and he warned commanders to be on the lookout for any problems within their ranks as the inauguration approaches. So far, however, he and other leaders say they have seen no evidence of any threats, and officials said the vetting hadn’t flagged any issues.
”We’re continually going through the process, and taking second, third looks at every one of the individuals assigned to this operation,” McCarthy said in an interview after he and other military leaders went through an exhaustive, three-hour security drill in preparation for Wednesday’s inauguration. He said Guard members are also getting training on how to identify potential insider threats. About 25,000 members of the National Guard are streaming into Washington from across the country — at least two and a half times the number for previous inaugurals. And while the military routinely reviews service members for extremist connections, the FBI screening is in addition to any previous monitoring. If Joe Biden needs 25,000 troops to protect his inauguration and he’s paranoid about an insider attack from those troops. perhaps he wasn’t elected by the people. Hoft pointed out.
There was another guy who I recall was consumed with concern about his own body guards killing him … his reign didn’t end well. Perhaps you remember him, his name was Adolf Hitler.
Conservative opinion writers and news reporters are under attack from the tyrants and Big Tech. We need your support now more than ever. To help us, you can do two things:
1. Like and share our articles and videos on every platform you can. Even though you are likely being censored also, it gives us a better chance of reaching a broader audience.
2. Join and become active on privately owned social media platforms. Our preferred platform is Spreely, but there are other good alternatives available.
Thanks, Terry
id:4977325&utm_campaign=1/18%20biden%20scared%20army
:: 1-19-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“Enforcement” Outnumbers Protestors At Capitol Before Inauguration
Tim Brown / January 19, 2021
Cops outnumber protestors at the nation’s capitol in advance of the inauguration on Wednesday. There is also allegedly a big show of force at many of the state’s capitols.
State capitols across the United States have been “reinforced” against a possible wave of pro-Trump armed protests after the FBI warned of “armed groups” preparing to descend on them. However, it’s become obvious that the situation on the ground tells a different story.
The massive number of military personnel and their presence are ominous and we are obviously not being told the entire truth. There’s no need to outnumber the protestors to this extent unless there’s something else going on and it’s the cover story. Are people actually still buying the official narrative this time?
The Capitol Hill riot, which saw an unruly group of pro-Trump protesters run amuck in the U.S. Capitol on January 6th, has been the current springboard talking point to bring in a level of military never seen before. Politicians (liars in suits aka, the ruling class) are warning of an undercurrent of right-wing “extremism” and “domestic terrorism” across the country. Journalists and liberal pundits continue to openly talk of the need to “cleanse” the nation of “Trumpism,” using rhetoric not seen since the days of WWII. Joe Biden’s inauguration on Wednesday will take place in a locked-down Washington, DC, behind unprecedented security, including 20,000 National Guardsmen. Some reports say there’s more military than that, however.
If this was simply to “arrest the deep state,” there wouldn’t be the need for this mass of troops. So what’s really going on? All I have, honestly, are speculations. There’s no evidence to back up anything yet, but my instincts say this is a cover story for something else much bigger and we all need to be prepared. Whatever is going on is preplanned. They brought in the military early enough that this should be obvious to people.
I would spend the day grabbing some “lead” if you can find any and maybe a few extra pounds of dried beans, and a case of water just in case. Make any last-minute preparations and know that you did your best to ensure your family will be safe. Don’t succumb to fear, as we know these elitists and the ruling class feed off of the terrified masses. Continue to do the right thing to others, help people if you can, be kind (many may need this in the coming weeks), and most of all, stay away from ALL of the state capitols! Keep your eyes and ears open. Be alert and aware and stay prepared. Gray-man skills could come in handy right now too.
Article posted with permission from Mac Slavo
https://thewashingtonstandard.com/enforcement-outnumbers-protestors-at-capitol-before-inauguration/
:: 1-18-21 General Hyten :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Channel created January 18 General Hyten
Don't give up hope. It may seem difficult to you, but we have everything under control.
236.5K views
17:15
General Hyten
Stay tuned for more information.
224.0K views
17:16
General Hyten
All stations are ready to go. Waiting on the decision of one man....
254.2K views
17:19
General Hyten
CASTLE_ROCK
244.3K views
17:24
General Hyten
Do not be afraid.
235.8K views
17:33
General Hyten
Biblical.
232.4K views
17:51
General Hyten
Have faith.
General Hyten
This is just the beginning....
The best is yet to come!!
322.0K views
20:16
General Hyten
Emergency Broadcasting System.
269.5K views
02:15
January 19
General Hyten
Day 0.
265.0K views
02:16
General Hyten
The president is safe.
266.4K views
02:40
General Hyten
They all know what's coming. [DS]
269.3K views
02:53
General Hyten
Get ready.
276.6K views
03:44
General Hyten
The whole world will hear it.
270.1K views
03:57
General Hyten
Light.
255.9K views
05:02
General Hyten
THE TRUTH WILL SHOCK THE WORLD.
273.4K views
05:05
General Hyten
Help will be provided.
257.7K views
05:25
General Hyten
The account is maintained by me.
- genhyten ?
260.3K views
05:44
General Hyten
By the people, for the people.
255.6K views
05:48
General Hyten
Information warfare.
256.1K views
06:13
General Hyten
[DS] ENEMY OF THE PEOPLE.
254.2K views
06:38
General Hyten
Freedom of information [truth] = END
244.4K views
07:07
General Hyten
Remember.
239.8K views
07:08
General Hyten
Digital Battlefield.
244.5K views
07:26
General Hyten
United we stand. Divided we fall.
and this continues link below
https://t.me/s/GeneralHyten?fbclid=IwAR3oA-M-0fmisaIBy4-G4cscZiQpdph7OgLshGVVxiPwYaoQIGmDDms6dUw
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 1-18-21 Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2 Gaza rockets fired toward Ashdod land in sea; IDF strikes Hamas in response
Military says launches did not trigger warning sirens, no reports of injury or damage; Israeli fighter jets bomb Hamas tunnel-digging sites
By Judah Ari Gross and TOI staff 18 January 2021, 5:13 amUpdated at 6:54 am
Palestinian terrorists in the Gaza Strip fired two rockets toward the southern Israeli city of Ashdod before dawn on Monday, which landed in the sea just off the coast of the city, the army said.
The projectiles did not trigger warning sirens, the Israel Defense Forces said. There were no injuries or damage reported. In response to the rocket fire, the Israeli military said, its fighter jets bombed sites where the Hamas terror group is digging underground tunnels in southern Gaza. Though it was not immediately clear which terror group in the Strip fired the rockets, the IDF said the Hamas terror group was ultimately responsible as it is the de facto ruler of the Palestinian enclave.
The rocket launches came after a period of relative quiet on the Gaza border.
In late December, Hamas and other Gaza terror groups held a joint military drill during which several rockets were fired toward the sea, in an effort to send a “clear message to the Zionist enemy.”
On the eve of the drill, Palestinians attempted to fire a projectile into Israel, but it failed to cross the Gaza border.
That came two days after two rockets fired from Gaza struck open areas along the coast — one near Ashdod and the other on Palmachim Beach, south of Tel Aviv — causing no significant damage or injuries.
Soldiers operating the Iron Dome air defense system attempted to shoot down the rocket fired toward Palmachim Beach, firing at least two interceptor missiles at the projectile, but did not bring it down. Fragments of an interceptor missile landed in the nearby city of Bat Yam, causing minor damage.
That rocket fire came days after the one-year anniversary of the killing of Palestinian Islamic Jihad commander Baha Abu al-Ata.
Hamas has ruled the Gaza Strip since 2007, when it expelled its rival Fatah following a bloody struggle for control of the coastal enclave. Israel has fought three large campaigns against terror groups in the Strip since Hamas took control of the area, along with dozens of smaller exchanges of fire.
https://www.timesofisrael.com/two-rockets-fired-from-gaza-toward-ashdod-land-in-sea/
:: 1--21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
750 killed at Ethiopian Orthodox church said to contain Ark of the Covenant: report
By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor
Around 750 people were killed in an attack on an Orthodox church, which is said to contain the Ark of the Covenant described in the Book of Exodus in the Bible, in northern Ethiopia’s war-torn Tigray region — home to thousands of churches and monasteries — according to reports.
Hundreds of people hiding in Maryam Tsiyon Church in Aksum amid an armed conflict were brought out and shot to death, and local residents believe the aim was to take the Ark of Covenant to Addis Ababa, the Belgium-based nonprofit European External Programme with Africa reported in this month’s situational report, released on Jan. 9.
“The number of people killed is reported as 750,” it said. The church, the most ancient and sacred of Ethiopian Christianity and also known as the Church of St. Mary of Zion, belongs to the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church.
“I’ve not heard more than rumours about the looting of the Arc from Maryam Tsion, but if it’s true that up to 750 died defending it, it is conceivable that the attackers didn't stop there,” said Michael Gervers, a professor of history at the University of Toronto, according to The Telegraph.
"The government and the Eritreans want to wipe out the Tigrayan culture. They think they’re better than rest of the people in the country. The looting is about destroying and removing the cultural presence of Tigray,” Gervers explained.
Former BBC World Service Africa editor and Senior Research Fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, Martin Plaut, said that those who escaped the Aksum massacre had reported that the attack began after Ethiopian federal troops and Amhara militia approached the church, the U.K.’s Church Times reported.
“People were worried about the safety of the Ark, and when they heard troops were approaching feared they had come to steal it. All those inside the cathedral were forced out into the square,” Plaut was quoted as saying.
About 1,000 people were believed to be in the church complex at the time of the attack. The EEPA said the massacre was carried out by Ethiopian federal troops and allied Amhara militia that are fighting the Tigray People’s Liberation Front.
The church and and the Ark have likely not been damaged, Plaut added.
The fighting began in Tigray since Nov. 4 when the region’s ruling political party Tigray People’s Liberation Front captured the Northern Command army base in the regional capital Mekelle as part of an uprising, after which Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed ordered a military offensive. Abiy claimed on Nov. 28 that the Ethiopian National Defense Force had regained “full command” of Mekelle.
However, humanitarian workers say the fighting continues.
:: 1-18-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Antibodies increase by 6 to 20 times after second Pfizer dose - Sheba
Results showed that antibodies were higher than those who suffered severe cases of the virus.
By MAAYAN JAFFE-HOFFMAN JANUARY 18, 2021 20:35
People who received their second dose of the Pfizer vaccine had a six- to 12-fold increase in the amount of antibodies produced to defend against the novel coronavirus, Sheba Medical Center in Tel Hashomer reported Monday.
The results of preliminary research were based on 102 cases of medical personnel vaccinated at the hospital. They had more antibodies than people who were severely infected with the virus and recovered.
“The results of the survey are in line with Pfizer’s experiment and even better than expected,” Prof. Gili Regev-Yochay, director of Sheba’s Infectious Disease Epidemiology Unit, said in a briefing Monday. “I expect that the survey results of the other employees participating will be similar. There is certainly reason for optimism.”
The result of the data is that Israel should see a reduction in the outbreak of the coronavirus across the country as more people receive their second doses, she said.
Two people did not develop antibodies, including one who is immunocompromised, Regev-Yochay said. There was no explanation for why the second person did not develop antibodies, and the hospital is investigating the matter, she said.
At last count, 7,106 Sheba employees have been vaccinated with the first dose, or approximately 80% of all staff. Of those, 4,484 received their second dose as of Monday. Although the study only involved 102 cases, others were being evaluated, Regev-Yochay said.
The study is specifically looking at immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies, which determine whether a patient has developed immunity. The study does not indicate how long the immunity will last or if a person who has antibodies can still carry the virus and infect others, Regev-Yochay said. However, she said it appeared to her that people who have been vaccinated will not shed the virus, meaning they will not pass it on to others.
While people who were sick and recovered are not yet eligible to receive the Pfizer vaccine in Israel, if further research shows that the vaccine produces improved immunity, it is possible that they will be inoculated in a second phase, at least with the booster shot, Regev-Yochay said.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 1--21 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Aid effort intensifies after Indonesia quake that killed 84
By NINIEK KARMINI and YUSUF WAHILyesterday
MAMUJU, Indonesia (AP) — Aid was reaching the thousands of people left homeless and struggling after an earthquake that killed at least 84 people on an Indonesian island where rescuers intensified their work Monday to find those buried in the rubble.
More rescuers and volunteers were deployed in the hardest-hit city of Mamuju and the neighboring district of Majene on Sulawesi island, where the magnitude 6.2 quake struck early Friday, said Raditya Jati, the National Disaster Mitigation Agency’s spokesperson.
He said nearly 20,000 survivors were moved to shelters and more than 900 people were injured, with nearly 300 of them still receiving treatment for serious injuries.
A total of 73 people died in Mamuju and 11 in Majene, said Didi Hamzar, the disaster agency’s director of preparedness. He said rescuers also managed to pull 18 people alive from the rubble of a collapsed houses and buildings.
Mahatir, a relief coordinator for volunteer rescuers, said his team was trying to reach many people in six isolated villages in Majene district after the quake damaged roads and bridges. Aid and other logistic supplies can be distributed only by foot over the severe terrain, said Mahatir who goes by one name.
In a virtual news conference, Hamzar said that three helicopters were taking aid supplies Monday to four cut-off villages in Majene.
In other hard hit areas. water, which has been in short supply, as well as food and medical supplies were being distributed from trucks. The military said it sent five planes carrying rescue personnel, food, medicine, blankets, field tents and water tankers.
Volunteers and rescue personnel erected more temporary shelters for those left homeless in Mamuju and Majene.
Most were barely protected by makeshift shelters that were lashed by heavy monsoon downpours. Only a few were lucky to be protected by tarpaulin-covered tents. They said they were running low on food, blankets and other aid, as emergency supplies were rushed to the hard-hit region.
Police and soldiers were deployed to guard vehicles carrying relief goods and grocery stores from looting that occurred in some areas, said Muhammad Helmi, who heads the West Sulawesi police’s operation unit.
Jati said at least 1,150 houses in Majene were damaged and the agency was still collecting data on damaged houses and buildings in Mamuju.
Mamuju, the provincial capital of nearly 300,000 people, was strewn with debris from collapsed buildings. The governor’s office building was almost flattened and a shopping mall was reduced to a crumpled hulk.
The disaster agency said the evacuees are in dire need of basic necessities — blankets, mats, tents, baby food and medical services.
The disaster agency’s chief, Doni Monardo, said authorities were trying to separate high- and lower-risk groups and provided tens of thousands of anti-coronavirus masks for those needing shelters. He said authorities would also set up health posts at the camps to test people for the virus. People being housed in temporary shelters were seen standing close together, many of them without masks, saying that they difficult to observe health protocols in this emergency situation.
West Sulawesi province has recorded more than 2,500 cases of the coronavirus, including 58 deaths. Indonesia has confirmed nearly 908,000 cases and almost 26,000 fatalities.
Many on Sulawesi island are still haunted by a magnitude 7.5 earthquake that devastated Palu city in 2018, setting of a tsunami and a phenomenon called liquefaction in which soil collapses into itself. More than 4,000 people were killed, including many who were buried when whole neighborhoods were swallowed in the falling ground.
Indonesia, home to more than 260 million people, is lined with seismic faults and is frequently hit by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and tsunamis. A magnitude 9.1 earthquake off Sumatra in 2004 triggered a tsunami that killed 230,000 people in a dozen countries.
Karmini reported from Jakarta, Indonesia.
:: 1-17-21 WCBV abc 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FBI vetting National Guard troops in DC amid fears of insider attack at inauguration
Updated: 4:18 AM EST Jan 18, 2021
U.S. defense officials say they are worried about an insider attack or other threat from service members involved in securing President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration, prompting the FBI to vet all of the 25,000 National Guard troops coming into Washington for the event.
The massive undertaking reflects the extraordinary security concerns that have gripped Washington following the deadly Jan. 6 insurrection at the U.S. Capitol by pro-Trump rioters. And it underscores fears that some of the very people assigned to protect the city over the next several days could present a threat to the incoming president and other VIPs in attendance.
Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy told The Associated Press on Sunday that officials are conscious of the potential threat, and he warned commanders to be on the lookout for any problems within their ranks as the inauguration approaches. So far, however, he and other leaders say they have seen no evidence of any threats, and officials said the vetting hadn't flagged any issues that they were aware of.
”We’re continually going through the process, and taking second, third looks at every one of the individuals assigned to this operation,” McCarthy said in an interview after he and other military leaders went through an exhaustive, three-hour security drill in preparation for Wednesday’s inauguration. He said Guard members are also getting training on how to identify potential insider threats.
About 25,000 members of the National Guard are streaming into Washington from across the country — at least two and a half times the number for previous inaugurals. And while the military routinely reviews service members for extremist connections, the FBI screening is in addition to any previous monitoring. Multiple officials said the process began as the first Guard troops began deploying to D.C. more than a week ago. And they said it is slated to be complete by Wednesday. Several officials discussed military planning on condition of anonymity.
“The question is, is that all of them? Are there others?” said McCarthy. “We need to be conscious of it and we need to put all of the mechanisms in place to thoroughly vet these men and women who would support any operations like this.”
In a situation like this one, FBI vetting would involve running peoples’ names through databases and watchlists maintained by the bureau to see if anything alarming comes up. That could include involvement in prior investigations or terrorism-related concerns, said David Gomez, a former FBI national security supervisor in Seattle.
Insider threats have been a persistent law enforcement priority in the years after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks. But in most cases, the threats are from homegrown insurgents radicalized by al-Qaida, the Islamic State group or similar groups. In contrast, the threats against Biden’s inauguration have been fueled by supporters of President Donald Trump, far-right militants, white supremacists and other radical groups. Many believe Trump’s baseless accusations that the election was stolen from him, a claim that has been refuted by many courts, the Justice Department and Republican officials in key battleground states.
The insurrection at the Capitol began after Trump made incendiary remarks at the Jan. 6 rally. According to McCarthy, service members from across the military were at that rally, but it’s not clear how many were there or who may have participated in the breach at the Capitol. So far only a couple of current active-duty or National Guard members have been arrested in connection with the Capitol assault, which left five people dead. The dead included a Capitol Police officer and a woman shot by police as she climbed through a window in a door near the House chamber. Gen. Daniel R. Hokanson, chief of the National Guard Bureau, has been meeting with Guard troops as they arrive in D.C. and as they gather downtown. He said he believes there are good processes in place to identify any potential threats.
“If there’s any indication that any of our soldiers or airmen are expressing things that are extremist views, it’s either handed over to law enforcement or dealt with the chain of command immediately,” he said.
The insider threat, however, was just one of the security concerns voiced by officials on Sunday, as dozens of military, National Guard, law enforcement and Washington, D.C., officials and commanders went through a security rehearsal in northern Virginia. As many as three dozen leaders lined tables that ringed a massive color-coded map of D.C. reflected onto the floor. Behind them were dozens more National Guard officers and staff, with their eyes trained on additional maps and charts displayed on the wall.
The Secret Service is in charge of event security, but there is a wide variety of military and law enforcement personnel involved, ranging from the National Guard and the FBI to Washington’s Metropolitan Police Department, U.S. Capitol Police and U.S. Park Police.
Commanders went over every aspect of the city’s complicated security lockdown, with McCarthy and others peppering them with questions about how the troops will respond in any scenario and how well they can communicate with the other enforcement agencies scattered around the city.
The major security concern is an attack by armed groups of individuals, as well as planted explosives and other devices. McCarthy said intelligence reports suggest that groups are organizing armed rallies leading up to Inauguration Day, and possibly after that.
The bulk of the Guard members will be armed. And McCarthy said units are going through repeated drills to practice when and how to use force and how to work quickly with law enforcement partners. Law enforcement officers would make any arrests.
He said Guard units are going through “constant mental repetitions of looking at the map and talking through scenarios with leaders so they understand their task and purpose, they know their routes, they know where they’re friendly, adjacent units are, they have the appropriate frequencies to communicate with their law enforcement partners.”
The key goal, he said, is for America’s transfer of power to happen without incident.
“This is a national priority. We have to be successful as an institution,” said McCarthy. “ “We want to send the message to everyone in the United States and for the rest of the world that we can do this safely and peacefully.”
Associated Press writer Eric Tucker contributed to this report.
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 1-11-21 News Thud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
PARLER GOES DARK. In America, if the left doesn’t like you, they can just turn you off. For EVERYONE.
written by J.C McCallum January 11, 2021
It is now 30 minutes past midnight, Pacific Time, and per their ultimatum this weekend, Amazon has turned off Parler. The Big Tech Purge is now at the next level.
They’ve gone from concept to execution (a fitting word) on their test case of shutting down speech and banning what they don’t like from the internet.
It could take weeks or more for Parler to come back, IF they can come back, as CEO John Matze explained on Sunday.
They’re having trouble finding vendors, because the mafia bosses have declared them unclean.
He elaborated even more in one of the final Parleys before the lights went out.
Who is next?
medium=email&utm_term=0_84584849d2-7c67911a58-74340405
:: 1-10-21 Hagman Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exposing Those Who Control Our Nation
By Douglas J. Hagmann - January 10, 2021
Countries under Communist control crush corporations and silence their CEOs for criticizing their governments. Currently, in the US, we are witnessing the inverse of that approach.
In Communist countries, a state-run media exists. In the US, a media-run state exists. It’s a distinction without a difference, as both models result in a nearly identical crackdown of our freedoms.
CEOs of corporations, specifically those of “big tech” companies, are controlling the levers of power by silencing “America First” patriots inside and outside of government. Never has it been so apparent as the “Digital Night of the Long Knives,” when these oligarchs conspired to silence the President of the United States and countless other conservative voices in a wholesale, historical, and dangerous “purge” of dissenting ideologies.
What we saw in this purge was not an organic response or reaction to the events that happened at the Capitol last Wednesday. It was a power-play made by permanent or “deep state” oligarchs who have been waiting for just such a manageable and exploitable event.
Social media and the various internet platforms “came of age” when Barack Hussein Obama occupied the White House. During that period, the deliberate and most effective integration of power between big business, the corporate media, social media platforms, and government at the highest level of the permanent or “deep state” took place. Members of the Obama regime, including and especially from the State Department and National Security Council, combined with big tech to form what many people today refer to as the “shadow government.” It was also during this period that big tech companies and media giants integrated with the authoritarian national security apparatus. This deliberate construct enabled selected key individuals at the highest levels of big government to shape public opinion by controlling news content. It was also during this time that “fake news” and oligarch appointed and approved “fact-checkers” came of age. Globalist oligarchs refined their control of whatever narrative was necessary at the time to turn public sentiment against a patriotic and unapologetic ideology of “America First.”
Asserting that platforms such as Twitter and Facebook are private companies and therefore not subject to First Amendment applications seems like a legitimate constitutional argument, at least on its face. However, the vertical integration with the permanent state has resulted in the virtual town square’s near-complete occupation, where only approved speech is permitted. This vertical integration of power is the precise reason that President Trump has been consistently antagonistic and vocal towards the media since he first announced his candidacy. We must also realize that there is no longer any meaningful distinction between the corporate globalist oligarchs of the social media platforms, corporate media, and the authoritarian state.
This integration of power is responsible for perpetuating hoaxes such as Russiagate, the unwarranted and costly Mueller investigation, the chorus of media calling for President Trump’s impeachment, and the complete blackout of overt voter and election fraud.
What this big tech-authoritarian partnership has planned next, however, is far more alarming and dangerous than most people can imagine, yet many are cheering for it without reservation.
Allowed to continue unabated, the full force of the American security apparatus will be used against anyone who ever voiced their support for Donald Trump and his “Make America Great – Keep America Great” agenda. The national security apparatus will target those who continue to embrace a populist agenda.
This corrupt globalist regime, a combination of the permanent state and big tech oligarchs, will not be satisfied to simply silence those who oppose a globalist agenda and support American exceptionalism. They intend to employ a scorched earth policy against 75 million-plus patriots, labeling us as domestic terrorists.
That is a point from which we can never return.
https://www.hagmannreport.com/exposing-those-who-control-our-nation/
:: 1-10-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Great Purge Of 2021 Will Have Dire Consequences Nationwide As 'Big Tech' Declares War Upon America By Censoring Our Commander In Chief
- Emboldened Censorious Nazis Of Social Media And Big Tech Are Purging Conservatives
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 10, 2021
Just two days ago I wrote "Get ready folks, this is it," while describing the signs indicating an imminent full purge was going into effect as Facebook terminated the President of the United States Facebook account, and Twitter first temporarily suspended President Trump. Then Twitter permanently banned him. Instagram too.
Parler's app, known as a free speech alternative to Twitter, has been threatened by one service demanding they start censoring speech like FB and Twitter has, and another services stopped offering the app. Gab has been threatened countless times.
Twitter also banned top conservatives voices from their platforms as the rest of conservatives watched their accounts decrease by tens of millions of followers collectively.
Conservative journalists are also being banned from Facebook and Instagram.
The point here is that Joe Biden has not even been inaugurated and yet the emboldened, censorious Nazi's of social media, aka, Jack Dorsey and Mark Zuckerberg, and Big tech including Apple, Google play, and YouTube, have already begun the "Great Purge of 2021."
THERE WILL BE NO DISSENT
For the first time a number of high profile conservative names, such as Rush Limbaugh, Lou Dobbs, and Mark Levin all deactivated their Twitter accounts in response to the deplatforming of President Trump, after telling their followers to join them on Parler.
In fact the mass exodus from Twitter briefly made it hard to access Parler, but they seem to be running fine now.
Congressional Republicans tear into big tech and social media for their draconian censorship, comparing them to China, we do note a few coinciding events happening.
The entire purpose of the Great Purge of 2021 is to stifle any dissent to a Biden presidency, to conceal what a Biden administration is doing, by only allowing the "official" narrative to be discussed on their platforms.
I think neither big tech and social media, nor the media who are celebrating the deplatforming of President Trump, as well as the radical liberal democrat politicians, understand exactly the type of war they are asking for.
For example: Should liberals that run Twitter and Facebook, get their way and drive conservatives from their platforms, the following unintended consequences are not going to make them very happy.
• There will be no debate on their platform because it will be full of only radical liberals.
Talk about boring!!
• How long before they start eating each other, cancelling themselves for saying the wrong thing. Liberals now hunt through Twitter and Facebook to flag everything they disagree with... who will be left to compalin about when conservatives are gone? Answer: Other liberals.
• Most liberals will have no idea what conservatives are saying, planning, or organizing. Look how freaked out they get if they are forced to hear an opion other than their own. It makes it highly doubtful they will spend much time on conservative sites.
In the meantime they are giving conservatives the edge here in their information war because conservatives can listen to other opinions without their heads exploding. Conservatives will spend time on liberal sites and determine what liberals are up to.
ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.
DEMOCRATS SHOULD WATCH WHAT THEY ASK FOR......
They may get far more than they bargained for, and frankly, they will deserve it.
They feel emboldened because they know that Democrats will control the House, the Senate and the White House, incorrectly assuming that conservatives can do nothing if DC is controlled by Democrats.
Fine by us, they can think what they want, because we are starting to see the type of organizing from frustrated and annoyed conservatives that we have not seen to date.
Organizing that liberals seem completely oblivious to.
The march at the capitol, excluding the Antifa infiltrators and troublemakers, was a shot across the bow and Democrats like Nancy Pelosi have no idea at all the can of worms she is about to open by pushing for an impeachment just 10 days away from inauguration.
The same goes for Dorsey at Twitter and Zuckerberg at Facebook, because their actions will incite far worse than what was seen at the Capitol, which is ironic since they banned Trump claiming he could incite violence.
Jack Dorsey and Mark Zuckerberg should look in the mirror, because what comes next is partly their fault for deliberately trying to incite conservatives, generally armed Americans, to fight back against you and liberals collectively. BOTTOM LINE
Prep, prep and then prep some more. Pull cash out of the bank. Lock and load and prepare to defend yourself, your home, neighbors, family and communities.
If this is where Pelosi and her merry band of liberal extremists, along with their cheerleaders in the media, and social media enablers, want to go..... then they better hope they are ready for the response.
Via an email this morning, it was suggested we are able to reach readers just in case something happened to ANP.
There is a newsletter link at the bottom of every page, and HERE. The newsletter is sent out about once a week, sometimes twice if it is a busy news week. Sign up if you want to and we will email with a place everyone can congregate if anything happens that knocks us down temporarily.
We will also place a notification on the ANP #2 backup site (Bookmark it)
If anyone else has a newsletter, or chat forum, or blog site, feel free to post it in the comment section so other readers can bookmark it as well.
https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Great_Purge_Of_2021.php
:: 1-10-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Parler & the Problem of Escaping Internet Censorship
The Washington Standard / January 10, 2021
The transition from desktops and laptops to Android and IOS devices mean that users are operating in a walled garden run by two very lefty companies. Those companies can do with the garden what they please. Those users who choose to jailbreak their devices have more options, but most don’t. Conservatives can try to distribute the knowledge more widely and encourage that kind of self-empowerment. But the bottom line is most smartphone, Kindle, Chromebook, etc users want a simple device that just works and runs all the apps in the app store. Doing anything more complicated would be inconvenient. People also tend to get their smartphones from one of the handful of remaining providers, e.g. the big three, AT&T, Verizon, and T-Mobile. You may think you’re not using one of those companies, but even then you’re probably using one of their branded providers or a small company that’s using their services.
That means 5 companies essentially control the mobile ecosystem and can shut down an app like Parler anytime they please. They can also, if they please, shut down access to any site accessed through their browsers. They can also ban any browser from their app store or device that doesn’t shut down access to these sites.
There are potential workarounds, but they all involve escalating levels of difficulty.
And since the trend has moved away from any kind of independent user agency and toward crippled ‘smart’ devices, that’s the battle going forward.
Don’t get the idea that desktops and laptops are safe.
Microsoft is ‘evolving’ toward a walled garden of apps. Redmond being incompetent, it’s messed up multiple opportunities to do so, notably Windows 8, which was a complete disaster. The PC is really only free because Microsoft is incompetent. But Microsoft wants to take a percent from every app installed. And at some point it’s going to shove that into Windows 10 in another update while deliberately breaking Windows 7 under the guise of some sort of urgent emergency threat.
The internet service providers are also narrowing down to a smaller group that’s only going to get smaller which would make it possible for a handful of telecoms to likewise block access to particular sites. There are a lot more workarounds for that scenario, but every workaround limits the potential audience and ghettoizes conservatives.
The conservative movement in the past few years embraced Section 230 abolition. As I warned in the past, threatening to abolish Section 230 is a good form of leverage, but would accomplish very little once it’s done, except reward some rivals like Disney. Antitrust breakups, which the DOJ and Republican states were pushing for, would have done far more. But considering the events of the past few months, that’s a lot less likely to happen. Instead, look for Google and the rest of the boys to “negotiate” a settlement that will see them moving millions into Democrats and lefty groups in exchange for promising not to misbehave. Win-win, as they say. I’ve laid out the scale of the digital iron curtain only in part. I haven’t even gotten to the problem of services like cloudfront and similar services, and how they can be used to curtail competition. I previously discussed why it’s so hard to launch a rival search engine (there are only two actual search engines, Google and Microsoft’s Bing. DuckDuckGo is cute, but just allows you to search Bing without Microsoft seeing your searches.)
Nor have I even touched on the role played by advertising and payment solutions. Control those and no conservative site is going to be profitable. Meanwhile, lefty sites can be awash in cash. It’s not just the internet obviously.
Antitrust action is a partial answer. It’s the biggest one to date. The only other answers are to work around the restrictions, to be rats in the walls, a challenging prospect that will limit the potential audience, or to reimagine the internet, an even more challenging concept. There are some ideas there, but they’ll have to wait for another time.
The problem isn’t just that Facebook, Twitter, or Google are biased against conservatives. The problem is that the internet is controlled by an increasingly small interconnected network of companies who can act in concert to suppress anyone or anything they don’t like. You can’t just walk in and ‘compete’ with a trust. In the last decade, the Democrats, the media, and Big Tech assembled a rationale, e.g. disinformation, Russian interference, for heavily censoring the internet.
Conservatives were slow to grasp the scale of the threat, to react to it, and to build a plan to fight it. That plan still isn’t fully there. And there’s only so much time.
Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield
https://thewashingtonstandard.com/parler-the-problem-of-escaping-internet-censorship/
[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc
:: 1-11-21 The Telegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Talk-radio owner orders conservative hosts to temper election fraud rhetoric
Paul Farhi, The Washington Post Published 5:17 am CST, Monday, January 11, 2021
After months of stoking anger about alleged election fraud, one of America's largest talk-radio companies has decided on an abrupt change of direction.
Cumulus Media, which employs some of the most popular right-leaning talk-radio hosts in the United States, has told its on-air personalities to stop suggesting that the election was stolen from President Donald Trump - or else face termination.
A Cumulus executive issued the directive on Wednesday, just as Congress met to certify Joe Biden's election victory and an angry mob of Trump supporters marched on the Capitol, overwhelmed police and briefly occupied the building, terrorizing lawmakers and leading to the deaths of five people.
"We need to help induce national calm NOW," Brian Philips, executive vice president of content for Cumulus, wrote in an internal memo, which was first reported by Inside Music Media. Cumulus and its program syndication arm, Westwood One, "will not tolerate any suggestion that the election has not ended. The election has been resolved and there are no alternate acceptable 'paths.' "
The memo adds: "If you transgress this policy, you can expect to separate from the company immediately."
A Cumulus representative did not respond to repeated requests for comment on Sunday.
The new policy is a stunning corporate clampdown on the kind of provocative and even inflammatory talk that has long driven the business model for Cumulus and other talk show broadcasters. And it came as Apple, Google and Amazon cut off essential business services to Parler, the pro-Trump social media network where users have promoted falsehoods about election fraud and praised the mob that assaulted the Capitol. Apple and Google removed the Parler app from the offerings for its smartphones, while Amazon suspended it from its Web-hosting services. (Amazon founder and chief executive Jeff Bezos owns The Washington Post.)
Since the election, Cumulus has remained silent while its most popular hosts - which include Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro and Dan Bongino - have amplified Trump's lies that the vote was "rigged" or in some way fraudulent.
On his program on Tuesday, the day before the march on the Capitol, for example, Levin fulminated about Congress's certification of electoral votes for Biden, describing the normally routine vote as an act of "tyranny."
"You think the framers of the Constitution . . . sat there and said, 'Congress has no choice [to accept the votes], even if there's fraud, even if there's some court order, even if some legislature has violated the Constitution?' " Levin said, his voice rising to a shout.
Atlanta-based Cumulus owns 416 radio stations in 84 regions across the country. Many of its stations broadcast a talk format, a medium that has been dominated by a conservative point of view for decades. In addition to its national personalities, it employs local talk-radio hosts in many of its markets.
Cumulus's biggest stations include WMAL in Washington, KABC in Los Angeles, WLS in Chicago and KGO in San Francisco, all of which air a news-talk format. (Rush Limbaugh, perhaps the biggest star of conservative talk, is syndicated by another company, Premiere Networks, though his program is heard on many Cumulus-owned stations. Limbaugh isn't subject to Cumulus's memo.)
The memo appears to reflect the reality that voters, presidential electors, courts and now Congress have accepted or certified that Biden won the election and is the president-elect. It may also be an attempt to cool down emotions that led to Wednesday's invasion of the Capitol, and to mollify advertisers that are concerned about being associated with programs that could be inciting listeners to violence.
But it also reveals some of the hidden corporate hand behind what is said and discussed on talk-radio programs. Rather than a medium of freethinking individuals expressing passionately held beliefs, the memo reminds that hosts are subject to corporate mandates and control.
"It's naive not to recognize that a corporate imperative goes into all media," said Michael Harrison, the publisher of Talkers magazine, which covers talk radio. "Corporations have always called the tune ultimately. Everyone pays attention to the guys at the top and always has."
Talk-radio hosts, Harrison said, "never expected" their critiques of the election "to get out of hand" in the manner seen Wednesday. Cumulus and other broadcast companies "recognize they're in the hot seat right now because the national eye is on them," he said.
Asked how hosts who have repeatedly promoted Trump's claims of fraud can now credibly flip to acceptance, Harrison said: "I would hope they put their personal feelings aside and come clean with their listeners. I encourage them to pursue the truth and to tell their audience something that Trump may not like."
However, there's some question as to whether stars such as Levin will comply with the recent edict and whether Cumulus will discipline them if they don't.
On his syndicated radio program on Thursday, a day after Cumulus sent its memo and Trump supporters breached the Capitol, Levin didn't seem to be backing off. "It appears nothing has changed in 24 hours," he said on the air. "Not a damn thing. The never-Trumpers, the RINOs, the media - same damn thing."
He went on to add: "I'm not stirring up a damn thing. Everything I say is based on principle and mission. Everything is based on liberty, family, faith, the Constitution. . . . My enemies and my critics can't say the same."
https://www.thetelegraph.com/news/article/Talk-radio-owner-orders-conservative-hosts-to-15860720.php
[
:: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
[
:: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
etc..
The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses
have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They
understand not what my word has said, etc..
[
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]
Rev 6:1 Now I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals; and
I heard one of the four living creatures saying with a voice like thunder,
"Come and see."
Rev
6:5 When He opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say,
"Come and see." So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he
who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hand.
Rev
6:6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying,
"A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius;
and do not harm the oil and the wine." (inflation)
:: 1-9-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Food Price Inflation Accelerates For Seventh Consecutive Month
by Tyler Durden Saturday, Jan 09, 2021 - 23:00
Is it time to worry about food inflation?
The Food and Agriculture Organization's Food Price Index rose for a seventh consecutive month in December, led by dairy products and vegetable oils.
The FAO Food Price Index averaged 107.5 points last month versus 105.2 points in November.
The benchmark, which tracks global food prices of cereals, oilseeds, dairy products, meat, and sugar, averaged 97.9 points for 2020, a three-year high, and a 3.1% rise from 2019 levels.
The global food index was still down 25% from its historical high reached in 2011.
Vegetable oil prices saw the most significant jump, up 4.7% month-on-month in December after surging more than 14.0% in November. The index was up 19.1% in 2020 over the prior year.
FAO explained that soaring vegetable oil prices are due to "ongoing supply tightness in major palm oil-producing countries. International trade was affected by a sharp hike in export duties in Indonesia. International prices for soy oil rose in part due to prolonged strikes in Argentina that impacted both crushing activity and port logistics."
Cereal prices rose 1.1% from November and for all of 2020 averaged 6.6% over the prior year. The reason for the increase is that export prices for wheat, maize, sorghum, and rice all rose last month due to growing condition concerns in North and South America and the Russian Federation.
Earlier this week, we highlighted drought conditions materialized in Argentina resulted in corn (maize) prices trading in Chicago surging to 6-1/2 year highs.
Rome-based FAO said the dairy index increased 3.2% on the month, but for the year, it was flat compared to 2019.
The meat index increased 1.7% last month, while its average this year was 4.5% below that of 2019.
Everyone's favorite permabear, SocGen's Albert Edwards, who, unlike Goldman Sachs, is starting to worry about soaring food inflation, writes FAO Food Price Index been surging over the last few months.
With the FAO food index continually rising, Edwards notes that "annual inflation in cereals reached 20%, the highest annual rise since mid-2011 when the Arab Spring was in full flow! (see chart below)."
Edwards makes his feelings clear on who ultimately was to blame for the global tidal wave in food inflation back in 2011: "Despite Ben Bernanke's denials that the Fed's QE policies caused rampant food price inflation in 2011 (link), many economists such as myself believe that was absolutely the case."
Edwards summarizes his concerns best with the following statement: "even in the richest country in the world, food poverty has become a real problem during this pandemic."
This leaves us with the next imminent food inflation crisis as central banks are mindlessly injecting a record $1.4 billion in liquidity into capital markets every hour.
Soaring food inflation may result in social-destabilization; the question is where will it start?
https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/global-food-prices-rise-seventh-consecutive-month
:: 1-10-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Clock ticks towards release of UFO report as emergency relief bill forces US intelligence agencies to reveal knowledge
10 Jan, 2021 12:51
We’re set to hear what US intelligence agencies have learnt about UFOs in their decades investigating the phenomenon, thanks to a law buried deep in the emergency relief bill that was signed by President Donald Trump.
A 180-day clock is ticking for the secretary of defense and the director of national intelligence to provide Congress with an unclassified report about “unidentified aerial phenomena” – more commonly referred to as Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) – due to one of the stipulations contained in the 5,600-page bill that Trump signed in late December.
The report is required to include “a detailed analysis of unidentified aerial phenomena data and intelligence reporting collected or held” by almost all US intelligence agencies.
It must also include “identification of any incidents or patterns that indicate a potential adversary may have achieved breakthrough aerospace capabilities that could put United States strategic or conventional forces at risk.”
A former deputy assistant secretary of defense for intelligence has backed the move, saying he hopes the incoming Biden administration will “rigorously execute its oversight prerogatives” regarding the report.
“The concerns of the public and numerous military personnel have been ignored by the national security bureaucracy for far too long,” Christopher Mellon added.
Last April, the Pentagon declassified three videos and released a range of new details about encounters between US navy aircraft and unidentified flying objects.
READ MORE: 'That’s a hell of a video!’ Trump’s reaction to Pentagon’s declassified UFO footage leaves ET hunters puzzled
The recordings were captured by navy pilots in November 2004 and January 2015. In the videos mysterious objects can be seen traversing the skies at extremely high speeds and performing seemingly physics defying maneuvers.
Two of the videos contain the recordings of the communications by the pilots, who were clearly shocked at the velocity of the unknown aircraft.
Late last year, former Obama-era CIA director John Brennan described the declassified footage as “eyebrow-raising” and said it should be treated with an open mind.
Obama himself recently revealed that, while in office, he had asked what the government knew about aliens and UFOs. However, he’s seemingly less keen on revealing what he was told.
https://www.rt.com/usa/512069-ufo-us-intelligence-covid-relief-trump/
[:: 3-31-19 am service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.
:: 1-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democrats Would NEVER Have A Moment Of Peace If Americans Took This 2018 Advice From Dem Rep Maxine Waters - Americans Should NEVER Give Tyrants Our 'Consent To Be Governed'
- Absolute Proof That Democrats Are The Biggest Hypocrites In America
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 11, 2021
We're going to start this story off by emphasizing that while we strongly recommend that ALL Americans be fully prepared to defend themselves when necessary, with justifiable self-defense and the defense of others not only being fully supported by US law but fully ingrained in the US Constitution and fully 'justifiable' in the eyes of God, we would NEVER advocate what California Democrat Representative Maxine Waters advocated back in 2018.
With gun stocks soaring and gun sales now going through the roof in America, (with democrats and 'big tech' becoming some of the 'biggest gun sales people' in America without even knowing it due to their Communist-style censorship of President Donald Trump), we have to take a look back at this June 25th of 2018 story over at CNN (saved at archive) titled "Maxine Waters encourages supporters to harass Trump administration officials".
Reporting back then that California's Representative Waters had called on her supporters to publicly confront and harass members of the Trump administration in response to the Trump administration's "zero tolerance" policy that she claimed had led to the separation of families at the border, Democrats should think very hard about Waters speech back then should they themselves be confronted by very angry Americans in the days, weeks, months and years ahead.
And we'd venture a guess that Democrats would likely scream out in bloody horror like the pathetic little hypocrites that they are if someone told Americans to do to any Biden administration official what Maxine Waters told her constituents to do to every member of President Trump's administration:
"Let's make sure we show up wherever we have to show up. And if you see anybody from that Cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd. And you push back on them. And you tell them they're not welcome anymore, anywhere."
and
"The people are going to turn on them. They're going to protest. They're going to absolutely harass them until they decide that they're going to tell the President, 'No, I can't hang with you",
Just imagine how 2021 Democrat politicians nationwide would react if 'everywhere they go', they were going to be 'harassed' like Waters told Democrats to do to President Trump's administration! While many would argue that 'turnabout is fair play', cowardly Democrats would surely call Americans harassing them like Waters told Democrats to harass the Trump administration 'terrorism'. But Waters called harassing Trump officials 'resistance'. So, as Waters would put it, 'Viva la Resistance', America!
Perfectly proving the 'double standard' and utter hypocrisy that has left many Democrats actually believing that 'their own sh*t doesn't stink', one also has to wonder why Democrats in Congress are REALLY now so petrified of President Trump as he approaches the one-week mark left in his presidency. So fearful of President Trump that Democrats insanely plan on attempting to 'impeach' him once again.
Why this late in his term? What does President Trump know that Democrats don't want Americans to know?
With Senator Lindsey Graham himself recently witnessing such a response from angry Americans when he was confronted at the airport by a large group of people screaming 'traitor', is it just a coincidence that Graham also recently warned Democrats NOT to impeach President Trump? Graham recently warned that to do so, "Democrats will be 'tearing this country apart."
So as we had warned in this January 9th ANP story titled "More Proof Democrats Want Us All Dead! Can You Imagine The Outrage If A President Trump Supporter Said THIS!," it's well past time to prepare to defend our families and loved ones, especially with some Democrats actually calling for Trump-supporters to be killed for our political beliefs and the fact that we deeply believe Democrats committed voter fraud at the very highest levels and 'stole' this election.
And a fact Democrats can never get away from is, simply put, should Joe Biden ever make it into the White House, Biden will never be looked at as a 'legitimate president' by 100 million or more Americans. Americans who should never, ever give him what he needs, OUR consent to be governed.
The top-rated comment on this must-read story by Caitlin Johnstone titled "The Boot Is Coming Down Hard And Fast" is also a must-read. With America now witnessing nothing less than a 'big tech coup' upon our 1st Amendment, with 'big tech' censoring our own duly-elected President before Democrats in Congress once again insanely attempt to 'impeach him' despite President Trump just over 1 week remaining in office, we're going to republish that comment in full before we continue.
We have to face the fact that we have been divided, and we have been conquered. Representative Slotkin is absolutely right when she says "If we don't connect our two Americas, the threats will not have to come from the outside."
Of course, her idea and my idea of who the real terrorists are are very different. The terrorists and the pirates are in charge, and if we cannot unite to rid ourselves of these killers, bullies and thieves, they will bleed us dry while making war both domestically and internationally.
They are doing a very good job of keeping us divided. People can barely speak to each other anymore. But now we can see the clampdown coming for both the right and the left and know that we've been had. Of all the things that have happened over the last couple of years, the censorship is the most dangerous, the most shocking, and the most un-American.
Myself, I'm a libertarian. Although leftists will not agree with my economic views, I believe we have common cause on issues of censorship and personal liberty. Let's all stop fighting with each other and focus on the true oppressors: politicians like Slotkin, spooks like Brennan and their media and tech allies like Zuckerberg and Dorsey. Note the war dogs in congress who push for the conflicts. Note enthusiastic censors and congresspeople who speak out in favor of more jails, prisons and police.
Oppose them any 'legal' way you can. Vote against them, mock them online, tell your friends what sh*ts these people are. If you meet them, give them a piece of your mind. If they come into your restaurant, tell them you don't serve tyrants or censors. Make them understand that nobody but their mothers and "pals" in Washington really likes them.
We can't just shelter in place and watch angry Youtube videos-- Hell, pretty soon they'll all be banned, anyway. We must begin to stop fighting each other and start resisting THEM.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
With democrats/globalists absolutely using this Covid-19 pandemic as a way to not only 'steal the election' by getting millions of fraudulent 'mail in votes' pushed through that they never would have been able to get had Americans 'en masse' been required to show up at the polls to vote, while also using it to totally lockdown America while destroying small businesses, imagine if EVERY GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL across America was 'dismissed' from their 'jobs' as our 'public servants' and were forced to live on $1,200 for the next 11 weeks!
'Evening up' the game just a little bit (with most Americans never having made millions of dollars off of the US taxpayer like many politicians have!), what happens to a country in which the person in the highest political office in the land is censored and 'thrown away' like a stray dog, like they're doing to President Trump?
With such a move, if finalized in the weeks ahead, absolute proof that America has fallen to 'techno-tyranny', that 'boot stamping upon a human face, forever' that George Orwell warned the world about decades ago wouldn't be too far off, with President Trump's 'window' to 'take down' the globalist swamp that he long ago warned us about rapidly closing as heard in the 1st video below from Mike Adams.
And in the final video below, Adams take a look at the biggest story of the week, 'big tech' declaring war upon America by censoring our duly-elected Commander-in-Chief while claiming that the reason they are doing so was 'Trump inspiring violence'.
With that move by 'big tech' also giving Americans all across the country absolute proof that Democrats are the biggest hypocrites in the entire world when comparing President Trump's remarks to Maxine Waters remarks, it has also given law-abiding Americans all across the country a reason to arm up and ammo up, now, and get prepared to defend their families and loved ones with 'techno-tyranny' now on the rampage in America, taking down America's President, and no end to it in sight.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Democrats_Maxine_Waters_2018_Call_For_Resistance.php
:: 1-11-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Who's Really President!? Why Did Pelosi Just Enact These Measures...For Presidents Past OR CURRENT!
Restricted Republic w/ Lisa Haven & Justus Knight Published January 11, 2021 6,413 Views
Rumble — Join us today at:
Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic
MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic
Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic
January 11th, 2021 By: Justus Knight!
FREEDOM OF THE PRESS Must Continue! 14 Days FREE OFFER!!
Join www.restrictedrepublic.com now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!
Now available on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps! On today’s broadcast:
Biden better watch his 6. Pelosi is ready to seize all power…just look at her new House rules and you will quickly understand EXACTLY what she is preparing for. A few key words, “the President, and the Vice President, whether current or former,”. Hmmm, it appears now Nancy won’t be satisfied with the 25th Amendment and Trump, nor Trump impeachment, nor Trump in jail…she won’t be satisfied until she seizes FULL CONTROL of everything. Biden Beware; President Non-Elect Pelosi is coming for you next!
God Speed and God Bless,
Justus Knight
Join Us At The Following:
Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic
Parler: https://parler.com/profile/RestrictedRepublic/posts
Twitch: https://www.twitch.tv/restrictedrepublic
MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic
Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic
Referenced Sources:
https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/01/03/joe-bidens-inaugural-parade-canceled-event-reimagined/
https://vault.fbi.gov/thomas-dalesandro-jr/thomas-d-alesandro-jr.-part-01-of-01/view
https://www.nytimes.com/2020/02/28/arts/design/hunter-biden-art.html?smtyp=cur&smid=tw-nytimesarts
https://twitter.com/60Minutes/status/1348307400177102848
https://www.bbc.com/news/amp/technology-55615214
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tlIY4ow4MrY&feature=emb_logo
https://thehill.com/homenews/house/532548-house-adopts-rules-package-for-new-congress
https://twitter.com/ChadPergram/status/1348389822185013249
https://twitter.com/ryangrim/status/1345100261812011009/photo/1
https://www.cnet.com/news/twitter-suspends-donald-trump-memes-follow-and-how-is-your-day-going/
https://creativedestructionmedia.com/opinion/2021/01/08/words-and-phrases-we-must-eliminate/
https://rules.house.gov/sites/democrats.rules.house.gov/files/BILLS-117hresPIH-hres5.pdf
https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/trump-kamala-harris-pelosi-blunder-liz-peek
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/pelosi-60-minutes-trump-impeachment
:: 1-11-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
VIDEO: Military Armored Vehicles Rolling into New Jersey
Nation News Desk 11 January 2021 Hits: 91766
Last night, armored military vehicles were video recorded rolling through a service area on I-95 in my home state of New Jersey.
The video, shown below, was taken late last night.
I am not privy to why this is taking place, but I don't like it.
More info if I get it.
:: 1-11-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Paid To Create The Internet – They Demand Freedom of Speech On It
The Washington Standard / January 11, 2021
2016: “The freedom of speech is under strenuous attack. This is not just about me. If I am silenced, a dangerous precedent will be set that people can be denied access to the means of communications if their views aren’t acceptable to the elites. This would mean the end of a free society in the U.S. Every American should care about this. There is nowhere to flee, nowhere else to go.”
The great Democrat-totalitarian dream is a gated worldwide web completely under their control.
Big tech has already decided what it’s going to do about us. The question is what are we going to do about it? If we want a free and open Internet, we have to fight for policies that will bring one about. That means championing the breakup of big tech monopolies and cutting off the government contracts that enrich them at the political level. But it also means changing how we use the internet.
Daniel Greenfield: The internet is our economy and our marketplace of ideas. And it is under the control of a handful of individuals and companies who, beyond becoming fabulously wealthy, believe that they are socially obligated to uphold their own political and cultural norms by banishing those voices they disagree with and promoting those voices they agree with. No railroad or oil baron ever had the power to shape political discourse that the bosses of Google, Facebook, Amazon and other FAANGS (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Alphabet) do today.
:: 1-10-21 Pamela Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DELTA Airlines BOOTS Two Women for Private Conversation About President Trump
By Pamela Geller - on January 10, 2021
There is a madness a foot, a terrible evil madness. Does anyone recognize this country?
For those wondering how the Gestapo, the Stasi, KGB etc got so far so fast. Wonder no more. Your neighbors are willing, enthusiastic enforcers.
I’m amazed when people and corporations, sports team etc publicly act in a way that destroys their business. Like a political statement from an actor right before his movie comes out and then no one goes to his movie.
https://gellerreport.com/2021/01/delta-boots-passengers-4-private-conversation.html/
:: 1-10-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
No ‘Riot’ Charges for Trump as Video of Capitol Police Letting Protestors Enter Capitol Proliferates
by National File January 10th 2021, 5:11 am
Two US Justice Department officials have gone on record saying President Trump will not be charged with any crimes related to the chaos that descended on the US Capitol Building on January 6, 2021.
Frustrated and angry Trump supporters, by some accounts incited by anarchist and Leftist agitators, descended on the US after being betrayed by Vice President Mike Pence who refused to exercise his constitutional right to move a contested election in the Electoral College to the US House for a vote of delegations.
The Capitol Building and several elected official’s offices – including the Office of the Speaker – were accessed and disrupted during the chaos. The House and Senate floors were also accessed by the aggrieved protesters. Reports have surfaced that laptops have gone missing. Democrats leaders, led by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA), and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-NY), have called for the President’s removal from office with less than two weeks left in his term. Alex Jones, Roger Stone & Robert Barnes lay out critical must see intel. The corrupt political system is desperate to deliver political kill shot to Trump.
Many Republicans, who benefited in their re-elections from President Trump’s support, have also joined the call for his removal.
But Democrat’s removal efforts have run into a speedbump with news that the Department of Justice will not pursue charges against the President for any of the activity that happened on Capitol Hill on January 6, 2021.
When asked Friday during a conference call with reporters if the DoJ was considering charging any of the speakers at the rally that preceded the destructive chaos at the Capitol Building, a Justice Department official said “We don’t expect any charges of that nature.” Later, another Justice Department official said the federal investigation is exclusively focused on criminal acts at the Capitol building.
Bowser reportedly refused an offer of federal assistance for additional security both at the rally and at the Capitol Building where the Electoral College vote was to be certified during a joint session of Congress.
Garance Franke-Ruta
@thegarance
"Mayor Muriel Bowser had warned of impending violence for weeks, and businesses had closed in anticipation. She requested National Guard help from the Pentagon on Dec. 31, but the Capitol Police turned down the Jan. 3 offer from the Defense Department"
In hindsight, Bowser’s decision resulted in the deaths of five people. Ashli Babbitt, a rally attendee who was at ground zero at the US Capitol Building, was shot dead by a Capitol Hill police officer during the chaos.
:: 1-9-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NEW VIDEO: Antifa Hands Out Weapons from Bag During Storming of US Capitol
By Jim Hoft Published January 9, 2021 at 9:20pm 712 Comments
A new video was released that shows Antifa terrorists handing out weapons to their comrades during the storming of the US Capitol.
This should come as no surprise for Gateway Pundit readers. As we reported earlier today Antifa organized a rally near the US Capitol on Wednesday.
On Friday investigative journalist Millie Weaver ran into Antifa activist and protest leader John Sullivan in Washington DC.
She overheard him say he was not being charged.
Millie Weaver
??
@Millie__Weaver
Just ran into John Sullivan the suspected BLM activist that was amongst the protesters that stormed the Capitol and was arrested yesterday. He appears to have been released!
In a phone call he can be heard saying that “no he’s not being charged”.
John Sullivan tweeted about BLM buses in DC during the “Stop the Steal” rally.
So BLM sent in busses of radicals for the ‘Stop the Steal’ rally?
This is all starting to come together now
https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/01/new-video-antifa-hands-weapons-bag-storming-us-capitol/
:: 1-9-21 NC Renegades :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Breaking — Amazon to shut down all Parler servers tomorrow night…
Posted on January 9, 2021 by Hammers Thor
Sunday (tomorrow) at midnight Amazon will be shutting off all of our servers in an attempt to completely remove free speech off the internet. There is the possibility Parler will be unavailable on the internet for up to a week as we rebuild from scratch. We prepared for events like this by never relying on amazons proprietary infrastructure and building bare metal products.
We will try our best to move to a new provider right now as we have many competing for our business, however Amazon, Google and Apple purposefully did this as a coordinated effort knowing our options would be limited and knowing this would inflict the most damage right as President Trump was banned from the tech companies.
This was a coordinated attack by the tech giants to kill competition in the market place. We were too successful too fast. You can expect the war on competition and free speech to continue, but don’t count us out.
Read the entire article here…
They’re not done. My guess, within the next two weeks ICANN will delete the web url’s of all conservative sites, thus making them unreachable, even if they were to switch servers. If you do not have a complete backup of your site now, and a plan to move your site to the dark web accessible with the TOR browser and hosted on your own machine through a VPN, you will not be online much longer.
Learn how to install TOR, install server software on your computer, install an instance of wordpress on your computer, and mirror your site on the dark web. Be sure to publish the .onion address for your site at the top of your website for everyone to copy and save. Time is of the essence. Here’s a primer, but some knowledge (or a teenager who understands this stuff) will help… https://www.lapsedordinary.net/2016/01/24/setting-up-your-wordpress-blog-as-a-tor-hidden-service/
https://ncrenegade.com/editorial/breaking-amazon-to-shut-down-all-parler-servers-tomorrow-night/
:: 1-9-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The American Empire has fallen, though Washington may not know it yet
Nebojsa Malic is a Serbian-American journalist, blogger and translator, who wrote a regular column for Antiwar.com from 2000 to 2015, and is now senior writer at RT. Follow him on Twitter @NebojsaMalic
9 Jan, 2021 11:58
Wanting to turn back the clock and restore the American Empire to what it was before Donald Trump’s presidency is a fool’s errand. It’s already a thing of the past – and the storming of the US Capitol was just the last straw.
Don’t take my word for it, though. “If the post-American era has a start date, it is almost certainly today,” argued none other than the head of the Council on Foreign Relations – the foremost think tank advocating for the Empire in Washington – after Wednesday’s storming of the Capitol by several hundred Trump supporters protesting the certification of the election for Biden.
“No one in the world is likely to see, respect, fear, or depend on us in the same way again,” lamented CFR president Richard Haas. Sure enough, as Haas was saying this the NATO secretary-general tweeted about the “shocking scenes” in Washington and demanded that Joe Biden’s election “must be respected.” British and French leaders followed suit, as did the Organization of American States. Turkey “expressed concern.” Canada and India chimed in.
Even Venezuela got into the act, condemning “acts of violence” in Washington and “political polarization” in the US, while expressing hope that Americans “can blaze a new path toward stability and social justice.” Keep in mind that the US has refused to recognize Venezuela’s elected president or parliament, attempting for the past two years to install an unelected ‘interim president’ instead and call it democracy. While the Trump administration has led this effort, the Democrats – now poised to have absolute power in the US – have been fully on board.
Likewise, the only time the Republican establishment and the Democrat ‘Resistance’ banded together in near-unison was to override Trump’s veto of the NDAA military funding bill, which contained a provision that would block him or any future president from withdrawing troops from overseas endless wars without prior congressional approval. The commitment to the Empire runs deep in the Washington ‘swamp’, as Trump used to call it.
“We are seeing images that I never imagined we would see in this country – in some other capital yes, but not here,” said Haas. This unwitting admission of ‘American exceptionalism’ basically says it’s fine for US-backed activists to storm parliaments in “regimes” that Washington dislikes and wants to change, but when Americans rebel against their own government they believe is acting illegitimately, that’s beyond the pale.
While what happened Wednesday was not actually a “color revolution,” the visuals were certainly similar enough for the world to take notice. It would be wrong, however, to blame the Capitol “insurrection” for the demise of the American Empire, when it was merely the last domino to fall.
Again, don’t take my word for it – here’s Ishan Tharoor, a columnist for the notoriously pro-establishment Washington Post, declaring on Thursday that for “many abroad,” the vision of the US as a shining city on a hill with global moral influence and authority “has already died a thousand deaths.”
For some of these people, Tharoor argued, this narrative was “always an illusion to obscure the Washington-engineered coups and client military regimes.” Indeed.
Democrats and their neocon allies have spent the past four years blaming Trump’s ‘America First’ policy, lamenting that he was acting unilaterally, antagonizing “allies” and creating a “leadership vacuum” in the world. Those are the talking points of the incoming administration as well.
Except they’ve clearly forgotten the events of January 2020, when Trump ordered the drone assassination of Iranian General Qassem Soleimani. There were no protests from US “allies” – or should we say vassals? Instead, they fell in line with amazing alacrity.
Trump actually embraced the American Empire, he simply dispensed with the polite fictions it had used to dress up as something else over the years.
Ironically, it was the mobilization of the entire US political establishment to get rid of Trump – starting with ‘Russiagate’ and the impeachment circus over the phone call to Ukraine, with nationwide riots about “racial justice” and the politically weaponized coronavirus lockdowns along the way – that did the lion’s share of exploding the myths that maintained US hegemony, both at home and abroad.
Remember the ‘Deep State’ that was supposedly a Trumpian conspiracy theory? Yet its existence was confirmed in the impeachment hearings, a former CIA director openly praised it, and the eventual revelations of a FBI plot to frame General Flynn removed any vestiges of doubt.
The mainstream media’s war on Trump, later joined by social media platforms – censorship of the legitimate and accurate Hunter Biden laptop story just before the election being just the most egregious example – also played out for the world to see. In the end, they banned Trump from every social media platform while he was still in office, even as he said he would leave peacefully.
Basically, the entire US establishment was so consumed by the desire to burn Trump at the proverbial stake, they chopped up the scaffolding that held up the Empire to use as firewood.
In a speech recently, Joe Biden vowed to “rebuild, reclaim America’s place in the world” as a country that will “champion liberty and democracy once more.” That’s a daunting task, on par with putting the genie back into the bottle, un-spilling milk, or putting Humpty Dumpty back together again.
Ironically, the only thing that could repair American prestige in the world might be to patch up the American Republic, almost broken by the four years of ‘Resistance’ to Trump. But as that would entail some self-awareness and soul-searching, it remains, shall we say, highly unlikely.
https://www.rt.com/op-ed/511963-american-empire-capitol-resistance/
:: 1--21 https://welovetrump.com/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2020 Election, Breaking News, Video
Massive Blackout in Vatican Following Release of Affidavit Revealing Italian Interference in US Election
by travis 3 days ago
As news of an international conspiracy involving the Italian government to remove President Donald Trump picks up steam, a massive blackout just hit the Vatican.
The timing of this suggests something very big is happening, especially following the release of a sworn affidavit revealing the Italian government played a huge part in the US presidential election.
† Ady Betambeau
@adybetambeau
Vatican in black out after affidavit was leaked of the Italians involvement in US election Interference
RED 2?
Timing would fit.
May just be coincidental
This statement came from Mr. Chin today, via his verified Twitter account. What's going on at the Vatican?#Blackout #Italy #Pakistan pic.twitter.com/pXrG3VvkrS
— Toronto Today (@Toronto__Today) January 10, 2021
Reports: The Vatican now experiencing a blackout. pic.twitter.com/1rDDzVwaX8
— World Wire News (@WorldWireNews1) January 10, 2021
BREAKING
Italy in blackout. 57 million affected.
It's on people. This is the first thing the military does. Where did the election fraud originate? HERE.
— Executive Order News ( @ExecOrderNews ) January 10, 2021
Parrish 4 Minnesota
@parrish4mn
Vatican and all of Italy power outage blackout.
Reportedly, Pakistan and Iran power out too?
?
Current Vatican live cam:
The Vatican goes dark. DC is surrounded by NG. Something to see here?#thestorm
— GEORGE NEWS (@georgeNEWSclub) January 10, 2021
:: 1-7-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Video: It's About The Politics Of A New World Order
https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-182016/462/
:: 1-10-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Site of Jesus' baptism cleared of mines after 50 years
The Scottish Halo Trust, which runs de-mining operations in former war zones, helped Israel make Qasr al-Yahud on the Jordan River safe for Christian worshippers.
By Reuters and ILH Staff Published on 01-10-2021 18:30 Last modified: 01-10-2021 18:30
A shrine near the traditional site of Jesus' baptism on the River Jordan hosted an Epiphany procession for the first time in more than 50 years on Sunday after it was declared free of landmines.
Father Francesco Patton, the custodian of the Holy Land for the Roman Catholic church, led Franciscan friars towards a shrine in what was once a war zone between Israel and Jordan. Although the two countries have been at peace since 1994, seven churches laid abandoned for more than 50 years in the area of de-mining operations. The area lies about a kilometer from the Qasr al-Yahud ("The Tower of the Jews") baptism site near Jericho, which is a major draw for Christian pilgrims.
"Today, we are back to pray," Father Ibrahim Faltas, one of the clergymen at the ceremony, said. Attendance at the procession, which commemorates the baptism of Jesus by John the Baptist, was capped at 50 due to COVID-19 restrictions.
Israeli de-mining efforts began in 2018 and included support from the Halo Trust, a Scottish-based mine clearance group, an Israeli official said.
The Defense Ministry announced that as of the start of 2021, the "danger has been completely removed."
After visiting the shrine, the friars passed fading signs reading "DANGER - MINES!" in English, Arabic and Hebrew as they went down to the river to pray.
https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/01/10/site-of-jesus-baptism-cleared-of-mines-after-50-years/
:: 1-10-21 A P News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Anti-abortion faith leaders support use of COVID-19 vaccines
By DAVID CRARY yesterday
In a growing consensus, religious leaders at the forefront of the anti-abortion movement in the United States are telling their followers that the leading vaccines available to combat COVID-19 are acceptable to take, given their remote and indirect connection to lines of cells derived from aborted fetuses.
One outspoken foe of abortion based in Dallas, Southern Baptist megachurch pastor Robert Jeffress, has called the vaccines a “present from God.”
“To ask God for help but then refuse the vaccine makes no more sense than calling 911 when your house is on fire, but refusing to allow the firemen in,” Jeffress said via email. “There is no legitimate faith-based reason for refusing to take the vaccine.” The Rev. Al Mohler, president of the Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, also has celebrated their development.
“I will take it not only for what I hope will be the good of my own health, but for others as well,” he said on his website.
The U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops, which says fighting abortion is its “preeminent” priority, said last month that getting vaccinated against the coronavirus “ought to be understood as an act of charity toward the other members of our community,” according to a statement by the chairmen of its Committee on Doctrine and Committee on Pro-Life Activities.
The bishops said it is morally acceptable for Catholics to use either of the two vaccines approved for use in the U.S. — made by Pfizer and Moderna — despite a “remote connection to morally compromised cell lines.” This entailed the use of fetal cell lines for lab tests seeking to confirm the vaccines’ effectiveness.
Another leading vaccine, made by AstraZeneca and approved for use in Britain and some other countries, is “more morally compromised,” and should be avoided if there are alternatives available, the bishops said.
Coinciding with the USCCB, four bishops in Colorado issued their own statement taking a somewhat more negative stance on AstraZeneca, describing it as “not a morally valid option.”
AstraZeneca used a cell line known as HEK293 to develop its vaccine. According to the Oxford University team that developed it, the original HEK293 cells were taken from the kidney of an aborted fetus in 1973, but the cells used now are clones of the original cells and are not the original fetal tissue.
As the first vaccines neared approval last year, some Catholic bishops warned they might be morally unacceptable. Among them was Bishop Joseph Brennan of Fresno, California, who urged Catholics not to jump on the “vaccine bandwagon.”
He later modified his stance, saying that due to health risks for individuals and communities, “Catholics may ethically decide for serious reasons to utilize such vaccines.”
Also questioning the vaccines was Bishop Joseph Strickland of Tyler, Texas, who has depicted any use of aborted fetuses in vaccine development as evil and says he won’t take any of the currently available vaccines.
“The Church has said that under some circumstances receiving the vaccine is permissible and I do not dispute that,” he said via email. “The Church has also said we should vigorously call for morally produced vaccines, and I urge those who take the vaccine to join that mission and demand change.”
Strickland is encouraging donations to the John Paul II Medical Research Institute, which supports research aimed at developing what it calls “ethical” cell lines — using adults’ stem cells — that would be used in the manufacturing of vaccines and other medical therapies.
Some other outspokenly anti-abortion bishops have embraced the vaccines.
“As a Christian engages the world, it’s impossible, in many settings, to completely avoid cooperating with moral evil,” tweeted Bishop Thomas Tobin of Providence, Rhode Island. “The Church, on multiple levels, has said that it’s morally acceptable to receive the vaccines that are currently available. I agree.”
Bishop Richard Stika of Knoxville, Tennessee, said he had no qualms about getting vaccinated. “I just hope they don’t implant a microchip in my arm to ascertain when I cheat on my diet,” he joked on Twitter.
Among Protestant evangelical leaders, who generally have strong anti-abortion views, there’s been relatively little anti-vaccine rhetoric, according to the Rev. Russell Moore, who heads the public policy arm of the Southern Baptist Convention.
“I wouldn’t be able to think of one evangelical pastor who’s saying, ‘Don’t be vaccinated,’” he said.
A more notable challenge for pastors, Moore said, is countering baseless anti-vaccine conspiracy theories embraced by some members of their congregations or communities — for example that the vaccines would alter a recipient’s DNA or covertly implant a microchip.
On a global level, the Vatican has issued guidelines largely similar to those from the U.S. bishops, declaring it morally acceptable for Catholics to receive COVID-19 vaccines based on research that used cells derived from aborted fetuses.
One difference: It didn’t name or give details about specific vaccines. The Vatican plans to use the Pfizer vaccine starting this week for employees and their families, and Pope Francis — in an interview with an Italian broadcaster being aired this weekend — said he has an appointment to be vaccinated.
The Vatican has suggested it is wrong to refuse a vaccine based solely on the abortion objection, since refusal “may also result in a risk to others.”
Nicanor Austriaco, a molecular biologist and Catholic priest who teaches at universities in the U.S. and the Philippines, said the Vatican has appropriately addressed faith-based concerns about vaccines indirectly connected to research that used aborted fetal cells.
“The moral evil being contemplated here” took place in the 1970s when the original cell line was created, Austriaco said, “and it is remote.”
G. Kevin Donovan, a pediatrics professor at Georgetown University who directs its Pellegrino Center for Clinical Bioethics, said leaders of his Catholic faith couldn’t have been “more clear-cut.”
“The advantage Catholics have is … the highest levels of authority have made it very clear this is a morally acceptable thing to do,” said Donovan.
In Indonesia, home to the world’s largest Muslim population, a Muslim clerical council has been included in that nation’s vaccine procurement process to ensure that a product is halal, or acceptable for use under Islamic law. In the past, the council has ruled that some vaccines for other diseases were unacceptable because they used pork-derived gelatin.
But on Friday the council gave its approval to China’s Sinovac COVID-19 vaccine, paving the way for its distribution in Indonesia.
:: 1-10-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Indonesia Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 'black boxes' located
Sun, January 10, 2021, 12:38 PM EST
"Black boxes" from a passenger plane that crashed into the sea soon after take-off in Indonesia on Saturday have been located, officials say.
Navy divers are confident that they will be able retrieve the two flight recorders when the search operation resumes on Monday. Aircraft parts and human remains have been found.
The Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 was carrying 62 people when it vanished from radar on its journey to Borneo.
"We have located the position of the black boxes, both of them," said Soerjanto Tjahjono, head of Indonesia's transport safety committee, quoted by AFP earlier on Sunday.
"Divers will start looking for them now and hopefully it won't be long before we get them."
The flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black boxes as they are often called, store data about planes. They can provide vital information in air accident investigations.
Investigators are analysing items which they believe to be a wheel and part of the plane's fuselage. A turbine from one of its engines is also among the debris that has been recovered. Sun, January 10, 2021, 12:38 PM EST
Indonesian officials inspect suspected debris from the plane Parts of the fuselage of the plane have apparently been recovered
"Black boxes" from a passenger plane that crashed into the sea soon after take-off in Indonesia on Saturday have been located, officials say.
Navy divers are confident that they will be able retrieve the two flight recorders when the search operation resumes on Monday. Aircraft parts and human remains have been found.
The Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 was carrying 62 people when it vanished from radar on its journey to Borneo.
"We have located the position of the black boxes, both of them," said Soerjanto Tjahjono, head of Indonesia's transport safety committee, quoted by AFP earlier on Sunday.
"Divers will start looking for them now and hopefully it won't be long before we get them."
The flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black boxes as they are often called, store data about planes. They can provide vital information in air accident investigations.
Investigators are analysing items which they believe to be a wheel and part of the plane's fuselage. A turbine from one of its engines is also among the debris that has been recovered.
'Kind' pilot and newly-weds among crash missing
A timeline of global air disasters Plane crash fatalities fell more than 50% in 2019
The search operation has been suspended for the night but is due to resume on Monday morning.
However, there appears to be no hope of finding any survivors. A spokesman for the Jakarta police, Yusri Yunus, said two bags had been received from the search and rescue agency.
"The first bag contained passengers' properties, another bag contained body parts," he told reporters, adding: "We are still identifying these findings."
Police are asking families of the victims to provide DNA samples and dental records to help identify the remains. The missing aircraft is not a 737 Max, the Boeing model that was grounded from March 2019 until last December following two deadly crashes.
What happened to the aircraft? Story continues
https://news.yahoo.com/indonesia-boeing-737-passenger-plane-005612735.html
:: 1-8-21 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Satanic Temple: Aborted Babies Should Not Receive a Proper Funeral
State Micaiah Bilger Jan 8, 2021 | 5:46PM Columbus, Ohio
The Satanic Temple, a group that believes abortion is a “religious ritual” similar to communion or baptism, is fighting against a new Ohio law that ensures aborted babies receive a proper burial.
WLWT 5 News reports the religious group slammed the law as a violation of the First Amendment this week and threatened to take legal action.
Signed by Gov. Mike DeWine in December, the law requires the Ohio Department of Health to establish rules for the proper and humane burial or cremation of aborted babies’ bodies. It creates penalties for violations and requires abortion facilities to pay for the babies to be cremated or buried.
The law also allows the mother to decide “whether the final disposition shall be by cremation or interment” and “the location of the final disposition.”
Several states have similar laws in place, and the U.S. Supreme Court upheld Indiana’s law in 2019. Such laws not only ensure that aborted babies’ bodies are treated with dignity and respect, they also are a safeguard against abortion facilities trying to sell aborted baby body parts.
However, the Satanic Temple claims the Ohio law violates their religious freedom.
“Ohio’s desire to dictate funeral procedures cuts at the heart of religious freedoms as these rites have been an essential component of religious practices for thousands of years,” said Sydney Goodwin, a spokesperson for the group, in a statement.
Follow LifeNews on the MeWe social media network for the latest pro-life news free from Facebook’s censorship!
In contradiction to science, Satanists believe unborn babies are part of the mother’s body.
“Satanists believe that non-viable fetal tissue is part of the person who carries it. As such, state impositions of ceremonial requirements dictating its disposal, barring any plausible medical or sanitary concerns, violate their ability to contextualize the termination of a pregnancy on their terms,” Goodwin said.
Instead, Goodwin said they believe “fetal tissue” should be treated like other medical waste and incinerated.
The Satanic Temple, a radical pro-abortion group, is trying to overturn pro-life laws across the country using a religious freedom argument. Their belief that aborting an unborn baby is a religious ritual is part of their argument.
“Many states have laws that interfere with our members’ ability to practice their religious beliefs,” said Satanic Temple spokesperson Jane Essex in August. “No Christian would accept a mandatory waiting period before they can partake in communion. No Christian would tolerate a law that insists state counseling is necessary before someone can be baptized. Our members are justly entitled to religious liberty in order to practice our rituals as well.”
So far, all of the Satanic Temple’s lawsuits against pro-life laws have failed. In 2020, a federal appeals court rejected their latest attempt at challenging Missouri’s informed consent law. In 2019, the Missouri Supreme Court dismissed another one of the Satanic Temple’s lawsuits. But every time they lose, they try again with a new approach.
The Satanic Temple is heavily involved in abortion activism in the U.S. Breitbart once described its work as a “pro-abortion crusade to come to the aid of America’s largest abortion provider,” Planned Parenthood.
Some of its members attempt to intimidate peaceful pro-life sidewalk counselors through gruesome protests. In 2016, pro-life advocates outside of a Detroit, Michigan Planned Parenthood faced a disturbing scene when a group from the Satanic Temple arrived to counter-protest wearing baby masks and carrying whips. They held a similar protest on Good Friday in 2017.
[ :: 2-11-18 am service [ third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc.
:: 1-9-21 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rare blizzard in Spain leaves 4 dead and brings country to standstill
January 9, 2021 / 7:03 PM / AP
A persistent blizzard blanketed large parts of Spain with an unusual amount of snow on Saturday, killing at least four people and leaving thousands trapped in cars or at train stations and airports that suspended all services.
The national weather agency reported that as of 7 a.m., the snowfall in Madrid reached a level unseen in half a century. More than 20 inches of snow fell in the Spanish capital, according to the weather agency AEMET.
The bodies of a man and woman were recovered by the Andalucía region emergency service after their car was washed away by a flooded river near the town of Fuengirola. The Interior Ministry said a 54-year-old man was also found dead in Madrid under a big pile of snow. A homeless man died of hypothermia in the northern city of Zaragoza, the local police department reported. More than half of Spain's provinces remained under severe weather alerts for Storm Filomena on Saturday evening, seven of them at the highest level of warning. In Madrid, authorities activated a red alert for the first time since the system was adopted four decades ago and called in the military to rescue people from vehicles trapped on everything from small roads to the city's major thoroughfares. Sandra Morena, who became trapped late on Friday as she commuted to her night shift as a security guard in a shopping center, arrived home, on foot, after an army emergency unit helped her out on Saturday morning.
"It usually takes me 15 minutes, but this time it has been 12 hours freezing, without food or water, crying with other people because we didn't know how we were going to get out of there," said Morena, 22.
"Snow can be very beautiful but spending the night trapped in a car because of it is no fun," she added.
As of Saturday evening, Spanish security services had rescued all the people who were trapped in vehicles — over 1,500, Interior Minister Fernando Grande-Marlaska said.
AEMET had warned that some regions would be receiving more than 24 hours of continuous snowfall due to the odd combination of a cold air mass stagnant over the Iberian Peninsula and the arrival of the warmer Storm Filomena from the south. The storm is expected to be followed by a severe drop in temperatures in the coming days, the agency said.
Transport Minster José Luis Ábalos warned that "snow is going to turn into ice and we will enter a situation perhaps more dangerous than what we have at the moment."
He added that the priority was to assist those in need but also to ensure the supply chain for food and other basic goods.
"The storm has exceeded the most pessimistic forecasts we had," Ábalos added.
Adolfo Suárez Madrid-Barajas International Airport, the main gateway in and out of Spain, will remain closed at least until Sunday, Ábalos said, after the blizzard bested machines and workers trying to keep the runways clear of snow.
All trains into and out of Madrid, both commuter routes and long-distance passenger trains, as well as railway lines between the south and the northeast of the country, were suspended, railway operator Renfe said.
The storm had caused serious disruptions or closed over 650 roads, according to Spain's transit authorities, which urged people to stay indoors and avoid all non-essential travel.
More than 100 roads were still impassable almost 24 hours after the storm began dumping snow on the central swathe of the country.
The Spanish government plans to take extra steps to ensure that the country's weekly shipment of the BioNTech-Pfizer coronavirus vaccine on Monday can be distributed to regional health authorities via police-escorted convoys, the interior minister said.
The wintry weather did disrupt the country's soccer league, with some teams unable to travel for games. Saturday's match between Spanish league leader Atlético Madrid and Athletic Bilbao was postponed after the plane carrying Bilbao's team on Friday was unable to land in the capital and had to turn around.
The regions of Castilla La Mancha and Madrid, home to 8.6 million people altogether, announced that schools would be closed at least on Monday and Tuesday.
Despite the numerous branches and even whole trees toppled by the weight of the snow, the blizzard also yielded surreal images that entertained many Madrileños, including a few brave skiers and a man on a dog sled that was seen on videos widely circulated on social media.
Lucía Vallés, a coach for a Madrid-based ski club who usually has to travel to faraway mountains with her clients, was thrilled to see the white layers of snow accumulating literally at her doorstep.
"I never imagined this, it has been a gift," the 23-year-old said. "But I've never had so many photographs taken of me," she added as she slid past the late 18th-century building that hosts the Prado Museum.
First published on January 9, 2021 / 7:03 PM
https://www.cbsnews.com/news/snow-in-spain-4-dead-in-blizzard-in-spain-winter-storm-filomena/
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 1-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America Is Ready to Take Her Place Along Side the Most Tyrannical Regimes In History- Steve Quayle and Dave Hodges
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 4, 2021 - 15:48.
Steve Quayle and myself have received criticism, for years, when we have dared to discuss the evidence for FEMA camps. Frequently, it was the government's or military documents. We were ridiculed when we discussed the CHICOM threat. Some scoffed when we discussed our compromised leaders and accused some of them with treason. Nobody is not criticizing, ridiculing and scoffing. For all who have eyes to see and ears to hear, the soon-to-be dangerous state of this nation will soon be on display for everyone. America is about to become a very dangerous place to live. The historical figures of the past have nothing on this generation's despots. All of us are learning what it is like to live through a Bolshevik Revolution.
I recently interviewed Steve Quayle on these topics. This interview is not for the faint of heart, it is just a hard case of reality. Please click this link to listen to this tell-all interview.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 1-5-21 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Proposed Bill Bans Body Armor, Makes Possession A Crime & Forces Citizens To Turn It In Or Face Arrest
Guns In The News / January 5, 2021 / 5.1k
Lawmakers in New York have proposed one of the most tyrannical and utterly worrisome pieces of legislation we’ve seen. They want to ban citizens from having body armor to protect themselves from bullets. As no one has ever beaten anyone to death with a bullet proof vest, the intentions behind this bill are clear and have no other purpose other than making it easier for government to kill citizens and harder for citizens to protect themselves from bullets.
New York, who has some of the strictest gun laws in the country, now wants to make it a misdemeanor and potential felony for people to purchase or possess a passive means of resistance to bullets.
Unlike other attempts to ban body armor like we’ve seen in the past, this bill does not grandfather people in who already own it. In fact, the bill says that it must be turned over to the state for disposal, or you are guilty. After the passage of the bill, citizens will have 15 days to turn it in before they are declared criminals. Assembly Bill A352 was introduced and cosponsored by David McDonough, Richard Gottfried, and Michael Montesano. It reads as follows (emphasis added.)
§ 270.21 Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest. A person is guilty of the unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest when he or she knowingly and unlawfully purchases or possesses a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of this article. This section shall not apply to active law enforcement officers or those whose occupations require the use of body vests as determined by the department of state.
Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest is a class A misdemeanor for a first offense and a class E felony for any subsequent offense.
§ 2. Any person currently in possession of a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of the penal law, shall have 15 days from the effective date of this act to dispose of such body vest at any local or state law enforcement agency.
On the government’s website, they allow comments from citizens. Naturally, this piece of legislation is not being well received. One person pointed out the obvious, saying, “The only legitimate reason for this bill is to make it easier for the State to murder the disarmed subjects of New York.”
“I cannot believe that such a bill would even be introduced in our state. The government here wants to control every aspect of our lives, even such a purely defensive item. Shame on our lawmakers for even considering such a bill,” another commenter wrote.
“This is a vile and wicked bill! Body armor is the most passive form of self protection possible that a person can use and you want to take that away from law-abiding citizens?! You should be disgusted with yourselves for ever proposing such a thing!” another person pointed out.
We agree with all of them.
The reality is America has less major crime than at any point in the last 40 years, and yet we have cops patrolling American streets as if they are in the Korengal or Fallujah, and treating the citizens as such, with absolutely no regard for the Constitution.
Perhaps if these lawmakers put as much effort into disarming the overly militarized police, as attempting to take away law abiding citizens’ ability to defend themselves from would-be shooters, people wouldn’t have the impetus to wear body armor.
The armor is purely defensive in nature, and people should always have the ability and right to defend themselves against attack.
The right to self-defense is the right from which all other rights are derived. As John Locke stated, self-defense is the first law of nature. Each person owns his or her own life and no other person has a right to take that life, or hinder the preservation thereof.
Moreover, the Supreme Court has held that the police have no duty to protect citizens, so that responsibility now falls squarely on the shoulders of individuals themselves.
To take away people’s ability to access defensive armor, after telling them that they are on their own and are owed no protection by law enforcement, almost seems like a cruel joke.
Why should a law-abiding American, that takes steps to defend themselves passively, be criminalized?
Where is the sense in government banning something that provides people protection from harm?
The logic of this bill is so askew that it wouldn’t be surprising if perhaps next they will try and pass a bill that outlaws hiding behind things while being shot at.
When the state attempts to make it illegal to protect yourself from bullets, it may be time to start purchasing gear to protect yourself from bullets.
:: 1--21 America's Freedom Fighters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NEW YORK BILL SB416: QUARANTINE CAMPS & FORCED VACCINATIONS
It’s no longer a conspiracy theory. A bill in New York, SB416, will utilize FEMA camps and forced vaccines to deal with people who “MAY” by contagious or a public health threat. Who gets to determine who is interned in these camps? The ruling class, of course.
The FEMA camps those “crazy conspiracy theorists” have warned about could very soon be a reality for those living in New York state. New York Senate Bill 416 authorizes the quarantine (jailing in internment camps) of individuals or groups who “potentially pose a threat to public health,” including forced testing and vaccinations. As the Ice Age Farmer said: This must stop now! There is no more gray area. You either support freedom, or some version of slavery. Wake up. It was A99 last year, but suffice to say, sentiment has changed radically, and with immunization passports in the news, this merits our attention. What exactly gives any human the right to detain someone who hasn’t done anything wrong? Oh yeah, nothing. Lines have been drawn. We will stand together as free people or we will go along as slaves to the ruling class, whose tyranny has not slowed down but been ramped up in a major way over the past year.
If you haven’t figured out that this isn’t about your health and keeping you safe, but keeping you controlled and under the thumb of the elitists and ruling class, I’m not sure what it’s going to take to get you to open your eyes. We have a bright future if we can wake up, work together, and stop allowing others to rule us.
H/T [Ice Age Farmer]
This article was written by Mac Slavo at SHTFplan.com and was republished with permission.
RELATED ARTICLE- Cuomo And de Blasio Try To Trash Trump On COVID Vaccine Rollout- Facts Emerge That Blow Up In Their FACE
https://americasfreedomfighters.com/fema-camps/
:: 1-4-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Moderna’s mRNA injections are an “operating system” designed to program humans and hack their biological functions
Monday, January 04, 2021 by: Lance D Johnson
(Natural News) The experimental injections being rolled out by Moderna and Pfizer are nothing similar to traditional vaccines. These mRNA platforms are an “operating system” designed to program human beings and turn their cells into efficient drug delivery systems.
Moderna is now going public with the real intentions behind the mRNA platform. The mRNA technology platform is similar to a computer operating system, the company admits. Scientists prepare a unique mRNA sequence that codes for a specific protein. Once injected into humans, this program is carried out in the individual’s body, at the cellular level. The mRNA platform is where Big Pharma merges with Big Tech, enslaving human beings to a controlling system designed to profit from their cellular and biological functions into the unforeseeable future.
Moderna admits that healthy immune systems are a threat to their mRNA platform
As mRNA platforms go live on human populations, Moderna admits that healthy human immune responses can actually destroy the mRNA sequences before they get into the person’s cells.
The immune system may attack the program and its RNA fragments, leading to negative outcomes that could include molecular deficiencies, hormonal defects, etc. If the protein folding is disrupted, the proteins may never achieve their desired functionality, leading to partial development of antigens that never confer targeted immunity to coronavirus spike proteins. The body may turn on its own cells in the process, causing hyper-inflammatory responses and autoimmune issues that are the precursor to organ failure and various disease processes.
During the so-called pandemic, public health officials were mum on the actions people should take to mount a healthy immune response to infection. Now we know why these public health officials were telling people they must wait on a vaccine to go back to normal. The people behind the mRNA experimentation of humans are building psychological justification and scientific precedent to declare human immune systems incapable. In this way, people will submit their bodies to the latest mRNA programs as they become dependent on the biological software that have been created for them. This is an open door toward trans-humanism, and millions of people are buying into it. By casting shame on human immune systems, drug companies have also found the perfect alibi for when their experiments cause injury in humans. It’s not the injected technology that is causing allergic reactions, seizures, infertility and death, claim the drug companies… It’s the individual’s human’s immune system that is causing all the pain and misery, they demand. The drug companies will demand that more carefully crafted mRNA programs and interventions will be needed to “perfect” human beings.
The new mRNA vaccines are dependency programs, designed to manipulate and enslave human biological functions
Moderna brags that “several hundred scientists and engineers are solely focused on advancing Moderna’s platform technology.” These scientists are attempting to “hack” humans with bio-information and make populations dependent on the technology. Moderna has even dubbed their mRNA platform the ‘Software of Life.’
These scientists are looking for ways to help the foreign mRNA avoid immune detection. They are also experimenting with ways to trick the cell’s ribosomes into processing the mRNA as if it was natural. They are also plotting ways to instruct the human cells to produce the artificial proteins long term. Moderna was founded on the success of using modified RNA to reprogram the function of a human stem cell, therefore genetically modifying it.
As these RNA “operating systems” are installed in human bodies, it becomes even more clear that drug companies are looking to genetically modify and own human proteins while controlling biological processes for generations to come. On both a psychological and physiological level, human beings are being branded like cattle as they submit to these mRNA software programs.
This system is not medicine, nor is it vaccination. This system is complete cellular manipulation, using foreign biological molecules to code, decode, regulate, change the expression of, and alter the physiological instructions within human beings.
Watch Dr. Carrie Madej explain how this new vaccine platform can change the way we live, who we are, what we are.
Sources include: TapNewsWire.com ModernaTX.com NaturalNews.com Brighteon.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-01-04-moderna-vaccine-designed-to-program-humans.html
:: 1-4-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America’s ‘Devil Dogs’ just got a little scarier
The impetus for equipping weapons with suppressors came from experiments at a 2016 'Sea Dragon' event
by Dave Makichuk January 4, 2021
America’s famed “Devil Dogs” — the US Marines — just got a little leaner and meaner, a little more badass, a little tougher to find and kill.
Why? Because of suppressors, which have now been fielded in the thousands to infantry, reconnaissance and special operation units.
In case you’re wondering, “small arms suppressors” are designed to reduce a weapon’s noise, flash and recoil.
They are also time-efficient, as attachment and detachment only takes a few seconds. The mass fielding of the suppressors, and their myriad benefits, represents “a monumental moment for the Corps,” according to a press release.
Marines are trained to locate, close with and destroy the enemy by fire and maneuver, or repel the enemy’s assault by fire and close combat. They engage adversaries in any clime and place, no matter how arduous the conditions.
As history has shown, they will take and hold, any position, regardless of heavy casualties. The fact they will be armed with suppressors means they will be that much harder to locate and target. The impetus for equipping additional weapons with suppressors came from a series of experimentations at a 2016 “Sea Dragon” event, which enables the Marine Corps to experiment with current and emerging technologies. At the event, a battalion employed the suppressors as part of a Marine Corps Warfighting Lab experimentation.
“The positive feedback from that experiment was the primary driving force behind procuring suppressors,” said Brisker. “We’ve had a few limited user experiments with various units since that time, and all of those events generated positive reviews of the capability.”
Marine Corps Systems Command (MCSC) began fielding the first 13,700 Knight’s Armament Company suppressors designed for M4 and M4A1 carbines and M27 infantry automatic rifles to Marines at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina. The command hopes to field approximately 30,000 of the devices by fiscal year 2023. “Our intent was to leverage commercially available technology to support the near-term modernization required for our close combat Marines,” said Billy Epperson, the Infantry Weapon Capabilities Integration Officer.
Epperson added that the Marine Corps conducted Limited User Evaluations in 2019 with commercial suppressors provided by vendors showcasing the latest and greatest in technology to characterize requirements in support of an acquisition effort that began in fiscal year 2020.
David Tomlinson, MCSC’s infantry weapons officer, emphasized the importance of suppressors in exchanging information during battle. He said gun fights create a chaotic environment with intense noise levels, producing communication problems that can increase confusion.
“I would say the most important thing the suppressor does is allow for better inter-squad, inter-platoon communication,” said Tomlinson. “It allows the operators to communicate laterally up and down the line during a fire fight.”
Tomlinson said suppressors can save lives, as Marines engaged in battle can expose themselves from their firing position. The suppressor reduces their audible and visual signature, making it more difficult for the enemy to ascertain their location. In addition to tactical advantages on the battlefield, the reduced noise of the suppressors also benefits a Marine’s long-term health, said Brisker. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs, hearing problems are by far the most prevalent service-connected disability among American veterans.
“In the big picture, the VA pays out a lot in hearing loss claims,” said Brisker. “We’d like Marines to be able to continue to hear for many years even after they leave the service. These suppressors have that benefit as well.”
According to Popular Mechanics, each gunshot is in the range of 140 to 165 decibels, with the M4 carbine, M27 infantry automatic rifle, and M38 designated marksman rifle about in the 165-decibel range. The same weapons fitted with suppressors are 132 decibels.
Although a 33-decibel difference doesn’t sound like much, the decibel scale is logarithmic, meaning unsuppressed weapons disperse more than 1,000 times more sound energy than suppressed ones. Simply put, quieter weapons mean a Marine can hear commands by their fire team, squad, or platoon leader more easily.
At night, the reduction in muzzle flash can reduce disorientation and help preserve night vision.
This all translates to units that can respond to orders more quickly, pass on important information faster, and operate more effectively at night.
— Sources: US Marines, Military.com and Popular Mechanics
https://asiatimes.com/2021/01/marines-get-lethality-boost-with-suppressor-tech/
:: 1--21 Steve Quayle Alerts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DANIEL'S VISION OF THE WORLD'S END TIME KINGDOMS, AND THE MINGLING OF THE CLAY AND IRON; HERE'S A MIND BLOWING REVELATION GIVEN TO Jon
DANIEL 2:42-44 'And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.
44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever'. :
Jon--Hello Brother Steve,
I was thinking about the MRNA poison, and I thought about the name, messenger RNA.. messenger in the Greek is angelos, essentially angel RNA, I thought of Daniel, and them mixing their seed with the seed of man.. I have been praying every night that God, my Father would give me wisdom and understanding. To God be all the glory forever and ever.
I’ve not heard anyone else address this, but I feel it is pretty blatant and in our face.
Thank you for your insights and boldness. Truly, Jon
https://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=33&d=2521
:: 1--21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
8 Lessons Learned The Hard Way From 2020 With Consequences For Years To Come
As the last year draws to an end and the new year begins, I always like to look back over the previous year, seeing what lessons I can learn.
I also like to look forward, seeing what I need to do, in order to prepare myself for the year to come. While these activities can be undertaken at any time, the start of a new year seems to be an excellent time to do so.
With 2020 having been such an interesting year, filled with disasters and problems, it seems even more appropriate to take a moment out to review the year, seeing what we can learn from it and better prepare ourselves for whatever might be coming next.
I find it funny that so many people think that everything will be fine, once 2020 is over and 2021 begins. But last I checked, disasters don’t pay any attention whatsoever to our calendar. They operate on their own time frame and we have to adjust to it. We call it “hurricane season” not to tell the hurricanes when they can come, but to remind ourselves that we’re in the time of year when they do come.
So as we start into 2021, I’m not expecting that the disasters of 2020 will come to an end. It would be nice if that happened, but I’m not planning on it. Rather, I’m planning on more disasters for 2021. Whether they will be as bad as those of 2020 is yet to be seen. It Always Takes More than You Think
The big news of 2020 was the Coronavirus pandemic. While this wasn’t the first time that we’ve faced a pandemic, it ended up being considerably more serious than anything we’ve faced in recent years. The Ebola outbreak of 2014 could have been worse, but it didn’t go around the globe as COVID did.
Having been around in 2014, I had purchased PPE for use in that pandemic, just in case, it reached the United States. So when COVID-19 hit our shores, I thought I was ready. But, while I did have PPE in my stockpile, I had grossly underestimated how much I’d need. What I had barely made it through the first couple of months, and then I was making my own, as it wasn’t available.
I’d have to say that the disasters we are not accustomed to dealing with are the ones where we need to be even better prepared. A lot of the reason why I didn’t have enough PPE is that I had never dealt with a pandemic before. Due to my lack of familiarity with the situation, I didn’t really have any idea of how much PPE or cleaning supplies I’d use on a daily basis. Nor did I have any idea how long the pandemic would last. Therefore, unlike some other things, I hadn’t calculated how much I would go through. Oops.
Our Supply Chain is Extremely Fragile One of the more surprising things about the pandemic was how the grocery stores emptied out. Along with many others, I’ve talked about how the grocery stores would empty out in the event of a major disaster; but I was still surprised how bad it happened. First, the shortages started because of panic buying before the pandemic even hit. And secondly, how hard it was for the system to catch up and restock those stores.
But if all it takes is fear for a run on the stores, then we should be ready for such a thing to happen anytime. When you consider how much the news media is bent on fear-mongering, a panic could happen at any time. The fact that it already happened once just means that people won’t wait the next time; they’ll rush to the stores at the first sign of trouble.
Up until now, the idea of restocking the grocery stores doesn’t fit into most TEOTWAWKI events. But the COVID pandemic proved that it might be possible to have a major disaster and see the supply chain restore itself. It takes time; but as long as communications and transportation are in place, it is possible for the stores to restock. Don’t Believe what Others Say
A fair chunk of the problems we’ve had in dealing with the pandemic, as well as the shortages in the stores, have been caused, at least to some extent, by the news media. As with everything else in the last four years, the mainstream news media has spun the COVID-19 pandemic, in an effort to make President Trump look bad. So, they’ve exaggerated the severity of the disease, focusing on how many people have died. While this was “honest reporting” in the sense that they were using real figures, it was dishonest in their focus. As per normal, they were cherry-picking figures to make the administration look bad, not telling the whole story.
In reaction to this, most of the right-wing news sources were downplaying the severity of the disease, leading many conservatives to believe that the disease wasn’t any more serious than the seasonal flu. We’ve ended up with a lot of conservatives who are fighting against even conservative governors, using numbers that were out and out wrong by any stretch of the imagination.
We’re living in an age where you can’t believe what comes out of any news source. We are no longer receiving news, but news commentary. Those on the right are more honest about this, telling us that what they are giving us is commentary. But what’s coming out of the left is just as much commentary, even though they are labeling it as “news.” In order to have at least somewhat accurate information, we need to look to apolitical sources, which are almost impossible to find. In the case of the pandemic, the best is going right to the CDC’s website. In the case of hurricanes, it’s going to the National Hurricane Center’s website. Similar sites exist for other categories of disasters.
Always Have an Alternative
With all the shortages we’ve seen in 2020, we’ve got a pretty good idea of what to expect in any future disaster. Supplies will always be limited at any time of the disaster; especially of the things we need the most. We need to have an alternate plan in place when those things run short.
During COVID, I’ve made my own masks, hand sanitizer, and a replacement for Clorox wipes (my wife’s favorite cleaner). Had I not been able to do this, we would have ended up putting ourselves more at risk, especially early on, when everyone was trying to buy them and there wasn’t enough.
Taking this idea a step further, we should all have a good idea of how to make everything from soap to gunpowder, as well as either having a stock of the necessary materials or knowing where to find them in nature. That’s going to become critical if we’re ever faced with a true TEOTWAWKI event.
Disasters Don’t Just Come One at a Time Every prepping and survival writer I’ve ever read deals with one disaster at a time, just like I have. But if there’s anything we’ve seen in 2020, it’s that disasters are bullies; they like to gang upon us. Often, one disaster will bring on another, such as we’ve seen happen in the last year. What started out as a pandemic, quickly led to various kinds of shortages in the stores, businesses shutting down, people losing their jobs, and a fast-moving financial crisis.
In the future, it would make sense for us all to be thinking in terms of dealing with multiple crises at one time. While we may only be faced with one at a time, I’d rather train for the worst-case and deal with something better, than train for a best-case and not be ready with something more serious.
Be Flexible – Roll with the Punches
Many people were devastated by the events of 2020. But others seemed to weather it just fine. For me personally, it has been a good year, in spite of everything that has happened.
How can I say that? Because I’ve made the most of it. I work from home anyway, so that wasn’t a problem. But the pandemic caused my wife to have to work from home for seven months as well. While we both worked and worked a lot, it became something like an extended honeymoon for us.
Granted, we’ve had to make a lot of changes in the way we’ve done things; which is why I say to be flexible. Being able to not only survive but make the most of a situation, often requires nothing more than a change of attitude. Look for opportunities, rather than focusing on the problems. That will turn what’s bugging everyone else into a blessing for you.
The idea of “rolling with the punches” comes from boxing. The idea is that if you can’t avoid getting hit, then do whatever you can to lessen the impact of the hit. Whether that means changing the angle of your body, moving away as you are getting stuck, or turning at the last moment so that the glove doesn’t hit a particularly vulnerable area, the idea is to avoid receiving harm. Flexibility and the ability to react to whatever is happening will lessen the impact of a disaster too.
Take Computer Security Seriously Before all is said and done, I think the biggest disaster of 2020 is going to be the hacking of SolarWinds network software. Experts are still working overtime to ascertain the seriousness of this attack and it might be months before we fully know how bad it is. It might be many more months or even years before the problem is fixed.
In the meantime, some 18,000 government organizations and businesses have had their computer networks hacked. Countless terabytes of information have been copied and are now in the process of being analyzed by the hackers. In some cases, it appears that they might have gotten so far inside the systems, as gaining the ability to take control of them. In others, they have created other, hidden, back doors, which they can use for continued access into those networks, even after the leaks are plugged.
The amazing thing, at least to me, is that the hackers haven’t yet done anything malicious with the access they had. Perhaps it was nothing more than an information-gathering exercise. Still, it appears that they were far enough inside, in some cases, that they could control such things as our electric power grid.
While the information that you and I have on our personal computers isn’t all that critical, many of us work for companies that do important things and have important information on their systems. Yet we tend to fall asleep during those boring security briefings, thinking that it’s not our problem. It is, even if we don’t want to acknowledge that. It’s everyone’s problem, as the SolarWinds hack is going to show.
Just like identity theft, most hacking requires a human element of some sort. You and I are the vulnerable links in our online security and the online security of the companies we work for. If we don’t understand how to minimize that risk, we will most likely become part of something going seriously wrong. When You Think You Can Finally Take a Sigh of Relief, Look Again
There have been many a meme on social media, pointing out the concept of the “disaster of the month” that has plagued us all year long. While intended to be humorous, these memes can teach us a valuable lesson; they need to stay aware, looking for the next disaster coming down the pike. It’s quite possible that the one we don’t expect will be the one we receive.
As preppers, it’s important that we are constantly on the lookout for what’s happening in the world and aware of how those things can turn into problems. Our failure to do that puts us in the same category as all the sheeple out there, who just aren’t paying attention. Oh, we’ll still have out stockpiles; but that’s it. Without the awareness to look for advance warning, we won’t be able to take the necessary action to protect our families. Worse than that, we’ll miss the opportunity to bug out early, when we need to.
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 1-5-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US Has Lost More Than 110,000 Restaurants – Sets Stage For A Commercial Real Estate Collapse Of Epic Proportions
Michael Snyder / January 5, 2021
The restaurant industry is in the midst of a complete and total meltdown that is unlike anything that we have ever seen before. If you ask Google how many restaurants there are in the United States, it will tell you that there are 660,755, although that number is a few years old. But for the purposes of this article, that is a good enough estimate. Americans love to eat out, and restaurant workers are some of the hardest working people in the entire country. So it is incredibly sad to see more restaurants constantly going under. In some cases, restaurants that have served their communities for decades are deciding to permanently close their doors. For example, over the weekend Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse in New York City announced that it had finally reached the end of the road…
Landmark New York City restaurant Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse has closed its iconic basement-level doors as the coronavirus pandemic continues to cripple the restaurant industry.
The Lower East Side fixture was famous for its latkes spreads, chopped liver, and vodka bottles frozen in blocks of ice and was known as a boisterous party spot frequented by celebrities.
Unfortunately, Sammy’s is far from alone. In fact, in a recent article that he penned for Fox Business, Adam Piper lamented the fact that more than 100,000 U.S. restaurants have gone out of business during this pandemic…
State and local governments have wielded the coronavirus pandemic as license to steal freedom and opportunity in pursuit of unprecedented omnipotence. Unreasonable, unnecessary and hypocritical actions have forced over 100,000 restaurants to close and endanger countless others.
And according to Bloomberg, the true number of dead restaurants is now over 110,000…
More than 110,000 restaurants have closed permanently or long-term across the country as the industry grapples with the devastating impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. More than one out of every six restaurants in the U.S. is already gone, and the National Restaurant Association is warning that there will be more carnage in the months ahead because the industry is in “an economic free fall”…
“The restaurant industry simply cannot wait for relief any longer,” Sean Kennedy, executive vice president of public affairs at the association, said in a letter to Congress. “What these findings make clear is that more than 500,000 restaurants of every business type — franchise, chain and independent — are in an economic free fall.”
This is what an economic depression looks like. With tens of thousands of restaurants sitting empty, and with tens of thousands of others not paying rent, the stage has been set for a commercial real estate disaster of unprecedented scope and size.
Of course there are millions of square feet of office space and retail space that are not being productive right now as well. In a recent article, Lee Adler referred to this looming commercial real estate nightmare as “a monster in the room”…
I think that if there’s anything that illustrates the head in the sand problem of the banks, it’s this. Commercial real estate (CRE) finance. There’s a monster in the room. All that empty space. No longer income producing.
For now, big financial institutions are doing their best to hide their coming losses, but according to Adler for certain sectors the losses will simply be unavoidable…
Multifamily will take a haircut but will survive. My guess is that industrial, while overpriced and overvalued, will produce enough income to get by. Office and retail? Kiss it goodbye. It’s done. Over. Kaput. Sadly, he is right on target.
The coming commercial real estate crisis is going to make the subprime mortgage meltdown of 2008 and 2009 look like a Sunday picnic.
And the longer this pandemic stretches on, the larger the losses will ultimately become.
For residential real estate, the big story is that hordes of Americans are fleeing both coasts and are moving to smaller communities in the middle of the country.
So even as housing prices drop substantially in major cities on the east coast and the west coast, they are rising rapidly in cities such as Pittsburgh, Boise and Austin…
Smaller metropolitan markets like Pittsburgh, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Indianapolis, Kansas City, Boise, Idaho, Austin, Texas, and Memphis, Tennessee are seeing some of the strongest price gains in the nation now, according to the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Prices in those cities are now at least 10% higher than with a year earlier.
And as I discussed yesterday, we are actually starting to see hyperinflation for high end properties in desirable rural and suburban areas of the country.
Just recently, a friend sold a home that is located not too far from us for a price that almost made my eyes bug out of my head. I literally had a difficult time believing the insanely high price that they were able to get, but this is what happens in a hyperinflationary environment.
2020 may have been a “personal financial disaster” for 55 percent of all Americans, but thanks to the hyperinflation in the stock market the wealthy have more money to throw at high end real estate than ever before.
Unfortunately, all of this wild money printing is not going to be able to prevent the coming crash in commercial real estate.
No matter how much money they have, many Americans are simply too afraid of COVID to eat out right now, and that will remain the case for the foreseeable future.
And we are going to continue to see more Americans migrate away from the large cities on both coasts, and more businesses in those core urban areas will continue to fail.
As the commercial real estate crash unfolds, a lot of financial institutions simply won’t be able to make it without government help.
So will the federal government bail them out?
You never know, but every dollar the federal government borrows and spends just makes our long-term problems even worse. , and we are still in the very early chapters of this horrifying economic collapse.All of the dominoes are starting to fall
Unfortunately, most Americans still don’t understand what is happening, and most of them have no idea that economic conditions will soon get even worse.
Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder
:: 1--21 Cointelegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
OCC greenlights national banks to run nodes and stablecoin networks
The latest from the Treasury's most crypto-forward office says that national banks don't have to fear stablecoin nodes.
Monday evening, the Treasury's Office of the Comptroller of the Currency told national banks that they are allowed to run independent nodes for distributed ledger networks.
Referring to of independent node verification networks, the OCC's interpretive letter says that banks "may use new technologies, including INVNs and related stablecoins, to perform bank-permissible functions, such as payment activities."
Coming amid a great deal of uncertainty as to the future of stablecoins, the OCC's announcement is big news. The office, nonetheless, cautions that there are cyber risks inherent to using such technology:
"Banks must also be aware of potential risks when conducting INVN-related activities, including operational risks, compliance risk, and fraud. New technologies require enough technological expertise to ensure banks can manage these risks in a safe and sound manner."
Brian Brooks, who formerly led Coinbase's legal team, has been the Acting Comptroller of the Currency since May. During his tenure, the office has put out a host of guidance authorizing banks to be more active in crypto and, more recently, barring them from cutting off services to legal industries.
Major lobbyist group the Blockchain Association noted that "The letter states that blockchains have the same status as other global financial networks, such as SWIFT, ACH, and FedWire." Such flagships mechanisms of international payments have had to up their games in response to competition from blockchain-backed payments in recent years.
The new guidance follows up on a separate group of regulators laying out new guidance for stablecoin operators immediately before Christmas. The subject of stablecoin legal status in the U.S. has taken on an outsized role over the past month, especially after Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib introduced a bill that seemed to outlaw any operation of a stablecoin network, including private persons running, for example, Ethereum nodes that process DAI transactions. With just two weeks left in office, President Donald Trump has sent out a new executive order targeting Chinese payment apps.
The Tuesday order bars United States citizens or people located in the U.S. from using nine Chinese payment apps. It continues the White House's earlier efforts to cut off the U.S. market from Chinese-owned apps like TikTok. Yesterday's order repeats earlier concerns of data collection by the Chinese Communist Party:
"The continuing activity of the PRC and the CCP to steal or otherwise obtain United States persons’ data makes clear that there is an intent to use bulk data collection to advance China’s economic and national security agenda."
The apps targeted are AliPay, CamScanner, QQ Wallet, SHAREit, Tencent QQ, VMate, WeChat Pay and WPS Office. The executive order takes effect in 45 days, by which time Trump will already be out of office. Given that his earlier order to get ByteDance to divest from TikTok was stonewalled in court while he was still in office, there's not a ton of reason to believe that Trump will get his way here.
As of publication time, Biden's transition team had not responded to Cointelegraph's request for comment as to whether the new administration plans to see Trump's order through.
The focus on payment apps is particularly significant. Recent moves from the U.S. national security apparatus have definitely indicated concern over China's payments systems, particularly a central bank digital currency with a database accessible by the CCP.
Many in crypto as well as the broader tech industry have warned of a cold war in technology between China and the U.S., including Facebook's Mark Zuckerberg and several leaders of Ripple Labs. While the situation between the two countries is obviously tense, both Facebook and Ripple were seeing serious investigations by U.S. regulators concerned about their operations when they made those arguments, somewhat deflating the effect of their patriotism.
While the barriers between the private and public sectors are murkier, China's treatment of the private companies that Trump is targeting is already pretty bad. Ant Group, the fintech affiliate of Alibaba that owns AliPay, recently fell afoul of the Chinese government. Xi Jinping is said to have personally put the clampdown on Ant Group's aborted initial public offering, since which time Alibaba's stock has slipped and the founder of both, Jack Ma, has disappeared.
Another giant of Chinese tech, Tencent, owns three of the entities targeted by Trump's order: QQ Wallet, Tencent QQ and WeChat Pay. While Tencent has avoided Ant Group's high-profile brushes with the CCP, China's much-anticipated central bank digital currency may well be an effort to muscle in on the business of the country's impressive fintech sector.
https://cointelegraph.com/news/trump-bans-chinese-payment-apps-including-alipay-and-wechat-pay
:: 1-4-21 Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CAUGHT ON TAPE: Georgia SoS Brad Raffensperger Thanking CCP For Their Votes in 2015!
By Douglas J. Hagmann - January 4, 2021
It’s Looking Like War – John Moore Joins Doug Hagmann – FULL SHOW – 01/4/2021 – Hagmann Report
Next article
You Weren’t Made to Fit In – You Were Born to Stand Out – Doug Hagmann 1/04/2021
Douglas J. Hagmann
https://www.douglasjhagmann.com
Douglas J. Hagmann has been a licensed investigator in the private sector for the last 30 years. As a private detective, Hagmann has worked well over 5,000 cases and is recognized as a surveillance specialist. He has worked as an informational and operational asset for various federal and state law enforcement agencies. Doug Hagmann now hosts a popular radio and video talk show each weeknight from 7:00-9:00 PM ET on the Global Star Radio Network and simulcast on YouTube and other venues.
:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Report: White House Planning to Refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for Investigation Under the Espionage Act
By Jim Hoft Published January 4, 2021 at 7:15am 1218 Comments Share (9.6k)
President Trump held a one-hour long phone call on Saturday with crooked Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and state election officials on the 2020 election in his state that was wrought with fraud.
It’s not clear if Ruby Freeman or Ralph Jones, Sr. were on the call. In the one-hour phone call on Saturday, President Trump insisted he won the state and threatened vague legal consequences. Trump attorneys and Georgia attorneys were on the call.
Raffensperger’s team later leaked the call to the far-left Washington Post.
It took 24 hours for the Washington Post to publish a hit piece, using edited audio clips, on the president’s phone call. Georgia Republican chairman David Shafer later announced that President Trump and his team filed two lawsuits against Secretary of State Raffensperger.
David Shafer: President Donald Trump has filed two lawsuits – federal and state – against Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger. This was after Raffensperger secretly recorded the “confidential settlement discussion” of that litigation that is still pending. The audio published by the Washington Post is heavily edited and omits the stipulation that all discussions were for the purpose of settling litigation and confidential under federal and state law. Dirtbag Brad Raffensperger is in serious trouble.
What is with this guy? Why is he so determined to defend the massive fraud in his state? According to reporter Jack Posobiec the White House is planning to refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for investigation under national security grounds of the Espionage Act. https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/01/raeport-white-house-planning-refer-brad-raffensperger-secret-service-investigation-espionage-act/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=the-gateway-
pundit&utm_campaign=dailyam&utm_content=daily
:: 1-3-21 Twitter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
In May, Tanzania's President was suspicious of the coronavirus testing process so he sent in samples from a goat and a papaya. Both came back positive for the virus.
3:12 AM · Jan 3, 2021·Twitter Web App
https://twitter.com/KanekoaTheGreat/status/1345644157587443714/photo/1
Remarks: Jim Okore replying to @Kanekoa The Great
Unlike other East African states, TZ didn't go for lovkdowns: life as usual, political rallies, discos! At some point, it led to a diplomatic spat with Kenya!
Another post same person goes on to say: President John Pombe Magufuli holds a PHD in Chemistry!
https://twitter.com/KanekoaTheGreat/status/1345644157587443714/photo/1
:: 1-5-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democracy is an Illusion (Perspective) The Covid Scam Has Alerted Millions to The Fact That The World Is Controlled By A Small Cabal Of Satanist Central Bankers Who Wish to Enslave Us
Ann Ellzy January 5, 2021Posted inUncategorized
The covidscam has alerted millions to the fact that the world is controlled by a small cabal of satanist central bankers who wish to enslave us. Most everyone who is “successful” serves their demented agenda. This article from 2005 provides background for people new to our ugly political reality.
A “Far Side” cartoon describes our innocence about democracy.
A slave rowing a Viking ship puts up his hand and calls to the whip master: “Yoo-hoo! Oh, yoo-hoo… I think I’m getting a blister.”
Like this man, most people cling to the belief that our leaders represent our interests. “Yoo, hoo, Mr. Bush, you lied about Iraq having weapons of mass destruction.”
At an elite gathering, Bush peered under his lectern and quipped: “Where are those weapons of mass destruction?”
A tiny cabal of international bankers chooses our “leaders”. This clique, which subtly controls every significant facet of our society is gradually establishing an Orwellian global police state. Much of the ruling class has been duped to think they are building a better world.
You might be living in one of America’s deathzones and not have a clue about it
What if that were you? What would YOU do?
In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. Prove it, you say?
“The Naked Capitalist” by W.C. Skousen (available at http://www.abe.com & http://www.bookfinder.com ) is yet another smoking gun. It is based on the revelations contained in Professor Carroll Quiqley’s “Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time.” (1966)
Quiqley, a Professor of History at the Foreign Service School at Georgetown University was a trusted insider who had access to their private archives. He felt the plot, which he supported, was too important to be kept hidden. However, shortly after publication, his book was taken off the market. Cleon Skoussen was an FBI agent for 16 years and the Police Chief of Salt Lake City for four years. His “The Naked Capitalist” distills the most shocking evidence from Quigley’s daunting 1300-page book.
At just 122 pages, “The Naked Capitalist” (1970) is a concise, lucid and absolutely convincing account of the international banker conspiracy. Historians have betrayed the public trust by largely ignoring this material.
OUR PREDICAMENT
Quigley confirms that a network of banking dynasties has, in Skousen’s words, “acquired a choke-hold on the affairs of practically the entire human race.” According to Quigley, they include “Baring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroder, Selingman, the Speyers, Mirabaud, Malet, and above all Rothschild and Morgan.” (Citations are from Tragedy and Hope, 51-52)
Quigley confirms that, starting with the Bank of England in 1694, these dynasties organized themselves in a system of central banks that charge their respective nations billions of dollars in interest for the privilege of using currency backed by the nations’ own credit. In other words, they have carried off a swindle of monstrous proportions.
Quigley quotes William Gladstone who as Chancellor of the Exchequer said in 1852: “The government itself was not to be a substantive power in matters of Finance, but was to leave the Money Power supreme and unquestioned.” (325)
This power of the Bank of England. . . was admitted by most qualified observers. In January, 1924, Reginald McKenna. . . as chairman of the board of the Midland Bank, told its stockholders: ‘I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create money. . . . And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hands the destiny of the people.'” [25]
Able to create money out of nothing, they naturally grabbed as much of the world’s real wealth as they could. Quigley writes about the formation of their American cartels: “The period 1884-1933 was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers moving into commercial banking and insurance on the one side, and into railroading and heavy industry on the other were able to mobilize enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political and social power.” (71)
Indeed their representatives, the “Eastern Establishment” i.e. the Morgans and now the Rockefellers run the United States. (72) The principle mechanism is the Council on Foreign Relations.
According to Quigley, the ultimate goal is “nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled …by the central banks…acting in concert.” (324) Quigley confirms that the bankers have usurped mankind’s collective instincts by financing the Socialist and Communist movements. Bankers love big government because the ultimate monopoly is the State. Through it, they take over their competition and control debt, resources, market demand and labor.
Speaking of the Communist takeover of the US government in the 1930’s and 1940’s, Quigley writes, “it must be understood that the power that these energetic left-wingers exercised was never their own power of Communist power but was ultimately the power of the international financial coterie.” (954) In other words, millions of idealists committed to human brotherhood and equality were (and are) duped into advancing a totalitarian scheme to concentrate the world’s wealth and power into the hands of the superrich. More opportunistic Leftists, Communists, Feminists and Globalists prosper while piously pretending to serve humanity.
The Money Power controls the debate and encourages gridlock by backing all shades of the political spectrum and marginalizing anyone who shines the spotlight on them. (Ever wonder why the word “Rothschild” has never crossed Noam Chomsky’s lips? Or why the John Birch Society debunks the obvious fact that 9-11 was an “inside job?”) The media is controlled through direct ownership and advertising. Quigley writes: “To Morgan all political parties were simply organizations to be used, and the firm always was careful to keep a foot in all camps. Morgan himself, Dwight Morrow and other partners were allied with the Republicans; Russell C. Lewffingwell was allied with the Democrats; Grayson Murphy was allied with the extreme Right; and Thomas W. Lamont was allied with the Left.” (945)
The Lamont family was “sponsors and financial angels to almost a score of extreme Left organizations including the Communist Party itself.” (945)
CONCLUSION
A small cabal of people who are not even citizens hold the financial purse strings of every nation.
This goes a long way to explaining “globalization” and the push to one-world government. It explains the assault on race, religion, nation and family. The bankers want a homogenous deracinated neutered world that offers no basis of resistance.
It explains why in a time of supposed security danger, the southern border of the US is practically porous. The bankers want to undermine America’s European character, which it perceives as a threat.
It explains the carte blanche Israel receives, the war on Iraq, and the fact that there is no opposition to the war in the mainstream parties or press. This war desecrates a cradle of civilization and assails Islam. It is also an opportunity to create more debt and enrich the bankers and their corporate allies.
It explains 9-11, the Patriot Repression Act and the phoney “War on Terror.”
It explains the depraved mass media and stupefying education system. I could go on but you get the picture. We are krill at the mercy of a gigantic whale. At the very least, let’s not waste energy thinking we live in a free and open society.
Our democracy is a ruse. Ostensibly it expresses the aspirations of the people. In reality, it masks the insidious anti-human agenda of the central bankers.
bankers-who-wish-to-enslave-us/
:: 1-3-21 H Wire news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IS COVID-19 BEING USED TO CREATE AN AMERICAN GULAG IN
January 3, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/13 Comments
Featured Story
THE NAME OF FIGHTING A PANDEMIC? IT SURE LOOK LIKE IT, HELL ON EARTH…
The first 3 1/2 years of this period may actually seem like “business as usual” for the earth. The first four seal events will be fulfilled during this time, but those events are not that exceptional. People have risen to great political prominence (as in the first seal) many times in the past, there have been many wars and famines (as in the second and third seals), and many people have died of such things (as in the fourth seal). There have even been multiple peace treaties involving Israel (like the “covenant” mentioned in Dan 9:27).
Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?
Remember all those articles warning about about FEMA Camps, and how everyone said that you were a conspiracy nut job for believing that?
Well, surprise, surprise, turns out you may have been right on the money all along, why do I say that?
Because right now the New York State Assembly is proposing Bill A416 that would remand people deemed to be “disease carriers”, and put them away in a facility chosen by the Democrat leadership of New York.
People like Governor Andrew Cuomo who’s executive order killed over 11,000 elderly at the start of the COVID crisis.
The Gateway Pundit reports “Bill A416 relates to “the removal of cases, contacts and carriers of communicable diseases that are potentially dangerous to the public health.”
The Governor would have sweeping powers to indefinitely detain American citizens and put them in internment camps.”
This is not an over-estimation of just how scary and just how dangerous this situation is.
Is COVID-19 being used to create an American gulag in the name of fighting a pandemic? It sure look like it.
Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?
When we talk about NY Gov. Andrew Cuomo, you will remember that he is the same person who cheered and cried for joy when New York passed their new abortion bill in 2019 that allows abortions at any stage of the third trimester, and prevents protections for babies surviving the abortion procedure.
Cuomo is the same person who in 2020 issued an executive order sending COVID-19 patients into nursing homes where they infected and killed over 11,000 elderly.
[These people need to be tried for crimes against humanity and even genocide!]
Now they want to pass Bill A416 that authorizes the arrest and detention of people with ‘communicable diseases’ and send them to a ‘designated facility’ until the state decides they can go?
Let me say this as strongly as I can, if YOU live in New York….RUN!!….GET OUT NOW!!
Here below is the entire contents of New York State Assembly Bill A416, read it for yourself and decide if what we are telling you is true or not.
But read the parts I have bolded and underlined, read how it takes a court order to have you released after you have been ‘detained at a facility’ of their choosing.
Read how it says you will be kept against your will until they have decided it is ‘safe’ to release you. READ IT!
https://www.bitchute.com/embed/uUH7PfMM8bcp/
CANADA: Politician Warns Trudeau Govt Plans To Build COVID ‘Quarantine / Isolation’ Camps Across Canada and Canadian Government Erecting A Network Of Covid Detainment Camps.
New Zealand: COVID-19 Quarantine ‘Camps’ Are The End Of Personal Freedom in NZ.
Yes, They Will Make You Take It
https://hnewswire.com/is-covid-19-being-used-to-create-an-american-gulag-in/
:: 1-5-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2020 was the Worst Year Ever! – You’re joking, right?
By Strange Sounds - Jan 5, 2021
Of the lavish banquet of absurdities laid out in 2020, one of the most delectable is Time magazine’s December 14 cover declaring that 2020 was the “worst year ever.”
You’re joking, right? In history’s immense tapestry of human misery, it’s not even in the top 100 worst years.
Consider 1177 B.C., when many of the great civilizations of the Mediterranean Sea and Mideast collapsed, and the survivors struggled through a pre-modern Dark Ages. This book assembles what is known about this catastrophic era: 1177 B.C.: The Year Civilization Collapsed.
Then there’s 1644 A.D., when the Ming Dynasty was overthrown by the Manchu invasion, a series of self-reinforcing misfortunes stemming from extremes of climate (a.k.a. The Little Ice Age) that left millions hungry and vulnerable to disease and the predation of roving bandit armies.
The Little Ice Age and the famine, conflicts, civil wars, coups, revolts and rebellions it launched killed between a quarter and a third of Eurasia’s population. Entire villages melted away as starvation drove the survivors to desperation. The misery stretched from western Europe to China, and lasted for decades. This fascinating history lays it all out: Global Crisis: War, Climate Change, & Catastrophe in the Seventeenth Century.
Though it is now relegated to a footnote in history, the Antonine Plague of 165 – 180 A.D. decimated the Mediterranean, Mideast, North African and Eurasian regions, toppling regimes that had endured for ages and very nearly brought the Roman Empire to an inglorious end. Roughly one-fourth of the population died as the novel disease was distributed along Rome’s numerous trade routes, which stretched from Northern Europe to Africa and India.
Western Rome’s eventual decline and fall was also the result of pandemics and climate change as well as the usual suspects of war, political in-fighting, overtaxation and the stranglehold of self-serving elites: The Fate of Rome: Climate, Disease, and the End of an Empire.
Europe’s inhabitants circa 1350 A.D. would have chosen the years 1347 – 1351 as “the worst ever” as the Black Plague took the lives of a third of the population:The Black Death: Natural and Human Disaster in Medieval Europe. The inhabitants of North and South America would have selected the years following 1492 and the arrival of Europeans carrying novel diseases as the worst years ever as the diseases carried away between 50% and 90% of the people who were alive in 1491: 1491: New Revelations of the Americas Before Columbus.
And finally, the worst of the worst, a gigantic volcanic eruption in early 536 AD that changed day into night and summer into winter across Europe, the Middle East, and parts of Asia for more than 18 months. You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history
You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history. Yep, and what about the greatest natural disaster of the 19th century: the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 that caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The Krakatoa eruption of 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered eardrums of sailors 40 miles away – And that’s the story of the loudest sound on Earth
What was the loudest sound in the world? A volcanic eruption produced the most powerful noise worldwide. The sound of the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The loudest noise in history was produced … Continue reading
Declaring 2020 “the worst year ever” reveals much about the psychology of our delusional state of affairs. It reflects an absolutely abysmal grasp of human history and a self-absorbed desire to exaggerate the calamity so the rebound will be gloriously triumphant.
It also embodies our delusional addiction to measuring the well-being of the human populace with financial markets: as long as stocks are hitting new highs, we’re all doing wonderfully.
So party on, because “the worst year ever” is ending and the rebound of financial markets, already the greatest in recorded history, will only become more fabulous.
This article is from Charles hugh Smith, if you liked it you can become one of his Patron via patreon.com or read his new book A Hacker’s Teleology: Sharing the Wealth of Our Shrinking Planet. More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
https://strangesounds.org/2021/01/list-of-worst-years-ever-besides-2020.html
:: 1-4-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch Out For A Massive Wave Of Govt-Sponsored False Flag Terrorism Hitting America Under Joe Biden In 2021 - The Democrats 'War Upon Truth' Is A Dire Warning To Us All
- Another Reason To Prepare To Defend Our Families And Loved Ones
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 4, 2021
Over the past 4+ years, I've been called a 'Russian bot' or a 'Russian disinfo agent' at least 100 times by absolutely clueless Democrats, simply for posting an All News Pipeline or pro-Trump, pro-America story title and link into an online story or video comment section. I'd bet many of you have been called the same thing, or much worse.
With Democrats and the mainstream media screaming 'Russia, Russia, Russia' for the past 4 years about President Trump and his America-1st agenda, they've quite literally 'dumbed down' at least half the country who've actually believed their lies, not to mention all of the RINO's like Mitt Romney who is blasting Republican Senators who are trying to set the 2020 election record straight.
And with the 'Russia, Russia' cry absolutely getting a huge starter-boost from the Washington Post in this November 24th of 2016 story titled "Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say", a story in which they used a very shady website called 'Prop or Not' to push their point, we remind you that 'Prop or Not' had listed 100's of pro-America, anti-globalist websites as 'Russian propaganda', including All News Pipeline, this despite the fact that my family has been here in America for roughly 300 years.
So with the Washington Post itself giving us the perfect reason that Americans can never trust the mainstream media, with them demonizing as 'Russian propaganda' hundreds of pro-Trump, pro-America websites, we should be alarmed by several different news stories that have come out over the past few days. And those stories prove to us should Joe Biden ever make it into the White House, Democrats plan on continuing the globalist agenda of Barack Obama, including 'terrorizing the American people in false flag events while blaming that terror on others' if it helps them to accomplish their political agendas.
First, the full list from the website 'Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue. Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue.
4thmedia.org newswithviews.com
4threvolutionarywar.wordpress.com nowtheendbegins.com
abeldanger.net nsnbc.me
activistpost.com off-guardian.org
ahtribune.com oftwominds.com
allnewspipeline.com oilgeopolitics.net
americanlookout.com opednews.com
americasfreedomfighters.com orientalreview.org
amren.com patriotrising.com
amtvmedia.com paulcraigroberts.org
ancient-code.com platosguns.com
anonews.co pravda.ru
anonhq.com pravdareport.com
antiwar.com prepperwebsite.com
asia-pacificresearch.com presstv.com
assassinationscience.com prisonplanet.com
baltimoregazette.com rbth.com
barenakedislam.com readynutrition.com
beforeitsnews.com redflagnews.com
bignuggetnews.com regated.com
bioprepper.com rense.com
blackagendareport.com righton.com
blacklistednews.com rinf.com
christianfightback.com ronpaulinstitute.org
collective-evolution.com rt.com
conservativedailypost.com rumormillnews.com
consortiumnews.com ruptly.tv
corbettreport.com russia-insider.com
cosmicscientist.com sana.sy
countercurrents.org sentinelblog.com
counterinformation.wordpress.com sgtreport.com
dailyoccupation.com shiftfrequency.com
dailystormer.com shtfplan.com
darkmoon.me silentmajoritypatriots.com
darkpolitricks.com silverdoctors.com
davidstockmanscontracorner.com sott.net
dcclothesline.com southfront.org
dcleaks.com sputniknews.com
defenddemocracy.press stormcloudsgathering.com
dennismichaellynch.com strategic-culture.org
disclose.tv superstation95.com
disclosuremedia.net survivopedia.com
drudgereport.com the-newspapers.com
educate-yourself.org theantimedia.org
educateinspirechange.org thecommonsenseshow.com
endingthefed.com thedailybell.com
endoftheamericandream.com thedailysheeple.com
endtime.com theduran.com
eutimes.net theearthchild.co.za
eutopia.buzz theeconomiccollapseblog.com
ewao.com theeventchronicle.com
eyeopening.info thefederalistpapers.org
fellowshipoftheminds.com thefreethoughtproject.com
filmsforaction.org themindunleashed.org
floridasunpost.com thenewsdoctors.com
foreignpolicyjournal.com therebel.media
fourwinds10.net therussophile.org
freedomoutpost.com thesaker.is
gaia.com thesleuthjournal.com
galacticconnection.com thetruenews.info
gangstergovernment.com thetruthseeker.co.uk
gatesofvienna.net theunhivedmind.com
geopolmonitor.com thirdworldtraveler.com
globalresearch.ca toprightnews.com
godlikeproductions.com trueactivist.com
govtslaves.info trunews.com
greanvillepost.com truth-out.org
guccifer2.wordpress.com truthandaction.org
hangthebankers.com truthdig.com
healthnutnews.com truthfeed.com
henrymakow.com truthkings.com
heresyblog.net ufoholic.com
humansarefree.com undergroundworldnews.com
ihavethetruth.com unz.com
in5d.com usanewshome.com
informationclearinghouse.info usapoliticsnow.com
infowars.com usasupreme.com
intellihub.com usdcrisis.com
intersectionproject.eu usslibertyveterans.org
intrepidreport.com vdare.com
investmentresearchdynamics.com veteransnewsnow.com
investmentwatchblog.com veteranstoday.com
jackpineradicals.com vigilantcitizen.com
jamesrgrangerjr.com viralliberty.com
jewsnews.co.il voltairenet.org
journal-neo.org wakeupthesheep.com
katehon.com wakingtimes.com
kingworldnews.com washingtonsblog.com
lewrockwell.com wearechange.org
libertyblitzkrieg.com weshapelife.org
libertywritersnews.com whatdoesitmean.com
makeamericagreattoday.com whatreallyhappened.com
memoryholeblog.com wikileaks.com
mintpressnews.com wikileaks.org
moonofalabama.org wikispooks.com
nakedcapitalism.com worldnewspolitics.com
naturalblaze.com worldpolitics.us
naturalnews.com www.fort-russ.com
newcoldwar.org yournewswire.com
newstarget.com zerohedge.com
So while some of the websites listed above could possibly be 'Russian propaganda', the fact that they've listed websites such as Wikileaks and Antiwar.com as being 'Russian propaganda,' when they've simply been exposing democrat/deep state crimes, really tells us much that we need to know in 2021. And it hints at a continuing 'war upon independent news' and 'the truth' in 2021.
One of those alarming stories mentioned above that screams of danger ahead comes to us from Skywatch TV who had reported in this December 31st story that Steve Quayle linked to on his website that according to a DOJ lawyer, the US can assassinate its own citizens, without any judicial review, if 'the State' says 'secrets' are involved.
Thus making 'the State' the Judge, Jury and Executioner of totally innocent Americans if 'state secrets' are involved, as we had warned in this December 14th ANP story titled "It's Time To Burn Down The 'House Of Lies' Democrats And Globalists Have Built Up Over Decades - This Is How YOU Can Help 'Fan The Flames Of Freedom' - Let's Make Sure The Traitors To America Pay For Their Crimes!", if those 'secrets' are actually 'crimes' by 'government' against the American people, the American people absolutely have a right to know what those secrets are.
And in fact, 'government public servants' who have allowed and enabled those crimes against the American people to be carried out should absolutely be required to pay for their crimes. Wonder why the globalists/democrats/deep state don't want their 'secrets' getting out to the American people?
Another absolutely alarming story that hints of where we're heading in 2021 comes to us from this new story over at Activist Post which reports one US state is preparing to throw into 'Covid camps' those who may or may not even be sick with the Covid-19 virus, and against their own will, showing just how close America is to becoming a 'medical police state'.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
As Susan Duclos had warned in this January 2nd story on ANP, with liberals in Canada first trying to bring in these 'state-sponsored kidnapping camps', and now liberals in the state of New York attempting to bring to their state the same thing, when does 'government' cross the line between being 'servants to' the people to being 'terrorists of' the people? As we'll explore below, they long ago crossed that line.
With that story also giving every American across the country another good reason to 'arm up now' to protect their families and loved ones from 'state sponsored terror', those who STILL think that government sponsored false flag terrorism is just a 'conspiracy theory' clearly haven't been paying attention.
As proven by history, now-declassified 'Operation Northwoods' gives Americans 100% proof that elements of the US government is more than happy to commit acts of terrorism upon Americans, while lying to us all, if it allows them to accomplish a 'political agenda'. From this Wikipedia entry before we continue.:
Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to both stage and actually commit acts of terrorism against American military and civilian targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba.
The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban immigrants, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes to be shot down or given the appearance of being shot down, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities. The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy. Several other proposals were included within Operation Northwoods, including real or simulated actions against various U.S. military and civilian targets.
The operation recommended developing a "Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington", which involved the bombing of civilian targets themselves, which was to be blamed on the "irresponsible" Cuban government to paint a false image of Fidel Castro and misinform the American public.
Yet quite insanely, despite all of the proof that's now out there, including the undeniable fact that the US government planned on terrorizing Americans, and then 'misinforming' us about exactly WHO was terrorizing us, the 'dumbed down' American masses still largely believe the government lies (as well as the lies of the totally COMPLICIT IN TREASON mainstream media!)
With 'the powers that be' wasting no time attempting to demonize 'truth seekers' by comparing so-called 'conspiracy theorists' to the alleged Nashville, Tennessee bomber who apparently believed 'reptiles' are running the planet Earth, is it so far out of the question to ask if the Nashville 'bombing' was a false flag? In the only video below, Sons of Liberty Media takes a look at that very strong possibility.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Joe_Biden_Democrats_False_Flag_2021.php
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 1--21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The media are lying about Trump's phone call with Raffensperger
By Andrea Widburg
The mainstream media and Georgia's secretary of state, Brad Raffensperger, are utterly disgraceful, dishonest, and manipulative people. Raffensperger released a private phone call that the media immediately claimed — falsely — showed Trump begging Raffensperger to fraudulently find enough votes for Trump to win. In fact, Trump called Raffensperger to get him to stop obstructing the fraud investigation. As Trump explained during the call, evidence proves Trump won Georgia by a massive margin, only to have victory stolen through equally massive fraud. Trump sought to avoid litigation forcing Raffensperger to do his job, which is to make at least a minimal effort to clear away enough fraud to allow Trump his actual and honest victory in Georgia.
Here are just two examples of the media's dishonest claim that Trump was trying to force Raffensperger to commit fraud. As you can see, their premise is that there is no evidence of fraud, so any action on Trump's part to claim victory is itself fraud. Theirs is a deliberate example of circular logic, where their premise and conclusion are the same thing.
Washington Post : "The Washington Post obtained a recording of the conversation in which Trump alternately berated Raffensperger, tried to flatter him, begged him to act and threatened him with vague criminal consequences if the secretary of state refused to pursue his false claims, at one point warning that Raffensperger was taking 'a big risk.'"
CNN: "In excerpts of the stunning one-hour phone call Saturday, Trump lambasted his fellow Republican for refusing to falsely say that he won the election in Georgia and repeatedly touted baseless claims of election fraud." Here's what really happened on the phone call. First, Trump wasn't the only person on the phone. Also present were Mark Meadows, Mike Pompeo, and multiple attorneys. There isn't the slightest chance that they would have allowed Trump to beg Raffensperger for illegal votes or to threaten him.
Second, contrary to what the media implied, Trump was not operating off the premise that he lost Georgia. If that had been the case, it would indeed have been wrong for Trump to beg for Raffensperger to "find" votes for him.
Instead, Trump was operating from the assertion that he won Georgia. He opened the call with a strong recitation of the facts showing massive fraud on Raffensperger's watch. According to Trump's evidence, he didn't lose by 11,780 votes; he won by well over 300,000 votes, including votes for Trump that disappeared and illegal votes for Biden. Here are some of Trump's statements in that regard:
"I think it's pretty clear that we won. We won very substantially in Georgia."
"We have ... anywhere from 250–300,000 ballots were dropped mysteriously into the rolls."
"We think that if you check the signatures — a real check of the signatures going back in Fulton County you'll find at least a couple of hundred thousand of forged signatures. ..."
"[I]n the 50s of thousands ... that's people that went to vote and they were told they can't vote because they've already been voted for."
"It's 4,502 who voted but they weren't on the voter registration roll which they had to be. ..."
"You had 18,325 vacant address voters. The address was vacant and they're not allowed to be counted."
Trump alluded to the faked water main break that allowed Fulton County election workers to count votes for hours after having sent observers home. He noted that the video of that after-hours voting indicated that at "the minimum it was 18,000 ballots, all for Biden."
Trump pointed to 4,925 illegal out-of-state voters, 2,326 absentee ballots from vacant addresses, 5,000 dead people voting, and improperly handled drop boxes. And he brought up the allegations that Georgia is shredding evidence as fast as it can.
The bottom line, as Trump accurately said, is that these infractions were "many, many times the 11,779 margin [sic] that they said we lost by."
Trump hammered over and over that he won the state. No matter how you look at it, he said he won, and he's got the evidence to prove it.
At this point, Mark Meadows stated what Trump's team wanted — and it wasn't to fake votes for Trump. It was, instead, an honest investigation: "What I'm hopeful for is there some way that we can ... find some kind of agreement to look at this a little bit more fully." Thus, Meadows sought an agreement "that we can at least have a discussion to look at some of these allegations to find a path forward that's less litigious."
Raffensperger pushed back, saying he'd already had to deal with lawsuits (ignoring that the courts refused to hear evidence). He also huffed that "we gave our state Senate about one and a half hours of our time going through the election issue by issue and then on the state House, the government affairs committee, we gave them about two and a half hours of our time, going back point by point on all the issues of contention. And then just a few days ago we met with our U.S. congressmen, Republican congressmen, and we gave them about two hours of our time talking about this past election."
Did you get that? The biggest election fraud claim in American history, the president on the phone, massive amounts of evidence, and Raffensperger whines that he's already given up six and a half hours of his time to the issue.
Trump again chimes in to say, "We won the state." In response to Raffensperger's complaint that he sacrificed six and a half hours to the matter, Trump suggests that Raffensperger does not need to invest massive time in investigating all 300,000-plus problematic votes. He just needs to investigate 11,779 to give Trump his rightful victory. For, as Trump says, "Because, what's the difference between winning the election by two votes and winning it by half a million votes? I think I probably did win it by half a million."
When Raffensberger pushes back again, saying his office disproved the cemetery vote contention, Cleta Mitchell, a Trump attorney, makes an important point: Georgia has been withholding records from the White House.
There's more in the conversation (much more, including a debate about the video showing Ruby Freeman repeatedly scanning the same ballots), but you get the gist. Trump won. A lazy, entitled, arrogant, and corrupt Raffensperger won't work with the White House to look for fraud (or prove the absence of fraud). And the corrupt, dissolute, dishonest American media, unless brought to heel, will be the downfall of our constitutional republic.
:: 1-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DC boards up ahead of Georgia run-off and Congress finalizing election result as mayor calls in 340 National Guard troops for 'wild' pro-Trump protests in the city but is told MAGA crowds 'don't torch and loot'
Muriel Bowser urged calm Monday as some 340 troops were activated
Storefronts and office buildings were boarded in downtown Washington D.C.
Road closures were also announced across the capital ahead of Congress' expected vote to affirm President-elect Joe Biden's victory
Bowser put in a request on NYE's for Guard members from January 5 to 7
An official said the D.C. National Guard members will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor
Trump has so far refused to concede while whipping up support for protests
By Lauren Fruen and James Gordon For Dailymail.com
Published: 00:57 EST, 5 January 2021 | Updated: 02:18 EST, 5 January 2021
Bracing for possible violence, businesses in the nation's capital are being boarded up as the National Guard is mobilized ahead of planned protests by President Donald Trump's supporters as Congress meets Wednesday to accept the Electoral College votes.
Trump's supporters are planning to rally Tuesday and Wednesday, seeking to bolster the president's unproven claims of widespread voter fraud. '
'There are people intent on coming to our city armed,' D.C. Acting Police Chief Robert Contee said on Monday.
'We have received some information that there are individuals intent on bringing firearms into our city and that just will not be tolerated,' he said adding that anyone found doing so or provoking violence would be arrested.
Thousands of Trump supporters, including some far-right nationalist groups that openly carry arms at protests elsewhere, are expected to converge on the U.S. capital starting on Tuesday to oppose Congress' certification the next day of the Republican president's November 3rd election loss to Democrat Joe Biden.
Contee said the protests could be bigger than November and December rallies marred by stabbings and brawls as hundreds of Proud Boys, a group of self-described 'Western chauvinists,' and other Trump loyalists clashed with counter-protesters, and sought fights with antifa, or anti-fascists, and Black Lives Matter activists.
A pro-Trump rally in December ended in violence as hundreds of Trump supporters, wearing the signature black and yellow of the Proud Boys faction, sought out confrontations with a collective of local activists attempting to bar them from Black Lives Matter Plaza, an area near the White House.
On Monday, Metropolitan Police Department officers arrested the leader of the Proud Boys, Henry 'Enrique' Tarrio, 36, after he arrived in Washington ahead of this week's protests. Tarrio was accused of burning a Black Lives Matter banner that was torn down from a historic Black church in downtown Washington during the December protests.
A warrant had been issued for Tarrio's arrest for destruction of property, police said. He was also facing a weapons charges after officers found him with two high-capacity firearm magazines when he was arrested, a police spokesman said.
The president announced last month that he would be attending the 'wild' protest tweetin: 'Statistically impossible to have lost the 2020 Election. Big protest in D.C. on January 6th. Be there, will be wild!'
Trump has repeatedly encouraged this week's protests and hinted that he may get personally involved. Over the weekend, he retweeted a promotion for the rally with the message, 'I will be there. Historic Day!'
At a November rally, which drew about 15,000 people, Trump staged a limousine drive-by past cheering crowds in Freedom Plaza, on the city's iconic Pennsylvania Avenue. And at the December rally, which drew smaller numbers but a larger contingent of Proud Boys, Trump's helicopter flew low over cheering crowds on the National Mall. The protests coincide with Wednesday's congressional vote expected to certify the Electoral College results, which Trump continues to dispute, falsely claiming that Biden won the election through massive vote-rigging.
Election officials from both political parties, governors in key battleground states and Trump's former attorney general, William Barr, have said there was no widespread fraud in the election. Nearly all the legal challenges from Trump and his allies have been dismissed by judges, including two rejected by the Supreme Court.
Congress is constitutionally mandated to certify the presidential election results on Wednesday, in what would normally be a formality overseen by Vice President Mike Pence.
But at least 12 Republican senators and some 140 Republican House of Representatives members pledged to vote against certification of Biden's win, citing Trump's election fraud allegations. Their move will not change the outcome, D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser, a Democrat, told the news conference. 'Our Constitution will endure. Joe Biden and Kamala Harris will be the president and the vice president of the United States' when they are inaugurated on January 20.
Now with downtown D.C. businesses boarding up their windows, Mayor Muriel Bowser has requested a limited National Guard deployment to help bolster the Metropolitan Police Department.
Bowser urged residents to stay out of the city center, where boards hung during racial justice rallies last summer still cover office, restaurant and hotel windows.
During a press conference on Monday, Bowser asked that local area residents stay away from downtown D.C., and avoid confrontations with anyone who is 'looking for a fight.' But, she warned, 'we will not allow people to incite violence, intimidate our residents or cause destruction in our city.'
According to a U.S. defense official, Bowser put in a request on New Year's Eve to have Guard members on the streets from Tuesday to Thursday to help with the protests.
Mike Davis, a former law clerk to Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch, said that Trump supporters were not the ones to riot and loot.
'@realDonaldTrump supporters weren’t the ones rioting, looting big-screen TVs from Best Buy, tearing down Lincoln statues, torching churches, throwing rocks at police, and beating up innocent bystanders. Those were #BLM, #antifa, & other @JoeBiden supporters', Davis tweeted. Her request was approved by Acting Secretary of Defense Chris Miller it was reported Monday.
The official said the additional forces will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor. Congress is meeting this week to certify the Electoral College results, and Trump has refused to concede while whipping up support for protests.
Some 340 D.C. National Guard members will be activated, with about 115 on duty in the streets at any given time, said the defense official, who provided details on condition of anonymity to discuss internal deliberations.
The official said Guard members will be used to set up traffic control points around the city and to stand with district police officers at all the city's Metro stops. Contee said Guard troops will also be used for some crowd management.
'Some of our intelligence certainly suggests there will be increased crowd sizes,' said Contee.
D.C. police have posted signs throughout downtown warning that carrying any sort of firearm is illegal and Contee asked area residents to warn authorities of anyone who might be armed. Because D.C. does not have a governor, the designated commander of the city's National Guard is Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy. Any D.C. requests for Guard deployments have to be approved by him.
The defense official said that there will be no active duty military troops in the city, and the U.S. military will not be providing any aircraft or intelligence.
The D.C. Guard will provide specialized teams that will be prepared to respond to any chemical or biological incident. But the official said there will be no D.C. Guard members on the National Mall or at the U.S. Capitol.
At previous pro-Trump protests, police have sealed off Black Lives Matter Plaza itself, but the confrontations merely spilled out to the surrounding streets. Contee on Monday said sealing the area again was 'a very real possibility' but said that decision would depend on the circumstances.
'We know that historically over the last few demonstrations that BLM plaza has been a focal point,' Contee said. 'We want to make sure that that is not an issue.'
The National Park Service has received three separate applications for pro-Trump protests on Tuesday or Wednesday, with estimated maximum attendance at around 15,000 people, said Park Service spokesman Mike Litterst. On Monday, a stage was being assembled for one of the protests on The Ellipse, just south of the White House. Organizers plan to rally on Tuesday evening at Freedom Plaza and again all day Wednesday on the Ellipse, including a 1pm Wednesday march to the Capitol.
Expected attendees include high-level Trump supporters like Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton and Republican strategist Roger Stone, a longtime Trump devotee whose three-year prison sentence was commuted by Trump.
Stone was convicted of repeatedly lying to Congress during the investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election.
During the December 12 pro-Trump protests, at least two local Black churches had Black Lives Matter banners torn down and set ablaze. Contee said the hate-crimes investigation into those incidents was still ongoing and that his officers would be out in force around area churches to prevent similar incidents.
'We will be increasing our visibility around the churches in the area,' he said.
On Monday the Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under the Law filed a lawsuit in D.C. Superior Court against the Proud Boys and Tarrio on behalf on one of the vandalized churches, Metropolitan African Methodist Episcopal Church.
'We will not allow white supremacist violence to go unchecked by the laws of the land,' Rev. William H Lamar IV, pastor of Metropolitan AME, said in a statement.
:: 1-4-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch Live: Official CDC Death Count Numbers Are In – There Was No Pandemic In 2020
War Room
January 4th 2021, 3:00 pm
The Calm Before The Storm: Washington DC Braces For More Than 3 Million People Invading The Swamp
Are you heading to DC? Or are you already there? This week is a historic event in the US that hasn’t been experienced since 1776:
:: 1-4-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
VIDEO: ANTIFA Hoodlums Being Bussed-In against MAGA Rally - With POLICE ESCORTS!
Nation News Desk 04 January 2021 Hits: 35425
We now have the video! If there was ever any doubt about who it has been arranging for ANTIFA to engage in the RIOTS throughout the country this past year, the ARSON ATTACKS, this past year, the BEATINGS, SHOOTINGS, and KILLINGS in cities all over the nation - let those doubts be dispelled right now: It has been GOVERNMENT that has been using ANTIFA the whole time!
They got caught providing POLICE ESCORTS to more buses bringing-in loads of ANTIFA to attack a MAGA Rally in Minnesota last month, and we have the video proof the government has done this!
Below is video from a MAGA rally in Minnesota last month. In it you will see a number of small, white colored commuter-style busses, bringing in groups of ANTIFA militants to attack the MAGA rally later this week. And what else does the video show? Marked and unmarked MINNESOTA STATE POLICE VEHICLES ESCORTING THE ANTIFA BUSES! Yes, you just witnessed it with your own eyes. POLICE CARS escorting bus loads of ANTIFA militants, to cause havoc at the MAGA Rallies.
Government escorting the people who rioted, looted, committed arson attacks.
Government escorting the very people who have done beatings, stabbings, shootings and killings in cities all over this country for the past ten months or so!
Our own public servants, the people WE PAY, are bringing in rioters to attack us!
Those of you heading to Washington, DC this week should be aware that busloads of ANTIFA are also being sent to DC. We are endeavoring to get video and other info about these buses and where they've come from.
I'm looking into who, inside which government agency, did this. When I find out, I will report who they are and everything else I can find out about them.
:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BREAKING: Patriot Jovan Pulitzer’s Team Is Being Shot At! – After They Were Given Directive to Identify Fraudulent Ballots in Fulton County
By Joe Hoft Published January 4, 2021 at 8:50am 1870 Comments
Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to save America. Now they are being shot at.
Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to determine the validity of millions of ballots in a day. He spoke last week in Georgia and offered to review the absentee ballots in Fulton county for free. He said he could go through the 500,000 or so absentee ballots in the Atlanta based county in a couple hours and determine which ones are valid and which ones are frauds. Pulitzer could save the union. With his approach, he can audit millions of ballots in a short period of time and have all the swing state votes forensically reviewed in a matter of days. We pointed out nearly a month ago that Pulitzer’s method for reviewing ballots is the answer to address the horrendous fraud in this year’s election. Late last Wednesday, the Georgia Senate passed a motion to have Pulitzer and his team go through the ballots there.
campaign=dailyam&ff_content=daily
:: 1-4-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
UNDER SIEGE Iran Revolutionary Guards ‘seize South Korean-flagged tanker in Persian Gulf on route to UAE’
Mark Hodge 4 Jan 2021, 12:13Updated: 5 Jan 2021, 0:54
IRAN's Revolutionary Guards have seized a South Korean-flagged tanker in the Persian Gulf, it has been reported.
The MT Hankuk Chemi was reportedly stopped by Iranian authorities over alleged “oil pollution”, the Tehran-backed Fars News agency reports. It was reportedly en route to UAE from Saudi Arabia when it was stopped.
Pictures have emerged showing Iranian navy boats escorting the huge tanker in the Strait of Hormuz.
In a statement by Iran's Revolutionary Guards Corp (IRGC) Navy, the tanker was reported to be carrying 7,200 tonnes of ethanol, which is now being held in Iran's port city of Bandar Abbas, Iranian news site, Press TV reports.
It also stated that the tanker's crew, made up of mostly South Koreans and others from Vietnam, Indonesia and Myanmar have now been detained.
The case will be handed over to Iranian judicial officials to investigate after the ship is said to have violated maritime environmental laws, according to reports.
Dryad Global, a maritime security monitoring and advisory firm, said the South Korean ship Hankuk Chemi 'diverted from her course northwards into Iranian territorial waters while inbound to Fujairah (in the UAE) from (the Saudi city of) Al Jubail.'
Satellite data from MarineTraffic.com showed the ship off the Iranian port of Bandar Abbas today.
In 2019, Iran seized several foreign tankers in the Strait as tensions with the West reached boiling point.
Today's capture comes one day after the first anniversary of the death of Iran's General Qasem Soleimani.
The military leader was killed by a US drone strike in Iraq on January 3 last year. And in the final days of Donald Trump's presidency, relations between Washington and Tehran have continued to soar.
On New Year's Eve, Iran’s foreign minister Javad Zarif accused the US of trying to set up a "pretext for war" after it stepped up military deployments in the region.
Yesterday, the Pentagon reversed a decision to bring aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Gulf. Washington said the move was due to "recent threats" by Tehran.
Meanwhile, Iran today said it had resumed 20 per cent uranium enrichment at an underground nuclear facility. The move breaches the 2015 agreement - known as the Iran nuclear deal - with major western powers.
Tehran started violating the accord in 2019 in response to Trump's withdrawal from the pact in 2018 and the reimposition of US sanctions that had been lifted under the deal.
President-elect Joe Biden, who takes office on January 20, has indicated that the US rejoin the agreement.
https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/13642921/iran-seize-tanker-south-korea-gulf/
:: 12-30-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hal Lindsey Report: 12/30/2016
Low Resolution Flash Video -
https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-12302016/513/
:: 1-4-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Saudi Arabia to lift Qatar embargo, open airspace and border
Step toward ending diplomatic crisis between US allies paves way for Qatari ruler to attend Saudi-hosted Gulf nations summit later this week
By Agencies 4 January 2021, 9:52 pm
Kuwait’s foreign ministry announced Monday that Saudi Arabia will open its air and land borders with Qatar in the first steps toward ending a diplomatic crisis that has deeply divided regional US allies since 2017.
The state-run Kuwait News Agency reported the announcement, saying that Saudi Arabia would open its borders with Qatar starting Monday evening. Qatar’s only land border has been mostly closed since mid-2017, when Saudi Arabia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain launched a blockade against the tiny Gulf state, accusing it of supporting Islamist groups in the region and of having warm ties with Iran. The border has opened just briefly during the past three years to allow Qataris into Saudi Arabia to perform the Islamic hajj pilgrimage. Kuwait has been mediating between Qatar and the four Arab states. On Monday, Kuwait’s Foreign Minister Ahmad Nasser al-Mohammad Al Sabah reportedly traveled to Qatar to deliver a message to Qatar’s ruling emir, Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani.
The lifting of the embargo by Saudi Arabia paves the way for Qatar’s ruler to attend a summit of Gulf leaders Tuesday that will be held in the kingdom’s desert city of Al-Ula. The summit would traditionally be chaired by the Saudi monarch, King Salman, though his son and heir, the crown prince, may instead lead the meeting.
Kuwait’s foreign minister said in a statement carried on state TV that the Kuwaiti emir had spoken with Qatar’s emir and Saudi Arabia’s crown prince. The conversations “emphasized that everyone was keen on reunification,” and would gather in Al-Ula to sign a statement that promises to “usher in a bright page of brotherly relations.”
The Gulf Cooperation Council summit will be “inclusive,” leading toward “reunification and solidarity in facing the challenges of our region,” Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman was quoted as saying in remarks carried by the Saudi state-run news agency.
The decision by the close US allies comes in the final days of the Trump administration’s time in office. Trump’s adviser and son-in-law, Jared Kushner, visited Saudi Arabia and Qatar in early December in a final attempt to secure a diplomatic breakthrough.
Kushner is set to attend the signing ceremony at the Gulf summit in Al-Ula following his shuttle diplomacy, a US official said Monday.
“We’ve had a breakthrough in the Gulf Cooperation Council rift,” the official said on condition of anonymity, confirming an announcement from Kuwait.
The six-nation Gulf Cooperation Council and Egypt “will be coming together to sign an agreement that will end the blockade and put an end to the Qatari lawsuits,” the official said.
Kushner previously contributed to the US-brokered recognition of Israel by four Arab states led by the United Arab Emirates.
The decision to end the Saudi blockade of Qatar also comes just ahead of US President-elect Joe Biden’s swearing-in. Saudi Arabia may be seeking to clear contentious files that could prove stumbling blocs to building warm ties with the Biden administration, which is expected to take a firmer stance toward the kingdom’s policies than Trump’s four years in office.
There was no immediate comment by the UAE, Egypt or Bahrain on the announcement. However, in recent days Emirati and Egyptian statements have been made welcoming Saudi efforts to resolving the dispute.
https://www.timesofisrael.com/saudi-arabia-to-lift-qatar-embargo-open-airspace-and-border/
:: 1-4-21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Over 42.6M abortions conducted in 2020, surpassing world's leading causes of death
By Ryan Foley, Christian Post Reporter
Over 42 million abortions occurred in 2020, far surpassing the totals of people who perished as a result of the world’s leading causes of death.
According to data compiled by the Worldometer, a reference website that monitors statistics on health, the global population, the use of resources and deaths in real-time, over 40 million abortions are performed worldwide annually.
The website tabulates statistics on abortion made available from the World Health Organization. The last available snapshot of the Worldometer as it appeared on New Year’s Eve, captured by the internet archive tool The Wayback Machine, reveals that more than 42.6 million abortions were performed worldwide in 2020.
By comparison, communicable diseases killed more than 13 million people worldwide in 2020. About 8.2 million people worldwide lost their lives to cancer while nearly 5.1 million people and 2.5 million people succumbed to death as a result of smoking and alcohol, respectively.
According to Johns Hopkins University, more than 1.8 million people worldwide died of coronavirus in 2020.
Other leading causes of death in 2020 included road traffic accident fatalities, of which there were nearly 1.4 million. Additionally, suicides are responsible for nearly 1.1 million deaths across the globe.
The total number of deaths worldwide in 2020, excluding abortions, was nearly 59 million.
But if abortions were counted as a cause of death rather than just another health statistic, the global death toll in 2020 would increase to more than 100 million.
The number of pregnancies terminated worldwide in 2020 is greater than the total number of people that succumbed to all other leading causes of death listed. In this accessible read, Richard Simmons offers valuable insights for those grappling with life's biggest questions.
In the end, it is important to know whether God exists or whether He does not. There is no third option. This book seeks to determine which of these beliefs is true and which one is not.
The year 2020 is not the first where the total number of abortions has surpassed the totals of people who died from the leading causes of death.
As previously reported, Worldometer reported that there were about 42.4 million abortions that occurred in 2019 While abortion is the leading cause of death worldwide, it has also been the leading cause of death in the United States in recent years.
According to the pro-abortion Guttmacher Institute, 862,320 abortions were performed in the U.S. in 2017. That same year, heart disease which is frequently cited as the leading cause of death in the U.S., took the lives of 647,457 Americans, according to the Centers for Disease Control.
In 2017, the total number of deaths in the United States, excluding abortions, was 2,813,503.
Already in 2021, Worldometer shows that there have been over 435,000 abortions since the beginning of the new year worldwide as of Monday evening.
As abortion remained the leading cause of death worldwide in 2020, countries across the world elected to take drastically different public policy approaches regarding the polarizing issue.
Last week, Argentina’s legislature passed a bill allowing elective abortions to take place during the first 14 weeks of pregnancy. Previously, the South American country only allowed abortions if a woman was raped or if her life was in jeopardy as a result of the pregnancy.
In October 2020, Poland’s Constitutional Tribunal, the country’s equivalent of a supreme court, ruled that a law permitting abortions based on fetal defects violated the country’s constitution. The ruling had the effect of making abortions legal in Poland only in cases of rape or incest or if the mother’s life or health were at risk.
A survey conducted last year by Ipsos found that support for abortion has dropped in most countries worldwide since Ipsos first began tracking the world’s attitudes about abortion in 2014. Worldwide, the support for abortion dropped from 72% in 2014 to 70% in 2020.
The strongest decline in support for abortion was recorded in Germany, where support decreased by 9%. Other countries where support for abortion dropped in that time period included Sweden, France, the United Kingdom and Spain. While Belgium, Australia, Canada and Argentina saw support for abortion increase from 2014 to 2020, no country saw as pronounced an increase as South Korea, where support rose by 20%.
https://www.christianpost.com/news/m-babies-aborted-in-2020-surpassing-leading-causes-of-death.html
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
:: 1-4-21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iran starts 20% uranium enrichment, seizes South Korean ship
By JON GAMBRELL and ISABEL DEBREtoday
DUBAI, United Arab Emirates (AP) — Iran began enriching uranium Monday to levels unseen since its 2015 nuclear deal with world powers and also seized a South Korean-flagged tanker near the crucial Strait of Hormuz, a double-barreled challenge to the West that further raised Mideast tensions.
Both decisions appeared aimed at increasing Tehran’s leverage in the waning days in office for President Donald Trump, whose unilateral withdrawal from the atomic accord in 2018 began a series of escalating incidents.
Increasing enrichment at its underground Fordo facility puts Tehran a technical step away from weapons-grade levels of 90%, while also pressuring President-elect Joe Biden to quickly negotiate. Iran’s seizure of the MT Hankuk Chemi comes as a South Korean diplomat was due to travel to the Islamic Republic to discuss the release of billions of dollars in Iranian assets frozen in Seoul.
Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif seemed to acknowledge Tehran’s interest in leveraging the situation in a tweet about its nuclear enrichment.
“Our measures are fully reversible upon FULL compliance by ALL,” he wrote.
At Fordo, Iranian nuclear scientists under the watch of International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors loaded centrifuges with over 130 kilograms (285 pounds) of low-enriched uranium to be spun up to 20%, said Kazem Gharibabadi, Iran’s permanent representative to the U.N. atomic agency.
The IAEA later described the Fordo setup as three sets of two interconnected cascades, comprised of 1,044 IR-1 centrifuges — Iran’s first-generation centrifuges. A cascade is a group of centrifuges working together to more quickly enrich uranium.
Iranian state television quoted government spokesman Ali Rabiei as saying that President Hassan Rouhani had given the order to begin the production. It came after its parliament passed a bill, later approved by a constitutional watchdog, aimed at increasing enrichment to pressure Europe into providing sanctions relief.
The U.S. State Department criticized Iran’s move as a “clear attempt to increase its campaign of nuclear extortion.”
Iran informed the IAEA of its plans to increase enrichment to 20% last week.
Iran’s decision to begin enriching to 20% purity a decade ago nearly triggered an Israeli strike targeting its nuclear facilities, tensions that only abated with the 2015 atomic deal, which saw Iran limit its enrichment in exchange for the lifting of economic sanctions.
A resumption of 20% enrichment could see that brinksmanship return. Already, a November attack that Tehran blames on Israel killed an Iranian scientist who founded the country’s military nuclear program two decades earlier. From Israel, which has its own undeclared nuclear weapons program, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu criticized Iran’s enrichment decision, saying it “cannot be explained in any way other than the continuation of realizing its goal to develop a military nuclear program.”
“Israel will not allow Iran to manufacture a nuclear weapon,” he added.
Tehran has long maintained its nuclear program is peaceful. The State Department says that as late as last year, it “continued to assess that Iran is not currently engaged in key activities associated with the design and development of a nuclear weapon.” That mirrors previous reports by U.S. intelligence agencies and the IAEA, though experts warn that Iran currently has enough low-enriched uranium for at least two nuclear weapons if it chose to pursue them.
Meanwhile, Iran’s paramilitary Revolutionary Guard seized the MT Hankuk Chemi, with photos later released showing its vessels alongside the tanker. Satellite data from MarineTraffic.com showed the tanker off the Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas on Monday.
The ship had been traveling from a petrochemicals facility in Jubail, Saudi Arabia, to Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates. The vessel carries a chemical shipment including methanol, according to data-analysis firm Refinitiv.
Full Coverage: Iran
Iran alleged it seized the vessel over it allegedly polluting the Persian Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz, the gulf’s narrow mouth through which 20% of the world’s oil passes.
Calls to the ship’s listed owner, DM Shipping Co. Ltd. of Busan, South Korea, were not answered after business hours Monday. The South Korean news agency Yonhap quoted an anonymous company official denying the Iranian claim the ship polluted the water.
The captain “asked why we have to go and be examined and did not get any answer,” Yonhap quoted the official as saying.
In past months Iran has sought to escalate pressure on South Korea to unlock some $7 billion in frozen assets from oil sales earned before the Trump administration tightened sanctions on the country’s oil exports.
The head of Iran’s central bank recently announced that the country was seeking to use funds tied up in a South Korean bank to purchase coronavirus vaccines through COVAX, an international program designed to distribute COVID-19 vaccines to participating countries.
South Korea’s Foreign Ministry demanded the ship’s release, saying in a statement that its crew was safe. The crew included sailors from Indonesia, Myanmar, South Korea and Vietnam, according to the Guard. South Korea’s Defense Ministry said it also was sending its anti-piracy unit near the Strait of Hormuz, which is a 4,400-ton-class destroyer with about 300 troops.
The State Department called for the tanker’s immediate release, accusing Iran of threatening “navigational rights and freedoms” in the Persian Gulf in order to “extort the international community into relieving the pressure of sanctions.”
Last year, Iran similarly seized a British-flagged oil tanker and held it for months after one of its tankers was held off Gibraltar.
The incidents coincide with the anniversary of the U.S. drone strike killing Guard Gen. Qassem Soleimani in Baghdad. Iran responded by launching ballistic missiles at U.S. bases in Iraq, injuring dozens of U.S. troops. Tehran also accidentally shot down a Ukrainian passenger jet that night, killing all 176 people on board.
As the anniversary approached and fears grew of possible Iranian retaliation, the U.S. dispatched B-52 bombers over the region and ordered a nuclear-powered submarine into the Persian Gulf.
Acting U.S. Defense Secretary Christopher Miller said late Sunday that he changed his mind about sending the aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Middle East and instead will keep the vessel on duty. He cited Iranian threats against Trump and other U.S. government officials as the reason for the redeployment, without elaborating.
Last week, sailors discovered a limpet mine stuck on a tanker in the Persian Gulf off Iraq near the Iranian border as it prepared to transfer fuel to another tanker owned by a company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. No one has claimed responsibility for the mining, though it comes after similar attacks in 2019 near the Strait of Hormuz that the U.S. Navy blamed on Iran. Tehran denied involvement.
Associated Press writers Tia Goldenberg in Tel Aviv, Israel, Hyung-jin Kim in Seoul, and Robert Burns and Matthew Lee in Washington contributed to this report.
https://apnews.com/article/iran-uranium-enrichment-20-percent-ab0930064c446114506b8d085941cf84
[:: 3-31-19 am service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.
:: 1-4-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democratic Rep. Ends House Prayer with 'Amen and Awoman,' Sparking Debate
Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, January 4, 2021
A Democratic representative’s prayer that ended with the phrase “amen and awoman” in the U.S. House of Representatives Sunday launched a debate about political correctness, gender and religion. U.S. Rep. Emanuel Cleaver (D-Mo.), who also is a United Methodist minister, delivered the prayer before the House Sunday and capped it with a nontraditional phrase.
Typically, ministers end their prayers by saying “amen” – a Hebrew word that means “so be it” or “it is so.” Cleaver, though, made a statement about gender. He also delivered a pluralistic prayer that acknowledged other religions.
“Bless us, and keep us,” Cleaver prayed. “May the Lord make his face to shine upon us and be gracious unto us. May the Lord lift up the light of his continents upon us and give us peace – peace in our families, peace across this land, and there I ask, oh Lord, peace even in this chamber. Now, and evermore.
“We ask it in the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma, and God known by many names by many different things. Amen and awoman,” he concluded. Cleaver formerly served as pastor of St. James United Methodist Church in Kansas City, Mo.
The phrase sparked a debate on social media.
“‘Amen’ derives from the Hebrew אָמֵן, and it means something like ‘it’s true.’ It has nothing to do with gender,” tweeted Denny Burk, director of the Center for Gospel and Culture at Boyce College in Louisville, Ky.
“The opening prayer just ended with ‘amen and a woman.’ It has absolutely nothing to do with gender. It is Latin for so be it. This is Political Correctness gone way off the rails,” tweeted Rep. Tim Burchett (R-Tenn.). “‘Amen and Awomen?’; Our country has gone crazy. This is NOT a gender-neutral issue. How dumb is this?” CBN’s David Brody tweeted.
:: 1-4-21 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Michael Brown: Congress Has Officially Gone Gender Crazy
4:00PM EST 1/4/2021 Michael Brown
In case you haven't heard, House Democrats want to remove all gendered language from their legislation, while the prayer to open the 117th Congress ended with, "Amen and a-woman." I kid you not. Who would make up something so insane?
Let's start with the P.C. prayer, which has to be seen to be believed. It is offered in "the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma and 'god' known by many names by many different faiths." And it concludes with, "Amen and a-woman," as if the "men" of "amen" was somehow a gendered term.
How patriarchal and bigoted to use the "men" word in prayer.
Of course, "amen" comes from the common Semitic root '-m-n, with the word itself meaning, "So be it." And it is used in Jewish, Christian and Islamic liturgy, being found in Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Arabic (along with English and many other languages).
But who said being P.C. had anything to do with truth or reality? To the contrary, it is quite often based on the denial of reality, or, in this case, complete ignorance of a common word.
Following the logic of this prayer, we would have to learn new phrases like, "making awomends," since "making amends" contains the dreaded m- word. Or, we would have to learn to be "awomenable," lest we allow a male-dominated word like "amenable" to remain on the books. Go ahead; make up your own list of words containing "men."
This Is Madness Not to be outdone, though, House Democrats have revealed their new, "future-focused" rules, which include the following: "In clause 8(c)(3) of rule XXIII, gendered terms, such as 'father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandson, or granddaughter' will be removed.
"In their place, terms such as 'parent, child, sibling, parent's sibling, first cousin, sibling's child, spouse, parent-in-law, child-in-law, sibling-in-law, stepparent, stepchild, stepsibling, half-sibling, or grandchild' will be used, instead."
So, this is what the future looks like? This is what it means to be inclusive?
A particular highlight of the new rules is this: "The Office of the Whistleblower Ombudsman, for instance, is renamed in the rules to the 'Office of the Whistleblower Ombuds.'"
How can you not love this? How creative! How futuristic! How absurd!
The best response was that of the House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy, who tweeted, Well Said, Stupid It Is For others, however, these were bold and commendable reforms.
As expressed by Rep. Ilhan Omar (with reference to the entire rules package, in particular, with regard to Medicare), "End of Nov, the Progressive Caucus decided on a set of progressive rules reform priorities: Paygo reform and MTR reform ranked high on that list.
"So grateful to Chairman @RepMcGovern for helping us secure these reforms and setting the stage for us to push for bolder agenda."
But as easy as it is to poke fun at this ridiculous proposal, it is highly significant when one of our major government institutions wants to remove all gendered language. As the saying goes, this does not end well.
Looking to Canada as a case in point, the Religious Tolerance website reported that "The Ontario Court of Appeals issued a decision on 2003-JUN-10 requiring the province of Ontario to provide marriage licenses to, and to register the marriages of, same-sex couples. However 73 pieces of existing legislation in the province violated this court ruling by referring to wife, husband, widow, widower and similar sex-related terms. In order to bring the legislation in synchronism with the court decision which legalized SSM [same-sex marriage], each of these laws had to be amended to include gender-neutral language."
You might say, "So what's the big deal? This is just technical, legal language. It hardly affects the person on the street."
Not so. This reflects both a mindset and a legal logic, and these things reflect where a culture is headed.
Consequently, these things do trickle down, especially in the wake of the wave of transgender activism, where the war on gender-specific language becomes more pitched.
That's why, in 2016, Canada passed Bill C-16, which critics claim was all about compelled speech, specifically with regard to charges of hate speech for failure to comply with transgender preferences.
The most famous critic was professor Jordan Peterson, who rose to international fame when he said in an October 2016 interview, "If they fine me, I won't pay it. If they put me in jail, I'll go on a hunger strike. I'm not doing this. I'm not using the words that other people require me to use. Especially if they're made up by radical left-wing ideologues."
Having studied the methods of totalitarian regimes for years, Peterson drew the line when it came to compelled speech. He knew all that it implied.
As to where this kind of legislation can go, in 2019, I spoke face to face with a Canadian man involved in a legal dispute over his daughter's desire to transition to male. Not only did the court rule that he could not interfere with her getting hormone treatments, but he was forbidden to call his own daughter by her given, female name or to use female pronouns with reference to her, even in private, under penalty of immediate arrest.
And we have recently documented the new "hate speech" laws in Norway.
So, as laughable as the "a-woman" prayer might be, and as absurd as the House's "gender-inclusive" rules might be, we should take both with complete seriousness and say, "Not on my watch."
We can be compassionate to people in their struggles without engaging in gender madness.
:: 1-4-21 Yahoo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump reportedly giving Presidential Medal of Freedom to GOP allies Devin Nunes, Jim Jordan
Peter Weber
Mon, January 4, 2021, 5:51 AM EST
President Trump is expected to give the Presidential Medal of Freedom to Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) on Monday, followed a week later by Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), Axios and The Washington Post reported Sunday evening. Trump "is using his final days in the White House in part to reward friends and allies with pardons and other decorations," the Post notes, and Nunes and Jordan are two of Trump's closest allies in Congress.
Jordan was a vocal and passionate defender of Trump during his impeachment hearings, and Nunes was one of the president's biggest allies in his effort to undermine the Justice Department's investigations of Russian interference in the 2016 election. Trump cited Nunes' "bravery" in the Russia imbroglio when suggesting to Fox & Friends in 2018 that he might give Nunes the "very important" Medal of Freedom, after first calling it the Medal of Honor, the Post reports. The Medal of Honor is a military decoration while the Medal of Freedom is the nation's highest civilian honor, though Trump has bestowed that honor on some controversial recipients.
https://www.yahoo.com/news/trump-reportedly-giving-presidential-medal-105127209.html
:: 1-4-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Berates Senate Republicans Who Won't Back Election Challenge
Monday, 04 January 2021 01:04 PM
President Donald Trump on Monday pounced on Senate Republicans who won’t back challenges to Joe Biden’s election victory.
In a Monday tweet, the president joined a fight that has split the GOP ahead of a joint session of Congress on Wednesday to certify the White House winner.
“The ‘Surrender Caucus’ within the Republican Party will go down in infamy as weak and ineffective ‘guardians’ of our Nation, who were willing to accept the certification of fraudulent presidential numbers!” Trump tweeted.
Trump has insisted voter fraud was responsible for his Nov. 3 election defeat, but his challenges in the courts have been unsuccessful, and former Attorney General William Barr said in early December that an investigation hadn’t yet found evidence of fraud. Barr later resigned.
In a separate Monday tweet, Trump singled out Sen. Tom Cotton, R-Ark., who Sunday declined to join 12 Trump allies in the Senate — and over 100 in the House — who’ve said they’ll challenge certification of Biden’s win despite GOP leaders’ pleas not to do so.
“How can you certify an election when the numbers being certified are verifiably WRONG. You will see the real numbers tonight during my speech, but especially on JANUARY 6th. @SenTomCotton Republicans have pluses & minuses, but one thing is sure, THEY NEVER FORGET!,” Trump tweeted.
Other GOP lawmakers traded accusations over the weekend, with some repudiating their colleagues’ Jan. 6 plans as dangerous to democracy.
“I think it’s a very, very bad idea,” Sen. Ben Sasse, R-Neb., said, The Wall Street Journal reported. “I mean, I’m concerned about the division in America, that’s the biggest issue, but obviously this is not healthy for the Republican Party either.”
But on Sunday, Sen. Ron Johnson, R-Wis., said the move wasn’t an attempt to thwart the democratic process, but one “to protect it.”
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-electoral-college-senate-republicans/2021/01/04/id/1004149/
:: 6-25-18 The Intercept :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Wiretap Rooms
The NSA’s Hidden Spy Hubs in Eight U.S. Cities
Ryan Gallagher, Henrik Moltke June 25 2018, 8:00 a.m.
The secrets are hidden behind fortified walls in cities across the United States, inside towering, windowless skyscrapers and fortress-like concrete structures that were built to withstand earthquakes and even nuclear attack. Thousands of people pass by the buildings each day and rarely give them a second glance, because their function is not publicly known. They are an integral part of one of the world’s largest telecommunications networks – and they are also linked to a controversial National Security Agency surveillance program.
Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C. In each of these cities, The Intercept has identified an AT&T facility containing networking equipment that transports large quantities of internet traffic across the United States and the world. A body of evidence – including classified NSA documents, public records, and interviews with several former AT&T employees – indicates that the buildings are central to an NSA spying initiative that has for years monitored billions of emails, phone calls, and online chats passing across U.S. territory.
The NSA considers AT&T to be one of its most trusted partners and has lauded the company’s “extreme willingness to help.” It is a collaboration that dates back decades. Little known, however, is that its scope is not restricted to AT&T’s customers. According to the NSA’s documents, it values AT&T not only because it “has access to information that transits the nation,” but also because it maintains unique relationships with other phone and internet providers. The NSA exploits these relationships for surveillance purposes, commandeering AT&T’s massive infrastructure and using it as a platform to covertly tap into communications processed by other companies.
Much has previously been reported about the NSA’s surveillance programs. But few details have been disclosed about the physical infrastructure that enables the spying. Last year, The Intercept highlighted a likely NSA facility in New York City’s Lower Manhattan. Now, we are revealing for the first time a series of other buildings across the U.S. that appear to serve a similar function, as critical parts of one of the world’s most powerful electronic eavesdropping systems, hidden in plain sight.
“It’s eye-opening and ominous the extent to which this is happening right here on American soil,” said Elizabeth Goitein, co-director of the Liberty and National Security Program at the Brennan Center for Justice. “It puts a face on surveillance that we could never think of before in terms of actual buildings and actual facilities in our own cities, in our own backyards.”
There are hundreds of AT&T-owned properties scattered across the U.S. The eight identified by The Intercept serve a specific function, processing AT&T customers’ data and also carrying large quantities of data from other internet providers. They are known as “backbone” and “peering” facilities.
While network operators would usually prefer to send data through their own networks, often a more direct and cost-efficient path is provided by other providers’ infrastructure. If one network in a specific area of the country is overloaded with data traffic, another operator with capacity to spare can sell or exchange bandwidth, reducing the strain on the congested region. This exchange of traffic is called “peering” and is an essential feature of the internet.
Because of AT&T’s position as one of the U.S.’s leading telecommunications companies, it has a large network that is frequently used by other providers to transport their customers’ data. Companies that “peer” with AT&T include the American telecommunications giants Sprint, Cogent Communications, and Level 3, as well as foreign companies such as Sweden’s Telia, India’s Tata Communications, Italy’s Telecom Italia, and Germany’s Deutsche Telekom.
AT&T currently boasts 19,500 “points of presence” in 149 countries where internet traffic is exchanged. But only eight of the company’s facilities in the U.S. offer direct access to its “common backbone” – key data routes that carry vast amounts of emails, internet chats, social media updates, and internet browsing sessions. These eight locations are among the most important in AT&T’s global network. They are also highly valued by the NSA, documents indicate.
The data exchange between AT&T and other networks initially takes place outside AT&T’s control, sources said, at third-party data centers that are owned and operated by companies such as California’s Equinix. But the data is then routed – in whole or in part – through the eight AT&T buildings, where the NSA taps into it. By monitoring what it calls the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, the spy agency can collect “not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” according to Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician who worked with the company for 22 years. It is an efficient point to conduct internet surveillance, Klein said, “because the peering links, by the nature of the connections, are liable to carry everybody’s traffic at one point or another during the day, or the week, or the year.”
Christopher Augustine, a spokesperson for the NSA, said in a statement that the agency could “neither confirm nor deny its role in alleged classified intelligence activities.” Augustine declined to answer questions about the AT&T facilities, but said that the NSA “conducts its foreign signals intelligence mission under the legal authorities established by Congress and is bound by both policy and law to protect U.S. persons’ privacy and civil liberties.”
Jim Greer, an AT&T spokesperson, said that AT&T was “required by law to provide information to government and law enforcement entities by complying with court orders, subpoenas, lawful discovery requests, and other legal requirements.” He added that the company provides “voluntary assistance to law enforcement when a person’s life is in danger and in other immediate, emergency situations. In all cases, we ensure that requests for assistance are valid and that we act in compliance with the law.”
Dave Schaeffer, CEO of Cogent Communications, told The Intercept that he had no knowledge of the surveillance at the eight AT&T buildings, but said he believed “the core premise that the NSA or some other agency would like to look at traffic … at an AT&T facility.” He said he suspected that the surveillance is likely carried out on “a limited basis,” due to technical and cost constraints. If the NSA were trying to “ubiquitously monitor” data passing across AT&T’s networks, Schaeffer added, he would be “extremely concerned.”
Sprint, Telia, Tata Communications, Telecom Italia, and Deutsche Telekom did not respond to requests for comment. CenturyLink, which owns Level 3, said it would not discuss “matters of national security.”
The eight locations are featured on a top-secret NSA map, which depicts U.S. facilities that the agency relies upon for one of its largest surveillance programs, code-named FAIRVIEW. AT&T is the only company involved in FAIRVIEW, which was first established in 1985, according to NSA documents, and involves tapping into international telecommunications cables, routers, and switches.
In 2003, the NSA launched new internet mass surveillance methods, which were pioneered under the FAIRVIEW program. The methods were used by the agency to collect – within a few months – some 400 billion records about people’s internet communications and activity, the New York Times previously reported. FAIRVIEW was also forwarding more than 1 million emails every day to a “keyword selection system” at the NSA’s Fort Meade headquarters.
Central to the internet spying are eight “peering link router complex” sites, which are pinpointed on the top-secret NSA map. The locations of the sites mirror maps of AT&T’s networks, obtained by The Intercept from public records, which show “backbone node with peering” facilities in Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.
One of the AT&T maps contains unique codes individually identifying the addresses of the facilities in each of the cities.
Among the pinpointed buildings, there is a nuclear blast-resistant, windowless facility in New York City’s Hell’s Kitchen neighborhood; in Washington, D.C., a fortress-like, concrete structure less than half a mile south of the U.S. Capitol; in Chicago, an earthquake-resistant skyscraper in the West Loop Gate area; in Atlanta, a 429-foot art deco structure in the heart of the city’s downtown district; and in Dallas, a cube-like building with narrow windows and large vents on its exterior, located in the Old East district.
Elsewhere, on the west coast of the U.S., there are three more facilities: in downtown Los Angeles, a striking concrete tower near the Walt Disney Concert Hall and the Staples Center, two blocks from the most important internet exchange in the region; in Seattle, a 15-story building with blacked-out windows and reinforced concrete foundations, near the city’s waterfront; and in San Francisco’s South of Market neighborhood, a building where it was previously claimed that the NSA was monitoring internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor.
The peering sites – otherwise known in AT&T parlance as “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs – were developed following the internet boom in the mid- to late 1990s. By March 2009, the NSA’s documents say it was tapping into “peering circuits at the eight SNRCs.”
The facilities’ purpose was to bolster AT&T’s network, improving its reliability and enabling future growth. They were developed under the leadership of an Iranian-American innovator and engineer named Hossein Eslambolchi, who was formerly AT&T’s chief technology officer and president of AT&T Labs, a division of the company that focuses on research and development.
Eslambolchi told The Intercept that the project to set up the facilities began after AT&T asked him to help create “the largest internet protocol network in the world.” He obliged and began implementing his network design by placing large Cisco routers inside former AT&T phone switching facilities across the U.S. When planning the project, he said he divided AT&T’s network into different regions, “and in every quadrant I will have what I will call an SNRC.” During his employment with AT&T, Eslambolchi said he had to take a polygraph test, and he obtained a government security clearance. “I was involved in very, very top, heavy-duty projects for a few of these three-letter agencies,” he said, in an apparent reference to U.S. intelligence agencies. “They all loved me.”
He would not confirm or deny the exact locations of the eight peering sites identified by The Intercept or discuss the classified work he carried out while with the company. “You put a gun to my head,” he said, “I’m not going to tell you.”
Other former AT&T employees, however, were more forthcoming.
A former senior member of AT&T’s technical staff, who spoke on condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of the subject, confirmed with “100 percent” certainty the locations of six of the eight peering facilities identified by The Intercept. The source, citing direct knowledge of the facilities and their function, verified the addresses of the buildings in Atlanta, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.
A second former AT&T employee confirmed the locations of the remaining two sites, in Chicago and San Francisco. “I worked with all of them,” said Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks. Long’s work with AT&T was carried out mostly in California, but he said his job required him to be in contact with the company’s other facilities across the U.S. In about 2005, Long recalled, he received orders to move “every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the San Francisco AT&T building identified by The Intercept as one of the eight NSA spy hubs. Long said that, at the time, he felt suspicious of the changes, because they were unusual and unnecessary. “We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data,” he said. “We thought it was the government listening.” He retired from his job with AT&T in 2014.
A third former AT&T employee reviewed The Intercept’s research and said he believed it accurately identified all eight of the facilities. “The site data certainly seems correct,” said Thomas Saunders, who worked as a data networking consultant for AT&T in New York City between 1995 and 2004. “Those nodes aren’t going to move.” An estimated 99 percent of the world’s intercontinental internet traffic is transported through hundreds of giant fiber optic cables hidden beneath the world’s oceans. A large portion of the data and communications that pass across the cables is routed at one point through the U.S., partly because of the country’s location – situated between Europe, the Middle East, and Asia – and partly because of the pre-eminence of American internet companies, which provide services to people globally.
The NSA calls this predicament “home field advantage” – a kind of geographic good fortune. “A target’s phone call, email, or chat will take the cheapest path, not the physically most direct path,” one agency document explains. “Your target’s communications could easily be flowing into and through the U.S.”
Once the internet traffic arrives on U.S. soil, it is processed by American companies. And that is why, for the NSA, AT&T is so indispensable. The company claims it has one of the world’s most powerful networks, the largest of its kind in the U.S. AT&T routinely handles masses of emails, phone calls, and internet chats. As of March 2018, some 197 petabytes of data – the equivalent of more than 49 trillion pages of text, or 60 billion average-sized mp3 files – traveled across its networks every business day.
The NSA documents, which come from the trove provided to The Intercept by the whistleblower Edward Snowden, describe AT&T as having been “aggressively involved” in aiding the agency’s surveillance programs. One example of this appears to have taken place at the eight facilities under a classified initiative called SAGUARO.
As part of SAGUARO, AT&T developed a strategy to help the NSA electronically eavesdrop on internet data from the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, which were said to connect to the “common backbone,” major data routes carrying internet traffic.
The company worked with the NSA to rank communications flowing through its networks on the basis of intelligence value, prioritizing data depending on which country it was derived from, according to a top-secret agency document. NSA diagrams reveal that after it collects data from AT&T’s “access links” and “peering partners,” it is sent to a “centralized processing facility” code-named PINECONE, located somewhere in New Jersey. Inside the PINECONE facility, there is a secure space in which there is both NSA-controlled and AT&T-controlled equipment. Internet traffic passes through an AT&T “distribution box” to two NSA systems. From there, the data is then transferred about 200 miles southwest to its final destination: NSA headquarters at Fort Meade in Maryland.
At the Maryland compound, the communications collected from AT&T’s networks are integrated into powerful systems called MAINWAY and MARINA, which the NSA uses to analyze metadata – such as the “to” and “from” parts of emails, and the times and dates they were sent. The communications obtained from AT&T are also made accessible through a tool named XKEYSCORE, which NSA employees use to search through the full contents of emails, instant messenger chats, web-browsing histories, webcam photos, information about downloads from online services, and Skype sessions. The NSA’s primary mission is to gather foreign intelligence. The agency has broad legal powers to monitor emails, phone calls, and other forms of correspondence as they are being transported across the U.S., and it can compel companies such as AT&T to install surveillance equipment within their networks.
Under a Ronald Reagan-era presidential directive – Executive Order 12333 – the NSA has what it calls “transit authority,” which it says enables it to eavesdrop on “communications which originate and terminate in foreign countries, but traverse U.S. territory.” That could include, for example, an email sent by a person in France to a person in Mexico, which on its way to its destination was routed through a server in California. According to the NSA’s documents, it was using AT&T’s networks as of March 2013 to gather some 60 million foreign-to-foreign emails every day, 1.8 billion per month.
Without an individualized court order, it is illegal for the NSA to spy on communications that are wholly domestic, such as emails sent back and forth between two Americans living in Texas. However, in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, the agency began eavesdropping on Americans’ international calls and emails that were passing between the U.S. and other countries. That practice was exposed by the New York Times in 2005 and triggered what became known as the “warrantless wiretapping” scandal.
Critics argued that the surveillance of Americans’ international communications was illegal, because the NSA had carried it out without obtaining warrants from a judge and had instead acted on the orders of President George W. Bush. In 2008, Congress weighed into the dispute and controversially authorized elements of the warrantless wiretapping program by enacting Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence and Surveillance Act, or FISA. The new law allowed the NSA to continue sweeping up Americans’ international communications without a warrant, so long as it did so “incidentally” while it was targeting foreigners overseas – for instance, if it was monitoring people in Pakistan, and they were talking with Americans in the U.S. by phone, email, or through an internet chat service.
Within AT&T’s networks, there is filtering equipment designed to separate foreign and domestic internet data before it is passed to the NSA, the agency’s documents show. Filtering technology is often used by internet providers for security reasons, enabling them to keep tabs on problems with their networks, block out spam, or monitor hacking attacks. But the same tools can be used for government surveillance.
“You can essentially trick the routers into redirecting a small subset of traffic you really care about, which you can monitor in more detail,” said Jennifer Rexford, a computer scientist who worked for AT&T Labs between 1996 and 2005. According to the NSA’s documents, it programs its surveillance systems to focus on particular IP addresses – a set of numbers that identify a computer – associated with foreign countries. A classified 2012 memo describes the agency’s efforts to use IP addresses to home in on internet data passing between the U.S. and particular “regions of interest,” including Iran, Afghanistan, Israel, Nigeria, Pakistan, Yemen, Sudan, Tunisia, Libya, and Egypt. But this process is not an exact science, as people can use privacy or anonymity tools to change or spoof their IP addresses. A person in Israel could use privacy software to masquerade as if they were accessing the internet in the U.S. Likewise, an internet user in the U.S. could make it appear as if they were online in Israel. It is unclear how effective the NSA’s systems are at detecting such anomalies.
In October 2011, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which approves the surveillance operations carried out under Section 702 of FISA, found that there were “technological limitations” with the agency’s internet eavesdropping equipment. It was “generally incapable of distinguishing” between some kinds of data, the court stated. As a consequence, Judge John D. Bates ruled, the NSA had been intercepting the communications of “non-target United States persons and persons in the United States,” violating Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable searches and seizures. The ruling, which was declassified in August 2013, concluded that the agency had acquired some 13 million “internet transactions” during one six-month period, and had unlawfully gathered “tens of thousands of wholly domestic communications” each year.
The root of the issue was that the NSA’s technology was not only targeting communications sent to and from specific surveillance targets. Instead, the agency was sweeping up people’s emails if they had merely mentioned particular information about surveillance targets.
A top-secret NSA memo about the court’s ruling, which has not been disclosed before, explained that the agency was collecting people’s messages en masse if a single one were found to contain a “selector” – like an email address or phone number – that featured on a target list.
“One example of this is when a user of a webmail service accesses her inbox; if the inbox contains one email message that contains an NSA tasked selector, NSA will acquire a copy of the entire inbox, not just the individual email message that contains the tasked selector,” the memo stated.
The court’s ruling left the agency with two options: shut down the spying based on mentions of targets completely, or ensure that protections were put in place to stop the unlawfully collected communications from being reviewed. The NSA chose the latter option, and created a “cautionary banner” that warned its analysts not to read particular messages unless they could confirm that they had been lawfully obtained.
But the cautionary banner did not solve the problem. The NSA’s analysts continued to access the same data repositories to search, unlawfully, for information on Americans. In April 2017, the agency publicly acknowledged these violations, which it described as “inadvertent compliance incidents.” It said that it would no longer use surveillance programs authorized under Section 702 of FISA to harvest messages that mentioned its targets, citing “technological constraints, United States person privacy interests, and certain difficulties in implementation.”
The messages that the NSA had unlawfully collected were swept up using a method of surveillance known as “upstream,” which the agency still deploys for other surveillance programs authorized under both Section 702 of FISA and Executive Order 12333. The upstream method involves tapping into communications as they are passing across internet networks – precisely the kind of electronic eavesdropping that appears to have taken place at the eight locations identified by The Intercept. The AT&T building in Atlanta was originally constructed in the 1920s as the main telephone exchange for the city’s downtown area. The art deco structure, made of limestone, was designed to be the largest in the city at the time at 25 stories tall. However, due to the Great Depression, plans were scaled back and at first, it only had six stories. Between 1947 and 1963, the building was upgraded to host 14 stories, and a large brown microwave tower – visible for miles – was also added. A profile of the building on the History Atlanta website notes that it contains “operations, phone exchanges and other communications equipment for AT&T.” NSA and AT&T maps point to the Atlanta facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. One former AT&T employee – who spoke on condition of anonymity – confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Information provided by a second former AT&T employee adds to the evidence linking the Atlanta building to NSA surveillance. Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician, alleged in 2006 that the company had allowed the NSA to install surveillance equipment in some of its network hubs. An AT&T facility in Atlanta was one of the spy sites, according to documents Klein presented in a court case over the alleged spying. The Atlanta facility was equipped with “splitter” equipment, which was used to make copies of internet traffic as AT&T’s networks processed it. The copied data would then be diverted to “SG3” equipment – a reference to “Study Group 3” – which was a code name AT&T used for activities related to NSA surveillance, according to evidence in the Klein case.
The Atlanta facility is likely of strategic importance for the NSA. The site is the closest major AT&T internet routing center to Miami, according to the NSA and AT&T maps. From undersea cables that come aground at Miami, huge flows of data pass between the U.S. and South America. It is probable that much of that data is routed through the Atlanta facility as it is being sent to and from the U.S. In recent years, the NSA has extensively targeted several Latin American countries – such as Mexico, Brazil, and Venezuela – for surveillance. Like many other major telecommunications hubs built during the late 1960s and early 1970s, the Chicago AT&T building was designed amid the Cold War to withstand a nuclear attack. The 538-foot skyscraper, located in the West Loop Gate area of the city, was completed in 1971. There are windows at both the top and bottom of the vast concrete structure, but 18 of its 28 floors are windowless.
According to the Chicago Sun-Times, the facility handles much of the city’s phone and internet traffic and is equipped with banks of routers, servers, and switching systems. “This building touches every single resident of the city,” Jim Wilson, an AT&T area manager, told the newspaper in 2016. One of the building’s architects, John Augur Holabird, said in a 1998 interview that it housed “a big switchboard.” He added: “In case the atomic bomb hits Milwaukee, you’ll be happy to know your telephone line will still go through even though the rest of us are wiped out. And that’s what that building was for.”
10 South Canal Street originally contained a million-gallon oil tank, turbine generators, and a water well, so that it could continue to function for more than two weeks without electricity or water from the city, according to Illinois broadcaster WBEZ. The building is “anchored in bedrock, which helps support the weight of the equipment inside, and gives it extra resistance to bomb blasts or earthquakes,” WBEZ reported.
Today, the facility contains six large V-16 yellow Caterpillar generators that can provide backup electricity in the event of a power failure, according to the Chicago Sun Times. Inside the skyscraper, AT&T stores some 200,000 gallons of diesel fuel, enough to run the generators for 40 days.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Chicago facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the Chicago site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. This AT&T building is a fortified, cube-like structure, located in the Old East area of Dallas, not far from Baylor University Medical Center. Built in 1961, it is a light yellow-brown color with a granite foundation. Large vents are visible on the exterior of the building, as are several narrow windows, many of which appear to have been blacked out or covered in a reflective privacy glass.
The 4211 Bryan Street facility is located next to other AT&T-owned buildings, including a towering telephone routing complex that was first built in 1904. A piece about the telephone hub in the Dallas Observer described it as “an imposing, creepy building” that is “known in some circles as The Great Wall of Beige.” According to the Central Office website, which profiles telecommunications buildings across the U.S., the Dallas telephone hub is “the main regional tandem and AT&T for long distance and toll services in the Dallas Texas region.” Today, the building also has “major fiber connections to Plano, Irving, Tulsa, Oklahoma City, Ft. Worth, Abilene, Houston and Austin,” the website adds.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the 4211 Bryan Street facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
At the time of its construction in 1961, the AT&T building known as the Madison Complex was the tallest building in downtown Los Angeles. It has since been dwarfed by a number of corporate office skyscrapers in the surrounding Financial District.
Located between Chinatown and the Staples Center, the fortress-like structure is one of the largest telephone central offices in the U.S. “The theoretical number of telephone lines that can be served from this office are 1.3 million and this office also serves as a foreign exchange carrier to neighboring area codes,” according to the Central Office, a website that profiles U.S. telecommunications hubs. The 448-foot, 17-story building is beige, rectangular, and mostly windowless. On its roof, there is a large microwave tower, which was originally used to transmit phone calls across a network of antennae. The tower’s technology became obsolete in the early 1990s, and it ceased to operate. It remains in place today as a sort of monument to outdated methods of communication and stands in contrast to the more modern buildings in the vicinity, many of them owned by banks. The Madison Complex is located just two blocks from One Wilshire, which houses what is reportedly the most important internet exchange on the U.S. west coast. “Billions of phone calls, emails and internet pages pass through One Wilshire every week,” the Los Angeles Times reported in 2013, “because it is the primary terminus for major fiber-optic cable routes between Asia and North America.”
Due to the close proximity of the Madison Complex and One Wilshire, and their shared role as telecommunications hubs, it is likely that the buildings process some of the same data as it is being routed across U.S. networks.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Madison Complex facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
It was built in 1964 as New York City’s first major telecommunications fortress. The striking concrete and granite AT&T building – located in the Hell’s Kitchen area about a 15-minute walk from Central Park – is 134 meters tall, with 21 floors, each one of them windowless and built to resist a nuclear blast.
A New York Times article published in 1975 noted that 811 10th Avenue was “the first of several windowless equipment buildings to be constructed” in the city, and added that its design initially “caused considerable controversy.” According to AT&T records, the building is a “hardened telco data center” and was upgraded in 2000 to become an internet data center. Thomas Saunders, a former AT&T engineer, told The Intercept that, in the 1970s, the building was considered to be “the biggest hub for transmission [of communications] in the country.” Saunders also claimed that, had Bush been in Manhattan during the 9/11 attacks, the Secret Service would have taken him to safety inside the AT&T facility. “It’s the strongest building in town,” he said. NSA and AT&T maps indicate that the 10th Avenue facility is one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Two former AT&T employees confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The design of the building bears some resemblance to another windowless building in New York City – AT&T’s towering skyscraper at 33 Thomas Street in lower Manhattan. As The Intercept reported in 2016, 33 Thomas Street is a major hub for routing international phone calls and appears to contain a secure NSA surveillance room – code-named TITANPOINTE – that has been used to tap into faxes and phone calls.
NSA and AT&T documents indicate that 10th Avenue building serves as the NSA’s internet equivalent of 33 Thomas Street. While the NSA’s surveillance at 33 Thomas Street mainly targets phone calls that pass through the building’s international switching points, at the 10th Avenue site the agency appears to primarily collect emails, online chats, and data from internet browsing sessions. This San Francisco AT&T building has been described as the city’s telecommunications “nerve center.” It is about 256 feet tall, has nine floors, and its exterior is covered in silver-colored panels; there are a series of vents that can be seen at street level, but there are few windows.
NSA and AT&T maps obtained by The Intercept indicate that 611 Folsom Street is one of the eight “peering” hubs in the U.S. that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the San Francisco site is one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Long recalled that, in the early 2000s, he “moved every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the Folsom Street office. At the time, he said, he and his colleagues found it strange that they were asked to suddenly reroute all of the traffic, because “there was nothing wrong with the services, no facility problems.”
“We were getting orders to move backbones … and it just grabbed me,” said Long. “We thought it was government stuff and that they were being intrusive. We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data.”
It is not the first time the building has been implicated in revelations about electronic eavesdropping. In 2006, an AT&T technician named Mark Klein alleged in a sworn court declaration that the NSA was tapping into internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor of the facility.
Klein, who worked at 611 Folsom Street between October 2003 and May 2004, stated that employees from the agency had visited the building and recruited one of AT&T’s management level technicians to carry out a “special job.” The job involved installing a “splitter cabinet” that copied internet data as it was flowing into the building, before diverting it into the secure room. He said equipment in the secure room included a “semantic traffic analyzer” – a tool that can be used to search large quantities of data for particular words or phrases contained in emails or online chats. Notably, Klein discovered that the NSA appeared to be specifically targeting internet “peering links,” which is corroborated by the NSA and AT&T documents obtained by The Intercept.
“By cutting into the peering links, they get not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” Klein told The Intercept in a recent interview.
According to documents provided by Klein, AT&T’s network at Folsom Street “peered” with other companies like Sprint, Cable & Wireless, and Qwest. It was also linked, he said, to an internet exchange named MAE West, a major data hub in San Jose, California, where other companies connect their networks together.
Sprint did not respond to a request for comment. A spokesperson for Cable & Wireless said the company only discloses data “when legally required to do so as a result of a valid warrant or other legal process.” In 2011, CenturyLink acquired Qwest as part of a $12.2 billion merger deal. A CenturyLink spokesperson said he could not discuss “matters of national security.” The Seattle facility is located in the city’s downtown area, not far from the waterfront. The gray building is 15 stories tall, with a dozen rows of narrow, blacked-out windows and vents that rise to its peak. According to public records, it was first constructed in 1955 and has reinforced concrete foundations and exterior walls that are supported by a steel frame.
Historically, the facility was an important communications switching point in the northwest of the U.S., routing calls between places like Bellingham, Spokane, Yakima, and north to Canada and Alaska. Today, the building appears to be primarily owned by the Qwest Corporation – a subsidiary of CenturyLink – but AT&T has a presence within it. AT&T’s logo is emblazoned on a plaque outside the building’s entrance.
Twenty-five miles north of Seattle, there is a major intercontinental undersea cable called Pacific Crossing-1, which routes communications between the U.S. and Japan; it is possible that the Seattle building processes some of these communications and others that pass between the U.S. west coast and Asia. NSA and AT&T maps point to the Seattle facility as being of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The building is a large, concrete, rectangular-shaped facility with few windows, located less than a mile south of the U.S. Capitol. Property tax records show that Verizon owns the majority of the property (worth $26 million), while AT&T owns a smaller part (worth $8.8 million). Plans of the building’s internal layout show that AT&T has space on the fourth, fifth, and sixth floors.
Central Office Buildings, a website that profiles telecommunications hubs in North America, describes the 30 E Street South West facility as “the granddaddy HQ of Verizon landline in Washington, DC.” It adds that the building contains a “a slew of switches of various types,” including AT&T equipment for routing long distance phone calls across networks. Capitol Police has an office located opposite the telecommunications hub, and a large number of police vehicles are usually located around the site. When The Intercept visited the facility to take photographs earlier this year, within a few minutes, several armed police officers arrived on the scene with dogs. They questioned our reporter, searched his car, and said that the building was considered critical infrastructure.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Washington, D.C. facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
https://theintercept.com/2018/06/25/att-internet-nsa-spy-hubs/
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 1-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America Is Ready to Take Her Place Along Side the Most Tyrannical Regimes In History- Steve Quayle and Dave Hodges
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 4, 2021 - 15:48.
Steve Quayle and myself have received criticism, for years, when we have dared to discuss the evidence for FEMA camps. Frequently, it was the government's or military documents. We were ridiculed when we discussed the CHICOM threat. Some scoffed when we discussed our compromised leaders and accused some of them with treason. Nobody is not criticizing, ridiculing and scoffing. For all who have eyes to see and ears to hear, the soon-to-be dangerous state of this nation will soon be on display for everyone. America is about to become a very dangerous place to live. The historical figures of the past have nothing on this generation's despots. All of us are learning what it is like to live through a Bolshevik Revolution.
I recently interviewed Steve Quayle on these topics. This interview is not for the faint of heart, it is just a hard case of reality. Please click this link to listen to this tell-all interview.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 1-5-21 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Proposed Bill Bans Body Armor, Makes Possession A Crime & Forces Citizens To Turn It In Or Face Arrest
Guns In The News / January 5, 2021 / 5.1k
Lawmakers in New York have proposed one of the most tyrannical and utterly worrisome pieces of legislation we’ve seen. They want to ban citizens from having body armor to protect themselves from bullets. As no one has ever beaten anyone to death with a bullet proof vest, the intentions behind this bill are clear and have no other purpose other than making it easier for government to kill citizens and harder for citizens to protect themselves from bullets.
New York, who has some of the strictest gun laws in the country, now wants to make it a misdemeanor and potential felony for people to purchase or possess a passive means of resistance to bullets.
Unlike other attempts to ban body armor like we’ve seen in the past, this bill does not grandfather people in who already own it. In fact, the bill says that it must be turned over to the state for disposal, or you are guilty. After the passage of the bill, citizens will have 15 days to turn it in before they are declared criminals. Assembly Bill A352 was introduced and cosponsored by David McDonough, Richard Gottfried, and Michael Montesano. It reads as follows (emphasis added.)
§ 270.21 Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest. A person is guilty of the unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest when he or she knowingly and unlawfully purchases or possesses a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of this article. This section shall not apply to active law enforcement officers or those whose occupations require the use of body vests as determined by the department of state.
Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest is a class A misdemeanor for a first offense and a class E felony for any subsequent offense.
§ 2. Any person currently in possession of a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of the penal law, shall have 15 days from the effective date of this act to dispose of such body vest at any local or state law enforcement agency.
On the government’s website, they allow comments from citizens. Naturally, this piece of legislation is not being well received. One person pointed out the obvious, saying, “The only legitimate reason for this bill is to make it easier for the State to murder the disarmed subjects of New York.”
“I cannot believe that such a bill would even be introduced in our state. The government here wants to control every aspect of our lives, even such a purely defensive item. Shame on our lawmakers for even considering such a bill,” another commenter wrote.
“This is a vile and wicked bill! Body armor is the most passive form of self protection possible that a person can use and you want to take that away from law-abiding citizens?! You should be disgusted with yourselves for ever proposing such a thing!” another person pointed out.
We agree with all of them.
The reality is America has less major crime than at any point in the last 40 years, and yet we have cops patrolling American streets as if they are in the Korengal or Fallujah, and treating the citizens as such, with absolutely no regard for the Constitution.
Perhaps if these lawmakers put as much effort into disarming the overly militarized police, as attempting to take away law abiding citizens’ ability to defend themselves from would-be shooters, people wouldn’t have the impetus to wear body armor.
The armor is purely defensive in nature, and people should always have the ability and right to defend themselves against attack.
The right to self-defense is the right from which all other rights are derived. As John Locke stated, self-defense is the first law of nature. Each person owns his or her own life and no other person has a right to take that life, or hinder the preservation thereof.
Moreover, the Supreme Court has held that the police have no duty to protect citizens, so that responsibility now falls squarely on the shoulders of individuals themselves.
To take away people’s ability to access defensive armor, after telling them that they are on their own and are owed no protection by law enforcement, almost seems like a cruel joke.
Why should a law-abiding American, that takes steps to defend themselves passively, be criminalized?
Where is the sense in government banning something that provides people protection from harm?
The logic of this bill is so askew that it wouldn’t be surprising if perhaps next they will try and pass a bill that outlaws hiding behind things while being shot at.
When the state attempts to make it illegal to protect yourself from bullets, it may be time to start purchasing gear to protect yourself from bullets.
:: 1--21 America's Freedom Fighters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NEW YORK BILL SB416: QUARANTINE CAMPS & FORCED VACCINATIONS
It’s no longer a conspiracy theory. A bill in New York, SB416, will utilize FEMA camps and forced vaccines to deal with people who “MAY” by contagious or a public health threat. Who gets to determine who is interned in these camps? The ruling class, of course.
The FEMA camps those “crazy conspiracy theorists” have warned about could very soon be a reality for those living in New York state. New York Senate Bill 416 authorizes the quarantine (jailing in internment camps) of individuals or groups who “potentially pose a threat to public health,” including forced testing and vaccinations. As the Ice Age Farmer said: This must stop now! There is no more gray area. You either support freedom, or some version of slavery. Wake up. It was A99 last year, but suffice to say, sentiment has changed radically, and with immunization passports in the news, this merits our attention. What exactly gives any human the right to detain someone who hasn’t done anything wrong? Oh yeah, nothing. Lines have been drawn. We will stand together as free people or we will go along as slaves to the ruling class, whose tyranny has not slowed down but been ramped up in a major way over the past year.
If you haven’t figured out that this isn’t about your health and keeping you safe, but keeping you controlled and under the thumb of the elitists and ruling class, I’m not sure what it’s going to take to get you to open your eyes. We have a bright future if we can wake up, work together, and stop allowing others to rule us.
H/T [Ice Age Farmer]
This article was written by Mac Slavo at SHTFplan.com and was republished with permission.
RELATED ARTICLE- Cuomo And de Blasio Try To Trash Trump On COVID Vaccine Rollout- Facts Emerge That Blow Up In Their FACE
https://americasfreedomfighters.com/fema-camps/
:: 1-4-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Moderna’s mRNA injections are an “operating system” designed to program humans and hack their biological functions
Monday, January 04, 2021 by: Lance D Johnson
(Natural News) The experimental injections being rolled out by Moderna and Pfizer are nothing similar to traditional vaccines. These mRNA platforms are an “operating system” designed to program human beings and turn their cells into efficient drug delivery systems.
Moderna is now going public with the real intentions behind the mRNA platform. The mRNA technology platform is similar to a computer operating system, the company admits. Scientists prepare a unique mRNA sequence that codes for a specific protein. Once injected into humans, this program is carried out in the individual’s body, at the cellular level. The mRNA platform is where Big Pharma merges with Big Tech, enslaving human beings to a controlling system designed to profit from their cellular and biological functions into the unforeseeable future.
Moderna admits that healthy immune systems are a threat to their mRNA platform
As mRNA platforms go live on human populations, Moderna admits that healthy human immune responses can actually destroy the mRNA sequences before they get into the person’s cells.
The immune system may attack the program and its RNA fragments, leading to negative outcomes that could include molecular deficiencies, hormonal defects, etc. If the protein folding is disrupted, the proteins may never achieve their desired functionality, leading to partial development of antigens that never confer targeted immunity to coronavirus spike proteins. The body may turn on its own cells in the process, causing hyper-inflammatory responses and autoimmune issues that are the precursor to organ failure and various disease processes.
During the so-called pandemic, public health officials were mum on the actions people should take to mount a healthy immune response to infection. Now we know why these public health officials were telling people they must wait on a vaccine to go back to normal. The people behind the mRNA experimentation of humans are building psychological justification and scientific precedent to declare human immune systems incapable. In this way, people will submit their bodies to the latest mRNA programs as they become dependent on the biological software that have been created for them. This is an open door toward trans-humanism, and millions of people are buying into it. By casting shame on human immune systems, drug companies have also found the perfect alibi for when their experiments cause injury in humans. It’s not the injected technology that is causing allergic reactions, seizures, infertility and death, claim the drug companies… It’s the individual’s human’s immune system that is causing all the pain and misery, they demand. The drug companies will demand that more carefully crafted mRNA programs and interventions will be needed to “perfect” human beings.
The new mRNA vaccines are dependency programs, designed to manipulate and enslave human biological functions
Moderna brags that “several hundred scientists and engineers are solely focused on advancing Moderna’s platform technology.” These scientists are attempting to “hack” humans with bio-information and make populations dependent on the technology. Moderna has even dubbed their mRNA platform the ‘Software of Life.’
These scientists are looking for ways to help the foreign mRNA avoid immune detection. They are also experimenting with ways to trick the cell’s ribosomes into processing the mRNA as if it was natural. They are also plotting ways to instruct the human cells to produce the artificial proteins long term. Moderna was founded on the success of using modified RNA to reprogram the function of a human stem cell, therefore genetically modifying it.
As these RNA “operating systems” are installed in human bodies, it becomes even more clear that drug companies are looking to genetically modify and own human proteins while controlling biological processes for generations to come. On both a psychological and physiological level, human beings are being branded like cattle as they submit to these mRNA software programs.
This system is not medicine, nor is it vaccination. This system is complete cellular manipulation, using foreign biological molecules to code, decode, regulate, change the expression of, and alter the physiological instructions within human beings.
Watch Dr. Carrie Madej explain how this new vaccine platform can change the way we live, who we are, what we are.
Sources include: TapNewsWire.com ModernaTX.com NaturalNews.com Brighteon.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-01-04-moderna-vaccine-designed-to-program-humans.html
:: 1-4-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America’s ‘Devil Dogs’ just got a little scarier
The impetus for equipping weapons with suppressors came from experiments at a 2016 'Sea Dragon' event
by Dave Makichuk January 4, 2021
America’s famed “Devil Dogs” — the US Marines — just got a little leaner and meaner, a little more badass, a little tougher to find and kill.
Why? Because of suppressors, which have now been fielded in the thousands to infantry, reconnaissance and special operation units.
In case you’re wondering, “small arms suppressors” are designed to reduce a weapon’s noise, flash and recoil.
They are also time-efficient, as attachment and detachment only takes a few seconds. The mass fielding of the suppressors, and their myriad benefits, represents “a monumental moment for the Corps,” according to a press release.
Marines are trained to locate, close with and destroy the enemy by fire and maneuver, or repel the enemy’s assault by fire and close combat. They engage adversaries in any clime and place, no matter how arduous the conditions.
As history has shown, they will take and hold, any position, regardless of heavy casualties. The fact they will be armed with suppressors means they will be that much harder to locate and target. The impetus for equipping additional weapons with suppressors came from a series of experimentations at a 2016 “Sea Dragon” event, which enables the Marine Corps to experiment with current and emerging technologies. At the event, a battalion employed the suppressors as part of a Marine Corps Warfighting Lab experimentation.
“The positive feedback from that experiment was the primary driving force behind procuring suppressors,” said Brisker. “We’ve had a few limited user experiments with various units since that time, and all of those events generated positive reviews of the capability.”
Marine Corps Systems Command (MCSC) began fielding the first 13,700 Knight’s Armament Company suppressors designed for M4 and M4A1 carbines and M27 infantry automatic rifles to Marines at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina. The command hopes to field approximately 30,000 of the devices by fiscal year 2023. “Our intent was to leverage commercially available technology to support the near-term modernization required for our close combat Marines,” said Billy Epperson, the Infantry Weapon Capabilities Integration Officer.
Epperson added that the Marine Corps conducted Limited User Evaluations in 2019 with commercial suppressors provided by vendors showcasing the latest and greatest in technology to characterize requirements in support of an acquisition effort that began in fiscal year 2020.
David Tomlinson, MCSC’s infantry weapons officer, emphasized the importance of suppressors in exchanging information during battle. He said gun fights create a chaotic environment with intense noise levels, producing communication problems that can increase confusion.
“I would say the most important thing the suppressor does is allow for better inter-squad, inter-platoon communication,” said Tomlinson. “It allows the operators to communicate laterally up and down the line during a fire fight.”
Tomlinson said suppressors can save lives, as Marines engaged in battle can expose themselves from their firing position. The suppressor reduces their audible and visual signature, making it more difficult for the enemy to ascertain their location. In addition to tactical advantages on the battlefield, the reduced noise of the suppressors also benefits a Marine’s long-term health, said Brisker. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs, hearing problems are by far the most prevalent service-connected disability among American veterans.
“In the big picture, the VA pays out a lot in hearing loss claims,” said Brisker. “We’d like Marines to be able to continue to hear for many years even after they leave the service. These suppressors have that benefit as well.”
According to Popular Mechanics, each gunshot is in the range of 140 to 165 decibels, with the M4 carbine, M27 infantry automatic rifle, and M38 designated marksman rifle about in the 165-decibel range. The same weapons fitted with suppressors are 132 decibels.
Although a 33-decibel difference doesn’t sound like much, the decibel scale is logarithmic, meaning unsuppressed weapons disperse more than 1,000 times more sound energy than suppressed ones. Simply put, quieter weapons mean a Marine can hear commands by their fire team, squad, or platoon leader more easily.
At night, the reduction in muzzle flash can reduce disorientation and help preserve night vision.
This all translates to units that can respond to orders more quickly, pass on important information faster, and operate more effectively at night.
— Sources: US Marines, Military.com and Popular Mechanics
https://asiatimes.com/2021/01/marines-get-lethality-boost-with-suppressor-tech/
:: 1--21 Steve Quayle Alerts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DANIEL'S VISION OF THE WORLD'S END TIME KINGDOMS, AND THE MINGLING OF THE CLAY AND IRON; HERE'S A MIND BLOWING REVELATION GIVEN TO Jon
DANIEL 2:42-44 'And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.
44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever'. :
Jon--Hello Brother Steve,
I was thinking about the MRNA poison, and I thought about the name, messenger RNA.. messenger in the Greek is angelos, essentially angel RNA, I thought of Daniel, and them mixing their seed with the seed of man.. I have been praying every night that God, my Father would give me wisdom and understanding. To God be all the glory forever and ever.
I’ve not heard anyone else address this, but I feel it is pretty blatant and in our face.
Thank you for your insights and boldness. Truly, Jon
https://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=33&d=2521
:: 1--21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
8 Lessons Learned The Hard Way From 2020 With Consequences For Years To Come
As the last year draws to an end and the new year begins, I always like to look back over the previous year, seeing what lessons I can learn.
I also like to look forward, seeing what I need to do, in order to prepare myself for the year to come. While these activities can be undertaken at any time, the start of a new year seems to be an excellent time to do so.
With 2020 having been such an interesting year, filled with disasters and problems, it seems even more appropriate to take a moment out to review the year, seeing what we can learn from it and better prepare ourselves for whatever might be coming next.
I find it funny that so many people think that everything will be fine, once 2020 is over and 2021 begins. But last I checked, disasters don’t pay any attention whatsoever to our calendar. They operate on their own time frame and we have to adjust to it. We call it “hurricane season” not to tell the hurricanes when they can come, but to remind ourselves that we’re in the time of year when they do come.
So as we start into 2021, I’m not expecting that the disasters of 2020 will come to an end. It would be nice if that happened, but I’m not planning on it. Rather, I’m planning on more disasters for 2021. Whether they will be as bad as those of 2020 is yet to be seen. It Always Takes More than You Think
The big news of 2020 was the Coronavirus pandemic. While this wasn’t the first time that we’ve faced a pandemic, it ended up being considerably more serious than anything we’ve faced in recent years. The Ebola outbreak of 2014 could have been worse, but it didn’t go around the globe as COVID did.
Having been around in 2014, I had purchased PPE for use in that pandemic, just in case, it reached the United States. So when COVID-19 hit our shores, I thought I was ready. But, while I did have PPE in my stockpile, I had grossly underestimated how much I’d need. What I had barely made it through the first couple of months, and then I was making my own, as it wasn’t available.
I’d have to say that the disasters we are not accustomed to dealing with are the ones where we need to be even better prepared. A lot of the reason why I didn’t have enough PPE is that I had never dealt with a pandemic before. Due to my lack of familiarity with the situation, I didn’t really have any idea of how much PPE or cleaning supplies I’d use on a daily basis. Nor did I have any idea how long the pandemic would last. Therefore, unlike some other things, I hadn’t calculated how much I would go through. Oops.
Our Supply Chain is Extremely Fragile One of the more surprising things about the pandemic was how the grocery stores emptied out. Along with many others, I’ve talked about how the grocery stores would empty out in the event of a major disaster; but I was still surprised how bad it happened. First, the shortages started because of panic buying before the pandemic even hit. And secondly, how hard it was for the system to catch up and restock those stores.
But if all it takes is fear for a run on the stores, then we should be ready for such a thing to happen anytime. When you consider how much the news media is bent on fear-mongering, a panic could happen at any time. The fact that it already happened once just means that people won’t wait the next time; they’ll rush to the stores at the first sign of trouble.
Up until now, the idea of restocking the grocery stores doesn’t fit into most TEOTWAWKI events. But the COVID pandemic proved that it might be possible to have a major disaster and see the supply chain restore itself. It takes time; but as long as communications and transportation are in place, it is possible for the stores to restock. Don’t Believe what Others Say
A fair chunk of the problems we’ve had in dealing with the pandemic, as well as the shortages in the stores, have been caused, at least to some extent, by the news media. As with everything else in the last four years, the mainstream news media has spun the COVID-19 pandemic, in an effort to make President Trump look bad. So, they’ve exaggerated the severity of the disease, focusing on how many people have died. While this was “honest reporting” in the sense that they were using real figures, it was dishonest in their focus. As per normal, they were cherry-picking figures to make the administration look bad, not telling the whole story.
In reaction to this, most of the right-wing news sources were downplaying the severity of the disease, leading many conservatives to believe that the disease wasn’t any more serious than the seasonal flu. We’ve ended up with a lot of conservatives who are fighting against even conservative governors, using numbers that were out and out wrong by any stretch of the imagination.
We’re living in an age where you can’t believe what comes out of any news source. We are no longer receiving news, but news commentary. Those on the right are more honest about this, telling us that what they are giving us is commentary. But what’s coming out of the left is just as much commentary, even though they are labeling it as “news.” In order to have at least somewhat accurate information, we need to look to apolitical sources, which are almost impossible to find. In the case of the pandemic, the best is going right to the CDC’s website. In the case of hurricanes, it’s going to the National Hurricane Center’s website. Similar sites exist for other categories of disasters.
Always Have an Alternative
With all the shortages we’ve seen in 2020, we’ve got a pretty good idea of what to expect in any future disaster. Supplies will always be limited at any time of the disaster; especially of the things we need the most. We need to have an alternate plan in place when those things run short.
During COVID, I’ve made my own masks, hand sanitizer, and a replacement for Clorox wipes (my wife’s favorite cleaner). Had I not been able to do this, we would have ended up putting ourselves more at risk, especially early on, when everyone was trying to buy them and there wasn’t enough.
Taking this idea a step further, we should all have a good idea of how to make everything from soap to gunpowder, as well as either having a stock of the necessary materials or knowing where to find them in nature. That’s going to become critical if we’re ever faced with a true TEOTWAWKI event.
Disasters Don’t Just Come One at a Time Every prepping and survival writer I’ve ever read deals with one disaster at a time, just like I have. But if there’s anything we’ve seen in 2020, it’s that disasters are bullies; they like to gang upon us. Often, one disaster will bring on another, such as we’ve seen happen in the last year. What started out as a pandemic, quickly led to various kinds of shortages in the stores, businesses shutting down, people losing their jobs, and a fast-moving financial crisis.
In the future, it would make sense for us all to be thinking in terms of dealing with multiple crises at one time. While we may only be faced with one at a time, I’d rather train for the worst-case and deal with something better, than train for a best-case and not be ready with something more serious.
Be Flexible – Roll with the Punches
Many people were devastated by the events of 2020. But others seemed to weather it just fine. For me personally, it has been a good year, in spite of everything that has happened.
How can I say that? Because I’ve made the most of it. I work from home anyway, so that wasn’t a problem. But the pandemic caused my wife to have to work from home for seven months as well. While we both worked and worked a lot, it became something like an extended honeymoon for us.
Granted, we’ve had to make a lot of changes in the way we’ve done things; which is why I say to be flexible. Being able to not only survive but make the most of a situation, often requires nothing more than a change of attitude. Look for opportunities, rather than focusing on the problems. That will turn what’s bugging everyone else into a blessing for you.
The idea of “rolling with the punches” comes from boxing. The idea is that if you can’t avoid getting hit, then do whatever you can to lessen the impact of the hit. Whether that means changing the angle of your body, moving away as you are getting stuck, or turning at the last moment so that the glove doesn’t hit a particularly vulnerable area, the idea is to avoid receiving harm. Flexibility and the ability to react to whatever is happening will lessen the impact of a disaster too.
Take Computer Security Seriously Before all is said and done, I think the biggest disaster of 2020 is going to be the hacking of SolarWinds network software. Experts are still working overtime to ascertain the seriousness of this attack and it might be months before we fully know how bad it is. It might be many more months or even years before the problem is fixed.
In the meantime, some 18,000 government organizations and businesses have had their computer networks hacked. Countless terabytes of information have been copied and are now in the process of being analyzed by the hackers. In some cases, it appears that they might have gotten so far inside the systems, as gaining the ability to take control of them. In others, they have created other, hidden, back doors, which they can use for continued access into those networks, even after the leaks are plugged.
The amazing thing, at least to me, is that the hackers haven’t yet done anything malicious with the access they had. Perhaps it was nothing more than an information-gathering exercise. Still, it appears that they were far enough inside, in some cases, that they could control such things as our electric power grid.
While the information that you and I have on our personal computers isn’t all that critical, many of us work for companies that do important things and have important information on their systems. Yet we tend to fall asleep during those boring security briefings, thinking that it’s not our problem. It is, even if we don’t want to acknowledge that. It’s everyone’s problem, as the SolarWinds hack is going to show.
Just like identity theft, most hacking requires a human element of some sort. You and I are the vulnerable links in our online security and the online security of the companies we work for. If we don’t understand how to minimize that risk, we will most likely become part of something going seriously wrong. When You Think You Can Finally Take a Sigh of Relief, Look Again
There have been many a meme on social media, pointing out the concept of the “disaster of the month” that has plagued us all year long. While intended to be humorous, these memes can teach us a valuable lesson; they need to stay aware, looking for the next disaster coming down the pike. It’s quite possible that the one we don’t expect will be the one we receive.
As preppers, it’s important that we are constantly on the lookout for what’s happening in the world and aware of how those things can turn into problems. Our failure to do that puts us in the same category as all the sheeple out there, who just aren’t paying attention. Oh, we’ll still have out stockpiles; but that’s it. Without the awareness to look for advance warning, we won’t be able to take the necessary action to protect our families. Worse than that, we’ll miss the opportunity to bug out early, when we need to.
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 1-5-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US Has Lost More Than 110,000 Restaurants – Sets Stage For A Commercial Real Estate Collapse Of Epic Proportions
Michael Snyder / January 5, 2021
The restaurant industry is in the midst of a complete and total meltdown that is unlike anything that we have ever seen before. If you ask Google how many restaurants there are in the United States, it will tell you that there are 660,755, although that number is a few years old. But for the purposes of this article, that is a good enough estimate. Americans love to eat out, and restaurant workers are some of the hardest working people in the entire country. So it is incredibly sad to see more restaurants constantly going under. In some cases, restaurants that have served their communities for decades are deciding to permanently close their doors. For example, over the weekend Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse in New York City announced that it had finally reached the end of the road…
Landmark New York City restaurant Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse has closed its iconic basement-level doors as the coronavirus pandemic continues to cripple the restaurant industry.
The Lower East Side fixture was famous for its latkes spreads, chopped liver, and vodka bottles frozen in blocks of ice and was known as a boisterous party spot frequented by celebrities.
Unfortunately, Sammy’s is far from alone. In fact, in a recent article that he penned for Fox Business, Adam Piper lamented the fact that more than 100,000 U.S. restaurants have gone out of business during this pandemic…
State and local governments have wielded the coronavirus pandemic as license to steal freedom and opportunity in pursuit of unprecedented omnipotence. Unreasonable, unnecessary and hypocritical actions have forced over 100,000 restaurants to close and endanger countless others.
And according to Bloomberg, the true number of dead restaurants is now over 110,000…
More than 110,000 restaurants have closed permanently or long-term across the country as the industry grapples with the devastating impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. More than one out of every six restaurants in the U.S. is already gone, and the National Restaurant Association is warning that there will be more carnage in the months ahead because the industry is in “an economic free fall”…
“The restaurant industry simply cannot wait for relief any longer,” Sean Kennedy, executive vice president of public affairs at the association, said in a letter to Congress. “What these findings make clear is that more than 500,000 restaurants of every business type — franchise, chain and independent — are in an economic free fall.”
This is what an economic depression looks like. With tens of thousands of restaurants sitting empty, and with tens of thousands of others not paying rent, the stage has been set for a commercial real estate disaster of unprecedented scope and size.
Of course there are millions of square feet of office space and retail space that are not being productive right now as well. In a recent article, Lee Adler referred to this looming commercial real estate nightmare as “a monster in the room”…
I think that if there’s anything that illustrates the head in the sand problem of the banks, it’s this. Commercial real estate (CRE) finance. There’s a monster in the room. All that empty space. No longer income producing.
For now, big financial institutions are doing their best to hide their coming losses, but according to Adler for certain sectors the losses will simply be unavoidable…
Multifamily will take a haircut but will survive. My guess is that industrial, while overpriced and overvalued, will produce enough income to get by. Office and retail? Kiss it goodbye. It’s done. Over. Kaput. Sadly, he is right on target.
The coming commercial real estate crisis is going to make the subprime mortgage meltdown of 2008 and 2009 look like a Sunday picnic.
And the longer this pandemic stretches on, the larger the losses will ultimately become.
For residential real estate, the big story is that hordes of Americans are fleeing both coasts and are moving to smaller communities in the middle of the country.
So even as housing prices drop substantially in major cities on the east coast and the west coast, they are rising rapidly in cities such as Pittsburgh, Boise and Austin…
Smaller metropolitan markets like Pittsburgh, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Indianapolis, Kansas City, Boise, Idaho, Austin, Texas, and Memphis, Tennessee are seeing some of the strongest price gains in the nation now, according to the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Prices in those cities are now at least 10% higher than with a year earlier.
And as I discussed yesterday, we are actually starting to see hyperinflation for high end properties in desirable rural and suburban areas of the country.
Just recently, a friend sold a home that is located not too far from us for a price that almost made my eyes bug out of my head. I literally had a difficult time believing the insanely high price that they were able to get, but this is what happens in a hyperinflationary environment.
2020 may have been a “personal financial disaster” for 55 percent of all Americans, but thanks to the hyperinflation in the stock market the wealthy have more money to throw at high end real estate than ever before.
Unfortunately, all of this wild money printing is not going to be able to prevent the coming crash in commercial real estate.
No matter how much money they have, many Americans are simply too afraid of COVID to eat out right now, and that will remain the case for the foreseeable future.
And we are going to continue to see more Americans migrate away from the large cities on both coasts, and more businesses in those core urban areas will continue to fail.
As the commercial real estate crash unfolds, a lot of financial institutions simply won’t be able to make it without government help.
So will the federal government bail them out?
You never know, but every dollar the federal government borrows and spends just makes our long-term problems even worse. , and we are still in the very early chapters of this horrifying economic collapse.All of the dominoes are starting to fall
Unfortunately, most Americans still don’t understand what is happening, and most of them have no idea that economic conditions will soon get even worse.
Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder
:: 1--21 Cointelegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
OCC greenlights national banks to run nodes and stablecoin networks
The latest from the Treasury's most crypto-forward office says that national banks don't have to fear stablecoin nodes.
Monday evening, the Treasury's Office of the Comptroller of the Currency told national banks that they are allowed to run independent nodes for distributed ledger networks.
Referring to of independent node verification networks, the OCC's interpretive letter says that banks "may use new technologies, including INVNs and related stablecoins, to perform bank-permissible functions, such as payment activities."
Coming amid a great deal of uncertainty as to the future of stablecoins, the OCC's announcement is big news. The office, nonetheless, cautions that there are cyber risks inherent to using such technology:
"Banks must also be aware of potential risks when conducting INVN-related activities, including operational risks, compliance risk, and fraud. New technologies require enough technological expertise to ensure banks can manage these risks in a safe and sound manner."
Brian Brooks, who formerly led Coinbase's legal team, has been the Acting Comptroller of the Currency since May. During his tenure, the office has put out a host of guidance authorizing banks to be more active in crypto and, more recently, barring them from cutting off services to legal industries.
Major lobbyist group the Blockchain Association noted that "The letter states that blockchains have the same status as other global financial networks, such as SWIFT, ACH, and FedWire." Such flagships mechanisms of international payments have had to up their games in response to competition from blockchain-backed payments in recent years.
The new guidance follows up on a separate group of regulators laying out new guidance for stablecoin operators immediately before Christmas. The subject of stablecoin legal status in the U.S. has taken on an outsized role over the past month, especially after Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib introduced a bill that seemed to outlaw any operation of a stablecoin network, including private persons running, for example, Ethereum nodes that process DAI transactions. With just two weeks left in office, President Donald Trump has sent out a new executive order targeting Chinese payment apps.
The Tuesday order bars United States citizens or people located in the U.S. from using nine Chinese payment apps. It continues the White House's earlier efforts to cut off the U.S. market from Chinese-owned apps like TikTok. Yesterday's order repeats earlier concerns of data collection by the Chinese Communist Party:
"The continuing activity of the PRC and the CCP to steal or otherwise obtain United States persons’ data makes clear that there is an intent to use bulk data collection to advance China’s economic and national security agenda."
The apps targeted are AliPay, CamScanner, QQ Wallet, SHAREit, Tencent QQ, VMate, WeChat Pay and WPS Office. The executive order takes effect in 45 days, by which time Trump will already be out of office. Given that his earlier order to get ByteDance to divest from TikTok was stonewalled in court while he was still in office, there's not a ton of reason to believe that Trump will get his way here.
As of publication time, Biden's transition team had not responded to Cointelegraph's request for comment as to whether the new administration plans to see Trump's order through.
The focus on payment apps is particularly significant. Recent moves from the U.S. national security apparatus have definitely indicated concern over China's payments systems, particularly a central bank digital currency with a database accessible by the CCP.
Many in crypto as well as the broader tech industry have warned of a cold war in technology between China and the U.S., including Facebook's Mark Zuckerberg and several leaders of Ripple Labs. While the situation between the two countries is obviously tense, both Facebook and Ripple were seeing serious investigations by U.S. regulators concerned about their operations when they made those arguments, somewhat deflating the effect of their patriotism.
While the barriers between the private and public sectors are murkier, China's treatment of the private companies that Trump is targeting is already pretty bad. Ant Group, the fintech affiliate of Alibaba that owns AliPay, recently fell afoul of the Chinese government. Xi Jinping is said to have personally put the clampdown on Ant Group's aborted initial public offering, since which time Alibaba's stock has slipped and the founder of both, Jack Ma, has disappeared.
Another giant of Chinese tech, Tencent, owns three of the entities targeted by Trump's order: QQ Wallet, Tencent QQ and WeChat Pay. While Tencent has avoided Ant Group's high-profile brushes with the CCP, China's much-anticipated central bank digital currency may well be an effort to muscle in on the business of the country's impressive fintech sector.
https://cointelegraph.com/news/trump-bans-chinese-payment-apps-including-alipay-and-wechat-pay
:: 1-4-21 Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CAUGHT ON TAPE: Georgia SoS Brad Raffensperger Thanking CCP For Their Votes in 2015!
By Douglas J. Hagmann - January 4, 2021
It’s Looking Like War – John Moore Joins Doug Hagmann – FULL SHOW – 01/4/2021 – Hagmann Report
Next article
You Weren’t Made to Fit In – You Were Born to Stand Out – Doug Hagmann 1/04/2021
Douglas J. Hagmann
https://www.douglasjhagmann.com
Douglas J. Hagmann has been a licensed investigator in the private sector for the last 30 years. As a private detective, Hagmann has worked well over 5,000 cases and is recognized as a surveillance specialist. He has worked as an informational and operational asset for various federal and state law enforcement agencies. Doug Hagmann now hosts a popular radio and video talk show each weeknight from 7:00-9:00 PM ET on the Global Star Radio Network and simulcast on YouTube and other venues.
:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Report: White House Planning to Refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for Investigation Under the Espionage Act
By Jim Hoft Published January 4, 2021 at 7:15am 1218 Comments Share (9.6k)
President Trump held a one-hour long phone call on Saturday with crooked Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and state election officials on the 2020 election in his state that was wrought with fraud.
It’s not clear if Ruby Freeman or Ralph Jones, Sr. were on the call. In the one-hour phone call on Saturday, President Trump insisted he won the state and threatened vague legal consequences. Trump attorneys and Georgia attorneys were on the call.
Raffensperger’s team later leaked the call to the far-left Washington Post.
It took 24 hours for the Washington Post to publish a hit piece, using edited audio clips, on the president’s phone call. Georgia Republican chairman David Shafer later announced that President Trump and his team filed two lawsuits against Secretary of State Raffensperger.
David Shafer: President Donald Trump has filed two lawsuits – federal and state – against Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger. This was after Raffensperger secretly recorded the “confidential settlement discussion” of that litigation that is still pending. The audio published by the Washington Post is heavily edited and omits the stipulation that all discussions were for the purpose of settling litigation and confidential under federal and state law. Dirtbag Brad Raffensperger is in serious trouble.
What is with this guy? Why is he so determined to defend the massive fraud in his state? According to reporter Jack Posobiec the White House is planning to refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for investigation under national security grounds of the Espionage Act. https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/01/raeport-white-house-planning-refer-brad-raffensperger-secret-service-investigation-espionage-act/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=the-gateway-
pundit&utm_campaign=dailyam&utm_content=daily
:: 1-3-21 Twitter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
In May, Tanzania's President was suspicious of the coronavirus testing process so he sent in samples from a goat and a papaya. Both came back positive for the virus.
3:12 AM · Jan 3, 2021·Twitter Web App
https://twitter.com/KanekoaTheGreat/status/1345644157587443714/photo/1
Remarks: Jim Okore replying to @Kanekoa The Great
Unlike other East African states, TZ didn't go for lovkdowns: life as usual, political rallies, discos! At some point, it led to a diplomatic spat with Kenya!
Another post same person goes on to say: President John Pombe Magufuli holds a PHD in Chemistry!
https://twitter.com/KanekoaTheGreat/status/1345644157587443714/photo/1
:: 1-5-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democracy is an Illusion (Perspective) The Covid Scam Has Alerted Millions to The Fact That The World Is Controlled By A Small Cabal Of Satanist Central Bankers Who Wish to Enslave Us
Ann Ellzy January 5, 2021Posted inUncategorized
The covidscam has alerted millions to the fact that the world is controlled by a small cabal of satanist central bankers who wish to enslave us. Most everyone who is “successful” serves their demented agenda. This article from 2005 provides background for people new to our ugly political reality.
A “Far Side” cartoon describes our innocence about democracy.
A slave rowing a Viking ship puts up his hand and calls to the whip master: “Yoo-hoo! Oh, yoo-hoo… I think I’m getting a blister.”
Like this man, most people cling to the belief that our leaders represent our interests. “Yoo, hoo, Mr. Bush, you lied about Iraq having weapons of mass destruction.”
At an elite gathering, Bush peered under his lectern and quipped: “Where are those weapons of mass destruction?”
A tiny cabal of international bankers chooses our “leaders”. This clique, which subtly controls every significant facet of our society is gradually establishing an Orwellian global police state. Much of the ruling class has been duped to think they are building a better world.
You might be living in one of America’s deathzones and not have a clue about it
What if that were you? What would YOU do?
In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. Prove it, you say?
“The Naked Capitalist” by W.C. Skousen (available at http://www.abe.com & http://www.bookfinder.com ) is yet another smoking gun. It is based on the revelations contained in Professor Carroll Quiqley’s “Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time.” (1966)
Quiqley, a Professor of History at the Foreign Service School at Georgetown University was a trusted insider who had access to their private archives. He felt the plot, which he supported, was too important to be kept hidden. However, shortly after publication, his book was taken off the market. Cleon Skoussen was an FBI agent for 16 years and the Police Chief of Salt Lake City for four years. His “The Naked Capitalist” distills the most shocking evidence from Quigley’s daunting 1300-page book.
At just 122 pages, “The Naked Capitalist” (1970) is a concise, lucid and absolutely convincing account of the international banker conspiracy. Historians have betrayed the public trust by largely ignoring this material.
OUR PREDICAMENT
Quigley confirms that a network of banking dynasties has, in Skousen’s words, “acquired a choke-hold on the affairs of practically the entire human race.” According to Quigley, they include “Baring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroder, Selingman, the Speyers, Mirabaud, Malet, and above all Rothschild and Morgan.” (Citations are from Tragedy and Hope, 51-52)
Quigley confirms that, starting with the Bank of England in 1694, these dynasties organized themselves in a system of central banks that charge their respective nations billions of dollars in interest for the privilege of using currency backed by the nations’ own credit. In other words, they have carried off a swindle of monstrous proportions.
Quigley quotes William Gladstone who as Chancellor of the Exchequer said in 1852: “The government itself was not to be a substantive power in matters of Finance, but was to leave the Money Power supreme and unquestioned.” (325)
This power of the Bank of England. . . was admitted by most qualified observers. In January, 1924, Reginald McKenna. . . as chairman of the board of the Midland Bank, told its stockholders: ‘I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create money. . . . And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hands the destiny of the people.'” [25]
Able to create money out of nothing, they naturally grabbed as much of the world’s real wealth as they could. Quigley writes about the formation of their American cartels: “The period 1884-1933 was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers moving into commercial banking and insurance on the one side, and into railroading and heavy industry on the other were able to mobilize enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political and social power.” (71)
Indeed their representatives, the “Eastern Establishment” i.e. the Morgans and now the Rockefellers run the United States. (72) The principle mechanism is the Council on Foreign Relations.
According to Quigley, the ultimate goal is “nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled …by the central banks…acting in concert.” (324) Quigley confirms that the bankers have usurped mankind’s collective instincts by financing the Socialist and Communist movements. Bankers love big government because the ultimate monopoly is the State. Through it, they take over their competition and control debt, resources, market demand and labor.
Speaking of the Communist takeover of the US government in the 1930’s and 1940’s, Quigley writes, “it must be understood that the power that these energetic left-wingers exercised was never their own power of Communist power but was ultimately the power of the international financial coterie.” (954) In other words, millions of idealists committed to human brotherhood and equality were (and are) duped into advancing a totalitarian scheme to concentrate the world’s wealth and power into the hands of the superrich. More opportunistic Leftists, Communists, Feminists and Globalists prosper while piously pretending to serve humanity.
The Money Power controls the debate and encourages gridlock by backing all shades of the political spectrum and marginalizing anyone who shines the spotlight on them. (Ever wonder why the word “Rothschild” has never crossed Noam Chomsky’s lips? Or why the John Birch Society debunks the obvious fact that 9-11 was an “inside job?”) The media is controlled through direct ownership and advertising. Quigley writes: “To Morgan all political parties were simply organizations to be used, and the firm always was careful to keep a foot in all camps. Morgan himself, Dwight Morrow and other partners were allied with the Republicans; Russell C. Lewffingwell was allied with the Democrats; Grayson Murphy was allied with the extreme Right; and Thomas W. Lamont was allied with the Left.” (945)
The Lamont family was “sponsors and financial angels to almost a score of extreme Left organizations including the Communist Party itself.” (945)
CONCLUSION
A small cabal of people who are not even citizens hold the financial purse strings of every nation.
This goes a long way to explaining “globalization” and the push to one-world government. It explains the assault on race, religion, nation and family. The bankers want a homogenous deracinated neutered world that offers no basis of resistance.
It explains why in a time of supposed security danger, the southern border of the US is practically porous. The bankers want to undermine America’s European character, which it perceives as a threat.
It explains the carte blanche Israel receives, the war on Iraq, and the fact that there is no opposition to the war in the mainstream parties or press. This war desecrates a cradle of civilization and assails Islam. It is also an opportunity to create more debt and enrich the bankers and their corporate allies.
It explains 9-11, the Patriot Repression Act and the phoney “War on Terror.”
It explains the depraved mass media and stupefying education system. I could go on but you get the picture. We are krill at the mercy of a gigantic whale. At the very least, let’s not waste energy thinking we live in a free and open society.
Our democracy is a ruse. Ostensibly it expresses the aspirations of the people. In reality, it masks the insidious anti-human agenda of the central bankers.
bankers-who-wish-to-enslave-us/
:: 1-3-21 H Wire news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IS COVID-19 BEING USED TO CREATE AN AMERICAN GULAG IN
January 3, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/13 Comments
Featured Story
THE NAME OF FIGHTING A PANDEMIC? IT SURE LOOK LIKE IT, HELL ON EARTH…
The first 3 1/2 years of this period may actually seem like “business as usual” for the earth. The first four seal events will be fulfilled during this time, but those events are not that exceptional. People have risen to great political prominence (as in the first seal) many times in the past, there have been many wars and famines (as in the second and third seals), and many people have died of such things (as in the fourth seal). There have even been multiple peace treaties involving Israel (like the “covenant” mentioned in Dan 9:27).
Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?
Remember all those articles warning about about FEMA Camps, and how everyone said that you were a conspiracy nut job for believing that?
Well, surprise, surprise, turns out you may have been right on the money all along, why do I say that?
Because right now the New York State Assembly is proposing Bill A416 that would remand people deemed to be “disease carriers”, and put them away in a facility chosen by the Democrat leadership of New York.
People like Governor Andrew Cuomo who’s executive order killed over 11,000 elderly at the start of the COVID crisis.
The Gateway Pundit reports “Bill A416 relates to “the removal of cases, contacts and carriers of communicable diseases that are potentially dangerous to the public health.”
The Governor would have sweeping powers to indefinitely detain American citizens and put them in internment camps.”
This is not an over-estimation of just how scary and just how dangerous this situation is.
Is COVID-19 being used to create an American gulag in the name of fighting a pandemic? It sure look like it.
Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?
When we talk about NY Gov. Andrew Cuomo, you will remember that he is the same person who cheered and cried for joy when New York passed their new abortion bill in 2019 that allows abortions at any stage of the third trimester, and prevents protections for babies surviving the abortion procedure.
Cuomo is the same person who in 2020 issued an executive order sending COVID-19 patients into nursing homes where they infected and killed over 11,000 elderly.
[These people need to be tried for crimes against humanity and even genocide!]
Now they want to pass Bill A416 that authorizes the arrest and detention of people with ‘communicable diseases’ and send them to a ‘designated facility’ until the state decides they can go?
Let me say this as strongly as I can, if YOU live in New York….RUN!!….GET OUT NOW!!
Here below is the entire contents of New York State Assembly Bill A416, read it for yourself and decide if what we are telling you is true or not.
But read the parts I have bolded and underlined, read how it takes a court order to have you released after you have been ‘detained at a facility’ of their choosing.
Read how it says you will be kept against your will until they have decided it is ‘safe’ to release you. READ IT!
https://www.bitchute.com/embed/uUH7PfMM8bcp/
CANADA: Politician Warns Trudeau Govt Plans To Build COVID ‘Quarantine / Isolation’ Camps Across Canada and Canadian Government Erecting A Network Of Covid Detainment Camps.
New Zealand: COVID-19 Quarantine ‘Camps’ Are The End Of Personal Freedom in NZ.
Yes, They Will Make You Take It
https://hnewswire.com/is-covid-19-being-used-to-create-an-american-gulag-in/
:: 1-5-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2020 was the Worst Year Ever! – You’re joking, right?
By Strange Sounds - Jan 5, 2021
Of the lavish banquet of absurdities laid out in 2020, one of the most delectable is Time magazine’s December 14 cover declaring that 2020 was the “worst year ever.”
You’re joking, right? In history’s immense tapestry of human misery, it’s not even in the top 100 worst years.
Consider 1177 B.C., when many of the great civilizations of the Mediterranean Sea and Mideast collapsed, and the survivors struggled through a pre-modern Dark Ages. This book assembles what is known about this catastrophic era: 1177 B.C.: The Year Civilization Collapsed.
Then there’s 1644 A.D., when the Ming Dynasty was overthrown by the Manchu invasion, a series of self-reinforcing misfortunes stemming from extremes of climate (a.k.a. The Little Ice Age) that left millions hungry and vulnerable to disease and the predation of roving bandit armies.
The Little Ice Age and the famine, conflicts, civil wars, coups, revolts and rebellions it launched killed between a quarter and a third of Eurasia’s population. Entire villages melted away as starvation drove the survivors to desperation. The misery stretched from western Europe to China, and lasted for decades. This fascinating history lays it all out: Global Crisis: War, Climate Change, & Catastrophe in the Seventeenth Century.
Though it is now relegated to a footnote in history, the Antonine Plague of 165 – 180 A.D. decimated the Mediterranean, Mideast, North African and Eurasian regions, toppling regimes that had endured for ages and very nearly brought the Roman Empire to an inglorious end. Roughly one-fourth of the population died as the novel disease was distributed along Rome’s numerous trade routes, which stretched from Northern Europe to Africa and India.
Western Rome’s eventual decline and fall was also the result of pandemics and climate change as well as the usual suspects of war, political in-fighting, overtaxation and the stranglehold of self-serving elites: The Fate of Rome: Climate, Disease, and the End of an Empire.
Europe’s inhabitants circa 1350 A.D. would have chosen the years 1347 – 1351 as “the worst ever” as the Black Plague took the lives of a third of the population:The Black Death: Natural and Human Disaster in Medieval Europe. The inhabitants of North and South America would have selected the years following 1492 and the arrival of Europeans carrying novel diseases as the worst years ever as the diseases carried away between 50% and 90% of the people who were alive in 1491: 1491: New Revelations of the Americas Before Columbus.
And finally, the worst of the worst, a gigantic volcanic eruption in early 536 AD that changed day into night and summer into winter across Europe, the Middle East, and parts of Asia for more than 18 months. You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history
You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history. Yep, and what about the greatest natural disaster of the 19th century: the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 that caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The Krakatoa eruption of 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered eardrums of sailors 40 miles away – And that’s the story of the loudest sound on Earth
What was the loudest sound in the world? A volcanic eruption produced the most powerful noise worldwide. The sound of the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The loudest noise in history was produced … Continue reading
Declaring 2020 “the worst year ever” reveals much about the psychology of our delusional state of affairs. It reflects an absolutely abysmal grasp of human history and a self-absorbed desire to exaggerate the calamity so the rebound will be gloriously triumphant.
It also embodies our delusional addiction to measuring the well-being of the human populace with financial markets: as long as stocks are hitting new highs, we’re all doing wonderfully.
So party on, because “the worst year ever” is ending and the rebound of financial markets, already the greatest in recorded history, will only become more fabulous.
This article is from Charles hugh Smith, if you liked it you can become one of his Patron via patreon.com or read his new book A Hacker’s Teleology: Sharing the Wealth of Our Shrinking Planet. More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
https://strangesounds.org/2021/01/list-of-worst-years-ever-besides-2020.html
:: 1-4-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch Out For A Massive Wave Of Govt-Sponsored False Flag Terrorism Hitting America Under Joe Biden In 2021 - The Democrats 'War Upon Truth' Is A Dire Warning To Us All
- Another Reason To Prepare To Defend Our Families And Loved Ones
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 4, 2021
Over the past 4+ years, I've been called a 'Russian bot' or a 'Russian disinfo agent' at least 100 times by absolutely clueless Democrats, simply for posting an All News Pipeline or pro-Trump, pro-America story title and link into an online story or video comment section. I'd bet many of you have been called the same thing, or much worse.
With Democrats and the mainstream media screaming 'Russia, Russia, Russia' for the past 4 years about President Trump and his America-1st agenda, they've quite literally 'dumbed down' at least half the country who've actually believed their lies, not to mention all of the RINO's like Mitt Romney who is blasting Republican Senators who are trying to set the 2020 election record straight.
And with the 'Russia, Russia' cry absolutely getting a huge starter-boost from the Washington Post in this November 24th of 2016 story titled "Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say", a story in which they used a very shady website called 'Prop or Not' to push their point, we remind you that 'Prop or Not' had listed 100's of pro-America, anti-globalist websites as 'Russian propaganda', including All News Pipeline, this despite the fact that my family has been here in America for roughly 300 years.
So with the Washington Post itself giving us the perfect reason that Americans can never trust the mainstream media, with them demonizing as 'Russian propaganda' hundreds of pro-Trump, pro-America websites, we should be alarmed by several different news stories that have come out over the past few days. And those stories prove to us should Joe Biden ever make it into the White House, Democrats plan on continuing the globalist agenda of Barack Obama, including 'terrorizing the American people in false flag events while blaming that terror on others' if it helps them to accomplish their political agendas.
First, the full list from the website 'Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue. Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue.
4thmedia.org newswithviews.com
4threvolutionarywar.wordpress.com nowtheendbegins.com
abeldanger.net nsnbc.me
activistpost.com off-guardian.org
ahtribune.com oftwominds.com
allnewspipeline.com oilgeopolitics.net
americanlookout.com opednews.com
americasfreedomfighters.com orientalreview.org
amren.com patriotrising.com
amtvmedia.com paulcraigroberts.org
ancient-code.com platosguns.com
anonews.co pravda.ru
anonhq.com pravdareport.com
antiwar.com prepperwebsite.com
asia-pacificresearch.com presstv.com
assassinationscience.com prisonplanet.com
baltimoregazette.com rbth.com
barenakedislam.com readynutrition.com
beforeitsnews.com redflagnews.com
bignuggetnews.com regated.com
bioprepper.com rense.com
blackagendareport.com righton.com
blacklistednews.com rinf.com
christianfightback.com ronpaulinstitute.org
collective-evolution.com rt.com
conservativedailypost.com rumormillnews.com
consortiumnews.com ruptly.tv
corbettreport.com russia-insider.com
cosmicscientist.com sana.sy
countercurrents.org sentinelblog.com
counterinformation.wordpress.com sgtreport.com
dailyoccupation.com shiftfrequency.com
dailystormer.com shtfplan.com
darkmoon.me silentmajoritypatriots.com
darkpolitricks.com silverdoctors.com
davidstockmanscontracorner.com sott.net
dcclothesline.com southfront.org
dcleaks.com sputniknews.com
defenddemocracy.press stormcloudsgathering.com
dennismichaellynch.com strategic-culture.org
disclose.tv superstation95.com
disclosuremedia.net survivopedia.com
drudgereport.com the-newspapers.com
educate-yourself.org theantimedia.org
educateinspirechange.org thecommonsenseshow.com
endingthefed.com thedailybell.com
endoftheamericandream.com thedailysheeple.com
endtime.com theduran.com
eutimes.net theearthchild.co.za
eutopia.buzz theeconomiccollapseblog.com
ewao.com theeventchronicle.com
eyeopening.info thefederalistpapers.org
fellowshipoftheminds.com thefreethoughtproject.com
filmsforaction.org themindunleashed.org
floridasunpost.com thenewsdoctors.com
foreignpolicyjournal.com therebel.media
fourwinds10.net therussophile.org
freedomoutpost.com thesaker.is
gaia.com thesleuthjournal.com
galacticconnection.com thetruenews.info
gangstergovernment.com thetruthseeker.co.uk
gatesofvienna.net theunhivedmind.com
geopolmonitor.com thirdworldtraveler.com
globalresearch.ca toprightnews.com
godlikeproductions.com trueactivist.com
govtslaves.info trunews.com
greanvillepost.com truth-out.org
guccifer2.wordpress.com truthandaction.org
hangthebankers.com truthdig.com
healthnutnews.com truthfeed.com
henrymakow.com truthkings.com
heresyblog.net ufoholic.com
humansarefree.com undergroundworldnews.com
ihavethetruth.com unz.com
in5d.com usanewshome.com
informationclearinghouse.info usapoliticsnow.com
infowars.com usasupreme.com
intellihub.com usdcrisis.com
intersectionproject.eu usslibertyveterans.org
intrepidreport.com vdare.com
investmentresearchdynamics.com veteransnewsnow.com
investmentwatchblog.com veteranstoday.com
jackpineradicals.com vigilantcitizen.com
jamesrgrangerjr.com viralliberty.com
jewsnews.co.il voltairenet.org
journal-neo.org wakeupthesheep.com
katehon.com wakingtimes.com
kingworldnews.com washingtonsblog.com
lewrockwell.com wearechange.org
libertyblitzkrieg.com weshapelife.org
libertywritersnews.com whatdoesitmean.com
makeamericagreattoday.com whatreallyhappened.com
memoryholeblog.com wikileaks.com
mintpressnews.com wikileaks.org
moonofalabama.org wikispooks.com
nakedcapitalism.com worldnewspolitics.com
naturalblaze.com worldpolitics.us
naturalnews.com www.fort-russ.com
newcoldwar.org yournewswire.com
newstarget.com zerohedge.com
So while some of the websites listed above could possibly be 'Russian propaganda', the fact that they've listed websites such as Wikileaks and Antiwar.com as being 'Russian propaganda,' when they've simply been exposing democrat/deep state crimes, really tells us much that we need to know in 2021. And it hints at a continuing 'war upon independent news' and 'the truth' in 2021.
One of those alarming stories mentioned above that screams of danger ahead comes to us from Skywatch TV who had reported in this December 31st story that Steve Quayle linked to on his website that according to a DOJ lawyer, the US can assassinate its own citizens, without any judicial review, if 'the State' says 'secrets' are involved.
Thus making 'the State' the Judge, Jury and Executioner of totally innocent Americans if 'state secrets' are involved, as we had warned in this December 14th ANP story titled "It's Time To Burn Down The 'House Of Lies' Democrats And Globalists Have Built Up Over Decades - This Is How YOU Can Help 'Fan The Flames Of Freedom' - Let's Make Sure The Traitors To America Pay For Their Crimes!", if those 'secrets' are actually 'crimes' by 'government' against the American people, the American people absolutely have a right to know what those secrets are.
And in fact, 'government public servants' who have allowed and enabled those crimes against the American people to be carried out should absolutely be required to pay for their crimes. Wonder why the globalists/democrats/deep state don't want their 'secrets' getting out to the American people?
Another absolutely alarming story that hints of where we're heading in 2021 comes to us from this new story over at Activist Post which reports one US state is preparing to throw into 'Covid camps' those who may or may not even be sick with the Covid-19 virus, and against their own will, showing just how close America is to becoming a 'medical police state'.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
As Susan Duclos had warned in this January 2nd story on ANP, with liberals in Canada first trying to bring in these 'state-sponsored kidnapping camps', and now liberals in the state of New York attempting to bring to their state the same thing, when does 'government' cross the line between being 'servants to' the people to being 'terrorists of' the people? As we'll explore below, they long ago crossed that line.
With that story also giving every American across the country another good reason to 'arm up now' to protect their families and loved ones from 'state sponsored terror', those who STILL think that government sponsored false flag terrorism is just a 'conspiracy theory' clearly haven't been paying attention.
As proven by history, now-declassified 'Operation Northwoods' gives Americans 100% proof that elements of the US government is more than happy to commit acts of terrorism upon Americans, while lying to us all, if it allows them to accomplish a 'political agenda'. From this Wikipedia entry before we continue.:
Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to both stage and actually commit acts of terrorism against American military and civilian targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba.
The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban immigrants, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes to be shot down or given the appearance of being shot down, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities. The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy. Several other proposals were included within Operation Northwoods, including real or simulated actions against various U.S. military and civilian targets.
The operation recommended developing a "Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington", which involved the bombing of civilian targets themselves, which was to be blamed on the "irresponsible" Cuban government to paint a false image of Fidel Castro and misinform the American public.
Yet quite insanely, despite all of the proof that's now out there, including the undeniable fact that the US government planned on terrorizing Americans, and then 'misinforming' us about exactly WHO was terrorizing us, the 'dumbed down' American masses still largely believe the government lies (as well as the lies of the totally COMPLICIT IN TREASON mainstream media!)
With 'the powers that be' wasting no time attempting to demonize 'truth seekers' by comparing so-called 'conspiracy theorists' to the alleged Nashville, Tennessee bomber who apparently believed 'reptiles' are running the planet Earth, is it so far out of the question to ask if the Nashville 'bombing' was a false flag? In the only video below, Sons of Liberty Media takes a look at that very strong possibility.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Joe_Biden_Democrats_False_Flag_2021.php
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 1--21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The media are lying about Trump's phone call with Raffensperger
By Andrea Widburg
The mainstream media and Georgia's secretary of state, Brad Raffensperger, are utterly disgraceful, dishonest, and manipulative people. Raffensperger released a private phone call that the media immediately claimed — falsely — showed Trump begging Raffensperger to fraudulently find enough votes for Trump to win. In fact, Trump called Raffensperger to get him to stop obstructing the fraud investigation. As Trump explained during the call, evidence proves Trump won Georgia by a massive margin, only to have victory stolen through equally massive fraud. Trump sought to avoid litigation forcing Raffensperger to do his job, which is to make at least a minimal effort to clear away enough fraud to allow Trump his actual and honest victory in Georgia.
Here are just two examples of the media's dishonest claim that Trump was trying to force Raffensperger to commit fraud. As you can see, their premise is that there is no evidence of fraud, so any action on Trump's part to claim victory is itself fraud. Theirs is a deliberate example of circular logic, where their premise and conclusion are the same thing.
Washington Post : "The Washington Post obtained a recording of the conversation in which Trump alternately berated Raffensperger, tried to flatter him, begged him to act and threatened him with vague criminal consequences if the secretary of state refused to pursue his false claims, at one point warning that Raffensperger was taking 'a big risk.'"
CNN: "In excerpts of the stunning one-hour phone call Saturday, Trump lambasted his fellow Republican for refusing to falsely say that he won the election in Georgia and repeatedly touted baseless claims of election fraud." Here's what really happened on the phone call. First, Trump wasn't the only person on the phone. Also present were Mark Meadows, Mike Pompeo, and multiple attorneys. There isn't the slightest chance that they would have allowed Trump to beg Raffensperger for illegal votes or to threaten him.
Second, contrary to what the media implied, Trump was not operating off the premise that he lost Georgia. If that had been the case, it would indeed have been wrong for Trump to beg for Raffensperger to "find" votes for him.
Instead, Trump was operating from the assertion that he won Georgia. He opened the call with a strong recitation of the facts showing massive fraud on Raffensperger's watch. According to Trump's evidence, he didn't lose by 11,780 votes; he won by well over 300,000 votes, including votes for Trump that disappeared and illegal votes for Biden. Here are some of Trump's statements in that regard:
"I think it's pretty clear that we won. We won very substantially in Georgia."
"We have ... anywhere from 250–300,000 ballots were dropped mysteriously into the rolls."
"We think that if you check the signatures — a real check of the signatures going back in Fulton County you'll find at least a couple of hundred thousand of forged signatures. ..."
"[I]n the 50s of thousands ... that's people that went to vote and they were told they can't vote because they've already been voted for."
"It's 4,502 who voted but they weren't on the voter registration roll which they had to be. ..."
"You had 18,325 vacant address voters. The address was vacant and they're not allowed to be counted."
Trump alluded to the faked water main break that allowed Fulton County election workers to count votes for hours after having sent observers home. He noted that the video of that after-hours voting indicated that at "the minimum it was 18,000 ballots, all for Biden."
Trump pointed to 4,925 illegal out-of-state voters, 2,326 absentee ballots from vacant addresses, 5,000 dead people voting, and improperly handled drop boxes. And he brought up the allegations that Georgia is shredding evidence as fast as it can.
The bottom line, as Trump accurately said, is that these infractions were "many, many times the 11,779 margin [sic] that they said we lost by."
Trump hammered over and over that he won the state. No matter how you look at it, he said he won, and he's got the evidence to prove it.
At this point, Mark Meadows stated what Trump's team wanted — and it wasn't to fake votes for Trump. It was, instead, an honest investigation: "What I'm hopeful for is there some way that we can ... find some kind of agreement to look at this a little bit more fully." Thus, Meadows sought an agreement "that we can at least have a discussion to look at some of these allegations to find a path forward that's less litigious."
Raffensperger pushed back, saying he'd already had to deal with lawsuits (ignoring that the courts refused to hear evidence). He also huffed that "we gave our state Senate about one and a half hours of our time going through the election issue by issue and then on the state House, the government affairs committee, we gave them about two and a half hours of our time, going back point by point on all the issues of contention. And then just a few days ago we met with our U.S. congressmen, Republican congressmen, and we gave them about two hours of our time talking about this past election."
Did you get that? The biggest election fraud claim in American history, the president on the phone, massive amounts of evidence, and Raffensperger whines that he's already given up six and a half hours of his time to the issue.
Trump again chimes in to say, "We won the state." In response to Raffensperger's complaint that he sacrificed six and a half hours to the matter, Trump suggests that Raffensperger does not need to invest massive time in investigating all 300,000-plus problematic votes. He just needs to investigate 11,779 to give Trump his rightful victory. For, as Trump says, "Because, what's the difference between winning the election by two votes and winning it by half a million votes? I think I probably did win it by half a million."
When Raffensberger pushes back again, saying his office disproved the cemetery vote contention, Cleta Mitchell, a Trump attorney, makes an important point: Georgia has been withholding records from the White House.
There's more in the conversation (much more, including a debate about the video showing Ruby Freeman repeatedly scanning the same ballots), but you get the gist. Trump won. A lazy, entitled, arrogant, and corrupt Raffensperger won't work with the White House to look for fraud (or prove the absence of fraud). And the corrupt, dissolute, dishonest American media, unless brought to heel, will be the downfall of our constitutional republic.
:: 1-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DC boards up ahead of Georgia run-off and Congress finalizing election result as mayor calls in 340 National Guard troops for 'wild' pro-Trump protests in the city but is told MAGA crowds 'don't torch and loot'
Muriel Bowser urged calm Monday as some 340 troops were activated
Storefronts and office buildings were boarded in downtown Washington D.C.
Road closures were also announced across the capital ahead of Congress' expected vote to affirm President-elect Joe Biden's victory
Bowser put in a request on NYE's for Guard members from January 5 to 7
An official said the D.C. National Guard members will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor
Trump has so far refused to concede while whipping up support for protests
By Lauren Fruen and James Gordon For Dailymail.com
Published: 00:57 EST, 5 January 2021 | Updated: 02:18 EST, 5 January 2021
Bracing for possible violence, businesses in the nation's capital are being boarded up as the National Guard is mobilized ahead of planned protests by President Donald Trump's supporters as Congress meets Wednesday to accept the Electoral College votes.
Trump's supporters are planning to rally Tuesday and Wednesday, seeking to bolster the president's unproven claims of widespread voter fraud. '
'There are people intent on coming to our city armed,' D.C. Acting Police Chief Robert Contee said on Monday.
'We have received some information that there are individuals intent on bringing firearms into our city and that just will not be tolerated,' he said adding that anyone found doing so or provoking violence would be arrested.
Thousands of Trump supporters, including some far-right nationalist groups that openly carry arms at protests elsewhere, are expected to converge on the U.S. capital starting on Tuesday to oppose Congress' certification the next day of the Republican president's November 3rd election loss to Democrat Joe Biden.
Contee said the protests could be bigger than November and December rallies marred by stabbings and brawls as hundreds of Proud Boys, a group of self-described 'Western chauvinists,' and other Trump loyalists clashed with counter-protesters, and sought fights with antifa, or anti-fascists, and Black Lives Matter activists.
A pro-Trump rally in December ended in violence as hundreds of Trump supporters, wearing the signature black and yellow of the Proud Boys faction, sought out confrontations with a collective of local activists attempting to bar them from Black Lives Matter Plaza, an area near the White House.
On Monday, Metropolitan Police Department officers arrested the leader of the Proud Boys, Henry 'Enrique' Tarrio, 36, after he arrived in Washington ahead of this week's protests. Tarrio was accused of burning a Black Lives Matter banner that was torn down from a historic Black church in downtown Washington during the December protests.
A warrant had been issued for Tarrio's arrest for destruction of property, police said. He was also facing a weapons charges after officers found him with two high-capacity firearm magazines when he was arrested, a police spokesman said.
The president announced last month that he would be attending the 'wild' protest tweetin: 'Statistically impossible to have lost the 2020 Election. Big protest in D.C. on January 6th. Be there, will be wild!'
Trump has repeatedly encouraged this week's protests and hinted that he may get personally involved. Over the weekend, he retweeted a promotion for the rally with the message, 'I will be there. Historic Day!'
At a November rally, which drew about 15,000 people, Trump staged a limousine drive-by past cheering crowds in Freedom Plaza, on the city's iconic Pennsylvania Avenue. And at the December rally, which drew smaller numbers but a larger contingent of Proud Boys, Trump's helicopter flew low over cheering crowds on the National Mall. The protests coincide with Wednesday's congressional vote expected to certify the Electoral College results, which Trump continues to dispute, falsely claiming that Biden won the election through massive vote-rigging.
Election officials from both political parties, governors in key battleground states and Trump's former attorney general, William Barr, have said there was no widespread fraud in the election. Nearly all the legal challenges from Trump and his allies have been dismissed by judges, including two rejected by the Supreme Court.
Congress is constitutionally mandated to certify the presidential election results on Wednesday, in what would normally be a formality overseen by Vice President Mike Pence.
But at least 12 Republican senators and some 140 Republican House of Representatives members pledged to vote against certification of Biden's win, citing Trump's election fraud allegations. Their move will not change the outcome, D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser, a Democrat, told the news conference. 'Our Constitution will endure. Joe Biden and Kamala Harris will be the president and the vice president of the United States' when they are inaugurated on January 20.
Now with downtown D.C. businesses boarding up their windows, Mayor Muriel Bowser has requested a limited National Guard deployment to help bolster the Metropolitan Police Department.
Bowser urged residents to stay out of the city center, where boards hung during racial justice rallies last summer still cover office, restaurant and hotel windows.
During a press conference on Monday, Bowser asked that local area residents stay away from downtown D.C., and avoid confrontations with anyone who is 'looking for a fight.' But, she warned, 'we will not allow people to incite violence, intimidate our residents or cause destruction in our city.'
According to a U.S. defense official, Bowser put in a request on New Year's Eve to have Guard members on the streets from Tuesday to Thursday to help with the protests.
Mike Davis, a former law clerk to Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch, said that Trump supporters were not the ones to riot and loot.
'@realDonaldTrump supporters weren’t the ones rioting, looting big-screen TVs from Best Buy, tearing down Lincoln statues, torching churches, throwing rocks at police, and beating up innocent bystanders. Those were #BLM, #antifa, & other @JoeBiden supporters', Davis tweeted. Her request was approved by Acting Secretary of Defense Chris Miller it was reported Monday.
The official said the additional forces will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor. Congress is meeting this week to certify the Electoral College results, and Trump has refused to concede while whipping up support for protests.
Some 340 D.C. National Guard members will be activated, with about 115 on duty in the streets at any given time, said the defense official, who provided details on condition of anonymity to discuss internal deliberations.
The official said Guard members will be used to set up traffic control points around the city and to stand with district police officers at all the city's Metro stops. Contee said Guard troops will also be used for some crowd management.
'Some of our intelligence certainly suggests there will be increased crowd sizes,' said Contee.
D.C. police have posted signs throughout downtown warning that carrying any sort of firearm is illegal and Contee asked area residents to warn authorities of anyone who might be armed. Because D.C. does not have a governor, the designated commander of the city's National Guard is Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy. Any D.C. requests for Guard deployments have to be approved by him.
The defense official said that there will be no active duty military troops in the city, and the U.S. military will not be providing any aircraft or intelligence.
The D.C. Guard will provide specialized teams that will be prepared to respond to any chemical or biological incident. But the official said there will be no D.C. Guard members on the National Mall or at the U.S. Capitol.
At previous pro-Trump protests, police have sealed off Black Lives Matter Plaza itself, but the confrontations merely spilled out to the surrounding streets. Contee on Monday said sealing the area again was 'a very real possibility' but said that decision would depend on the circumstances.
'We know that historically over the last few demonstrations that BLM plaza has been a focal point,' Contee said. 'We want to make sure that that is not an issue.'
The National Park Service has received three separate applications for pro-Trump protests on Tuesday or Wednesday, with estimated maximum attendance at around 15,000 people, said Park Service spokesman Mike Litterst. On Monday, a stage was being assembled for one of the protests on The Ellipse, just south of the White House. Organizers plan to rally on Tuesday evening at Freedom Plaza and again all day Wednesday on the Ellipse, including a 1pm Wednesday march to the Capitol.
Expected attendees include high-level Trump supporters like Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton and Republican strategist Roger Stone, a longtime Trump devotee whose three-year prison sentence was commuted by Trump.
Stone was convicted of repeatedly lying to Congress during the investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election.
During the December 12 pro-Trump protests, at least two local Black churches had Black Lives Matter banners torn down and set ablaze. Contee said the hate-crimes investigation into those incidents was still ongoing and that his officers would be out in force around area churches to prevent similar incidents.
'We will be increasing our visibility around the churches in the area,' he said.
On Monday the Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under the Law filed a lawsuit in D.C. Superior Court against the Proud Boys and Tarrio on behalf on one of the vandalized churches, Metropolitan African Methodist Episcopal Church.
'We will not allow white supremacist violence to go unchecked by the laws of the land,' Rev. William H Lamar IV, pastor of Metropolitan AME, said in a statement.
:: 1-4-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Watch Live: Official CDC Death Count Numbers Are In – There Was No Pandemic In 2020
War Room
January 4th 2021, 3:00 pm
The Calm Before The Storm: Washington DC Braces For More Than 3 Million People Invading The Swamp
Are you heading to DC? Or are you already there? This week is a historic event in the US that hasn’t been experienced since 1776:
:: 1-4-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
VIDEO: ANTIFA Hoodlums Being Bussed-In against MAGA Rally - With POLICE ESCORTS!
Nation News Desk 04 January 2021 Hits: 35425
We now have the video! If there was ever any doubt about who it has been arranging for ANTIFA to engage in the RIOTS throughout the country this past year, the ARSON ATTACKS, this past year, the BEATINGS, SHOOTINGS, and KILLINGS in cities all over the nation - let those doubts be dispelled right now: It has been GOVERNMENT that has been using ANTIFA the whole time!
They got caught providing POLICE ESCORTS to more buses bringing-in loads of ANTIFA to attack a MAGA Rally in Minnesota last month, and we have the video proof the government has done this!
Below is video from a MAGA rally in Minnesota last month. In it you will see a number of small, white colored commuter-style busses, bringing in groups of ANTIFA militants to attack the MAGA rally later this week. And what else does the video show? Marked and unmarked MINNESOTA STATE POLICE VEHICLES ESCORTING THE ANTIFA BUSES! Yes, you just witnessed it with your own eyes. POLICE CARS escorting bus loads of ANTIFA militants, to cause havoc at the MAGA Rallies.
Government escorting the people who rioted, looted, committed arson attacks.
Government escorting the very people who have done beatings, stabbings, shootings and killings in cities all over this country for the past ten months or so!
Our own public servants, the people WE PAY, are bringing in rioters to attack us!
Those of you heading to Washington, DC this week should be aware that busloads of ANTIFA are also being sent to DC. We are endeavoring to get video and other info about these buses and where they've come from.
I'm looking into who, inside which government agency, did this. When I find out, I will report who they are and everything else I can find out about them.
:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BREAKING: Patriot Jovan Pulitzer’s Team Is Being Shot At! – After They Were Given Directive to Identify Fraudulent Ballots in Fulton County
By Joe Hoft Published January 4, 2021 at 8:50am 1870 Comments
Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to save America. Now they are being shot at.
Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to determine the validity of millions of ballots in a day. He spoke last week in Georgia and offered to review the absentee ballots in Fulton county for free. He said he could go through the 500,000 or so absentee ballots in the Atlanta based county in a couple hours and determine which ones are valid and which ones are frauds. Pulitzer could save the union. With his approach, he can audit millions of ballots in a short period of time and have all the swing state votes forensically reviewed in a matter of days. We pointed out nearly a month ago that Pulitzer’s method for reviewing ballots is the answer to address the horrendous fraud in this year’s election. Late last Wednesday, the Georgia Senate passed a motion to have Pulitzer and his team go through the ballots there.
campaign=dailyam&ff_content=daily
:: 1-4-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
UNDER SIEGE Iran Revolutionary Guards ‘seize South Korean-flagged tanker in Persian Gulf on route to UAE’
Mark Hodge 4 Jan 2021, 12:13Updated: 5 Jan 2021, 0:54
IRAN's Revolutionary Guards have seized a South Korean-flagged tanker in the Persian Gulf, it has been reported.
The MT Hankuk Chemi was reportedly stopped by Iranian authorities over alleged “oil pollution”, the Tehran-backed Fars News agency reports. It was reportedly en route to UAE from Saudi Arabia when it was stopped.
Pictures have emerged showing Iranian navy boats escorting the huge tanker in the Strait of Hormuz.
In a statement by Iran's Revolutionary Guards Corp (IRGC) Navy, the tanker was reported to be carrying 7,200 tonnes of ethanol, which is now being held in Iran's port city of Bandar Abbas, Iranian news site, Press TV reports.
It also stated that the tanker's crew, made up of mostly South Koreans and others from Vietnam, Indonesia and Myanmar have now been detained.
The case will be handed over to Iranian judicial officials to investigate after the ship is said to have violated maritime environmental laws, according to reports.
Dryad Global, a maritime security monitoring and advisory firm, said the South Korean ship Hankuk Chemi 'diverted from her course northwards into Iranian territorial waters while inbound to Fujairah (in the UAE) from (the Saudi city of) Al Jubail.'
Satellite data from MarineTraffic.com showed the ship off the Iranian port of Bandar Abbas today.
In 2019, Iran seized several foreign tankers in the Strait as tensions with the West reached boiling point.
Today's capture comes one day after the first anniversary of the death of Iran's General Qasem Soleimani.
The military leader was killed by a US drone strike in Iraq on January 3 last year. And in the final days of Donald Trump's presidency, relations between Washington and Tehran have continued to soar.
On New Year's Eve, Iran’s foreign minister Javad Zarif accused the US of trying to set up a "pretext for war" after it stepped up military deployments in the region.
Yesterday, the Pentagon reversed a decision to bring aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Gulf. Washington said the move was due to "recent threats" by Tehran.
Meanwhile, Iran today said it had resumed 20 per cent uranium enrichment at an underground nuclear facility. The move breaches the 2015 agreement - known as the Iran nuclear deal - with major western powers.
Tehran started violating the accord in 2019 in response to Trump's withdrawal from the pact in 2018 and the reimposition of US sanctions that had been lifted under the deal.
President-elect Joe Biden, who takes office on January 20, has indicated that the US rejoin the agreement.
https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/13642921/iran-seize-tanker-south-korea-gulf/
:: 12-30-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hal Lindsey Report: 12/30/2016
Low Resolution Flash Video -
https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-12302016/513/
:: 1-4-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Saudi Arabia to lift Qatar embargo, open airspace and border
Step toward ending diplomatic crisis between US allies paves way for Qatari ruler to attend Saudi-hosted Gulf nations summit later this week
By Agencies 4 January 2021, 9:52 pm
Kuwait’s foreign ministry announced Monday that Saudi Arabia will open its air and land borders with Qatar in the first steps toward ending a diplomatic crisis that has deeply divided regional US allies since 2017.
The state-run Kuwait News Agency reported the announcement, saying that Saudi Arabia would open its borders with Qatar starting Monday evening. Qatar’s only land border has been mostly closed since mid-2017, when Saudi Arabia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain launched a blockade against the tiny Gulf state, accusing it of supporting Islamist groups in the region and of having warm ties with Iran. The border has opened just briefly during the past three years to allow Qataris into Saudi Arabia to perform the Islamic hajj pilgrimage. Kuwait has been mediating between Qatar and the four Arab states. On Monday, Kuwait’s Foreign Minister Ahmad Nasser al-Mohammad Al Sabah reportedly traveled to Qatar to deliver a message to Qatar’s ruling emir, Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani.
The lifting of the embargo by Saudi Arabia paves the way for Qatar’s ruler to attend a summit of Gulf leaders Tuesday that will be held in the kingdom’s desert city of Al-Ula. The summit would traditionally be chaired by the Saudi monarch, King Salman, though his son and heir, the crown prince, may instead lead the meeting.
Kuwait’s foreign minister said in a statement carried on state TV that the Kuwaiti emir had spoken with Qatar’s emir and Saudi Arabia’s crown prince. The conversations “emphasized that everyone was keen on reunification,” and would gather in Al-Ula to sign a statement that promises to “usher in a bright page of brotherly relations.”
The Gulf Cooperation Council summit will be “inclusive,” leading toward “reunification and solidarity in facing the challenges of our region,” Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman was quoted as saying in remarks carried by the Saudi state-run news agency.
The decision by the close US allies comes in the final days of the Trump administration’s time in office. Trump’s adviser and son-in-law, Jared Kushner, visited Saudi Arabia and Qatar in early December in a final attempt to secure a diplomatic breakthrough.
Kushner is set to attend the signing ceremony at the Gulf summit in Al-Ula following his shuttle diplomacy, a US official said Monday.
“We’ve had a breakthrough in the Gulf Cooperation Council rift,” the official said on condition of anonymity, confirming an announcement from Kuwait.
The six-nation Gulf Cooperation Council and Egypt “will be coming together to sign an agreement that will end the blockade and put an end to the Qatari lawsuits,” the official said.
Kushner previously contributed to the US-brokered recognition of Israel by four Arab states led by the United Arab Emirates.
The decision to end the Saudi blockade of Qatar also comes just ahead of US President-elect Joe Biden’s swearing-in. Saudi Arabia may be seeking to clear contentious files that could prove stumbling blocs to building warm ties with the Biden administration, which is expected to take a firmer stance toward the kingdom’s policies than Trump’s four years in office.
There was no immediate comment by the UAE, Egypt or Bahrain on the announcement. However, in recent days Emirati and Egyptian statements have been made welcoming Saudi efforts to resolving the dispute.
https://www.timesofisrael.com/saudi-arabia-to-lift-qatar-embargo-open-airspace-and-border/
:: 1-4-21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Over 42.6M abortions conducted in 2020, surpassing world's leading causes of death
By Ryan Foley, Christian Post Reporter
Over 42 million abortions occurred in 2020, far surpassing the totals of people who perished as a result of the world’s leading causes of death.
According to data compiled by the Worldometer, a reference website that monitors statistics on health, the global population, the use of resources and deaths in real-time, over 40 million abortions are performed worldwide annually.
The website tabulates statistics on abortion made available from the World Health Organization. The last available snapshot of the Worldometer as it appeared on New Year’s Eve, captured by the internet archive tool The Wayback Machine, reveals that more than 42.6 million abortions were performed worldwide in 2020.
By comparison, communicable diseases killed more than 13 million people worldwide in 2020. About 8.2 million people worldwide lost their lives to cancer while nearly 5.1 million people and 2.5 million people succumbed to death as a result of smoking and alcohol, respectively.
According to Johns Hopkins University, more than 1.8 million people worldwide died of coronavirus in 2020.
Other leading causes of death in 2020 included road traffic accident fatalities, of which there were nearly 1.4 million. Additionally, suicides are responsible for nearly 1.1 million deaths across the globe.
The total number of deaths worldwide in 2020, excluding abortions, was nearly 59 million.
But if abortions were counted as a cause of death rather than just another health statistic, the global death toll in 2020 would increase to more than 100 million.
The number of pregnancies terminated worldwide in 2020 is greater than the total number of people that succumbed to all other leading causes of death listed. In this accessible read, Richard Simmons offers valuable insights for those grappling with life's biggest questions.
In the end, it is important to know whether God exists or whether He does not. There is no third option. This book seeks to determine which of these beliefs is true and which one is not.
The year 2020 is not the first where the total number of abortions has surpassed the totals of people who died from the leading causes of death.
As previously reported, Worldometer reported that there were about 42.4 million abortions that occurred in 2019 While abortion is the leading cause of death worldwide, it has also been the leading cause of death in the United States in recent years.
According to the pro-abortion Guttmacher Institute, 862,320 abortions were performed in the U.S. in 2017. That same year, heart disease which is frequently cited as the leading cause of death in the U.S., took the lives of 647,457 Americans, according to the Centers for Disease Control.
In 2017, the total number of deaths in the United States, excluding abortions, was 2,813,503.
Already in 2021, Worldometer shows that there have been over 435,000 abortions since the beginning of the new year worldwide as of Monday evening.
As abortion remained the leading cause of death worldwide in 2020, countries across the world elected to take drastically different public policy approaches regarding the polarizing issue.
Last week, Argentina’s legislature passed a bill allowing elective abortions to take place during the first 14 weeks of pregnancy. Previously, the South American country only allowed abortions if a woman was raped or if her life was in jeopardy as a result of the pregnancy.
In October 2020, Poland’s Constitutional Tribunal, the country’s equivalent of a supreme court, ruled that a law permitting abortions based on fetal defects violated the country’s constitution. The ruling had the effect of making abortions legal in Poland only in cases of rape or incest or if the mother’s life or health were at risk.
A survey conducted last year by Ipsos found that support for abortion has dropped in most countries worldwide since Ipsos first began tracking the world’s attitudes about abortion in 2014. Worldwide, the support for abortion dropped from 72% in 2014 to 70% in 2020.
The strongest decline in support for abortion was recorded in Germany, where support decreased by 9%. Other countries where support for abortion dropped in that time period included Sweden, France, the United Kingdom and Spain. While Belgium, Australia, Canada and Argentina saw support for abortion increase from 2014 to 2020, no country saw as pronounced an increase as South Korea, where support rose by 20%.
https://www.christianpost.com/news/m-babies-aborted-in-2020-surpassing-leading-causes-of-death.html
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
:: 1-4-21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iran starts 20% uranium enrichment, seizes South Korean ship
By JON GAMBRELL and ISABEL DEBREtoday
DUBAI, United Arab Emirates (AP) — Iran began enriching uranium Monday to levels unseen since its 2015 nuclear deal with world powers and also seized a South Korean-flagged tanker near the crucial Strait of Hormuz, a double-barreled challenge to the West that further raised Mideast tensions.
Both decisions appeared aimed at increasing Tehran’s leverage in the waning days in office for President Donald Trump, whose unilateral withdrawal from the atomic accord in 2018 began a series of escalating incidents.
Increasing enrichment at its underground Fordo facility puts Tehran a technical step away from weapons-grade levels of 90%, while also pressuring President-elect Joe Biden to quickly negotiate. Iran’s seizure of the MT Hankuk Chemi comes as a South Korean diplomat was due to travel to the Islamic Republic to discuss the release of billions of dollars in Iranian assets frozen in Seoul.
Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif seemed to acknowledge Tehran’s interest in leveraging the situation in a tweet about its nuclear enrichment.
“Our measures are fully reversible upon FULL compliance by ALL,” he wrote.
At Fordo, Iranian nuclear scientists under the watch of International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors loaded centrifuges with over 130 kilograms (285 pounds) of low-enriched uranium to be spun up to 20%, said Kazem Gharibabadi, Iran’s permanent representative to the U.N. atomic agency.
The IAEA later described the Fordo setup as three sets of two interconnected cascades, comprised of 1,044 IR-1 centrifuges — Iran’s first-generation centrifuges. A cascade is a group of centrifuges working together to more quickly enrich uranium.
Iranian state television quoted government spokesman Ali Rabiei as saying that President Hassan Rouhani had given the order to begin the production. It came after its parliament passed a bill, later approved by a constitutional watchdog, aimed at increasing enrichment to pressure Europe into providing sanctions relief.
The U.S. State Department criticized Iran’s move as a “clear attempt to increase its campaign of nuclear extortion.”
Iran informed the IAEA of its plans to increase enrichment to 20% last week.
Iran’s decision to begin enriching to 20% purity a decade ago nearly triggered an Israeli strike targeting its nuclear facilities, tensions that only abated with the 2015 atomic deal, which saw Iran limit its enrichment in exchange for the lifting of economic sanctions.
A resumption of 20% enrichment could see that brinksmanship return. Already, a November attack that Tehran blames on Israel killed an Iranian scientist who founded the country’s military nuclear program two decades earlier. From Israel, which has its own undeclared nuclear weapons program, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu criticized Iran’s enrichment decision, saying it “cannot be explained in any way other than the continuation of realizing its goal to develop a military nuclear program.”
“Israel will not allow Iran to manufacture a nuclear weapon,” he added.
Tehran has long maintained its nuclear program is peaceful. The State Department says that as late as last year, it “continued to assess that Iran is not currently engaged in key activities associated with the design and development of a nuclear weapon.” That mirrors previous reports by U.S. intelligence agencies and the IAEA, though experts warn that Iran currently has enough low-enriched uranium for at least two nuclear weapons if it chose to pursue them.
Meanwhile, Iran’s paramilitary Revolutionary Guard seized the MT Hankuk Chemi, with photos later released showing its vessels alongside the tanker. Satellite data from MarineTraffic.com showed the tanker off the Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas on Monday.
The ship had been traveling from a petrochemicals facility in Jubail, Saudi Arabia, to Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates. The vessel carries a chemical shipment including methanol, according to data-analysis firm Refinitiv.
Full Coverage: Iran
Iran alleged it seized the vessel over it allegedly polluting the Persian Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz, the gulf’s narrow mouth through which 20% of the world’s oil passes.
Calls to the ship’s listed owner, DM Shipping Co. Ltd. of Busan, South Korea, were not answered after business hours Monday. The South Korean news agency Yonhap quoted an anonymous company official denying the Iranian claim the ship polluted the water.
The captain “asked why we have to go and be examined and did not get any answer,” Yonhap quoted the official as saying.
In past months Iran has sought to escalate pressure on South Korea to unlock some $7 billion in frozen assets from oil sales earned before the Trump administration tightened sanctions on the country’s oil exports.
The head of Iran’s central bank recently announced that the country was seeking to use funds tied up in a South Korean bank to purchase coronavirus vaccines through COVAX, an international program designed to distribute COVID-19 vaccines to participating countries.
South Korea’s Foreign Ministry demanded the ship’s release, saying in a statement that its crew was safe. The crew included sailors from Indonesia, Myanmar, South Korea and Vietnam, according to the Guard. South Korea’s Defense Ministry said it also was sending its anti-piracy unit near the Strait of Hormuz, which is a 4,400-ton-class destroyer with about 300 troops.
The State Department called for the tanker’s immediate release, accusing Iran of threatening “navigational rights and freedoms” in the Persian Gulf in order to “extort the international community into relieving the pressure of sanctions.”
Last year, Iran similarly seized a British-flagged oil tanker and held it for months after one of its tankers was held off Gibraltar.
The incidents coincide with the anniversary of the U.S. drone strike killing Guard Gen. Qassem Soleimani in Baghdad. Iran responded by launching ballistic missiles at U.S. bases in Iraq, injuring dozens of U.S. troops. Tehran also accidentally shot down a Ukrainian passenger jet that night, killing all 176 people on board.
As the anniversary approached and fears grew of possible Iranian retaliation, the U.S. dispatched B-52 bombers over the region and ordered a nuclear-powered submarine into the Persian Gulf.
Acting U.S. Defense Secretary Christopher Miller said late Sunday that he changed his mind about sending the aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Middle East and instead will keep the vessel on duty. He cited Iranian threats against Trump and other U.S. government officials as the reason for the redeployment, without elaborating.
Last week, sailors discovered a limpet mine stuck on a tanker in the Persian Gulf off Iraq near the Iranian border as it prepared to transfer fuel to another tanker owned by a company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. No one has claimed responsibility for the mining, though it comes after similar attacks in 2019 near the Strait of Hormuz that the U.S. Navy blamed on Iran. Tehran denied involvement.
Associated Press writers Tia Goldenberg in Tel Aviv, Israel, Hyung-jin Kim in Seoul, and Robert Burns and Matthew Lee in Washington contributed to this report.
https://apnews.com/article/iran-uranium-enrichment-20-percent-ab0930064c446114506b8d085941cf84
[:: 3-31-19 am service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.
:: 1-4-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democratic Rep. Ends House Prayer with 'Amen and Awoman,' Sparking Debate
Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, January 4, 2021
A Democratic representative’s prayer that ended with the phrase “amen and awoman” in the U.S. House of Representatives Sunday launched a debate about political correctness, gender and religion. U.S. Rep. Emanuel Cleaver (D-Mo.), who also is a United Methodist minister, delivered the prayer before the House Sunday and capped it with a nontraditional phrase.
Typically, ministers end their prayers by saying “amen” – a Hebrew word that means “so be it” or “it is so.” Cleaver, though, made a statement about gender. He also delivered a pluralistic prayer that acknowledged other religions.
“Bless us, and keep us,” Cleaver prayed. “May the Lord make his face to shine upon us and be gracious unto us. May the Lord lift up the light of his continents upon us and give us peace – peace in our families, peace across this land, and there I ask, oh Lord, peace even in this chamber. Now, and evermore.
“We ask it in the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma, and God known by many names by many different things. Amen and awoman,” he concluded. Cleaver formerly served as pastor of St. James United Methodist Church in Kansas City, Mo.
The phrase sparked a debate on social media.
“‘Amen’ derives from the Hebrew אָמֵן, and it means something like ‘it’s true.’ It has nothing to do with gender,” tweeted Denny Burk, director of the Center for Gospel and Culture at Boyce College in Louisville, Ky.
“The opening prayer just ended with ‘amen and a woman.’ It has absolutely nothing to do with gender. It is Latin for so be it. This is Political Correctness gone way off the rails,” tweeted Rep. Tim Burchett (R-Tenn.). “‘Amen and Awomen?’; Our country has gone crazy. This is NOT a gender-neutral issue. How dumb is this?” CBN’s David Brody tweeted.
:: 1-4-21 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Michael Brown: Congress Has Officially Gone Gender Crazy
4:00PM EST 1/4/2021 Michael Brown
In case you haven't heard, House Democrats want to remove all gendered language from their legislation, while the prayer to open the 117th Congress ended with, "Amen and a-woman." I kid you not. Who would make up something so insane?
Let's start with the P.C. prayer, which has to be seen to be believed. It is offered in "the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma and 'god' known by many names by many different faiths." And it concludes with, "Amen and a-woman," as if the "men" of "amen" was somehow a gendered term.
How patriarchal and bigoted to use the "men" word in prayer.
Of course, "amen" comes from the common Semitic root '-m-n, with the word itself meaning, "So be it." And it is used in Jewish, Christian and Islamic liturgy, being found in Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Arabic (along with English and many other languages).
But who said being P.C. had anything to do with truth or reality? To the contrary, it is quite often based on the denial of reality, or, in this case, complete ignorance of a common word.
Following the logic of this prayer, we would have to learn new phrases like, "making awomends," since "making amends" contains the dreaded m- word. Or, we would have to learn to be "awomenable," lest we allow a male-dominated word like "amenable" to remain on the books. Go ahead; make up your own list of words containing "men."
This Is Madness Not to be outdone, though, House Democrats have revealed their new, "future-focused" rules, which include the following: "In clause 8(c)(3) of rule XXIII, gendered terms, such as 'father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandson, or granddaughter' will be removed.
"In their place, terms such as 'parent, child, sibling, parent's sibling, first cousin, sibling's child, spouse, parent-in-law, child-in-law, sibling-in-law, stepparent, stepchild, stepsibling, half-sibling, or grandchild' will be used, instead."
So, this is what the future looks like? This is what it means to be inclusive?
A particular highlight of the new rules is this: "The Office of the Whistleblower Ombudsman, for instance, is renamed in the rules to the 'Office of the Whistleblower Ombuds.'"
How can you not love this? How creative! How futuristic! How absurd!
The best response was that of the House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy, who tweeted, Well Said, Stupid It Is For others, however, these were bold and commendable reforms.
As expressed by Rep. Ilhan Omar (with reference to the entire rules package, in particular, with regard to Medicare), "End of Nov, the Progressive Caucus decided on a set of progressive rules reform priorities: Paygo reform and MTR reform ranked high on that list.
"So grateful to Chairman @RepMcGovern for helping us secure these reforms and setting the stage for us to push for bolder agenda."
But as easy as it is to poke fun at this ridiculous proposal, it is highly significant when one of our major government institutions wants to remove all gendered language. As the saying goes, this does not end well.
Looking to Canada as a case in point, the Religious Tolerance website reported that "The Ontario Court of Appeals issued a decision on 2003-JUN-10 requiring the province of Ontario to provide marriage licenses to, and to register the marriages of, same-sex couples. However 73 pieces of existing legislation in the province violated this court ruling by referring to wife, husband, widow, widower and similar sex-related terms. In order to bring the legislation in synchronism with the court decision which legalized SSM [same-sex marriage], each of these laws had to be amended to include gender-neutral language."
You might say, "So what's the big deal? This is just technical, legal language. It hardly affects the person on the street."
Not so. This reflects both a mindset and a legal logic, and these things reflect where a culture is headed.
Consequently, these things do trickle down, especially in the wake of the wave of transgender activism, where the war on gender-specific language becomes more pitched.
That's why, in 2016, Canada passed Bill C-16, which critics claim was all about compelled speech, specifically with regard to charges of hate speech for failure to comply with transgender preferences.
The most famous critic was professor Jordan Peterson, who rose to international fame when he said in an October 2016 interview, "If they fine me, I won't pay it. If they put me in jail, I'll go on a hunger strike. I'm not doing this. I'm not using the words that other people require me to use. Especially if they're made up by radical left-wing ideologues."
Having studied the methods of totalitarian regimes for years, Peterson drew the line when it came to compelled speech. He knew all that it implied.
As to where this kind of legislation can go, in 2019, I spoke face to face with a Canadian man involved in a legal dispute over his daughter's desire to transition to male. Not only did the court rule that he could not interfere with her getting hormone treatments, but he was forbidden to call his own daughter by her given, female name or to use female pronouns with reference to her, even in private, under penalty of immediate arrest.
And we have recently documented the new "hate speech" laws in Norway.
So, as laughable as the "a-woman" prayer might be, and as absurd as the House's "gender-inclusive" rules might be, we should take both with complete seriousness and say, "Not on my watch."
We can be compassionate to people in their struggles without engaging in gender madness.
:: 1-4-21 Yahoo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump reportedly giving Presidential Medal of Freedom to GOP allies Devin Nunes, Jim Jordan
Peter Weber
Mon, January 4, 2021, 5:51 AM EST
President Trump is expected to give the Presidential Medal of Freedom to Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) on Monday, followed a week later by Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), Axios and The Washington Post reported Sunday evening. Trump "is using his final days in the White House in part to reward friends and allies with pardons and other decorations," the Post notes, and Nunes and Jordan are two of Trump's closest allies in Congress.
Jordan was a vocal and passionate defender of Trump during his impeachment hearings, and Nunes was one of the president's biggest allies in his effort to undermine the Justice Department's investigations of Russian interference in the 2016 election. Trump cited Nunes' "bravery" in the Russia imbroglio when suggesting to Fox & Friends in 2018 that he might give Nunes the "very important" Medal of Freedom, after first calling it the Medal of Honor, the Post reports. The Medal of Honor is a military decoration while the Medal of Freedom is the nation's highest civilian honor, though Trump has bestowed that honor on some controversial recipients.
https://www.yahoo.com/news/trump-reportedly-giving-presidential-medal-105127209.html
:: 1-4-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Berates Senate Republicans Who Won't Back Election Challenge
Monday, 04 January 2021 01:04 PM
President Donald Trump on Monday pounced on Senate Republicans who won’t back challenges to Joe Biden’s election victory.
In a Monday tweet, the president joined a fight that has split the GOP ahead of a joint session of Congress on Wednesday to certify the White House winner.
“The ‘Surrender Caucus’ within the Republican Party will go down in infamy as weak and ineffective ‘guardians’ of our Nation, who were willing to accept the certification of fraudulent presidential numbers!” Trump tweeted.
Trump has insisted voter fraud was responsible for his Nov. 3 election defeat, but his challenges in the courts have been unsuccessful, and former Attorney General William Barr said in early December that an investigation hadn’t yet found evidence of fraud. Barr later resigned.
In a separate Monday tweet, Trump singled out Sen. Tom Cotton, R-Ark., who Sunday declined to join 12 Trump allies in the Senate — and over 100 in the House — who’ve said they’ll challenge certification of Biden’s win despite GOP leaders’ pleas not to do so.
“How can you certify an election when the numbers being certified are verifiably WRONG. You will see the real numbers tonight during my speech, but especially on JANUARY 6th. @SenTomCotton Republicans have pluses & minuses, but one thing is sure, THEY NEVER FORGET!,” Trump tweeted.
Other GOP lawmakers traded accusations over the weekend, with some repudiating their colleagues’ Jan. 6 plans as dangerous to democracy.
“I think it’s a very, very bad idea,” Sen. Ben Sasse, R-Neb., said, The Wall Street Journal reported. “I mean, I’m concerned about the division in America, that’s the biggest issue, but obviously this is not healthy for the Republican Party either.”
But on Sunday, Sen. Ron Johnson, R-Wis., said the move wasn’t an attempt to thwart the democratic process, but one “to protect it.”
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-electoral-college-senate-republicans/2021/01/04/id/1004149/
:: 6-25-18 The Intercept :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Wiretap Rooms
The NSA’s Hidden Spy Hubs in Eight U.S. Cities
Ryan Gallagher, Henrik Moltke June 25 2018, 8:00 a.m.
The secrets are hidden behind fortified walls in cities across the United States, inside towering, windowless skyscrapers and fortress-like concrete structures that were built to withstand earthquakes and even nuclear attack. Thousands of people pass by the buildings each day and rarely give them a second glance, because their function is not publicly known. They are an integral part of one of the world’s largest telecommunications networks – and they are also linked to a controversial National Security Agency surveillance program.
Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C. In each of these cities, The Intercept has identified an AT&T facility containing networking equipment that transports large quantities of internet traffic across the United States and the world. A body of evidence – including classified NSA documents, public records, and interviews with several former AT&T employees – indicates that the buildings are central to an NSA spying initiative that has for years monitored billions of emails, phone calls, and online chats passing across U.S. territory.
The NSA considers AT&T to be one of its most trusted partners and has lauded the company’s “extreme willingness to help.” It is a collaboration that dates back decades. Little known, however, is that its scope is not restricted to AT&T’s customers. According to the NSA’s documents, it values AT&T not only because it “has access to information that transits the nation,” but also because it maintains unique relationships with other phone and internet providers. The NSA exploits these relationships for surveillance purposes, commandeering AT&T’s massive infrastructure and using it as a platform to covertly tap into communications processed by other companies.
Much has previously been reported about the NSA’s surveillance programs. But few details have been disclosed about the physical infrastructure that enables the spying. Last year, The Intercept highlighted a likely NSA facility in New York City’s Lower Manhattan. Now, we are revealing for the first time a series of other buildings across the U.S. that appear to serve a similar function, as critical parts of one of the world’s most powerful electronic eavesdropping systems, hidden in plain sight.
“It’s eye-opening and ominous the extent to which this is happening right here on American soil,” said Elizabeth Goitein, co-director of the Liberty and National Security Program at the Brennan Center for Justice. “It puts a face on surveillance that we could never think of before in terms of actual buildings and actual facilities in our own cities, in our own backyards.”
There are hundreds of AT&T-owned properties scattered across the U.S. The eight identified by The Intercept serve a specific function, processing AT&T customers’ data and also carrying large quantities of data from other internet providers. They are known as “backbone” and “peering” facilities.
While network operators would usually prefer to send data through their own networks, often a more direct and cost-efficient path is provided by other providers’ infrastructure. If one network in a specific area of the country is overloaded with data traffic, another operator with capacity to spare can sell or exchange bandwidth, reducing the strain on the congested region. This exchange of traffic is called “peering” and is an essential feature of the internet.
Because of AT&T’s position as one of the U.S.’s leading telecommunications companies, it has a large network that is frequently used by other providers to transport their customers’ data. Companies that “peer” with AT&T include the American telecommunications giants Sprint, Cogent Communications, and Level 3, as well as foreign companies such as Sweden’s Telia, India’s Tata Communications, Italy’s Telecom Italia, and Germany’s Deutsche Telekom.
AT&T currently boasts 19,500 “points of presence” in 149 countries where internet traffic is exchanged. But only eight of the company’s facilities in the U.S. offer direct access to its “common backbone” – key data routes that carry vast amounts of emails, internet chats, social media updates, and internet browsing sessions. These eight locations are among the most important in AT&T’s global network. They are also highly valued by the NSA, documents indicate.
The data exchange between AT&T and other networks initially takes place outside AT&T’s control, sources said, at third-party data centers that are owned and operated by companies such as California’s Equinix. But the data is then routed – in whole or in part – through the eight AT&T buildings, where the NSA taps into it. By monitoring what it calls the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, the spy agency can collect “not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” according to Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician who worked with the company for 22 years. It is an efficient point to conduct internet surveillance, Klein said, “because the peering links, by the nature of the connections, are liable to carry everybody’s traffic at one point or another during the day, or the week, or the year.”
Christopher Augustine, a spokesperson for the NSA, said in a statement that the agency could “neither confirm nor deny its role in alleged classified intelligence activities.” Augustine declined to answer questions about the AT&T facilities, but said that the NSA “conducts its foreign signals intelligence mission under the legal authorities established by Congress and is bound by both policy and law to protect U.S. persons’ privacy and civil liberties.”
Jim Greer, an AT&T spokesperson, said that AT&T was “required by law to provide information to government and law enforcement entities by complying with court orders, subpoenas, lawful discovery requests, and other legal requirements.” He added that the company provides “voluntary assistance to law enforcement when a person’s life is in danger and in other immediate, emergency situations. In all cases, we ensure that requests for assistance are valid and that we act in compliance with the law.”
Dave Schaeffer, CEO of Cogent Communications, told The Intercept that he had no knowledge of the surveillance at the eight AT&T buildings, but said he believed “the core premise that the NSA or some other agency would like to look at traffic … at an AT&T facility.” He said he suspected that the surveillance is likely carried out on “a limited basis,” due to technical and cost constraints. If the NSA were trying to “ubiquitously monitor” data passing across AT&T’s networks, Schaeffer added, he would be “extremely concerned.”
Sprint, Telia, Tata Communications, Telecom Italia, and Deutsche Telekom did not respond to requests for comment. CenturyLink, which owns Level 3, said it would not discuss “matters of national security.”
The eight locations are featured on a top-secret NSA map, which depicts U.S. facilities that the agency relies upon for one of its largest surveillance programs, code-named FAIRVIEW. AT&T is the only company involved in FAIRVIEW, which was first established in 1985, according to NSA documents, and involves tapping into international telecommunications cables, routers, and switches.
In 2003, the NSA launched new internet mass surveillance methods, which were pioneered under the FAIRVIEW program. The methods were used by the agency to collect – within a few months – some 400 billion records about people’s internet communications and activity, the New York Times previously reported. FAIRVIEW was also forwarding more than 1 million emails every day to a “keyword selection system” at the NSA’s Fort Meade headquarters.
Central to the internet spying are eight “peering link router complex” sites, which are pinpointed on the top-secret NSA map. The locations of the sites mirror maps of AT&T’s networks, obtained by The Intercept from public records, which show “backbone node with peering” facilities in Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.
One of the AT&T maps contains unique codes individually identifying the addresses of the facilities in each of the cities.
Among the pinpointed buildings, there is a nuclear blast-resistant, windowless facility in New York City’s Hell’s Kitchen neighborhood; in Washington, D.C., a fortress-like, concrete structure less than half a mile south of the U.S. Capitol; in Chicago, an earthquake-resistant skyscraper in the West Loop Gate area; in Atlanta, a 429-foot art deco structure in the heart of the city’s downtown district; and in Dallas, a cube-like building with narrow windows and large vents on its exterior, located in the Old East district.
Elsewhere, on the west coast of the U.S., there are three more facilities: in downtown Los Angeles, a striking concrete tower near the Walt Disney Concert Hall and the Staples Center, two blocks from the most important internet exchange in the region; in Seattle, a 15-story building with blacked-out windows and reinforced concrete foundations, near the city’s waterfront; and in San Francisco’s South of Market neighborhood, a building where it was previously claimed that the NSA was monitoring internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor.
The peering sites – otherwise known in AT&T parlance as “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs – were developed following the internet boom in the mid- to late 1990s. By March 2009, the NSA’s documents say it was tapping into “peering circuits at the eight SNRCs.”
The facilities’ purpose was to bolster AT&T’s network, improving its reliability and enabling future growth. They were developed under the leadership of an Iranian-American innovator and engineer named Hossein Eslambolchi, who was formerly AT&T’s chief technology officer and president of AT&T Labs, a division of the company that focuses on research and development.
Eslambolchi told The Intercept that the project to set up the facilities began after AT&T asked him to help create “the largest internet protocol network in the world.” He obliged and began implementing his network design by placing large Cisco routers inside former AT&T phone switching facilities across the U.S. When planning the project, he said he divided AT&T’s network into different regions, “and in every quadrant I will have what I will call an SNRC.” During his employment with AT&T, Eslambolchi said he had to take a polygraph test, and he obtained a government security clearance. “I was involved in very, very top, heavy-duty projects for a few of these three-letter agencies,” he said, in an apparent reference to U.S. intelligence agencies. “They all loved me.”
He would not confirm or deny the exact locations of the eight peering sites identified by The Intercept or discuss the classified work he carried out while with the company. “You put a gun to my head,” he said, “I’m not going to tell you.”
Other former AT&T employees, however, were more forthcoming.
A former senior member of AT&T’s technical staff, who spoke on condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of the subject, confirmed with “100 percent” certainty the locations of six of the eight peering facilities identified by The Intercept. The source, citing direct knowledge of the facilities and their function, verified the addresses of the buildings in Atlanta, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.
A second former AT&T employee confirmed the locations of the remaining two sites, in Chicago and San Francisco. “I worked with all of them,” said Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks. Long’s work with AT&T was carried out mostly in California, but he said his job required him to be in contact with the company’s other facilities across the U.S. In about 2005, Long recalled, he received orders to move “every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the San Francisco AT&T building identified by The Intercept as one of the eight NSA spy hubs. Long said that, at the time, he felt suspicious of the changes, because they were unusual and unnecessary. “We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data,” he said. “We thought it was the government listening.” He retired from his job with AT&T in 2014.
A third former AT&T employee reviewed The Intercept’s research and said he believed it accurately identified all eight of the facilities. “The site data certainly seems correct,” said Thomas Saunders, who worked as a data networking consultant for AT&T in New York City between 1995 and 2004. “Those nodes aren’t going to move.” An estimated 99 percent of the world’s intercontinental internet traffic is transported through hundreds of giant fiber optic cables hidden beneath the world’s oceans. A large portion of the data and communications that pass across the cables is routed at one point through the U.S., partly because of the country’s location – situated between Europe, the Middle East, and Asia – and partly because of the pre-eminence of American internet companies, which provide services to people globally.
The NSA calls this predicament “home field advantage” – a kind of geographic good fortune. “A target’s phone call, email, or chat will take the cheapest path, not the physically most direct path,” one agency document explains. “Your target’s communications could easily be flowing into and through the U.S.”
Once the internet traffic arrives on U.S. soil, it is processed by American companies. And that is why, for the NSA, AT&T is so indispensable. The company claims it has one of the world’s most powerful networks, the largest of its kind in the U.S. AT&T routinely handles masses of emails, phone calls, and internet chats. As of March 2018, some 197 petabytes of data – the equivalent of more than 49 trillion pages of text, or 60 billion average-sized mp3 files – traveled across its networks every business day.
The NSA documents, which come from the trove provided to The Intercept by the whistleblower Edward Snowden, describe AT&T as having been “aggressively involved” in aiding the agency’s surveillance programs. One example of this appears to have taken place at the eight facilities under a classified initiative called SAGUARO.
As part of SAGUARO, AT&T developed a strategy to help the NSA electronically eavesdrop on internet data from the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, which were said to connect to the “common backbone,” major data routes carrying internet traffic.
The company worked with the NSA to rank communications flowing through its networks on the basis of intelligence value, prioritizing data depending on which country it was derived from, according to a top-secret agency document. NSA diagrams reveal that after it collects data from AT&T’s “access links” and “peering partners,” it is sent to a “centralized processing facility” code-named PINECONE, located somewhere in New Jersey. Inside the PINECONE facility, there is a secure space in which there is both NSA-controlled and AT&T-controlled equipment. Internet traffic passes through an AT&T “distribution box” to two NSA systems. From there, the data is then transferred about 200 miles southwest to its final destination: NSA headquarters at Fort Meade in Maryland.
At the Maryland compound, the communications collected from AT&T’s networks are integrated into powerful systems called MAINWAY and MARINA, which the NSA uses to analyze metadata – such as the “to” and “from” parts of emails, and the times and dates they were sent. The communications obtained from AT&T are also made accessible through a tool named XKEYSCORE, which NSA employees use to search through the full contents of emails, instant messenger chats, web-browsing histories, webcam photos, information about downloads from online services, and Skype sessions. The NSA’s primary mission is to gather foreign intelligence. The agency has broad legal powers to monitor emails, phone calls, and other forms of correspondence as they are being transported across the U.S., and it can compel companies such as AT&T to install surveillance equipment within their networks.
Under a Ronald Reagan-era presidential directive – Executive Order 12333 – the NSA has what it calls “transit authority,” which it says enables it to eavesdrop on “communications which originate and terminate in foreign countries, but traverse U.S. territory.” That could include, for example, an email sent by a person in France to a person in Mexico, which on its way to its destination was routed through a server in California. According to the NSA’s documents, it was using AT&T’s networks as of March 2013 to gather some 60 million foreign-to-foreign emails every day, 1.8 billion per month.
Without an individualized court order, it is illegal for the NSA to spy on communications that are wholly domestic, such as emails sent back and forth between two Americans living in Texas. However, in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, the agency began eavesdropping on Americans’ international calls and emails that were passing between the U.S. and other countries. That practice was exposed by the New York Times in 2005 and triggered what became known as the “warrantless wiretapping” scandal.
Critics argued that the surveillance of Americans’ international communications was illegal, because the NSA had carried it out without obtaining warrants from a judge and had instead acted on the orders of President George W. Bush. In 2008, Congress weighed into the dispute and controversially authorized elements of the warrantless wiretapping program by enacting Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence and Surveillance Act, or FISA. The new law allowed the NSA to continue sweeping up Americans’ international communications without a warrant, so long as it did so “incidentally” while it was targeting foreigners overseas – for instance, if it was monitoring people in Pakistan, and they were talking with Americans in the U.S. by phone, email, or through an internet chat service.
Within AT&T’s networks, there is filtering equipment designed to separate foreign and domestic internet data before it is passed to the NSA, the agency’s documents show. Filtering technology is often used by internet providers for security reasons, enabling them to keep tabs on problems with their networks, block out spam, or monitor hacking attacks. But the same tools can be used for government surveillance.
“You can essentially trick the routers into redirecting a small subset of traffic you really care about, which you can monitor in more detail,” said Jennifer Rexford, a computer scientist who worked for AT&T Labs between 1996 and 2005. According to the NSA’s documents, it programs its surveillance systems to focus on particular IP addresses – a set of numbers that identify a computer – associated with foreign countries. A classified 2012 memo describes the agency’s efforts to use IP addresses to home in on internet data passing between the U.S. and particular “regions of interest,” including Iran, Afghanistan, Israel, Nigeria, Pakistan, Yemen, Sudan, Tunisia, Libya, and Egypt. But this process is not an exact science, as people can use privacy or anonymity tools to change or spoof their IP addresses. A person in Israel could use privacy software to masquerade as if they were accessing the internet in the U.S. Likewise, an internet user in the U.S. could make it appear as if they were online in Israel. It is unclear how effective the NSA’s systems are at detecting such anomalies.
In October 2011, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which approves the surveillance operations carried out under Section 702 of FISA, found that there were “technological limitations” with the agency’s internet eavesdropping equipment. It was “generally incapable of distinguishing” between some kinds of data, the court stated. As a consequence, Judge John D. Bates ruled, the NSA had been intercepting the communications of “non-target United States persons and persons in the United States,” violating Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable searches and seizures. The ruling, which was declassified in August 2013, concluded that the agency had acquired some 13 million “internet transactions” during one six-month period, and had unlawfully gathered “tens of thousands of wholly domestic communications” each year.
The root of the issue was that the NSA’s technology was not only targeting communications sent to and from specific surveillance targets. Instead, the agency was sweeping up people’s emails if they had merely mentioned particular information about surveillance targets.
A top-secret NSA memo about the court’s ruling, which has not been disclosed before, explained that the agency was collecting people’s messages en masse if a single one were found to contain a “selector” – like an email address or phone number – that featured on a target list.
“One example of this is when a user of a webmail service accesses her inbox; if the inbox contains one email message that contains an NSA tasked selector, NSA will acquire a copy of the entire inbox, not just the individual email message that contains the tasked selector,” the memo stated.
The court’s ruling left the agency with two options: shut down the spying based on mentions of targets completely, or ensure that protections were put in place to stop the unlawfully collected communications from being reviewed. The NSA chose the latter option, and created a “cautionary banner” that warned its analysts not to read particular messages unless they could confirm that they had been lawfully obtained.
But the cautionary banner did not solve the problem. The NSA’s analysts continued to access the same data repositories to search, unlawfully, for information on Americans. In April 2017, the agency publicly acknowledged these violations, which it described as “inadvertent compliance incidents.” It said that it would no longer use surveillance programs authorized under Section 702 of FISA to harvest messages that mentioned its targets, citing “technological constraints, United States person privacy interests, and certain difficulties in implementation.”
The messages that the NSA had unlawfully collected were swept up using a method of surveillance known as “upstream,” which the agency still deploys for other surveillance programs authorized under both Section 702 of FISA and Executive Order 12333. The upstream method involves tapping into communications as they are passing across internet networks – precisely the kind of electronic eavesdropping that appears to have taken place at the eight locations identified by The Intercept. The AT&T building in Atlanta was originally constructed in the 1920s as the main telephone exchange for the city’s downtown area. The art deco structure, made of limestone, was designed to be the largest in the city at the time at 25 stories tall. However, due to the Great Depression, plans were scaled back and at first, it only had six stories. Between 1947 and 1963, the building was upgraded to host 14 stories, and a large brown microwave tower – visible for miles – was also added. A profile of the building on the History Atlanta website notes that it contains “operations, phone exchanges and other communications equipment for AT&T.” NSA and AT&T maps point to the Atlanta facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. One former AT&T employee – who spoke on condition of anonymity – confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Information provided by a second former AT&T employee adds to the evidence linking the Atlanta building to NSA surveillance. Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician, alleged in 2006 that the company had allowed the NSA to install surveillance equipment in some of its network hubs. An AT&T facility in Atlanta was one of the spy sites, according to documents Klein presented in a court case over the alleged spying. The Atlanta facility was equipped with “splitter” equipment, which was used to make copies of internet traffic as AT&T’s networks processed it. The copied data would then be diverted to “SG3” equipment – a reference to “Study Group 3” – which was a code name AT&T used for activities related to NSA surveillance, according to evidence in the Klein case.
The Atlanta facility is likely of strategic importance for the NSA. The site is the closest major AT&T internet routing center to Miami, according to the NSA and AT&T maps. From undersea cables that come aground at Miami, huge flows of data pass between the U.S. and South America. It is probable that much of that data is routed through the Atlanta facility as it is being sent to and from the U.S. In recent years, the NSA has extensively targeted several Latin American countries – such as Mexico, Brazil, and Venezuela – for surveillance. Like many other major telecommunications hubs built during the late 1960s and early 1970s, the Chicago AT&T building was designed amid the Cold War to withstand a nuclear attack. The 538-foot skyscraper, located in the West Loop Gate area of the city, was completed in 1971. There are windows at both the top and bottom of the vast concrete structure, but 18 of its 28 floors are windowless.
According to the Chicago Sun-Times, the facility handles much of the city’s phone and internet traffic and is equipped with banks of routers, servers, and switching systems. “This building touches every single resident of the city,” Jim Wilson, an AT&T area manager, told the newspaper in 2016. One of the building’s architects, John Augur Holabird, said in a 1998 interview that it housed “a big switchboard.” He added: “In case the atomic bomb hits Milwaukee, you’ll be happy to know your telephone line will still go through even though the rest of us are wiped out. And that’s what that building was for.”
10 South Canal Street originally contained a million-gallon oil tank, turbine generators, and a water well, so that it could continue to function for more than two weeks without electricity or water from the city, according to Illinois broadcaster WBEZ. The building is “anchored in bedrock, which helps support the weight of the equipment inside, and gives it extra resistance to bomb blasts or earthquakes,” WBEZ reported.
Today, the facility contains six large V-16 yellow Caterpillar generators that can provide backup electricity in the event of a power failure, according to the Chicago Sun Times. Inside the skyscraper, AT&T stores some 200,000 gallons of diesel fuel, enough to run the generators for 40 days.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Chicago facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the Chicago site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. This AT&T building is a fortified, cube-like structure, located in the Old East area of Dallas, not far from Baylor University Medical Center. Built in 1961, it is a light yellow-brown color with a granite foundation. Large vents are visible on the exterior of the building, as are several narrow windows, many of which appear to have been blacked out or covered in a reflective privacy glass.
The 4211 Bryan Street facility is located next to other AT&T-owned buildings, including a towering telephone routing complex that was first built in 1904. A piece about the telephone hub in the Dallas Observer described it as “an imposing, creepy building” that is “known in some circles as The Great Wall of Beige.” According to the Central Office website, which profiles telecommunications buildings across the U.S., the Dallas telephone hub is “the main regional tandem and AT&T for long distance and toll services in the Dallas Texas region.” Today, the building also has “major fiber connections to Plano, Irving, Tulsa, Oklahoma City, Ft. Worth, Abilene, Houston and Austin,” the website adds.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the 4211 Bryan Street facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
At the time of its construction in 1961, the AT&T building known as the Madison Complex was the tallest building in downtown Los Angeles. It has since been dwarfed by a number of corporate office skyscrapers in the surrounding Financial District.
Located between Chinatown and the Staples Center, the fortress-like structure is one of the largest telephone central offices in the U.S. “The theoretical number of telephone lines that can be served from this office are 1.3 million and this office also serves as a foreign exchange carrier to neighboring area codes,” according to the Central Office, a website that profiles U.S. telecommunications hubs. The 448-foot, 17-story building is beige, rectangular, and mostly windowless. On its roof, there is a large microwave tower, which was originally used to transmit phone calls across a network of antennae. The tower’s technology became obsolete in the early 1990s, and it ceased to operate. It remains in place today as a sort of monument to outdated methods of communication and stands in contrast to the more modern buildings in the vicinity, many of them owned by banks. The Madison Complex is located just two blocks from One Wilshire, which houses what is reportedly the most important internet exchange on the U.S. west coast. “Billions of phone calls, emails and internet pages pass through One Wilshire every week,” the Los Angeles Times reported in 2013, “because it is the primary terminus for major fiber-optic cable routes between Asia and North America.”
Due to the close proximity of the Madison Complex and One Wilshire, and their shared role as telecommunications hubs, it is likely that the buildings process some of the same data as it is being routed across U.S. networks.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Madison Complex facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
It was built in 1964 as New York City’s first major telecommunications fortress. The striking concrete and granite AT&T building – located in the Hell’s Kitchen area about a 15-minute walk from Central Park – is 134 meters tall, with 21 floors, each one of them windowless and built to resist a nuclear blast.
A New York Times article published in 1975 noted that 811 10th Avenue was “the first of several windowless equipment buildings to be constructed” in the city, and added that its design initially “caused considerable controversy.” According to AT&T records, the building is a “hardened telco data center” and was upgraded in 2000 to become an internet data center. Thomas Saunders, a former AT&T engineer, told The Intercept that, in the 1970s, the building was considered to be “the biggest hub for transmission [of communications] in the country.” Saunders also claimed that, had Bush been in Manhattan during the 9/11 attacks, the Secret Service would have taken him to safety inside the AT&T facility. “It’s the strongest building in town,” he said. NSA and AT&T maps indicate that the 10th Avenue facility is one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Two former AT&T employees confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The design of the building bears some resemblance to another windowless building in New York City – AT&T’s towering skyscraper at 33 Thomas Street in lower Manhattan. As The Intercept reported in 2016, 33 Thomas Street is a major hub for routing international phone calls and appears to contain a secure NSA surveillance room – code-named TITANPOINTE – that has been used to tap into faxes and phone calls.
NSA and AT&T documents indicate that 10th Avenue building serves as the NSA’s internet equivalent of 33 Thomas Street. While the NSA’s surveillance at 33 Thomas Street mainly targets phone calls that pass through the building’s international switching points, at the 10th Avenue site the agency appears to primarily collect emails, online chats, and data from internet browsing sessions. This San Francisco AT&T building has been described as the city’s telecommunications “nerve center.” It is about 256 feet tall, has nine floors, and its exterior is covered in silver-colored panels; there are a series of vents that can be seen at street level, but there are few windows.
NSA and AT&T maps obtained by The Intercept indicate that 611 Folsom Street is one of the eight “peering” hubs in the U.S. that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the San Francisco site is one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Long recalled that, in the early 2000s, he “moved every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the Folsom Street office. At the time, he said, he and his colleagues found it strange that they were asked to suddenly reroute all of the traffic, because “there was nothing wrong with the services, no facility problems.”
“We were getting orders to move backbones … and it just grabbed me,” said Long. “We thought it was government stuff and that they were being intrusive. We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data.”
It is not the first time the building has been implicated in revelations about electronic eavesdropping. In 2006, an AT&T technician named Mark Klein alleged in a sworn court declaration that the NSA was tapping into internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor of the facility.
Klein, who worked at 611 Folsom Street between October 2003 and May 2004, stated that employees from the agency had visited the building and recruited one of AT&T’s management level technicians to carry out a “special job.” The job involved installing a “splitter cabinet” that copied internet data as it was flowing into the building, before diverting it into the secure room. He said equipment in the secure room included a “semantic traffic analyzer” – a tool that can be used to search large quantities of data for particular words or phrases contained in emails or online chats. Notably, Klein discovered that the NSA appeared to be specifically targeting internet “peering links,” which is corroborated by the NSA and AT&T documents obtained by The Intercept.
“By cutting into the peering links, they get not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” Klein told The Intercept in a recent interview.
According to documents provided by Klein, AT&T’s network at Folsom Street “peered” with other companies like Sprint, Cable & Wireless, and Qwest. It was also linked, he said, to an internet exchange named MAE West, a major data hub in San Jose, California, where other companies connect their networks together.
Sprint did not respond to a request for comment. A spokesperson for Cable & Wireless said the company only discloses data “when legally required to do so as a result of a valid warrant or other legal process.” In 2011, CenturyLink acquired Qwest as part of a $12.2 billion merger deal. A CenturyLink spokesperson said he could not discuss “matters of national security.” The Seattle facility is located in the city’s downtown area, not far from the waterfront. The gray building is 15 stories tall, with a dozen rows of narrow, blacked-out windows and vents that rise to its peak. According to public records, it was first constructed in 1955 and has reinforced concrete foundations and exterior walls that are supported by a steel frame.
Historically, the facility was an important communications switching point in the northwest of the U.S., routing calls between places like Bellingham, Spokane, Yakima, and north to Canada and Alaska. Today, the building appears to be primarily owned by the Qwest Corporation – a subsidiary of CenturyLink – but AT&T has a presence within it. AT&T’s logo is emblazoned on a plaque outside the building’s entrance.
Twenty-five miles north of Seattle, there is a major intercontinental undersea cable called Pacific Crossing-1, which routes communications between the U.S. and Japan; it is possible that the Seattle building processes some of these communications and others that pass between the U.S. west coast and Asia. NSA and AT&T maps point to the Seattle facility as being of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The building is a large, concrete, rectangular-shaped facility with few windows, located less than a mile south of the U.S. Capitol. Property tax records show that Verizon owns the majority of the property (worth $26 million), while AT&T owns a smaller part (worth $8.8 million). Plans of the building’s internal layout show that AT&T has space on the fourth, fifth, and sixth floors.
Central Office Buildings, a website that profiles telecommunications hubs in North America, describes the 30 E Street South West facility as “the granddaddy HQ of Verizon landline in Washington, DC.” It adds that the building contains a “a slew of switches of various types,” including AT&T equipment for routing long distance phone calls across networks. Capitol Police has an office located opposite the telecommunications hub, and a large number of police vehicles are usually located around the site. When The Intercept visited the facility to take photographs earlier this year, within a few minutes, several armed police officers arrived on the scene with dogs. They questioned our reporter, searched his car, and said that the building was considered critical infrastructure.
NSA and AT&T maps point to the Washington, D.C. facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.
https://theintercept.com/2018/06/25/att-internet-nsa-spy-hubs/
[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)
Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV)
[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.
John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 12-27-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Family doctor suspended after sharing Christian beliefs online
Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: News Editors
(Natural News) A family doctor has been suspended from medical practice in Australia after sharing his Christian beliefs online.
(Article by Ben Davis republished from CaldronPool.com)
Dr Jereth Kok was investigated by the Medical Board of Australia last year after they received two complaints about posts he had shared on social media. Despite not knowing Dr Kok, the complainants allegedly searched through ten-years of his personal feed before taking exception to his views about a broad range of political topics, including abortion, sexuality, “LGBT” issues, and gender “transition” treatments.
“The material is very diverse,” Dr Kok told FamilyVoice during a recent interview. It includes political and theological discussions with other Christians on Bill Muehlenberg’s blog, the most recent from 2012.
“It includes posts and comments I’ve made on my own personal Facebook page, and ‘memes’ and articles that I’ve shared there; including articles by the American political commentator Matt Walsh, and the satire site Babylon Bee,” Dr Kok explained.
“I never dreamt that publicly sharing a Matt Walsh or Babylon Bee article would be career-ending; hindsight is a wonderful thing,” he said.
Dr Kok’s list of offences also included sharing a Facebook post from National Pulse, Editor In Chief, Raheem Kassam, which highlighted the evolution of the arguments used to justify abortion over the last half-century.
Also in question was an opinion piece Dr Kok had penned on the subject of transgenderism for Christian magazine Eternity back in 2015.
“This one stands out from the others,” Dr Kok explained, “because it was public and has me wearing my doctor hat.
“All the rest was written in a personal capacity, for a small audience of friends and family.”
It wasn’t until nine months after the initial complaints were made that Dr Kok learned he was under investigation and that the Board had hired a private investigator to run a dragnet over the internet for content he had written.
On a Friday afternoon in 2019, while consulting with patients, Dr Kok was suddenly given notice that he was to be summarily removed from practice to protect “public interest.”
The following week, Dr Kok attended a 15-minute hearing where he was informed his registration was suspended, meaning he could no longer provide care or speak to his patients.
Dr Kok has said despite there being a legal obligation to provide regular updates, he hasn’t heard from the Board in over a year – not a single update during the 30 months of investigation.
During this time, Dr Kok has not been provided with an opportunity to properly respond to any of the allegations that led to his suspension.
Significantly, the allegation that Dr Kok was providing compromised healthcare to “LGBT” patients was not brought forward by any of his patients or colleagues.
“I’ve practised medicine for over 15 years,” Dr Kok said. “I’ve looked after many people who would identify as ‘LGBT.’ None of them has ever complained about rudeness, discrimination, etc.
“When you are a professional, rule number one is you treat everybody the same regardless of what you might personally think of their background, life choices, habits, political affiliation, criminal record, and so on.’
“I’ve never had any difficulty doing this,” he said.
Dr Kok said it wasn’t his intention to insult anyone, but rather to speak the truth, truths which are foundational to civilisation, namely, the value of human life, the structure of the family, and our existence as male and female.
Following his suspension, Dr Kok was left without a job, and his family without his income. Many of his patients who had come to trust and depend on him as their GP for over a decade were suddenly left without his care.
Since his suspension, Dr Kok has been made aware of more than half a dozen doctors who have been in trouble with the Medical Board for expressing their personal opinions about similar topics away from their practice. “They have been after a doctor for speaking at a pro-life event, a doctor who campaigned against ‘Safe Schools,’ several who have said things on Twitter against abortion and gay marriage, one who left a comment about euthanasia on a website, one who said that gender transition therapies are damaging for children,” Dr Kok said.
According to Dr Kok, each of these doctors have been put through similar investigations, been given warnings, had conditions placed on them, or forced to undergo ‘sensitivity training.’ At least one other has had his medical career effectively ended.
Dr Kok went on to say, it’s clear that tolerance for traditional religious views about things like sexuality and gender are rapidly vanishing.
“We have seen what has happened to people like Israel Folau, Margaret Court, JK Rowling and Brendan Eich. Even a senator was threatened with an anti-discrimination tribunal in Tasmania simply for saying that it isn’t fair for men to compete in women’s sports.
“The worrying thing about what happened to me is that it shows you do not have to be famous to get in trouble—even nobodies can be targeted for ‘cancellation’, for decade-old conversations on an obscure religious blog…
“It is getting increasingly costly to hold unpopular religious beliefs,” Dr Kok added.
Read more at: CaldronPool.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-12-27-family-doctor-shared-christian-beliefs-online-suspended.html
:: 12-27-20 Natrual News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It’s not the same RV! Official narrative of Nashville “suicide bomber” melts away as RV supposedly used in the bombing found to have different stripe accents
Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: Mike Adams
(Natural News) The joke of the day is that after analyzing the DNA of the “human remains” found at the scene of the Nashville bomb, the FBI has just declared the bomber “died of covid.”
Given the level of blatant disinformation being pushed by the deep state and a compliant fake news media, no one would be surprised to hear the FBI announce such an absurdity, perhaps followed by Anthony Fauci claiming that if you don’t get a vaccine, your vehicle might explode.
But something else just as absurd has now been found by internet sleuths: The RV used in the bombing doesn’t match the RV found in the driveway of the supposed perpetrator.
The difference isn’t even subtle. It’s obvious. With a hat tip to WhatDoesItMean.com, which pointed out this stunning observation, we can see that the RV depicted in the photo released by law enforcement has a single horizontal pin stripe near the roof, along the entire driver’s side of the vehicle: (see the pin stripe along the edge of the roof) While the RV parked at the residence of Anthony Quinn Warner — whom the FBI is publicly calling a suicide bomber — has two pin stripes along the driver’s side:
In other words, anyone who can count to two can also see that this isn’t the same RV. The red outline square in the two images above also shows a key difference in the appearance of another feature — possibly a vent — that looks completely different in the two photos.
In other words, it’s not the same RV.
Someone in the deep state who was pulling off this bombing of the AT&T / NSA spy hub failed to notice the difference in the vehicles, and they ended up choosing an RV with the wrong number of pin stripes. (This is easy to overlook, as we didn’t notice this at first either.)
This bombing was a deep state mission to destroy something in the AT&T building… no doubt something related to election rigging
The real target of the bombing was, of course, the equipment found inside the hardened AT&T building:
The entire “Anthony Quinn Warner” suicide story is nothing but a cover story. As a bonus narrative, the establishment is now trying to blame Warner’s actions on “5G paranoia,” simultaneously blaming 5G critics for the bombing that was actually carried out by the deep state, working in conjunction with black hat units inside the US military (Army in particular).
As we reported yesterday, a missile trail is clearly seen dropping from the sky to the ground right before the explosion took place: You can see the missile trail timing more clearly in this skyline video, now preserved at Brighteon.com:
We are currently calling it a “missile,” although others have pointed out the possibility that this could be the result of a Direct Energy Weapon (DEW) fired from orbiting weapons platforms. However, the fiery bomb blast seems to indicate a kinetic / chemical explosion did take place, even though other videos appear to show that this explosion appears to have initiated slightly above the RV itself, not from within the RV.
My Situation Update for Dec. 27th reveals more details about this “data wipeout” operation and who’s likely behind it:
A second cargo vehicle now blocking off the highway in Lebanon, TN
Now, a second cargo van vehicle is currently under watch in Lebanon, TN, on highway 231S, where over a dozen police vehicles have blocked off the highway to investigate. This vehicle is reportedly broadcasting the same message as the RV that exploded in Nashville, which had loudspeakers urging people to evacuate the area before the bomb went off.
Here’s the scene today:
Update: It seems more and more likely that the weapon used in Nashville was a Direct Energy Weapon (D.E.W.), not a kinetic missile or explosives in the RV. We will be covering this in more details in tomorrow’s Situation Update podcast.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 12-27-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Is the new earthquake swarm beneath La Cumbre Vieja volcano in La Palma, Canary Islands a sign of the upcoming mega-tsunami ?
By Strange Sounds - Dec 27, 2020
Several swarms or seismic series have been recorded on the Cumbre Vieja volcano in La Palma / Canary Islands in recent years.
The first major one occurred in October 2017, followed by another seismic crisis in February 2018. Meanwhile, 2020 has already given us 4 seismic swarms. La Palma earthquake swarm Dec. 23-24, 2020
The latest swarm started Dec. 23rd around 9:26 p.m. and ended Dec. 24th at 9:29 p.m. local time.
Within these 24 hours, more than 602 tremors rattled the area at a depth of about 30 km with the biggest quake having a magnitude of 2.3 mbLg. A sign of the upcoming megatsunami?
This seismic swarm is a sign of unrest… And such an increased activity has scientists going nuts as everybody knows that the collapse of this volcanic peak could kill millions of people in Europe and along Northern America’s eastern seaboard.
The video below will clearl explain to you how and why: When will the Cumbre Vieja volcano collapse?
The collapse of the western flank of the Cumbre Vieja volcano, on the southern half of La Palma, is not going to happen tomorrow or next week without warning!
Its collapse is likely to happen any time within the next few thousand years.
How do scientists know that La Palma will collapse?
La Palma will collapse at the time of some future volcanic eruption on the summit of the Cumbre Vieja volcano. Its latest explosion was in 1949. They occur on average every 200 years. So it may last many decades before the next summit eruption takes place.
The collapse will not necessarily happen during the next summit eruption and it may well take five, ten or more explosions before the mega-tsunami. What consequences would the collapse have? The western flank of the Cumbre Vieja volcano would slide down westwards into the Atlantic ocean, creating a mega-tsunami, a gigantic wave that would move repidly westwards.
The United States, Bahamas and the Caribbean would be severely hit by huge waves a high as 50 meters (164ft).
How to prevent the collapse of La Palma volcano?
Nothing can be done to stop the Las Palma collapse. Suitable monitoring, warning and evacuation are the best steps to prepare against this catastrophe.
Although the risk of a collapse in the next few decades is small, it will cause great destruction when it does happen.
Where are similar zones around the world?
There are dozens of large active volcanoes across the world’s oceans. Most of these have collapsed in the past, and most will collapse in the future. The latest was Anak Krakatau in 2018. The Big Island of Hawaii in the Pacific Ocean also shows some signs that it might collapse in the next few thousand years.
Why you should be worried by such a mega-tsunami
Mega-tsunami are very rare. As such you have much more chance of being killed in a car accident than by a mega-tsunami.
But if it hits you better be prepared! More volcanic and earthquake news on IGN, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
:: 12-27-20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Lawsuit That Could End Covid-1984 with Dr. Pam Popper
December 27, 2020 By Spiro Skouras
Ever since the world became aware of Covid-19 in early 2020, we have warned of the possibility that the government response may turn out to be worse than the condition itself.
Many have described this response as a form of medical tyranny, sold to us as a temporary measure for the greater good. Two weeks to flatten the curve they said.
Four months into the lockdowns, some of us half jokingly said things like, “I hope they lift the lockdowns before the 4th of July, so we can celebrate our freedoms.”
Now we find ourselves eight months into a two-week lockdown with no end in sight, despite the fact that a federal judge in Pennsylvania ruled the shut downs were unconstitutional. The Michigan Supreme Court also ruled that the Governor’s emergency orders had violated the Constitution. So why hasn’t anything changed?
In this interview, Spiro’s guest Dr. Pamela Popper discusses two new lawsuits that she believes could end Covid-1984. The two lawsuits, one in Ohio and one in New Mexico, challenge the root of the problem: the emergency itself.
https://www.activistpost.com/2020/12/the-lawsuit-that-could-end-covid-1984-with-dr-pam-popper.html
:: 12-27-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Nashville, Operation Northwoods And False Flag Terrorism In America: The 'Nashville Event' Is Another Sign That 2021 Will 'Turn Hot' Before Most Americans Know What Hit Them
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 27, 2020
With all eyes now on Nashville, Tennessee after Christmas morning's terrorism has brought about a no-fly zone covering a 1-nautical-mile radius of the 'blast site', with those skies declared 'National Defense Airspace' according to this story over at Western Journal, allowing deadly force to be used against aircraft flying above the bombing, almost everything about Nashville has 'false flag' written all over it as we'll explore within this ANP story.
From the bizarre countdown warning played over a loudspeaker coming from an RV that allegedly exploded, warning people to leave the area while also attracting law enforcement into the blast zone, to reports that an AT&T '5G' system was allegedly 'targeted' to some very interesting and alarming questions surrounding one of the viral videos that emerged following the bombing, there have been countless bizarre oddities surrounding this blast.
And what of reports that days before the bombing, the AT&T building in the blast zone allegedly got a contract to do a forensic audit of Dominion voting machines that were to be transported to Nashville, a claim that was seemingly confirmed by this Lin Wood tweet? And who is 'the friend' that Lin Wood, an attorney for President Donald Trump, is 'asking for' as seen in his tweet below? With the 'Nashville event' seemingly covering most of the 'criteria' of a false flag event seen in the image at the top of this page, including: 1) immediate national news coverage; 2) incident inspiring intense emotion (happening on Christmas day); 3) immediate federal government attention (with the FBI 'taking charge' and pushing the 5G paranoia narrative) as well as; 4) the huge potential political agenda, would anyone really put it past Democrat and the 'deep state' blowing up damning evidence against them?
And why would the airspace above the bombing site be declared 'national defense airspace' similar to 9/11 unless something else is going on? From this Western Journal story before we continue.:
The skies over part of Nashville have been declared “National Defense Airspace” as the federal government reacts to the mysterious Christmas morning bombing in downtown Nashville.
At about 6:30 a.m. on Friday, an RV exploded in Nashville near an AT&T building. Residents of the area were warned to evacuate prior to the explosion, and three people were injured in the blast, which disrupted telecommunications services around the city.
In the immediate aftermath of the bombing, the Federal Aviation Administration stopped all flights out of the city, according to CNN. While flights out of Nashville have resumed, the FAA is still prohibiting “all aircraft flight operations” over an area encompassing a 1-nautical-mile radius of the blast site and has declared those skies “National Defense Airspace,” WKRN-TV reported.
According to the warning posted on the FAA website, “pilots who do not adhere to the following procedures may be intercepted, detained and interviewed by law enforcement/security personnel.” As one of the top-rated comments on that story had mentioned:
Sometimes a cigar is just a cigar. Sometimes, it isn't. The ATT building in Nashville that was blown up was owned by Cerebus Capital. Owners of Dominion Voting Systems, (the company many people are accusing of voter fraud) are former executives from Cerebus.
And another commenter brought up:
This is nothing more than fearmongering. There's no real reason to declare "national defense airspace" or "deadly force" when the powers that shouldn't be know this. Instead, keeping us afraid, locked down, and poor is where they want us until they track us, monitor us, force test us, then jab us with their toxic vaccines. DON"T FORGET the reset - everything including this Nashville event, is a part of it. Don't be afraid. Be angry!
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
And what about that audit that Lin Powell had mentioned on twitter as was reported in this Right Journalism story titled "Four Days Before The Bombing In Nashville Near The At&T Building, American Patriot Alleged That AT&T Got The Contract To Do The Forensic Audit On The Dominion Voting Machines And That They Are Transported To Nashville"?
Would Democrats and the deep state actually commit terrorism upon US soil to further their political agendas, blaming such a bombing upon a '5g patsy'? As we had reported in this December 25th ANP story, 'Operation Northwoods' is absolute proof that our own government would terrorize Americans, blaming it upon others, so we should expect the globalists/democrats to pull out all stops in the weeks ahead to make sure their 'election steal' goes off as smoothly (as treason and sedition is) possible.
As we had warned in this December 19th ANP story titled "Prepare For A Grid Down False Flag To Ring In 2021 As Globalists Go Back To Their Old Tricks By Demonizing Russia And 'Telegraphing' Something Huge Ahead - 'We May All Have To Pay The Price'", with a Joe Biden presidency bringing to America many of the same faces that we'd seen during Barack Obama's 8 years in office. And many of the same 'tactics' being used to help them achieve their political agendas, what happened in Nashville on Christmas morning may just be their 'warmup' for things to come with 2021 now almost guaranteed to 'turn hot' before most Americans even know it.
And while we may never know exactly who carried out the Nashville bombing, as Steve Quayle mentioned in an SQnote while linking to this 2018 story over at The Intercept titled "THE WIRETAP ROOMS: THE NSA'S HIDDEN SPY HUBS IN U.S. CITIES! Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C", with the 'deep state' long using 'big tech' and 'big communications' like AT&T to spy upon the American people, we can be assured that THE MOST EVIL ENTITIES ON THE PLANET ordered the attack.
So just think, with Joe Biden not even in office yet, and he and the deep state globalists who love false flag terrorism possibly getting 4 to 8 years of 'running America' (straight into the ground we might add!), what happened on Friday morning in Nashville, Tennessee is a warning to the rest of America of what lays ahead in 2021. As Alex Newman warns in the 1st video below in a recent interview with Mike Adams, the 'globalists enemies of America within' are also 'anti-human occultists'. etc
https://allnewspipeline.com/Something_Very_Strange_Is_Going_On_In_Nashville.php
:: 12-27-20 The Western Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bill Gates' Savior Complex Spirals Out of Control, Funds Sun-Dimming Plan To Save the Human Race
By C. Douglas Golden Published December 27, 2020 at 1:19pm
Bill Gates is now best known as a philanthropist, not the guy who started Microsoft or was the avatar for everyone’s annoyance with Windows 95.
He’s also known for wanting to save us from ourselves. Now, apparently, he wants to save us from the sun. Gates, for those of you who don’t follow these things, has been big on both vaccination and pandemic prevention. Fair enough. That certainly means his moment has arrived.
However, he’s about as much of a lockdown guy as you can get — which is just fine if you’re a billionaire who can afford to hide away as if this were Poe’s “The Masque of the Red Death,” but the real-world consequences for the rest of us can be, ahem, problematic. However, while you may have been paying attention to his efforts on vaccination and lockdowns, you may not have noticed that one of Gates’ most controversial causes just got a go-ahead: A project that would help block out the sun.
This sounds a bit like the plot to “Highlander 2: The Quickening,” but it’s nothing near that science fiction-y. According to Reuters, a Harvard University project plans to test out a controversial theory that global warming can be stopped by spraying particles into the atmosphere that would reflect the sun’s rays.
The project represents one of the most controversial aspects of what’s known as “geoengineering” — the idea that, to tackle issues like climate change, massive aspects of our ecosystem can be played with or changed. In this case, it would involve reflecting some of the sun’s rays to stop them from reaching Earth. “Open-air research into spraying tiny, sun-reflecting particles into the stratosphere, to offset global warming, has been stalled for years by controversies – including that it could discourage needed cuts in greenhouse gas emissions,” Reuters reported.
“In a small step, the Swedish Space Corporation agreed this week to help Harvard researchers launch a balloon near the Arctic town of Kiruna next June. It would carry a gondola with 600 kg of scientific equipment 20 km (12 miles) high.”
The Harvard team, whose project is known as SCoPEx, is funded in large part by Gates, according to an August report in the U.K. Daily Mail. (Which gave the subject the wordy title: “Could dimming the sun save the Earth? Bill Gates wants to spray millions of tonnes of dust into the stratosphere to stop global warming… but critics fear it could trigger calamity”) The journal Nature was less judgmental.
“The idea is simple: spray a bunch of particles into the stratosphere, and they will cool the planet by reflecting some of the Sun’s rays back into space. Scientists have already witnessed the principle in action,” Nature already reported in 2018. (Headline: “First sun-dimming experiment will test a way to cool Earth”) “When Mount Pinatubo erupted in the Philippines in 1991, it injected an estimated 20 million tonnes of sulfur dioxide into the stratosphere — the atmospheric layer that stretches from about 10 to 50 kilometres above Earth’s surface. The eruption created a haze of sulfate particles that cooled the planet by around 0.5 °C. For about 18 months, Earth’s average temperature returned to what it was before the arrival of the steam engine.”
There are several problems with this plan, not the least of which is that we don’t know what the unintended consequences might be. But to environmentalists, the problem is that it doesn’t solve global warming the way they want to do it.
“There is no merit in this test except to enable the next step. You can’t test the trigger of a bomb and say ‘This can’t possibly do any harm,'” said Niclas Hällström, director of the Sweden-based environmentalist think-tank WhatNext? And while Hällström is worried about some of the same things that other people are — the potential to change rain patterns or crop yields — he’s also concerned that people aren’t concerned enough about the solution he wants, which is a transition to a zero-carbon society.
“Swedish society is increasingly calling for real, immediate solutions to climate change,” he said.
Right. He’s not the only one, either.
“This is as much an experiment in changing social norms and crossing a line as it is a science experiment,” said Jim Thomas, co-executive director of Canadian-based environmentalist organization ETC Group, which opposes the idea. But then again, Gates lives in this dream world where his advice on pandemics and global warming is given equal weight as his time developing Windows.
When it comes to the pandemic, Gates has said that he expects businesses and restaurants to remain shuttered for some time: “Bars and restaurants — in most of the country — will be closed as we go into this wave, and I think, sadly, that’s appropriate,” he said during an interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper in an interview earlier this month.
“The next four to six months really call on us to do our best, because we can see that this will end and you don’t want somebody that you love to be the last to die of coronavirus.”
He’s also called out fellow billionaire Elon Musk for his statements questioning the science behind mask-wearing.
“Elon’s positioning is to maintain a high level of outrageous comments,” Gates said in a July CNBC interview.
“He’s not much involved in vaccines. He makes a great electric car. And his rockets work well. So he’s allowed to say these things. I hope that he doesn’t confuse areas he’s not involved in too much.”
However, when it came to outrageous comments, keep in mind that in that same interview, Gates said that when it came to the coronavirus, “China did a lot of things right at the beginning, like any country where a virus first shows up. They can look back and say they missed some things.”
Again. Right.
In short, Bill Gates doesn’t have a particularly great handle on COVID, much less the current vaccine process. He panders to China. His work on the vaccine has been desultory at best. And now, what he wants us all to believe is that he’s got a handle on everything — including blotting out the sun to make the world cooler. Get the economics on business-killing lockdowns together, Bill. Then we’ll see about your geoengineering gambit.
=2020-12-27&utm_campaign=manualpost&fbclid=IwAR3z93yEJFst3KEvlclCBAqtAfyNF3lHfTKOe
:: 12-27-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FLASHBACK: Former AG Barr Initiated Spying Program on Americans Back in 1992
By Joe Hoft Published December 27, 2020 at 11:30am 539 Comments
AG Bill Barr will now go down in history as a total disgrace. When America needed someone to address the Deep State DC Swamp, after months of delays Barr finally showed he was a swamp creature himself.
We reported a month ago on the disgrace that Bill Barr had become: Of course we should have known when AG Barr discounted any evidence that Jeffrey Epstein was murdered that Barr was not on the side of justice: We kept hoping that Barr was finally someone who would address the criminals running Washington DC but he ended up being a card carrying member himself. As he was walking out the door Barr claimed there were no crimes with the Obama Administration spying and demasking the incoming Trump Administration members in 2016. He also claimed the CIA did nothing wrong in relation to the Trump – Russia scandal. And, of course the FBI is now a disgrace after four more years of persecuting innocents and letting criminals go free. Barr and FBI Director Chris Wray plotted with Deep State members in overthrowing the government this election as can be seen by their selective blindness and lack of efforts to address the coup they are part of.
Why would Barr ignore the truth and justice? Looking over Barr’s past we have a couple possible answers.
While Barr was Attorney General under George H. W. Bush, he was involved in surveillance activities on Americans without obtaining warrants back in 1992: The Justice Department under Attorney General William Barr launched a vast surveillance program that gathered records of innocent Americans’ international phone calls without first conducting a review of whether it was legal, the department’s inspector general concluded Thursday.
It happened in 1992, the last time Barr served as attorney general. The secret program, run by the Drug Enforcement Administration, ultimately gathered billions of records of nearly all phone calls from the United States to 116 countries, with little oversight from Congress or the courts, a USA TODAY investigation found. It provided a blueprint for far broader phone-data surveillance the government launched after the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.
The Justice Department’s inspector general said both the DEA and the Justice Department “failed to conduct a comprehensive legal analysis” of its authority to gather those records.
After working as Attorney General for Bush, Barr obtained the General Counsel position at communications company GTE. The company eventually morphed into Verizon while Barr was still there. Verizon noted the following in a press release in September of 2008 announcing Bill Barr’s retirement there after more than a decade:
Barr, 58, previously was general counsel at GTE, which merged with Bell Atlantic to become Verizon. Prior to his 14-year career in the communications industry, Barr was U.S. Attorney General under then-President George H.W. Bush… …Barr began working in telecommunications in 1994, when he joined GTE as executive vice president of government and regulatory advocacy, general counsel. He served in that capacity from 1994 until GTE merged with Bell Atlantic to become Verizon in June, 2000.
Prior to his work in the telecommunications industry, Barr was Attorney General of the United States, was on the White House Domestic Policy Staff under President Reagan, and served in the Central Intelligence Agency.
As Attorney General from 1991 to 1993, Barr established innovative programs to combat violent crime and set significant new enforcement policies in a wide range of areas, including financial institutions, civil rights and antitrust merger guidelines. He started with the Department of Justice as assistant attorney general in charge of the Office of Legal Counsel in 1989, and then served as deputy attorney general before his appointment as attorney general in November 1991.
Barr started his legal career as law clerk to Judge Malcolm Wilkey of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. From 1982 to 1983, he served on the White House Domestic Policy Staff under President Reagan, and then returned to the Washington, D.C., law firm of Shaw, Pittman, Potts & Trowbridge, where he practiced as a partner until 1989. Barr received a bachelor’s degree in government in 1971 and a master’s degree in government and Chinese studies in 1973 from Columbia University. He received his juris doctor degree with highest honors from George Washington University in 1977. Barr’s program while Attorney General to spy on Americans was the precursor for future spying on Americans after 9-11. The Obama Administration took over and spied on the Trump Administration and God knows who else while he was President, something Barr never bothered to address.
Is this why Barr failed as AG – because the illegal spying using advanced technology was his brainchild?
:: 12--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
ARE WE REALLY GOING TO BUILD BACK BETTER AFTER A DARK WINTER?
“It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo. The ones that really mattered. Full of darkness and danger they were. And sometimes you didn’t want to know the end. Because how could the end be happy? How could the world go back to the way it was when so much bad had happened? But in the end, it’s only a passing thing, this shadow. Even darkness must pass. A new day will come. And when the sun shines it will shine out the clearer. Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something, even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn’t. They kept going, because they were holding on to something. That there is some good in this world, and it’s worth fighting for.” ― J.R.R. Tolkien
With all the talk about dark winters from Biden, Harris, Fauci, tyrannical Democrat governors, pandemic hysteria medical “experts”, and the corporate media paid to propagate the vital narrative, my mind was naturally drawn to the words of J.R.R. Tolkien and his Lord of the Rings trilogy. It is a story of good versus evil, with a foreboding mood of darkness and doom.
To those of us of a conspiratorial nature, according to those who conspired to overthrow a duly elected president for four years and are currently conspiring to steal the presidency through blatant election rigging and mail-in ballot fraud, we believe the darkness engulfing our nation has been initiated by the billionaire globalist evildoers marshaling dark forces in their Mordor on the Potomac.
The globalist elites, along with the Deep State and social media tyrants of Silicon Valley are rich, influential, and arrogant. They have stepped out from the shadows and are now blatantly flaunting their capture of our government, electoral systems, financial systems, mainstream media, social media, and medical complex.
They have gauged the intellectual, ethical, and mathematical aptitude of the masses and found them wanting. They have no fear of significant pushback as they commit treason by stealing a presidential election, trashing the Constitution, destroying small business owners, impoverishing what remains of the middle class, and imposing totalitarian restrictions upon a compliant obedient populace.
A nation once populated by independent minded, self-reliant, frontiersmen has rotted from within, as the country is now populated by millions of weak minded, submissive, docile sheep, allowing themselves to be bullied and propagandized into paralysis, while texting, tweeting and facebooking their every mindless thought to their followers.
Unless the Trump forces can prove fraud on a multi-state basis or are willing to take the drastic step of utilizing the September 12, 2018 Executive Order regarding foreign interference in elections as justification for using the Insurrection Act in overturning the fraudulent outcome of the election, the end of the nation as we know it will have arrived. Losing the two Senate runoff elections in Georgia would greatly accelerate the decline. If more Americans had the ability and/or desire to think critically, rather than choosing to be willfully ignorant and entranced by their electronic gadgets, they would understand how they are being manipulated and played by global elites, corporate fascists, billionaire totalitarians, and a corporate media using a common narrative as propaganda to mold their minds and play upon their emotions. It is not a coincidence when common phrases and narratives are propagated by those pulling the strings behind the scenes of this Potemkin village of villainy.
It has never been more apparent than during this year of pandemic hysteria. Phrases like “dark winter”, “lockdown”, “build back better”, “we are all in this together” (we’re not), “flatten the curve”, “social distancing”, “stop the spread”, “self-quarantine”, “contact tracing”, “new normal”, “remote learning”, “black lives matter”, and of course “The Great Reset”, have been introduced into our vocabulary as a means of controlling, dehumanizing, and invoking fear among the population. Biden’s handlers have had him fear mongering with the “Dark Winter” jargon since October, as their plan was to not pass a relief bill for poverty stricken unemployed workers and small businesses; ramp up testing to extraordinary levels using a PCR test guaranteed to produce millions of false positives; and classify the deaths of thousands of very old people as Covid deaths, no matter what they really died from; all to seize power over the government.
The propaganda of “Dark Winter” is designed to scare the population into submitting to lockdowns, canceling Thanksgiving and Christmas, begging for the Big Pharma vaccines, and allowing totalitarian mandates from Washington DC, state capitols, and localities to be executed without resistance. With the unceasing support of left-wing media outlets, the use of dire warnings by your overlords isn’t based upon facts, but a purposeful effort to appeal to the emotions of the non-critical thinking masses. When doing a search regarding “Dark Winter” you find a conspiracy theorist bonanza. Operation Dark Winter was the code name for a bio-terrorist simulation conducted in June 2001 by John Hopkins, high-level government officials and the media regarding a widespread small-pox attack scenario. The similarities to the release of a virus from a Chinese bio-weapon lab in Wuhan are a little eerie.
The findings from this simulation should be familiar to anyone who has been paying attention for the last ten months. Dark Winter outlined the possible breakdown in essential institutions, resulting in a loss of confidence in government, followed by civil disorder, and a violation of democratic processes by authorities attempting to restore order. Shortages of vaccines and other drugs affected the response available to contain the epidemic, as well as the ability of political leaders to offer reassurance to the American people. State government leaders wanted to invoke mandatory quarantining and border control. The lack of coordinated healthcare response exacerbated the fear of the population and overwhelmed the capacity in hospitals. The most pertinent finding from the simulation was information management would be the critical element in manipulating the crisis. They would need to manage the narrative to convince the population lockdowns, mandatory vaccinations, and disease containment measures were good for society, and most importantly, the government knew what was best. It seems those who believe they know what is best for the world – Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bezos, Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Obama, Clinton, along with other Deep State operatives – have put these lessons to good use. They understand the power of Bernays’ propaganda techniques, combined with modern day technological algorithms and psychological manipulation, along with population dumbed down by decades of government school indoctrination where they were taught to feel rather than think.
They know if they can successfully market their desired narrative through plugging paid “expert” opinions, unceasing mainstream media messaging, social media promotion of the narrative and suppression of counter-narratives through censorship, and politicians mouthing what they are told to regurgitate by their puppeteer controllers, they will achieve their objectives. You can even use their own technology to prove their duplicitous intentions. Google Trends reveals the phrase “Dark Winter” was virtually non-existent until October 2020. The Deep State public relations leeches running Biden’s campaign did some psychological testing on potential propaganda victims and found having Biden, his minions, and co-conspiratorial media utter this phrase thousands of times per day would invoke enough fear to convince the plebs to stay locked down, masked up, and pleading for the vaccine.
The message was designed to scare enough people into voting for Biden, that the election rigging wouldn’t seem as blatant as it became. The “Dark Winter” narrative peaked in the weeks following the election but is now being revived as part of the Big Government/Big Pharma marketing campaign to shame and fear the ignorant masses into compliantly getting injected with an experimental Big Pharma vaccine, with unknown long-term effects. So, what is the ultimate purpose of this propaganda campaign? There are no coincidences when it comes to the narrative being utilized to manipulate the minds of the masses during this deliberately over-hyped pandemic. Is the virus real? Based on personal anecdotes of numerous people who have had this China flu, it most certainly makes some people extremely sick and contributes to the deaths of some people. Most people barely notice any symptoms.
People less than 70 years old and in relatively good health have a 99.7% chance of not dying from this flu. Even those over 70 have a 94.6% chance of surviving if they get this flu. This flu contributes to the deaths of the very old and very sick, probably shortening their lives by months, not years. Maybe that is why the study done by a doctor at Johns Hopkins showing no excess mortality in the U.S. during 2020, needed to be scrubbed, deleted and memory holed – it revealed the pandemic hysteria narrative to be false. Amazingly, reported flu cases are down 98%, with no deaths, and deaths from heart disease and other respiratory ailments have plummeted. What a coincidence. Based on the positivity rate from the mass testing, it appears 10% of the population has had or has this flu. There have been 326,000 deaths classified as Covid since March. We know this is a grossly exaggerated number because the medical industrial complex is highly compensated by the government with your money to classify deaths as Covid. Actual data shows only 6% of the total deaths are from Covid alone.
Also, for those incapable of critical thinking, a case is not a sickness. Most people testing positive (due to faulty PCR tests) don’t know they even have this dreadful disease. And now that everyone entering a hospital for a procedure gets tested, a positive test means they are classified as a Covid hospitalization. The “masking saves lives” narrative is a complete and utter joke, as proved by any factual analysis – which will be immediately suppressed by Facebook, Twitter, and Google. How many tik-tok nurse dance routines does it take for people to realize the “hospitals at capacity” narrative is bullshit? We also know for a fact over 40% of all deaths have occurred in long-term care facilities, thanks to best selling author on leadership and Emmy award winner Andrew Cuomo and his fellow left wing totalitarian governors – Newsom, Wolf, Murphy and Whitmer. As the election approached, the daily testing was ramped from 1 million to over 2 million because the “Resistance” needed cases to surge and make it appear the situation was getting dramatically worse to help steal the election.
All part of the plan, along with the necessity of mass mail-in ballot voting because it was too dangerous to stand in line at polling places, but perfectly safe to be in massive lines at Wal-Mart, Target and Costco. And now we have the full press “life-saving” vaccine marketing campaign, on par with the rollout of version 6,875 of the Apple iphone, designed to enrich Pfizer Moderna, Astra Zeneca, and the other dozen Big Pharma mega-corporations and their billionaire benefactors. The televised vaccine injections by politicians, Hollywood actors, Fauci, and other “important people” are broadcasted breathlessly by the vacuous bimbo and brainless male model talking heads on CNN, MSNBC and the other propaganda media to convince the ignorant masses they need to blindly comply to save themselves from a horrible disease with a 99.7% survival rate.
The concerted effort to scorn, ridicule, censor and disallow any discussion about the tremendous effectiveness of Hydroxychloroquine + Zinc + Zpack in curing this virus is another example of the Big Pharma profits mantra as the dominant theme. This perfectly safe and effective treatment only costs a few bucks and doesn’t enrich the pandemia crowd, so it had to be squashed. How many people died because politicians banned this treatment until after the election?
Ivermectin, generally used to treat parasite infestations, has also proven to be highly effective in treating Covid-19, but you will never hear Fauci or a MSM talking head admit this is true. There are billions to be made. And if cases begin to peak, just announce a new “mutant” strain with no proof or data, and the fearful masses will again beg the government to keep them locked down. There is a population to control – and reduce. They expect you to believe the 95% vaccine success rate after 9 months, when they haven’t achieved a 40% success rate with the annual flu after decades. And they absolutely know the long-term effects of a product they just produced with far less testing than has been done to test the safety of previous vaccines. Five years from now when negative impacts begin to reveal themselves, they will say “how could we have known?”.
And since the mega-corporation Pharma companies have been granted immunity from liability for their negligence, their hundreds of billions in profits will be safe. How long before Fauci is sitting on the Boards of Pfizer and Moderna, collecting six figure board fees? It is fascinating how the WHO suddenly changed their definition of herd immunity on their website to say that it can only be achieved through vaccinations, which is categorically untrue. When you realize the breadth of this conspiracy of billionaire oligarchs, the UN, WHO, CDC, corrupt politicians, Big Pharma, the entire medical complex, corporate media, and feckless bureaucrats, to plunder the wealth of the masses and implement their command-and-control agenda, you might understand Mencken’s rage.
“It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo. The ones that really mattered. Full of darkness and danger they were. And sometimes you didn’t want to know the end. Because how could the end be happy? How could the world go back to the way it was when so much bad had happened? But in the end, it’s only a passing thing, this shadow. Even darkness must pass. A new day will come. And when the sun shines it will shine out the clearer. Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something, even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn’t. They kept going, because they were holding on to something. That there is some good in this world, and it’s worth fighting for.” ― J.R.R. Tolkien
With all the talk about dark winters from Biden, Harris, Fauci, tyrannical Democrat governors, pandemic hysteria medical “experts”, and the corporate media paid to propagate the vital narrative, my mind was naturally drawn to the words of J.R.R. Tolkien and his Lord of the Rings trilogy. It is a story of good versus evil, with a foreboding mood of darkness and doom.
To those of us of a conspiratorial nature, according to those who conspired to overthrow a duly elected president for four years and are currently conspiring to steal the presidency through blatant election rigging and mail-in ballot fraud, we believe the darkness engulfing our nation has been initiated by the billionaire globalist evildoers marshaling dark forces in their Mordor on the Potomac.
The globalist elites, along with the Deep State and social media tyrants of Silicon Valley are rich, influential, and arrogant. They have stepped out from the shadows and are now blatantly flaunting their capture of our government, electoral systems, financial systems, mainstream media, social media, and medical complex.
They have gauged the intellectual, ethical, and mathematical aptitude of the masses and found them wanting. They have no fear of significant pushback as they commit treason by stealing a presidential election, trashing the Constitution, destroying small business owners, impoverishing what remains of the middle class, and imposing totalitarian restrictions upon a compliant obedient populace.
A nation once populated by independent minded, self-reliant, frontiersmen has rotted from within, as the country is now populated by millions of weak minded, submissive, docile sheep, allowing themselves to be bullied and propagandized into paralysis, while texting, tweeting and facebooking their every mindless thought to their followers.
Unless the Trump forces can prove fraud on a multi-state basis or are willing to take the drastic step of utilizing the September 12, 2018 Executive Order regarding foreign interference in elections as justification for using the Insurrection Act in overturning the fraudulent outcome of the election, the end of the nation as we know it will have arrived. Losing the two Senate runoff elections in Georgia would greatly accelerate the decline.
Théodore Rousseau | The Forest in Winter at Sunset | The Metropolitan Museum of Art
If more Americans had the ability and/or desire to think critically, rather than choosing to be willfully ignorant and entranced by their electronic gadgets, they would understand how they are being manipulated and played by global elites, corporate fascists, billionaire totalitarians, and a corporate media using a common narrative as propaganda to mold their minds and play upon their emotions. It is not a coincidence when common phrases and narratives are propagated by those pulling the strings behind the scenes of this Potemkin village of villainy.
It has never been more apparent than during this year of pandemic hysteria. Phrases like “dark winter”, “lockdown”, “build back better”, “we are all in this together” (we’re not), “flatten the curve”, “social distancing”, “stop the spread”, “self-quarantine”, “contact tracing”, “new normal”, “remote learning”, “black lives matter”, and of course “The Great Reset”, have been introduced into our vocabulary as a means of controlling, dehumanizing, and invoking fear among the population.
Pandemic popularizes a plethora of words, phrases
Biden’s handlers have had him fear mongering with the “Dark Winter” jargon since October, as their plan was to not pass a relief bill for poverty stricken unemployed workers and small businesses; ramp up testing to extraordinary levels using a PCR test guaranteed to produce millions of false positives; and classify the deaths of thousands of very old people as Covid deaths, no matter what they really died from; all to seize power over the government.
The propaganda of “Dark Winter” is designed to scare the population into submitting to lockdowns, canceling Thanksgiving and Christmas, begging for the Big Pharma vaccines, and allowing totalitarian mandates from Washington DC, state capitols, and localities to be executed without resistance. With the unceasing support of left-wing media outlets, the use of dire warnings by your overlords isn’t based upon facts, but a purposeful effort to appeal to the emotions of the non-critical thinking masses.
When doing a search regarding “Dark Winter” you find a conspiracy theorist bonanza. Operation Dark Winter was the code name for a bio-terrorist simulation conducted in June 2001 by John Hopkins, high-level government officials and the media regarding a widespread small-pox attack scenario. The similarities to the release of a virus from a Chinese bio-weapon lab in Wuhan are a little eerie.
The findings from this simulation should be familiar to anyone who has been paying attention for the last ten months. Dark Winter outlined the possible breakdown in essential institutions, resulting in a loss of confidence in government, followed by civil disorder, and a violation of democratic processes by authorities attempting to restore order. Shortages of vaccines and other drugs affected the response available to contain the epidemic, as well as the ability of political leaders to offer reassurance to the American people.
Operation Dark Winter / The Division Zone
State government leaders wanted to invoke mandatory quarantining and border control. The lack of coordinated healthcare response exacerbated the fear of the population and overwhelmed the capacity in hospitals. The most pertinent finding from the simulation was information management would be the critical element in manipulating the crisis. They would need to manage the narrative to convince the population lockdowns, mandatory vaccinations, and disease containment measures were good for society, and most importantly, the government knew what was best.
The 2010s: Billionaires' Decade - What Next? - Impakter
It seems those who believe they know what is best for the world – Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bezos, Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Obama, Clinton, along with other Deep State operatives – have put these lessons to good use. They understand the power of Bernays’ propaganda techniques, combined with modern day technological algorithms and psychological manipulation, along with population dumbed down by decades of government school indoctrination where they were taught to feel rather than think.
They know if they can successfully market their desired narrative through plugging paid “expert” opinions, unceasing mainstream media messaging, social media promotion of the narrative and suppression of counter-narratives through censorship, and politicians mouthing what they are told to regurgitate by their puppeteer controllers, they will achieve their objectives.
H. L. Mencken Quote: “There comes a time in every man's life when he's consumed by the desire to spit on his palms, hoist the black flag and s...” (8 wallpapers) - Quotefancy
In Part Two of this article I will lay out Klaus Schwab’s master plan to reset the world in the warped vision of the globalist elites. In Part Three I will use the wisdom of J.R.R. Tolkien to try and map a path through these dark times.
:: 12-27-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dr Corsi SPECIAL BROADCAST 12-27-20: The Rise of the MAGA Party
44,584 views Dr. Jerome Corsi 67.6K subscribers
President Donald Trump made Make America Great Again the platform for his 2016 presidential election campaign, and that movement has only grown in stature ever since.
The Democrat party has become addicted to lying, cheating and stealing since mob boss Sam Giancana orchestrated JFK's fraudulent win in 1960. Nixon chose to accept the fraud and move on as he knew he could and did come back again to win 8 years later in his own right.
However, today, President Trump knows he cannot allow the massive fraud perpetrated in the 2020 Presidential election to stand, as an entire Army of Darkness, including the Communist Chinese, Democrat miscreants, the Mockingbird Media, and even RINO sell outs banded together to attempt the worst crime in American history.
The path forward is clear, it is a time for final choosing between freedom and tyranny. Patriots and traitors are squaring off as the result of the election is to be determined within the next few weeks.
If you value your freedom, and the future of your children and grandchildren, the time for decisive action has arrived. President Trump cannot win this battle on his own. With God's help, and the support of peace-loving patriots across the land, victory is near. Speak out now, act now, or all is lost.
The time for the MAGA party has arrived. Join the movement as we save America together.
Donald Trump always looks like he's going to lose just before he wins.
In the end God always wins.
Visit https://www.corsination.com where passionate patriots gather to learn and share the truth.
To access all video broadcasts and audio podcasts: https://corsination.com/broadcasts/
Livestream Broadcasts Monday - Friday 11:00am Eastern
CloutHub https://app.clouthub.com/ channels (Channel #119)
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/drjeromecorsi
Periscope.tv https://www.periscope.tv/jerome_corsi...
Twitter https://twitter.com/jerome_corsi
Vimeo https://vimeo.com/corsi
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/user/Jerome_C...
All Video Broadcasts
BitChute https://www.bitchute.com/Corsi_Nation
Rumble https://rumble.com/user/DrJeromeCorsi
INTERVIEWS https://rumble.com/Corsi_Nation_Inter...
NEWS https://rumble.com/user/DrJeromeCorsi...
RECAPS https://rumble.com/Corsi_Nation_Recaps
Audio Podcasts
iHeartRadio https://www.iheart.com/podcast/corsi-...
iTunes https://www.apple.com/itunes/
Soundcloud https://soundcloud.com/Jerome_Corsi
Spotify https://open.spotify.com/show/Corsi_N...
Stitcher https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/cors...
TuneIn https://tunein.com/podcasts/Podcasts/...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fn2xgSmwDJ8
[ :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of
Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these
things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming,
and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there
shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes,
in divers places. (KJV)
[ :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be?
and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom
against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall
be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences;
and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)
:: 12--20 Quakes Live Earthquake Map :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Scribe note: For a map and full listing of earthquakes around the world. Click on the link below.
http://quakes.globalincidentmap.com/
:: 12-27-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dec 27 (Reuters) - An earthquake of magnitude 6.8 struck off the coast of south-central Chile on Sunday, the European Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC) said, but Chilean officials immediately discarded the risk of a tsunami. There were no initial reports of damage immediately following the quake. The strong tremor took place at a depth of 10 km (6.21 miles), EMSC said, and about 163 km (100 miles) west-northwest of Valdivia in the Pacific Ocean.
(Reporting by Radhika Anilkumar in Bengaluru; writing by Dave Sherwood, Editing by Richard Chang)
:: 12-26-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Elderly man with COVID beaten to death by roommate for praying
Dec 26, 2020
(TheBlaze) – An elderly California man dealing with COVID-19 was bludgeoned to death by a roommate for praying. An 82-year-old Latino man was being treated for coronavirus at the Antelope Valley Hospital in Lancaster in Southern California. The elderly man was sharing the hospital room with a 37-year-old man who was also diagnosed with COVID-19. The older hospital patient “leaned on his Catholic faith and began to pray,” according to The Washington Post. The BBC reported, “Jesse Martinez became upset when the 82-year-old man sharing his hospital room started praying, according to Los Angeles police.” Martinez allegedly used an oxygen tank to beat to death the elderly man in his hospital bed on Dec. 17, at approximately 9:45 a.m. The victim died the following day. “He then struck the victim with an oxygen tank,” according to the statement from the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Homicide Bureau.
The two men did not know each other before being assigned to the same hospital room, and authorities did not know why Martinez murdered the man for praying. Martinez was arrested and charged with murder, a hate crime enhancement, and elder abuse. His bail is set at $1 million. He is being held at the Twin Towers Correctional Facility. Martinez is scheduled to appear in Antelope Valley Court on Dec. 28. READ MORE
https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/12/elderly-man-with-covid-beaten-to-death-by-roommate-for-praying/
:: 12--20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Expecting Government Help During SHTF?—10 Things That Will Most Likely Kill You And Your Loved Ones If You Do
There is one word that preppers use more than any other word. It’s the thing around which all our plans and preparations revolve. I’m talking about “survival”. In the end, that’s what it’s all about.
If things go sideways in a really bad way and I’m talking about the kind of bad that a region or country doesn’t quickly or ever bounce back from, more than likely you and your family will die if you’re not prepared. Are you prepared enough to ensure your family can weather a major catastrophe?
I tend to try and be as optimistic as I can when I consider possibilities involving an SHTF scenario. I consider myself a practical, pragmatic prepper of sorts and I tend to focus on the most probable of disaster scenarios that I’ll probably face in my area, like fires or earthquakes. I’d like to believe that most catastrophic problems in my region can be resolved within 2 to 4 weeks assuming help comes. But I know as a prepper, it’d be foolish to not consider the possibility that things may not bounce back or help may not arrive. If this were to happen, would I be ready to take care of myself and my family? Many experts predict that if our power grid were to go down in the U.S., by the end of the first month, ½ of all Americans would die. Can you live 30 days without power, water, or food being available to you? (let alone the gangs rampaging on the streets and fathers desperate to feed their children)
In this article, we’ll discuss 10 of the most common ways people will die in the first month if there were an extended catastrophe. While this topic could be perceived as discouraging, the good news is we’ll present solutions to ensure you and your family will be prepared to face these challenges.
By the way, if you haven’t read the book “1 Second After”, I encourage you to purchase it today…after reading this article of course. While it’s fiction, it’s a great read and covers many of these items we’ll be discussing in this article. Also read:
9 Things What We Must Do When Facing Martial Law
Survival Antibiotics—Will Your Demise Be A Sinus Infection?
1. The lack of water or even safe water to drink.
I put this intentionally first as you can only live 3 days without water. The biggest killer at the beginning of a catastrophe will be people dying from either a lack of water or the inability to gain access to sanitary water. If you’ve ever watched the news after a major catastrophe hits an area, you’ll see that lethal diseases will quickly run rampant through individuals that have been displaced. The lack of sanitary water leads to diarrhea and other problems that can quickly kill people due to pathogens contaminating the water supply due to unsanitary conditions.
How do you protect against this? Easy. Having gravity-fed water filtration or other water filtration systems that do not require power to operate will allow you to make your water safe. In my family’s bug-out bags, I have a few different water filters: a sawyer water filter, a life straw, and a pure sip personal water filter. While these small filters are good for handling bacteria, they’re not really equipped to handle contaminants in water. In our home, we have a Berkey water filter as well which we use on a daily basis. These filters can make contaminated water safe to drink. If you do not have water stored and a way to filter water, you need to focus on this first. In addition, have bleach, iodine tablets, or pool shock to kill viruses if your filter doesn’t filter at this level.
2. Starving to death
The average person can only last 21 days without food. Most Americans only have enough food for a few days as they’re used to visiting the grocery store every few days. If a catastrophe prevents food deliveries to your local grocery store which typically carries enough supplies for 3 days, then what? Malnutrition, food poisoning, and starvation will wipe out a large percentage of individuals in the first 30 days.
This problem can be easily remedied by building a short-term food plan. In my home, I have stocked up on foods that we already use on a daily basis. We pull the food from this inventory as we need it…things like spaghetti, rice, honey, beans, coffee, canned meats, canned food, etc. This setup is by no means a long-term food storage plan which we’ll cover in a future article, but rather this is food that is already used in our daily life. Here’s what I did. We started setting aside a little extra money in our budget each month to grab additional food we already used and added it to our inventory. When we pull the food from the extra inventory supply we built up, we have a clipboard in our storage area where we write down what was taken, and on our next trip, we simply replace that food. Many people focus on storing canned foods which are fine for the short term, but having a balance of other foods that can easily sit on the shelf is a good idea as well. Remember: begin stocking staple foods that are easy to store and prepare and have a balance of fat, carbs, and proteins.
3. Your medication runs out
This one is a bit of a challenge as you can’t necessarily stock up on medications if your doctor only gives you enough of a supply until your next appointment. After many catastrophes hit an area, apart from people making a run on their local grocery store to grab as much food and water as they can, you can expect people will make a run on their local pharmacy to secure the drugs they need to survive. In addition, you need to consider the effect it will have in your local area when people come off meds. Many people rely upon medications to not only deal with health issues but to keep them mentally stable. Without their meds, there could severe side effects. People will get desperate and most certainly dangerous. There will be those that need their meds to survive. Without the meds, they won’t last long. If your health condition can be managed with changes in your lifestyle (for example getting in shape and losing weight), you need to give serious consideration to this which leads us to our next point.
4. People will die because they’re out of shape
A few months ago I had a tree in my backyard which began dying and it was time to cut it down. I don’t own a chainsaw and so I used an ax to cut it down. Growing up we cut trees down all the time on our property and split wood…that was back when I was 18 years old. Now that I’m over 40, that same task is more difficult. Cutting down that tree was a bit of a challenge. While I spend 3 days in the gym and try to do cardio activities on the other days, when cutting the tree down I began to realize I was no longer a spring chicken. I was winded quickly and found myself wishing I had a chainsaw. I got sloppy as well due to getting tired and nearly injured myself when I tried to cut the tree at an angle and nearly caused the ax blade to bounce into my leg (which I’ll talk about in the next point). But the fact that I had been keeping myself in decent shape made the job possible. In a grid-down situation where things are not bouncing back, you’ll probably be required to perform physical activities to survive.
If you’re used to sitting in an office chair all day and not performing daily activities that push your body, you might be surprised how little your body will be up for strenuous labor. Please don’t underestimate this point as something you can put off. You have the opportunity to get your body in shape. If you don’t push yourself, your body will naturally atrophy. Also, consider things like how much extra weight you are currently carrying on your body. Being obese can be a huge liability in a grid down situation. With a modification to your diet, getting off your behind, and begin moving on a daily basis, you can steer yourself in the right direction. The older I get, the more I realize the limitations of my body, and the less I want to exert myself. There may come a time when my family relies on me to have to work physically hard for them in order to survive and I don’t want to be unable because I had simply allowed my body to atrophy.
5. Individuals will die due to trauma, small injuries or simply get sick
As I mentioned earlier while chopping down the tree, I nearly had the ax blade slam into my leg. While it’s easy to laugh this off as someone not being safe, think about how many people will get injured performing a lot of physical activities that carry the risk of injury. Not only will major trauma potentially injure individuals, but think about how many have a minor injury that could lead to a severe infection. If you’ve ever had a small cut that has turned into an infection that needed attention, you could simply visit your physician to get the proper medications to treat the problem. But now imagine individuals getting small cuts and nicks that they neglect only have it turn into something worse and no one can help. Not only do injuries carry a large risk of death, but getting sick can as well.
So what can you do? Begin gaining medical knowledge and the proper medical supplies now. In addition, make sure you don’t neglect basic sanitation. Not that a long ago I took training through my local fire department named C.E.R.T. Part of the training taught us how to stabilize individuals with major trauma. I encourage you to begin researching courses like this in your local area. My degree in college was Microbiology and during this time I spent a lot of time volunteering in hospitals. While I am by no means a physician, while being in this environment I learned the basics in sanitation and treating minor injuries. I have been working on stocking medical supplies and am working on expanding that out at this time. There’s a lot of great channels on Youtube like the Patriot Nurse or Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy which are great for someone looking for help getting up to speed on the basics of medicine. At a minimum have a book in your inventory like The Survival Medicine Handbook.
In addition, do yourself a favor and pick up a good pair of work gloves and safety goggles.
6. Lack of sanitation
In the previous point, I pointed out that individuals getting sick can result in death without medical attention. If things go bad in your area, proper sanitation will be critical. Have you considered how you will dispose of the waste your family produces? By waste I am referring to your urine and excrement, in addition, leftover food or dirty dishes. We’re so used to simply flushing our toilets and taking the trash out to the curb and the problem is gone. But what happens when the sewage stops running and the trash man doesn’t come to pick up your trash. Then what?
A lack of sanitation can lead to illness which can spread through your home and kill your family. Began researching options to dispose of your waste. Essential things like washing your hands thoroughly will be more important than ever. Having a decent supply of hand sanitizer will be helpful as well. When I lived in Afghanistan in 2003, I was fortunate that I never really got sick even though sanitation was a foreign concept in the general population. I was OCD about sanitation and during my time working with an NGO and living with 24 other people in our house, fortunately, I didn’t have many of the health issues that our team members had. I attribute my good fortune to staying on top of being careful to make sure I kept my hands clean, I sterilized my water bottle daily and made sure the dishes I used had been properly cleaned. Not only can getting sick be a problem in your family, but consider the damage it can do to morale having sick family members or being sick yourself.
7. You die when looters come for your stuff
Many people envision the looters they’ll have to face will be gangs or some group of people displaced coming to take their supplies. While marauders like this can potentially be a big threat, the reality is you may have neighbors or other family members which can turn on you if you’ve prepared and they haven’t.
When I first got serious about prepping, I thought sharing my excitement about prepping with friends and family would excite them to get serious about prepping. It pretty much had the opposite effect: they looked at me strangely and later they brought up that if things were to go bad, they’d come to my house immediately to seek help. Remember earlier we mentioned that only about 1% of Americans are “Preppers”? Well, what do you think the other 99% of Americans are going to do when they can’t find water or food? Thinking about this does concern me greatly because I’d never want to harm someone if they were hungry and coming for my stuff, especially if they were someone I knew and loved. And by “coming for my stuff”, I don’t mean just asking or pleading. When people get desperate, they will do anything it takes to survive. And by “anything”, I mean “a-ny-thing”. If you only have enough supplies to keep your family alive, what will do if that neighbor that hasn’t prepared goes past demanding help and decides they will take from you even if they have to hurt you or your family?
So what are you to do? If gangs or looters are bent on hurting you for what you have then the answer is obvious, but what are we to do regarding friends or family? This is a moral dilemma that goes through my head a lot and I see it often discussed in this community as well. If you want to open your supplies to help others, remember you are lessening the probability your family will live that much longer and the probability those people you helped with keep coming back. In my mind, there’s only 3 answers which I’ll run through quickly (and if you have other views please share them in the comment section below):
–1. Keep your mouth shut. The less information you provide to others about what you have, the better.
–2. Help others now and educate them. While this might seem to be the exact opposite piece of advice from my point #1, you don’t have to disclose all your preps and show off everything you have to them. Just help educate them that they should prepare. I need to create a separate video for this, but I’ve slowly been introducing neighbors to prepping and they’ve begun taking steps to prepare. Remember, the less desperate they are, the less of a threat they are to you.
–3. Arm yourself. If it comes down to it, you may have to be forced to protect your family. While I have no desire to harm someone, if it comes down to me and my family and a person bent on hurting us, I’ll do what I have to do. Side note: I don’t advocate violence and I greatly value human life. Remember, if you harm or kill someone, you will ultimately be held accountable for your actions. But when the social niceties that we enjoy in our society go out the window when people get desperate and they pose a threat to me or my family, I won’t hesitate for a moment to do whatever it takes to stop them.
8. You aren’t prepared for reality
So your plan is if things hit the fan is to grab that awesome bug out bag and run to the mountains and live off the land. In your mind, you dream of picking berries, drinking from streams, trapping rabbits and hunting deer. You’ll live in a tent with your family and survive in that national forest near you. OK, so I don’t have time in this article to break this entire fantasy down, but good luck with that.
The reality is that all that cool tactical gear you bought with the molle, the 5000 rounds of ammo you’re storing up, those seeds you purchased online to build a big crop that you’ve never planted won’t save you. If you’ve got a family, think you can run them into the mountains to live off the land? If you’re not practicing this lifestyle now, you’re probably not going to suddenly transition overnight to this and suddenly thrive or even survive. What am I saying here? Live in reality on this issue. The fantasy of becoming some amazing survivalist with several family members in tow isn’t going to last long. I live in a suburban environment and I know beyond a shadow of a doubt that my 7000 square foot suburban home will not support my family long-term unless I prepare and think ahead now. I know we can definitely survive for an extended period of time if we’re able to bug-in and don’t have any major conflicts as mentioned in the previous point.
So what can you do? Network. Build relationships with other like-minded preppers. I’ve been fortunate to find a solid network in my area. In the past, I have used the website meetup.com to find a local prepper group in my area. You’ll definitely meet some oddballs but overall I’ve been able to meet some solid people. While it’s beyond the scope of this article, the lone wolf mentality will only get you so far. Live in reality and take an honest assessment of what you and your family can do and do yourself a favor and connect with other preppers that can help where you are deficient.
9. You freeze to death
I’m fortunate to live in a part of the U.S. that doesn’t get terribly cold during the winter. But in many parts of the US, temperatures can drop to very dangerous levels that can kill. So what will you do? Gonna start that fireplace you have never used before? OK, do you have firewood already cut and prepared? If not do you have the tools to do so and do you have places around you to cut down firewood? For many that can not get a fuel source in time before the temperature drops to dangerous levels, they’ll try burning things that they shouldn’t and stand the possibility of carbon monoxide poisoning or possibly burning their home down.
If you have a fireplace, start by making sure the chimney is cleaned out and have firewood on hand that is already cut up. Find methods that others use in your area to heat their home that is not dependent on the electrical grid functioning. Each region is unique and different in how they handle heating homes and be sure to have a backup plan.
10. You give up
Last but not least, many people will simply give up. Even those that have prepared to cover the points above, some will simply lose the will to move forward or to keep fighting. Things may not go according to plans. Bad things may happen. Your supplies may get looted, someone in your home may die. The list of what could happen could go on and on. The key is this: do not give up. Especially if you have a family or others depending on you. You may have to dig deep inside to find the strength and fortitude that come hell or high water, you will not back down and you will not give up. If you have dependents, giving up is not an option. Remember this: a negative, defeated attitude can be like cancer and spread to others around you. As we discussed earlier, morale in times like this is critical. If you’ve ever read accounts from those that have had to survive extended periods of time in impossible situations, the will to survive and the morale required to do so was the only thing that enabled them to continue living when others around them gave up and simply died. This goes beyond having the right tools or supplies. If you are prepping now for yourself and your family, remember, they will be looking to you to lead not only in your preps but in those dark moments when all hope seems lost. Don’t give up. Determine now that will dig in your heels and align your mind to that end. You may be the only beacon of hope others have.
While writing this article, it challenged me to reconsider a few things I need to focus on a little more and I hope it will do the same for you. Again, please feel free to provide your feedback in the comment section below.
Since the holidays are only days away now, and you might be looking for a nice gift for yourself or someone you care about, I highly recommend this book to everyone. 300 pages, color, paperback. The Lost Book of Remedies is helping Americans achieve medical self-sufficiency even in the darkest times using the time-tested methods of our grandparents without spending lots of money on toxic drugs and without side effects. A great asset when doctors and hospitals won’t be available any more given the current situation. You may not be Claude Davis, but you can make use of his procedures and techniques to increase your chances of survival!
:: 12-28-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Quiet Voices of Medical Professionals Are Telling Us that the Coronavirus Is Dangerous
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 28, 2020 - 13:27.
No doubt you have seen the contraindications for taking a medication with the so-called black box warnings that are required by the FDA because every medical intervention has side effects. Our nightly TV experience is inundated with Big Pharma ads that all contain black box warnings. There is one exception to this rule and it is the present set of vaccines designed to mitigate the effects and spread of coronavirus. This must be some vaccine because it contains no warnings, no contraindications. One size fits all and everybody will soon be required to roll up your sleeves. However, I will not be taking the vaccine because as Steve Quayle says “shot in the arm, shot in the head, it does not matter because you are still dead.”
Developed at warp speed, these vaccines give us much to be concerned about as indicated by the two following emails I have recently received. Also, you may wish to check out my TV show in the few days, as I have unveiled a 3 part series as to what is actually in the vaccine at thecommonsenseshow.tv.
Here are the two very telling emails:
Dear Dave,
I have followed your work for years and what you have been stating to the general public is absolutely correct. In some areas of this email, I need to be purposely vague so I can avoid direct detection as the author of this email. All of my medical colleagues will attest, we are playing in a rigged game. In my present position, I see many deaths in a short time span. Attending physicians would write case notes and we would invariably note the suspected cause of death. When Covid struck, our physicians were told to not list a cause of death. All of us completely understand this was purposely done to artificially inflate the cause of death attributable to Covid in order to receive federal compensation for each diagnosis and subsequent death. I have personally witnessed people who have died from gun shot wounds and kidney failure diagnosed as Covid.
My fellow physicians welcome the fact that we are no longer allowed to list a cause of death because it removes some of the liability we could face from family members demanding answers and ultimately suing. Yet, this illegitimate practice violates everything I believe in as a doctor.
There is another issue that I want to bring to your attention. You have spoken about your concerns regarding the lack of “black box warnings” and the failure to list who should not be taking the Covid vaccine. Your concerns are valid as you have expressed them in your podcasts. We are moving to a demand of 100% compliance with regard to taking the vaccine. Anyone with any knowledge of the medical field knows that this position of one size fits all with regard to this vaccine is ludicrous. If the manner in which Covid diagnoses have been handled, there will be a complete obfuscation of the truth with regard to vaccine anomalies and side effects. Hear no evil see no evil.
My particular area of practice has already received the talk. We are not permitted to speak with the media. When it is our turn, the vaccines will be mandatory. I am not taking the vaccine. There are all the indications that a complete coverup is underway with regard to the lack sufficient clinical trials and contraindications for the vaccine. We are also being told that this the Covid situation becomes much worse a medical state of emergency will be declared and we could be forcibly vaccinated. I fear that this will happen under Biden’s rule. Please bear in mind that there has never been a “perfect medical intervention”---until now.
Keep up the good work and please package this message so it cannot be traced back to me. I am going to make a stand, but I don’t want it to be over an email. Thanks for your consideration.
____________________________________________________
This doctor was correct. Recently, I received an email from a medical professional who makes an excellent case that deaths caused by the vaccines will be listed as another cause of death apart from the vaccine.
_______________________________________________________
Hi and Merry Christmas; I don't expect a reply but wanted to let you know some info I have as I'm employed by UCHealth in CO as a coding educator (the ICD 10 and CPT codes that are submitted for payment to insurance) and I was an RN before this.
This is text of the e-mail (from the employer):
"For any patient visit that has an adverse reaction/effect to the Covid vaccine and is seen at a virtual urgent care, brick and mortar urgent care or office or ER, until further notice, please defer those encounters. Start with deferring for 5 days and so on until you hear more."
Then this additional email approximately 5 hours later:
"We have some additional information...For any patient visit that has an adverse reaction/effect to the Covid vaccine (including those that may be an adverse reaction) and is seen at a virtual urgent care, any urgent care or brick and mortar urgent care or ER, until further notice, please transfer those to WQ 39628 PB Coding Supervisor SL 3. Thanks again for all of your assistance with the many charges we encounter!"
Raised my suspicions - are they hiding these adverse reactions? No news in media on this of course? I audit the coder's coding and provide education, so may encounter some of these reports and can share if you're interested but not anything with private health information ... that would violate HIPAA, just the basic facts of reactions. However, I may never see these as they are all being sent to a separate supervisor WQ?
Also, I am seeing deaths including cardiac arrest that is attributed to COVID-related cardiomyopathy and even a death due to ruptured spleen that was coded and reported as COVID related (not sure how these are - normally spleen is due to trauma but none reported in this case?) I also don't know how they determined that the cardiomyopathy is related to COVID? I know you're aware of over reporting already of COVID deaths, I believe it is pretty big!
Thank you, I appreciate your updates. My sister-in-law is also a nurse and is insisting that all medical information is that this is completely safe. She won't listen and I've become black sheep in family :( She sent me a video to "prove" how wrong I am by CBS and a professor of medicine answering questions - like it's 100% safe and effective (???what/?), will provide 100% protection against you getting so sick that you'd be admitted to hospital (said you may still get minor case of COVID), is safe for ANYONE, including immunocompromised, etc, end advice to get it as soon as you can.
I think the fix is in for most Americans, all are gaslighted except those listening to you, Steve Quayle, etc
If enough people refuse, the mandatory nature of the vaccine will disappear. I am not taking this vaccine under any circumstances, how about you?
:: 12-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Major Covid Vaccine Glitch Emerges: Most Europeans, Including Hospital Staff, Refuse To Take It
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Dec 27, 2020 - 21:50
All is not going according to plan in the biggest global rollout of what is arguably the most important vaccine in a century, and it is not just growing US mistrust in the covid injection effort that was rolled out in record time: an unexpected spike in allergic reactions to the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine (and now, Moderna too) may prove catastrophic to widespread acceptance unless scientists can figure out what is causing it after the FDA's rushed approval, and is also why as we reported yesterday, scientists are scrambling to identify the potential culprit causing the allergic reactions.
Making matters worse, Europe rolled out a huge COVID-19 vaccination drive on Sunday to try to rein in the coronavirus pandemic but even more Europeans than American are sceptical about the speed at which the vaccines have been tested and approved and reluctant to have the shot.
While the European Union has secured contracts drugmakers including Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, for a total of more than two billion doses and has set a goal for all adults to be inoculated next year, this is looking increasingly like a pipe dream: according to recent surveys, the local population has expressed "high levels of hesitancy" towards inoculation in countries from France to Poland, with many used to vaccines taking decades to develop, not just months.
“I don’t think there’s a vaccine in history that has been tested so quickly,” Ireneusz Sikorski, 41, said as he stepped out of a church in central Warsaw with his two children.
"I am not saying vaccination shouldn’t be taking place. But I am not going to test an unverified vaccine on my children, or on myself."
Smart: why take the risk of getting vaccinated when others will do it, resulting in the same outcome.
Surveys in Poland, where distrust in public institutions runs deep, show that fewer than 40% of people planning to get vaccinated. Worse, according to Reuters on Sunday, only half the medical staff in a Warsaw hospital where the country’s first shot was administered had signed up. And if the doctors don't trust the vaccine, one can be certain that the broader population will refuse to take it.
The situation is similar in Spain, one of Europe’s hardest-hit countries, where 28-year-old singer and music composer German summarizes the skepticism of a broad range of the population, and plans to wait for now.
“No one close to me has had it (COVID-19). I’m obviously not saying it doesn’t exist because lots of people have died of it, but for now I wouldn’t have it (the vaccine).”
A Christian Orthodox bishop in Bulgaria, where 45% of people have said they would not get a shot and 40% plan to wait to see if any negative side effects appear - meaning only 15% of the population will actually volunteer for a vaccine in the near future - is in the tiny minority when it comes to taking the vaccine.
“Myself, I am vaccinated against everything I can be,” Bishop Tihon told reporters after getting his shot, standing alongside the health minister in Sofia. He spoke about anxiety over polio before vaccination became available in the 1950s and 1960s.
To be sure, the establishment is pounding the table on why the vaccines are safe despite the record short time in development (even though not even the "scientists" can explain what is behind the spike in vaccine allergic reactions), and claiming that the new technology behind the mRNA vaccine is all one needs to know... when it is precisely this new technology that is sparking the skepticism.
“We’ll look back on the advances made in 2020 and say: ‘That was a moment when science really did make a leap forward’,” said Jeremy Farrar, director of the Oxford University Clinical Research Unit, which is backed by the Wellcome Trust. Oxford also received $750MM from Bill Gates in June in the billionaire's quest to vaccinate the world against Covid.
Only problem: nobody in Europe seems to care about these "scientific" justifications. Independent pollster Alpha Research said its recent survey suggested that fewer than one in five Bulgarians from the first groups to be offered the vaccine - frontline medics, pharmacists, teachers and nursing home staff - planned to volunteer to get a shot.
An IPSOS survey of 15 countries published on Nov. 5 showed then that 54% of French would have a COVID vaccine if one were available. The figure was 64% in Italy and Spain, 79% in Britain and 87% in China.
Since then things have gone far worse, and a more recent IFOP poll showed that only 41% people in France would take the shot. This means that a vast majority will not. Not even in Sweden, where public trust in authorities is absurdly and inexplicably high, is there a universal trust in the vaccine, with at least one in three saying they won't get the shot: “If someone gave me 10 million euro, I wouldn’t take it,” Lisa Renberg, 32, told Reuters on Wednesday.
Meanwhile, in a paradoxical attempt to force more to sign up - not realizing that it will only have the precisely opposite effect - Polish Prime Minister Mateusz Morawiecki urged Poles on Sunday to sign up for vaccination, saying the herd immunity effect depended on them. Critics have accused Warsaw’s "nationalist leaders" of being too accepting of anti-vaccination attitudes in the past in an effort to garner conservative support. Well... let's check back on said attitude in 10 years and see if perhaps it was the right one.
For now, however, the more European governments pressure their populations to get immunized, the fewer the people who will actually sign up and the worse the vaccine rollout will be, that much we can be 100% sure of.
:: 12-27-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Who’s murdering all the COVID scientists?
Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) Doctors, scientists and other medical experts involved with research into the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) are mysteriously turning up dead all around the world in what appears to be a mass culling of people who know too much truth about the plandemic.
One of the latest deaths was that of Alexander “Sasha” Kagansky, a Russian scientist who had been working on developing a COVID-19 vaccine when he was brutally stabbed and thrown from the window of his 14th floor apartment in St. Petersburg.
Reports indicate that Kagansky died “under strange circumstances,” an understatement considering the nature and timing of his demise.
Kagansky had recently been awarded a grant by the Russian government to investigate new ways of diagnosing and treating brain tumors. He was also a vocal advocate for natural remedies like herbs and mushrooms that are known to help kill cancer cells.
Another who died this year under similar circumstances was Frank Plummer, a world-renowned Canadian scientist who had also been working on a COVID-19 vaccine when he was apparently taken out by dark entities.
Back in January, we reported on Plummer’s connections to a communist Chinese spy ring that appears to have been responsible for stealing coronavirus strains from a Canadian lab and taking them to Wuhan.
Professor Bing Liu from the University of Pittsburgh is another relevant scientist who was murdered this year, in this case right before he could go public with a new breakthrough concerning the nature of COVID-19.
“Bing was on the verge of making very significant findings toward understanding the cellular mechanisms that underlie SARS-CoV-2 infection and the cellular basis of the following complications,” reads a statement from his colleagues within the Department of Computational and Systems Biology.
Then we have Gita Ramjee, an HIV scientist who supposedly died from COVID-19 while visiting London to deliver a lecture about HIV treatment and prevention. Upon returning to Durban, she reportedly felt unwell and went to the hospital, where she died not long thereafter.
A World Health Organization (WHO) driver named Pyae Sone Win Maung also died back in May while transporting coronavirus samples for the United Nations. He had been driving a well-marked U.N. vehicle at the time when shots were fired, killing him and injuring another passenger.
Vaccine whistleblower Brandy Vaughan, a former sales executive from Merck & Co. and founder of LearnTheRisk.org, was also found dead in her home earlier this month beside her nine-year-old son. Vaughan had been working hard to educate the public about vaccine safety risks.
Peter Daszak and Ron Fouchier need to be fully investigated
On the flip side, the following people are researchers of interest who are suspected of propagating plandemic fearmongering and fraud, and who could be linked to the aforementioned deaths in some way:
• Peter Daszak, president of the EcoHealth Alliance, is responsible for orchestrating the myth that COVID-19 was a natural phenomenon. Emails obtained by U.S. Right to Know reveal that employees of EcoHealth ring-led an operation to have 27 prominent health scientists condemn “conspiracy theories suggesting that COVID-19 does not have a natural origin.”
EcoHealth, by the way, is the same “non-profit” organization that received millions of dollars in U.S. taxpayer funding to genetically manipulate coronaviruses at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
• Dutch virologist Ron Fouchier is responsible for creating the world’s deadliest virus strain. His bioweapons experiments are widely condemned and could be responsible for the unleashing of COVID-19.
Fouchier is also responsible for isolating the SARS coronavirus that was smuggled out of Saudi Arabia and sent to Frank Plummer, who as previously mentioned turned up dead just a week after Great Game India published a report on the scandal.
More of the latest news about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) as it breaks can be found at Pandemic.news.
Sources for this article include: HumansAreFree.com NaturalNews.com GreatGameIndia.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-12-27-whos-murdering-all-the-covid-scientists.html
:: 4-6-20 News Medical Life Sciences :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Antiparasitic drug Ivermectin kills coronavirus in 48 hours
By Angela Betsaida B. Laguipo, BSN Apr 6 2020
Around the world, scientists race to develop a vaccine or treatment against the coronavirus disease (COVID-19), caused by the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). Now, a team of researchers has found that a drug already available around the world can kill the coronavirus in a lab setting in just 48 hours. Novel Coronavirus SARS-CoV-2 Colorized scanning electron micrograph of an apoptotic cell (green) heavily infected with SARS-COV-2 virus particles (yellow), isolated from a patient sample. Image captured at the NIAID Integrated Research Facility (IRF) in Fort Detrick, Maryland. Credit: NIAID
The drug, Ivermectin, an antiparasitic medicine, is an inhibitor of the virus SARS-CoV-2 in-vitro and can effectively cause a reduction in virus at 48 hours in cell cultures. The FDA-approved drug can be used for repurposing to treat patients affected by COVID-19, which has spread to 184 countries and territories.
The researchers at Monash University in Melbourne, Australia, have published their study in the journal Antiviral Research, showing how this already widely-used drug may help combat the current global pandemic rippling across continents.
Reduced COVID-19 viral RNA
The team worked with the Peter Doherty Institute of Infection and Immunity. They showed that Ivermectin reduced COVID-19 viral RNA present in cell culture by as much as 93 percent after 24 hours and by 99.8 percent after 48 hours, at around a 5,000-fold reduction in coronavirus RNA, hinting that the medicine can potentially eradicate the virus.
"We found that even a single dose could essentially remove all viral RNA by 48 hours and that even at 24 hours, there was a significant reduction in it," Dr. Kylie Wagstaff of the Monash Biomedicine Discovery Institute, said.
"Ivermectin is very widely used and seen as a safe drug. We need to figure out now whether the dosage you can use it in humans will be effective – that's the next step," Dr. Wagstaff added. The researchers, however, cautioned that the tests performed in the study were in vitro, and human trials are still needed to determine the efficacy and safety of the drug against the coronavirus. Ivermectin has also shown effectiveness in vitro against a wide range of other viruses, such as the influenza virus, Zika virus, and the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Repurposing Ivermectin
Ivermectin is an approved drug to treat parasitic conditions, such as rosacea, head lice, and scabies. It was developed in 1975 and has been widely used across the globe since the early 1980s.
"In times when we're having a global pandemic, and there isn't an approved treatment, if we had a compound that was already available around the world, then that might help people sooner. Realistically, it's going to be a while before a vaccine is broadly available," Dr. Wagstaff explained.
Though the mechanism of action by which Ivermectin works on the coronavirus is still unknown, the drug works on other viruses by stopping them from inhibiting down the host cells' ability to detect and fight them.
Ivermectin, therefore, warrants further investigation for possible benefits in humans. Further trials should be performed to make sure the drug is effective. If it is effective on humans with coronavirus, it can be widely used to treat affected populations since it already went through approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Countries grapple against COVID-19
Many countries are unprepared for the coming of the coronavirus disease, which has emerged in China in December 2019. Since then, it has spread to most countries across the globe, touching all continents except Antarctica. The United States reports the highest infections, with more than 368,000 people affected by the virus. It has a staggering 10,923 deaths. Italy has the highest number of deaths, with its death toll reaching 16,523, while Spain has more than 136,000 confirmed cases and 13,341 deaths. Canada has more than 16,000 confirmed cases, while Germany, France, and China have more than 103,000, 98,000, and 82,000 cases, respectively.
The coronavirus has dramatically affected the United Kingdom and Australia also, with more than 52,000 and more than 5,700 cases, respectively. Sources:
Monash University. (2020). Possible coronavirus drug identified by Monash University scientists. https://www.monash.edu/discovery-institute/news-and-events/news/2020-articles/possible-coronavirus-drug-identified-by-monash-university-scientists
Coronavirus COVID-19 Global Cases by the Center for Systems Science and Engineering (CSSE) at Johns Hopkins University (JHU) - https://gisanddata.maps.arcgis.com/apps/opsdashboard/index.html#/bda7594740fd40299423467b48e9ecf6
Journal reference: Caly, L., Druce, J., Catton, M., Jans, D., and Wagstaff, K. (2020). The FDA-approved Drug Ivermectin inhibits the replication of SARS-CoV-2 in vitro. Antiviral Research. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0166354220302011
:: 12-26-20 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CDC Quietly Changes COVID Guidelines to say MASKS DON'T WORK
World Hal Turner 26 December 2020 Hits: 50121
The CDC quietly updated their guidelines to say that masks don't work if you've come into close contact with someone for 15 minutes or more, according to the CDC website.
The media is almost completely ignoring this fact.
According to the CDC, anyone who has symptoms or tests positive is a risk to others even if masks are worn.
According to the CDC update: Exposure to
Person with COVID-19 who has symptoms (in the period from 2 days before symptom onset until they meet criteria for discontinuing home isolation; can be laboratory-confirmed or a clinically compatible illness)
Person who has tested positive for COVID-19 (laboratory confirmed) but has not had any symptoms (in the 2 days before the date of specimen collection until they meet criteria for discontinuing home isolation).
Note: This is irrespective of whether the person with COVID-19 or the contact was wearing a mask or whether the contact was wearing respiratory personal protective equipment (PPE).
Hal Turner Remarks
"Irrespective of whether the person with COVID-19 or the contact was wearing a mask." ????
So, what's the point of these mask mandates again?
The point is now, what it has always been: Submission. You do what they tell you or else they - and their useful idiot pals -- will make your life miserable.
Even though the mask serves no purpose, these dingbats and their useful idiots DEMAND you wear one. This isn't about your health, it's about CONTROL.
Slaves who do as they're told and do not question the "Massa" (Ya'sir massa!) are the ones wearing masks.
Free men are not wearing them. Which are you?
:: 12-26-20 American Institute for Economic Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Twelve Times the Lockdowners Were Wrong
Phillip W. Magness – December 26, 2020
This has been a year of astonishing policy failure. We are surrounded by devastation conceived and cheered by intellectuals and their political handmaidens. The errors number in the thousands, so please consider the following little more than a first draft, a mere guide to what will surely be unearthed in the coming months and years. We trusted these people with our lives and liberties and here is what they did with that trust.
Anthony Fauci says lockdowns are not possible in the United States (January 24):
When asked about the mass quarantine containment efforts underway in Wuhan, China back in January, Fauci dismissed the prospect of lockdowns ever coming to the United States:
“That’s something that I don’t think we could possibly do in the United States, I can’t imagine shutting down New York or Los Angeles, but the judgement on the part of the Chinese health authorities is that given the fact that it’s spreading throughout the provinces… it’s their judgement that this is something that in fact is going to help in containing it. Whether or not it does or does not is really open to question because historically when you shut things down it doesn’t have a major effect.”
Less than two months later, 43 of 50 US states were under lockdown – a policy advocated by Fauci himself.
US government and WHO officials advise against mask use (February and March)
When mask sales spiked due to widespread individual adoption in the early weeks of the pandemic, numerous US government and WHO officials took to the airwaves to describe masks as ineffective and discourage their use.
Surgeon General Jerome Adams tweeted against masks on February 29. Anthony Fauci publicly discouraged mask use in a nationally broadcast 60 Minutes interview on March 7. At a March 30 World Health Organization briefing its Director-General supported mask use in medical settings but dissuaded the same in the general public.
By mid-summer, all had reversed course and encouraged mask-wearing in the general public as an essential tool for halting the pandemic. Fauci essentially conceded that he lied to the public in order to prevent a shortage on masks, whereas other health officials did an about-face on the scientific claims around masking.
While mainstream epidemiology literature stressed the ambiguous nature of evidence surrounding masks as recently as 2019, these scientists were suddenly certain that masks were something of a magic bullet for Covid. It turns out that both positions are likely wrong. Masks appear to have marginal effects at diminishing spread, especially in highly infectious settings and around the vulnerable. But their effectiveness at combating Covid has also been grossly exaggerated, as illustrated by the fact that mask adoption reached near-universal levels in the US by the summer with little discernible effect on the course of the pandemic.
Anthony Fauci’s decimal error in estimating Covid’s fatality rates (March 11)
Fauci testified before Congress in early March where he was asked to estimate the severity of the disease in comparison to influenza. His testimony that Covid was “10 times more lethal than the seasonal flu” stoked widespread alarm and provided a major impetus for the decision to go into lockdown.
The problem, as Ronald Brown documented in an epidemiology journal article, is that Fauci based his estimates on a conflation of the Infection Fatality Rate (IFR) and Case Fatality Rate (CFR) for influenza, leading him to exaggerate the comparative danger of Covid by an order of magnitude. Fauci’s error – which he further compounded in a late February article for the New England Journal of Medicine – helped to convince Congress of the need for drastic lockdown measures, while also spreading panic in the media and general public. As of this writing Fauci has not acknowledged the magnitude of his error, nor has the journal corrected his article.
“Two weeks to flatten the curve” (March 16)
The lockdowners settled on a catchy slogan in mid-March to justify their unprecedented shuttering of economic and social life around the globe: two weeks to flatten the curve. The White House Covid task force aggressively promoted this line, as did the news media and much of the epidemiology profession. The logic behind the slogan came from the ubiquitous graph showing (1) a steep caseload that would overwhelm our hospital system, or (2) a mitigated alternative that would spread the caseload out over several weeks, making it manageable.
To get to graph #2, society would need to buckle up for two weeks of shelter-in-place orders until the capacity issue could be managed. Indeed, we were told that if we did not accept this solution the hospital system would enter into catastrophic failure in only 10 days, as former DHS pandemic adviser Tom Bossert claimed in a widely-circulated interview and Washington Post column on March 11.
Two weeks came and went, then the rationale on which they were sold to the public shifted. Hospitals were no longer on the verge of being overwhelmed – indeed most hospitals nationwide remained well under capacity, with only a tiny number of exceptions in the worst-hit neighborhoods of New York City.
A US Navy hospital ship sent to relieve New York departed a month later after serving only 182 patients, and a pop-up hospital in the city’s Javits Convention Center sat mostly empty. But the lockdowns remained in place, as did the emergency orders justifying them. Two weeks became a month, which became two months, which became almost a year. We were no longer “flattening the curve” – a strategy premised on saving the hospital system from a threat than never manifested – but instead refocused on using lockdowns as a general suppression strategy against the disease itself. In short, the epidemiology profession sold us a bill of goods.
Neil Ferguson predicts a “best case” US scenario of 1.1 million deaths (March 20)
The name Neil Ferguson, the lead modeler and chief spokesman for Imperial College London’s pandemic response team, has become synonymous with lockdown alarmism for good reason. Ferguson has a long track record of making grossly exaggerated predictions of catastrophic death tolls for almost every single disease that comes along, and urging aggressive policy responses to the same including lockdowns.
Covid was no different, and Ferguson assumed center stage when he released a highly influential model of the virus’s death forecasts for the US and UK. Ferguson appeared with UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson on March 16 to announce the shift toward lockdowns (with no small irony, he was coming down with Covid himself at the time and may have been the patient zero of a super-spreader event that ran through Downing Street and infected Johnson himself).
Across the Atlantic, Anthony Fauci and Deborah Birx cited Ferguson’s model as a direct justification for locking down the US. There was a problem though: Ferguson had a bad habit of dramatically hyping his own predictions to political leaders and the press. The Imperial College paper modeled a broad range of scenarios including death tolls that ranged from tens of thousands to over 2 million, but Ferguson’s public statements only stressed the latter – even though the paper itself conceded that such an extreme “worst case” scenario was highly unrealistic. A telling example came on March 20th when the New York Times’s Nicholas Kristof contacted the Imperial College modeler to ask about the most likely scenario for the United States. As Kristof related to his readers, “I asked Ferguson for his best case. “About 1.1 million deaths,” he said.”
Researchers in Sweden use the Imperial College model to predict 95,000 deaths (April 10)
After Neil Ferguson’s shocking death toll predictions for the US and UK captivated policymaker attention and drove both governments into lockdown, researchers in other countries began adapting the Imperial College model to their own circumstances. Usually, these models sought to reaffirm the decisions of each country to lock down. The government of Sweden, however, had decided to buck the trend, setting the stage for a natural experiment to test the Imperial model’s performance.
In early April a team of researchers at Uppsala University adapted the Imperial model to Sweden’s population and demographics and ran its projections. Their result? If Sweden stayed the course and did not lock down, it could expect a catastrophic 96,000 deaths by early summer. The authors of the study recommended going into immediate lockdown, but since Sweden lagged behind Europe in adopting such measures they also predicted that this “best case” option would reduce deaths to “only” 30,000.
By early June when the 96,000 prediction was supposed to come true, Sweden had recorded 4,600 deaths. Six months later, Sweden has about 8,000 deaths – a severe pandemic to be sure, but an order of magnitude smaller than what the modelers predicted. Facing embarrassment from these results, Ferguson and Imperial College attempted to distance themselves from the Swedish adaptation of their model in early May. Yet the Uppsala team’s projections closely matched Imperial’s own UK and US predictions when scaled to reflect their population sizes. In short, the Imperial model catastrophically failed one of the few clear natural experiment tests of its predictive ability.
Scientists suggest that ocean spray spreads Covid (April 2)
In the second week of the lockdowns several newspapers in California promoted a bizarre theory: Covid could spread by ocean spray (although the paper later walked back the headline-grabbing claim, it is outlined here in the Los Angeles Times). According to this theory – initially promoted by a group of biologists who study bacterial infection connected to storm runoff – the Covid virus washed down storm gutters and into the ocean, where the ocean breeze would kick it up into the air and infect people on the nearby beaches. As silly as this theory now sounds, it helped to inform California’s initially draconian enforcement of lockdowns on its public beaches.
The same week that this modern-day miasmic drift theory appeared, police in Malibu even arrested a lone paddleboarder for going into the ocean during the lockdown – all while citing the possibility that the ocean breeze carried Covid with it.
Neil Ferguson predicts catastrophic death tolls in US states that reopen (May 24)
Fresh off of their exaggerated predictions from March, the Imperial College team led by Neil Ferguson doubled down on alarmist modeling. As several US states started to reopen in late April and May, Ferguson and his colleagues published a new model predicting another catastrophic wave of deaths by the mid-summer. Their model focused on 5 states with both moderate and severe outbreaks during the first wave. If they reopened, according to the Imperial team’s model, New York could face up to 3,000 deaths per day by July.
Florida could hit as high as 4,000, and California could hit 5,000 daily deaths. Keeping in mind that these projections were for each state alone, they exceed the daily death toll peaks for the entire country in both the fall and spring. Showing just how bad the Imperial model was, the actual death toll by mid-July in several of the examined states even fell below the lower confidence boundary of its projected count. While Covid remains a threat in all 5 states, the post-reopening explosion of deaths predicted by Imperial College and used to argue for keeping the lockdowns in place never happened.
Anthony Fauci credits lockdowns for beating the virus in Europe (July 31)
In late July Anthony Fauci offered additional testimony to Congress. His message credited Europe’s heavy lockdowns with defeating the virus, whereas he blamed the United States for reopening too early and for insufficient aggressiveness in the initial lockdowns. As Fauci stated at the time, “If you look at what happened in Europe, when they shut down or locked down or went to shelter in place — however you want to describe it — they really did it to the tune of about 95% plus of the country did that.”
The message was clear: the United States should have followed Europe, but failed to do so and got a summer wave of Covid instead. Fauci’s entire argument however was based on a string of falsehoods and errors.
Mobility data from the US clearly showed that most Americans were staying home during the spring outbreak, with a recorded decline that matched Germany, the Netherlands, and several other European countries. Contrary to Fauci’s claim, the US was actually slower than most of Europe to reopen. Furthermore, his praise of Europe collapsed in the early fall when almost all of the lockdown countries in Europe experienced severe second waves – just like the locked down regions of the United States.
New Zealand and Australia declare themselves Covid-free (August-present)
New Zealand and Australia have thus far weathered the pandemic with extremely low case counts, leading many epidemiologists and journalists to conflate these results with evidence of their successful and replicable mitigation policies. In reality, New Zealand and Australia opted for the medieval ‘Prince Prospero’ strategy of attempting to wall themselves from the world until the pandemic passes – an approach that is highly dependent on their unique geographies.
As island nations with comparatively lower international travel than North America and Europe, both countries shut down their borders before the as-of-yet undetected virus became widespread and have remained closed ever since. It’s a costly strategy in terms of its economic impact and personal displacement, but it kept the virus out – mostly.
The problem with New Zealand and Australia’s Prince Prospero strategy is that it’s inherently fragile. All it takes to throw it into chaos is for the virus to slip past the border – including by accident or human error. Then heavy-handed lockdowns ensue, imposed with maximum disruption at the spur of the moment in a frantic attempt to contain the breach.
The most famous example happened on August 9 when New Zealand’s Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern declared that New Zealand had reached 100 days of being Covid-free. Then just two days later a breach happened, sending Auckland into heavy lockdown. It’s a pattern that has repeated itself every few weeks in both countries.
In early December, we saw a similar flurry of stories from Australia announcing that the country had beaten Covid. Two weeks later, another breach occurred in the suburbs around Sydney, prompting a regional lockdown. There have been embarrassing missteps as well. In November the entire state of South Australia went into heavy lockdown over a single misreported case of Covid that was mistakenly attributed to a pizza purchase that did not exist. While both countries continue to celebrate their low fatality rates, they’ve also incurred some of the harshest and most disruptive restrictions in the world – all the result of premature declarations of being “Covid-free” followed by an unexpected breach and another frantic lockdown.
“Renewed lockdowns are just a strawman” (October)
In early October a group of scientists met at AIER where they drafted and signed the Great Barrington Declaration, a statement calling attention to the severe social and economic harms of lockdowns and urging the world to adopt alternative strategies for ensuring the protection of the most vulnerable. Although the statement quickly gathered tens of thousands of co-signers from health science and medical professionals, it also left the lockdown supporters incensed. They responded not by scientific debate over the merits of their policies, but with a vilification campaign.
They answered by flooding the petition with hoax signatures and juvenile name-calling, and by peddling wildly false conspiracy theories about AIER’s funding (the primary instigator of both tactics, ironically, was a UK blogger known for promoting 9/11 Truther conspiracies). But the lockdowners also adopted another narrative: they began to deny that lockdowns were even on the table.
Nobody was considering bringing back the lockdowns from the spring, they insisted. Arguing against the politically unpopular shelter-in-place orders in the fall only served the purpose of undermining public support for narrower and more temperate restrictions. The Great Barrington authors, we were told, were arguing with a “strawman” from the past.
Over the next several weeks in October a dozen or more prominent epidemiologists, public health experts, and journalists peddled the “lockdowns are a strawman” line. The “strawman” claim saw promotion in top outlets including the New York Times, and in an op-ed by two principle co-signers of the John Snow Memorandum, a competing petition that lockdown supporters drafted as a response to the Great Barrington Declaration.
The message was clear: the GBD was sounding a false alarm against policies from the past that the lockdowners “reluctantly” supported in the spring as an emergency measure but had no intention of reviving. By early November, the “strawman” of renewed lockdowns became a reality in dozens of countries across the globe – often cheered on by the very same people who used the “strawman” canard in October.
Several US states followed suit including California, which imposed severe restrictions on private gatherings up to and including meeting your own family for Thanksgiving and Christmas. And a few weeks after that, some of the very same epidemiologists who used the “strawman” line in October revised their own positions after the fact. They started claiming they had supported a second lockdown all along, and began blaming the GBD for impeding their efforts to impose them at an earlier date. In short, the entire “lockdowns are a strawman” narrative was false. And it now appears that more than a few of the scientists who used it were actively lying about their own intentions in October.
Anthony Fauci touts New York as a model for Covid containment (June-December)
By all indicators, New York state has suffered one of the worst coronavirus outbreaks in the world. Its year-end mortality rate of almost 1,900 deaths per million residents exceeds every single country in the world. The state famously bungled its nursing home response when Governor Andrew Cuomo forced these facilities to readmit Covid-positive patients as a way to relieve strains on hospitals. The policy backfired as most hospitals never reached capacity, but the readmissions introduced the virus into vulnerable nursing home populations resulting in widespread fatalities (to this day New York intentionally undercounts nursing home fatalities by excluding residents who are moved to a hospital from its reported numbers, further obscuring the true toll of Cuomo’s order).
New York has also fared poorly during the fall “second wave” despite reimposing harsh restrictions and regional lockdown measures. By mid-December, its death rate shot far above the mostly-open state of Florida, which has the closest comparable population size to New York. All things considered, New York’s weathering of the pandemic is an exemplar of what not to do.
Cuomo’s policies not only failed to contain the virus – they likely made it far more deadly to vulnerable populations. Enter Anthony Fauci, who has been asked multiple times in the press what a model Covid response policy would look like. He gave his first answer on July 20th: “We know that, when you do it properly, you bring down those cases. We have done it. We have done it in New York.”
Fauci was operating under the assumption that New York, despite its bad run in the spring, had successfully brought the pandemic under control through its aggressive lockdowns and slow reopening. One might think that the fall rebound in New York, despite locking down again, would call this conclusion into question. Not so much for Dr. Fauci, who told the Wall Street Journal on December 8: “New York got hit really badly in the beginning” but they did “a really good job of keeping things down, and still, their level is low compared to the rest of the country.”
https://www.aier.org/article/twelve-times-the-lockdowners-were-wrong/
:: 12-27-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Tweets: Good News on Covid Relief Bill; Info to Follow
Sunday, 27 December 2020 11:05 AM
Under pressure from members of both parties to sign a COVID-relief bill, President Donald Trump tweeted Sunday good news was on coming, with more information to follow.
"Good news on Covid Relief Bill. Information to follow!" the president tweeted early Sunday evening.
CNN reported that a signing desk has been set up at Mar-a-Lago, but the same thing was done Christmas Eve and Trump opted not to sign the legislation.
Unemployment benefits for millions of Americans struggling to make ends meet lapsed overnight as President Donald Trump refused to sign an end-of-year COVID relief and spending bill that had been considered a done deal before his sudden objections.
The fate of the bipartisan package remained in limbo Sunday as Trump continued to demand larger COVID relief checks and complained about “pork” spending. Without the widespread funding provided by the massive measure, a government shutdown would occur when money runs out at 12:01 a.m. Tuesday.
Several lawmakers implored Trump to sign the legislation immediately, then have Congress follow up with more relief. “What the president is doing right now is unbelievably cruel,” Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont said Sunday. “So many people are hurting.”
Republican Sen. Pat Toomey of Pennsylvania also said Trump should sign the bill, then make the case for more. “We’ve got a bill right now that his administration helped negotiate,” he said. “I think we ought to get that done."
That point was echoed by Maryland Gov. Larry Hogan, a Republican who's criticized Trump's pandemic response and his efforts to undo the election results. “I just gave up guessing what he might do next,” he said. Hogan and Sanders spoke on ABC's “This Week," Toomey on “Fox News Sunday.”
Trump was golfing again Sunday in Florida.
In South Bend, Indiana, Lanetris Haines, a self-employed single mother of three, stood to lose her $129 weekly jobless benefit unless Trump signed the package into law or succeeded in his improbable quest for changes. “It’s a chess game and we are pawns,” she said.
Washington has been reeling since Trump turned on the deal after it had won sweeping approval in both houses of Congress and after the White House had assured Republican leaders that Trump would support it.
Instead, he assailed the bill's plan to provide $600 COVID relief checks to most Americans — insisting it should be $2,000. House Republicans swiftly rejected that idea during a rare Christmas Eve session. But Trump has not been swayed in spite of the nation being in the grip of a pandemic.
“I simply want to get our great people $2000, rather than the measly $600 that is now in the bill," Trump tweeted Saturday from Palm Beach, Florida, where he is spending the holiday. “Also, stop the billions of dollars in ‘pork.’”
President-elect Joe Biden called on Trump to sign the bill immediately as the midnight Saturday deadline neared for two federal programs providing unemployment aid.
“It is the day after Christmas, and millions of families don’t know if they’ll be able to make ends meet because of President Donald Trump’s refusal to sign an economic relief bill approved by Congress with an overwhelming and bipartisan majority," Biden said in a statement. He accused Trump of an “abdication of responsibility” that has “devastating consequences."
Lauren Bauer, a fellow in economic studies at the Brookings Institution, has calculated that 11 million people would lose aid from the programs immediately without additional relief; millions more would exhaust other unemployment benefits within weeks. Andrew Stettner, an unemployment insurance expert and senior fellow at the Century Foundation think tank, said the number may be closer to 14 million because joblessness has spiked since Thanksgiving.
How and when people would be affected by the lapse depended on the state they lived in, the program they were relying on and when they applied for benefits. In some states, people on regular unemployment insurance would continue to receive payments under a program that extends benefits when the jobless rate surpassed a certain threshold, Stettner said.
About 9.5 million people, however, had been relying on the Pandemic Unemployment Assistance program that expired altogether Saturday. That program made unemployment insurance available to freelancers, gig workers and others who were normally not eligible. After receiving their last checks, those recipients would not be able to file for more aid, Stettner said.
While payments could be received retroactively, any gap would mean more hardship and uncertainty for Americans who had already grappled with bureaucratic delays, often depleting much of their savings to stay afloat while waiting for payments to kick in.
They were people like Earl McCarthy, a father of four who lives in South Fulton, Georgia, and had been relying on unemployment since losing his job as a sales representative for a luxury senior living community. He said he would be left with no income by the second week of January if Trump refused to sign the bill.
McCarthy said he already burned through much of his savings as he waited five months to begin receiving about $350 a week in unemployment benefits. “The entire experience was horrifying," said McCarthy. "I shudder to think if I had not saved anything or had an emergency fund through those five months, where would we have been?” He added, “It’s going to be difficult if the president doesn’t sign this bill.”
The bill, which was in Florida awaiting Trump's signature, would also activate a weekly $300 federal supplement to unemployment payments.
Sharon Shelton Corpening had been hoping the extra help would allow her 83-year-old mother, with whom she lives, to stop eating into her social security payments to make their $1,138 rent.
Corpening, who lives in the Atlanta area, had launched a freelance content strategy business that was just taking off before the pandemic hit, prompting several of her contracts to fall through. She was receiving about $125 a week under the pandemic unemployment program and says she would be unable to pay her bills in about a month. This, despite her temporary work for the U.S. Census and as an elections poll worker. “On the brink,” Corpening, who lobbies for Unemployment Action, a project launched by the Center for Popular Democracy to fight for relief, said of her predicament. “One more month, if that. Then, I run out of everything.”
In addition to the unemployment benefits that have already lapsed, Trump's continued refusal to sign the bill would lead to the expiration of eviction protections and put on hold a new round of subsidies for hard-hit businesses, restaurants and theaters, as well as money for cash-starved transit systems and for vaccine distribution.
The relief was also attached to a $1.4 trillion government funding bill to keep the federal government operating through September, which would mean that failing to sign it by Tuesday would trigger a federal shutdown.
https://www.newsmax.com/headline/virus-outbreak-trump-congress/2020/12/27/id/1003227/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 12-26-20 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IDF hit a key Hamas rocket facility during overnight strike: report
December 26, 2020 12:37 PM
The Israel Defense Forces (IDF] hit a key Hamas military facility during its overnight retaliatory strike on the group's assets in the Gaza Strip. Ynet reported on Saturday. According to the report, one of the targets hit was of special importance to Hamas as it was used by the Gaza-based terrorist group to develop its rocket strike capabilities. Following the attack on the structure, which was located next to the Pepsi Cola factory in Gaza, Hamas sealed the area off, preventing any recordings. It relocated all of the equipment it had managed to recover from the building to a different site in a truck. Overnight, the IDF attacked Hamas targets in the coastal enclave in retaliation for two rockets fired from Gasa into Israel's south, setting offf red alert sirens in the Ashkelon area. Both projectiles were intercepted by the Iron Dome missile defense system. etc. and the news story continues..
:: 12-26-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IDF spokesperson: Iranian retaliation likely to come from Iraq, Yemen
In an interview given to the Saudi news website Elaph, Brig.-Gen. Hidai Zilberman addressed Iran and the tactics deployed by the IDF in order to address the looming threat.
By TOBIAS SIEGAL DECEMBER 26, 2020 20:56
Israel is monitoring Tehran’s movement in the region and expects that an Iranian attack could come from Iraq and Yemen, IDF Spokesman Brig.-Gen. Hidai Zilberman told the Saudi news website Elaph.
In an interview published on Friday, Zilberman addressed Iran and the tactics deployed by the IDF in order to respond to the threat, which he said is likely to arise from Iraq and Yemen. Zilberman referred to Iraq and Yemen as Iran’s second circle after Lebanon and Syria, considered the first circle in its proxy conflict with Israel, and said that Israel has been monitoring the situation in both countries closely. He noted that Iran has developed a wide range of capabilities in the area – and specifically in Iraq and Yemen – that include advanced drones and remote-guided missiles, which they manage to operate without detection, indicating “a great Iranian ability in this area.”
He stressed that everyone should be on high alert regarding the Iranian threat, which he described as a “powder keg liable to explode,” considering the many blows Iran has received in the past year without being able to properly respond. These include the assassination of Maj.-Gen. Qassem Soleimani, its sites continuously being targeted in Syria, the mysterious explosions in several of its nuclear facilities, the assassination of its top nuclear scientist Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, international sanctions and the novel coronavirus pandemic, which has had a devastating effect on the country.
Nearing the one-year mark since the assassination of Soleimani that took place on January 3, 2020, Zilberman noted that Iran may use the occasion to launch an offensive against Israel or the US, which are considered one entity in Iran’s eyes.
Asked about the incident of an Israeli Navy submarine being spotted crossing the Suez Canal earlier this week, Zilberman said he could not confirm the report but noted that the IDF operates freely in the Middle East and that Israeli submarines sail to “different places, far and near.”
Addressing various unprecedented recent operations attributed to the IDF, Zilberman said he considers 2020 a year of “security par excellence for the State of Israel.”
In this regard, he noted that the Jewish state has proven its ability to carry out targeted and smart operations, considering that the IDF has led more operations in the past year than usual and has received close to no response.
He added that Israel has no intention of stopping its efforts of preventing Iran from taking hold of areas in Syria and Lebanon, indicating that the extended array of anti-aircraft systems deployed in Syria is no obstacle for the IDF.
Asked about Israel’s involvement in Lebanon and the recent rising tension with Hezbollah, Zilberman avoided giving a direct answer but said that Israel knows about the current efforts being undertaken by Hezbollah and will know how to neutralize any weapon or technology of the terrorist group – by military means or otherwise.
Regarding recent cyberattacks carried out against Israel by Iranian hacker groups, Zilberman admitted that Iranian efforts on this front have increased and have succeeded somewhat – explaining that the Iranian hackers usually target civilian companies that work with the military – but stressed that the damage was insignificant. He did, however, hint at the possibility that 2021 will see even more attacks of this kind, as cyberattack warfare replaces the modern battlefield.
“Any calculations known to us today could change for an unknown reason,” Zilberman told Elaph when asked about a looming war, adding that the current echelon leading the IDF is innovative in its thinking about the future and its unknown threats, and is working hard to ensure that Israel will always be prepared.
On Monday, IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Aviv Kochavi addressed the Iranian threat during a ceremony for exemplary soldiers, saying that Iran will pay a heavy price if any Israeli is targeted.
“We are hearing more and more threats against Israel coming from Iran,” he said. “If Iran and its partners... attack the State of Israel, they will [pay] a heavy price... I am simplifying things and describing the situation to our enemies as it is,” he added. “Our retaliation plans are prepared, and they have been practiced.”
https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/idf-spokesperson-iranian-retaliation-likely-from-iraq-yemen-653308
:: 12-24-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New UK COVID-19 strain may just be 'tip of the iceberg'
Ben-Gurion University professor tells 'Post' that mutation unlikely to immediately impact effectiveness of the vaccine.
By IDAN ZONSHINE DECEMBER 24, 2020 20:48
British Prime Minister Boris Johnson announced on Saturday that due to the emergence of a new, fast spreading variant of the novel coronavirus, the country's Christmas plans would have to be canceled, imposing an effective lockdown on more than 16 million people.
Johnson said that the new strain was up to 70% more transmissible than the original virus, leading him to rethink Britain's planned easing of restrictions for the holiday.
Prof. Jacob Moran-Gilad, a medical specialist in clinical microbiology and public health from Ben-Gurion University’s School of Public Health, and a member of Israel’s Pandemic Management Team, spoke with The Jerusalem Post on Sunday, saying that while coronavirus mutations are relatively commonplace, the new mutation in the UK may be “just the tip of the iceberg.”
“While it has not yet been definitively proven that the strain is more infectious,” Moran-Gilan said, “the numbers Johnson presented on Saturday were a projection, based on data that shows a recent rise in infections in areas where this specific mutation was found.”
“Mutations in viruses are nothing new, neither are they new to COVID-19,” he said. He said that there are currently more than 1,000 known mutations to the novel coronavirus that was first found in Wuhan, most of which are inconsequential.
Both the new UK variant, and a Danish variant which recently resulted in a mass-culling of minks in the country, made changes to the virus’s spike protein, though Moran-Gilad said the two are otherwise unrelated.
“Mutations that are related to the spike protein can affect the dynamics of the disease, seeing as it is a deciding factor in the infection process. For example, the mutation might affect the ways in which the virus connects with cells in the respiratory system,” Moran-Gilan said, emphasizing that this looks like the most probable negative consequence that could arise from the new UK strain. “That’s what doctors in England are currently most worried about. It has not yet been proven, but there is circumstantial evidence that suggests that might be the case,” he said.
A consequence of the new strain that would be less likely, according to Moran-Gilad, is a decrease in the amount of cases tests will be able to reveal.
“While the spike protein is used in diagnostic screening, testing and genome sequencing for the novel coronavirus has advanced greatly,” he told the Post. “Since every lab test looks for several target areas within the virus capable of detection, a mutation in a single protein is unlikely to lead to underdiagnosis.”
While the new mutation could potentially affect the effectiveness of a vaccine, COVID-19’s rate of mutation (around one mutation every two weeks, according to Moran-Gilad) indicates that a process like this would likely take years.
“There are new mutations to this virus all the time, most of them are inconsequential,” Moran-Gilad said. “There’s no reason to think that a specific mutation means we all wake up in the morning and suddenly see the vaccine doesn’t work. It’s not an all-or-nothing effect, and there is currently no indication that this specific mutation harms the vaccine’s effectiveness in any way.”
“Our immune system creates a wide range of antibodies to this virus, it’s not just one type of antibody. Therefore, even if there is a mutation which would potentially affect the vaccine’s effectiveness, it wouldn’t have a dramatic effect,” he added.
“The British are currently the world leaders in their rate of genetic sequencing for COVID-19 patient samples. That’s why they’re the ones that find these things. It’s very likely that what we are seeing in Britain is just the tip of the iceberg. There are most likely a lot of mutations we don’t yet know about because most of the world doesn’t consistently survey and track the mutation,” he said.
“We place the focus on Britain, because that’s where the reports are coming from, but this is probably a universal issue,” Moran-Gilad said.
[ :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of
Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these
things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming,
and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there
shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes,
in divers places. (KJV)
[ :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be?
and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom
against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places,
and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights
and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)
:: 12-27-20 BGR :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: ::
‘Super Gonorrhea’ is spreading like wildfire thanks to COVID-19
By Mike Wehner @MikeWehner December 23rd, 2020 at 5:47 PM
Overuse of antibiotics during the coronavirus pandemic has resulted in the more rapid spread of a type of antibiotic-resistant gonorrhea.
This so-called ‘Super Gonorrhea’ does not respond to the normal first-line treatments, making it particularly dangerous and uncomfortable for those afflicted.
Doctors and medical experts have long warned of the possibility that “superbugs” that are antibiotic-resistant could become more commonplace, and this is one example of such a thing happening.
2020 hasn’t been kind to anyone, but it’s almost over. Unfortunately, if you find yourself with a case of “Super Gonnorhea” you might feel the effects of this terrible year for an extended period of time. Doctors are now warning of the increasing spread of the antibiotic-resistant strain of STI, and they’re blaming the coronavirus pandemic for helping it gain momentum. According to a report from The Sun, the problem has gotten so bad that the World Health Organization has taken notice. The issue is that as the coronavirus pandemic was ongoing, many clinics and hospitals used antibiotics in the treatment of patients and to prevent the cross-infection of hospitalized individuals. That overuse of antibiotics has given a boost to antibiotic-resistant gonorrhea, according to WHO. Antibiotics are great. They have saved countless lives and provided mankind with the incredible power to rid ourselves of problematic microbes. Unfortunately, as the decades began to pile up, the very microorganisms we fought using antibiotics began to find ways around them. Now, several types of antibiotic-resistant bacteria are known to exist, and these “superbugs” require more complex treatment that sometimes includes multiple antibiotics or newer versions of drugs that are not yet compromised.
In the case of gonorrhea, the bacterium that causes the infection has, over time, adapted to common first-line treatments. In particular, the new “super” strain of the infection doesn’t respond to treatment with azithromycin, which has long been the go-to medication option.
“Overuse of antibiotics in the community can fuel the emergence of antimicrobial resistance in gonorrhoea,” a WHO spokesperson told The Sun. “Azithromycin – a common antibiotic for treating respiratory infections – was used for Covid-19 treatment earlier in the epidemic.”
“During the pandemic, STI services have also been disrupted. This means more STI cases are not diagnosed properly with more people self-medicating as a result. Such a situation can fuel emergence of resistance in gonorrhea including gonorrhea superbug (super gonorrhoea) or gonorrhoea with high level resistance to current antibiotics recommended to treat it.” The worst part is that the number of people reporting a new gonorrhea infection is growing year-over-year, to the tune of about 17%. That means more and more people are getting the infection, and the antibiotic-resistant strain of the bacteria has an even larger population of people to further its adaptation to medications and other treatments. Be safe out there.
https://bgr.com/2020/12/23/super-gonorrhea-coronavirus-antibiotic-spread/
[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..
:: 12--20 Just the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Facebook fact-checker struck deal with Communist China-linked social media company
Outlet is providing consultation services to TikTok, company owned by CCP-affiliated ByteDance fact-checking outlet for Facebook is defending its business relationship with an app company linked to the Chinese Communist Party, an arrangement that has raised some controversy in recent weeks amid elevated activity by fact-checkers across social media platforms.
Lead Stories, which Facebook has contracted as a fact-checker since February 2019, is also involved in consultation work with TikTok, a social media company which allows users to share quick video clips among each other on its app-based platform.
TikTok is owned by ByteDance, a tech company headquartered in Beijing that has been the subject of considerable media attention due to its links with the Chinese Communist Party. Like a great many China-based corporations, ByteDance is overseen in part by an internal committee of communist representatives; it also reportedly maintains a professional partnership with the Chinese government's security bureau.
At least five dozen managers at ByteDance are reportedly on the communist committee there. The company's CEO, Zhang Yiming, has "publicly affirmed that ByteDance is a mouthpiece for the CCP in that it is committed to promoting the CCP’s agenda and messaging," the U.S. Justice Department said in a filing earlier this year.
'More of a consultation process'
Alan Duke, the co-founder and editor-in-chief of Lead Stories, defended his firm's work with TikTok, which started several months ago. Lead Stories, Duke told Just the News, is "not actually fact checking for TikTok." Rather, his group is providing "more of a consultation process where we help the company understand the misinformation that may be spreading on their platform."
Duke said Lead Stories was contacted by TikTok in February and that it signed an initial short-term agreement in June. The arrangement is new enough, he said, that "we have not yet seen any revenues yet."
"Any new contract requires time to set up processes from scratch," he said. "It takes time to hire staffers, etc. It also takes time to invoice and receive payment."
He claimed that receipts from Lead Stories's partnership with TikTok are "anticipated to be a low percentage of our total revenues," and that the company would "post the amount on our website afterward just like we have for Facebook." Asked about concerns about TikTok's relatively close proximity to the Chinese Communist Party via ByteDance, Duke denied any conflict.
"ByteDance does not give Lead Stories any guidance on what to fact check or what conclusions to reach," he said. "Lead Stories has no association with the Chinese Communist Party. Any claim otherwise is itself disinformation."
ByteDance over the summer was the subject of considerable scrutiny from the U.S. government. The Trump administration had taken actions to ban TikTok from the U.S. over security concerns stemming from ByteDance's potential communist liabilities. As of December, TikTok was still in negotiations with both potential corporate partners and the U.S. to avoid a ban or limitation on its services in this country.
A report in the Guardian from September 2019 claimed that internal company documents directed TikTok staffers to "censor videos that mention Tiananmen Square, Tibetan independence, or the banned religious group Falun Gong," all sources of consternation for China's ruling communist elite.
The Australian Strategic Policy Institute's International Cyber Policy Center, meanwhile, claimed in a report that the company "collaborates with public security bureaus across China, including in Xinjiang where it plays an active role in disseminating the party-state’s propaganda on Xinjiang." Xinjiang is the region of China in which state authorities have imprisoned ethnic Uyghurs in re-education camps.
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 12-20-20 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :
News/Prophecy From A Christian Perspective
Democrats Draft Proposal To Strip Religious Liberty
By C. J. Refsland on December 20, 2020
We are living in a time unlike any in modern times. It’s surreal to see our country fall. Our government is broken. I have never been more disturbed or concerned than I am tonight. I knew and have been loudly warning about the takeover of not only America but the world by a system that resembles communism, a beast. Our own democrat party has morphed into communism right before our very eyes. Skimming right over socialism and shift changing to communism. Not hyperbole or conspiracy it’s truth. Unbridled truth.
President Trump worked very hard to restore our religious freedoms. He involved prayers in the name of Christ, he supported defunding planned parenthood, he appointed conservative christian judges, he did more for Christians than any other President. He did more for Israel than any other President. So it shouldn’t really be a surprise that the socialist democrat party is already starting to rip our religious Liberty away. I believe this election was played and stolen for nefarious reasons. Even Franklin Graham says that. Why? For the New World order.
Every communist despotic government in history has persecuted religion from the Jewish religion to Christianity. And even some sects of Islam. I have been very vocal about the clash and differences of Islam and Christianity. But what China is doing to the Uighar Muslim population is bordering on genocide and ethnic cleansing. And no one condemns it but us.
In China churches are demolished on a regular basis. Only those the CCP approves of remain.
Well here in America the socialist/communist party is beginning the crushing of religion and pushing for a government approved secular blend with paled watered down Christianity.
According to a recent report by just the news, “The Secular Democrats of America PAC prepared a report for Joe Biden and his transition team that outlines a roadmap to “boldly restore a vision of constitutional secularism and respect in the land for religious and intellectual pluralism.”
Sound harmless? No. They aim to make it illegal for businesses such as a baker that refuses to make a cake for a homosexual wedding. Calling it a hate crime. From now on it will be illegal if they have their way.
“In the document, the group argues that Trump has “empowered the religious right in ways no other administration has before, making significant advances in enacting their Christian nationalist agenda.” (More) I encourage you to read the whole report.
They even say the rise of Christian Nationalism is a national security risk. They want to de-radicalize us. It’s this that troubles me and should trouble everyone especially Christians. We have watched the watering down secularization of many churches in recent years.
The takeover of America this year by socialist /communists is the last straw in the brick for the great reset.
China has invaded every aspect of our life and country.
Even the green new deal is against God. It worships the created rather than the creator.
It’s time to wake up. I will not denounce my faith, I will not denounce my Lord, I will not stop telling the Gospel. I will not stop warning there is only one way to the Father and that is through Christ. Prepare because it’s here. Take a stand, stand firm and speak loudly. Email, call and share with your representatives do not let up until they listen. And pray! I don’t know how long we will be able to speak but I will continue and hold the line until God calls me home. Paul gave us this at a time when persecution of Christians took the lives of the Saints. We can not give up!
Another article: Citing rise of ‘Christian nationalism,’ Secular Democrats unveil sweeping recommendations
Romans 8:38-39
For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come,
39 Nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.
:: 12-23-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
SpaceX aims to build a Starlink mega constellation around MARS to provide internet to the one million people the firm will send to colonize the Red Planet
SpaceX revealed plans to bring its Starlink satellites to Mars
The firm wants to provide internet to those who colonize the Red Planet
The satellites would act as a communication bridge between Mars and Earth
CEO Elon Musk has plans to send one million people to Mars by 2025
By Stacy Liberatore For Dailymail.com
Published: 18:05 EST, 23 October 2020 | Updated: 18:21 EST, 23 October 2020
Elon Musk has an ambitious plan to build a city of one million people on Mars and believes SpaceX’s Starlink satellites will play a key role in the mission.
The company’s president and COO Gwynee Shotwell recently shared details with TIMEmagazine about bringing this technology to the Red Planet.
‘Once we take people to Mars, they are going to need a capability to communicate,’ says Shotwell.
‘In fact, I think it will be even more critical to have a constellation like Starlink around Mars.’
Not only will the satellites beam internet to those living on Mars, but the team will act as a bridge for the planet to communicate with Earth. Although SpaceX has its sights set on Mars, Shotwell said they are not giving up one Earth – it is to give ‘humanity another shot in case there were to be some horrible event’ on our planet. ‘Elon founded this company with the entire purpose of building a space transportation capability that would allow humans to move to other planets,’ Shotwell says in the interview.
‘I remember when I was interviewing with Elon in 2002 and he had such an ambitious goal, it sounded absolutely insane at the time.’ ‘Now almost 20 years later, it doesn’t actually sound that insane. Well at least not to the insiders.’
Musk has had his heart set on colonizing Mars for many years and is not shy about how he plans to make it happen. This past January, he was aiming to put a million people on the Red Planet by 2050. He planned for three flights a day - or 1,000 flights a year - with 100 people on each one.
And in 2017, the tech tycoon had the idea to send two cargo ships to Mars in 2022, followed by four other vessels - two with cargo and two with human settlers in 2024.
‘I want you to understand that we are not giving up on Earth when we talk about building capability to move humanity to other planets,’ Shotwell explains in the interview.
‘It’s not giving up on Earth, it’s actually just giving humanity another shot in case there were to be some horrible event.’
Along with Starlink, SpaceX’s Starship rocket is also a key player in humans becoming an inter-planetary species. Musk shared the craft’s progress during the virtual Humans to Mars Summit last month, saying the rocket 'is making progresses,' but also raised concerns about building a base on the planet.
Musk suggested constructing a self-sustaining city will be 'difficult' and there will be a number of dangers settlers may face while developing the galactic civilization.
'I want to emphasize, this is a very hard and dangerous and difficult thing,' Musk said. 'Not for the faint of heart. Good chance you'll die. And it's going to be tough, tough going, but it'll be pretty glorious if it works out.'
Although Musk has painted a picture of humans on Mars, he has stated in the past that he himself may never make it due to SpaceX’s lack of progress.
'We've got to improve our rate of innovation or, based on past trends, I am definitely going to be dead before Mars,' Musk said during a discussion in March. ELON MUSK'S SPACEX SET TO BRING BROADBAND INTERNET TO THE WORLD WITH ITS STARLINK CONSTELLATION OF SATELLITES
Elon Musk's SpaceX has launched the fifth batch of its 'Starlink' space internet satellites - taking the total to 300.
They form a constellation of thousands of satellites, designed to provide low-cost broadband internet service from low Earth orbit.
The constellation, informally known as Starlink, and under development at SpaceX's facilities in Redmond, Washington.
Its goal is to beam superfast internet into your home from space.
While satellite internet has been around for a while, it has suffered from high latency and unreliable connections.
Starlink is different. SpaceX says putting a 'constellation' of satellites in low earth orbit would provide high-speed, cable-like internet all over the world.
The billionaire's company wants to create the global system to help it generate more cash.
Musk has previously said the venture could give three billion people who currently do not have access to the internet a cheap way of getting online.
It could also help fund a future city on Mars.
Helping humanity reach the red planet is one of Musk's long-stated aims and was what inspired him to start SpaceX.
The company recently filed plans with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to launch 4,425 satellites into orbit above the Earth - three times as many that are currently in operation.
'Once fully deployed, the SpaceX system will pass over virtually all parts of the Earth's surface and therefore, in principle, have the ability to provide ubiquitous global service,' the firm said.
'Every point on the Earth's surface will see, at all times, a SpaceX satellite.'
The network will provide internet access to the US and the rest of the world, it added.
It is expected to take more than five years and $9.8 billion (£7.1bn) of investment, although satellite internet has proved an expensive market in the past and analysts expect the final bill will be higher. Musk compared the project to 'rebuilding the internet in space', as it would reduce reliance on the existing network of undersea fibre-optic cables which criss-cross the planet.
In the US, the FCC welcomed the scheme as a way to provide internet connections to more people.
:: 12--20 The Post Millennial :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tulsi Gabbard introduces bill to fund small businesses forced to close using profits from big corporations
Tulsi Gabbard introduced legislation on Friday that would redirect excess profits from corporations that were allowed to remain open during the coronavirus crisis to small businesses that have been forced to close due to economic shutdowns.
As the big tech tyrants tighten their grip, join us for more free speech at Parler—the anti-censorship social media platform.
Representative Tulsi Gabbard (D-HI) introduced legislation on Friday that would redirect excess profits from corporations that were allowed to remain open during the coronavirus crisis to small businesses that have been forced to close due to economic shutdowns.
HR 1267, otherwise known as The Pandemic Crisis Excess Profits Tax, would add a 95 percent tax on corporations’ excess profits. This would be calculated by subtracting their 2020 gross earnings from their average gross earnings from 2016 to 2019, before the coronavirus. Gabbard claims that this would ensure that corporations such as Amazon, Walmart, Zoom and others, are not profiting off economic shutdowns that have helped clear the market of their competition. Gabbard said in a statement that “Big tech corporations and big-box retailers are among those who have made excessive profits during the COVID-19 pandemic, while mom and pop shops are being forced to close their doors due to government-mandated restrictions.”
The corporations’ excess profits would be redirected to struggling small businesses that have been forced to close their doors due to economic shutdowns. Similar legislation was first adopted during World War I then again during World War II to prevent corporations from profiting off the wars. Gabbard added: “…these large corporations will be better positioned with a competitive advantage over small businesses in a post-pandemic economy. Congress must reinstate the WWII-era excess profit tax used at that time to prevent war-time profiteering, and dedicate the funds collected to helping small businesses recover.”
“Small businesses are the backbone of our economy and have borne the brunt of this crisis,” Gabbard continued. “We need to support our small businesses and make sure that they are able to thrive and compete.”
While an exact number is not yet known, some estimate that over 315,000 small businesses across the United States have closed between February and September of this year, due to forced shutdowns imposed by politicians.
Meanwhile, some of the country’s biggest corporations which were allowed to remain open, have made enormous profits over the last year, as have their executives.
Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos increased his wealth by almost $72.5 billion this year. Big box retailers like Target, Home Depot, and Walmart have seen their profits skyrocket and have been allowed to remain open through the crisis, as their small business competition has been forced to shut down and go out of business.
https://thepostmillennial.com/tulsi-gabbard-legislation-fund-small-businesses
:: 12-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Baby elephant WALKS AWAY after being saved with CPR when it was hit by a motorbike in Thailand
Video footage captures moment paramedics performed CPR on the baby jumbo
The one-month-old elephant was knocked to the ground after a motorcyclist crashed into it in Chanthaburi province in Thailand
The elephant finally regained its strength and was reunited with its mother whilst motorist Anan Cherdsoongnern was rushed to hospital
By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline
Published: 07:46 EST, 21 December 2020 | Updated: 10:28 EST, 21 December 2020
This is the dramatic moment paramedics performed CPR on a baby elephant after it was hit by a motorbike in Thailand.
The one-month-old jumbo was knocked to the ground and crying in pain after a motorcyclist crashed into it in Chanthaburi province on Saturday.
The elephant was injured while the motorist, Anan Cherdsoongnern, 53, was flung through the air and hit the ground some 20 feet away. The baby elephant was lying on its side while crying loudly. Staff at the nearby Forest Fire Control office heard the elephant's cries and rushed to the scene.
As the animal was starting to lose consciousness and had a faint pulse, one of the volunteers began performing a CPR on the youngster.
Its pulse slowly returned, but it still could not stand up properly while paramedics called to the scene carried the injured motorcyclist on a stretcher. The baby elephant was seen able to stand after a few minutes but it still could not walk properly.
The youngster later regained its strength after being moved by the volunteers in a truck to a quiet location across the roadside in the hope its mother would find it.
The mother elephant emerged from the forest at the roadside and went straight to the injured jumbo. She then ushered it back into the forest with her. One of the rescue team, Lek, said: 'We gave the elephant first aid and then one of my colleagues had to perform CPR.
'It was such a nerve-wracking moment. I'm glad the baby survived its injuries and is together with its mother now.'
The paramedics let the mother take its baby and waited for them to leave while treating the injured motorcycle rider. He is now in hospital recovering from his injuries.
Lek added: ''It was dark when the crash happened. We think the young elephant was scared by something and ran into the road, but we will wait until the injured man is recovered to ask him exactly how it happened.'
:: 12-20-20 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Is Ill-Served by Advisers Pushing Him to Concede, Former Overstock CEO Says
By Ivan Pentchoukov December 20, 2020 Updated: December 20, 2020
President Donald Trump’s advisers “want him to lose” the election “and are lying to him,” according to Patrick Byrne, the former Overstock.com CEO who says he was part of a lengthy White House meeting on Dec. 18.
“Trump is lied to by his own advisers, who tell staff ‘get the president to concede’ while they stall Trump,” Byrne wrote on Twitter on Dec. 20.
Byrne specifically pointed to White House Chief of Staff Mark Meadows, General Counsel Pat Cipollone, and a pair of attorneys who he referred to by their first names, Eric and Derek. The White House didn’t respond to a request for comment by press time.
“I can promise you: President Trump is being terribly served by his advisers,” Byrne said, “They want him to lose and are lying to him. He is [surrounded] by mendacious mediocrities.”
Trump has not conceded the 2020 election, which he believes was stolen. His legal team and third parties like Powell are pursuing legal challenges in six states, including several cases pending in the U.S. Supreme Court. The president’s legal team has also pushed state legislatures to assert their constitutional power to name electors.
Byrne’s messages appeared to be a reaction to media reports that the president discussed declaring martial law during the meeting on Dec. 18. Byrne said the claims were “100% false.” Attorney Sidney Powell, who was also present at the meeting, likewise disputed the claims.
“People saying that, including those around him, are liars,” Powell wrote on Twitter on Dec. 20.
Byrne wrote: “It is 100% winnable. No martial law required. Sydney and [Lt. Gen. Michael] Flynn presented a course that I estimate has 50% – 75% chance of victory. His staff just try to convince him to do nothing but accept it. As a CEO, my heart broke to see what he is going through. He is betrayed from within.”
Byrne said he spent 4 1/2 hours at the White House. Media reports also cited anonymous sources claiming that during the meeting, the president discussed the potential of appointing Powell as a special prosecutor to investigate election fraud. Powell didn’t respond to a request for comment by press time.
Byrne said the president “wants to fight on.” Those opposing Trump’s plans are concerned with how such moves may be perceived in the media, according to Byrne.
“Meadows and legal staff led by GC Cippolone reflexively shoot down every sober discussion or idea presented. Their frame of mind is automatic: ‘We better not try that, it may not work, it would hurt your reputation in the press,’” Byrne wrote. “No kidding, they say stuff like that.
“They are bending over backwards to come up with reasons to tell him he can’t do anything. He needs to fire them all or he loses.
“He truly [believes] he won and he truly did win. I did not vote for him, but I don’t want to see our country hijacked in a psyop.”
Follow Ivan on Twitter: @ivanpentchoukov
[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..
[ :: 4-22-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see. Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc
:: 12-21-20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Starvation as the Final Imprisonment of Humanity Is Right Around The Corner
12/21/2020
Mass starvation has throughout history been miscategorized as a natural phenomenon or an unfortunate side-effect of conflict and political oppression. The numbers and names of the victims fade into the background, blurred traces of the horrors of history. The same thing is applied today when starvation is being enforced in the name of political oppression and hidden by the COVID facade designed for the coming events. The powers that be need the masses under control, they need people to comply and get the vaccine that will eventually lead to many other problems that we will debate in another article.
In this article, we introduce the term ‘starvation crimes’ to capture how these separately criminalized acts, when perpetrated over a long duration, can create mass starvation. Implicit in ‘starvation crimes’ is that starvation is produced by leaders’ decisions and serves political, military, or economic goals.
Starvation is both an outcome and a process. As an outcome, starvation means deprivation of food unto death and is very rare even during famines, where the proximate cause of death is usually infectious disease. It takes about two months for a formerly healthy human adult to die from food deprivation alone, during which time the body and mind slowly cease functioning. In this article, we refer to starvation in the transitive sense: a process of deprivation that occurs when actors impede the capacity of targeted persons to access the means of sustaining life. Our concern is with mass starvation: when groups of people (communities, nations, classes, populations) are deprived.
The four key features of starvation.
First, many different actions qualify as acts of starvation. Depriving people of their ability to obtain food is the central component, which includes not only denying or destroying objects such as food stores but also preventing or obstructing activities such as working, trading, and foraging. Other deprivations are also relevant, including:
degrading public health, such as disrupting access to clean water forcing people to congregate in unhealthy conditions, and destroying health facilities degrading habitation and shelter, and reducing the means and capacities for mothers to care for young children tearing apart the social fabric, compelling people to violate norms and taboos, and turn against one another.
A crucial factor of mass starvation is time. While famine or starvation crimes may emerge from conditions for which culpability is relatively easy to deny, the long duration of maintaining the policies that create these conditions undermines claims of innocence. In most of the ‘uses’ of mass starvation documented by historians, deprivation was imposed on thousands of people over multiple years. In no case were those maintaining the conditions ignorant of the impact their decisions had on entire civilian populations. Yet they chose to continue, and in some cases, deepen the crisis that they themselves had created. Does COVID-19 ring a bell? What about the vaccine that they developed in such a short time when more than 55% of the world’s conditions have no cure so far?
The Purposes of Starvation
Controlling a Population: ‘War Assumes an Aspect that May Shock the Humanitarian’
When a perpetrator’s primary interest is in reducing the capacity of a group to resist its policies, there may be only a thin line of interpretation separating an intended goal of killing through starvation, from the lack of concern about how many people die as a result of policies intended to control a population. A common context is counter-insurgency.
Flushing Out a Population: ‘If You Join Us, We Will Feed You. If Not, We Will Kill You’
Deprivation can be used to flush a population out of a remote area into perpetrator control. This section presents cases where the primary goal was population-centric: starvation to bring a population under control.
Throughout history, all the above happen so many times that I could fill out pages upon pages with examples, and I am pretty sure everyone knows at least two of these examples without being a historian. What most people fail to see and understand, is there there are plans, globally, for a second wave and subsequently, humanity will be locked down again. However, this lockdown will consist of widespread brutality. The enforcement will be a global version of the Gestapo.
As Dave Hodges from The Common Sense Show wrote in an article a couple of months ago:
“TODAY, THESE COMPLIANCE-DRIVEN FOOD RATION CARDS WILL BE REPLACED BY BILL GATES ISSUED HEALTH ID CARDS WHICH WILL GUARANTEE THAT YOU HAVE HAD YOUR MANDATORY VACCINE. THIS IS THE PURPOSE OF THE LOCKDOWNS, IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH THE CORONAVIRUS, WHICH IS MAN-MADE.
Hitler’s use of what psychologists refer to as classical conditioning techniques reduced the will of the German population to a pack of Pavlovian dogs who were conditioned to be totally dependent upon the government for their survival.”
The wannabe President-elect Joseph R. Biden made no secret of the speed with which he plans to bury “America First” as a guiding principle of the nation’s foreign policy.
Obama has given himself control over all resources through Executive Order 13603. I am certain that we will soon see anti-hoarding policies created out of thin air by DHS and FEMA which will basically outlaw all prepping. In the short-term, every American who intends on surviving what is coming needs to be prepared, and to be prepared means starting RIGHT NOW!
Would you care to guess what America’s New World Order is working on now? Any questions about what is about to happen next?
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 12-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Eruption Reported At Hawaii's Kilauea Volcano
by Tyler Durden Monday, Dec 21, 2020 - 6:38
The U.S. Geological Survey said an eruption that started Sunday night at the Kilauea volcano on Hawaii's Big Island is unleashing plumes of smoke into the air with concerns about ashfall.
The National Weather Service in Honolulu warned residents in surrounding communities about excessive exposure to ash could result in eye and respiratory issues. The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) posted an update on its website calling the situation "rapidly evolving" and said communities around Kilauea's summit and rift zones to "be prepared." Pictures and videos of the eruption have been uploaded to social media, showing "the western rim of Kīlauea Caldera. Lava is erupting from a fissure in the NW wall of Halemaʻumaʻu crater and cascading into the deepest part of the crater, which had been occupied by a water lake (now replaced with a growing lava lake)," tweeted USGS Volcanoes. According to KITV4 Island News, an earthquake was reported at the start of the eruption. Here are the first images of the eruption, courtesy of EpicLava. "We have an amazing eruption going on right now," said one person near the volcano. This is Kilauea's first major eruption in two years. The last time Kilauea erupted, all hell broke out (see: here & here).
https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/eruption-reported-hawaiis-kilauea-volcano
[ :: 11-13-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
As you can clearly see the evil in the world is almost fifty-fifty, my word has shown you that before, so that should not be a surprise. For I have said that two shall be standing in the field and one shall go and one shall remain, that is fifty-fifty, and it has got to that place, that also means that the end is very, very near. So you will still have half of the world that desires to do evil and half of the world that desires to do good, but only about thirty percent are true Christians. etc.
[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)
Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV)
[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.
John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)
:: 12-21-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
American Family Association Reportedly Banned From Credit Card Processor Over Religious Views
by National File December 21st 2020, 2:25 am
Just days after Stripe inked a deal with Goldman Sachs
A conservative Christian group critical of homosexuality reported Tuesday that they were banned from a credit card processor over their religious views.
From LifeSiteNews, “Credit card company blacklists American Family Association from donation processing”:
The socially-conservative American Family Association (AFA) was recently forced to change credit card companies after one cut off service apparently over the group’s pro-life, pro-family views.
AFA president Tim Wildmon wrote Tuesday that the unidentified company AFA was using to process donations stopped doing so “without warning — overnight — the first week of December.”
Wildmon added that AFA is pursuing legal recourse for religious discrimination, but in the meantime has found a different credit card company; “however, the company that dropped us refuses to release the personal and credit card information to the new processing company.”
Later this week, Wildmon followed up with an update that “after several communications from our attorney – and after the prayers of many believers – the processing company has finally agreed to transfer the necessary personal and credit card information.”
It’s only taken about two years for credit card processors to go from banning “far right” political figures to banning Christians for preaching from the Bible.
The immigration restrictionist website VDARE was banned from the payment processor Stripe a little over one week ago — just days after Stripe inked a deal with Goldman Sachs.
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
:: 12-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
What are the most dangerous fault lines for Seattle? And when are they going to erupt?
By Strange Sounds - Mar 10, 2020
The western half of Washington state is considered earthquake country, with the potential for very large quakes.
Discover in this article the most dangerous earthquake zones for Seattle and its area: The Cascadia Subduction Zone, the Seattle Fault and the South Whidbey Island Fault
The below map shows that Seattle and its surroundings is constantly being rattled by small earthquakes and tremors. On Dec. 15th, a small swarm even hit near Bremerton, a few miles away from downtown. While the intensity of this seismic event has now decreased, a big earthquake is overdue in the region. So I think it is worth your time to learn more about the biggest seismic risks and major fault lines criss-crossing this part of the Pacific Northwest, namely: The Cascadia Subduction Zone running roughly parallel to the Pacific Coast from northern California past the northern tip of Canada’s Vancouver Island.
The Seattle Fault, which runs east to west just south of downtown Seattle. It ends up near the Cascade Mountains and west onto the Olympic Peninsula.
The South Whidbey Island Fault running from northwest to southeast of the southern tip of the island. Now let’s visit the 3 most dangerous earthquake faults for Seattle one by one:
1. Cascadia Subduction Zone
The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a giant fault running from Cape Mendocino, Calif. past Oregon and Washington and doesn’t end until it’s north of Vancouver Island in Canada.
You saw its potential in the 9.1 magnitude Tohuku earthquake and tsunami that hit northeastern Japan in March 2011. Tohoku killed nearly 16,000 people; most died as a result of drowning or being crushed in the tsunami.
Because Japan was so well prepared, most retrofitted buildings outside of the tsunami zone survived. This part of the Japanese coast had not seen this type of seismic rupture in some 800 years, and what failed was that walls built to keep tsunami waves were not high enough. In Washington, we do not have tsunami walls. Along the coast residents may have between 20 and 30 minutes to get to higher ground.
The Westport area is now the first in North America to have a community vertical evacuation structure, a building strong enough to resist earthquake and tsunami wave forces and give people a platform above the expected wave heights. That place is the Ocosta School.
But the Cascadia Subduction Zone isn’t just a fault; it’s an overlapping joint between tectonic plates, parts of the Earth’s crust that float on layers of molten rock.
There’s a reason the lands around the Pacific Ocean are called the “Ring of Fire.” The earthquakes, tsunamis, and the proximity of volcanos are all part of the same system. The coast is now the home of one of the state’s largest network of warning sirens called All Hazard Alert Broadcast (AHABs). But Forson says you also need to know what to do when the shaking happens.
There are also tsunami evacuation signs on the highways. Westport currently is the only location with a vertical evacuation structure designed for a tsunami.
“We do not encourage people to evacuate in vehicles. We’re working on pedestrian evacuation maps that show the best routes for pedestrians to take to evacuate,” said Forson. “You just need one person to crash or a power line to fall over the road, and the roads are unusable.”
“That’s why we’re pushing for a lot of vertical evacuation structures to be built – hotels or schools, because it’s not an easy problem to solve,” he said.
Resources on tsunami danger and preparedness in Westport, Grays Harbor County, Long Beach Peninsula, and Coastal evacuation maps.
2. Seattle Fault Moving inland, the Seattle Fault is capable of a magnitude 7.
That may not sound like much more than the magnitude 6.8 quake of 2001 based on the numbers, but that the Nisqually quake occurred some 30 miles underground. Then consider that the Seattle Fault is a complex of faults with various branches that run at or just below the surface. “The risk is complicated, but there are millions of people who live in the Seattle area,” said Forson. “What we know about this fault is that it’s ruptured may times in the past…it will happen again. We just don’t know when.” Across the northern portion of Bainbridge Island, light radar or lidar images taken from airplanes clearly show the Seattle Fault running right on the surface.
Another piece can be seen under the elevated lanes of northbound Interstate 5 in South Seattle not far from the Rainier brewery. The Seattle Fault is also likely to create a tsunami that would inundate Harbor Island and much of SODO, Interbay, and the waterfront. It could also create dangerous currents and hazards to the north including Everett.
What scientists don’t know is its timing interval. “The last time was 1,000 years ago between 900 and 903 A.D.,” said Forson. “It will happen; we don’t know when.”
What about the localized tsunami risk? In the 1990’s, scientists produced an animation that shows inundation, and people won’t have much time to run to higher ground. In some areas getting up a hill to higher ground will be difficult. Some people in places like SODO and Harbor Island may have to flee to higher floors in a building. You can look at different geological hazard maps on the website of the Department of Natural Resources.
3. South Whidbey Island Fault
The South Whidbey Island Fault is also dangerous.
It’s significantly larger than the Seattle Fault, and South Whidbey could hand us a magnitude 7.5 earthquake.
That could spell trouble not only for its namesake island but for south and north King County and further west.
“The crustal faults – the Seattle Fault, the South Whidbey Island Fault, the Tacoma Fault – those are less well known,” said Forson.
And while scientists keep digging for more information and more situational awareness of what we face, the other problem is human.
“A lot of people are transplants,” Forson said. “They didn’t grow up here, they haven’t heard this story. So they don’t necessarily know the threats they face.”
Earthquakes. Volcanic eruptions. Devastating wind storms. Floods. Mudslides. Why is Strange Sounds focusing so much on disaster preps? It’s certainly not to scare you. Emergency planners all had a simple message: It’s not IF a disaster will happen, it’s WHEN.
The experts say few are ready. And being ready means being able to support yourself, your loved ones, your neighborhood for 2 weeks. Because after a region-wide event, it could take that long for help to come from the rest of the country and world.
Seismologists estimate that such quakes and tsunami waves occur roughly every 500 years on average on the Cascadia Subduction Zone. There’s approximately a 14% chance of another approximately M9 earthquake occurring in the next 50 years.
There’s a must-see documentary film called ‘Cascadia The Big One’ that exposes what’s currently going on in this region of the Cascade volcanoes and the Pacific NorthWest. Learning earthquake faults around where we live is a first good way to prepare the next devastating earthquake. Be prepared and read more on DNR, USGS, King5, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
If you are already planning your Christmas gifts, please buy with us on Amazon. The affiliate sales will help us to continue the hard work we are putting in this website.
https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/seattle-earthquake-fault-lines-threats-map-video.html
[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc
:: 12--20 Mirror :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Lava and ash are spewing from a volcano that has erupted on Hawaii’s Big Island following weeks of earthquakes.
A "strong" eruption occurred at the Halemaumau crater of the Kilauea volcano, and forecasters have warned that ash is likely to fall on nearby towns.
A magnitude 4.4 earthquake struck the area about an hour after Sunday night's eruption, along with tremors measuring between 2.0 and 2.7, but there was no tsunami threat to Hawaii.
Planes were told to avoid airspace around the volcano due to the ash cloud.
The US Geological Survey says (USGS) wrote online: "Shortly after approximately 9.30pm, the USGS Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) detected glow within Halemaumau crater at the summit of Kilauea Volcano. "An eruption has commenced within Kilauea’s summit caldera. The situation is rapidly evolving and HVO will issue another statement when more information is available."
"Accordingly, HVO has elevated Kilauea’s volcano alert level to WARNING and its aviation color code to RED."
The Hawaii County Civil Defense Agency tweeted: "The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory reports an eruption at the Halemaumau Crater of the Kilauea Volcano. "Trade winds will push any embedded ash toward the Southwest. Fallout is likely in the Kau District in Wood Valley, Pahala, Naalehu and Ocean View. Stay indoors to avoid Exposu."
The USGS said "ground deformation" and a series of earthquakes had been detected for several weeks before the eruption, exceeding those observed since the end of a major eruption and summit collapse in 2018. It wrote: "In late November 2020, increased earthquake rates began when seismic stations recorded an average of at least 480 shallow, small-magnitude earthquakes (97% of which were less than or equal to magnitude-2) per week occurring at depths of less than 4 km (2.5 miles) beneath Kīlauea’s summit and upper East Rift Zone "This compares to a rate of fewer than 180 per week following the end of Kīlauea’s 2018 eruption and through early November 2020.
"On December 2, 2020, GPS stations and tiltmeters recorded a ground deformation event at Kilauea’s summit.
"Accompanied by earthquake swarms, the patterns of ground deformation observed were consistent with a small dike intrusion of magma under the southern part of Kilauea caldera.
"The injection resulted in about 8 cm (3 inches) of uplift of the caldera floor, and modeling suggests that it represented 0.4–0.7 million cubic meters (yards) of magma accumulated approximately 1.5 km (1 mile) beneath the surface. "Though the intrusion did not reach the surface and erupt, it represented a notable excursion from trends observed in Kilauea summit monitoring data streams following the end of the 2018 eruption.
"On December 17, 2020, seismometers detected a notable increase in occurrence and duration of long-period seismic signals beneath Kīlauea’s summit, which are attributed to magmatic activity. "Whereas this type of seismicity was observed on average once every few weeks following the 2018 eruption, rates have increased to over a dozen in the past several days.
"Other monitoring data streams including volcanic gas and webcam imagery were stable until this eruption.
"An earthquake swarm began on the evening of December 20, accompanied by ground deformation detected by tiltmeters. An orange glow was subsequently observed on IR monitoring cameras and visually beginning approximately 9.36pm."
https://www.mirror.co.uk/news/us-news/breaking-volcano-erupts-hawaiis-big-23199476
:: 12-21-20 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
WARNING: 3,150 Injuries in First Week of Illegal Experimental COVID Vaccines Among American Healthcare Workers! Pregnant Women Included
Mon 9:37 am +00:00, 21 Dec 2020 posted by Weaver
by Brian Shilhavy Editor, Health Impact News
The first week of injecting American healthcare workers with the experimental illegal Pfizer mRNA vaccine has resulted in over 3000 of these healthcare workers reporting that they were injured to the extent that they could not continue on their jobs and perform normal activities, requiring care from a doctor or healthcare worker. This report is directly from the CDC and was published yesterday, December 19, 2020.
If the staffing issues and overcrowding at hospitals across the U.S. were being over-exaggerated in the Pharma-controlled corporate media in recent weeks to instill fear over COVID to the public, that is all about to change as the next phase of the experimental COVID vaccine trials is being conducted on the American public, starting with healthcare workers this past week.
Because according to this CDC report, the healthcare system just lost over 3000 staff due to the experimental COVID vaccine, and not COVID itself.
Using healthcare workers as the first human lab rats in the public was obviously planned from the start. Those trained in the dogma of the pharmaceutical industry, at least many of them, were able to roll up their sleeves and get this experimental vaccine and be convinced that the side effects are “normal” and for the “greater good,” because that is what their training has taught them.
This will also lead to REAL hospital over-crowding as more and more of these healthcare workers will not be able to show up for work next week, and probably the weeks ahead, and the pharma-controlled corporate media will spin this as being due to the rising “cases” of COVID to convince the general public to line up and get this vaccine.
And the dumbed-down American public who actually trust the pharma-owned and controlled corporate media seem to be falling for the deception, based on comments we have received here at Health Impact News as we report these events.
For example, we published the video of the press conference in Chattanooga, Tennessee earlier this week where Nurse Manager Tiffany Dover passed out live on camera just after she was vaccinated with the Pfizer COVID experimental vaccine. The doctors at CHI Memorial Hospital, and the nurse herself, tried to reassure the public that her passing out had nothing at all to do with the vaccine she had just received, and apparently most of the public is buying it, based on comments we received, like this one:
My mom made me watch this video. All of you here are misled and make yourselves look incredibly dumb. You guys are really taking this site as a credible news source? Listen to healthcare officials! Listen to the cdc and who! Wear your mask!!!!!! Get the vaccine!!!!!!! At the very least stay home and quarentine!!!!! It’s partially because of your noncompliance and uneducated propaganda that this country is in the state it is in compared to the rest of the world.
Where you get your information right now is a matter of life and death, literally, and threats of the government seizing websites such as Health Impact News and others who dare to publish the truth about the corruption in the Pharmaceutical industry and government are still hanging over us, and could be implemented at any time now, as they seek to roll out this vaccine to the general public after they significantly reduce the hospital staffs across the country.
Next up will be seniors in assisted living institutions, probably beginning this week, and most of them have co-morbidity conditions with weakened immune systems and are pumped full of toxic pharmaceutical drugs.
This will be a literal holocaust, and be far worse than the tens of thousands of seniors who died when COVID started!
The other disturbing aspect of the CDC report published yesterday is that there were 514 healthcare workers pregnant that received the first round of Pfizer’s experimental vaccine.
As we have reported, the U.K. is not recommending pregnant women get this vaccine, but no such warning exists in the FDA guidelines for the U.S.
WAKE UP AMERICA!!
This is the eugenics agenda for the New World Order called “The Great Reset” being implemented right before you very eyes! Stop watching the pharma-owned and controlled corporate media news, and start taking precautions to RESIST their agenda to reduce the world’s population and setup their New World Order!
This is not a “conspiracy theory” anymore!! It is the stated goal of the Globalists like Bill Gates, it has been published, and now it is being implemented right before your very eyes as The Great Reset.
If you have not yet listened to the warning from doctors and healthcare professionals who are not onboard with this eugenics program which represents literally TENS OF THOUSANDS of doctors around the world trying to sound the alarm on these experimental COVID vaccines, please watch and listen now and pass this on because these doctors are being censored and attacked:
Doctors Around the World Issue Dire WARNING: DO NOT GET THE COVID VACCINE!!
See Also:
COVID Vaccines “Biological Weapons of Mass Destruction” says Wyoming Medical Doctor and Manager for Wyoming’s State Public Health Department
WARNING! Seniors and Healthcare Workers First in Line to Get the Experimental COVID Vaccine!
WARNING: 3,150 Injuries in First Week of Illegal Experimental COVID Vaccines Among American Healthcare Workers! Pregnant Women Included
The first week of injecting American healthcare workers with the experimental illegal Pfizer mRNA vaccine has resulted in over 3000 of these healthcare workers reporting that they were injured to the extent that they could not continue on their jobs and perform normal activities, requiring care from a doctor or healthcare worker.
This report is directly from the CDC and was published yesterday, December 19, 2020.
If the staffing issues and overcrowding at hospitals across the U.S. were being over-exaggerated in the Pharma-controlled corporate media in recent weeks to instill fear over COVID to the public, that is all about to change as the next phase of the experimental COVID vaccine trials is being conducted on the American public, starting with healthcare workers this past week. Because according to this CDC report, the healthcare system just lost over 3000 staff due to the experimental COVID vaccine, and not COVID itself.
Using healthcare workers as the first human lab rats in the public was obviously planned from the start. Those trained in the dogma of the pharmaceutical industry, at least many of them, were able to roll up their sleeves and get this experimental vaccine and be convinced that the side effects are “normal” and for the “greater good,” because that is what their training has taught them.
This will also lead to REAL hospital over-crowding as more and more of these healthcare workers will not be able to show up for work next week, and probably the weeks ahead, and the pharma-controlled corporate media will spin this as being due to the rising “cases” of COVID to convince the general public to line up and get this vaccine.
Next up will be seniors in assisted living institutions, probably beginning this week, and most of them have co-morbidity conditions with weakened immune systems and are pumped full of toxic pharmaceutical drugs.
This will be a literal holocaust, and be far worse than the tens of thousands of seniors who died when COVID started!
The other disturbing aspect of the CDC report published yesterday is that there were 514 healthcare workers pregnant that received the first round of Pfizer’s experimental vaccine.
:: 12-20-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Special Reports
Forced Inoculation Is Here
Infowars.com
December 20th 2020, 4:43 pm
Tucker Carlson delivers powerful breakdown of vaccine dangers, medical tyranny, and corporate corruption
Comments: All 85 comments
Scribe note: See video and comments click on link below
https://www.infowars.com/posts/forced-inoculation-is-here/
:: 12--20 The Berean Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Behold a pale horse
By Greg Bentley
IMAGINE A VACCINE SO SAFE YOU HAVE TO BE THREATENED TO TAKE IT FOR A DISEASE SO DEADLY YOU HAVE TO BE TESTED TO KNOW IF YOU EVEN HAVE IT?
Here is why you should not take the vaccine for Covid-19.
First and foremost the Lord has declared in 1 Corinthians 6:19…know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own. The Lord also warned, If any man defile the temple of God him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. 1 Corinthians 3:17
During the first half of 2020 we have highlighted the Vatican connection with some of the Jesuit trained Roman Catholics in the US government. These Jesuits have been directing the world response to the Corona virus. We have clearly shown their modus operandi consisting of deceit, contradictory science and the use of organs and tissues from murdered children in the development of their vaccine agenda. All of this in accordance with the Jesuit mantra, “the end justifies the means”. Please read our research on the following government leaders.
Dr. Anthony Fauci Head of the NIAID
Dr. Francis Collins Head of the NIH
Dr. Robert Redfield Head of the CDC
The FDA has issued a statement on the possible adverse event outcomes of taking the Covid-19 vaccines, it is found on page 16. The following are 5 of the 22 listed possible adverse outcomes:
Guillain-Barrésyndrome
Pregnancy and birth outcomes
Convulsions/seizures
Autoimmune disease
Death
According to a fact sheet (pdf) from the FDA for healthcare providers, no one who has a known history of a severe allergic reaction, or anaphylaxis, to any component of the newly released vaccine should get injected.
According to another fact sheet issued by the maker of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine, the vaccine is an unapproved vaccine that may prevent COVID-19. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID-19. There is no guarantee that the vaccine will prevent you from getting Covid-19. The vaccine only has emergency use authorization, not approval from the FDA.
We do know the Department of Defense has awarded a contract through operation Warp Speed to ApiJect to produce a pre filled syringe that will deliver an electronically traceable vaccine. This will be accomplished through their partnership with Rapid USA.
The Greek word “pharmakeia” (Strongs number 5331) literally means “drugs”, and appears five times in the New Testament: in Gal 5:20, Rev 9:21, 18:23, 21:8, and 22:15.
“Pharmakia” is translated into our English Bible as either “witchcraft” or “sorceries”. We also get our English word “pharmacy” from the Greek word “pharmakia”.
In each of the five Bible passages, “pharmakia”, or “drugs” is listed as a work of the flesh of man as opposed to the Spirit of God working in us. In Revelation 18:23 it is interesting to note the final judgment of the woman who is dressed in scarlet and purple and riding the beast. In this verse, she is found guilty of deceiving the nations through Pharmakia.
The first image below is of the statue of Baphomet which is a satanic symbol of worship and the second is the symbol of the Caduceus. You will notice the similarities in these images consisting of two snakes around a pole and the wings. The Caduceus represents the pagan god Asclepius which was worshipped in the ancient city of Pergamos. Pergamos was known as the center of medicine in the ancient world. The Apostle John in Revelation 2:12-13 points out that Satan’s seat was also located in the city of Pergamos. Pergamos is where satan dwells at it was the center of medicine. The Caduceus is now the symbol of modern medicine as well and the branch insignia of the US Army Medical Service Corp. It would behove the Lords people to take heed to the exhortation found in 2 Thessalonians 2:11
And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:
We pray and trust that the Holy Spirit will lead and guide you in these treacherous days. We also pray that the recipients of the vaccine will have had informed consent.
https://bereanbeacon.org/behold-a-pale-horse/
:: 12-21-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
More Signs 2021 Will Hit Ludicrous Levels Of Insanity As Chaos Abounds With Vaccine Rollout Nationwide, With 'No End In Sight' To The Madness Spreading Worldwide Like A Pandemic
- 'We have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles'
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 21, 2020
The photographs, videos and 'written content' over at the Covid Loves Canada website are quite surreal.
With the lead gif photo ringing out 'crazy' as seen in the monstrosity at the top of this page that we've taken a screenshot of from their website, the videos (which we've embedded at the bottom of this story), as well as the content, are seemingly written for a 2-year-old child, or the most 'dumbed down' members of society, yet it comes to us from the government in Alberta, Canada.
Introducing the hideous character named 'Covid', who they portray in their videos and photos as 'the life of the party', they even create dialogue for 'Covid' as we see in the lines taken from their website below.
MEET COVID! "I love life! Going to all the places, doing all the things and spreading the fun to everyone. Bring me to your next get-together, I’d love to meet your friends and family!"
VIDEOS: Covid Loves THE SPOT LIGHT! "They don’t call me the ultimate plus-one for nothing. I’m on every guest list. Nobody puts me in a corner!"
COVID LOVES RULE BREAKERS! "You already know what I love. Time to tell you what really crumbles my cookies."
COVID LOVES EVERYONE! From Edmonton to East Timor, Covid’s made a name for himself as an international love bug. Poor or rich, young or old, healthy or not, he isn’t picky.
COVID LOVES MISINFORMATION! “When your dog licks your face, it could be giving you COVID-19. And pink eye.” Myth or fact?
Sending the message to us that we 'should hate life,' along with being repelled by our families and friends, it also goes so far as to proclaim that those refusing to use hand sanitizers are 'cold-blooded killers' while proclaiming why we should all avoid travel this Christmas.: "Nobody travels like me, I’m the ultimate globetrotter. So if you’re planning any road trips or flights, I might just tag along." With that website just the latest taste of brainwashing that the people of Canada are having to endure from their own government, as Zero Hedge reports in this new story titled "2020: The Year We Let Ourselves Be Infantilised And Dehumanised", we have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles by our government's and the media. An extended excerpt from that Zero Hedge story, originally published at TheBlogMire, before we continue.:
I recently wrote a satirical speech by our Prime Minister, in which I imagined him coming up with all sorts of absurd rules for the Christmas season. It was really hard. Not because I was unable to come up with hundreds of such rules, were I minded to do so, but because the whole point of satire is to raise the absurdities up a step or two, in order to highlight the ridiculousness of what is happening.
But how do you do this when the real-life absurdities have already been turned up to 11 on the amplifier? I kid you not when I tell you that my original list included a rule against playing certain board games over Christmas — which I rejected — only to see a few days later SAGE coming out and advising against the playing of board games.
We have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles. A once great country with a once free people has been reduced to the level of being governed by pathetic, childish slogans. And for some reason we have allowed ourselves to be infantilised.
I am utterly baffled as to how people can have sat through some of these slogans being introduced without responding with howls of laughter.
“Stay Alert. Control the Virus. Save Lives.” What on earth is this actually supposed to mean?
Stay Alert? For what? Are we supposed to be on our guard for a virus that is approximately 120 nanometres, or around 1,000th the width of a human hair? Are we to carry an electron microscope around with us wherever we go, just in case? One of my favourite signs is an electronic one I sometimes see on my occasional drives into the office. On one day, it says, “Stay Alert. Control the Virus.” On another, it says, “Stay Alert. Watch out for Cyclists.” It should be noted that cyclists are considerably bigger than 120nm and even often wearing the kind of hi-vis jackets that coronaviruses refuse to wear.
Control the Virus? Say what? You mean they actually think we’re stupid enough to think they’re clever enough to devise schemes that can actually control those little invisible 120 nm virus particles that are in the air and on surfaces. Apparently so.
Save Lives? I am yet to hear a convincing argument as to how I and my family, not having any symptoms and thus not being infected by the virus, can possibly stop the spread of said virus that we don’t have by staying at home or wearing a piece of cloth over or respiratory passages, such that we save lives.
More recently, it has been decided that the slogans were maybe a bit too high-brow and needed to be simplified further, this time into monosyllables: “Hands. Face. Space.” Although I tend to avoid watching Comrade Johnson and Co as they spout this nonsense at their regular stand-ups, on the occasions when I have had that misfortune, it has felt eerily like suddenly being thrust into the world’s largest Kindergarten with teacher talking down to his little charges as if they were really, really stupid.
But the infantilising of an entire population is by no means the worst thing they have done to us. Worse by far has been the dehumanising of millions of people, which has been done via a number of enormously destructive methods.
Chief of them is the idea that we must all avoid each other. I cannot even begin to think how destructive this has become. In a normal society, if you or I have symptoms of a particularly nasty seasonal respiratory illness, which is what Covid-19 is, we would avoid one another. Obviously. But the idea of perfectly healthy people avoiding other perfectly healthy people must qualify as one of the most absurd concepts ever dreamt up. Not only is it self-evidently unnecessary, it is bound to have long-terms consequences for the way we view one another, the way we relate to one another, the way we behave around one another. It turns us from seeing one another as humans, made in the Image of God, to walking virus carriers and a potential risk. Some people now literally behave as if they are navigating their way through a crowd of potential terrorists, rather than simply walking through a group of fellow humans.
Millions of people humiliated by the Marketing Team of Covid-19 and their infantile slogans. Millions of people dehumanised by having their faces, their smiles, their laughter, their thoughtfulness etc covered to make them into expressionless drones. That was the year we just lived through. Will 2021 be the year a critical mass try to escape the Kindergarten and return to being human?
So with 2020 clearly the most bizarre and ludicrous year in my 58-year-long life, and 2021 looking like the democrats/globalists are about ready to kick that insanity level up a few notches, we see in London, England what that 'insanity' might look like, with this story over at Metro reporting the people of London face being arrested simply for trying to leave the city.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
As we had reported in this December 22nd of 2019 ANP story titled "'Letters From The Gulag' & These Recent Events Prove The Dumbing Down Of America Worked Like A Charm Using The Globalists Beast System Of Identify, Vilify, Nullify & Destroy", the 'war upon Americans' was designed by the globalists to destroy our ability to reason.
Leaving most Americans quite eager to accept the lines that they're being sold rather than to question the information that Americans and 'free people' around the planet are being 'handfed' by those who seek to control us, none other than George Orwell had warned long ago: "If people cannot write well, they cannot think well, and if they cannot think well, others will do their thinking for them." And they have, in spades.
With globalists selling us the 'bill of lies' that masks will somehow help prevent the spread of Covid-19 while claiming that things will slowly 'get back to normal' once a vaccine is developed, an outright lie with even the CDC now admitting that 1000's of people are having adverse reactions following their vaccinations, the story over at the top of Daily Mail for much of the day on Saturday into Sunday paints the picture the globalists want us to see as we approach Christmas and 'travel season' in America and around the world.
Reporting that utter chaos broke out on a United Airlines flight from Orlando, Florida to Los Angeles, California after a passenger died from Covid-19 while aboard the flight, who else thought of the climactic airport scene from the 1995 science fiction movie "12 Monkeys", where one character embarks on a tour of several cities that match the locations and sequence of the viral outbreak that wipes out most of humanity, with survivors forced to live underground.
With what's looking more and more like the failure of the Covid-19 vaccination sure to send millions more around the world into a mental tailspin, with those people truly but incorrectly believing a vaccination would allow things to 'return to normal', the fact that Americans and people around the world are being 'dumbed down' by government's should be seen as another sign of where we're being herded in 2021. As 'loving life' is demonized, along with our friends and family, by those who think they know what's best for us while they themselves ignore and disobey their own rules that they insanely expect us to follow.
And while it's certainly up to every individual about whether or not they want to take the covid-19 vaccine once available to them, as we hear in the final video below, a staggering number of doctors and scientists are now speaking out about the dangers of vaccines as more and more people are sickened by it and the liberal media reports that chaos abounds in states now distributing the vaccine, with 'no end in sight'.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Think_2020_Was_Crazy_Signs_We_Have_Not_Seen_Anything_Yet.php
:: 12-21-20 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A Year Without Santa Claus?
Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola December 21, 2020
Story at-a-glance
Thanksgiving was canceled in many parts of the U.S., and many government leaders are now urging residents to cancel their Christmas celebrations too
Scribe note: Click on link below to read article
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2020/12/21/a-year-without-a-santa-claus.aspx
:: 12-20-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dr. Deborah Birx Visited Family Despite Own Travel Warning
AP20 Dec 2020
WASHINGTON (AP) — As COVID-19 cases skyrocketed before the Thanksgiving holiday weekend, Dr. Deborah Birx, coordinator of the White House coronavirus response, warned Americans to “be vigilant” and limit celebrations to “your immediate household.” For many Americans that guidance has been difficult to abide, including for Birx herself. The day after Thanksgiving, she traveled to one of her vacation properties on Fenwick Island in Delaware. She was accompanied by three generations of her family from two households. Birx, her husband Paige Reffe, a daughter, son-in-law and two young grandchildren were present.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has asked Americans not to travel over the holidays and discourages indoor activity involving members of different households. “People who do not currently live in your housing unit, such as college students who are returning home from school for the holidays, should be considered part of different households.”
Even in Birx’s everyday life, there are challenges meeting that standard. She and her husband have a home in Washington. She also owns a home in nearby Potomac, Maryland, where her elderly parents, and her daughter and family live, and where Birx visits intermittently. In addition, the children’s other grandmother, who is 77, also regularly travels to the Potomac house and returns to her 92-year-old husband near Baltimore.
Birx’s own experiences underline the complexity and difficulty of trying to navigate the perils of the pandemic while balancing a job, family and health, especially among essential workers like her.
Yet some of Birx’s peers in public health say she should be held to a higher standard given her prominent role in the government’s response to the pandemic and the current surge in COVID-19 deaths across the country. Birx has expressed a desire to maintain a significant role on the White House coronavirus task force when President-elect Joe Biden is inaugurated next month, according to a person familiar with the Biden team’s personnel deliberations and a Trump administration coronavirus task force official. Neither was authorized to publicly discuss internal deliberations and both spoke on condition of anonymity.
“To me this disqualifies her from any future government health position,” said Dr. Angela Rasmussen, a virologist at the Georgetown Center for Global Health Science and Security. “It’s a terrible message for someone in public health to be sending to the American people.”
After The Associated Press raised questions about her Thanksgiving weekend travels, Birx acknowledged in a statement that she went to her Delaware property. She declined to be interviewed.
She insisted the purpose of the roughly 50-hour visit was to deal with the winterization of the property before a potential sale — something she says she previously hadn’t had time to do because of her busy schedule.
“I did not go to Delaware for the purpose of celebrating Thanksgiving,” Birx said in her statement, adding that her family shared a meal together while in Delaware. Birx said that everyone on her Delaware trip belongs to her “immediate household,” even as she acknowledged they live in two different homes. She initially called the Potomac home a “3 generation household (formerly 4 generations).” White House officials later said it continues to be a four-generation household, a distinction that would include Birx as part of the home. Birx’s job makes her an “essential worker” by federal guidelines, in a position that requires extensive travel to consult with state and local officials on the pandemic response. She has traveled to 43 states, driving 25,000 miles, she said, often to coronavirus hot spots. Birx also has an office in the White House, where numerous COVID-19 infections have been revealed.
Through it all, she said she has kept herself and her family safe through isolating, wearing a mask and regular testing.
Birx has not said how long she isolates for before visiting family. Medical experts say people who only recently became infected often do not test positive. They say wearing a mask has limited efficacy in an environment such as the White House, where few others use them.
Margaret Flynn, the children’s other grandmother comes to the Potomac home to provide child care, then returns to her husband, who has health complications. Birx said that she hasn’t seen the other grandmother since the beginning of the pandemic and does not know how frequently she visits the Potomac house. Flynn confirmed that she hasn’t spoken to Birx in months. Flynn declined to say how frequently she visits the home to look after the grandchildren.
From the podium at the White House, Birx has spoken about how she comes from a multigenerational family with her parents and her daughter’s family, including grandchildren, all living under one roof. Many saw that as a relatable family dilemma.
In early April, she said she understood the sacrifices many were making and explained that she couldn’t visit her Potomac home when one of her grandchildren had a high fever.
“I did not go there,” she said, while standing next to President Donald Trump. “You can’t take that kind of risk.”
She has resumed her visits to the house since then.
Numerous elected officials, including prominent Democrats, have been forced to acknowledge that they have not heeded their own stern warnings to the public about the dangers of spreading the virus.
But Birx occupies a position of far greater authority when it comes to the pandemic. Many Americans rely on the advice that she and the government’s top infectious disease expert, Dr. Anthony Fauci, have given.
Kathleen Flynn, whose brother is married to Birx’s daughter who lives in the Potomac house, said she brought forward information about Birx’s situation out of concern for her own parents, and acknowledged family friction over the matter.
“She cavalierly violated her own guidance,” Flynn said of Birx.
Richard Flynn, her father, confirmed details of Birx’s Thanksgiving holiday gathering and visits to the Potomac house, but said he trusted the doctor and believes she’s doing what’s right. He said Birx’s visits to the house have occurred only every few weeks of late.
“Dr. Birx is very conscientious and a very good doctor and scientist from everything I can see,” Richard Flynn said during a recent interview.
Medical experts say public health officials such as Birx need to lead by example, including personal conduct that’s beyond reproach.
“We need leadership to be setting an example, especially in terms of things they are asking average Americans to do who are far less privileged than they are,” said Dr. Abraar Karan, a global health specialist at Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School, about the high-profile lapses in judgment.
Birx came to the White House coronavirus task force with a sterling reputation. A public servant since the Reagan administration, Birx has served as a U.S. Army physician and as a globally recognized AIDS researcher. She was pulled away from her ambassadorial post as the U.S. global AIDS coordinator to assist the task force in late February.
Birx, however, has faced criticism from public health experts and Democratic lawmakers for not speaking out forcefully against Trump when he contradicted advice from medical advisers and scientists about how to fight the virus.
While she stayed in Trump’s good graces far longer than Fauci, who frequently contradicted Trump, the president by late summer had sidelined Birx, too.
Kathleen Flynn said she urged her brother and sister-in-law not to allow her mother to babysit, arguing it put her mother at risk by spending so much time in a household other than her own, while also posing a danger to Birx’s elderly parents. Flynn, who said she has long had a strained relationship with her brother, is currently not on speaking terms with him and has never met Birx.
Flynn said her mother waited about a week after Birx’s Thanksgiving trip before returning to the Potomac home to provide child care help.
Lawrence Gostin, a public health expert at Georgetown University’s law school who has known Birx professionally for years, said that he’s confident that Birx took all necessary precautions to minimize risks in her Thanksgiving travel. Still, he said it undercuts her larger goal to get Americans to cooperate with government officials’ efforts to minimize the death and suffering caused by the virus.
“It’s extraordinarily important for the leaders of the coronavirus response to model the behavior that they recommend to the public,” Gostin said. “We lose faith in our public health officials if they are saying these are the rules but they don’t apply to me.”
Madhani reported from Wilmington, Delaware.
https://www.breitbart.com/news/birx-travels-family-visits-highlight-pandemic-safety-perils/
:: 12-20-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US Embassy Comes Under Rocket Attack In Baghdad, Anti-Missile Defenses Active
by Tyler Durden Sunday, Dec 20, 2020 - 14:25
A series of dramatic videos show a Sunday night (local time) rocket attack against the Green Zone in Baghdad, presumably once again targeting the large US Embassy complex there.
"At least three Katyusha rockets landed in Baghdad’s heavily fortified Green Zone in an attack targeting the US Embassy, two Iraqi security sources said on Sunday," Reuters reports.
The US embassy's high tech C-RAM system, or "Counter rocket, artillery, and mortar" defense weapon, was activated in response to the inbound rocket fire.
Below: the Centurion Counter-Rocket, Artillery, Mortar (C-RAM) system which protects the embassy compound and Green Zone.
According to a description of the C-RAM's specialized ammo in The Drive:
What you are seeing in the video is a dense string of M-940 20mm Multipurpose Tracer-Self Destruct (MPT-SD) rounds. The ammunition is specially engineered to self-destruct at a certain distance so that the string of shells doesn't take out a city block miles away.
While such attacks, widely blamed on Iraq's Shia paramilitary unites backed by Iran, have come almost monthly they don't often directly strike the embassy.
The enemy rockets and mortars, often fired without sophisticated targeting systems (or essentially fired "blindly"), often hit nearby civilian residences which sit just outside the Green Zone, as apparently just happened in Sunday's rocket attack.
There are early reports several apartment buildings were struck by the inbound projectiles. "An anti-rocket system set up to defend the U.S. Embassy fired and diverted one of the rockets, said one security official whose office is inside the Green Zone," Reuters detailed further.
Within the early hours after the attack there are no reports of casualties. It comes after weeks ago Trump ordered a sizeable US troop reduction from Iraq of at least 2,500.
Hawks, however, fear that a major American draw down from Iraq and the region will only empower Iran and those local forces which are believed doing Tehran's bidding.
[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come. At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 12-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
East Coast braces for Christmas Eve storm: Nearly 60M from Charlotte to NYC will be slammed with strong winds and freezing temperatures - one week after huge nor'easter killed seven and dumped up to 44 inches of snow
A cold front is to move across central and eastern states starting Wednesday
Wind gusts between 25 to 35mph could mean power outages for some areas
Forecasters also predict flooding in parts of the Northeast that were impacted by up to 44 inches of snow last week due to Storm Gail
By James Gordon For Dailymail.com
Published: 18:46 EST, 20 December 2020 | Updated: 13:17 EST, 21 December 2020
Nearly 60 million people from North Carolina to New York are bracing for a Christmas Eve storm that's predicted to bring strong winds and freezing temperatures.
Current forecasts show storms affecting a large portion of the country before hitting the East Coast on Christmas Eve with a cold front bringing an Arctic blast for the duration of the holiday.
Forecasters said that wind gusts between 25 to 35mph could mean that some Americans may wake up to power outages on Christmas Day.
It follows last week's nor'easter that killed seven people and dumped 44 inches of snow on cities across the East Coast. Scroll down for video
Currently, most of the East is experiencing seasonable temperatures after a blast of cold air hit the region on Saturday.
However, forecasters say there are a number of fast-moving systems that will travel through the Eastern and Central US over the next few days.
The first frontal system may see some snow stretching from Ohio to New York.
On Monday, another disturbance coming in from Canada could see snow landing in the upper Midwest although there is unlikely to be any significant accumulation.
But the storm that may affect the East for Christmas is likely to begin with strong winds on Christmas Eve and Christmas Day. The winds are first forecast in the Pacific Northwest where up to 8 inches of rain could fall in Oregon and Washington with the risk of triggering mudslides, landslides, avalanches and flooding.
The weather system will then move into the Central US by Wednesday where it will become more organized with a powerful cold front bringing heavy rain and strong thunderstorms.
Snow will then form on the cold side of the storm with snow falling in the upper Midwest.
By Christmas Eve, the system will approach the Eastern US with heavy rain forecast and powerful wind gusts, especially along parts of the Northeast Coast.
Although it is too early to tell how strong the winds will be, power outages may occur. This, coupled with the melting snow from last week's storm is likely to cause flooding.
Those at higher elevations including northeast Pennsylvania, New York and Vermont, where more than 2 feet of snow fell, are at risk.
Heavy rain and strong thunderstorms are also forecast to hit the southeast on Christmas Eve.
Temperature-wise, the Midwest could see wind chills around the -10s and -20s.
On the East Coast there could be some dramatic temperature swings with parts of New Jersey at around 60F on Christmas Eve falling to single digits by Christmas night.
Snow showers may also mix in with the rain on Friday morning. Friday is also likely to be chilly with highs reaching about 40F in New York City and New Jersey.
Chicago could see temperatures near 50F on Wednesday. On Thursday and Friday, highs in Chicago may reach the lower 20s.
In Atlanta, highs in the 50s and 60s are forecast through Thursday.
Forecasters say the new storm could lead to flooding in the Northeast, which is still reeling from last week's nor'easter that dropped up to 44 inches of snow and killed seven people. Storm Gail battered the East Coast last week, causing more than 1,000 crashes on roadways along the Eastern states.
More snow fell in one day in New York City Wednesday than the whole of last winter, blanketing areas in thick flakes.
In Kennebunkport, Maine, a light dusting of snow Wednesday night was replaced the next morning by thick snow as the full force of Gail was felt through the small town.
At least seven people were killed in snow-related incidents across the East Coast caused by the powerful nor'easter which began blanketing areas from northern Virginia to New York City to southern Maine Wednesday night.
More than 600 crashes were reported across New York state through Wednesday night, including a 27-car pile up in New York City that left six injured, as other parts of the state were smothered in more than 40 inches of snow.
:: 12-21-20 H Newswire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How Much More Destruction Will The People Tolerate, Satan Soldiers Are
December 21, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/2 Comments
to Blame: Medical Tyranny Has Sent 8 Million Americans Into Poverty Since Summer 2020…
It is a well known and self-evident fact that poverty kills. Thus far, Technocrat policies relating to COVID have driven well over 8 million Americans into poverty since the pandemic was first declared.
In Q1 2031, as many as 17 million Americans will face household eviction because of failure to pay rent. The majority of these are in minority communities.
Jobs are being permanently destroyed as up to forty percent of small businesses are shuttered forever. According to the Small Business Administration (SBA), small businesses make up:
99.7 percent of U.S. employer firms,
64 percent of net new private-sector jobs,
49.2 percent of private-sector employment,
42.9 percent of private-sector payroll,
46 percent of private-sector output,
43 percent of high-tech employment,
98 percent of firms exporting goods, and
33 percent of exporting value.
Just do the math to see what impact small businesses have on overall economic activity.
I have stated from the beginning of the COVID debacle that the objective was not to “save lives” but rather to destroy Capitalism and Free Enterprise, making way for Sustainable Development, aka Technocracy, to be established in its place. The harsh reality emerging from this economic carnage will see an order of magnitude more lives lost to factors other than coronavirus infection.
Contrary to constantly-stated rhetoric, Technocrats have absolutely no concern for human well-being, much less saving lives. ⁃ TN Editor
The U.S. poverty rate has surged over the past five months, with 7.8 million Americans falling into poverty, the latest indication of how deeply many are struggling after government aid dwindled.
The poverty rate jumped to 11.7 percent in November, up 2.4 percentage points since June, according to new data released Wednesday by researchers at the University of Chicago and the University of Notre Dame.
While overall poverty levels are low by historical standards, the increase in poverty this year has been swift. It is the biggest jump in a single year since the government began tracking poverty 60 years ago. It is nearly double the next-largest rise, which occurred in 1979-1980 during the oil crisis, according to James X. Sullivan, a professor at Notre Dame, and Bruce D. Meyer, a professor at the University of Chicago’s Harris School of Public Policy.
Sullivan and Meyer created a Covid-19 Income and Poverty Dashboard to track how many Americans are falling below the poverty line during this deep recession. The federal poverty line is $26,200 for a family of four.
The economists say the sharp rise in poverty is occurring for two reasons: Millions of people cannot find jobs, and government aid for the unemployed has declined sharply since the summer. The average unemployment payment was more than $900 a week from late March through the end of July, but it fell to about $300 a week in August, making it harder for the unemployed to pay their bills.
“We’ve seen a continual rise in poverty every month since June,” said Sullivan. A Reminder of What Happens When the People Get Fed up With a Corrupt Government Incapable of Serving Their Interests…
It’s all a rigged game. And now that that has been fully exposed what comes next, Mayhem.
Because how many people in the U.S. are coming to the same conclusions, that their government is terminal, its authority illegitimate and its edicts unworthy?
No one wants to see this kind of abuse of any other human being. It’s anathema to life itself. But everyone makes a choice. The police choose to put on their uniforms and riot shields to enforce immoral orders while the people make the choice to stand up to it.
It is the fundamental problem of rule through force that eventually leads to these regrettable outcomes. No one wants to see policemen, presumably decent men with the right motivations to maintain societal order, stoned in public.
But when people have had their ability to make their grievances heard peacefully taken away from them they will, eventually, make their grievances heard violently.
It’s who we are. It’s human nature.
And the lesson here is for all of these would-be tyrants currently laughing about winning a fraudulent election in the U.S. through changing the rules is that they will face this same moment as these cops did very soon.
Because elections are the opportunity for us to air our grievances with our government peacefully. And what so many in politics fail to understand, but what the people who voted for Donald Trump do, is that these past two elections haven’t been referenda on Hillary Clinton or Donald Trump.
They have been referenda on the whole political class and culture which has driven people to the edge of insanity, bankruptcy and despair.
So, laugh it up Stacey Abrams, Rahm Emmanuel, Barack Obama, Dan Crenshaw and Mitt Romney. Watch this video carefully. This is your future.
The same goes for Tony Blair, Emmanuel Macron, Bill Gates, Angela Merkel, George Soros and Benjamin Netanyahu.
You may scare people into taking your vaccine and issuing your medical passports but what happens on the day when the cops fail to show up to control the crowd for fear of being stoned?
The same people today screaming “my body, my choice” will line up for their COVID-19 vaccine if it means they can’t continue infecting the minds of students with Critical Race Theory.
Congratulations on turning everyone into a desperate, cognitivally-dissonant response monkey. That stuff cuts both ways folks.
Obedience is not acquiescence. No one really loves Big Brother no matter how much you torture them. The longer you suppress the anger the worse it gets.
Until it explodes.
And people won’t be turning that anger on the idiots on the streets in Portland.
We’ve seen what it looks like when the would-be tyrants riot — the ideologically possessed race hustlers and commies in Antifa and BLM. We haven’t seen what it looks like when the conscientious ‘right’ who just want to live without abuse looks like.
Well, in fact we do. They vote twice, overwhelmingly for Donald Trump and throw British tea into Boston Harbor. They veto legislation designed to sell their people out to the Politburo in Brussels.
You Can Thank Google, Most of the Social Media Platforms, Congress, and Mainstream Media for Lying to You About the Food Shortage… Get Prepared, the Plandemic Seems to Be Working for the New World Order Elitist, Food Shortages Are Coming to America, It’s All Part of the Plan…
The Plandemic Has Been Designed to Make Society Suffer, They Know If They Crush Society They Will Be Able to Implement the New World Order, the Alternative Would Be FEMA Food Lines, Satan Soldiers Billionaire Financier George Soros in Full Stride…
The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020
“Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy…
While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…
Source: HNewsWire technocracy HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire
StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com
Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power…
In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit…
The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair.
American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly.
All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon.
This is what their New World Order looks like, Democrats Lawmaker in California: ‘legalize child prostitution’ SACRAMENTO – Beginning on Jan. 1, police cannot arrest child prostitutes in the streets of California, except under limited circumstances. And dumb down people wonder why California is burning to the ground, poke God in the eyes enough times and his anger will start to show…
But realize this, that in the last days difficult times will come. For men will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, treacherous, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, holding to a form of godliness, although they have denied its power; avoid such men as these.
Among them are those who enter into households and captivate weak women weighed down with sins, led on by various impulses, always learning and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. Just as Jannes and Jambres opposed Moses, so these men also oppose the truth, men of depraved mind, rejected in regard to the faith. But they will not make further progress; for their folly will be obvious to all, just as Jannes’s and Jambres’s folly was also. Now you followed my teaching, conduct, purpose, faith, patience, love, perseverance, persecutions, and sufferings, such as happened to me at Antioch, at Iconium, and at Lystra; what persecutions I endured, and out of them all the Lord rescued me! Indeed, all who desire to live godly in Christ Jesus will be persecuted.
But evil men and impostors will proceed from bad to worse, deceiving and being deceived. You, however, continue in the things you have learned and become convinced of, knowing from whom you have learned them, and that from childhood you have known the sacred writings which are able to give you the wisdom that leads to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All Scripture is inspired by God and profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for training in righteousness; so that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.
I solemnly charge you in the presence of God and of Christ Jesus, who is to judge the living and the dead, and by His appearing and His kingdom: preach the word; be ready in season and out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with great patience and instruction. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires, and will turn away their ears from the truth and will turn aside to myths. But you, be sober in all things, endure hardship, do the work of an evangelist, fulfill your ministry.
2 Timothy 3:1-4:5
According to the word of God, as Christians, we are living in difficult or perilous times. One of the greatest of those perils is the threat posed by false teachers. This site is a call to action for believers. The call to action is this: Trust(1) in the truthfulness and sufficiency of God’s word. Submit(2) to His sovereignty over our lives. Study(3) His word with humility and fear. Test(4) those who call themselves Apostles or claim any other title of spiritual authority. Prove(5) your love for God by not fearing man, and warn those who do not know God whether or not they claim to be Christian. Expose(6) the lies that claim to be God’s truth. Love(7) others sacrificially. Judge(8) with righteous judgment. Examine(9) yourself to see if you’re in the faith. Endure(10) to the end.
https://hnewswire.com/how-much-more-destruction-will-the-people-tolerate-satan-soldiers-are/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 12-20-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Suspected Iranian cyberattack targets Israel Aerospace Industries
Check Point has referred to Pay2Key as an elite hacker group that steals data and threatens to leak it if its target does not cooperate.
By YONAH JEREMY BOB DECEMBER 20, 2020 17:58
The hacker group Pay2Key claimed Sunday night that it had successfully hacked a range of Israeli defense industry companies, including the largest Israeli airpower defense corporation, Israel Aerospace Industries.
There were signs on social media and elsewhere that the hack was part of an ongoing and concerted Iranian campaign to hack Israeli companies. The IAI said that the subject is currently being investigated.
Check Point has referred to Pay2Key as an elite hacker group that steals data and threatens to leak it if its target does not cooperate.
Pay2Key has already posted information relating to IAI, including to its cyber chief.
Earlier in December, the giant insurance company Shirbit was hacked by the hacker group Black Shadow.
Over several dramatic days, Black Shadow steadily leaked customer data to try to get Shirbit to pay it ransom money. The insurance agency never paid, though its future as a business is also deeply uncertain, including that Israeli defense officials who had used it have loudly discussed switching to a different insurer.
Check Point also published a report earlier in December that 141 Israeli companies had been cyberattacked in November and 137 in October, a major spike in attacks.
Some view this as Iran's response to Israel's alleged involvement in recently assassinating Iran's nuclear program chief Mohsen Fakhrizadeh as well as other assassinations and sabotage.
It is unclear how and whether Israel will respond to these latest cyber strikes or if Jerusalem is hoping that showing restraint will end the current cycle of attacks.
:: 12-20-20 WGHP Fox 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Second stimulus checks: Breakthrough clears way for deal with $600 payments
by: Nexstar Media Wire and The Associated Press
Posted: Dec 20, 2020 / 11:49 AM EST / Updated: Dec 20, 2020 / 05:21 PM EST
(NEXSTAR/AP) – “We’re getting very close, very close,” Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., said as he left the Capitol late Saturday.
Top congressional lawmakers struck a late-night agreement on the last major obstacle to a COVID-19 economic relief package costing nearly $1 trillion, clearing the way for votes as early as Sunday.
The breakthrough involved a fight over Federal Reserve emergency powers and was resolved by the Senate’s top Democrat and a senior conservative Republican.
Congressional aides confirmed the agreement late Saturday, which clears the way for an expected deal Sunday on the aid bill. The measure is finally nearing passage amid a frightening spike in cases and deaths and accumulating evidence that the economy is struggling through the pandemic.
Schumer spent much of the day going back and forth with GOP Sen. Pat Toomey of Pennsylvania. Toomey had been pressing a provision to close down Fed lending facilities. Democrats and the White House said it was too broadly worded and would have tied the hands of the incoming Biden administration.
Stimulus check update: Congress passes 2-day bill to avoid shutdown as COVID relief talks continue
The compromise, aides said, preserved Toomey’s goal but retained the Fed’s existing powers to restart similar facilities in the future.
The COVID-19 legislation has been held up after months of dysfunction, posturing and bad faith. But talks turned serious last week as lawmakers on both sides finally faced the deadline of acting before leaving Washington for Christmas.
The relief bill, lawmakers and aides say, would establish a temporary $300 per week supplemental jobless benefits and $600 direct stimulus payments to most Americans. It would provide a fresh round of subsidies for hard-hit businesses and money for schools, health care providers and renters facing eviction.
If finalized, wheels will be set into motion for the Internal Revenue Service to begin issuing the Economic Impact Payments.
It’s not clear when checks would clear at this point, but in August, Treasury Secretary Steve Mnuchin said payments could be issued as quickly as one week after Congressional approval.
“I can get out 50 million payments really quickly, a lot if it into people’s direct accounts.” Mnuchin said at the time, according to NewsNation reporting.
The measure is being added to a $1.4 trillion spending bill and lots of other unfinished work, including previously stalled legislation to extend tax breaks, authorize water projects, and address the problem of surprise sky-high medical bills for out-of-network procedures.
It would be virtually impossible for lawmakers to read and fully understand the measure before a House vote expected Sunday night.
Second stimulus check: President-elect Biden’s thoughts on $1,200 payments
Schumer said he hoped both the House and Senate would vote on the measure Sunday. That would take more cooperation than the Senate can usually muster, but a government shutdown deadline loomed at midnight Sunday and all sides were eager to leave for the holiday.
Toomey defended his provision in a Senate speech, saying the emergency powers were designed to stabilize capital markets at the height of the pandemic this spring and were expiring at the end of the month anyway. The language he had sought would block the Biden administration from restarting them.
Toomey has a stubborn streak and Democrats held firm as well, but both sides saw the need for a compromise.
The Fed’s emergency programs provided loans to small and mid-size businesses and bought state and local government bonds. Those bond purchases made it easier for those governments to borrow, at a time when their finances were under pressure from job losses and health costs stemming from the pandemic.
Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin said last month that those programs, along with two that purchased corporate bonds, would close at the end of the year, prompting an initial objection by the Fed. Under the Dodd-Frank financial overhaul law passed after the Great Recession, the Fed can only set up emergency programs with the support of the treasury secretary.
Democrats also said that Toomey was trying to limit the Fed’s ability to boost the economy, just as Biden prepared to take office.
“This is about existing authorities that the Fed has had for a very long time, to be able to use in an emergency,” said Sen. Elizabeth Warren, D-Mass. “It’s about a lending authority for helping small businesses, state government, local government in the middle of a crisis.”
Toomey disputed that, saying his proposal “is emphatically not a broad overhaul of the Federal Reserve’s emergency lending authority.” His office issued a statement early Sunday calling the compromise with Schumer “an unqualified victory for taxpayers” that met Toomey’s aim of shutting down the emergency facility.
A Senate vote would follow, possibly on Monday. One more short-term funding bill would be needed to avoid the looming deadline — or a partial shutdown of nonessential agencies would start on Monday.
The emerging agreement would deliver more than $300 billion in aid to businesses as well as the extra $300-per-week for the jobless and renewal of state benefits that would otherwise expire right after Christmas. It included $600 direct payments to individuals; vaccine distribution funds; and money for renters, schools, the Postal Service and people needing food aid.
It would be the first significant legislative response to the pandemic since the landmark CARES Act passed virtually unanimously in March, delivering $1.8 trillion in aid, more generous $600 per week bonus jobless benefits and $1,200 direct payments to individuals.
The governmentwide appropriations bill would fund agencies through next September. That measure was likely to provide a last $1.4 billion installment for President Donald Trump’s U.S.-Mexico border wall as a condition of winning his signature.
The Associated Press contributed to this report.
https://myfox8.com/news/second-stimulus-checks-breakthrough-clears-way-for-deal-with-600-payments/
:: 12--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden will not discuss Hunter Biden probe with attorney general candidates: Psaki
Delaware U.S. Attorney's Office is looking into Hunter Biden for possible tax fraud
By Ronn Blitzer | Fox News
President-elect Joe Biden's pick for White House press secretary, Jen Psaki, told "Fox News Sunday" that Biden will not discuss any investigation of his son Hunter with anyone he is considering to be the next U.S. attorney general. The Delaware U.S. Attorney's Office is currently looking into Hunter Biden for possible tax fraud, and Trump is reportedly considering appointing a special counsel to ensure the probe continues after he leaves office.
JOE BIDEN CLAIMS 'FOUL PLAY' WHILE DEFENDING SON HUNTER BUT SAYS HE'S 'NOT CONCERNED'
"He will not be discussing an investigation of his son with any attorney general candidates," Psaki said. "He will not be discussing it with anyone he is considering for the role and he will not be discussing it with a future attorney general. It will be up to the purview of a future attorney general in his administration to determine how to handle any investigation."
Psaki also said Biden has emphatically stated that his attorney general will "oversee an independent department," and that this person will be "somebody of the highest level of integrity." HUNTER BIDEN’S FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS REPEATEDLY FLAGGED AS POTENTIAL CRIMINAL ACTIVITY, SENATE PROBE FOUND
The discussion of the Hunter Biden probe came after Biden had told "Late Show" host Stephen Colbert that he thinks it is "kind of foul play" that an investigation into his son was "used to get to me." Psaki clarified that Biden's use of the phrase "foul play" was in reference to the politicization of the investigation, not the investigation itself. As for the future of Delaware U.S. Attorney David Weiss, Psaki remained non-committal, noting that this was a personnel matter and the transition team currently has more important positions to fill.
The Associated Press contributed to this report.
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/hunter-biden-probe-attorney-general-candidates-psaki
:: 12-20-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Gaetz Says He Will Challenge Electoral College Votes on Jan. 6
By Eric Mack | Sunday, 20 December 2020 11:33 AM
Rep. Matt Gaetz, R-Fla., touted himself as an attorney general appointee for President Donald Trump, vowing to "go easy on marijuana, tough on big tech."
"And so I figure, in the next term of Donald Trump, whether that's in 2021 or 2025, maybe he ought to pick me to be the attorney general," Gaetz told Turning Point USA's young conservatives conference in West Palm Beach, Florida, this weekend, Mediaite reported.
"And for whatever reason he doesn't run, maybe I ought to pick the attorney general," Gaetz added, per the report.
"I would go easy on marijuana, tough on Big Tech, and I would go after the 'deep state.'"
Gaetz has been a vocal supporter of President Trump and a staunch opposition of Democrat-led investigations into the Trump administration.
Trump's past attorney general William Barr has decided to resign before Christmas amid potentially multiple investigations of the Biden family, election fraud, and special counsel John Durham's investigation of the investigators of 2016 election meddling. Gaetz said he plans to challenge electoral college votes when they are counted during a Joint Session of Congress on Jan. 6.
“So on January 6, I’m joining with the fighters in the Congress and we are going to object to electors from states that didn’t run clean elections.”
Gaetz said newly elected Alabama senator Tommy Tuberville, R-Ala., will join the planned objection by members of the House of Representatives. Gaetz during his speech said that moments before the event he had spoken to Tuberville, who told him that he plans on joining the effort.
“I had a chance to speak to coach Tuberville just moments ago and he says we are done running plays from the establishment’s losing playbook and it’s time to fight,” Gaetz said.
“Now coach Tubervillve went for it a lot on fourth down when he was coaching at Auburn. They called him the Mississippi riverboat gambler. The odds may be tough, it may be fourth and long but we’re going for it on January 6.”
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/mattgaetz-bigtech-legalize-attorneygeneral /2020/12/20 /id/1002398 /
[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..
[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.
:: 12-14-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
This explains the election censorship: YouTube has been infiltrated by Chinese Communist Party-linked engineers
Monday, December 14, 2020 by: JD Heyes
(Natural News) In recent days, YouTube made an alarming announcement that the video platform behemoth would begin censoring any content questioning the deep state narrative: “Joe Biden won and is now your leader — accept it.”
Even while the Trump campaign and others were legally contesting the results for Biden in just enough swing states to ‘win’ — challenges that were accompanied by literally hundreds of witness statements in the form of sworn affidavits, the platform issued its blanket dictate: ‘There shall be no content allowed questioning Biden’s legitimacy.’
Now we know why.
As reported by the National Pulse, YouTube employs several software engineers who have ties to the Chinese Communist Party, and since we all know that Biden and his spawn do as well, that explains a lot.
Here’s what the outlet discovered:
— Tai Jinjiang is a software engineer who’s been with YouTube since 2019 and who previously worked for Guanghzou Shian Technology as a project manager. Tia provided details about his work for the firm, which is based in China, noting that he played a “major role in successful PLA certification of ShiAn terminal by [the] Minister of Public Security, State Secrecy Bureau, and IT Evaluation Center.”
Notes the National Pulse:
In other words, Jinjiang led software efforts on behalf of the PLA – appearing to reference China’s People’s Liberation Army – and a host of Chinese government-led intelligence bodies. What’s more, he notes he “garnered numerous staff awards for excellent performance.”
— Xiao Chen is listed as having become a software engineer at YouTube last month. He previously worked as a research assistant at Sun Yat-Sen University, which recently sent a researcher to the United States who pleaded guilty to lying to the FBI over his China ties. The university’s Supercomputing Center has been on the U.S. government’s entity list since 2015. The list contains “people and companies the U.S. government deems a national security risk.”
— Xifei Huang is another software engineer and has been with the platform since February 2014 though he previously worked as a developer for Peking University in Beijing.
Researchers from Peking University have been sentenced in the U.S. for stealing American intellectual property and for failing to disclose to immigration officials their Chinese Communist Party affiliations.
“The university also counts former and current party apparatchiks among its leadership, including its leader: a former head of the country’s spy agency’s Beijing branch,” The National Pulse noted.
— Fan Yang has been employed as a software engineer by YouTube since April 2017 after doing an internship at China Telecom, which has been deemed by the Defense Department as having collaborated with the Chinese military for at least 20 years.
Fan was a research assistant at Fudan University, which recently took out “freedom of thought” from its charter after acceding to demands from the Chinese Communist Party. During Fan’s stint as an assistant, five Chinese military-tied hackers based at Fudan University were indicted for pilfering U.S. secrets.
The National Pulse adds:
The unearthed ties cast YouTube’s decision to ban all content disputing a victory for Joe Biden – the Chinese Communist Party’s preferred candidate – in an interesting light. It similarly calls into question reports of YouTube automatically deleting Chinese-language phrases critical of the Chinese Communist Party, which the platform attributed to “an error in our enforcement systems.”
The revelations also add to a growing list of American tech corporates hiring Chinese Communist Party-linked individuals including Facebook and Twitter.
As previously reported, ‘China Joe’ Biden and son Hunter have extensive business and financial ties to the ChiComs. What’s more, nearly his entire transition team and several people he has chosen to be in his Cabinet, if he is, in fact, actually inaugurated, also have close ties to the Communist regime in Beijing.
So essentially, after four years of Donald Trump trying to break down the ties China developed with U.S. officials and corporations, Biden is getting ready to reinstate them and give Beijing’s authoritarians a seat at the table of American government.
Where is the ‘mainstream media’ now? Or are they still focused on the ‘Trump-Russia’ lie?
Stay current with the growing China threat at NationalSecurity.news.
Sources include: NaturalNews.com APNews.com NationalPulse.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-12-14-youtube-infiltrated-chinese-communist-party.htm
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 12-14-20 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Polymer80 Refuses California’s Subpoena To Turn Over Customer Information ~ VIDEO
Guns In The News / December 14, 2020 /
Article first appeared on Ammoland.com
U.S.A. –-(Ammoland.com)-The war on 80% frames continues heating as companies fight back against a rogue federal agency.
As AmmoLand News reported earlier, the ATF raided Polymer 80, seizing computer equipment over its “Buy, Build, Shoot” kits. The agency’s goals appear to be to obtain customer’s personal information. It is unknown precisely what information the ATF was able to retrieve since Polymer80 stored most customer information in the cloud. The company did not hand that access over to the ATF. At the same time, Polymer80 received a subpoena from the state of California demanding that they turn over customer information. Polymer80 is refusing to comply with the subpoena and is committed to fighting back against the anti-gun state. Polymer80 attorneys told AmmoLand News that the company will fight against California’s legal request and is committed to protecting its customer’s information. The company is still selling and manufacturing 80% frames.
California is suing the ATF over 80% frames and 80% lower receivers., aka “Ghost-Guns”. The state believes that the ATF should consider these items firearms. Gun rights advocates point out that these products cannot fire a projectile and therefore cannot be considered a gun. It still falls on the user to finish the chunk of plastic or aluminum before it is a gun. There is also a long history of Americans making their firearms, and users can print a pistol frame with a 3D printer or simply buy the parts at Home Depot to make a shotgun. The law states that users do not have to serialize their DIY firearms. The ATF still takes the stance that 80% frames and receivers are not firearms, as evident in internal documents from our sources inside the agency. Still, the agency now suddenly considers an 80% frame bundled with the parts to complete the gun as a firearm even when not assembled. The internal documents falsely claim that a user could put together a weapon in minutes using the kits. The kits require the owner to grind, file, drill, and fit all the pieces before the completed firearm can fire a projectile. That takes more than a few minutes. Contacts at Brownells.com confirmed that ATF also showed up at the Brownells Iowa office, and other retailers, demanding customer information. Brownells told the single ATF agent that visited them that although the company still proudly sells Polymer80 frames that it did not sell the “Buy, Build, Shoot” kits and therefore would not turn over any customer records. The lone agent left without obtaining a single document.
The Firearms Blog reported that the ATF did turn up at a reader’s house and demanded his Polymer80 “Buy, Build, Shoot” kit. The reader did turn over the equipment to the ATF and received a receipt from the agents. AmmoLand News reached out to several high-profile attorneys specializing in firearms to ask if the owner of a “Build, Buy, Shoot” kit could face any type of criminal charges. The lawyers all told AmmoLand News off the record that it would be doubtful that an owner would or could face any charges. They believe that the ATF is most likely using the threat of charges as a fear tactic to force compliance. They suggested that users remain silent and not speak to the agents if they show up at their residence and demand their property. AmmoLand News has also reported Brady United co-opting a tragic murder to sue Ghost Gunner Inc. and 12 other parts manufacturers over 80% lower receivers. With the ATF, California, and Brady United moving against DIY firearms, some in the gun world believe that these are coordinated attacks. AmmoLand News does have documents showing anti-gun groups in direct communication with several state Governor’s offices. Although none of the documents we have obtained shows anti-gun groups talking about 80% frames or lower receivers, it is still possible. About John Crump
John is a NRA instructor and a constitutional activist. John has written about firearms, interviewed people of all walks of life, and on the Constitution. John lives in Northern Virginia with his wife and sons and can be followed on Twitter at @crumpyss, or at www.crumpy.com.
:: 12--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
TIME TO HEEL – OR FIGHT
In Part 1 of this article I discussed how our country has devolved from Huxley’s Brave New World of distraction and irrelevancy into Orwell’s world of Big Brother surveillance and Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago. Now I will make the case for joining the fight against the Great Reset. HEEL – OR FIGHT
In Part 1 of this article I discussed how our country has devolved from Huxley’s Brave New World of distraction and irrelevancy into Orwell’s world of Big Brother surveillance and Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago. Now I will make the case for joining the fight against the Great Reset.
Now is the time for a 'great reset' of capitalism | World Economic Forum
As more than half the country sleep-walks into the clutches of Marxism and tyranny, they fail to heed the wisdom of those who experienced the cruelty, oppression, and degradation after a similar revolution in the last century.
“A revolution never brings prosperity to a nation, but benefits only a few shameless opportunists, while to the country as a whole it heralds countless deaths, widespread impoverishment, and, in the gravest cases, a long-lasting degeneration of the people.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
Schumer’s slip of the tongue about changing the world and then putting on his mask (to push the masks work narrative) and declaring he will change the country when they win the two Georgia Senate seats reveals the global nature of this ongoing coup attempt by the global elites and the Deep State. I was highly suspicious of the engineered hysteria for this China flu back in March when I wrote P for Pandemic and stand by my conclusions reached nine months ago:
“As this incomprehensible national shutdown extends into April, tens of thousands of small businesses will be forced to close their doors for good. Local restaurants, hair salons, delis, hardware stores, and thousands of other small businesses will be involuntarily shuttered for good.
The national chains will collect their government largess, produce PR campaigns to pat themselves on the back, and abscond with the profits of the now deceased small businesses. The corporate fascists will become ever more powerful. Why are we letting this happen?” I’m infuriated every time I see an Applebees, Wal-Mart, or Amazon commercial touting their bravery and fortitude during these troubled times. These mega-corporations, with powerful lobbying departments and unlimited financial resources, have reaped tremendous profits and seen their stock prices soar to all-time highs, while hundreds of thousands of small restaurants and retailers have closed for good. Somewhere between one-third and one-half of all small businesses in America have closed or will close permanently. The bullshit slogan “We are all in this together” has been beaten to death by the propaganda media, while our wealthy elite overlords work remotely in their multi-million-dollar mansions, doing their daily Peleton workouts, sending their kids to expensive private schools and dining on white truffles and caviar at the French Laundry for $1,200. We are not in this together.
It’s us and THEM. You know who THEY are. The millions of formerly middle class and poor are lining up at foodbanks because authoritarian governors like Newsom, Cuomo, Whitmer, Murphy, and Wolf have shutdown small businesses without any science to back up their dictatorial actions, while allowing Wal-Mart, Costco, Lowes, and other favored companies to remain open. Political donations appreciated. As the months of idiotic government tyranny have gotten worse, I couldn’t help but experience an Inspector Finch moment while pondering the confluence of events surrounding this pandemic/plandemic/scamdemic.
“I felt like I could see everything that happened, and everything that is going to happen. It was like a perfect pattern, laid out in front of me. And I realized we’re all part of it, and all trapped by it.” – Finch – V for Vendetta
The purposeful destruction of the US and EU economies through unnecessary, unwarranted and un-Constitutional lockdowns of citizens and small businesses; mandatory masking for a virus that can easily penetrate a mask, with a survival rate of 99.5% for those under 70 years old; using the virus to steal a presidential election though mail-in ballot fraud, social media manipulation, and Dominion software vote switching; and now the rollout of a vaccine in nine months that is supposedly 95% effective, when the regular flu vaccine is only 40% effective after decades of study, and no one has a clue regarding any long-term consequences of the vaccine, is all part of the plan.
We also know the drug companies have legal immunity from whatever terrible side effects might arise. Whenever confronted with a confusing sequence of events and baffling governmental measures, it is always a safe bet to just follow the money. Leftist ideology is only a means for evildoers to justify the destruction of our society.
“Ideology—that is what gives evildoing its long-sought justification and gives the evildoer the necessary steadfastness and determination.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
If you drive 50% of small businesses into insolvency, all those sales and profits must gravitate to the connected mega-corporations, as we have already seen. They then payoff politicians to enforce regulations and mandates to keep the profits flowing and small businesses from competing. By stealing the presidential election and accomplishing the same result in the Georgia Senate races, the Marxist loving global elite will change the world. By packing the Supreme Court with four leftists, abolishing the filibuster rule and making Washington DC and Puerto Rico states, the coup will be complete. America as we know it will cease to exist and those not connected to the oligarchs will sink into impoverishment and slave-hood status. The oligarchs will reap the riches, while they retain control through an iron fist and sophisticated technological surveillance.
The “miraculous” Gates/Fauci Covid vaccine, which is currently being marketed by the MSM talking heads, will become mandatory to work, travel, shop, or enter sports venues. Big Pharma is already reaping billions in profits, while being shielded from liability when it goes wrong – as designed. By acquiescing to the demands of these evil totalitarians we are sentencing future generations to a digital gulag – with the threat of a real gulag for dissenters.
“In keeping silent about evil, in burying it so deep within us that no sign of it appears on the surface, we are implanting it, and it will rise up a thousand-fold in the future. When we neither punish nor reproach evildoers, we are not simply protecting their trivial old age, we are thereby ripping the foundations of justice from beneath new generations.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
“Big Brother is home. He is installed in the item you just dragged home from the Apple store.” ― Julian Assange
Even though all “scientific” studies, prior to the pandemic, by the CDC, WHO, prestigious universities, the New England Journal of Medicine, and the recently published Danish mask study all concluded masks do not protect anyone from viruses, our totalitarian overlords saw the opportunity to impose their will upon the masses as a test to see how far they could go before meeting resistance.
Fauci, the Surgeon General, and the head of the CDC weren’t lying in March when they all told the public, masks didn’t protect them. They have been lying since then. The scientific proof can be easily observed by looking at a chart of cases in states with mandatory masking. The cases have skyrocketed (due to the purposely faulty PCR test) despite mask mandates and lockdowns. I guess the manufacturers of these masks are telling the truth. The masks have not been about health, they’ve been about control and conditioning the population for further restrictions of liberties and rights – in the name of safety and security. Knowing the ignorance and lack of critical thinking skills of at least half the population, those in control of the pandemic narrative are weaponizing that ignorance to invoke fear and loathing among the pliable populace.
By dehumanizing us as nothing more than germ carrying super spreaders, their plan is to drastically reduce interaction by like minded people who might resist and create suspicion and distrust among neighbors and families. And it is working beyond their wildest expectations, as a nation of Karens are on the lookout, reporting non-compliance to the authorities. Big Brother now wears a mask, along with recording every electronic communication you make and tracking your every movement. This isn’t Orwellian fiction. It is a modern-day version of Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago.
“Always eyes watching you and the voice enveloping you. Asleep or awake, indoors or out of doors, in the bath or bed—no escape. Nothing was your own except the few cubic centimeters in your skull.” – George Orwell – 1984
“A network of informants saturated the population. Secrecy and distrust permeated the people, so much so that any overt activity was perceived as a provocation. How many denunciations there were against one’s own close relatives or against friends who had fallen under the sword!” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
Our world is descending into darkness, but it is not the Dark Winter narrative being spewed by the vacuous bimbo faux journalists on the boob tube at the behest of their corporate chieftains. The ramping up of fear using fraudulent statistics, while withholding the truth regarding the minuscule danger to healthy people under the age of 70, is essential for the global elite to successfully achieve their Great Reset, where you will own nothing and be happy.
For decades they have been slowly chipping away at the foundations of our society: family, faith, personal responsibility, honesty, hard work, community standards, good will towards your fellow man, the freedom to make your own choices, and adherence to agreed upon societal rules. Today we have drag queen story hour at the library for five year olds, Epstein and his cadre of rich celebrity elites practicing pedophilia, and men pretending to be women as health experts and women athletes. Now they are ready for the final destruction of our foundational values.
You will eat bugs and fake meat, to preserve the planet. You will be denied fossil fuels, for the planet. You will be provided just enough digital currency to survive. You will do menial jobs and be thankful to your overlords. You will dutifully take your vaccination boosters without question or face the gulag. You will gladly agree to being chipped and electronically monitored. You will only consume government messaging and will not be allowed to contemplate contrary views.
You will no longer hide behind the safety of the U.S. Constitution, as a new world order supplants that outdated scrap of parchment. They want billions of obedient automatons with the same face and thoughts, adhering to their mandates and proclamations. Once these Marxists seize power of our government, they will never relinquish it. This battle is for all the marbles. If we lose, we will be subjugated and punished. Orwell understood the mindset of totalitarians. “We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power. Now you begin to understand me.” – George Orwell – 1984
It is time to fight. Not time to heel. The enemy and their tactics have been laid bare to all who choose to acknowledge reality and realize a battle for the soul of our civilization is underway. Being trapped in a normalcy bias bubble is not a viable strategy. You can’t sit out a Fourth Turning. This Fourth Turning has followed the expected path, as the initial financial crisis has now entered the violent upheaval stage, where the future of our country hangs in the balance. Trump’s team seems to have exhausted all legal means to reverse this travesty of an election. The Deep State is powerful and ingrained at all levels of the government bureaucracy. Hoping for the cavalry to arrive in the nick of time to save the day is naïve and dangerous wishful thinking. The future will be determined by individual acts of bravery and courage. Setting an example for others by courageously speaking the truth and standing up to those intent on enslaving us through lies, in their Great Reset dystopian future, is how this war will be won. If you think we have time to fight at a future date, you are badly mistaken. As we have seen during the four-year attempted coup against a non-cooperative president and this stolen election, these Marxist globalists will resort to anything to prevail. And once they gain complete control, they will not relinquish their power. That is when retribution against Trump supporters will commence. If we do not take the fight to these evildoers now, we will burn in the camps later. Heel or fight. The time has arrived. “And how we burned in the camps later, thinking: What would things have been like if every Security operative, when he went out at night to make an arrest, had been uncertain whether he would return alive and had to say good-bye to his family? Or if, during periods of mass arrests, as for example in Leningrad, when they arrested a quarter of the entire city, people had not simply sat there in their lairs, paling with terror at every bang of the downstairs door and at every step on the staircase, but had understood they had nothing left to lose and had boldly set up in the downstairs hall an ambush of half a dozen people with axes, hammers, pokers, or whatever else was at hand?… The Organs would very quickly have suffered a shortage of officers and transport and, notwithstanding all of Stalin’s thirst, the cursed machine would have ground to a halt! If…if…We didn’t love freedom enough. And even more – we had no awareness of the real situation…. We purely and simply deserved everything that happened afterward.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/12/14/time-to-heel-or-fight/
:: 12--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Vaccine Passports and Health Passes: Is Showing Your “Papers” the “New Normal?”
by Robert Wheeler
Life cannot return to normal until there is a vaccine for COVID 19.
At least, that is what governments, corporations, and their mainstream propaganda media outlets have been incessantly arguing. Interestingly, the development of that vaccine was “warp speed,” allegedly at the behest of the Trump administration.
“Warp speed” also took place in other countries like the UK, where shots have been administered. This information has caused some to question whether the vaccine was ready long before the announcement was made or, indeed, before the pandemic ever began.
They tried to warn us about mandated vaccines
Years ago, “conspiracy theorists” were ridiculed for warning of a system in which vaccines would be required to access normal aspects of life. Today, however, government officials and MSM are now openly discussing the very same system. In case you have been living under a rock for the past several weeks, here are several instances where the “public discussion” has centered around the idea of a “vaccine passport” or “immunity passport” or the general blockade and sanctioning of anyone not willing to take the jab.
Chief Medical Officer of Health for Ontario Dr. David Williams recently stated that individuals who refuse the COVID-19 vaccination might “face some limits.” Some of the “limits” he suggested included not being able to enter a hospital or nursing home without showing proof of having been vaccinated without personal protective equipment. Welcome to the new normal: Vaccine Passports and Health Passes
For the moment, vaccine passports are mainly intended for international travel. However, their use can be extended to many other areas of life. Vaccine passports in the form of free mobile apps in which a traveler (or event goer, employee, or shopper) uploads their COVID-19 test results or vaccination status. There are currently two existing vaccine passports options, one being operational in the United States right now.
Common Pass: Created by Commons Project, this health pass has been in international use since October on United and Cathay Pacific flights between New York, London, Singapore, and Hong Kong. Common Pass operates via Apple’s Health app on iOS and CommonHealth for Android. It connects to 230 US health systems. It functions as a scannable QR code and can store a passenger’s test or vaccine data and travel plans. (It is not yet publicly available for download.) IATA Travel Pass: Expected to launch in early 2021, IATA Travel Pass, is currently under development by the International Transport Association. According to the IATA website, the digital pass for travelers is: A global and standardized solution to validate and authenticate all country regulations regarding COVID-19 passenger travel requirements.
Vaccination tickets: the future of concert and event-goers Ticketmaster announced that it is exploring the possibility of requiring proof of vaccination for ticket purchases and entrance to events. An article published on Billboard stated:
Ticketmaster has been working on a framework for post-pandemic fan safety that uses smartphones to verify fans’ vaccination status or whether they’ve tested negative for the coronavirus within a 24 to 72-hour window.
Many details of the plan, still in development, will rely on three separate components: the Ticketmaster digital ticket app, third party health information companies like CLEAR Health Pass or IBM’s Digital Health Pass, and testing and vaccine providers like LabCorp and CVS Minute Clinic.
If the vaccination tickets are approved, how would it work?
The Billboard article gives further details about what people will have to do to attend concerts and other events.
After purchasing tickets, concert fans will have to provide proof of COVID-19 vaccination or test negative 24-72 hours before the event Fans must have proof of vaccination or test results delivered to a health pass company, such as CLEAR or IBM
Health pass company verifies the attendee’s COVID-19 status to Ticketmaster (Ticketmaster will not be granted access to fan’s medical records)
Vaccinated fans or those with negative test results would be issued the credentials needed to access the event by Ticketmaster
Fans testing positive or who can not verify their status will not be granted access to any event. Different states will have different requirements
The primary role of health pass companies will be to collect data from testing and medical providers and deliver status updates to partner companies. This would be done in a secure, encrypted way that complies with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA).
For individuals financially privileged enough to afford to buy the ever-more expensive tickets from the Ticketmaster’s monopoly, the world will have taken a giant step forward into the “new normal.”
Airlines are quickly following suit
From CNN: Australia’s national carrier Qantas will require future international travelers to provide proof of vaccination against Covid-19 before flying.
The airline’s CEO Alan Joyce said in an interview with CNN affiliate Nine News on Monday that the move would be a “necessity” when coronavirus vaccines are readily available Joyce said the airline was looking at changing its terms and conditions to “ask people to have a vaccination before they get on the aircraft.”
“Whether you need that domestically, we will have to see what happens with Covid-19 in the market. But certainly, for international visitors coming out and people leaving the country, we think that’s a necessity,” the Qantas chief said.
While Qantas is the first airline to indicate that Covid-19 vaccinations would be a must before travel, others may soon require this as well.
Whatever the “new normal” is for travel will quickly spill over into everyday life
Researchers suspect these new “passports” will quickly be extended to employment, education, and even buying food.
Judging by the behaviors of those around us, all of those concerns are entirely legitimate.
What will you do if you can’t attend a favorite event, or fly to see your family? Will you have a choice? If so, what choice will you make? Is this the hill you’re willing to die on or will you go with the flow? Let us know what you think in the comments.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/vaccine-passports-health-passes/
:: 12-15-20 The Mental Recession :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bill Gates: Bars and Restaurants Should Be Shut Down For 6 Months, Lockdowns May Continue Into 2022
Rusty Weiss Rusty Weiss Follow on Twitter December 15, 2020
Bill Gates expressed support for shutting down bars and restaurants for up to six months and indicated lockdowns may continue all the way into 2022.
The billionaire Microsoft founder made his sobering warning during an interview with CNN over the weekend. “Well, sadly, the next four to six months could be the worst of the epidemic,” he told anchor Jake Tapper in discussing lockdowns and his support for extreme restrictions such as stay-at-home orders issued by California Governor Gavin Newsom. “Bars and restaurants in most of the country will be closed as we go into this wave, and I think sadly that’s appropriate,” Gates continued. “You don’t want somebody you love to be the last to die of coronavirus.” Tapper then asked: “When do you think life will fully return to what we thought of as normal back in January? No masks, no social distancing, no other protective measures necessary.”
His response was rather chilling.
“Certainly, by the summer we will be way closer to normal than we are now,” replied Gates, “but even through early 2022, unless we help other countries get rid of this disease and we get high vaccinations rates in our country, the risk of reintroduction will be there.” Bill Gates Supports Lockdowns, Closing Bars and Restaurants
Bill Gates went on to suggest that while shutting down bars and restaurants would be advisable, and that lockdowns may continue in some form into 2022, shutting down schools is a bit of a trickier question.
Further along in the interview, he noted a balancing act that would be necessary in determining whether or not to keep schools open as COVID cases rise. Gates surmised keeping schools open is more “complicated” than other businesses because the benefits of in-person learning are high while transmission rates among children are low.
Restaurants may be more complicated as well.
Los Angeles County Health Department data, it turns out, indicates that a small percentage of COVID-19 outbreaks have been tied to restaurants and bars.
“Restaurants have been linked to less than 4% of coronavirus outbreaks in non-residential settings, according to data from L.A. County,” ABC 7 reported. Gates Expresses Hope For a Biden Administration
In the interview with Tapper, Gates expressed optimism about the prospects of a Joe Biden-Kamala Harris administration.
“I’m pleased with the people and the priority that President-elect Biden and his team are bringing to bear on this problem,” he said.
Of those people, the billionaire believes Dr. Anthony Fauci, who has been wrong in dealing with the pandemic on several occasions, is a positive move. “Biden is doing his best to retain Francis Collins and Tony Fauci and add them to that strong group of people,” Gates said.
“These are people who are willing to admit when things aren’t going well and deliver top messages, particularly about the next four to six months.” Remarkably, Gates took a shot at President Trump for prioritizing the vaccine for American citizens first saying it is a “selfish” move and downplayed the administration’s role in getting it approved in record time.
On Monday morning, President Trump celebrated the vaccine with a tweet.
“First Vaccine Administered,” he announced. “Congratulations USA! Congratulations WORLD!”
Read more at the Political Insider
:: 12--20 International Man :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Doug Casey on What Happens When the Suspension on Evictions Ends
by Doug Casey
International Man: Earlier this year, CDC was able to extend its powers unprecedentedly by issuing a nationwide suspension on evictions.
What’s your take on how a public health agency grew to be in the position of telling property owners what they can do on their properties?
Doug Casey: Health paranoia is an excellent method of control. People put their health above almost everything. I’m only surprised it hasn’t been used as a lever up until now. It’s part of a trend toward mass control that has started in earnest early in the 20th century and has been increasing exponentially over time.
First was the income tax. If you didn’t comply, it was not only seen as a legal crime but also promoted as a moral sin. The prohibition of liquor from 1919 to 1933 got under way as a moral failing and then was turned into a crime. It’s the same with the prohibition of some drugs; Nixon started that hysteria in 1971, and it was put on steroids, so to speak, by Nancy Reagan. Next came the war on terror, especially since 2001. These were all promoted with both legal and moral taboos. Everybody is supposed to line up with them shoulder to shoulder, like in one of those old socialist realism propaganda posters the Soviets and the Nazis specialized in. The public is supposed to self-police under the supervision of the authorities, like they did in Salem in 1692.
Public health is the current impetus for mass hysteria and paranoia. All of these things impinge upon your right to ownership of private property, including your own body, which is the primary form of property. The public health angle is potentially the most dangerous and invasive one from the viewpoint of freedom. Busybodies—the type of people who work for and actively support the State—always need an excuse to control others en masse. This pandemic provides an excellent template for the future.
Wearing a mask—whether or not you want to or think it helps—isn’t just about virtue signaling. It also shows whether you’re willing to do as you’re told—whether you’re “politically reliable”, as the communists like to say. It’s like wearing the Party’s armband.
In fact, wearing a mask and social distancing in stores, bars, restaurants, and gymnasiums shouldn’t be up to the government. It should be strictly up to the property owner. Decisions that the individual makes regarding his own health are his own; it’s between the individual and his doctor.
I have no problem if the owner of a bar or restaurant wants to keep me out if I’m not wearing a mask. It’s his property. He makes the rules. I can go elsewhere, where it suits me better. It’s an affront and an imposition on restaurateurs and storekeepers to be told what they and their guests can and cannot do.
This isn’t, incidentally, about a technical or medical problem. The value of wearing masks, social distancing, and obeying quarantines and lockdowns is questionable at best, as Sweden has shown. The real problem is ethical and that there’s no moral pushback from either the public or the property owners. People are arguing on strictly technical grounds: “Yes, you have a right to tell me what to do, and even close my business. But you shouldn’t because it’s not ‘fair’, or your solutions aren’t optimal”. They accept the busybody’s premises. The argument is over before it even begins. Americans are truly acting like whipped dogs.
Whether the masks, distancing, and the rest of it work or not, isn’t the point. My own belief is they’re at best of marginal value and may well be counterproductive. But that’s beside the point. The point is that it’s immoral and destructive for the State to tell people how to relate to each other.
As for the CDC, it’s just another government bureaucracy concerned with putting itself in the limelight, gaining more power, enhancing its budget, and the number of its employees—and making Fauci, a lifelong but previously insignificant swamp creature, into an international celebrity.
International Man: Currently, over 18 million Americans are currently behind on their mortgage or rent payments.
That temporary suspension on evictions ends December 31st. What do you think will happen next?
Doug Casey: Just as with the financial markets, the government has no alternative but to “do something.” They will—they have to—print more money to keep the rotten house of cards from collapsing on itself.
The Democrats have already said that they want to increase the next stimulus to over $3 trillion. The fact that most of the last round of stimulus was either overtly wasted, went to cronies, or can’t be accounted for, is completely lost on them. They recognize that unless they give a lot of money directly or indirectly to the hoi polloi, there are going to be millions of them on the streets.
Approximately 11 million renters and 4 or 5 million mortgagees are now in forbearance. They’ll be kicked out of their houses and apartments come January 1, barring a huge bailout. Where are those people going to go?
If Obama had made good on his ridiculous promise about shovel-ready projects, there’d be a lot more bridges that they could camp out under. But he didn’t. They have a real problem on their hands. Millions of people have been living above their means and have no savings. At this point, if they let landlords and banks kick all those people out, a number of things will happen. Residential property prices will collapse. Millions of people will be scrambling for somewhere to live. Lots of banks and landlords would go bust.
The longer the government kicks the can down the road, the bigger the inevitable bust will be. The stimulus money will have to continue because Biden doesn’t want it all to come unglued on his watch. The State is not only going to have to pay individuals and business owners that their idiotic policies have busted. They’ll be subsidizing banks, landlords, and utility companies—because you can’t live in a house or an apartment without water and electricity.
It’s worse than that because even if you cover the bare essentials, there’s no money leftover for maintenance. There will be millions of buildings across the country suffering from deferred maintenance. The South Bronx, East St. Louis, and Baltimore will be replicated across the country.
And no one’s talking about how to cover the real estate taxes due on these properties. Many local governments are already bankrupt. Their expenses are going way up even while their tax income collapses. The whole country has painted itself into a corner at this point. That’s what happens when you adopt a collectivist economic policy, as the Soviets, the Chinese, and scores of other countries have discovered.
I’m not sure how they’re going to get out of it because the economy itself has just started to collapse. Of course, they’ll print up more money because they see that as a solution when it’s actually a cause. It’s going to worsen the collapse.
International Man: For the tens of millions behind on their mortgage and rent payments, will their back rent and overdue payments ever be repaid?
Doug Casey: The government will not only have to pay the rent for the future, but it’s going to have to cover landlords’ previously unpaid rent—if they don’t want lots of bankrupt landlords and banks.
It will lead to a guaranteed annual income, which they’ve been thinking about for some time. In some cases, the government will take over properties. It’s nothing new. Most major US cities already have significant public housing. None of it’s good, but most isn’t as bad as Cabrini-Greene or Pruitt-Igoe.
Who knows where this daisy chain will lead? With all the unemployed people who can’t pay their rent, perhaps the government will develop something like national service. Then there will be millions more people working for the government, doing god knows what. It will lead to the socialization of society. Remember, this COVID hysteria is just the pin that broke the bubble. The Greater Depression was already in the cards. Americans will beg the government to cure it, which is guaranteed to make it vastly worse and longer-lasting and invite some charismatic authoritarian to be their savior and take charge.
International Man: Assuming the COVID hysteria and lockdowns are behind us in 2021, what lasting effects could we see taking place?
Doug Casey: It’s going to destroy the restaurant, retail, and travel industries all at once.
Stores, restaurants, and small businesses are always failing—maybe 15% of them annually— and new ones are starting up in normal times. It’s the circle of life. The problem is that about half of these businesses are failing all at once. That makes it much harder to recover.
The economy is a lot like a body. If you burn your finger, it hurts, but you’ll recover. But if you suffer burns on over 50% of your body all at once, it might kill you. That’s what we’re looking at right now.
Commercial real estate is another area that is going to be devastated because a lot of people will continue working at home and prefer it over working in an office.
Who knows what’s going to happen to all that commercial real estate and how it’s going to be repurposed. It’s certainly going to consume a huge amount of capital.
Another area that will change is schools. I would have been happy to have a year off from school because classes bored me. I would have read many more things on my own. But today, most kids don’t read books. Public school kids are lucky to absorb a few things by osmosis.
Now they’re mostly playing video games or are on social media—mostly doing nonproductive things on their computers at home. I don’t know the effect of not being able to associate with other kids.
For most kids, it may be damaging. On the bright side, many parents have decided that school is a waste of time and have started homeschooling their kids. That’s generally a positive thing.
Here’s the important thing, we don’t know how long this hysteria is going to last. People are so scared that they’ll be easy to control for fear of the next real or imagined virus that comes down the road. When people are scared and don’t know what to do, they will want somebody to kiss it and make it better.
So, I expect we’re heading towards a genuine strong man for president in the US, whether that’s Kamala Harris or somebody else. If the 2020 election was bad, the 2024 election would be worse.
Editor’s Note: Unfortunately most people have no idea what really happens when a government goes out of control, let alone how to prepare…
The coming economic and political crisis is going to be much worse, much longer, and very different than what we’ve seen in the past.
That’s exactly why New York Times bestselling author Doug Casey and his team just released an urgent new report titled Doug Casey’s Top 7 Predictions for the Raging 2020s.
https://internationalman.com/articles/what-happens-when-the-suspension-on-evictions-ends/
:: 12-14-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Killing The Internet To Hide The Truth? Prepare For Them To Shut It All Down - Imagine Awakening To No Internet As Hacks, Censors And 'Convenient' Outages Are Increasing
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine December 14, 2020
With a pandemic turning state governors into mini-Hitlers, announced plans by Biden/Harris to mandate the lockdown of an entire nation, along with a whole host of other events all happening presently, it is easy to allow the rapid nature of these events to create a tunnel vision of sorts.
The 2020 presidential election, and the results which are being contested in courts all over the nation, with a Michigan judge just ruling to allow the public dissemination of the forensic results into Dominion voting system machines, showing massive irregularities, along with other voting irregularities in a number of other states, we are noting a tremendous increase in censorship by a variety of big tech companies and social media giants.
While we plan to delve further into the actual report, along with updates on the cornucopia of lawsuits and legal challenges being filed, almost daily at this point, we are noting a "big picture" issue that when looked at along with previous reports, is quite disturbing.
Wednesday, December 16, 2020 [All News] [News] [Alt News]
Whatfinger: Frontpage For Conservative News Founded By Veteran
"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"
Share This December 14, 2020
Killing The Internet To Hide The Truth? Prepare For Them To Shut It All Down - Imagine Awakening To No Internet As Hacks, Censors And 'Convenient' Outages Are Increasing
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine
With a pandemic turning state governors into mini-Hitlers, announced plans by Biden/Harris to mandate the lockdown of an entire nation, along with a whole host of other events all happening presently, it is easy to allow the rapid nature of these events to create a tunnel vision of sorts.
The 2020 presidential election, and the results which are being contested in courts all over the nation, with a Michigan judge just ruling to allow the public dissemination of the forensic results into Dominion voting system machines, showing massive irregularities, along with other voting irregularities in a number of other states, we are noting a tremendous increase in censorship by a variety of big tech companies and social media giants.
While we plan to delve further into the actual report, along with updates on the cornucopia of lawsuits and legal challenges being filed, almost daily at this point, we are noting a "big picture" issue that when looked at along with previous reports, is quite disturbing.
The forensic report is embedded at the bottom of this article, and can be seen at SCRIBD here.
CENSORSHIP KICKS INTO HIGH GEAR AGAIN
With social media giant, Twitter, now labeling anything that details the legal challenges to the 2020 presidential election as "disputed," and YouTube removing videos that question the election integrity, we see the uptick in censorship across the board, all in attempts to prevent discussion, debate, and documentation of election irregularities.
The most recent example which Twitter claims now was "inadvertently" censored, was Trump describing the recent Supreme Court decision to not hear a lawsuit from Texas and nearly 20 other states regarding election fraud.
Via SaveDelete:
The tweets said: “So, you’re the President of the US, and you just went through an election where you got more votes than any sitting President in history, by far – and purportedly lost.
“You can’t get ‘standing’ before the Supreme Court, so you ‘intervene’ with wonderful states that, after careful study and consideration, think you got ‘screwed’, something which will hurt them also.
“Many others likewise join the suit but, within a flash, it is thrown out and gone, without even looking at the many reasons it was brought. A rigged election, fight on.”
Twitter flagged the tweets and said: “This claim about election fraud is disputed.”
Twitter has not bothered to explain to the peons they think their users are exactly what part of those tweets are "disputed."
Heck just saying the election is being contested seems to be disputed to Twitter.
It is worth remembering that Twitter was also the platform that censored the Hunter Biden corruption story, and suspended the New York Post for uncovering the story, which now the media, who had hidden it until after the election,. admits is under investigation.
Another piece of news is that a company called SolarWind was hacked, which allowed hacking into multiple U.S. agencies including the Treasury and Commerce departments.
Coincidently, SolarWinds also has a connection to Dominion, the voting system used by a number of states in the U.S., including the states where the 2020 U.S. presidential election is being highly contested in court and some state legislatures.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)
USA Hitman makes a very valid point in his concluding question over the SolarWind/Dominion news:
As you can see on the Dominion Voting System page; Solarwinds is displayed on the bottom of the login page. Interesting…. The CISA is calling for all systems using SolarWinds to be powered down :
Emergency Directive 21-01 calls on all federal civilian agencies to review their networks for indicators of compromise and disconnect or power down SolarWinds Orion products immediately.
So my question is why isn’t Dominion powered down? Why are they allowing themselves to be opened to hackers? Maybe they are trying to erase the corruption and lies of the 2020 election… We will have to see what happens from this.
Related: Microsoft, FireEye confirm SolarWinds supply chain attack
This timing of the hack, and the possible connection to the election fallout has been highlighted by a number of other sites as well.
On top of all that, Trump attorney Sidney Powell recently revealed she has been building a massive Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) case against Dominion and Smartmatic.
The amount of election related news coming out daily has been difficult for social media and big tech to throttle, which brings me to some very "coincidental" outages of late.
ARE OUTAGES KILL SWITCH TESTS?
The recent Google outages which affected YouTube, Gmail, Google Drive, Google Docs and Google Photos has been widely reported on as was the recent Facebook outage on December 10, that affected Instagram, Messenger, WhatsApp, and Facebook itself.
These outages when looked at alone, without context or previous reported outages of some of the biggest names in tech, including both Google related services and Facebook related services, aren't damning since almost all websites go down or suffer issues at one point or another.
When we look at it together with previous outages, the timing of the outages, the spikes in down detector on other communication services, we have to at least question whether these big tech companies are preparing to shut down as much online communications as possible to prevent Americans from, 1) Learning the news about the election challenges, and; 2) Spreading said that news.
In January 2020, Facebook suffered an outage and in the following year, Facebook and its related services have suffered multiple outages and problems.
The same can be said about Google services, as just in November 2020 their Nest server suffered yet another outage, which caused customers to be "unable to login to their accounts, use their smartphones to view video livefeeds, adjust thermostat controls, or interact with any of Nest’s product range."
The increase in outages and downed servers and issues affecting online communications, especially during periods where very controversial issues are playing out nationally, is more than just coincidental.
A look into the worst of those outages in 2020, we see they include Zoom, Slack, CenturyLink, Google, Facebook, and Microsoft, just to name a few.
BOTTOM LINE - IMAGINE AWKENING TO NO INTERNET
I do not think there can be be that many similar "coincidences," all with services needed to disseminate the flow of information that isn't MSM, and Democrat approved.
Imagine awakening one day to no internet, no ability to get any news other than your local or national "approved" news on television, if that provider is still up and running.
Time to hunt around for short wave radios, ham radios and walkie talkies to communicate in close quarters.
If the upcoming election news is not what big tech and social media platforms, along with the MSM, want Americans to learn, then prepare for them to shut it all down.
https://allnewspipeline.com/Killing_Internet_To_Hide_Truth.php
:: 12-10-20 Leo Lyon Zagmai :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Ancient Astronauts and Egyptian Symbols on display in this year’s Nativity in St.Peter’s Square
10 December 2020 adm-zagami
Please help keep this website going by making a small donation in support of Leo’s work through Fundly: https://fundly.com/leo-lyon-zagami-channel or Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/leozagami
Article by Leo Zagami
The Vatican will be inaugurating the Nativity Scene in Saint Peter’s Square, alongside the beautiful Vatican Christmas tree, a 28 meter high majestic spruce, and this Nativity could be challenging, even for many conspiracy experts.
On December 11, at 4.30 p.m., as is custom, the Nativity scene was donated by the Italian town of Castelli, (the spearhead of the ceramic industry since the 16th century,) to the Vatican… but this year the work in question, which was created by pupils and teachers of the Art Institute “F.A. Grue”, seems blatantly occult and bizarre, to say the least.
“Ancient astronauts” (or “ancient aliens”) refer to the pseudoscientific idea that intelligent extraterrestrial beings visited Earth and made contact with humans in antiquity and prehistoric times, definitely not a Catholic, or even remotely Christian version of the Nativity. What are they trying to communicate to us with this strange representation of the birth of our Lord? Behind baby Jesus there is a very hodversion of the Archangel Gabriel, who appears to Zechariah and the Virgin Mary, foretelling the births of John the Baptist and Jesus (Luke 1:11–38) and is usually included in the traditional Nativity representations.
However, this year He is clearly on top of a djed, one of the more ancient and commonly found symbols in ancient Egyptian religion of great importance for the Illuminati and the Egyptian rites of Freemasonry in their secret rituals. It is a pillar-like symbol in Egyptian hieroglyphs that represents stability. It is associated with the creator god Ptah, also very dear to the Illuminati, and Osiris, the Egyptian god of the afterlife, the underworld, and the dead. This mystery school tradition began when the Illuminati of the time were taught the mysteries of the immortality of the human soul. Their work was the science of human regeneration and immortality. This symbol that is commonly understood to represent the spine of Osiris is something we find connected to the Osiris myth dear to the Freemasons and the Illuminati, and not the Nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ, but here we go with Christmas 2020, another one for the history books of disgrace and Satanism! In the Osiris myth, Osiris was killed by the evil Set (later called Satan) by being tricked into a coffin made to fit Osiris exactly. Set had the coffin with the deceased Osiris thrown into the Nile. The coffin was carried by the Nile to the ocean and on to the city of Byblos, in Lebanon. It ran aground and a sacred tree took root and rapidly grew around the coffin, enclosing the coffin within its trunk. The king of the land, intrigued by the tree’s quick growth, ordered the tree cut down and installed as a pillar in his palace, unaware that the tree contained Osiris’s body.
Meanwhile, Isis searched for Osiris, aided by Anubis, and came to know of Osiris’s location in Byblos. Isis maneuvered herself into favor of the king and queen and was granted a boon. She asked for the pillar in the palace hall, and upon being granted it, extracted the coffin from the pillar. She then consecrated the pillar, anointing it with myrrh and wrapping it in linen. This pillar came to be known as the pillar of djed whose secrets are still taught in the Illuminati Mystery Schools. One of the greatest of the Mystery Schools in Ancient Egypt was located in Giza and for the Illuminati one of the greatest of the initiates in this school was a Hebrew known today as ” Jesus the Christ.” And to back up their claim they reference this controversial passage found in the New Testament of the King James Version of the Bible at Revelations 11:8, which states:
“And their dead bodies shall lie in the streets of the great city which is spiritually called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.”
If the Bible is to be taken literally [ as most Christians insist it must, ]
“… where also our Lord was crucified, ” means:
A. Jesus the Christ was crucified at least twice; and;
B. He had to have survived at least the first event.
This passage, that literally overturns the crux of Christian dogma, has always been taken into serious consideration by the Freemasons, the Illuminati, and Theosophists like Eduard Schuré. It is evident that the Great Pyramids at Giza, in the precision of their dimensions and construction techniques, represented a realization of perfection by extremely knowledgeable individuals who used this place for their initiations. And for the Illuminati, if Revelations 11:8 is factual, it is also evident the Mystery School at Giza was also in possession of methodology leading to trans-dimensional consciousness that the Illuminati still possess. This might sound far-out, but check out the Illuminati Nativity displayed in St.Peter’s Square this year if you still have doubt.
Officially, the people responsible for the most unusual Nativity to date, is an art high school of design, which, in the decade 1965-1975, dedicated its teaching activity to the Christmas theme, but some of the teachers of this institution are Freemasons, and of course, we all know that Pope Francis is one too.
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 12-14-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bill Barr RESIGNS: AG steps down after he kept Hunter Biden's tax probe secret, was called a 'big disappointment' by Trump and slapped down the President's voter fraud claims
Trump tweets that Barr is leaving and presents it as his own decision
But he had raged against his AG for not revealing Hunter Biden probe before election and had tried to rebuke Barr for not endorsing claims of voter fraud
In resignation letter Barr hinted at tensions with Trump over voter fraud
Barr sought to uphold existing DOJ policy against interfering in an election
Cautioned against any moves that could go public such as a subpoena
Came despite Trump and GOP lawmakers demanding Hunter probe
Hunter Biden revealed last week his taxes were under investigation
Democrats have accused Barr of acting like Trump's 'personal lawyer'
By Geoff Earle, Deputy U.S. Political Editor For Dailymail.com
Published: 17:49 EST, 14 December 2020 | Updated: 23:19 EST, 14 December 2020
Bill Barr resigned as attorney general Monday after a face-to-face meeting with Donald Trump who had raged that the chief law enforcement officer keeping the Hunter Biden probe secret.
Trump announced the departure in a tweet which presented Barr's decision to go as his own.
'Our relationship has been a very good one, he has done an outstanding job!' Trump said, then said Barr would 'spend the holidays with his family.'
The White House published a resignation letter from Barr which hinted at tensions over Trump's claims of voter fraud – barely more than five weeks before Trump is to leave office.
The departing AG said that the two had met for talks on voter fraud allegations and said 'it is incumbent on all levels of government... to assure the integrity of elections and promote public confidence in their outcome.'
Bar's letter spoke to the importance of election integrity – even as he infuriated the president this month by failing to to endorse his unfounded allegations of widespread voter fraud in the election.
President Trump tweeted about Barr's departure after California awarded its electoral votes to Joe Biden
'At a time when the country is so deeply divided, it is incumbent on all levels of government, and all agencies acting within their purview, to do all we can do assure the integrity of elections and promote public confidence in their outcome,' Barr wrote.
At the start of December, when Trump was pressing his fraud claims full-bore with lawsuits in battleground states, Barr gave an interview where he said agents were pursuing specific allegations of fraud but 'to date, we have not seen fraud on a scale that could have effected a different outcome in the election.'
The comment undermined Trump's legal posture, at a time when lawsuits by his campaign and his allies were already suffering an accumulating list of defeats.
The departure came the afternoon after it emerged Barr used the force of his office to instruct prosecutors investigating Hunter Biden not to take any steps that might cause the probe to be publicly revealed in the run-up to the election.
Trump publicly complained about Barr over the weekend. He told Fox News Barr 'should have stepped up.'
'All he had to do is say an investigation’s going on,” Trump said. 'When you affect an election, Bill Barr, frankly, did the wrong thing.'
Said a White House spokesman Monday: 'AG Barr resigned on his own accord. He wasn’t pushed out or forced to resign. It was a very amicable meeting and as you can tell from the letter he thinks very highly of the President.'
It also came days after a devastating loss at the Supreme court, which decided not to take up a case brought by the attorney general of Texas seeking to overturn the vote in four battleground states Trump lost. Trump tweeted out the Barr letter just minutes after California's electors met, icing Joe Biden's win in the Electoral College. More Republican senators began to call Biden the president-elect, and Biden planned a speech later Monday where he planned to say it was 'time to turn the page.'
Trump announced that Deputy Attorney General Jeff Rosen would take over. That puts him in a position to oversee several highly sensitive matter in Trump's final days: a spate of scheduled federal executions, and the charged John Durham probe, the Hunter Biden investigation.
The attorney general also oversees the pardon office and a formal apparatus at a time when the president could push through a raft of pardons for political allies – although Trump has repeatedly worked outside that structure to grant pardons to political allies.
Over the weekend, the Wall Street Journal reported that Trump wants the appointment of a special counsel to investigate Hunter Biden – but that Barr was not interested in the idea. Senior White House officials expressed 'frustration' over Barr's handling of the Hunter Biden probe, according to the paper.
Lawyer Lin Wood, who was behind a 'Kraken' lawsuits in Georgia and elsewhere, was still hanging onto hopes that Barr would green light election fraud investigations that might somehow keep Trump in office.
'I believe Barr will announce major moves before 12/23 but does not want to stay to prosecute. He has done his job & served country well. New AG & assistants will prosecute the massive number of cases coming,' he predicted.
Despite Barr's late efforts that frustrated Trump, liberal watchdog group Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington blasted him in a statement. "Attorney General Bill Barr has done tremendous damage to the Department of Justice and to the American people's very faith in our justice system. Barr has repeatedly used the DOJ for the benefit of President Trump — protecting Trump's friends and allies, attacking his perceived enemies and furthering his personal interests and agendas,' the group said in a statement. The American Civil Liberties Union also wasn't swayed by Barr's recent actions.
'Bill Barr was one of the worst attorneys general in U.S. history. He deployed the Justice Department not to promote justice, but to serve Donald Trump,' the group wrote. 'He blatantly mischaracterized the Mueller report to whitewash its findings before the public could see it, questioned the motives of a legitimate investigation into Russian influence on the Trump campaign, revived the federal death penalty in ways that limited defendants’ rights to fair hearings, and interfered in federal prosecutions to aid Trump cronies Michael Flynn and Roger Stone.'
The ACLU continued: 'He forfeited the Justice Department’s independence and integrity in obeisance to the president. Yet when he was unwilling to repeat Trump’s wholly false claims about voter fraud, Trump essentially dumped him. That even Barr was unwilling to go as far as Donald Trump says more about the president than it does about the attorney general.'
Barr was spotted leaving the White House Monday afternoon. He gave a fist-bump to the governor of Texas, Greg Abbott, as he was departing, CNN reported.
Barr took over in February 2019, replacing acting AG Matthew Whitaker and first AG Jeff Sessions, who Trump repeatedly humiliated publicly for having recused himself from overseeing the Mueller investigation.
The directive to avoid steps that might allow the Hunter Biden probe to go public, reported in the Wall Street Journal, was in keeping with existing Justice Department policy against taking investigatory steps close to an election that might interfere with it.
Barr and his team took steps to 'insulate' the investigations, according to the report, even as Trump repeatedly demanded a probe of his political rival's son.
Those instructions were given orally in 'conversations with prosecutors,' according to the Journal, which would appear to suggest there is no paper trail for it. They included asking if staff members involved in the situation could be trusted.
The case reflects the deep pressures being navigated by the Justice Department in the wake of 2016 and Trump's unprecedented and constant calls to investigate his opponents.
Just days before the 2016 elections, then-FBI Director James Comey informed lawmakers that the bureau was investigating new emails uncovered on former Rep. Anthony Weiner's laptop. The disclosure provided another blow to the Clinton camp, and Hillary Clinton and other aides have cited Comey as helping cause her defeat.
A 2012 policy is intended to keep the Justice Department away from actions that might steer a campaign.
Democrats had blasted Barr throughout his term for several pivotal steps that appear to have benefited Trump: withholding documents and testimony from Congress during impeachment; the release of a summary of the Mueller probe; and the decision to drop charges against Trump ally Mike Flynn, who the president pardoned after the election.
Barr also made public comments in line with Trump's concerns about the risk of voter fraud through mail-in ballots.
In October, Republican lawmakers demanded a criminal probe of Hunter Biden, but the DOJ did not respond. Senate Republicans had conducted their own investigation, which they released shortly before the election – in a move that itself would mostly likely have broken Senate mores several years back.
Trump had raged about Barr on Twitter since news of Hunter probe broke. Hunter Biden said last week he was being investigated for tax issues, and said an 'objective review of these matters will demonstrate that I handled my affairs legally and appropriately, including with the benefit of professional tax advisors.'
Information purporting to show his dealings with top officials of Chinese energy giant CEFC were contained on a laptop that Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani provided to the New York Post before the election.
Trump on Saturday linked his complaints about Barr to his effort to overturn the election, a day after the Supreme Court refused to hear a Texas case where he sought to intervene.
'IF Biden gets in, nothing will happen to Hunter or Joe. Barr will do nothing, and the new group of partisan killers coming in will quickly kill it all. Same thing with Durham. We caught them cold, spying, treason & more (the hard part), but “Justice” took too long. Will be DOA!'
The Durham probe refers to the investigation by U.S. attorney John Durham, appointed by Barr to investigate alleged misconduct by the FBI in the Russia probe. That probe disappointed Trump by failing to produce any bombshells in the days before the election.
Hunter Biden has faced a series of new revelations about his dealings, including that he failed to disclose $400,000 in payments from Ukrainian energy company Burisma on his 2014 tax returns, according to an email from his notorious subpoenaed laptop.
Eric Schwerin, president of Biden's firm Rosemont Seneca, sent the email on January 16, 2017, noting that Hunter Biden's total income for 2014 was more than $1.2 million, according to NBC News. It follows confirmation earlier this week that the Justice Department is investigating Hunter Biden's tax matters, including his lucrative dealings with China.
'In 2014 you joined the Burisma board and we still need to amend your 2014 returns to reflect the unreported Burisma income,' says the email from Schwerin.
The email notes that Biden's 2014 income included the $400,000 from Burisma as well as income from Rosemont Seneca Advisors and a legal firm.
It's unclear from the email whether Biden went on to amend the tax return. His longtime attorney did not immediately respond to a request for comment from DailyMail.com on Saturday.
NBC News said that it obtained the email from Rudy Giuliani's attorney Robert Costello, who had access to the notorious laptop that Hunter Biden reportedly left in a Delaware repair shop.
A federal prosecutor in Delaware subpoenaed the laptop's contents as part of an ongoing probe.
Hunter Biden's foreign business dealings became a point of contention during the election, after the New York Post ran reports about revelations from a discarded laptop.
Biden's campaign attacked the articles as Russian disinformation and smears. 'Not one single solitary thing was out of line,' Joe Biden insisted of his son's dealings in the second presidential debate. 'My son has not made money in terms of this thing about, what are you talking about, China.'
Now, it has been revealed that the tax investigation into Hunter Biden was launched in 2018, the year before the elder Biden announced his candidacy for president.
Hunter Biden confirmed the existence of the investigation on Wednesday, saying he learned about it for the first time the previous day.
'I take this matter very seriously but I am confident that a professional and objective review of these matters will demonstrate that I handled my affairs legally and appropriately, including with the benefit of professional tax advisors,' he said in a statement.
It isn't clear which entities or business dealings might be tied up in the probe, though a person with knowledge of the matter said at least some of focus was on his past work in China.
Federal investigators served a round of subpoenas on Tuesday, including one for Hunter Biden, according to another person familiar with the investigation.
Investigators did not reach out until recently because of Justice Department practice against taking overt investigative actions in the run-up to an election, one of the people said. President Donald Trump lashed out at Barr over revelations that the Justice Department kept investigations into Hunter Biden secret leading up to the election.
'Why didn't Bill Barr reveal the truth to the public, before the Election, about Hunter Biden,' Trump tweeted on Saturday morning from the White House.
'Joe was lying on the debate stage that nothing was wrong, or going on - Press confirmed. Big disadvantage for Republicans at the polls!' he continued.
Another emails from 2017 shows that Hunter Biden requested keys from a property manager for his 'office mates', including his father Joe Biden and an 'emissary' from a Chinese business partner.
Joe Biden has repeatedly denied any involvement in his son's foreign business dealings with China, which were this week revealed to be the target of a federal investigation.
The September 20, 2017 email requests copies of keys from an office building manager in Washington DC for Joe and Jill Biden , along with Joe's brother James Biden and 'emissary' Gongweng Dong.
The email, first reported by the Daily Caller and also obtained by Fox News, describes Dong as the emissary of Ye Jianming, the disgraced former chairman of Chinese energy company CEFC.
'[P]lease have keys made available for new office mates: Joe Biden, Jill Biden, Jim Biden, Gongwen Dong (Chairman Ye CEFC emissary),' the email reads WHO'S WHO IN THE HUNTER FILES
Hunter Biden
Vice president's son was well-known to be seeking business deals in China. He traveled there in 2013 on Air Force Two and introduced his father to a business partner, Jonathan Li. In 2017, after his father left office, he pursued a relationship with Ye Jianming
Ye Jianming
Chairman and founder of CEFC China Energy, 43. A wunderkind of the Chinese energy world. Gave Hunter a diamond in 2017 as they pursued a business relationship. But in November 2017 company was accused of bribery in Africa by the DOJ, and in March 2018 he was arrested in China, reportedly on the orders of Xi Jinping. Has not been seen or heard from since but a prosecution in 2018 saw a senior Communist leader accused of taking bribes from him
Zang Jian Jun
Senior executive at CEFC and also a senior figure in the China Chamber of International Commerce
Tony Bobulinski Penn State wrestler and Navy veteran turned-California businessman, 48, who appears to have done other business in China. Unclear how he and Gilliar know each other. Other business ventures include an investment in a Chinese men's clothing company called VLOV
Rob Walker Bill Clinton administration official who is now co-founder of a technology-focused private equity firm, Pilot Growth. His wife Betsy Massey Walker was Jill Biden's assistant when she was Second Lady
James Gilliar
British-born 56-year-old businessman based in the Czech Republic. Set up jc2r, the company which is in the emails, in 2015. It is no longer active. Gilliar appears to breed race horses with his wife, Erika and appears to also be an adviser to a holding company run by the leader of Abu Dhabi's son
James Biden Joe Biden's younger brother and a serial entrepreneur who has long faced claims of profiting from his brother's political career. He and Hunter were in business together in 2006 when they bought investment firm Paradigm Global Advisors which they unwound in 2010 after connections to a Ponzi fraudster emerged
The Chairman and The Big Guy
Said to be Joe Biden in many of the text exchanges although Hunter's messages do not state this directly
:: 12-15-20 The Mental Recession :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tucker Mocks Jill Biden: Her Doctorate Is Equivalent to Dr. Bill Cosby’s
MenRec Staff MenRec Staff December 15, 2020
You know, she is a hell of a doctor.
> Tucker: Just don’t ask her to perform surgery. She’s not actually a physician, she’s a doctor of education which means basically nothing. On Friday, “The Wall Street Journal” pointed this out. They ran a very, true and obvious point. Jill Biden is not a doctor. In 2007 at the age of 55 she got a doctorate in education. She has the same degree as Dr. Bill Cosby. In 2009, back when America was more honest, “I was so sick of the mail coming to center, I wanted to get it addressed to Dr. and Senator Biden.” That’s the real reason. Jill Biden was diagnosed with a very bad case of status and security. That is all true, it’s all obvious, therefore you are not allowed to say it.
“The Washington Post” column called Joe Epstein a weird, grumpy, elitist man. Because he told the truth, which is the one sin in America in 2020. Of course, Michelle Obama from either Hawaii or Martha’s vineyard wrote about her disappointment with “The Wall Street Journal.” It is racist, it is sexist, or something. None of this is new we’ve known for years, we have known about the Bidens. They have deep class and security. This was Joe Biden back in 1988 for example. > I think I probably have a much higher IQ than you do. I suspect. I went to law school on a full academic scholarship, the only one in my class to have a full academic scholarship. The first year I decided I didn’t want to be in law school and ended up in the bottom two-thirds of my class and decided I want to stay, went back to law school, and in fact ended up in the top half of my class. I won the international competition, I was an outstanding student in the political science department paired I graduated with 3 degrees from undergraduate school and 165 credits. Only needed 123 credits. I would be delighted to compare my IQ to … yours.
> Tucker: [Laughs] A very high IQ. And my wife is a doctor.
[Laughs]
He has more hair now too. Lisa Boothe is not a doctor. She’s a Fox News contributor. She joins us tonight. Dr. Booth, it’s good to see you.
> Hi, Tucker. It is Dr. Jill Biden and don’t you forget it, or else. As you no Joe Epstein had to learn the hard way. I want to read the quote that really triggered the left. But this up right now. I’m going to read this quote to you from Joseph Epstein. This is what he said.
“Madame First Lady—Mrs. Biden—Jill—kiddo: a bit of advice on what may seem like a small but I think is a not unimportant matter. Any chance you might drop the “Dr.” before your name? “Dr. Jill Biden ” sounds and feels fraudulent, not to say a touch comic.”
As you can imagine, this article, this op-ed was not well received. As you pointed out, it provoked a response from Michelle Obama, Hillary Clinton also tweeted she is Dr. Jill Biden, get used to it. Joe Biden’s communication — yeah, Joe Biden’s communication team called it shameful, sexist. They called “The Wall Street Journal” to remove it and issue an apology. Northwestern called his comments misogynistic and they removed his profile from the website. And all of this, also Joe Biden responded as well.
She responded in a tweet saying this about two young daughters everywhere. She said, “Together, we will build a world where the accomplishments of our daughters will be celebrated rather than diminished.” This is the kicker for me. Is if you go through and read all of the articles outlining that controversy that happened, they all use the dash they all know they use AP style which does not use doctor to refer to academic credentials, which is precisely the point that Joseph Epstein was making in his column. So this is what I think is absolutely hilarious is that there is all of this when this is precisely the point he was making. Also, in 2015 “The New York Times” was three times as likely to use Dr. In referring to Jill Biden then Ben Carson, who is a noted and prestigious neurosurgeon.
> Tucker: Who separated — —
> You can’t make it up.
> Tucker: How unbelievable touchy they are. They have no sense of humor about this. It’s like going up to a Panamanian general asking where all those metals came from. They are self-awarded. This is a threat to their entire system of credentials is on.
> And now I have to refer to Jill Biden. I will never be able to refer to her as Dr. Jill Biden.
>> Tucker: Because it’s not just Dr. Jill Biden, it is all of them with their dumb degrees from Cornell, Penn. Are we supposed to be impressed? They are totally unimpressive. If they can make fun of Jill Biden, mock a ludicrous potential like a doctor of education, boy, maybe they won’t be impressed by the fact that I don’t work at McKinsey anymore. It’s a revealing moment.
0Send%20from%20The%20Mental%20Recession%20on%20December%2015,%202020%20at%2008:56:02%20AM
:: 12-15-20 One American News Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
U.S. Homeland Security, thousands of businesses scramble after suspected Russian hack
December 15, 2020 By Jack Stubbs, Raphael Satter and Joseph Menn
LONDON/WASHINGTON (Reuters) – The U.S. Department of Homeland Security and thousands of businesses scrambled Monday to investigate and respond to a sweeping hacking campaign that officials suspect was directed by the Russian government.
Emails sent by officials at DHS, which oversees border security and defense against hacking, were monitored by the hackers as part of the sophisticated series of breaches, three people familiar with the matter told Reuters Monday. The attacks, first revealed by Reuters Sunday, also hit the U.S. departments of Treasury and Commerce. Parts of the Defense Department were breached, the New York Times reported late Monday night, while the Washington Post reported that the State Department and National Institutes of Health were hacked. Neither of them commented to Reuters.
“For operational security reasons the DoD will not comment on specific mitigation measures or specify systems that may have been impacted,” a Pentagon spokesman said.
Technology company SolarWinds, which was the key steppingstone used by the hackers, said up to 18,000 of its customers had downloaded a compromised software update that allowed hackers to spy unnoticed on businesses and agencies for almost nine months.
The United States issued an emergency warning on Sunday, ordering government users to disconnect SolarWinds software which it said had been compromised by “malicious actors.” That warning came after Reuters reported suspected Russian hackers had used hijacked SolarWinds software updates to break into multiple American government agencies. Moscow denied having any connection to the attacks.
One of the people familiar with the hacking campaign said the critical network that DHS’ cybersecurity division uses to protect infrastructure, including the recent elections, had not been breached.
DHS said it was aware of the reports, without directly confirming them or saying how badly it was affected. DHS is a massive bureaucracy among other things responsible for securing the distribution of the COVID-19 vaccine. The cybersecurity unit there, known as CISA, has been upended by President Donald Trump’s firing of head Chris Krebs after Krebs called the presidential election the most secure in American history. His deputy and the elections chief have also left.
SolarWinds said in a regulatory disclosure it believed the attack was the work of an “outside nation state” that inserted malicious code into updates of its Orion network management software issued between March and June this year.
“SolarWinds currently believes the actual number of customers that may have had an installation of the Orion products that contained this vulnerability to be fewer than 18,000,” it said.
The company did not respond to requests for comment about the exact number of compromised customers or the extent of any breaches at those organizations.
It said it was not aware of vulnerabilities in any of its other products and it was now investigating with help from U.S. law enforcement and outside cybersecurity experts. SolarWinds boasts 300,000 customers globally, including the majority of the United States’ Fortune 500 companies and some of the most sensitive parts of the U.S. and British governments – such as the White House, defence departments and both countries’ signals intelligence agencies.
Because the attackers could use SolarWinds to get inside a network and then create a new backdoor, merely disconnecting the network management program is not enough to boot the hackers out, experts said.
For that reason, thousands of customers are looking for signs of the hackers’ presence and trying to hunt down and disable those extra tools.
Investigators around the world are now scrambling to find out who was hit.
A British government spokesman said the United Kingdom was not currently aware of any impact from the hack but was still investigating.
Three people familiar with the investigation into the hack told Reuters that any organisation running a compromised version of the Orion software would have had a “backdoor” installed in their computer systems by the attackers.
“After that, it’s just a question of whether the attackers decide to exploit that access further,” said one of the sources.
Early indications suggest that the hackers were discriminating about who they chose to break into, according to two people familiar with the wave of corporate cybersecurity investigations being launched Monday morning.
“What we see is far fewer than all the possibilities,” said one person. “They are using this like a scalpel.” FireEye, a prominent cybersecurity company that was breached in connection with the incident, said in a blog post that other targets included “government, consulting, technology, telecom and extractive entities in North America, Europe, Asia and the Middle East.”
“If it is cyber espionage, then it one of the most effective cyber espionage campaigns we’ve seen in quite some time,” said John Hultquist, FireEye’s director of intelligence analysis.
(Reporting by Jack Stubbs, Raphael Satter, Christopher Bing and Joseph Menn; Editing by Lisa Shumaker)
https://www.oann.com/it-firm-at-centre-of-global-hack-says-fewer-than-18000-customers-compromised/
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 12-15-20 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Judge Releases Dominion Audit Report: System 'Designed' to 'Create Systemic Fraud'
Court unseals details of audit on machines in Michigan’s Antrim County
By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 15th December 2020 @ 3.00pm
A Michigan judge has released the bombshell report on the audit of Dominion Voting Systems, revealing that the machines and their software were "designed" to "create systemic fraud."
The report covers the forensic audit of Dominion's machines in Michigan’s Antrim County — which received national attention after it was discovered that 6,000 votes for President Donald Trump were "flipped" to Democrat Joe Biden due to an "error."
13th Circuit Court Judge Kevin Elsenheimer ordered the report's protective order to be lifted on Monday night, allowing the details of the audit to be unsealed and released to the public.
The data firm that conducted the forensic audit of Dominion Voting Systems determined that the machines and software in Michigan showed that they were designed to create fraud and influence election results, the report reveals.
"We conclude that the Dominion Voting System is intentionally and purposefully designed with inherent errors to create systemic fraud and influence election results,” Russell Ramsland Jr., co-founder of Allied Security Operations Group, said in a preliminary report.
"The system intentionally generates an enormously high number of ballot errors." "The electronic ballots are then transferred for adjudication," the report continues.
"The intentional errors lead to bulk adjudication of ballots with no oversight, no transparency, and no audit trail. "This leads to voter or election fraud," Ramsland Jr. explains.
"Based on our study, we conclude that The Dominion Voting System should not be used in Michigan,” he added. "We further conclude that the results of Antrim County should not have been certified."
Ramsland, a former Reagan administration official who has worked for NASA, and the team of cybersecurity experts examined Dominion products in Antrim County earlier this month as part of an ongoing case.
The team inspected and performed forensic duplication on the county’s election management server, which was running Dominion Democracy Suite 5.5.3-002, compact flash cards used by local precincts in their Dominion ImageCast system, USB memory sticks used by Dominion Voter Assist Terminals, and USB memory sticks used for the poll book.
They used X-Ways Forensics and other tools including Blackbag-Blacklight Forensic Software, and Virtual Box.
Judge Elsenheimer approved the forensic examination in Bailey v. Antrim County, which alleges the infamous vote flip county officials reported last month may have not been the result of human error, as officials had alleged.
Antrim County resident William Bailey filed the lawsuit against the county that challenges the integrity of the election equipment.
On Monday, Elsenheimer ruled that the report on the examination must be published.
Elsenheimer unsealed the report after state and county officials withdrew their objections.
Michigan Secretary of State Jocelyn Benson, a Democrat, has attempted to dismiss the report as “inaccurate, incomplete, and misleading.”
“The Antrim County Clerk and Secretary of State Jocelyn Benson have stated that the election night error detailed above by the vote ‘flip’ from Trump to Biden, was the result of human error caused by the failure to update the Mancelona Township tabulator prior to Election Night for a down-ballot race,” reads the report by Allied Security Operations Group.
“We disagree and conclude that the vote flip occurred because of machine error built into the voting software designed to create error.”
Allied Security Operations Group concludes that the Dominion system “should not be used in Michigan” and the Antrim County results “should not have been certified.”
Last weekend, Judge Eisenheimer ordered Antrim County election officials to preserve all election materials and refrain from operating any of the county’s Dominion Voting Systems machines ahead of a forensic audit by the Trump campaign.
“Antrim County election officials discovered that ‘human error’ flipped 6,000 votes from Trump to Biden after Bailey alerted them to some inconsistencies in the county’s reporting of the vote,” The Daily Wire noted earlier this month.
Michigan Secretary of State Benson’s office attempted to dismiss the inconsistencies as "human error."
In a statement, Benson's office said that "the clerk accidentally did not update the software used to collect voting machine data and report unofficial results.”
“The erroneous reporting of unofficial results from Antrim county was a result of accidental error on the part of the Antrim County Clerk,” the statement said.
“The equipment and software did not malfunction and all ballots were properly tabulated.
"However, the clerk accidentally did not update the software used to collect voting machine data and report unofficial results.”
Assistant Attorney General Erik Grill claims the audit analysis is “inaccurate, incomplete and misleading,” The Detroit Free Press reported Monday.
“There’s no reason to hide,” Grill said. “There is nothing to hide.” Benson withdrew her objection to releasing the report, said Grill, because the attorney representing Bailey had given interviews to the press in which he leveled allegations about the election results and Benson, according to The Daily Wire.
“Any attempt to suppress the report now would only incorrectly be seen as an attempted coverup, he said,” the Free Press reports.
“Dominion Voting Systems and the Michigan Secretary of State’s Office continue to urge caution about false information related to Antrim County,” The Detroit News notes.
Dominion said in a statement released Monday that the error was caused when officials did not update the programming, emphasizing that the error was caught in the post-election canvass process.
“The post-election canvass process is designed to catch errors, which is exactly where these errors were discovered,” the company said.
“It is disappointing, though not surprising, that the primary goal of this group is to continue spreading false information designed to erode the public’s confidence in the election,” said Jake Rollow, spokesman for Benson. Trump won Antrim County by about 4,000 votes but lost the state by around 154,000 votes.
[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)
Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV)
[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.
John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)
:: 12-15-20 Truth still Lives :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Now About That Time
December 15, 2020
“Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also.” -Acts 12:1-3
I did not expect to be shown this when I was led to the Book of Acts this morning, but I know God is saying it is now “that time”. The warnings He’s given for so very long to so very many people, He’s now bringing the things warned about to pass, so the end can be brought about. Let’s look at what the Holy Spirit is showing us right now.
“Now about that time” is showing that there is an appointed time. There’s a time for everything to happen in it’s due course and season, (Ecclesiastes 3:1-8). So, then, there’s a time where persecution and judgment must finally begin, even though we really don’t want it to; but the end for us who belong to Him is everlasting communion in the presence of Him, Who made all things. That is why we must seek to be solely focused on winning more people for Jesus; more souls saved and taken out of the hand of the Devil. The Lord’s hand is not shortened or slackened, but He is waiting for His people to act in the faith they preach. Speak the name of Jesus in public prayer and believe for Him to act just as in the Book of Acts, and watch the Holy Spirit of God move in these last days. His Word is true and has never been taken back; believe and act. But, it is a new season we’re entering so be ready.
“Herod the king stretched forth his hands”, shows not only a leader and someone is the position of authority, but it trickles down, too. Therefore it has to be also the underlings; spreading out from top down to subordinates and their subordinates and theirs. Just like from President, to Congress and laws, to Judges and courts, to local county and town authority figures, it trickles down to us in our day. This is a new season for America we’ve entered; it is “about that time” because it has to be; these things must come to pass. It is not a good, happy-go-lucky, all good prosperity season, but a darkened and darkening season of hardship and vicious wicked men attacking all things holy. Be of good cheer for one thing though: The darker the days, the brighter the Light of Christ shines. Though things fall apart around you, this is the time for God to move so mightily among His people for other people it will be like a continuation of the Book of Acts, which it should be. Don’t get caught off guard here, we aren’t voting this out in four more years and taking the masks off; this is the new normal and the normal is only going to get worse. God’s not repeating this to be “downer” but He’s warning so you’re not surprised, so that you’re braced and ready.
“…to vex certain of the church”, shows he has a specific target and goal in mind. Especially when “he saw it pleased” then he was emboldened to “proceed further”. Going further than he originally thought he could or should was made possible because people were consenting and cheering, asking even for it. The Jews, the “religious leaders” of the day, were happy he killed James the brother of John and took Peter into prison. Think of it now: Most of the professing “Christians” are going to applaud the real Christians’ persecution and even deaths. Even now they fight against the truth of exactly what the Bible says calling us bigots, and saying that was for then, or we’ve moved past that. Homosexuals and hate filled racists teaching and preaching in churches and teaching Sunday schools and singing in choirs, all bringing their spiritual bondage and deception inside with them to spread it around deceptively. We will be shout down and they will laugh and cheer; we will be jailed for hate speech and they will jeer at us; our businesses will fail because we refuse to compromise and they will say it’s because we weren’t tolerant; we will be put in camps and be put to death and they will wickedly smile at us while they do it, all the while claiming they are “Christians” too. It is “about that time”.
God does not speak in His Word to preach hate or to conduct acts of hate, but of love. The mercy and grace of God is to tell people that the things they do and the life style they are living will lead them to a very real eternity in a very real place called Hell. He, and we, do not yell out hateful slurs, but tell the truth in meekness and love, saying, You cannot continue on unashamedly in this manner or you will be lost. Jesus can absolutely change you and wants to. Remember, “…the goodness of God leadeth thee to repentance”, (Romans 2:4). Leads you away from and out of your sin, closer to Him; not a parallel path that allows you to indulge in whatever you want and now claim to “have God” at the same time. The Holy Spirit does not coexist with sin. He is longsuffering while He brings us through our struggles, but does not abide in and with us if we’re not struggling and we’re instead indulging and intend to live this way. Repentance is turning away from sin, not carrying on with it.
As laws were passed in the days of Herod, so they are being passed now, and being pondered to pass more, stricter laws that come against God and what He says in the Bible. His Word is our foundation, nothing else. Because we are unmoving and uncompromising, we are beginning to be widely viewed as the haters, the spreaders of dissent and bigotry. Just speaking truth with soft, pleading words, and tears in our eyes is and will be met with such hostility and evil, hate filled eyes and jeers, it will surely break our hearts even more. God is begging with this last generation as it speeds down the highway to hell, wanting to go there because they are ignorant of the reality of God and Hell.
We, here in America wondered if or when we’d every see these days. In just a few years time, just after 9-11-2001, (which was supposed to be wake up call but we refused), we have gone to a socialism wanting society, communist wanting youth, that the older generations wouldn’t believe if we were able to dig them up from the graves and tell them. How can we, the Land of the Free, upon whom the eyes of the world look for hope and an example, fall into the same devilish trap that has ensnared the rest of the world? Simply, because we have turned away from God and standing on Jesus; for He is the reason we were so great and prosperous. We pushed Him out, so now we have what we wanted: our own way. Woo-hoo and yay, (heavy sarcasm).
To the rest of the world, please don’t look at all of us here in America as the arrogant, boastful, heathenistic lying spreaders of greed and lust, for we are not all like what the news media portrays. Christians everywhere: Stand your ground unflinchingly, because you are founded upon a Rock, and that Rock is Christ. As long as you stand on love and truth, which are Jesus, don’t back up or back down. We will lose “things” in this life, but they’re just things; we will lose people and our own lives, but these are all temporary now and eternity awaits us, which is the most important. Stand; do not compromise the truth for money because it’s your job. Trust God instead. Friends will betray you, don’t be surprised, but stand on truth. God is pouring out His wrath upon this wicked generation, and they in turn will pour out their wrath upon His people because we refuse to be a part of their wicked, compromising system. Stand fast Christians, for it is “About that time”.
https://weonlywanttruth.com/now-about-that-time/
:: 12-14-20 100 percent fed up.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Breaking: Dominion Voting Systems Uses The Same Company That Was Just Shut Down After US Agencies Were Hacked in Foreign Cyber Espionage
By Leisa Audette | Dec 14, 2020
What a coincidence! Dominion Voting Systems uses the same company that was just shut down after US agencies were hacked in foreign cyber espionage. The pieces are coming together. It’s being reported that the hack of US agencies happened last Spring. Fast forward to the election in November when the director of the CISA Chris Krebs was fired by President Trump (see below) after Krebs claimed the election was secure. Now we know that the Dominion Voting Systems uses Solar Winds!
The Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) tweeted out a message today for all “federal civilian agencies” to “power down” Solar Winds Orion products. Dominion Voting Systems uses Solar Winds.
CISA issued a rare emergency directive instructing federal civilian agencies to review their networks and immediately power down SolarWinds products, saying the hack “poses unacceptable risks to the security of federal networks.” Trending: BREAKING: MI State Police Block GOP Electors From Getting Inside Capitol Where Electors Deliver Votes [VIDEO]
And here the dots are connected between Solar Winds, China and Dominion Voting Systems:
Password Hunter02
@BenKTallmadge
Dec 14, 2020
Replying to @BenKTallmadge and @pepesgrandma
Compare the top network monitoring software in China of 2020-
Here’s SolarWinds: https://sourceforge.net/software/network-monitoring/china/
Password Hunter02
@BenKTallmadge
Silver Lake, Warburg & Carlyle were partners in Ant Financial’s failed IPO.
Carlyle-tied Staple Street Capital formerly owned the Dominion Voting Systems, before Dominion was sold to some Chinese in October.
Ant’s IPO Bonanza for Silver Lake, Warburg, Carlyle
A raft of U.S. private equity firms backed by the country’s largest endowment and pension funds stands to reap big gains from Ant Group’s highly anticipated initial public offering, even as U.S....
bloomberg.com
1:09 AM · Dec 14, 2020
And this:
SolarWind’s main shareholder is Silver Lake Partners. Silver Lake has investment worth hundreds of billions, if not over a trillion, in China.
OUR PREVIOUS REPORT ON THE FIRING OF THE CISA DIRECTOR KREBS BY PRESIDENT TRUMP:
President Trump said he has fired Chris Krebs, who heads the Department of Homeland Security’s Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), after Krebs said the 2020 election was the most secure in our nation’s history.
In a series of tweets, President Trump called Chris Krebs’ comments about the 2020 election “inaccurate” and said he’s fired:
The recent statement by Chris Krebs on the security of the 2020 Election was highly inaccurate, in that there were massive improprieties and fraud – including dead people voting, Poll Watchers not allowed into polling locations, “glitches” in the voting machines which changed votes from Trump to Biden, late voting, and many more. Therefore, effective immediately, Chris Krebs has been terminated as Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
There are many more Deep State turncoats like Gina Haspel and Christopher Wray to terminate.
[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 12-9-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Flood: China Is Turning into China sea, more Flood is coming | Three gorges dam | 3 gorges dam
648,260 views
•Dec 9, 2020
The Specifications
34K subscribers
Soldiers erected sandbag flood barriers in a city near China's largest freshwater lake after the heaviest rainfall in nearly six decades drenched the swollen Yangtze River basin. The vast Yangtze drainage area has been lashed by torrential rains since last month, leaving 141 people dead or missing and forcing the evacuation of millions more across several provinces. Flooding along the river—the world's third longest—has been an annual summer scourge since ancient times, but this year's inundation has been especially severe.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LokuLywuXxk
:: 9-28-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Krakatoa eruption of 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered eardrums of sailors 40 miles away – And that’s the story of the loudest sound on Earth
By Strange Sounds - Sep 28, 2019
What was the loudest sound in the world? A volcanic eruption produced the most powerful noise worldwide.
The sound of the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The loudest noise in history was produced by the Krakatoa volcanic eruption on August 27, 1883. The Krakatoa’s explosion registered 172 decibels at 100 miles from the source.
Residents of New Guinea and Western Australia (3,200 km or 1,300 miles away) reported hearing “a series of loud booms, resembling those of artillery in a north-westerly direction.”
Locals on the island of Rodrigues (4,800 km or 3000 miles away) reported hearing what sounded to them like the distant roar of heavy gun fire.
In overall, the sound of the Krakatoa volcanic eruption has been heard by people across 50 different geological locations around the world. Completely Crazy
Now, take your breath listen to the noise in the video below and think, for a moment, just how crazy this mega eruption sounded like: As Nautilus explains:
“If you’re in Boston and someone tells you that they heard a sound coming from New York City, you’re probably going to give them a funny look. But Boston is a mere 200 miles from New York.
“What we’re talking about here is like being in Boston and clearly hearing a noise coming from Dublin, Ireland. Travelling at the speed of sound (766 miles or 1,233 kilometers per hour), it takes a noise about 4 hours to cover that distance.
“This is the most distant sound that has ever been heard in recorded history.“
The Day Of Judgement Has Come
The British ship Norham Castle was 40 miles from Krakatoa at the time of the explosion.
The ship’s captain wrote in his log, “So violent are the explosions that the eardrums of over half my crew have been shattered. My last thoughts are with my dear wife. I am convinced that the Day of Judgement has come.” The Krakatoa Eruption
The Krakatoa volcano erupted on August 27, 1883 with a force so great that it tore its island apart, emitting a plume of smoke that reached 17 miles into the atmosphere. This explosion created a deadly tsunami with waves over a hundred feet (30 meters) in height, which ended up decimating 160 villages and settlements along the shores of Java and Sumatra in Indonesia.
In all, the Dutch – colonial rulers of Indonesia at the time – estimated the death toll at 36,417, while other estimates exceed 120,000.
The last Krakatoa eruption has been called the greatest natural disaster of the 19th century. Shock waves from the eruption travelled around the world several times, and created a tsunami over 45 metres tall. The force of the blast was 10,000 times that of a hydrogen bomb.
It’s probably not as impressive but it’s a must: Impressive video of the Tavurvur volcano eruption and shock wave!
More on Nautil.US, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.
:: 12-14-20 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2020 Election Investigative Documentary: Who’s Stealing America?
By The Epoch Times December 14, 2020 Updated: December 14, 2020
The year 2020 has been most unusual. It started with an unprecedented global pandemic caused by the CCP virus, and it’s concluding with the U.S. presidential election, which has captivated the world.
On election night, on Nov. 3, an assortment of anomalies were observed, followed by a large number of specific allegations of election fraud. As the integrity of the election continued to be questioned and evidence continued to emerge, most mainstream media stuck to a one-sided narrative by calling the 2020 election the most secure in American history, and sought to silence opposing voices.
The results of the 2020 election will not only decide the future of the United States, but also determine the future of the world.
Following election night, The Epoch Times’ investigative team quickly went to work. In an attempt to uncover the issues behind the election, investigative reporter Joshua Phillip traveled across the country to swing states to interview whistleblowers, big data experts, and election experts.
This is the first investigative documentary published on election integrity in the 2020 U.S. presidential election.
Why was the vote count halted in key swing states on election night? What are the problems and potential fraud associated with mail-in ballots? Is Dominion Voting Systems secure or not? What lies behind the $400 million received by the parent company of Dominion Voting Systems less than a month before the election? Who is trying to manipulate the U.S. election behind the scenes? Who is the benefactor of an increasingly divided American society? What will become of America at this historical juncture?
What choice should you, I, and every American patriot make? The Epoch Times’ investigative team presents to you a detailed investigative report.
Watch the documentary on the Epoch Times and NTD websites:
The Epoch Times website: TheEpochTimes.com
NTD website: NTD.com
https://www.theepochtimes.com/2020-election-investigation-who-is-stealing-america_3617562.html
:: 12-14-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Moment Mount Etna eruption sends a violent stream of lava and smoke more than 300 feet into the air over Sicily
An eruption at Mount Etna Sunday night sent lava hundreds of feet into the air
The eruption left a dense ash plume some three miles high
Etna is Europe's largest and most active volcano, producing enough lava every year to fill a 108-story skyscraper
Experts classified the eruption as Strombolian activity, a moderate eruption with continuous but relatively mild blasts
On Monday morning, workers in villages in Catania cleared black ash from cars, streets and homes
By Dan Avery For Dailymail.com
Published: 12:32 EST, 14 December 2020 | Updated: 18:48 EST, 14 December 2020
An eruption at Mount Etna sent a violent stream of lava and smoke hundreds of feet into the air above Sicily Sunday night.
Volcanic activity was first detected from the southeast crater shortly before 9:30pm local time.
The eruption lasted through Monday morning, with a dense ash plume some three miles high and lava fountains rising more than 325 feet into the air, according to the Volcanic Ash Advisory Center (VAAC) in Toulouse, France.
Volcanic ash covered parts of small villages between Pedara and Tremestieri Etneo in Catania, Sicily.
Etna is Europe's largest and most active volcano, producing enough lava every year to fill a 108-story skyscraper. According to the VAAC, satellite images showed the eruptive episode was predominantly at the summit vent of the southeast crater complex, 'as well as what seems to be a fissure on its southern flank, emitting the new lava flow that has reached approximately 2,700 meters elevation.'
A section of the volcano's southeast cone fractured, according to Reuters, with lava oozing down two branches—one to the southeast passing through the Torre del Filosofo area, the other to the southwest, towards Monte Frumento Supino. A magnitude 2.7 earthquake was recorded on the mountain before the blast, with at least 17 quakes recorded since Sunday morning.
By 3am local time Monday, the intense explosive activity at the southeast summit crater had 'decreased significantly.' On Monday morning, workers in villages in Catania cleared black ash from cars, streets and homes.
Experts classified the eruption as Strombolian activity, a moderate eruption with continuous but relatively mild blasts and a shower of incandescent cinders, rocks and lava fragments.
The most extreme form of volcanic activity, Plinian eruptions, are characterized by explosive outbursts generating a dense mixture of gas and volcanic fragments that move at tremendous speed.
A Plinian eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD buried Pompeii and Herculaneum under a blanket of ash.
At nearly 11,000 feet tall and 24 miles wide, Etna is the largest volcano in Europe.
The 700,000-year-old volcano is also the second most active on Earth, after Hawaii's Mount Kilauea.
Situated between the African and Eurasian tectonic plates, it generates nearly constant eruptions of varying degrees. Each year it produces more than tens of million tons of lava and over 7 million tons of carbon dioxide, water and sulfur dioxide.
It's most severe recent eruption occurred in March of 2017, when nearly a dozen people were injured.
But eruptions have been recorded as far back as 1500 BC, with a devastating eruption in 1169 causing an earthquake that killed an estimated 15,000 people.
In 1992, lava streaming down its slope threatened Zafferana, a town of 7,000, in what's thought to be the most voluminous flank eruption in 300 years.
Soldiers used controlled explosions to divert the lava flow. etc
[ :: 9-11-05
pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc
[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, etc
:: 12-14-20 ACC Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biggest snowstorm in years set to hammer Northeast
By Jake Sojda, AccuWeather meteorologist Updated Dec. 14, 2020 1:08 PM
Winter storm watches and advisories have been issued across the Northeast for what is shaping up to be the most significant winter storm in several years. Even with travel being limited amid the coronavirus pandemic, the storm, which has still yet to fully take shape, could potentially become highly impactful and disruptive as the first round of coronavirus vaccines continue to be shipped around the country.
AccuWeather’s team of meteorologists is growing more confident that a blockbuster storm will unfold from Tuesday to Thursday, and unload more than 2 feet of snow in spots, with an AccuWeather Local StormMax™ of up to 30 inches expected. The sizable storm will have a wide coverage area, with snow expected to fall from southern Illinois to Atlantic Canada and cover major thoroughfares including Interstate 95.
As the energy from a powerful storm system that slammed the West Coast over the weekend slides east over the upcoming week, it will become responsible for the next major winter storm for the United States. The storm Is poised to strike much of the East Coast, bringing a large swath of drenching rain, deep snow and perhaps even a thick glaze of ice for some.
A quick-hitting storm system racing off of the East Coast Monday will help to set the stage initially, depositing cold air across much of the East for the early part of the week. "As upper-level energy moves from the Rockies into the East Monday and Tuesday, an area of low pressure will begin to take shape across the southern Plains and Southeast," explained AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Tyler Roys.
"This storm system will then turn northeastward and track somewhere near the East Coast, tapping into the cold air that will be available to create a winter wonderland for some." Forecasters say confidence in the exact track of the storm system is still low, and that this will have a large impact on who exactly sees the worst conditions. "As the storm system forms in the South, a chilly rain will break out along the central Gulf Coast and lower Mississippi Valley later Tuesday and Tuesday night," said AccuWeather Meteorologist Niki LoBiondo. "Once it starts moving north, it will meet colder air, and more wintry precipitation will begin to take over with the potential for significant ice and snow across a large portion of the East."
The potential for ice will come first across the southern and central Appalachians, as well as interior portions of the Carolinas and Virginia late Tuesday night into Wednesday. "East winds around high pressure to the north will bank up a shallow layer of cold air in and against the eastern slopes of the Appalachians," LoBiondo explained. "This will create a favorable setup for the formation of sleet and freezing rain as the storm system moves north."
Significant ice accumulations are possible where conditions become the most favorable for prolonged ice, which can lead to downed trees and power lines as they will be weighed down by ice. Even in areas that only see minor ice accumulations, travel could become treacherous for a time. Even a thin layer of ice on roads can cause big problems. Interstates 40, 77 and 81 could all see a time of treacherous travel.
As the storm shifts farther north, cold air will be more entrenched, and ice will become snow.
"There is the potential for a large swath for at least some accumulating snow all the way from the Ohio Valley and eastern Great Lakes, through the mid-Atlantic and New England," Roys said. As the storm intensifies somewhere along the mid-Atlantic or Northeast coast later Wednesday into Thursday, a swath of particularly heavy snow is likely to develop. Strong winds will also develop and could accompany heavy snow creating localized blizzard conditions.
"The swath of heaviest snow and highest snowfall accumulation is dependent on the exact track of the storm, and small changes in where the storm tracks can lead to big changes in the amounts of snowfall for a given location," Roys explained.
"However, with a track near the mid-Atlantic and New England Coast looking more likely, the probability of the heaviest snow targeting parts of the mid-Atlantic and southern New England is also increasing."
Even parts of the heavily populated I-95 corridor from Washington D.C. to Boston could see heavy snow Wednesday into Thursday, clogging roads and causing difficult travel.
Strong winds at the coast can also lead to rough surf and coastal flooding, as well as localized power outages. Mainly rain will fall farther south and east in the mid-Atlantic.
"While we continue to monitor trends, residents in the East need to pay close attention to the forecast over the next few days," Roys warned. "This storm has the potential to be highly disruptive for a large number of people." This storm could surpass the entirety of last winter’s snowfall totals for major cities such as Washington, D.C., Philadelphia and New York City in one fell swoop. Both Philadelphia and the nation’s capital recorded less than an inch of snow last winter with just 0.3 of an inch and 0.6 of an inch of snow respectively. A normal seasonal snowfall in Washington, D.C., is about 18 inches, while Philadelphia's average is around 22.4 inches.
In New York City, just 4.8 inches of snow was measured at Central Park through the entirety of last winter, the lowest seasonal total since 3.5 inches was measured during the winter of 2001-2002. New York City typically gets about 25.8 inches a winter at its Central Park observation site.
Folks who have been dreaming of a white Christmas could end up getting their wish this holiday season, even though the storm is arriving just about a week before the holiday.
"Where the heaviest snow falls, it could leave a thick-enough blanket of snow to last all the way until Christmas," Roys said. "Overall a chillier pattern looks to last until Christmas, so if any locales get around a foot or more of snow, it could be enough to last until Christmas. It could also turn a bit more active again Christmas week, so some spots could even add a little more snow before the holiday."
:: 12-14-20 Front Page mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Equating Zionism With White Supremacy in the Age of Trump
The newest thrust in the campus tactical assault against Israel.
Mon Dec 14, 2020 Richard L. Cravatts
Nazifying ideological opponents is a tactic that campus anti-Israel groups and individuals have long used as part of the ongoing cognitive war against Israel, in which Zionism is racism, Israelis are the new Nazis, Gaza is equivalent to the Warsaw Ghetto, Israel is committing genocide against the guiltless Palestinians (a “Holocaust in the Holy Land,” as one student event called it), and the Star of David of the Israeli flag is regularly manipulated to incorporate a swastika.
This intellectually destructive behavior is nothing new for these anti-Israel activists; what is new is that they made a tactical pivot after the election of Donald Trump, choosing to join the chorus of shrill voices accusing the White House, conservatives, Republicans, and even white people in general of being a new incarnation of racists, fascists, and white supremacists, emboldened and given influence by the Trump administration’s alleged racist and xenophobic ideology.
This newest thrust in their tactical assault against Israel, using the hysteria about a phantom alt-right infecting government and academia to justify a more aggressive bludgeoning of the Jewish state, means that Students for Justice in Palestine (SJP) and other radical campus groups and individuals have felt no compunction at all in increasing the tenor and intensity of their tactical assault on Israel and using the current political climate to reinforce a new slur—white supremacy—against it.
Some of that tactical poison flows to campuses through The U.S. Campaign for Palestinian Rights (USCPR), a coalition of hundreds of organizations that “is ‘at the very heart’ of the global Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) Movement’s efforts to isolate Israel in the U.S,” and which provides resources for radical student groups such as SJP. “Since Trump came to power, we have seen a very open alliance between Zionists and white supremacists,” the organization’s website announces definitively. “This alliance becomes all the clearer when we look at the shared histories and values of the United States and Israel,” since “Both the United States and Israel are European settler colonial states built on the exclusionary ideology of white supremacy,” and “Zionism and the US empire, both manifestations of white supremacy, collaborate closely to achieve shared goals.”
Apparently, this toxic view has taken hold on university campuses. At the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign’s SJP chapter, for example, this hateful ideology was on full display when, in a September 2017 Facebook post, the group announced that since “there is no room for fascists, white supremacists, or Zionists at UIUC,” they had organized a rally called “Smashing Fascism: Radical Resistance Against White Supremacy.” It would hopefully occur to any sentient being that characterizing Zionists as keeping company with or in fact being fascists and white supremacists is not only a historically grotesque notion, it would also seem to be self-contradictory.
And this assumption is dangerous because, if it is accepted by other leftist and radical campus groups, it will mean that, as the UN infamously achieved in 1975, Zionism again will be equivalent to racism, and any supporters of Israel can thereby be condemned and thrown into that ideological bucket of white supremacists, racists, and neo-Nazis that now seem to so animate the imaginations of Democrats, liberals, and marginalized and oppressed minorities.
A student-published “disorientation guide” for entering freshman at Tufts University in that post-election year echoed the same perverse theme: the guide not only disingenuously described the Tufts University Hillel of “exploiting Black voices” for inviting the parents of Trayvon Martin to discuss “gun violence,” but also, more egregiously, accused Tuft’s Hillel of being an organization that supports a “white supremacist state”— namely Israel.
In 2019, in a paean to the intersectionality of oppression that currently animates progressive thought, two student groups, Claremont Students for Justice in Palestine and Claremont Prison Abolition, hosted an event to investigate the specious “ties between the cause for Prison Abolition and Palestinian liberation.” Attempting to create a uniting of oppression, the event promised to “move through the Palestinian liberation movement and the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC)'s rejection of Zionism in order to unmask the white supremacist and settler colonial projects that have worked to maintain Black and Brown bodies in bondage both domestically and internationally.”
In 2019, Rabab Abdulhadi, the troublesome and eternally anti-Israel associate professor and director of the Arab and Muslim Ethnicities and Diasporas Studies (AMED) program at San Francisco State University, was delivering a guest lecture at UCLA. Abdulhadi, it will be remembered, was embroiled in controversy this year for a planned, though eventually canceled, virtual speaking appearance by Leila Khaled, a terrorist in the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, whose resume includes her role in the 1969 hijacking of an Israel-bound plane and her arrest the following year during a failed hijacking of an El Al flight.
At UCLA, Abdulhadi was at her hate-Israel best, claiming, according to a Jewish student attending the talk, “that those who support Israel want to ethnically cleanse the Middle East and those affiliated with Israel and pro-Israel organizations are white supremacists.” Abdulhadi apparently doubled down on the white supremacy slur against Zionism and the Jewish state, as she has undeterred in her personal jihad against the Jewish state, asserting that Rep. Ilhan Omar is “attacked by AIPAC and all these pro-Israel organizations because [she is] Muslim,” and that the United States and Israel have “shared values” of “killing people, colonialism and white supremacy."
In a June 2020 online debate sponsored by Canada’s York University, associate professor Faisal Bhabha, who teaches at the university's Osgoode Hall Law School, after asserting that “Zionism isn’t about self-determination, it’s about Jewish supremacy” and being challenged for that thought by another panelist, doubled down on his toxic views, stating definitively that “I’m equating white supremacy with Jewish supremacy.”
Columbia University, of course, has been a well-spring of anti-Israel scholarship and invective, particularly emanating from the university’s anti-colonial, anti-Israel, anti-Western, and often anti-Semitic Department of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African Studies. In 2018, Columbia’s Middle East Institute, Columbia/Barnard JVP, and other progressive groups co-sponsored a conference which announced it would on the first day have as its topic “On the Palestine Exception (with some thoughts concerning anti-Semitism, Islamophobia and Zionism in the academy),” but it became clear that the actual purpose of the event was to demonize Zionism and the Jewish state yet again. The event ludicrously tried to conflate Zionism with white supremacy, even linking it to Islamophobia and other bigotry. “[T]here is the little-known ZionistNazi alliance to rid Germany of its Jewish population . . ,” a description read. “Richard Spencer is, therefore, hardly an aberration in linking the basic precepts of Zionism to the White Supremacist desire of a white ethno-state . . . . The link between White Supremacy, male chauvinism, anti-Semitism, Islamophobia and Zionism is clearer than ever.”
The year before, as part of the annual “Israeli Apartheid Week” hate-fest, Columbia’s chapter of SJP held a subtlety-entitled event, “Zionists are Racists.” The description for the event resurrected the long-discredited slur from the 1975 United Nations General Assembly Resolution 3379, the odious resolution that declared “Zionism is Racism.” “With the support of newly liberated African nations,” the description read, “the bill recognized the supremacist ideology of the Israeli nation-state that had predicated its settler colony upon racial apartheid and ethnic cleansing. Come learn about Israel’s racist and imperialist policies and... discuss what the BDS struggle looks from the perspective of South Africa.”
These perpetrators of this unrelenting anti-Israel agitation have been leading a virulent campaign to demonize and delegitimize Israel for years now, and it is astonishing that radical groups and individuals ignore all the factual and shameful chronology (of which they have been central fomenters and cheerleaders in the anti-Semitic Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) campaign), and instead are trying to promote the fantasy that, not only do Zionism and Israel embody and perpetrate white supremacy themselves, the true threat to Jewish students and other Israel supporters, they contend, is from the Left’s perennial boogeymen, the lunatic fringe of white power extremists who these willfully-blind activists believe, and want others to believe, are the chief perpetrators of anti-Jewish bigotry.
It is no surprise, obviously, that when campuses attempt to adopt the International Holocaust Remembrance Association’s (IHRA) working definition of anti-Semitism, the anti-Israel crowd is the first to reject its use and complain about being unfairly targeted for being the bigots they actually are, precisely because much of their behavior and speech conforms to some of the definition’s criteria. Some of those points include, for instance, “denying the Jewish people their right to self-determination, e.g., by claiming that the existence of a State of Israel is a racist endeavor,” “drawing comparisons of contemporary Israeli policy to that of the Nazis,” and “holding Jews collectively responsible for actions of the state of Israel”—all of which accurately describe the intention and effect of this anti-Israel activism, and particularly the base charge that the entire Zionist endeavor is a racist one, and that Israelis, in their treatment of the long-aggrieved Palestinians, have become white supremacists, virtual Nazis, themselves as a result.
“If you cannot answer a man’s argument,” Oscar Wilde once quipped, “do not panic. You can always call him names.” The cognitive war against Israel has employed many toxic ideological tactics and name-calling in the past, and the current charge against the Jewish state of being a well-spring of white supremacy is the latest in the unrelenting effort to libel, slander, and make an eternal pariah of the Jew of nations, Israel.
:: 12-14-20 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Email Shows Hunter Biden Didn't Disclose $400K in 2014 Burisma Income
By Solange Reyner | Monday, 14 December 2020 01:26 PM
Hunter Biden failed to disclose $400,000 in income on his 2014 tax returns from the Ukrainian natural gas company he sat on the board of, according to a 2017 email from his former business partner, reports NBC News.
“In 2014 you joined the Burisma board and we still need to amend your 2014 returns to reflect the unreported Burisma income,” wrote Eric Schwerin.
"That is approximately $400,000 extra so your income in 2014 was closer to $1,247,328."
NBC obtained the email from Robert Costello, an attorney for Rudy Giuliani, and noted that it “could not independently verify whether the email is authentic and unaltered.”
Giuliani, President Donald Trump's lawyer, hired legal representation last November as federal prosecutors probed his interactions with two men charged with campaign finance violations. The former New York City mayor also gave Hunter Biden's laptop to authorities. Hunter Biden last week said his taxes are under federal investigation. The U.S. attorney's office in Delaware opened the probe in late 2018, before his father Joe Biden became a presidential candidate. It includes inquiries into potential violations of money laundering and tax laws.
“I learned yesterday for the first time that the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Delaware advised my legal counsel, also yesterday, that they are investigating my tax affairs,” Hunter Biden said in a statement last week. “I take this matter very seriously but I am confident that a professional and objective review of these matters will demonstrate that I handled my affairs legally and appropriately, including with the benefit of professional tax advisors.”
Federal investigators also served several subpoenas last Tuesday seeking information related to more than two dozen entities, including Burisma and Hunter Biden’s Chinese business dealings and other financial transactions.
The younger Biden joined the board of Burisma in 2014, around the time his father, then vice president, was helping conduct the Obama administration’s foreign policy with Ukraine. Trump and his allies have long argued that Hunter Biden's work in Ukraine influenced the Obama administration's policies toward the Eastern European nation.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/hunter-biden-burisma-income-taxes/2020/12/14/id/1001435/
[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.
:: 12-14-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US formally blames two Iranian officers for abduction, likely death of retired FBI agent Robert Levinson
Kevin Johnson and Deirdre Shesgreen, USA TODAY Published 10:51 a.m. ET Dec. 14, 2020 | Updated 3:49 p.m. ET Dec. 14, 2020
U.S. officials called out Iran Monday, formally blaming two intelligence officers for the abduction and likely death of retired FBI agent Robert Levinson who disappeared nearly 14 years ago from an island off Iran's southern coast.
Federal authorities said the actions attributed to Mohammad Baseri and Ahmad Khazai were authorized by top Iranian officials, ending in the likely death of Levinson. The Trump administration identified Baseri and Khazai as "senior officials" in Iran's Ministry of Intelligence and Security and said they were involved in Levinson's abduction on an Iranian island in March 2007.
The sanctions announcement against the two officers, coming at the tail end of the Trump administration, were largely symbolic. But the action could complicate the incoming Biden administration's plans to revive the 2015 nuclear agreement with Iran that President Donald Trump had abandoned in 2018.
"No family should ever endure the pain the Levinson family has for nearly 14 years," the White House said in a statement. "Iran is responsible and can end this nightmare by answering questions for which only they hold the answers. Any future talks with Iran must include resolution to this case." The Levinson family called the U.S. action "one step in a long road toward achieving justice."
"Robert Levinson will never come home to his family alive because of the cruel, cynical and inhumane actions of the Iranian authorities," the family said in a statement. "Because of these men and others like them, our wonderful husband, father and grandfather died alone, thousands of miles from everyone he loved. "No matter how long it takes, we will find the individuals who are responsible for what happened to Bob Levinson, and we will hold them accountable."
Trump administration officials announced in March that Levinson had likely died in Iranian custody after going missing from the island of Kish. Exactly what Levinson was doing there remains a matter of dispute, with some reports suggesting he was working for the CIA to recruit an Iranian spy and others disputing that. Levinson’s case has been a deeply contentious flashpoint between the U.S. and Iran for years. He was the longest-held hostage in American history, although Iranian officials refused to confirm his whereabouts – saying they had no information about him.
A proof-of-life video emerged in 2011, followed by photos of Levinson wearing an orange jumpsuit of the kind typically associated with prisons or hostages. But Iran insisted it was not holding him.
In 2013, The Associated Press reported that Levinson was on a mission for the CIA to recruit a potential Iranian mole. But the FBI said he was working as a private investigator, likely probing a cigarette-smuggling ring. And the White House disputed the story, calling it "highly irresponsible."
Then-White House spokesman Jay Carney said at the time that Levinson "was not a U.S. government employee" when he went into Iran in 2007.
Christine Levinson, his wife, told USA TODAY that she did not know why her husband traveled to Iran. He never spoke to her about the work he did for the government, she said in an interview last year. The Levinsons had seven children, and the youngest was just 4-months-old when he disappeared. The Trump administration has significantly escalated tensions with Iran since withdrawing from the nuclear deal, imposing sweeping sanctions on Tehran's economy and seeking to isolate the country politically.
Biden has said he wants to rejoin to the nuclear accord, under which Iran agreed to limit its nuclear program in exchange for relief from international sanctions. But experts say it will be difficult, in part because Iran is no longer in compliance with the deal's limits on uranium enrichment.
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
:: 12-14-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US sanctions NATO ally Turkey over Russian missile defense
MATTHEW LEE Mon, December 14, 2020, 1:08 PM EST
WASHINGTON (AP) — The Trump administration on Monday imposed sanctions on its NATO ally Turkey over its purchase of a Russian air defense system, in a striking move against a longtime partner that sets the stage for further confrontation between the two nations as President-elect Joe Biden prepares to take office.
The extraordinary step against a treaty ally comes at a delicate time in relations between Washington and Ankara, which have been at odds for years over Turkey’s acquisition from Russia of the S-400 missile defense system, along with Turkish actions in Syria, the conflict between Armenia and Azerbaijan and in the eastern Mediterranean.
The sanctions, which were required under a 2017 U.S. law aimed at pushing back on Russia if the administration deemed there was significant cause, add another element of uncertainty to the relationship as Trump winds down his term. The move is the first time that law, known as CAATSA, has been used to penalize a U.S. ally.
Prior to Monday, the U.S. had kicked Turkey out of its F-35 stealth fighter development and training program over the S-400 purchase, but had taken no further steps despite persistent warnings from American officials who have long complained about that the system is incompatible with NATO equipment and a potential threat to allied security.
“The United States made clear to Turkey at the highest levels and on numerous occasions that its purchase of the S-400 system would endanger the security of U.S. military technology and personnel and provide substantial funds to Russia’s defense sector, as well as Russian access to the Turkish armed forces and defense industry,” Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said.
“Turkey nevertheless decided to move ahead with the procurement and testing of the S-400, despite the availability of alternative, NATO-interoperable systems to meet its defense requirements,” he said in a statement.
“I urge Turkey to resolve the S-400 problem immediately in coordination with the United States,” he said. “Turkey is a valued ally and an important regional security partner for the United States, and we seek to continue our decades-long history of productive defense-sector cooperation by removing the obstacle of Turkey’s S-400 possession as soon as possible.” Story continues
https://news.yahoo.com/us-sanctions-nato-ally-turkey-180800661.html
:: 12-13-20 KTLA TV 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
President Trump threatens to veto defense bill over China concerns
by: Associated Press Posted: Dec 13, 2020 / 11:07 AM PST / Updated: Dec 13, 2020 / 08:19 PM PST
This March 27, 2008 file photo shows the Pentagon in Washington. (Charles Dharapak/AP Photo)
President Donald Trump offered a new rationale Sunday for threatening to veto the annual defense policy bill that covers the military’s budget for equipment and pay raises for service members: China. He did not outline his concerns.
Republican and Democratic lawmakers say the wide-ranging defense policy bill, which the Senate sent to the president on Friday, would be tough on China and must become law as soon as possible.
Both the House and Senate passed the measure by margins large enough to override a potential veto from the president, who has a history of failing to carry out actions he has threatened.
“The biggest winner of our new defense bill is China! I will veto!” Trump said in a new tweet.
The White House did not immediately respond to an emailed request for comment on Trump’s specific concerns about China.
Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky., has said the bill would help deter Chinese aggression. Other GOP backers of the measure, including Sen. John Thune of South Dakota, the second-ranking Senate leader, and Rep. Mike Gallagher of Wisconsin, a member of the House Armed Services Committee, have tweeted that the bill would counter threats from countries such as China.
Sen. Jack Reed of Rhode Island, the top Democrat on the Senate Armed Services Committee, said Trump’s declaration that China is the biggest winner in the defense bill is false. Reed also noted the shifting explanations Trump has given for the veto threats. “President Trump clearly hasn’t read the bill, nor does he understand what’s in it,” Reed said. “There are several bipartisan provisions in here that get tougher on China than the Trump Administration has ever been.”
A potential override of a veto would be a first for Trump and would come not long before he leaves office Jan. 20. A two-thirds vote is needed in each chamber for the bill to become law without Trump’s signature.
The president has made numerous threats over Twitter to veto the bill over a requirement that military bases honoring Confederate leaders eventually be renamed. He also threatened a veto to try to force lawmakers to include provisions — unrelated to the military and national defense — to punish social media companies he claims were biased against him during the election.
Congress has approved the bill, known as the National Defense Authorization Act, for nearly 60 years in a row. The current version affirms 3% pay raises for U.S. troops and authorizes more than $740 billion in military programs and construction.
The measure guides Pentagon policy and cements decisions about troop levels, new weapons systems and military readiness, military personnel policy and other military goals. Many programs can only go into effect if the bill is approved, including military construction.
McConnell, in a rare break with Trump, had urged passage despite Trump’s threat to veto it. McConnell said it was important for Congress to continue its nearly six-decade long streak of passing the defense policy bill.
In addition to the budget and pay raises it would provide, McConnell said the bill will “keep our forces ready to deter China and stand strong in the Indo-Pacific.”
Gallagher tweeted last week that the United States was at the beginning of a “New Cold War” with China and that the defense bill “takes important steps to help us meet these challenges and ultimately win this competition.” Thune had said in a tweet that the measure would help the U.S. defend against threats from China and Russia. “It’s important for this bill to become law ASAP,” he said.
Trump tweeted last Tuesday that he will veto “the very weak” defense bill unless it repeals Section 230, part of the communications code that shields Twitter, Facebook and other tech giants from content liability. The White House said in a policy statement that “Section 230 facilitates the spread of disinformation online and is a serious threat to our national security and election integrity. It should be repealed.″
:: 12-6-20 Daily Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Oregon Doctor Who Discouraged Face Coverings At ‘Stop The Steal’ Rally Has His License Revoked
“Please, take off the mask of shame ... we have been utterly duped.”
By Jeffrey Cawood Dec 6, 2020 DailyWire.com
The Oregon Medical Board has indefinitely revoked a doctor’s license after finding that he and his staff refused to wear face coverings during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and encouraged patients visiting his clinic to remove theirs, concluding he is “a serious danger” to public health.
The panel voted on Thursday to issue an emergency suspension, determining that Dr. Steven LaTulippe “engaged in unprofessional conduct or dishonorable conduct.” NBC News reports that the punishment comes weeks after LaTulippe spoke at a “Stop the Steal” rally outside the State Capitol in Salem on November 7. A video uploaded to the Multnomah County Republicans’ YouTube account shows LaTulippe speaking over a microphone, downplaying coronavirus as a “common cold,” and condemning mitigation policies ordered by government officials. The doctor admitted he had not worn a face covering while treating people at his practice and told the crowd, “Do not let them put you into a state of fear.” He said he wanted to “expose corona mania.” “The purpose was only to shut down the American people,” LaTulippe told attendees last month at the pro-Trump gathering. “This is a threat to your freedom, a threat to our Constitution. I petition all of you, please, take off the mask of shame. It is a mask that is just designed to control you and to shut you down.” As NBC News reported:
According to the emergency suspension, LaTulippe in July allegedly told a patient who asked for guidance on when to get tested for the coronavirus that asymptomatic people should not be tested and that wearing a mask does not prevent transmission. LaTulippe directed the patient not to self-isolate because being around other people would provide immunity from Covid-19, according to the state board’s documents.
The medical board also found that LaTulippe and his staff refused to wear masks in the clinic and urged patients to remove their own masks. Medical board investigators who visited LaTulippe said there were no screening procedures upon entering the premises and no hand sanitizer was available in the waiting area.
As a result of these findings, the medical board ruled that LaTulippe “constitutes an immediate danger to the public, and presents a serious danger to the public health and safety.”
In an interview with the Salem Statesman Journal, LaTulippe said his office has strict coronavirus protocols in place. He has asked symptomatic patients to wear a mask to protect him during examinations, LaTulippe said. He called an executive order from Democratic Governor Kate Brown requiring health care professionals to wear face coverings “an illegal mandate.” “She has no jurisdiction to be imposing shutdowns and to be telling any doctor how to practice medicine,” LaTulippe told the outlet. “I don’t think she knows as much as I do about microbiology, virology, epidemiology and infectious disease.”
He said he is an ordained minister and has been a physician in Dallas, Oregon, for more than twenty years. LaTulippe has treated approximately 75 cases of coronavirus, he said, adding that all of his patients recovered without requiring hospitalization. Describing covid as “a rapidly mutating virus,” LaTulippe believes “COVID-19 is no more” and has already mutated into multiple strains.
“I hate to tell you this – it might scare you, but I and my staff, none of us – once – wore a mask in my clinic,” LaTulippe said in the YouTube video. “We have been utterly duped, and I want you to know that this is insanity.” LaTulippe’s advice conflicts with guidance from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which suggests wearing “well-fitting cloth face masks or facemasks to cover a person’s mouth and nose” to prevent the transmission of coronavirus. “Source control measures are recommended for everyone in a healthcare facility, even if they do not have symptoms of COVID-19,” the CDC website says.
The Daily Wire is one of America’s fastest-growing conservative media companies and counter-cultural outlets for news, opinion, and entertainment. Get inside access to The Daily Wire by becoming a member.
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 12-7-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Top Georgia Officials Are Directly Connected to CHICOM Interference In the 2020 Election
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 7, 2020 - 14:19.
I loathe Attorney General Barr as I grant him no quarter. Let’s not forget that he was the driving force which allowed murderous FBI agents to escape their day in court for the unprovoked murders of Randy Weaver’s wife, while holding their infant, and the 14 year old son who was shot in the back while running away from FBI agents who came on their property without a warrant. Randy Weaver was eventually paid almost $3.1 million by Congress, but that sure as hell does not bring your family back and Barr was on the wrong side of this mini-holocaust. However, I recently had a conversation with New California’s 51st state movement’s President, Paul Preston, which may allow me to temporarily suspend judgment on Barr for the good of the country.
I recently eviscerated Barr in a podcast in which I strongly criticized his statement in which he claimed that Trump’s legal team had not proven there was enough voter fraud to undo the election results. I questioned how Barr would know, because at the time of his statement, Trump’s people had every case of fraud dismissed due to summary judgment and evidence had not been brought forth. Barr’s statement was a misleading lie, at best. However, Paul Preston told me that he had inside information that Barr was baiting the political traitors who would then have the confidence, based upon his misleading statement to certify and verify the fake election results in their states. After Barr’s statement, states like California and Arizona did certify. Anyone who has certified an election with fraud, is guilty of fraud themselves and subject to criminal action.
Georgia's Republican criminal and treasonous Governor Brian Kemp and the equally compromised, Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger, both certified a compromised election of which they had an active part in the fraud. Kemp and Raffensperger’s families allegedly took money directly from Communist China, perhaps to intentionally steal the election on behalf of Joe Biden. My sources are saying this and the circumstantial evidence is speaking to these facts as well.
Further my two of my top five sources on this compromised Georgia election are saying that the Deep State/CHICOM forces are paying the intimidating visits to the principals of the fraud and they are saying things like “We know where your children go to school… your wife gets her hair done at this place at this time…” Threats are even going out to the Georgia Republican Senatorial candidates. And now, the Deep State/CHICOM perpetrators of the fraud have issued “the warning..
”Georgia lawmakers are mourning the loss of a 20-year-old Georgia senator's aide who was killed in a fiery car crash on December 6th", this past Friday. Was this the first warning issued by the Deep State. The aide worked for Republican Senatorial candidate, Kelly Loeffler. What a coincidence!
Kemp’s and Raffensperger’s connections to Dominion are surfacing and of course everyone now knows the CHICOM connection. Further, does anyone else believe that the recent expansion of execution methods by the federal government was not a direct warning?
Hal Turner, known for his sources in the FBI and National Security, saying: “the feds have proof of the payments to both Kemp and Raffensperger.”.
Further, it is known that…
Georgia Governor Brian P. Kemp ordered state agencies to buy from Chinese Lenovo and interlocking vendors on Mar. 28, 2019, undermining U.S. sovereignty, the citizens of Georgia, and the 2020 election
The interlocking vendors include members of Obama’s Technology Council and members of the IBM Eclipse Foundation (incl. Chinese Tsinghua University) that stole the invention of social networking from Columbus-OH-based Leader Technologies, including IBM, Dell, EMC, HP and NetApp.
These are the exact same systems that were employed to steal the 2020 Georgia election. More from Hal Turner:
How did Sec. of State Brad Raffensperger (election chief) not know this since his election machines ran on this infrastructure?
Kemp’s more than 5% shareholding in First Madison Bank & Trust, now United Community Bank, NASDAQ: UCBI), puts him in direct relationship to Lance F. Drummond (TD Canada Trust (Rothschild Inc., Aspen Institute).
The Rothschilds are members of the British Pilgrims Society (MI6), Privy Council with Lord Mark Malloch-Brown—former UN Dep. Sec. Gen, and CEO of Dominion-Smartmatic election rigging computers with George Soros.
Turner claims that the Trump election legal team forced the President to pause before revealing these facts to the public, because they wanted both Kemp and Raffensperger certify the Election results and become a party to fraud and treason. And this is precisely what Paul Preston convinced me was going on with Barr’s comments designed to give false confidence to these traitors that their fraud and treason would go unpunished. But wait, there’s more…
If anyone doubts that Kemp would betray his country on behalf of the CHICOMS, they consider the following account. Kemp’s association with the CHICOMS is well-established. In fact, Kemp is discovering that treason is like the excrement in the toilet that will not flush. Kemp is a moron that was not even smart enough to cover his tracks as evidenced by the following Tweet:
I would suggest that the readers to the twitter site URL https://twitter.com/i/status/1335829560680611840
What did you think of this video from the Twitter account @breakingAllDay? This video, in which Kemp promotes the Chinese economic invasion of Georgia shows the Governor pimping for more Chinese investments in Georgia at the obvious expense of American jobs. This Chinese website contains a list of Chinese businesses assisted by Kemp. Has anyone ever heard of the Logan Act? Only the federal government can conduct business with a foreign entity. A whopping total of 23 Chinese companies are listed on this site as having benefited from Kemp’s prostituting his own office for personal gain to the detriment of his state and country. And now, there are serious allegations that the two top government officials in Georgia conspired with Dominion voting machines and the CHICOMS to commit an election coup against a sitting President and the Constitution of the United States as well as every citizen in this country.
If I were Kemp and his sidekick, the current Georgia Secretary of State, Brad Raffensperger, I would immediately declare a state of emergency and order an investigation into ballot harvesting which we all know has been caught on tape and exposed to the public. Also, if I were Kemp, I would make an agreement to enter into Federal custody with a plea deal in lieu of continuing the fraud. Further, if the allegations are true regarding the Kemp and Raffensperger families taking CHICOM payments, the two traitors and their families may want to strongly consider entering into witness protection. The Deep State and the CHICOMS are playing for keeps. Perhaps this treasonous and dynamic duo will be lucky if they only get 10 years in Club Fed, while their protected families, who allegedly took CHICOM payments, are working as janitors under assumed names! The fate of Loeffler's aide may be indicative of what lies ahead!
While Kemp and his Treasonous Inc. are considering their narrowing options, they might want to consider this fact from the Federal Prison system.
From the Federal Register:
“Federal executions are to be carried out by lethal injection or by any other manner prescribed by the law of the State in which the sentence was imposed.”
In other words, the federal government now will be able to hang, electrocute, gas, or shoot individuals. Treason would likely be at the top of the list for the employment of these harsh methods of execution. This order went into effect on November 27, 2020. If the public does not believe that this was a direct message to corrupt governors and their lackeys, then they are not paying attention to the obvious timing.
The only thing left for Trump to do is to invoke the Insurrection Act against the state officials of Georgia, Arizona, Virginia, Wisconsin, Michigan, California, et al. America, the CSS is just warming up. There are more officials involved that Kemp and his political brothel and these will be identified in a future CSS article as well as the fact that Kemp has committed an act of war against the United States.
[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..
:: 12-8-20 The Mental Recession :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tucker: Shocking Leaked Chinese Professor Video Proves China’s Influence on Wall Street and U.S. Gov’t
MenRec Staff MenRec Staff December 8, 2020
Tucker Carlson segment on a leaked video deleted from Chinese social media of a professor saying that China “has people at the top of America’s core inner circle of power and influence.”
RUSH TRANSCRIPT:
They were yelling about Vladimir Putin, in fact, they were doing precisely what they claim to do to crime. They were working on behalf of a foreign power. Our chief global arrival, the government of China. The Russia hoax effectively was a diversion, hit something that’s not a hoax at all but is real and threatening to all of us. We will spend the foreseeable future reporting on the relationship between America’s political-financial elites and the communist government of China that made many of them very rich. We want to start tonight with the evidence, the remarkable video. This video recorded over a week ago on November 28th. The man you’re about to see speak as a professor from Beijing. The video comes from an appearance he made on a Chinese television show about Wall Street in international trade. He works at a university in Beijing. He’s like so many in academia and a servant of his country’s government. This video was deleted from Chinese social media soon after being uploaded. There’s a reason for that as you will see.
>> [Speaking in a foreign language] [Laughter]
>> Tucker: There’s a lot of garbage floating around, and a lot of fake things. That video is real and those subtitles are accurate. Checks in with two different Chinese speakers and they confirmed it. But he just said, when you read on the screen tells the story. This is close to a smoking gun as we’ve ever seen. “We have people at the top of America’s core inner circle of power and influence. According to the man you just saw, that’s been true for decades. How many people work in media and government? He didn’t say precisely. At one point of the video he described a Chinese agent working as a top Wall Street financial institute. I can’t say more without making political trouble. He did tell his audience that one agent in particular was especially useful. He goes on at some length about her. He describes her as an American who’s worked abroad for many years, who is now a Chinese citizen. This seems to baffle him a little bit. At the Chinese government doesn’t allow dual citizenship, what would they? Why would anyone? He seems pleased that the U.S. Government is foolish enough to allow it. He explains that this American agent who at lives part of the year in Beijing helps with the propaganda operation in the city of Washington in 2015. He goes on to describe in some detail. The Obama Administration was easy to manipulate, he suggests, they helped. The Chinese had many friends among the Obama people. The problem came when Donald Trump was elected after that he says, everything changed.
>> [Speaking in a foreign language]
>> Tucker: Since the 1970s, he said, he is in the in economics professor, Wall Street has had an enormous over the way the United States operates over American policy. The Chinese government he says has enormous influence on Wall Street. And the arrangement works very well for a long time. Then Donald Trump unexpectedly was elected in 2016. Wall Street was infuriated. Wall Street can’t fix Trump, he said, but they tried. This solves the mystery. If you’re wondering why the political class has stood by and allowed the Chinese government to degrade this country and our way of life, why they stood by as a Chinese government flooded the United States with deadly opioids that killed hundreds of thousands of people, or stood by as the Chinese government ripped off billions of intellectual property from the companies. There’s your answer. This year, the chairman of Harvard’s chemistry department was arrested for taking $50,000 a month from the Chinese communist party intern for sending secrets and referring top scientists to Beijing. It barely rated as a scandal. You might not be aware it happened. Why? Because so many are on the take. Donald Trump was an impediment to the very lucrative arrangement. For that reason, he explains in the video, America’s most powerful elites, he calls them gnats, got to work on electing a new president. Again, read the words at the bottom of your screen as he speaks.
>> [Speaking in a foreign language] [Laughter] [Applause]
>> Tucker: Ohl, Donald Trump you know it’s because the Chinese do pay close attention, Donald Trump has complained about Hunter Biden. His ties to the Chinese government. Those are real, he just confirmed. So, now you know why you weren’t allowed to talk about Hunter Biden’s laptop. Why big business aligned as one, the tech companies and the rest, to suppress that story. Because they were implicated in it. Back in October we interviewed a man called Tony Bob Linsky, interviewed him because nobody else would. 20 Paul Belinsky was a business partner of the Bidens. If he was when he told us about China.
>> In the document you guys had and I think has been provided the world, the Chinese reference that because of their trust in the Biden family, the chairman and director were excited about moving forward in this. In the documents, they reference loaning $5 million to the family. The bd family is the Biden family.
>> What are the implications of this going forward if Joe Biden is elected president which could very well happen.
>> Tucker: How does this constrain his abilities to work with China?
>> I think they’re compromised.
>> Tucker: I think Joe Biden and the Biden family are compromised, with China. I think he’s right about that and the Bidens are far from the only ones being compromised.
:: 12-7-20 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Table Has Been Set For Some Really Crazy Things To Happen Over The Next Several Months As MSM Ramps Up Their Use Of Deep State Code Words For A Bioattack Upon America
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 7, 2020
Back on October 26th and again on November 10th, we published stories on ANP in which we warned that we should be keeping our ears and eyes open for just how often globalists such as Joe Biden and the mainstream media used the term 'Dark Winter' to describe the ongoing Covid-19 fiasco.
So not at all surprisingly, a google search for 'dark winter' in their 'news category' has turned up hundreds and hundreds of different stories, all published in the past month alone.
And we're also not the least bit surprised that, while the mainstream media all across the country has decided to jump on the 'dark winter bandwagon' in describing what Americans should expect due to Covid-19 over the next several months, none of them have been reporting on 'Operation Dark Winter', the code name for a 2001 'exercise scenario' in which a deadly biological weapon was used against the American population.
And with this Committee on Foreign Relations US Senate document from September 5th of 2001 giving us absolute proof that Joe Biden was fully aware of 'Operation Dark Winter', with Biden having been Chairman of that committee back then, as we'd warned in this November 10th ANP story, Biden and the mainstream media 'en masse' claiming America faces a 'Dark Winter' ahead should be looked at as a hidden warning to us all.
From this story by Michael Snyder over at End of the American Dream before we continue.:
Could it be possible that the phrase “dark winter” has some sort of deeper meaning that most of us are not meant to understand? We have heard that phrase over and over again in recent weeks, and usually it has been used in discussions regarding the current state of the COVID-19 pandemic. But it also turns out that “Dark Winter” was also a code name for a high level simulation that was conducted back in 2001. That simulation envisioned a scenario in which a widespread smallpox attack was unleashed inside the United States. As you will see below, the simulation was “designed to spiral out of control”, and the hypothetical consequences were absolutely disastrous.
The reason why this is a concern is because so many of these “simulations” and “exercises” end up mirroring real life events that happen at a later date.
For example, most of you have probably heard about Event 201 by now. On October 18th, 2019 a group of prominent individuals gathered in New York City to simulate what would happen during a worldwide coronavirus pandemic…
Event 201 simulates an outbreak of a novel zoonotic coronavirus transmitted from bats to pigs to people that eventually becomes efficiently transmissible from person to person, leading to a severe pandemic. The pathogen and the disease it causes are modeled largely on SARS, but it is more transmissible in the community setting by people with mild symptoms.
Of course COVID-19 started spreading in China just a few weeks later.
We have seen this same pattern happen so many times, and now we are being told over and over again that a “dark winter” is ahead. Some of the many, many recent stories from all across America and the internet which reference a 'dark winter' ahead for America in 2020 and 2021 are titled and linked to directly below.
From Yahoo News published on December 6th: "Rise COVID Cases & Hospitalizations Increasing Concern A Dark Winter Is Ahead"
From CGTN published on December 6th: "Lockdowns, restrictions increase as 'dark winter' kicks in"
From Lancaster Online published on December 6th: "As COVID-19 hospitalizations and deaths rise, a dark winter looms. And we're angry"
From the Herald Paladium on December 5th: "Business Leaders Predict Long, Dark Winter For Retailers"
From Fox News published on December 4th: "Coronavirus likely to bring on 'dark winter' for Americans, experts say"
From Yahoo News published on December 4th: "How to Make the Most of a Long, Dark Winter, According to a Minnesota Dad"
From the Guardian published on December 4th: "Biden urges Congress to act on economy and Covid with 'dark winter' ahead"
From WPRI in Providence, Rhode Island on December 3rd: "It’s going to be a dark winter’: Event industry rallies for more funding from state"
From USA Today published on December 1st: "Biden set to announce his economic team led by Janet Yellen, who face a dark winter outlook, split Congress"
From the Chicago Tribune published on November 30th: "COVID-19 vaccines are coming. But first, a long and dark winter"
And that's just 10 recent stories on a 'dark winter' from mainly mainstream news media outlets over the past 7 days and there are many more at this link. So why so many stories about America facing a 'dark winter' ahead, with Joe Biden leading the charge, when 'dark winter' was also the code name for a bio-attack upon America? As we'd reported in this November 10th story, America is in the midst of one of the 'biggest psyops of all time'.
(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.) As Michael Snyder had also warned in this previously mentioned story about 'Dark Winter', those 'exercises' were designed to completely spiral out of control, with martial law being declared across America as part of their 'end game'. From this story over at Infowars before we conclude.:
A 2001 war game simulation of a biowarfare attack in the United States carries eerie similarities to the current coronavirus pandemic and lockdown that devastated the planet.
The Dark Winter Exercise, run by the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense, Center for Strategic and International Studies, ANSER, & the Memorial Institute for the Prevention of Terrorism, was an extensive simulation that attempted to envision federal government response to a nationwide smallpox outbreak.
A video presentation used during the scenario imagined riots over vaccine and medical supplies, a collapse of the national economy and “desperate measures” the government is forced to take, including considering the implementation of martial law.
A fake news report in the exercise features a biowarfare defense expert using the term “dark winter” as he tells a reporter there’s not enough vaccines to go around. “Meaning we don’t have enough vaccines for the United States?” the reporter asks. “We don’t have sufficient stockpiles for the people in Oklahoma, Georgia and Pennsylvania, much less for the entire US population,” expresses the fake expert. “Well that certainly doesn’t sound encouraging,” the fake reporter says.
"What do you mean exactly?”
“Angie, it means it could be a very dark winter for America,” the man says.
Near the end of the scenario, when all hell has broken loose, the exercise deals with having to impose martial law in the US, details of which are described in the Dark Winter script (pg. 28).
"Options for martial rule include, but are not limited to, prohibition of free assembly, national travel ban, quarantine of certain areas, suspension of the writ of habeas corpus [ie, arrest without due process], and/or military trials in the event that the court system becomes dysfunctional,” the scenario states.
Elsewhere in the exercise’s findings, which summarizes “lesson’s learned,” participants are warned, “Forcible constraints on citizens may likely be the only tools available when vaccine stocks are depleted.”
Given the nightmare scenario laid out in the war game simulation, let’s hope this wasn’t what Biden was referencing when he used the term.
And while a Wyoming Department of Health official involved in the state’s response to the coronavirus questioned the legitimacy of the pandemic, describing a forthcoming vaccine as 'a biological weapon' while warning this entire 'scam-demic' was 'a plot to spread communism all across the planet', Snyder warns that the timing of all of this, especially when we consider 'Operation Dark Winter', is absolutely bizarre. We'll finish here with this excerpt from this important End of the American Dream story.:
And as I already mentioned above, this exercise was specifically designed “to spiral out of control”…
Could it be possible that Biden and others are using the phrase “dark winter” to signal that something is about to spiral out of control?
In Operation Dark Winter, the spread of smallpox also resulted in a “massive loss of civilian life”…
The disastrous contingencies that would result in the massive loss of civilian life were used to exploit the weaknesses of the U.S. health care infrastructure and its inability to handle such a threat. The contingencies were also meant to address the widespread panic that would emerge and which would result in mass social breakdown and mob violence. Exploits would also include the many difficulties that the media would face when providing American citizens with the necessary information regarding safety procedures. Discussing the outcome of Dark Winter, Bryan Walsh noted “The timing–just a few months before the 9/11 attack–was eerily prescient, as if the organizers had foreseen how the threat of terrorism, including bioterrorism, would come to consume the U.S. government and public in the years to come.”
So let me try to summarize what we have learned.
Operation Dark Winter envisioned a scenario in which a highly infectious disease that causes sores on the skin spirals out of control and causes a “massive loss of civilian life”.
And suddenly Joe Biden and other elitists have begun repeating this phrase over and over again as we head into 2021.
https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Table_Has_Been_Set_For_Some_Really_Crazy_Things.php
:: 12-7-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
[REVOLUTION] PUBLIC VIOLENCE RISES - LOCKDOWN LEAVES MILLIONS HOMELESS - 500,000 RESTAURANTS CLOSING
26,618 views
•Dec 7, 2020
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zsbHK9adadc&feature=youtu.be
:: 12-6-20 Daily Mail:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
REVEALED: More than half of NYC firefighters say they will NOT take a COVID vaccine when it becomes available to them
A survey of 2,053 found that 55 percent said 'no' when asked 'Will you get the COVID-19 Vaccine from Pfizer when the Department makes it available?'
The poll was taken by the Uniformed Firefighters Association this week
NYC is setting up plans to distribute COVID-19 vaccines starting this month
But misinformation about its effects have contributed to uncertainty in taking it
The FDNY has already said the vaccine will not be mandatory
By Lauren Fruen For Dailymail.com and Associated Press
Published: 09:21 EST, 6 December 2020 | Updated: 16:18 EST, 6 December 2020
More than half of NYC firefighters say they will not take a COVID-19 vaccine when it becomes available to them in the coming weeks.
A survey of 2,053 found that 55 percent said 'no' when asked 'Will you get the COVID-19 Vaccine from Pfizer when the Department makes it available?'
The poll was taken by the Uniformed Firefighters Association this week, The New York Post reports. New York City is setting up plans to distribute COVID-19 vaccines starting this month, Mayor Bill de Blasio said Thursday.
But misinformation about the effects of a vaccine and the original causes behind the coronavirus pandemic have contributed to the overall uncertainty in taking it.
In August a similar survey found only 30 percent of 645 polled MTA worker said they would be definitely willing to be vaccinated; 38 percent were unsure, 32 percent said they would not take it.
The FDNY has already said the vaccine will not be mandatory; workers at the city’s 11 public hospital will not have to take the shot either. And a petition called NY Teachers Against Vaccine Mandates for Educators has already been signed by more than 10,000 people.
More than 24,000 people have died from the virus in the city; statewide the positivity rate reached 5 percent Saturday. Uniformed Firefighters Association President Andy Ansbro told The Post: 'A lot of them probably feel they are not in a risk category, they are younger, stronger, they may have already had it and gotten through it, and feel it's not their problem.
'They are more familiar with the coronavirus than they are with the vaccine.'
Facebook has already said this week it will remove harmful anti-vaxx propaganda from the social media platform.
A Facebook spokesperson said: 'We are applying our policy to remove misinformation about the virus that could lead to imminent physical harm.
'This could include false claims about the safety, efficacy, ingredients or side effects of the vaccines.
'For example, we will remove false claims that Covid-19 vaccines contain microchips or anything else that isn't on the official vaccine ingredient list.
'We will also remove conspiracy theories about Covid-19 vaccines that we know today are false, like specific populations are being used without their consent to test the vaccine's safety.'
New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo said Wednesday that he hopes to receive 170,000 doses of Pfizer's COVID-19 vaccine on December 15, with additional vaccine shipments from Pfizer and Moderna within weeks.
Health-care workers and nursing home residents and workers will be prioritized in the first wave of vaccinations, Cuomo said.
Mayor de Blasio said: 'We are working closely with the state of New York on a distribution plan with an important focus on those who have the greatest need and need to get the vaccine in the first efforts.' Both the Food and Drug Administrations and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend people receive vaccinations.
'According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, vaccines have reduced preventable infectious diseases to an all-time low and now few people experience the devastating effects of measles, pertussis and other illnesses,' the FDA wrote.
The CDC added: 'Vaccines can prevent infectious diseases that once killed or harmed many infants, children, and adults.'
Dr. Anthony Fauci has said: 'A healthy non-elderly person with no recognizable underlying conditions, will likely start in the end of March, early April. Once you get into April, probably full blast with those individuals.'
HOW DO THE MODERNA AND PFIZER/BIONTECH VACCINES COMPARE?
Moderna and Pfizer/BioNTech have both released interim results of the final stage clinical trials of their vaccines, with both suggesting they are extremely effective.
Here's how they compare:
CREATOR:
MODERNA (US)
PFIZER (US) & BIONTECH (DE)
How it works:
mRNA vaccine – Genetic material from coronavirus is injected to trick immune system into making 'spike' proteins and learning how to attack them.
mRNA vaccine – both Moderna's and Pfizer and BioNTech's vaccines work in the same way.
How well does it work?
94.1% effective (90 positive in placebo group, 5 positive in vaccine group)
90% effective (estimated 86 positive in placebo group, 9 positive in vaccine group)
How much does it cost?
US has secured 100million doses for $1.525billion (£1.16bn), suggesting it will cost $15.25 (£11.57) per dose; $30.50 (£23.14) per person.
US will pay $1.95bn (£1.48bn) for the first 100m doses, suggesting a cost of $19.50 (£14.80) per dose; $39 (£29.61) per person.
Can we get hold of it?
Moderna will produce 20m doses this year, expected to stay in the US.
First vaccinations expected in December.
What side effects does it cause?
Moderna said the vaccine is 'generally safe and well tolerated'. Most side effects were mild or moderate but included pain, fatigue and headache, which were 'generally' short-lived.
Pfizer and BioNTech did not produce a breakdown of side effects but said the Data Monitoring Committee 'has not reported any serious safety concerns'.
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 12-6-20 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Jonathan Turley: Criminalization of private speech coming to U.S.
European-style controls now 'core value in the Democratic Party'
WND Staff By WND Staff Published December 6, 2020 at 4:16pm
A prominent liberal lawyer who has been involved in some of America's highest-profile constitutional disputes is warning of an alarming rollback of free speech in Western nations. The latest is the adoption by Norway of a criminal law that punishes people for "hate speech" toward transgender people in private conversations, noted Jonathan Turley, a professor of law at George Washington University in Washington, D.C.
"Such speech controls in Europe have led to a chilling effect on political and religious speech," Turley wrote. "In their homes, people will often share religious and political views that depart from majoritarian values or beliefs. This law would regulate those conversations and criminalize the expression of prohibited viewpoints." Turley said the "most chilling fact" for Americans is that "European-style speech controls have become a core value in the Democratic Party."
"Once a party that fought for free speech, it has become the party demanding Internet censorship and hate speech laws," he said. "President-Elect Joe Biden has called for speech controls and recently appointed a transition head for agency media issues that is one of the most pronounced anti-free speech figures in the United States. It is a trend that seems now to be find support in the media, which celebrated the speech of French President Emmanuel Macron before Congress where he called on the United States to follow the model of Europe on hate speech." Turley warned that "the very right that has long defined us as a nation" hangs in the balance.
"Once we cross the Rubicon into speech criminalization and controls, Europe has shown that it is rarely possible to work back to liberties lost," he argued. "We are moving into potentially the most anti-free speech period of American history — and possibly the most anti-free speech administration." Turley noted that many politicians are already arguing for citizens to give up their free speech rights in forums such as the internet.
"With the media echoing many of these anti-free speech sentiments, it will require a greater effort of those who value the First Amendment and its core place in our constitutional system."
Reuters reported Norway's law punishes "hate speech" against transgender people in public with up to three years in prison. If convicted of making the remarks in private, the term would be one year. Meanwhile, in Scotland, the justice minister has announced he intends to clamp down on "hate speech" in private homes under a new bill that critics warn could make possessing the Bible a crime.
The bill leaves out a crucial defense included in other U.K. hate crime legislation protecting conversations in the home from police intervention, free speech advocates point out, according to the U.K.'s Christian Institute.
Humza Haroon Yousaf, the cabinet secretary for justice, issued the warning in a conversation with the Justice Committee about the proposed legislation.
The Christian Institute said Yousaf is refusing to provide a "dwelling defense," insisting that "hateful speech" in the home should be criminalized. Lord Bracadale, the judge whose recommendations led to the bill, later advised members of the Scottish Parliament that they should think carefully about allowing a public order offense to extend into the private sphere.
He said concern about such actions is "well-founded."
The Times of London reported the justice secretary said conversations over the dinner table that incite hatred must be prosecuted under the law.
It noted that journalists and theater directors also could face charges if what they write is perceived as deliberately stoking "prejudice." A move similar to Scotland's also is being considered in England and Wales. The Law Commission, in a 540-page government document, has disclosed plans to lower the threshold for hate crimes, including criminalizing so-called "hate speech" in private dwellings, the U.K.'s Christian Institute said.
Harry Miller, a former police officer who founded Fair Cop, warned that if the private home law is adopted, a "comment over the dinner table about a huge range of people could lead to a prison sentence."
Sarah Phillimore, a family law attorney, said: "I cannot believe the government is being asked to consider surveillance of citizens in their own home. How will the evidence of such hate crimes be collected? Will we have an East German-style secret police like the Stasi?" The Law Commission report said that stirring up division over "race, religion or sexual orientation" in homes should be criminalized.
https://www.wnd.com/2020/12/jonathan-turley-criminalization-private-speech-coming-u-s/
[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc
:: 12-7-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Biden supporters attempt to “heal” by bombing home of Michigan Trump supporter
Monday, December 07, 2020 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) Ever since the mainstream media declared Joe Biden to be the “winner” of the 2020 election, leftists have suddenly decided that now is the time for our nation to “heal.” Their version of healing, though, involves bombing the homes of Trump supporters in the middle of the night.
This is what happened to a resident of St. Clair, Michigan, a suburb of Detroit, the other night when he was awakened by a giant explosion. Loving and tolerant Biden supporters had set off a bomb in his living room, leaving a gaping hole in the wall.
Because the man has multiple pro-Trump signs and banners in his front yard, he apparently had to be “healed” through violent terrorism, which thankfully did not cause him or his family any harm.
“We came out and there was a big mess here,” the homeowner reported to local news. “Everything was smoking and I got on the phone and called 911 and they showed up pretty quickly.”
Neighbors reported hearing two loud booms, according to a local Fox affiliate, which they thought was a bomb.
“Surveillance video of the incident showed a man running up to his house and throwing an explosive through a front window,” the station reported. “Another recording captured a man running out of a pick-up truck and throwing a second explosive.”
Watch the below video to see for yourself how loving and tolerant Democrats are who are trying to “heal” from four years of President Donald Trump: Loving, tolerant Democrats now trying to burn people alive in their homes as part of “healing” process
Because of the amount of damage that occurred, it is clear that the two detonation devices were likely pipe bombs. The motivation behind the crime, of course, was that the man and his family support the president.
“We’re thinking maybe because I’m a big Trump supporter,” the man told the media. “I mean, everyone has people that don’t like them … but not to the extent of trying to blow up my house.”
The incident was very traumatic for the man and his family, who woke up to smoke and chaos. The man immediately told his wife to “grab the dog and get out of the house.”
“The explosion went off and it kind of sounded like a transformer, I guess, from a powerline,” he added, wishing to remain anonymous for his own protection. “And then another explosion went off and it shook the house.”
“We were really scared,” he went on to reveal. “I mean, when you feel your house shake and explode in smoke, you don’t know what’s going on.”
The first bomb was apparently meant to set the house on fire and burn it to the ground with its residents inside. The second one was supposed to blow up their vehicle, which was parked in the driveway at the time of the incident.
“Currently what’s very likely a politically motivated terror attack has been ignored by the vast majority of the major mainstream networks and large media outlets, with the exception of Fox News,” reports Zero Hedge.
“This sure looks like domestic terrorism,” added another prominent media commenter and radio host about the incident.
Many Zero Hedge commenters were aghast, yet not surprised, that the incident happened and almost no media outlets covered it. One also joked that the FBI is likely to declare that there is “nothing to see here” and to just “move along.”
“A country can’t stand without law and order,” responded another.
For more related news about how Democrats are responding to President Trump contesting the fraudulent election, be sure to check out Terrorism.news.
Sources for this article include: ZeroHedge.com NaturalNews.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-12-07-biden-supporters-heal-bombing-home-trump-supporter.html#
:: 12-8-20 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Midnight SCOTUS Election Filing BOMBSHELL! Ferocious TX Lawsuit NO ONE SAW COMING Is Legal End Game!
By Justus Knight on December 8, 2020 • ( 5 )
On today’s broadcast:
Overnight, the most ferocious and legal sound election lawsuit to date was filed with the Supreme Court of The United States! No, it wasn’t from Team Trump, it was from Texas! That’s right, Texas is suing Pennsylvania, Georgia, Michigan and Wisconsin in the most legal Constitutionally based Election 2020 filing that absolutely NO ONE saw coming. We’ll tell you why the SCOTUS has all but no choice to take the case based on past rulings and Constitutional law. This is truly a BOMBSHELL filing that We The People cannot afford to fail. Luckily, in so many words, the SCOTUS has already said exactly why they not only WANT to take it, but HAVE TO TAKE IT!
God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 12--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How the Covid Response Has DESTROYED the Personal Finances of Americans
by Daisy Luther
Back when the virus that would soon be known as Covid-19 was just a blip on the radar, Selco wrote an article called, It’s Not the Virus You Need to Worry About. It’s the System. And like much of what Selco writes, it was prophetic.
Here we are, coming up on a year after the virus first began making itself apparent and the world is dramatically different. Not only are there the inevitable arguments about masks, lockdowns, vaccines, and hypocritical politicians using the whole thing as a power grab, but there are very real effects on everyday families all over the world. In the United States, our personal finances have taken blow after blow. Eight million more Americans than last year are now living in poverty as millions of jobs have disappeared, never to return. Data from the review site Yelp shows that 60% of the businesses that shut down due to Covid have permanently closed. People who were formerly struggling are sinking, and many of those who were comfortably middle class are desperately trying to stay afloat.
It isn’t so much the virus that has caused our financial woes – it’s the response to the virus. Federal, state, and local governments have deemed what businesses are allowed to operate and how they must do so. This has resulted in the loss of businesses themselves, loss of sales, and loss of jobs. Nearly every family is feeling the effects to some degree. Please check out our new frugality website for practical solutions if you are dealing with financial issues. Here are some of the ways American families are suffering financially due to the response to the virus.
More people are living paycheck to paycheck. Back in February of this year, a report was released that showed 40% of American workers were living paycheck to paycheck.
Willis Towers Watson’s Global Benefits Attitudes Survey discovered that although 58 percent of workers think their finances are heading in the right direction, 38 percent of employees are living paycheck to paycheck…
…Almost one-fifth of those making more than $100,000 are living paycheck to paycheck, and about one-third say their financial problems negatively affect their lives. The survey polled 8,000 American workers. (source)
That early 2020, pre-lockdown report looks like a glimpse of nostalgia from the good old days. A more recent report has found, due to the Covid response, that now almost two-thirds of Americans are living the paycheck to paycheck life.
With government shutdowns forcing countless businesses to close and then lay off workers, one in four respondents now feel their income is not stable. Nearly two in three (63%) say they’re going paycheck-to-paycheck since March 2020. Millennials seem to be the hardest hit, with 64 percent saying they’re living off their paychecks.
“After the unemployment rate spiked to more than 14% in April, Americans continue to be wary about their job security and income,” writes Highland President Jon Berbaum in a media release. (source)
Anyone who has ever lived through this situation knows that paycheck-to-paycheck is a delicate dance and it only takes one small thing to go wrong to cause your house of cards to come tumbling down.
NSF fees, late fees, reconnection fees, extra deposits, overdraft interest, and payday loans can all destroy the financially fragile, leaving them in a downward spiral designed to keep them trapped. There’s a reason that broke people tend to stay broke, and it’s not because they’re simply lazy and irresponsible. It’s because the system is set up in a way that it earns more money by charging poor people extra.
Hardly anyone has an emergency fund left. Back in 2019, Bankrate released a survey that said only 40% of Americans would be able to pay for an emergency costing a thousand dollars out of their savings. Yet again, those were the good old days.
A more recent survey said that an astounding EIGHTY TWO PERCENT of Americans could no longer handle an emergency costing $500. Zero Hedge reports: But perhaps the most alarming number from the entire survey: a whopping 82% of respondents said they wouldn’t be able to cover an emergency $500 expense without borrowing money.
For context, prior to the pandemic, surveys showed that roughly half of Americans couldn’t afford a $500 emergency expense, which means the number of people who say they couldn’t cover a small emergency has risen by 60%. (source)
An emergency fund is the most important financial prep you can make.
When your finances are tight, sometimes your first impulse is to spend every dime. Many people focus on things like paying off debts, stocking up on food and supplies, or paying more than the minimum payments on bills.
However, that may not be your best bet. Don’t get me wrong – paying off debt is absolutely vital, but most experts recommend establishing an emergency fund as the first step back to financial security. (source) Many people report making up the difference between their income and output with credit cards and other forms of personal debt. Unfortunately, with our somber economic forecast, this is just delaying the inevitable implosion of their personal finances.
People are unable to find work.
An October jobs report showed that millions of the positions lost back in March have not returned, and that millions of people have now reached the classification of “long-term unemployment.” The New York Times reported:
The Labor Department said on Friday that 2.4 million people had been out of work for 27 weeks or more, the threshold it uses to define long-term joblessness. An even bigger surge is on the way: Nearly five million people are approaching long-term joblessness over the next two months. The same report showed that even as temporary layoffs were on the decline, permanent job losses were rising sharply.
Those two problems — rising long-term unemployment and permanent job losses — are separate but intertwined and, together, could foreshadow a period of prolonged economic damage and financial pain for American families.
Companies that are limping along below capacity this far into the crisis may be increasingly unlikely to ever recall their employees. History also suggests the longer that people are out of work, the harder it is for them to get back into a job. (source) In September and October, many large corporations made the decision to end even more jobs.
Disney announced this past week that it would lay off 28,000 U.S. employees as its theme parks struggle. Layoff notices filed with state authorities show that hospitality and service companies across the country, from P.F. Chang’s restaurant branches to Gap stores, are making thousands of long-term staff reductions. Airport bookstores in Pennsylvania and Tennessee are cutting jobs as travel dwindles. So are wineries and upscale sports clubs in California.
Airline job cuts run to the tens of thousands. American Airlines started to send furlough notices to 19,000 workers and United Airlines to 13,000 after a federal moratorium expired on Thursday. Those are on top of reductions at other carriers, and existing firings across the industry.
Altogether, nearly 3.8 million people had lost their jobs permanently in September, according to the Labor Department’s latest monthly survey, almost twice as many as at the height of the pandemic job losses, in April. (source)
And then, things had just begun to look up just a little bit for those in service industries when the second round of lockdowns hit crushing the hopes of many of those who were just beginning to get back to work.
The closure of schools has kept many parents from returning to work or caused financial hardship.
It isn’t just the unavailability of jobs that has made things difficult. The erratic 2020 school year has also caused financial hardship and in many cases, made it impossible for parents to return to work.
Now, I know a lot of homeschool parents will say that people shouldn’t be using public school as a free babysitter. But the fact remains that many families require two incomes to survive. In my case, as a single mom, the school year allowed me to make a living. During the summer, my children had wonderful vacations with both sets of grandparents, mercifully, because paying for full-time childcare for both of them would have taken almost every dime I was earning, leaving nothing for housing, food, and other costs.
If you aren’t familiar with current childcare costs, a person quoted in the article cited below reported that she and her husband were spending an eye-watering $5300 per month for their three children.
While wealthier parents can afford to “get creative,” lower income and many single parents have far fewer options, said Caitlyn Collins, a professor of sociology at Washington University in St. Louis who studies women and families. Some are leaning on family members or just doing the best they can on their own. Others have been laid off, or have had to quit their jobs to take care of their kids…
…The United States has been an outlier on child care long before the coronavirus, Collins said, with price tags far exceeding those in other high-income countries. The average cost of child care for a child under 4 is $9,589 per year, according to New America’s Care Report — more than the average cost of in-state college tuition. It’s much more expensive in big cities: In Washington, D.C., the average cost of care for an infant is more than $24,000.
Rising child care costs are particularly “terrifying” for U.S. families, Collins said, because child care already accounts for an enormous part of their budget, often second only to a family’s rent or mortgage. (source)
Financially speaking, women are suffering the most with regard to pandemic related job losses. Hundreds of thousands of women left the workforce in September – approximately 849,000 – in comparison to 216,000 men. Betsey Stevenson, a professor of public policy and economics at the University of Michigan, explained in an interview why women have been unevenly affected.
…the age group that had the biggest decline was thirty-five to forty-four. And it’s not at all surprising to me, in the sense that the people who are really struggling are people with young kids and multiple kids at home. It’s the parents who have a four-year-old, a six-year-old, and a nine-year-old, and those kids are at home, and they’re trying to do Zoom school. It’s really difficult. Even if both parents had the opportunity to work from home, that’s a really hard thing to manage. I want to make sure that I emphasize that that’s one kind of hardship, and then there’s another kind of hardship, which is parents or single moms who had an in-person job and no child care. (source)
I have more than one friend who has been attempting to oversee “distance learning” while keeping her job remotely and the stress levels are through the roof. If you can’t afford a nanny or you don’t have a family member willing to take on the task, quite simply, someone is going to have to stop working at a time when we can least afford to have our incomes drop any further.
The price of food has increased dramatically.
Food prices increased for the fifth month in a row, according to the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization. People around the world are seeing a 6.5% increase in their costs of commodities such as cereals, dairy, vegetable oil, meat, and sugar.
But your trip to the local grocery store may look like a much greater increase than six and a half percent. There’s a variety of reasons that prices have gone up. Everything from supply chain shortages to production issues has caused costs to increase. There are other Covid-related reasons that explain why you may be experiencing sticker shock:
Shift to eating at home: In a matter of two months, approximately $23 billion in consumer spending away from home was redirected toward grocery stores as restaurants were forced to close due to COVID-19, according to FMI – The Food Industry Association.
Loss of foodservice demand: When restaurants closed, farmers and ranchers lost a key channel for their product. With fewer buyers, it is costly or impractical to harvest, preserve or store some food and beverage products. Increasing production and processing costs: During COVID-19, companies have made investments and adjustments to safeguard their products and employees. This means costs for food production are higher. Some manufacturers have been able to innovate and find new markets for their products, but these changes often entail added costs.
Increasing operating costs for grocery stores: Compared to 2019, supermarket operating costs were up 7.9% in April 2020 and 6.7% in May 2020, according to USDA Economic Research Service.
Grocery stores have remained open during the pandemic and have had to quickly adjust to new regulations, safety and sanitation practices and enhanced customer education – all requiring resources. In addition, some areas of the grocery store, including salad bars and hot bars, have had to shut down, meaning a loss of revenue. (source)
There are also fewer sales:
Usually, 31.4% of grocery store items are purchased on some sort of sale, but at the end of September the share was 26%, according to market research firm Nielsen. The biggest impact was in the household care department, where just 15% of items were sold on promotion, half the usual amount. Heightened consumer demand and strained supply are giving stores little reason to mark down prices, Nielsen said. (source)
While the statistics only note a few percentage points, the real picture looks a lot different.
Eva Rosol was stunned during the summer when a rotisserie chicken that she could normally find on sale for $6 suddenly set her back $15…
….Ariel Neal, owner of Leira Knows Cocktails and Events, has been opting for more potatoes and starches and fewer fruits and vegetables…She didn’t qualify for unemployment benefits or small business relief, and has been subsisting on her savings and the government’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, formerly known as food stamps.
“Before, $20 would have gotten me at least two to three meals,” said Neal, 42, who lives in Calumet City. “Twenty dollars doesn’t do that anymore.”
…Yvernia Wilson, who is on a fixed income and vigilant about grocery prices, was taken aback early in the summer when a large package of hamburger meat she’d normally pay $8.99 for was listed at $14 at the Jewel-Osco she shops at on Chicago’s South Side.
A nice-sized pot roast for Sunday dinner was almost $20, $6 more than she’d usually spend. Even a package of chicken wings cost $3 more…
…Wilson restricts herself to two meats and for some items has resorted to buying cheaper brands she doesn’t necessarily like. She bypasses the organic aisle and sometimes forgoes fruit altogether if it isn’t on sale. (source)
Don’t look for food prices to decrease any time soon. Our supply chain is still broken and getting worse. Another lockdown means that store owners will be trying to get the most money possible from customers in order to keep afloat for as long as possible. The current price increases could be permanent.
The eviction moratorium runs out soon.
And finally, to make matters even more difficult for struggling families, a federal moratorium on evictions will be running out on December 31, leaving as many as 19 million people at risk of being homeless as 2021 begins. A few states will continue eviction bans but most will follow the federal guidelines.
It’s important to note that people who were not paying rent based on the moratorium will now have to catch up immediately or risk being evicted.
The federal mandate doesn’t prohibit late fees (although some local ordinances do), nor does it let tenants off the hook for any back rent they owe. It also doesn’t establish any kind of financial assistance fund to help renters get caught up, a safeguard some say is critical to preventing a massive wave of evictions when the ban eventually lifts…be aware that you may still be held responsible for any back rent you currently owe as well as any rent that accrues between now and the end of your lease (if you have one), whether or not you vacate. (source)
It’s projected that 6.7 million households could be affected by the end of the moratorium.
This is, of course, a double-edged sword. Not all rental property owners are massive corporate entities with teams of lawyers diligently searching for loopholes. This has been a tremendous hit for Mom and Pop landlords, many of whom invested in real estate to have a bit of income during their retirement. They have been unable to evict tenants who aren’t paying their rent but still had to maintain the property in a manner according to the local bylaws, pay their mortgage payments, and make timely property tax payments.
2021 isn’t going to be a magical solution.
A lot of folks have just written off 2020 as “a bad year” and seem to believe that the moment this year is over, the curse will be lifted and we’ll all be able to go on with our lives having survived it and gotten through it.
Unfortunately, the changes that I’ve written about aren’t going to disappear when you put that new calendar on the wall. Businesses that hung on through Christmas to try and sell their remaining inventory could be closing right after the holiday, leaving even more jobs in the dust. Lockdowns could very well become even more stringent after the inauguration, which would keep all the same problems going. It’s time to redouble your preparedness efforts and really examine your situation.
This has been more than a pandemic. It’s been a major economic catastrophe, just as predicted, and we’re in it for the long haul.
How has the pandemic response affected you and those close to you? Share your stories in the comments.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/covid-response-personal-finances/
:: 12-7-20 Trending Politics:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
"The Case Has Been Made": Trump Sounds the Alarm, Says Big Things Are Coming In the Next Couple of Days
233K Views Posted December 7, 2020 in Politics
On Monday while speaking to reporters at the White House, President Trump sounded the alarm when he stated that "a lot of big things" will be "happening over the next couple of days."
President Trump said to reporters, “It’s a disgrace to our country. It’s like a third world country. These ballots pouring in from everywhere using machinery that nobody knows ownership, nobody knows anything about. They have glitches that aren’t glitches. They got caught sending out thousands of votes. All against me by the way. You know this was like from a third world nation. And I think the case has been made and now we find out what we can do about it. But you’ll see a lot of big things happening over the next couple of days." Twitter user Cesare Sacchetti made a good observation and made the following prediction: "Trump doesn't seem worried at all. He's very sure and confident that he will stay in the White House. The bomb is about to explode and Biden's imaginary victory will soon vanish into thin air." The Trump team has been dropping bombshell after bombshell in recent days relating to alleged voter fraud in the 2020 election.
"The Case Has Been Made": Trump Sounds the Alarm, Says Big Things Are Coming In the Next Couple of Days
233K Views Share CollinRugg Follow CollinRugg
Posted December 7, 2020 in Politics
On Monday while speaking to reporters at the White House, President Trump sounded the alarm when he stated that "a lot of big things" will be "happening over the next couple of days."
President Trump said to reporters, “It’s a disgrace to our country. It’s like a third world country. These ballots pouring in from everywhere using machinery that nobody knows ownership, nobody knows anything about. They have glitches that aren’t glitches. They got caught sending out thousands of votes. All against me by the way. You know this was like from a third world nation. And I think the case has been made and now we find out what we can do about it. But you’ll see a lot of big things happening over the next couple of days."
WATCH: Twitter user Cesare Sacchetti made a good observation and made the following prediction: "Trump doesn't seem worried at all. He's very sure and confident that he will stay in the White House. The bomb is about to explode and Biden's imaginary victory will soon vanish into thin air."
The Trump team has been dropping bombshell after bombshell in recent days relating to alleged voter fraud in the 2020 election.
On Friday, former New York City mayor and President Donald Trump's personal attorney Rudy Giuliani announced that a Michigan judge has ordered for a forensic examination of 22 dominion voting machines.
"BIG WIN FOR HONEST ELECTIONS," Giuliani tweeted. "Antrim County Judge in Michigan orders forensic examination of 22 Dominion voting machines. This is where the untrustworthy Dominion machine flipped 6000 votes from Trump to Biden. Spiking of votes by Dominion happened all over the state." etc
:: 12-7-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dramatic Video Shows Bomb Attack On Michigan Trump Supporter's House
by Tyler Durden Mon, 12/07/2020 - 10:40
A Michigan homeowner says he was targeted in a middle of the night bomb attack which left a hole in his living room likely because he is a well-known Trump supporter. He also has multiple pro-Trump signs and banners on his front yard.
Police and media have interviewed the St. Clair Shores resident, just outside of Detroit, after the bombing was caught on tape. He wishes to remain anonymous for fear of further reprisal as police investigate. It happened just after midnight early Saturday morning and shook the house in what was initially thought to be a massive transformer explosion. After hearing two loud booms his neighbors also "thought a bomb went off" according to a local FOX affiliate:
Surveillance video of the incident showed a man running up to his house and throwing an explosive through a front window, according to the station. Another recording captured a man running out of a pick-up truck and throwing a second explosive.
"We came out and there was a big mess here," the homeowner told reporters. "Everything was smoking and I got on the phone and called 911 and they showed up pretty quick."
Watch: surveillance footage & local news coverage showing the two explosions: Thankfully no one was hurt, but media footage showed significant damage to the front of the house, clearly suggesting a powerful detonation, perhaps one or more pipe bombs. "We're thinking maybe because I’m a big Trump supporter," the man underscored. "I mean everyone has people that don't like them... but not to the extent of trying to blow my house up."
Watch below: FOX 2 obtained security footage of a man running up to the lawn and throwing a device through the front window, after which there's a massive blast and debris flying into the street: Here's more of his eyewitness testimony via WDIV Detroit Channel 4 news:
"Smoke was filling the house," the homeowner said. "I went up told her to get out the house, 'Grab the dog and get out of the house.'"
That’s what the homeowner said he experienced early Saturday morning after hearing not one, but two loud booms. We’re not identifying him, due to safety reasons.
"The explosion went off and it kind of sounded like a transformer, I guess, from a powerline," the homeowner said. "And then another explosion went off and it shook the house."
"We were really scared. I mean when you feel your house shake and explode and smoke, you don’t know what’s going on," he added.
He further described that someone tried to kill him that night as the bombing was meant to set his house on fire with him in it.
The second device was placed in an apparent attempt to blow up a car parked in the driveway, based on surveillance footage: Currently what's very likely a politically-motivated terror attack has been ignored by the vast majority of the major mainstream networks and large media outlets, with the exception of Fox News. "This sure looks like domestic terrorism," one prominent media commentator and radio host said.
Local media coverage shows the resident has a large Trump 2020 "F*ck Your Feelings" banner attached to a front fence. However, given the victim is a self-described avid Trump supporter, we don't expect mainstream media and political leaders to treat it as such. Certainly if the story were flipped it would be receiving wall-to-wall national coverage.
:: 12-7-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Monolith mystery baffles Isle of Wight locals as art collective claiming to be behind the shiny statues popping up around the world say they are NOT responsible for south coast sculpture
Reflective monolith appeared at Compton Bay on the Isle of Wight on Sunday
It is three-sided unlike recent American monoliths and appears to be mirrored
Mysterious structures also appeared in Utah, Pennsylvania and Romania
By Luke May For Mailonline
Published: 06:36 EST, 7 December 2020 | Updated: 12:06 EST, 7 December 2020
Isle of Wight locals are baffled by the arrival of a seaside monolith as the artist behind similar shiny statues popping up around the world has denied any involvement with the sculpture.
The three-sided metal object was found by beachgoers at Compton Bay on the island on Sunday.
The Most Famous Artist, also known as Matty Mo, is thought to have been behind some of the other monoliths that appeared in the US.
But the sculptor has denied creating the Isle of Wight structure, saying the piece was 'out of his control'.
The island's tourist board has welcomed the arrival, saying this morning: 'We track all of our marketing efforts, but didn't realise that our 'discover the Isle of Wight' message had got to a galaxy far far away'.' A three-sided metal monolith has appeared on a beach on the Isle of Wight, following a month of similar structures being discovered and then disappearing across the US and in Romania Memebers of the public having their photo taken in front of the monolith found on Compton beach
A closer inspection today revealed the monolith appears to be made of mirrors and stands on wooden supports buried in the sand.
Peter Hudd, a prisoner officer on the island who lives in Ryde, says he thinks the plinth - which was first spotted on Sunday - is some sort of publicity stunt by a local 'Banksy-esque' artist.
The 22 year old said: 'Yesterday I went on Facebook and I saw someone had written a status about this so-called monolith, saying it had appeared on the beach.
'I spoke to a friend and said we should check it out.
'We saw it on the beach - this big, reflective thing, and I thought 'wow, it's real'. Crowds of beach goers on the Isle of Wight were today astonished at finding something rather out of the ordinary on the sand - an alien like monolith
'It looked like it had come through a rip through time, it was so well polished when I found it - like it was from the future, because it was so transparent.
'Having followed all the ones people found in America, I think this one looks better.
'I reckon it was put there by some sort of Banksy-esque local artist, because it's quite anonymous. Nobody has claimed it, they sort of just left it there.' Hundreds of locals flocked to Compton beach on the island to marvel at the mysterious construction, which stands at around 8 feet tall and was first spotted yesterday afternoon Similar constructions have appeared over the past weeks in America and Romania, with the first appearing in a desert in the Utah desert in the United States
However, Peter's friend Tara Seek, 19, thought the origin was something extra terrestrial.
Mr Hudd said: 'My friend Tara thought it was aliens, and other people were saying the same, but I don't think so.
'I think someone has done it as a stunt. I believe in aliens too, but not to the extent that they would plonk this big mirror thing on a beach overnight.'
Will Myles, managing director for Visit Isle of Wight, said: 'There's no evidence of where it comes from. It could have come from anybody, anywhere.
'We take all of our marketing messages, but we didn't realise that our 'Discover the Isle of Wight' message had got to a galaxy far, far away.'
He added: 'I think if it weren't for covid it would be an even bigger attraction, though there are still a lot of people making the trip to come and see it.
'People say it must be great for our island to be compared to massive tourist destinations like Utah, California and Romania, but the flip side is that they are on the same stage as the Isle of Wight.
'Places like Utah and California should count themselves lucky to be considered alongside the Isle of Wight.'
Locals continued to arrive on the beach throughout the foggy morning to catch a glimpse of the attraction, which is just ten metres away from the crashing waves.
Darren Hallett had come on his lunch break to see the monolith. Locals were quick to question whether images of the monolith posted on social media had been 'photoshopped' The 44 year old builder and father of two said: 'I reckon someone came down and stuck it there overnight without anyone knowing.
'There are three or four around the world, so I think someone was just trying to copy them.
'It's still a great attraction for the island though. It's not doing anyone any harm and it's not ugly or anything.
'I actually think it looks quite stylish. It's very American, so it sort of brings that over here.'
Locals were quick to question whether images of the monolith posted on social media had been 'photoshopped'.
But Wight photographer Alice Williams insisted it was real, sharing snaps of the eight-foot-tall structure at sunset in a local Facebook group.
The discovery comes after similar shiny metal structures were discovered and then swiftly removed in parts of the United States and Romania.
Elsewhere, tourists were flocking to the new metal monolith in California, after it showed up within days of others in Romania and Utah being removed.
Following the arrival of the Isle of Wight object, the New York Times approached Matty Mo for a comment.
He replied: 'The monolith is out of my control at this point. Godspeed to all the aliens working hard around the globe to propagate the myth.'
Dozen of local hikers had been making the trek to the top of the mountain in Atascadero to snap a photo with the pillar, which mysteriously showed up on Wednesday. Pictured: The wooden planks coming out the bottom of the monolith The monolith at Pine Mountain is not attached to the ground, different from the one in Utah. It is estimated to weigh 200lbs, making it easy to push over
But, just hours after it was found by hikers, a group of Trump-supporters chanting 'Christ is King' and 'America first' demolished it in the night.
In a video posted to the streaming website DLive, a group of four men dressed in a medley of military fatigues and Make America Great Again merchandise were seen pushing over the monument and replacing it with a wooden cross.
The obelisk appeared to be made out of stainless steel, welded together at each of its three corners and using rivets that are attached to the side panels. It stands at 10ft tall and 18inches wide, the Atascadero News reports. In a video posted to the streaming website DLive, a group of four men dressed in a medley of military fatigues and Make America Great Again merchandise are seen pushing over the monument atop Pine Mountain in Atascadero The monolith at Pine Mountain was not attached to the ground, different from the one in Utah. It was estimated to weigh 200lbs, making it easy to push over.
The monoliths in Romania and a Utah desert were also removed after their brief stints of notoriety.
On Tuesday, images emerged of four men working in the dead of night to remove the strange, triangular pillar from the desert in Utah. The mysterious triangular metal monolith that appeared in the remote Utah desert on November 18 and captured the attention of the nation vanished on Friday
The shiny pillar, which protruded some 12 feet from the red rocks of southern Utah, was first spotted on November 18 by baffled local officials counting bighorn sheep from the air.
Photographer Ross Bernards, who visited the monolith Friday, described in an Instagram post accompanying the photos how four men suddenly appeared that night, pushed the object over and dismantled it before carrying it off in a wheelbarrow.
'One of them looked back at us all and said 'Leave no trace.' That was at 8:48,' wrote Bernards. Sylvan Christensen has identified himself on Instagram as one of the four men responsible for removing the shiny 12-foot pillar on Friday, which was first spotted near to Canyonlands National Park on November 18 by officials from the Utah Department of Public Safety.
In a video posted to his personal page on Tuesday, Christensen and three others are seen strapping the structure to a wheelbarrow and taking it away from the canyon.
'The safe word is run,' one of the men is heard joking in the video as the group cart the monolith away.
The short clip, which has already been viewed over 100,000 times on TikTok, was captioned: 'Don't abandon your personal property on public land if you don't want it to be taken out #utahmonolith #leavenotrace,' accompanied with a shrugging emoji.
News of the Utah pillar's initial discovery quickly went viral around the world, with many noting the object's similarity with strange alien monoliths that trigger huge leaps in human progress in Stanley Kubrick's classic sci-fi film '2001: A Space Odyssey.'
Some observers pointed out the object's resemblance to the avant-garde work of John McCracken, a US artist who lived for a time in nearby New Mexico and died in 2011.
But McCracken's representatives have given ambiguous and at times conflicting responses to this theory, prolonging an international guessing game that intensified further with the monolith's sudden removal Friday. A shiny monolith vanished on Tuesday from Romania's mountainous Neamt county, four days after its sudden appearance close to an ancient Dacian fortress.
'The 2.8 meter (9ft) tall structure disappeared overnight as quietly as it was erected last week,' journalist Robert Iosub of the Ziar Piatra Neamt local newspaper, who had seen the structure, told Reuters.
'An unidentified person, apparently a bad local welder, made it ... now all that remains is just a small hole covered by rocky soil,' local reporters had discovered, he said.
The sheet metal structure had a badly-welded join, he added.
A spokeswoman for Piatra Neamt police, Georgiana Mosu, said officers are conducting an inquiry into the illegally-installed structure, which was positioned in a protected archaeological area from November 27.
The latest monolith appeared outside a sweet shop in Pittsburgh earlier this week.
However, owner of the Pittsburgh candy store, Christopher Beers, has revealed he commissioned the 10-foot tall, 24-in wide triangle of plywood covered in sheet metal to capitalise on the recent interest in the mystery structures. The most recent monolith appeared on the street outside Grandpa Joe's candy shop in Pittsburgh, but it was later revealed the store's owner has commissioned it to capitalise on interest in the structures
https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9025861/Monolith-mystery-baffles-Isle-Wight-locals.html
:: 12-7-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hundreds of black vultures invade Pennsylvania town where they spew vomit that smells 'like rotting corpses' on sidewalks and homes - causing thousands of dollars in damage
Black vultures have increasingly become a nuisance in the northeast US
The birds, which have five-foot wingspans, like to roost in groups on roofs
They tear at shingles and weatherstripping and paint trees white with droppings
The vultures also root through trashcans and spew a noxious corrosive vomit
Black vultures are federally protected and can't be killed without a special permit
By Dan Avery For Dailymail.com
Published: 14:15 EST, 7 December 2020 | Updated: 14:35 EST, 7 December 2020
Residents of Marietta, Pennsylvania, feel like their town has been turned into a remake of Alfred Hitchcock's The Birds.
Only instead of seagulls and sparrows, they're facing a massive infestation of black vultures, which can have wingspans of up to five feet.
The scary scavengers are tearing up rooftops and garbage cans, and blanketing trees with their droppings.
Residents have resorted to banging on pots and pans and shouting at the birds to shoo them away—some have even lit fireworks.
Others hang taxidermied vultures on their property, because the birds appear to be scared of their own dead.
More permanent solutions are in short supply, as the black vulture is federally protected and can't be exterminated without permission. A resident of northern Pennsylvania snaps a photo of a black vulture roosting on her rooftop. The carrion-eaters have descended on Marietta, with hundreds taking up residence in a single block
It's illegal in the US to trap, kill or own black vultures without a permit and violators can face a fine of up to $15,000 and up to six months in prison.
The vulture effigies are effective but expensive and require permission from authorities. The birds have been a growing problem in northeast Pennsylvania for at least a decade but 'this is the worst year,' Marietta resident John Enterline told LNP. 'There are many more of them.'
In the fall and winter, the vultures prefer to roost in groups and are attracted to the heat given off by homeowners' black roofs. Hundreds can be seen on a single block, sunning themselves on trees or pecking at shingles and tearing up rubber roofing materials.
The vultures have also been known to eviscerate windshield wipers and rubber weatherstripping from around windows.
They'll also tear through rubber garbage cans looking for food, leaving scraps and droppings behind.
'They seem to be really drawn to anything that is plastic or rubber,' one homeowner told LNP. 'They have been really destructive.'
Homeowners' insurance typically doesn't damage caused by wildlife, and residents can spend several thousand dollars out of pocket on repairs. Black vultures are protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 and bans on DDT and other harmful pesticides have also helped their numbers to grow.
Turkey vultures are also common in Lancaster County, but far less destructive.
'Historically, the black vultures were limited to the southeast part of the country,' Matt Rice, a wildlife biologist with the USDA Pennsylvania Wildlife Services program, told The Patriot-News in 2019. 'Over the past few decades — really more specifically in central Pennsylvania over the past five years — we've seen a large increase in numbers, and with that, the number of calls we get in terms of damage and conflicts.'
In the past, the birds were migratory but climate change is encouraging them to stay put in the northeast longer. There's more at stake than property values: While usually scavengers, black vultures have been known to kill small animals, making them a problem for farmers and pet owners.
Their droppings can kill trees and plants, and carry diseases like salmonella and encephalitis.
The vultures also regurgitate a noxious corrosive vomit as a defense mechanism: A couple whose Florida summer house was overrun by black vultures told The Palm Beach Post the stench was 'like a thousand rotting corpses.'
And the birds have been known to accidentally drop prey from 300 feet in the air, Quartz reports, damaging radio towers and other property and terrifying passersby.
Local officials have traditionally declined to get involved, claiming public funds can't be used to protect private property.
Marietta councilperson Bill Dalzell says it's time for the borough to look at ways to help residents, including lethal options.
Municipalities can apply for federal permits to kill black vultures, and residents hope a small culling would scare the rest away.
'I would certainly look into it and consider it,' Dalzell told LNP. 'I think the borough has a responsibility.' Black vultures have black plumage, a bare black head and neat white plumes under their wingtips. Black vultures perched on a fence in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania
They're far more aggressive than turkey vultures, which they're closely related to.
Black vultures feed on carcasses but also newborn calves, goats and lambs and will occasionally attempt to feed on adult livestock.
Though not endangered they're federally protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918.
They have keen eyesight but a poor sense of smell and no vocal organ—the only sounds they make are growls and low hisses.
Turkey vultures are native to the southeast US and South America, climate is encouraging the birds to venture further north.
:: 12-7-20 Steve Qualye.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DECEMBER 8 is the anniv. of our war declaration on Japan. Before tomorrow you need to make a decision, because 79 years ago today the SHTF, and it's about to happen again in the very near future, and YOU KNOW IT!
Dear Members of the Military,
Today, 12-7-20, is the anniv. of Pearl Harbor. Tomorrow is the anniv. of our war declaration on Japan. Before tomorrow you need to make a decision, because 79 years ago today the SHTF, and it's about to happen again in the very near future, and YOU KNOW IT! The elite love anniversaries, and the joke is on us "small-minded" citizens, as Obama so graciously deemed us. Our citizen civil acts of disobedience include keeping our non-essential small businesses open, not requiring masks in our work places we manage, going to visit our depressed aging parents for Christ's sake, and hugging our children because they miss their friends... letting them cry hard tears on our shoulders. It is time for you all to ditch your loyalty to the District of Columbia, and bring your boots back to your very own homes. That needs to be your act of civil disobedience. Your grandparents, parents, spouses, and children need your loyalty to them. Your children need you to be there to protect them at their unauthorized birthday and Christmas parties, to civilly confront the police when they show up without a warrant to break the party up, which would in essence, break your family's hearts. Your neighbors in the cities you grew up in or currently live in also need you back home... to your OWN home. Not to my home with your orders to "execute" vaccinations. Your civil disobedience is simply this: Going AWOL in mass, in mass, IN MASS! Let DC hash out their own mess. Remember prosecution and defense attorneys go have beers together after the work day is over, no matter how big or small the courthouse. Don't be the bailiff that goes along with them. Simply go home and don't worry about your possible court martial, or dishonorable discharge. Be brave! After all, "All is fair in love and war." It's time for your "sit-in" at home, in your comfy recliner. Your good ol' neighbors need you too. "Love your neighbor as yourself" is the second greatest commandment per The Good Lord. So, leave your posts ASAP, and take a flight before The Green New Deal won't let you! Uber home from the airport and get back to your immediate family. Then gather your family, sell all your non-essential crap on OfferUp or whatever platform is fastest, and go back "home" home... Near the neighbors that kept an eye on you as you grew up, calling your parent for you when you got hurt riding your bike, paying you $20 to unevenly mow their lawn so you could get that skateboard you just had to have, offering all the fruit you wanted from their yard trees if you picked them yourself, buying 15 boxes of Girl Scout cookies so you could meet your goal even though they were diabetic, lovingly walked your pet back to your home after it wandered into their yard eating their better-tasting pet food, rewarded you heavily with treats, smiles and praise when you brought their newspaper up to their front door from their driveway, and gave you words of encouragement over the fence when you were punished with picking up a month's worth of dog poop in the back yard because you called your sister a "stupid idiot." We need you back "home" so you can get class A driver's licenses to safely bring food, gas, and supplies to our neighborhood stores. With your combat training, trucking companies will need you to keep the economy running, and so do we, your neighbors, your kids, family and friends. We can all starve for a little while, but it's those who refuse to starve and would prefer to take a bat to your German Shepherd and break in when no one is home or, God forbid, when everyone's home. Without you home, we don't stand as great a chance than with you home protecting your, my and our neighborhoods. The UN might come to our doors soon anyway, and you will know how to help us bug out safely. We trust you to do the right thing. Please come home in mass. Please make your decision today to come home tomorrow. Please don't wait for another war declaration or The Rapture. Please just come home and watch with us, wait with us, work with us. Get a job as a truck driver, farmer, ranch help or barter with local stores, offering free security for food or items you can resell for rent. Today is the day to decide where your loyalty lies. You and everyone you know are not promised tomorrow. We need you home, we want you home... come home. God speed.
CJ Dec 7, 2020
https://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=33&d=2516
:: 12-7-20 NC Renegades :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Overt War Starts this Weekend
Posted on December 7, 2020 by DRenegade
ToRE
@TweetWordz
Looks like they are putting out a call for this weekend. @DHSgov
17 Responses to The Overt War Starts this Weekend
https://ncrenegade.com/editorial/the-overt-war-starts-this-weekend/
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.
:: 12-7-20 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
What We Know So Far About U.S. Government’s Plan to Track COVID Vaccine Recipients
What will the vaccine monitoring system entail?
By Dr. Joseph Mercola
Global Research, December 07, 2020 Children's Health Defense 3 December 2020
Operation Warp Speed, a joint operation between U.S. Health and Human Services (HHS) and the Department of Defense (DOD), continues to be shrouded in secrecy, but little by little information is emerging that long-term monitoring of the U.S. public is part of the plan.
At face value, OWS is a public-private partnership tasked with producing therapeutics and a fast-tracked COVID-19 vaccine — 300 million doses’ worth that are intended to be made available starting in January 2021.
But it appears the involvement doesn’t end there. Rather than just ensuring a vaccine is produced and made available for those who want it, Moncef Slaoui, the chief scientific adviser for Operation Warp Speed, dubbed the coronavirus vaccine czar, said in an interview with The Wall Street Journal that the rollout will include “incredibly precise … tracking systems.”
Their purpose? “To ensure that patients each get two doses of the same vaccine and to monitor them for adverse health effects.” In an interview with The New York Times, Slaoui described it as a “very active pharmacovigilance surveillance system.”
What will the vaccine monitoring system entail?
This is the number one question, and one that hasn’t been answered, at least not officially. “While Slaoui himself was short on specifics regarding this ‘pharmacovigilance surveillance system,’” news outlet Humans Are Free reported, “the few official documents from OWS that have been publicly released offer some details about what this system may look like and how long it is expected to ‘track’ the vital signs and whereabouts of Americans who receive a Warp Speed vaccine.”
One of the documents, “From the Factory to the Frontlines: The Operation Warp Speed Strategy for Distributing a COVID-19 Vaccine,” was released by HHS. It also mentions the use of pharmacovigilance surveillance along with Phase 4 (post-licensure) clinical trials in order to assess the vaccines’ long-term safety, since “some technologies have limited previous data on safety in humans.” The report, which lays out a strategy for distributing a COVID-19 vaccine, from allocation and distribution to administration and more, continues:
“The key objective of pharmacovigilance is to determine each vaccine’s performance in real-life scenarios, to study efficacy, and to discover any infrequent and rare side effects not identified in clinical trials. OWS will also use pharmacovigilance analytics, which serves as one of the instruments for the continuous monitoring of pharmacovigilance data.
“Robust analytical tools will be used to leverage large amounts of data and the benefits of using such data across the value chain, including regulatory obligations. Pharmacovigilance provides timely information about the safety of each vaccine to patients, healthcare professionals, and the public, contributing to the protection of patients and the promotion of public health.”
Similar language was reiterated in an October 2020 perspective article published in The New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM), written by Slaoui and Dr. Matthew Hepburn.
Hepburn is a former program manager for the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), where he oversaw the development of Profusa an implantable biosensor that allows a person’s physiology to be examined at a distance via smartphone connectivity. Profusa is also backed by Google, the largest data mining company in the world.
In NEJM, the duo writes, “Because some technologies have limited previous data on safety in humans, the long-term safety of these vaccines will be carefully assessed using pharmacovigilance surveillance strategies.”
The Warp Speed Push for Coronavirus Vaccines
‘Traceability’ a key tenet of operation warp speed
Humans Are Free also references an OWS infographic, which details the COVID-19 vaccine distribution and administration process. One of the four key tenets is “traceability,” which includes confirming which of the approved vaccines were administered regardless of location (public or private), reminding recipients to return for a second dose and ensuring that the correct second dose is administered.
That word — pharmacovigilance — is used again, this time as a heading inferring that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention will be involved in “24-month post trial monitoring for adverse effects/additional safety feature.” Pharmacovigilance, also known as drug safety, generally refers to the collection, analysis, monitoring and prevention of adverse effects from medications and other therapies.
Passive reporting systems for adverse events, like the Vaccines Adverse Event Reporting System, already exist and are managed by the FDA and CDC.
However, a report released by Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, Center for Health Security suggests that passive systems that rely on people to send in their experiences should be made into an “active safety surveillance system directed by the CDC that monitors all vaccine recipients — perhaps by short message service or other electronic mechanisms — with criteria based on the World Health Organization Global Vaccine Safety Initiative.”
What’s more, according to Humans Are Free, “Despite the claims in these documents that the ‘pharmacovigilance surveillance system’ would intimately involve the FDA, top FDA officials stated in September that they were barred from attending OWS meetings and told reporters they could not explain the operation’s organization or when or with what frequency its leadership meets.” STAT News further reported:
“The Food and Drug Administration, which is playing a critical role in the response to the pandemic, has virtually no visibility into OWS — but that’s by design … The FDA has set up a firewall between the vast majority of staff and the initiative to separate any regulatory decisions from policy or budgetary decisions.
“FDA officials are still allowed to interact with companies developing products for OWS, but they’re barred from sitting in on discussions regarding other focuses of OWS, like procurement, investment or distribution.”
Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, Center for Health Security, by the way, has ties to Event 201, a pandemic preparedness simulation for a “novel coronavirus” that took place in October 2019, along with Dark Winter, another simulation that took place in June 2001, which predicted major aspects of the subsequent 2001 anthrax attacks.
Hepburn also reportedly “ruffled feathers” during a June 2020 presentation to the CDC’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices because he offered no data-rich slides, which are typically part of such presentations, and, STAT News reported, “Several members asked Hepburn pointed questions he pointedly did not answer.”
Google and Oracle contracted to collect vaccine data
Google and Oracle, multinational computer technology corporations headquartered in California, in the heart of Silicon Valley, have been contracted to “collect and track vaccine data” as part of OWS’ surveillance systems, a partnership Slaoui reportedly revealed in his Wall Street Journal interview. According to Humans Are Free:
“If the Warp Speed contracts that have been awarded to Google and Oracle are anything like the Warp Speed contracts awarded to most of its participating vaccine companies, then those contracts grant those companies diminished federal oversight and exemptions from federal laws and regulations designed to protect taxpayer interests in the pursuit of the work stipulated in the contract.
“It also makes them essentially immune to Freedom of Information Act requests. Yet, in contrast to the unacknowledged Google and Oracle contracts, vaccine companies have publicly disclosed that they received OWS contracts, just not the terms or details of those contracts. This suggests that the Google and Oracle contracts are even more secretive.”
In an interview with investigative journalist Whitney Webb, it’s also revealed that Slaoui, a long-time head of GlaxoSmithKline’s vaccine division, is a leading proponent of bioelectronic medicine, which is the use of injectable or implantable technology for the purpose of treating nerve conditions.
The MIT Technology review has referred to it as hacking the nervous system. But it also allows monitoring of the physiology of the human body from the inside.
Slaoui is also invested in a company called Galvani Bioelectronics, which was cofounded by a Google subsidiary. “So, you have Google being contracted to monitor this pharmacovigilance surveillance system that aims to monitor the physiology and the human body for two years,” Webb says.
“And then you have the ties to the Profusa project,” she adds, “which oddly enough is supposed to work inside the human body for 24 months — the exact window they’ve said will be used to monitor people after the first [vaccine] dose.”
The conflict of interest is massive, in part because Google owns YouTube, which has been banning our videos, a majority of which are interviews with health experts sharing their medical or scientific expertise and viewpoints on COVID-19, since June 2020. As noted by Humans Are Free:
“With Google now formally part of OWS, it seems likely that any concerns about OWS’s extreme secrecy and the conflicts of interest of many of its members (particularly Moncef Slaoui and Matt Hepburn) as well as any concerns about Warp Speed vaccine safety, allocation and/or distribution may be labeled ‘COVID-19 vaccine misinformation’ and removed from YouTube.”
Is total surveillance set to become the new normal?
OWS, rather than being directed by public health officials, is heavily dominated by military, technology companies and U.S. intelligence agencies, likening it to a successor for TIA, a program managed by DARPA that sprang up after the September 11 attacks.
At the time, TIA was seeking to collect Americans’ medical records, fingerprints and other biometric data, along with DNA and records relating to personal finances, travel and media consumption. According to Webb:
“We now know, for example, that the NSA and the Department of Homeland Security are directly involved in Operation Warp Speed, But there are some indications as to what they could be involved with.
“And the fact that Silicon Valley companies that have been known to collaborate with intelligence [agencies] for the purpose of spying on innocent Americans — Google and Oracle, for example — are going to be involved in this surveillance system … for everyone that gets the vaccine.
“It’s certainly alarming, and it seems to point to the fulfillment of an agenda that was attempted to be pushed through or foisted on the American public after September 11, called Total Information Awareness, which was managed, originally, by DARPA.
“It was about using medical data and non-medical data — essentially all data about you — to prevent terror attacks before they could happen, and also to prevent bioterror attacks and even prevent naturally occurring disease outbreaks.
“A lot of the same initiatives proposed under that original program after September 11 have essentially been resurrected, with updated technology, under the guise of combating COVID-19.”
A key difference is that TIA was quickly defunded by Congress after significant public backlash, including concerns that TIA would undermine personal privacy. In the case of OWS, there’s little negative press and media outlets are overwhelmingly supportive of the operation as a way to resolve the COVID-19 crisis.
But what if it’s not actually about COVID-19 at all, but represents something bigger, something that’s been in the works for decades? As Humans Are Free puts it:
“The total-surveillance agenda that began with TIA and that has been resurrected through Warp Speed predated COVID-19 by decades.
“Its architects and proponents have worked to justify these extreme and invasive surveillance programs by marketing this agenda as the ‘solution’ to whatever Americans are most afraid of at any given time. It has very little to do with ‘public health’ and everything to do with total control.”
:: 12-8-20 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Shock Survey Results show 90+% against Gov’s COVID/Vax hoax
Tue 10:00 am +00:00, 8 Dec 2020 posted by Weaver
HUGE BOOST FOR FREEDOM FIGHTERS AS GOV’S DISINFO OFFENSIVE FLOUNDERS
In-brief Report from
Webwide News
The Gov and its crew of scammers at Suppression Central could be facing a personal catastrophe of unprecedented magnitude.
This reporter filled in an online survey set up to discover public opinion about the COVID scam and the current vaccines caper.
As I clicked the appropriate box under each question, it gave me the current percentages of how the vote is going. I’ve summarised them below. They shocked even me.
Along with other observers, I’d guesstimated that roughly 30% were WITH the Gov on the Vax issue and 70% were AGAINST, such is the state of play as the Great Scam comes apart at the seams.
The Health Sec’s recent address to the House – complete with the nauseating shedding of crocodile tears – in which he fulsomely over-praised the rushed, and improperly tested, negligently overseen vax that spearheads the playing of Russian Roulette with the nation’s health, is widely seen as a desperate exercise to reverse the turning tide of simmering unrest.
Well, if the survey cited here is anything to go by, the damage limitation has failed abysmally and Hancock was in the position of trying to save the Titanic by sticking his bum in the tear made by the iceberg.
The metaphorical iceberg in this instance is largely the sloppy disinformation offensive that stitched the scam together and started to unravel the moment anyone so much as glanced at it.
Beside a scam badly put together by people with more evil than intelligence, we were also treated to the spectacle of the Prime Minister and Health Secretary being really really unconvincing liars despite having had lots and lots of continual practice.
If you are going to go on telly and try to sell the nation a whole crock of sh*t, it is best not to look, if you can, creepy and devious (Hancock) or manic and devious (PM).
Be that as it may, the percentages, as things stood, are summarised below.
If I were the crew at Suppression Central, I’d be more than shocked by these numbers.
I’d be terrified and getting ready to run away. And very quickly.
Here are the shocking stats
QUESTION 1 SHOULD VACC’INES BE MANDATORY? RESPONSE. NO = 94.97%
QUESTION 2 ARE YOU GETTING THE COVID JAB? RESPONSE. NO = 91.43%
QUESTION 3 WAS GOV REACTION TO COVID19 WORSE THAT THE BUG? RESPONSE. YES = 90.76%
QUESTION 4 DO YOU SUPPORT LOCKDOWNS OR MILITARY INVOLVEMENT? RESPONSE. NO = 92.83%
QUESTION 5 SHOULD MASKS BE MANDATORY? RESPONSE. NO =90.65%
QUESTION 6 DO YOU TRUST THE WHO? RESPONSE. NO = 90.29%
QUESTION 7 WAS COVID19 POLITICISED BY THE MSM? RESPONSE.YES 94.58%
CLICK HERE TO VISIT THE SITE, TAKE THE POLL AND SEE THE CURRENT PERCENTAGES FOR YOURSELF.
Have fun!
https://www.thelibertybeacon.com/shock-survey-results-show-90-against-govs-covid-vax-hoax/
http://tapnewswire.com/2020/12/shock-survey-results-show-90-against-govs-covid-vax-hoax/
:: 12-6-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
33 million Californians face COVID-19 stay-at-home order that will restrict movements and business
Alex Wigglesworth, Rong-Gong Lin II, Sean Greene Sun, December 6, 2020, 8:00 AM EST
A new stay-at-home order will be imposed on Southern California and the San Joaquin Valley Sunday night, as the coronavirus crisis spirals out of control with a speed that has exceeded health officials' most dire projections.
Some 33 million Californians will be subject to the new order, representing 84% of the state’s population. The state mandated the restrictions in the Southland and Central Valley as capacity at hospitals' intensive care units hit dangerously low levels. Five Bay Area counties will also begin lockdown restrictions in the coming days despite not yet reaching the threshold at which such action is mandated by the state.
The rules are less sweeping than California's pioneering stay-at-home order in the spring, which is credited with slowing the first COVID-19 wave. But the new order will change daily life for many, especially in suburban Southern California counties like Orange and Ventura, which so far have enjoyed more open economies than hard-hit Los Angeles County. Southern California and the San Joaquin Valley will implement the order Sunday at 11:59 p.m. Restaurants must halt in-person dining and can offer food only for delivery and takeout. Gatherings of people from different households will be prohibited, except for outdoor church services and political demonstrations. Affected communities will be required to close hair and nail salons, playgrounds, zoos, museums, card rooms, aquariums and wineries. Nonessential travel and use of hotels for leisure will be banned, as will overnight, short-term stays at campgrounds. All retail can remain open, but at 20% capacity.
The rules will remain in place for at least three weeks. Los Angeles has been under a modified stay-at-home order since Monday.
The restrictions, which come amid the holiday season, are facing increasing criticism. Some officials were quick to slam Gov. Gavin Newsom for going too far. But new data show that the coronavirus is spreading through communities at alarming rates. L.A. County has broken single-day case records in four of the last five days. On Saturday, 9,218 coronavirus cases were reported, according to The Times’ independent tally. This exceeded Friday's record of 8,562 cases, which in turn broke Thursday's record of 7,713. The numbers mean L.A. County is seeing a more rapid uptick in coronavirus cases than what officials privately forecast last week.
The stay-at-home order — the latest in a series of attempts to slow the spread of the coronavirus and prevent local healthcare systems from becoming overwhelmed — is triggered when a region’s ICU capacity drops below 15%. On Saturday, Southern California’s ICU capacity was 12.5%, and the San Joaquin Valley’s was 8.6%, according to data released by the state.
Officials have said the measures are needed to avoid a crush of COVID-19 patients that could jeopardize hospitals’ ability to care for them and for patients with other conditions. Mortality rates can dramatically increase when ICUs are stretched beyond capacity, and officials have warned that there are limits on the number of doctors, nurses and other healthcare providers who are trained in providing intensive care. Quality of care can fall substantially if hospitals are forced to transfer critically ill patients to parts of the hospital that are not designed for such use.
Health officials in some rural sections of California said conditions in hospitals are increasingly bleak. In San Benito County, the only hospital is “completely full,” Dr. David Ghilarducci, the county’s public health officer, said in a statement. “This is an alarming situation that could get much worse.”
Remote counties are dependent on neighboring areas for care, officials said, meaning that if one or two hospitals become overwhelmed, a domino effect could occur.
“Our mountain communities rely on the region for ICU-level care for COVID and other serious medical conditions, transferring our sickest to hospitals in the San Joaquin Valley,” said Dr. Eric Sergienko, health officer for Mariposa County and acting health officer for Tuolumne County. “These hospitals are stretched to capacity.”
In L.A. County, COVID-19 hospitalizations increased to 2,855 on Friday from 2,769 on Thursday; for comparison, there were about 750 in mid-October. The number will probably continue to rise, as 49,000 people tested positive over the past week, and about 10% of them are expected to require hospital care, Barbara Ferrer, the county health director, said Saturday.
“That translates to close to 5,000 patients, and if even 20% of these patients need care in the ICU, they will require 1,000 staffed ICU beds,” Ferrer said.
Conditions are worsening in suburban Southern California counties, but some are in better shape than Los Angeles County. Some officials in those counties said the state should have tailored a plan that considers local differences.
Officials of Ventura County noted that the Southern California region is home to more than half the state’s population and are urging Newsom “to consider smaller, more targeted regions.”
San Luis Obispo County issued a similar statement, saying its ICU capacity is higher than that of most other counties in the Southern California region.
“We are disappointed to be categorized in the Southern California region and continue to ask state officials to reconsider our regional assignment to better represent the local ICU capacity,” said Dr. Penny Borenstein, San Luis Obispo County’s health officer.
Orange County Supervisor Lisa Bartlett said she supports a regional approach so that counties can assist one another if their hospitals fill up, but the state’s categories are simply too broad.
“Grouping 11 counties in Southern California into one region, particularly with one county that represents over 25% of the state’s population, is problematic,” she said, referring to Los Angeles, the state’s most populous county.
Bartlett noted that Orange County’s ICU capacity is more than 20%, compared with the regional availability of 12.5%. By being forced to shut down or reduce operations, she said, some business sectors, like restaurants and theme parks, are being “unfairly punished” by the new rules.
“Based on our current ICU bed capacity, I think Orange County is in fairly good shape, but that could also change very quickly,” Bartlett said. “Our ICU bed capacity literally dropped 15% in one week. So we have to watch things very carefully.”
Keegan Hicks, owner of the Harbor Grill in Dana Point, took a break from seating customers Saturday night, when the popular restaurant was completely booked.
“We understand why these measures are being taken. We have nothing but concern and solidarity for front-line hospital workers,” Hicks said. “But we believe that outdoor dining — as long as the restaurant is taking the proper protocols — is not responsible for the spread of the coronavirus."
He said the restaurant reopened in May, and there have been no known coronavirus cases stemming from his customers or his 60 employees.
"We believe complete industry shutdown is outrageous. We will comply, but we hope that our local legislator — and at the state level — will work on a variance for outdoor dining, as long as outdoor dining is being done responsibly by customers and restaurants," he added.
When Los Angeles County suspended outdoor dining Monday, the move sparked a backlash. A video went viral of an L.A. restaurant owner talking about the devastation the rules were having on her eatery while pointing to a nearby movie shoot, where caterers were serving food to people under outdoor tents.
"I am losing everything." she said. "Everything I own is being taken away from me."
Times staff writer Thomas Curwen contributed to this report.
This story originally appeared in Los Angeles Times.
https://news.yahoo.com/33-million-californians-face-covid-130053092.html
:: 12-7-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Vaccine COVID = IRREVERSIBLE GENETIC DAMAGE – A CRIME AGAINST HUMANITY
Jack Metir Uncategorized December 7, 2020 5 Minutes
For the first time in the history of vaccination, the so-called last generation mRNA vaccines intervene directly in the genetic material of the patient and therefore alter the individual genetic material, which represents the genetic manipulation, something that was already forbidden and until then considered criminal.
This intervention can be compared to genetically manipulated food, which is also highly controversial. Even if the media and politicians currently trivialize the problem and even stupidly call for a new type of vaccine to return to normality, this vaccination is problematic in terms of health, morality and ethics, and also in terms of genetic damage that, unlike the damage caused by previous vaccines, will be irreversible and irreparable.
Dear patients, after an unprecedented mRNA vaccine, you will no longer be able to treat the vaccine symptoms in a complementary way. They will have to live with the consequences, because they can no longer be cured simply by removing toxins from the human body, just as a person with a genetic defect like Down syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Turner syndrome, genetic cardiac arrest, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, Rett syndrome, etc.), because the genetic defect is forever!
This means clearly: if a vaccination symptom develops after an mRNA vaccination, neither I nor any other therapist can help you, because the damage caused by the vaccination will be genetically irreversible. In my opinion, these new vaccines represent a crime against humanity that has never been committed in such a big way in history. As Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, an experienced doctor, said: In fact, this “promising vaccine” for the vast majority of people should be FORBIDDEN, because it is genetic manipulation! ”
The vaccine, developed and endorsed by Anthony Fauci and funded by Bill Gates, uses experimental mRNA technology. Three of the 15 human guinea pigs (20%) experienced a “serious adverse event”. The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.
We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back. And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.
We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.
What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things? Note: messenger RNA or mRNA is the ribonucleic acid that transfers the genetic code of the DNA of the cell nucleus to a ribosome in the cytoplasm, that is, the one that determines the order in which the amino acids of a protein bind and act as a mold or pattern for the synthesis of that protein.
Vaccine COVID = IRREVERSIBLE GENETIC DAMAGE – A CRIME AGAINST HUMANITY.
DOES CORONAVIRUS EXIST OR NOT? CLARIFICATION:
1. DOES THE VIRUS EXIST?
Yes, like many other viruses.
2. DOES IT HAVE A CURE?
Yes, if you use the proper medicines and do not leave your health in the hands of corrupt and mercantile health systems.
3. ARE THERE GOOD DOCTORS?
Yes and many, some are acting discreetly giving appropriate treatments, others have been bolder and there are many videos in the networks talking about these treatments, and many have been threatened, disqualified or silenced.
4. ARE SCIENTISTS INVESTIGATING?
Yes, and there is a world union calling for more doctors and scientists called Doctors and Scientists for Truth, to expose the falsity of the treatment they have given to the bug issue.
5. IS IT A PANDEMIC?
No. The WHO changed the term that referred to the pandemic, before the bug was launched in order to end the pandemic.
6. IS IT CONTAGIOUS?
Yes, like all flu.
7. IF I CATCH THE VIRUS, DOES IT MEAN THAT I WILL DIE?
No. If you have symptoms, just take the appropriate medicine from the first day (strengthen the immune system, take anti-inflammatory and anti-influenza) and cure yourself at home.
8. CAN IT BE PREVENTED?
Yes, being as clean as you should be, and maintaining a high immune system. And you also have: Ozone Therapy, Chlorine Dioxide with the preventive protocol.
9. ARE THE COUNT OF INFECTED AND DEAD BY THE VIRUS CERTAIN?
No. In the USA it was discovered that any data, would be in fact 10% of that number, because the causes of deaths were other diseases, and the tests are not reliable, they give false positives.
10. ARE ASYMPTOMATIC REAL CASES OF POSITIVES?
The human being has many microorganisms and viruses in the body and this does not mean that you are a sick or infected person, or that you have the virus, however, the viruses that are supposedly “so aggressive” present some symptoms in the patients because the body releases alarms from an intruder (fever, headache, vomiting, etc.) and according to Koch’s theory the answer is NO.
11. WAS THE VIRUS CREATED?
Yes, in a laboratory.
13. FOR WHAT PURPOSE?
To be the excuse to restrict freedoms, to change the current economic system to a more oppressive / enslaving, scary, blind flock obedience.
14. ARE MANY COUNTRIES PART OF THIS MALICIOUS PLAN?
Yes.
15. WILL WE GET OUT OF THIS?
Yes. And all those who contributed to the deaths and the plan will fall, and they will pay for what they did.
16. MUST I BE AFRAID?
No. Fear diminishes your immune system and makes you mentally controllable
17. IS THE MEDIA PART OF THE PLAN?
Yes. The owners of the media are accomplices. This is called mind control.
18. WHAT SHOULD I DO?
You protect yourself, and if you get sick you already know how to heal yourself at home, or with your trusted doctor who will not commit to the abandonment protocol.
19. SHOULD I BE VACCINATED?
No. If you get healthy, vaccines bring chemicals, heavy metals and a series of “bugs” that will only affect your health more in the medium and long term, both physically and mentally. It’s your body, and it’s your right to decide about it, and about your physical and mental health. Would you trust a vaccine after a virus has been created to exterminate humanity?
20. IS THIS A WAR?
Yes.! And we will be victorious! We need to stay together and wake other people up, giving a lot of information.
:: 12-7-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Congress faces a government shutdown if a spending deal isn't reached this week
Nicholas Wu and Christal Hayes, USA TODAY Published 12:55 p.m. ET Dec. 7, 2020 | Updated 4:22 p.m. ET Dec. 7, 2020
WASHINGTON – The federal government might be heading for a shutdown at the end of the week if Congress can't agree on a bill to fund the government this week.
Seeking to avoid tough decisions on a spending bill until after the election, Congress punted a key deadline until Friday after passing a bill to keep the government funded at current levels in late September.
Lawmakers have been negotiating a comprehensive bill to fund the government through the next fiscal year, but it might not be ready by the end of this week as Republicans and Democrats resolve their remaining disagreements.
Rather than passing a spending bill this week, however, lawmakers are likely to punt the deadline one week further by voting on a one-week extension of government funding. House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer, D-Md., announced Monday the House would vote on a one-week extension of funding on Wednesday to "keep government open while negotiations continue" on government funding. What are Congress' options?
Congress has several legislative options to avoid a government shutdown. They could pass what is known as a "continuing resolution," where Congress opts to fund the government at current levels until a certain date, kicking more difficult decisions down the line.
It is possible Congress could agree on a comprehensive funding bill by the end of the week, but with the House scheduled to leave after Thursday and lawmakers indicating work still remains on a spending bill, it is a less likely outcome. Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, told reporters Thursday that he was frustrated by the pace of negotiations, calling it "ridiculous" lawmakers had not brought a bill to the floor yet.
If the House successfully passes a short-term funding extension, the Senate will have to also pass the stop-gap measure. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said Monday that the chamber would also vote on the one-week extension this week before it goes to President Donald Trump for his signature. What if the government shuts down?
Government shutdowns have not exactly been rare under Trump. Over his four years in office, the federal government shut down three times – including the longest-ever shutdown in modern U.S. history.
That shutdown, from December 2018 to January 2019, was 35 days long. It stemmed from a standoff between Congress and the White House over funding for a wall along the southern U.S. border and forced about 800,000 federal government workers to go on furlough or without pay. If Congress doesn't act by Friday, thousands of government workers considered nonessential would again be furloughed or forced to work without pay until the shutdown ends. A shutdown would likely have ripple effects, affecting everything from air travel to government health agencies handling the coronavirus pandemic.
National parks may close, airport operations could slow as workers are furloughed, and the paralysis could affect the economy, which has been battered by the coronavirus pandemic. The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office estimated tax revenue was down $2 billion in 2019 because the IRS had halted some operations during the shutdown. Could COVID-19 stimulus be part of a spending deal?
Congress and the White House have been at an impasse over another coronavirus stimulus package for months, but last week, key lawmakers appeared to make concessions in hopes a bill could pass before both chambers go home for the holidays. Leaders in the House and Senate have restarted discussions and say the best chance in passing any relief is by adding it to the annual spending bill.
Coronavirus relief talks restart: Competing COVID-19 relief proposals introduced as Congress sprints to pass aid But that would have to happen quickly, because the House is scheduled to leave town at the end of the week.
Both sides have yet to fully agree on a spending deal. Some of the biggest sticking points, according to a Democratic aide, revolve around immigration, as they have in years past – with funding for a wall along the southern border and immigrant detention beds for Immigration and Customs Enforcement – at the center of the dispute. Another hurdle is possibly adding language on police reform after a summer of protests over the killings of unarmed Black people, including George Floyd in Minneapolis.
Both sides then would have to agree come to an agreement on COVID-19 relief. The biggest hurdles revolve around money for state and local governments, a key item Democrats have insisted on, and liability protections for businesses, something Republicans have required in any relief bill. Though there is optimism growing on passing relief, Democrats and Republicans will have to quickly come to a deal so both chambers can pass a bill before Friday's deadline. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., remained optimistic last week.
"We have the time to do it," she said Friday. "We are going to keep government open."
She added that Congress has the momentum to quickly agree on both a government spending deal and a COVID-19 relief package.
"We'll take the time we need, and we must get it done, and we must get it done before we leave. We cannot leave without it," she said.
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 12-7-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
6 troops injured, 4 Palestinians shot in clash at Jerusalem refugee camp
Border Police say locals in Qalandiya dropped heavy objects from roofs, endangered officers’ lives during arrest operation in Qalandiya
By TOI staff 7 December 2020, 11:55 am
Violent clashes broke out Monday morning between Palestinians and Israeli troops at a Jerusalem refugee camp, with injuries suffered by both sides.
Six Israeli border troops were hurt when residents of the Qalandiya refugee camp rioted and hurled cinderblocks and other heavy objects at officers from roofs, the Border Police said in a statement. All six suffered light wounds. Some were hospitalized. The troops feared for their lives and opened fire on the protesters, the Border Police said.
The Palestinian Authority Health Ministry said four Palestinians were injured, three of them seriously and one moderately, all allegedly from live fire.
The ministry said the three serious patients were undergoing surgery, two of them after taking bullets in the chest and one having been struck in the femoral artery. The Border Police gendarmerie had entered the camp, which lies beyond the security barrier but is within Jerusalem’s municipal boundaries, in order to arrest three people wanted on suspicion of car theft.
Troops from the Israel Defense Forces eventually came in and arrested two of them, and all Israeli forces left the area, the Border Police said.
The Border Police did not say what type of fire was used in the incident, which also included the use of other riot control measures. The incident came days after the death of a Palestinian teenager who was reportedly shot by Israeli troops during a riot on Friday. According to Palestinian reports, Ali Abu Aliya, 13, was shot in the stomach during a violent protest in Kafr Malik in the central West Bank against the establishment of a new settlement outpost.
The IDF announced a probe of the incident on Sunday. The military initially denied using live ammunition to break up the protest, saying instead that it had only used less-lethal riot dispersal weapons like rubber-tipped bullets, but later admitted that soldiers had in fact used .22-caliber Ruger rounds. Those bullets, smaller than normal ones, are often used as riot dispersal weapons as they are generally considered less lethal, though they can kill especially if used incorrectly.
Abu Aliya was buried in his home village of al-Mughayyir on Saturday. Clashes broke out between Israeli security forces and Palestinians during his funeral.
:: 12-6-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Video: The Man God Became HalLindsey.com • December 6, 2020
:: 12-7-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Questions GOP Gov. Kemp on Signature Verification
By Solange Reyner | Monday, 07 December 2020 12:48 PM
President Donald Trump on Monday questioned GOP Georgia Gov. Brian Kemp for not enforcing signature verification on election ballots.
“The Republican Governor of Georgia refuses to do signature verification, which would give us an easy win,” Trump tweeted Monday morning. “What’s wrong with this guy? What is he hiding?”
Kemp says he has backed the verification on several occasions, tweeting on Dec. 5: “As I told the President this morning, I’ve publicly called for a signature audit three times (11/20, 11/24, 12/3) to restore confidence in our election process and to ensure that only legal votes are counted in Georgia.”
A signature verification would need to be court-ordered to be performed, according to Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger. Georgia is set to recertify its presidential election results later Monday for Joe Biden following three counts of ballots, according to Raffensperger.
"We have now counted legally cast ballots three times and the results remain unchanged," Raffensperger said during a press conference Monday morning. "Whether it is the President of the United States or a failed gubernatorial candidate, disinformation regarding election administration should be condemned and rejected. Integrity matters. Truth matters."
"Today, the secretary of state's office will be recertifying our state's election results. Then the safe harbor, under the United States code to name electors, is tomorrow, and then they will meet on December 14 to officially elect the next President."
Trump’s legal team continues to mount challenges in several battleground states over alleged voting fraud and voting irregularitits.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-kemp-signature-voting/2020/12/07/id/1000384/
:: 12--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump plans to outshine Biden on Inauguration Day with opposing rally: report
Trump plans to skip the swearing-in ceremony of his successor
By Yael Halon | Fox News
Talk about going out with a bang. A new report from Axios claims that President Trump is considering a dramatic White House departure that includes a final Air Force One flight to Florida where he will host an opposing rally during Joe Biden's inauguration.
"The Trump talk could create a split-screen moment: the outgoing president addressing a roaring crowd in an airport hangar while the incoming leader is sworn in before a socially distanced audience outside the Capitol," Alayna Treene of Axios wrote. People familiar with the discussions told NBC News that Trump plans to skip the swearing-in ceremony of his successor and that he has floated the idea of a Florida rally to announce a 2024 bid to reclaim the White House.
Trump said last month that he would leave office if the Electoral College votes for President-elect Joe Biden, but also alleged “massive fraud” in the vote count and promised to continue with his legal battle.
TRUMP SAYS HE WILL LEAVE OFFICE IF ELECTORAL COLLEGE VOTES FOR BIDEN
Asked if he would consider running again on the Republican ticket in 2024, Trump said at the time, “I don’t want to talk to 2024 yet.”
The Trump campaign did not respond to Fox News' request for comment.
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-inauguration-day-rally
[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.
:: 12-6-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Winter Covid surge is the ‘worst event that this country will face,’ White House health advisor Birx says
Published Sun, Dec 6 202010:20 AM ESTUpdated Mon, Dec 7 202011:39 AM EST
Tucker Higgins
@in/tucker-higgins-5b162295/
@tuckerhiggins
Dr. Deborah Birx warned on Sunday that the escalating coronavirus surge is likely to be the most trying event in U.S. history, as hospital systems around the country strain to combat its mounting daily death toll.
“This is not just the worst public health event. This is the worst event that this country will face, not just from a public health side,” Birx, the White House coronavirus response coordinator, said during a masked appearance on NBC’s “Meet the Press.” Dr. Deborah Birx warned on Sunday that the escalating coronavirus surge is likely to be the most trying event in U.S. history, as hospital systems around the country strain to combat its mounting daily death toll. “This is not just the worst public health event. This is the worst event that this country will face, not just from a public health side,” Birx, the White House coronavirus response coordinator, said during a masked appearance on NBC’s “Meet the Press.”
Birx’s comments add to a chorus of public health officials expressing concern about the growing wave of infections.
On Wednesday, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Dr. Robert Redfield said that the coming months will be “the most difficult time in the public health history of this nation.”
“This fall/winter surge is combining everything that we saw in the spring with everything we saw in the summer — plus the fall surge going into a winter surge. I think that’s why Dr. Redfield made this absolute appeal to the American people,” Birx said. The Covid-19 pandemic is killing record numbers of Americans on a daily basis, and the numbers are expected to worsen as a result of gatherings held for the Thanksgiving holiday.
More than 2,000 people in the U.S. are dying from Covid-19 on a daily basis, according to data compiled by Johns Hopkins University. On Thursday, more than 2,800 deaths from the disease were recorded, a new high.
Much of the concern related to the new surge in cases has to do with hospitals around the country filling up with patients. More than 100,000 in the U.S. were currently hospitalized with Covid-19 as of Saturday, according to the Covid Tracking Project, at The Atlantic. James Linder, the CEO of the Nebraska Medicine Health System, said on CBS’s “Face The Nation” on Sunday that many hospitals are at the “breaking point.” “Some may have broken,” he said.
Birx called on Americans to change their behavior ahead of the winter holidays. Despite her dire warning, she said that at this point “we know what behaviors spread the virus and we know how to change those behaviors.”
“We cannot go into the holiday season, Christmas, Hanukkah, Kwanza, with the same kind of attitude, that those gatherings don’t apply to me,” Birx said. “They apply to everybody.”
“If you do not want to lose your grandparents, your aunts, let’s be clear: If you’re over 70, 20 percent of those over 70 who contract Covid are hospitalized, and still, 10 percent of them are lost,” Birx added.
“So if you have anyone in your family with comorbidities or over 70, you cannot do those things. You cannot gather with your mask off, you cannot hug and kiss people outside,” she said. Birx acknowledged the existence of a number of vaccines that have shown promising results in clinical trials. But, she said, those won’t be available for the most vulnerable Americans until February.
“So we need to do this now. Yes, the nursing homes will be vaccinated, but there are 100 million Americans that have these comorbidities that put them at substantial risk,” Birx said, referring to underlying medical conditions that can make people more vulnerable to the virus.
Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar said on ABC’s “This Week” on Sunday that “more general vaccination” could be available around February or March, and that there would be enough vaccines for every American seeking one by the second quarter.
The frustration and alarm from a senior member of the White House’s effort to combat the virus stands in contrast to the relative silence from the president himself.
President Donald Trump, who will leave office next month, has avoided mentioning the death toll from the disease. He has instead remained focused on personal grievances since losing the November election to President-elect Joe Biden.
Biden’s team began formally coordinating with the current administration’s Covid-19 response officials last week, after a delay caused by the White House’s efforts to delay the formal transition. Dr. Anthony Fauci, the longtime director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, said on Thursday that he agreed to serve as Biden’s chief medical advisor. He was scheduled to brief Biden’s team the same day.
- ><> - ><> - - <>< - <>< -